Skip to main content

Full text of "Live stock : a cyclopedia for the farmer and stock owner including the breeding, care, feeding and management of horses, cattle, swine, sheep and poultry with a special department on dairying : being also a complete stock doctor : with one thousand explanatory engravings"

See other formats 


milt  ^ei^^  ICthrarteB 

^0rtl|  Carolina  State 
^ntUersttg 


^I|t8  boofe  faas  presenteb  bg 

Mike  Mohr 


This  book  IS  due  on  the  date  indicated 
below  and  is  subject  to  an  overdue 
tme  as  posted  at  the  circulation  desk 


EXCEPTION:  Date  due  will  be 
earlier  if  this  item  is  RECALLED. 


200M/06-99-991212 


£^  yZou/  /^fi^t^t^y^ 


LIVE  STOCK 

A  CYCLOPEDIA 

FOR  THE  FARMER  AND  STOCK  OWNER 

INCLUDING 
THE  BREEDING,  CARE.  FEEDING  AND  MANAGEMENT  OF 

Horses,  Cattle,  Swine,  Sheep  and  Poultry 

WITH 

A  Special   Department  on  Dairying 

BEING  ALSO 

A  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR 

SPECIAL  EDITION 

VOLUMES  I,  II,  III,  IV,  V,  VI,  and  VII  COMBINED 


BY 

A.  H.  BAKER,  M.  D.,  V.  S. 

Fouuder  and  for  27  years  Dean  and  Professor  of  Theory  and  Practice  of  Veterinary  Medicine, 
Cfiicago  Veterinary  College. 


Associate  Authors 

HON.  JONATHAN  PERIAM,  HON.  W.  I>.  HOARD. 

Author  Cyclopedia  of  Agriculture,  Etc.  Editor  and  Publisher  Hoard's  Dairyman 

With  special  contributions  from  the  following  professors  of  the  Ontario  Agricultural  College 
of  Guelph,  Ontario,  Canada. 
G.  K.  I>AY.  B.  S.  A.  J.  HrOO  REED,  B.  S.  A. 

Professor  of  Agriculture  and  Farm  Superintendent.  Professor  of  Veterinary  Science 

H.  H.  DEAN.  B.  N.  A.  W.  R.  GRAHAM,  B.  N.  A. 

Professor  of  Dairy  Husbandry.  Manager  and  Lecturer  Poultry  Department 


WITH  ONE  THOUSAND  EXPI.ANATORY  ENGRAVINGS 


PUliLISHED    BY 

INTER-COLLEGIATE  PRESS 

KANS.\S   CITY,    .\I(). 

1914 


Copyright,  1914,    by  The  Thompson  Publishing  Co 


Copyright,  1913,  by  THE  THOMPSON  PUBLISHING  CO. 
Copyright.  1911,  by  THE  THOMPSON  PUBLISHING  CO. 
Copyright,  1909.  bj  THE  THOMPSON  PUBLISHING  CO. 


AUTHOR'S  INTRODUCTION 


THAT  knowledge  is  power  is  an  oft  repeated  maxim.  It  is  a  truism, 
and  that  knowledge  is  safety  is  quite  as  great  a  truth.  With  these 
thoughts  as  an  impelling  motive  this  book  is  written  for  the  farmer 
and  stock  owner.  It  is  the  purpose  to  tell  them  what  they  should  know 
concerning  the  details  of  a  great  interest — one  which  pertains  to  every 
farm  and  to  every  one  owning  a  horse,  cow%  or  other  domestic  animal.  It 
is  time  that  such  book  is  written.  Its  facts  are  given  in  language  such  as 
the  unprofessional  stock  OAvner  can  understand,  and  its  remedies  are  such 
as  he  can  procure  and  apply.  Its  teachings  concerning  breeds,  breeding, 
training  and  the  general  care  of  live  stock — its  instructions  in  the  charac- 
teristics of  the  various  breeds  of  all  domestic  animals — their  points  of 
excellence  and  strength — have  both  educational  and  financial  value  which 
it  is  believed  should  be  wdthin  the  reach  of  every  stock  owner. 

Since  my  previous  book  on  the  same  general  subjects  was  written,  many 
diseases  have  developed  and  important  advances  made  in  popular  vet- 
erinary practice.  The  general  demand  for  all  this  information  has  been 
most  manifest  and  the  meeting  of  that  demand  would  seem  to  be  in  the 
line  of  imperative  duty. 

In  the  veterinary  departments  special  effort  has  been  made  to  give  the 
causes  producing  disease,  so  that  knowing  the  cause  the  disease  may  be 
obviated.  Prevention  is  better  than  cure,  and  this  fact  is  emphasized 
throughout  the  volume.  Equal  care  has  been  observed  in  describing  and 
giving  symptoms,  so  that  the  reader  may,  with  as  unerring  certainty  as 
possible,  know  the  nature  of  the  disease,  and  hence,  what  to  do — and 
when  to  call  for  professional  treatment.  When  the  services  of  a  skilled 
veterinary  surgeon  are  required  it  has  been  imperatively  advised,  and  care 
has  been  taken  to  distinguish  between  popular  treatment  and  that  requir- 
ing scientific  and  skillful  management.  In  prescribing  remedies  the 
effort  has  been  to  give  those  within  the  reach  of  the  farmer — such  as  he 
can  procure,  prepare,  and  easily  administer. 

In  like  manner  unfamiliar  words  and  technical  phrases  have  been 
avoided  as  far  as  possible,  consistent  with  scientific  accuracy  of  statement. 
Clearness  and  conciseness  of  expression  have  been  carefully  consulted, 
and,  to  further  conduce  to  a  correct  understanding,  elaborate  glossaries 

V 


VI  AUTHOR'S  INTRODUCTION 

are  appended  explanatory  of  the  meaning  of  words  in  the  book  not  famil- 
iar to  everyday  life. 

We  have  reached  a  period  of  progressive  farming — a  period  of  the 
application  of  the  best  and  most  approved  methods  with  the  view  to  the 
largest  and  most  profitable  results.  It  is  a  period  of  sharp  competition 
when  every  industry  to  be  successful  must  be  directed  with  the  detailed 
knowledge  of  facts  and  conditions  that  determine  success  or  failure.  In 
the  general  material  progress,  live  stock  interest  has  more  than  kept  pace. 
It  has  widened  in  scope  and  method  and  extended  in  its  markets  till  it 
has  compassed  the  earth.  In  its  highest  development  it  is  demanding  the 
application  of  scientific  and  practical  up-to-date  information.  At  no  pe- 
riod in  history  has  the  farmer  and  his  product  occupied  positions  so 
commanding.  The  political  economists  have  discovered  the  importance 
and  the  dignity  of  the  farmer's  position  as  the  producer  of  the  world's 
wealth  as  contrasted  with  the  mere  trafficker  in  what  the  farm  produces. 
In  that  product  live  stock  stands  as  one  prime  essential,  in  all  pervading 
extent,  in  quick  conversion  to  money,  in  vast  volume  and  in  profit.  In 
the  evolution  of  quality  its  progress  has  been  marvelous.  In  the  care- 
taking  and  in  improved  breeding  is  this  progress  and  profit  largely  due. 

But  it  is  a  fact  that  in  this  book-making  age  there  is  no  well  authenti- 
cated, systematic,  up-to-date  work  in  compact,  convenient  form  accessible 
to  the  farmer  in  which  the  known  facts  and  principles  of  the  art  of  im- 
proving and  breeding  domestic  animals,  and  of  the  causes,  symptoms, 
prevention  and  cure  of  diseases,  are  presented  for  popular  study  and  easy 
reference.  Yet,  such  is  the  fact,  notwithstanding  the  paramount  imports 
ance  of  live  stock  to  the  farmer,  and  the  wonderful  progress  that  has  been 
made  in  its  improvement.  The  present  effort  is  to  supply  this  want.  The 
importance  of  the  subject  cannot  well  be  overestimated.  When  we  con- 
sult statistics  giving  the  millions  of  dollars  invested  in  live  stock  in  this 
great  country,  when  we  consider  that  the  bulk  of  this  immense  value  is 
distributed  among  those  of  minor  wealth,  as  the  farmer  and  small  stock 
owner,  who  have  inadequate  access  to  educated  veterinary  practitioners, 
and  who  are  not  fully  informed  as  to  the  practical  principles  applicable  to 
the  most  successful  and  profitable  breeding,  training  and  general  care  of 
domestic  animals,  its  importance  is  most  apparent.  Long  experience  and 
observation  lead  to  the  belief  that  a  carefully  arranged  and  classified  work 
giving  the  facts  in  the  art  of  breeding  and  general  care  of  live  stock,  de- 


AUTHOR'S  INTRODUCTION  VII 

rived  from  the  experience  of  the  practical  and  most  successful  stock  men, 
will  be  of  incalculable  benefit  to  every  owner  of  domestic  animals. 

In  the  following  pages  the  value  of  kind  treatment  has  been  urged 
with  marked  frequency,  and  the  fact  is  mentioned  with  no  apologetic  in- 
tent. It  is  urged  as  a  policy  both  humane  and  profitable.  What  can  be 
done  to  improve  the  condition  and  advance  the  comfort  of  these  true 
friends  of  humanity  is  in  the  interest  of  economy.  There  is  a  much  needed 
reform  in  the  breeding,  care  and  treatment  of  domestic  animals,  and  the 
endeavor  is  here  made  to  direct  the  way  and  point  out  its  advantages. 

In  treating  of  the  various  breeds  of  live  stock,  it  has  been  the  purpose 
to  give  the  special  characteristics,  with  the  excellencies  and  defects  in 
each,  so  that  the  reader  may  know  exactly  which  will  serve  best  his  profit- 
able success.  In  this,  partiality  for  any  one  breed  has. been  avoided  and 
an  honest  effort  made  to  point  out  the  adaptability  of  each  to  special  pur- 
poses. This  much  needed  information  will  enable  the  reader  to  select 
for  special  objects  with  unerring  judgment.  There  has  been  an  undevi- 
ating  purpose  to  avoid  the  too  common  custom  of  advocating  the  claims 
of  any  one  breed  or  class  of  breeders,  at  the  expense  of  another,  or  in  con- 
tradiction to  correct  statement.  The  methods  of  advertising  specialties, 
too  common  in  such  books,  have  been  scrupulously  avoided. 

To  judge  accurately  the  value  of  a  horse,  cow,  or  other  animal  of  the 
farm,  as  also  its  particular  features  of  excellence,  from  general  appearance, 
manner  and  physical  form,  has  been  given  special  attention.  This  is  sus- 
ceptible to  almost  exact  knowledge.  Intelligent  study  of  the  facts  here 
given  ought  to  enable  any  one  to  determine  the  characteristics  of  a  horse, 
or  cow,  or  other  animal,  and  whether  it  is  best  adapted  to  the  purpose  for 
which  it  is  wanted.  Not  only  can  the  matter  of  physical  constitution  and 
adaptability  to  a  specific  purpose  be  determined,  but  it  is  also  within  the 
power  of  the  intelligent  observer  to  detect  vicious  habits,  disease  and 
unsoundness  by  the  same  analytic  observation.  A  special  feature  of  this 
work  has  been  to  give  this  information  in  such  clear,  specific  and  analytic 
form,  both  by  written  word  and  illustration,  as  to  make  any  intelligent 
reader  a  good  judge  of  the  value  and  qualifications,  so  to  speak,  of  any 
horse,  cow,  or  other  domestic  animal. 

The  age  of  an  animal  has  an  important  bearing  in  estimating  both 
value  and  use.    To  cover  this  point  of  vital  interest  we  have,  in  the  Horse 


VIII  AUTHOR  S  INTRODUCTION 

and  Cattle  department,  introduced  illustrated  Charts  giving  the  formation 
of  the  teeth  at  the  various  ages,  accompanied  by  such  explanation  and  in- 
struction as  will  enable  any  one,  by  a  little  s'udy  and  observation,  to  ascer- 
tain with  almost  perfect  accuracy  the  ages  of  tlicco  animals  at  any  period. 
The  great  value  of  this  knowledge  is  readily  seen  and  cannot  well  be  over- 
estimated. "With  this  information,  and  the  ability  to  understand  special 
characteristics  and  defects,  instruction  in  which  .:  ~"?ip  given  and  illus- 
trated in  such  careful  detail,  the  arts  of  the  joc!::^/  '.vi..  jz  oltectually  pro- 
vided against. 

The  subject  of  training  has  received  elaborate  consideration,  and  as  the 
value  of  an  animal  depends  greatly  on  the  care  and  success  with  which  it 
has  been  trained,  it  is  believed  that  the  atl  ition  given  to  it  will  be  pro- 
ductive of  valuable  results. 

In  this,  as  in  other  departments,  gentle  and  humane  methods  are  advo- 
cated as  the  most  satisfactory  as  well  as  the  most  profitable.  Allied  to  this, 
the  directions  and  facts  given  concerning  proper  shelter,  convenience  and 
economy  in  building,  are  deemed  of  interest  and  value. 

In  the  attainment  of  clearness,  the  generous  and  prodigal  liberality  of 
the  Publishers  in  illustrating,  by  accurate,  well  executed  and  striking  en- 
gravings, every  department  and  chapter  of  the  work,  desen^es  special 
attention.  As  aiding  and  strengthening  the  enforcement  of  fact,  this 
feature,  made  at  enormous  outlay,  is  of  a  practical  value  impossible  to 
exaggerate. 

In  conclusion,  the  hope  is  indulged  that  the  farmer  and  stock  raiser  who 
will  attentively  read  these  pages,  and  reduce  to  practice  the  suggestions 
here  given,  will  find  such  increase  of  success,  profit  and  pleasure  in  his 
noble  calling  as  to  justify  his  good  opinion  and  the  endorsement  of  this 
volume.  If  so,  the  author's  purpose  in  writing  it  will  have  been  accom- 
plished. 

Chicago,  III. 


E§ 


o  > 


V/!1 


D 
O 

Ui 

O 

5 

< 

'^^^■— — 

ml 

n 


4 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 


BOOK  I— PART  I, 


THE  HORSE.— HISTORY,  MANAGEMENT,  AND  CHARACTERIS- 
TICS OF  THE  VARIOUS  BREEDS. 


CHAPTER  I. 

HIS    ANCIENT   AND    MODERN   HISTORY. 

PAGE 

Connected  with  Man  from  the  Earliest  Historical  Period. — I.  The  Horse  in 
Ancient  History. — II.  The  Horse  in  Civilization. — III.  Preserving  Breeds 
in  Purity.— IV.  The  Wild  Horse  of  To-Day.— V.  Fossil  Horses.— VI. 
Horses  of  Asia. — VII.  European  Horses. — VIII.  Artificial  Breeding  and 
Diseases. — IX.  Opinions  Relating  to  Breeding. — X.  In-Breeding  of  Hor- 
ses.— XI.  Value  of  Hereditary  Characteristics. — XII.  A  Careful  Study 
Necessary. — XIII.    About  Object  Lessons 41 

CHAPTER  II. 

ILLUSTRATING   THE   ANATOMY    OF   THE   HORSE. 

Frame-work  the  Index  of  Value. — II,  Master  the  Details  of  the  Skeleton. 
— III.  Division  of  the  Several  Parts. — IV.  Comparative  Anatomy  of  Man 
and  the  Horse. — V.  Analyzing  the  Skeleton. — VI.  The  Foot. — VII.  The 
Head  and  Neck. — ^VIII.  Bones  and  Muscles  of  the  Front  Limbs. — IX.  The 
Hind   Limbs 53 

CHAPTER  in. 

THE  MUSCULAR  SYSTEM  AND  INTERNAL  FUNCTIONS  OF  THE  HORSE. 

The  Economy  of  the  Muscular  Covering. — II.  Muscles  of  the  Head  and 
Neck. — in.  Muscles  of  the  Shoulder  and  Back. — IV.  Muscles  of  the  Hind- 
er Parts. — V.  Muscles  of  the  Fore  Limbs. — VI.  Muscles  of  the  Leg  and 
Foot. — VII.  Studying  the  Structure. — VIII.  Internal  Economy  of  the 
Horse.— IX.     External  Parts  of  the  Horse 68 

CHAPTER  IV. 

OUTWARD    APPEARANCE    OF    THE   HORSE   AS    INDICATING   VALUE. 

Action  the  First  Requisite  of  a  Grood  Horse. — ^11.  Fast  Walking  Horses. — III. 
Horses  for  Different  Kinds  of  Work.— IV.  The  Head  Illustrated  Outwardly. 
—V.  The  Body  and  Limbs.— VI.  Bad  Fore  Quarters.— VII.  The  Body 
as  Seen  From  the  Front.— VIII.  Wha.t  a  Critical  Horseman  Said. — IX. 
Front  View,  Showing  Bad  Fore  Quarters. — X.  The  Hinder  Parts  Illus- 
trated.—KI.    The  Propelling  Power.- XII.    What  the  Ancients  Knew  of 

Horses. — XIII.    What  One  Need   not  Expect 88 

IX 


X  TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 

CHAPTER  V. 

THE   HORSE'S   TEETH,   AND   HOW  TO   TELL  HIS  AGE. 

PAGE 

I,  The  Dental  Formula.— II.  The  Teeth  are  the  True  Index  of  Age.— III. 
The  Foal's  Teeth. — IV.  Differences  Between  the  Teeth  of  Foal  and  Horse. 
— V.    Allowances  to  be  Made. — VI.  Illustrating  by  the  Chart 113 


CHAPTER  VI. 

BREEDS  OF  HORSES  AND  THEIR  CHARACTERISTICS. 

Influences  of  Country  and  Climate.— II.  The  Farm  Horse.— III.  The 
Clydesdale  Horse. — IV.  The  Norman-Percheron. — V.  The  Percheron  of 
To-day. — VI.  The  Conestoga  Horse. — VII.  Road  Horses. — VIII.  Trot- 
ting Horses. — IX.  Hunting  Horses. — X.  Light  Driving  Horses. — ^XI. 
Coach  Horses.— XII.  The  Cleveland  Bay.— XIII.  The  French  Coach 
Horse.— XrV.  The  Hackney.— XV.  Ponies.— XVI.  The  Vermont  Draft  ' 
Horse.— XVII.  The  Narragansett  Pacer.— XVIII.  The  Shire.— XIX.  The 
Belgian  Horse. — XX.     Characteristics  of  the  Belgian  Horse 120 


CHAPTER  Vn. 

THOROUGHBRED   HORSES. 

English  Thoroughbreds. — 11.  Herbert's  History  of  the  English  Horse. — 
m.  The  First  London  Race  Course. — IV.  Horses  Taken  to  England  by 
Crusaders. — V.  Bone  and  Bulk  Imparted  to  the  English  Horse. — VI.  The 
Horse  in  th'e  Times  of  Henry  VIII  and  James  I. — ^VII.  American  Thorough- 
breds.—VIII.     The   Arabian 152 


CHAPTER  VIII. 

ABOUT  TROTTING  HORSES. 

I.  The  Breeding  of  Trotters. — 11.  Progenitors  of  Fast  Trotters — 'Messenger. 
— III.  Imported  Bellfounder. — IV.  The  Modern  Trotter. — V.  What  Gold- 
smith Maid  Was  Like.— VI.  The  Movement  in  Trotting.— VII.  Disuse  of 
the  Trotting  Faculty.— VIII.  Highly  Bred  Horses. — EX.  Strains  of  Trot- 
ting Blood IG'J 


CHAPTER  IX. 

THE  BREEDING  AND  REARING  OP  COLTS. 

Importance  of  Accurate  Knowledge.— IL  Breed  From  Mature  Animals.— 
III.  No  Profit  in  Inferior  Horses. — IV.  Heredity  in  Animals. — V.  Pe- 
culiar Organic  Structure.— VI.  Heredity  of  Disease.— VII.  Atavism  or 
Breeding  Back— Breed  to  None  but  the  Best.— VIIL  Variation  and  De- 
velopment.—IX.  Transmission  of  Qualities.— X.  The  Impress  of  Color 
and  Form.— XI.  Relation  of  Size  in  Sire  and  Dam.— XII.  Breed  Only 
From  Pure  Sires.— XIII.  The  Best  are  Cheapest  in  the  End.— XIV.  Se- 
lection of  Stallion  and  Mare.— XV.  Service  of  the  Stallion.— XVL  The 
Period  of  Gestation-Treatment.— XVII.  Treatment  After  Foaling.— 
XVIII.  How  to  Know  if  a  Mare  is  in  Foal.— XIX.  How  to  Know  the  Foal- 
ing Time.— XX.  The  Foaling  Stall.— XXI.  Abortion,  or  Slinking  the 
Foetus.— XXII.     How  to  Raise  a  Colt 183 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS.  XI 

CHAPTER  X. 

ASSES   AND   MULES. 

The  Mule  and  Hinny  Defined.— II.     The  Ass.— III.     Antiquity  of  the  Mule.— ^^^ 
IV.     Breeding-Jacks.— V.     Longevity   of    the    Mule.— VL     The    Value    of 
Mules  for  Labor.— VII.     Mules  are  not  Vicious.— VIII.     The   Breeding  of 
^"^^^ 199 

CHAPTER  XI. 
HOW    TO    TRAIN   A    HORSE. 

The  Old  System  and  the  New.— II.  Th^  American  Way  Better  than  the  Eng- 
lish.—III.  Difference  Between  Breaking  and  Training.— IV.  First  Lessons 
—V.  Learning  to  Lead.— VI.  To  Make  a  Colt  Come  to  You.  VII.— Lessons 
in  Sound  Signals.— VIII.  Flexions.— IX.  The  Proper  Age  for  Work.— X. 
Harnessing  and  Driving.— XI.  The  Age  for  Real  Work.— XIL  How  to  Sub- 
due a  Wild  Colt.— XIII.  Handling  a  Vicious  Colt.— XIV.  Subduing  a  Vi- 
cious or  Tricky  Horse.— XV.  Training  a  Stallion  for  Service.— XVL 
Training  for  Draft.— XVII.  How  to  Have  a  Good  Plow  Team.— .XVIII.  * 
Forming  a  Good  Saddle  Horse.— XIX.  The  Different  Gaits.— XX.  Train- 
ing to  Trot  in  Harness.— XXI.  Forming  a  Trotter.— XXII.  To  Train  a 
Racer.— XXIII.     Saddling.— XXIV.     Harnessing 208 


CHAPTER  XII. 

STABLES   AND    OTHER    SHELTER. 

The  Economy  of  Comfort.— II.  How  to  Build  Stables.— Ill  Where  to  Keep 
Harness.— IV.  Temperature  and  Ventilation.— V.  The  Arrangement  of 
Stalls.— VI.  Construction  of  Mangers  and  Racks.— VII.  The  Hay  and  Straw 
Loft.— VIII.  An  Economical  Granary.— IX.  The  Wagon  and  Carriage  Floor. 
X.— The  Harness  Room.— XI.  The  Stable-Yard  and  Out-Sheds.— XIL  Grass 
Lots  near  the  Stable.— XIIL  A  Good  Supply  of  Water.— XIV.  Cleaning 
the   Stable 224 


CHAPTER  XIII. 

FEEDING,   WATERING  AND   GROOMING. 

The  Good  that  a  Sieve  Will  Do.— II.  How  to  Feed.— in.  When  to  Feed.— 
IV.  What  to  Feed.— V.  Condiments.— VI.  How  to  Make  Mashes.— VII 
How  to  Make  Gruel.— VIIL  The  Quantity  of  Grain  to  Feed.— IX.  Hay  and 
Straw.— X.  Grooming.— XI.  When  to  Groom.— XIL  General  Stable  Care 
—XIII.     Blankets  and  Other  Clothing 232 


CHAPTER  XIV. 

HUMANITY  AND  COMMON  SENSE. 

The  Economy  of  Humane  Treatment.— IL  Common  Sense  in  all  Things  — 
III.  Thrift  and  Unthrift  Contrasted.— IV.  Cruelty  and  Improvidence  vs 
Thrift  and  Kindness.— V.  Why  the  Horse  Requires  Intelligent  Management 
—VI.  How  to  Know  an  Intelligent  Master.— VII.  Pictures  from  Real  Life 
—VIIL  The  Kind  Man  Will  Have  a  Willing  Team.— IX.  The  "Good  Fel- 
low's" Cruelty.— X.    How  to  Use  One's  Means 24P 


XII  TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 

CHAPTER  XV. 

HOW  TO   BUY   AND    SELL  A  HORSE. 

PAGE 

I.  Accurate  Knowledge  Necessary.— II.  Buying  Cheap  Horses.— III.  A  Guar- 
antee of  Soundness. — IV.  Know  What  you  Buy  for. — V.  The  Proportions 
of  the  Horse. — VI.  Description  of  Eclipse. — VII.  What  Constitutes  a  Grood 
Horse. — \JU.  Models  for  Buying. — IX.  The  Racing  and  the  Trotting  Form. 
—X.  The  Roadster.— XI.  Saddle  Horses.— XII.  A  Horse  of  High  Form.— 
XIII.  Buying  for  Blood. — XIV.  Choosing  the  Brood  Mare. — XV.  Selecting  the 
Stallion.— XVI.  How  to  Detect  Vices  and  Defects.— XVII.  Some  Faults 
and  Imperfections.— XVIII.    What  is  Unsoundness? 249 


BOOK  I— PART  II. 


DISEASES  OF  THE  HORSE.— HOW  TO  KNOW  THEM,  THEIR 
CAUSES.  PREVENTION  AND  CURE. 


CHAPTER  I. 

SYMPTOMS    AND    GENERAL    TREATMENT. 

Introduction. — IT.  Outward  Manifestations  of  Disease. — III.  Symptoms  of 
Internal  Diseases. — IV.  Importance  of  Prompt  Treatment. — V.  Know  What 
You  are  Treating. — VI.  Nursing  and  Feeding  Sick  Animals. — VII.  Ex- 
planation of  Terms  Used. — VIII.  Graduation  of  Doses. — IX.  How  Often 
to  Give  Medicines. — X.    Forms  of  M'edicines,  and  How  to  Administer 273 


CHAPTER  n. 

FEET   OF   THE    HORSE    AND    THEIR    DISEASES. 

Corns. — ^11.  Quittor. — ^III.  Quarter  and  Sand  Cracks. — IV.  Seedy  Toe. — 
V.  Pricking  from  Nails. — VI.  Acute  Founder  or  Laminitis. — VII.  Chronic 
Founder   or   Laminitis. — VIII.     Pumiced   Feet 281 


CHAPTER  III. 

FEET    OP   THE   HORSE   AND    THEIR   DISEASES,    CONTINUED. 

I.  Thrush. — II.  Navicular  Disease. — III.  Contraction  of  the  Foot. — TV.  Grav- 
el.— V.  Canker. — 'VI.  Calks. — VII.  Fracture  of  the  Bone  of  the  Foot. — 
VIII.     Stone  Bruises.— IX.     Side   Bone 299 


CHAPTER  IV. 

SHOEING  AND  CARE  OF  THE  FEET. 

What  a  Shoer  can  do. — 11.  How  to  Prepare  the  Foot  for  the  Shoe. — III. 
Where  the  Bearing  Should  Rest. — IV.  Weight  of  Shoes  and  How  to  Fit 
Them  —V.    Care  of  the  Feet  in  the  Stable.— VI.    The  Floor  of  the  Stall 310 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS.  XIII 

CHAPTER  V. 

LEGS  OF  THE   HORSE,    THEIR   ACCIDENTS   AND   DISEASES. 

PAGE 

I.    Bone  Spavin. — II.     Bog  Spavin. — III.    Occult  Spavin. — IV.    Blood  Spavin. — 

V.  Thoroughpin.— VI.    Curb.— VII.   Ring  Bone.— VIII.    Splint.— IX.    Sprain 

of  Back  Tendons  of  the  Fore  Legs. — X.   Broken  Down 314 

CHAPTER  VI. 

LEGS  OF  THE  HORSE,  THEIR  ACCIDENTS  AND  DISEASES,  CONTINUED. 

I,  Capulet  or  Capped  Hock  and  Elbow.— II.  Fractures.— III.  Open  Joint.— IV. 
Broken  Knees.— V.  Knee  Sprung.— VI.  Cocked  Ankles.— VII.  Windgalls. 
— VIII.  Shoulder  Lameness  and  Sweeny. — IX.  Cramp  of  the  Muscles  of 
the  Thighs 334 

CHAPTER  VII. 

LEGS    OF    THE    HORSE,    THEIR    ACCIDENTS    AND    DISEASES,    CONTINUED 

L  Stifled.— II.  Hip  Lameness  and  Hipped.— III.  Stocking.— IV.  Elephan- 
tiasis or  Lymphangitis. — V.     Scratches  or  Cracked  Heel. — VI.     Grease. — 

VII.  Mud  Fever. — VIII.  Furunculus  or  Carbuncle. — IX.  Dislocations. — 
X.  Wounds. — XI.  Sore  Shins. — ^XII.  Osteophytes,  Following  Sore  Shins. 
—XIII.  Porcelaneous  Deposit— XIV.  String  Halt.— XV.  Interfering.— 
XVI.  Overreaching.— XVII.  Forging.— XVIII.  Rupture  of  Muscles. — 
XIX.     Atrophy  of  the  Muscles 350 

CHAPTER  VIII. 

BODY  OF  THE  HORSE,   ITS  EXTERNAL  ACCIDENTS  AND  DISEASES. 

1.     Caries. — II.     Necrosis. — III.     Osteo  Porosis. — V.     Exostosis  of  the  Jaw. — 

VI.  Broken  Back.— VII.  Sprain  of  the  Back.— VIII.  Broken  Ribs.— IX. 
Broken  Tail.— X.  Fracture  of  the  Skull.— XI.  Tumors.— XII.  Goitre.— 
XIII.  Inflamed  Parotid  Gland.— XIV.  Fistula  of  the  Parotid  Duct.— XV. 
Fistulous    Withers.— XVI.     Poll    Evil.— XVII.      Inflamed    Jugular  Vein.— 

XVIII.  Saddle  Galls.— XIX.  Sit  Fasts.— XX.  Surfeit— XXI.  Dropsy.— 
XXII.  Chordes.— XXIII.  Rupture  or  Hernia.— XXIV.  Warts.— XXV. 
Rat-Tail.— XXVI.      Itchy      Tail.— XXVII.   Itchy  Skin.— XXVIH.   Melanosis. 

—XXIX.  Hide  Bound.— XXX.    Eczema  371 

CHAPTER  IX. 

DISEASES  OF   THE   RESPIRATORY   ORGANS. 

I.  Tumor  in  the  False  Nostril.— II.  Polypus.— III.  Catarrh.— IV.  Nasal  Gleet. 
— V.    Laryngitis,  Roaring  and  Whistling. — VI.    Quinsy. — VII.    Bronchitis. — 

VIII.  Pneumonia. — IX.  Heaves. — X.  Congestion  of  the  Lungs. — XI. 
Pleurisy. — XII.     Hydrothorax. — XIII.     Chronic  Cough 392 

CHAPTER  X. 

DISEASES  AND  ACCIDENTS   OF  THE   ALIMENTARY   CANAL. 

I.  Teeth— Ache,  Decay,  Filing— Wolf  Teeth.— II.  Tongue  Laceration.— III. 
Sore  Mouth. — IV.  Lampas. — V.  Pharyngitis. — VI.  Choking. — VII.  Gas- 
tritis.— VIII.  Stomach  Staggers. — IX.  Dyspepsia. — ^X.  Spasmodic  Colic. 
— XI.  Flatulent  Colic. — XII.  Rupture  of  the  Stomach,  Intestines  or  Dia- 
phragm.— XIII.  Constipation. — XIV.  Diarrhoea  and  S'upergation. — XV. 
Dysentery.— XVI.        Enteritis.— XVII.         Peritonitis.— XVIII.         Calculi.— 

XIX.  Intussusception  and  Gut  Tie 408 


XIV  TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 

CHAPTER  XI. 

DISEASES   OF  THE   BRAIN   AND    NERVOUS   SYSTEM. 

PAGE 

I.  Phrenitis,  or  Inflammation  of  the  Brain. — II.  Cerebro-Spinal  Meningitis. — 
III.  Apoplexy. — IV.  Megrims. — V.  Tetanus  or  Lockjaw. — VI.  Paralysis. 
—VII.     Sunstroke 429 

CHAPTER  Xn. 

DISEASES  OF  THE   HEART  AND  BLOOD   VESSELS. 

I.  Inflammation  of  the  Endocardium. — II.  Enlargement  of  the  Heart. — III.  At- 
rophy of  the  Heart. — IV.  Induration  of  the  Heart. — V.  Fatty  Degeneration 
of  the  Heart. — VI.  Obesity  of  the  Heart. — VII.  Cyanosis  or  Blue  Disease. 
— VIII.  Rupture  of  the  Heart. — IX.  Rupture  of  a  Blood  Vessel. — X.  Aneur- 
ism.— XI.   Phlebitis,  or  Inflammation  of  a  Vein. — XII.   Thumps 437 

CHAPTER  XIII. 

GENERAL    DISEASES    OF    THE    BLOOD. 

I.  Influenza — ^Epizooty — "Pink  Eye." — II.  Purpura  Hemorrhagica. — III.  Rheu- 
matism.— IV.     Abscesses. — V.     Erysipelas 441 

CHAPTER   XIV. 

CONTAGIOUS    BLOOD    DISEASES. 

I.  Glanders  and  Farcy. — II.  Strangles. — III.  Rabies  or  Hydrophobia. — IV. 
Horse  Pox  or  Equine  Variola. — V.  Surra. — VI.  Mycotic  Lymphangitis,  or 
Japanese    Farcy 448 

CHAPTER  XV. 

DISEASES   OF   THE   URINARY   ORGANS. 

I.  Nephritis,  or  Inflammation  of  the  Kidneys. — II.  Congestion  of  the  Kidneys. 
— in.  Cystitis,  or  Inflammation  of  the  Bladder. — IV.  Paralysis  of  the  Blad- 
der.— ^V.  Eversion  of  the  Bladder. — VI.  Spasm  of  the  Neck  of  the  Bladder. 
— VII.  Rupture  of  the  Bladder. — VIII.  Diabetes  Insipidus  or  Profuse  Stal- 
ing.— IX.  Haematuria,  or  Bloody  Urine. — X.  Suppression  of  the  Urine,  or 
Dysuria. — XI.  Dribbling  of  the  Urine,  or  Enuresis. — ^XII,  Stricture  of  the 
Urethra.— XIII.  Gonorrhoea.— XIV.  Foul  Sheath.— XV.  Urinary  Calculi. 
—XVI.     Millet  Disease  of  Horses 459 

CHAPTER  XVL 

MALARIAL   FEVER    IN   HORSES   OR    PERNICIOUS   ANEMIA,    SWAMP    FEVER,    OR    SURRA. 

I.     Definition. — II.       Etiology. — III.      Symptoms. — ^IV.      Diagnosis. — V.      Field 

Work. — VI.  Treatment. — VII.    Conclusions   470 

CHAPTER  XVII. 

DISEASES    OF   THE   GENERATIVE   ORGANS. 

I.  Symptoms. — II.  Treatment. — III.  Sarcocele. — ^IV.  Varicocele. — ^V.  Degen- 
eration of  the  Testicles. — VI.  W^arts  on  the  Penis. — VII.  Degeneration  of 
Penis. — ^VIII.  Extravasation  of  Blood  in  the  Penis. — IX.  Paralysis  of  the 
Penis.— X.    Maladie  Du  Coit,  or  Dourine 477 


TABLE  OP  CONTENTS.  XV 

CHAPTER  XVin. 

PARTURITION. 

PAGE 

Natural  Parturition. — ^11.  Different  Presentations. — III.  Attention  to  the 
Mother.— IV.  Attention  to  the  Foal.— V.  Difficult  Parturition  in  the 
Mare  and  Cow  Compared. — VI.  Difficulties  Due  to  the  Mother. — VII.  Dif- 
ficulties Due  to  the  Foal. — VIII.  Obstetric  Instruments. — IX.  When  the 
Foa!  !S  Born  Dead,  or  the  After-Birth  Retained. — X.  The  Umbilical  Cord 
of  Foal. — XI.  Various  Presentations  Illustrated. — XII.  Various  Positions 
of  the  Foal. — XIII.  Dorso-Lumbar  Presentation. — ^XIV.  Sterno-Abdom- 
inal  Presentation. — XV.  Mechanism  of  Parturition. — XVT.  Mechanism  of 
Parturition  in  the  Anterior  Vertebro-Sacral  Position. — XVII.  Mechanism 
of  Parturition  in  the  Anterior  Vertebro-Pubic  Position. — XVIII. 
Mechanism  of  Parturition  in  the  Anterior  Vertebro-Ilial  Positions. — XIX. 
Mechanism  of  Parturition  in  the  Posterior  Lumbo-Sacral  Position. — ^XX. 
Necessary  Aid  in  Normal  Parturition. — XXI.  Spaying,  or  Castration  of 
the   Mare 483 


CHAPTER  XIX. 

DISEASES  OF  THE  ORGANS  OF  GENERATION. 

Of  the  Male: — I.  Inflammation  of  the  Testicles. — II.  Hydrocele,  or  Dropsy 
of  the  Scrotum. — III.  Evil  Results  of  Castration. — IV.  Wounds  of  the 
Penis. — V.  Gonorrhoea. — VI.  Phimosis  and  Paraphimosis. — VII.  Mastur- 
bation. 

Of  the  Female: — ^VIII.  Parturition. — IX.  Metritis,  or  Inflammation  of  the 
Womb. — X.  Inflammation  of  the  Ovaries. — XI.  Leucorrhoea. — XII.  Puer- 
peral  Fever. — XIII.      Mammitis. — XIV.      Hysteria. — XV.    Abortion 507 


CHAPTER  XX. 

DISEASES    OF    THE    LIVER. 

Congestion  of  the  Liver. — II.  Hepatitis,  or  Inflammation  of  the  Liver 
(Acute  or  Chronic). — III.  Ceroma,  or  Fatty  Degeneration. — IV.  Cirrhosis, 
or  Fibrous  Degeneration. — V.  Jaundice,  Icterus,  or  Yellows. — VI.  Biliary 
Calculi,  or  Gall  Stones. — VII.  Hypertrophy. — ^VIII.  Atrophy. — IX.  Soften- 
ing, or  Ramollissement,  with  Rupture 514 


CHAPTER   XXL 

DISEASES    OF    THE    EYE. 

Specific  Ophthalmia,  or  Moon  Blindness. — II.  Simple  Ophthalmia,  or  Con- 
junctivitis.— in.  Amaurosis,  Gutta  Serena,  or  Glass  Eye. — IV.  Glaucoma. 
—V.  Iritis. — VI.  Lcucoma. — VII.  Cataract. — VIII.  Filaria  Oculi,  or 
Worm  in  the  Eye. — IX.  Entropium. — ^X.  Ectropium. — XI.  Torn  Eyelids. 
XII.  Cancerous  Tumor  in  the  Eye.— XIII.  Obstruction  of  the  Lachrymal 
Duct    518 


CHAPTER  XXII. 
I.     Intestinal  Worms. — II.     Bots. — III.     Lice. — IV.     Mange. — V.  Ringworm 526 

PARASITIC   DISEASES   OF   THE   HORSE. 


XVI  TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 

CHAPTER  XXIII. 

VICES   IN   THE   STABLE. 

PAGE 

I.  Cribbing.— 11.  Wind  Suclting.— III.  Gnawing  the  Manger,  Clothing,  etc.— 
IV.  Kicliing  while  Eating  Grain. — ^V.  Wasting  the  Grain. — VI.  Pulling 
Back,  and  Brealdng  the  Halter.— VII.     Balking 533 


CHAPTER  XXIV. 

CONSTRUCTION  AND   MANAGEMENT  OF  STABLES,   AS   RELATED   TO   HYGIENE. 

I.  Necessity  for  Stables. — II.  Construction  of  Stables. — III.  Feeding  and 
Watering  Stock. — IV.  The  Care  of  Stock  when  in  Stable. — V.  Additional 
Directions  for  Giving  Medicines. — VI.    Detection  of  Disease 537 

CHAPTER  XXV. 
OPERATIONS. 

I.  Anaesthetics,  and  How  to  Use  Them.— II.  Bandages.-^III.  Bleeding.— IV. 
Blistering. — ^V.  Casting. — VI.  Castration. — VII.  Extirpation  of  the  Eye. 
—VIII.  Firing.— IX.  Lithotomy.— X.  Lithotrity.— XI.  Neurotomy.— XII. 
Nicking  and  Docking. — XIIL  Opening  an  Abscess. — XIV.  Tapping  the 
Chest,  and  Tapping  the  Abdomen. — ^XV.  Pricking. — XVI.  Probing  and 
Opening  a  Fistula.— XVII.  Spaying.— XVIII.  Sutures.— XIX.  Tapping 
Belly  for   Flatulence.— XX,     Tenotomy.— XXI.     Tracheotomy 547 

CHAPTER  XXVI. 

CONCERNING    THE    VETERINARIAN'S    CERTIFICATE    OF    SOUNDNESS. 

I.  Examinations  in  this  Country  and  in  Europe.— IL  What  th'e  Veterinarian 
Should  See  to,  for  His  Client.— III.  Conditions  Modifying  the  Certificate. 
— IV.     The  Seller's  Guarantee  Should  Cover  Vices 559 


CHAPTER  XXVII. 
POISONS    AND    THEIR    ANTIDOTES. 

I.  General  Rules. — II.  Poisoning  from  Drugs,  Minerals,  etc. — ^III.  Poisoning 
while  Grazing. — IV.  Poisoning  of  the  Skin. — V.  Poisoning  from  Stings. — 
VT.     The    Loco-Weed    Disease 561 

CHAPTER  XXVIII. 
INSTRUMENTS,  APPARATUS,  AND  MEDICINES. 

I.  What  Instruments  to  Keep,  and  How  to  Use  Tttem. — II.  Surgical  Apparatus 
and  Appliances. — III.  A  Cheap  and  Serviceable  Surgical  Outfit. — IV.  Vet- 
erinary Medicines  and  Doses. — V.  When  and  How  Often  may  the  Dose  be 
Repeated? — VI.  Simple  Directions  for  Preparing  and  Using  Medicines. 
Vn.  Weights  and  Measures. — VIII.  Standard  Remedies  and  Their 
Application 572 

CHAPTER  XXIX. 

RECIPES   FOR  THE   HORSE. 

Recapitulation  of  Recipes  in  Part  II 589 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS.  XVII 

BOOK  II— PART  I. 

CATTLE— HISTORY,  MANAGEMENT,  AND  CHARACTERISTICS 
OF  THE  VARIOUS  BREEDS. 


CHAPTER  I. 

E\RLY  HISTORY  AND   TYPICAL  BREEDS  OF  CATTLE. 

PAGE 

Wild  and  Semi-wild  Herds.— II.  The  First  Chroniclers  and  Breeders  of 
Cattle.— III.  The  Original  Type.— IV.  Undomesticated  Herds  of  Europe 
and  Asia.— V.  Spanish-American  Breeds.— VI.  The  Devons.— VII.  The 
Herefords.— \ail.  The  Durham  or  Teeswater  Breed.— IX.  Irish  Cattle. 
—X.  Scotch  and  Highland  Cattle.— XI.  Swiss  Cattle.— XII.  Dutch  Cattle. 
— XIII.  Fossil  Cattle.— XIV.  The  Wild  Cattle  of  England.— XV.  Native 
Districts  of  some  Breeds 


599 


CHAPTER  II. 

STRUCTURE  OF  THE  OX. 

I.  Comparative  Description.— II.  A  Good  Cow  Described  in  Verse.— III. 
SIceleton  of  the  Ox.— IV.  Analysing  the  Head.— V.  External  Parts  of  a 
Fat  Ox.— VI.    Teeth  of  the  Ox.— VII.    Age  of  Cattle  Told  by  the  Chart 620 


CHAPTER  III. 

DEVELOPMENT  AND  IMPROVEMENT  OF  BREEDS. 

Ancient  and  Modern  Breeding.— II.  Cattle  of  the  Campagnas. — III.  Pioneers 
of  Improved  Stock.— IV.  Illustrations  of  Noted  English  Breeds.— V.  Do 
Not  Attempt  to  Form  a  Breed.— VI.  How  a  Breed  is  Formed.— VII. 
Breeding  for  Certain  Uses.— VIII.  Variation  in  Type.— IX.  In-and-in 
Breeding  and  Breeding  in  Line. — X.  Altering  the  Character  by  Crossing. 
-^I.  Influence  of  Shelter  and  Feeding.— XII.  Heredity  in  Cattle.— XIII. 
Hereditary  Influence  of  Parents.— XIV.  Atavism.— XV.  Peculiarities  of 
Ancestors  Perpetuated.— XVI.  How  the  Short-Horns  were  Bred  up.— XVII. 
Shorthorns  During  the  Last  Fifty  Years.— XVIII.  Three  Short-Horn 
Strains.— XIX.     The  Three  Principal  Types  of  Cattle. 


CHAPTER  IV. 

THE  BREEDING  OF  CATTLE. 

Early  Systems  of  Breeding.— II.  Bakewell's  Ten  Rules.— III.  What  the 
Breeder  Must  Know.— IV.  Compare  Results.— V.  The  Assimilation  of 
Pood.— VI.  The  Breeder  Must  be  a  Good  Farmer.— VII.  Breeding  for 
Beef.— VIII.  Breeding  for  Milk.— IX.  Breeding  for  Labor.— X.  The 
Breeds  for  Beef  and  Milk.— XI  Some  Facts  About  Beef.— XII.  Value  of 
Sires  in  Different  Herds.— XHI.  Know  What  You  Breed  for.— XIV.  Defini- 
tion of  Terms.— XV.  How  to  Start  a  Herd.— XVL  How  the  Herd  will 
Grade— XVII.  Taking  a  Line  Cross.— XVIII.  Some  Specimens  of  Close 
Breeding.— XIX.     The  Gestation  of  Cows 643 


XVIII  TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 

CHAPTER  V. 

SHORT-HORN  CATTLE. 

PAGE 

I.  Short-Horn  Breeds.— H.  The  Old  Teeswaters. — HI.  Origin  of  Modern 
Short-Horns.— IV.  WTiat  Made  Them  Famous.— V.  The  Bull  Hubback.— 
VI.  Beef  From  the  Old  Teeswaters. — VII.  Short-Horns  in  America. — VIII. 
The  Great  Ohio  Importation. — IX.  Kentucky  and  Other  Importations. — ^X. 
Importation  of  Bates  Cattle. — XI.  Canadian  Short-Horns. — XII.  West- 
ward March  of  the  Short-Horn. — XIII.  Short-Horns  as  Beef  Makers. — 
—XIV.  The  Patton  Family  of  Short-Horns.— XV.  Grade  Cows  and  Steers. 
—XVI.  Short-Horns  Critically  Described.— XVII.  The  Head.— XVIII. 
The  Neck.— XIX.  The  Body.— XX.  The  Legs  Short  and  Straight.— XXI. 
The  Loin  Broad.— XXII.  Wide  in  the  Crops.— XXIII.  The  Back  Straight 
and  Broad.— XXIV.  The  Ribs  Barrel-Shaped.— XXV.  The  Touch.— 
XXVI.  The  Hide.— XXVIL  The  Hair. —  XXVIII.  The  Color.— XXIX. 
Beef  Points  Illustrated.— XXX.  Scale  of  Points  for  Short-Horn  Bulls.— 
XXXI.    Scale  of  Points  for  Short-Horn  Cows 654 


CHAPTER  VI. 

THE  JERSEYS,   ALDERNEYS  AND   GUERNSEYS. 

A  Fashionable  Breed.— II.  The  Guernseys.— IIL  The  Alderney  in  Youatt's 
Time.— IV.  The  Jersey  of  To-Day.— V.  Crossing  the  Jerseys.— VI.  The 
Jersey  Described. — VII.  Milk 'Mirrors. — VIII.  Guenon's  Theory  of  Milk 
Mirrors.— IX.  Their  Practical  Utility.— X.  The  Escutcheon  Marks.— XI. 
Good  Milkers  in  all  Breeds.— XII.  Value  of  Heredity.— XIII.  Influence  of 
Good  Digestion  and  Assimilation. — XIV.  The  Milk  Veins. — XV.  The 
Udder  and  Twist  Veins. — ^XVI.  Mr.  Sharpless'  Opinion. — ^XVIL  Symmetry 
Essential  Whatever  th'e  Breed.— XVIII.  The  Jersey  not  a  Dairy  Cow.— 
XIX.  Scale  of  Points  for  Jersey  Cows  and  Heifers.— XX.  Rules  in  Award- 
ing Prizes.— XXI.  Scale  of  Points  for  Jersey  Bulls.— XXII.  Estimating  the 
Value  of  I'oints.— XXIII.  Color  and  Size.— XXIV.  From  a  Practical 
Stand-point 679 


CHAPTER  vn. 

MIDDLE  HORNED  CATTLE — THE  HEREFORDS. 

The  Valuable  Breeds  of  Middle-Horns— II.  The  Hereford  Color.— III.  The 
Herefords  Fifty  Years  Ago.— IV.  Youatt's  Testimony.— V.  The  Herefords 
in  America.— VI.  The  Importation  of  1840.— VII.  Hereford  Grades  Forty 
Years  Ago.— VIII.  The  Ohio  Importation.— EX.  Herefords  in  Canada.— X. 
Early  Imported  Herefords  not  Fairly  Tried.— XL  The  Herefords  West.— 
XIL  The  Hereford  as  a  Work  Ox.— XIII.  The  Hereford  Cow.— XIV.  Points 
of  the  Hereford.— XV.  The  Hereford  of  To-Day  in  England.— XVI,  High 
and  Authoritative  Praise.— XVII.  Distribution  in  the  Southwest  and  Far 
West  700 


CHAPTER  VIIL 
MIDDLE  HORNED   CATTLE— THE  DEVON  AND  THE  SUSSEX. 

Antiquity  of  the  Devons.— II.  The  Devons  Comparatively  Small  Cattle.— IIL 
Natural  Grazing  Grounds  of  the  Devons. — TV.  Working  Qualities  of  the 
Devons.— V.    Their  Deceiving  Appearance. — ^VI.     Points  of  the  Devon.— 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS.  XIX 

PAGE 

VII.  Notable  Characteristics.— VIII.  The  Legs  of  the  Devon.— IX.  The 
Body  and  Tail.— X.  The  Devon  Cow.— XI.  Mr.  Allen's  Testimony.— XII. 
They  are  Active  and  Handy. — XIIL  In  the  First  Class  for  Beef. — ^Xllla. 
Polled  Durham  Cattle.— XIV.  Weight  of  the  Devons.— XV.  Sussex  Cattle. 
— XVI.  The  Sussex  Color. — XVII.  Distinguishing  Marks  of  the  Sussex 
—XVIII.  The  Sussex  Cow.— XIX.  Glamorgan  Cattle.— XX.  Dutch  Belted 
Cattle.— XXL  Holstein-Friesans.— XXIL  Characteristics.— XXIII.  Milk 
and  Butter  Records.— XXIV.    Types 708 


CHAPTER  IX. 

POLLED  CATTLE. 

I.  Polled  Cattle  in  General.— II.  The  Galloways,— III.  Points  of  the  Gallo- 
way.— IV.  The  Limbs  and  Head. — V.  The  Skin. — VI.  The  Color. — VIL 
The  Galloways  in  America. — VIIL  Polled  Angus  Cattle. — IX.  Color  of  the 
Polled  Angus. — X.  Angus  Cows  as  Milkers. — XL  The  Angus  Compared 
with  the  Galloway 731 


CHAPTER  X. 

DAIRY  CATTLE — THE  AYRSHIRES. 

The  Antiquity  of  Ayrshire  Cattle. — II.  Ayrshire  Ancestry. — III.  The  Ayr- 
shire as  Milker. — IV.  Quality  of  the  Milk. — V.  Mr.  Youatt's  Opinion. — VI. 
Quality  of  the  Flesh. — VII.  The  Ayrshires  in  America. — VIII.  Ayrshire 
Points  Eighty  Years  Ago. — IX.  The  Ayrshire  of  To-Day. — X.  Points  of 
Ayrshire  Cattle. — XL  Escutcheon  or  Milk  Mirror. — XII.  The  Points 
Summed  Up.— XIIL  The  Body.— XIV.  The  Skin.— XV.  Milk  Points.— 
XVI.  The  Head.— XVII.  The  Neck,  Body  and  Limbs.— XVIII.  Importance 
of  Good  Teats.— XIX.     Color,  Style  and  Condition  737 


CHAPTER  XL 

DAIRY   CATTLE — THE   DUTCH   BREEDS. 

L  Antiquity  of  Dutch  Cattle  as  a  Distinct  Race. — II.  Friesian  and  Batavian 
Cattle.— IIL  Dutch  Cattle  Older  than  those  of  Holstein.— IV.  Establish- 
ment of  Regular  Cattle  Markets. — V.  Importation  of  Danish  Cattle  into 
F^iesland. — VI.  Facts  about  Dutch  Cattle. — VIL  Varieties  Described. — 
VIII.  Races  of  Dutch  Cattle.— IX.  Dr.  George  May's  Testimony.— X. 
Breeds  of  North  and  South  Holland  and  West  Friesland. — XL  Their  Color 
and  Form.— XII.  Yields  of  Milk.— XIIL  Feeding  Qualities.— XIV.  Dutch 
Cattle  an  Artificial  Breed.— XV.  The  Earliest  Importations.— XVI.  The  Le- 
roy  Importation. — XVII.  The  Chenery  Importation. — ^XVIII.  What  Prof. 
Roberts  Says. — XIX.  Measurements  Adopted  for  Dutch  Friesian  Cattle. 
—XX.    How  to  Select  Dairy  Cows 747 


CHAPTER  XII. 

DAIRY    CATTLE   AND    DAIRYING. 

A  Proper  Foundation  for  the  Industry. — IL  Care,  Housing  and  Feeding.— 
III.  The  Soil.— IV.  Organization.— V.  The  Growing  of  Crops.— VI.  The 
Man  behind  the  Cow.  Missouri  Chief  Josephine  — Hegelund  Method  of 
Milking    763 


XX  TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 

CHAPTER  XIII. 

THE  RAISING  AND  ECONOMICAL.  FEEDING  OP  CATTLE 

PAGE 

I.  Importance  of  Proper  Care  while  Young. — II.  Difference  between  Good 
and  Bad  Care.— III.  The  Starved  Calves  at  Grass.— IV.  The  Other  Side.— 
V.  Good  Winter  Keeping  for  Calves. — VI.  When  and  How  to  Castrate. — 
VII.  General  Classes  of  Cattle.— VIII.  Special  Classes.— IX.  Full  Feed- 
ing and  Early  Maturity. — X.  Economy  in  Feeding. — XL  The  True  Policy 
with  Young  Stock. — ^XII.  Feeding  the  Young  Calves. — XIII.  Feed  Grass 
and  Oats  Early. — XIV.  Where  the  Profit  Comes  In. — ^XV.  Feeding  for  Beef 
and  for  Labor. — XVI.  Reaching  Results. — ^XVII.  When  and  How  to  Feed. 
—XVIII.  Out-Door  Feeding  Where  Corn  is  Cheap.— XIX.  A  Good  Condi- 
ment.—XX.     So-Called  Perfect  Foods 776 

CHAPTER  XIV. 

PASTURAGE  AND  FEEDING  FOR  PROFIT. 

I.  Study  the  Conditions. — II.  Provide  against  Droughts. — III.  Kinds  of  Feed 
to  Raise. — IV.  Pasture  the  Poor  Man's  Wealth. — V.  The  Valuable  Clovers. 
—VI.  Alfalfa  or  Luzerne.— VII.  Clovers  Not  Generally  Valuable:— VIIL 
Forage  and  Feeding  Plants. — IX.  Grass  is  the  Most  Valuable. — ^X.  Grasses 
of  Special  Value. — ^XI.  The  Coming  Grasses  for  the  W^est. — ^XII.  The  Time 
to  Pasture.— XIII.  Feeding  in  Winter.— XIV.  W^atering.— XV.  Feeding 
in  Summer. — XVI.  Economy  of  Full  Summer  and  W'inter  Feeding. — ^XVII. 
Summing  Up.— XVIII.     Finishing  a  Steer.— XIX.    Wien  to  Sell 786 

CHAPTER  XV. 

DAIRYING  AND  DAIRY  BUILDINGS. 

L  A.  Profitable  Industry. — IL  Our  Dairy  Products. — III.  The  Dairy  Buildings. — 
IV.  How  the  Factory  is  Built. — V.  The  Management  of  Milk. — VI.  Patent 
Crcarr-cries. — 'VII.  Driving  off  Animal  Odors. — VIII.  Temperature  of  the 
Dairy  Room. — IX.  Butter  Making  in  Europe. — X.  Dairy  Butter  in  the 
West.— XI.  How  to  Color  Butter.— XII.  Salting.— XIII.  How  to  Pack 
Butter. — ^XIV.  Preparing  a  Package  for  Use. — ^XV.  Cheese  Making — 
Cheddar  Chees'e. — ^XVI.  Cheshire  Cheese. — ^XVII,  How  to  Prepare  Ren- 
nets..— XVIII.     Dairy  vs.  Creamery  and  Factory 795 


BOOK  II— PART  II. 

DISEASES    OF    CATTLE.— HOW     TO     KNOW    TIIEM;     THEIR 
CAUSES,    PREVENTION    AND   CURE. 


CHAPTER  L 
GENERAL  PRINCIPLES. 


I.  Importance  of  this  Department  of  Practice. — II.  Pathology  of  Cattle  and 
of  the  Horse  Compared. — III.  Action  of  Remedies  in  Cattle. — ^IV.  The  Only 
Safe  Principles  for  Most  Cattle  Owners. — V.  Familiarize  Yourself  with  the 
Phenomena  of  Health. — VI.  The  Pulse,  Respiration  and  Temperature. — 
VII.    Other  Special  Signs  of  Disease 


TABLE  OP  CONTENTS.  XXI 

CHAPTER  II. 

CONTAGIOUS  DISEASES. 

PAGE 

I.  Contagious  Pleuro-Pneumonia. — II.  Rinderpest  or  Cattle  Plague. — HI. 
Texas  Fever,  Spanish  or  Splenic  Fever. — IV.  Contagious  Eczema,  Foot  and 
Moutli  Disease,  or  Epizootic  Aphtha. — ^V.  Anthrax. — VI.  Variola  Vaccinae 
or  Cow-Pox.— 'VII.  Tuberculosis  and  Phthisis  Pulmonalis. — VIII.  Can- 
cerous Ulcers  or  Osteo  Sarcoma. — IX.  Lumpy  Jaw. — X.  Contagious  Abor- 
tion of  Cattle 813 

CHAPTER  III. 

NON-CONTAGIOUS   BLOOD   DISEASES. 

I.  Plethora. — II.  Anaemia. — III.  Rheumatism. — IV.  Uraemia. — V.  Septi- 
caemia and  Pyaemia.— VI.  Purpura  Hemorrhagica. — VII.  Haematuria,  or 
Red  Water  in  Cattle. — VIII.  Malignant  Catarrh. — IX.  Malignant  Sore 
Throat 834 

CHAPTER  IV. 

DISEASES  OF  THE  RESPIRATORY   ORGANS. 

I.  Simple  Catarrh  or  Cold. — II.  Laryngitis,  or  Common  Sore  Throat. — III. 
Bronchitis. — IV.  Pneumonia. — V.  Plurisy. — VI.  Hydrothorax. — VII.  Em- 
physema of  the  Lungs 841 

CHAPTER  V. 

TUBERCULOSIS,  CONSUMPTION  OR  WHITE  PLAGUE. 

I.  Animals  Susceptible  to  Tuberculosis. — II.  Animals  exempt  except  by  inoc- 
ulation.— III.  Predisposing  cause  of  Tuberculosis. — IV.  Tuberculosis  in 
Cattle. — V.  Tuberculosis  in  advanced  stage. — VI.  Signs  of  Generalization 
of  the  Tubercle. — ^VII.    Generative  Tuberculosis 849 

CHAPTER  VI. 

THE  TUBERCULIN  TEST  OF  CATTLE  FOR  TUBERCULOSIS. 

I.  The  Diagnosis  of  Tuberculosis. — II.  The  Origin  of  the  Tuberculin  Test. — 
III.  The  Nature  and  Application  of  Tuberculin. — IV.  The  Value  and  Re- 
liability of  the  Tuberculin  Test. — V.  The  Harmlessness  of  Tuberculin. — 
VI.  Conclusions  regarding  the  Tuberculin  Test. — VII.  Summary  of  Direc- 
tions for  Making  the  Tuberculin  Test 853 

CHAPTER  VII. 

DISEASES  OF  THE  DIGESTIVE  ORGANS. 

r.  Glossitis,  or  Inflammation  of  the  Tongue;  and  Paralysis  of  the  Tongue. — IL 
Hoven,  or  Tympanitis. — III.  Impaction  of  the  Rumen,  or  Maw-Bound. — IV. 
Impaction  of  the  Omasum,  or  Fardle-Bound. — ^V.  Dyspepsia. — VI.  Con- 
stipation.— VII.  Diarrhoea,  or  Scours. — VIII.  Dysentery. — IX.  Enteritis. — 
X.    Peritonitis. — XI.    Rupture,  or  Hernia. — XIL    Strangulation,  or  Gut-Tie.  859 

CHAPTER  VIIL 
DISEASES   OF  THE  URINARY  ORGANS. 

I.  Nephritis,  or  Inflammation  of  the  Kidneys. — II.  Retention  of  the  Urine,  or 
Dysuria. — III.  Incontinence  of  Urine,  or  Enuresis. — IV.  Albuminuria,  or 
Albuminous  Urine. — V.  Haematuria,  or  Bloody  Urine. — ^VI.  Cystitis,  or  In- 
flammation of  the  Bladder.— VIL    Llthiasis,  or  Gravel.— VlIL    Calculi 871 


XXII  TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 

CHAPTER  IX. 

DISEASES  OF  THE  ORGANS  OF  GENERATION. 

PAGE 

I.  Malpresentations,  etc.,  in  Parturition.— II.  Prolonged  After-pains.— III. 
Retention  of  the  After-birth.- IV.  Abortion  and  Miscarriage.— V.  Uterine 
Hemorrhage,  or  Flooding. — VI.  Inversion  of  the  Womb. — VII.  Metritis, 
or  Inflammation  of  the  Womb. — VIII.  Puerperal  Fever,  or  Metro-Peritonitis. 
— IX.  Parturient  Apoplexy. — X.  Leucorrhoea,  or  Whites. — XI.  Gonor- 
rhoea.—XII.  Mammitis,  or  Inflammation  of  the  the  Udder.— XIII.  Sore 
Teats. — XIV.     Nymphomania  and   Sterility 876 

CHAPTER  X. 

MILK   FEVER — ITS  SIMPLE  AND  SUCCESSFUL  TREATMENT. 

I.  Preliminary  Statement. — 11.  Name  and  Synonyms. — III.  Description  of 
Disease.— IV.  Causes.— V.  How  to  Know  it.— VI.  What  to  do.— VII. 
Prevention 897 

CHAPTER  XI. 

DISEASES  OF  THE  NERVOUS  SYSTEM. 

I.  Phrenitis,  or  Inflammation  of  the  Brain. — II.  Apoplexy. — III.  Epilepsy. — 
IV.  Paralysis. — V.  Tetanus. — VI.  Rabies  or  Hydrophobia. — VII.  Nervous 
Debility  at  Parturition 903 

CHAPTER  XII. 

DISEASES  OF  THE  SKIN. 

I.     Simple  Eczema. — II.    Chronic  Eczema,  or  Psoriasis. — III.    Erysipelas 90G 

CHAPTER  XIII. 

PARASITIC  DISEASES  OF  CATTLE. 

I.  Hoose  or  Husk  (Verminous  Bronchitis). — II.  The  Gadfly  and  Grub  (Oestrus 
Bovis). — III.  Lice. — IV.  Tapeworm. — V.  Mange. — VI.  Ringworm. — Vll. 
Hookworm  Disease  of  Cattle   908 

CHAPTER  XIV. 

SCABIES  OF  CATTLE,   OR  MANGE. 

I.  Its  Cause. — II.  Form  and  Life  History  of  the  Scab  Parasite. — III.  Trans- 
missibility  of  Mange. — IV.  Disinfection. — V.  Treatment. — VI.  General  Di- 
rections      914 

CHAPTER  XV. 

DISEASES  OF  THE   EYE.       ' 

I.  Ophthalmia  or  Conjunctivitis. — IL  Fungus  Haematodes,  or  Bleeding  Cancer. 
— III.  Torn  Eyelids. — IV.  Inversion  and  Eversion  of  the  Eyelids. — V.  For- 
eign Substances  in  the  Eye 921 

CHAPTER    XVI. 

ACCIDENTS,   ETC. 

I.    Choking. — II.    Fractures. — ^IIL    Wounds. — IV.    Dislocations. — V.    Sprains. — 

VI.     Wens.— VII.     Bloat  in  Cattle 923 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS.  XXIII 

CHAPTER  XVII. 

OPERATIONS. 

PAGE 

1.  Tapping  the  Chest,  and  Tapping  the  Belly. — II.  Tracheotomy. — III.  Tap- 
ping the  Rumen  (Paunch)  for  Hoven. — IV.  Rumenotomy. — V.  Castration. 
—VI.  Spaying.— VII.  Tapping  the  Bladder  of  the  Ox  or  Bull.— VIII. 
Sutures  and  Bandages. — IX.    Caesarian  Operation. — ^X.    Bleeding 927 

CHAPTER  XVIII. 

RECIPES  FOR  CATTLE. 

Recapitulation  of  Recipes  in  Book  II. — Part  II 931 


BOOK  III— PART  I. 

SWINE.— HISTORY.   MANAGEMENT,   AND   CHARACTERISTICS 
OF  THE  VARIOUS   BREEDS. 


CHAPTER  I. 

HISTORY  AND  STATISTICS  OF  SWINE. 

I.  Origin  and  Antiquity  of  the  Hbg. — II.  The  Native  American  Species. — III. 
Swine  of  Europe,  Asia,  and  Africa. — IV.  The  Wild  Hogs  of  Europe. — ^V. 
Teeth  of  the  Hog. — VI.  Brought  to  America  by  Columbus. — VII.  Location 
of  Principal  Markets 939 

CHAPTER  IL 

BREEDS  OF  SWINE. 

I,  Sires  of  Improved  Breeds. — II.  Chinese  Swine. — III.  Neapolitan  Swine. — 
IV.  The  Hog  of  India.— V.  English  Breeds— the  Berkshire.— VL  The 
Essex.— VII.  The  Black  Dorset— VIIL  The  Suffolk.— IX.  The  Yorkshire. 
— X.  Lancashire  Breeds. — XI.  American  Breeds. — XII.  The  Chester  White. 
XIII.  The  Poland-China.— XIV.  The  Cheshires.— XV.  Jersey  Red  Swine. 
XVI.  Duroc  Swine.— XVII.  Thin  Rind,  or  Hampshire  Hog.— XVIII. 
Summary  of  Breeds 945 

CHAPTER  III. 

THE  BREEDING  AND  CARE  OP  HOGS. 

I.  Practical  Value  of  Improved  Breeds. — 11.  Care  in  Selection. — III.  Age  of 
Breeding  Swine. — IV.  How  to  Select  Breeding  Animals. — V.  Form  and 
Feeding  Qualities. — VI.  The  Care  of  Breeding  Stock. — VII.  Farrowing. — 
VIII.  Weaning  the  Pigs.— IX.  Castration.— X.  Gestation  of  Sows.— XI. 
Necessity  of  Good  Care.— XII.     Ringing  a  Hog 964 

CHAPTER  IV. 

THE  FEEDING  AND  SHELTERING  OF  SWINE. 

I.  Feed  the  Breeders  for  Health.— 11.  The  Proper  Food  for  Swine.— III.  Sum- 
mer Feeding  for  Pork.— IV.  Grasses  and  Clovers.— V.  Roots.— VI.  Grain 
the  Main  Reliance.— VII.     Feeding  in  the  Fields.— VIII.    Gleaning  in  the 


XXJV  TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 

PAGE 
Fields  and  After  Cattle.— IX.  Value  of  Mast  for  Hogs.— X.  Hog-feeding  in 
tlie  South.— XI.  Feeding  in  Close  Pens.— XII.  Hog  Barns.- XIII.  The 
Best  Form  of  Hog  Barn. — XIV.  Comparative  Value  of  Light  and  Heavy 
Hogs. — XV.  Economy  of  Full  Feeding  from  Birth. — XVI.  Mixed  Rations 
for  Hogs. — ^XVII.  Grain  should  be  Ground. — XVIII.  Wet  Feed  Better  than 
Dry.— XIX.  Cooking  Food.— XX.  Feeding  Potatoes.— XXI.  Pumpkins  for 
Hogs. — XXII.     Conclusions    971 


BOOK  III— PART  II. 

DISEASES  OF  SWINE.— HOW  TO  KNOW  THEM,  THEIR  CAUSES, 
PREVENTION  AND  CURE. 


CHAPTER  I 

MALIGNANT  AND   EPIDEMIC  DISEASES. 

The  Prevention  of  Diseases. — II.  Malignant  Epizootic  Catarrh. — III.  Con- 
tagious Fever  of  Swine. — IV.  Contagious  Pneumo-Enteritis. — V.  Splenic 
Fever,  or  Malignant  Anthrax. — VI.  Summary  of  Treatment  for  Malignant 
Diseases. — VIl.  Rules  for  Disinfection. — VIII.  Difficulty  in  Giving  Medi- 
cine to  Swine. — IX.     W^atch  Symptoms  Early,  and  Use  Preventives 983 

CHAPTER  II. 

THE   COMMON  DISEASES   OF  SWINE. 

Inflammatory  Diseases. — II.  Pneumonia,  or  Inflammation  of  the  Lungs. — 
III.  Quinsy,  or  Inflammation  of  the  Tonsils. — IV.  Apoplexy,  Staggers,  or 
Congestion  of  the  Brain. — V.  Colds,  or  Rising  of  the  Lights. — VI.  Catarrh 
or  Snuffles. — VII.  Measles  and  Trichina. — VIII.  Trichina  Spiralis. — IX. 
Other  Intestinal  Parasites. — X.  Parasites  of  the  Skin. — Mange  or  Scab. — 
XI.    Lice.— XII.    Diarrhoea.— XIII.    Leprosy.— XIV.    Skeleton  of  the  Hog. .   991 


BOOK  IV— PART  I. 

SHEEP     AND     SHEEP     HUSBANDRY.— EMBRACING     ORIGIN, 

BREEDS,    BREEDING    AND  MANAGEMENT;    WITH 

FACTS  CONCERNING  GOATS. 


CHAPTER  I. 

ORIGIN,    ANATOMY   AND    POINTS. 

Native  Country  of  Sheep. — II.  Their  Diversified  Character. — III.  Anatomy 
of  the  Sheep.— IV.  Top  and  Vertical  Views  of  Skull.— V.  Dentition  of 
Sheep.— VI.  Points  of  Sheep  Explained.— VII.  Divisions  of  Fine  Wool.— 
VIII.  Comparative  Value  of  Fine  and  Coarse  Wool. — ^IX.  Ranging  and 
Flocking  of  Different  Breeds. — X.  Regions  Adapted  to  Sheep. — XI.  Points 
of  Excellence  of  the  Principal  Breeds. — XIL  Standard  for  American 
Merinos.— XIII.  Standard  for  Middle-Wooled  Sheep.— XIV.  Standard  for 
Cotswold  Sheep 1001 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS.  XXV 

CHAPTER  II. 

VARIETIES  OP  SHEEP  AND  THEIR  CHARACTERISTICS. 

PAGE 

Long-Wooled  English  Sheep. — II.  Lincoln  Sheep. — IIL  Romney  Marsh 
Sheep. — ^IV.  Leicester  Sheep. — V.  The  Cotswolds. — VI.  New  Oxfordshire 
Sheep. — VII.  The  Oxford-Downs. — VEIL  Middle  and  Short-Wooled  British 
Breeds. — IX.  White-faced  Mountain  Sheep. — X.  Black-faced  Highland,  or 
Scotch  Sheep. — XI.  Hampshire-Downs. — XII.  Shropshire-Downs. — XIII. 
South-Downs. — ^XIV.  Other  Breeds  of  Great  Britain. — XV.  Dorset  Sheep. 
— XVL  Fine-Wooled  Sheep. — XVII.  American  Merinos. — XVIII.  The 
Atwood  and  Hammond  Merinos. — XIX.  The  Rich  Merinos. — XX.  About 
Sheep  in  General.— XXI.  The  Average  Wool  per  Sheep.— XXII.  Summary 
of  British  Breeds.— XXIII.  The  Sheep  in  Australia.— XXIV.  The  Wool 
Harvest.— XXV.  Where  the  W^orld's  Sheep  are  Located.— XXVL  The 
World's  Greatest  Wool  Supply  • 1014 

CHAPTER  III. 

BREEDING  AND  CARE  OF  SHEEP. 

Constant  Watchfulness  Necessary. — II.  The  Breeding  Age  of  Sheep. — HI. 
Crossing. — IV.  Coupling. — V.  The  Proper  Time  for  Coupling. — VI.  Gesta- 
tion.— VII.  Keep  a  Record  of  the  Breeding. — VIII.  Management  and  Train- 
ing of  Rams. — IX.  Pasturage  for  Sheep. — X.  Water. — XI.  Protection  from 
Insects. — XII.  Early  and  Late  Pasture  and  Feeding. — XIII.  Winter  Feed- 
ing.—XIV.  Sheep  Barns.— XV.  Grading  the  Sheep.— XVI.  Feeding 
Troughs  and  Racks. — ^XVII.  Castration  and  Docking. — XVIII.  Weaning  the 
Lambs.— XIX.  Lambing  Time.— XX.  The  Nursery.— XXI.  Tagging  Sheep. 
—XXII.  Washing  and  Shearing.— XXIII.  Tying  theWool.— XXIV.  Dipping 
and  Anointing  Sheep.— XXV.  A  Word  About  Goats.— XXVI.  A  Profitable 
Industry.— XXVII.  Habits  of  the  Angora.— XXVIII.  An  Assistant  to  the 
Farmer. — XXIX.  Angoras  in  the  United  States. — XXX.  Capabilities  of  the 
Milch  Goat 1041 


BOOK  IV— PART  II. 

DISEASES  OF  SHEEP.— HOW  TO  KNOW  THEM,  THEIR 
CAUSES.  PREVENTION  AND  CURE. 


CHAPTER  I. 

GENERAL   DISEASES. 

Referring  to  Scientific  Terms. — II.  Inflammatory  Diseases. — III.  Distemper, 
or  Epizootic  Catarrh. — IV.  Grubs  in  the  Head. — V.  Hydatids  on  the  Brain. 
— VI.  Apoplexy. — ^VII.  Inflammation  of  the  Brain. — VIII.  Inflammation  of 
the  Eyes. — IX.  Swelled  Head. — X.  Vegetable  Poisoning. — ^XL  Tetanus  or 
Lockjaw. — XII.    Paralysis  or  Palsy. — XIII.    Rabies  or  Canine  Madness 1069 

CHAPTER  n. 

PARASITIC  AND  OTHER  DISEASES. 

Scab,  Ticks  and  Lice.— II.  Foot  Rot.— III.  Foul  in  the  Foot. — IV.  Swollen 
Foot  and  Gravel. — ^\''.  Maggots  from  Blow  Flies. — VI.  Intestinal  Worms. — 
VII.  The  Rot  or  Liver  Fluke.— VIII.  Lung  Worms.— IX.  Sheep  Worried 
by  Dogs. — ^X.  Sprains,  Strains  and  Bruises. — ^XI.  Care  When  Lambing. — 
XII.  Navel  111.— XIIL  Bare-Lot  Method  of  Raising  Lambs  to  avoid  Nodule 
Disease IO74 


XXVI  TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 

BOOK   V— PART  I. 

POULTRY.— HISTORY,    MANAGEMENT,    AND    CHARACTERIS- 
TICS OF  THE  VARIOUS   BREEDS. 


CHAPTER  I. 

ORIGIN    AND    VARIETIES    OP    FARM    BIRDS. 

PAGE 

T.  Origin  of  the  Word  Poultry. — II.  Types  and  Native  Country  of  Barn-Yard 
Fowls.— III.  Changes  Due  to  Breeding. — IV.  Division  of  Fowls. — V.  The 
Wild  Turkey.— VI.  Ducks.— VII.  Geese.— VIII.  The  Swan.— IX.  Pheas- 
ants.—X.     Guinea  Fowls.— XI.     Peafowls.— XII.    Anatomy  of  the  Hen 1085 

CHAPTER  II. 

BARN-YARD    FOWLS. 

I.  English  Breeds — Dorking  Fowls. — II.  Silver  Gray  Dorkings. — III.  Gray 
Dorkings. — IV.  Fawn-Colored  Dorkings. — V.  Black  Dorkings. — VI.  Bolton 
Grays,  or  Creoles. — VII.  French  Fowls— tHoudans. — VIII.  La  Fleche  Fowls. 
—IX.  Creve  Coeurs. — ^X.  Breda  or  Gueldre  Fowls. — XI.  Spanish  Fowls. — 
XII.  Hamburg  Fowls — Black  Hamburg. — XIII.  Penciled  Hamburgs. — ^XIV. 
Leghorn  Fowls. — XV.  White  Leghorns. — XVI.  American  Breeds. — XVIL 
Dominique  Fowls. — XVIII.    Ostrich  Fowls. — XIX.    Plymouth  Rock  Fowls.  .1096 

CHAPTER  III. 

GAME  FOWLS,  AND  OTHER  RARE  BREEDS. 

I.  Game  Fowls  and  their  Varieties. — II.  Earl  Derby  Games. — III.  Brown- 
Breasted  Red  Games. — IV.  Duck-Winged  Games. — V.  White  Georgian 
Games. — VI.  Game  Bantams. — VII.  Other  Bantams. — VIII.  The  Seabright 
Bantam. — IX.  Japanese  Bantams. — X.  Frizzled  Fowls. — XI.  Rumpless 
Fowls.— XII.     Silky  Fowls 1119 

CHAPTER  IV. 

ASIATIC    FOWLS. 

I.  The  Various  Asiatic  Breeds. — II.  Dark  Brahmas. — III.  Light  Brahmas. — IV. 
Cochin  Fowls. — V.  General  Characteristics  of  Cochins. — VI.  White 
Cochins.— VII.    Buff  Cochins.— VIII.    Partridge  Cochins 1131 

CHAPTER  V. 

NEW.  POPULAR  BREEDS  OF  POULTRY. 

L  Wyandottes. — II.  White  Wyandottes. — III.  Wyandotte  Bantams. — IV. 
Langshans. — V.    American  Javas. — VI.    The  Orpingtons 1143 

CHAPTER  VL 

INCUBATORS   AND   BROODERS. — ARTIFICIAL   INCUBATION. 

I.  The  Antiquity  of  Artificial  Incubation. — II.  Incubators  vs.  Hens. — ^IIL  When 
Chicks  Bring  Money. — IV.  Keep  Up  With  the  Times. — V.  Care  While  in 
the  Brooder. — VI.  Feeding  Young  Chicks. — VII.  How  to  Make  an  Incubator. 
VIII.  How  to  Operate  the  Incubator. — IX.  A  Cheap  Home-Made  Incubator. 
—X.     How  to  Make  the  Brooder 1148 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS.  XXVIl 

CHAPTER  VII 

BREEDING    AND    MANAGEMENT    OF    POULTRY. 

PAGE 

I.  A  Study  of  Points  Necessary. — II.  Explanation  of  Points. — III.  Points  of  the 
Head. — IV.  Ttie  Plumage  Illustrated  and  Explained. — V.  Ideal  Shape  of 
Fowls.— VI.  Breed  to  a  Fixed  Type.— VII.  Number  of  Hens  to  Each  Cock. 
— ^VIII.  How  to  Mate. — IX.  Breeding  Upon  a  Mixed  Flock. — X.  Incuba- 
tion of  Various  Fowls. — ^XI.  General  Management  of  Fowls. — XII.  Proper 
Food  for  Fowls. — XIII.  Poultry  Houses  and  Coops. — XIV.  Feed  Boxes  and 
Drinking  Fountains. — XV.  Breeds  for  Market. — XVI.  Breeds  for  Eggs. — 
XVII.  How  to  Fatten.— XVIII.  Killing  and  Dressing  Fowls.— XIX.  Pack- 
ing and  Shipping  to  Market. — XX.  Glossary  of  Terms  Used  by  Poultry 
Fanciers 1157 

CHAPTER  VIII. 

THE   TURKEY,    AND   ITS   VARIETIES. 

I.  Varieties  of  the  Domestic  Turkey. — II.  The  Bronzed-Black  Turkey. — III.  The 
Common  Turkey,— IV.  The  Ocellated  Turkey.— V.  English  Turkeys.— VI. 
Rare  Varieties.— VII.    The  Care  of  Turkeys 1173 

CHAPTER  IX. 

GEESE   AND    THEIR    VARIETIES. 

I.  The  Management  of  Geese. — II.  Embden  or  Bremen  Geese. — III.  Toulouse 
Geese. — IV.  White  Chinese  Geese. — V.  Hong  Kong  Geese, — VI.  The 
African  Goose.— VII.    The  Canada  or  Wild  Goose.— VIII.    Egyptian  Geese.  .1186 

CHAPTER  X. 

VARIETIES    OF  DOMESTIC   DUCKS. 

I.  Ducks  on  the  Farm. — II.  Varieties  Best  Adapted  to  the  Farm. — III.  Alyes- 
bury  Ducks. — ^IV.  Rouen  Ducks. — V.  The  Common  White  Duck. — VI. 
Cayuga  Black  Ducks. — VII.  Muscovy  Ducks. — VIII.  Black  East  India  Ducks. 
—IX,    Call  Ducks.— X.    Pekin  Ducks.— XI.    Other  and  Rare  Ducks 1193 


BOOK  V— PART  II. 

DISEASES  OF  POULTRY.— HOW  TO  KNOW  THEM,  THEIR 
CAUSES,  PREVENTION  AND  CURE. 


CHAPTER  I. 

THE  CARE  AND   TREATMENT   OF  SICK   FOWLS. 

I.  Division  of  Diseases  into  Groups. — II.  Apoplexy. — III.  Vertigo. — IV.  Paraly- 
sis.—V.  Crop-Bound.— VI.  Diarrhoea,- VII,  Catarrh.— VIII,  Bronchitis. 
—IX.  Roup.— X.  Gapes.— XI.  Pip.— XII.  Consumption.— XIII.  Inflam- 
mation of  the  Egg  Passage. — ^XIV.  Leg  Weakness. — ^XV.  Rheumatism. — 
XVI.     Poultry  Lousiness.— XVII.     Chicken  Cholera 1205 


XXVIII  TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 

CHAPTER  II. 

A  StJMMART  OF  DISEASES  OF  POULTRY  AND  THEIR   REMEDIES. 

PAGE 

I.    Diseases,  Bad  Habits  and  Insect  Pests. — II.     Importance  of  Cleanliness. — 

III.    Diseases.— IV.    Bad  Habits.— V.    Insect  Pests 1211 

CHAPTER  III. 

DISEASES   OF  THE   TURKEY,    CAUSES,    PREVENTION    AND   CURE. 

I.     Parasites    and    Diseases. — II.     Insect    Parasites. — III.     Gapes. — IV.     Black- 
head.— V.     Tapeworm. — VI.     Diarrhosa. — VII.     Cholera 1219 


BOOK  VI. 


BEES.— HISTORY  AND  CHARACTERISTICS,  WITH  DIRECTIONS 
FOR  THEIR  SUCCESSFUL  MANAGEMENT. 


CHAPTER  I. 

VARIETIES  AND  PECULIARITIES  OF  BEES. 

I.  Natural  History  of  Bees. — II.  The  Three  Genders  of  the  Honey  Bee. — III. 
Varieties  of  the  Honey  Bee. — IV.  The  So-Called  Queen,  or  Mother  Bee. — 
V.  The  Number  of  Eggs  Laid. — VI.  Drones  or  Male  Bees. — VII.  Neuter 
or  Worker  Bees. — VIII.  Varieties  of  Honey. — IX.  Wax  and  How  it  is 
Formed. — X.    Plants  Adapted  to  Production  of  Honey 1227 

CHAPTER  II. 

THE  GENERAL  MANAGEMENT  OF  BEES. 

I.  Hives. — II.  Number  of  Swarms  Profitably  Kept  on  a  Farm. — III.  Swarming. — 
IV.  Hiving  New  Swarms. — V.  Taking  the  Honey. — VI.  Wintering  Bees. 
— VII.  Implements  of  Use. — ^VIIL  A  Motherless  Swarm. — IX.  Fastening 
Empty  Combs  in  Frames. — X.  Feeding  Bees. — XI.  Enemies  of  Bees. — XII. 
Foul  Brood.— XIII.     Conclusion 1235 

Glossary  of  Scientific  Terms,  in  General  Use 1243 


BOOK  VII— SUPPLEMENTARY. 

CANADIAN  AUSTRALIAN  AFRICAN 

AND   OTHER    MATTER. 


HOG    CHOLERA. 


The  Various  Forms  Assumed. — U.  Investigations  in  Swine  Plague. — III. 
Contagious,  or  Infectious  Principle,  etc. — IV.  FYost  and  the  Virus. — V. 
Measures  of  Preventive. — VI.  The  Disease  as  Observed  in  Swine. — VII. 
Glossary  of  the  Preceding  Scientific  Terms. — VIII.  Conclusions 12T3 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS.  XXIX 

SWINE. 

PAGE 

I.     Judging  Hogs  of  Bacon  Type. — II.    The  Fat  Hog. — ^III.    Large  Yorkshires. 

— IV.      Tamworths. — V.      Berkshires 1281 

HORSE   BREEDING. 

I.  The  Law  of  Heredity.— II.  The  Law  of  Variation.— III.  The  Law  of  Habit.— 
IV.  The  Law  of  Atavism  or  Striking  Back, — V.  The  Law  of  Correlation. — 
VI.  The  Law  of  Fecundity  or  Power  to  Reproduce. — VII.  In-Breeding  and 
In-and-in-Breeding. — VIII.  Cross  Breeding. — IX.  The  Relative  Influence 
of  Parents. — X.  Influence  of  a  Previous  Impregnation. — XI.  Intra-Uterine 
Influence.— Xn.  Sex  at  Will.— XIIL  Carriage  Horse.— XIV.  Saddle 
Horses  and  Hunters.— XV.  Cobs.— XVI.  Roadsters.— XVII.  Points  of  the 
Horse.— XVIII.  The  External  Conformation  of  the  Horse.— XIX.  Con- 
formation of  the  Heavy  Draft  Stallion. — ^XX.  Conformation  of  Mare  or  Geld- 
ing.— XXI.  Conformation  of  Coach  Stallion. — XXII.  Conformation  of  Car- 
riage Mare  or  Gelding. — XXIII.  Conformation  of  the  Hackney  Stallion. — 
XXIV.  Conformation  of  the  Standard-Bred  Stallion.— XXV.-  Conformation 
of  the  Thoroughbred  Stallion. — XXVI.  Conformation  of  the  Thoroughbred 
Gelding  or  Mare 1297 

DAIRYING   AND   DAIRY   BUILDINGS. 

I.  The  Dairy  Cow. — II.  Feed. — III.  Butter  Making. — IV.  Special  Points  on 
Butter  Making. — V.  Creameries. — VI.  Cheddar  Cheese. — VII.  Salting  the 
Curd. — VIII.  Curing  the  Cheese. — IX.  Farm  Cheese. — X.  Dairy  Buildings. 
—XI.  Town  and  City  Milk  and  Cream  Trade.— XII.  Condensed  Milk.— XIII. 
Imitation  Butter.— XIV.  The  Testing  of  Milk.— XV.  Marketing  Dairy 
Produce 1335 

TEXAS  CATTLE   FEVER. 
THE   TEXAS-FEVER   TICK   AND    METHODS   OF   EXTERMINATING   IT. 

I.  Life  History  of  the  Tick. — II.  Development  on  the  Ground. — III.  How  to 
Free  Cattle  of  Ticks.— IV.  Picking  or  Brushing  Ticks  off  Cattle.— V. 
Smearing  or  Spraying  Cattle  with  a  Disinfecting  Solution 1351 

THE   DEHORNING    OF   CATTLE. 

I.  Dehorning  by  Snubbing  Head  to  Stanchion  Rail. — II.  Treatment  After  De- 
horning.— III.  To  Prevent  Horns  Growing  on  Young  Calves. — IV.  Apply- 
ing the  Caustic. — V.     Age  When  Caustics  are  not  Effective 135& 

POISONS    AND    THEIR    ANTIDOTES. 

L  The  Purple  Loco  Weed. — II.  The  White  Loco  Weed. — III.  Poisoning  By 
Loco  Plants. — IV.  Symptoms  of  Loco  Poisoning  in  Horses.— -V.  Symptoms 
of  Loco  Poisoning  in  Cattle. — VI.  Symptoms  of  Loco  Poisoning  in  Sheep. 
— Vn.    Treatment  of  Locoed  Animals. — VIII.     Summary 1361 

POULTRY. 

The  Selection  of  Breeding  Stock 1367 

Diseases  Peculiar  to  South  Africa 1371 

Alphabetical  Index 1379 


ILLUSTRATIONS. 


PAGE 

Abdominal   injury,   position   assumed 

by  horse  suffering  from 425 

Abdominal  injury,  unnatural  attitude 

indicative   of    421 

Aberdeen-Angus     cattle,     Heatherton 

herd   of    672 

Aberdeen-Angus  bull  Delamere 629 

Aberdeen-Angus      heifer,      "Scottish 

Queen"    749 

Aberdeen-Angus  bull,  Kyma's  Heir...   735 

Actinomycosis  of  the  lower  jaw 829 

Actinomycosis  of  the  upper  jaw 830 

Adult  bronze  turkey — male 1176 

African  ewes,  Tunis  or 1055 

African  rams,  Tunis  or 1054 

Africander  breed,  best  group 761 

Africander  cow,  best 761 

Allowed  to  shift  for  itself 1048 

Anatomy  of  foot 282 

Anatomy  of  foot  295 

Anatomy  of  the  hen.  (Fig.  1) 1095 

Anatomy  of  the  hen.  (Fig.  2) 1095 

Angora   buck,   imported 1056 

Angora  kid   1058 

Ankle  boots  in  common  use 366 

Anterior   presentation,   hind-limb   de- 
viation       499 

Anterior  presentation,  extreme  down- 
ward deviation  of  the  head 501 

Apoplexy,    parturient    893 

Application  of  an  ammoniacal  blister  426 
Application  of  steam  to  the  nostrils 

with  the  jet  841 

Aphtha    545 

Australian    merino    ewe    of    1911,    a 

champion  1038 

Australian  merino  ram  of  1911,  "Don- 
ald Dinnie,"  a  champion 1039 

Ayrshires,  group  of 612 

Ayrshire    cattle    617 

Ayrshire    cows    653 

Ayrshire  cow.  Flora  3d,  a  typical  cow. 

Imported    662 

Ayrshire   Heifer,   Lola  of  Rosemont, 

17895     662 

Ayrshire  cow,  high  grade 722 

Ayrshire  cow,  model  738 

Ayrshire  Patti  1339 

Azoturia 441 

Badly  formed  back  and  shoulder,  etc. 

(Fig.  F)   1328 

Baker,  A.  H. 2 

Balling  iron    861 

Bandage  for  large  lacerated  and  open 

wounds,  many-tailed   924 


PAGE 

Bandage,    many-tailed    548 

Barred  Plymouth  Rock,  male 1116 

Barred  Plymouth  Rock,  female 1116 

Barred   Plymouth   Rock,   female   and 

feathers    1136 

Barred   Plymouth    Rock,   male,   head 

of     1223 

Barred  Plymouth  Rock,  female,  head 

of   1223 

Barred  rock  cockerel,    (No.  1) 1367 

Barred  rock  cockerel,  (No.  2) 1368 

Barred  rock  hen,  (No.  3) 1368 

Barred  rock  hen,  (No.  4) 1369 

Bee  moth    1241 

Bee  veil  1237 

Bellows  and  smoking  tube 1238 

Berkshire  boar,  famous 967 

Berkshire  hogs   944 

Berkshire  sow,  a  prize  winning 954 

Bim   of   Dentonia 1349 

Bird-louse  of  the  horse,  trichodectes 

or  530 

Black  breasted  red  games 1101 

Black  Cayuga  ducks,  pair  of 1202 

Black  Cochins,  trio  of   1091 

Black  Dorset  sow  952 

Black-faced  ram   1049 

Black  Hamburg  hen  1108 

Black  Javas   1099 

Black  Langshans,  pair  of 1104 

Black  Minorca  cockerel  1111 

Black  Spanish   1113 

Black  tongue,  gloss-anthrax  or 823 

Bleeding,  raising  the  vein  before....  548 
Bloody  urine,  horse  suffering  from..   465 

Blue  Andalusian  hen 1100 

Blunt  Hook    489 

Board  and  feeder.  Cook's  division. . .  .1240 
Bones  of  the  foot,  sectional  view  of 

the  (Cut  4)   59 

Bone  of  the  foot,  front  and  back  view 

of  the   (Cut  6)    60 

Bones   of    head    and    neck,    showing 

(Cut  7)    61 

Bones  and  muscles  of  the  fore  legs, 

(Cut  8)    63 

Bones  of  the  knee,  showing,  (Cut  9)  64 
Bones   and   articulation   of  the   foot, 

(Cut  10)    65 

Bones  of  the  hock,  (Cut  11)   67 

Bone  spavin  317 

Bone  spavin,  cured   317 

Bone  tumor  of  the  lower  jaw 377 

Bony  tumor    373 

Bots  fastened  to  the  stomach,  unable 

to  let  go   529 


LIST    OF   ILLUSTRATIONS. 


XXXI 


PAGE 

Bots  in  the  stomach — 1   532 

Bots  in  the  duodenum,  or  intestines 

—2    532 

Bot,  a 528 

Bots    532 

Bottom    of    foot,    showing    a    stone 

caught  between  the  sole  and  shoe  307 

Brace  for  spavin    325 

Brazilian  cow  of  the  old  native  breed  601 
Breast  and  limbs,  front  view,  show- 
ing good    99 

Broken    knee,     when     tlie    joint    is 

opened,  Baker's  brace  for 340 

Broken  knee,  manner  of  probing  dirt 

sac    342 

Broken  knee,  manner  of  opening  the 

dirt  sac   342 

Bronchitis,  a  horse  dressed  for 399 

Bronchitis,  a  painful  cough  or 398 

Bronze  turkey,  male,  young 1175 

Bronze  turkeys,  a  pair  of 1179 

Brooder  in  position,  the 1155 

Brown-breasted  red  game 1121 

Brown     Leghorn     cock,    head    of     a 

single  comb   1146 

Brown     Leghorn     hen,  head     of     a 

single  comb   1146 

Brown  Swiss  bull  611 

Buff  Cochin  cock,  back  view  of 1100 

Buff  Cochins,  pair  of 1091 

Buff  Cochins,  pair  of 1091 

Buff  Leghorn  cockerel   1088 

Buff  Leghorns,  a  pair  of 1097 

Buff  Orpingtons    1174 

Buff  Turkeys   1175 

Buff  Wyandottes,  a  pair  of 1106 

Burning  for  lampas  411 

Champion  Berkshire  sow 949 

Calks  or  treads  on  the  coronet 305 

Canker  of  the  sole 304 

Canker  of  the  frog 304 

Capped  elbow,  or  shoe  boil 334 

Capped  hock    346 

Caries    371 

Carmon  at  twelve  years  of  age 223 

Catching  the  blood 550 

Cavalry  horses  selected  for  the  U.  S. 

army,   two  choice    180 

Centrifugal   extractor    1239 

Cephalo-sacral  position  of  the  foetus  497 

Chester  whites    938 

Chester  white  sow  947 

Chester  whites,  group  of 940 

Chester  white  hogs,  old  style 956 

Chester  white  boar  970 

Chester  white  boars,  a  group  of 966 

Cheviot  wether   sheep 1008 

Cheviot 1022 

Cheviot  lambs,  bunch  of  yearling 1035 

Choking 412 

Circulatory  apparatus  (Plate  II) ... .  84 
Cleaning  the  legs,  the  lazy  man's  way 

of   540 

i^eveland  bay  stallion  Royalty 239 

Clydesdale  stallion,  highbred 89 


PAGE 

Coach  or  brougham  horse,  choice...     91 
Coach  horse,  first  prize   winner  To- 
ronto horse   show    40 

Coach  horse,  French  119 

Coach  mare,  imported  German 134 

Cobs,    choice    92 

Coffin  bone,  exostosis  of  the 543 

Colored  Rouen  ducks,  trio  of 1194 

Colored  Egyptian  geese,  pair  of 1196 

Columbian  Wyandottes,  a  pair  of.  . .  .1115 
Common  scab,  a  comparatively  early 

case  of 1075 

Concealed  knife    879 

Constipation,  a  sufferer  from 424 

Congestion,  a  case  of 400 

Congestion  of  lungs 405 

Cornish   Indian   game   hen 1108 

Coughing,  the  act  of  406 

Cow,  affected  with  lice,  appearance 

of  a 909 

Curb,  misuse  of 410 

Cracked  heel   355 

Crampon,    the.    To    prevent    horses 

slipping  in  frosty  weather 311 

Creamery  and  cheese  factory,  ground 

plan  of  combined  797 

Crested  white  ducks,  pair  of 1196 

Cribbing ; . . .   533 

Cross-bred    wether   sheep    . . , 1042 

Crow-bait,  effect  of  dropsy 385 

Dairy  cows,  four 671 

Danish  bull,  "Faurholm"  756 

Danish  cow 756 

Dark  Brahmas,  a  pair  of 1224 

Deformed  hoof,  a  298 

Dehorning     with     saw,     cow's    head 

snubbed  to  stanchion  rail 1356 

Denrodex   1074 

Dentonia's  Island  Queen 1346 

Dermal  mycocis,  mare  showing  char- 
acteristic lesions  of 525 

Dermatocoptes  equi  530 

Dermatophagus  equi   530 

Device  for  casting  cattle  (2  illus- 
trations)       848 

Devon  bull,  Moxhem  7564 661 

Devon  heifer,  "Fashion  5th" 709 

Diagram  of  foot,  showing  the  posi- 
tion of  the  coffin  bone 307 

Diagram  of  a  foot,  showing  position 

of  wing  of  cofiln  bone 308 

Digestive  apparatus    (Plate  III) 86 

Dipping  lambs  for  sh'eep  scab,  trough 

for   1082 

Diseased  hocks,  three.  Illustrating 
bone    spavin,     bog    spavin     and 

blood  spavin 316 

Diseased  hock  joint 539 

Diseases  of  the  uriuary  organ,  symp- 
toms attending   459 

Dishing  on  the  trot 330 

Dislocation  of  the  patella,  simple 
method  of  preventing  a  recur- 
rence of 925 

Distonum  Lanceolatus   1079 


XXXII 


LIST    OF   ILLUSTRATIONS, 


PAGE 

Dominique  fowl    1112 

Dominique,  male,  American 1129 

Dominique,  female,  American 1130 

Dominique,  male,  American   1142 

Dorking  coclv,  silver  gray 1145 

Dorset  ram,  American 1052 

Dorset  sheep 1000 

Dorsets    1032 

Dorset  horn  sheep,  group  of 1020 

Draft  horses,  imported  121 

Drastic  poisoning  563 

Drone   1228 

Dropsy  of  the  belly,  ascites  or 886 

Dry    and    clean    the    legs    in    cold 

weather,  the  proper  way.  How  to  541 

Durham  cattle,  pair  of 659 

Duroc-Jersey  boar    945 

Duroc  Jersey  sow 958 

Duroc  Jersey  sow,  one  year  old 970 

Duroc   sow    960 

Dutch  cow,  a  936 

Dysentery,  chronic 865 

Earl  derby  game 1120 

Eczema,  or  "rat  tails,"  chronic 906 

Egg  drawer    1152 

Elephant  leg 352 

Elephant  leg,  discovering  the   354 

Embden  and  African  cross 1189 

Embden  Toulouse  cross 1191 

Embden  geese,  a  trio  of 1090 

Enlarged  knee,  from  speedy  cut....   365 

Enteritis,  a  test 425 

Enteritis,  another  test  for 426 

Epizootic  aphtha    821 

Erysipelas,  carbuncular,  black  leg  or 

quarter  ill  823 

Essex  boar  and  pig  951 

Essex  sow  947 

Essex  sow 952 

Eustrongylus  gigas    995 

Ewe-necked  vicious  brute  (Fig.  G)..1328 
Excessive  use  of  caustics,  bad  effects 

of 830 

Express  delivery  horse,  a  choice 257 

External  parts  of  the  horse,  showing 

(Cut  8)    81 

Eye  affected  by  serena   520 

Eye,  extirpation  of  the  552 

False   quarter,   or   deficiency   of   the 

outer  wall   286 

False  quarter,  relieved  of  bearing  on 

the  shoe    290 

Famous  ones,  one  of  the 150 

Farm  chunk,  a  good  280 

Fasciola  hepatica  1079 

Feeding  hopper,  a  perfect 1167 

Feeding  hopper,  a  stool   1167 

Feeling  the  pulse,  a  proper  method  of  434 
Fistulous     withers,     slight     enlarge- 
ment which  may  end  in 380 

Fistulous  withers,  worst  stage 380 

Flatulence,  the  low  choke  with 413 

Flatulent  colic,  ruptured  or  last  stage  419 


PACE 

Flatulent  colic  or  tympanites,  an  ad- 
vanced stage  of    430 

Flemish  cow    642 

Flexor  tendons  of  fore  legs 331 

Fluid  flowing  from  the  chest  through 

the  cannula,  the  927 

Foot,  view  of,  showing  toe  pared  to 

avoid  seedy  toe  291 

Foot  with  a  weak  sole 293 

Foot    and    mouth    disease,    epizootic 

aphtha  or   820 

Foot  and  mouth  disease,  head  of  cow 

with    837 

Foot,    the    sole    of    a,    showing    nail 

wound  and  how  to  pare  it  out..   292 

Foraging  for  themselves   : . . .  .1165 

Forceps    393 

Fore  quarters,  showing  a  good  shoul- 
der, side  view  of 97 

Fore  quarters,  showing  different  bad 

conformations,  front  view  of....     98 
Fore   quarters,    showing   bad    confor- 
mation, side  view  of 102 

Forrest  squirrel    112 

Forward  deviation  of  posterior  limbs 

in  anterior  presentation 502 

Foundered  feet,  various  stages  of.  . .   296 

Foundered  horse 294 

Founder  or  bronchitis,   a  fit  subject 

for   397 

Fountain,  a  good  form  of 1166 

Fractures  of  bone,  transverse  and  ob- 
lique (2  illustrations)    924 

French  coach  stallion,  imported 242 

French  coach  stallion,  Perfection. . .  .   270 

Friesian  calf  "Rascal" 678 

Friesian  cow  "Palenstein  IV" 678 

Friesland   bull,   "Paul"   III,   best   im- 
ported        726 

Fungus  haematodes 922 

Gadfly,  at  various  stages  of  develop- 
ment,  the    528 

Gadfly,  grub  of  908 

Gadfly,  ox   908 

Gadfly,  the   528 

Gadfly,  grub  of   1070 

Gadfly,  sheep  1070 

Gaited     saddle      stallion,      Highland 

Chief,  champion   50 

Gaited     saddle     mare.     Lady    Glenn, 

champion  144 

Galloway  bull,  a  785 

Galloway  heifer,  one-year-old 760 

Galloway  prize  winner  at  Smithfield, 

England,  a   1347 

Galloway  steers,  group  of  young 618 

Gallus  Sonneratii   1087 

Gape  worm  1208 

Gastritis,  chronic    414 

Gastro-enteritis    562 

Genders  of  bees,  the.   Bee-keeper  and 

swarm     1226 

Georgian  games,  white 1123 

German  coach  stallion,  imported....     45 
Girton  ensign  153 


.';« 


^iW^ 

^fl^^^KI 

mt^ 

^^^^^^K.^. 

B'^mk:  " 

^^^^Myg 

';;■ .;  >*;,i|j^'- 

^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^H 

'-^'ii:  ■    ^®^^' 

^^^^^^^A 

^^^^^^^^^BI^B^^^A 

^^^M 

■^ 

LIST    OF   ILLUSTRATIONS. 


xxxra 


PAGE 

Giving  a  ball,  the  old  way 542 

Giving  a  ball,  the  proper  way  of 544 

Glanders,  bad  case  of  449 

Glanders,  in  the  last  stage 450 

Glanders,  when  the  discharge  has  be- 
come purulent  450 

Gnawing  of  the  manger 534 

Goitre  or  bronchocele  379 

Golden  penciled  Hamburgs 1107 

Golden  Wyandottes,  a  pair  of 1139 

Goniodes  stylifer  of  the  turkey 529 

Good  form,  a.  Rear  view  of  the  horse, 

showing  full  thighs,  etc 366 

Good  and  bad  back  (3  illustrations)   1329 
Good  and  bad  hindquarters    (4  illus- 
trations)     1329 

Good  and  bad  points,  rear  of  horse 

(9  illustrations)    1331 

Good  and  bad  points,  legs  and  front 

of  horse  (18  ills.)   1332 

Good    head,    but    deficient    neck    of 

horse    (Fig.   D) 1327 

Grapes   357 

Gray  African  geese,  pair  of 1187 

Gray  Toulouse  geese,  pair  of 1189 

Grease  cracks,  second  stage  of  con- 
firmed     357 

Grease  exudation,  first  stage  of  con- 
firmed     356 

Grease,  first  symptom  of 356 

Grimson  robe 659 

Group  Berkshire  swine    948 

Guernsey  cow,  Cassiopeia 691 

Guernsey  bull,  Dolly's   Duke 711 

Guineas,  a  trio  of 1093 

Hackney  ponies,  registered 142 

Hackney  stallion,  Ely  Assurance....   139 

Hackney  stallion,  Ely  Wise  Lad 139 

Hackney  stallion,   "Squire   Rickel"..     52 

Haematopinus    996 

Halter,  a  good  form  for  a 211 

Hampshire  down  sheep 1023 

Hampshire  ewes  1027 

Hampshire  or  thin  rind  barrows....   958 
Head  and   neck  of  horse,   ill-formed 

(Fig.  C)   1327 

Head   carried  naturally   220 

Head  carried  in  unnatural  position..   220 
Head  of  American  Dominique,  male.  .1366 

Head  of  Breda,  or  Gueldre 1088 

Head  of  single  wattled  Brahma  fowl  1088 
Head  of  steer,  showing  result  of  prop- 
er dehorning   1358 

Head  of  redcap  cock 1366 

Head  of  steer,  showing  bad  appear- 
ance caused  by  improper  dehorn- 
ing   1358 

Head  of  taenia  solium   993 

Head  of  sheep,  vertical  section 1003 

Head  presentation   485 

Heads,  side  and  front  view  of — ^bad. .     95 
Heads,  side  and  front  viev  of — good     94 
Heaves,    bad    position — for    head    of 
horse  affected  with  403 


PAGE 

Heavy  drafter  of  the  show  ring  order. 

A  choice   260 

Hegelund  method  of  milking,  first 
manipulation  in  the  (2  illustra- 
tions)       773 

Hegelund  method  of  milking,  second 
manipulation  in  the  (2  illustra- 
tions)       773 

Hegelund   method   of   milking,   third 

manipulation  in  the 774 

Hemorrhage  from  the  liver,  test  for. .   517 
Hen-louse,    or    dermanyssus    of    the 

horse   529 

Hereford   bull,    Mark   Hanna 755 

Hereford  bull.  Prime  Lad  605 

Hereford  heifer,  "Bean  Real's  Maid"  704 

Herefords,  a  group  of 1341 

Highland  bull,  "Laoich" 750 

Hinder  parts,  bones  of  (Cut  2) 56 

Hindquarters,  good    103 

Hindquarters,  back  view  of  bad 108 

Hindquarters,  side  view  of  bad 106 

Hindquarters,  back  view  of  good.  ...   107 

Hock  when  blistered,  a   550 

Hock  joint,  showing  the  enlargement 

of  bog  spavin 319 

Hog  house 980 

Hog    sick    of    hog    cholera,    chronic 

type 1272 

Holland    cow    677 

Holstein  cows,  four  champion 602 

Hblstein  cow,  "Margaret  Cornelius".  1336 
Holstein-Friesian    cattle,    group    high 

grade,  etc 741 

Holstein-Friesian  cow,  Segis  Inka. .  .   627 

Holstein-Friesian  cow   710 

Honey  knife  1-238 

Hoof  crack,  closing  a — by  the  use  of 

thin  wire  289 

Horns  showing  proper  and  improper 

cutting  (2  illustrations) 1357 

Horse,  points  of  the 1315 

Horse's  head,  open  to  view  (Cut  1). .     68 

Horse's  head  with  cold,  a 393 

Houdans,  Pair  of   1163 

Hoven,  ox  suffering  from 860 

Ideal  shape  of  fowl  1162 

Impaction  of  large  bowel 424 

Incubator  complete   1153 

Incubator,    how   to   make   an    (inner 

box)     1150 

Incubator,  interior  of  1151 

Incubator  ready  for  the  egg  drawer.  .1153 

Incubator,  sectional  view  of 1153 

Infections  anemia,  horse  in  last  stage 

of  526 

Inflammation  of  the  brain,  mad  from  378 

Inflammation  of  the  brain 429 

Inflammation  of  the  bowels,  move- 
ments in   413 

Inflammation  of  the  kidneys,  ox  suf- 
fering from    871 

Influenza,  a  horse  with 443 

Injured  tendons 538 

Injury  by  the  bit 410 


XXXIV 


LIST    OF   ILLUSTRATIONS. 


PAGE 

Intestines  of  a  hog 1272 

Inversion  of  the  vagina,  to  prevent. .  890 

Japanese  bantam  cock,  black-tailed  1145 

Japanese  game  cock,  long-tailed 1128 

Jersey  bull,  "Golden  Hero" 680 

Jersey  bull,  Pedro's  Pretty  Pogis...   707 

Jersey  cow,  Henbury  Gentle 661 

Jersey  cow.  Imp.    "Jersey  Venture," 

champion  596 

Jersey  cows  at  National  Dairy  Show, 

Chicago,  four  champion 762 

Jersey  cows,  six  owned  by  the  Uni- 
versity of  Missouri 598 

Jersey  cow,  Financial  Countess 633 

Jersey  cow,  Gail  Rivers 629 

Jersey  cow,  Laska  692 

Jersey  cow   682 

Jerseys,  group  of 683 

Jersey  Lily  1338 

Jointed  hooks    879 

Judging  dairy  cattle,  points  observed 

in  767 

Jugular  vein,  inflamed 382 

Jumping     horses.     Wonderland     and 

Roseberry,  American 231 

Kerry  cattle 663 

Kicking,  a  device  to  cure  the  habit  of  229 
Kidneys,  inflammation  of  the 460 

Lady  Stirling  3d,  No.  6230 725 

Laminitis,  acute    (Foundered) 297 

Lampas  iron 411 

Langshans,  black  and  white 1084 

Lard  worm,  Stephanurus  Dentatus  or 

(3  illustrations)    995 

Laryngitis,  effect  of 396 

Laryngitis  or  sore  throat 843 

Leghorn  cockerel,  rose-comb  white..  1145 

Leicesters,  group  of  Berdes 1016 

Leicester  lambs 1026 

Leicester  sheep,  group  1030 

Lessons  in  bandages  tor  various  dis- 
eases, some  (4  illustrations) 370 

Light  Brahma   1124 

Light  Brahma  male  and  feathers 1133 

Light  Brahma  female  and  feathers.  .1134 

Light  Brahmas,  a  pair  of 1224 

Light  jowl  and  good  neck;  shoulders 

well  proportioned,  etc 1282 

Limburger  cow  of  Germany,  the....   936 

Limousine  beef  cattle  (French) 785 

Lincoln  ewe,  Gibson's  162 1024 

Lincoln  ram,  Gibson's  155 1025 

Linden  tree 254 

Longhorn  bull    619 

Longhorn  cow,  head  of  619 

Longhorn  cow,  English 806 

Lord  of  Dentonia  1349 

Louse,  bird   909 

Louse,  calf 909 

Louse,  ox 909 

Louse  of  the  horse  or  ass,  hoemato- 

pinus,  or  blood-sucking 530 

Low  heeled,  flat  foot,  a 303 


PAGE 

Lower  leg  and  foot,  vertical  section 

of  the  (Cut  5)   59 

Lower  part  under  ground 1156 

Lump  jaw  829 

Lungs,  emphysema  of  the 848 

Lung  of  a  glandered  horse,  section  of 

a 450 

Lymphatic  gland  of  throat  swollen..  394 
Lymphangitis,  mycotic  457 

Making  the  incision  with  the  knife..  927 
Malarial   fever,   an  acute   case,   first 

stage 470 

Malarial  fever,  a  second  attack,  sec- 
ond stage   471 

Malarial  fever,  a  chronic  case,  third 

stage  472 

Malignant  catarrh,  last  stage 839 

Malignant  sore  throat 840 

Malpresentation,  first   880 

Malpresentation,   second    881 

Malpresentation,  third   881 

Malpresentation,  fourth   882 

Malpresentation,  fifth   883 

Malpresentation,  sixth   884 

Malpresentation,   seventh    884 

Malpresentation,  eighth   884 

Malpresentation,  ninth   885 

Malpresentation,  hydrocephalus  with  886 

Mange  mite   531 

Matchless  of  Londesboro',  at  rest. . .  .   256 
Megrims,  expression  characteristic  of  432 

Melanosis,  predisposed  to 389 

Melanosis  390 

Merinos,  group  of 1013 

Mexican  oxen 601 

Milk  fever,  apparatus    for   treatment 

of,  etc 897 

Milk  fever,  first  stage 898 

Milk  fever,  second  stage 898 

Milk  fever,  final  stage,  comatose  con- 
dition    900 

Milk  goats,  American   1060 

Milk  goat,  American  1061 

Milk  goat,  American  1063 

Milk  goat,  American 1065 

Milk  goat,  young 1062 

Milk  mirror  of  Holstein  cow,  great.  . .   688 
Milk   mirrors   of  Jersey  cows,  great 

(4  illustrations)    690 

Missouri  Chief  Josephine 770 

Missouri  mules   198 

Moon  blindness 518 

Morgan   colts,   one   and    two-year-old 

herd 51 

Morgan  colts,  pure  bred 179 

Morgan  filly,  two-year-old 132 

Morgan  filly,  yearling 266 

Mother,  the 1156 

Movable  frame  hive 1235 

Movable  frame  filled  with  comb 1236 

Mule  and  typical  of  the  class,  a  choice  205 
Mule,   19   hands  high,  an  8-year-old, 

western    202 

Mule,  prize  winning 203 

Muscles  in  walking,  the  (Cut  2) 69 


LIST    OF   ILLUSTRATIONS. 


XXXV 


PAGE 

Muscles  of  the  head  and  neek  (Cut  3)  71 
Muscles    of    shoulder    and    adjacent 

parts,  showing  (Cut  4) 74 

Muscular  covering,  rear  side  view  of 

the    (Cut  5)    76 

Muscles  of  the  hindquarters,  showing 

(Cut  6)    77 

Musty  fodder,  gamasus  of 910 

Narragansett  turkey,  male,  the 1172 

Nasal  gleet   395 

Nervous  system  (Plate  I)    82 

Neurotomy,  diagi'am,  showing  the 
course  of  the  nerve  that  is  sev- 
ered in  301 

Norman  cow,  the   715 

Nose  bag,  for    steaming   horse    with 

cold    394 

Nose  bag  for  steaming 842 

Object  lessons  on  feet  (4  illus.) 326 

Obstruction  of  lachrymal  duct 525 

Ocellated  turkey  hen,  young 1178 

Opening  the  eye  when  searching  for 

foreign  bodies,  manner  of 520 

Ophthalmia,  simple   520 

Osteophytes  on  the  pastern  bone 539 

Ostrich  fowls 1115 

Oxford  downs,  group  of 1021 

Ox  prepared  for  bleeding 930 

Outer   and    inner    wing    plumage    (2 

illustrations)    1159 

Outline  of  fat  bullocks  (4  illustra- 
tions)       622 

Pacing  stallion,  Joe  Patchen 171 

Pacing  stallion,  John  R.  Gentry 174 

Paralysis  of  hind  legs,  horse  suffer- 
ing  from   partial    374 

Paralysis    of    lower  lip    and    tongue, 

right  sided 377 

Paralysis  of  the  tongue  from  an  in- 
jury        860 

Park  horse,  a  choice 248 

Partridge   Cochins 1102 

Partridge  Cochins,  a  pair  of 1137 

Partridge  Cochin  Hen 1140 

Partridge  Wyandottes,  a  pair  of....  1106 
Parturition,  instruments  used  in  dis- 
eases following  (9  illustrations) .   877 

Patella,  dislocation  of  the 925 

Peacock   1094 

Percheron  mare,  six  years  old,  prize 

winning    127 

Percherons,  front  view  prize  winning  197 

Percheron  stallion  Casino 201 

Percheron  stallion.  Fronton 166 

Persian  shsep,  group    1046 

Peutastoma  Toenoides    528 

Place  to  tap  the  rumen 862 

Plant  of  the  purple  loco  weed,  a.... 1361 
Plant    of    the    white    loco  weed    in 

flower  1362 

Playing  with  the  grain 535 

Pleurisy,  acute   846 

Pleuro-pneumonia    814 


PAGE 

Plymouth  Rock,  short-legged  (No.  5). 1370 

Pneumonia,  horse  with 401 

Pneumonia,  the  position  assumed  by 

the  horse  during  an  attack  of 401 

Points  in  Jersey  scor-card,  illustrated  694 
Points  in  Jersey  scor-card  illustrated  696 

Points  of  the  fowl 1160 

Points  of  the  head  of  cock 1158 

Points  of  the  leg   538 

Points  of  poultry,  illustrated 1157 

Points  of  sheep,  exterior 1004 

Poitou-Ass    196 

Poland  China  boar 959 

Poland  China  hogs,  prize  winning 943 

Poland  China  sow 949 

Polish  cow,  the  907 

Polish  hen,  bearded  silver 1086 

Polled  Durham  herd 607 

Poll-evil  during  the  first  stage 381 

Poll-evil  in  its  second  stage 382 

Polypus    393 

Pony  stallion.  Sir  Horace  184 

Position  of  the  organs  of  mare,  the. .   506 

Presentations,   abnormal 482 

Presentation,    anterior 494 

Presentation,      anterior,     fore      limb 

crossed  over  the  neck 495 

Presentation,  dorsal   (or  back) 491 

Presentation,  ventral  (or  belly) 492 

Pricking  from  nails 291 

Prize  winning  Percherons,  rear  view.   237 

Probang,  two  forms  of    412 

Prolapsed  uterus,  support  No.  1  for  878 
Prolapsed  uterus,  support  No.  2  for. .  878 

Prurigo,  showing  signs  of 389 

Purpura  444 

Quarter   crack 286 

Quarter  crack  and  remedies 287 

Quarter  crack,  cut  across  the  top 289 

Quarter    crack,     showing    the    hoof 

broken      only      part      way      up; 

dressed,  pared  and  shod   289 

Queen   Bee 1228 

Queen  cell,  furnishing  a 1239 

Quidding,  a  horse 409 

Quittor,  after  it  has  broken  out  at  the 

top,    a    284 

Quittor  in  active  suppuration,  a 284 

Rabies,  countenance  of  a  horse  with.  453 
Racks     with     troughs     for     feeding 

sheep    1051 

Ram,  best  imported   (German) 1019 

Rambouillet  rams,  group  of 1007 

Ram,  first  prize  best  bred  O.  R.  C...1018 

Recumbent  position  484 

Red  Polled  Angus  bull 721 

Red  Polled  cattle,  English  group  of 

(3  illustrations) 736 

Red  polled  heifer  and  bull 733 

Red  Pyle  Game  cock 1128 

Removing  urine  from  the  ox,  opera- 
tion for 930 

Respiratory  organs  in  the  head  of  a 

horse,  diagram  showing 39? 


XXXVI 


LIST    OF   ILLUSTRATIONS. 


PAGE 

Result  of  imperfect  vision,  a  frequent  523 
Rhode  Island  Reds,    a    pair    of  rose 

comb 1097 

Right  transverse  position 487 

Rinderpest    818 

Ring    bone    322 

Ring  bone  and  navicular  disease 324 

Ring  bone,  diagram  showing  pastern 
and  pedal  bone  of  a  horse  af- 
fected with  severa 328 

Ring  bone,  foot  of  horse  affected  with  328 
Roadster   and   many   times  a  cham- 
pion, a  choice   191 

Roaring,  one  test  for 560 

Rot,  the  1081 

Rumen  exposed  for  mechanical  re- 
moval of  its  contents 863 

Rumpless    fowls 1127 

Ruptured  pig  998 

Saddle-bred  stallion,  Copeland 182 

Saddle-bred  stallion,  undefeated  year- 
ling    247 

Saddler,  a  choice  Sve-gaited 140 

Saddler,  a  choice  three-gaited 255 

St.   Valentine,  121,014 636 

Sand  crack,  dressed,  shod  and  ban- 
daged     290 

Sand  crack,  pared  away  at  the  sides 

and  bottom  290 

Sarcoptes  Equi 531 

Scab,  common,  advanced  case 1068 

Scab,  common  1068 

Scalded  mouth    411 

Scale  of  measurements  251 

Scratches,  as  seen  in  the  hollow  of 

the    pastern 543 

Section  of    horse,    showing    internal 

economy,  longitudinal    (Cut  7)...   80 

Seedy  toe  290 

Seabright  bantam    1125 

Sectional  view  1155 

Section  of  head  of  ox 623 

Sensation  of  Dentonia   1346 

Seton  in  the  throat  of  a  horse,  a 407 

Shading  a  horse's  eyes  when  suffer- 
ing from   inflammation,   manner 

of 522 

Shapely,     muscular     neck     of     draft 

horse   (Fig.  E)    1328 

Sharp  hook    489 

Sheep  of  eleven  countries,  the 1040 

Sheep  tick  with  eggs 1076 

Shetland  ponies 151 

Shire  filly,  "Miss  Constance" 125 

Shire    mares    156 

Shire  mare,  "Queen  of  the  Shires"..  163 

Shire  stallion,  "Blaisdon  Pluto" 159 

Shire  stallion,  Draymaster 155 

Shire  stallion,  "Holland  Major,"  im- 
ported   English 245 

Shoe,  a  plain   312 

Shoe,  diagram  of,  showing  clip 291 

Shoe  left  on  too  long 302 

Shoes,  right  and  wrong  fitting 309 

Short-Horn  bull,  "Gypsy  King" 630 


PAGE 

Short-Horn  bull,  "Master  Recorder".  794 
Short-Horn  bull,  "Matoppo,"  best  im- 
ported       667 

Short- Horn  bull,  points  of 674 

Short-Horn  cow  in  outline 632 

Short-Horn  cow.  Ruber ta 657 

Short-Horn  heifer,  "Bapton  Daisy"..  668 
Short-Horn  heifer,  Constance  XV.,  a.. 1343 

Short-Horn  ox  in  prime  condition 624 

Shoulder    and    elbow,    dislocation   of 

(6   illustrations) 369 

Showing    cuts    and    quality   of    beef, 

Fig.  1 808 

Showing    cuts    and    quality   of    beef. 

Fig.  2   808 

Showing  points  1161 

Shropshire  rams,  group  of 1015 

Shropshire  yearling  ewes 1031 

Shuck's  bee  feeder 1240 

Sick  horse,  a 545 

Side  view  of  a  fore  hoof  shod  so  as 

to  quicken  the  action 313 

Side  view  of  hoof  and  shoe 313 

Side  view  of  a  short-toed  hind  hoof 

of  a  forger 313 

Silky  fowls,   pair  of 1126 

Silver  duckwing  game  cockerel 1128 

Silver-laced  Wyandottes,  a  pair  of. .  .1090 

Silver-laced  Wyandotte,  female 1141 

Silver-laced  Wyandotte,   male 1141 

Silver-laced  Wyandotte  pullet,  a 1174 

Silver  Prince,  No.  7939 725 

Silver-spangled  Hamburgs,  pair  of..  1105 

Silver-spangled    Hamburgs 1114 

Single-comb  Brown  Leghorns,  a  pair 

of 1089 

Single-comb  Brown  Leghorn  cock...  1110 

Single-comb  Rhode  Island  Reds 1089 

Single-comb  White  Leghorn  cock....  1135 
Skeleton  shown  against  outline  of  liv- 
ing horse  (Cut  1) 54 

Skeleton,  the   (Cut  3) 58 

Slteleton  of  the  hog 997 

Skeleton  of  Leicester  sheep 1002 

Skeleton  of  the  ox 621 

Skin,  opening  of  the    556 

Skull  of  a  Polled  sheep 1003 

Slate  turkey  hen 1177 

Sleepy  staggers,  stomach  of  a  horse 

with 415 

Sling  in  use  338 

Small  frame  1236 

Soaking  the  feet  in  hot  water  in  case 

of  founder 294 

Sole  of  foot 283 

Sore  mouth,    with    the    angles    and 

cheeks  swollen   410 

Sore  mouth,  with  the  angles  excori- 
ated by  the  bit 410 

Sound  and  contracted  feet 288 

Sound  foot   322 

Southdown  lambs,  group 1029 

Southdown  sheep  1045 

Southern  chunk,  a  choice 259 

Spanish"  Merino  ewe  imported  to  Aus- 
tralia in  1828,  type  of 1036 


LIST   OF   ILLUSTRATIONS. 


xxxvii 


PAGE 

Spanish    Merino    ram,    imported    to 

Australia  in  1823,  type  of 1037 

Spasmodic  colic,  tlie  first  stage  of..   416 

Spasmodic  colic,  second  stage  of 417 

Spasmodic  colic,  third  stage  of 418 

Spavin,  bone    314 

Spavin,   bone,   hocks,   with   skin   re- 
moved    315 

Spavin,  two  stages  of,  cured  spavin 

and  sound  hock 321 

Splints,  diagram  showing  the  differ- 
ent locations  of 329 

Splints  of  a  serious  kind 329 

Stallions   Carnot   and   Trappiste,   im- 
ported Belgian    129 

Stallion,  first  prize  two-year  old  Mor- 
gan    136 

Stallion,  Hannibal,  imported  German 

coach  137 

Stallion.  His  Grace,  Suffolk 122 

Stallions,    imported    Belgian 123 

Stallion,   prize  winning  saddle 133 

Sterno-abdominal      position     of     the 

foetus  498 

Stifled  horse,  device  for  a 351 

Stitching  with  a  fixed  Seton  needle. .   361 

Stomach  pump,  using  the 892 

Stomach  of  ruminants,  compartments 

of   the    859 

Straight  hook    880 

Strangles,  a  bad  case  of 452 

Strangles,  irregular  453 

Strangles,  opening  the   abscess  of. .   555 

Strangles,   simple  form   of 383 

String  halt,  a  bad  case  of 364 

Strong,  muscular  neck  and  head,  etc. 

(Fig.  H) 1328 

Strong,  upright,  high  heeled  foot,  a. .  303 

Strongylus  Filaria,  male  enlarged 1079 

Suffolk  horse,  Cloot  V 160 

Suffolk  sheep  1047 

Suffolk  stallion,  Epatant 160 

Sultan  cock 1145 

Sunstroke,  effects  of 434 

Supporting  the  udder,  method  of 895 

Surfeit,  a  horse  afflicted  with 384 

Sussex  cow,  outline  of  a 720 

Sussex  steer,  "Young  Daisy" 718 

Suture,   quilled    557 

Suture,  uninterrupted   556 

Swelling    of    the    jaws,    cheeks    and 

muzzle,  etc  838 

Swiss    contrivance    for    slaughtering 

cattle  805 

Tail  presentation   486 

Tamworth  boar  950 

Tamworth  sow 965 

Tamworth  sow,  improved 1287 

Tandem  team 1298 

Tank     1152 

Tank,  showing  how  to  construct  it.. 1156 
Tape-worm  got  by  eating  beef,  head  of  910 

Teat  Syphon,  the  826 

Test  for  mange 531 

Test  for  sprain  on  the  back 375 


PAGE 

Tetanus,  feeding  a  horse  with 545 

Tetanus,  showing  how  far  an  animal.. 

with  is  capable  of  motion 433 

Tetanus,    the    test   for 432 

Texas  fever  Protozoe,  and  the  ticks 
which  transmit  them  (10  illustra- 
tions)     1352 

Texas  tick    909 

Thoroughbred  horse,  good  head  of  a 

(Fig.  A)   1327 

Thoroughpin,  enlargement,  forming..   323 
Thoroughpin  and  bog  spavin,  diagram 

showing    dissection   of 323 

Throat  blistered,  a  horse  with  the..   394 
Toggenburg  goats,  imported  (Figs.  1, 

2,  4.)    Schwarzwald  goat  (Fig  3).  1064 

Toothache,  a  horse  with 408 

Toulouse  geese,  a  group  of  gray 1185 

Toulouse  geese  and  feathers 1204 

■  Toulouse  goose,  standard   1192 

Tracheotomy,  performing   558 

Tracheotomy,     the     structures     met 

with  in  the  operation  of 558 

Treatment,  helping  him  to  stand  for. .   435 
Trichina  Encysted  magnified,  muscle     994 

Trichina  Spiralis,  adult  intestinal 994 

Trichodectes  of  the  sheep 1076 

Trochar  and  Cannula  (2  illustrations)  860 
Trotting  or  road  horse,  good  head  and 

neck  of  (Fig.  B) 1327 

Trotting  stallion,  Allerton 169 

Trotting  stallion,  Joe  Young 173 

Trough,   combination    1050 

Tuberculosis,  a  cow  affected  with  ad- 
vanced     853 

Tuberculous  dairy  cow,  a  visibly 857 

Tumor  in  false  nostril,  face  of  horse  392 

Tunis  sheep,  American   1028 

Twisted    rope    890 

Tying   an   artery    270 

Umbilical    hernia,    trut..    for 870 

Umbilic  cord  of  foal    490 

Umbilicus   in    charbon,    swelling    of 

the    (navel   ill)    1080 

Urethral  canal,  etc.,  of  the  ox 872 

Uterine      hemorrhage,      exaggerated 

illustration  of   889 

Utilizing    pieces    of    comb 1240 

Various  cuts  of  a  side  of  bacon,  etc., 

diagram    showing 1283 

Veins  of  the  foot,  showing  the 543 

Veins  of  the  horse's  foot   312 

Vertical  section  of  the  head 622 

Victoria   boar    979 

Wagon   horse,   a   choice 91 

Warts,  head  covered  with 388 

Well     proportioned     shoulder,    good 

top   line,    etc 1283 

Welsh    cow    758 

Welsh   ox    699 

West  Highland   cow  of  Ireland 642 

West  Highland  feeding  ox 609 


XXXVIII 


LIST    OF   ILLUSTRATIONS. 


PAGE 

Where  to  tap  the  rumen  for  hoven, 

diagram  showing   861 

Where  joint  oil  is 340 

White   Aylesbury   ducks,    group   of..  1200 

White  call  ducks,  pair  of  1199 

White-crested    Black    Polish    Fowls, 

pair    of    1103 

White  Embden  geese,   pair   of 1187 

White-faced     black     Spanish    fowls, 

pair    of    1122 

White  Guinea  fowl    1093 

White  Indian  games,   pair  of    1098 

White   Holland   turkeys,  a  pair  of..  1181 
White   Leghorns,     a  pair   of     single 

comb    1117 

White  Muscovy  ducks,  pair  of   1197 

White   Orpingtons,   a   pair   of   singte 

comb     1139 

White  Pekin  duck   1195 

White  Pekin  ducks,  group  of   1190 « 

White  Plymouth  Rock,  female 1118 

T\niite    Plymouth   Rock,    male 1118 

White   turkeys    1176 

White  Wyandottes,  a  pair  of 1174 

Wild   and   African   cross 1202 

Wild  goose,  gray   1202 

Windgalls,  as  they  appear  upon  dis- 
section       346 

Windgalls,     showing     situation     and 
forms   of   346 


PAGE 

Wintered,  badly   776 

Wintered,    well    776 

Wintered  with  good  shelter  and  feed.1048 

Womb,  inversion  of  the   890 

Wooden   gag    861 

Wool,  division  of   1005 

Worker    1228 

Worms,  appearance  of  colt  suffering 

from    527 

Work  of  the  larvae  in  comb 1241 

Worms,     horse     rubbing     his     nose 

against  a  wall — a  symptom  of. .  527 
Wyandottes,  a  pair  of  silver-laced.  .1132 
Wyandottes    1144 

Yorkshire    boar    946 

Yorkshire    boar    1292 

Yorkshire    sow,    improved 1288 

Yorkshires    982 

Young  Brown  Chinese  geese,  pair  of.ll88 
Young    goose    crosses — Embden  and 

African     1199 

Young    goose    crosses — Embden   and 

Toulouse    1198 

Young    Light    Brahma,    half    breeds, 

group    of    1142 

Zebrulas    as    exhibited    at    the     St. 

Louis  World's  Fair,  the 206 

Zebrula  mares    207 


BOOK  I 

PART  I 


THE  HORSE 

HISTORY,  MANAGEMENT  AND  CHARACTERISTICS 
OF  THE  VARIOUS  BREEDS 


THE    HORSE. 

CHAPTER  I. 

HIS  ANCIENT  AND  MODEnN  HISTORY. 


CONNECTED  WITH   MAN   FROM  THE   EARLIEST  HISTORICAL  PERIOD. 1.    THE   HORSE 

IN   ANCIENT    HISTORY. II.    THK   HORSE  IN  CIVILIZATION. III.    PRESERVING 

BREEDS  IN  PURITY. IV.    THE  WILD  HORSES  OF  TO-DAY V.   FOSSIL  HORSES 

VI.    HOUSES  OF  ASIA. VII.   EUROPEAN  HORSES. VIII.  ARTIFICIAL  BREEDING 

AND  DISEASES, IX.  OPINIONS  RELATING  TO  BREEDING. X.    IN-BREEDING  OF 

HORSES. XI.    VALUE  OF    HEREDITARY  CHARACTERISTICS. XII.    A   CAREFUL 

STUDY  NECESSARY. XIII.    ABOUT  OBJECT  LESSONS. 

The  period  when  the  horse  was  first  subjected  to  the  use  of  man 
extends  so  far  back  beyond  the  origin  of  written  history,  that  no  mention 
is  made  by  Avriters  of  the  native  country  of  this  noble  animal.  That  his 
native  territory  was  the  hill  and  plain  regions  of  tropical  or  sub-tropical 
Asia,  there  is,  however,  little  doubt,  since  it  is  in  such  regions,  the  world 
over,  that  this  animal,  upon  regaining  his  freedom  and  becoming  semi- 
wild,  soonest  multiplies  into  vast  herds. 

In  none  of  the  most  ancient  inscriptions  is  the  horse  found  represented 
in  a  wild  state,  but  always  in  connection  with  man.  The  fabulous  stories 
of  the  centaur,  a  creature  half  human  and  half  horse,  arose  from  the 
imagination  of  those  savage  tribes  who  were  conquered  by  more  enterpris- 
ing and  partly  civilized  foes,  who  had  acquired  the  art  of  subjecting  the 
horse  to  use.  It  is  stated  that  a  Thessalian  tribe,  the  Lapithge,  first 
subjected  the  horse,  and  hence  acquired  the  name.  But  the  horse  was 
known  in  a  civilization  far  anterior  to  that  of  this  Thessalian  tribe,  though 
no  record  is  made  of  the  horse  in  a  wild  state  even  by  his  earliest  masters. 
Hence  we  infer  that  the  horse  was  not  a  native  of  Egypt,  but  was  intro- 
duced from  some  other  country  into  the  civilization  of  that  land,  the 
earliest  on  record  except  that  of  China. 

I.    The  Horse  in  Ancient  History. 

The  first  record  made  of  the  horse  in  sacred  writings,  is  in  the  time  of 
Joseph  in  Egypt,  at  which  period  the  horse  had  been  subjected  to  harness. 
At  the  time  of  the  Exodus  under  Moses,  the  horse  was  extensively  used 
m  war.  The  Grecian  mythological  stories  give  accounts  of  the  use  of 
horses  in  war,  particularly  at  the  siege  of  Troy,  but  they  aeeiii  to  have 
been  confined  only  to  the  use  of  heroes. 

Coming  down  to  the  true  historical  perioa,  we  be^n  to  find  the  use  of 
horses  quite  universal,  for  pleasure  as  well  as  for  war  ;  and  as  civilization 
began  to  colonize  the  earth,  the  hoise  closely  followed.  Wliere  thecriginal 


43  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

country  of  the  horse  really  was  matters  little,  except  as  an  interesting 
fact,  whether  in  Asia,  or  on  the  soil  of  Africa,  to  which  his  near  relations, 
the  Zebra  and  Quagga,  are  certainly  indigenous.  It  is  certain,  howovorj 
that  in  Media  and  Persia,  and  the  fertile  plains  of  Thessaly  and  Thrace, 
on  the  great  meadows  of  the  Danube,  in  the  Ukraine,  on  the  banks  of 
the  Dnieper  and  the  Don ,  and  other  of  the  great  grazing  grounds  of  Europe 
and  Asia,  the  horse  found  congenial  soil  and  early  became  semi-wild. 
So,  after  the  conquest  of  America,  transplanted  here,  he  became  semi- 
wild,  and  soon  occupied  vast  tracts  on  both  sides  of  the  tropics,  in  count- 
less herds. 

IL  The  Horse  in  Civilization. 
In  extending  civilization  the  horse  has  always  occupied  a  place  next  to 
man,  carrying  him  quickly  and  safely  on  long  journeys,  aiding  him  to 
explore  new  regions,  or  bearing  him  beyond  the  reach  of  savage  foes. 
In  the  earlier  stages  of  civilization,  oxen  tilled  the  fields,  tvhile  sheep 
furnished  clothing  and  food,  until  latterly  the  labors  of  tillage  have  been 
almost  entirely  transferred  to  the  quicker  and  more  intelligent  horse. 
Among  the  nations  which  flourished  between  ancient  and  modem  times, 
the  Arabs  seem  to  have  regarded  the  horse  with  the  greatest  esteem  and 
kindliness.  Among  no  people  were  more  care  and  attention  bestowed  in 
his  breeding,  and  nowhere  else  was  the  horse  so  made  the  companion  of 
man.  Hence  in  no  other  country,  from  the  seventh  to  the  seventeenth 
century  after  Christ  were  horses  found  combining  such  high  intelligence, 
with  great  speed  and  lasting  endumnce  in  travel.  The  Arabs  were  thus 
enabled  to  furnish  the  infusion  of  blood  that  has  resulted  in  the  English 
and  American  thoroughbred,  that  has  stamped  its  measure  of  value  upon 
nearly  all  the  more  highly  prized  of  the  modem  sub-families  if  Jiorses. 
Yet  neither  the  English  horse,  nor  the  American  horse,  nor  indeed  the 
so-called  wild  horses  of  America,  retain  any  characteristic  of  an  al)ori- 

pnal  breed.     They  are,  all  of  them,  purely  artificial  \a  their  breeding, 

)r  the  descendants  of  horses  artificially  bred. 

m.   Preserving  Breeds  in  Purity. 

As  among  the  Arabs,  so  among  all  the  civilized  nations  of  the  earth, 
the  great  care  is  to  preserve  breeds  in  their  purity.  Hence  pedigrees 
were  established,  first  among  the  Arabs,  and  later  for  the  English 
thoroughbred,  while  within  the  last  thirty  years  stud-books  are  becoming 
common  for  the  various  valuable  breeds  of  horses  that  have  originated 
from  time  to  time.  Breeders  are  also  beginning  to  understand  the  value 
of  kind  and  careful  treatment,  as  well  as  of  careful  training,  in  their  influ- 
ence upon  hereditary  traits.  These  things  seem  to  be  far  better  appre- 
ciated in  America  than  in  England.    To  the  early  and  careful  handling 


THE  HORSE,    HIS  ORIGIN,    ETC.  43 

of  colts  in  this  country,  making  them  companion-servants,  rather  than 
machine-slaves,  subjecting  them  to  the  rule  of  kindness,  rather  than  the 
law  of  brute  force,  in  short  to  training  rather  tiian  to  breaking,  is  due 
the  docility  of  American  horses,  in  contrast  to  the  temper  and  stubborn 
acquiescence  of  English  horses  ;  and  this  we  believe  is  coming  more  and 
more  to  be  generally  acknowledged. 

IV.    The  Wild  Horses  of  To-day. 

Of  the  so-called  wild  horses  of  the  various  countries  of  the  earth,  we 
have  the  authoiity  of  Mungo  Park  for  the  fact  that  wild  horses  exist  in 
great  herds,  in  the  country  of  Sudamar,  far  to  the  southward  of  the 
great  desert  of  Sahara,  and  in  all  that  district  extending  to  Nubia  and 
Upper  Abyssinia,  where  there  are  fertile,  well-watered,  grassy  plains, 
and  partially  wooded  countries. 

In  northern  Asia,  and  especially  in  southern  Siberia,  vast  droves  of  wild 
horses  are  known  to  exist ;  and  in  all  that  great  pasturable  region  inhabited 
by  the  Tartars,  both  in  Russian  Europe  and  Asia  there  are  countless 
herds  semi-wild.  These  Tartar  horses  are  said  to  owe  their  origin  to  the 
cavalry  steeds  turned  loose  in  1657,  at  the  siege  of  Azof.  In  Canada, 
and  in  the  Falkland  Islands  horses  released  from  control  become  wild  and 
sustain  themselves  in  that  condition.  It  is  stated  that  horses  released 
from  the  dominion  of  Man,  and  gone  wild,  have  been  found  in  Hayt' 
and  Jamaica.  The  great  pampas  and  other  grassy  plains  of  Centra' 
America,  North  and  South  of  the  equator,  including  the  Empire  of  Bra. 
zil,  and  also  in  Mexico,  Texas,  California,  and  elsewhere  in  the  southerly 
portion  of  the  great  plains  of  the  United  States,  once  contained  immense 
droves  of  wild  horses,  the  progenitors  of  which,  escaping  from  the 
Spanish  conquerors  of  these  countries,  at  length  multiplied  into  countless 
numbers.  At  the  present  day  however  there  are  but  few  that  are  not 
claimed  by  proprietors  except  perhaps  in  some  isolated  regions  near  the 
Equator. 

v.    Fossil  Horses. 

The  fossil  remains  of  horses  are  not  rare  in  America.  These  fossil 
remains,  have  also  been  found  in  Great  Britain,  in  the  oldest  formation, 
and  of  such  extreme  antiquity  as  to  have  been  contemporaneous  with 
the  elephant,  rhinoceros,  tiger  and  hyena,  in  Great  Britain,  and  with  the 
mammoth  and  other  similar  fossils  in  America.  These  classes  of  animals 
were  entirely  different  from  the  animals  of  to-day,  and  the  only  means 
of  marking  the  lapse  of  ages  intervening  since  they  lived,  is  the  succes- 
sion of  geological  formations,  and  changes  that  have  since  taken  place, 
carrying  to  total  extinction  the  series  of  animals  that  then,  and  subse- 
quently, up  to  the  advent  of  man,  successively  occupied  the  earth. 


44  C3YOLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

VI.    Horses  of  Asia. 

Aside  from  th-  modern  breeds  of  Euro[)e  which  will  be  treated  of  separ* 
ately,  the  Arabian  is  the  most  cclcl^ratcd  and  undoubtedly  combines 
more  good  qualities  than  any  other  Asiatic  l)reed. 

In  India  there  are  many  horses  of  more  or  less  repute,  the  most  valu- 
able of  which  is  said  to  be  the  Turco,  a  cross  between  the  Turcoman,  a 
breed  of  South  Tartar}^  and  the  Persian  horse.  It  seems  to  be  a  fine 
animal,  as  it  is  said  to  be  stately  in  movement  as  it  is  beautiful  in  form, 
and  tractable  in  disposition.  With  the  exception  of  the  Turcoman,  or 
horse  of  Soath  Tartary,  the  Tartar  and  Calmuck  horses  are  small,  and 
jil  shaped.  They  have  the  reputation,  like  our  Indian  ponies,  of  being 
able  to  perform  long  journeys  under  heavy  burdens,  while  subsisting  on 
the  most  indifferent  food. 

The  horses  of  China  are  also  small  with  but  little  excellence  in  any 
point.  Ill  shaped  and  spiritless,  they  seem  effete  like  their  masters, 
who  possessing  the  most  ancient  civilization  of  the  earth,  were  slowly 
Init  surely  retrograding,  until  they  came  into  contact  with  the  civilization 
of  Europe. 

In  Turkestan  there  appear  to  be  two  distinct  races  of  horses.  One  is 
described  as  being  heavy-headed,  ewe-necked,  with  long  legs  and  weak 
bodies ;  while  the  other  has  high  crests  and  long  bodies  with  limbs  of 
good  bone  and  substance.  In  Bokhara,  is  a  small,  stout,  shaggy  breed 
of  horses,  with  very  long  manes  and  tails ;  they  are  called  Kussaks,  and 
are  considered  excellent  little  animals. 

Vn.    European  Horses. 

In  the  chapters  devoted  to  special  breeds,  the  more  important  will  be 
treated  of  separately.  We  shall  only  notice  here  such  as  have  no  promi- 
nence   among  the   celebrated   sub-families    of  the    horse. 

The  German  States  have  horses  noted  chiefly  as  being  large,  well- 
formed  and  well-adapted  to  the  purposes  of  heavy  draft.  Belgium  and 
Holland  also  have  breeds  of  horses  large,  strong  and  well-formed.  The 
Flemish  horses  were  at  one  time  much  valued  in  England  for  draft  and 
heavy  coach  hor.ses,  and  they  undoubtedly  form  one  of  the  principal  ele- 
ments in  the  pedigree  of  some  of  the  more  celebrated  of  the  English 
horses. 

The  Hungarian  horses  are  supposed  to  have  the  same  general  origin 
with  the  German  horses.  They  are,  however,  lighter,  more  active,  show 
more  spirit  and  better  action,  which  is  probably  due  to  a  more  recent 
infusion  of  oriental  blood. 

Italy  has  not  as  good  horses  now  as  formerly.  Some  of  them  however, 
are  large,  handsome,  spirited  animals,  which  do  good  service  in  carriage 


THE    HORSE,    HIS    ORIGIN,    ETC. 


46  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

harness.  The  same  may  be  said  of  the  horses  of  Spain,  The  commoa 
use  of  mules,  both  under  the  saddle  and  in  harness,  is  not  conducive  to 
careful  breeding  in  horses,  still  in  Spain  there  are  many  fine  horses  espe- 
cially for  saddle  use ;  the  pure  blooded  Spanish  barb  being  elegant, 
sprightly  and  docile. 

Norway,  Sweden  and  Finland,  have  a  hardy  race  of  little  horses, 
which  run  half  wild  in  the  woods.  They  have  fairly  good  forms,  an^^ 
are  active  and  spirited.  The  people,  however,  give  themselves  but  little 
troul)le  in  breeding  them. 

In  Iceland  the  horses  are  still  smaller,  active,  hardy  fellows,  who  pick 
up  a  scanty  living  for  themselves,  when  not  at  work.  Their  origin  is 
attributed  both  to  the  Swedish  horse  and  those  of  the  Shetland  Islands, 
and  they  have  points  of  resemblance  to  both. 

Thus  it  is  seen  that  each  country  has  its  own  peculiar  breed  of  horses, 
the  result  of  local  peculiarities.  The  further  we  go  North  the  more 
dwarfed  they  become  until  some  of  them  are  found  but  little,  if  any, 
larger  than  the  best  of  the  larger  breeds  of  long  wooled  sheep.  As  we 
go  Soutii  to  the  tropics  the  horses  increase  in  size  until  we  reach  the 
middle  region  of  the  temperate  zone,  where  the  largest  and  heaviest,  as 
well  as  the  fleetest  and  most  valuable  are  found.  Continuing  still  fur- 
ther southward  the  horses  begin  again  gradually  to  decrease  in  size  until 
as  we  reach  the  tropics  we  find  them  but  little  larger  than  the  animak 
v/e  call  pony-horses.  They  are  moderately  swift,  and  of  the  most 
enduring  bottom. 

The  horses  of  Arabia  have  been  celebrated  in  all  modem  times,  and 
justly  so,  for  the  reason  that  owing  to  careful  breeding  and  the  kindest 
treatment,  in  connection  with  the  most  excellent  training,  they  came  to 
possess  the  pei-fection  of  form,  united  with  great  speed  and  en- 
durance, and  almost  human  intelligence.  That  careful  and  scientific 
breeding  was  understood  and  appreciated  by  the  ancients  is  evidenced  by 
the  lines  of  the  first  lyric  poet  of  the  time  of  Augustus  Caesar,  which 
we  find  translated  freely,  but  pointedly  as  follows ; 

"  The  brave  begotten  are  by  the  brave  and  good. 
There  is  in  steers,  there  is  in  horses'  blood 
The  vu-tne  of  their  sires.    No  timid  dove 
Springs  from  the  coupled  eagle's  furious  blood." 

VHI.  Artificial  Breeding,  and  Diseases. 
It  is  well  known  that  wild  animals  like  savage  tribes  are  little  subject 
to  disease  It  is  the  ai'tificial  surroundings,  and  artificial  living  which 
produce  diseases  unknown  in  a  state  of  nature.  Hence,  on  the  farm, 
animals  are  less  susceptible  to  disease  than  in  city  stal^les,  where  the  lite 
of  the  horse  is  purely  an  artificial  one,  and  where  he  must  be  depenaeru 


THE    HORSE,    HIS    ORIGIN,    ETC. 


47 


48  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOClUii. 

upon  man,  even  for  the  water  he  drinks.  Unfortunately  he  is  too  often 
dependent  upon  ignorant  and  brutal  "helpers"  who,  the  moment  the 
eye  of  the  master  is  turned,  shirk  their  duty  and  the  animal  suffers. 
Hence  the  absolute  necessity  that  all  large  stables  should  possess  in  the 
person  of  the  foreman  a  competent  head,  and  one  whose  sympathies  are 
with  the  helpless  an-Mials  under  his  charge.  Such  a  person  will  not  only 
earn  his  wages  fully,  l)ut  will  save  largely  to  the  owner  every  year  by  his 
constant  watchfulness  and  '-are.  Artificial  breeding  also  gives  rise  to  a  num- 
ber of  diseases,  peculiar  in  themselves,  and  which  may  only  be  guarded 
against  by  intelligent  care.  Among  the  most  serious  of  these  are  abortion, 
and  all  that  class  of  diseases  incident,  to  animals  kept  in  confinement  in  large 
numbers,  and  which,  with  other  diseases  of  domestic  animals,  will  be 
treated  of  separately  in  appropriate  departments  of  this  work. 

IX.   Opinions  Belating  to  Breeding. 

In  tracing  the  history  of  horses,  and  all  that  relates  to  their  care  and 
treatment,  we  shall  find  various  opinions  relating  to  breeding.  The  sys- 
tems of  in-and-in-breeding,  and  cross-breeding,  each  have  intelligent  and 
successful  advocates.  In-and-in-breeding  may  be  defined  as  being  the 
breeding  together  for  generations,  of  closely  related  members  of  a  fam- 
ily of  animals.  For  fixing  a  breed  and  for  perpetuating  the  special  ex- 
cellences sought,  there  is  no  doubt  of  the  soundness  of  the  practice.  It 
is  in  this  way  and  l)y  careful  selection  of  parents  that  all  new  breeds  are 
established  and  fixed.  What  distinguishes  the  successful  from  the  un- 
successful breeder,  is  the  knowing,  or  not  knowing,  just  how  to  select, 
how  long  to  breed  in,  and  in  departing  from  the  rule,  so  to  select  the 
new  sire,  that  there  may  be  no  violent  change  of  characteristics.  For  it 
is  a  well  established  fact  that  long-continued  in-breeding  reduces  the 
constitutional  vigor  of  the  animal  while  it  is  fixing  excellencies  for  per- 
petuation. Bakewell,  Collins,  Bates,  Webb,  and  many  other  emi- 
nent breeders  of  modern  times,  have  been  most  successful  in  this  direc- 
tion, with  cattle  and  sheep.  The  modern  breeds  of  swine,  also,  owe 
their  chief  excellencies  to  this  system,  though  in  them  it  is  modified  by 
more  frequent  infusions  of  far  related  blood,  since  swine  are  peculiarly 
liable  to  degeneration  of  the  vital  forces,  scrofula,  and  other  diseases, 
supposed  to  be  due  to  too  close  inter-breeding  of  near  relations. 
X.    In-Breoding  of  Horses. 

In  horses,  in-and-in-breeding  has  never  been  practiced  to  the  same  ex- 
tent as  with  cattle.  The  horse  is  bred  chiefly  for  his  muscular  p'jwers 
and  endurance.  To  this  is  required  to  be  added,  beauty  of  form,  and 
as  supplementary  to  speed  and  endurance,  great  lung  po^\  3r  and  constitu- 
tional vigor.     Hence,  when  a  sire  poesesses  t>>«ae  merits  in  an  eminei^ 


THE    HORSE,    HIS    ORIGIN,    ETC.  49 

degree,  he  is  eagerly  sought  far  and  wide.  In  the  selection  of  mares, 
this  vigor  of  constitution,  combined  with  ample  room  for  tli3  develop- 
ment of  the  foal  is  sought.  Hence  the  breeder  seeks  to  breed  to  such 
sires  as  shall  endow  their  foals  with  their  own  special  characteristics,  be- 
ing careful  only  that  the  cross  shall  not  be  a  violent  one,  such  as  might 
produce  decided  alterations  of  form  from  that  previously  had. 

XI.    Value  of  Hereditary  Characteristics. 

Intelligence,  stamina,  great  muscular  power,  constitutional  vigor,  and 
absence  of  congenital  or  hereditary  disability,  must  all  be  taken  into  ac- 
count in  selecting  sires.  If  the  blood  of  an  animal  has  been  sul)- 
ject  to  any  hereditary  disability,  as  consumption  or  other  disease  arising 
from  weak  lungs,  or  has  shown  a  lial)ility  to  form  curbs,  spavin  or  other 
bone  disease,  such  an  animal  should  be  Q'scardcd.  Intelligence  is  a  he- 
reditary characteristic  of  special  families  which  should  be  carefullj^ 
looked  to.  Here  again  we  find  that  this  quality  may  be  steadily  increased 
by  careful  training.  This  is  especially  noticable  in  dogs  bred  for  a  sin- 
gle jjurpose,  as  shepherd  dogs,  pointers,  setters,  retrievers,  etc.  The  he- 
reditary instinct  becomes  at  length  so  strongly  marked  in  them,  that  the 
young  animal  takes  to  its  special  task  of  its  own  volition,  and  before 
the  age  for  regular  training  is  reached.  In  like  manner  certain  breeds  of 
horses  are  nole^'  for  their  wonderful  intelligence,  as  are  the  Arab  horses, 
owing  to  hundreds  of  years  of  careful  breeding,  and  to  the  training  im- 
parted by  the  maste  ',  who  is  the  friend  and  companion  of  his  horse. 

XII.  A  Careful  Study  Necessary. 
To  most  surely  and  successful  1}^  compass  all  this,  the  breeder  must 
carefully  study  the  horse  from  various  standpoints.  He  must  be  familiar 
with  the  anatomy,  or  hony  structure,  the  muscular  development,  the  vital 
organs,  the  organs  of  digestion,  and  the  other  viscera  of  the  animal. 
Again,  the  outward  conformation  is  of  the  utmost  importance,  since 
from  this  a  fair  indication  of  all  the  rest  may  be  arrived  at.  The  girth 
and  the  barrel  will  give  a  good  indication  of  the  heart,  lungs  and  digestive 
apparatus.  From  the  head,  the  intelligence  and  docility  of  the  animal 
may  be  clearly  established.  The  shoulders,  the  loin  and  the  haunch  will' 
be  the  index  to  the  muscular  power,  and  the  bone  and  sinew  may  be  accu- 
rately estimated  from  a  proper  examination  of  the  limbs  by  one  who  will 
carefully  study  the  succeeding  chapters. 

XIII.    About  Object  Lessons. 
Object  lessons,  the  delineation  of    a  subject   by  charts,   plates  and 
figures,  have  come  to  be  regarded  as  one  of  the  most  important  factors 
in  modern  education.    They  bring  to  the  eye  exactly  what  a  thing  is,  and 


50 


CYCLOPEDIA    OF   LIVE   STOCK    AND    COMPLETE   STOCK    DOCTOR 


its  precise  location.  Hence,  there  has  been  prepared  for  this  work  the 
most  accurate  illustrations  of  ever}'  subject  u[)on  which  it  treats.  In 
connection  with  this,  the  plainest  descriptions  and  explanations  are  given, 
avoiding,  as  much  as  po.ssible,  technical  scientific  terms.  These,  when 
used,  are  exj^lained,  so  far  as  possible,  and  should  be  learned  by  refer- 
ence to  the  glossary  since  now-a-days,  they  are  coming  to  be  more  and 
more  used  in  every-day  life,  and  in  all  languages,  where  used,  mean  ex- 
actly one  and  the  same  thing. 


11  the  latter  part  of  this  chapter  has  been  somewhat  discursive,  it 
seemed  necessary  to  a  fair  understanding  of  what  is  to  be  said  in  the 
succeeding  ones.  In  the  next  chapter  we  take  up  the  horse  in  the  rela- 
tion of  the  bones  to  the  body.  Its  scientific  name  is  Anatomy^ — short 
enough  and  comprehensive. 


THE    HORSE .    HIS    ORIGI^T,    ETC. 


51 


52  CYCLOPEDIA   OF  LIVE   STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK   DOCTOR. 


'    f^flf' 


CHAPTER  n. 
ILLUSTRATING  THE  ANATOMY  OP  THE  HORSE. 


I.    FRAMR  WORK  THE  INDEX  OP  VALUE. II.  MASTER  THE  DETAILS  OF  THE 

SKELETON. IIL     DIVISION    OF    THE    SEVERAL    PARTS. IV.     COMPAR- 
ATIVE    ANATOMY     OF     MAN     AND     THE     HORSE.-^-V.      ANALYZING      THE 

SKELETON. VL     THE     FOOT. VII.      THE     HEAD     AND     NECK. VIIT. 

BONES    AND   MUSCLES    OF   THE    FRONT    LIMBS. IX.    THE    HIND    LIMBS. 

I.  Frame  Work  the  Index  of  Value. 
A  close  and  cc»mprehensive  study  of  the  anatomy  and  physiology  of 
the  animals  of  the  farm,  is  of  the  first  importance  to  every  person  who 
breeds,  rears,  or  buys  them,  with  a  view  to  profit  from  their  sale.  In 
the  case  of  the  horse  it  is  especially  necessary  that  this  study  be  care- 
fully made,  since,  in  the  perfection  of  the  several  parts,  constituting 
solidity  and  fineness  of  bone,  a  firm  and  complete  muscular  development, 
large,  healthy  lungs,  and  the  highest  state  of  normal  activity  of  the 
digestive  organs,  lies  the  real  value  of  this  most  useful  of  the  servants 
of  man.  The  owner  or  purchaser  must  also  know  distinctly  what  an  ani- 
mal is  intended  for,  and  should  select  him  with  special  reference  to  the  ser- 
vice required,  whether  it  be  for  special  work,  for  trotting,  racing, 
road-driving,  light  or  heavy  draft,  or  for  what  is  termed  general  utility. 
With  reference  to  these  several  uses  the  bony  structure  of  the  animal  is 
of  the  first  importance,  since  it  is  the  skeleton  upon  which  all  else  is  built. 
Without  a  knowledge  of  the  bones,  the  situation  of  the  muscles  cannot 
be  accurately  determined,  or  their  actions,  in  connection  with  the  several 
parts,  to  which  they  are  attached,  and  especially  their  action  on  the  liralDS 
be  definitely  understood. 

II.  Master  the  Details  of  the  Skeleton. 
Hence  we  must  first  master  the  details  of  the  bony  structure.  Next 
the  muscles  may  be  studied,  and  from  this  we  may  easily  understand  the 
minute  but  important  action  of  the  several  parts  as  a  whole.  While  the 
ordinary  observer  will  be  altogether  misled,  in  estimating  the  value  of  an 
animal  from  his  outward  appearance  and  movements,  he  who  has 
carefully  studied  the  physical  proportions  with  the  eye  of  a  care- 
ful anatomist  will  quickly  and  accurately  understand  the  true  value 
of  the  animal  from  the  relation  of  the  several  parts  one  with  another. 
For  these  habits  of  accurate  observation  will  readily  detect,  in  the 
i'iving  horse,  the  true  character  of  the  bony  structure,  and  especially 
of  the  muscular  system,  which  covers  and  envelops  it.  In  ordei 
to  make  the  bony  structure  plain  to  the  reader  it  is  here  shown  by 

63 


u 


CTCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  420)  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


diagrams  or  object  lessons,  since  this  is  the  most  graphic,  and  at 
the  same  time  the  most  accurate,  metliod  of  presenting  information 
of    tm&   kind.     To   make   our  object  lesson   still    more   easy  we   give 


m  the  engraving,  not  only  the  fi-arae-work.  but  this  resting  on  or  shown 
against  a  back  ground  illustrating  the  outer  form  and  contour  of  the 
horse. 


THE    ANATOMY    OF    THE    HORSE.  55 

The  skeleton,  as  shown  in  the  engraving,  may  be  divided  as  follows : 
1 — Cranium,  or  Head.  2 — Cervical  vertebrae,  or  bones  of  the  neck. 
3 — Dorsal  vertebroe,  or  bones  of  the  withers  and  back.  4 — Lumbal 
vertebrae,  or  those  of  the  loin  between  the  false  ribs  and  the  upper  edge 
of  the  Haunch  "Bone.  5 — Sacral  vertebrae,  or  those  of  the  rump,  or 
lying  between  the  haunch  bone  and  tail.  6 — Caudal  vertebrae,  or  bones 
of  the  tail.  An  observation  of  the  dotted  lines  will  show  these  correctly. 
7 — The  Ribs,  showing  their  coiTect  position.  8 — Sternum,  or  the  breast 
bone.  9 — Scapula,  or  shoulder  bone.  10 — The  front  limbs.  11 — The 
Pelvis,  the  cavity  of  the  body  formed  by  the  union  of  the  haunch  bones 
with  those  of  the  back  and  hip,  and  formed  by  the  Sacrum  at  the  top, 
the  Ilium  at  the  sides,  the  Ischium  and  the  Pubis  at  the  bottom.  12 
— The  hind  limbs. 

m.    Divisions  of  the  Several  Parts. 

Thus  we  have  given  the  entire  skeleton  of  the  horse,  showing  the  bones 
as  they  appear  in  their  natural  positions  and  relations  to  each  other.  We 
next  proceed  to  a  more  detailed  study  of  the  several  parts. 

The  Head  and  Back  Bones. — The  head  may  be  divided  into  two  parts, 
the  skull  and  the  face,  each  having  its  jDarticular  bones,  the  variation  of 
which  may  affect  the  proper  grinding  of  the  food  and  thereby  influence 
the  general  condition  of  the  animal,  to  say  nothing  of  the  relation  be- 
tween the  shape  of  these  bones  and  the  horse's  intelligence.  The  verte- 
brae are  divided  into  five  groups,  of  which  the  Cervical  or  neck,  contains 
seven  bones  ;  the  back,  or  Dorsal,  eighteen  ;  and  the  Lumbar,  six.  The 
Lumbar  vertebrae  really  belong  to  the  back,  and  added  to  the  eighteen 
Dorsals,  make  a  total  of  twenty-four.  The  Sacral  vertebrae  are  five  in 
number,  and  the  Caudal  fifteen,  making  a  grand  total  of  fifty-one  verte- 
brae in  the  animal. 

The  Ribs. — The  ribs  are  eighteen  in  number  and  are  jointed  to  the 
transverse  processes  of  the  vertebrae,  and  curve,  with  some  variations  in 
their  outline  and  direction,  down  to  the  sternum.  Seven  or  eight  of  them 
are  true  ribs,  and  are  composed  of  cartilage  and  attached  to  the  breast 
bone  and  to  the  vertebrae,  to  allow  full  expansion  of  the  lungs  in  breath- 
ing. Thus  the  spring  of  the  ribs,  as  it  is  called,  is  most  important  to 
the  horseman.  The  remaining  ribs  are  called  false  ribs.  They  are  not 
attached  to  the  breast  bone,  but  are  united  by  cartilages,  each  on  its  own 
side,  the  union  terminating  in  the  sternum.  Thus,  all  the  ribs  act  in  con- 
cert, giving  play  not  only  to  the  lungs,  but  also  to  other  viscera. 

The  Sternum. — The  Stermum,  or  breast  bone,  in  the  young  horse,  is 
composed  of  six  bones,  but  in  the  fu!l  grown  animal  these  become  uni- 
ted into  a  single  piece.     The  front  of  this  bone  is  convex  and  sharply 


56 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  CO^n'LETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


keeled  and  its  upper  part  projects  so  as  to  be  plainly  outlined  in  what 
Is  called  the  point  of  the  breast,  that  part  wliich  the  lower  portion  of  the 
collar  just  covers. 

The  Hinder  Limbs. — The  Hinder 
Limbs  are  the  ^jropelling  power  of 
all  animals,  and  especially  so  in  the 
horse.  Hence  the  haunches  are 
strong  and  the  upper  portion  is  pow- 
erfully developed  in  muscle,  and  the 
lower  correspondingly  so  in  ten- 
dons. The  illustration  will  give  a 
perfect  view,  and  the  exj^lanation  the 
proper  names  of  the  parts. 

The  names  and  reference  to  the 
letters  and  figures  are  as  follows  : 
a,  Sacrum ;  b,  Ilium ;  c.  Ischium. 
These  bones  constitute  the  Pelvis,  as 
seen  at  a,  d,  c,  and  b,  b.  The  other 
bones  are  :  e,  Femur  ;  f ,  Patella  ; 
g.  Tibia;  h,  Fibula;  i,  Tarsus;  j, 
Metatarsus  ;  k,  Digit.  The  figures 
1,  2,  3,  refer  to  the  Phalanges  of 
the  foot,  corresponding  to  the  toes 
in  man. 

The  Haunch  or  Pelvis.— The  Pel- 
vis is  made  up  of  six  bones,  three 
on  each  side,  all  firmly  united  into 
one.  The  Ilium  is  strongly  attached 
to  the  Sacral  vertebrae,  and  may  be 
called  the  keystone  of  the  pelvic  arch, 
while  the  lateral  prolongations  of  the  Ilium  produce  the  prominences  just 
above  and  in  front  of  the  hind-quarters.  The  Ischium  or  hip-bone  is  a 
backward  continuation  of  the  Ilium,  and  bears  an  enlargement  which 
projects  on  each  side  a  little  below  the  tail.  The  pubis  is  a  single  bone 
and  is  connected  with  the  others,  forming  an  inverted  arch  with  them, 
and  composing  the  upper  surface  of  the  lower  part  of  the  pelvis. 
rv.    Comparative  Anatomy  of  Man  and  the  Horse. 

The  anatomy  or  bony  structure  of  the  horse  is  not  so  widely  different 
from  that  of  man  as  at  first  sight  it  would  seem  to  be.  Indeed,  it  was 
discovered  by  Aristotle  in  the  days  of  the  ancient  Greeks  that  the  horse, 
though  a  hoof ed,  and  apparently  a  siugle-toed  animal,  actually  has  the 


r.ONK8  OF  UINUER  I'AKTS. 


THE    ANATOMT    OF    THE    HORSE.  57 

rudiments  of  toes  enveloped  in  the  flinty  hoof  which  has  developed  around 
the  foot  and  protects  it  from  the  rough  soil  over  which  the  animal  travels. 
And  when  a  parallel  is  once  found  to  exist  even  between  the  toes  of  the 
horse  and  those  of  man,  there  is  nothing  strange  in  the  fact  that  other 
parts  of  the  skeleton  closely  correspond.  The  names  of  the  different 
portions  of  the  limbs  of  the  horse  and  of  man  are  given  below,  in  par- 
allel lines,  so  the  reader  may  see  at  a  glance,  those  exactly  correspond- 
ing, though  called  by  different  names.  A  reference  to  the  skeleton 
proper,  as  given  in  the  cut,  page  54,  will  show  the  precise  location  of  each 
of  the  bones  mentioned  in  the  horse. 

Front  Limbs. 

MAN.  .fORSK. 

Ai'iu  (Humerus)  coiTesj)onds  to  the  -  -  Lower  Ijouc  of  shoulder. 

Fore  arm                       "               "  -  -  Arm. 

Wrist  (Carpus)            '•                ''  -  -  Knee. 

Hand  (Metacarpus)     "               "  -  -  Leg,  cannon  and  sphiit  hones. 

Knuckles                       "                "  -  -  Fetlock. 

Finger                           "               "  -  -  Pasterns. 

HiBd  Limbs. 

MAN.  HORSE. 

Thigh  (Femur)  corresponds  to  the  -     -     -  Upper  hone  of  thigh. 

Knee  "  "       _    -    _  stifle  joint. 

Leg  "  •'        _     -     -  Thigh. 

Ankle  (Tarsus)  *'  '*        _     _     _  Hock. 

Heel  "  "...  Point  of  hock. 

Foot  (Metatarsus)  "  "...  Leg. 

Ball  of  Foot  "  "        _     .     .  Fetlock. 

Toe  "  "        _     -     _  Pastern  and  foot. 

This  is  quite  different  from  the  generally  received  idea  of  the  compar- 
ative anatomy  of  man  and  the  horse,  and  yet  it  is  strictly  true.  This 
the  skeleton  will  show,  the  proper  names  of  each  bone  being  given.  The 
•study  is  interesting,  and  the  exijlanations  will  enable  any  one  to  fully 
understand  the  names  and  location  of  the  parts. 

V.    Analyzing  the  Skeleton. 

The  bones  of  the  spine,  (vertebrae)  have  already  been  mentioned. 
The  parts  of  the  skeleton  as  shown  in  the  next  figure,  are  :  A,  Cervical 
Vertebrae  ;  BB,  Dorsal  Vertebrae ;  C,  Lumbar  Vertebrae ;  D,  Sacrum, 
the  bone  which  forms  the  bac^'v  part  of  the  pelvis  ;  E,  Coccygeal  bones, 
or  those  forming  the  tail ;  FF,  Ribs  ;  G,  Costal  cartilages,  or  the  carti- 
lages joining  the  ends  of  the  ribs  ;  H,  the  Scapula  or  shoulder  blade  ;  I, 
the  Humerus,  or  the  upper  part  of  the  fore  leg ;  KK,  the  Radii,  or  outer 
bones  of  the  fore  legs,  below  the  humerus  and  knee  ;  L,  the  Ulva. 
This  is  the  larger  of  the  two  bones  of  the  upper  part  of  the  fore  leg, 
lying  behind  the  radius  and  extending  from  the  knee  to  the  lower  part  of 
the  chest;  M,  the  Knee,  (Carpus).     This  is  composed  of  8  bones,  viz: 


58 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


1,  Scaphoid,  or  boat  shaped  bone  ;  2,  Semilunar,  or  bone  resembling  a 
half  moon  ;  3,  the  Cuneiform,  or  wedge-shaped  bone  ;  4,  the  Trapezium, 
resembling  the  geometrical  figure  of  that  name  ;  5,  the  Trapezoid,  re- 


CuT  8.— The  Skeleton. 
sembling  a  trapezoid  ;  6,  the  great  bone  of  the  knee,  (Os  Magimm)  ;  7. 
the  Hook-shaped  bone,  (Unciform  bone)  ;  8,  the  pea-shaped  bone,  (pis- 
iform bone)  ;  NN,  the  big  bone  of  the  fore  leg,  the  cannon  bone  or 
large  metacarpal ;  O,  Splint  bone,  or  small  metacarpal ;  PP,  Sessamoid 
bones — two  small  bones  in  the  substance  of  the  tendons,  where  the  fore 
leg  is  joined  to  the  ankle  ;  QQ,  Phalanges.  These  are :  1,  the  upper 
pastern  bone  ;  2,  lower  pastern  bone;  3,  the  first  bone  in  the  leg,  (os 
pedis),  inside  the  hoof,  the  coffin  bone,  and  the  navicular  or  ship-shaped 
bone,  not  marked  here. 

The  Hinder  Parts. — Coming  to  the  hinder  parts,  R  shows  the  pelvis. 
This  is  formed  by :  1,  the  Ilium  or  flank  bone  ;  2,  the  Pubis,  or  fore  part 
of  one  of  the  bones  of  the  pelvis ;  3,  the  Ischium,  or  hinder  and  lower 
part  of  the  hip  bone.  S,  the  Femur  or  thigh  bone ;  T,  the  Patella  or 
small  bone  covering  the  stifle  joint ;  U,  the  Tibia  or  the  large,  long  bone 
between  the  hock  and  the  stifle  joint ;  V,  the  small,  long  bone  ►behind 


THE   ANATOMY    OF    THE    HORSE. 


59 


and  attached  to  the  Tibia  ;  W,  the  Hock,  which  is  composed  of  the  follow- 
ing small  bones  :  1,  buck  point  of  the  hock,  Os  Calcis  ;  2,  the  Astraga^ 
'.us  or  upper  bone  of  the  hock,  supporting  the  Tibia  ;  3,  Cuneiform  Mag- 
num, the  largest  wedge-shaped  bone  ;  4,  Cuneiform  Medium,  or  middle- 
sized  wedge-shaped  bone ;  5,  Cuneiform  Parvum,  or  smallest  wedge- 
shaped  bone  ;  6,  the  small  or  cubical-formed  bone.  X,  Large  Metatarsal 
or  front  bone  of  the  hind  leg,  between  the  hock  and  pastern  joint;  I, 
Small  Metatarsal  or  small  bone  of  the  hind  leg,  in  rear  of  Large  Meta- 
tarsal . 

The  Head. — 1,  the  lower  jaw,  (Inferior  Maxilla);  2,  the  upper 
jaw,  (Superior  Maxilla);  3,  outer  part  of  the  jaw,  (Anterior  Max- 
illa) ;  4,  bone  in  front  of  the  nostrils,  (Nasal  bone)  ;  5,  the  prominent 
cheek,  (Malar  bone);  6,  the  forehead,  (Frontal  bone);  7,  Parietal 
bones  or  sides  and  ipper  part  of  the  skull,  (wall)  ;  8,  Occipital,  or  bone 
of  the  hinder  part  of  the  head  ;  9,  Lachrymal  bone,  inclosing  the  lach- 
rymal gland  and  duct ;  10,  Squamous  or  scaly  portion  of  the  temporal 
bones;  11,  Petrous  or  hard  part  of  the  Temporal  bones,  inclosing  the 
organs  of  hearing. 


VI.    The  Foot. 


Cut  4. 


We  will  now  enter  upon  a  more  critical  examination  fi 

of  the  foot,  one  of  the  most  important  parts  in  the 

anatomy  of  the  horse.     We  give  a  cut  showing  the 

bones,  as  they  lie,  plainly  named,  and  also  a  vertical 
^UT  5.  section   of  the  lower 

leg  and  foot.  The 
several  parts  here  ill- 
ustrated are:  oj,  can- 
non or  large  Metacar- 
pal bone  ;  6,  large  Pas- 
tern bone  (Os  Suffra- 
ginis,)  c,  one  of  the 
Sessamoid  bones;  J, 
Os  coronas,  small  pastern  bone  ;e,  navicu- 
lar bone  ;  /,  Pedis  or  coffin  bone  ;  <7,  g, 
g.  Flexor  Perforans  or  penetrating  tendon  ; 
h,h,  Flexor  Perforatus  or  penetrated  ten- 
don ;  ^ ,  extensor  tendon  ;  /,  suspensory 
ligament ;  X',  k.  Capsular  ligament  or 
membraneous  elastic  bag  surrounding  the 
joint ;  Z,  fetlock  jomt ;  m^  pastern  joint , 


Sectional  view  of 
the  bones  op  the 

FOOT. 


Vertical  Section  of  the  Lower 
Lecj  and  Foot. 


n,  coffin  joint ;  o,  horny  crust  of  hoof ;  p* 


60  cyclopedia  of  live  stock.  ak»  complete  stock  doctok. 

Cut  6. 
p^  tiomy  sole ;  g,  the  frog ;  r,  sensible 
laminse  ;  ^,  the  sensible  frog ;  m,  the  cush- 
ion ;  V,  the  navicular  joint.  The  next  fig- 
ures show  front  and  rear  views  of  the 
bones  of  the  foot,  c,  c,  Coffin  bone ; 
rf,  Sessamoid  bone ;  6,  6,  Small  pastern 

a,  The  large  pastern,  ^ 

'  *=    ^  Fkont  and  back  view  of  the 

bone  of  the  foot. 

Vn.    The  Heaa  and  Neck. 

Coming  again  to  the  head  and  neck  we  are  prepared  readily  to  under- 
stand their  atanomy.  The  names  given  to  the  several  parts  are  as  fol- 
lows :  a,  frontal  bone  ;  h,  parietal ;  c,  occipital ;  c?,  temporal ;  e,  malar  ;/, 
lachrymal ;  g^  nasal ;  7i,  superior  maxillary  ;  «,  pre-maxillary  ;  A;,  inferior 
maxillaries  (lower  jaw)  ;  Z,  orbit.  The  bones  of  the  neck,  (cervical  ver- 
tabrse)  are  named  ;  i,  atlas  ;  2,  dentata ;  3,  third ;  4,  fourth  ;  5,  fifth  ;  6, 
sixth;  7,  seventh.  Of  the  bones  of  the  neck,  the  atlas  is  a  ring-shaped 
bone  with  broad  lateral  projections.  It  articulates  with  the  skull,  and 
has  great  freedom  of  motion  on  the  next  bone  (dentata).  On  the  artic- 
ulation of  these  two  vertebrae,  principally  depends  the  power  of  turning 
the  head.  The  remaining  bones  of  the  neck  resemble  each  other  closely, 
and  have  various  small  processes  for  insertion  of  the  ligaments  and  nuis- 
cles,  and  upon  their  flexibility  depends  the  power  of  flexing  and  arch- 
ing the  neck. 

The  Head. — The  bones  of  the  head  may  be  divided  into  two  groups  ;  the 
cranial  and  facial.  The  cranial  bones  include  all  those  which  cover  or 
inclose  the  brain,  and  are  mostly  in  pairs,  or  are  on  what  is  called  the 
mesial  line  of  the  skull,  but  may,  for  convenience,  be  spoken  of  as  single 
bones. 

The  bone  of  the  forehead  (frontal  bone)  «,  forms  the  space  between 
the  eyes  and  ex^tends  to  the  top  of  the  head  with  a  narrowing  outline.  It 
therefore  occupies  the  most  central  part  of  the  head  and  is  important  as 
from  its  shape  and  surface  it  gives  space  for  the  brains.  In  succeeding 
cuts  the  facial  expression  of  horses  will  be  given,  showing  the  different 
grades  of  intelligence  in  horses  ;  the  broad  and  ample  forehead  indicat- 
ing intelligence  and  high  breeding. 

The  parietal  bone,  6,  extends  back  from  the  frontal  to  tne  poll,  and 
has  a  ridge  or  crest  of  great  strength  and  firmness  along  its  upper  sur« 
face,  sloping  down  like  a  roof  on  each  side,  covering  and  protecting  the 
brain. 


THE  ANATOMY  Or  THE  HORSE. 


61 


TiiO  c capitals  J,  covers  the  entire  back  part  of  the  head  and  lies  imme- 
diately behind  the  parietal.  It  has  to  support  the  whole  v/eight  of  the 
ix-'ad,  and  from  its  position  is  exposed  to  greater  strain  than  any  other 
part  of  the  skull.  It  is  articulated  by  two  rounded  protuberances  (con- 
dyles) at  the  base  to  the  first  vertebra  (atlas)  of  the  neck.     On  the 

b 

1      n 


SHOWING  BONES  OF  HEAD  AND  NECK. 


t-uter  side  of  che  occipital  and  beyond  the  condyles,  are  two  pointed 
projections  (styliforni  pr  cesses)  to  which  some  of  the  mur.cles  of  tho 
neck  are  attached,  and  which  assist  in  supporting  the  head. 

The  temporal  bone^  cZ,  unites  with  the  pi.rietal  above,  and  with  the 
occipital  beliirc.  It  contains  the  int:nial  parts  of  t!ie  ear,  and  is  provi- 
ded with  a  hollow  for  the  articilation  of  the  lower  I'av^,  and  in  fri>nt 
jclikethi  ejrk^EkiJv  o-  Ui©  fronti.i     Cotiuuing^  fc:rward,it  trnites  with 


02  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

tht  cheek-bcno  (malar),  e,  ncaking  up  the  zygomatic  arch  and  forming 
tiie  greatsst  part  oi  the  orbit,  composed  of  a  smzM  bone  in  th?  inner 
corner  of  the  eye  (lachrymal),/.  Just  before  the  frontal  is  the  nasal 
bene,  g,  one  of  the  principal  bones  of  Ihe  face  and  covering  the  mem- 
brane of  the  nose.  The  large  bone,  (superior  maxillary),  h,  occupies 
the  side  of  the  face  and  holds  all  the  grinding  teeth  (molars)  and  the 
tusk  of  the  upper  jaw.  The  pre-maxillary,  i,  unites  with  the  two  last 
named  bones,  holds  the  nippers  (incisor  teeth)  and  completes  the  frame- 
work of  the  nose.  The  lower  jaw  consists  of  only  two  bones,  the 
inferior  maxillaries,  k.  They  terminate  in  two  processes,  directed 
upward.  The  terminal . projection  (condyloid  process)  articulates  with 
the  temporal  bone,  at  the  base  of  the  zygomatic  arch,  forming  the  hinge, 
upon  which  the  whole  lower  jaw  moves.  The  second  process  (cpronoid) 
passes  under  the  arch,  receiving  the  lower  end  of  the  large  temporal 
muscle  arising  from  the  parietal  bone,  and  moves  the  jaw  in  the  act  of 
chewing. 

There  are  two  small  bones  in  the  lower  part  of  the  cranium,  under  the 
parietal,  6,  called  the  Sphenoid,  and  the  Ethmoid,  which  connect  the 
principal  bones  of  the  skull,  but  are  not  visible  externally. 
viJLi.    Bones  and  Musclea  of  t;ht»  Fro^t  Limbs. 

Coming  again  to  the  limbs, we  represent  in  cut  8  on  the  next  page,  for 
the  sake  of  comparison,  both  the  bones  and  muscles  of  the  front  limbs  side 
by  side,  since  it  will  serve  as  a -convenient  object  lesson  at  one  view. 

Bones. — A — Radius.  B — Point  of  Ulna.  C — Knee  (Carpus).  F — Ses- 
amoids, behind  the  fetlocks.  G — Upper  and  Lower  Pasterns.  H — Coffin 
Bons.     T — Navicular. 

tVcUScies. — ^ — Extensor  carpi  radialis,  i — Extensor  digitarum  Ion- 
gior.  j — Extensor  digitarum  brevior.  k — Abductor  pallicis  longus.  ef 
— External  flexor,     mf — Middle  flexor,     if — Internal  flexor. 

Bonesof  the  Arm, — The  upper  portion  of  the  fore  leg.in  the  horse  is 
called  the  arm,  and  in  man  the  corresponding  bone  is  the  fore  arm.  In  the 
horse  it  consists  of  two  bones,  the  radius  A  and  the  ulna  B,  and  extends 
from  the  elbow  to  the  knee.  The  ulna  is  situated  behind,  and,  to  some 
extent,  above  the  radius,  there  being  a  considerable  projection  received 
between  the  heads  of  the  lower  bone  of  the  shoulder  (elbow),  forming 
a  powerful  lever,  into  which  are  inserted  the  muscles  for  extending  the 
arm.  The  ulna  continuing  downwards^  terminy,tes  in  a  point  behind  the 
middle  of  the  radius. 

Bo^ligS  of  the  Knee. — Cut  9  on  page  70  shows  in  detail  the  various  bones 
5f  tbft  Imce  :  Fig.  1.  the  left  leg,  outer  side  ;  Fig.  5?,  a  front  view.  The 
leosiiioa  wjd  action  of  the  knee,  render  it  especially  liable  to  shocks  ap4 


THE  ANATOMY  OF  THE  HORSE. 


6.S 


iars,  or  strains.  Hence  it  is  protected  by  being  formed  of  a  number  of 
bones,  strongly  united  by  ligaments,  each  bone  being  protected  by  car- 
tilao-e,  and  resting  on  a  semi-fluid  cushion,  so  that  any  shock  may  be  dis- 
tributed over  the  whole  number  of  distinct  bones.  The  names  of  the 
bones  are  as  follows  :  a,  Radius  ;  h.  Pisiform  ;  c,  Cuneiform  ;  (?,Lanare  ; 
e,  Scaphoides  ;  /,  Magnum  ;  ^,  Unciform  ;  i.  Cannon ;  j.  Splint.  These 
two  latter  are  called  Metacarpals. 


Fig    1 


Cut  8.— Bones  amu  Muscles  op  the  Fore  Legs. 

By  reference  to  cut  9  on  page  64.  the  arraugemeut  and  shape  of  the 
several  bones  will  be  readily  understood.  A  large,  flat  knee  is  essential  in 
the  horse,  since  it  not  only  carries  plenty  of  integument,  but  allows  free 
play  to  this  portion  of  the  leg.  Fig.  1  shows  the  knee  flexed  and  Fig.  2 
iae  knee  at  rest. 


84 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


The  true  carpal  bones  are  seven  in  number.  Six  of  these  are  placed 
in  two  rows,  each  containhig  three  bones  in  front  of  the  joint,  while  the 
seventh,  the  pisiform,  (Trapezium),  is  placed  behind  them,  forming  the 
point  of  insertion  for  some  of  the  muscles  of  the  arm.  It  also  aids  iu 
protecting  the  tendons  running  down  behind  the  leg. 


Fig.  1. 


Pig.  2. 


CUT  9.— SHOWINC}    BONKS   OK   TlIK   KNEE. 


Bones  of  the  Leg. — Between  the  knee  and  the  fetlock  are  three 
bones,  the  shank  (cannon)  and  two  splint  bones,  as  shown  in  cut  8,  page 
03,  Fig.  1.  D.  These  form  the  leg,  the  corresponding  part  in  man 
being  the  metacarpus.  The  cannon  bone  articulates  at  its  upper  extremi- 
ty with  the  lower  row  of  the  bones  of  the  knee  and  below  with  the 
upper  pastern  of  the  fetlock  joint.  It  has  scarcely  any  muscle,  those 
parts  not  covered  by  tendons,  as  well  as  the  parts  so  covered  being  envel- 
oped directly  by  the  skin.  The  legbone  is  nearly  straight,  rounded  in  front 
and  flattened  or  slightly  concave  behind.  The  splint  bones,  slender  bones 
attached  to  the  camiou  to  strengthen  it,  diminich  to  a  point  before  they  reach 


2  ^ 


TTIE    ANATOMY   OF  THE   H(»{8E. 


65 


the  fetlock  joint.  Behind  this  are  two  supplementary  bones,  called  ses- 
amoids, 6,  in  cut  10,  and  page  65.  These  serve  to  protect  the  back  of 
the  joint  and  some  important  ligaments  passing  over  it.  More  fully  to 
illustrate  the  lower  part  of  the  front  limbs,  we  give  four  figures,  show- 
ing the  bones  and  articulations  of  the  joints  of  the  foot. 


CUT   10.— BONES   AND  ARTICULATIONS   OK  THE   FOOT. 

The  names  of  these  bones  are  as  follows  :  a,  cannon,  or  shank  ;  6, 
sesamoids  ;  c,  fetlock  joint ;  d,  upper  pastern  ;  e,  lower  pastern  ;  /,  cof- 
fin bone  J  g,  navicular  bone.  The  upper  and  lower  pasterns,  d,  e,  have 
considerable  motion  one  on  the  other  to  allow  the  fjoot  to  be  bent  back. 
The  toe  is  formed  by  the  coffin  bone.  This  is  surrounded  and  covered 
in  by  the  horny  hoof.  Hence,  its  form  is  never  seen  unless  dissected  for. 
Another  small  bone,  the  navicular,  g,  lies  behind  and  partly  within  the 
junction  of  the  coffin  and  lower  pastern.  Like  the  coffin  bone,  it  is 
inclosed  by  the  hoof. 


GO  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  MVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

IX.    The  Hind  Limbs. 

The  bones  of  the  limbs  terminating  and  inclosed  within  the  body  of 
the  horse,  as  well  as  the  whole  of  the  front  limbs  have  been  carefully 
illustrated  and  described.  Many  persons  suppose,  if  they  understand 
something  of  the  anatomy  of  one  limb,  that  they  understand  them  all. 
This  is  a  mistake,  for  while  th,ere  are  points  in  common,  there  are  many 
differences.  -Hence  the  necessity  of  illustrating  every  part  fully  in  order 
that  the  reader  may  get  a  full  comprehension  of  every  part.  Further 
on  we  give  a  cut  showing  the  bones  of  the  hock  joint  and  portions  of  the 
bones  above  and  below.  In  the  illustration,  page  50,  the  anatomy  of 
the  entire  limb  may  be  studied. 

Anatomy  of  the  Hind  Limbs. — The  great  bone  of  the  thigh  (femur) 
which  articulates  with  the  upper  bone  (ilium),  which  in  turn  is  joined  to 
the  back,  is  very  strong,  stout  and  short  for  its  bulk.  It  is  also  further 
strengthened  by  large  projections  (trochanters),  placed  in  the  direction 
of  the  length,  or  longitudinally,  for  the  attachment  of  important  mus- 
cles. The  upper  extremity  of  the  femur  has  a  rounded  head  on  the 
inner  side,  fitting  into,  and  articulating  with,  a  homy  cup  (acetabulum) 
formed  at  the  junction  of  the  three  pelvic  bones.  At  the  lower  end  are 
two  prominences  fitting  into  depressions  in  the  true  bone  of  the  thigh 
(the  lower  part  of  which  is  shown  in  the  preceding  illustration)  and  in 
front  of  which  is  placed  the  knee  cap  (patella),  making  what  is  called 
the  stifle  joint,  which,  anatomically,  corresponds  to  the  knee  in  man. 
The  thigh  bone  is  made  up  of  two  parts,  the  tibia,  or  bone  proper  and  a 
small  bono  at  the  top  (fibula),  which  reaches'  down  the  bone  for  about 
one-third  its  length.  It  is  attached  to  the  large  bone  by  cartilage,  and 
corresponds  to  the  small  bone  (ulna)  in  the  shoulder  of  the  horse. 
The  next  illustration  shows  the  bones  of  the  hock.  Figure  1,  back  view, 
inner  side  ;  figure  2,  front  view,  outer  side. 

Bones  of  the  Hoclc. — ^The  names  of  the  bones  of  the  Hock  (Tarsus) 
as  shown  in  cut  11  are:  a,  Tibia;  b,  Os  Calcis ;  c,  Astragalus;  d,  Cu- 
noides  ;  e,  Naviculare  ;/,  Outer  Cuneiform  ;  h,  Splint ;  i,  Cannon,  (shank 
bone.) 

The  hock  is  as  important  as  it  is  complicated.  It  corresponds  to  the 
ankle  and  heel  in  man,  and  is  a  prime  factor  in  the  means  of  progression. 
Like  the  knee  of  the  horse,  it  consists  of  small  bones,  interposed  between 
the  upper  bone.  Tibia,  and  the  Cannon  bone  below.  These  are  six  in 
number,  ^  given  above.  The  projecting  bone  at  the  back,  the  heel  bone, 
(Os  Calcis),  is  moved  by  tendons  arising  from  muscles  in  the  lower 
part  of  the  limb. 

One  of  the  Main  Springs. — ^The  principal  one  of  these  is  the  tendo* 
Achillis.     In  all  fast  anixuals  it  is  much  developed,  since  an  increase  m 


THE  ANATOMY  OF  THE  HORSE. 


67 


the  length  of  this  lever  adds  force  to  the  spring ;  for  it  must  be  remembered 
that  progression  is  simply  a  succession  of  springs.  Hence  in  all  four- 
footed  animals,  the  chief  motive  power  lies  in  the  hinder  limbs  and  hence, 


Fig.   1. 


Fig.  2. 


CUT  11. -BONES  OF   THE   HOCK. 


again,  the  reason  why  these  are  so  much  developed.  Whether  the  animal 
be  required  for  draft  or  saddle,  the  propelling  power  requires  t6  be  espe- 
cially studied.  The  skeleton  is  the  frame-work  upon  which  all  this  is 
developed. 


CHAPTER   m. 

THE   MUSCUTx^R    SYSTEM  AJSTD    INTERNAI,  PUKCTIONS    OF  THB 

HORSE. 


TSE   ECONOMY   OP    THE    MDSCULA.K  COVERING. 11.   MUSCLES    OF   THEJaEAD  AWD 

TJECK. III.  MUSCLES    OP    THE    SHOULDER    AND    BACK. IV.   MUSCLES    OF  THE 

HINDER  PARTS. Y.   MUSCLES  OP  THE   FORE    LIMBS. VT.   MUSCLES  OF  THE  LEO 

AND  FOOT. VII.  STUDYING  THE  STRUCTURE. VIII.  INTERNAL  ECONOMY  OF  THE 

:10RSE. IX.  EXTERNAL  PARTS  OF  THE  HORSE. 

I.  The  Economy  of  the  Miiscular  Covering. 
While,  as  already  stated,  the  bones  are  the  frame-work  of  the  animal, 
the  covering  of  the  bones,  viz :  the  sinews,  muscles,  nerves,  membranes r 
etc.,  are  really  what  constitute  the  motive  power  of  the  animal.  With  the 
nerves  and  membranes  we  shall  have  little  to  do  ;  their  study  will  not  be 
necessary  to  a  correct  understanding  of  the  value  of  a  horse  to  the 
farmer,  breeder,  or  buyer.  The  bony  and  muscular  development  being 
perfect,  and  the  digestive  apparatus,  the  viscera,  and  all  that  pertains  there- 
to., being  healthy ,  the  nerves  and  membranes  may  be  taken  for  granted  £is 
being  in  good  order.  We  therefore  proceed  at  once  to  a  consideration  of  the 
more  important  organs  which  constitute  the  working  parts  of  the  horse. 

This  we  have  most  carefully  illustrated  on  the  next  page  by  a  cut,  show- 
ing the  entire  figure  of  the  horse  with  the  principal  muscles  laid  bare. 
They  need  not  be  referred  to  here,  since  they  will  be  named  further  on  in 
considering  the  illustrations  of  the  several  parts.  The  engraving  is 
considered  necessary,  as  showing  the  connection  of  the  parts,  one  with 
another,  as  the  animal  appears  in  walking. 

A  Vertical  Section  of  the  Head. — A  section  of  the  head  may  here  bc^ 
studied  to  advantage,  as  showing  not  only  the  bony  and  muscular  struc- 
ture, but  the  brain  and  ganglia  as 
well.  In  the  study  of  this  figure  we  find 
at  a,  the  frontal  bone,  showing  the 
cavity  or  channel,  (sinus)  beneath; 
6,  the  wall  bone  (parietal)  covering 
the  brain;  c,  the  nose  (nasal)  bone; 
(?,  the  bone  (occipital)  at  the  back  of 
the  head ;  e,  e,  the  first  bone  of  the 
neck,  (atlas)  showing  the  spinal  mar- 

„     ,  „        .   „        _  ,  row  in    the   center ;  /*,   the  sieve-like 

Cut  1.  Horse's  Head,  Open  TO  View.     .    ,       .,x    i.  J,  ^        i  .  ,.  xi. 

(ethmoia)   bone     through   which  the 

nerve,  (olfactory)  giving  the  sense  of     smell  passes  ;  g,   the  wedge-like 

hone,  (spJienoid).    This,  with  the  ethmoid  bone,  supports  the  base  of 

th'^  brain.     At  A,  between  C  and  D  is  shown  part  of  the  lower,  (max- 

68 


THE  ECONOMY  OF  THE  MUSCULAR  COVERING. 


69 


illary)  jaw  bone,  Avith  the  lower  nipper  {incisor)  teeth.  Coming  to  the 
numerals:  1,  is  the  large  portion  of  the  brain,  (cerebrum)  ;  2,  the  small 
brain  ( cerebellum)  ;  3,  the  upper  portion  of  the  spinal  marrow  {me- 
dulla oblongata),  where  it  leaves  the  small  brain;  4,  the  spinal  marrow 
itself.  The  capitals  show,  at  .4.  the  thin  bony  plates,  (turbinated  bones)  in 


the  form  of  a  scroll,  which  serve  to  distribute  the  lining  membrane  of  the 
nose;  B,  the  cartilaginous  division,  {septum  nasi)  between  the  nostrils; 
C,  C,  the  lips;  D,  the  tongue;  E,  the  valve  of  the  larynx  {epiglottis)  ;  F, 
the  wind  pipe,  {trachea)  ;  G,  the  gullet  {aesophagus) . 


70  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

Economy  of  the  Head. — We  have  heretofore  spoken  of  the  l)ones  of 
the  iicad  hciiiiz;  in  ])airs.  So  also  are  the  various  organs  of  the  hody  as 
a  rule,  namely  :  the  ears,  eyes,  nostrils,  lips,  the  lobes  of  the  lungs,  the 
va'ives  of  the  heart,,  the  kidneys,  etc.  Thus  the  two  frontal  bones  (a) 
make  up  the  forward  part  of  the  head.  The  wall  bones  (b)  cover  the 
outer  lobes  of  the  large  portion  of  the  brain.  The  occipital  bone  (d)  is 
strong  and  solid,  and  at  its  back  contains  the  spinal  marrow,  and  some 
nerves  and  arteries  which  pass  from  the  brain  ;  at  the  point  where  it  is 
jointed  to  the  lirst.bone  of  the  nock  it  is  rounded  and  smoothed  to  make 
the  articulation  perfect.  The  sphenoid  bone  (^)  forms  the  hiferior  and 
central  part  of  the  skull  (cranium).  Near  the  bones  of  the  face  (facial 
6o?ies),  are  sinuses  or  channels,  that  are  named  from  the  bones  which 
they  pierce  or  channel.  The  bones  of  the  head  are  of  two  kinds,  the 
soft  and  scaly,  (squamous),  and  the  hard,  (petrous),  hones.  The  temporal 
bones  are  likewise  of  both  kinds ;  the  hard  portion  contains  the  organ 
of  hearing,  and  on  its  inside  surface  are  openings  for  the  passage  of  the 
auditory  nerve,  and  on  its  outside  larger  openings  for  the  passage  of  sound. 
n.    Muscles  of  the  Head  and  Neek. 

The  muscles  of  the  head  are  not  many.  Those  of  the  mouth,  nostrils, 
ears  and  neck,  are  the  most  important  from  the  standpoint  of  the  breeder. 
Cut  3  on  the  next  page  we  give  shows,  at  two  views,  the  various  muscles  of 
the  head  and  neck. 

The  Muscles  of  the  Head. — n,  the  cheek,  {Massctcr)  muscle  ;  b,  tem- 
poral muscle,  ( tetnporalis)  ;  c,  circular nuiscle,  (oi-bicular is),  surrounding 
the  eye  ;  d,  the  raising  muscle,  (levator)  ;  e,  orbicularis  ovis  ;  f,  the  di- 
lator naris  lateralis ;  y,  Zygomaticus;  h,  nasalislabii  superioris;  i,  de- 
pressor  labii  inferioris. 

Muscles  of  the  Neck. — j,  complexus  major  ;  k,  splenius;  I,  levator  an- 
gull  scapulae ;  m,  Hyoideus;  n,  sterno-maxillaris ;  o,  levator  humeri  oi 
deltoides.  The  massetcr  (a),  forms  the  cheek  of  the  horse,  extending 
along  a  ridge  by  the  side  of  the  head,  below  the  eye  to  the  rounded  angle 
at  the  rear  of  the  lower  jaw  ;  its  function  is  to  close  the  jaw.  The  tem- 
poral muscle,  (b),  also  assists  in  the  action,  and  the  dimpling  seen  above 
the  eye  in  the  process  of  chewing,  arises  from  the  action  of  tliis  nuiscl© 
while  opening  and  closing  the  jaw. 

The  action  of  the  muscle  orbicularis  is  to  close  the  eye-lids.  Above 
the  eye,  passing  inward  and  upward,  over  this  muscle  is  the  levator  nmscle 
(d).     Its  office  is  to  raise  the  upper  lid. 

The  nxuscles  of  the  ear  are  not  conspicuous.  Oi>e  of  them  proceeds 
from  the  base  of  the  ear,  extends  forward  and  turns  the  ear  forward. 
The  second,  situated  l)eliind  the  car,  turns  it  inward  and  backward,  while 
the  third  muscle,  a  narrow  st«-ip,  descends  at  the  back  of  the  chee»i,  and 
turns  the  ear  outward. 


THE  ECONOMY  OF  THE  MUSCULAR  COVERING. 


71 


The  muscular  covering  of  the  frontal  and  nasal  bones  is  not  promi- 
nent and  docs  not  require  mention  here. 

Muscles  of  the  Nose  and  Lips. — The  muscles  of  the  nose  and  lips  are 
important,  since  on  them  depend  the  act  of  gathering  food,  and  also  the 
expansion  and  contraction  of  the  nostrils  in  breathing.  They  are  also 
^  Tig.  1. 


Cut  3. — Muscles  ok  the  Head  and  Neck 
an  index,  together  with  those  of  the  ears,  in  discovering  much  of  the 
temper  of  the  horse.  Orhiciilansoris  (e)  is  one  of  the  most  important 
of  these.  It  entirely  surrounds  the  mouth,  and  by  its  action  closes  or 
opens  the  lips.  A  pyramidal  muscle  (dilator  naris  lateralis)  (/)  covers 
the  whole  of  the  nostril,  and  also  raises  the  upper  lip. 

The  muscle  sho^vn  at  h  (7iasalis  lahii  superioris)  extends  from  a  de- 
pression in  front  of  the  eye  towards  the  angle  of  the  mouth  and  divides 


72  CTCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR, 

into  two  parts  to  permit  the  passage  of  the  side  dihitor  of  the  nostril  (/), 
one  branch  passing  straight  to  the  corners  of  the  mouth  :  its  use  being 
to  raise  it.  The  other  branch  expanding  under  the  side  dilator,  not  only 
assists  in  dilating  the  nostril,  but  also  in  lifting  the  upper  lip. 

The  under  lip  is  drawn  back  by  the  narrow  muscle  (/),  which  is  inserted 
into  the  lip  below  the  angle  of  the  mouth.  Passing  along  the  side  of  the 
jaw,  it  disappears  under  the  masseter  or  cheek  muscle  (a). 

Muscles  of  the  Neck. — One  of  the  principal  muscles  of  the  neck  rises 
from  the  transverse  processes  of  the  first  four  or  five  dorsal  vertebne, 
page  54  (3),  and  also  from  the  five  lower  bones  of  the  neck  (2),  same 
page.  The  fibers  from  these  two  points,  uniting  form  one  large  muscle, 
which,  in  fact,  makes  up  the  principal  lower  part  of  the  neck,  and  which, 
diminishing  in  size  as  it  passes  towards  the  head,  terminates  in  a  tendon 
inserted  in  the  {occipital)  bone  covering  the  back  of  the  head.  See  page 
61  (c).  Immediately  above  is  the  muscle  splenius  (k,)  page  71 .  It  is 
used  for  raising  the  head.  This  muscle  arises  from  the  entire  length  of 
a  strong  and  elastic  ligament  {ligamentum  nuchce),  having  its  origin 
from  the  back  of  the  occipital  l)one,  to  which  it  is  attached  immediately 
below  the  crest.  At  first  cord-like,  it  passes  over  the  first  joint  of  the 
neck  and  adheres  strongly  to  the  second  bone  of  the  neck,  on  which  the 
principal  weight  of  the  head  is  thrown  ;  it  thence  proceeds  backward  un 
to  its  termination  on  the  elevated  spinous  processes  of  the  bones  of  the 
Avithcrs.  Thus  the  withers  have  to  support  the  entire  weight  of  the  head 
and  neck,  when  held  in  their  usual  position. 

To  return  to  the  fiplenius.  It  is  inserted  directly  into  all  the  bones  of 
the  neck  except  the  first,  but  having  with  this  and  the  temporal  bone,  a  sep- 
arate and  distinct  connection.  To  its  form  and  development,  the  muscu- 
larity and  beauty  of  the  neck  are  chiefly  due.  The  tiiick  crest  and  mas- 
sive neck  of  the  stallion,  is  princij^ally  due  to  its  great  development.  If 
overloaded  with  cellular  tissue  or  fat,  the  neck  mil  be  clumsy.  These 
facts  cannot  be  too  carefully  borne  in  mind,  for  whatever  the  condition  or 
breed  of  the  horse  it  is  this  muscle  which  gives  character  to  the  neck. 

Behind  the  splenius,  and  extending  along  the  upper  margin  of  the  neck, 
is  a  muscle  (levator  angidi  scapulae')  (I).  Inserted  in  the  back  of  the 
head,  and  attached  to  the  first  four  bones  of  the  neck  and  to 
the  great  ligament,  it  descends  to  the  shoulder,  out  of  sight.  It.s 
action  is  reciprocal  on  the  neck  and  shoulder,  according  as  one  or  the 
other  may  be  fixed  at  the  time. 

Muscles  of  the  Front  of  the  Neck. — On  page  71(fig.  2,  m.)  immediately 
below  the  head  at  its  junction  with  the  neck,  its  upper  extremity,  con- 
spicuous, is  the  muscle  hyoideus.     It   is  attached   to  the  hyoid  bone  of 


THE  ECONOMY  OF  THE  MUSCULAR  COVERING.  73 

the  tongue,  which  it  retracts  ;  descending  along  the  front  of  the  neck  to 
the  shoulder,  it  is  for  the  greater  part  of  its  length,  covered  by  other 
muscles.  The  principal  depressor  muscle  of  the  head,  called  sterno-max- 
illaris,  (n,)  partly  covers  the  last  named.  It  rises  from  the  upper  part  of 
the  point  of  the  breast,  (sternum) ^  covers  the  lower  front  of  the  neck, 
proceeds  upward  by  the  side  of  the  retracting  muscle  of  the  tongue,  and 
is  inserted  by  a  flat  tendon  into  the  rear  angle  of  the  lower  jaw.  It  is 
not  a  large  muscle,  since  it  requires  but  little  force  to  depress  the  head. 

Extending  from  the  back  of  the  head  and  upper  part  of  the  neck, 
along  the  front  of  the  shoulder,  to  the  top  of  the  fore  leg,  and  beyond 
the  sterno-maxillaris^  is  a  long  and  important  muscle  (levator  humeri, 
or  deltoides)  page  69  (o)  having  a  double  function  to  perform.  The  head 
being  held  up  by  its  own  proper  muscles,  it  then  becomes  the  fixed  point 
from  which  the  levator  humeri  raises  the  shoulder.  But  its  action  can  be 
reversed.  With  the  shoulder  as  a  fixed  point,  the  head  can  be  depressed 
l)y  means  of  a  small  slip  of  the  muscle  being  carried  forward  to  the 
point  of  the  breast  bone  to  bear  the  head  in  that  direction.  In  conclu- 
sion, it  may  be  stated  that  the  muscles  are  all  arranged  in  pairs,  some- 
times, but  rarely,  in  contact ;  so  that  in  speaking  of  them  in  the  singular, 
their  i)ositi()u  and  function  is  to  be  understood  as  applying  to  each  side 
of  the  animal. 

III.    Muscles  of  the  Shoulder  and  Back. 

In  every  science  the  use  of  Latin  has  generally  been  adopted  in  nam- 
ing the  several  parts  and  objects.  The  reason  of  this  is  that  the  true  and 
exact  meaning  of  the  names  is  thus  preserved  with  scientific  accuracy, 
which  could  not  always  be  the  case  if  these  terms  were  loosely  translated 
from  and  into  the  various  languages  of  the  earth.  In  English  and  in 
other  languages  there  are  several  names  for  one  and  the  same  oljject 
Once  named  in  scientific  nomenclature  the  object  remains  fixed  and  clearly 
defined  by  its  scientific  name  as  long  as  the  science  lasts.  Sometimes 
it  would  take  many  words  to  express  the  same  meaning,  and  when  neces- 
sary the  meaning  of  the  scientific  term  is  explained.  Sometimes  thers 
is  no  common  name,  and  hence  we  are  obliged  to  depend  upon  the  Latin 
name.  For  instance  the  trapezius  is  the  muscle  whose  office  it  is  to  raise 
and  support  the  shoulders,  assisted  by  another  important  nmscle,  (serratus 
major)  (g,)  a  muscle  that  is  hardly  visible  externally,  since  it  is  situated 
between  the  ribs  and  shoulder  blades,  and  forms  the  main  connection 
between  them.  Hence  in  explaining  the  illustrations  we  use  these  terms, 
explaining  them,  so  far  as  may  be  necessary,  in  the  body  of  the  text. 


74  CYCLOrEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

The  muscle,  trapezius,  previously  noticed  rises  from  the  ligaments  oi 
the  neck,  and  the  principal  ])oncs  of  the  withers,  terminating  in  a  pomled 
shape  on  a  prominent  part  of  the  shoulder  blade,  and  is  at  x. 


CUT  4. 


MUSCLKS   OK   .snOUr.DEll   AND   AD.TACKNT   I'ARTS 


The  muscle  occupying  the  outer  surface  of  the  shoulder  blade  (scap 
ula,)  on  the  front  side  of  the  spine  or  ridge  of  that  bone  is  termed 
antea  spinatus,  and  is  shown  at  ft,  on  pages  69,  74  and  76.  It  proceeds 
to  the  lower  bone  of  the  shoulder,  and  dividing  into  two  parts,  is  inserted 
into  the  two  prominences  in  front  of  it.  Its  use  is  to  extend  the  bone 
forward. 

Situated  on  the  other  side  of  the  shoulder  blade  and  inserted  into  the 
upper  and  outer  head  of  the  bone,  draAving  it  outward  and  raising  it,  is 
Uie  nmscic  called  postea  fijnnatus.  Behind  it  is  a  small  muscle  (^teres 
"Elinor)  ((Z,)  or  little  pectoral.  Its  office  is  to  draw  the  shoulder  forward 
towards  the  breast. 

Inside  the  arm,  at  its  junction  with  the  body,  is  an  important  and 
:jonspicuous  nmscle,  the  large  pectoral  nmscle  (pectoralis  major)  shown 


THE  ECONOMY  OF  THE  MUSCULAR  COVERING.  75 

at  pm,  page  76.  This  muscle  pulls  the  whole  fore  leg  inwards  keep- 
ing it  in  a  line  with  the  body,  so  as  to  induce  an  even  and  regular  action 
of  the  limb. 

On  the  outside  of  the  shoulder,  and  easily  seen  when  a  horse  is  in 
motion,  are  two  muscles,  («")  (anconfieus  longus)  and  (/)  anr.onmus 
externum)  whose  office  is  to  straighten  and  extend  the  arm.  That  is,  to 
bring  the  front  limb  down  i)erp(Midicularly,  and  in  a  line  with  the  lower 
bone  of  the  shoulder  {humn-ns).  Arising  from  the  lower  bone  of  the 
shoulder,  they  arc  inserted  into  the  point  of  the  elbows.  The  nmscles 
which  bend  the  arm  ui)wards  are  not  visible  in  the  living  animal,  being 
almost  entii'cly  coveied  l)y  those  of  the  shoulder. 

The  principal  muscle  of  the  back  is  the  latissimus  dor.n,  shown  on 
page  74  as  extending  from  the  shoulder  to  the  haunch,  and  on  pages 
09  and  76  at  the  *  ;  it  is  strongly  attached  to  the  processes  of  the  back 
bones  and  ribs,  and  is  employed  in  raising  the  fore  and  hind  quarters, 
and  in  rearing  and  kicking.  The  portion  Avhich  comes  nearest  the  surface 
is  that  part  which  is  covered  by  the  saddle.  No  portion  of  it,  however, 
is  distinctly  apparent  without  dissection. 

IV.    Muscles  of  the  Hinder  Parts. 

The  muscles  shown  in  cut  4,  arc  :  x.  Trapezius  ;  «,  PectoraliR  minor  ; 
b y  Antea  apinatns ;  c,  Postea  ffpinatus;  d.  Teres  minor -,  e,  Anconcmis 
longrifi;  y,  AncoiuEUfi  externum;  g,  S err ahis  major  •* ,  Latissinms  dorsi ; 
pm,  Pectoralis  inajor.  These  two  latter  are  figured  in  the  illustration 
on  page  76 

The  Muscles  of  the  Hind  Quarters. — The  illustration  on  page  77 
shows  all  the  prominent  muscles  of  the  hind  quarters  laid  bare.  Their 
names  and  references  are  as  follows:  /,  Glutoeus  externus;  m,  Glutceus 
medius;  w,  Triceps  fem,oris -,  o.  Biceps;  p,  semi  3Ie7nbranosus,  (shown 
on  page  69)  ;  q,  Muscidus  facice  latce  ;  r.  Pectus;  s,  Vastus  externus;  u, 
Gracilis;  v,  Extensor  pedis ;  iv,  Peronoeus  ;x,  Flexor  pedis  ;  y,  Gastroc- 
nemii ;  z,  Flexor  metatarsi. 

The  Muscles  Described. — The  muscles  of  the  hind  parts  are  mostly 
strongly  marked,  and  the  situation  of  the  principal  ones  will  be  easily 
recognized.  With  them  will  be  included  those  concerned  in  or  connected 
with  the  motion  of  the  hinder  limbs.  Among  the  most  prominent  of  the 
muscles  on  the  front  and  outer  parts  of  the  haunch  is  that  one  (the  Glu- 
tceus medius)  arising  from  the  processes  of  several  of  the  vertebroe  of 
the  loins  and  from  the  prominent  parts  of  the  ilium,  (the  side  bone  of 
the  pelvis  heretofore  described)  and  terminating  at  its  insertion  in  the 
greyt  trochanter  or  projection  on  the  upper  bone  of  the  thigh  (femur). 


'JO  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

It  is  an  important  and  powerful  muscle  and  is  used  in  raising  and  bring- 
ing forward  the  upper  bone  of  the  thigh.  It  has  been  not  inaptly  called 
the  kicking  muscle,  and  is  shown  at  m,  on  pages  69  and  76  and  77. 
The  glutceus  exfernus,  I,  is  a  slender  muscle  attached  to  the  kicking  mus- 
cle and  has  a  siiiiilMi-  orii^in  and  function.  It  may  be  calknl  the  assistant 
kickinir  muscle. 


CUT  ij.— KEAl:   SIDE   VIEW   OF   THE   MUSCULAU   COVERING 


The  Three  Headed  Muscle. — When  the  horse  is  in  motion  a  conspic- 
uous muscle  of  the  hind-ciuarter  is  the  three  headed  muscle  of  the  thigh 
{triceps  femoris) ,  shown  at  n.  This  is  really  three  muscles  in  one,  each 
having  a  common  origin  and  united  together.  It  comes  from  several  of 
the  bones  of  the  spine,  including  some  at  the  root  of  the  tail,  and  from 
various  parts  of  the  haunch  bone.  It  curves  downwards  and  forwards, 
dividing  into  three  heads.  These  are  inserted  broadly  into  the  upper 
part  of  the  lower  bone  of  the  thigh  behind  the  knee  {stifle  joint).  Its 
action  straightens  the  leg,  and  it  has  great  power  in  carrying  the  animal 
forward,  for  while  the  glutei  muscles  bend  the  leg  before  it  takes  the 
spring,  the  triceps,  acting  in  opposition,  forces  the  leg  straight  and  lifts 
the  body  forward.  The  hinder  margin  of  this  muscle  may  be  seen  in  all 
horses,  parallel  to  the  outline  of  the  buttock,  but  it  i«  prominent  in  racing 


THE   ECONOlVrY   OF   THE   MUSCULAR   COVERING. 


77 


and  trotting  horses,  when  proper  exercise  has  l)rou<>ht  them  into  condi- 
tion. 

Parallel  with  the  triceps  and  immediately  behind  it  is  the  biceps,  shown 
on  pages  69,  70  and  77,  at  o.  Springing  from  the  sacrum  and  the  first 
bones  of  the  tail,  it  descends  to  the  inner  side  of  the  lower  bone  of  the 
thigh,  forms  the  outer  rear  border  of  the  haunch  and  assists  in  straight' 
ening  the  leg. 

Another  flexor  of  the  leg,  forming  the  inner  rear  border  of  the 
haunch,  and  uniting  on  the  mesial  line  with  its  fellow  muscle  of  the  other 
quarter  is  the  semi  membranosus,  shown  on  page  76,  at  p,  and  also  od 
page  69,  at  pp. 

!  / 


CUT  0.— SIIOWINU   MUSCLES   OK   THE   HIM>   (^CARTERS. 

At  the  outer  front  part  of  the  haunch,  is  a  peculiar  muscle  which  binds 
down  and  secures  the  other  nuiscles  in  front  of  the  haunch.  It  is  the 
mtisculus  fascice  latce,  shown  at  q,  pages  69  and  77.  It  arises  from 
the  forward  portion  of  the  crest  of  the  ilium  and  is  enclosed  betweea 
two  layers  of  tendinous  substance  which  disappear  below  the  stifle. 


78  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

The  Rectus,  r,  forms  tlie  front  edge  of  the  thigh,  and  proceeds 
from  the  ilium,  in  front  of  the  hip  joints,  and  is  inserted  into  the  knee 
cap,  (^patella)  at  the  stifle  joint.  This  muscle  forms  the  front  edge  of 
the  thigh. 

The  vastus  exturnu^,  s,  is  a  large  muscle  behind  the  rectus  and  is  also 
inserted  into  the  patella.  Only  a  part  of  it  can  be  seen  externally,  and 
both  this  and  the  rectus  are  powerful  extensors  of  the  thigh. 

The  sartorius,  or  tailor's  muscle,  is  a  narrow  strip  descending  inside 
the  thigh,  and  terminating  just  below  the  stifle  joint.  It  bends  the  leg, 
{tibia),  and  turns  it  inward.  It  is  h:udly  visible.  The  gracilis,  u,  lies 
by  the  side  of  this  muscle,  and  at  the  rear  of  it,  occupying  the  i)rincipal 
surface  of  the  insid6  of  the  thigh,  (femur).  It  is  inserted  into  the  uppei 
part  of  the  lower  bone  of  the  thigh,  (tihia). 

V.    Muscles  of  the  Pore  Limbs. 

These  have  been  delineated  on  page  63  in.  comicct  ion  with  the  corres- 
ponding bones  ;  their  names  are  there  given.  The  elbow  is  the  lever  into 
which  the  muscles  for  extending  the  arm  are  inserted.  They  are  of  great 
power,  and  they  extend  up  to  the  muscles  of  the  shoulder,  with  which 
they  are  connected  in  reciprocal  action. 

VI.    Muscles  of  the  Leg  and  Foot. 

The  most  important  of  the  muscles  wiiich  move  the  lower  portion  of 
the  leg  and  foot,  is  the  extensor  pedis,  seen  on  pages  69  and  77,  at  v. 
It  comes  from  behind  the  stifle,  from  the  extremity  of  the  two  bones  of 
the  thigh,  (femur  and  tibia).  Descending  to  the  hock,  its  tendons  pass 
under  a  sheath,  confining  it  to  its  place  in  front  of  the  joint.  Thence  it 
continues  to  the  foot,  and,  widely  expanding,  is  inserted  in  front  of  the 
coffin  bone. 

The  peronoeus,  seen  at  page 69  and  77  at  w,  comes  from  iha  fibula^ 
and  taking  much  the  same  course  as  the  last-named  muscle,  but  in  a  more 
lateral  direction,  the  tendon  passes  on  the  outside  of  the  hock  and  de- 
scends to  tlie  foot  with  the  extensor  pedis.  These  two  muscles  act  to  lift 
the  foot  forward.  Between  them  is  another  naiTow  muscle,  which  acts 
with  them,  and  the  tendon  of  which  is  seen  just  above  the  hock. 

One  of  tl>e  jirincipal  muscles  for  bending  the  foot  is  the  flexor  pedis, 
shown  at  pages  69  and  76  and  77  at  x.  Rising  from  the  upper  part  of  the 
tibia,  it  becomes  tendinous  before  reaching  the  hock,  and  as  a  round,  large 
cord  i)asses  through  a  groove  at  the  back  of  that  joint.  Then  descending 
behind  the  shank  bone,  it  is  inserted  in  the  two  pasterns. 

At  the  liack  of  the  thigh  (tibia)  may  be  seen  the  extremities  of  the 
gastrocnemiij  pages 69  and  76  and  77aty.     The  united  tendons  (tendon 


THE   EC!ONOMY   OF  THE   ^roSCULAR    COVERING.  7^ 

AcMUes)  puss  to  tne  point  of  the  hock  where  they  are  inscrte*].  In  the 
horse  the  gastrocnemii  are  important  muscles,  and  are  aided  by  the 
plantaris. 

The  flexor  metatarsis  is  the  muscle  which  bends  the  leg.  It  is  on  the 
inside  of  the  thigh  {tibia),  and  is  shown  on  pages  69  and  76  and  77  at  z. 
Originating  above  the  stifle  on  the  upper  bone  of  the  thigh  {femur),  it  is 
inserted  into  the  shank  and  inner  splint  bone. 

VII.    Studying  the  Structure. 

Thus  we  nave  carefully  gone  over  the  l)ony  and  muscular  structure  of 
the  horse,  giving  only  such  information  as  is  indispensable  for  every 
hoiseman  to  have.  The  artist,  from  careful  study  of  the  anatomy 
and  physiology  of  an  animal,  is  able  to  draw  and  paint  it  correctly.  The 
horseman  should  study  it  from  the  same  standpoint.  Thus  both  will  l)e 
enal)led  to  carry  in  the  mind  the  appearance  of  a  well-developed  horse. 
The  surgeon  studies  anatomy  from  a  somewhat  different  standpoint.  He 
wants  to  understand  the  various  articulations,  muscles,  arteries,  tendons, 
nerves,  ganglia  and  viscera,  with  a  view  to  surgery  and  the  cure  of  dis' 
cases.  The  horseman  and  breeder  studies  anatomy  and  physiology  to 
arrive  at  a  better  understanding  of  what  goes  to  make  up  a  good  animal, 
endowed  ^^^th  speed,  style,  or  d(n'elopnient  for  draft. 
VIII.    Internal  Economy  of  the  Horse. 

We  next  discuss  the  internal  economy  of  the  horse.  For  a  better  un- 
derstanding of  the  subject,  we  give  a  longitudinal  section  of  the  horse, 
showing  Thorax  (cavity  of  the  chest,  windpipe,  etc.).  Abdomen,  Pelvis^ 
etc. — See  next  page. 

POSITION  OF   THE   INTERNAL   ORGANS   OF   A    HORSE    (hALf). 

(1)  External  Massetcr  Muscles,  cut  off.  (2)  Parotid  Gland.  (2') 
Parotid  Duct.  (3)  Buccal  Glands.  (4)  Oesophagus.  (5)  Trachea.  (6) 
Lungs.  (7)  Heart.  (8)  Sternum  or  Breastbone.  (9)  Diaphragm  divid- 
ing the  hollow  of  the  chest  from  the  stomach.  (10)  Stomach.  (11)  Liver. 
(12)  Spleen.  (13)  Pancreas.  (14)  Kidney.  (15)  Ovary.  (15')  Oviduct 
(16)  Ureter.  (16')  Position  where  the  Oviduct  enters  the  Uterus.  (17) 
Rectum.  (18)  Vagina.  (19)  Bladder.  (20)  Colon.'  (21)  Caecum. 
^22)  Small  Intestines.     (23)  Abdominal  Wall. 


80 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE   STOCK  AND  COMPLETE   STOCK   DOCTOR. 


3   "^ 

O 


w 


11 


THE  ECONOMY  OF  THE  MUSCULAR  COVERING. 


81 


THE  EXTERNAL  MUSCLES  OF  THE  HORSE. 

— Levator  Labii.  2. — Nasalis  Longus.  3. —  Dilator  Naris.  4. — Alae  Narls.  5. — Insertion 
Levator  Labii.  6. — Commissure.  7. — Orbicularis  Oris.  8.— Depressor  Labii.  9. — Buccin- 
ator. 10.— Zygomaticus.  11. — Masseter.  12. — .\ttollens.  13. — Tendon  of  Sterno-M axill- 
aris. 14. — Sterno-Maxillaris.  15. — Subscapulo-H.voideus.  16. — Splcnius.  17. — Com- 
ple.xus  Major.  18. — Levator  Humeri.  1<). — Trapezius.  20. — Latissimus  Dorsi  21  — 
Cervical  Serratus  Magnus.  22.— Dorsal  Serratus  Magnus.  23  and  24.— Pectoralis.  25. — 
Antea  Spinatus.  26. — Postea  Spinatus.  27. — Teres  Externus.  28. — Caput  Magnum 
29. — Caput  Medium.  30.— Humeralis  Obliquus.  31.— Extensor  Metacarpi  Externus. 
32.— Extensor  Metacarpi  Obliqutis.  33.— Flexor  Metacarpi  Externus.  34.— Flexor  Metac- 
arpi Internus.  35.— E.xtensor  Pedis.  36.— Flexor  Metacarpi  Medius.  37. — Extensor 
SuiTraginis.  37a.— Flexor  Pedis  Externus.  38— Flexor  Pedis  Internus.  39.— Abdominal 
Wall.  40. — Obhquus  Abdominis.  41.— Obliquus  Abdominis.  42. — Intercostales.  43. — 
Superflcialis  Costarum  Anterior.  44.— Superficialis  Costarum  Posterior.  45. — Transver- 
salis  Costarum.  46.— Gluteus  Magnus.  47.— Gluteus  Externus.  48.— Triceps  Temoris. 
49  and  50. — Biceps.  51.  52  and  53— Vastus  Externus.  54.— Gastrocnemius.  54a. — 
Gastroonemius  Tendon  or  Hamstring.  55.— Extensor  P-'d's.  56. — Peroneus.  57. — Peroneus 
Tendon.     58.— Flexor  Pedis.     58a.— Flexor  Pedis  Externus.     59.— Flexor  Pedis  Internus. 


82 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


THE    ECONOMY    OF    THE    MUSCULAR    COVERING.  83 


03 

^o 

i 

^ 

4-> 

l-H 

> 

o 

!U 

1-1 

u 

o 

^ 

S 

OJ 

03 

3 

o 

' 

(L) 

^ 

6 

a, 

OJ 

a; 

(U 

2 

s^ 

T 

03 
■Jl 

"rt 

^ 

> 

'rt 

2 

03 

.s 

.2 

t« 

ry5 

^3 

'd 

OJ 

^ 

2 

3 

> 

'd 

%t) 

X 

X 
^ 

c5 

o 

o 
a. 

6 

o 

;_, 

rt 

'-■ 

3 
v2 

03 

(L) 

3 

3^ 

03 
,0 

13 
o 

,ii 

a. 
o 
o 

o3 

3. 

3 

03 

03 
03 

3h 

V 

c 

2 

c/2 

o 

a. 

2 

o 

.2 

.2 
.2 

-5 

(-1 

.2 
8 

V-1 

.2 

13 

o 

1-1 

D 

&f 

'5h 

c/} 

C/2 

< 

c/;} 

cH 

^ 

CM 

^ 

E 

p 

(U 

^ 

> 

0:J 

Ts 

S 

'^ 

uo 

•'■6 

1^ 

C/D 

— ■ 

^ 

_; 

oi 

CO 

'^^ 

^ 

1—1 

tH 

T-\ 

T—l 

T-i 

T— i 

CO 

(M 

<M 

(N 

C<l 

W 

a 

1 

o 

'd 
5 

W 

a 

3 

< 
h4 

o 
13 

^ 
fc 

J5 

03 

O 

V-i 

o 

t/2 

o 

1 

t      - 

X 

p 
< 

■& 

M 

W 

'l-l 

'Eh 

:z; 

<; 

OJ 

o 

^ 

in 

i 

Oh 

"o 

o 

3 

M-H 

.2 

'rt 

a 

<u 

I 

Oh 

c/l 

^ 

Vh 

Ph 

. 

Y' 

13 

a 

o 

(J 

o3 

ITl 

•t-i 

1! 

!Th 

M-H 

:3 

2 

A 

, 

o 

rt 

X 

> 

o 

i 

'x 

03 
O 

'x 

o 

So 

8 

X 

r2 

13 

03 

2 

o 

a 

03 

o 

a 

1 

,13 

Oh 

.2 

03 
> 

03 

1 

Oh 

73 

2 

,5 

3 
''5 

03 

03 
1 

CI 

a 

m 

O 

c^ 

hH 

^ 

CO 

w 

Oh 

<! 

P^ 

o 

PLh 

o 

rd    i^ 

"z;  'd 

. 

, 

. 

•g  i 

1-H 

G<i 

CO 

'^* 

i6 

CO 

t-^ 

CO 

Ct) 

o 

T— 1 

CO* 

CO 

rH 

T-I 

iH 

tH 

84 


CYCLOPEnTA   OF  LIVE  STOCK   AND   COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOE. 


THE    ECONOM.     OF    THE    MUSCULAR    COVERING.  85 


2i 

rd 

^ 

rt 

B 

in 

o 

-M 

Tn 

to 

^ 

(U 

5' 

> 

o; 

'Jh 

V-i 

OJ 

r^ 

% 

<u 

rd 

O 

v2 

,12 

4-* 

O 

^C 

<u 

.2 

(U 

ii 

'53 

C/3 

P 

O 

1 

.'2 

'in 

oJ 
> 
03 
O 

oi 

a; 

.2 

to 

^ 

(U 

"o 

.s 

> 

> 

.2 

< 

<! 

>^ 
(^ 
O 

O-i 

u 
o 

7} 

13 

a 

OS 

a 

a; 
> 

u 
1 

i 

13 
a 

(U 

O 

a 

1 

o3 
OJ 
> 

03 

oi 

u 
iJ 

4-1 

X 

W 

03 
03 

a; 

1h 

03 

i 

S 

3 

<u 
a 

13 
o 

1 

03 

.2 

'in 

to 

03 

13 

03 
03 

a; 

o 

2 

V) 
;=! 
o 

> 

o3 

a 

(U 
Oh 

13 

.2 

'o 

Oh 

C/2 

'a3 

> 

< 

13 

■^ 

^ 

t/3 

in 
(U 

OJ 

CO 

as 

o 

T-H 

c4 

CO 

^ 

lO 

CD 

1- 

CO 

d 

d 

1—5 

ci 

co' 

0 

^ 

tH 

rH 

(M 

CM 

C<J 

G<1 

(M 

oi 

(M 

'>! 

G^ 

(M 

CO 

CO 

CO 

CO 

t— 1 
a 

1 

^ 

i 

G    M-H 

HH 

w 

OJ  o 

•"' 

o 

"    V 

w 

<u3 

< 

> 

,i2    w 

u4 

1 

U  ^ 

Oh 

t:  «^ 

fc 

2  ^ 

o 

d 

(U 

C^ 

^ 

^ 

o 

1^- 

o  •- 

Us 

. 

t 

^ 

< 

X 

.2 

rd 

13 

'B 

S 

OJ 

(73 

03 

o 

o 

03* 
03 

.2 

Vh 

t: 

03 

.'2 
2 

03 

03 

>^ 

u 
03 

*?, 
03 

01 

'x 

03 

>-. 

t-i 

"x 

13 
t/) 

o 

t: 

03 

13 

o 

o 

.2 

OJ 

t: 

o3 

t: 

<u 

2 

t: 

03 
03 

>^ 

^^ 
OJ 

03 

u 

03 
O 
o3 

03 

13 

■go 
''5 
\-\ 
o 

o 
o 

t; 

O 

03 
u 

.2 

8 

^ 

ffi 

£ 

pC 

<! 

u 

w 

h4 

P 

rsi 

> 

K 

^ 

S 

c3 

£ 

2 

o 

T— 1 

(N 

CO 

-* 

lO 

o 

t-' 

00 

oi 

d 

1—1 

Ol 

CO 

■^ 

lO 

CO 

i> 

^6  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


THE    ECONOMY    OF    THE    MUSCULAR    COVERING.  87 


< 

to 
O 

o 

t— I 

< 

X 


S 

o 

t/3 

o 

(U 

u 

^ 

..-< 

^1 

^: 

-(-> 

o 

rt 

03 

« 

c 

O 

O 

C/} 

n. 

2  OC/}PL,pi<^^pqp 

&^  o      T-H      oi      CO      -f^'      lo      ---i      t-^ 

CO 

O 

s 
I 


(« 

• 

3 

j:^ 

biO 

biO 

• 

rt 

c3 

r— 

1-. 

a, 

(U 

n 

(U 

j; 

ffi 

rt 

o 

d 

C/2 

C/2 

X 

4J 

;_ 

. 

(U 

c 

Oh 

o 

Dh 

o 

•^ 

o 

^- 

OJ 

dJ 

biO 

*^     Q,     A     >A 


lO       CD       1- 


CHAPTER  rV. 
OUTWARD  APPEARAITCE  OP  THE  HORSE  AS  INDICATING  VALUE. 


X.  ACTION  THE  FIRST  REQUISITE  OF  A   GOOD   HORSE. II.   FAST  WALKING   HORSES. 

HI.  HORSES  FOR  DIFFERENT  KINDS  OF  WORK. IV.  THE  HEAD  ILLUSTRA- 
TED OUTWARDLY. V.   THE    BODY   AND   LIMBS. VI.   BAD    FOREQUARTERS. 

VII.  THE  BODY  AS  SEEN  FROM  THE  FRONT. VIII.  WHAT  A  CRITICAL  HORSE- 
MAN SAID. IX.  FRONT  VIEW,  SHOWING  BAD  FOREQUARTERS. X.  THE  HIN- 
DER   PARTS    ILLUSTRATED. XI.  THE    PROPELLING    POWER. XII.  WHAT    THE 

ANCIENTS   KNEW  OF  HORSES. XIII.  WHAT  ONE  NEED  NOT  EXPECT. 

I.    Action  the  First  Requisite  of  a  Good  Horse. 

A  horse,  like  every  other  farm  animal,  is  to  be  bought  with  a  view  to 
the  use  for  which  he  is  intended.  The  buyer  must  therefore  know  what 
he  wants  the  animal  for ;  if  for  slow  draft  a  very  different  frame  will  be 
required  from  that  needed  when  fast  work  is  to  be  done  ;  and  yet  the 
general  symmetry  of  the  animal  must  be  looked  to  in  every  case.  Fur- 
ther on  the  various  breeds  will  be  illustrated.  The  present  chapter  will 
deal  simply  with  the  outward  conformations,  showing  good  and  bad 
forms,  just  as  the  preceding  chapters  have  illustrated  the  bony  structure 
and  the  muscular  development  Action  is  of  course  the  first  requisite 
whatever  use  the  horse  is  intec  ued  for,  and  fast  walking  is  the  ground- 
work upon  which  to  build  all  other  action.  We  give  on  the  next  page  an 
illustration  of  a  horse,  as  seen  in  a  fast^valking  gait. 

Action  in  General. — Good  action  can  never  be  gotten  out  of  a  lazy, 
lubberly  horse.  The  animal  must  have  spirit  and  ambition,  whatever  the 
breed.  Action  is  of  only  two  forms:  smooth,  safe,  low  action,  and 
high,  showy,  or  parade  action.  The  latter  is  never  admissible,  except 
when  the  horse  is  intended  only  for  show  and  parade,  or  for  a  certain 
class  of  carriage  horses,  or  for  slow  driving  or  riding  in  parks  or  other 
places  of  public  resort.  It  is  unsafe,  unless  the  animal  be  intelligent  and 
naturally  sure-footed  ;  for  a  high  stepping  dolt  is  generally  bad-tempered, 
and  as  unsafe  as  he  is  ungainly.  When  slow-and-safe  and  fast-and-safc 
action  are  combined  in  the  same  animal,  he  is  invaluable  and  should  not  be 
lightly  parted  with. 

Good  action  is  attained  when  all  the  limbs  are  moved  evenly  and  in 
accord  one  with  the  other,  the  hind  limbs  being  kept  well  under  the 
animal,  ready  for  any  emergency.  The  action  should  be  square  in  walk- 
ing or  trotting  and  without  paddling  -with  the  fore  legs,  or  straddling 
behind.  It  is  true  that  paddlers  are  staunch  and  sure  footed,  and  horses 
that  straddle  behind  are  sometimes  fast,  but  thio  is  in  spite  of  such 
action,  and  not  on  account  of  it.  They  are  never  admissible,  either  in  fine 

harness  or  under  the  saddle. 

88 


OUTWARD    APPEARANCE   OF   THE    HORSE. 


89 


II.    Past  "Walking  Horses. 
It  IS  seldom  one  sees  a  hOrse  that  will  walk  four  and  a  half  or  five 
miles  an  hour  in  regular  1-2-3-4  time,  nodding  his  head  in  cadence.    Yet 
unv  horse  that  conforms  to  the  configuration  shown  in  the  cuts  hereafter 


criven^inTthis  chapter  may  easily  be  taught  to  do  it,  either  under  the  sad- 
die  or  in  harness.  Some  horses  may  be  taught  to  walk  six  miles  an  hour, 
but  they  are  rare.  As  a  rule,  fast-^walking  horses  may  be  taught  to  trot 
fast,  thouo-h  some  fast-walking  horses  are  too  broad-chested,  to  trot  fast, 


90  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVp  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOC  FOR. 

and  they  will  roll  in  galloping.  It  is  for  this  reason  that  we  give  the' 
illustrations,  showing  the  perfect  conformation  for  perfect  action.  A 
horse  that  is  good  at  all  gaits,  is  a  horse  perfect  in  his  conformation. 
Ilcncc,  a  perfectly-formed  horse  will  well  repay  careful  training,  for  such 
a  one  will  bring  a  large  price  for  the  time  and  labor  spent  upon  his  edu- 
cation ;  or  if  it  be  a  mare  that  is  to  be  kept  for  show,  and  later  for  breed- 
ing, the  labor  of  training  will  not  have  been  thrown  away 

III.    Horses  for  Diffarent  Kinds  of  "Work. 

Speed  and  bottom,  which  indicate  the  superior  bone  and  muscle  of 
good  breeding,  combined  witlj  great  lung  and  heart  power,  whatever  the 
breed,  are  whatns  desired  in  a  horse.  The  nearer  the  animal  comes  to  the 
llasl rations  given,  the  better  will  he  be  for  general  utility,  and  measurably 
so  whatever  the  labor  desired.  The  horse  for  heavy  draft  will  be  coarser, 
more  stocky,  heavier  in  the  bone,  not  so  flexible  in  the  limbs,  more 
upright  m  the  shoulder,  longer-haired,  and  perhaps  with  less  courage. 
Occasionally,  however,  a  thoroughbred  makes  a  first-class  work  horse,  if 
trained  to  get  down  steadily  to-the  work.  This  very"  flexibility  enables 
him  to  take  a  hard  and  long-continued  pull  without  injury,  and  it  brings 
the  oblique  shoulder  of  the  blooded  horse  straight  in  the  collar.  Yet 
thoroughbred  horses  are  not  draft  horses,  and  were  never  intended  to  be, 
though  they  have  imbued  nearly  every  valuable  breed  existing  to-day  with 
some  of  their  best  characteristics. 

rv.    The  Head  Illustrated  Outwardly. 

The  head  is  the  seat  of  intelligence  in  all  animals,  and  without  intelli- 
gence we  cannot  have  a  good  servant.  The  illustrations  on  pages  98 
and  99  show  the  formation  of  heads  from  good  to  bad.  Those  on 
page  98  show  the  perfectly-formed  head  of  a  well-bred  horse,  present- 
ing a  side  and  front  view,  that  may  be  taken  as  a  type  constituting  perfec- 
tion, as  near  as  may  be.  The  side  view  exhibits  the  head  fine  and  taper- 
ing to  the  muzzle,  and  the  chin  handsomely  developed.  The  brow  is 
smooth,  distinct,  and  yet  not  heavily  prominent.  The  eye  is  large,  full, 
clear,  and  has  a  placid,  intelligent  expression.  The  ears  are  fine  and  flex- 
ible, rather  large,  but  well  pointed,  and  alive  with  intelligent  motion. 
The  jaw  is  strong  but  fine.  Observe  the  musculaiity  of  the  neck,  and  at 
the  same  time,  its  lines  of  swelling  and  delicate  grace.  Observe  especi- 
ally the  manner  in  which  the  head  is  set  upon  the  neck.  Again,  it  will  be 
seen  that  the  face  is  dished  slightly,  showing  spirit,  tempered  to  intelli- 
gent tractability 

N(Sw  take  the  front  view  of  the  same  head.  Observe  the  great  smooth 
swelling  forehead  looking  really  broader  between  the  eyes  than  it  is. 
Why?    It  will  be  seen  that  the  eyes  are  apparently  at  the  sidd  of  tUs 


OUTAVARD    APPEARANCE    OF    THE    HORSE. 


A    CHOICK    WAGON    HOHSE. 
Note    the    conformation    of    great    physical    endurance    indicated    by    his    ob- 
liquely set  shoulder,  depth  and  compactness  of  body,  shortness  of  back,  closeness 
of   coupling,    unusual    leiii;ih    of   croup,    well    set    pasterns,    and    sood    shaped    feet. 
His  height  is  16  liands  and  his  weight  1450  pounds. 


CHOICE    COACH    OR    BROUGHAM    HORSE. 
Note    the    compactness    and    smoothness    of    form    with    rotundity    of    body. 
Height,    15-2    hands;    weight,    1175    pounds.      This    horse   meets    the    principal    re- 
quirement of  high  action  combined  with  beauty  of  form.     The  whole  outline  of 
the  horse  is  carried  out  in  easy,  graceful  curves  pleasing  to  the  eye. 


92 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


CHOICE   COBS. 

Note    the    com-pactness    and    smoothness    of    form    with    rotundity    of    body. 

Cobs  are  small  coach  horses  that  are  driven  singly,  in  pairs,  or  tandem  fash- 
ion (one  in  front  of  the  other)  usually  by  ladies,  though  they  may  be  used  by 
gentlemen  as  well.  They  are  small  horses  of  a  stocky  build,  plenty  of  quality, 
good  length  of  neck,  a  neat  head,  and  high  action.  They  stand  14-1  to  15-1 
hands  high  and  weigh  from  900  to  1150  pounds. 

The  action  of  the  Cob  should  be  mu^h  the  same  as  that  of  the  coach  horse,  or 
a  little  higher  both  above  and  behind.  As  horsemen  say,  "They  must  be  able 
to  gpt  away  smart" — they  should  be  quick  on  their  feet  and  able  to  move  off  at  a 
''good,  clip,"  carrying  their  knees  high  and  bringing  their  hocks  well  under  the 
body. 


OUTWARD  APPEARANCE  OP  THE  HORSE.  93 

head,  and  yet  look  straight  forward.  The  temporal  bones  at  the  side  o( 
the  eyes,  and  the  occipital  bone  at  the  top  of  the  head  between  the  eais, 
are  prominent.  The  nostrils  and  lips  are  large  and  flexible,  and  if  one 
could  turn  back  the  folds  of  the  nostrils  at  the  ends,  we  might  see  a  moist 
and  healthy  inside  surface.  In  the  living  head  corresponding  to  the  fig- 
ure, all  this  would  be  apparent. 

If  we  examine  the  side  and  front  views  of  the  heads  shown  on  the 
opposite  page,  the  side  view  at  the  top  indicates  a  head  somewhat  heavy, 
with  the  nose  and  lower  jaw  too  thick.  The  nose  swells  out  above  the 
nostrils.  The  face  is  not  dished,  but  is  depressed.  The  eyes  ure  bright, 
but  with  a  somewhat  wild  expression.  The  eyebrows  are  prominent;  and 
the  head  broad.  The  ears  are  thrown  back,  and  the  muzzle  is  cruel  in  its 
expression.  Tlie  head  is  set  on  the  neck  at  too  great  an  angle.  The 
expression,  as  a  whole,  is  indeed  that  of  anintellig^'nt  and  spirited  horse, 
but  it  is  the  intelligence  of  malice,  and  th.  spirit  of  self-will. 

In  the  front  view,  it  will  be  seen  that  the  eyes  are  too  close  together, 
and  are  in  the  front  of  the  head  rather  than  the  sides.  The  ars  are 
pointed  close  together  and  backward,  as  though  the  animal  only  ^\  anted  the 
chance  to  do  mischief.  The  face  is  full  of  strong  lines,  but  not  smooth 
ones.  They  are  those  of  a  stubborn  animal  that  may  do  as  you  wish,  if 
he  cannot  or  dare  not  do  otherwise. 

The  next  figure  to  the  right  shows  not  only  a  cruel,  but  a  stupid 
expression.  There  is  alack  of  intelligence,  A/hich,  in  the  horse,  means 
spirit,  courageous  docility,  and  a  generous  desire  to  do  the  will  of  a  kind 
master.  While  this  head  does  not  show  particularly  bad  form,  yet  the 
general  expression,  drooping  ears,  and  the  dull  eye,  show  less  character 
than  the  average  horse  should  possess. 

There  is  yet  another  form,  and  a  worse  one.  It  is  shown  at  the  bottom 
of  the  page.  Here  we  have  self-willed  obstinacy,  and  a  wild,  sulky  dis- 
position. The  profile  is  curved,  giving  a  Roman  nose,  and  the  eyebrows 
are  raised,  indicating  self-will  and  wildness.  The  firm  jaw  and  lower  face 
are  cruel.  It  is  a  face  that  never  goes  with  a  horse  safe  to  drivi  single, 
or  to  ride,  except  in  the  hands  of  one  who  is  perfectly  master  of  himself, 
and  at  the  same  time,  always  watchful  and  firm.  Thus  we  might  go  on 
describing  all  the  peculiarities  of  temper  down  through  nervous  timidity, 
as  shown  by  the  thin,  clean  face,  the  cowardly  head,  the  idiotic,  and  even 
the  head  showing  evidences  of  insanity  ;  for  that  there  are  horses  subject  to 
hallucinations,  aberrations  of  mind,  and  even  actual  insanity,  there  is  no 
doubt.  The  cowardly,  the  vicious,  and  the  idiotic  horse  is  never  safc: 
The  aberrant  and  the  insane  horse  is  always  dangerous,  even  to  the 
most  practiced  horseman,  since  neither  caresses  nor  punishment  avail. 
They  will  run  their  "muck"  at  any  hazard. 


91  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


SIDE    ANT>    FRONT    VIEW    OP    HEADS— GOOD.  (See    Explanation.^ 


OUTWARD  APPEARANCE  OF  THE  HORSE 


SIDE  AND  FRONT  VIEW  OF  HEADS— BAD.  (See  Explanation.) 


96  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

V.  Body  and  Limbs. 

The  figure  given  on  page   97  shows  a  side  view  of  the  head,  neck, 
shoulder,  and  fore  limbs,  as  they  should  be  seen  in  a  perfectly  formed 
animal.     On  pagel02are  side  views  of  the  fore  quarters  of  horses,  even 
down  to  those  which  easily  tecome  distorted  from  labor  or  use.     In  the 
perfectly  formed  horse,  the  neck  is  muscular  and  fine  at  the  top,  where 
it  joins  the  head.     There  is  no  useless  flesh,  though  where  it  joins  the 
shoulder  it  is  full  and  yet  fine  in  proportion.     The  shoulder  is  deep,  ob- 
lique or  slanting.     The  shoulder-blade  is  high,  giving  stability  to,  and  at 
the  same  time   fully  supporting,  th'  withers.     The  breast  is  prominent, 
but  narrowing  to  the  point  where   the   legs  leave  the  body.     The  arm  is 
long,  muscular,  and  tapering  to  the  knee.     The  joints  are  large,  but  firm 
and  compact.     The  fetlocks  are  long  but  flexible.     The  hoofs  are  rather 
large,  and  are  round,  deep,  tough,  and  sound.     It  iij  the  shoulder  of  a  (^ad- 
dle horse,  of  speed,  bottom  and  endurance,  that  is  seen  in.  the  cut.     Few 
horses,  even  of  the  highest   class,  possess   this  perfect  ideal   conforma- 
tion.    For  the  harness,  the  shoulder  may  be  less  oblique.     The  horse  of 
all  work,  is  more  rigid  and  upright   in   limb   and  shoulder  than  the  more 
speedy  one  ;  yet  the  illustrations  we  give  may  be  taken  as  the  standard  in 
judging  a  horse  intended  for  every  kind   of  work.     The  general  appear- 
ance of  the  best  animals  of  the  various   breeds   is  shown  by  cuts  in  their 
appropriate  places   in  this   volume.     A  comparison  will  show  that  while 
there  are  differences,  yet  the  rules  here  laid  down  will  apply  generally  to 
all  horses,  modified  only  by  the  differences   required  to  enable  a  particu- 
lar breed  to  perform  special   labor.     The   trotting  gait,  as  exhibited  in  a 
high-caste  roadster,  combining  style   Anth  high  ac^tion  and  great  and  long 
continued  speed,  w  ould  be   execrable   in   a   saddle  horse      The  spr  ngy, 
nervous  action,  and  the  long  s'ride  of  the   elegant   saddle  horse,  would 
not  go  far  towards  pulling  a  dead  weight,  however  honest  and  courageous 
the  attempt  might  be — and  Ave   have    seen  thoroughbreds   as  honest  and 
courageous  at  a  dead  pull  as  could  be  desired   in   a  draft  horse.     "While 
the  highly-bred  horse,  especially  the  road  horse,  will  fill  more  places  than 
uny  other,  yet  the  horseman   must   seek   the  animal  best  suited  to  his 
purpose.    A  study  of  the  various  models  we  present  will  enable  any  intelli- 
gent person  to  judge  for  himself,  as  well   as   an  exjDert   whom  he  would 
have  to  pay  for  his  services.     It  should  certainly  prevent  the  palming  off 
of  any  "sorry  brute,"  as  is  often  done   upon   those  who,  while  scorning 
intelligent  study,  imagine  they  "know  all  about  horses." 

VI.  Bad  Pore-Quarters. 

In  the  illustrations  on  page  102,  the  upper   left  hand  figure  shows  a 
straight  ehoulaer,  the  chest  heavy,    and   the   limbs  placed  too  far  under;. 


OUTWARD  APPEAHANCE  OF  THE  HORSE. 


97 


The  arm  seems  long,  but  this  is  because  it  lacks  muscular  development. 
The  shanks  lack  strength  near  the  knee  and  pasterns,  and  there  is  a 
lack  of  strength  generally. 

In  the  upper  right  hand  figure,  the  shoulder  is  not  only  bad,  but  the 
legs  and  pasterns  are  weak.  There  is  too  much  length  from  the  hoof 
to  the  joint  above.  To  the  uneducated  eye  the  pasterns  might  seem 
Hexible.     It  is,   however,  the  flexibility  arising  from  weakness.     The 


SIDE  VIEW  OF  FORE  QUARTEUS,  SHOWING  A  GOOD  SHOULDER.     (See  Explanation). 


muscles  which  carry  the  tendons  lack  strength,  and  with  age  the 
power  of  holding  them  in  position  will  decrease.  If  the  reader  will  turn 
again  to  the  chapter  illustrating  the  muscular  development  of  the  horse 
he  will  understand  these  points  better. 


98  CYCLOPEDIA  or  LIVE  "^TOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


I  "J  u 


FRONT  VIEW  OV  rUivi:--QUAUTi:ilS,  SIIOWIXO  1>IPFE1;ENT  BAD  CONFOIIMATIONS. 


OUTWARD    APPEARANCE  OF   THE    HORSE. 


99 


FRONT  VIEW,  SHOWING  GOOD  BREAST  AND  LIMBS.      (See  Rxplanatlon.) 


100  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

The  left  hand  lower  figure  exhibits  a  shoulder  tolerably  well  placed,  but 
the  limbs  are  set  too  far  under,  and  the  pasterns  are  too  straight,  so  that 
the  animal  appears  to  stand  on  his  toes,  and  there  is  a  general  lack  of 
muscle  and  sinew. 

The  lower  right  hand  figure  will  convey  a  good  idea  of  what  old  age, 
abuse,  hard  work  and  want  of  care  will  bring  to  either  of  the  three  pairs 
of  shoulders  and  limbs  just  noticed.  Abuse  and  ill-usage  might  ruin  the 
living  representative  of  the  perfect  figure  on  page  97  but  the  linib.s 
would  remain  comparatively  sound  to  the  last. 

VII.    The  Body  as  Seen  from  the  Front. 

In  the  illustration  on  page  99  the  neck  and  shoulders  are  oval  or  egg- 
shaped.  The  chest  seems  narrow  rather  than  broad,  but  this  is  because 
the  muscular  development  about  the  breast  bone  is  ample  and  full. 
Observe  how  grandly  the  muscle  above  the  arm  swells  out,  and  what  mag- 
nificent muscularity  the  arm  presents  with  the  two  great  thews  running 
down  to  the  knee.  The  joints  are  large  and  ample,  as  they  should  be, 
but  also  firm.  The  hoofs  are  tough  and  hard.  Look  carefully  at  the 
white  space  between  the  limbs  rurining  from  the  hoofs  upwards.  See 
how  the  neck,  gradually  rising  from  the  chest,  shows  strength  and  a 
perfect  proportion  of  one  part  to  the  other.  The  joints  are  compact  and 
rounded,  to  meet  the  articulating  shank  and  fetlock  bones.  The  staunch 
strong  hoofs  are  rather  open  behind,  but  show  no  indication  of  a  flat  foot. 
Set  this  and  the  preceding  illustrations  against  the  wall,  retire  until  you 
get  a  perfect  view,  study  them  as  an  artist  would  a  subject,  compare 
them  with  the  living  animal,  and,  if  you  buy  a  horse  for  breeding  or  other 
use,  buy  as  near  to  the  model  as  possible. 

VIII.    What  a  Critical  Horseman  said. 

One  of  the  best  authorities  of  all  wi-iters  on  the  horse,  a  highly  edu- 
cated Englishman,  whose  estimate  of  an  animal  Avas  always  made  from 
the  standpoint  of  general  excellence,  the  late  Henry  William  Herbert,  in 
his  exhaustive  work,  "The  Horse  of  America,"  sa^^s  : 

"The  points  of  the  physical  structure  of  a  horse  on  which  the  most, 
indeed  the  whole  of  his  utility  depends,  are  his  legs.  Without  his  loco- 
motors all  the  rest,  however  beautiful  it  may  be,  is  nothing  worth. 
Therefore,  to  these  we  look  first.  The  fore-shoulder  should  be  long, 
obliquely  set,  with  a  considerable  slope,  high  in  the  withers  and  thin 
above.  The  upper  arm  should  be  very  long  and  muscular,  the  knee 
broad,  flat  and  bony,  the  shank,  or  cannon  bone,  as  short  as  may  be,  flat, 
not  round,  with  clean,  firm  sinews ;  the  pastern  joints  moderately  long 
and  oblique,  but  nor  too  much  so,  as  the  excess  produces  springiness  and 
weakness  ;  the  hoois  firm,  erect  or  deep,  as  opposed  to  flat,  and  the  feet 


OUTWARD   APPEARANCE  OF  THE    HORSE.  101 

generally  large  and  round.     In  the  hind-legs  the  quarters  should  be 
iaro-e,  powerful,  broad  when  looked  at  in  profile,  and  square  and  solid 
from  behind. 
Avoid  Straight  Hams. — "The  hams  should  be  sickle-shapea,  not  straight, 

and  well  let  down,  so  as  to  bring  the  hocks  well  toward  the  gi'ound.  The 
hocks  should  be  large  and  bony,  straight,  not  angular  and  convexly  cur- 
ved in  their  posterior  outlines  ;  the  shanks,  corresponding  to  che  cannon 
bones,  short  and  flat,  and  the  hind  feet  similar  in  form  to  the  front.  The 
back  should  be  short  above,  from  the  point  of  the  withers  and  shoulder- 
blade,  which  ought  to  run  well  back  to  the  croup.  The  barrel  should  be 
round,  and  for  a  horse  in  which  strength  and  quickness  are  looked  to, 
more  than  great  speed  and  stride,  closely  ribbed  up.  A  horse  can 
scarcely  be  too  deep  from  the  tip  of  his  shoulder  to  the  intersection  of 
his  fore-leg — which  is  called  the  heart  place — or  too  wide  in  the  chest,  as 
room  in  these  parts  gives  free  play  to  the  most  important  vitals.  The 
form  of  the  neck  and  setting  on  of  the  head  are  essential  not  only  to 
the  beauty  of  the  animal,  but  to  the  facility  and  pleasure  of  riding  or 
driving  him  ;  hence,  with  an  ill-shaped,  short,  stubborn  neck,  or  ill  set  on 
head,  the  animal  cannot  by  any  possibility  be  a  pleasant-mouthed  horse, 
or  an  easy  one  to  manage. 

A  Clean,  Strong  Necl<. — "  The  neck  should  be  moderately  long,  con- 
vexly arched  al)ove  from  the  shoulders  to  the  crest,  thin  w^here  it  joins 
the  head,  and  so  set  on  that  when  yielding  to  the  bit  it  forms  a  semi-circle, 
like  a  bended  bow,  and  brings  the  chin  downward  and  inward  until  it 
nearly  touches  the  chest.  Horses  so  made  are  always  manageable  to  the 
hand.  The  converse  of  this  neck,  which  is  concave  above  and  stuck  out 
at  the  wind-pipe  like  a  cock's  wattle,  is  the  worst  possible  form  ;  and 
horses  so  made  almost  invariably  throw  up  their  heads  at  a  pull,  and  the 
most  exceptionable  of  brutes,  regular  star-gazers.  The  head  should  be 
rather  small,  bony,  not  beefy,  in  the  jowl ;  broad  between  the  eyes,  and 
rather  concave,  or  what  is  called  basin-faced,  than  Eoman-nosed,  between 
the  eyes  and  nostrils.  The  ears  should  be  fine,  small  and  pointed  ;  the 
eyes  large,  clear  and  prominent,  and  the  nostrils  wide  and  well  opened. 
A  horse  so  framed  cannot  fail,  if  free  from  physical  defect,  constitutional 
disease  and  vice,  to  be  a  good  one  for  any  purpose — degree  of  strength, 
lightness  and  speed,  being  weighed  in  accordance  with  the  purpose  for 
which  he  is  desired." 

IX.     Front  View  Showing  Bad  Pore-Quarters. 

On  page  98  are  four  figures.  The  upper  left  hand  one  shows  a  fair 
leg  down  to  the  knee  ;  from  that  point  down  it  is  bad.     The  toes  are  turned 


102  CYCLOPEDIA   OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK   DOCTOR. 


SIDE   VIEW   OF  FORE-QUARTERS,   SHOWING   BAD   CONFORMATION. 
( See    Explanation. ) 


OUTWARD    APPEARANCE    OF   THE    HORSE. 


103 


very  much  out;  such  a  horse  has  not  due  strength,  and  the  action  will  be 
increasingly  bad  with  age. 

The  figure  to  the  right  shows  the  reverse  of  the  preceding.  The  knees 
are  turned  out,  and  the  toes  are  turned  in— a  horse  unsightly,  weak  and 
dangerous  either  to  drive  or  ride. 


GOOD  HiND  QUARTEKS.     (See  Explanation. ) 
The  lower  left  hand  figure  is  unsightly  enough.     The  legs  sprawlirg, 
weak,  straddling,  with  timed  out  toes.      Some  might  think  that  such  u 


104  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

horse  had  a  sure  foundation  to  stand  on  ;  perhaps  so,  if  he  always  stood 
at  the  manger.  Such  horses  might  be  tolerably  sure-footed,  if  not  hard 
driven,  and  carefully  managed.  They  are  often  seen  in  the  hands  of 
persons  who  ^ill  not  pay  for  accurate  information.  The  good  judge  of 
horseflesh  lets  them  severely  alone. 

The  lower  right  hand  figure  is  as  bad  as  possible  all  over, — a  weak- 
legged,  knock-kneed,  splay-footed  brute  that  is  unserviceable,  dangerous 
and  costly  to  the  owner.  This  conformation  often  goes  with  what  some 
call  style.     Horsemen  term  them  "weeds." 

Thus  we  have  carried  the  reader  through  a  careful  study  of  the  front 
half  of  the  horse.     If  carefully  studied  and  the  information  kept  fully  in 
mind,  the  reader  may  reasonably  expect  to  be  able  to  buy  a  horse  with 
good  fore  parts,  from  an  outside  view,  upon  his  own  judgment. 
X.    The  Hinder  Parts  Illustrated. 

The  adage  that  if  the  fore-quarters  of  a  horse  are  strong  enough  ( o 
hold  him  up,  the  hind-quarters  will  carry  him  forward,  is  true  in  a  sense, 
since  if  ahorse  is  perfect  in  his  fore-quarters,  the  hind-quarters  are  pretty 
sure  to  be  good.  Yet  the  majority  of  horses  if  they  break  down  at  all 
do  so  first  in  their  forward  lim]:>s,  spavin  being  one  of  the  principal  disa- 
bilities of  the  hind  limbs.  The  real  facts  are  that  the  proportions  of 
the  whole  animal  must  be  harmonious,  each  part  assisting  the  others 
while  at  the  same  time  it  is  doing  its  own  appropriate  work.  This  will  be 
more  fully  understood  by  referring  to  what  has  been  said  in  the  chapters 
on  Anatomy,  on  the  muscular  conformation.  As  already  stated,  the  hind 
quarters  are  the  real  propelling  power  of  the  animal.  The  forward  motion 
is  given  by  successive  springs  or  leaps,  very  clearly  shown  when  the  horse 
is  galloping.  Then  the  fore  parts  act  more  in  the  nature  of  a  balance 
than  either  .  miking  or  trotting,  or  in  that  artificial  movement,  the 
amble  or  pace.  In  the  last  named  the  change  of  the  center  of  gravity  is 
from  side  to  side  in  connection  with  a  slight  one  front  and  rear.  In 
walking  and  in  trotting  the  change  of  the  center  of  gravity  is  more  equally 
distributed  between  the  sides  and  forward  center.  In  running,  the  change 
of  gravity  is  almost  entirely  from  front  to  rear. 

XI.  The  Propelling  Power. 
If  it  is  to  do  its  work  effectively,  the  propelling  power  must  be  provi- 
ded with  a  large  loin,  strong,  muscular  quarters,  great  lenglh  of  hip; 
strong,  dense  and  necessarily  fine  bones  ;  strong  joints,  and  flat,  wide 
legs,  with  sinews  steel-like  in  their  strength,  and  standing  out  like  great 
cords.  It  is  this  great  tendinous  develoiiment  that  gives  the  lower  limbs 
the  flat  appearance,  seen  in  all  horses  of  great  power.  The  bones  them- 
selves are  not  flat ;  the  bones  and  tendons  however  combine  to  form  a  flat 


OUTWARD   APPEABANCE   OF  THE    HORSE.  105 

leg.  On  page  103  is  an  illustration  of  a  perfect  hind-quarter,  seen  from 
the  side.  On  page  106  are  four  figures  showing  fair  to  bad  hind-quar- 
ters. The  horseman,  m  studying  his  animal,  should  observe  whether  if, 
when  viewed  from  the  side,  the  horse  stands  perpendicularly  on  each  fool 
alike.  There  should  be  no  straddling-out,  or  gathering  together  of  the 
limbs,  but  he  should  stand  straight,  square  and  distinctly  alike  on  each 
limb.  If  he  does  not  stand  in  this  way,  move  him  forward  on  level  ground 
and  observe  if,  in  coming  to  rest,  he  assumes  the  position  we  have  describ- 
ed ;  if  not,  something  is  Avi'ong.  Examine  him  for  defects,  injured  back 
or  sinews,  ring-bones  and  splints  in  front ;  and  for  bone  spavin,  blood  or 
bog  spavin,  curb  or  thorough-pin  behind.  If  he  stands  as  in  the  figure, 
page  103,  showing  good  hind-quarters,  the  horse  is  right,  if  free  from 
other  blemishes.  If  the  fore-quarters  are  as  shown  on  pages  97  and  99 
?ide  and  front  view ;  and,  if  on  looking  at  the  horse  from  behind,  he 
present  the  appearance  as  shown  on  page  107  you  will  have  to  hunt  a 
long  time  to  find  his  mate. 

Look  Well  to  the  Limbs. — Study  carefully  whether  the  pasterns  or 
outline  of  the  hock  joints  are  nearly  perpendicular  or  angular.  Exam- 
ine to  find  if  they  show  a  convex,  curved  projection  or  protuberance  just 
above  the  point  of  union  with  the  shank  bone.  If  not,  there  will  be 
little  danger  of  curb,  or  of  a  tendency  thereto.  Avoid  a  cow-hocked 
horse,  viz:  ahorse  with  the  hocks  drawn  in.  It  is  an  ungainly  and 
serious  malformation,  for  such  an  animal  vriW  be  weak.  Do  not  buy  a 
straddling  horse.  He  may  be  strong  and  perhaps  fast,  but  never  elegant 
in  his  movements.  We  repeat  that  no  horse  is  fast  because  he  goes  wide 
apart,  though  sometimes  a  horse  is  fast  in  spite  of  this  defect.  There- 
fore! do  not  buy  a  straddling  colt  in  hopes  of  getting  a  trotter. 

Medium  Good  to  Bad  Quarters. — On  page  106  are  four  figures,  side 
views  of  hind-quarters.  Many  persons  would  call  the  one  on  the  upper 
left  hand  side,  fine.  It  is  not  bad.  The  buttocks  are  round,  for  fat  may 
give  a  round  buttock.  But  they  lack  character,  real  muscular  develop- 
ment, and  the  legs  are  too  straight  and  far  behind. 

The  left  hand  lower  figure  is  fair  in  its  general  outline,  but  the  animal 
stands  too  straight  on  the  pasterns,  and  the  legs  are  thrown  too  far  for- 
ward. Never  buy  a  horse  which,  to  use  a  horseman's  phrase,  "can  stand 
in  a  half -bushel."  They  are  like  a  horse  which,  to  use  a  similar  phrase, 
"can  travel  all  day  in  a  half-bushel." 

The  right  lower  figure  has  not  a  bad  quarter.  The  limbs,  however, 
are  badly  placed,  and  the  position  is  cramped. 

The  upper  right  hand  figure  is  bad  in  every  way — "goose-rumped," 
"cat-hammed,"  weak  in  the  hock  and  ankle,  while  the  legs  are  thrown 
to  equalize  thestram. 


100  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  S'lOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


silJE  viKW  OF  liiNi>-QUARTEKS— BAD.     (See  Explanation.) 


OUT^VAUD    ArPEARANCK    OF    THE    HOKSE. 


107 


The  Quarter  from  Behind.— Looking  at  the  horse  from  behind,  the 
quarters  should  be  full  and  s(iuare.  This  will  be  the  case  if  the  gracilis 
'M-i-  Morfectly  shaped.     The  gracilis 


iro  the  nnisclos  which  give  the  pecu- 


"^^V^ 


BACK  VIEW  OF  uiNU-QUAKTEKS— GOOD.     (See  Explanation.-) 

liar  swell  to  the  inside  of  the  thigh,  and  are  described  in  tho  chai^iei  on 

muscular   formation.     The  outside  muscle  of  the  great  bone  of  the  leg, 

and  the   tendons,   connecting  with  the 


{tihia)  cannot  well  he  too  large, 


108  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


BACK   VIEW  OF  BAD   UIND-QUAUTEBS.      (Seo  KxphuiuUoU.) 


OUTWARD    APPEARANCE    OF   THE    HORSE.  109 

hock,  should  be  large  and  plainly  visible.  The  hocks  should  be  large, 
strong,  firm,  well  knit,  smooth  and  free  from  blemish.  The  fetlocks 
should  also  be  large  but  round  and  firm,  and  the  hoofs  strong.  If  the 
horse  is  flat-footed  he  is  weak  hoofed,  and  this  defect  should  never  go 
with  ahorse  of  strong  bone  and  muscle. 

If,  in  moving  forward,  the  animal  lift  the  feet  squarely,  and  carry  them 
straight  forward,  without  turning  or  straddling,  and  if  they  are  set  down 
as  squarely  and  promptly  as  they  were  picked  up  ;  if  the  conformation  is 
as  illustrated  in  the  several  good  figures,  it  is  a  horse  to  buy,  if  you  want  to 
pay  for  a  good  one,  or  to  keep,  if  you  already  possess  him.  If  it  be  a 
mare  do  not  fear  to  breed  her  to  the  best  sires  in  the  land.  She  will  not 
disappoint  you  in  her  colts,  if  the  sire  be  as  perfect. 

As  the  converse  of  this  we  refer  the  reader  to  the  figures  on  page 
108,  showing  the  gradations,  from  inferior  to  bad.  The  study  of  these 
figures  should  enable  one  to  avoid  cow-hocked,  pigeon-toed,  bow-legged, 
straddling,  or  splay-footed  brutes. 

XII.    What  the  Ancients  Knew  of  Horses. 

That  the  ancients  were  critical  judges  of  horses,  there  is  no  doubt; 
and  that  their  standard  was  not  far  below  that  of  to-day,  the  following 
extract  from  a  translation  from  Xenophon,  who  wrote  more  than  two 
thousand  years  ago,  will  show.  It  is  also  interesting  by  reason  of  the 
accurate  advice  it  gives  for  judging  a  horse.  The  perfect  horse  of  this 
ancient  Greek  writer  was  not  a  thoroughbred,  as  we  understand  the  term, 
but  he  was  a  good,  strong,  well-muscled,  enduring  horse,  and  one  of  fair 
size.     Here  is  what  Xenophon  says  ; 

<'  We  will  write  how  one  may  be  the  least  deceived  in  the  purchase  of 
horses.  It  is  evident,  then,  that  of  the  unbroken  colt  one  must  judge 
by  the  construction,  since,  if  he  have  never  been  backed  he  Tsall  afford 
no  very  clear  evidences  of  his  spirit.  Of  his  body,  then,  we  say  it  is 
necessary  first  to  examine  the  feet,  for,  as  in  a  house,  it  matters  not  how 
fine  may  be  the  superstructure,  if  there  be  not  suflicient  foundations,  so 
in  a  war  horse  there  is  no  utility,  no,  not  if  he  have  all  other  points  per- 
fect but  be  badly  footed.  But  in  examining  the  feet,  it  is  befitting  first 
^o  look  to  the  horny  portion  of  the  hoofs,  for  those  horses  which  have 
the  horn  thick  are  far  superior  in  their  feet  to  those  which  have  it  thin. 
Nor  will  it  be  well  if  one  fail  next  to  observe  wlVether  the  hoofs  be  up- 
right, both  before  and  behind,  or  low  and  flat  to  the  ground  ;  for  high 
noofs  keep  the  frog  at  a  distance  from  the  earth,  while  the  flat  tread  with 
equal  pressure  on  the  soft  and  hard  parts  of  the  foot,  as  is  the  case  with 
bandy-legged  men.  And  Simon  justly  observes  that  well-footed  horses 
can  be  known  by  their  tramp,  for  the  hollow  hoof  nngs  like  a  cymbal 


110  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

when  it  strikes  the  solid  earth.  But  having  begun  from  below,  let  us 
ascend  to  the  other  parts  of  the  body.  It  is  needful,  then,  that  the  parts 
above  tlie  hoofs  and  below  the  fetlocks  (pasterns)  be  not  too  erect,  like 
those  of  the  goat;  for  legs  of  this  kind,  being  stiff  and  inflexible,  are 
apt  to  jar  the  rider,  and  are  more  liable  to  inflammation.  The  bones 
must  not,  however,  be  too  low  and  springy,  for  in  that  case  the  fetlocks 
are  liable  to  be  abraded  and  wounded  if  the  horse  be  galloped  over  clods 
or  stones.  The  bones  of  the  shank  (cannon  bones)  should  be  thick,  for 
these  are  the  columns  which  support  the  body ;  but  they  should  not 
have  the  veins  and  flesh  thick  likewise.  For  if  they  have,  when  the 
horse  shall  be  galloped  over  difficult  ground  they  will  necessarily  be 
filled  vnih  blood,  and  will  become  varicose,  so  that  the  shanks  will  be 
thickened,  and  the  skin  be  distended  and  relaxed  from  the  bone  ;  and, 
when  this  is  the  case,  it  often  follows  that  the  back  sinew  gives  way  and 
renders  the  horse  lame.  But  if  the  horse,  when  in  action,  bends  his 
knees  flexibly  at  a  walk,  you  may  judge  that  he  will  have  his  legs  flexible 
when  in  full  career  ;  for  all  horses  as  they  increase  in  years  increase  in 
the  flexibility  of  the  knee.  And  flexible  goers  are  esteemed  highly,  and 
with  justice,  for  such  horses  are  much  less  liable  to  blunder  or  stumble 
than  those  which  have  rigid,  unbending  joints.  But  if  the  arms,  below 
the  shoulder-blades,  be  thick  and  muscular  they  appear  stronger  and 
handsomer,  as  is  the  case  also  with  a  man.  The  breast  also  should  be 
broad,  as  well  for  beauty  as  strength,  and  because  it  causes  a  handsomer 
action  of  the  fore  legs,  which  do  not  then  interfere,  but  are  carried  well 
apart. 

"  Again,  the  neck  ought  not  to  be  set  on  like  that  of  a  boar,  horizon- 
tally from  the  chest;  but,  Yi^e  that  of  a  game  cock,  should  be  upright 
toward  the  chest  and  slack  toward  the  flexure  ;  and  the  head  being  long 
should  have  a  small  and  narrow  jaw-bone,  so  that  the  neck  shall  be  in 
front  of  the  rider,  and  that  the  eye  shall  look  down  at  what  is  before  the 
feet.  A  horse  thus  made  will  be  the  least  likely  to  run  violently  away, 
even  if  he  be  very  high-s[)irited,  for  horses  do  not  attempt  to  run  away 
by  bringing  in,  but  by  throwing  out  their  heads  and  necks.  It  is  also 
very  necessary  to  observe  whether  the  mouth  be  fine  and  hard  on  both 
sides,  or  on  one  or  the  other.  For  horses  which  have  not  both  jaws 
equally  sensitive  are  likely  to  be  too  hard-mouthed  on  one  side  or  the 
other.  And  it  is  better  that  a  horse  should  have  prominent  than  hollow 
eyes,  for  such  an  one  will  see  to  a  greater  distance.  And  widely  opened 
nostrils  are  far  better  for  respiration  than  narrow,  and  they  give  the 
horse  a  fiercer  aspect ;  for  when  one  stallion  is  enraged  against  another, 
01  if  he  become  angry  while  being  ridden,  he  expands  his  nostrils  to 
their  full  width.     And  the  loftier  the  crest,  and  the  smaller  the  ears,  the 


OUTWARD   APPEARANCE    OF    THE    HORSE.  HI 

more  horse-like  and  hand  'ome  is  the  head  rendered  ;  while  loftj  withers 
give  the  rider  a  surer  seat,  and  pioduce  a  firmer  adhesion  bet\A  een  the 
body  and  shoulders. 

"A  double  loin  is  also  softer  to  sit  upon  and  pleasanter  to  look  upon 
than  if  it  be  single  ;  and  a  deep  side,  rounded  toward  the  belly,  renders 
the  horse  easier  to  sit,  and  stronger  and  more  easy  to  keep  in  condition  ; 
and  the  shorter  and  l)roader  the  loin,  the  more  easily  will  the  horse  raise 
his  fore-quarters  and  collect  his  hind-quarters  under  him  in  going.  These 
points,  moreover,  cause  the  belly  to  appear  the  smaller  ;  which,  if  it  be 
large,  at  once  injures  the  appearance  of  the  animal  and  renders  him 
weaker  and  less  manageable.  The  quarters  should  be  broad  and  fleshy  in 
order  to  correspond  with  the  sides  and  chest,  and,  should  the}^  be  entirely 
firm  and  solid,  they  would  be  the  lighter  in  the  gallop,  and  the  horse 
would  be  the  speedier.  But  if  he  should  have  his  buttocks  separated 
under  the  tail  by  a  broad  line,  with  a  wider  space  between  them,  by  so 
doing  he  will  have  a  prouder  and  stronger  gait  and  action,  and  will,  in  all 
respects,  be  the  better  on  them.  A  jjroof  of  which  is  to  be  had  in  men, 
who,  when  they  desire  to  raise  anything  from  the  ground,  attempt  it  by 
straddling  their  legs,  not  by  bringing  them  close  together." 

XIII.    What  One  Need  Not  Expect. 

We  have,  in  the  foregoing  chapters  and  in  this,  illustrated  and  explained 
the  several  parts  of  the  horse  and  his  excellences  so  fully  that  none  need 
go  astray  in  studying  the  points  of  an  animal.  If  these  illustrations  and 
explanations  are  borne  in  mind,  a  horse  may  be  accurately  judged  by  his 
actual  bone  and  muscle,  whether  fat  or  lean.  The  intelligence  of  an 
animal  may  also,  by  the  same  study,  be  accurately  estimated.  A  fat 
horse  is  generally  smooth  and  round,  and  many  a  sorry  brute  has  been 
fattened  for  the  purpose  of  palming  him  off  on  the  unwar3\ 

We  need  not  expect  a  fat  horse  to  go  right  to  work,  and  keep  fat. 
The  horse  for  hard  work  must  first  be  brought  into  condition,  and  this 
means  working  off  the  mere  fat,  and  getting  down  to  bone  and  muscle. 
We  must  not  expect  a  horse  to  be  useful  because  he  is  big,  unless  he  is 
wanted  for  heavy  draft.  If  the  draft  is  heavy  it  should  be  slow,  and  thus 
the  horse  may  be  big  and  also  keep  fat.  For  general  work,  the  medium- 
sized  horse  is  the  best.  A  pair  of  horses,  each  16  hands  high  and  weigh- 
ing 1,200  pounds  are  well  suited  for  city  teaming  and  other  ordinary 
draft,  except  the  hauling  of  heavy  trucks.  A  fifteen-and-a-half  hand, 
1,100-pound  horse  is  suitable  for  the  road,  and  if  one-half  hand  less  in 
height  and  correspondingly  light  in  weight,  say  1,000  jjounds,  he  will  do 
quite  as  well  in  single  or  double  harness.  Sixteen-hand  horses  are  also 
suitable  for  coaches  and  heavy  carriages,  while  the  lighter  animals  will 


112 


ClDJOVES>lA  Ot  LJVB  STOCK  ANV  OOMFLBIS  STOCK  OOCXOE. 


<erve  as  double  teams  for  road  driving.  If  they  are  good  ones,  free  from 
-ice,  weU-matched,  and  perfectly  trained,  do  not  be  afraid  to  ask  a  good 
rouna  price  for  them.  But  do  not  exi^ect  to  get  a  large  price  for  a  cheap 
*iorse,  nor  need  you  expect  to  buy  a  perfect  horse  for  a  low  price.     He 


may,  nowever,  be  cheap  at  any  price  yotu-  purse  may  afford,  lu  buyin<>-. 
keep  'constantly  in  vie\^  what  you  want  the  animal  for,  but  do  not  buy  any 
horse  because  lio  happens  to  strike  your  uneducated  fancy.  You  ce*- 
tainly  will  not  do  so,  if  you  have  carefully  studied  the  preceding  chap- 
ters. 


CHAPTER  V. 
THE  HORSE'S  TEETH  ;  AND  HOW  TO  TELL  HIS  AGE. 


I.  THE  DENTAL  FORMULA. II.   THE    TEETH  ARE   THE    TRUE    INT>EX   OF    AGE. III. 

THE  FOAL*S  TEETH. IV.  DIFFERENCES  BETWEEN  THE  TEETH  OF  FOAL  AND  HORSIt 

Iv.   ALLOWANCES  TO  BE  MADE. VI.   ILLUSTRATING  BY  THE  CHART. 

I.  The  Dental  Formula. 
The  names  and  numbers  of  the  teeth  of  the  horse  are  as  follows :  In- 
cisors (front  teeth  or  nippers)  |  ;  canine,  oi  tushes  or  hook  teeth,  in  the 
male  only,  {  ^  :  molars,  or  grinding  teeth  f  f,  making  forty  in  all.  This 
is  for  tlie  male.  The  mare  has  but  thirty-six,  since  she  lacks  the  tush- 
es, or  canine  teeth.  These  sometimes  also  fail  to  develop  in  the  geld- 
ing. 

II.  The  Teeth  are  the  True  Index  of  Age. 
Almost  every  horseman  is  supposed  to  be  able  pretty  accurately  to  de- 
termine the  age  of  his  horse.  Amon.Gj  old  horses,  the  eyes,  the  sharpness 
of  tlie  jaw  bones,  and  the  bones  of  the  tail,  are,  by  many,  claimed  to 
o-ive  a  clear  indication  of  the  animal's  age.  But  these  are  all  fallacious. 
They  may  be,  and  in  fact  are,  helps,  but  the  only  true  indication  is  given 
by  the  teeth;  and  to  the  educated  eye,  these  are  sufficient  to  tell 
the  age  accurately  up  to  eight  years,  and  thereafter  with  sufficient  accuracy 
for  all  practical  parpua^o.  From  the  time  the  colt  is  foaled  until  death, 
the  teeth  are  constantly  undeigoing  change.  Hence,  if  a  person  carefully 
studies  the  changing  conditions  of  the  teeth,  he  may  accurately  determin^i 
the  a"-e  either  of  the  colt  or  horse.  The  incisors  furnish  the  chief  indica^ 
tion,butto  some  extent  the  tushes  or  hook  teeth,  and  the  grinders  give 
valuable  assistance,  since  they  may  correct,  or  corroborate,  what  is  seenin 
die  incisors.  To  assist  in  this  study  we  give  in  this  chapter,  a  chart  show- 
ino-,  from  accurate  drawings,  the  precise  appearance  of  the  teeth  from 
colt-hood  up  to  the  age  of  twenty-nine  years.  This  chart,  with  the  ac- 
companying explanations,  will  enable  any  person  of  intelligence  to  judge 
the  age  of  a  horse,  even  thouuh  ne  have  been  »*Bishoped,*'  as  the  making 
of  false  marks  on  the  teeth  in  called,  troiu  the  name  of  the  rascal  who  in 
vented  the  practioeo 

m.    The  Foal's  Teeth. 

When  just  foaled,  the  colt  has  no  front  teeth,  but  in  most  cases  twelve 

back  teeth  appear  just  above  the  gums.     At  from  two  to  three  months 

of  age  four  central  nippers  appear,  two  in  each  jaw  ;  in  six  weeks  another 

looth  comes  out  on  each  side  of  these,  or  four  more  nil  together;  and 

113 


114  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

at  the  age  of  eight  or  nine  months  the  four  corner  nippers  are  seen.  At 
this  age  the  colt  has  all  his  teeth,  upper  and  lower.  They  are  the  foal's 
teeth  and  are  changed  by  the  fifth  or  sixth  year  for  the  permanent  or 
horse's  teeth.  As  before  stated,  the  three  front  double  pairs  of  grinders 
are  seen  at  birth,  and  are  aftenvards  changed.  The  fourth  double  pair, 
those  seen  from  the  eighth  to  the  ninth  month,  are  the  first  that  remain 
stationary,  and  are  found  in  the  mouth  of  every  year-old  colt.  The  fifth 
double  pair  (fifth  four),  appear  in  the  second  year,  while  the  sixth  doul)lc 
pair  generally  come  in  the  fourth  or  early  in  the  fifth  year.  These  three 
double  pairs  of  back  teeth  remain  unchanged,  as  also  do  the  tushes  oi 
hook  teeth.  The  tushes  do  not  appear  at  a  fixed  age  ;  sometimes  they 
are  seen  in  the  stallion  at  the  end  of  the  third  year,  and  sometimes  uot 
i;  Qtil  the  middle  or  the  end  of  the  fourth  year  ;  sometimes  they  do  not  come 
t.ntil  the  fifth  3'ear,  and  occasionally  not  until  the  sixth  j^ear.  The  mare 
ttever  has  them,  and  in  the  gelding  they  occasionally  fail  to  develop. 

TV.    Differences  Between  the  Teeth  of  Foal  and  Horse. 

The  difference  between  the  nippers  of  the  foal  and  those  of  th«p 
horse  should  be  carefully  studied.  They  differ,  ( 1 )  by  their  regular  con  • 
ical  formation;  (2)  by  a  narrow  contraction  called  the  neck,  visibh; 
almost  in  the  center  of  the  body  of  each  tooth,  while  nothing  of  the 
kind  is  seen  in  horse-teeth;  (3)  by  their  smaller  size,  even  when  full 
grown.  The  milk  teeth  (those  teeth  which  are  shed),  taken  from  the 
jaws  of  dead  foals  and  comf)ared  with  horse-teeth  similarly  obtained,  are 
found  to  be  only  about  half  as  long  as  the  latter.  The  breadth  is  not  to 
be  depended  on,  since  the  milk  teeth  of  large  foals  appear  almost  as 
broad  as  those  of  small  horses.  When  the  nippers  become  horse-teeth 
they  form  a  great  contrast  to  the  middle  and  corner  teeth.  The  size  of 
these  last  will  at  once  show  them  to  be  milk  teeth.  (4)  The  outer  sur- 
face of  the  foal-teeth  is  smooth  and  striped  with  brown,  while  on  horse- 
teeth  the  same  surface  is  divided  by  a  dirty  yellow  indentation  inclining 
toward  the  center,  which  is  sometimes  double  upon  the  upper  teeth. 

A  study  of  the  nippers  of  the  hoi^se  taken  at  different  ages  will  mater- 
ially assist  the  beginner. .  The  incisor  and  all  other  teeth,  consist,  first  of 
the  enamel  or  hiting  or  grinding  surface  ;  then  of  a  bony  substance,  and 
lastly  of  the  root  imbedded  in  the  jaw.  The  teeth  of  the  foal  as  well 
as  of  the  horse,  are  constantly  but  slowly  worn  away  in  the  act  of  feed- 
ing. If  the  animal  feed  on  sandy  or  gintty,  and  especially  on  shon 
pasture,  the  teeth  are  worn  faster ;  if  he  feed  on  longer  grass,  and  on 
the  prairies  the  teeth  wear  slowly.  Horses  kept  in  the  stable,  have  less 
wear  on  the  nippers  than  those  which  have  to  forage  for  themselves. 
Thus  in  old  age  the  teeth,  ODce  two  and  a  half  or  three  inches  long,  will 


THE    HORSE  S   TEETH,    AND    HOW    TO   TEI,L    HIS   AGE.  115 

finally  be  not  more  than  halt  an  inch  in  length,  and  the  breadth 
decreases  in  about  the  same  proportion.  There  is  this  difference,  how- 
ever, between  the  teeth  of  the  foal  and  those  of  the  horse.  The  thick- 
ness and  breadth  of  the  foal's  teeth  are  constantly  decreasing  from  the 
grinding  surface  or  enameled  part  ^jward  the  root,  while  the  teeth  of  the 
horse  decrease  by  contraction.  The  grinding  surface  of  a  nipper,  which 
has  not  been  used,  is  three  times  as  broad  as  it  is  thick,  and  is  hollowed 
from  the  top  downward,  the  hollow  having  two  sharp  edges  inclosing  it. 
This  hollow  is  called  the  mark.  In  the  center  of  this  mark  the  kernel  is 
seen.  This  is  a  tube  commencing  at  the  end  of  the  root,  and  contains 
the  nerve,  which  must  not  be  confounded  with  the  mark.  The  mark  is 
the  outer  depression,  lying  next  to  the  sharp  edges.  The  inner  cavity  is 
a  funnel  shaped  socket  of  enamel,  a  hard  shell.  Around  this,  and  in- 
side the  outer  shell,  is  a  thick  fluid,  which  remains  as  long  as  the  tooth 
retains  sensibility,  but  becomes  by  degrees  a  gray  matter.  Figure  y,  ou 
the  chart,  will  illustrate  this. 

Again,  the  outer  edge  of  an  incisor  (nipper)  always  risen  a  line  or  two 
- -a  line  is  the  twelfth  part  of  an  inch — above  the  inner  edge.  Ttius,  at 
first,  only  the  outer  edges  of  the  upper  and  lower  nippers  meet,  and  the 
inner  edges  do  not  touch  until  the  outer  edges  are  sufficiently  worn  to  al- 
low them  to  meet,  or  until  they  are  of  an  e(|ual  height.  Horse-teeth 
reach  this  condition  in  about  a  year.  When  the  colt  is  two-and-a-half 
years  old,  the  teeth  begin  to  shed,  and  the  permanent  or  horse-teeth  be- 
gin to  appear.  The  chart.  Fig.  7,  A,  will  explain  this  gro^vth,  and  Fig. 
7,  B,  will  show  still  further  development  and  Avear. 

The  grinders  have  but  little  to  do  in  determniing  the  age  of  a  horse, 
but  still  they  assist  thereto.  The  crowns  of  the  grinders  are  entirely 
covered  with  enamel  on  the  top  and  sides,  but  the  grinding  of  the  food 
wears  it  away  from  the  top  and  there  remains  a  compound  surface  of  al- 
ternate layers  of  crusted  enamel  and  ivory,  which  serve,  in  grinding  the 
food,  to  fit  it  for  the  stomach.  Nature  has  therefore  made  an  additional 
[)rovision  to  render  them  strong  and  enduring. 

To  illustrate  this  we  represent  a  grinder  sawed 
across.  The  fine  dark  spots  show  bony  matter.  The 
shaded  portions  show  the  enamel,  while  the  white 
spaces  represent  a  strong  bony  cement  uniting  the 
other  parts  of  the  teeth.  In  the  dental  formula  at  the 
beginning  of  this  chapter  we  have  given  40  as  the 
number  of  teeth  for  the  stallion,  and  36  for  the  mare, 
the  stallion  having  4  hook  teeth,  or  tushes  {canines), 
which  the  mare  lacks.  Sometimes,  however,  the  mare  has  imperfect 
teeth  in  the  portion  of  the  mouth  corresponding  to  that  of  the  tushes  in 


116  OYOIiOFEDlA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCb.  DOCTOK. 

the  stallion.  JVenty-four  of  the  teeth  in  both  horses  and  mares  are  sit- 
uated in  the  upper  part  of  the  mouth,  that  is  back  of  the  tushes,  or 
above  the  lips.  These  are  the  true  teeth  or  grinders  {inolars).  They 
are  divided  into  six  double  pairs,  counting  from  below  upwards.  Those 
situated  next  the  nippers  of  a  mare,  or  the  tushes  of  ahorse,  and  in  all 
the  four  rows,  are  called,  first ;  those  next,  second,  and  so  on  until  the 
last  doul)lo  pair  arc  reached,  which  are  called  back  teeth.  There  are  also 
sometimes  in  young  horses  imperfect  teeth,  just  before  the  grinders,  ig- 
norantly  denominated  wolf-teeth,  and  are  supposed  to  cause  blindness. 
They  sometimes  do  produce  irritation  of  the  eyes,  from  inflamation  by 
sympathy,  and  should  be  removed  with  the  forceps. 

In  the  lower  portion  of  the  mouth,  or  that  portion  surrounded  by  the 
lips,  there  are  twelve  teeth,  six  in  the  upper  jaw  and  six  in  the  lower  j:.w. 
These  are  the  nippers  (^incisors).  They  occupy  the  entrance  to  the 
mouth,  and  each  six  are  in  the  form  of  an  arch.  These  teeth  are  divided 
into  three  pairs  in  each  jaw.  The  four  central  ones,  two  in  each  jaw,  are 
called  "nipping  teeth,"  or  nippers.  The  two  outside  teeth  in  each  jaw 
are  "corner  teeth,"  and  those  between  the  corner  teeth  and  the  nippers 
are  called  middle  teeth.  It  is  the  attrition  of  the  upper  surface  of  these 
teeth  on  each  other  in  eating  that  causes  wear,  and  thus  enables  us  to 
judge  with  tolerable  accuracy  of  the  age  of  the  horse, — usually  to  a  cer- 
tainty up  to  eight  or  nine  years  ;  quite  closely  up  to  fourteen  or  fifteen 
years,  and  approximately  up  to  the  age  of  twenty-five  or  thirty  years - 
The  nippers  (incisors)  of  the  upper  jaw  are  broader  and  thicker  than 
those  of  the  lower  jaw. 

The  tushes  (canines)  are  placed  singly,  one  in  each  side  of  the  upper 
and  lower  jaws,  between  the  corner  teeth  and  the  grinders,  but  nearer  the 
corner  teeth  of  the  upper  than  of  the  lower  jaw,  so  that  they  never  come 
in  contact  with  each  other.  The  age  at  which  a  horse  attains  the  full 
number  of  teeth  is  from  four-and-a-half  to  five  years.  He  is  then,  in 
horseman's  phrase,  said  to  have  a  "full  mouth."  From  this  time  onward 
the  more  a  permanent  incisor  loses  in  length  by  wear,  the  more  it  loses 
in  width,  and  the  nearer  the  worn  surface  approaches  the  root, 
becoming  narrower  and  thicker  in  appearance.  Another  fact  is  Avorth 
remembering;  as  the  horse  advances  in  age  the  gums  recede,  so  that  a 
smaller  portion  of  the  teeth  is  covered.  Hence  the  reason  that  the  teeth 
become  narrower  and  thicker  with  age.  It  is  from  being  uncovered  ;  and 
hence  again,  aged  teeth  are  longer  in  their  visible  portions  than  those  of 
younger  horses. 

V.    AUowances  to  be  Made. 

Large  horses  have  larger  teeth  than  small  ones.  The  rules  given  are 
for  horses  of  medium  size.     Some  horses  have  harder  bones  than  others, 


THE    horse's    teeth,    AND    HOW    TO    TELL    HIS    AGE.  117 

and  harder  teeth.  The  difference  in  food  and  in  pastures  has  already 
been  spoken  of.  Some  breeds  of  horses  develop  more  slowly  than  others. 
Spanish  horses  develop  slowly.  Again,  a  false  system  of  feeding  will 
mature  an  animal  sooner  than  if  he  were  fed  in  the  ordinary  way.  But 
animals  which  develop  slowly  generally  live  longer  than  those  which 
develop  quickly,  so  that  in  the  end,  the  years  of  service,  judging  from 
the  teeth,  are  about  the  same.  The  slowly-developed  horse  is,  however, 
olJer  by  perhaps  one  or  two  years  than  would  appear  from  his  teeth. 
In  like  manner,  the  age  of  a  mule  is  difficult  to  determine  with  exacthess, 
though  it  may  be  determined  closely  enough  ;  and  a  mule  of  twelve  or 
fifteen  years  of  age,  if  he  has  not  been  injured,  has  many  years  of  ser- 
vice yet  in  him. 

VI.    Study  The  Chart. 

Nine  men  in  ten,  in  examining  the  teeth  to  ascertain  the  age,  will  look 
at  the  upper  jaw.  The  lower  jaw  is  really  that  which  should  be  exam- 
ined, and  for  this  reason,  the  dealer  or  person  who  wishes  to  deceive 
usually  confines  his  operations  to  tampering  with  the  incisors  of  the 
lower  jaw.  Again,  the  teeth  of  the  lower  jaw  show  wear,  and  change 
their  appearance  more  surely  than  those  of  the  upper  jaw.  Hence  in 
studying  the  teeth  for  age,  both  jaws  should  be  looked  at,  and  thus  a 
careful  study  of  the  chart  will  be  of  the  first  importance.  In  relation  to 
this  matter,  Youatt  says:  "Stabled  horses  have  the  mark  sooner  worn 
out  than  those  at  grass,  and  a  crib-biter  may  deceive  the  best  judge  by 
one  or  two  years."  While  it  is  true,  that  a  horse  kept  on  dry  hay  and 
dry  grain,  will  do  so,  it  is  a  fact  well  known  that  horses  feeding  on 
gritty  pastures,  or  sandy  pastures,  where  they  are  obliged  to  bite  close  to 
the  ground,  will  wear  their  teeth  very  much  faster  than  others.  It  should 
not  be  difficult,  either,  to  detect  a  confirmed  crib-biter.  The  teeth  will 
not  only  be  worn  from  grasping  the  object  in  the  act,  but  the  edges  a!so 
are  apt  to  be  broken  or  scaled,  from  the  slipping  off  of  the  teeth  in  the 
act  of  letting  go. 

In  relation  to  tampering  with  the  teeth,  by  filing,  burning,  etc.,  it 
ought  not  to  deceive  any  one.  Upon  this  subject,  Youatt  says  :  "Dis- 
honest dealers  have  been  said  to  resort  to  a  method  of  prolonging  the 
mark  in  the  lower  nippers.  It  is  called  bishoping,  from  the  name  of  the 
scoundrel  who  invented  it  The  horse  of  eight  or  ninej'ears  old  is  thrown, 
and  with  an  engraver's  tool,  a  hole  is  dug  in  the  now  almost  plain  sur- 
face of  the  corner  teeth,  and  in  shape  and  depth  resembling  the  mark  in 
a  seven  year  old  horse.  The  mark  is  then  burned  with  a  heated  iron, 
and  a  permanent  black  stain  is  left ;  the  next  pair  of  nippers  are  some- 
times lightly  touched.     An  ignorant  man  would  very  easily  be  imposed 


118  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOU 

on  by  this  trick  ;  but  the  irregular  appearance  of  the  cavity,  the  diffusioD 
of  the  bhick  stain  around  the  tushes,  the  sharpened  edges  or  concave 
inner  surface  of  which,  can  never  be  given  again,  and  the  marks  on  the 
upper  nippers,  together  with  the  general  conformation  of  the  horse,  can 
never  deceive  the  careful  examiner." 

Thus  we  bce  how  necessary  it  is  that  more  than  a  superticial  examina- 
tion be  given,  and  for  this  reason,  we  advise  a  careful  study  of  the  chart. 
As  the  horse  becomes  aged,  or  after  eight  years  of  age,  the  lower  jaw  is 
the  sure  index,  since  the  marks  there  naturally  wear  faster  than  in  the 
upper  nippers.  The  lower  jaw  is  the  one  that  is  moved  in  gathering  food 
and  in  grinding  it,  and  hence  the  greater  wear;  besides  this,  cavities  in 
teeth  of  the  upper  jaw  are  greater  than  in  those  of  the  lower  jaw  ;  hence 
the  wear  must  be  greater  to  obliterate  the  mark.  In  fact,  tue  person  who 
aspires  to  be  a  critical  judge,  must  examine  the  teeth  of  horses  kept  on 
hay  and  hard  grain,  those  fed  on  cut  feed,  and  those  from  various  pas- 
tui-es.  Yet,  except  this  critical  knowledge  is  required,  a  study  of  the 
chart  will  answer  for  all  purposes. 

In  the  horse,  the  incisors  are  divided  into  three  pairs  in  each  jaw, 
being  the  twelve  front  teeth.  The  first  pair,  above  and  below  are  the 
two  central  front  teeth.  The  next  two  teeth  on  each  side  in  each  jaw  are 
called  the  middle  teeth,  and  the  two  outside  teeth  in  each  jaw,  are  the 
corner  teeth. 

The  canines  are  called  hooked  teeth,  from  their  form,  and  sometimttf. 
tushes.  They  are  two  in  each  jaw,  lying  between  the  incisors  and 
grinders.  The  grinders  are  the  double  or  back  teeth  of  the  jaw,  but: 
the  term  grinder  is  used  to  denote  the  rough  surface  of  the  cutting  teeth, 
and  the  mark  is  the  depression  in  the  surface  of  the  teeth. 

Another  thing  that  should  be  noticed,  is,  that  the  teeth  are  regular,  for 
irregular  teeth,  that  is  teeth  some  of  which  are  longer  than  others,  will 
wear  unevenly.  Thus  allowances  must  be  made  here,  when  it  is 
necessary  to  determine  the  age  exactly.  Again,  the  general  rule  is 
to  estimate  the  age  from  May  1st  of  each  year.  Thus,  a  colt  born 
on  the  first  day  of  January  would  be  called  only  one  year  old  on 
May  1st  of  the  next  year,  when,  in  reality,  he  would  be  sixteen 
months  old.  This  is  taken  advantage  of  in  racing,  and  hence  foals  are 
desired  to  be  born  as  near  to  the  first  of  January  as  possible.  But  if 
born  in  December,  the  racing  colt  would  count  as  one  year  old  the  suc- 
ceeding May.  Yet  practically,  this  makes  no  difference  to  the  farmer, 
but  only  to  those  who  rear  horses  for  the  turf. 


THE    horse's    teeth,    AND    HOW    TO    TELL    HIS    AGE. 


119 


CHAPTER  VI. 
BREEDS  OF  HORSES  AND  THEIR  CHARACTERISTICS. 


..   INFLUENCE    OF    COUNTRY    AND    CLIMATE. II.    THE    FARM    HORSE. III. 

THE    CLYDESDALE    HORSE. IV.    THE    NORMAN-PERCHERON.-^V.     THE 

PERCHERON    OF    TO-DAY. VI.     THE    CONESTOGA    HORSE. VII.     ROAD 

HORSES. VIII.       TROTTING      HORSES. IX.       HUNTING       HORSES. X. 

LIGHT  DRIVING  HORSES. XL   COACH  HORSES. XII.   THE   CLEVELAND 

BAY. XIII.  THE  FRENCH  COACH  HORSE. XIV.  THE  HACKNEY  HORSE. 

XV.  PONIES. XVI.  VERMONT  DRAFT  HORSE. XVII.  NARAGANSETT 

PACER. XVIII.  THE  SHIRE. XIX.  THE  BELGIAN  HORSE. XX.  CHAR- 
ACTERISTICS OP  THE  BELGIAN   HORSE. 

I.  Influences  of  Country  and  Climate. 

Every  country  of  the  earth  has  a  breed  or  breeds  of  horses,  each  with 
its  peculiar  characteristics;  and  the  horses  of  Asia,  Africa,  Europe  and 
America  have  their  points  of  difference  as  strongly  marked  as  do  the  hu- 
man inhabitants  of  these  grand  divisions  of  the  globe.  Besides  the  pe- 
culiarities resulting  from  local  influences  of  climate,  topography,  etc., 
the  horse  has  others  which  are  due  to  the  treatment  and  training  received 
at  the  hands  of  his  masters,  since  from  a  long  course  of  artificial  breed- 
ing and  feeding,  he  has  become  a  purely  artificial  animal,  except  among 
barbarians  or  savage  tribes.  Among  savages,  his  hard  environment  has 
made  him  degenerate — has  in  fact  reduced  him  to  a  condition  inferior  to 
that  of  the  horses  found  running  wild  where  they  have  increased  and 
multiplied  on  pasturable  lands,  after  having  escaped  from  domestication. 
The  horse  in  the  latter  condition  has  already  been  sufficiently  mentioned 
in  the  fii*st  chapter.  In  the  present  chapter  we  purpose  to  notice  only  the 
more  important  breeds  of  civilization,  or  those  that  have  acquired  celebrity 
for  their  valuable  qualities. 

II.  The  Farm  Horse. 

The  farm  horse  is  the  most  important  member  of  the  equine  family, 
for  the  reason  that  he  is  used  by  the  largest  number  of  people,  and 
is  employed  in  the  production  of  that  which  sustains  life  in  man. 
The  farm  horse  cannot  lay  claim  to  the  dignity  of  a  distinct  breed,  as  he 
is  composed  of  mixed  blood,  and  is  dependent  for  whatever  valuable  quali- 
ties he  possesses,  upon  the  intelligence  of  the  people  by  whom  he  is  bred. 
The  majority  of  farm  horses  are  inferior  to  the  more  respectable  of  the 
fixed  breeds,  though  of  late  years  they  have  steadily  increased  in  valuable 
qualities,  through  the  introduction  of  superior  blood;  and  in  many 
districts  they  are,  as  they  should  l)e,  bred  with  reference  to  their  sale  for 
particular  uses,  after  they  have  partially  paid  for  their  care  by  their  labor 
on  the  fai-uL 

The  Horse  of  All  Work. — The  farm  horse  should  essentially  be  a  hoi-se 
of  all  work,  of  good  style  and  action,  and  of  about  1200  pounds  weight. 

120 


BREEDS    OF    HORSES    AND    THEIR    CHARACTERISTIC 


122  CYCLOPEDIA   OF  LIVE   STOCK   AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

Such  hoi-yes  will  be  able  to  do  anything  that  may  be  necessary  to  be  done 
about  the  farm,  plowing,  reaping,  hauling,  or  drawing  the  family  car- 
riage to  church.     When  of  suitable  age  they  will  bring  good  prices,  the 


best  of  them  for  use  as  carriage  horses,  and  others  for  anything  except 
heavy  draft  in  cities,  for  express  work,  drawing  omnibuses  and  other 
labor,  requiring  style  and  action,  combined  with  strength.     The  figure 


BREEDS  OF   HORSES  AND  THEIR  CHARACTERISTICS. 


12^ 


page  99  front  view,  and  page  103  side  view,  and  page  107  back  view  of 
hind  quarters  "will  illustrate  our  meannig. 

Light  Farm  Horses. — There  is  another  horse   that   may   well   tind   a 
place  on  all  large  farms,  a  horse  al)out  tifteen    hands  high  and  weighing 


i»oU  to  lOr'A)  pounds.      Sucli 


trom 


coh,  a  square-built,  active  animal,  good  for  the  saddle  and  all  light  work. 
Such  a  horse  is  represented  on  the  preceding  page.  The  tail,  however, 
'ihould  never  be  docked  :  for  docking  is  a  barbarous  ])ractice,  and  one  now 


124  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

happily  gone  out  of  fashion  The  Morgans,  or  rather  their  crosses, 
when  bred  up  to  the  weight  last  mentioned,  make  admirable  horses  oi 
this  claGS. 

The  Gold  Dust  Hopses  of  Kentucky.— The  Gold  Dus^  Horses,  which 
were  originated  by  breeding  from  Morgan  stallions  on  good  thorough - 
bred  niaros,  and  carefully  selecting  for  generations,  make  admirable  light 
farm  horses.  High-strung,  elegant,  fast-going,  staunch,  and  able  for 
all  light  work  on  the  fann,  either  for  the  saddle  or  harness,  as  light 
driving  buggy  horses  in  single  harness,  or  for  the  light  caiTiage  iu double 
harness,  they  are  most  excellent  animals. 

m.    The  Clydesdale  Horse. 

Another  class  of  horses  that  may  be  made  profitable  on  the  breeding 
farm  are  what  are  known  as  draft  horses  proper.  In  the  United  SUites, 
the  best  representatives  of  this  class  are  the  Clydesdales  and  the  Norman- 
Percherons.  The  Clydesdales  are  an  English-Scotch  breed  of  great 
power,  bone  and  substance,  and  are  capable  of  drawing  immense  loads. 
In  Canada  there  are  many  excellent  representatives  of  this  breed,  and 
in  the  West  they  are  attractmg  more  and  more  attention  every  3'ear. 
The  West  of  Scotland  has  long  been  famous  for  its  excellent  draft  hor- 
ses. Their  origin  is  probably  due  m  part  to  the  blood  of  Flemish  mares, 
thouirh  but  little  is  authentically  kno^vn  of  their  ancestry.  Whatever 
their  origin  maybe,  it  is  certain  that  they  have  made  Scotland  famous  for 
its  draft-horse  stock,  and  much  of  the  excellence  of  the  draft  horses  cf 
the  North  of  England,  where  the  Clydesdale  originated,  is  due  to  an  infu- 
sion of  this  Scottish  blood.  In  England  these  heavy  horses  are  useful  to 
farmers  in  working  their  tough  clay  soils.  In  the  United  States,  especi- 
ally in  the  AVest  and  South,  the  alluvial  nature  of  the  soil  does  not  re- 
quire such  strength  of  team  in  plowing  ;  l)ut  the  vast  amount  of  hauliiif 
to  be  done  in  and  near  cities,  where  the  railroad  and  steamer  traffic  of  the 
country  centres,  will  always  cause  a  demand  for  large,  ablc-l)odied  draft 
horses. 

The  Shire  horse  seems  to  have  taken  the  place  of  the  Suffolk  horse  in 
England,  so  we  have  seen  them  in  the  United  States.  They  are  a  larger 
horse  than  the  Clydesdale,  more  upstanding  with,  perhaps,  better  hoofs. 
The  hairy  lower  limbs,  like  the  Clydesdale,  is  against  them,  in  the  eyes  cf 
the  American  farmer.  Like  the  Clydesdale,  they  are  magnificent  draft 
animals,  strong,  true  and  honest,  but  we  do  not  think  they  stand  hard  city 
pavements  much  better  than  the  Clydes.  The  back  and  body  is  more 
eymmetrical,  in  our  view,  than  that  of  the  Clyde.      Like  the  Clyde,  their 


BREEDS    OF    HORSES    AND    THEIR    CHARACTERISTIC& 


125 


126  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTCa. 

walk  and  trot  is  majestic  but  slow,  and  they  are  not  better  suited  to  West- 
ern agricultural  soils.  When  lirst  introduced  into  Canada  and  the  United 
States,  both  the  Clydes  and  Shires  attracted  great  attention  until  the 
Percherons  and  heavy  Normans  were  introduced.  The  style,  endurance, 
quicker  action  and  muscular  effort  was  superior,  in  the  eye  of  the  Western 
man;  hence,  the  Norman  and  Percheron  became  the  favorites,  and  they 
have  gained,  rather  than  lost,  ever  since.  This  the  show  rings  at  our  great 
fairs  continue  to  si  ow.  Nevertheless,  the  Clyde  and  Shire  continue  the 
favorites  among  many  breeders  and  farmers.  For  export  to  Great  Britain, 
they  are  in  request. 

rv.    The  Norman-Percheron  Horse. 

Norman-Percheron  horses  are  now  generally  divided  into  two  classes : 
the  Norman,  a  heavy,  muscular,  closely-built  animal  of  great  bone  and 
muscle,  weighing  sometimes  2,200  to  2,300  pounds,  and  the  Percheron, 
a  liirhter,  cleaner  built  and  more  active  animal,  attaining  a  weight  up  to 
1,800  pounds.  Both  these  strains  of  Norman  blood  are  among  the  best 
of  draft  stock  ever  introduced  into  America.  They  are  superior  in 
some  respects  to  the  famous  Conestoga  horse  of  Pennsylvania,  now  prac- 
ticallv  extinct.  Much  has  been  written  about  these  excellent  animals, 
both  by  partisans  and  by  those  who  have  investigated  their  history  with 
a  view  to  arrive  at  the  real  facts  in  relation  to  their  ancestry.  On  the 
one  hand  it  is  contended  that  they  arose  from  a  cross  of  the  Arabian 
upon  the  heavy  native  horses  of  Normandy  ;  and  the  defeat  of  the  Sara- 
cens by  Charles  Martel,  in  which  great  numbers  of  their  adrairal)le  cav- 
alry horses  fell  into  the  hands  of  the  French,  is  cited  in  support  of  this 
view.  Many  of  these  Saracen  horses,  it  is  said,  were  brought  to  Nor- 
mandy and  to  La  Perche,  and  hence  the  commingling  of  blood  which 
resulted  in  the  present  admirable  breed.  The  old  Norman  war  horses 
were  heavy,  bony,  slow,  but  strong,  and  capable  of  enduring  much  hard- 
ship. They  were  admirably  adapted  for  their  day,  since  they  were  capa- 
ble of  carrying  a  knight  in  his  heavy  armor. 

Ao-aln,  it  is  asserted  that  the  Norman  horse  is  descended  from  a  race 
then  peculiar  to  Brittainy ,  and  used  for  draft,  rather  than  for  war.  Another 
writer  asserts  that  the  Percheron  is  descended  from  a  remote  cross 
between  the  Andalusian,  mixed  ^vith  the  Morocco  barb,  and  again  crossed 
upon  the  Norman,  because,  it  is  said,  the  Norman  was  too  slow,  and  the 
Andalusian  too  light,  for  a  knight  in  full  armor.  The  old  Norman  horses 
are  said  to  have  transmitted  to  the  race  their  great  bone  and  muscle, 
while  the  Arab,  or  Andalusian,  or  whatever  the  cross  may  have  been, 


BREEDS   OF    HORSES    AND    THEIR    CHARACTERISTICS.  127 

added  spirit,  action,  speed  and  bottom.     Whatever  may  be  the  facts  as 
to  their  origin,  both  the  sub-famihes  of  the  Norman-Percheron  combine 


•j:izi:    wiNxixc    i'i;):ci  ii-;i;i:)M    make — six    years   old. 
Spttjially    phuloaiaplied    for    this    work. 


the  strength  of  the  old  Norman  barb  with  something  of  the  speed  of  the 
Arabian,  and  are  capable  of  carrying  great  weights  and  of  drawing  heavy 


128  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

loads  at  a  fair  rate  of  speed.  A  pair  of  the  lighter  Perche  horses  (ciMled 
in  France  Diligence  horses,  from  their  use  in  drawing  the  coaches  of  this 
name)  are  capable  of  going  at  a  speed  of  seven  or  eight  miles  an  hour. 

These  horses  may  now  by  regarded  as  having  become  a  fixed  race,  cap- 
able of  reproducing  itself  perfectly,  unchanged,  and  without  deterioration 
through  generations,  when  pure  sires  are  bred  to  pure  dams.  Bred  to 
inferior  mares,  the  stallion  marks  his  impress  wond^ifully  upon  the  )iro- 
o-eny,  and  the  pure  mares  also  transmit  their  characteristics  in  the  same 
vvouderful  manner. 

V.    The  Percheron  of  To-Day. 

The  Percheron  makes  a  capital  cross  upon  any  of  the  large,  roomy 
mares  of  this  country.  When  the  Percheron  is  bred  to  this  kind  of  dams, 
the  progeny  will  possess  gi-eat  size,  and  will  partake  essentially  of  the 
qualities  of  the  sire.  If  this  progeny  is  again  bred  to  a  pure  sire,  the 
result  is  a  three-quarters-bred  horse  that  is  but  little  inferior  to  tlie  Per- 
cheron in  all  that  constitutes  power  and  capability  for  w^ork. 

The  Percheron  is  not  w^hat  would  be  called  a  fast  horse.  He  is  r^ot 
suited  for  pleasure  driving,  and  yet  he  is  capable  of  making  long  jour- 
neys at  a  speed  fully  equal  to  that  of  horses  of  more  pretentions  to 
speed.  An  instance  is  given  where  58  miles  out  and  58  miles  back  w^as 
accomplished  ])y  a  Percheron  horse,  in  two  days,  the  traveling  time  out 
beino-  four  hours  and  two  miimtes,  while  m  returning  the  time  was  four 
hours,  one  minute  and  a  half ;  and  this  ^dthout  being  urged  wath  the 
whip.  Again,  a  horse  of  this  breed  was  driven  55  3-5  miles  over  a  hilly 
and  difiicult  road  in  four  hours  and  twenty-four  minutes,  without  distress 
to  the  animal. 

In  outward  appearance  the  Percheron  presents  a  head  that  is  not  long, 
with  broad  brow  and  slightly  dished  face,  showing  intelligence,  in  which 
respect  he  resembles  the  Arabian.  The  neck  is  of  fair  length,  strong, 
muscular  and  well-arched,  but,  like  the  head,  well  proportioned  to  the 
close-ribbed,  lound-barreled ,  short-backed  body.  The  hind-quarters  and 
shoulders  a.*e  muscular,  the  lower  part  of  the  leg  short,  hairy  and  pos- 
sessing immense  tendons.  The  hoofs  are  hard,  sound,  free  from  disease  ; 
but  the  Percheron  is  somewhat  inclined  to  be  tlat-footed.  The  height  is 
from  fifteen  to  sixteen  hands,  though  many  excellent  specimens  of  the 
breed  are  somewhat  under  fifteen  hands,  especially  the  lighter  Percheron 
proper.  The  same  description  will  apply  to  the  Norman  proper,  except 
that  he  is  larger  and  somcNvhat  coarser.  Their  general  color  is  gray, 
running  from  iron-gray  to  the  handsomest  dappled  gray. 

So  difficult  is  it  to  draw  the  dividing  line  between  the  Norman  and  the 
Percheron,  that  the  editor  of  the  Percheron-Norman  stud  book  seemed 
undecided  just  what,  and  what  not,  to  admit  into  the  stud  book.     Hence 


BREEDS    OF    HORSES   AND    THEIR    CHARACTERISTICS. 


129 


the  plan  was  adopted  of  giving  a  full  account  of  the  breeding,  and  crosses, 
so  far  as  obtainable,  and  admitting  to  registry  all  stallions  and  mares  im- 


ported from  France  as  Percheron,  Norman,  Percheron-Norman,  or  Nor- 
man-Percheron. 


130  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  lAV^  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

VI.    The  Conestoga  Horse. 

It  is  unfortunute  that  the  Conestoga,  one  of  the  very  best  of  Ameri- 
can horses  for  draft,  for  all  Avork  in  fact  on  the  road  or  on  the  farm, 
should  have  been  allowed  to  become  extinct.  Strong  and  able  in  every 
respect,  a  handsome,  quick-stepping  animal,  and  as  honest  as  an  ox  at  a 
dead  pull,  the  Conestoga  horse  possessed  qualities  which  entitled  his 
breed  to  perpetuation.  His  original  home  was  the  Conestoga  Valley,  of 
Pennsylvania,  and  hence  the  name.  This  valley  was  originally  settled  by 
Germans,  who  undoubtedly  brought  with  them  the  heavy  German  and 
Danish  horses  of  their  native  land.  Under  the  ample  feed  and  genial 
climate  of  the  Conestoga  Valley ,  these  foreign  horses  were,  by  careful 
selection,  and  an  occasional  dash  of  the  staunch  thorough  blood  of  those 
days,  developed  into  a  race  of  horses  ranging  from  sixteen  to  seventeen 
hands  in  height,  weighing  from  1250  to  1500  pounds,  and  proving  to  be 
among  the  most  valuable  horses  ever  known  for  drawhig  great  loads  over 
hill  and  mountain.  A  cross  of  the  Cleveland  Bay  upon  large,  round - 
barrelled,  roomy  mares  might  again  result  in  something  like  this  horse. 
The  experiment  would  be  well  worth  the  trial  by  breeders,  who  have  thcf 
will  and  the  years  before  them  to  originate  a  breed  of  horses,  that  would 
be  capable  of  doing  any  work,  from  deep  plowing,  to  wagoning  and  heavy 
carriage  work.  Though  the  Conestoga  is  no  longer  bred  in  purity,  there 
are  yet  many  mares  in  Pennsylvania  descended  from  this  stock,  which  if 
crossed  with  the  Cleveland  Bay,  as  we  have  known  him,  would,  the  breed 
being  carefully  perserved  in,  produce  a  stock  of  horses  possessing  most 
of  the  valuable  (|ualities  of  the  Conestoga.  There  are  many  such  horses, 
in  the  pastures  of  Ohio  and  Pennsylvania.  They  are  high  headed,  rather 
long  in  the  limbs,  not  quite  good  in  the  barrel ;  but,  if  bred  as  we  have 
described  the  outcome  would  be  most  satisfactory.  The  Cleveland  Bay 
is  not  really  a  draft  animal,  but  is  most  excellent  as  a  horse  of  all  work, 
and  will  he  described  further  on. 

VII.    Road  Horses. 

Many  persons  get  their  ideas  of  what  a  can-iage  horse,  and  especially 
a  driving  horse,  should  be,  from  English  books,  and  from  travelers  who 
have  visited  that  country.  So  far  as  action  for  show,  in  harness  and  the 
saddle,  are  concerned,  they  are  admirable  models,  omitting  their  docked 
tails,  which,  are  happily  going  out  of  fashion  there  :  and  which,  in  this 
country  of  generally  dry  roads  and  stinging  insects,  are  not  to  be  toler- 
ated at  all.  The  model  English  roadster  is  a  horse  in  high  condition  for 
service,  not  overloaded  with  fat,  but  in  a  condition  of  nmscular  strength 
and  ability  that  would  be  difficult  to  better.  A  horse  for  similar  road 
service  should  be  15  to  15  1-2  hands  high,  of  good  style,  and  well-mus- 
cled throughout.     If  he  be  half  to  three-quarters  bred  from  accepted 


BREEDS    OF   HORSES    AND    THEIR    CHARACTERISTICS.  131 

trotting  families,  so  much  the  better.  In  fact,  in  the  United  States,  as 
has  for  many  years  been  the  rule  in  England,  the  road  horses  of  the  bet- 
ter class,  a:re  strongly  imbued  with  thorough  blood.  Such  were  the 
Morgans,  and  such  are  the  Gold  Dusts,  while  many  gentlemen's  driving 
horses  now-a-days  are  closely  bred  to  the  blood  of  Hambletonian,  Bell- 
founder,  Abdallah  and  other  famous  getters  of  horses  for  the  trotting 
course.  In  another  part  of  this  work  will  be  found  portraits  of  the 
American  type  of  trotting  horses,  among  them  Goldsmith's  Maid,  and 
the  highly-bred  roadsters.  The  road  horse  should  not  only  be  a  horse  of 
good  substance  in  l)one  and  muscle,  but  he  should  also  be  an  animal  of 
fine  style,  a  quality  which  is  not  always  found  in  the  trotting  horse  of  the 
race  course.  If  he  can  go  fast  and  safely  ^^^th  high  action,  it  is  better  ; 
but  style  he  should  have,  and  his  temper  must  be  without  fault.  His 
head  must  be  light  and  held  well  up,  the  limbs  strong  and  clean,  the 
shoulders  and  pasterns  oblique,  and  having  that  springy,  nervous  action 
characteristic  only  of  high  breeding. 

VIII.  Trotting  Horses. 
"The  trotting  horse"  of  the  turf  has  appropriated  the  name  because  he 
is  par  excellence  the  fleetest  and  most  highly- valued  of  trotters.  The 
road  horse,  though  having  the  samG  gait,  falls  short  of  l)eing  a  "trotting 
iiorse,"  only  in  that  he  cannot  make  speed  with  the  wheel-and-harness 
kings  of  the  turf.  If  a  trotter  have  great  speed  the  lack  of  style  in  him 
is  overlooked.  If  he  is  stylish  and  fast  enough  for  line  driving  he  will 
bring  a  good  price  as  a  roadster,  even  though  he  do  not  possess  great 
speed.  A  trotter  which  lacks  both  style  and  speed  degenerates  into  a 
mere  hack. 

IX.    Hunting  Horses. 

Another  valuable  class  of  horses,  especially  in  the  South,  are  what 
would  be  denominated  in  England,  light  hunting  horses.  The  light  hunt- 
ing horse  must  be  well-bred,  able  to  gallop  at  speed,  and  to  leap  ordinary 
obstacles,  as  hedges,  ditches  and  fences  ;  in  this  country  he  should  be 
taught  to  swim  easily  and  take  to  the  water  promptly,  especially  when 
deer  is  the  game  hunted.  Thoroughbreds,  that  are  not  fast  enough  for 
the  turf,  make  capital  hunting  horses,  for  foxes,  and,  in  open,  smooth 
country,  for  deer  and  prairie  wolves  ;  but  they  are  not  capable  of  carry- 
ing heavy  weights  in  a  rough  country,  or  over  serious  obstacles,  and 
under  such  conditions  necessarily  soon  come  to  grief.  No  matter  what  may 
be  the  blood  of  a  horse,  if  he  do  not  take  kindly  to  the  water  and  to 
leaping,  he  would  be  dangerous  in  the  extreme  to  ride  to  hounds,  or  at 
least  would  soon  fall  behind  the  chase,  which  is  but  little  less  mortifying 
to  the  true  huntsman  than  to  he  landed  in  a  ditch.     The  hunter  of  to-dav 


132 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AXD  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


is  far  better-bred  and  lighter  than  those  which  men  now  in  middle  age 
rode  in  youth,  though  a  three-quarters-ljred  horse,  of  the  jMonmouth- 
Eclipse  blood,  upon  which  as  a  boy  we  followed  the  chase  in  Illinois,  up 


to  thirty  years  ago,  was  well-enough  bred  for  to-day.  He  was  a  large, 
slashing  horse,  that  never  refused  a  Virginia  fence,  ditch  or  water, — 
there  were  no  hedges  in  the  West  in  those  days — and  never  brought  the 
rider  to  grief,  though  sometimes  disaster  seemed  near  enough  as  we  went 


BKEKDS    OF    HOKSES    AJMD    THKIK    CHARACTERISTICS. 


floundering  in  and  out  of  deep,  muddy  streams.  The  horse,  the  deer- 
hound,  the  mastiff  and  the  boy  were  all  good  friends,  a  ventable  happy 
family  who  were  in  at  the  death  of  many  a  deer  and  prah-ie  wolf,  before 
fences  obstructed  the  chase  m  Northern  llUnois. 


\t^^ 


k 


A  Heavier  Hunting  Horse. — ^The  next  illustration  shows  a  heavier 
hunting  horse  for  the  saddle,  when  speed  and  bottom  are  desired.  He  is 
a  horse  of  good  style  and  action,  capable  of  long  and  high  speed  under 


134  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE   STOCK  DOCTOR. 

the  weight  of  a  man  of  180  pounds  — and  heavier  men  should  never 
hunt.     Such  a  horse  should  be  capable  of  great  speed  when  called  on, 


able,  and  wiUing  to  take  any  leap  a  sensible  man  would  put  him  at,  and 
sure-footed  to  a  high  degree.  To  this  end,  every  hunting  horse  should 
have  large  lungs  and  heart,  the  best  possible  form,  hard,  firm  bones, 


BREEDS    OF   HORSES   AND   THEIR   CHARACTERISTICS.  135 

strong  1 3ndons,  and  great  muscular  power.  He  should  be  cleanly  formed, 
oblique  shouldered  and  fetlocked,  with  high  withers.  If,  in  addition,  he 
have  what  is  called  a  double  loin,  he  will  cany  his  rider  safely  and  easily, 
and  combine  in  his  form  all  the  requisites  of  a  good  saddle  horse,  that 
will  leave  any  cold-blooded  horse  blown  in  a  very  short  trial  of  bottom  ; 
for  the  horses  we  have  been  describing  are  not  found  outside  the  range 
of  highly  bred  animals.  Nevertheless,  it  must  be  remembered  that  the 
hunting  horse  is  not  to  be  put  to  the  labor  of  draft ;  in  fact,  he  should 
never  be  harnessed.  He  is  a  saddle  horse,  and  the  form  required  to 
move  easily  in  harness,  and  especially  under  a  load,  would  soon  unfit  him 
for  the  saddle,  and  for  the  hunting  field. 

X.    Light  Driving  Horses. 

The  light  driving  horse  is  not  required  to  have  high  speed  ;  eight  to 
twelve  miles  an  hour  is  sufficient ;  but  he  must  be  of  unimpeachable  style 
and  action.  Such  horses  are  much  sought,  for  driving  on  smooth  roads, 
in  parks  and  pleasure-grounds,  where  style  and  luxurious  surroundings 
are  the  rule.  They  are  also  valuable  for  any  service  when  only  one  per- 
son, or,  at  most,  two  light  ones,  are  to  be  carried,  since  they  will  often 
go  rapidly  over  roads  with  one  person  where  heavier  horses  would  labor. 

Here,  again,  we  present  an  English  type  which  shows  a  horse,  the  per- 
fection of  style  and  action,  in  movement.  Sometimes  they  are  fast,  but 
not  when  going  in  the  form  shown  in  the  illustration.  The  head  is  out 
of  position  for  fast  work,  but  is  right  for  style  and  dainty  movement. 
It  will  be  observed  that  there  is  no  check' reit.  The  horse  has  been 
trained  under  a  curb,  and  requires  nearly  as  light  a  hand  to  manage  as 
though  under  the  saddle. 

XI.  Coach  Horses. 

The  carriage  horse  bears  to  the  coach  horse  the  same  relation  that  the 
light  driving  horse  bears  to  the  roadster.  Horses,  for  the  light  or  medi- 
um-weight carriage,  should  be  handsome  in  appearance,  and  of  better 
speed  than  those  used  for  the  coach  or  boxed-in  vehicle.  Any  road- 
horse  of  1050  to  1100  pounds  will  be  suitable  for  the  light  or  medium 
carriage.  For  the  coach,  a  more  stately  animal  is  sought.  He  may  have 
rather  long  limbs,  if  he  is  otherwise  of  suitable  form  and  of  good  style  ; 
but  he  must  not  be  deficient  in  muscular  power,  since  a  fair  speed 
is  required,  and  without  muscle  no  liorse  can  drag  a  coach  over  muddy, 
difficult  roads.  The  illustration  we  give  of  an  English  coach  horse 
shows  a  long-limbed,  rangey  horse,  stylish  and  muscular.  He  should  be 
from  16  to  17  hands  high,  with  clean-cut  head  and  neck,  since  only  this 
class  of  horses  can  acquire  the  high  stepping  action,  so  much  sought  by 


136 


CTCLOFtDlA  Oh   LIVE  8TOCH  AND  COMPLETE  8TOCB  DOCTOF 


those  able  to  own,  and  have  driven  for  them,  in  the  functions  usual  in  city 
\ie  by  the  wealthy.  In  the  United  States,  for  the  heavy  coach,  the  Grer- 
jian  Coacn  horse  is  preferred  by  many.  The  better  class  are  admirably 
atted  therefor.  The  horse,  however,  that  most  closely  fills  the  bill,  both 
rj:  the  family  carriage,  ttie  close  coach,  and  the  Ira^,  to  our  mmd.  Is  the 
French  Coach  horse, 
having  great  style,  ele- 
gant proportions,  up- 
right carriage,  high 
speed  when  necessary, 
andundaunted  courage, 
and  the  proof  is  that  in 
these  last  years  of  the 
last  decade  of  the  cen- 
tury, they  aretaking  the 
bulk  of  the  prizes  at  the 
horse  shows.  East  and 
West.  The  flash  action 
of  Indra  fully  shows 
pure  trotting  style.  Is 
there  better  hock  and 
knee  action  than  that  of 
Palestine,  shown  on 
page  260,  or  more  grace, 
dignity  and  majesty 
than  in  Perfection, 
^hown  on  page  270? 
These  won,  over  all 
breeds  of  any  age  or 
size,  and  with  Palestine, 
the  Challenge  Cup,  at 
Chicago  in  1897. 


FIKST  PUlZlL)  TWO-YEAR-OLD  MORGAN  STALLION. 
Specially   photographed   for   this  work. 

XII.  The  Cleveland  Bay. 
We  come  next  to  a  class  of  horses  always  held  in  the  highest  esteem 
for  their  many  valuable  qualities.  It  is  a  horse  that  is  now  bred  to  a  de- 
gree of  perfection  that  leaves  little  to  be  desired  in  all  that  goes  to  con- 
stitute si^e,  style  and  ability  to  perform  any  labor  that  may  be  requir- 
ed -  except  the  heaviest  drudgery.     The  Cleveland  Bays  are  good  carriage 


BKKKI)!S    OF    HORSES   AJND    TllKlH    OHARACTKKISTICS, 


1.S7 


horses,  good  and  stout  wagon  or  plow  horses,  and  they  match  together 
about  as  easily  as  Devon  cattle,  combining,  as  they  do,  plenty  of  staunch 


ihorough  blood,  with  tair  size  and  constitutional  vigor.  WTien  lirst  intro- 
duced into  the  W  est,  they  speediJy  grew  into  favor,  but  later  the  Percheron 
and  especially  the  French  Coach  horse  and  the  German  Coach  horse,  as 
'X)mbhiing  full  size,  speed  and  greater  strenp^th,  have  superseded  them  in  9 


138  OTCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  8TOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

great  measure.     The  Cleveland  Bay  is  remarkable  for  color,   a  pure  bay, 
dashed  only  at  the  fetlocks  and  in  the  forehead  with  white. 

XIII.     The  French  Coach  Horse. 

The  French  Coach  horse  is  as  near  perfection  as  a  speedy,  showy  horse, 
of  great  courage  and  endurance,  of  ample  height  and  contour  can  be,  and 
of  weight  sufficient  to  carry  a  good  weight  at  a  fast  pace  when  called  on. 
Their  colors,  too,  are  solid,  as  to  the  body,  being,  as  a  rule,  when  well 
bred,  bay,  brown  or  black,  relieved  often  with  a  white  star  in  the  fore- 
head, with  dashes  of  white  on  the  fetlocks.  Their  breeding  has  been  most 
careful  and  scientific,  having  been  entirely  under  the  control  of  the  Govern- 
ment of  France.  This  consists,  first,  of  stallions  owned  by  the  Government 
itself;  second,  stallions  belonging  to  private  individuals  inspected  and 
approved  by  the  Government,  such  approved  stallions  receiving  from  the 
Government,  as  long  as  they  are  so  kept,  from  300  to  3,000  francs  per 
annum,  according  to  their  breeding  and  superior  excellence;  third,  author- 
ized stallions — animals  that  by  Government  inspection  are  pronounced  of 
good  quality  and  worthy  of  public  patronage;  therefore,  the  fixity  of  type 
is  fully  perfected.  The  French  Coach  breed,  instead  of  being  the  product 
of  a  multiplicity  of  ideas,  has  been  developed  under  the  exclusive  guidance 
of  the  Director-General  of  the  National  Studs  of  France,  and  as  these  offi- 
cials are  educated  in  the  same  school  from  generation  to  generation,  are 
taught  to  value  the  same  form,  seek  for  the  same  qualities,  and  pursue  the 
same  system,  we  can  understand  how  it  has  been  possible  for  them  to  attain 
such  high  perfection  and  great  uniformity  in  the  horses  of  the  country. 
The  power  exercised  by  the  Inspector-General  is  extraordinary,  controlling 
as  he  does  the  selection  of  the  2,500  stallions  owned  exclusively  by  the 
Government  and  the  thousands  of  others  annually  inspected,  which  must 
obtain  his  approval  before  receiving  their  permits  and  subsidy;  and  further, 
all  breeders  are  confined  exclusively  to  the  use  of  animals  inspected  and 
licensed  by  this  department.  This  places  horse-breeding  entirely  under 
Government  control  as  far  as  the  stallions,  which  greatly  control  results, 
can  do.  Hence,  we  do  not  hesitate  to  state,  as  an  individual  opinion,  that, 
as  now  constituted,  they  are  the  peer  of  any  other  coach  horse  in  the  world. 
XIV.     The  Hackney  Horse. 

As  a  well-bred  harness  horse,  high  stepping,  active,  swift  and  elegant, 
the  English  Hackney  now  stands  in  the  first  class,  both  East  and  West. 
Some  men,  who  ought  to  know  better,  imagine  that  they  have  Mongrel 
blood  in  them.  Far  from  it.  An  English  authority  of  note,  in  1894,  says 
that  it  is  to  the  Darley  Arabian  (imported  into  England  in  1706),  that  all 
the  noted  Hackney  sires  of  to-day  are  to  be  traced  without  a  flaw.  The 
Darley  Arabian  begat  Flying  Childers,  which  was  the  sire  of  Blaze,  which 


cKtfcDS  OF  HORSES  AND  THEIR  CHARACTERISTICS. 


139 


X 
> 
a 

-,  ^ 

o  f 
p  O 
-  ^ 


140 


•VCL01'i:i)I  A  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOH 


A    CHOICE    FIVE-GAITED    SADDLER. 

This  horse  is  pronounced  by  expert  judges  to  be  almost  perfection  in  type. 
Note  his  length  of  neck,  height  of  withers,  shortness  of  back,  strength  of  loin 
and  long,  level  croup.  Such  a  conformation  is  well  suited  for  carrying  weight. 
The  picture  shows  him  to  be  a  little  too  straight  in  the  front  pasterns.  Height, 
16   hands;   weight,   1175   pounds. 

Five-gaited  saddle  horses,  sometimes  spoken  of  as  gaited  saddle  horses  or 
American  saddle  horses,  are  distinctly  an  American  product.  A  recognized  type 
has  been  brought  about  by  skillful  selection  and  breeding  for  more  than  half 
a  century.  The  principal  requirements  are  that  they  possess  at  least  five  ol 
the  recognized  distinct  gaits  under  the  saddle,  to-wit:  walk,  single  foot  or  rack, 
running  walk  or  fox  trot,  trot,  and  canter. 

The  five-gaited  saddler  should  stand  from  15  to  16  hands  high  and  weigh 
from  900  to  1200  pounds,  the  most  desirable  height  being  15-2  to  15-3  hands  and 
weigh  around  1050  to  1150  pounds.  He  should  be  of  a  kind  disposition,  have  a 
good  mouth,  possess  courage  and  ambition,  and  the  conformation  of  a  weight 
carrier.  His  head  should  be  fine,  clean  cut,  and  breedy  looking;  his  neck  long, 
arched,  and  set  on  an  oblique  shoulder  with  muscles  extending  well  into  the 
back,  the  withers  high  and  well  finished.  An  oblique  shoulder  is  Imperative  or 
he  will  not  be  able  to  go  the  required  gaits  with  ease  to  liimself  and  rider.  In 
order  to  carry  weight  well  he  should  possess  a  strong,  level,  short  back  and  be 
closely  coupled.  His  legs  and  quarters  should  be  well  muscled,  croup  not  droop- 
ing, and  he   should  carry  a  long,   flowing  tail. 


BREEDS    OF    HORSES    AND    THEIR    CHARACTERISTICS.  141 

begat  Shales,  and  from  this  latter  sire  are  descended,  in  a  direct  line,  such 
well-known  Hackney  sires  as  Driver,  foaled  in  1765;  Fireaway^  foaled  in 
1780;  Fireaway,  foaled  in  1815;  Wildfire,  foaled  in  1827;  Phenomenon, 
foaled  in  1835;  Performer,  foaled  in  1846,  and  Denmark,  foaled  in  1862. 
The  progeny  of  Denmark  is  known  all  over  the  world  through  his  son 
Danegelt,  who  is  the  sire  of  Matchless  of  Londesboro,  Ganymede,  Lord 
Wilton,  Saxon,  Gen.  Gordon,  Astonishment,  and  others  too  numerous  to 
mention  Although  many  Arabian  stallions  found  their  way  into  England 
in  the  course  of  the  fifty  years  prior  to  1800,  the  infinite  superiority  of 
those  old  Eastern  sires,  the  Darley  Arabian,  imported  in  1706,  and  the 
Godolphin  Arabian,  about  1730,  has  never  been  surpassed  and  it  is  remark- 
able, but  nevertheless  true,  that  these  two  animals  not  only  founded  the 
English  race  horse,  or  Thoroughbred,  but  also  the  Hackney  breed.  They 
have  continually  increased  in  value  of  late  years,  and  bring  high  prices 
when  bred  by  horsemen  of  intelligence  and  aptitude  in  their  art. 

The  Gaited  Saddler. 

The  "combined"  horse  or  Gaited  Saddler  is  a  product  of  Kentucky.  It 
is  a  horse  combining  fine  action,  docility  and  intelligence  to  acipiire  gaits, 
and,  as  now  bred,  has  the  heredity  that  makes  the  several  gaits  come  natural 
Hence,  when  acquired,  they  are  not  lost  from  disuse.  It  is  an  animal  that 
is  as  good  in  the  light  carriage  as  under  the  saddle.  Now  is  it  the  fact 
that  light  driving  injures  the  horse  for  saddle  purposes,  as  some 
suppose?  It  is  true  that  combined  horses  are  not  plentiful,  but  they  are 
becoming  more  and  more  so  year  by  year.  But  do  not  acquire  the  belief 
that  any  harness  horse  may  become  a  saddler.  The  walk,  trot  and  canter 
does  not  constitute  the  saddle  horse  of  to-day.  The  gaited  saddle  horse 
must  have  saddle  horse  breeding,  saddle  horse  action,  saddle  horse  instinct, 
and  saddle  horse  education. 

XV.     Ponies. 

Ponies  are  much  sought,  of  late  years,  for  children's  riding,  and  for  pony 
carriages.  Indian  ponies,  Canadian  ponies,  and  Shetlands  have  all  been 
called  into  requisition,  while  in  the  West  and  South  the  smaller  Mustangs  of 
Texas  are  used.  Unless  taken  young,  the  Mustangs  are  wild,  intractable, 
and  often  vicious.  The  Indian  pony  is  fast  becoming  extinct,  and  Canadian 
ponies  are  also  growing  scarce.  These  latter,  many  of  them^  are  really  hand- 
some, small  horses,  of  thirteen  to  fourteen  hands  high,  hardy,  docile  and  of 
tne  most  steadfast  nerve,  courage  and  bottom.  They  are  self-willed,  but 
perfectly  tractable  if  not  abused.  Shetland  ponies  are  stili  smaller,  and 
rougher;  but  they  are  ambitious  little  fellows,  and  scamper  along  easily  at 
a  good  pace,  with  a  twelve  year  old  boy  or  girl  on  their  backs.  The  illus- 
cratioD  show.s  a  grpnp  gf  these  hardy  little  animals.      It  is  claimed  that 


142  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR, 

no  true  Shetland  can  be  more  than  eleven  hands  high,  and  some  of  those 
in  the  extreme  northern  isles  of  Toll  and  Unst  do   not  exceed  seven  and 


W'-lMm 


a  half  hands.     The  average  is  from  nine  to  ten  hands.     Although  the 
eroallest  of  ponies,  they  are  the  most  perfect  in  form,  rounc?  mi  closed 


BREBDS   OF    HORSES    AND  THEIR    CHARACTERISTICS.  143 

ribbed-up,  with  lean  bony  heads,  wide  between  the  eyes,  and  otherwiso 
well  shaped,  very  muscular,  with  coarse  bushy  manes  and  tails.  They  are 
gentle  and  easily  trained  ;  and  it  is  said  that  some  of  them  are  capable  of 
canying  a  light  man  forty  miles  between  sunrise  and  sunset. 

The  Mustang. — The  Mustangs  are  undersized  and  not  handsome  ;  de- 
scended from  horses  gone  wild  after  escaping  from  the  early  Spanish  ad- 
venturers, they  have  degenerated  owing  to  the  scanty  fare  and  hard  usage 
received  at  the  hands  of  their  Indian  masters.  They  are  of  various  colors,  as 
are  all  the  semi-wild  horses  of  Texas  and  Mexico.  The  Indian  ponies  found 
in  the  West  are  undoubtedly  of  the  same  origin  as  the  Canadian  pony. 
They  are  pure,  but  modified,  Norman,  escaped  from  domestication  and 
bred  in  a  half  wild  state  by  the  Indians  of  the  Northwestern  States  and 
Territories.  They  arelarger  and  heavier  than  the  Indian  horse  or  Mustang 
of  the  Southwestern  plains  and  are  in  every  way  superior  animals.  Some- 
times they  are  fom-teen  hands  high,  but  the  average  is  about  thirteen 
hands.  They  are  compact,  closely  ribbed,  stout,  muscular,  couragous 
little  fellows,  docile  and  sagacious  in  the  extreme,  with  wavy  tails,  and 
shaggy  manes  falling  on  both  sides  of  the  neck.  If  carefully  bred  in  high 
northern  latitudes,  and  well-trained,  they  would  make  admirable  chil- 
dren's ponies  and  would  readily  sell  for  large  prices  to  the  wealthy. 

XVI.  The  Vermont  Draft  Horse. 

TWs  is  another  breed  of  horses  of  most  admirable  qualities,  specimens 
of  which  are  now  very  rare,  probably  because  their  use  in  cities  has  been 
superseded  by  the  introduction  of  the  Percheron,  Clydesdale  and  other 
heavier  animals.  The  Vermont  draft  horses  would  weigh  from  1,150  to 
1,200  pounds  ;  of  fine  breeding,  clean-limbed,  handsome,  muscular,  with 
fine  crests,  capable  of  drawing  heavy  loads  at  a  good  pace,  they  were 
in  the  days  preceding  the  advent  of  the  locomotive,  the  crack  horses  of 
the  stage  companies  of  the  Northern  New  England  States.  As  cavalry 
horses,  they  were  said  to  have  no  superior,  since  they  moved  with  speed, 
alertness,  and  with  great  force  and  power  by  reason  of  their  weight.  It 
is  to  be  hoped  that  we  may  find,  in  the  Cleveland  Bay  and  his  crosses, 
as  good  an  animal  of  all  work,  both  for  saddle  and  harness. 

XVII.  The  Narragansett  Pacer. 

Here  is  another  of  the  extinct  races  of  American  horses,  one  that  is 
said  to  have  originated  in  Rhode  Island,  from  an  Andalusian  stallion 
brought  from  Spain  at  an  early  day.  They  were  largely  raised,  during 
the  last  century  and  the  first  part  of  the  present  century,  for  exportation 
to  the  West  India  Islands  for  the  use  of  the  families  of  the  planters. 
Their  only  gait  was  a  pace  of  the  most  perfect  and  easy-going  descrip- 
tion.   They  are  reputed  to  have  been  so  easy-going  that  ladies  could  ride 


CYCLOPEDIA  or  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

them  forty  miles  a  day  for  many  days  in  succession  without  experiencing 
excessive  fatigue.  Tliat  they  were  horses  of  great  ])ottom,  and  some- 
times of  extraordinary  speed,  is  undoubtedly  true.  The  Colonial  divine, 
Dr.  McSparren,  in  his  "America  Dissected,"  speaking  of  the  horses  of 
Virginia,  says:  "There  were  plenty  of  a  small  sort  of  horses  —  the  l)est 
in  the  world,  like  the  little  Scotch  Galloways  ;  and  'tis  no  extraordinary 
journey  to  ride  from  sixty  to  seventy  miles  in  a  day.  I  have  often,  but 
on  larger  pacing  liorses,  rode  fifty,  nay,  sixty,  miles  a  day,  even  here  in 


CHAMPION  GAITED  SADDLE  MARE  LADY  GLENN. 

New  England,  where  the  roads  are  rough,  stony  and  uneven."  Again, 
speaking  of  the  Narragansett  pacer  particularly,  as  an  animal  for  export, 
he  says  :  "  They  are  remarkable  for  swift  pacing  ,  and  I  have  seen  some 
of  them  pace  a  mile  in  a  little  moie  than  two  minutes,  and  a  good  deal 
less  than  three."  The  good  doctor  probably  did  not  hold  a  timing-watch 
on  them  The  stoiy,  however,  is  fully  as  credible  as  that  oth  sr  story  of 
Flying  Childers  having  ruu  a  mile  in  a  minute. 


WJMMWl)»f"l'-!|'< 


r-"' 


Ft 


^ 


BREEDS  OF  HORSES  AND  THEIR  CHARACTERISTICS,  145 

XVIII.    The  Shire. 

The  Shire  horse  traces  his  history  to  the  days  of  the  Roman  conquest 
— one  of  the  oldest  of  the  well  defined  breeds  of  unbroken  lineage.  He 
was  used  in  the  early  periods  as  a  war  horse  because  of  his  size  and  ability 
to  bear  heavy  burdens  when  armor  was  worn.  He  was  in  general  use 
for  this  purpose  in  the  16th  century.  Paintings  dating  back  to  the  15th 
century  represent  him  in  the  perfection  of  form. 

The  special  home  of  the  Shire  horse  is  in  England,  especially  in  the 
east  central  part  in  the  counties  of  Norwich,  Derby,  Leicester,  Notting- 
ham, Northampton,  Huntington,  Lincoln  and  Cambridge.  He  is  found, 
of  course,  in  other  sections  of  England,  including  the  low-lying  lands. 
He  is  mentioned  in  English  history  as  the  Great  Horse,  the  War  Horse, 
the  Cart  Horse,  the  old  English  Black  Horse,  the  Lincolnshire  Giant, 
as  well  as  the  Shire.  Some  of  these  names  were  current  at  the  period 
of  Oliver  Cromwell. 

Like  every  other  standard  breed  he  has  improved  by  the  infusion  of 
blood,  notably  the  north  German  and  Flanders  blood,  which  is  represented 
in  the  best  samples  of  the  English  horse.  Like  the  other  standard 
animals,  he  is  today  in  his  perfection  the  result  of  more  or  less  mixed 
breeding. 

In  the  latter  part  of  the  18th  century  Robert  Bakewell  greatly  im- 
proved the  Shire  under  the  name  of  the  Leicestershire  Cart  Horse.  This 
improvement  was  made  by  systematic  crossing  with  English  stallions. 
He  pursued  a  careful  course  of  selection  and  added  greatly  to  the  value 
of  the  breed.  It  was  during  the  18th  century  that  this  horse  came  into 
special  use  for  draft  and  farming  puiposes,  as  the  coat  of  armor  had 
become  obsolete  and,  hence,  the  demand  for  Roman  war  less  imperative. 
As  a  draft  horse  he  came  into  special  demand  with  the  improvements 
of  roads  and  the  use  of  coaches.  In  a  most  interesting  historical  work 
Gilbey  gives  illustrations  of  Shire  horses  which  are  copies  of  paintings 
by  distinguished  artists  of  a  period  dating  as  far  back  as  1792.  There 
are  many  of  these  well  known  paintings  which  established  the  existence 
and  the  popularity  of  the  Shire  horse  at  that  period.  The  old-fashioned 
type  of  Shire  horse  was,  however,  coarse  and  slow,  with  big  heads,  coarse 
ears,  thick  lips  with  long  hairs  on  them.  The  pasterns  were  straight, 
the  legs  hairy  and  the  shoulders  heavy.  They  were  mild  of  tempera- 
ment but  sluggish  in  action.  The  pictures  would  indicate  great  excess 
of  hair,  which  does  not  exist.  The  modern  English  Shire,  while  retain- 
ing these  characteristics,  they  are  modified,  but,  as  at  present,  his  body 
was  massive,  compact  and  round,  his  limbs  strong,  his  chest  notably 
broad  and  his  neck  and  back  short.  The  present  characteristics  of  thick 
mane,  hairy  legs  below  the  knee  and  down  to  the  heels  have  always  per- 
tained to  him.     As  a  draft  horse  for  heavy  weight,  h<?  is  admirable  and 


146  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

useful.  For  quick  action  and  mettle  his  bulky  body,  conformation  and 
temperament  unfit  him.  In  a  Standard  Stud-book  the  different  varie- 
ties of  the  Shire  that  formerly  existed  in  England  are  classified  as  three, 
as  follows: 

(1)  Those  having  the  upper  lip  garnished  ^vith  a  long,  thick  mous- 
tache, considered  at  one  time  a  distinguishing  characteristic  of  the  Lin- 
colnshire horse. 

(2)  Horses  having  the  lips,  muzzle,  and  eyelids  destitute  of  the  hair. 
The  skin  in  these  places  is  either  entirely  bald  or  covered  with  exceed- 
ingly fine  down,  is  almost  invariably  flesh  colored,  and  is  sometimes 
marl:  3d  with  small  dark  spots  and  blotches.  These  are  termed  bald 
horses  or  bald  faced. 

(3)  Those  having  a  long  tuft  of  hair  growing  from  the  front  of  each 
knee,  and  rarer  examples  having  also  a  similar  growth  from  the  hind 
part  of  the  hock,  just  below  its  point.  This  is  quite  different  from  the 
ordinary  hair  on  the  back  of  the  cannons. 

The  Shire  of  today  is  a  marked  improvement  over  the  horse  of  fifty 
and  one  hundred  years  ago.  The  features  of  large  size,  hairy  legs,  and 
draft  type  have  been  maintained,  but  he  has  in  his  improved  condition 
more  action,  spirit  and  life,  has  more  grace  of  form  and  quality  of  finish 
and  more  uniformity  of  type.  The  standard  breeders  recognized  the 
need  of  an  immediate  improvement  of  their  draft  horse  for  emphasizing 
quality,  action,  flat  bone  and  uniformity.  This  improvement  has  been 
greatly  aided  by  the  Shire  Horse  Societies. 

He  is  the  largest  of  the  British  draft  breeds  and  is  excelled  in  weight 
only  by  the  Belgian.  Stallions  weigh  from  1,800  to  2,000  pounds  and 
are  comparatively  common,  massiveness  having  long  been  sought  by 
Shire  breeders.  In  height  the  Shire  stallion  should  stand  close  to 
seventeen  hands,  although  the  average  is  about  two  inches  less.  The 
color  of  this  breed  is  somewhat  variable,  though  of  recent  years  bays  and 
browns  have  been  most  common,  white  markings  on  the  face  or  forehead 
and  on  the  legs  below  the  knee  or  hock  being  likewise  characteristic.  In 
a  minor  degree  there  are  shades  of  roan,  gray,  black,  sorrel  and  chestnut. 
The  barrel  of  the  Shire  is  larger  and  deeper  than  that  of  the  Clydesdale, 
thus  giving  more  weight.  The  legs  are  large,  powerful  and  the  bone 
fairly  flat.  British  critics  in  the  past  have  objected  to  round  cannons, 
and  flatter,  stronger  legs  have  become  more  common  in  recent  years. 
The  back  of  the  cannon  bones,  knees  and  hocks  have  long,  flowing,  fine 
hair  in  the  best  specimens  of  the  breed.  Excessive  leg  hair  is  objected 
to  as  indicating  too  much  sluggishness  and  lack  of  quality.  Less  hair 
and  finer  bone  is  preferred.  The  pasterns  have  been  subject  to  criticism 
as  being  too  short  and  not  sloping  enough,  though  modern  types  show 
improvement  here.     The  feet  are  large  and  inclined  to  be  flat  at  the 


BREEDS  OF  HORSES  AND  THEIR  CHARACTERISTICS.  147 

heel.  The  head  is  somewhat  Roman  in  profile  and  there  is  a  lack  of 
breadth  between  the  eyes  which  is  noticablc  and  not  to  be  desired.  The 
croup  is  long  and  broad  but  not  so  level  as  that  of  the  Clydesdale,  though 
the  difference  is  not  great.  The  action  is  greatly  improved  over  early 
days  notwithstanding  the  Shire  is  more  deficient  in  this  feature  than  the 
other  draft  breeds  as  it  still  preserves  more  or  less  of  its  early  inherited 
sluggishness. 

There  are  American  critics  who  charge  the  breed  with  lack  of  action, 
with  too  hairy  a  leg,  which  will  probably  never  he  popular  in  this 
country,  and  with  too  fiat  a  foot.  This  objection  has  had  the  effect  to 
limit  the  number  of  Shires  imported  to  this  country  in  recent  years. 
We  have  no  absolutely  definite  data  as  to  the  period  of  the  first  impor- 
tation of  the  Shires  to  America.  It  began  many  years  ago.  We  have 
record  of  an  importation  to  Canada  in  1836  from  England.  Another 
noted  horse  named  King  Alfred  was  imported  in  1847.  A  noted  im- 
portation was  that  of  the  horse  John  Bull,  which  was  brought  from  Eng- 
land to  Illinois  in  1853.  Others  followed  to  an  extent  that  made 
northern  Illinois  somewhat  famous  for  its  Shire  horses. 

The  first  advertisements  of  Shire  stallions  in  this  country  were  as  late 
as  1875.  They  were  then  popularized  to  the  extent  that  many  were  im- 
ported but  in  later  years  the  importations  have  decreased. 

The  objectionable  features  of  the  Shire  horse  are  greatly  relieved  by 
crossing  w4th  large  mares  and  at  the  same  time  the  typical  Shire  con- 
formation is  preserved.  The  typical  hairy  legs,  which  is  a  chief  objec- 
tion, is  preserved  in  the  crossing.  The  Shire  breed  is  confined  almost 
wholly  to  English  speaking  countries,  having,  however,  his  greatest 
popularity  in  England  where  he  is  recognized  as  the  really  great  draft 
breed.  In  America  the  breed  is  confined  largely  to  the  states  of  Illinois, 
Indiana,  Ohio,  and  the  states  of  the  upper  Mississippi  valley.  The  de- 
mand for  the  Shire  horse  is  especially  marked  in  cities.  His  heavy 
weight  makes  him  of  special  value  for  draft  purposes  in  large  cities.  In 
such  he  commands  high  prices  ranging  from  $400  to  $900,  the  latter 
being  the  highest  record.  As  a  show  horse  he  has  not  excited  great 
attention  or  become  especially  popular  in  America.  The  conditions  in 
England  being  different,  the  Shire  exhibitions  there  are  very  notable 
events.  A  recent  annual  show  of  the  Shire  Society  in  England  brought 
together  an  entry  of  700  stallions  and  mares.  This,  however,  has  no 
parallel  in  America.  There  are  a  half  dozen  prominent  importers  of 
the  Shire  horse,  especially  in  Ohio  and  Illinois,  whose  business  has  been 
well  sustained  by  a  profitable  demand.  The  rapid  growth  of  our  cities 
of  the  first,  second  and  third  class  will  increase  this  demand  and  sustain 
the  improvements  of  the  breed. 


148  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR.  ^ 

XIX.  The  Belgian  Horse. 

The  Belgian  horse  takes  his  name  from  the  country  of  his  nativity — 
Belgium.  That  country  was  famous  for  producing  horses  at  the  begin- 
ning of  the  Christian  era.  The  man  and  the  horse  seem  to  have  had 
close  relationship  in  that  country  in  pre-historic  times.  They  have  bred 
and  raised  horses  not  only  for  their  own  use  but  for  export  to  all  civilized 
countries.  Their  inability  to  meet  demand  is  a  matter  of  record  and 
accounts  for  good  prices  always  maintained.  It  was  one  of  the  leading 
industries  in  that  country  at  every  period  of  its  history.  The  industry 
of  that  country'  has  received  special  recognition  from  the  government 
w^hich  established  a  stud  for  stallions  by  way  of  encouragement  and 
assistance  in  that  industry.  Much  attention  has  been  given  to  the  im- 
provement of  the  draft  horse.  That  is  the  only  horse  receiving  special 
recognition  and  assistance  from  the  government. 

The  methods  employed  by  the  Belgium  government  to  encourage 
horse  breeding  are  interesting.  State  regulations  concerning  the  breed- 
ing of  draft  horses  are  subject  to  constant  supervision.  The  government 
expends  annually  350,000  francs,  equal  to  $70,000,  in  behalf  of  that 
work.  The  money  is  used  to  meet  the  expenses  of  shows,  of  foals  and 
mares,  which  are  fixed  by  provincial  regulations  and  which  occur  in 
some  44  different  places.  Stallions  are  submitted  for  examination  at 
these  times  and  places.  At  these  shows  large  monetary  prizes  are  offered 
for  first  and  second  prizes  for  the  best  specimens  of  the  horse  of  different 
ages.  Careful  records  are  kept  of  the  horse  winning  premiums  and  two 
or  three  successive  premiums  entitle  the  winner  to  compete  for  a  bounty 
of  about  $1,200  payable  annually  as  long  as  the  horse  remains  approved 
by  a  commission  of  examination  and  retains  its  value.  At  the  end  of 
five  years  the  owner  of  such  a  stallion,  if  it  remains  approved,  may  con- 
tinue to  enjoy  an  annual  maintenance  of  from  600  to  800  francs.  In 
case  a  stallion  that  has  received  the  600  francs  bounty  is  sold  to  leave 
Belgium  the  premiums  received  must  be  returned  to  the  treasury  of  the 
state.  There  is  an  annual  competition  in  each  province  for  stallions 
four  years  old  or  over  that  have  won  the  above  special  prizes  at  which 
they  may  compete  for  a  first  prize  of  900  francs  and  a  second  prize  of 
700  francs.  The  government  encouragement  and  government  aid  have 
been  great  factors  in  the  development  and  in  the  world  supply  of  this 
noted  horse. 

The  history  of  the  Belgian  draft  horse  in  America  is  comprised  within 
fifty  years.  The  breed  was  especially  promoted  in  this  country  in  1888 
by  a  citizen  of  that  country,  by  name  Mr.  E.  Lefebure,  who  settled  in 
Iowa.  From  1888  until  his  death  in  1905  he  was  active  in  promoting 
the  breed  of  the  Belgian  horse  in  this  country. 


BREEDS  OF  HORSES  AND  THEIR  CHARACTERISTICS.  149 

XX.   Characteristics  of  the  Belgian  Horse. 

The  general  conformation  is  of  the  most  compact  form,  this  breed 
having  a  maximum  of  weight  within  a  given  space.  The  body  is  very 
full  in  the  breast  and  unusually  broad  and  deep  in  the  back,  no  breed 
in  proportion  to  its  size  showing  so  much  body  girth.  Symmetry  of 
form  is  not  os  frequent  as  in  some  other  breeds,  or  as  should  be  wished, 
owing  to  a  rather  characteristic  steepness  and  shortness  of  rump  ex- 
tremely common  with  Belgians,  with  the  tail  set  rather  low.  The  head 
shows  considerable  refinement  and  is  carried  with  spirit  on  a  short, 
symmetrical  neck.  The  head,  neck  and  rump  rather  suggest  the 
French  breeds  in  style  and  carriage.  The  legs  of  the  Belgians  are  devoid 
of  long  hair  and  are  notably  short.  Compared  with  an  ordinary  draft 
horse  one  is  impressed  by  the  closeness  ^dth  which  the  body  comes  to  the 
ground.  While  the  legs  may  not  be  open  to  objection,  frequently  there 
is  a  tendency  to  too  much  lightness  of  bone  and  lack  of  substance  to 
support  the  body  weight  and  withstand  the  most  severe  labor.  The 
hocks  do  not  show  great  depth  and  strength  as  frequently  as  might  be 
desirable.  The  feet  has  been  an  important  criticism  of  the  breed  h^ 
Americans.  These  tend  to  be  small  and  lack  in  circumference  at  the 
crown  besides  being  high  and  narrow  at  the  heel.  Probably  no  class  of 
draft  hoi*se  brought  to  America  has  had  the  feet  so  severely  criticised 
as  does  the  Belgian.  There  is  reason  in  this  objection  if  the  specimens 
exhibited  in  America  are  a  fair  basis  of  judgment.  The  Belgian  is 
somewhat  slow  in  action  though  some  remarkable  actors  have  been  seen 
in  our  shows.  In  a  recent  International  Live  Stock  Show  there  was  one 
exhibit  of  a  Belgian  with  stride  and  style  most  unusual  in  a  draft  horse 
of  any  breed. 

The  chestnut  is  the  most  popular  in  color  though  they  are  frequently 
found  in  bays,  bay-browns  and  roans.  The  gray  Belgian  is  not  in  favor 
either  here  or  in  his  native  country.     Height  and  weight  vary. 

At  the  Louisiana  Purchase  Exposition  in  St.  Louis,  there  was  a  special 
commission  from  Belgium  in  charge  of  the  exhibit  of  Belgian  draft 
horses.  The  exhibit  was  especially  representative  of  which  three  types 
were  distinct  and  noted.  These  three  types  represented  three  different 
sections  of  the  country  from  which  they  came.  Those  from  Flanders 
ranged  in  height  from  16%  to  17  hands  or  more  and  the  weight  of  the 
stallion  about  2,000  pounds.  Those  from  Brabant,  another  section, 
stand  15%  to  16%  hands  and  the  stallions  weigh  about  1,600  pounds, 
while  those  of  the  Ardenais  stand  from  15  to  ISYo  hands  in  height  and 
weigh  about  1,200  pounds. 

The  Belgian  draft  horse  stands  without  a  superior  in  temperament. 
This  is  due,  no  doubt,  to  the  fact  of  being  raised  in  a  country  having 


150 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


small  farms  where  he  is  in  close,  every-day  contact  with  the  life  of  the 
people.     They  are  docile  of  temper  and  have  great  draft  power. 

There  is  a  cross  bred  Belgian  horse  but  he  has  been  little  seen  in  the 
United  States.  He  is  popular  where  he  is  known.  The  horse,  on  the 
whole,  has  an  attractive  individuality.     They  seem  to  be  sound  of  limb 


OME  OF  THE  FAMOUS  ONES 


and  possessed  of  blocky  form  and  weight,  so  much  in  demand  for  heavy 
hauling.  There  is  a  widespread  distribution  of  the  Belgian  draft  horse 
to  Germany,  England,  Plolland,  Sweden,  France,  Denmark,  Austria 
and  the  United  States.  In  this  country  he  is  best  known  in  Iowa,  Illi- 
nois and  Indiana.  They  are,  however,  rapidly  becoming  distributed 
over  the  Mississippi  valley  states  north  of  Ohio,  where  the  heavy  draft 
horse  is  most  needed. 


BREEDS    OF    HORSES    AND    THEIR    CHARACTERISTICS 


CHAPTER  Vn. 

THOROUGHBRED  HORSES. 


I.  ENGLISH  THOROUGHBREDS. II.   HERBERT'S  HISTORVOF  THE  ENGLISH  HORSE. 

III.   THE    FlUST   LONDON    RACE    COURSE. IV.   HORSES    TAKEN    TO    ENGLAND    BY 

CRUSADERS. V.   BONE  AND  BULK  IMPARTED  TO  THE  ENGLISH  HORSE. VL   THE 

HORSE  IN   THE  TIMES  OF  HENRY  VIII  AND  JAMES   I. VIK   AMERICAN  THOROUGH- 
BREDS.  VIII.   THE  ARABIAN. 

I.  English  Thoroughbreds. 
The  English  thoroughbreds  are  horses  of  mixed  lineage.  They  are 
not  a  pure  race,  bred  for  hundreds  of  3''ears  without  admixture  of  foreign 
blood  ;  but  they  rather  OAve  their  great  excellence  to  the  crossing  of 
Arabian,  Barb,  and  other  Oriental  blood,  upon  the  best  racing  stock  of 
the  last  and  the  preceding  century.  The  English  have  been  famous,  dur 
ing  the  last  thousand  3'ears,  for  their  horses,  especially  for  horses  of 
speed  and  endurance.  They  have  always  had  a  passionate  foi;dness  fov 
the  chase  and  for  racing  ;  and  their  kings  and  nobles  have  done  much  to 
keep  alive  this  feeling,  by  securing,  from  time  to  time,  the  best  foreign 
blood  that  could  be  secured  to  impart  fresh  stamina  and  vigor  to  their 
stock  of  horses.  Many  persons  are  prejudiced  against  thoroughbred 
horses,  because  they  have  been  used  for  gambling  purpose^  on  the  turf, 
but  this  fact  should  not  be  allowed  to  create  hostility  against  valuable 
animals.  As  well  might  wheat  and  corn  be  placed  under  a  ban  because 
these  indispensable  cereals  are  used  for  purposes  of  gambling  specula- 
tion. It  is  this  passion  for  trying  the  speed  of  horses,  which  has  pre- 
vailed during  the  lastten  centuries,  thathasledto  the  selection  of  the  best 
breeds  and  given  an  impetus  during  the  past  100  years  to  really  scientific 
breeding.  And  it  is  to  these  latter  causes  that  we  owe  all  that  is  of  val- 
ue in  any  of  the  improved  breeds  of  horses  existing  to-day,  not  even  ex- 
cepting our  draft  horses.  Let  us  look  at  the  history  of  the  blooded 
horse  of  England,  and  view  its  gradual  rise  and  progress,  even  from  be- 
yond the  Christian  era. 

n.  Herbert's  History  of  the  English  Horse. 

Henry  William  Herbert,  in  his  admirable  and  voluminous  work  on  the 
Horse  of  America,  now  unfortunately  out  of  print,  has  traced  the  Eng- 
lish horse  so  carefully,  and  at  the  same  time  so  concisely,  that  one  cannot 
do  better  than  extract  therefrom  matter  that  otherwise  the  mass  of  the 
readers  of  to-day  could  not  come  at.  He  says,  upon  the  authority  of 
Youatt:  "That  horses  were  introduced  into  Britain  long  before  the 
Christian  era,  we  have   abundant  evidence,   and  that  the  inhabitants  h&d 

152 


THOTJOUGHBRED    HORSES. 


154  CTCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

acquired  great  exiDcrieiice  in  their  use  is  equally  certain.  In  the  ancient 
British  language  Rhediad  is  the  word  for  a  race — rheder,  to  run — and 
rhedecfa^  a  race.  All  these  spring  from  the  Gaulish  rheda,  a  chariot. 
Here,  then,  is  a' direct  evidence  that  horses  were  introduced  from  Gaul, 
and  that  chariot-races  were  established  at  a  very  early  period.' 

"This  evidence"  says  Mr.  Herbert  "is  not  to  my  mind  direct  or  con- 
clusive, as  to  the  fact  of  the  introduction  of  the  horse  from  Gaul  ;  al- 
though it  is  so,  as  to  the  antiquity  of  chariot-racing  in  both  countries, 
and  to  the  non-Roman  descent  or  introduction  of  the  British  or  Gaulish 
animal.  As  the  blood,  the  religion  and  the  language  of  the  Britons  were 
cognate,  if  not  identical,  with  those  of  some,  at  least,  of  the  Gallic  tribes, 
it  is  no  more  certain  that  the  Gallic  Rheda  is  the  theme  of  the  British 
rheder,  than  that  it  is  derived  therefrom.  It  does,  however,  in  a  great 
degree  prove  that  the  Gallic  and  British  horses  were  identical,  and  de- 
scended not  from  any  breed  transmitted  through  Greece  and  Italy,  but 
from  one  brought  inland  to  the  northward  of  the  Alps  ;  perhajjs  by  those 
Gauls,  who  ravaged  Upper  Greece  and  Northern  Italy,  almost  before  the 
existence  of  authentic  historj^ ;  perhaps  by  their  original  ancestors  ;  at  all 
events,  of  antique  Thracian  or  Thessalic  descent,  and,  therefore,  of  re- 
mote but  direct  oriental  race,  in  all  probability  again  improved  by  a  later 
desert  cross,  derived  from  the  Numidian  cavalry  of  the  Carthaginian 
Barcas,  long  previous  to  the  Caesarian  campaigns  in  Gaul  or  the  invasions 
of  the  sacred  island  of  the  Druids.  This,  however,  is  of  small  imme- 
diate moment,  and  is  more  curious  and  interesting  to  the  scholar  and  the 
antiquary,  than  to  the  horseman  or  horsebreeder. 

"From  the  different  kinds  of  vehicles,  noticed  by  the  Latin  writers, 
it  would  appear  that  the  ancient  Britons  had  horses  trained  to  different 
purposes,  as  Avell  domestic  as  warlike. 

"It  is  well  observed  by  Youatt,  in  his  larger  work  on  the  horse,  that 
from  the  cumbrous  structure  of  the  car,  and  the  fury  with  which  it  was 
driven,  and  from  the  badness  or  non-existence  of  roads,  they  must  have 
been  both  active  and  powerful  in  an  extraordinary  degree.  'Caesar,'  he 
adds,  though  without  stating  his  authority,  'thought  them  so  valuable, 
that  he  carried  many  of  them  to  Eome  ;  and  the  British  horses  -were,  for 
a  considerable  period  afterwards,  in  great  request  in  various  parts  of  the 
Roman  empire.' 

"  'During  the  occupation  of  England  by  the  Romans,  the  British  horse 
was  crossed  to  a  considerable  extent  by  the  Roman  horse,'  continues  the 
author  in  the  volume  first  quoted  ;  for  which  I  would  myself,  for  reasons 
above  stated,  prefer  to  substitue  by  the  foreign  horftes  of  the  Roman 
mercenary  or  allied  cavalry,  'and  yet,  strange  to  say,  no  opinion  is  given 
by  any  historian,  Roman  or  British,  as  to  the  effect  of  this.     After  tb<» 


THOROUGHBRED    HORSES. 


iF;n 


1  P)^  f'YCLOPEDlA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPT  K'I'K  STOrK  DOCTOR. 


THOROUGHBRED    HORSES. 


157 


evacuation  of  England  by  the  Romans,  and  its  conquest  by  the  Saxons, 
considerable  attention  was  paid  to  the  English  breed  of  horses,  and  we 
know  that  after  the  reign  of  Alfred,  running  horses  were  imported  from 
Germany  ;'  this  being  the  first  historical  intimation  we  have  of  running 
horses  in  England.  It  is  scarcely  to  be  doubted  that  this  importation 
produced  a  marked  effect  on  the  character  of  the  native  breed,  but  here, 
as  before,  no  historian  has  thought  it  worth  his  while  to  record  the  fact 
of  either  improvement  or  deterioration. 

"  'English  horses,  after  this,  appear  to  have  been  highly  prized  on  the 
continent,  so  that  the  German  horses  which  were  presented  by  Hugh 
Capet  to  Athelstan  had  ])een  turned  to  good  account.  Tlie  English  them- 
selves were,  however,  anxious  to  preserve  the  monopoly  of  the  breed,  for 
in  930,  A.  D.,  a  law  prohibited  the  exportation  of  horses.  In  Athelstan's 
reign  many  Spanish  horses  were  imported,  which  shows  the  desire  of  the 
Flnglish,  even  at  that  early  period,  to  improve  the  breed.  It  is  no  won 
iler  that  their  descendants  should  have  produced  the  finest  horses  in  the 
world.  Shortly  before  the  Norman  conquest  a  horse  was  valued  at  thirty 
shillings,  a  mare  or  colt  at  twenty  shillings,  an  ox  at'thirty  pence,  a  cow 
:it  twenty-four  pence — these  prices  in  case  of  their  being  destroyed  or 
negligently  lost — and  a  man  at  a  pound.'  Money,  it  should  be  noted, 
then  being  equivalent  to  at  ledst  fifteen  times  its  present  value.  William 
the  Conqueror  took  great  pains  to  improve  the  English  breed,  introducing 
many  fine  animals  from  Normandy,  Flanders  and  Spain.  This  monarch 
owed  his  success  at  Hastings  chiefly  to  his  cavalry  ;  his  own  horse  was  a 
Spanish  one.  In  this  reign  we  have  the  first  notice  of  horses  being 
employed  in  agriculture.  They  had  been  used  for  the  saddle  for  many 
centuries,  Bede  informing  us  that  the  English  began  to  use  horses  as  early 
as  681  A.  D.,  and  that  people  of  rank  distinguished  themselves  by  appear- 
ing frequently  on  horseback.  During  the  Conqueror's  reign  the  then 
Earl  of  Shrewsbury,  Roger  de  Belesme,  brought  a  number  of  Spanish 
horses  to  his  estate  of  Powisland.  The  breed  issuing  from  these  is  highly 
eulogized  by  Giraldus  Cambrcnsis  and  Dayton.  In  the  reign  of  Henry 
I.  we  have  an  account  of  the  first  Aral)  horse  imported  into  the  country. 
It  was  presented  by  Alexander  I.,  King  of  Scotland,  to  the  church  of  St. 
Andrew's,  with  many  valuable  accoutrements  and  a  considerable  estate. 
History,  however,  is  silent  as  to  the  purposes  to  wh'ch  this  animal  was 
devoted,  or  as  to  wdiat  ultimately  became  of  him. 

"  It  has  been  well  jDointed  out,  in  this  connection,  that  the  ancient  histo- 
rians, being  exclusively  monks  and  churchmen,  naturally  paid  little  atten- 
tion to  the  breeding  of  horses,  which  were  held  to  belong  to  w^ar  rathei 
than  to  agriculture,  and  were  forbidden  to  their  order ;  and  farther,  it 
may  be  observed  that,  until,  comparatively  speaking,  very  recent  times, 


158  CYCLOPEDIA  OP  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

no  heed  has  been  given  to  the  statistics  of  agriculture  or  animal  improve- 
raent,  and  little  mention  made  of  such  matters,  beyond  a  casual  and  pass- 
mg  notice,  even  hy  the  best  historians. 

III.  The  First  London  Race-Course. 
'*  '  The  English,'  proceeds  the  work  from  which  I  quote,  'had  now,' 
— ^that  is  to  say  in  the  reign  of  Henry  I. — 'become  sensible  of  the  value 
and  breed  of  their  horses  ;  and  in  the  twelfth  century  a  regular  race-course 
had  been  established  in  London,  this  being  no  other  than  Smithfield, 
which  was  at  once  horse-market  and  race-coarse.  Fitz  Stephen,  who 
lived  at  that  period,  gives  the  following  account  of  the  contests  between 
the  palfi-eys  of  the  day.  'When  a  race  is  to  be  run  by  horses,  which  in 
their  kind  are  strong  and  fleet,  a  shout  is  raised,  and  common  horses  are 
ordered  to  withdraw  from  out  the  way.  Two  jockeys  then,  or  sometimes 
three,  as  the  match  may  be  made,  prepare  themselves  for  the  contest, 
such  as  are  used  to  ride,  and  know  how  to  manage  their  horses  MMth  judg- 
ment, the  grand  point  being  to  prevent  a  competitor  from  getting  before 
Ihem.  The  horses  on  their  part  are  not  without  emulation.  They 
tremble,  and  are  impatient  and  continually  in  motion.  At  last  the  signal 
once  given,  they  hurry  along  with  unremitting  velocity;  the  jockeys 
inspired  with  the  thoughts  of  applause  and  the  hopes  of  victory,  clapping 
spurs  to  their  willing  steeds,  brandishing  their  whips  and  cheering  them 
with  their  cries.' 

IV.    Horses  taken  to  England  by  Crusaders. 
"  It  IS  stated  by  Mr.  Youatt,   although,  singularly  enough,   he  main 
tains  that  the  crusaders  did  not  introduce  eastern  horses,  that  Richard  I, 
did  import  two  from  Cyprus,  which  he  observes  were  of  eastern    origin. 
The  statement  is  made  on  the  faith  of  an  old  metrical   Re. nance,  which 
is  that  entitled  by  the  name  of  the   monarch  whose  feats  it  celebrated, 
usually  supposed  to  be  of  the  time  of  Edward  I.,  and  contained  in  Ellis's 
Metrical  Romances.     The  lines  are  curious,   as  they  indicate  a  full  ac- 
quaintance with  various  animals,  natives  of  the  East,  and  more  particu- 
larly with  the  especial  qualities  of  the  oriental  horse,  his  speed  and  sure- 
footed n  ess, 

"  These  horses  were  named  Favell  and  Lyard — 
'  In  the  world  was  not  their  peer, 
xjromedary,  not  destrere. 
Steed  'rabyte,  ne  camayl, 
That  ran  so  swift  sans  fail, 
For  a  thousand  pounds  of  gold, 
Should  not  that  one  be  sold.' 

Destrere,  is  the  old  spelling  of  the  word  Destrier,  in  Norman  French, 
derived  from  the  barbarous.  Middle  Age  Latin,  Dextrarius  signifying  a 


THOROUGHBRED  HORSES. 


160  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK   AND   COMPLETE  STOCK   DOCTOR. 


SUFFOLK    STALLION,    EPATANT— 58100. 


SUFFOLK  HORSE — CLOQT  V.— 21279. 


THOROUGHBRED    HORSES.  \Ql 

war-horse.  Edward  I.  also  is  known  to  have  introduced  horses  from  the 
East ;  and  that  accurate  and  inquiring  antiquary,  Sir  Walter  Scott,  de- 
scribes his  spirit,  or  the  demon  of  the  haunted  camp  under  his  form,  in 
the  nocturnal  tourney  with  Alexander  of  Scotland,  as  being  recognized  by 
the  horse  he  bestrode. 

'  Alike  his  Syrian  courser's  frame, 
The  rider's  length  of  limb  the  same.' 

V.    Bone  and  Btilk  Imparted  to  the  English  Horse. 

"  Spanish  horses,  had  come  to  be  renowned,  as  chargers,  so  early  as 
the  Norman  conquest,  but  it  is  more  than  questionable  whether  their  su- 
periority was  as  yet  known  to  arise  from  their  being  traceable,  in  nearly 
two  thirds,  to  the  blood  of  the  Desert.  At  this  time,  it  would  seem  to 
have  been  considered  desirable  to  stengthen  the  English  horse,  and  gain 
bone  and  bulk,  rather  than  blood — not,  I  imagine,  as  Mr .  Youatt  sug- 
gests in  the  following  sentence,  for  agricultural,  but  rather  for  military 
purposes  ;  in  order  to  endure  the  ponderous  burden  of  the  mail-clad  men- 
at-arms. 

"  King  John,  he  says,  'paid  great  attention  to  the  improvement  of 
horses  for  agricultural  purposes,  and  to  him  we  are  indebted  for  the  ori- 
gin of  our  draught-horses.  He  chiefly  imported  Flemish  horses' — one 
hundred  chosen  stallions  on  a  single  occasion  ;  the  Flanders  horse  being 
— as  it  was  even  in  the  time  of  Marlborough  and  Prince  Eugene — the 
most  approved  cavalry  trooper — '  and  such  was  his  anxiety  to  possess  the 
finest  stock  from  these,  that  he  would  accept  strong  horses  as  rent  for 
crown-lands,  and  as  fines  for  the  renewal  of  leases.  His  personal  stud 
was  both  numerous  and  excellent.'  One  hundred  years  afterward,  Ed- 
ward II.  purchased  thirty  war-horses  and  twelve  heavy  draught-horses. 

"Edward  the  III.  devoted  one  thousand  marks  to  the  purchase  of  fifty 
Spanish  horses  ;  and  of  such  importance  did  he  conceive  this  addition  to 
the  English,  or  rather  mingled  blood,  then  existing,  that  formal  applica- 
tion was  made  to  the  kings  of  France  and  Spain  to  grant  safe-conduct  to 
the  troop.  When  they  had  safely  arrived  at  the  royal  stud,  it  was  com- 
puted that  they  had  cost  the  monarch  no  less  than  thirteen  pounds  six 
shillings  and  eight  pence  per  horse,  equal  in  value  to  one  hundred  and 
sixty  pounds  of  our  money.  This  monarch  had  many  running  horses. 
The  precise  meaning  of  the  term  is  not,  however,  clear.  It  might  be 
light  and  speedy  horses  in  opposition  to  the  war-horses,  or  those  that 
were  literally  used  for  the  purposes  of  racing." 

VI.    The  Horse  in  the  Times  of  Henry  VIII.  and  James  I. 

Our  authority  follows  the  history  of  the  horse  in  England  up  to  the 
rei«-n  of   Hemy  VHI.,  who  compelled  the   destruction   of    under-sized 


1Q2  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

horses,  and  rendered  compulsory  the  maintenance  of  so  great  a  urmber 
of  full  sized  mares  and  stallions,  in  every  deer  park,  and  in  every  rural 
parish  of  the  realm,  that  the  reign  of  this  monarch  was  marked  by  a 
decided  increase  in  the  breeding  of  powerful,  well  formed  animals.  It 
appears  tbat  the  King  even  rode  a  race  himself,  for  it  is  stated,  by  Miss 
Strickland,  that  the  King  rode  a-Maying,  with  Katheriue  and  the  royal 
bride,  Mary,  widow  of  Louis  XII.,  of  France,  and  the  bride  of  Charles 
Brandon.  The  amusements  of  the  day,  says  Miss  Strickland,  were 
brought  to  a  close  by  the  King  and  his  brother-in-law,  the  Duke  of  Suf- 
folk, riding  races  on  great  coursers,  which  were  like  the  Flemish  breed 
of  dray  horses.  During  the  reign  of  Henry  VIII.,  an  annual  race  was 
run  at  Chester,  the  prize  being  a  wooden  ball,  handsomely  embellished, 
for  which,  in  1540,  a  silver  bell,  called  St.  George's  bell,  was  substituted. 
Hence  the  phrase,  "  Bear  the  bell,"  in  allusion  to  one  who  has  come  off 
victorious  in  a  contest. 

In  the  reign  of  James  I.  races  were  merely  matches  against  time, 
trials  of  speed  and  bottom  for  long  and  "  cruel  distances."  From  the 
time  of  James  I.  the  history  of  the  English  race-horse,  and  of  English 
racing,  may  be  said  fairly  to  begin,  though  no  existing  pedigrees  are 
traced  back  to  that  time.  But,  though  pedigrees  be  not  directly  traced 
to  great  antiquity,  enough  has  been  given  of  the  history  of  English  horses 
to  lot  the  reader  know  how  long  was  the  time,  and  how  careful  the  breed- 
ing, required  to  produce,  in  the  thoroughbred  of  to-day,  the  most  supei'b 
race  of  horses  the  world  has  ever  known  ;  for  wind,  speed  and  })ottom5 
he  is  without  a  rival  in  ancient  or  modern  times. 

The  horse  has  of  course  always  figured  prominently  in  fiction  and  ro- 
mance ;  but  in  this  connection  it  will  sufiice  to  state  the  fact  that  in  the 
Homeric  poems  of  the  Trojan  war,  there  is  no  mention  of  the  trumpet 
or  of  cavalry.  In  Virgil,  mounted  men,  saddles,  spurs,  and  clarions  are 
mentioned.  In  the  romance  of  "  Sir  Bevis,  of  Southampton,"  he  speaks 
of  races  of  three  miles,  for  "forty  pounds  of  ready  golde."  Homer 
knew  nothing  of  horsemen  and  trumpets  in  war,  while  Virgil  was  famil- 
iar with  them.  The  author  of  "  Sir  Bevis,"  in  his  day  and  generation 
probably  saw  races  of  long  distances,  and  long-distance  races  generally 
precede  short  ones.  / 

The  excellence  of  the  English  race  horse  of  the  last  100  years  is  prob- 
ably more  due  to  the  Barb  than  to  any  other  one  strain,  it  was  in  1121 
that  the  first  Arabian  was  imported  into  England,  but  the  Arabian  of  that 
day  was  not  what  he  was  in  the  centuries  1400,  1500  and  1600,  during 
the  time  immediately  succeeding  the  overthrow  of  Charles  I.  Of  English 
racing  horses,  Eclipse  was  the  most  wonderful  of  all  whose  perform- 
ances have  come  down  to  us  well  authenticated 


THOROUGHBRED    HORSES. 


163 


164  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LHTS  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

Vn.    American  Thoroughbreds. 

The  thoroughbred  hortse  of  America  i.s  of  course  the  descendant  of 
English  ancestors.  It  is  probably  true  that  the  American  thoroughbred 
is  a  su])erior  animal  to  the  English  thoroughbred  ;  and  this  opinion  is 
certainly  fortified  by  the  triumphs  of  American  horses  in  England  and 
France,  in  their  greatest  races,  in  the  year  1881.  A  horse  transi)orted 
from  one  country  to  another,  entirely  different  in  climate,  might  be  par- 
doned for  not  performing  as  well  there  as  he  would  do  at  home.  Yet, 
our  horses  have  won  laurels  in  England  and  Fvance  from  the  very  best 
thoroughbreds  there,  and  in  their  most  exacting  races. 

In  the  S6uth,  there  has  always  been  a  passion  for  the  spoils  of  the 
field,  and  liiuch  attention  has  been  devoted  to  the  breeding  of  horses  of 
speed  and  bottom.  Interest  in  fine  horses  is  growing  in  tlie  North  from 
year  to  year,  but  while  we  have  some  high-caste  breeding  studs  in  the 
North,  the  South,  and  especial I3'  Kentucky  and  Tennessee,  still  holds  the 
lead.  It  will  not  be  necessary  here  to  go  into  a  detailed  history  or 
description  of  the  American  thoroughbred.  Importations  made  before 
the  revolutionary  war,  and  continued  from  time  to  time  have  given  us  a 
horse  that  has  no  superior  on  the  earth  ;  one  that  has  at  last  snatched 
victory  from  the  best  of  English  horses  on  their  own  turf.  In  France, 
American  horses  have  held  their  own  against  the  best  of  English  and 
French  thoroughbreds. 

VIII.    The  Arabian. 

The  Arabians  profess  to  trace  the  ancestry  of  their  horses  back  to  the 
time  of  Solomon,  yet  in  the  light  of  authentic  history,  their  horses  before 
the  thirteenth  century  were  not  of  a  character  worthy  of  special  notice. 
The  horse  of  the  desert  receives  the  personal  care  and  affection  of  his 
master.  To  the  Arab  the  horse  is  not  only  a  companion  in  solitude,  but 
is  also  his  only  means  of  locomotion  in  arduous  and  perilous  journeys. 
It  is  not  strange,  therefore,  that  these  nomads  of  the  desert  should  bestow 
much  care  upon  the  breeding  and  rearing  of  their  horses  ;  and  during  the 
past  seven  centuries,  such  care  has  been  bestowed.  The  Arabs  undoubt- 
edly did  understand  the  true  principle  of  breeding,  care,  feeding,  selec- 
tion and  training,  at  a  period  when  Arabia  was  the  seat  of  learning,  and 
all  Europe  was  enveloped  in  the  gloom  of  the  dark  ages,  or  was  just 
beginning  feebly  to  see  the  dawn  of  the  revival  of  letters. 

Arabian  travelers  of  the  last  century  do  not  agree  as  to  the  number  of 
distinct  breeds  of  horses  in  that  country.  A  Mohanmiedan  writer  who 
seems  to  have  had  candor,  and  a  good  opportunity  for  gathermg  facts  di- 
vides them  into  six  tribes,  as  follows  • 


THOROUGHBRED   HORSES.  165 

"  The  Dgelfe,  foun  \  chiefly  in  Arabia  Felix,  seldom  seen  at  Damascus, 
but  common  in  the  neighborhood  of  Anaze.  Horses  of  this  breed  are 
of  lofty  stature,  have  narrow  chests,  but  are  deep  in  the  girth,  and  their 
ears  are  long.  They  are  remarkable  for  spirit  and  fleetness,  but  are  ex- 
ceedingly tractable,  and  their  ability  to  endure  hunger  and  thirst  is  a 
remarkable  feature. 

"  The  Secaloni,  a  breed  from  the  eastern  part  of  the  desert,  somewhat 
inferior  to  the  Dgelfe,  though  resembling  him  in  most  points. 

"  The  Mcfki,  a  handsome  horse,  but  not  so  fleet  as  either  the  Dgelfe 
or  the  Secaloni.  In  figure,  he  bears  a  resemblance  to  the  Spanish  or 
Andalusian  stock. 

"  A  fourth  breed  is  called  the  Sabi,  similar  to  the  Mefki,  but  seems  to 
j)ossess  no  specially  useful  or  striking  qualities. 

"  The  Fridi.  This  breed  is  very  common  ;  but  they  are  often  vicious 
and  untrustworthy,  and  lack  some  of  the  excellent  qualities  possessed  by 
the  l)est  of  the  others. 

"  The  Nejdi,  found  chiefly  in  the  region  of  Bussorah.  These  are  said 
to  be  at  least  the  equals  of  the  Dgelfe  and  the  Secaloni.  Some  judges 
assert  that  there  is  no  horse  to  be  compared  with  them,  and  they  stand 
very  high  in  the  market." 

The  Dgelfe  and  Nojdi  are  reported  to  be  the  most  valuable.  They  are 
known  to  be  the  favorites  of  the  horsc-fancicrs  of  India,  man}^  fine  ani- 
mals of  these  stocks  having  been  carried  thither  by  the  sportsmen  of  that 
country. 

Other  writers  make  mention  of  but  three  distinct  breeds,  to  which  thev 
attribute  names  different  from  those  above  given  ;  and  it  is  difficult  to 
reconcile  the  statements  of  the  two,  and  to  determine  whether  they  have 
really  agreed  in  any  way  in  pointing  out  the  same  animal,  though  hy 
diverse  names,  as  possessing  the  striking  excellences  which  have  made  a 
certain  breed  famous  and  Avell  known  to  us.  Writers  of  the  latter  class 
speak  of  an  inferior  race,  little  esteemed,  at  home  or  abroad,  which  they 
call  the  Attechi.  These  arc  sometimes  found  in  a  wild  state.  Then 
come  the  Kadischi.  a  sort  of  half-breed  stock,  possessing  some  points  of 
resemblance  to  the  true  l)lood,  and  being  sometimes  imposed  upon  dealers 
for  the  genuine.  Finally,  they  describe  a  superb  race,  the  pure  descend- 
ants of  some  extraordinary  ancestors,  and  these  they  call  the  Kochlani  or 
Kailhan.  The  best  of  them  are  found  among  the  Shammar  and  Aneyza 
tribes.  The  Arabs  themselves  pretend  to  trace  the  Kochlani  back  to  the 
days  and  the  stables  of  Solomon.  While  this  cannot  be  credited,  it  is 
known  that  some  of  thom  have  wTitten  jiedigrees  for  at  least  four  hundred 
years,  with  extreme  care,  and  always  on  the  side  of  the  mare.     They  are 


166 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


dnely-formcd,  enduring,  ficel,  rather  small-sized  horses  of  great  vivacity 
and  intelligence,  but.  for  speed,  bottom  and  physical  development  decidedly 
inferior  to  our  thoroughbreds.  Yet,  though  not  as  swift  as  the  English  or 
American  thoroughbred,  the  Arabian  is  one  of  the  best  of  horses.  And 
while  we  could  hardly  gain  any  advantage  from  a  fresh  infusion  of  this 
blood,  the  Arabian  is  king  on  his  native  deserts,  and  no  other  horse  could 
there  fill  his  place.  He  is  peculiarly  adapted  to  the  wants  of  the  people 
and  to  the  topography  of  that  barren  country.  So  good  a  horse  is  he 
<  0-day  that  English  residents  in  India  pay  from  $700  to  $1,000  for  the 
best  that  are  offered  for  sale  ;  and  it  is  well  knowu  that  the  best  horses 
of  the  desert  are  never  sold  at  anv  price. 


PERCHERON   STALLION    FRONTON. 


CHAPTER  VIII. 
ABOUT  TROTTING  HORSES. 


1       THE     BREEDING     OF     TROTTERS. II.       PROGENITORS     OF     F.\ST     TROTTERS- 
MESSENGER III.     IMPORTED  BELLFOUNDER. IV.    THE  MODERN  TROTTER. 

V.       WH.\T     GOLDSMITH      MAID      WAS      LIKE. VI.        THE      MOVEMENT      IN 

TROTTING. VII,     DISTJSE  OF  THE  TROTTING  FACULTY. VIII.    HIGHLY  BRED 

HORSES. IX.     STRAINS  OF  TROTTING  BLOOD. 

I.  The  Breeding  of  Trotters. 

The  production  of  trotting  horses,  like  that  of  racers,  has  come  to  be 
a  distinct  branch  of  breeding,  and  is  pursued  as  a  specialty,  with  a 
view  to  developing,  in  the  highest  possible  form,  the  best  trotting  action 
in  the  horse.  Hence ,  any  person  undertaking  this  branch  of  the  breeder's 
profession  needs  to  understand  the  peculiar  form  to  be  attained,  and  also 
to  know  the  families  from  which  the  best  trotters  have  been  bred. 

The  Morgans. — Twenty  years  ago  the  trotting  form  was  thought  by 
many  to  l)e  most  strongly  developed  in  the  Morgans  ;  at  least  it  was 
hoped  that  this  breed  might  be  found  to  possess  the  qualifications  nec- 
essary to  develop  the  highest  degree  of  trotting  speed.  The  Morgans, 
however,  disappointed  the  expectations  placed  upon  them.  The  records 
of  the  turf  have  proved  that  fast  trotters  owe  their  speed  to  thorough 
breeding  ;  and  that  their  speed  is  directly  in  proportion  to  the  degree  of 
blood  of  thoroughbreds  of  trotting  peculiarities  that  is  in  their  veins, 

Ethan  Allen. — Ethan  Allen,  one  of  the  most  celebrated  of  ths  Mor- 
gans, was  a  good  trotter  for  his  day,  and  yet  he  was  never  able  to  beat 
Flora  Temple.  At  three  years  old  he  trotted  a  mile,  three  heats,  in 
2  :  42  ;  2  :  39  and  2  :30  minutes,  which  was  the  fastest  time  then  record- 
ed for  that  age .  The  false  estimate  placed  upon  Morgan  horses  up  to 
twenty  years  ago,  not  only  kept  back  the  development  of  really  excellent 
trotters,  but  was  a  positive  and  incalculable  damage  to  the  horses  of  the 
country  generally,  in  that  it  caused  the  size  of  the  farm  ani- 
mals to  be  reduced.  For  the  farmers  especially  went  zealously  into  the 
rage  for  possessing  Morgan  horses. 

Development  of  the  Trotting  Horse. — The  trotting  horse  of  America 
has  been  entirely  developed  within  the  last  forty  years.  He  is  not  an 
animal  of  a  separate  and  distinct  breed  ;  for  first-rate  trotters  have  come 
of  Canadian  or  Nonnan-French  blood,  from  the  horses  of  the  middle 
States  of  mixed  blood,  from  the  Morgans  and  other  New  England 
breeds,  and  from  Western  horses  of  mixed  blood. 

167 


168  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLKTE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

II.  Progenitors  of  Past  Trotters. 
Notable  among  tlie  horses  that  have  made  wonderful  records  in  trot- 
ting of  late  years  are  those  descended  from,  and  partaking  largely  of  the 
blood  of,  Messenger,  Bellfounder  and  of  Hambletonian.  Hambletonian, 
after  a  career  of  varied  success  as  a  racer,  at  length  became  distinguished 
as  a  getter  of  trotting  horses  of  elegance,  finish,  speed  and  endur- 
ance, either  under  the  saddle  or  in  harness.  It  is  not  our  purpose  to  go 
minutely  into  the  record  of  noted  performances  ou  the  Amei-ican  trotting 
turf.  Nowhere  else  in  the  world  is  the  fondness  for  exhibitions  of 
speed  in  trotting,  so  nearly  universal  among  the  people,  as  it  has  become 
here  ;  and  in  no  other  country  are  such  exhibitions  so  patronized  by  every 
class.  Even  in  Russia,  the  home  of  the  famous  Orloff  breed,  this  sport 
is  by  no  means  a  national  one.  WTiere  the  general  reader  is  usually  so 
well  informed  of  current  events,  the  familiar  details  of  exploits  upon 
the  turf  are  deemed  to  contain  far  less  interest  than  will  be  found  in  a 
brief  account  of  some  of  the  most  celebrated  sires,  whose  descendants 
have  proved  constant  in  their  performances. 

Messenger. — The  original  source  of  our  best  blood.  Imported  Mes- 
senger, not  only  gained  fame  for  himself,  but  bequeathed  his  excellen- 
ces to  a  long  line  of  descendants,  who  have  been  famous  in  the  annals  of 
the  turf.  His  own  ancestry  possessed  character  for  great  and  peculiar 
merit.  Foaled  in  1780,  his  first  sire  was  Mambrino  ;  second  sire,  En- 
gineer ;  third  sire,  Sampson  ;  fourth  sire.  Blaze  ;  fifth  sire,  Fljdng  Childers  ; 
sixth  sire.  The  Darley  Arabian.  On  the  female  side,  his  dam  was  by 
Turf  ;  second  dam,  the  sister  of  Figurante,  was  by  Regulas  ;  third  dam 
by  Bolton  Starling;  fourth  dam,  Snaps  by  Fox;  fifth  dam,  Gipsey  by 
Bay  Bolton ,  and  so  on  through  Ne^A  castle  Turk,  Brierly  Turk,  Taffolet 
Barb,  to  the  ninth  dam  by  Place's  White  Turk,  out  of  a  natural  Barb  mare. 
Messenger  was  threfore  in-bred  to  a  considerable  degree,  and  combined 
in  his  veins  the  purest  and  richest  blood  of  early  English  race  horses. 

Potency  of  Arabian  Blood. — Godolphin  Arabian  appears  three  times 
m  the  pedigi-ee  of  ]\Iessenger.  Flying  Childers  was  the  phenomenon  of 
the  English  turf  in  his  day,  and  the  accounts  of  his  performances  appear 
almost  fabulous.  Of  one  of  the  progenitors  of  ISIessenger,  Sampson,  it 
is  said  that  while  the  thoroughbred  of  his  day  was  scarcely  more  than 
fourteen  and  a  half  hands  high,  rarely  reaching  fifteen,  Sampson  was  fifteen 
hands  two  inches,  and  was  reported  to  be  the  largest-boned  blood  horse 
then  ever  bred.  Horses  of  the  Sampson  blood,  as  we  knew  it  nearly 
forty  years  ago,  were  wonderfully  compact  animals  of  great  bone,  muscle 
and  sinew.  Sampson,  Engineer  and  Mambrino  were  all  rough  and  coarse, 
and  the  last  two  were  considered  the  strongest  and  heaviest-boned  horses 


ABOUT  TROTTING  HORSES. 


169 


of  the  English  turf.  It  was  a  most  lucky  circumstance  for  American 
studs  that  a.  scion  of  these  coarse  horses  was  imported,  to  stamp  his  impress 
upon  the  thoroughbred  of  this  country.  We  have  found  that  kind  of 
coarseness  to  be  the  embodiment  of  strength,  bone,  muscle,  and  conse- 
quently of  most  enduring  speed  and  bottom. 


III.     Imported   Bellfounder. 

This  wonderful  animal  was  known  in  his  day  as  the  Norfolk  trotter, 

and  was,   like  Flying  Childers,   a   phenomenon   of  the   turf.     He   was 

fifteen  hands  high,  a  bright  bay  in  color,  with  black  legs.     Being  seven 

years   old    at   the    date    of    his    importation,    in    1822,    he    must    have 


170  CYCIOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOft. 

been  foaled  in  1815.  At  five  years  old  he  trotted  two  miles  in  six  min- 
utes, and  the  next  jeai-,  trotted  nine  miles  in  twenty-nine  minutes  and 
thirty-eiglit  seconds.  Velocity,  Lis  dam,  by  Haphazard,  trotted,  in  1806, 
sixteen  miles  in  an  hour,  and  in  1808  trotted  twenty-eight  miles  in  an 
hour  and  forty-seven  minutes  ;  wonderful  work  it  was  for  that  day,  and 
would  be  so  considered,  if  performed  by  a  horse  of  the  presort  time. 

Bellfounder's  Ancestry. — Bellfounder  was  not  thoroughbred.  He 
was  sired  by  Fireaway  out  of  a  Shields  mare.  The  Shields  horse,  oth- 
erwise called  "Shales,"  in  England  nearly  one  hundred  years  ago  were 
hackneys,  or,  as  we  would  now  call  them,  road  and  trotting  horses.  Had 
the  English  people  cultivated  driving,  as  they  did  riding,  America  might 
not  stand  unrivalled,  as  she  does  to-day,  in  the  pre-eminence  of  her  road 
and  trotting  horses. 

rv.    The  Modern  Trotter. 

Our  account  of  modern  trotters  would  be  incomplete  if  we  should 
wholly  omit  to  mention  that  wonderful  descendant  of  Hambletonian, 
Lady  Suffolk.  Nor  must  the  Morgans  be  forgotten.  The  Canadian 
l.'ottcrs  also  claim  remembrance  ;  notable  among  wiiich  -were  those  won- 
derful little  pony-horses,  many  of  them  not  fourteen  hands  hign,  known 
as  the  St.  Laurences,  from  the  name  of  their  sire.  The  best  of  them 
were  good  for  a  three-minute  gait  on  the  road,  before  a  buggy  ;  for  ener- 
gy, docility,  speed  and  tireless  endurance,  while  drawing  the  load  of  a 
horse,  they  have  seldom  been  equaled  among  animals  of  their  size.  But 
it  is  our  purpose  more  especially  to  notice  the  famous  trotters  of  the 
hist  twenty  years. 

Goldsmith  Maid  and  Abdaliah. — Among  the  galaxy  of  wonderful  per- 
formers, none  surpass  Goldsmith  Maid.  This  remarkable  mare  was 
foaled  in  1857.  Her  sire  was  Edsall's  Hambletonian,  and  her  dam  a  mare 
by  old  Abdaliah.  Abdaliah  Avas  a  Hambletonian.  In  1862  he  became  the 
propcily  of  R.  A.  Alexander,  the  celebrated  Kentucky  breeder  of  thorough- 
breds, and  was  thereafter  known  as  Alexander's  Abdaliah.  Earl}-^  in 
1865,  this  Abdaliah,  together  with  several  other  valuable  horses,  among 
them  Bay  Chief,  a  son  of  Mambrino  Chief,  w^as  seized  by  Guerillas. 
Shortly  after,  in  an  attack  upon  the  guerillas  by  Federal  soldiers,  Abdal- 
iah fell  into  the  hands  of  one  of  the  attacking  party,  who  refused  to  give 
him  up.  This  magnificent  stallion,  unshod  and  wholly  out  of  condition 
for  hard  service,  Avas  nevertheless  ridden  day  after  day,  over  the  roughest 
and  hilliest  road,  until  at  last,  completely  exhausted,  he  was  turned 
loose  on  the  w  ayside,and  died  of  pneumonia. 

Abdaliah  as  a  Sire. — To  show  what  might  have  come  of  this  horse,  had 
he  bVed.  it  is  only  necessary  to  mention  some  of  his  offspring  and  to  note 


ABOUT  TROTTING  HORSES. 


171 


what  they  have  done.  First  is  Goldsmith  Maid  with  a  record  of  2:14; 
and  V  further  record  of  232  heats  with  2  :M)  as  the  slowest.  We  also  have 
Mayor  Edsall,  who  made  his  mile  in  2:29;  and  Wood's  Hambletonian, 


172       crcLOPEDiA  OF  isrm  wtocm.  ajto  oomplbte  stock  doctor. 

with  sons  making  records  in  from  2  :  23  to  2  :  27|.  Pacing  Abdallah,  the 
getter  ot  excellent  roadsters,  was  another  of  his  sons,  as  was  Belmont,  the 
sire  of  horses  going  the  mile  in  2  :  23  ^to  2  :  30.  Again,  there  is  Thern- 
dale,  a  compact  and  muscular  stallion,  greatly  celebrated,  not  only  for  his 
own  great  speed,  but  for  the  excellent  trotting  qualities  of  his  offspring.  In 
1876,  after  serving  eight  years  m  the  stud,  he  made  five  mile  heats  in  2  :  22f  ; 
2  :  22J  :  2  :  32^  ;  2  :  20  ;  2  :  25.  Another  remarkable  son  of  Alexander's 
Abdallah,  is  Almont.  His  offspring  ai-e  yet  young  to  the  track,  but  Pied- 
mont, at  four  years  old,  trotted  in  2  :  30^. 

V.    What  Groldsmith  Maid  Was  Like. 

The  likeness  of  Goldsmith  Maid  shows  her  appearance,  when  in  trot- 
tmg  condition,  and  will  be  studied  with  interest  as  an  accurate  view  of 
the  proportions  of  this  most  famous  and  one  of  the  best  bred  of  the  Queens 
of  the  trotting  course.  She  was  fifteen  hands  and  onemch  in  height,  and 
seems  rather  delicately  made  m  a  superficial  examination  of  her  form. 
Yet  the  quality  of  her  make-up  is  in  every  respect  superb. 

An  accurate  and  capable  writer  says  of  her:  "Her head  and  neck  are 
very  clean  and  blood-like  ;  her  shoulder  sloping  and  well  placed  ;  middle 
piece  tolerably  deep  at  the  girth,  but  so  light  at  the  waist  as  to  give  her  a 
tucked-up  appearance,  and  one  would  say  a  lack  of  constitution,  but  for 
the  abundant  evidence  to  the  contrary  ;  loin  ani  coupling  good  ;  quarters 
of  the  greyhound  order — broad  and  sinewy ;  her  limbs  are  clean,  fine- 
boned  and  wiry ;  feet  rather  small,  but  of  good  quality.  She  is  high 
mettled  and  takes  an  abundance  of  work  without  flinching.  In  her  high- 
est trotting  form,  drawn  to  an  edge,  she  is  almost  deer-like  in  appear- 
ance, and  when  scoring  for  a  start  and  alive  to  the  emergencies  of  the 
race,  with  her  great  flashing  eye  and  dilated  nostril,  she  is  a  perfect  pic- 
ture of  animation  and  living  beauty.  Her  gait  is  long,  bold  and  sweep- 
ing, and  she  is,  in  the  hands  of  a  driver  acquainted  with  her  peculiarities, 
a  perfect  piece  of  machinery.  She  seldom  makes  an  out-and-out  break, 
but  frequently  makes  a  skip,  and  has  been  accused  of  losing  nothing  in 
either  case.  Aside  from  the  distinction  of  having  trotted  the  fastest  mile 
on  record,  she  also  enjoys  the  honor  of  making  the  fastest  three  consecu- 
tive heats  ever  won  In  a  race,  which  renders  any  comments  upon  her 
staying  qualities  unnecessary." 

The  tmie  of  Goldsmith  Maid  has  been  beaten  several  times  since  1877, 
but  this  detracts  nothing  from  her  wonderful  performance.  She  con- 
tinued on  the  turf  until  past  twenty  years  old,  and  after  completing  that 
age  she  closed  her  public  career  with  the  year  1877  by  trotting,  during  that 
year,  forty-one  heats  in  2  :  30  or  better,  and  making  a  time  record  of 


ABOUT    TROTTING   HORSES. 


173 


2 :  14^.  Her  record  .stands  at  the  close  of  licr  career  at  2 :  14,  with  332 
heats  in  2  :  30  or  better.  Her  r-.cord  and  her  career  are  the  marvel  of 
the  aofe. 


VI.  The  Movement  in  Trotting. 
A  trotter,  especially  if  he  go  fast,  must  go  level  and  square,  both  be- 
fore  and  bf.iimd,  and  with  as  low   action  as   may  be  compatible  %\aththe 
necessary  stride.     It  l?  this  ability  to  £rp  close  to  the  ground,  or  in  what 


174  CYCLOPEDIA   OF  LIVE  STOCK   AND   COMPLETE  STOCK   DOCTOR. 


has  been  called  by  some  the  sling-trot,  and  by  others  the  slouching  trot,  of 
the  thoroughbred,  that  enables  the  best  trotters  to  make  their  great  speed; 
the  sling-lrot  is  simply  the  gait  in  which  the  animal  reaches  far  forward 
vithout  raising  the  feet  unnecessarily  high,  thus  economizing  time  and 


1 

1 

^nm 

\  1 

1 

M 

Mj 

i 

ipp 

i 

i-- 

i 

W^ 

^1 

9 

^Ch 

-y 

i..  ■; 

w^ 

W^ 

^^^B 

1 

'**% 

-l^B 

f 

1. 

! 

M 

P 

^ 

n 

Ss 

1 

' 

r  ■ 

nmscle.  This  movement,  at  an  easy  gait,  of,  say  twelve  miles  an 
hour,  is  well  displayed  in  the  cut  illustrating  the  trotting  movement.  It 
is  not  an  artificial  gait,  as  has  been  stated  by  some  good  English  horse- 
n)en.  Every  one  who  has  reared  a  w^ell-bred  colt  has  seen  it,  when  fol- 
lowing the  dam,  strike  naturally  into  this  gait,  \vith  head  up  and  tail 


ABOUT  TROTTING   HORSES.  175 

straight  out.  The  trot  is  a  natural  gait  of  any  horse,  and  is  always  used 
when  going  at  easy  speed  on  a  smooth  surface;  but  the  best  trotting 
action  is  the  result  of  breeding  and  training. 

VII.  Disuse  of  the  Trotting  Faculty. 
That  the  English  blood-horse  has  lost  the  trotting  faculty  to  a  great 
extent,  is  not  because  it  was  never  in  the  blood,  but  because  it  was  never 
allowed  to  be  exercised  in  the  training.  And,  as  few  horses  could  ever 
gallop  fast  or  far,  without  special  training,  so,  no  horse  can  trot  to  the 
best  advantage  unless  the  gait  has  been  developed  by  long  practice;  and 
it  is  a  peculiarity  of  this  gait  that  the  trotting  horse,  unlike  the  runner, 
seldom  arrives  at  his  best,  until  he  is  over  eight  years  old.  The  same  rule 
will  apply  to  fast  walking  horses.  They  must  be  specially  trained  to  walk 
fast,  and  there  is  no  better  preparation  for  the  trotting  horse  than  this 
preliminai-y  training  in  walking. 

VIII.     Highly  Bred  Driving  and  Saddle  Horses. 

Within  the  last  ten  years,  the  Hackneys  have  come  to  find  a  prominent 
place  among  American  driving  horses.  These  horses  may  also  be  trained 
to  jump  either  from  a  standstill  or  when  extended.  They  have  come  to  bo 
considered  as  excellent  ponies  for  polo  playing,  and,  as  now  bred,  their  fine 
turn  of  speed  makes  them  availa]:»le  for  light  driving. 

Testing  Horses  as  Roadsters  — So  again  trotting  horses  of  good  style, 
but  not  fast  enough  for  the  track,  make  admirable  roadsters  and  general 
drivers.  They  are  also  available  for  light  express  wagon  work  and  other 
similar  purposes  where  speediness  is  necessary.  The  farmer  who  likes  to 
breed  this  class  of  horses,  that  will  make  good  sellers  at  fair  prices,  may  get 
them  out  of  stylish  roomy  mares,  from  staunch  sires  of  trotting  blood. 
This  class  of  horses  will  also  be  found  available  for  general  farm  use,  but 
if  intended  for  the  uses  described,  should  not  be  used  for  the  heavier  uses 
of  the  farm,  but  three  abreast  will  do  a  deal  of  plowing  without  injury. 

The  New  Morgans. — The  Morgans  can  not  hold  their  own  to-day  as 
against  the  English  Hackney,  the  trotting  horse  or  Kentucky  saddle  horse  as 
now  bred.  The  palpable  reason  is  that  we  want  size  with  stamina  now. 
This  we  get  with  a  number  of  fashionably  bred  horses — Hacknej^s,  trotters, 
saddlers,  French  Coach  and  even  thoroughbreds,  not  quite  stylish  enough  for 
high  priced  carriage,  coach,  trap  and  other  uses,  all  of  which  sell  well  as 
roadsters,  light  express,  general  delivery  teams,  drivers  and  cavalry  horses. 

Saddlers. — Another  class  that  always  sells  well  both  for  home  use  and 
export.  They  also  make  wonderfully  fine  cavalry  horses.  There  are  two 
classes  of  these — one,  the  saddler  per  se,  and  the  combined  saddle  and 
carriage  horse;  the  latter  is  a  good  general-purpose  horse  for  running  to 


1/6  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

town  with  a  light  load;  will  do  a  good  job  in  light  plowing  or  for  chasing 
around.  The  Kentucky  saddle  horse  should  be  used  for  the  saddle  exclu- 
sively, and  if  well  bred  is  a  good  horse  for  export. 

Market  Classes  and  Grades  of  Horses  and  Mules. 

Believing  that  "market  classes  of  horses  are  not  well  understood,  and 
that  a  clear  setting  forth  of  true  market  standards  will  do  much  toward 
establishing  correct  ideals  on  the  part  of  the  horse  breeder  and  pro- 
ducer," R.  C.  Obrecht,  of  the  Illinois  Station,  has  made  an  investigation 
of  Chicago  and  St.  Louis  horse  markets,  which  are  considered  similar 
to  other  markets  of  note,  with  a  view  to  clearly  defining  market  classes 
and  grades  of  horses  and  mules.  The  first  fact  of  importance  brought 
out  by  this  investigation  is  that  the  majority  of  horses  which  find  their 
way  to  the  large  markets  do  not  approach  the  degree  of  perfection  de- 
manded by  the  intending  purchaser. 

A  correct  understanding  of  the  market  classes  will  enable  the  farmer  to 
form  a  better  estimate  of  the  value  of  the  horses  which  he  has  to  sell ;  for 
without  this  the  farmer  is  at  a  decided  disadvantage  in  selling  his  horses, 
not  knowing  their  real  market  value.  In  this  way  he  may  fail  to  get  what 
his  horses  are  worth  or  he  may  lose  a  sale  by  ai?king  too  much.  Again 
it  often  happens  that  he  fails  to  distinguish  clearly  between  his  good  and 
his  poor  marketable  animals.  As  a  result  the  dealer  takes  the  desirable 
ones  at  a  good  profit  and  leaves  the  undesirable ;  thus  the  inferior  horses 
are  left  in  the  country  to  become  the  parent  stock. 

To  form  an  intelligent  estimate  of  the  value  of  horses  or  mules, 
therefore,  it  is  necessary  to  have  a  thorough  undci-standing  of  the  mar- 
ket requirements  and  a  correct  undei-standing  of  the  market  classes  and 
grades. 

The  principal  factors  that  determine  the  market  value  of  horses  or 
mules  arc:  Soundness,  conformation,  quality,  condition,  action,  age, 
color,  education,  and  general  appearance. 

Horses  or  mules  of  a  general  type  are  grouj^ed  into  classes,  for  con- 
venience and  a  definite  understanding;  and  in  most  instances  the 
names  of  the  classes  are  suggestive  of  the  use  to  which  they  are  put.  The 
classes  of  horses  are  divided  into  subclasses  which  embody  those  of  a 
similar  type  but  slightly  diff'erent  in  size,  weight,  action,  or  the  use  to 
which  they  are  put.     Mules  are  not  divided  into  subclasses. 

The  market  classes  are:  Draft  hoi"ses,  chunks,  wagon  horses,  carriage 
horses,  road  horses,  saddle  horses,  mining  mules,  cotton  mules,  sugar 
mules,  farm  mules,  and  draft  mules. 

Horses. — Draft  horses  are  broad,  massive,  rugged,  and  compactly 
built,  with  great  weight  and  strength.  They  stand  from  15-3  to  17-2 
hands  high  and  in  good  flesh  weigh  from   1,600  to  2,200  pounds  or 


ABOUT   TROTTING   HORSES.  177 

more.    The  class  is  subdivided  into  light  draft,  heavy  draft  and  loggers. 

Chunks  are  short-legged,  broad,  heavy-set  horses,  the  name  of  the 
class  being  indicative  of  their  conformation.  The  subclasses  are  eastern 
or  export,  farm  and  southern.  The  class  varies  in  weight  from  800 
pounds,  the  lightest  of  the  southern,  to  1,550  pounds,  the  heaviest  of  the 
eastern.     They  stand  from  15  to  15-3  hands  high. 

Wagon  horses  are  those  used  principally  where  business  requires  quick 
delivery.  They  must  have  good  action,  a  clean  set  of  limbs,  good  feet 
and  bone  with  an  abundance  of  quality,  be  closely  coupled,  compactly 
built  and  have  a  deep  broad  chest  indicative  of  constitution  and  stamina. 
In  this  class  are  express,  delivery  wagon,  artillery  and  fire  horses. 
They  stand  from  15  to  17-2  hands  high  and  weigh  from  1,050  for  the 
light  weights  of  artillery  horses  to  1,700  pounds  for  heavy  fire  horses. 

Carriage  horses,  sometimes  spoken  of  as  "heavy  harness  horses,"  are  full 
made,  round  bodied  and  smoothly  turned  with  an  unusual  amount  of  qual- 
ity, and  must  possess  to  a  marked  degree  high  action,  with  a  fair  amount  of 
speed.  They  should  have  a  long,  well-arched  neck,  small  neat  head,  a 
short,  well-muscled  back,  long,  level  croup,  and  well-developed  thighs 
and  quarters.  The  class  is  comprised  of  coach,  cob,  park,  and  cab  horses. 
They  range  in  height  from  14-1  to  16-1  hands  and  weigh  from  900  to 
1,250  pounds. 

Road  hoi-ses  arc  more  lithe  in  build  and  angular  in  form  than  those  of 
the  carriage  class.  They  are  sometimes  spoken  of  as  drivers  or  "light 
harness  horses"  and  are  usually  driven  to  light-weight  vehicles.  A  con- 
siderable speed  is  desired  of  some  of  the  individuals  of  this  class,  which 
is  composed  of  runabout  and  roadsters.  They  range  in  height  from 
14-3  (<)  1()  hands  and  weigh  from  900  to  1,150  pounds. 

Saddle  Horses.  — in  this  class  are  grouped  those  horses  that  perform 
their  work  under  the  saddle,  the  requirements  for  which  are  sureness  of 
foot,  ea.se  of  carriage  to  the  rider,  good  manners,  and  ease  of  control.  In 
order  to  be  sure  of  foot  they  must  have  an  oblique  shoulder,  high  thin 
withers  and  a  properly  set  pastern  with  an  abundance  of  energy.  The 
above  qualities  together  with  a  short  strong  back  will  give  strength  for 
carrying  weight  and  also  an  easy  gait.  The  minimum  height  is  14  hands 
for  a  polo  pony  and  the  maximum  16-1  hands  for  hunters.  The  weight 
varies  from  850  to  1,250  pounds.  Grouped  in  this  class  are  five-gaited 
saddlers,  threc-gaited  saddlers,  hunters,  cavalry  horses,  and  polo  ponies. 

Mules.  — Mining  mules  are  those  purchased  with  which  to  operate 
mines.  They  are  heavy  boned,  rugged,  compactly  built  individuals,  with 
large  feet  and  strong  constitution.  They  range  in  height  from  12  to  16 
hands  and  weigh  from  600  to  1,350  pounds. 

Cotton  mules  are  lighter  boned  than  miners  and  not  so  compactly 
built.    They  are  round  bodied,  smoothly  turned,  and  possess  considerable 


178  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

quality.  They  range  in  height  from  13-2  to  15-2  hands  and  weigh  from 
750  to  1,100  pounds. 

Sugar  mules  are  those  shipped  south  to  use  on  the  sugar  farms  of 
Georgia,  Louisiana,  and  other  Southern  States.  They  are  taller,  larger, 
and  more  breedy  looking  than  cotton  nuiles  and  have  heavier  bone. 
They  stand  from  10  to  17  hands  and  weigh  from  1,150  to  1,300  pounds. 

Farm  mules  are  those  purchiused  to  be  used  on  the  farms  of  the 
Central  States.  They  are  somewhat  lacking  in  uniformity  of  type  and 
many  of  them  are  young  and  somewhat  thin  in  flesh.  An  average  height 
is  from  15-2  to  16  hands  and  weigh  from  900  to  1,250  pounds. 

Draft  mules  arc  large  heavy  boned,  heavy  set  mules  that  possess  quality 
and  niggedness.  They  are  used  in  cities  for  heavy  teaming  and  by  con- 
tractors for  all  kinds  of  heavy  work,  such  as  railroad  grading,  etc.  They 
range  in  height  from  16  to  17-2  hands  and  weigh  from  1,200  to  1,600 
pounds  and  upward. 

The  grades  distinguish  the  good  from  the  poor  aninuds  within  the 
classes  and  subclasses.  The  grades  are  choice,  good,  medium,  common, 
and  inferior. 

An  animal  to  grade  as  "choice"  must  be  sound  and  iip[)roa.ch  the  ideal 
type,  possess  quality  and  finish,  have  good  style  and  action,  and  be  in 
good  condition.  A  ''good"  animal  should  possess  the  essential  qualities 
of  his  class  but  need  not  have  the  quality,  condition,  and  finish  neces- 
sary to  grade  as  choice.  A  horse  or  nuile  of  "medium"  grade  is  likely  to 
bo  ))l;iiii  in  bis  makc-ui)  willi  a  tendency  toward  coarseness,  and  some- 
what of  a  lack  of  symmetry  and  condition.  A  lack  of  style,  action,  or 
soundness  may  also  cause  him  to  grade  as  medium.  The  lowest  grade 
found  in  many  of  the  classes  is  "connnon."  Such  individuals  are  Avant- 
ing  in  most  of  the  essential  qualities  that  go  to  make  them  desiral)le. 
An  "inferior"  animal  is  of  the  lowest  possible  grade. 

Owing  to  the  fact  that  the  point  where  two  classes  or  grades  meet  and 
merge  into  each  other  is  not  always  distinct,  it  is  sometimes  difficult  to 
say  just  where  certain  animals  that  are  not  clearly  typical  should  be 
classified.  Again,  if  the  demand  exceeds  the  supply  it  is  sometimes  neces- 
sary to  temporarily  draw  from  a  similar  class  of  animals,  or  the  price 
may  advance  and  in  this  way  equalize  the  demand.  If.  on  account  of  a 
meager  demand  or  an  excess  supply  the  price  should  drop,  it  is  some- 
times necessary  to  place  some  animals  of  one  class  in  another,  i.  e.,  they 
will  be  purchased  by  a  different  class  of  trade. 

The  breed  to  which  a  horse  belongs  has  but  little  influence  upon  hi? 
market  value  and  the  classes  are  not  determined  by  the  breeds,  but  by  the 
individuality  and  conformation  of  the  horse;  however,  a  judicious  use  of 
choice  pure-bred  sires  is  best  suited  for  the  production  of  marketable 
horses. 


ABOUT  TROTTING  HORSES, 


180         CYCLOPEDIA  OP  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


TWO   CHOIC'K    CAVALRY    HORSES   SELECTED    FOR    THE   U.    S.    ARMY. 

These  horses  meet  the  government  specifications  for  a  cavalry  horse,  to-wif 
must  be  sound,  well  bred,  of  a  superior  class,  and  have  quality;  gentle  and  of  a 
kind  dispoeition;  thoroughly  broken  to  the  saddle,  with  light  and  elastic  mouth, 
easy  gaits,  and  free  and  prompt  action  at  the  walk,  trot  and  gallop;  free  from' 
vicious  habits,  without  material  blemish  or  defect,  and  a  gelding  of  uniform 
and  hardy  color,  in  good  condition;  from  4  to  8  years  old,  weighing  from  950  to 
1100  pounds.     Height.  15  to  15-3  hands. 


ABOUT   TROTTING   HORSES.  181 

IX.     Strains  of  Trotting  Blood. 

That  the  trotting  horse  of  America  owes  his  great  powers  to  the  infu- 
sion of  thorough  blood,  we  have  before  stated.  To  Imported  Messenger 
is  this  due  in  the  greatest  degree.  Another  great  trotting  sire  of  Amer- 
ica was  Imported  Bellfounder.  There  has  been  much  controversy  over 
his  breeding,  first  and  last,  but  that  he  was  a  staunch  trotter  and  a  getter 
of  admirable  horses,  there  is  no  doubt,  giving  splendid  action  to  his  get. 
Still,  it  must  be  admitted  that,  admirable  as  was  Bellfounder  himself,  his 
get  was  not  equal  to  the  descendants  of  Messenger  in  all  that  constitutes 
speed,  endurance  and  action. 

Duroc  also  became  a  valuable  factor  in  our  trotting  blood.  His  strain 
of  blood  appears  in  the  Medley's,  Duroc  Messenger's  Mambrino  Chief's 
and  Gold  Dust's. 

One  of  the  sub-families  of  Messenger's  blood,  ILimbletonian,  who 
united  the  blood  of  Messenger  and  Bellfounder,  has  raised  the  trottino- 
horse  of  America  to  the  highest  point  of  perfection.  He  was  not  a  hand- 
some horse  from  a  thoroughl)red  standpoint,  if  indeed  he  was  thorouo-h- 
bred,  which  has  been  doubted.  Ilis  pedigree  has  been  given  as  follows  : 
Hambletonian  was  by  Abdallah  ;  he  by  Mambrino,  a  son  of  Messeno-er. 
The  dam  of  Al)dallah  was  the  mare  Amazonian.  The  dam  of  IIaml)letonian 
was  bv  Imported  Bellfounder  ;  second  dam  by  Plambletonian  ;  third  dam, 
Silvertail,  said  to  have  })een  by  Imi^orted  Messenger 

In  all  that  constitutes  stoutness  and  ability  to  perform,  in  freedom 
from  tendency  to  disability,  his  stock  has  been  wonderful .  Noted  for 
immense  and  strong  joints,  length  and  strength  of  bone,  magnificent  mus- 
cular development,  prominent,  S(|uare,  massive  build,  mighty  hips  and 
excellent  barrel,  all  knit  together  to  form  a  most  admirable  frame,  united 
to  a  nervous  constitution  that  reproduced  itself  in  his  descendants,  in  a 
most  wonderful  degree. 

In  relation  to  the  descendants  of  the  progenitors  of  the  strains  of  trot- 
ting blood,  Mr.  H.  T.  Helm,  in  his  work,  "American  Roadsters  and 
Trotting  Horses,"  says  of  the  trotting  horse  of  to-day  :  "The  combined 
Abdallah-Bellfounder  is  a  horse  of  the  teens;  Goldsmith  Maid,  2  :  14  ; 
Dexter,  2:17;  Gloster,  2:17;  Bodine,  2  :  19i  ;  St.  Julian,  2  :  22^  ; 
Gazelle,  2:21;  Fullerton,  2  :  18  ;  Mountain  Boy,  2  :  202  ;  Jay  Gould, 
2  :  21^  ;  Nettie,  2  :  18  ;  Startle — .  Joe  Elliot  would,  in  his  opinion,  have 
stood  as  a  bright  star  in  the  firmament."  We  can  add  to  this  our  own 
opinion  as  a  breeder  of  descendants  of  Messenger  and  Bellfounder  many 
years  ago,  that  we  never  had  a  disappointing  colt.  They  were  mighty 
driving  horses,  of  great  bone,  muscle  and  sinew,  of  great  lung  power, 
and,  of  course,  of  great  endurance. 


182         CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


CHAPTER  IX. 

THE  BREEDING  AND  REARING  OP  COLTS. 


t.    IMPORTANCK  OF  ACCURATE  KNOWLEDGE. 11.   BREED  FROM  MATURE  ANIMALS. 

III.   NO  PROFIT  IN   INFERIOR    HORSES. IV.   HEREDITY    IN  ANIMALS. V.   PECU- 
LIAR   ORGANIC    STRUCTURE. VI.   HEREDITY    OF     DISEASE. VII.   AVATISM    OR 

BKEEDING  BACK.— BREED  TO  NONE  BUT  THE  BEST. VIII.   VARIATION  AND  DEVEL- 
OPMENT.  IX.   TRANSMISSION  OF  QUALITIES. X.   THE    IMPRESS   OF  COLOR  AND 

FORM. XI.   RELATION    OF    SIZE   IN    SIRE  AND    DAM. XII.   BREED    ONLY   FROM 

PUKE  SIRES. XIII.   THE  BEST  ARE    CHEAPEST    IN    THE    END. XIV.   SELECTION 

OF  STALLION  AND  MARE. XV.   SERVICE  OF  THE  STALLION. XVI.   THE  PERIOD 

OP    GESTATION  —  TREATMENT. XVII.     TREATMENT     AFTER    FOALING. XVIII. 

HOW  TO  KNOW  TF  A  MARE  IS  IN  FOAL. XIX.    HOW  TO  KNOW  THK  FOALING  TIME. 

XX.    THE  FOALING    STALL. XXI.    ABORTION,  OR  SLINKING  THE  FCETUS. XXII. 

HOW  TO  RAISE  A  COLT. 

1.  Importance  of  Accurate  Knowledge. 

The  breeding  and  raising  of  farm  stock  is  one  of  the  most  interesting 
branches  of  agricultural  art,  audit  is  one  requiring  judgment  and  ac- 
curate knowledge  in  a  high  degree.  In  the  preceding  chapters  we  have 
therefore,  carefully  gone  over  the  ground  covered  by  what  pertains  to 
the  anatomy  and  physical  condition  of  the  horse,  to  the  end  that 
any  intelligent  person  may  become  so  thoroughly  master  of  the  subject 
that  he  may  not  only  know  what  constitutes  a  good  horse,  ])ut  may  also 
decide  with  tolerable  accuracy  as  to  the  age  and  constitutional  vio-or  of 
an  animal,  and  l)c  familiar  with  the  characteristics  of  the  principal  breeds. 

Know  what  You  Breed  For. — A  horse  should  l)e  bred  with  a  view  solely 
to  the  labor  he  is  to  perform.  The  first  thing  for  the  breeder  to  do, 
therefore,  is  to  decide  what  he  wants  with  the  horse.  If  the  animal 
is  intended  for  the  turf,  there  is  but  one  course  to  pursue  ;  breed  only  to 
horses  of  the  most  approved  pedigree,  for  the  distance,  whether  it  be 
one,  two,  three,  or  four  miles.  It  is  well  known  that  but  a  moiety  of  the 
colts,  even  of  the  best  blood,  e\er  arrive  at  high  eminence.  So  many 
are  the  contingencies  to  be  met,  and  so  many  the  risks  to  be  taken,  that 
our  advice  is,  Do  not  undertake  the  breeding  of  this  kind  of  stock,  un- 
less you  are  amply  able  to  provide  all  the  varied  requirements,  includino- 
the  most  perfect  stables,  and  a  training  track.  Above  all,  do  not  waste 
money  on  the  so-called  thoroughbreds,  that  travel  country  districts,  ex- 
pecting to  breed  high-priced  horses  from  common  mares.  You  would  be 
quite  as  likely  to  be  struck  by  lightning  as -to  succeed  in  getting  any- 
thing better,  from  such  parents,  than  a  quarter  nag  for  a  scrub  race.  So 
with  trotting  horses,  do  not  expect  to  get  a  crack  trotter  unless  the  blood 
of  trotting  thoroughbreds  is  strong  in  the  veins  of  sire  and  dam.  Nor 
can  you  get  a  fine   carriage    dri\nng   horse   from    some    weedy,  dancing, 

183 


184         CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


THE  BREEDING  AND  REARING  OF  COLTS.  185 

high  headed  sire,  whose  nervousness  comes  from  timidity,  and  whose 
blood  is  made  up  from  guess-work  breeding.  Read  carefully  what  is  con- 
tained in  the  preceding  chapters,  and  breed  from  stock,  already  improved, 
rather  than  seek  to  make  a  breed  yourself. 

If  you  desire  to  breed  up  from  the  stock  you  already  have,  the  object 
is  a  laudable  one,  provided  you  want  horses  only  for  general  use.  In 
this  case,  breed  from  the  best  sires  you  can  find,  and  those  which  combine 
the  characteristics  you  seek  to  perj)etuate. 

II.  Breed  From  Mature  Animals. 

Maturity  in  breeding  stock  is  indispensable,  since  it  is  futile  to  expect 
to  get  the  best  development  from  animals  undeveloped  themselves.  We 
believe  the  weediness  of  many  thoroughbreds,  which  means  want  of  de- 
velopment and  lack  of  constitutional  vigor,  to  be  the  result,  in  part, 
of  too  early  and  fast  work,  and  also  of  breeding  their  parents  while  yet 
too  young,  or  after  they  were  broken  down  for  service  on  the  turf.  To 
get  the  highest  exellence  in  the  offspring  we  must  have  the  highest  de- 
velopment in  the  parents.  Degeneration  will  surely  result,  if  we  l)reed 
from  immature  or  broken  down  animals.  Another  important  requisite  is, 
that  the  sire  be  given  plenty  of  exercise  during  the  season  of  service  ; 
and  after  that,  and  until  the  next  season  begins,  he  should  have  constant 
work,  except  for  a  period  of  rest  with  a  run  on  the  grass  immediately 
after  the  service  season.  The  mare  also  sh(,ald  not  be  idle,  nor  confined 
to  the  stable  ;  exercise  is  as  necessary  to  the  dam  as  to  the  sire. 

III.  No  Profit  in  Inferior  Horses. 

The  best  and  purest  stock,  well  adai)ted  to  the  end  sought,  is  always 
the  cheapest.  This  is  a  fundamental  principle,  to  be  kept  constantly  in 
view.  It  costs  no  more  to  feed,  shelter,  and  properly  care  for  good 
stock,  than  it  does  to  feed,  shelter  and  care  for  inferior  stock.  The  first 
cost  of  good  animals  is,  of  course,  more,  but  this  is  the  capital  invested,  and 
for  which  you  expect  to  get  adequate  returns.  It  costs  no  more  to  raise 
good  stock  than  it  does  to  raise  inferior  stock.  It  costs  no  more  to  fit  and 
train  the  one  than  the  other.  After  3'ou  have  secured  the  female  stock, 
smooth  in  movement,  of  undoubted  constitutional  vigor,  and  of  the 
proper  blood  for  the  labor  intended,  if  you  do  not  own,  or  cannot  afford 
to  own,  the  sire,  you  need  not  fear  to  pay  lil)erally  for  such  blood  as  you 
require ;  you  may,  moreover,  safely  incur  the  expense  of  sending  your 
mares  considerable  distances  to  procure  the  proper  sire.  This,  however, 
wdll  rarely  be  necessary  unless  you  wish  exceptional  colts  ;  for,  in  all  well- 
settled  districts,  there  are  plenty  of  good  sires,  outside  of  the  highest- 
caste  thoroughbreds,  and  trotting  strains.  In  thinly-settled  districts 
the  breeding  of  high-caste   stock  should   not   be  undertaken  unless  the 


186  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

breeder  can  afford  to  keep  the  sires  at  his  own  expense  or hj  co-operation, 
or  in  partnership,  with  others. 

Taking  it  for  granted  that  the  reader  accepts,  as  true,  the  foregoing 
propositions,  we  will  next  inquire  into  some  points  that  should  be  borne 
in  mind  by  every  one  who  hopes  to  win  success  as  a  breeder,  whether 
from  the  stand-point  of  profit  or  with  a  view  to  the  pleasure  of  doing  a 
thing  well. 

rv.    Heredity  in  Animals. 

We  have  dwelt  with  some  emphasis  upon  the  importance  of  breeding 
from  sound,  vigorous  parents  ;  for  like  produces  like,  and  the  rule  is 
constant  even  in  the  case  of  phenomenal  animals.  Extraordinary  devel- 
opment is  by  no  means  the  result  of  chance,  though  it  may  be  the  bring- 
ing out  in  an  extraordinary  degree,  of  qualities  that  have  been  dormant, 
perhaps  for  generations,  for  the  want  of  what  breeders  call  nicking. 
By  "nicking"  is  meant  the  development  of  dormant  traits  through  the 
union  of  a  sire  and  dam  of  peculiar  qualities,  of  the  most  excellent 
traits  perfectly  blended  together,  and  conferring  vigor  of  constitution, 
soundness  and  fineness  of  bone,  along  with  great  muscular  development, 
good  digestion  and  excellence  of  the  respiratory  organs,  and  of  the  nerv- 
ous system,  and  nerve  force.  With  these,  an  animal  must  be  good  ;  and 
how  to  have  them  good  is  the  object  of  this  work. 

Let  us  now  see  what  goes  to  make  up  that  quality  called  heredity, 
which  is  caiTied  in  the  breeding  of  an  animal.  Charles  Darwin  has  writ- 
ten voluminously  and  conclusively  on  this  subject,  as  have  many  others. 
Dr.  Miles,  late  professor  of  Agriculture  in  the  Michigan  State  Agricultu- 
ral College,  in  a  treatise  on  the  laws  of  development  and  lieredit}^  in  rela- 
tion to  the  improvement  and  breeding  of  domestic  animals,  has  collected 
and  arranged  much  valuable  matter  bearing  upon  this  subject ;  and  he 
cites  heredity  of  normal  characteristics,  atavism,  variation,  the  relative 
influence  of  parents,  influence  of  previous  impregnations,  and  various 
other  matters,  as  being  well  worth  the  study  of  the  breeder.  The 
position  we  have  assumed  is,  therefore,  founded  upon  correct  and  long- 
continued  observation  kiy  the  most  eminent  minds  of  this  and  other  ages  ; 
for  more  than  a  glimmering  of  the  laws  of  heredity  was  had  even  by  the 
ancients.  In  classic  times  there  were  families  of  athletes  among  the 
Greeks  ;  and  the  extract  already  given  from  Xenophon  shows  that  he  no 
less  understood  what  a  horse  should  be,  than  he  did  how  to  conduct  the 
memorable  retreat  of  the  ten  thousand,  and  to  fight  successful  battles. 
Later  researches  by  Gaiton  have  shown  that  the  best  wrestlers  and  oars- 
men belong  to  a  small  number  of  families  in  which  strength  and  skill 
have  become  hereditary.     The  most  successful  of  our  trotting  horses  are 


THE    BREEDING    AMD    REARING    OF    COLTS.  187 

derived  from  three  families  ;  of  these  the  descendants  of  Messenger  are 
most  strongly  marked  in  hereditar}'^  trotting  qualities.  Among  running 
horses  Eclipse  begat  334,  and  Herod  497  winners.  The  hereditary  trans- 
mission of  strongly  marked  peculiarities  in  races  is  conspicuously  shown 
in  the  Jews  and  in  the  Gypsies,  who  intermarr}-,  each,  only,  among  their 
own  race.  Hence,  says  Ribot,  "their  distinguishing  characteristics  have 
remained  the  same  for  centuries."  So,  certain  breeds  of  sheep,  as  the 
Spanish  INIerinos,  certain  breeds  of  cattle,  as  the  Dcvons,  like  certain 
breeds  of  horses,  are  strongly  characterized  by  their  hereditary  traits  and 
tendencies. 

V.  Peculiar  Organic  Structure. 
No  loss  remarkable  is  the  tendency,  sometimes  seen,  to  inherit  abnor- 
mal organic  structure.  A  peculiar  structure  of  the  ear,  nervous  system 
and  vocal  organs,  gave  to  the  fariiily  of  Sebastian  Bach,  that  power  which 
in  eight  generations  produced  no  less  than  twenty-nine  eminent  singers. 
Fecundity,  length  of  life,  abnormal  peculiarities  of  members  of  the  body, 
day-blmdness,  total  blindness,  peculiar  forms  of  infirmity,  and  of  disease, 
are  well  known  to  be  hereditary  in  some  human  families.  According  to 
Finlcy  Dun  a  tendency  to  consumption  anddysentery  in  cattle  is  indicated 
by  certain  well  marked  signs  ;  the  most  obvious  of  which,  he  says,  are  a 
thin  and  long  carcass,  narrow  loins  and  chest,  flat  ribs,  a  hollow  appear- 
ance at  the  flanks,  extreme  thinness  and  fineness  of  the  neck  and  withers, 
hollo wness  behind  the  ears,  fullness  under  the  jaws  and  a  small,  narrow 
muzzle.  All  these  are  indications  of  defective  nutrition,  and  will  apply 
generally,  not  only  to  cattle,  but  to  other  animals  ;  and  defective  nutri- 
tion is  the  parent  of  disease. 

VI.    Heredity  of  Disease. 

Of  1000  cases  of  insanity  noted  in  France,  530  were  hereditary.  In 
the  family  of  Le  C'ompt,  thirty-seven  children  and  grand-children  became 
blind  like  himself,  and  in  this  case  the  blindness,  for  three  successive 
generations,  occurred  at  about  the  age  of  seventeen  or  eighteen  years. 

Blindness  is  well  known  to  be  hereditary  in  horses.  Spavins,  curbs, 
ring-bones,  strains  of  the  back  tendons,  swelling  of  the  legs  and  grease, 
roaring,  thick  wind,  chronic  cough,  partial  as  well  as  total  blind 
ncss,  malignant  and  other  tumors,  epilepsy  and  various  nei-^^ous  affec 
tions,  are  also  distinctly  hereditary  in  the  horse,  and  often  do  not  appear 
until  mature  age.  Hence,  it  is  necessary  to  know  that  the  stock  you 
breed  from  is  not  only  sound,  but  that  it  came  of  sound  ancestry ;  for 
disabilities  may  ^'<^  dormant  for  one,  two  or  three  generations,  and  then 
appear. 


188  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

The  predisposition  most  to  be  guarded  against  in  horses,  is  hereditary 
disability  in  the  bone,  sinew,  viscera,  and  especially  in  the  sight.  Defec- 
tive sight  leads  to  shying,  fright  and  consequent  un manageability,  and  is 
therefore  dangerous  in  the  extreme, 

VII.    Atavism  or  Breeding  Back. 

In  breeding,  if  an  abnormal  characteristic  appears  in  any  of  the  young, 
and  this  is  found  to  be  valuable,  it  should  be  sedulously  preserved  and 
fostered.  What  is  called  breeding  back  or  throwing  back,  may  occur  after 
the  lapse  of  many  years.  The  occasional  appearance  of  horns  in  Galloway 
cattle  is  a  case  in  point.  Mr.  Darwin  mentions  the  occurrence  in  two  of  a 
litter  of  Essex  pigs,  of  marks  of  a  Berkshire  cross,  that  had  lain  dormant 
for  twenty-eight  years.  The  reproduction  of  a  peculiarity  of  an  ancestor, 
near  or  remote,  whether  of  form,  color,  mental  trait  or  predisposition  to 
disease,  is  termed  atavism.  It  is  a  valuable  trait  when  good  qualities  are 
thrown,  and  they  are  likely  to  be,  if  the  good  qualities  are  inherent.  It 
is  to  be  guarded  against,  if  the  qualities  transmitted  are  bad.  Hence  we 
have  laid  it  down  as  a  rule  :  Breed  to  none  but  the  best. 
VIII.    Variation  and  Development. 

Variation  is  among  the  rarest  of  the  occurrences  that  the  breeder  ever 
encounters.  It  is  in  fact  not  susceptible  of  proof  that  distinct  and  well- 
marked  variation  of  a  race  is  possible.  Its  occurrence  is  probably  due  to 
the  throwing  l)ack  to  some  long  dormant  quality  of  a  remote  ancestor. 
Wild  animals  do  not  change  ;  among  them  one  is  like  the  others.  If 
transported,  they  may  be  dwarfed  in  size,  and  acquire  a  more  abundant  cov- 
ering of  hair,  while  their  stomachs  and  other  organs  may  become  modi- 
fied to  suit  the  changed  conditions  in  a  rigorous  climate,  or,  with  warmth 
and  abundant  food  they  may  be  increased  in  size  and  general  develop- 
ment. But  this  is  not  what  we  understand  by  variation,  which  is  not 
some  sudden  change  in  the  species.  Variation  is  rather  the  departure  of 
the  individual  from  the  well-known  traits  of  his  species  or  family,  and  is  due, 
as  already  stated,  to  avatism  or  breeding  back  to  some  ancient  ancestor,  and 
to  some  remote  cross  or  mingling  of  blood.  Species  may  acquire  certain 
traits  by  development,  but  the  process  is  gradual,  and  when  once  attained 
the  traits  may  be  perpetuated.  This  development  is  most  gradual  in 
horses,  somewhat  quicker  in  cattle,  yet  faster  in  sheep,  and  still  more  so  in 
swine.  Horses  breed  but  once  a  year,  mature  the  most  slowly  of  all  farm 
animals,  and  rarely  produce  more  than  one  young  at  a  birth.  Cattle 
mature  faster,  breed  younger  and  frequently  produce  twins.  Sheep  ma- 
ture still  faster,  and  often  produce  two  or  more  at  a  birth,  while  swine 
mature  rapidly,  breed  young,  and  produce  many  at  a  birth. 


THE  BREEDING  AND  REARING  OF  COLTS. 


I8D 


IX.  Transmission  of  Qualities. 
In  breeding,  there  are  two  points  to  be  taken  into  consideration,  in 
relation  to  the  transmission  of  the  qualities  of  the  sire  and  dam.  As  a 
rule  the  sire  of  pure  blood,  coupled  with  a  "cold-blooded"  mare,  by 
which  we  mean  a  mare  of  mixed  blood,  will  get  a  foal  more  strongly 
resembling  himself  than  the  mare.  Some  sires  have  this  power  of  im- 
pressing their  characteristics  upon  the  progeny  in  a  remarkable  degree. 
A  fact  that  is  still  more  striking  is  that  some  females  have  the  faculty  of 
bringing  young  remarkably  like  the  sire.  This  is  a  species  of  atavism. 
If  a  mare  possesses  this  peculiarity,  she  is  invaluable,  and  if  of  pure 
blood  should  never  be  served  by  any  but  the  best  sires.  If  of  cold  blood 
then  she  should  be  served  by  a  sire  of  like  peculiarity  as  to  the  transmis- 
sion of  blood,  and  possessing  the  qualities  which  are  wanted  in  the  foal. 
Again,  the  oftencr  a  female  is  served  by  the  same  sire,  the  stronger  will 
be  the  likeness  of  the  i)rogeny  to  the  sire,  as  a  rule  ;  and  the  oftcner  the 
sire  is  changed,  the  greater  will  be  the  danger  of  variation  in  the  progeny. 
Hence,  the  absolute  importance  of  breeding  in  such  manner  that  the  blood 
sought  will  l)e  more  and  more  impressed  with  the  characteristics  required  ; 
and,  hence,  again,  the  imperative  necessity  that  the  first  time  a  female, 
especially  one  of  pure  lineage,  is  allowed  to  breed,  it  be  not  only  to 
an  animal  of  known  purity  of  blood,  l)ut  to  one  bred  in  the  same  line, 
that  is,  having  the  same  qualities  as  herself;  for,  not  only  is  the  dam 
impressed  with  the  blood  of  every  sire  with  which  she  has  had  contact, 
but  the  first  impress  is  stronger  than  any  succeeding  one.  It  is  not  nec- 
essary here  to  go  into  a  demonstration  of  these  facts.  They  are  so  well 
established  that  they  may  be  taken  for  granted. 

X.    The  Impress  of  Color  and  Form. 

Breeding  to  color  is  also  an  important  point  to  l)e  considered.  Never 
use  a  parti-colored  stallion,  but  always  use  one  of  self-color.  Ba3^s  and 
chestnuts  with  darker  manes  and  tails  are  the  best  colors,  as  a  rule.  These 
colors  may  be  broken  with  white  at  the  fetlocks,  and  by  a  star  in  the 
forehead;  but  too  much  white  should  l)e  avoided,  while  "calico  mark- 
ings" are  the  least  desirable  of  all.  Certain  breeds  have  characteristic 
colors,  as  the  gray  in  the  Percheron,  bays  and  browns  in  the  Clydesdales, 
and  black  in  the  English  carthorse.  Adhere  to  definite  colors,  whatever 
they  may  be  ;  if  others  incline  to  crop  out,  especially  marked  ones,  be 
sure  they  arc  due  to  atavism,  from  some  near  or  remote  cross. 

With  regard  to  form,  the  rule  more  generally  acknowledged  to  be  cor- 
rect, and  the  one  borne  out  by  many  facts,  is,  that  the  sire  impresses 
outward  form  and  color  to  a  great  degree,  and  the  mare  the  inner  and 
physical  form  to  a  corresponding  degree.     If  the  sire  be  of  the  purest 


190  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOGJK  DOCTOR. 

lineage,  his  impress,  all  through,  will  be  the  stronger,  and  if  the  mare  be 
the  purest,  her  characteristics  will  predominate.  In  breeding  up  to  a 
higher  standard,  be  sure,  therefore,  that  the  sire  is  of  the  purest  and  the 
most  strongly  marked  characteristics,  as  to  impress  of  lilood. 

XI.    Relation  of  Size  in  Sire  and  Dam. 

In  the  production  of  full-formed,  vigorous  and  symmetrical  animals,  it 
it  is  desired  to  increase  the  size,  the  mare  should  be  relatively  larger  than 
the  horse.  But  if  the  size  is  correct,  according  to  the  breed,  select  sire 
and  dam  of  relative  size  ;  that  is,  select  a  sire  proportionately  larger  than 
the  dam,  according  to  the  breed.  In  Devon  and  Hereford  cattle,  for 
example,  the  cows  are  smaller  than  the  bulls,  wherein  they  contrast  with 
the  Short-Horns,  where  the  relative  size  between  male  and  female  cor- 
responds more  nearly  with  the  relative  size  of  horse  and  mare.  Above 
all,  never  make  the  mistake  of  attempting  to  breed-up  the  size  by  using 
overgrown  males.  Such  an  experiment  nuist  alwaj'S  end  in  disaster,  as 
many  farmers  have  found  by  breeding  small  mares,  Avhicii  they  happen 
to  have,  to  some  coarse,  large-boned  horse,  with  the  idea  of  getting  large, 
able-bodied  colts.  At  the  time  when  overgrown  horses  were  fashionable 
in  England,  for  coach  and  carriage  teams,  the  farmers  of  Yorkshire 
attempted  to  breed  such  animals  from  overgrown  stallions  on  small  mares. 
The  result  was  a  dismal  failure.  The  converse  of  this  has  been  seen  in 
this  country,  in  breeding  pony  Morgans  upon  much  of  the  farm  stock 
with  a  view  of  getting  fine  horses.  The  outcome  was  stock  too 
small  for  labor,  and  not  good  enough  for  anything  like  road  horses. 
The  results  of  this  mistake  may  yet  be  seen  in  some  jDarts  of  the  country, 
in  undersized  animals. 

XII.    Breed  Only  From  Pure  Sires. 

In-and-in  breeding,  as  already  stated,  as  the  breeding  together  of  ani- 
mals closely  related,  as  the  progeny  of  one  sire  and  dam  or  members  of 
the  same  distinct  and  closely  related  lineage.  Cross  breeding  is  the 
union  of  two  distinct  sub-families  of  the  same  tribe.  Hybrids  are  the 
produce  of  two  distinct  tribes  of  a  familj'^,  as  for  instance  in  the 
genus  equus,  of  the  mare  and  ass,  or  the  mare  and  zebra,  or  of  the 
mare  and  quagga.  Cross-bred  animals  are  fertile ;  hybrids  are  not. 
Breeding  in  line  is  the  union  of  animals  closely  enough  related  to  pos- 
sess similar  characteristics.  In  this  connection  it  will  be  sufficient  to  state 
conclusions  founded  upon  experience  and  facts.  The  data  may  be  found 
in  the  records  of  herd  and  stud  books,  and  in  works  dealing  in  special- 
ties relating  to  physiology,  anatomy  and  breeding. 

If  it  be  desired  to  keep  a  stock  absolutely  pure,  and  to  retain  the  well- 
known  characteristics  of  a  breed  in  their  best  form,  the  proper  plan  is  to 


THE  BREEDING  AND  REARING  OF  COLTS. 


191 


breed  to  line  with  individuals  having  the  distinct  points  required.  If  the 
object  is  to  breed-up,  to  found  a  breed,  or  to  refine  certain  points  and 
characteristics  with  a  view  to  their  perpetuation,  it  will  be  safe  to 
breed  in-and-in,  or  closely,  for  three  generations,  and  then  take  an  out 


A    CHOICE    ROADSTER    AND    MANY    TIMES    A    CHAMPION. 

Note  the  unusual  length  of  body  and  rangy  conformation.  Note,  also,  the 
unusual  length  from  hip  to  hock  and  well  muscled  thighs  and  quarters  indicating 
speed  qualities.     Height,  15-3  hands;  weight  1150  pounds. 

Good  roadsters  stand  from  15  to  16  hands  high  and  weigh  from  900  to  1150 
pound.s.  While  16  hands  is  the  upper  limit  for  this  class,  a  16-hand  roadster  is 
not  nearly  so  desirable  as  one  that  does  not  stand  more  than  15-3  hands  high. 
Some  authorities  go  so  far  as  to  say  that  a  16-hand  horse  is  not  wanted;  how- 
ever, if  the  extra  height  is  all  that  is  against  him,  he  usually  finds  a  buyer  with- 
out great  difficulty. 


cross,  or  breed  to  line,  as  the  case  may  be.  For  ordinary  purposes, 
where  stamina,  strength  of  constitution,  and  not  exceptionally  constant 
characteristics  are  required,  crossing  is  not  objectionable,  though  violent 
crosses,  as  heretofore  stated,  must  not  be  allowed.  Breed  your  females  to 
the  best  male  vou  can  find,  having  due  regard  always  to  the  i)oint  that  the 


i92  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

female  must  not  be  bred  to  a  male  widely  different  from  herself.  Good 
mares  of  the  common  mixed  breed  may  l>e  bred  to  staunch  thorough- 
breds to  refine,  and  to  give  style,  symmetry  and  speed  to  the  foals  ;  to 
Percherons,  or  Clydesdales,  to  increase  the  size  and  strength  for  draft ;  to 
the  Cleveland  Bay,  to  begot  handsome,  able  horses  for  the  farm  and  car- 
riage, and  to  well-bred  trotting  stock  to  get  good  horses  for  the  road,  and 
for  all  work. 

An  historic  animal  strikingly  illustrating  our  meaning  was  the  widely 
celebrated  horse  Gold  Dust,  a  horse  of  mixed  blood,  got  by  Vermont 
Morgan,  out  of  a  dam  nearly  or  quite  thoroughbred,  it  will  serve  to 
s^  "tw  a  result  of  cross  breeding.  The  progeny  partakes  more  of  the 
thorough  than  of  the  mixed  blood.  The  famous  Shales,  a  half-bred 
horse  foaled  in  England,  early  in  the  century,  and  noted  during 
his  whole  life  as  a  most  wonderful  trotter,  shows  the  result  of  a 
thoroughbred  sire,  with  a  dam  of  mixed  lineage.  Here  the  pre- 
ponderance is  in  favor  of  the  thoroughbred  sire.  The  noted  Der- 
vish shows  an  example  of  pure  breeding,  and  probably  of  close,  or 
at  least  line,  breeding.  He  was  a  little  bay  Arab,  of  great  style 
and  fineness,  remarkable  for  his  darting,  square  trot ;  that  is,  for  throwing 
out  the  fore-leg,  and  str.'''ghteniiig  the  knee  before  the  foot  touched  the 
ground. 

Vlll.    The  Best  are  Ctieapest  in  the  End. 

The  highly-bred  trotters  of  to-day,  those  quite  or  nearly  thorough- 
bred, show  the  value  of  breeding  ni  line,  that  is,  we  repeat,  the  breeding 
together  of  animals  of  close  descent,  or  those  having  characteristics  in 
common.  Many  of  our  best  thoroughbred  racers  show  examples  of  in- 
and-in  breeding,  and,  as  a  rule,  those  bred  in  the  same  line  of  descent  are 
more  uniform  in  their  qualities,  than  those  which  have  been  produced  by 
the  union  of  many  sub-families  of  the  same  original  blood.  The  objec- 
tion to  close  in-and-in  breeding  is,  that,  if  persisted  in,  it  will  ultimately 
result  in  weakening  the  constitution,  while  at  the  same  time  it  refines. 
To  establish  a  breed  it  must  be  closely  followed,  departing  from  the  rule 
only  when  undue  delicacy  of  constitutional  vigor  is  feared.  In  the  wild 
state,  gregarious  animals,  such  as  horses  and  cattle,  breed  in-and-in  for 
two  or  three  generations,  or  until  the  strongest  males  become  enfeebled 
with  age,  or  are  obliged  to  succumb  to  j^oungcr  and  more  Aigorous  ones  ; 
which  is  in  accordance  with  the  principle  of  the  survival  of  the  fittest, 
and  may  be  called  a  modification  of  in-and-in  breeding  alternated  with 
breeding  to  line.  The  same  rule  would  be  a  sound  one,  if  modified  by 
careful  selection,  in  the  artificial  breeding  of  domestic  animals,  always 
keeping  in  mind  that  in  sheep,  and  especially  in  swine,  the  rule  must  not 
be  so  closely  followed.     But  in   all   this,   remember  constantly  that  tV' 


THE  BREBDIXa   ANU   REARINQ   OF   COUTS.  193 

best  are  always  cheapest  in  the  end.     It  is  true  that  the  breeder's  purse 
must  be  considered  ;  but,  be  he  rich  or  poor,  it  is  always  a  money-losing 
business  to  breed  to  an  ill-formed  male  because  he  is  cheap. 
Xrv.    Selection  of  StaUion  and  Mare; 

The  selection  of  the  stallion,  while  it  vnW  depend  primarily  upon  what 
the  colts  are  intended  for,  should  always  be  for  the  good  there  is  in  him. 
He  should  be  of  full  medium-size  lor  the  breed,  and  should  possess  the 
(characteristics  we  have  previously  stated,  in  writing  of  breeds.  He 
eihould  be  masculine  in  every  fiber,  with  the  distinguishing  beauty, 
strength,  fire  and  courage  of  the  male.  Never  breed  to  a  feminine-look- 
mg  male.     The  outcome  will  alwaj's  be  a  failure. 

Selection  of  the  Mare. — The  selection  of  the  mare  is  no  less  important. 
It  is  she  tiiat  is  to  nourish  the  foetus,  and  after  birth  give  suck  to  the 
young.  The  mare,  whatever  her  size,  should  not  be  coarse  at  any  point. 
Her  beauty  needs  to  be  feminine,  just  as  that  of  the  stallion  must  be 
masculine.  She  should  carry  more  muscle  or  flesh  than  the  horse,  be 
more  rounded  in  outline,  but  be  finer  in  head,  neck  and  limb,  and  thin- 
ner in  mane  and  tail  than  the  stallion.  Her  strength  should  be  that  of 
fleetness,  her  fire  that  of  docile  playfulness,  and  her  courage  that  of  am- 
bition to  perform.  She  should  have  a  larger  pelvis,  relatively,  than  the 
horse,  and  her  barrel  should  be  rather  rounder  and  more  roomy.  Her 
milking  qualities  should  of  course  be  good,  for  upon  them  depends,  in  a 
great  measure,  the  future  usefulness  of  the  colt. 
XV.    Service  of  the  Stallion. 

The  mare  may  be  served  just  as  she  is  coming  into  heat,  but  bettei 
Just  after  her  greatest  passion  of  heat  has  passed.  The  best  time  for 
service  is  early  in  the  morning.  After  being  served  let  her  remain  quiet, 
or,  if  she  seem  fretful,  walk  her  slowly  about,  and,  after  fifteen  minutes, 
turn  her  into  a  pasture  that  she  may  amuse  herself  eating  grass  ;  but  not 
in  a  pasture  where  there  is  other  stock.  A  mare  will  usually  receive  the 
horse  on  the  eighth  or  ninth  day  after  foaling,  even  though  she  exhibit 
no  particular  sign  of  heat ;  if  not,  she  may  come  into  heat  when  the  coH 
is  about  four  weeks  old. 

Treatment  after  Service. — After  being  served,  try  her  with  the  horse 
on  the  ninth  day  ;  if  she  refuse,  try  her  again  on  the  seventh  day  follow- 
ing ;  upon  a  second  refusal,  try  her  again  on  the  fifth  day  after  that ;  if 
she  then  refuse,  she  may  be  fairly  conceded  to  be  with  foal.  Above  all 
things,  the  mare  should  bo  kept  away  from  teasing  horses  ;  from  badly 
castrated  geldings  ;  from  ridglings,  or  horses  imperfectly  gelded,  and  bear- 
ing one  testicle  in  the  body  ;  from  yearling  colts,  and  from  other  mares  in 
heat.     When  once  the  time  of  heat  is  known,   and  service  given,  the 


/194  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

mare  should  be  returned  to  the  horse  as  recommended,  so  that  the  time  may 
not  run  over  when  the  mare  should  receive  the  horse.  Forty-four  weeks 
being  the  usual  time  the  mare  goes  with  foal,  if  the  service  of  the  stal- 
lion is  delayed  it  will  bring  the  birth  of  the  next  foal  too  late,  perhaps,  in 
the  next  year  ;  and,  possibly  one  year  may  have  to  be  intermitted  in  breed 
ing. 

XVI.    The  Period  of  Gestation. 

Gestation,  the  carrying  of  the  young,  continues,  on  an  average,  eleven 
months  or  forty-four  weeks.  This  period  ma}^  however,  according  to 
the  observations  of  Mr.  Youatt,  be  diminished  by  five  Aveeks,  or  extended 
by  six  weeks.  Thus  it  will  be  seen  that  there  is  a  variation  of  nearly 
eleven  weeks,  or  nearly  three  months.  M.  Fessier,  a  French  observer, 
counting  582  mares,  finds  the  longest  period  419  days,  the  shortest  287 
days  and  the  average  330  days.  In  an  observation  by  M.  Gayot  on 
twenty-five  mares,the  average  was  343  days,  the  longest  period  367  days  and 
the  shortest  period  324  days.  Small  marcs,  as  a  rule,  go  a  shorter  time 
than  large  ones,  and  a  mare  is  apt  to  carry  a  horse  colt  longer  than  one 
which  is  a  female.  The  observations  of  M.  Fessier  may  be  taken  aa 
the  most  conclusive,  since  they  were  extended  over  a  period  of  forty 
years. 

Treatment  During  Gestation. — The  mare  should  not  be  worked  imme- 
diately after  being  served.  Once  quieted,  it  is  proper  that  she  have  ordi- 
nary work  until  within  about  three  months  of  the  time  of  foaling.  After 
this  she  may  do  light  work,  not  fast  work,  with  benefit  to  herself  and  the 
foal.  Care,  however,  must  be  taken  that  she  do  not  slip  or  strain  herself, 
nor  fall  down 

XVll.    Treatment  After  Foaling; 

After  foaling,  and  until  the  colt  is  a  month  old,  the  mare  should  do  no 
work.  In  fact,  no  valuable  mare  should  do  any  work,  certainly  not  more 
than  enough  for  exercise,  until  the  colt  begins  to  eat  grass  and  grain 
freely.  There  are  more  colts  dwarfed,  and  mares  injured,  by  the  dam 
being  worked  hard  while  sucklingthe  colt,  than  at  any  other  time,  and  by 
all  other  means  Avhatever.  She  is  then  weak,  liable  to  become  overheated, 
and  any  disability  experienced  by  the  mare  will  surely  be  participated  in 
by  the  foal 

XV 111.    How  to  Know  if  a  Mare  is  in  Foal. 

As  already  stated,  if  the  mare  refuse  the  horse  upon  the  third  trial,  on 
the  twenty-first  day  after  service,  she  may  be  considered  to  be  with 
foal.  Between  these  trials,  however,  if  the  mare  be  not  gravid,  or  in 
foal,  the  lips  of  the  vagina  will  be  moist,  bright,  and  of  a  fresh  florid 


THE  BREEDING  AND  REARING  OF  COLTS.  195 

appearance,  and  with  a  fresh  drop  of  fluid  at  the  lower  part,  which  bein<r 
touched  will  incline  to  extend.  If  she  be  gravid,  the  surface  of  the  vagina 
will  be  dry  and  of  a  dirty  brown  or  rusty  color,  while  the  drop  that 
before  was  clear  fluid,  will  be  dark  and  brown.  After  the  third  month, 
the  belly  will  begiu  to  swell,  and  at  the  end  of  the  fifth  or  sixth  month  the 
movements  of  the  foetus  may  be  seen  by  watching ;  or  by  standing  the 
mare  at  rest  and  pressing  up  sharply  in  the  flank,  with  the  thumb  and 
fore-finger  closed,  the  foetus  may  be  distincly  f elt  by  the  rebound. 
XlX.  How  to  Know  the  Foaling  Time. 
From  one  to  Jthree  months  before  the  time  of  foaling,  the  udder  begins 
to  fiH  and  swell,  more  or  less,  and  this  will  continue  increasino-.  Durinf» 
the  three  weeks  immediately  preceding  the  time  of  foaling,  a  f uiTOw-like 
appearance  is  seen,  reaching  from  the  haunch  to  the  tail  on  each  side  of 
the  spinal  extension,  as  though  the  pelvis  was  separating  its  parts.  This 
will  be  more  and  more  apparent  as  the  time  approaches.  The  udder  will 
fill,  and  two  days,  generally,  though  sometimes  only  one,  before  foaling, 
a  gummy  subst^.nceAvill  exude  from,  and  stand  at  the  end  of,  each  teat. 

XX.    The  Pealing  StaU. 

WTiatever  the  place  provided  for  foaling,  it  should  be  so  tight  that  the 
mare  cannot  get  her  limbs  through  the  interstices.  It  should  be  warm 
and  well-littered  T\ath  short,  fine  straw,  and  the  mare  should  be  left 
entirely  to  herself,  except  in  those  rare  cases  when  she  may  need  mechan- 
ical assistance  in  foaling.  This,  however,  should  not  be  resorted  to  unless 
the  size  of  the  foetus  requires  it,  or  a  false  presentation  is  made. 
XXI.    Abortion,  or  Slinking  the  Poal. 

From  the  time  when  gestation  has  proceeded  three  months,  and  up  to 
the  fifth  month,  there  may  be  danger  of  abortion.  To  prevent  this,  the 
mare  should  not  be  exposed  to  foul  smells,  nor  to  the  sight  of  blood  or 
dying  animals,  nor  should  she  be  allowed  to  be  frightened.  She  should 
have  better  feeding,  and  less  work,  since  from  this  time  on  her  system 
will  be  called  on  to  nourish  the  fast-growing  foetus.  There  are  many 
causes  of  abortion.  Among  the  most  prolific  are,  allowing  her  to  see 
food  given  others,  that  she  does  not  get  herself,  and  which  she  likes ; 
sudden  fright ,  sympathy  with  the  distress  of  other  animals  ;  and  above 
all,  the  germs  arising  in  a  stable  in  which  there  has  been  an  abortion. 

The  prevention  is  to  avoid  all  these  things,  and  to  allow  the  animal 
plenty  of  fresh  air.  If  an  animal  once  aborts,  unless  it  is  brought  on  by 
strain  or  acute  disease,  or  if  once  the  tendency  is  established,  it  is  some- 
what difficult  to  overcome  the  predisposition,  which  generally  arises  at 
about  a  concm-rent  period  of  gestation.  Hence,  great  pains  should  be 
taken  to  prevent  any  liability  to  this  disaster. 


196 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK   AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


XXII.  How  to  Raise  a  Colt. 
The  colt  should  bo  allowed  to  run  with  the  dam  until  it  is  about  six 
months  old.  The  mare  should  have  plenty  of  grass,  and  such  other  food 
as  may  be  necessary  to  keep  up  her  condition.  If,  at  weaning  time,  the 
Mare  do  not  dry  off  kindly,  the  milk  should  be  drawn  by  hand,  often  enough 
to  prevent  inflammation  ;  keeping  her  on  dry  food  will  assist  in  the  pro- 
cess of  drying,  especially  if  she  be  put  to  steady  but  light  work.  At  all 
events  she  should  have  j^lenty  of  walking  exercise  daily.  The  colt  should 
be  handled  and  fondled  from  the  time  it  is  a  week  old,  if  strong,  and  a 
light  halter  should  be  put  on,  to  lead  it  by.  Thus  it  early  becomes  ac- 
customed to  the  master,  and  if  kindly  treated  will  soon  come  to  seek  the 
fondling  hand.  As  soon  as  it  will  eat,  say  at  three  months  old,  it  should 
be  accustomed  to  a  little  crushed  oats  daily,  and  the  mess  may  be  in- 
creased from  time  to  time,  until  it  gets  a  full  ration,  at  six  months  old. 


POITOU-ASS. 

Many  persons  suppose  that  a  colt  needs  no  water.  Nothing  could  be 
further  from  the  truth.  After  it  is  a  week  old,  the  colt  should  be  offered 
water  once  a  day,  at  noon,  and  as  it  increases  in  age,  oftener.  When  ready 
to  wean,  it  will  already  have  been  accustomed  to  lead  by  the  halter.  Tie 
it  securely  where  it  may  not  hurt  itself,  preferably  in  sight  of  the  mare  ; 
feed  ^'t  generously,  give  it  plenty  of  water,  and  allow  it  to  run  at  play 
every  day. 


THE  BREEDIXr,  AND  REARING  OF  COLTS. 


197 


198  CYCLOrEDIA   OF   LIVE  STOCK 


VXD  COMPLETE   STOCK 


CHAPTER  X. 

ASSES  AND  MULES. 


\.  THE  MULE  AND   HINNY    DEFINED. II.   THE  ASS. III.   ANTIQUITY  OP  THE  MULE. 

IV.   BREEDING-JACKS. V.    LONGEVITY    OF    THE    MULE. VI.    THE    VALUE    OF 

MULES  FOR   LABOR. VII.   MULES  ARE  NOT  VICIOUS. VIII.   THE   BREEDING  OP 

MULES. 

I.    The  Mule  and  Hinny  Defined. 

The  word  mule  signifies  a  hybrid,  that  is,  the  offspring  of  animals 
belonging  to  the  same  genus,  and  fertile  one  with  the  other,  but  of  dif" 
ferent  species.  Mules  or  hybrids  are  usually  infertile,  one  with  another, 
and  are  always  incapable  of  propagating  the  species  indefinitely.  As  now 
generally  accepted,  the  word  mule  is  used  to  designate  the  offspring  of 
the  male  ass  with  the  mare.  They  have  been  known  and  bred  since  the 
time  of  ^'emotest  history,  having  always  been  prized  for  their  longevity, 
sure-footedness,  and  ability  to  labor  in  extreme  heat. 

The  Hinny. — The  hinny  is  the  produce  of  a  she-ass,  bred  to  a  horse. 
They  were  called  hinnus  by  the  Romans  ; — hence,  our  name,  hinny. 
They  resemble  the  horse  more  than  the  ass,  just  as  the  mule,  sprung 
from  the  mare  and  ass,  resembles  the  male  parent  most.  Hinnics  are 
handsome,  round-bodied  like  the  horse,  but  exceedingly  small,  and  are 
also  said  to  be  slow  and  more  difficult  to  manage  than  the  mule  proper. 
They  have,  therefore,  seldom  been  bred,  and  when  so,  soon  passed  into 
disuse. 

II.    The  Ass. 

The  wild  ass  is  said  to  have  been  indigenous  to  Arabia  Deserta,  and  the 
countries  which  formed  the  Babylonian  Empire.  Those  now  found  in  the 
northern  region  of  India  are  said  to  be  so  fleet,  in  the  hill  country,  that 
no  horse  can  overtake  them.  Four  different  races  seem  to  be  indicated 
in  the  Hebrew  Scriptures,  where  they  are  named  Para^  CJiamor,  Aton 
and  Orud.  Of  the  wild  ass  Para,  Scott's  version  of  the  description  by 
Job  is  as  follows  : 

"Wild  tenant  of  the  Avaste,  I  sent  hun  there 

Among  the  shrubs,  to  breath  in  Freedom's  air. 

Swift  as  an  arrow  in  his  speed  he  flies ; 

Sees  from  afar  the  smoky  city  rise ; 

Scorns  the  throng'd  street,  where  slavery  drags  her  load. 

The  loud-voiced  driver  and  his  urging  goad : 

WTiere  e'er  the  mountain  waves  its  lofty  wood, 

A  boundless  range,  he  seeks  his  verdant  food." 

190 


200  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

m.    Antiqaltyof  the  Hnle. 

Mules  were  used  and  much  prized  from  a  remote  antiquity,  and  are 
mentioned  both  in  sacred  and  profane  history.  They  were  introduced 
into  the  chariot  races  in  the  70th  Olympiad,  or  about  500  years  before  the 
Christan  era  ;  and  in  the  time  of  the  Romans,  Q.  Axius,  a  Roman  Sena- 
tor, paid,  according  to  Pliny,  400,000  sesterces,  or  more  than  $13,000, 
for  a  male  ass,  for  the  stud  ;  and  he  also  states  that  the  best  female  asses 
were  worth  a  like  sum  to  breed  sires,  \7hen  we  compute  the  difference 
in  value  between  money  then  and  now,  the  price  was  greater  than  that 
now  paid  for  the  most  celebrated  racing  and  trotting  horses. 
IV.    Breeding-Jacks. 

The  best  jacks  now  are  those  of  Spanish  origin.  They  are  large, 
strong-boned,  long-bodied,  and,  of  course,  long-eared.  The  cut  will  give 
a  good  representation  of  the  Poitou  ass,  an  animal  similar  to  the  Spanish 
jack.  The  jack,  whatever  the  breed,  is  sensitive  to  cold,  and  to  the  influ- 
ence of  storms,  and,  if  not  warmly  housed  in  winter,  soon  becomes  useless 
and  disabled,  from  rheumatic  and  other  affections.  Of  the  jacks  imported 
at  an  early  day  into  America,  as  a  present  to  General  Washington,  Mr. 
Custis  has  written  as  follows  : 

*'The  Boyal  Gift  and  Knight  of  Malta,  were  sent  to  General  Wash- 
ington about  the  year  1787 — the  Gift  with  a  jennet,  a  present  from  the 
King  of  Spain  ;  and  said  to  have  been  selected  from  the  ro^^al  stud.  The 
Knight^  I  believe,  was  from  the  Marquis  de  Lafayette,  and  shipped  from 
Marseilles.  The  Gift  was  a  huge  and  ill  shapen  jack,  near  sixteen  hands 
high,  very  large  head,  clumsy  limbs  and  to  all  appearance  little  calcula- 
ted for  active  servnce  ;  he  was  of  a  gray  color,  probably  not  young  when 
imported,  and  died  at  Mount  Yernon  but  little  valued  for  his  mules, 
which  were  unwieldy  and  dull.  The  Kniglit  was  of  a  moderate  size, 
clean  limbed,  great  acti\'ity,  the  fire  and  ferocity  of  a  tiger,  a  dark  brown, 
nearly  black  colour,  white  belly  and  muzzle  ;  could  only  be  managed  by  one 
groom,  and  that  always  at  considerable  personal  risk.  He  lived  to  a  great 
age ,  and  was  so  infirm  towards  the  last  as  to  require  lifting.  He  died  on  my 
estate  in  Kew  Ken*-.,  in  the  state  of  Virginia,  about  1802  or  1803.  His 
mules  were  all  active,  spirited,  and  ser\nceable  ;  and  from  stout  mares 
attained  considerable  size. 

*'  General  Washington  bred  a  favorite  jack  called  Compound,  from  the 
cross  of  Spanish  and  Maltese — the  KnigJit  upon  the  imported  Spanish 
Jennet.  This  jack  was  a  very  superior  animal ;  very  long  bodied,  well 
set,  with  all  the  qualities  of  the  Kniglit  and  the  weight  of  the  Span- 
ish. He  was  the  sire  of  some  of  the  finest  mules  at  Mount  Vernon,  and 
died  from  accident.     The  General  bred  mules  from  the  best  of  his  coacb 


ASSES    AND   MULES, 


201 


mares,  and  found  the  value  of  the  mule  to  bear  a  just  proportion  to  the 
value  of  the  dam.    Four  mules  sold,  at  the  sale  of  his  effects,  for  upwards 


PERCHERON  STALLION  CASINO. 
of  $800  :  and  two  more  pairs  at  upwards  of  $400  each  pair ;  one  pair  ol 
these  mules  were  nearly  sixteen  hands  high  each. 

"From  these  jacks  a  compound  breed  were  produced,  that,  when  bred 
to  larjre  mares,  were  unexcelled  for  size  and  activity." 


202  CYCLOPEDIA  or  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


ASSES  AND   MULES.  203 

The  breeding  of  jacks  and  jennets,  as  the  female  of  the  ass  is  called, 
is  confined  to  but  few  hands.  These  breeding  studs  are  mostly  located  in 
Kentucky  and  Tennessee,  though  some  are  found  in  Ohio,  Indiana,  Illi- 
nois and  Missouri.  Up  to  the  time  of  the  late  war  the  breeding  of  this 
stock  was  an  important  industry,  the  jacks  produced  being  distributed 
for  service  all  over  the  Southern  and  Western  States.  Since  the  war, 
with  the  breaking  up  of  the  great  breeding  studs,  the  industry  has  lan- 
guished, owing  to  the  decreased  demand  for  mules.     A  new  impetus, 


piazio   \\-i.\xiX(_;    muf.e. 

Specially    piioiugraphud    lor    this   wurk. 


however,  has  given  rise  to  the  breeding  of  jacks  again  in  considerable  num- 
bers in  the  South,  and  this  branch  of  husbandry  will  undoubtedly  again 
assume  more  than  its  original  importance;  for  the  agricultural  interests 
of  that  section  are  steadily  growing,  and  a  constant  improvement  is  noted 
in  the  quality  and  numbers  of  the  live  stock. 


204  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

V.    Longevity  of  the  Mule. 

The  longevity  of  the  mule  is  proverbial.  It  was  a  commoii  saying  dur- 
ing the  civil  war  that  "mules  never  died;"  they  might  sometimes  be 
knocked  over  by  a  shot,  but  if  one  ever  died  a  natural  death  the  army 
wags  refused  to  credit  or  record  the  fact.  Pliny  gives  an  account  of  one, 
taken  from  Grecian  history,  that  was  eighty  j^ears  old  ;  and  though  i)iist 
labor,  followed  others,  that  were  carrying  materials  to  build  the  temple 
of  IMinerva  at  Athens,  and  seemed  to  wish  to  assist  them  ;  which  so 
pleased  the  people,  that  they  ordered  he  should  have  free  egress  to  the 
gi-ain  market.  Dr.  Rees  mentions  two  that  were  seventy  years  old  in 
England.  Mr.  P.  S.  Skinner  says,  "I  saw  myself,  in  the  West  Indies,  a 
mule  perform  his  task  in  a  cane  mill,  that  his  owner  assured  me  was  forty 
years  old  ;"  and  adds,  writing  nearly  twenty  years  ago,"Inow  own  a  mare 
mule  twenty-five  years  old,  that  I  have  had  in  constant  work  twenty-one 
years,  and  can  discover  no  diminution  of  her  2:)owers  ;  she  has  within  a 
year  past  often  taken  upwards  of  a  ton  weight  in  a  wagon  to  Boston,  a 
distance  of  more  than  five  miles.  A  gentleman  in  my  neighborhood  has 
owned  a  very  large  mule  about  fourteen  years,  that  cannot  be  less  than 
twenty-eight  years  old.  He  informed  me,  a  few  day  since,  that  he  could 
not  perceive  the  least  failure  in  him,  and  would  not  exchange  him  for  any 
farm  horse  in  the  country.  And  I  am  just  informed,  from  a  source  enti- 
tled to  perfect  confidence,  that  a  highly  respectable  gentleman  and  eminent 
agriculturist,  near  Centerville,  on  the  eastern  shore  of  Maryland,  owns  a 
mule  that  is  thirty-five  years  old,  as  capable  of  labor  as  at  any  form«!i 
period." 

VT.    Value  of  Mules  for  Labor. 

It  is  beyond  dispute  that  mules  will  continue  to  labor  for  at  least  dou- 
ble the  period  of  the  usefulness  of  the  horse.  They  endure  extreme) 
heat  better,  but  are  pinched  with  cold.  It  is  a  mistake  to  suppose  that 
the  mule  will  subsist  on  far  less  food  than  the  horse.  In  proportion  to 
size,  they  require  a])Out  the  same  quantit}' ;  but,  weight  for  weight,  they 
will  draw  a  heavier  load  ;  and,  for  the  reason,  that  they  take  little  notice 
of  what  is  going  on  about  them,  do  not  fret  and  seldom  scare.  As  pack- 
animals,  they  are  far  superior  to  the  horse  ;  while,  in  sure-f ootedness  and 
freedom  from  disease,  no  farm  animal,  except  the  goat,  can  compete  with 
them.  The  impression  that  mules  can  get  along  with  little  or  no  care-  and 
that  they  may  be  turned  out  in  the  winter  to  shift  for  themselves,  has  led 
many  people  to  be  disappointed  in  their  use.  In  summer,  when  a  horse 
would  seek  the  shade,  we  luive  seen  mules  lie  prone  in  the  sun  and  enjoy 
the  heat.  For  ordmary  farm  labor  and  all  teaming  purposes,  nmles 
become   more  and  more  valuable  as  we  go  south  of  40  degrees.     As  we 


ASSES  AND  MULES. 


205 


proceed  north  they  become  less  and  less  serviceable,  and  few  are  found  in 
use  north  of  45  degrees. 

VII.  Mules  are  not  Vicious. 
It  is  generalhr  supposed  that  the  mule  is  naturally  vicious.  This  is  a 
mistake.  He  is  resentful  and  never  forgets  an  injury  ;  and  if  subjected 
to  a  long  course  of  ill  usage  he  at  length  becomes  vicious.  On  the  other 
hand,  no  animal  is  more  susceptil)lcto  kindness,  or  will  exert  himself  more 
strenuously  for  a  kind  master.  Nevertheless,  the  mule  must  have  a  mas- 
ter, one  firm  and  3'ct  kind.  The  mule,  as  some  of  our  readers  probably 
know,  has  a  most  perfect  means  of  offense  and  defense,  namely,  his  heels. 


A    CHOICE    MULE    AND    TYrH'AT,  CLASS. 

The  market  requirements  of  mules  are  approximatei\'  the  same  as  those  of 
the  horse.  They  must  be  sound,  of  a  marketable  age,  be  in  good  flesh,  have  a 
sleek  coat  of  hair,  possess  quality  and  conformation  indicative  of  strength  and 
endurance  and  be  of  desirable  color.  They  should  also  have  straight  line  action 
and  be  of  a  class  for  which  there  is  an  active  demand.  Serviceably  sound  is 
practically  all  that  is  looked  for,  but  any  unsightly  blemish  is  objectionable, 
though  not  in  the  same  degree  as  with  the  horse.  Mules  are  rarely  used  for 
pleasure  purposes,  but  almost  entirely  as  beasts  of  burden.  Because  of  this 
fact  slight  blemishes  that  do  not  interfere  with  their  usefulness  receive  less 
consideration    than    in    the    horse. 


VIII.    Tbe  Breeding  of  Mules. 
In  the  lireeding  of  mules,  as   of  all   other  animal.'^,  attention  must  be 
paid  to  the  use  for  which  they  are  intended.     If  for  packing  in  the  moun- 
tains, small,  compact  mules,  such  as  are  bred  from  small,  fine  Spanish 


206         CYCLOPEDIA  OF  I,I\ 

r 


K     \\T)   fH)MPLETE  STOCK   DOCTOR. 


THE  ZEBRULAS  AS  EXHIBITED  AT  THE  ST.  LOUIS  WORLD'S  YMU. 

The  stocky,  docile,  striped  Zebrula  is  the  latest  product  in  the  evolution  of  the  horse. 
Zebrulas  are' the  progeny  of  the  Indian  pony  stallion  and  the  female  zebra.  They  inherit 
the  endurance  of  both  sire  and  dam.  For  them  is  claimed  the  capacity  to  render  more  ser- 
vice than  the  mule  and  that  with  less  food  and  drink.  The  Hagenbecks,  the  great  ani- 
mal showmen,  in  their  experiments  at  cross-breeding,  originated  this  animal.  Whether 
the  Zebrulas  can  reproduce  is  yet  to  be  determined.  To  the  thousands  of  horsemen  assem- 
bled, the  Zebrulas  were  more  than  curiosities.  They  suggested  the  possible  successor  of 
the  mule.     It  was  only  a  suggestion.     Beside  the  Missouri  mule,  Zebrulas  were  dwarfs. 

It  seems  particularly  adapted  to  Africa  where  an  especial  interest  is  being  taken 
in  the  rearing  of  this  animal.  It  looks  as  if  they  will  be  for  that  country  what  the 
mule  is  for  America.     It  is  also  being  bred  in  western  United  States. 


ASSES  AND  MULES. 


207 


jacks,  are  required.  These  are  at  once  agile  and  sure-footed.  For  work 
on  Southern  planttitions  medium-sized  mules  are  most  sought.  These  are 
bred  from  mares  of  ordinary  size,  by  good-sized  jacks.  In  breeding 
mules  for  the  road  and  for  heavy  teaming,  large,  roomy  mares  are  used. 
These  are  served  with  the  largest  jacks,  and  at  three  years  old  command, 
when  well  matched,  from  $300  to  $600  a  span.  The  treatment  of  the 
mares  and  of  the  mule  colts  should  be  precisely  like  that  described  in  the 
preceding  chapter.  The  colts  should  be  handled  young,  gently  treated  and 
made  completely  subordinate  to  the  will  of  the  master.    At  two  years  old 


ZEBRULA    MARES. 


they  may  be  broken.  They  should  be  carefully  harnessed,  without  fright- 
ening them,  and  hitched  to  a  strong  wagon,  when  they  will  generally 
move  off  without  much  difficulty.  Thereafter  they  may  do  light  work 
until  they  are  four  years  old,  when  they  may  be  put  to  full  labor.  Then- 
dentition  is  similar  to  that  of  the  horsee,  and  the  rule  for  telling  their 
ages  is  identical  with  the  advice  for  that  animal. 


CHAPTER   XI. 
HOW  TO  TRAIN  A  HORSE. 


1.  THE  OLD  SYSTEM  AND  THE  NEW. -II.  THE  AMERICAN  WAY  BETTER  THAN  THE  EN- 
GLISH.  III.  DIFFERENCE  BETWEEN  BREAKINa  AND  TRAINING. IV.  FIRST  LES- 
SONS.  V.  LEARNING  TO  LEAD. VI.  TO  MAKE  A  COLT  COME  TO  YOU. VII.  LES- 
SONS  IN    SOUND    SIGNALS. VIII.    FLEXIONS. IX.    THE    PROPER    AGE    FOR    WORK. 

X.    HARNESSING    AND    DRIVING. XI.    THE    A(!E    FOR   REAL  WORK. XII.    HOW 

TO    SUBDUE  A  WILD  COLT. XIII.    HANDLIN(;  A  VICIOUS    COLT. XIV.    SUBDUING  A 

VICIOUS    OR   TRICKY     HORSE. XV.     TRAINING    A    STALLION     FOR     SERVICE. XVI. 

TRAINING    FOR  DRAFT. XVII.  HOW  TO  HAVE  A  (iOOD    PLOW  TEAM. XVIII.    FORM- 
ING   A    GOOD    SADDLE    HORSE. XIX.    THE    DIFFERENT    GAITS. XX.    TRAINING    TO 

TROT  IN  HARNESS. XXI.    FORMING  A  TROTTER. XXII.    TO    TRAIN    A   RACER. 

XXIII.    SADDLING. XXIV.    HARNESSING. 

I.    The  Old  System  and  the  New. 

L  idcr  the  old  system  of  training,  an  animal  was  subdued  by  main  force. 
What  lie  learned  was  acquired  under  the  impulse  of  fear.  Under  the 
new  system,  an  animal  is  taught  to  depend  upon  and  trust  his  master,  by 
convincing  him  that  he  will  not  be  injured.  Under  the  old  system,  ths 
whip  and  spur,  and  "terrible  voice,"  were  the  means  used  to  drive  and 
force  him  up  to,  and  beyond,  an  object  that  might  be  terrifying  to  a  young 
and  inexperienced  horse,  however  harmless  in  itself.  Under  the  new  sys- 
tem, the  young  horse  is  allowed  to  see  for  himself  that  steam,  harsh 
noises,  great  crowds,  locomotives,  the  beating  of  drums,  the  thunder  of 
cannon,  and  the  various  sights  and  sounds  that,  even  to  the  savage  and  bar- 
barian, would  be  terrible,  are  quite  innocent,  when  the  master's  hand  di- 
rects. Hence,  the  horse,  trained  to  obedience  and  made  familiar  with 
the  various  sights  he  is  to  encounter,  fears  them  as  little,  and  is  as  eager 
to  witness  them,  as  a  child.  The  habit  of  entire  dependence  upon  the  mas- 
ter prompts  him  to  go  forward,  even  into  the  most  imminent  danger,  with- 
out other  sign  than  that  of  eager  curiosity  or  of  obedience  to  the  will  of 
the  rider  or  driver. 

It  is  true  that  all  this  may  be  accomplishea  i>v  the  whip  and  spur, 
vvhich  are,  even  now,  freely  and  needlessly  used  by  some  brutal  teamsters, 
as  well  as  by  many  really  liumane  persons,  who  have  never  sought  to  un- 
derstand the  intelligence  of  the  hor.se,  .ind  far  less  that  of  the  other  do- 
mestic animals  under  their  care.  Hence,  to  persons  of  this  latter  class, 
the  horse  is  a  slave,  whereas,  to  the  intelligent  master,  he  is  a  servant  anx- 
ious and  eager  to  do  his  will.  The  clement  of  fear  cannot,  of  course,  be 
entirely  dispensed  with  in  training.  A  wilful  animal  must  be  subdued  at 
any  cost  of  punishment ,  but  this  punishment  should  be  as  intelligently 
and  humanely  administered  as  in  the  case  of  a  child.  Those  who  train 
animals  should  first,  themselves,  lear-n  to  know  what  the  animal  means 

208 


3 

I  ^ 

P  o 


o 


HOW   TO  TRAIN   A   HORSE.  209 

by  his  mute  language  ;  in  the  case  of  the  horse,  for  instance,  they  should 
know  at  a  glance  what  is  meant  by  the  play  of  the  ears,  the  arch  of  the 
neck,  the  expression  of  the  eyes,  and  the  attitude  generally.  These 
things  once  understood,  more  than  half  the  difficulty  of  training  is  over- 
come. 

II.  The  American  Way  Better  than  the  English. 

It  has  often  been  remarked  that  English  horses  are  wilder,  more  dan* 
gerous  and  difficult  to  subdue,  have  stronger  resisting  powers,  and  are 
more  liable  at  any  time  to  exhibit  freaks  of  temper,  than  American-bred 
horses.  This  is  quite  true,  and  for  the  reason  that,  in  England,  the  old 
system  of  horse-breaking  is  more  in  vogue  than  in  this  country.  In 
England,  colts  are  not  raised  on  every  farm,  as  in  the  United  States  and 
Canada,  to  be  the  friends  and  the  pets  of  the  children.  Their  keepers  are 
generally  ignorant  servants,  who  seem  to  think  that  horses  have  but  two 
impulses — to  eat  and  to  iiijure.  In  America,  colts  are  the  pets  of  the 
boys  of  the  family,  and,  while  running  with  the  mare,  they  become 
habituated  to  all  the  sights  and  noises  of  the  farm.  They  never  come  to 
know  their  real  strength  as  a  resisting  power  against  man  ;  that  power 
lies  dormant,  because  on  the  farm,  as  a  rule,  they  have  no  occasion  to 
exercise  it  We  have  accordingly  insisted,  as  the  result  of  experience, 
that  the  education  of  animals  should  begin  at  a  very  early  age,  when  the 
power  of  resistance  is  small.  For,  if  once  an  animal  finds  that  the  supe- 
rior intelligence  of  the  master  is  more  than  a  match  for  brute  force,  kind- 
ness and  careful  lessons  will  thenceforth  easily  complete  the  education  of 
all  farm  animals,  and  especially  that  of  the  young  horse. 

III,  Difference  Between  Breaking  and  Training. 

The  difference  between  "breaking"  and  training  must  already  be  appar. 
ent  to  the  reader.  The  aim  of  the  first  is  to  subdue,  and  force  is 
promptly  resorted  to  as  the  ■eadiest  means  to  this  end.  The  compara- 
tively-weak but  intelligently  directed  brute-force  of  the  master  will,  of 
course,  generally  v/in,  and  the  animal,  broken  in  spirit,  becomes  an  autom- 
aton, performing  through  fear  what  he  cannot  avoid  by  resistance.  In 
those  cases  where  the  superior  force  of  the  animal  wins,  he  is  thencefor- 
ward vicious  and  tricky,  and  passes  from  one  master  to  another,  until, 
worn  out  in  the  struggle,  he  either  ruins  himself  or  becomes  the  drudge 
of  some  reckless  and  brutal  teamster. 

Training,  on  the  other  hand,  consists  in  teaching  the  young  animal  to 
know  that,  while  the  master  must  be  obeyed  promptly  and  implicitly,  he 
is  truly  an  indulgent  master,  requiring  nothing  but  what  is  necessary  to 
be  done,  and,  once  the  task  is  performed,  that  the  rewards  of  care  and 
rest  will  follow. 


210  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

No  horse  l)roken  by  inaiii-strength  and  brute-force  is  quite  safe  for  a 
woman  to  ride  or  drive,  unless  she  be  a  complete  horsewoman.  The 
more  wilful  of  them  are  never  safe  for  any  woman  to  drive.  A  horse 
carefully  trained,  however,  is  always  safe  for  a  woman  to  drive,  if  she  be 
not  especially  nervous,  and  has  accustomed  herself  to  the  guidance  of 
horses  ;  the  only  exceptions  being  such  animals  as  by  defective  organiza- 
tions are  naturally  vicious,  cowardly,  timid  from  imperfect  sight,  or 
tainted  with  insanity.  These  defects  have  already  been  mentioned  in 
the  chapter  on  breeding,  under  the  head  of  heredity. 

rv.    First  Lessons. 

As  before  stated,  the  first  lesson  to  be  imparted  is  that  of  reliance  on 
the  will  of  the  master.  This  lesson  in  obedience  should  be  given  at 
weaning  time,  or  when  the  colt  is  first  haltered  to  be  stabled.  If  it  has 
been  haltered,  as  recommended,  when  quite  young,  there  will  be  no  resist- 
ance. If  this  has  not  been  done,  tiie  colt  must  be  driven  into  a  confined 
space  where  it  cannot  escape.  Take  the  halter  in  both  hands,  and  keep 
liolding  it  to  the  colt  until  it  will  touch  it  with  the  nose.  Do  not  hurry. 
The  important  thing  here  is  to  show  the  animal  that  there  is  nothing  dan- 
gerous about  a  halter.  When  the  colt  ceases  to  fear,  place  the  halter  on 
the  head  quickly,  and  fasten  it.  If  it  show  no  serious  fear,  tie  it  up  at 
once.  If  it  seems  frightened,  allow  it  to  wear  the  halter  a  little  time 
before  tying  up.  When  you  fasten  it,  do  so  securely,  for  at  some  time 
or  other  it  will  try  to  break  away.  When  this  occurs,  halter  and  strap 
should  be  strong  enough  to  resist  every  effort.  When  it  ceases  to  pull, 
it  is  thoroughly  halter-wise,  so  far  as  standing  quietly  is  concerned.  It 
will  have  ceased  forever  to  pull  at  the  halter  simply  to  free  itself. 
V.    Learning  To  Lead. 

The  next  lesson  before  the  colt  is  learning  to  lead.  You  should  have  a 
small  yard,  into  which  you  can  take  the  colt.  Provide  yourself  with  a 
light  switch,  and  also  with  a  line  about  ten  feet  long,  to  be  tied  to  the  end 
of  the  halter.  Let  the  colt  play  around  in  a  circle,  if  it  chooses,  for  a 
time.  Approach  him  gently,  take  the  halter  by  the  nose-band  with  the 
left  hand,  while  holding  the  switch  in  the  right  hand.  If  the  colt  rear, 
support  yourself  with  the  right  hand,  by  grasping  the  top  of  the  neck  to 
keep  the  colt  down.  Use  no  undue  violence.  Do  not  strike  it.  When 
it  gets  through  floundering,  it  will  thereafter  be  quiet.  Next  take  the 
halter  in  the  right  hand,  and  bid  the  colt  go  on.  If  it  refuse,  tap  it 
uncler  the  belly  wnth  the  switch,  until  it  moves.  If  it  rears  again,  again 
subdue  it.  So  continue  until  it  moves  forward.  Then  talk  to  it,  and 
pet  it,  and  it  will  soon  lead  kindly,  turning  to  the  right  or  left  at  will 


HOW   TO   TRAIN   A   HORSE. 


211 


VI.    To  Make  a  Colt  Come  to  You. 

Have  a  lone  flexible  whip.  Place  yourself  just  so  far  ahead  of  the  colt 
that  you  can  easily  touch  him  in  the  flank,  and  then  bid  him  "come  here," 
at  the  same  time  pulling  on  the  halter.  If  he  will  not  come,  tap  him  m 
the  flank,  or  on  the  fore  legs,  and  so  continue  until  he  obeys.  If  he  pulls 
back,  checkhim,  and  continue  touching  him  until  he  comes  up.  Then  pet 
him  and  give  him  a  small  taste  of  sugar,  or  something  he  likes.  Continue 
in  this  way  until  he  comes  readily  at  the  word.  The  colt  will  not  always 
become  perfect  under  the  first  or  second  lesson.  Perseverance  wnll  accom- 
plish each  and  every  other  lesson  more  easily  than  if  violence  were  used. 
VII.    Lessons  in  Sound  Signals. 

We  have  shown  that  the  first  lessons  are  to  accustom' the  colt  to 
prompt  obedience  to  the  will  of  the  trainer,  as  expressed  by  the  voice  or 
signals.  The  voice,  however,  must  be  the  chief  reliance.  The  signal  by 
sound,  should  precede  the  signal  by  sign,  or  the  check  by  the  strap  or  rein  : 
and  should  always  precede  the  tap  of  the  whip,  when  the  whip  is  necessary. 

A  child  is  taught  to  speak  through  its  po^Ner  of  imitation.  If  it 
never  heard  spoken  language,  it  would  never  learn  to  articulate 
speech.  So,  the  same  word  should  always  be  used,  to  induce  the  perform- 
ance by  the  colt  of  a  certain  act,  as  :  Whoa  !  Back  !  Go  on  !  Come  here  ! 
When  this  has  been  accomplished,  and  the  colt  has  been  taught  to  stand 
at  rest,  to  lead  quietly  or  to  circle  about  the  tutor,  at  the  end  of  the 
rein,  he  should  next  be  taught  to  follow  the  master  about  the  yard  -with- 
out leading,  first  with  the  halter  strap  in  the  hand,  the  tutor  backing  as 
the  colt  follows,  and  afterwards  with  the  strap  over  the  neck  of  the  colt. 

The  preliminary  lesson  in  backing  may  be  taught,  l)y  taking  the  colt 
by  the  head,  standing  in  front  of  him,  and  using  the  word  "back,"  at 
the  same  time,  pressing  in  the  proper  direction,  and  tapping  it  on  the 
breast,  if  necessary.  After  a  time  the  animal 
will  back  promptly  and  continuously  at  the 
word.  This  lesson,  and  all  others  of  flexions, 
must  be  taught  with  the  bridle  and  bit,  since  to 
back  easily  and  properly,  the  head  must  be 
raised. 

In  all  first  lessons  the  form  of  the  halter 
is  important.  AVe  give  that  of  a  good  one, 
which  will  not  hurt  the  colt  unless  he  pulls 
strongly  on  it.  Upon  ceasing,  the  halter  will 
let  up  of  itself.  When  once  the  animal  is  taught 
to  stand  quietly,    an   ordinary  halter  may  be 

,^g(J^  A  GOOD  FOBM  FOR  A  HALTliB, 


212  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

Vm.    Flexions. 

That  tlie  colt  may  be  able  promptly  to  turn  in  any  direction,  what 
are  called  flexions  should  be  practiced.  The  more  simple  of  these  are, 
raising  the  head  high,  putting  it  down  close  to  the  ground  and  then  rais- 
ing it,  turnnig  the  head  to  the  right  or  the  left  side,  with  the  nose  close 
to  the  bod}^  but  obliquely  to  it,  etc.  Full  instruction  in  these  flexions 
need  not  be  perfected  until  the  animal  is  two  or  three  years  old ;  and,  in 
fact,  but  little  of  this  exercise  is  actually  necessary,  except  with  the-sad- 
dle  horse.  For  saddle  horses,  flexions  are  especially  important,  since  the 
object  of  them  is  to  render  the  head,  neck,  body  and  li'Jibs  supple  and  capa- 
ble of  varied  action.  A  curb-bit  is  necessary  to  their  proper  performance, 
and  hence  only  preliminary  and  simple  lessons  should  be  given  the  colt, 
for  the  curb  should  not  be  used  until  the  animal  is  nearly  ready  for  work. 

At  the  proper  age,  put  on  a  bridle  with  a  curb-bit,  taking  care  that  it 
fits  properly  in  every  part.  Between  the  chain  and  jaw,  the  finger  should 
sRp  easily,  and  the  bit  should  just  touch  the  upper  part  of  the  lips,  and 
that  only  in  the  slightest  manner.  Stand  in  front  of  the  horse,  take  the 
off  or  riiiht  rein  with  the  right  hand  about  six  inches  from  the  branch  of 
the  bit,  and  the  near  or  left  rein  with  the  left  hand,  at  about  half  the  dis- 
tance from  the  branch.  Draw  the  right  hand  to  the  body,  and  press  with 
the  left,  so  as  to  turn  the  bit  in  the  mouth.  If  the  horse  backs,  follow 
hmi  up,  pressing  steadily  until  he  lowers  his  head,  and  flexes  his  jaw. 
Then  slip  the  left  hand  along  the  rein  until  it  is  ojiposite  the  right  hand 
and  press  the  head  to  the  breast,  holding  it  curbed  perpendicularly  but 
obliquely  to  the  right,  until  the  horse  A\ill  maintain  the  position  himself. 

Then  flex  the  jaw  to  the  left  by  a  reverse  action  to  that  above  given. 
Teach  the  horse  to  raise  his  head  high  and  perpendicularly,  hy  taking 
each  rein,  six  inches  from  the  branch,  and  raising,  and  pressing  slightly 
back.  Teach  him  to  lower  the  head  by  a  contrary  action.  Next  teach 
him  to  sway  the  head  to  the  right  and  to  the  left,  to  raise  and  lower 
the  head  alternatel3s  by  means  that  will  readily  suggest  themselves.  It 
will  surprise  you  to  find  how  soon  the  average  horse  will  understand. 

In  all  this,  use  no  undue  violence,  and  above  all  bear  in  mind  that  a 
curb-l)it  is  a  powerful  lever,  and  must  be  carefully  handled.  When  the 
animal  is  perfect  in  these  flexions,  take  the  reins  :n  the  left  hand,  near 
the  branches  of  the  bit ;  and  standing  close  by  and  facing  the  shoulder, 
holding  the  head  fairly  up,  and  to  you,  induce  the  animal  to  move  his 
hind  feet,  in  a  circle  from  you,  the  fore  feet  remaining  stationar}^  as  a 
pivot.  This  lesson  perfect,  make  him  stand  firm  behind,  and  move  his 
fore  parts  from  you  in  a  circle.  There  are  many  other  flexions  taught 
in  t.he  menage  ;  but  the  foregoing  are  suflScient  for  a  saddle  horse  or  light 


HOW   TO  TRAIN   A   HORSE.  213 

driving  horse  ,  and  these  are  not  necessary  unless  the  animal  be  intended 
tor  this  kind  of  work,  or  for  racing  or  trotting.  Remember  one  thing, 
teach  only  one  lesson  at  a  time. 

Again,  let  us  repeat  the  caution,  never  to  use  undue  violence,  and 
never  lose  your  temper,  never  speak  loud,  or  jerk  the  reins,  or  act  upon 
;5udden  impulse.  Keep  cool.  Your  object  is  to  train,  not  break  the 
will.  When  the  animal  understands  the  wish,  and  performs  it,  reward  it 
with  something  it  likes,  and  let  it  rest;  a  bit  of  carrot,  or  sugar  for 
instance,  goes  a  great  way  with  a  young  horse. 

IX.  The  Proper  Age  for  "Work. 

The  preliminary  training  may  go  forward  from  the  time  the  colt  is  six 
months  old,  until  the  age  of  two  years  is  reached.  It  will  by  this  time 
be  quite  submissive  to  the  will  of  the  tramer,  and  without  fear.  A  pad, 
with  light  stirrup-leathers  attached,  may  be  put  on,  and  the  colt  be 
allowed  to  play  about  the  yard  with  it,  at  the  end  of  the  rein.  A  well- 
fitting  bridle  may  be  put  on,  with  keys  attached  to  the  center  of  the 
bit,  w  ith  which  the  colt  may  amuse  itself.  When  the  colt  is  one  year 
old  and  over,  the  crupper-strap  may  be  put  on,  and  the  little  animal  may 
be  reined  loosely  to  the  top  of  the  pad.  Later,  the  side  reins  maybe 
put  on,  and  the  head  gradually  Orought  into  position. 

The  colt,  if  stabled,  should  be  regularly  cleaned.  His  feet  should  be 
raised,  and  the  hoofs  lightly  tapped  with  a  hammer.  He  should  be 
taughtto  lead,  walk  and  trot,  beside  the  trainer.  Thus  at  the  age  of  two 
years,  if  well-grown,  he  will  be  ready  to  be  trained  to  light  work,  or,  as  it 
used  to  be  put,  "broken  to  harness," 

Under  the  course  of  treatment  w'e  have  laid  down,  he  will  have  learned 
the  use  of  the  reins, — to  go  back,  or  forward,  and  to  turn  to  the  right  or 
left  at  the  word  ;  and  above  all,  he  will  have  confidence  in  himself,  and 
no  fear  of  his  master.  In  nine  cases  out  of  ten,  if  the  colt  has  been 
taught  to  lead  beside  a  well  trained  team,  and  used  to  the  rattling  of  xhe 
wagon,  he  will  go  off  pretty  much  like  an  old  horse,  except  for  his  super- 
abundant  life,  the  first  time  he  is  harnessed. 

X.  Harnessing  and  Driving. 

Two  years  is  the  best  age  for  putting  the  colt  to  light  work.  He  has 
better  teeth  then  than  at  three  years  old,  and  has  arrived  at  the.  period 
when  careful  driving  will  assist  to  spread  and  develop  the  frame. 

The  colt  will,  of  course,  first  have  been  taught  to  allow  himself  to  be 
harnessed  and  unharnessed  kindly.  Put  the  harness  on  carefully  and 
hitch  him  up  beside  a  well-trained  horse,  usually  on  the  off  side,  and 
start  the  team  ;  then,  if  he  plunge,  he  can  do  no  m.ijchief.  Tie  the  dou- 
ble-tree of  the  old  horse,  so  that  he  can  pull  all  the  load  if  necessary 


214  CYCLOPEDIA  or  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

and  bid  them  go.  If  the  colt  plunge  and  rear,  keep  the  steady  horse  in 
motion,  and  talk  to  the  colt.  If  he  show  too  much  temper,  a  few  sharp 
cuts  of  the  whip  will  bring  him  to  terms,  but  in  punishing  him  strike  but 
once,  and  repeat  if  necessary.  This  discipline,  administered  with  caie, 
and  driving  to  make  them  way-wise,  is  all  the  difficulty  one  need  ever 
nave  with  colts. 

XI.    The  Age  for  Real  Work. 

Having  performed  light  work,  when  from  two  to  three  years  of  age, 
let  the  colts  have  rest  during  the  twelvemonth  from  three  to  four  years  of 
age.  They  are  then  shedding  their  principal  teeth,  and  should  be  allowed 
to  grow.  At  five  3'ears  they  may  be  put  to  real  work,  and  they  will  then 
go  on  getting  better  and  wiser,  until  they  are  eight  years  old,  at  which 
age  a  horse  should  be  kind  and  without  fear  under  any  circumstances,  and 
fit  for  any  one  to  drive,  who  can  hold  the  reins,  aiid  has  judgment  enough 
to  keep  from  running  against  obstacles. 

This  may  seem  like  a  long  course  of  training,  and  one  accompanied  b^ 
much  trouble.  It  all,  however,  comes  in  the  regular  routine  of  farm 
life,  and  must  be  midertaken  in  one  way  or  another,  unless  the  animal 
be  intended  for  mere  drudgery. 

XII.    How  to  Subdue  a  Wild  Colt. 

The  narrative  of  how  the  writer  once  subdued,  and  rendered  perfectly 
amenable  to  the  will,  a  pair  of  wild,  high-bred  four-year-old  colts,  that 
had  never  even  been  haltered,  may  prove  interesting.  The  colts  had  been 
purchased  from  a  person  who  was  a  capital  and  humane  horseman,  but 
believed  in  never  handling  a  colt  until  four  years  old — and  this  is  cer- 
tainly better  than  imperfect  handling.  The  two  were  driven  together, 
into  a  close  stall.  From  the  outside  of  the  stall,  after  many  trials,  in 
which  no  violence  was  used,  but,  on  the  contrary,  soothing  words,  strong 
cavesson  halters,  such  as  are  shown  in  the  illustration,  were  put  on  the  ani- 
mals and  buckled.  A  rope  twenty-four  feet  long,  and  with  a  powerful 
snap  hook  in  the  middle,  was  attached  to  the  ring  of  the  halter,  leaving 
the  ends  twelve  feet.  Two  men  were  placed  at  each  end  of  the  rope, 
whose  only  duty  was  to  keep  it  spread,  and,  so  accommodate  themselves 
to  the  movement  of  the  colt,  as  to  keep  it  as  nearly  within  bounds  as 
possible.  Our  horseman  friend  superintended  one  colt,  myself  the  other. 
The  colts  were  allowed  to  find  their  way  each  into  separate  yards.  The 
men  picked  up  the  ends  of  the  rope,  and  the  struggle  began. 

The  masters'  part  was  simply  to  direct  the  movements  of  the  men, 
and  talk,  each  to  his  own  colt.  In  ten  minutes  the  rearing  and  plunging  of 
one  colt  was  over,  and  in  less  than  fifteen  minutes  the  struggles  of  the 


HOW   TO   TRAIN    A    HORSE. 


215' 


other  had  ceased  ;  in  less  than  twenty  minutes  each  of  the  colts,  ex- 
hausted, allowed  the  hand  of  the  master  to  be  placed  on  the  nose,  and 
himself  to  be  gently  fondled. 

Standing  a  short  distance  before  the  colt,  with  a  flexible  whip  in  hand 
and  a  cord  attached  to  the  ring  of  the  halter,  the  men  still  holding  the 
ends  of  the  rope,  but  slack,  I  bade  the  colt  come  forward,  tapping  it  on 
the  knee  after  every  word,  with  the  end  of  the  whip.  The  colt  did  not 
fear  the  master,  only  the  assistants,  and  soon  first  one,  and  then  the 
other,  came  foirward  promptly,  and  within  an  hour  would  follow  like  a 
dog. 

They  were  led  home  and  put  in  the  stable.  The  next  day  they  were 
bitted,  and  their  training  proceeded  steadily.  Within  a  week  each  of  them 
was  ridden,  and  in  ten  days  they  were  harnessed  together  and  driven. 
They  were  broken,  during  the  season,  to  light  driving  under  sharp  curb- 
bits,  accustomed  to  various  odd  sights,  and  having  first  been  rendered 
submissive  to  the  voice  and  will  of  the  master,  never  showed  fear  that 
could  not  be  quieted  by  a  word. 

Xni.    Handling  a  Vicious  Colt. 

Some  colts  are  naturally  vicious.  The  head  of  such  an  animal  is  rep- 
resented in  one  of  the  illustrations  given  with  Chapter  IV.  If  you  un- 
fortunately have  one,  get  him  into  a  close  stall,  fasten  him  securely  in, 
halter  him  and  get  him  in  the  yard,  using  ropes  to  the  halter-ring,  not 
less  than  twenty  feet  at  each  end.  After  he  has  struggled  and  exhausted 
himself,  proceed  to  make  him  lie  down.  This  can  be  done  in  the  follow- 
ino-  manner.  Have  ready  a  strong  bridle  with  a  snaffle-bit,  and  put  it 
on  him  ;  also  fasten  around  the  refractory  youngster  a  good  ])added  sur- 
cingle, with  a  strap  for  the  fore  leg  having  a  loop  that  will  draw  tight 
around  the  fetlock.  Raise  the  leg,  l)uckle  the  end  of  the  strap  securely 
around  the  arm^  and  you  have  him  so  he  cannot  kick.  Fasten  a  longer  strap 
with  a  similar  loop,  but  no  buckle,  around  the  off  fetlock  ;  pass  the  end 
under  the  surcingle,  taking  the  end  in  the  right  hand,  while  theleftgrasps 
the  bridle  by  both  reins  ;  cast  off  the  hampering  ropes,  and  as  the  horse 
rears  to  free  himself,  pull  tight  the  strap  that  has  been  passed  under  the  sur- 
cino-le,  and  when  he  comes  down  it  will  be  on  the  knees.  As  he  strug- 
gles, press  his  head  from  you,  by  pulling  the  off  rein  tight  over  his  neck, 
and  he  will  fall  over  on  the  side.  When  he  gives  up  entirely,  and  lies 
still,  the  horse  should  be  fondled,  the  straps  taken  off,  and  after  a  time, 
ne  should  be  allowed  to  rise.  If  not  entirely  subdued,  the  same  thing 
must  be  gone  over  again. 

This  is  essentially  Mr.  Rarey's  plan.  It  need  never  be  resorted  to  ex- 
cept under  extraordinary   circumstances,  and  the  operator  must  have 


216  CICLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

been  accustomed  to  handling  horses,  and  understand  the  movements  nec- 
essary in  overcoming  vicious  and  rearing  animals. 

Another  plan  is  to  hopple  the  horse  and  throw  him  down,  but  the  one 
we  have  described  is  the  best  and  most  successful.  It  should  never  be 
attempted,  however,  except  in  a  yard  so  thoroughly  covered  with  some 
soft  material  that  the  animal  will  not  hurt  itself  in  falling. 

XTV.    Subduing  a  Vicious  or  Tricky  Horse. 

No  person  who  is  not  well  assured  of  his  own  power,  should  have  any- 
thing to  do  with  a  vicious  horse,  especially  if  the  animal  be  vicious  from 
some  physical  infirmity,  such  as  partial  insanity,  wicked  temper,  etc.  If 
the  horse  has  been  made  tricky  l)y  a  previous  timid  owner,  the  case 
is  not  so  bad.  Go  into  the  stable  where  he  is  tied,  and  speak  to  him  in  a 
firm  voice.  Put  a  strong  snaffle  bridle  on  him,  take  it  by  the  bit,  and 
order  him  to  back.  If  he  do  not  obey,  strike  him  sharply  with  the  whip 
on  the  fore  limbs,  holding  him  with  the  left  hand,  yourself  partly  facing  to 
the  rear,  but  so  you  can  see  every  motion  of  the  eye  and  ear.  If  he  kick, 
cut  him  sharply  ^ath  the  whip  (a  raAvhide  is  best)  just  above  the  hock, 
over  the  fleshy  part  of  the  leg.  If  he  rear,  cut  him  over  the  fore  legs 
—never,  however,  giving  more  than  one  stroke  at  a  time. 

When  he  backs,  take  him  into  a  small,  close  yard,  and  make  him  obey 
you,  coming  forward,  backing,  or  standing,  as  you  order.  If  he  again 
show  signs  of  temper,  or  unruliness,  proceed  to  make  him  lie  down,  as 
before  directed.  But  a  horse  that  has  been  in  the  habit  of  having  his 
own  way  with  a  previous  master,  is  thereafter  never  safe  for  any  one  to 
drive,  except  him  who  has  become  his  conqueror. 

In  making  a  horse  lie  down,  never  use  undue  violence.  Once  the 
straps  are  fastened,  you  have  him  completely  in  your  power.  Let  him 
struggle;  it  will  do  him  good.  You  have  simply  to  watch,  keep  him 
from  hurting  you,  and  seize  the  proper  moment  for  subduing  him. 

Once  you  have  him  down,  and  quiet,  show  him  a  buffalo  robe,  or  any 
other  object  he  dislikes ;  touch  him  with  it,  and  let  him  touch  it  with  his 
nose.  When  he  at  length  smells  at  it,  let  him  satisfy  himself  that  it  will 
not  hurt  him.  At  the  first  attempt  at  putting  him  down,  if  he  get  tne 
advantage,  let  him  rise  and  then  try  again.  When,  however,  you  have 
him  in  your  power  and  quiet,  soothe  him  :  pass  your  hand  repeatedly 
over  his  body  ;  breathe  in  his  nostrils  ;  open  his  mouth  ;  gently  stroke  his 
ears  and  nose,  and  let  him  taste  of  something  he  likes.  Thus,  by  using 
judgment,  knowing  your  own  power  and  ability  to  manage  an  animal,  the 
most  vicious  can  be  subdued  to  your  will,  if  not  to  that  of  other  drivers. 
But,  once  you  undertake  to  subdue  a  horse,  do  not  leave  him  until  he 
gives  up  completely. 


HOW    TO    TRAIN    A   HORSE.  217 

XV.    Training  a  Stallion  for  Service. 

For  the  reason  that  a  stallion  is  stronger,  more  courageous,  higher  in 
nervous  force,  and  more  self-willed  than  the  gelding,  it  is  absolutely 
necessary  that  his  actual  training  begin  from  the  time  he  is  a  year  old.  He 
must  be  stabled,  unless  a  pasture  be  provided  where  he  may  run  every 
day.  The  ordinary  training  to  halter,  and  in  the  flexions,  learning  to  go 
forward,  to  back,  to  stand,  to  go  kindly  under  the  saddle  and  in  harness, 
may  be  proceeded  with  much  as  in  the  case  of  any  other  colt.  In  addi- 
tion to  these  exercises,  he  should  be  taught  to  circle  at  the  end  of  the 
long  bridle  rein,  to  the  right  and  to  the  left  at  the  word  of  command,  to 
describe  the  figure  eight,  to  kneel,  to  sit  on  his  haunches,  and  to  rear  and 
to  come  as  suddenly  down  at  the  word  of  command.  These  lessons  being 
acquired,  he  should  be  exercised  in  them  frequently,  and  be  also  taught 
to  come  instantly  to  his  master  at  the  word,  without  bridle  or  halter- 
rein. 

It  will  take  time,  all  this,  but  henceforth  he  will  not  be  found  drago-ina 
his  keeper  about  as  though  he  were  a  toy  attached  to  him."  When  the 
actual  season  of  service  is  at  hand,  it  will  save  many  an  accident,  when 
in  contact  with  unruly  mares. 

Sooner  or  later,  there  may  come  a  time  when  the  stallion  will  resist 
authority,  and  then  there  must  be  no  hesitation.  The  whip  must  then 
be  used  sharply  and  strongly,  to  subdue  him.  If  he  comes  at  you  with 
mouth  open,  strike  him  suddenly  a  stinging  blow  across  the  nose.  If  he 
rears,  cut  him  across  the  fore  legs.  If  he  kick,  strike  across  the  hind 
legs,  just  under  the  stifle.  The  whip  should  be  strong,  long,  flexible,  of 
the  best  workmanship  and  loaded  with  lead  at  the  handle.  We  have 
known  its  use,  in  striking  a  frantic  brute  behind  the  ears,  to  bring  him 
down. 

Remember  what  has  been  said  about  not  striking  more  than  once.  Let 
there  be  a  distinct  interval  between  each  sharj)  stroke,  accompanied  by  as 
distinct  a  word  of  command.  There  is  really  little  danger,  to  the  cool 
horseman. 

The  horse  and  master  should  never  lose  temper  at  the  same  time.  If 
so,  the  strongest  brute-force  will  certainly  conquer.  After  a  stallion  is 
once  thoroughly  trained,  never  trust  him  to  any  but  a  thoroughly  compe- 
tent groom,  and  one  of  calm  courage.  He  is  too  valuable  an  animal  to 
be  either  abused  or  spoiled.  And  during  the  season  of  service,  never  allow 
him  to  be  ridden  from  one  station  to  another.  He  should  be  led  beside 
another  horse,  even  when  taking  his  daily  exercise.  This  exercise  should 
be  thorough,  out  of  the  season  of  service,  except  for  a  period  of  rest  of 
a  month's  duration   immediately  after  the   season.     During  the  season, 


218  CYCLOrEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

the  exercise  must  be  sufficient  to  keep  the  muscular  condition  well  up. 
and  the  digestive  organs  in  perfect  order.  Thus  only  can  you  expect  to 
have  the  most  perfect  colts  as  the  produce  of  your  sire. 

XVI.    Training  for  Draft. 

A  horse  to  be  used  safely  for  draft,  requires  less  training  than  any 
other.  He  has  but  one  thing  to  learn  ;  viz  :  to  exert  his  strength  to  the 
best  advantage  when  occasion  requires.  To  accomplish  this,  he  should 
be  daily  exercised  at  a  dead  pull,  being  careful  always  not  to  overload, 
until  he  has  acquired  his  maximum  strength,  which  will  not  be  until  the 
age  of  eight  or  nine  years  is  reached. 

Training  to  the  Wagon. — The  wagon-horse  should  be  trained  to  trot 
steadily  with  a  light  load,  and  to  walk  fast  with  a  medium  load.  He 
must  turn  readily  to  the  right  and  left,  and  describe  short  circles  ;  he  should 
also  be  taught  to  stop  suddenly,  by  throwing  himself  in  the  breechings,  so 
as  to  hold  a  wagon  steady  in  going  down  hill,  and  last,  but  not  least 
important,  he  should  be  taught  to  back  all  that  he  can  draw  forward. 

XVII.    How  to  Have  a  Good  Plow  Team. 

A  plow  team  should  be  thoroughly  under  control.  The  animals  should 
be  trained  to  the  word,  fully  as  much  as  to  the  rein,  and  taught  to  obey 
promptly  the  slightest  signal.  They  must  be  evenly  matched  for 
strength  and  agility ;  for  a  fast,  fresh  horse,  and  a  slow,  dull  one, 
together,  are  bad  enough  anywhere,  but  worst  of  all  at  the  plow.  With 
suchateam,  no  plowman  can  do  good  work,  and  without  good  plowing  we 
need  not  expect  good  crops.  The  team  should  be  taught  to  move  forward 
without  crowding  together  or  pulling  apart ;  at  the  end  of  the 
furrow,  the  horse  describing  the  least  segment  of  the  circle,  should  keep 
a  little  behind  the  other  when  coming  about,  so  as  to  avoid  being  step- 
ped on  ;  and  in  the  case  of  coming  short-about,  as  in  turning  corners,  he 
should  make  the  turn  by  a  series  of  short  steps.  To  accomplish  this,  the 
team  must  be  talked  to,  though  few  take  the  trouble  to  do  it,  and  hence 
we  seldom  see  a  really  perfect  plow  team,  one  that  can  accomplish  their 
task  with  the  least  labor  to  themselves  and  their  driver. 

XVm.  Forming  a  Good  Saddle  Horse. 
The  forming  of  a  saddle-horse,  perfect  in  all  his  gaits,  and  amenable 
to  the  slightest  sign  of  the  bridle,  voice,  or  heel  of  the  rider,  is  more 
difficult  than  any  other  special  training.  It  can  only  be  done  under  a 
sharp  curb-bit,  and,  to  use  this  pi-operly,  the  rider  must  have  perfect 
command  of  himself  in  the  saddle,  and  the  lightest  possible  hand  in 
using  the  reins.  He  must  first  become  a  horseman  himself,  before  he 
can  train  a  horse  to  the  saddle.     The  animal  should  be  perfectly  flexed, 


HOW   TO   TRAIN   A   HORSE.  219 

to  render  supple  every  portion  of  the  body  and  limbs.  He  must  be 
taught  to  go  with  head  well-up  and  haunches  well  under  him,  to  describe 
short  circles  and  the  figure  eight,  to  turn,  using  the  hind  feet  as  a  pivot, 
and  also  with  the  fore  feet  as  a  pivot ;  and  he  should  know  how  to  wheel 
suddenly  without  danger  of  unseating  his  rider.  This  latter  is  accom- 
plished by  a  turn  of  the  hind  feet,  the  fore  feet  being  in  the  air,  and 
just  after  the  impulse  is  partially  given  for  the  forward  movement. 

A  saddle-horse  should  also  be  taught  to  change  the  leading  foot,  while 
in  motion  ;  and  under  whatever  gait.  The  idea  will  be  caught  from  the 
manner  in  which  a  person  changes  the  leading  foot  in  catching  the  step 
of  another  person.  The  horse's  head  is  to  be  turned  somewhat  out  of 
line  by  pressure  on  the  bridle-rein,  and  also  l)y  pressure  of  the  opposite 
foot  of  the  rider.  This  will  throw  the  head  and  croup  out  of  the  natural 
line  of  progression  somewhat,  as  is  done  at  starting,  and  then  by  a  pecu- 
liar movement  of  the  limbs  their  motion  is  changed.  Thus,  if  the  horse  is 
leading  with  the  right  fore-leg,  turn  the  head  to  the  right,  and,  with  the 
heel  turn  the  croup  to  the  left,  and  vice  versa.  Once  learned,  it  is  never 
forgotten. 

XrX.    The  Different  Gkiits. 

The  natural  gaits  of  the  horse  are  walking,  trotting  and  galloping. 
Walking  is  jierformed  in  1-2-3-4  time,  and  in  regular  cadence.  The 
ordhiary  trot  and  the  jog  trot  are  l)ut  modifications  of  the  walk. 

Galloping  is  performed  in  1,2-3,4  time,  and  the  faster  the  stride,  the 
more  nearly  simultaneously  are  the  fore  feet  and  hind  feet  brought  down, 
so  that  when  the  horse  is  running  at  speed,  the  movement  is  apparently 
in  1-2  time.  Then  the  animal  is  extended  to  the  utmost,  Avith  head  and 
tail  straight  out.  The  gait  is  truly  a  succession  of  leaps,  and  soon 
exhausts  the  animal. 

The  slower  the  gallop,  the  less  should  the  animal  be  extended,  and  the 
more  should  the  head  be  raised  and  the  haunches  thrown  under  the  body. 
Thus  when  an  animal  acquires  the  distressing,  but  fashionable,  promen- 
ade canter,  if  he  is  handsome  and  has  other  corresponding  accomplish- 
ments, he  is  almost  priceless.  The  promenade  canter  is  taught  by  rein- 
ing the  horse  in  to  get  his  head  well  up,  and  then  restraining  him  to  the 
pace  required.  Thus  the  slower  he  goes,  the  more  upright  he  holds  him- 
self.    To  teach  this,  the  spur  must  be  used,  but  with  discretion. 

The  canter  then  is  a  slow  gallop.  The  hand-gallop  is  faster  and  is  an 
easy  gait  for  the  horse,  since  he  goes  at  half  speed  and  in  a  natural  man- 
ner. The  running  gait  is  not  distressing  until  the  violent  exertion  begins 
to  tell  on  the  wind  and  bottom. 


220  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

Besides  these,  and  other  artificial  modifications  of  the  gallop,  the  pace 
and  its  modifications,  are  the  only  other  gaits  which  a  horse  may  be  taught : 
forlcaping,  wheeling,  rearing  and  springing  forward  or  from  side  to  side, 
are  all  forms  of  the  gallop.  The  amble  is  Sf)inctimes  classed  as  a  modified 
pace.  It  is,  in  reality,  a  slow  gallop,  easy  and  smooth,  and,  like  any 
other  saddle  gait,  must  be  taught  under  the  curb. 

The  true  pacing  horse  lifts  the  fore  and  hind  feet  simultaneously  on  a 
side,  first  on  one  side  and  then  the  other.  Like  running  at  speed,  it 
is  performed  in  1-2  time.  The  rack  is  a  modified  pace.  Instead  of  two 
feet  being  lifted  simultaneously  on  the  one  side  and  then  the  other,  the 
feet  are  lifted  in  1-2,3-4  time,  but  not  regularly  as  in  the  walk. 

Single-foot,  again,  is  a  trained  rack.  Some  horses  take  to  it  easily, 
and  in  fact  almost  naturall}^  just  as  some  horses  take  to  pacing  natur- 
ally. But  it  often  takes  time  to  instruct  the  horse  therein,  though  once 
acquired,  it  is  not  soon  forgotten. 

No  written  instructions  can  be  given  for  adapting  all  these  gaits,  except 
such  general  rules  as  are  laid  down  for  rendering  the  animal  amenable  to 
training.  Once,  by  practice,  you  have  imparted  the  gait,  be  sure  to  give 
the  animal  a  kind  word,  and  a  rewarding  caress. 

XX.    Training  to  Trot  in  Harness. 

If  a  horse  have  the  trotting  instinct,  all  that  is  necessfiry  in  order  to 
develop  it  is  perseverance  and  training.  The  head  shoul  d  be  carried  toler- 
ably high,  but  not  unnaturally  so.  The  conformation  of  the  horse  must 
be  studied,  (see  Chapter  IV),  and  to  assist  tbe  reader  further,  two  cuts 
are  given,  one  showing  a  horse's  head,  stramed  unnaturally  and 


AN  UNNATURAL  POSITION.  IIEAO  (AKRIEI)  NATURALLY. 

by  the  bearing  rein,  the  other  showing  the  head  drawn  up  naturally  Avith 
the  bit.  In  the  one  case  the  head  is  strained  up  by  both  check  rein  and 
curb,  while  in  the  other  it  is  simply  held  in  proper  position  by  the  curb. 

There  is  no  objection  to  the  use  of  the  check  rein  if  it  be  not  improp- 
erly used.  It  serves  to  keep  the  horse  in  shape  under  a  slack  rein,  and 
from  putting  his  head  to  the  ground,  when  standing  at  rest 

A  matter  in  relation  to  driving  in  light  harness,  under  the  curb,  may 
here  be  worth  relating.     We  once  trained  a  nnir  of  fine  roadster  colts  to 


HOW  TO  TRAIN   A   HORSE.  221 

drive  together  in  harness,  solely  under  a  pair  of  sharp  curb-bits.  This 
was  thirty  years  ago.  We  were  told  that  we  could  get  no  speed  out  of 
them,  and  that  there  would  be  danger  of  their  falling.  The  lagt  we  knew 
to  be  nonsense,  and  the  first  we  found  to  be  a  mistake.  There  were  few 
teams  that  could  out-foot  them  on  the  road  ;  and,  trotting  at  speed,  they 
seemed  to  be  going  upon  a  slack  rein.  Not  so,  however;  their  mouths 
had  never  been  calloused  by  the  sawing  of  the  "pulling  bit,"  and  they 
were  amenable  to  the  slightest  sign.  In  fact,  they  were  kept  in  perfect 
form,  but  it  required  delicate  handling  to  do  it.  How  much  more  ele- 
gant was  this  than  the  "g'lang"  style  adopted  by  too  many  persons  when 
driving  for  pleasure  on  the  road.  Train,  therefore,  a  pair  of  horses  or  a 
single  light-driving  horse,  under  the  curl)  always,  and,  then,  if  you  wish, 
you  may  drive  them  handsomely  under  the  snafile. 

XXI.  Perming  a  Trotter. 

All  that  is  required  in  a  horse  for  trotting  a  race,  is  that  he  go  fast 
enough.  The  training  of  trotters  is  a  fine  art,  and  one  in  which  but 
few  persons  gain  eminent  success.  Yet,  a  fair  amount  of  the  speed  that 
is  in  a  horse,  may  be  gotten  oat  of  him,  by  strict  attention  to  feed,  wa- 
ter, grooming  and  proper  work.  He  must  be  exercised  every  day  to 
bring  his  muscles  into  proper  condition  for  fast  work,  and  at  some  period 
in  each  exercise,  he  must  be  made  to  trot  as  fast  as  he  can,  without  break- 
ing into  a  run.  Thus  his  speed  may  be  gradually  increased,  until  at  last 
he  will  forget  the  impulse  to  run,  and  if,  in  urging  liim  strongly,  he  goes 
off  his  feet,  he  can  readily  be  made  tp  catch  the  stride  again,  by  chang- 
ing the  bit ;  that  is  by  pulling  him  a  little  out  of  line,  as  in  making  a 
horse  change  his  leading  foot.  It  is  not  necessary  that  you  pull  him  hard 
to  make  him  trot  fast.  The  pull  should  only  be  hard  enough  to  keep 
him  steady  and  up  to  his  gait. 

The  real  Avork  is  done  by  long  continued  driving,  and  by  lengthening  his 
stride,  by  means  of  every  persuasion  possible.  Do  not  expect  to  suc- 
ceed the  first  or  second  year  with  a  colt.  A  horse  seldom  comes  to  his 
full  trotting  power,  until  he  is  seven  or  eight  years  old,  and  often  not 
until  he  is  eleven  or  twelve.     Hence,  the  large  prices  the  fast  ones  bring. 

XXII.  To  Train  a  Racer. 

With  running  horses,  as  with  saddle  horses,  it  is  necessary  that  they  first 
be  trained  into  i^erfect  ol)edicnce  ;  and  the  lessons  in  flexions  must  also 
be  attended  to,  so  that  their  limbs  and  bodies  may  be  rendered  supple. 
This  part  of  the  training  having  been  thoroughly  accomplished,  all  that  is 
required  is  to  keep  them  in  perfect  muscular  condition,  by  proper  feed- 
ing, gi'ooming  and  exorcise.  They  are  then  taught  to  increase  their  stride 
by  daily  speeding  them,  extending  the  trial  from  time  to  time  until  they 


222  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

attain  their  best  speed.  This  training  should  begin  at  two  years  old.  At 
three,  they  should  be  given  an  extended  stride,  and  they  will  reach  their 
full  powers  at  four,  five  or  six  years  of  age. 

The  training  of  colts  to  run  fast  races  at  two  years  old,  is  severely  to 
be  condemned,  if  the  future  usefulness  of  the  animal  is  to  be  considered. 
Nevertheless,  as  long  as  it  is  found  profitable  by  breeders  and  trainers,  it 
will  no  doubt  be  practiced.  The  training  of  running  horses,  like  the 
training  of  trotters,  is  a  fine  ai-*-.  Yet  the  general  principles,  we  have 
given,  may  be  understood  by  all.  A  diet  of  oats  and  hay,  the  best  of 
stable  care,  and  daily  work  upon  a  proper  course,  under  the  eye  of  an 
intelligent  master,  arc  the  things  necessary  to  get  the  speed  out  of  well 
bred  horses  ;  and  no  other  than  properly-bred  animals  should  ever  be 
trained  for  great  speed.     It  is  not  in  them. 

The  horse  being  in  motion,  the  rider  throws  nearly  all  his  weight  in  the 
stirrups,  steadying  himself  with  his  knees  and  thighs.  The  rear  of  the 
body  is  thrown  back  and  the  loin  arched,  so  as  not  to  carry  the  Aveight 
too  far  forw^ard.  The  trainer  must  know  how  to  ride  with  the  gi-eatesl 
ease  to  the  horse,  and  to  assist  the  movement  by  every  means  in  his  power  ; 
thus,  the  leg,  from  the  knee,  will  be  slightly  thrown  back,  so  that  by 
stiffening  the  leg,  the  rider's  center  of  weight  may  be  easily  changed, 
without  his  ceasing  to  bear  firmly  in  the  stirrups. 

These  directions  are  for  riders  or  jockeys  of  medium  weight.     Lightei 

ones  ride  with  longer  stirrups,  supporting  themselves  more  by  the  thighs. 

The  best  race-riders  scarcely,   if  at  all,  touch  the  seat  of  the  saddle. 

This  gives  a  good  command  of  the  horse,  but  is  only  used  in  race-riding, 

since  it  soon  tires  out  the  rider.     The  same  position,  however,  will  ease 

any  horse  in  galloping  over  bad  or  rough  ground,  or  any  space  that  mus^ 

be  quickly  ridden  over. 

XXnr.    Saddling. 

It  will  only  be  necessary  to  add  some  general  directions  to  this  chapter. 
In  saddling  a  horse,  for  whatever  purpose,  do  not  use  undue  haste.  Do 
not  throw  the  saddle  on,  especially  if  the  horse  be  young,  or  in  the  least 
inclined  to  nervousness.  Go  about  the  matter  quietly  and  in  a  business- 
like way.  See  that  the  saddle  fits.  If  it  do  not,  make  it  fit.  See  that 
the  girths  are  properly  adjusted,  and  tightened,  and  that  the  crupper- 
strap,  if  there  be  one,  is  smooth  and  well  fitting.  The  bridle  must  also 
be  looked  to  ;  see  that  it  is  strong,  properly  put  on,  and  of  the  right 
length  from  the  head-piece  to  the  bit.  Before  mounting,  look  again  to 
the  girths.  They  may  need  tightening  another  hole. 
XXIV   Harnessing. 

in  harnessing  a  horse  it  is  also  necessary  that  the  gear  be  perfect  in  its 
fit,  and  not  heavier  than  oooa<^on  rsquireK.    See  that  the  back  hand   doet 


HOW   TO   TRAIN   A   HORSE. 


223 


not  pinch,  that  the  hames  fit  the  collar,  and  that  the  collar  fits  the  horse 
For  draft,  especially,  there  should  be  room  enough  between  the  lower 
part  of  the  collar  and  neck  for  the  hand  to  be  easily  thrust  between.  If 
it  is  a  breast  collar,  see  that  the  draft-band  is  at  the  right  place  on  the 
breast.  For  light  work,  a  horse  may  have  a  closer-fitting  collar  than  for 
heavy  work,  but  whatever  the  worlv,  the  collar  should  be  made  to  fit  the 
horse,  and  not  the  horse  to  fit  the  collar.  A  horse  may,  indeed,  work  in 
a  badly  fitting  harness.  So  may  a  man  with  an  ill  made  tool. 

Pulling  aC  tlie  Halter. 

When  a  horse  acquires  the  habit  of  pulling  on  the  halter,  it  is  very  dif- 
ficult to  break  him.  We  have  already  stated  the  prevention;  the  first 
halter  put  on  the  colt  should  be  strong  enough  to  resist  all  attempts  ai 
breaking. 


CARMON,    AT    TWELVE    YEARS   OF   AGE. 
Standard  bred  carriage  stallion,  shown  as  "Glorious  Thunder  Cloud."  At  the 
head  of  the  Government  Stud  at  the  Colorado  Experiment  Station. 


A  strong  bitting  harness  and  fastenings  that  cannot  be  broken  are 
arranged  so  that,  when  the  horse  pulls  back,  the  whole  weight  of  the 
pull  will  come  on  the  jaw.  One  effort  will  satisfy  him  of  his  in- 
ability to  break  loose,  and  the  punishment  will  be  such  that  he  will  not 
pull  thereafter. 


CHAPTER  XII. 

STABLES  AND  OTBCR  SHELTER. 


I.   THE  ECONOMY  OF  COMFORT. II.    HOW  TO  BUILU  STABLES. III.   WHERE  TO  KEEP 

HARNESS. IV.   TEMPERATURE  AND   VENTILATION. V.   THE   ARRANGEMENT  OF 

STALLS. VI.   CONSTRUCTION    OF    MANGERS  AND  RACKS. VII.    THE    HAY  AND 

STRAW   LOFT. VIII.    AN   ECONOMICAL   GRANARY. IX.    THE  WAGON  AND   CAR- 
RIAGE FLOOR. X.  THE  HARNESS  ROOM. XI.  THE  STABLE-YARD  AND  OUT-SHEDS. 

XII.   GRASS  LOTS   NEAR  THE  STABLE. XIII.    A  GOOD   SUPPLY  OF  WATER XIV. 

CLEANING  THE  STABLE. 

I.    The  Economy  of  Comfort. 

Ill  building  a  stable,  or  other  structure  for  housing  animals,  however 
rough  it  may  be,  the  economy  of  comfort  should  be  as  carefully  studied 
as  though  the  building  were  intended  for  the  family.  Even  the  wealthiest 
do  not  always  do  this.  Everything  may  be  elegant  and  costly,  and  yet 
there  is  often  less  real  comfort  and  economy,  in  the  arrangement  of  their 
stables  and  barns,  than  is  found  in  the  poor  man's  buildings  which,  though 
rough,  may,  nevertheless,  be  arranged  with  an  intelligent  aptitude  for 
making  a  place  for  everything  needed  and  proper  facilities,  crude  though 
they  be,  for  doing  the  work  and  providing  for  the  comfort  of  the  occu- 
pants in  the  easiest  but  most  thorough  manner. 

The  selection  of  the  site  is  of  importance,  since  much  depends  upon 
this,  when  drainage  and  ventilation  are  considered.  A  commanding  situ- 
ation is  generally  selected  for  the  dwelling  house,  and  there  is  no  reason 
why  the  next-best  location  should  not  be  taken  for  the  stable.  The  horse- 
stable  should,  if  possible,  be  a  building  separate  and  distinct  from  the 
barn.  In  a  suburban  place,  it  need  not  be  entirely  hidden  from  the  house. 
Neither,  on  the  farm,  is  it  proper  that  it  be  glaringly  exposed  to  view,  to 
save  steps  in  the  morning.  In  either  case  the  stable  may  be  somewhat 
hidden  by  planted  trees,  but  not  so  much  so  as  to  cut  off  the  free  circula- 
tion of  air.  On  the  farm,  if  there  is  a  chance  for  a  bank-basement, 
breeding-cattle,  requiring  extra  care,  may  occupy  the  basement;  but 
never  put  horses  there.  Like  birds,  they  require  an  abundance  of  air, 
but  must  not  be  exposed  to  drafts.  The  stable  should  be  comfortably 
warm  in  winter  and  cool  in  summer.  Attention  to  this  point  not  only 
secures  economy  in  feeding,  and  perfect  health,  but  promotes  that  pecu- 
liar luster  and  softness  of  the  hair,  which  all  the  grooming  possible  can- 
not give  without  it. 

II.    How  to  Build  Stables. 

The  stable  floor  should  not  be  less  than  sixteen  feet  wide.  The  walls 
should  be  at  least  eight  feet  high,  though  nine  is  better ;  and  the  horses 

224 


STABLES    AND    OTHER    SHELTER.  225 

should  stand  in  a  single  row,  when  but  few  are  kept.  The  heads 
of  the  animals  should  be  toward  the  wall,  so  that  the  ventilators  may 
admit  air  directly  to  them,  and  as  near  the  top  as  possible.  If  more 
horses  are  kept  than  a  single  row  will  accommodate,  in  a  barn  of  the  size 
wished,  they  may  stand  in  a  double  row,  with  sufficient  space  behind  each 
row  that  t  ley  canoot  kick  each  other.  Thirty-four  feet  in  width  will  be 
ample. 

m.  Where  to  Keep  Harness. 
For  farm  or  draft  horses,  che  harness  may  hang  in  the  stable  on  pegs 
seven  feet  high,  at  the  rear  of  each  horse.  But  carriage  harness,  or  other 
fine  gear,  should  be  hung  in  the  harness  room,  out  of  the  way  of  dust 
and  the  effluvia  of  the  stable.  The  harness  room  is,  indeed,  the  proper  place 
for  all  harness,  but  few  persons  will  take  the  trouble  to  carry  it  there, 
and  it  is,  on  the  whole,  economy  to  hang  it  as  we  have  stated,  especially 
when  there  is  abundant  light  admitted  to  the  stable  of  draft  horses  from 
proper  windows,  and  the  ventilation  is  perfect. 

IV.    Temperature  and  Ventilation. 

The  proper  temperature  for  the  stable  is  fifty  degrees,  ranging  to  sixty- 
five  in  summer,  but  never  below  forty  in  winter.  The  reason  is  obvi- 
ous. The  horse  is  especially  sensitive  to  cold,  and  when  the  temperature 
is  less  than  fifty  degrees,  the  system  becomes  chilled.  This  may  be  obvi- 
ated by  clothing;  and,  here  again,  is  one  of  the  most  important  matters 
in  stable  management,  both  on  the  score  of  economy  and  of  comfor';, 
though  it  is  one  too  generally  neglected.  The  proper  heat  of  the  body 
must  be  kept  up  in  some  way.  It  is  cheaper  to  do  so  by  means  of  cloth- 
ing, than  by  extra  feeding.  So,  in  summer,  a  thin  sheet  keeps  the  body 
cool,  and  is  especially  useful  in  protecting  the  animal,  measurably, 
from  flies. 

Ventilation,  again,  is  all-important,  since  by  this  means  not  only  is'  the 
proper  supply  of  fresh  air  constantly  admitted,  and  without  undue  drafts, 
but  it  is  also  an  important  means  of  regulating  the  temperature,  espe- 
cially in  winter.  If  the  stable  be  made  with  hollow  walls,  the  ventilation 
may  come  up  through  these.  In  any  ease,  however,  the  air  s-hould  be 
admitted  as  high  up  as  possible. 

A  simple  means  of  admitting  air  is  by  the  use  of  sliding  panels,  which 
may  be  moved  easily  up  and  down,  if  hung  with  sash-weights,  as  in  the 
case  of  windows.  If  the  windows  themselves  are  the  ventilators,  the 
same  rule  will  apply. 

Not  the  least  important,  in  this  connection,  are  the  pipes  for  conveying 
the  impure  air  up  through  the  building  and  out  at  the  roof.  The  main 
ventilating  trunk  should  be  not  less  than  four  feet  square,  beginning  at 


226  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

the  center  of  the  stable  and  leading  to  the  peak  of  the  roof.  Funnel- 
shaped  branches,  opening  behind  each  two  or  three  horses,  should  connect 
with  the  main  trunk.  If  the  main  ventilating  trunk  be  provided  with 
proper  doors,  it  may  serve  to  convey  straw  down  from  above  for 
bedding,  and  also  hay,  if  open  mangers  are  used ;  and  it  may  be 
remarked,  in  passing,  that  open  mangers  are  altogether  the  best,  to  our 
way  of  thinking. 

An  excellent  additional  means  of  ventilation  to  supply  cool  air  in  sum- 
mer and  warm  air  in  winter,  is  Mr.  Wilkinson's  plan  of  sub-earth  venti- 
lation. This  consists,  simply,  in  laying  an  eight  or  ten-inch  tile  tube  at 
a  depth  of  four  to  six  feet  under  ground,  and  extending  for  300  to  400 
feet  away,  to  an  out-lot.  The  air  coming  from  this  pipe  will  always  be 
cool,  or  about  fifty  degrees  in  winter,  and  seldom  more  than  that  m  sum- 
mer. If  four  funnel-shaped  openings  are  provided  at  the  upper  end  of 
the  upright  tube,  it  will  always  catch  air  from  whatever  direction  the  breeze 
comes.  This  means  of  ventilation  is  especially  valuable  in  country  dwell- 
ings, cellars  and  dairies. 

V.    The  Arrangement  of  Stalls. 

Large  stalls  are  best,  and  each  horse  should  have  a  separate  stall. 
Whether  built  cheaply  or  elaborately,  the  stalls  should  vary  in  width 
from  five  feet,  to  five  feet  six  inches,  according  to  the  size  of  the  horse, 
and  should  be  ten  feet  from  front  to  rear.  The  partition-posts  at  the  rear 
should  ])G  round,  not  less  than  five  inches  in  diameter,  with  a  gain  cut 
on  the  inside,  to  admit  the  ends  of  the  plank  forming  the  sides  of  the 
stalls.  The  partition  planks  may  lie  betw^een  cleats.  The  posts  may  in- 
cline inward  or  not.  If  they  do  so  incline,  the  bottom  should  be  ten  feet 
from  the  wall,  and  the  top  eight  feet.  The  sides  should  be  four  and  a  half 
feet  high,  of  two-inch  plank,  and  if  on  the  top  of  this  there  be  placed  a 
strip  of  strong  wo ven-wi re  cloth,  two  feet  higher,  it  will  prevent  ugly 
horses  from  biting  or  gnawing  each  other,  and  at  the  same  time  allow 
good-tempered  ones  to  get  their  noses  near  together  for  companionship. 

The  floor  should  be  double,  and  the  upper  one  should  be  in  three  parts  ; 
that  is,  the  first  three  feet  in  front,  of  hard-wood,  two-inch  plank  should 
be  laid  close  and  nailed  solid  ;  the  other  two  sections,  of  narrow,  hard- 
wood plank  are  nailed  on  strong  end-pieces,  and  with  half-inch  spaces 
between.  These  are  to  be  hinged  to  other  plank  nine  inches  wide,  next 
the  sides  of  the  stall,  so  as  to  shut  together  at  the  middle,  to  within  half 
an  inch  of  each  other.  Thus,  all  tlie  liquid  matter  passes  directly  through 
to  the  solid  and  water-tight  floor  beneath,  made  of  planed  and  grooved 
plank,  and  ending  just  inside  the  posts,  in  a  narrow  gutter,  whence  it  is 
conveyed  away  to  a  tank. 


STABLES    AND    OTHER    SHELTER.  227 

Thus  the  animals  are  always  clean,  and  the  upper  floor  is  readily  raised 
tor  the  daily  washing  it  should  receive.  The  solid  dung  and  litter  may 
be  wheeled  outside,  or  if  there  is  a  basement,  throw  it  down  through  a 
trap  door,  to  be  made  into  compost. 

If  the  expense  of  such  a  floor,  as  that  described,  is  deemed  too 
great,  the  floor  may  be  made  of  hard-wood  plank,  or  better,  of  smooth 
cobble  stone  laid  in  sand.  Hard-rammed  clay  makes  a  most  comfortable 
floor  to  stand  on,  if  it  be  kept  repaired,  and  straw  enough  is  used  for 
bedding  to  keep  the  animals  clean.  Plenty  of  straw  must  be  used,  what- 
<iver  the  floor,  where  the  animal  lies  down. 

The  Economy  of  Bedding. — It  is  mistaken  economy  to  stint  the  bed- 
ding. With  a  full  bed,  so  that  the  animal  may  not  only  lie  clean,  but 
comfortably  in  other  respects,  there  is  no  more  straw  soiled  than  with  a 
thin  bed.  What  remains  clean  can  be  used  again.  And,  if  it  be  an  object, 
much  of  the  soiled  straw  may  be  dried  and  used  again.  On  farms  where 
there  is  much  straw  wasted,  it  is  incomprehensible  that  an  animal  should 
be  scantily  bedded.  The  soiled  straw,  contains  the  most  valuable  por- 
tion of  the  manure — the  urine — and  is  a  mine  of  wealth  to  a  careful 

farmer. 

VI.    Construction  of  Mangers  and.  Backs. 

The  construction  of  the  manger  should  be  such  as  to  allow  plenty  of 
room  for  hay.  It  should  be  built  from  about  eighteen  inches  above  the 
floor,  with  a  slat  bottom  or  a  tight  bottom  as  preferred.  It  need  not  be 
more  than  two  feet  four  inches  wide  at  the  top,  by  eighteen  inches  at  the 
bottom,  and  about  three  feet  four  inches  high.  It  should  extend  clear 
across  the  stall,  the  top  rail  being  of  sound,  solid  oak,  with  a  feed-box 
two  feet  wide,  for  grain  and  cut  feed,  and  as  long  as  the  manger  is  wide  ; 
sixteen  inches  will  be  depth  enough,  and  if  it  slope  to  about  eighteen 
inches  at  the  bottom,  so  much  the  better. 

On  the  other  side  may  be  an  iron  vessel  that  will  hold  a  pail  of  water, 
and  so  arranged  that  it  may  be  fastened  in  and  removed  at  pleasure, 
for  cleaning.  An  iron  feed-box  similarly  arranged  is  better  than  one  of 
wood,  on  the  score  of  cleanliness.  If  there  is  to  be  a  hay  rack,  the 
manger  should  not  be  omitted,  and  this  should  be  larger  at  the  top  than  at 
the  bottom,  and  so  arranged  that  the  hay  may  be  thrown  in  from  the  loft. 
The  bars  of  the  rack  should  be  about  six  inches  apart,  and  these  also  may 
be  bought,  of  iron,  if  it  can  be  afforded,  and  hung  so  as  to  open  and  fall 
back  against  the  wall,  for  ease  in  putting  in  hay.  The  manger  should 
have  a  substantial  ring  at  the  top,  with  not  less  than  a  two-inch  opening, 
to  tie  to. 

The  manger  may  be  built  of  yellow  pine  or  oak,  an  inch  and  a  half 
thick  for  the  front,  back  and  ends,   and  the   bottom  of  two-inch  plank, 


228  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AKD  COMPLEIfi  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

unless  it  be  made  of  iron  and  hinged  at  the  back,  to  let  down  for  clean- 
ing, in  which  case  a  secure  catch  must  be  used  in  front.  The  top-froni 
of  the  manger  should  be  protected  with  two  and  a  half  inch  iron  bands, 
rounded  at  the  edges,  firmly  screwed  on,  so  as  to  project  slightly  over 
the  top  bi:r.  They  prevent  the  manger  being  gnawed  and  disfigured.  It  is 
also  better  that  a  post  be  placed  from  the  ground  to  the  under-side  of  the 
top  bar  of  the  manger,  and  midway  from  the  sides  of  the  stall.  In  this 
case  a  ring  may  be  screwed  by  the  shank,  or  stapled  into  the  post,  in 
such  a  way  that  it  may  play  freely.  The  tie  may  have  a  light  weight 
at  the  end,  so  that  the  bight  of  the  halter  will  be  in  no  danger  of  get- 
ting under  the  fore  legs  of  the  horse. 

VII.    The  Hay  and  Straw  Loft. 

Every  stable  should  have  a  loft  for  hay  and  for  straw,  mth  chutes,  or 
tubes,  for  easily  throwing  it  below.  The  chute  for  straw  may  be  the 
tube  used  for  ventilation  and,  of  course,  must  have  a  tightly-fitting  door 
to  prevent  efiluvia  from  entering  the  hay  loft.  The  ventilating  tube  may 
be  used  for  hay,  even  if  the  hay  has  to  be  carried  from  the  floor  to  the 
manger,  but  it  is  better  that  the  hay-chute  connect  directly  with  the 
manger.     If  a  rack  is  used,  the  chute  should  connect  therewith. 

TJie  floor  of  the  loft  should   be  of  tightly-fitting,  planed  and  grooved 
flooring,  to  prevent  the  sifting  of  seeds  and  dirt  below,  and  especially  to 
keep  the  efiftuvia  of  the  stable  from  rising  into  the  loft. 
Vni.    An  Economical  Granary. 

The  granary  of  the  stable  should  be  in  the  loft  or  floor  above  the 
stable.  This  should  be  a  tight  room,  rat  proof,  with  bins  for  oats,  bran 
and  cut-feed,  with  chutes  from  each  running  to  a  feed  room  below,  each 
bin  being  provided  with  a  proper  slide,  for  giving  out  or  shutting  off  the 
grain.  The  bottom  of  the  bins  are  better  if  funnel-shaped,  so  that  the 
entire  contents  will  run  out  when  necessary.  The  chutes  for  grain  should 
be  four  inches  inside.  There  should  also  be  a  room  for  cut  hay  and  straw, 
each  with  its  chute,  these  being  not  less  than  twelve  inches  in  diameter, 
though  fifteen  is  better.  Thus  it  will  always  be  easy  to  get  either  cut 
hay  or  grain,  and  it  is  certainly  easier  to  put  the  supply  at  once  where  it 
is  safe  and  easily  come  at,  than  to  take  many  steps  each  time  you  want 
feed.     Besides,  it  saves  grain. 

Below  them  should  be  a  suitable  trough  for  mixing  feed,  and  also  a 
sieve,  with  a  mesh  small  enough  to  save  any  feed  grain,  for  winnowing 
and  cleaning  the  grain  before  feeding.  The  regular  feeding  of  absolutely 
clean  sfrain  has  often  saved  the  stable-man  the  care  of  serious  disorders  in 
his  horses. 


STABLES  AND  OTHER   SHELTER. 


229 


The  cut  of  stalls  we  give,  and  those  we  have  described,  are  the  very 
best  that  can  be  made.  It  does  not  follow,  however,  that  they  must  be 
made  in  a  costly  manner,  as  wi-itten.  The  good  sense  of  any  intelligent 
farmer  may  so  modify  them,  that  while  they  are  strong,  a  large  outlay 
need  not  be  made,  and  yet  the  principles  of  utility  may  be  retained.  It 
is  the  same  here  as  with  building.  The  cheap  structure,  if  strong  and 
economical  in  the  design,  may  be  fully  as  safe  and  comfortable  as  the 
most  expensive.  A  thing  well  done  is  economically  done.  Illy  done  it 
causes  waste  and  loss.  If  you  have  no  lumber,  poles  and  puncheons, 
carefully  smoothed,  answer  every  purpose.  If  you  are  not  an  adept  at 
framing  and  must  do  your  own  work,  strong  stakes  set  in  a  pretty  deep 
trench,  or  driven  solid,  and  quite  close  together,  evened  at  the  top,  and  a 
cross-piece  nailed  securely  on  the  top  will  serve  as  a  manger.  The  rack 
may  be  made  of  two  poles,  bored  half  through  with  a  two  inch  auger  at 


A  CONTRIVANCE  TO  BREAK  A  HORSE  OF  THE  HABIT  OF  KICKING  IN  THE  STALL. 

the  bottom,  and  clear  through  the  top  piece,  with  an  inch  and  a  half 
auger,  to  receive  the  slats,  which  maybe  straight  saplings,  properly  shaved. 
So,  the  rear  posts  may  be  young  trees,  six  inches  in  diameter,  properly 
dressed.  Thus  any  inside  fixture  may  be  easily  arranged,  and  at  light 
cost  by  any  one  ordinarily  handy  with  axe,  saw,  drawhig  knife  and  ham- 
mer, as  every  farmer  should  be.  The  device  for  kicking  horses  shown, 
is  the  one  in  common  use.  It  is  illustrated  to  show  how  faulty  it  is.  A 
far  more  sensible  plan  for  a  kicking  horse,  if  you  are  so  unfortunate  as  to 
have  one,  is  to  replace  the  log  with  a  good  compact  bunch  of  osage  oratijre 
brush.     This  will  punish  without  injuring  the  horse. 


230  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

IX.    The  Wagon  and  Carriage  Floor. 

It  is  good  economy  to  have  ample  space  in  the  horse-barn  in  which  to 
keep  the  carriage,  buggy  and  other  more  costly  vehicles.  No  one  should 
own  a  vehicle  for  pleasure,  or  even  a  spring  wagon,  without  proper 
means  of  sheltering ;  and  it  is  needless  to  say  that  fowls,  pigeons  or 
other  birds,  are  never  to  be  allowed  inside  the  horse-stable  and  carriage 
house. 

The  ordinary  farm  wagons  may  be  kept  under  a  proper  shed,  when  not 
in  use.  If  the  habit  were  formed  of  putting  every  vehicle  in  its  place, 
even  if  to  be  used  again  soon,  it  would  be  found  not  to  take  any  more  time 
than  to  have  them  left  wherever  the  driver  may  think  proper.  In  nine 
cases  out  of  ten  they  are  left  just  where  they  are  in  the  way,  or  else  they 
are  exposed  to  the  heat  of  the  sun,  or  to  sudden  storms. 

X.    The  Harness  Koom. 

The  haniess  room  should  be  near  the  carriage  floor,  and  easy  of  access 
from  the  stable,  but  separated  from  each  by  a  tight  partition.  This 
room,  besides  containing  pegs,  or  hooks  for  hanging  each  harness,  should 
also  contain  a  table  for  cleaning  and  oiling  harness,  and  a  cupboard  for 
oil,  blacking  brushes,  sponges,  tools  for  mending  harness,  needles, 
thread,  wax,  a  saddler's  horse,  pieces  of  leather,  buckles,  etc. 

XI.  The  Stable  Yard  and  Out-Sheds. 
The  stable  yard  shouW  be  dry  and  firm,  and  large  enough  to  properly 
exercise  and  trahi  an  animal  in.  It  should  be  protected  on  every  side  l)y 
a  tight  fence  six  feet  high.  On  one  side,  but  not  facing  in  the  yard,  will 
be  found  a  good  place  for  the  wagon  shed.  Along  one  side,  and  opening 
into  the  yard,  may  be  a  shed  containing  feeding  troughs  at  the  wall.  It 
will  be  useful  for  many  purposes. 

XII.  Grass-Lots  Near  the  Stable. 

At  least  one  grass-lot  should  be  near  the  stable,  and,  if  large 
enough  to  be  divided  into  pasture  and  meadow,  so  much  the  better.  The 
pasture  will  often  be  wanted  to  turn  a  lame  or  partially  disabled  animal 
into,  and  it  is  also  a  good  place  for  the  colts  to  have  a  run.  If  there  is 
no  spring  or  stream  in  the  pasture  a  trough,  under  shelter,  must  be  pro- 
vided, and  this  may  be  connected  with  the  house-pump  by  an  underground 
pipe. 

XIII.  A  Good  Supply  of  Water. 

It  is  essential  that  a  constant  supply  of  fresh  water  be  had  at  the 
stable.  The  best  stable  buildings  are  provided  with  a  windmill  atthe  top, 
and  a  tank  in  the  loft,  to  secure  the  needed  water  from  the  nearest  well 
or  stream.     The  tank  should  be  closed  tight  and  should  be  provided  with 


STABLES   AND   OTHER   SHELTER. 


231 


a  waste  pipe  at  the  top.  Another  pipe,  from  the  bottom,  leads  to  the 
stable,  with  a  branch  to  the  place  where  the  carriages  are  washed.  A 
hose  will  thus  enable  you  to  wash  vehicles  thoroughly  and  easily.  The 
windmill  and  tank  may  be  placed  anywhere  on  an  elevation,  from  which 
the  water  may  be  carried  by  underground  pipes  to  the  stable  or  to  any 
other  part  of  the  premises  where  it  may  be  wanted. 
XrV  Cleaning  the  Stable. 
This  should  always  be  done  at  the  proper  time,  twice  a  day  regularly, 
and  oftener  if  waste  matter  accumulates.  A  splint  broom  will  easily 
sweep  away  the  accumulations  of  manure,  that  gather  from  time  to 
time  during  the  day,  and  the  satisfaction  of  seeing  everything  neat  and 
clean  will  more  than  compensate  for  this  light  extra  labor.  A  stable- 
man should  always  be  held  to  account  for  any  neglect  of  this  duty. 


AN  EFFECTIVE   HARNESS  TO 

BREAK  A  HORSE  OF  THE 

HABIT  OF  KICKING. 


JOINT   BAND  TO   PREVENT 

HORSE  FROM  KICKING 

IN  THE  STALL. 


The  tools  necessary  in  a  stable  are  two  good  manure-forks,  a  hay-fork, 
brooms,  a  scraper  for  pulling  away  manure,  strong  pails,  sponges, 
brushes,  curry-combs,  a  card-comb,  scrapers  for  taking  the  sweat  from 
the  body,  and  plenty  of  cloths  for  rubbing  the  body  and  limbs  of  the 
horses.  There  should  be  also  provided  a  thin  sheet  for  every  horse  in 
summer,  and  warm  blankets  for  winter.  There  should  be  a  full  set  of 
tools  for  cleaning  the  animals  for  every  two,  or  at  most  three,  horses 
kept  in  the  stable. 


CHAPTER  Xm. 
FEEDING,  WATERING  AND  GROOMINO. 


I.  THE  GOOD  THAT  A  SIEVE  WILL  DO. II.   HOW  TO  FEED. III.  WHEN  TO  FEED. 

IV.  WHAT   TO    FEED. V.   CONDIMENTS. VI.   HOW    TO    MAKE    MASHES. VII. 

HOW  TO  MAKE  GRUEL. VIII.   THE  QUANTITY  OF  GRAIN  TO  FEED. IX.   HAY  AND 

STRAW. X.     GROOMING. XI.     WHEN     TO    GROOM. XII.    GENERAL     STABLE 

CAKE. XIII.    BLANKETS  AND  OTHER  CLOTHING. 

I.    The  Good  that  a  Sieve  WiU  Do. 

There  is,  of  course,  such  a  thing  as  beingtoo  methodical,  but  more  fail- 
ures result  from  want  of  proper  attention  to  the  little  things  that  go  to 
make  up  the  whole,  than  from  too  minute  an  attention  to  details.  A  com- 
petent knowledge  of  the  requirements  in  every  case,  combined  with  accu- 
rate judgment  to  carry  each  one  out  according  to  its  relation  to  the  whole, 
is  what  marks  a  man  of  sensible,  methodical  habits,  by  contrast  with  one 
who  works  at  random,  or  neglects  some  detail  that  may  be  of  the  first 
importance. 

How  few  farmers,  for  instance,  think  it  necessary  to  have  a  sieve  for 
cleaning  the  grain  which  is  fed  to  horses  !  And  yet,  this  is  one  of  the 
most  important  of  the  minor  implements  of  the  stable.  The  use  of  a 
sieve  saves  cleaning  the  dirt  from  the  feeding  boxes  ;  saves  horses  the  an- 
noyance of  swallowing  bits  of  wire  and  other  trash,  quite  common  in 
these  days  of  automatic  binders ;  saves  the  teeth  of  the  animals  from 
being  broken  on  gravel,  or  other  hard  substances  in  the  grain,  and  gives 
one  the  satisfaction  of  knowing  that  the  horse  is  enjoying  a  meal,  clean 
and  wholesome  as  that  of  his  master.  Many  careful  men  wash  the  grain 
after  it  is  cleaned  from  trash  in  the  sieve  ;  which  is  a  most  sensible  opera 
tion,  avid  an  easy  one,  since  you  have  only  to  drop  the  sieve  partly  in 
water  and  shake  it,  or  pour  a  bucket  of  water  over  it  and  let  it  drain. 
II.    How  to  Peed. 

A  horse  must  be  fed  with  reference  to  what  he  is  to  do.  The  horse 
doing  slow  but  hard  and  exhausting  labor,  should  have  all  the  clean, 
sound  grain  he  will  eat  three  times  a  day,  with  as  much  clean,  sweet  hay 
at  night  as  he  will  consume,  though  we  seldom  find  hay  so  fine  and  good 
that  all  will  be  eaten.  The  grain,  during  the  heat  of  summer,  should  be 
oats,  in  cooler  weather  oats  and  corn,  while  in  winter  the  corn  may  con- 
stitute fully  half  the  ration. 

If  cut  feed  be  used,  half  oats  and  half  corn,  ground  together,  may  be 
used,  and  this  mixed  with  one-third  its  bulk,  not  weight,  of  bran.  When 
the  animals  are  fed  whole  grain,  this  mess  should  be  given  two  or  three 
times  a  week,  at  evening,  as  a  change. 

232 


FEEDING,  WATERING  AND  GROOMING.  233 

The  ordinary  farm-hoise  should  be  given  as  much  oats  as  he  will  eat 
three  times  a  day,  in  summer,  and  be  allowed  grass  or  hay  at  night,  in 
their  proper  season.  When  not  at  work,  on  Sundays,  they  are  sometimes 
put  upon  pasture,  and  we  have  known  farmers  turn  out  their  horses  at 
night  to  feed.  This  plan  we  dislike.  The  farm-horse  has  exhausting 
labor,  and  should  rest  in  the  stable  when  not  at  work.  The  grass  at 
night  is  good  ;  let  the  farm-horse  have  it  by  all  means,  but  cut  and  carry 
it  to  him. 

Horses  kept  for  driving,  light  pleasure  horses,  and  the  business-man's 
horse,  should  be  fed  on  sound  oats  and  hay,  with  a  sweet  mash  of  bran 
once  or  twice  a  week.  Many  persons  of  this  class,  turn  their  horses  out 
to  pasture  during  the  summer.  Nothing  could  be  more  injurious.  The 
animals  are  eaten  up  by  flies  and  mosquitos  ;  they  get  out  of  condition, 
and  the  owner  blames  the  person  who  has  grazed  them  at  so  much  a 
week.  If  they  are  turned  out  at  night  and  sheltered  during  the  day,  and 
get  half  rations  of  oats,  it  is  not  so  bad. 

The  proper  time  for  a  horse  to  have  a  run  at  grass  is  in  May  and  early 
in  June ;  but  the  animal  should  have  a  little  oats  daily.  A  month  at 
grass  is  amply  sufficient. 

The  full  feed  for  driving  horses  is  from  four  to  six  quarts  of  oats, 
three  times  a  day,  according  to  size,  and  as  much  sound  hay  as  they  will 
eat.  Musty  grain,  musty  or  dusty  oats,  gives  rise  to  heaves  and  other 
disorders,  and  should  never  be  fed  to  any  horse.  Hence,  in  using  ground 
feed,  be  sure  that  it  is  made  from  sound  grain.  Washing  and  kUn-drying 
does  not  cure  musty  grain,  though  it  may  deceive  the  unwary.  Hence, 
again,  the  best  plan  with  all  driving  horses,  and  horses  for  other  fast 
work,  is  to  feed  whole  grain  to  them. 

m.    When  to  Peed. 

A  horse  should  get  his  feed  as  regularly  as  a  man.  His  stomach,  like 
that  of  a  man,  is  small,  and  the  size  has  been  reduced  by  artificial 
breeding  and  care.  Horses  doing  f?»,st  and  exhausting  work,  should  be 
fed  grain  four  times  a  day  ;  at  six  and  at  ten  o'clock  in  the  morning,  at 
two  in  the  afternoon  and  again  at  night.  Carriage  horses  should  also 
be  fed  four  times  a  day  ;  but  the  morning  feed  need  not  be  until  seven  or 
eight  o'clock,  since  the  animals  are  not  required  to  be  used,  as  a  rule, 
before  ten.  They  should  be  fed  again  at  lunch-time,  or  as  near  twelve 
as  possible  ;  also  before  going  out  in  the  afternoon,  and  again  upon  their 
return  in  the  evening  ;  if  they  bring  the  family  home  late,  they  should 
also  have  a  feed  before  being  left  for  the  night. 

Trotting  horses  and  racing  horses  should  be  fed  with  grain  four  times 
a  day,  and  light-feeding  animals  should  have  every  inducement  held  out 


234  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  ANB  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

to  get  them  to  eat  enough.  It  is  seldom  that  animals  of  this  kind  are  too 
greedy.  Their  feeding  is  so  regular  and  their  care  is  so  good,  that  they 
are  seldom  inclined  to  overload  their  stomachs.  If  an  animal  be  a  glut- 
ton he  mu:st  be  restrained  to  such  a  quantity  of  food  as  will  support  the 
labor  he  is  to  perform.  No  horse  driven  at  fast,  or  to  exhaustive  work, 
should  be  taken  out  in  less  than  an  hour  and  a  half,  or  two  hours  after 
finishing  the  meal ;  and  it  is  better  for  any  horse  if  he  have  an  hour  of 
rest  after  eating,  before  returning  to  work. 

rv.    What  to  Peed. 

"What  the  feed  of  horses  should  be,  has  been  partly  stated  in  the  pre- 
ceding sections.  It  may  be  varied  somewhat,  according  to  the  price  of  grain. 
As  a  rule  much  cut  feed  is  given  to  teaming  horses,  express  and  dray 
horses,  in  cities,  especially  in  large  stables,  where  a  methodical  sys- 
tem is  followed,  and  intelligent  foiemen  have  charge  of  the  different 
departments.  If  com  is  giveji  as  a  substitute,  in  part,  for  oats,  bran 
should  be  used  with  it.  Cut  feed  at  night,  with  oats  morning  and  noon, 
makes  excellent  provender  for  any  draft  team,  including  those  for  farm 
work.  On  anumber  of  farms  where  many  horses  are  used,  this  is  the  rule, 
and  a  most  excellent  one  it  is,  during  the  season  of  hard  labor.  In  winter, 
more  corn  may  be  fed  than  oats  ;  and  when  corn-meal  and  bran  are  used, 
a  heaping  measure  of  bran  to  a  stricken  measure  of  meal,  is  a  good  pro- 
portion. 

The  intelligent  reader  will  be  able  to  judge,  from  the  suggestions  here 
given,  how  to  regulate  the  messes.  A  horse,  regularly  and  fully  fed,  will 
seldom  eat  too  much.  Now  and  then  it  vn\\  be  necessary  to  restrain  a 
greedy  one.  If  a  horse  is  given  to  bolting  his  grain  whole,  he  should 
have  chopped  food,  or  it  must  be  so  managed  that  he  can  only  pick  it  up 
little  by  little.  It  is  the  half -fed  horse  that  founders  himself  when  he 
gets  at  the  grain  bin. 

V.    Condiments. 

It  is  well  to  avoid  horse  condiments,  condition  powders,  and  nostrums 
wan-anted  to  cure.  On  the  farm  they  should  not  be  needed  ;  and  if  the 
animal  is  really  ill,  the  proper  treatment  of  the  case  T\all  be  found  fur- 
ther on,  in  the  chapters  devoted  to  diseases.  In  the  cities  and  larger  vil- 
lages, the  advice  of  a  competent  veterinary  surgeon  can  now-a-days  gener- 
ally be  procured.  Ai'senic,  strychnine  and  other  violent  drugs,  especially 
the  first  named,  are  much  in  vogue  to  give  an  animal  fire  and  a  sleek 
coat,  especially  by  ignorant  persons  who  pretend  to  know  all  about  horses. 
They  are  ruinous  unless  used  as  prescribed  by  a  competent  veterinarian. 
If  a  horse  lacks  appetite,  rest  and  a  few  bran-mashes  will  generally  rem- 
edy the  trouble.     Condition  powders  are  beneficial,  if  the  system  is  out  of 


FEEDING,    WATERING  AND  GROOMING,  235 

order.     Their  use,  and  how  to  prepare  them,  will   be  given  in  the  chap- 
ters on  the  treatment  of  diseases.     Salt  is  the  only  true  condiment  for 
herbiverous  animals.     This  they  should  have  always  before  them.     They 
will  then  take  just  what  is  needed  and  no  more. 
VI.    How  to  Make  Mashes. 

A  sweet  mash  is  made  by  taking  four  quarts  of  good  bran,  moistening 
it  gradually  with  hot  water,  and  then  adding  enough  boiling  water  to 
bring  it  to  the  proper  consistency.  Cover  with  a  cloth,  and  when  cool 
enough  give  it  to  the  horse.  A  small  teaspooiiful  of  salt  may  be  added, 
if  desired. 

Another  good  mash  Is  made  by  boiling  two  quarts  of  ground  oats,  a  pint 
of  flax-seed  and  a  little  salt,  for  three  hours.  Then  mix  with  it  enough 
bran  to  bring  it  to  a  proper  consistency  for  eating.  A  half  pint  of 
molasses  may  be  added  to  the  water.  Cover  with  a  cloth  and  feed  cold. 
This  is  the  quantity  for  a  horse,  and  is  a  good  Sunday  morning  meal 
when  the  team  is  kept  on  dry  food  during  the  rest  of  the  week. 
VII.    How  to  Make  Gruel. 

There  is  nothing  better  for  a  tired  horse  than  gruel ;  every  horse  should 
be  taught  to  drink  it.  Stir  a  pint  or  more  of  oat-meal  gradually  into 
four  quarts  of  cold  water.  If  you  have  no  oatmeal,  use  half  a  pint  or 
more,  each,  of  fine  corn-meal  and  flour,  according  as  it  is  liked,  thick  or 
thin.  Then  fill  up  the  pail,  in  which  it  is  mixed,  with  water  ;  stir  and 
give  it  to  the  animal  at  once.  Sometimes  a  dainty  horse  may  be  induced 
to  take  it,  by  first  giving  him  a  single  swallow  of  water. 

Never  give  a  horse  solid  food  when  exhausted.  If  he  will  not  take 
gruel,  try  him  vnth  hay  tea,  after  having  first  turned  down  a  quart  of 
good  stock  ale.  Rub  him,  in  any  event,  until  dry,  and  then  give  him  his 
feed.     By  this  time  he  will  probably  have  taken  some  hay. 

Hay  Tea. — To  make  hay  tea,  fill  a  bucket  with  the  best  of  hay,  clean 
and  bright.  Pour  over  it  enough  ])oiling  water  to  fill  the  pail.  Cover 
closely  to  keep  in  the  steam,  pressing  the  hay  down  occasionally,  or  put 
it  on  the  stove  to  keej)  it  hot  while  pressing.  In  fifteen  minutes  it  will 
be  sufficiently  steeped.  Turn  off  the  water  into  another  bucket,  and  add 
enough  cold  water  to  make  six  or  seven  quarts,  and  give  to  the  horse  when 
cool  enough  to  drink.  It  is  nourishing  and  an  excellent  stimulant  for  a 
tired  horse. 

Vm.    The  Quantity  of  Grain  to  Feed. 

Grain  should  always  be  fed  by  weight.  If  a  team  require  a  bushel  of 
oats  a  day,  this  will  be  36  pounds  of  sound,  clean  oats  ;  if  the  oats  are 
not  clean,  the  bushel  will  weigh  only  32  pounds,  or  less.  If  com  is  to 
be  substituted,  give  only  a  half  bushel,  or  28  pounds  of  shelled  corr 


236  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  UVB  STOCK  AMD  COMPJLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR.  * 

to  the  team  at  three  feeds.  If  this  is  not  enough,  the  allowance  may  be 
increased  to  thirty-six  pounds.  If  the  corn  be  on  the  ear,  thirty-five 
pounds  is  the  weij^ht  of  the  half  bushel.  In  every  case  a  half  bushel  of 
com  Is  the  equivalent  of  each  bushel  of  oats  fed.  In  other  words,  the 
stable  uses  seventy  pounds  of  car  corn,  or  fifty-six  pounds  of  shelled  corn, 
for  every  two  bushels  of  oats  discontinued.  The  change,  however,  should 
never  be  made  suddenly,  but  gradually.  Barley,  rye  and  wheat  are  not 
injurious  to  the  horse,  but  we  must  not  feed  more  pounds  than  the  regu- 
lar ration  of  the  grain  previously  fed.  If  ground  feed  is  given,  one-fiftb 
less  in  weight  will  be  re(j[uired. 

3X.    Hay  and  Straw. 

As  before  stated,  none  but  sound  hay  should  be  used.  Timothy,  Blue 
grass,  (poa pratensis or poa  compressa), Vow\  meadow,  (poa  serotina). 
Orchard  grass,  (dactT/Iis  glomerata),  and  Red  Top,  all  make  excellent 
hay.  Clover  should  never  he  fed  to  horses  ;  it  is  always  dusty,  and  gen- 
erally badly  cured.  Hungarian  grass,  if  cut  just  when  in  blossom,  may 
be  given  once  a  week  ;  if  fed  constantly,  or  if  too  ripe,  it  acts  strongly 
on  the  urinary  organs. 

Straw  should  always  be  used  for  bedding — oat-straw  is  the  best ;  and 
a  feed  of  sweet,  clean,  bright  straw  is  relished  occasionally  by  the  horse. 
We  once  kept  twenty  pairs  of  farm  mules  all  winter  on  bright  straw  and 
com,  with  a  feed  once  a  week  of  Hungarian  hay,  and  never  had  them 
come  through  better. 

X.    Grooming. 

Stable  tools  are  to  be  used,  not  abused  ;  nor  is  the  animal  to  be  tor- 
tured with  them.  The  groom  who  strikes  a  horse  on  the  hocks,  or  other 
part  of  the  body,  with  the  curry-comb  or  other  stable  tool,  should  be 
discharged  instantly.  The  groom  who  uses  the  curry-comb  to  the  posi- 
tive discomfort  of  ahorse,  or  about  the  joints,  should  be  admonished, 
and  if  he  persist  he  should  be  discharged.  The  use  of  the  curry-comb 
is  simply  to  loosen  the  scurf  and  dirt,  and  to  clean  the  brush.  The 
curry-comb  should  be  carried  lightly  and  In  circles  over  the  body,  and 
then  a  good  bristle  brush  should  be  used  to  clean  the  horse.  The  brush 
should  be  usod  with  firm,  long  strokes,  and  after  every  two  or  three 
strokes  It  should  be  drawn  over  the  comb  to  free  it  of  dust.  Very  shorts 
haired  and  tender-skinned  horses  require  little  more  than  the  brush,  to  be 
followed  with  a  damp  wisp  of  straw,  finishing  with  cloths.  The  wisp 
and  cloth  should  always  be  used  to  finish  a  horse. 

If  the  legs  are  dirty  and  wet,  they  should  be  washed  clean  and  rul)l)ed 
dry  ;  if  they  are  dirty,  clean  them  with  the  brush.     Be  particular  about 


FET;r»TXO,  WATERING  AND  GROOMING 


238  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

the  fetlocks,  and  the  long  hair  of  the  lower  limbs.     They  must  be  left 
both  dry  and  clean. 

The  mane  and  tail  should  never  be  touched  with  anything  except  a 
coarse-toothed  horn  comb,  and  the  brush.  Brushes  are  made  especially 
for  this  purpose. 

The  feet  should  always  be  looked  to  and  cleaned  when  the  horse  comes 
into  the  stable.  He  may  have  picked  up  a  nail,  or  graveled  himself. 
Whatever  injury  of  this  kind  he  may  have  sustained  should  be  promptly 
treated. 

XI.    When  to  Groom. 

Every  day,  before  going  to  work,  the  horse  should  be  thoroughly 
cleaned.  If  he  comes  in  dirty  at  night,  he  should  certainly  be  cleaned 
before  the  master  goes  to  bed.  It  is  an  open  question  among  horsemen, 
whether  a  horse  should  be  washed  when  dirty.  Our  plan  is  to  scrape  the 
body  as  dry  as  possible  immediately,  blanket  in  cold  weather,  bandage 
the  legs  to  keep  them  warm,  and  clean  when  dry.  The  tired  horse  should 
never  be  placed  in  a  draft  of  air  to  cool.  If  he  do  not  cool  kindly,  he 
wants  a  stimulant,  hay  tea  or  gruel.  If  necessary,  he  may  be  walked 
about  in  the  air  ;  it  will  both  dry  and  refresh  him,  unless  he  be  badly  used 
up. 

XII.    General  Stable  Care. 

Of  general  stable  care  we  have  previously  written.  The  animal  should 
have  done  for  him  what  he  cannot  do  for  himself.  It  is  poor  economy  to 
be  without  any  necessary  article  to  properly  care  for  the  horse.  The 
ordinary  tools  have  been  already  indicated.  Proper  tools  for  cleaning  the 
stable  must  be  had,  and  proper  implements  for  cleaning  the  horse  are 
quite  as  necessary.  The  drinking  bucket  should  never  be  used  for  wash- 
ing the  horse.  When  not  in  use,  both  drinking  and  washing  buckets 
should  be  prevented  from  falling  down.  Keep  them  full  of  water,  and 
change  when  necessary,  but  never  mistake  the  wash  bucket  for  the  drink- 
ing bucket. 

A  wheel-barrow  is  a  most  useful  thing  in  the  stable,  and  its  uses  are 
also  various  about  the  place.  The  list  of  cleaning  tools  is  a  long  one, 
but  a  horse  may  be  cleaned  in  the  ^inost  thorough  manner  with  a  good 
curry-comb,  a  brush,  a  wet  sponge,  a  wisp  of  straw  and  rubbing  cloths. 
A  scraper  should  always  be  near  for  use  upon  sweaty  horses^  A  section 
of  a  flat  barrel-hoop  will  do  very  well  at  a  pinch. 

Xm.    Blankets  and  Other  Clothing. 

The  driving  horse  should  have  a  summer  and  a  winter  stable-blanket, 
and  a  summer  and  winter  blanket  for  the  street ;  also  a  hood  for  the  head 
and  neck,  and  other  appliances  for  protecting  the  limbs,  as  bandages,  etc. 


FEEDING,  WATERING  AND  GROOMING. 


239 


The  farm  horse  requires  only  a  summer  and  a  winter  blanket,  and  a  hooded 
sheet,  or  good  fly  net,  when  driven  in  summer.  Each  horse  should  have 
his  own  blanket,  plainly  marked.  If  you  have  them,  you  will  of  course 
use  them  when  necessary.  A  blanket  is  of  but  little  use  without  a  sur- 
cingle.    Sec  that  the  surcingle  is  properly  buckled,  and  protected,  so  it 


will  not  hurt  the  horse.  Each  blanket  should  have  one  or  two  breast 
straps  and  buckles,  and  a  proper  cord  to  pass  across  the  buttocks,  under 
the  tail,  to  keep  the  blanket  from  moving  to  one  side  or  the  otheer.  We 
repeat:  proper  horse  clothing  is  among  the  most  necessary  and  profitable 
investments  for  the  stable. 


CHAPTER  XXIV. 
HUMANITY  AND  COMMON  SENSE. 


I.      THE   ECONOMY   OF  HUMANE   TREATMENT. II.     COMMON   SENSE   IKf  flj^ 

THINGS. III.    THRIFT    AND    UNTHRIFT    CONTRASTED. IV.     CRUELTY 

AND  IMPROVIDENCE  VS.  THRIFT  AND  KINDNESS. V.   WHY   THE  HORSE 

REQUIRES  INTELLIGENT  MANAGEMENT. VI.  HOW  TO  KNOW  AN  INTEL- 
LIGENT   MASTER. VII.      PICTURES    FROM     REAL    LIFE. VIIL     THE 

KIND  MAN  WILL  HAVE  A  WILLING   TEAM. IX.   THE   "GOOD   FELLOW'S" 

CRUELTY. X.  HOW  TO  USE  ONES  MEANS. 

I.      The  Economy  of  Humane  Treatment. 

In  the  treatment  of  animals,  humanity  and  common  sense  are  one  and 
the  same  thing.  For,  the  humane  treatment  of  these  dumb  creatures 
not  only  contributes  to  their  comfort,  but  promotes  their  physical  wel- 
fare and  enables  the  owner  to  get  from  them  the  largest  amount  of  labor 
that  they  are  capable  of.  The  farm  animals,  and  especially  the  horses,  of 
a  cruel,  slovenly  or  miserly  farmer  are  rarely  in  condition  to  perform  the 
most  efficient  labor.  A  master,  so  unthrifty  or  penurious  as  to  begrudge 
the  proper  care  and  feeding  of  his  animals,  is  also  apt  to  over-work  and 
under-feed  his  laborers,  and  an  employer  who  does  this  never  has  efficient 
help.  His  hired  men,  while  at  work,  shirk  everj^  duty  they  can,  and  at 
the  first  opportunity  they  quit  him ;  and  the  work  that  they  cannot  shirk 
is  done  in  the  most  inefficient  and  slovenly  manner.  Even  if  inclined  to 
do  their  duty  they  cannot  work  to  the  best  advantage  because  the  team  is 
unfit.  Here,  then,  we  see  two  causes  operating  against  the  grudging  or  un- 
thrifty farmer — inefficiency  in  his  help  and  in  his  ■animals ;  whereas,  the 
farmer  who  has  common  sense  and  humanity  enough  to  keep  his  animals 
in  good  condition,  has  only  one  possible  cause  of  inefficient  labor  to 
guard  against,  viz:  inefficiency  in  the  men  he  employs.  A  man  of  the 
latter  kind,  however,  will  have  little  difficulty  in  securing  efficient  help; 
whilst  the  grudging  or  unthrifty  man  seldom  secures  the  best  labor,  be- 
cause good  men  will  not  work  for  such  a  ma.ster,  unless  obliged  to. 
Hence,  the  want  of  common  sense  or  of  humanity  always  reacts  against 
the  individual,  and  at  a  loss  to  himself.  The  horses  of  a  good  farmer 
are  not  pampered.  His  workmen  do  not  expect  to  be ;  but  the  common- 
sense  man  will  see  to  it  that  they  are  made  as  comfortable  as  circum- 
stances will  admit ;  that  neither  hoi-ses  nor  men  are  ovenvorked ;  that  the 
food,  both  for  man  and  beast,  is  given  in  sufficient  quantity,  and  that  it 
is  of  good  quality.  Plain,  but  substantial  food,  well-cooked,  should  be 
provided  for  the  men,  and  sound  grain,  plenty  of  water,  careful  groom- 
ing for  the  horses;  and  the  eye  of  the  master  should  also  see  to  it  that 
the  animals  are  pot  abused  by  beating.     If  the  horses  have  not  been 

240 


N    O 


HUMANITY  AND  COMMON  SENSE. 


241 


broken  in  spirit,  they  will  not  need  whipping;  for  the  intelligent  master 
will  not  long  keep  dull,  lazy  brutes,  any  more  than  he  will  employ  lazy, 
shirking  men. 

II.  Common  Sense  in  all  Things. 

It  would  show  ius  great  a  want  of  t-oniuion  sense  to  put  a  pair  of  colts, 
intended  for  fast  road-horses,  or  trotters,  or  a  young  animal  intended  for 
a  high-priced  saddle-horse,  to  continuous  and  hard  draft,  as  it  would  to 
expect,  extraordinary  speed  from  an  ill-bred  brute,  or  from  a  horse  bred 
solely  for  draft.  Does  not  the  same  rule  hold  good  in  all  transactions? 
Is  it  not  the  result  of  ignorance,  or  of  a  penny-wise  and  pound-foolish 
disposition  that  an  inferior  animal,  of  any  kind,  is  ever  allowed  to  be  bred 
for  any  purpose?  Whatever  may  be  the  labor  that  is  to  be  performed, 
none  but  the  most  superior  animals  for  the  use,  should  ever  be  bred; 
just  as  none  but  the  most  perfect  seed  should  ever  be  planted  or  sown. 
If  the  rule  were  universally  adopted  of  breeding  none  but  the  best  ani- 
mals and  sowing  none  but  the  best  seed;  and  if,  in  addition,  the  proper 
care  were  observed  in  the  breeding  of  animals  and  in  the  cultivation 
and  saving  of  crops,  the  productions  of  the  country  might  be  doubled 
in  three  years,  from  the  same  acreage,  while  the  average  value  of  farm 
animals  might  be  more  than  doubled  in  ten  years.  This  is  the  direction 
of  our  thoughts  when  we  urge  the  importance  of  common  sense,  intelli- 
gence and  humane  care  upon  the  farm ;  their  exercise  brings  the  largest 
profit  to  the  master  at  the  lowest  cost. 

III.  Thrift  and  Unthrift  Contrasted. 

In  the  one  case  we  see  a  shiftless  and  at  the  same  time  cruel  and  per- 
haps drunken  owner,  with  a  miserable  nmle  and  a  still  more  miserable 
one-eared  and  one-eyed  horse  for  a  team.  They  would  sell  simply  for 
the  price  of  their  hides.  Of  course,  they  do  not  eat  as  much  as  an  able 
team  would  eat,  because  they  cannot  get  it.  Scant  feed  is  certainly  not 
economy  in  their  case,  for  the  result  of  their  day's  work  would  be  not 
more  than  an  acre  scratched  over.  So  much  for  the  unhappy  team  of  a 
reckless  master.  This  man  and  his  family  do  not  live.  They  simply 
exist,  and  their  only  mission  in  life  seems  to  be  to  reduce  the  average 
price  of  live  stock,  and  the  average  yield  per  acre. 

Look  at  the  other  picture,  if  you  wish  to  see  a  thrifty  and  able  master 
with  a  handsome  and  able  team,  going  off  as  though  they  meant  business. 
There,  also,  are  the  happy  children,  just  come  out  with  the  lunch  basket; 
there  is  nothing  miserable  here.  The  master  is  hard  at  work  increasing 
the  average  yield  of  wheat,  and  by  the  exercise  of  humanity  and  common 
sense,  raising  the  average  price  of  farm  stock. 


242  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

IV.  Cruelty  and  Improvidence  vs.  Thrift  and  Kindness. 

The  cruel  or  improvident  man's  team  stands  exposed  to  flies,  or  shiv- 
ering in  the  street  of  the  village,  while  the  man  is  guzzling  beer  or  whis- 
key close  by.  They  stand  in  their  own  filth  at  home,  uncleaned,  as  they 
are  half  fed.  The  team  of  the  kind  and  thrifty  master  stands  in  the  sta- 
ble at  home,  eating  generous  provender,  when  not  at  labor  on  the  farm, 
or  hauling  heavy  loads  of  produce  to  the  market.     The  animals  do  not 


IMPORTED    l^KENCH    CUACH    STALLION. 


lack  blankets  when  necessary.  They  have  no  bony  shoulders  to  be  galled. 
They  are  not  jerked  about  by  the  bits,  nor  are  they  lashed  or  beaten  with 
a  club  while  at  work.  They  have  simply  been  trained  to  obedience,  and 
have  been  taught  something  of  the  English  language. 

In  the  streets  of  our  large  cities  we  can  see  plenty  of  such  teams  as  we 
have  described,  teams  both  of  the  cruel  and  the  provident  master.  On 
the  average  farm,  we  see  none  of  the  first  kind.  They  are,  happily,  con- 
fined mainly  to  a  rare  class,  shiftless,  drunken  squatters  on  waste  land, 


HUMANITY  AND  COMMON  SENSE.  243 

though  occasionally  such  masters  are  found,  as  renters,  with  their  worth- 
less brutes  on  the  lands  of  a  landlord  too  greedy  to  give  an  industrious 
laborer  a  fair  rental  for  his  labor.  Do  such  landlords  thrive?  Unhap- 
pily yes.  Sometimes,  by  denying  themselves  and  families  the  common  or 
decent  necessaries  of  life,  and  by  cheating  even  the  poor  knackers  whose 
improvidence  has  thrown  them  in  their  way. 

V.   Why  the  Horse  Requires  Intelligent  Management. 

It  is  because  hoi*ses  are  intelligent  animals.  They  have  a  sense  of 
reason,  w^hich  may  be  improved  by  training.  They  are  naturally  dis- 
posed to  rely  upon  their  masters,  and  this  disposition  should  never  be 
overcome  by  the  fear  of  injury.  They  are  courageous,  and  at  the  same 
time  timid.  Their  courage  should  be  fostered,  since  it  increases  their 
spirit  and  decreases  their  timidity.  They  fear  objects  with  which  they 
are  unfamiliar.  Once  they  learn  that  an  object  is  harmless,  they  cease 
to  fear  it.  Thus  they  may  be  accustomed  to  the  sound  and  sight  of  a 
locomotive,  one  of  the  most  fearful  objects  to  them  naturally,  and  if 
allowed  to  satisfy  themselves  that  a  locomotive  is  not  dangerous,  they  will 
at  length  want  to  touch  it  with  the  nose ;  for  this  is  the  last  means  a  horse 
uses  to  fully  satisfy  himself  that  an  object  will  not  injure  him.  Thus 
satisfied,  all  further  fear  of  that  object  is  passed. 

VI.    How  to  Know  an  Intelligent  Master. 

An  intelligent  master,  however  poor  he  may  be,  will  not  drive  a 
broken-down,  rat-tailed,  spavined  team,  with  ears  torn  away,  eyes  knocked 
out,  ill-kept  and  ill-fed.  He  will  not  have  rusty  tools,  nor  keep  a  hog- 
wallow  by  the  side  of  his  door.  His  wife  will  not  be  found  pulling  down 
and  burning  the  remnant*?  of  a  fence,  for  want  of  better  firewood.  His 
team,  indeed,  may  not  be  in  high  flesh.  The  necessity  of  extraordinary 
labor,  and  plain  food,  may  keep  master  and  hoi-se  thin,  but  there  will  be 
intelligent  care  shown  even  in  poverty.  Cunning  is  not  intelligence, 
neither  is  brute  force  power.  The  intelligent  man,  however  unlearned, 
may  be  known  by  his  surroundings,  and  by  the  care  of  his  horse,  if  he 
is  fortunate  enough  to  own  one. 

It  is  certain  that  an  unkind  man  in  his  family  will  be  brutal  to  animals. 

All  horse  owners  cannot  have  fine  teams,  but  no  man  can  afford  to  own 
a  poor  team.  They  must  be  kept  in  proper  condition  for  labor,  else  the 
owner  is  losing  money  on  them  constantly.  All  farmers  cannot  have  fine 
houses  and  barns,  but  no  farmer  should  have  either  cold,  or,  in  other 
ways,  uncomfortable  buildings.  By  studying  chapter  XII,  one  may 
easily  learn  how  to  make  the  cheapest  stmcture  comfortable.  The  illus- 
tration on  this  page  fully  illustrates  an  idea  of  comfort  in  farm  animals. 


244  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

The  horses  are  not  specially  fine,  but  they  are  in  good  flesh  and  well 
cared  for.  The  master  has  no  fear  that  they  will  run  away.  They  are 
well  trained  and  know  they  will  not  be  abused,  hence  they  drink  con- 
tentedly, preparatory  to  the  half-day's  plowing  expected  of  them.  The 
barn  is  a  rough  structure,  but  it  is  well  built  and  thoroughly  warm  in 
winter. 

VII.   Pictures  from  Real  Life. 

The  surroundings  of  a  man,  in  any  condition  in  life,  are  an  index  to 
his  character.  The  kind  master  may  have  only  a  stable  built  of  poles, 
the  sides  filled  in  with  hay,  and  the  roof  of  the  same  material;  but  it 
will  be  comfortable.  Health,  thrift  and  care,  in  the  end,  will  enable  him 
to  build  better.  However  poor,  there  will  be  method  in  his  labor.  He 
will  sow  no  more  crops  than  his  team  can  properly  prepare  the  ground 
for,  and  himself  can  carefully  tend.  His  debts  vnW  not  be  for  useless 
trumpery,  and  what  tools  he  has  will  be  in  good  order.  His  animals 
will  be  no  more  than  can  be  properly  cared  for,  so  that,  in  the  end,  his 
barns  and  yards  may  look  something  like  the  picture  of  the  shelter  of 
the  provident  man. 

The  barn  of  the  improvident  man  will  be  dilapidated.  The  door  will 
be  off  the  hinges,  and  propped  up  with  rails.  There  may  be  some 
attempt  at  chinking  up  cracks.  His  wagon  will  stand  anywhere  in  the 
storm,  while  his  harness  will  lie  handy,  perhaps  on  the  tongue  of  the 
wagon,  or  else  be  flung  on  the  floor  of  the  hovel  he  calls  a  barn.  His 
animals  will  be  unsheltered,  and  allowed  to  shift  for  themselves  at  a 
neighboring  hay  stack,  yet  he  will  be  so  fully  employed,  that  he  will 
have  no  time  to  do  better.  He  will  have  no  barn  filled  to  the  ridge- 
pole with  fodder,  no  horses,  cattle  and  sheep  enjoying  themselves  in 
the  stables.  His  pigs  can  of  course  shift  for  themselves  entirely.  They 
will  be  so  thin  that  they  can  easily  slide  through  any  fence  near  by, 
within  which,  indeed,  all  his  stock  have  probably  helped  themselves, 
unless  his  careful  neighbors  have  made  their  fences  ''horse-high,  bull- 
proof  and  pig-tight." 

As  to  his  home,  it  may  look  something  like  the  picture,  airy  in 
summer,  but  not  comfortable  in  winter — for  a  brush-pile,  eked  out  with 
bark  torn  from  the  fences,  does  not  make  generous  fuel.  Dear  reader, 
have  you  not  recognized  the  picture  in  your  travels?  Have  not  some 
of  us  seen  the  same  thing  near  home? 

The  home  of  the  intelligent  and  thrifty  man  will  in  time  come  to  look 
like  the  one  shown  in  the  illustration  of  kindness  and  common  sense 
exemplified.  At  all  events,  however  humble,  neatness  and  good  care 
will  be  apparent  everywhere. 


HUMANITY  AND  COMMON  SENSE. 


245 


VIII.  The  Kind  Man  will  have  a  Willing  Team. 

The  team  of  the  considerate  man,  if  they  unfortunately  become  chafed 
by  the  harness,  ^vhen  away  from  home,  in  a  storm,  are  immediately  at- 
tended to.  They  are  kept  warm,  dry  and  clean;  and  however  tired  at 
night,  are  always  ready  for  work  the  next  day,  because  they  have  rested 
in  plenty  of  clean  straw,  with  plenty  to  eat.     If  the  master's  means  will 


IMPORTED   ENGLISH   SHIRE   STALLION,   HOLLAND   MAJOR. 

permit,  they  vdW  be  lordly  looking  animals,  not  unlike  the  picture  of  a 
kind  man's  team. 

At  all  events,  they  will  not  resemble  a  cruel  man's  team,  wth  ribs 
showing  like  bean-poles,  and  themselves  the  pictures  of  hunger,  gazing 
at  an  empty  bucket, — or  at  least,  a  bucket  empty  except  for  the  air  it 
contains. 


IX.  The  "Good  Fellow's"  Cruelty. 

There  is  another  class,  known  as  good  fellows,  whose  time  is  so  taken 
up  helping  their  friends,  that  they  never  have  leisure  to  care  for  anything 


246  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

at  home.  They  have  time  to  hunt  and  fish,  to  play  cards  and  drink. 
When  they  work,  they  work  very  hard,  and  are  generally  so  used  up, 
both  man  and  team,  that  they  require  rest  for  several  days.  These 
"good  fellows"  often  own  but  one  hoi-se,  and  borrow  some  other  "good 
fellow's"  horse  to  "splice  a  team."  Their  borrowings  are  extensive,  and 
their  more  intelligent,  because  more  careful,  neighboi-s  lend,  for  the  sake 
of  the  poor  family  at  home.  Some  people  would  call  them  lazy ;  perhaps 
this  is  as  good  a  name  for  it  as  any  other.  They  certainly  do  not  work 
when  they  can  avoid  it.  They  do  not  think  themselves  cruel.  Are 
they  not?  Yes,  cruel  in  their  neglect  at  home.  The  "good  fellow's" 
surroundings  may  be  shown  in  three  pictures.  First  is  seen  his  barn,  if 
he  hns  a  barn,  with  his  sorry  old  horse  mournfully  contemplating  the 
chances  for  the  coming  winter.  He  has  a  house?  Yes,  we  show  a 
corner  of  it,  and  his  door  yard  gate.  He  has,  perhaps,  a  farm,  or  has 
hired  a  part  of  some  richer  good  fellow's  farm.  Here  is  the  other  good 
fellow's  field  gate,  and  himself  coming  home  after  having  had  a  good 
time.     If  too  tipsy  to  open  the  gate,  it  will  not  be  difficult  to  push  it  over. 

X.  How  to  use  One's  Means. 

This  chapter  may  not,  perhaps,  be  altogether  practical,  except  in  the 
sense  of  showing  the  impractical,  and  the  folly  of  neglecting  to  use  the 
meens  which  any  man  may  have.  All  cannot  own  fine  teams ;  all  cannot 
own  strong  teams,  but  every  man  who  owns  a  team  of  any  kind,  should 
keep  it  in  a  condition  for  labor.  The  man  who  is  improvident  in  the 
neglect  of  his  farm  and  stock,  is  improvident  in  the  underlying  principle 
upon  which  all  else  rests.  Hence,  the  pictorial  story  of  thrift  and 
unthrift  may  not  come  amiss;  and  the  thrifty  man  who  buys  this  book, 
may  become  an  angel  in  disguise,  if  he  will  lend  it  to  his  unthrifty  neigh- 
bor. It  may  be  the  means  of  mending  his  ways.  The  unthrifty  man  we 
have  depicted  seldom  sees  books — ^^his  family  almost  never,  unless  they  be 
loaned  to  them.  May-be  it  will  teach  the  use  of  means  at  his  command, 
to  improve  his  condition.  If  so,  it  will  be  a  beneficient  work  that  will 
give  comfort  to  some  animals,  by  improving  their  mastei's. 

All  bad  masters,  however,  are  not  improvident,  in  the  sense  we  have 
last  shown ;  but  whether  improvident,  niggardly,  selfish,  cruel  or  brutal, 
the  amendment  cannot  but  do  good  to  themselves,  their  families,  and  to 
the  dumb  animals  under  their  care.  The  improvement  will  put  money 
in  their  pockets,  because  none  of  the  vices  arise  from  intelligence  properly 
directed,  though  many  of  them  proceed  from  perverted  intelligence. 

In  preventing  the  growth  and  spread  of  vice,  every  man  may  increase 
the  measure  of  intelligent  endeavor.  And  intelligent  endeavor  is  always 
the  easiest  road  to  success  in  any  walk  in  life.  And,  again,  the  intelli- 
gent treatment  of  brutes  is  not  the  least  of  the  human  virtues. 


HUMANITY   AND   COMMON   SENSE. 


2n 


248  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


A    CHOICE    PARK    HOUSE— MANY    TIMES    A    BLUE    RIBBON    WINNER. 

This  is  a  horse  of  extremely  high  action.  Such  horses  are  seldom  as  stockily 
built  as  other  carriage  horses.  The  prime  essential  of  the  Park  Horse  is  that  he 
should  be  high  acting  both  at  knees  and  hocks.  As  well  as  being  high,  the  action 
should  be  straight  forward  and  open  without  winging  or  interfering.  The  action 
should  be  regular  as  if  the  feet  were  put  down  in  rhythmical  order.  On 
account  of  extremely  high  action  a  great  amount  of  speed  is  seldom  secured. 
Height  of  this  horse,  15-3  hands;  weight,  1100  pounds. 

The  demand  for  park  horses  greatly  exceeds  the  supply,  as  they  have  never 
been  produced  in  great  enough  numbers  to  equal  the  demand  and  probably  never 
will  be.  Breeders  trying  to  produce  them  succeed  with  only  a  small  percentage 
of  the  colts  reared. 

Park  horses  possess  much  of  the  coach  horse  type  In  that  they  must  be 
symmetrical,  with  well  rounded  bodies  and  an  abundance  of  quality  and  action. 
In  reality,  they  are  the  "cream"  of  the  small  coach  horse.  They  are  strictly  a 
dress  horse  and  as  their  name  indicates  one  which  a  lady  or  gentleman  would 
want  to  drive  in  a  park,  and  are  hitched  singly  to  a  cart  or  tandem  or  to  a  gig.  A 
solid  color  is  more  desirable  than  one  with  white  markings.  It  is  not  considered 
In  good  taste  for  a  lady  to  drive  a  strikingly  marked,  extremely  high  Acting  horse. 


CHAPTER  XV. 
HOW  TO  BUY  AND  SELL  A  HOUSE. 


I     ACCURATE  KNOWLEDGE  NECESSAKY. IT.   BUYING  CHEAP  HORSES. III.  A  GUAB» 

ANTEE  OF  SOUNDNESS. IV.    KNOW  WHAT  YOU  BUY  FOR. V.   THE  PROPORTIONS 

OF  THE   HORSE. VI.   DESCRIPTION    OF  ECLIPSE. VII.  WHAT    CONSTITUTES    A 

GOOD  HORSE. VIII.   MODELS   FOR  BUYING. IX.   THE  RACING  AND  THE  TROT- 
TING  FORM. X.    THE    ROADSTER. XI      SADDLE    HORSES. XII.   A    HORSE  OF 

HIGH   FORM. XIII.   BUYING   FOR  BLOOD. XIV.  CHOOSING   THE    BROOD  MARE 

XV.   SELECTING   THE    STALLION. XVI.  HOW  TO  DETECT  VICES  AND  DEFECTS. 

XVII.  SOME    FAULTS  AND  IMPERFECTIONS. XVIII.  WHAT  IS  UNSOUNDNESS  ? 

XIX.   BLEMISHES. 

I.    Accurate  Knowledge  Necessary. 

The  value  of  correct  information  in  trading  is  no  where  greater  than 
fii  buying  a  horse,  with  a  view  to  his  future  use.  There  is  so  much  to  be 
yarded  against  in  selecting  an  animal  of  good  physical  proportions  for 
the  labor  intended  ;  so  many  vices,  the  result  of  bad  breeding,  or  of  abuse 
oy  previous  owners  ;  so  much  unsoundness  occasioned  by  hereditary  trans- 
mission, by  overwork,  hard  driving,  or  neglect ;  so  many  defects  which 
dishonest  intelligence  may  cover  up  for  the  time  being,  that  the  purchaser 
must  have  been  a  close  student  and  a  keen  observer  to  be  able  to  guard 
against  them  all.  In  fact,  no  man  can  do  so  without  a  trial  of  the  horse, 
in  addition  to  the  exercise  of  critical  judgment. 

In  Chapters  II,  III,  IV,  and  more  especially  in  Chapter  V,  we  have 
given  illustrations  and  directions  covering  many  important  points.     In 
the  chapters  relating  to  veterinary,  others  will  be  found.     In  this  chap- 
ter, we  shall  go  thoroughly  over  the  ground  not  elsewhere  covered. 
n.    Buying  Cheap  Horses. 

The  mania  for  buying  cheap  horses,  or  rather  for  getting  an  animal  for 
much  less  than  his  actual  value,  is  a  weakness  of  such  a  large  number  of 
persons,  that  it  is  no  wonder  there  are  so  many  bad  horses  in  the  hands 
of  farmers.  Their  means  are  often  small,  and,  desiring  to  get  as  much 
as  possible  for  their  money,  without  being  prepared  to  judge  correctly 
the  parts  of  an  animal,  they  are  often  duped  by  designing  men.  And, 
having  thus  been  taken  in,  the  animal,  as  a  rule,  must  indeed  be  a  sorry 
one  if  the  victim  does  not  in  turn  practice  the  same  deceit  upon  another. 
To  avoid  being  swindled,  it  is  a  good  and  safe  rule  to  distrust  any  horse 
that  is  offered  for  much  less  than  his  apparent  value.  An  animal  thus 
offered  has  generally  been  dishonestly  come-by,  has  some  unsoundness, 
■  IB  vicious  in  some  way,  or  has  some  defect  known  to  the  sjclier  and  not 
represented.  Hence,  a  guarantee  should  always  be  taken,  unless 
the  price  paid  is  sufficiently  low  to  cover  all  possible  defects.     Moreover, 

249 


250  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

never  buy  a  horse  of  a  man  whom  you  do  not  know  to  be  responsible,  for 
unless  the  seller  is  a  resident,  and  solvent,  liis  guarantee  is,  of  course, 
worthless, 

m.    A  Guarantee  of  Soundness. 

When  a  horse  is  bought  on  a  guarantee,  the  article  ohould  be  concise, 
and  yet  comprehensive.  Unnecessary  verbiage  often  causes  litigation, 
and  long  forms  are  frequently  written  by  scoundrels  to  deceive.  A  form 
like  the  following  will  cover  the  ground : 

Received  of  Mr .  ,  Dollars  for 

warranted  years  old^  and  under  years,  sound,  free  from  vice,  and 
quiet  to  ride  or  drive. 

Signature. 

The  place  and  date  of  purchase,  the  name  of  the  person  who  pays,  the 
amount  paid,  the  description  of  the  animal  with  pedigree,  if  any,  and 
reference  to  the  proper  stud  book,  and  the  age,  should  be  filled  out  and 
signed  by  the  seller.  Insert  the  names  and  the  guarantee  might  read 
as  follows ; 

Received,  St.  Louis,  Mo.,  January    1,  ,  of  James    G ashman. 

Eight  hundred  and  fifty  (8  SO)  dollars  for  the  dapple  bay  imported  stal- 
lion Fearnought,  black  mane  and  tail,  and  two  white  hind  fetlocks.  Sire 
Stakeholder,  dam  Surprise,  etc.,  as  contained  in  the  stud  book.  Said 
stallion  is  warranted  five  years  old,  and  under  six  years,  sound,  free  from 
physical  defect,  and  safe  and  quiet  t^  ride  or  drive. 

(Signed)  Alexander  A.  Horseman. 

This  form  clearly  covers  the  ground,  and  may  be  altered  to  suit  any 
transaction  in  buying  a  horse. 

A  bill  of  sale  may  read  as  follows  : 

St.  Louis,  Mo.,  January  1, 

For  and  in  consideration  of  the  sum   of        dollars,   [or,    if  a   notft 
is  given  for  the  whole  or  part,  state  this   fact.]     I- have  this  day  sold  to 
James  Cashman  the  horse,  etc.,  etc.,  [as  in  the  other  form."] 
IV.    Know  What  You  Buy  For. 

The  buyer  must  have  a  definite  idea  what  he  is  buying  for.  If  for 
work,  the  horse  should  be  large,  able,  a  good  walker,  and  strong  all  over. 
See  cuts  of  draft  horses,  and  horses  of  all  work.  If  for  the  carriage,  he 
should  have  fine  style  and  action.  If  for  speed,  this  must  be  known.  If 
for  breeding,  the  particular  use  to  which  the  offspring  is  to  be  put  must 
be  duly  considered  ;  if  for  breeding  racing  horses,  the  pedigree  must 
be  without  a  flaw;  if  for  use  where  speed  of  any  kind  is  desired,  the 
pedigree  should  not  be  neglected  ;  if  for  trotting,  the  pedigi-ee  should 
trace  to  trotting  blood.     And  so   of  particular  breeds,  the  genealogy  of 


HOW   TO    BUY    AND    SELL    A    HORSE 


251 


the  horse  mus't  be  distinct,  and  the  buyer  must  have  accurate  knowledge 
of  pedigrees,  or  else  must  know  that  the  seller  is  solvent  and  a  man  of 
his  word.  There  must  be  no  guess  work  or  anything  left  to  chance,  in  any 
animal  bought  for  breeding  a  particular  strain.  For,  once  a  mistake  is 
made  in  breeding,  the  eradication,  theoretically,  can  never  be  compassed. 
Practically,  it  will  take  a  long  time  so  to  work  out  the  false  trait  that  the 
peculiarity  will  not  be  apt  to  appear  again.  On  this  point,  the  reader 
would  do  well  to  refer  to  what  is  said  on  Atavism  and  Heredity. 
V.  The  Proportions  of  the  Horse. 
To  assist  in  judging  the  horse,  wo  give  an  outline  indicating  the  propor- 
tion of  the  several  parts.  This,  says  Mr.  J.  H.  Walsh  (Stonehenge) 
one  of  the  most  graphic  and  correct  of  English  authorities  on  the  horse, 
combines  the  average  of  six  horses  selected  for  perfect  symmetry,  and 
taken,  two  of  them  from  celebrated  stallions,  two  from  thoroughl)ied 
hunters,  and  two  from  chargers  of  great  value.  This,  therefore, 
will  not  apply  to  draft  horses,  yet  it  will  be  found  that  the  nearer  tne 
general  utility  horse  comes  to  the  measurements,  the  better  he  will  be. 


SCALK   OK   MeASUKEMENT;: 


Inches 


Height 63 

Length  from  shoulder-point  to  quarter 66 

From  lh(«  lowest  part  of  the  chest  to  the  ground ;^6 

From  tlie  elbow-point  to  the  ground 39 

From  the  withers  to  the  poll,  just  behind  the  ears,  in  a  straight  liiie 30 

The  same  measured  along  the  crest 32 

Leuffth  of  head 22 


252        cyclopedia  of  lxfe  stock  and  complete  stock  doctor. 

Inches. 

Width  across  the  forehead 9  1-2 

From  the  withers  to  the  hip 22 

From  the  stifle  to  the  point  of  the  hock,  in  the  attitude  shown  in  the 

plan 29 

From  the  root  of  the  tail  to  the  stifle-joint 26 

From  the  point  of  the  hoclf  to  the  gi-ound 22  1-2 

Length  of  arm  from  the  elbow  to  the  pisiform  bone  (the  rear  bone  of 

those  forming  the  upper  articulation  of  the  knee) •  19  1-2 

From  the  pisiform  bone  to  the  ground 19  1-2 

Girth  varies  from 78  to  79 

Circumference  of  fore-cannon  bone  (large  metacarpal  or  shank  bone, 

extending  from  the  knee  to  the  fetlock) 7  1-2,  8,  8,  8,  8  1-2  and  9 

Circumference  of  arm  just  below  the  elbow 16  1-2  to  18 

VI.    Description  of  Eclipse. 

That  wonderful  horse,  Eclipse,  differed  essentially  from  this  model.  His 
head  was  of  the  average  length  in  the  six  horses  above,  but  was  of 
extraordinary  ^^^dth  across  the  eyes — said  to  have  been  twelve  inches.  He 
was  very  low  before  and  yet  was  66  inches  in  height.  As  Mr.  Percival 
sums  him  up,  "he  was  a  big  horse  in  every  sense  of  the  word  ;  he  was 
tall  in  stature,  lengthy  and  capacious  in  body,  and  large  m  his  limbs.  For 
a  big  horse,  his  head  was  small,  and  partook  of  the  Arabian  character. 
His  neck  was  unusually  long.  His  shoulders  w^ere  strong,  sufficiently 
oblique,  and  though  not  remarkable  for,  not  deficient  in,  depth.  His 
chest  was  circular.  He  rose  very  little  in  his  withers,  being  higher 
behind  than  before.  His  back  was  lengthy,  and,  over  the  loins, 
roached.  His  quarters  were  straight,  square  and  extended.  His  limbs 
were  lengthy  and  broad,  and  his  joints  large.  In  particular,  his  arms  and 
thighs  were  long  and  muscular,  and  his  knees  and  hocks  broad  and  well- 
formed."  As  a  weight-carrying,  swift,  long-distance  racer  it  is  not 
probable  that  his  equal  will  soon  again  be  seen.     He  was  a  phenomenon. 

For  racing,  and  especially  for  leaping,  and  for  saddle  horses,  select  the 
superior  points  of  Eclipse,  as  many  of  them  as  you  can  find,  leaving  out 
the  low  withers.  Except  for  draft,  the  horse  that  will  come  nearest 
to  the  points  we  have  named,  will  be  sure  to  give  satisfaction. 

VH.    What  Constitutes  a  Good  Horse. 

It  is  the  ability  to  perform  in  the  best  manner  the  particular  labor  for 
which  he  is  intended,  that  constitutes  a  good  horse.  Within  the  last 
fifty  years,  and  especially  ^vithin  the  last  thirty  years,  particular  atten- 
tion has  been  paid  to  the  breeding  of  animals  especially  adapted  to  draft, 
to  the  road,  to  use  as  fine  carriage  horses,  and  to  trotting.  The  race 
horse,  the  saddje  horse,  and  the  hunting  horse  may  be  said  to  have 
attained  about  as  high  a  degree  of  perfection  as  man  is  able  to  give  them. 


HOW   TO    BUY    AND    SELL    A    HORSE.  253 

The  fine  roadster,  the  trotting  horse  and  the  horse  for  general  utility, 
may  yot  be  much  improved.  Within  the  last  ten  years  the  speed  of  tlie 
trotting  horse  has  been  greatly  developed.  In  1880,  Maud  S.  made  a  mile 
in  2  :  lOA,  thus  beating  the  record  of  2  :  14  made  by  Goldsmith  Maid  in 
1874,  and  in  1881  we  saw  her  trot -two  heats  in  2:11  and  2  :  llf,  the 
fastest  two  heats  ever  made.*  We  also  saw  Little  Brown  Jug  pace  a  mile 
in  2  :  13.  There  are  now  a  number  of  horses  that  can  trot  the  mile  in 
i  :  15,  and  not  a  few  that  can  do  it  inside  of  2  :  20. 

Whce  the  limit  of  speed  for  trotters  is,  or  how  near  they  may  yet  come 
to  the  fastest  running  time,  no  one,  of  course,  can  tell.  In  buying  a 
horse  to  breed  colts  for  fast  time,  great  attention  must  be  paid  not  only 
to  form,  but  to  the  pedigree  as  well.  You  may  breed  fast  horses  from 
those  of  good  pedigree,  though  they  do  not  themselves  possess  extraor- 
dinary speed.  But  you  cannot  breed  fast  horses  from  those  which  have 
no  pedigree,  however  good  their  apparent  form  may  be. 
Vm.    Models  for  Buying. 

For  reasons  heretofore  given,  we  have  insisted  that,  to  judge  correctly 
the  merits  of  a  horse,  one  must  have  accurate  knowledge — knowledge  not 
only  of  what  constitutes  general  excellence  in  horses,  but  minute  and 
familiar  knowledge  of  the  qualities  which  fit  them  to  perform  in  the  besf 
manner,  the  various  services  required.  Knowing  the  great  value  of  object 
lessons,  we  have  not  only  presented  numerous  general  forms,  showing 
proportion,  muscular  development  and  anatomy,  but  have  also  given 
faithful  representations  of  the  more  celebrated  breeds.  If  you  find  aq 
animal  of  the  particular  breed,  conforming  to  the  standard,  do  not  fear 
to  buy  if  you  wish  one  from  which  to  breed. 

rx.    The  Racing  and  the  Trotting  Form. 

As  a  model  for  study  in  racing  form,  the  illustration  we  give  is 
good.  The  illustration  of  the  American  thoroughbred  in  Chapter  VII, 
may  also  be  referred  to  in  this  connection.  In  Chapter  YIII,  some  of 
the  best  trotting  forms  are  shown,  and  exijlicit  information  about  trotting 
horses  is  there  given.  The  racing  horse  should  be  from  15^  to  16  hands 
high,  muscular  all  over,  short-backed,  round-])odied,  with  long  hips  and 
deep  and  oblique  shoulders  ;  the  head  clean  and  the  neck  rangy  and  well 
set  on.  The  limbs  should  be  clean-cut,  sound  and  firm  in  the  bone, — 
not  small  and  slender  by  any  means, — and  the  eyes  especially  should  be 
full,  bright  and  clear,  but  mild,  denoting,  with  the  broad  forehead,  high 
CO  irage  and  energy,  combined  with  docility  of  temper. 
X.    The  Roadster. 

Roadsters  must  possess  so   many  valuable    qualities,  good  size,  fine 
action,  elegant  carriage,  high  form,  docility,  and  undoubted  bottom,  that 
•  Maud  S.  lias  since  trotted  a  mile  in  2:10>4. 


254 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AM)  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


it  is  difficult  to  define  their  distinct  points,  seriatim.  A  sixteen-hand 
mare,  handsome  and  fairly  bred,  generally  brings  first-class  roadsters, 
when  stinted  to  good  trotting  sires.     If  you  are  going  to  breed  them,  select 


go 
§2 


those  that  come  nearest  to  the  forms  we  give.  If  you  aie  going  to  buy 
for  use  on  the  road,  select  the  form  to  correspond  to  the  models,  and 
then  insist  upon  a  thorough  and  extended  trial,  and  take  a  guarantee 
before  you  pay  a  high  price  for  one  or  a  pair. 


HOW  TO  BUY  AND  SELL  A  HORSE. 


255 


XI.  Saddle  Horses. 
The  saddle  horse  is  the  most  difficult  of  all  to  get  in  perfection,  except 
the  fastest  turf  and  trotting  horses.     They   must  be   handsome,   large 
enough  to  carry  the  weight  easily,  be  perfectly  trained;  and  then  the 


A   CHOICE    THREE-GAITED   SADDLER. 

This  is  an  exceUent  type  for  carrying  weight  Note  tlae  long,  oblique  should- 
ers, the  high  withers,  short,  strong  back  and  loins.  This  horse  is  a  little  coarse 
and  heavy  in  the  throat  latch,  but  otherwise  a  good  model.  Weight,  about  1125 
pounds.  The  "walk,  trot  and  canter,"  are  the  three  gaits  of  this  class  of  saddler, 
and  in  general  type  and  conformation,  they  are  much  the  same  as  the  flve-gaited 
horse,  but  are  required  to  go  only  three  gaits.  A  good  point  to  be  looked  for 
in  a  three-gaited  horse,  or  all  saddle  horses  for  that  matter,  is  to  get  a  confor- 
mation that  will  place  the  rider  well  back,  showing  as  much  of  the  horse  in 
front  of  him  as  possible;  thus  lightening  the  weight  on  the  forehand.  The  "walk, 
trot  and  canter"  horse  is  strictly  an  English  type,  which  has  become  popular  in 
America   in    recent    years. 


better  the  breeding,  the  more  valuable  they  are.  The  illustration  on 
the  next  page  shows  a  good  form  for  a  model,  if  the  hoi-se  is  to  be  used 
both  for  driving  and  for  the  saddle — one  that  will  perform  well,  look 
well  and  not  easily  tire.  Such  a  horse  will,  upon  mares  of  high  style 
but  rather  light  in  the  limb,  and  perhaps  with  the  pasterns  somewhat 


256 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK   AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


too  weak,  get  high-caste,  easily-trained,  flexible  goers,  that  will  sell  any- 
where. And  those  not  of  perfect  form  for  the  saddle  will  make  good 
driving  horses,  or  good  horses  for  general  utility ;  for  it  must  be  remem- 
bered, that,  whatever  the  breed,  only  comparatively  a  few  may  be  trained 


to  a  degree  ;i]>prn;i(liiiiM  ]iri  rcciiiiii.     l>ut,  the  better  the  stock,  the  more 
perfect  animals  the  breeder  will  secure. 

XII.  A  Horse  of  High  FomL 

For  fine  action,  high  form,  ability  to  carry  weight  and  good  perform- 
ance, especially  in   the  hunting  field,   a  hoi-se  at  least  three-quarters 


HOW  TO  BUY  AND  SELL  A  HORSE. 


257 


bred  is  to  be  preferred.  The  taste  for  hunting  is  largel}^  indulged  in 
in  the  South,  and,  as  wealth  increases,  it  will  become  more  and  more  fash- 
ionable in  the  West.   In  fact,  the  demand  for  horses  of  high  form  and 


A    CHOICE    EXPRESS    DELIVERY    HORSE. 

Note  the  conformation  of  ^reat  physical  endurance  indicated  by  his  obliquely 
■^et  shoulder,  depth  and  compactness  of  body,  shortness  of  back,  closeness  of 
coupling,  unusual  length  of  croup,  well  set  pasterns  and  good  shaped  feet. 
Height,    16    hands;    weight,    14riO    pounds. 

A  typical  expiess  horse  is  rather  an  up-standing,  deep  bodied,  closely  coupled 
liorse  with  good  bone,  an  abundance  of  quality,  energy  and  spirit.  He  should 
.stand  from  15-3  to  16-2  hands  high  and  weigh  from  1350  to  1500  pounds  in  good 
flesh.  The  average  express  horse  is  about  16  hands  high  and  weighs  about  1400 
pounds  in  working  condition.  His  head  should  be  neat,  his  neck  of  good  length 
and  crest  well  developed.  His  shoulders  should  be  obliquely  set,  coupled  with 
a  short,  well  muscled  back  and  strong  loin.  His  croup  should  be  broad,  rounding 
and  well  muscled,  his  quarters  dee^  and  thighs  broad.  He  should  not  be  "goose- 
rumped"  nor  cut  up  in  the  flank.  His  underpinning  should  be  of  the  very  best, 
his  cannons  broad  and  clean  and  hoofs  of  a  dense,  tough  horn  of  a  waxy  nature. 
The  horse  above  shown  is  typical  of  that  class  and  practically  a  perfect  sample. 


breeding,  for  saddle  use,  is  increasing  in  the  West,  and  many  Kentucky 
and  Tennessee  horses  are  bought  for  this  purpose.     It  must  be  con- 
fessed, that  as  a  rule  they  are  not  as  good  as  they  ought  to  be,  many  of 
17 


258  CtCLOttiDlA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOB. 

them  ranging  as  under-sized.  Colts  from  a  "horse  of  good  form  and 
action,"  on  proper  mares,  staunch,  handsome  and  well-bred,  will  turn 
out  to  be  the  animals  desired. 

Such  a  horse  will  have  a  great  stride,  fine  leaping  powers,  and  the 
bottom  to  carry  weight  at  high  speed.  It  must  be  admitted,  also,  that 
such  a  stallion,  when  found,  would  cost  a  rather  large  sum  of  money  ;  but 
the  colts  would  sell  correspondingly  well. 

"Why  should  not  every  well-to-do  farmer,  who  breeds  horses,  breed 
good  ones,  and  for  a  particular  purpose? 

There  is  no  reason  why  he  should  not  have  a  well-trained  and  well-bred 
saddle  horse  to  sell,  when  called  for. 

There  is  no  finer  country  for  training  than  the  "West  and  the  South- 
west, and  the  training  could  easily  go  on  during  the  use  of  the  colt.  It 
the  reader  has  given  close  attention  to  the  chapter  on  training,  the  abil- 
ity to  succeed  will  come  with  practice.  But  do  not  try  to  make  a  good 
saddle  horse  out  of  a  "plug."     It  cannot  be  done  I 

XIII.    Buying  for  Blood. 

A  person  who  l)uys  blooded  horses  with  a  vie^v  to  breeding  must  not 
only  understand  the  form  and  the  various  other  qualities  that  go  to  make 
a  good  horse,  as  we  have  described  them,  but  he  must  also  understand 
pedigrees,  or  else  depend  upon  some  friend  who  does.  There  are  about 
as  many  chances  of  raising  a  crack  colt  from  the  ordinary  thoroughbred, 
even  of  unstained  lineage,  as  there  are  of  drawing  a  prize  in  a  lottery. 
The  sire  and  dam  must  not  only  be  of  perfect  lineage,  but  the  descent 
must  be  direct  through  a  line  of  winning  horses.  Such  sires  are  not 
numerous,  and  are  in  the  hands  of  but  few  breeders.  The  well-to-do 
farmer  cannot  expect  to  compete  with  them,  but  he  can  secure  blood  that 
will  improve  his  stock  yearly,  and  give  him  many  fine  saddle-horses  ; 
and,  those  likely  to  fail  as  saddle  nags  will  make  handsome  and  fast-sell- 
ing horses  for  general  work  on  the  road. 

XIV.    Choosing  the  Brood-Mare. 

In  buying  a  brood-mare  the  first  thing  to  be  considered  is  her  blood ; 
next  her  development ;  next  her  freedom  from  disability  and  disease, 
which  latter  is  called  soundness.  Last,  but  not  least,  her  temper  must 
be  carefully  looked  to.  A  fretful,  ill-tempered  mare  is  totally  unfit  to 
breed  from  ;  and  yet,  undoubtedly,  a  majority  of  farmers  consider  a 
mare  good  enough  to  breed  from,  even  when  worn  out  with  work.  A 
well-bred  mare  of  this  kind  is  certainly  more  fit  than  one  of  ill  breeding 
and  badly  developed,  or  one  balky  from  bad  temper,  or  suffering  froni 
hereditary  disease.     A  sensible  breeder  will  reject  all  mares  of  this  kind. 


HOW  TO  BUY  AND  SELL  A  HORSE. 


259 


The  Value  of  Partly-Bred  Horses.— The  real  value  of  all  draft,  as  well 

as  speed,  horses  lies  in  their  crosses  and  grades.    When  bred  on  roomy 
mares  the  half  bloods  make  magnificent  animals,  losing,  it  is  true,  much 


A    CHOICE    SOUTHERN    CHUNK. 

Note  the  quality  and  finish  and  the  absence  of  draft  horse  blood.  A  little 
\nore  depth  of  flank  would  improve  her  appearance.  Southern  Chunks,  as  they 
tre  termed  in  some  markets,  are  small  horses  that  are  bought  by  dealers  for 
the  southern  markets.  They  are  used  by  southern  planters  for  tilling  their 
lanas  and  for  riding  and  driving.  The  southern  farmer  does  not  cultivate  deeply 
and  the  soils  are  light,  consequently,  he  does  not  require  very  large  horses. 

Southern  Chunks  are  small  horses,  standing  from  15  to  15-3  hands  high 
and  weighing  from  800  to  1250  pounds.  They  are  rather  fine  of  bone,  possessing 
an  abundance  of  quality  and  are  more  rangy  in  conformation  than  any  of  the 
other  Chunks,  having  more  of  the  light  horse  blood. 


of  the  wonderful  appearance  of  strength,  as  shown  in  the  original  breed, 
whatever  it  may  be;  but  if  they  lose  in  this  respect,  they  become  finer, 
a.s  the  uncritical  would  view  it — really  so,  when  bred  upon  good  blooded 


200 


CYCLOPEDIA    OK    LIV 


i.M  I'l.irii';  s'I'ock:  doctor. 


In  the  half-bred  Clydesdales,  as  seen  in  the  accompanying  illustrations, 
the  limbs  are  finer  and  much  of  the  shaggy  covering  of  the  limbs  is  lost. 
The  breadth  of  the  forehead  is  well  preserved,  also  the  strong,  hand- 
somely supported  neck,  the  fine  shoulder  and  breast,  the  length  of  arm, 
the  short  leg  below  the  knee,  the  strong  fetlocks  and  hoofs,  and  the 
round-barreled,  well-ribbed  bodv  and  fine  loin 


A   CHOICE   HEAVY    DRAFTER    OP   THE   SHOW   RING   ORDER. 

For  several  years  he  was  a  First  Prize  Winner  at  the  International  Live 
Stock  Show  at  Chicago.  Note  his  abundance  of  quality,  smoothness  of  finish, 
obliquity  of  shoulder,  and  correctly  set  pastern.  For  hard  service  a  little. more 
depth  of  body  would  be  desirable.  His  height  is  17  hands  and  his  weight  2150 
pounds. 

This  is  the  class  of  draft  horse  used  by  wholesale  mercantile  houses,  packers, 
brewers,  coal  dealers,  contractors,  lumbermen,  and  firms  having  heavy  teaming 
work.  They  are  in  demand  in  all  large  cities.  They  are  wanted  also  for  export, 
but  during  the  past  few  years  prices  have  been  too  high  in  the  United  States  to 
make  exportation  profitable  and  consequently  but  few  draft  horses  have  been 
exported.  The  supply  is  much  short  of  the  demand,  causing  sharp  competition, 
and  consequently  Drafters  are  bringing  good  prices  on  the  open  market  and  the 
indications  are  favorable  to   permanent,  active  demand  and  permanent    high    prices. 


In  the  rear  view  of  the  same  gelding,  is  shown  clearly  the  excellent 
eye  and  prominent  brow,  the  fine  neck,  the  active,  pointed  ear,  the  great 
l)ower  of  limb,  the  broad  quarters,  the  muscular  thighs,  and  handsome 
tail.     Such  animals  will  sell  anv  where. 


HOW    TO    BUY    AND    SELL    A    HORSE.  261 

XV.    Selecting  the  Stallion. 

Stonehenge  says: — "In  choosing  the  particular  blood  which  will  suit 
any  given  mare,  ray  impression  always  would  be,  that  it  is  desirable  to 
fix  upon  the  best  strain  in  her  pedigree,  if  not  already  twice  bred 
in-and-in,  and  then  to  put  to  her  the  best  stallion  available  of  that  blood. 
In  some  cases,  of  course,  it  will  happen  that  the  second  best  strain  will 
answer  better,  because  there  happens  to  be  a  better  iiorse  of  that  blood 
to  be  had  than  of  the  superior  strain,  which  would  otherwise  be  preferred. 
If,  on  the  other  hand,  the  mare  has  already  been  in-bred  to  the  extent  of 
two  degrees,  then  a  cross  will  be  advisable;  but  I  am  much  inclined  to 
believe,  from  the  success  of  certain  well-known  cases,  that  even  then  a 
cross  into  blood  already  existing  in  the  mare,  but  not  recently  in-bred 
nor  used  more  than  once,  will  sometimes  answer." 

Traits  of  Sire  and  Foal. — "The  choice  of  particular  stallions,  as 
dependent  upon  their  formation,  is  not  less  difficult  than  that  of  the 
mare,  and  it  must  be  guided  by  nearly  the  same  principles,  except  that 
there  is  no  occasion  for  any  framework  especially  calculated  for  nourish- 
ing and  containing  the  foetus,  as  in  her  case.  As  far  as  possible  the  horse 
should  be  the  counterpart  of  what  is  desired  in  the  produce,  though 
sometimes  it  may  be  necessary  to  select  an  animal  of  a  breed  slightly 
exaggerating  the  peculiarity  which  is  sought  for,  especially  when  that  is 
not  connected  with  a  preponderance  of  fore  or  hind-quarters.  Thus,  if 
the  mare  is  very  leggy,  a  more  than  usually  short-legged  horse  may  be 
selected,  or  if  her  neck  is  too  short  or  too  long,  an  animal  with  this  organ 
particularly  long,  or  the  reverse,  as  the  case  may  be,  should  be  sought 
out.  But  in  all  cases  it  is  dangerous  to  attempt  too  sudden  alteration 
with  regard  to  size,  as  the  effort  will  generally  end  in  a  colt  without  a 
due  proportion  of  parts,  and  therefore  more  or  less  awkward  and 
unwieidly." 

Sound  Animals. — "In  constitution  and  general  health,  the  same 
remarks  exactly  apply  to  the  horse  as  the  mare.  All  hereditary  diseases 
are  to  be  avoided  as  far  as  possible,  though  few  horses  are  to  be  met  with 
entirely  free  from  all  kinds  of  unsoundness,  some  the  effects  of  severe 
training,  and  others  resulting  from  actual  disease,  occurring  from  other 
causes.  With  regard  to  fatness,  there  is  an  extraordinary  desire  for 
horses  absolutely  loaded  with  fat,  just  as  there  formerly  was  for  over-fed 
oxen  at  Christmas.  It  is  quita  true  that  the  presence  of  a  moderate 
quantity  of  fat  is  a  sign  of  a  good  constitution,  but,  like  all  other 
good  qualities,  it  may  be  carried  to  excess,  so  as  to  produce  disease  ;  and 
just  as  there  is  often  hypertrophy,  or  excess  of  nourishment  of  the  heart. 
or  any  bony  parts,  so  is  there  often  a  like  superabundance  of  fat,  causing 


'262  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LITE  STOCK  AND  COMFLJi;Tlil  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

obstruction  to  the  due  performance  of  the  animal  functions,  and  often 
ending  in  premature  death.  This  is  in  great  measure  owing  to  want  of 
exercise,  but  also  to  over-stimulating  food  ;  and  the  breeder  who  wishes 
his  horse  to  last,  and  also  to  get  good  stock,  should  take  especial  care 
that  he  has  enough  of  the  one  and  not  too  much  of  the  other." 

XVI.    Vices  and  Disabilities,  and  How  to  Know  Them. 

A  horse  is  reduced  in  value,  in  proportion  to  his  disability  for  labor 
or  other  use.  A  blind  horse  will  do  as  much  work  in  a  horse  power  as 
one  that  can  see.  For  any  labor  where  sight  is  required,  he  is  prac- 
tically useless.  A  horse  "dead  lame"  is  useless  anywhere.  Unsound- 
ness is  a  disability.  Vices  are  dangerous,  and  defects  also  detract 
from  the  price  of  the  animal,  and,  as  in  the  case  of  stunil)ling,  are 
also  dangerous.  Balking,  backing,  kicking,  pulling  at  the  halter,  run- 
ning away,  rearing,  shying,  etc.,  are  vices,  and  all  of  them  dangerous 
ones.  Crib-biting,  the  tail  turned  to  one  side,  stumbling,  etc.,  are 
defects,  and  more  or  less  serious,  according  to  the  use  to  which  the 
horse  is  to  be  put.  For  the  saddle  a  stumbler,  among  defective  hor- 
ses, is  next  in  danger  to  the  horse  with  the  vice  of  backing.  Then 
follows  probably  shying,  which  is  a  vice  if  occasioned  by  bad  usage 
of  the  trainer,  or  a  defect  if  occasioned  by  weak  eyes    or    cowardice. 

Youatt  notes  vices  as  follows  : 

1. — Restiveness. — "The  most  annoying  and  the  most  dangerous  of  all. 
Whenever  it  appears  in  the  form  of  kicking,  or  rearing,  or  bolting, 
or  in  any  way  that  threatens  danger  to  the  horse,  it  rarely  admits  of 
a  cure,"  This  is  really  the  starting  point  of  nearly  all  the  vices  of  the 
horse,  and  generally  ends  in  some  one  or  more  determined  vices,  more 
often  perhaps  in  difficulty  of  shoeing,  from  the  brutality  of  the  smith. 
The  cure  is  difficult.  The  prevention  of  nearly  every  kind  of  vice 
may  be  accomplished  by  firm,  temperate,  and  yet    kind    management. 

2. — Backing  or  Gihbing. — "These  are  so  closely  allied  that  it  is  not 
easy  to  separate  them.  It  is  frequently  the  effect  of  bad  breaking. 
To  detect,  rouse  the  temper  of  the  animal. 

3. — Biting. — "There  is  no  cure.  It  is  caused  by  foolish  or  timid  mas- 
ters or  servants,  in  handling  a  bad  tempered  horse.  The  biter  will 
usually  throw  back  his  ears,  when  approached  by  a  stranger. 

4. —  Getting  the  Cheek  of  the  Bit  Into  the  Mouth. — "This  is  to  be 
detected  by  bridling  the  horse,  and  enticing  the  movement  of  the 
mouth.  It  is  nc^  serious,  since  a  round  leather  guard  on  the  inside  of 
the  cheek  of  the  oit  will  prevent  the  vice. 

5. — Kicking. — "Examine  the  horse  for  swelled  hocks,  or  other  injury 
about  the  hind  leajs.     Examine  the  stall  for  marks  of  kickinfr.     Notice  if 


HOW    TO    BUY    AND    SELL    A    HORSE,  263 

the  horse  remains  kind,  when  a  strap  is  placed  under  the  tail.  A  kicker 
in  harness  should  never  be  tolerated. 

6. —  Unsteadiness  While  Being  Mounted. — "This  may  be  from  eager- 
ness to  start,  or  from  irritability.  The  first  is  unpleasant,  the  latter  dan- 
gerous. When  confirmed,  it  is  a  vice.  The  prevention  is  never  to  allow 
a  horse  to  start  until  the  word  is  given.  Firmness  and  gentleness  in 
training  must  be  observed. 

7. — Rearing. — "This  is  always  unpleasant,  and,  when  confirmed,  most 
dangerous.  It  is  usually  caused  by  a  sharp  curb  in  the  hands  of  an 
unpracticed  rider.  Drawing  the  horse  up  suddenly  before  starting  him, 
is  the  usual  test. 

8. — Running  Away. — "Once  the  habit  is  confirmed,  there  is  no  cure. 
And  once  running  away,  the  horse  seldom  forgets  the  vice.  A  good 
horseman  may  manage  such  a  horse  under  the  saddle,  with  a  sharp  curb. 
In  harness,  the  horse  is  dangerous  to  the  best  of  drivers.  It  is  difiicult 
to  detect.     Laceration  of  the  mouth,  bruises  and  scars,  ..rt   indications. 

9. — Shying. — "This  can  only  be  detected  by  trial.  If  occasioned  by 
cowardice,  or  from  weak  eyes  or  near-sightedness,  it  is  dangerous.  If 
irom  piavfiilnei*f«,  it  may  be  cured  by  firmness  and  gentleness. 

10. —  Vicious  to  Shoe. — "This  is  caused  by  timidity  or  brutality  in  the 
shoer,  with  young  horses.  If  confirmed,  it  will  be  shown  when  a  shoer, 
strange  to  the  horse,  handles  him." 

XVII.    Minor  Disabilities. 

Among  defects,  that  may,  or  may  not — some  of  them — be  classed 
as  vices,  are  the  following,  condensed  from  Youatt : 

1. — Crib-Biting  and  Wind- Sucking. — They  are  analogous  to  each 
other.  The  first  is  gripping  any  hard  substance,  with  contraction  of  the 
windpipe,  the  other  a  violent  sucking  motion,  attended  with  a  peculiar 
sound. 

2. —  Cutting. — The  marks  will  be  shown.  Proper  shoeing  will  often 
remedy  this.     If  not,  boots  or  other  artificial  appliances  must  be  used. 

3. — JSfot  Lying  Down. — A  serious  disability  to  a  hard-worked  horse. 
Give  such  horses  a  loose  box,  good,  evenly  laid  bedding,  and  plenty  of 
room. 

4. —  Overreach. — Striking  one  shoe  with  the  other.  A  heavy  shoe,  or 
toe-weights  forward,  will  sometimes  remedy  this.  If  in  old  horses,  it 
may  amount  to  a  serious  and  dangerous  disability.  Young  horses  may 
outgrow  it. 

5. — Pavnng. — A  serious  defect,  or  vice,  of  irritable  horses.  There  is 
no  remedy  save  confining  the  fore  feet. 


264  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETK  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

6. —  Quidding,  and  Swallowing  the  FoodWithout  Grinding. — The  first 
is  occasioned  by  bad  teetli,  or  disease,  as  sore  throat,  catarrh,  etc.  The 
latter  from  the  same  cause,  or  greediness.  The  cause  must  be  removed. 
In  the  case  of  greediness,  it  is  difficult. 

7. — Rolling  in  the  Stable. — More  a  vice  than  a  disability.  It  may  be 
either.  A  horse  inclined  to  roll,  should  always  be  given  the  end  of  the 
halter  in  a  straw  yard,  before  being  tied  in  the  stall.  Rolling  in  the 
stable  is  a  vice  dangerous  to  the  horse. 

8. — Slipping  the  Halter. — A  trick  of  which  a  horse  can  never  be  cured. 
The  remedy  is  a  halter  that  cannot  be  rubbed  off,  or  a  strong  loose  box 
that  cannot  be  broken  down. 

9. — Stumbling  and  Tripping. — A  disability,  that  ])y  bad  usage  and  pun- 
ishment may  become  a  vice.  It  is  always  dangerous,  and  the  result  of 
infirmity.  The  only  test  is  trial  over  rough  ground.  Some  horses, 
however,  are  more  apt  to  trip  on  even  than  on  rough  ground. 

10. —  Weaving  "consists  in  a  motion  of  the  head,  neck  and  body,  from 
side  to  side,  like  the  shuttle  of  a  weaver  passing  through  the  web,  and 
hence  the  name  which  is  given  to  this  jjeculiar  and  incessant  motion.  It 
indicates  an  impatient,  irritable  temper,  and  a  dislike  to  the  confiuemnet 
of  the  stable  ;  and  a  horse  that  is  thus  incessantly  on  the  fc(!i,  will  seldom 
carry  flesh,  or  be  safe  to  ride  or  drive.  There  is  no  cure  for  it,  but  the 
olose  tying  up  of  the  animal,  except  at  feeding  time." 

XVTII.  What  Is  Unsoundness? 
Upon  this  head  we  condense  from  Youatt,  retainining  his  language, 
as  follows:  "That  horse  is  sound  in  whom  there  is  no  disease,  nor 
any  alteration  of  structure  in  any  part  which  impairs,  or  is  likely 
to  impair,  his  natural  usefulness.  That  horse  is  unsound  that  labors 
under  disease,  or  that  has  some  alteration  of  structure  that  does  interfere, 
or  is  likely  to  interfere,  with  his  natural  usefulness.  The  term  natural 
usefulness  must  be  borne  in  mind.  One  horse  may  possess  great  S[)eed, 
but  is  soon  knocked  up  ;  another  will  work  all  day,  but  cannot  get  beyond 
a  snail's  pace  ;  one  with  a  heavy  forehead  is  liable  to  stumble,  and  is  con- 
tinually putting  to  hazard  the  neck  of  his  rider  ;  another,  with  an  irritable 
constitution  and  a  washy  make,  loses  his  appetite,  and  begins  to  scour  if  a 
little  extra  work  is  exacted  from  hnu.  The  term  unsoundness  caimot  be 
applied  to  either  of  these  ;  it  would  be  opening  far  too  wide  a  door  to 
disputation  and  endless  wrangling.  The  buyer  can  discern,  or  ouijht  to 
inow,  whether  the  form  of  the  horse  is  that  which  will  render  him  likely 


HOW    TO    RUT    \ND    SETT.    A    HORSE.  265 

to  suit  his  purpose,  and  he  should  tiy  nirr  sufficiently  to  ascertain  his 
natural  strength,  endurance,  arfi  mannei  L>f  going.  Unsoundness,  we 
repeat,  has  reference  only  to  disease,  j.-  *^^o  that  alt  ration  of  structure 
which  is  connected  with,  or  will  produce  d'>eat>:.  anc  ■es^in  the  usefulness 
of  the  animal," 

1. — ''Broken-Knees  certainly  do  not  constitute  unsound'. ess  after  the 
wounds  are  healed,  unless  they  interfere  with  the  action  al  the  joint,  for 
the  horse  may  have  fallen  from  mere  accident,  or  through  tha  fault  of  the 
rider  ;  but  no  person  would  buy  a  horse  with  broken  knees  until  he  had 
thoroughly  tried  him,  and  satisfied  himself  as  to  his  form  and  action. 

2. — '' Capped- Ilocks  may  be  produced  by  lying  on  an  unevenly-paved 
stable  with  a  scanty  supply  of  litter,  or  by  kicking,  in  neither  of  which  cases 
would  they  constitute  unsoundness,  though  in  the  latter  they  would  be  an 
indication  of  vice  ;  but  in  the  majority  of  instances,  they  are  either  the 
consequence  of  sprain  of  the  hock,  and  accompanied  by  enlargement  of  it, 
when  they  would  be  unsoundness.  A  special  warranty  should  always  be 
taken  against  cap[)ed-hocks. 

3. — ''Contraction  is  a  considerable  deviation  from  the  natural  form  of 
the  foot,  but  not  necessarily  constituting  unsoundness  ;  it  requ.  es,  however, 
most  careful  examination  on  the  part  of  the  purchaser  )r  veterinary 
surgeon,  to  ascertain  that  there  is  no  heat  about  the  quarter,  or  ossifica- 
tion of  the  cartilage  ;  that  the  frog,  although  diminished  in  size,  is  not 
diseased  ;  that  the  horse  does  not  step  short  and  go  as  if  the  foot  wen 
tender,  and  that  there  is  not  the  slightest  trace  of  lameness. 

4. — "  Corns  manifestly  constitute  unsoundness.  The  portion  of  the  fool 
in  which  they  are  situated  will  not  bear  the  ordinary  pressure  of  the  shoe  ; 
and  any  accidental  additional  presure  from  the  growing  down  of  the  horn, 
01'  the  introduction  of  dirt  or  gravel,  will  cause  serious  lameness. 

5. — "Cough. — This  is  a  disease,  and  consequently  unsoundness.  A 
horse,  therefore,  should  never  be  purchased  with  a  cough  upon  him 
without  an  especial  warranty ;  or,  if  the  cough  not  being  observed, 
he  is  purchased  under  a  general  warranty,  he  may  be  returned  as  soon 
as  it  is  discovered. 

6. — "Boaring,  Wheezing,  Wliistling,  High-blowing^  and  Grunting, 
being  the  result  of  alteration  of  structure  or  disease  in  some  of  the  air 
passages,  and  interfering  with  the  perfect  freedom  of  breathing,  and 
especially  when  the  horse  is  put  on  his  speed,  without  doubt  constitute 
unsoundness.  There  are  decisions  to  the  contrary,  which  are  now 
universally  admitted  to  be  erroneous.  Broken-wind  may  be  regarded  as 
still  more  decidedlv  unsoundness. 


266 


CYCLOrEDIA    OF   LIVE   STOCK   AND   COMPLETE   STOCK    DOCTOR. 


7. — "Crib-biting. — Although  there  is  some  difference  of  opinion  among 
veterinary  surgeons  on  this  point,  crib-biting  must  be  regarded  as  unsound- 
ness. This  unnatural  sucking  in  of  the  air  must  be  to  a  certain  degree 
injurious  to  digestion,  must  dispose  to  coiic,  and  so  interfere  with  the 
strength,  and  usefulness,  and  health  of  the  horse.  Some  crib-biters  are 
good  goei-s,  but  they  would  have  probably  possessed  more  endurance  had 
they  not  acquir.^d  this  habit;  and  it  is  a  fact  well  established,  that  as  soon 
as  a  horse  begii-s  to  become  a  crib-biter,  he,  in  more  than  nine  cases  out 
of  ten,  begins  t)  lose  condition. 

8. — "Curb  co.istitutcs  unsoundness  while  it  lasts,  and  perhaps  while  the 
swelling  remains,  although  the  inflammation  may  have  subsided :  for  a 


YEARLING  MORGAN  FILLY. 

horse  that  has  once  thrown  out  a  curb,  is  for  a  while  at  least,  very  liable 
to  do  so  again  on  the  slightest  extra  exertion.  A  horse,  however,  is  not 
returnable  if  he  should  spring  a  curb  five  minutes  after  the  purchase,  for 
it  is  done  in  a  moment,  and  does  not  necessarily  indicate  any  previous 
unsoundness  or  weakness  of  the  part. 

9. — "Cutting,  as  rendering  a  horse  liable  to  serious  injury  of  the  legs, 
and  indicating  that  he  is  either  weak,  or  has  an  awkwardness  of  gait 
inconsistent  with  safety,  should  be  considered  as  unsoundness. 


HOW    TO    BUY    AND    SELL    A    HORSE,  267 

10. — ''Enlarged  Glands. — To  a  slight  enlargement  of  the  glands  under 
the  jaw  much  attention  need  not  be  paid  ;  but  if  they  are  of  considerable 
size,  and  especially  if  they  are  tender,  and  the  gland  at  the  root  of  the  ear 
partakes  of  the  enlargement,  and  the  membrane  of  the  nose  is  redder  than 
it  should  be,  we  should  hesitate  in  pronouncing  that  horse  to  be  sound. 
We  should  fear  the  commencement,  or  the  insidious  lurking,  of  disease. 

11. — ''Enlarged  Hock. — A  horse  with  enlarged  hock  is  unsound.  The 
structure  of  this  complicated  joint  being  so  materially  affected  that, 
although  the  horse  may  appear  for  a  considera])le  time  to  do  ordinary  work 
well,  he  will  accasionally  fail  even  as  to  that,  and  a  few  days'  hard  work 
will  always  lame  him. 

12. — ''The  Eyes. — That  inflammation  of  the  eye  of  the  horse  which 
usually  terminates  in  blindness  of  one  or  both  eyes,  has  the  peculiar  char- 
acter of  remitting  or  disappearing  for  a  time,  once  or  twice,  or  thrice,  before 
it  fully  runs  its  course.  The  eye,  after  an  attack  of  inflammation, 
regains  so  nearly  its  former  natural  brilliancy,  that  a  man  well-acquainted 
with  horses  will  not  always  recognize  the  traces  of  former  disease.  After 
a  time,  however,  the  inflammation  returns,  and  the  result  is  unavoid- 
able. A  horse  from  four  to  six  years  of  age  that  has  had  one  attack  of 
this  complaint,  is  long  afterwards  unsound,  however  perfect  the  eye  mav 
seem  to  be,  because  he  carries  about  with  him  a  disease  that  will  again 
break  out,  and  eventually  destroy  the  sight.  Whether,  therefore,  he 
may  be  returned  or  not,  depends  on  the  possibility  of  proving  an  attack  of 
inflammation  of  the  eye,  prior  to  the  purchase.  (See  ophthalmia,  page 
r)"2().)-  All  defects  of  the  eye  should  be  provided  against  by  special 
guarantee.   (See  \n\\i,o  250.) 

13. — "LamenesSy  from  whatever  cause  arising,  is  unsoundness.  How- 
ever temporary  it  may  be,  or  however  obscure,  it  lessens  the  utility  of  the 
horse,  and  renders  him  unsound  for  the  time.  How  far  his  soundness 
QVtiy  be  afterwards  affected,  must  depend  on  the  circumstances  of  the 
case.     A  lame  horse  is  for  the  time  an  unsound  one. 

14. — " l^eurotomy . — A  question  has  arisen  how  far  a  horse  that  has 
undergone  the  operation  of  the  division  of  the  nerve  of  the  leg,  and  has 
recovered  from  the  lameness  with  which  he  was  before  affected  and  stands 
his  work  well,  may  be  considered  to  be  sound.  In  our  opinion  there 
cannot  be  a  doubt  about  the  matter.  A  horse  on  whom  this  operation 
has  been  performed  may  be  improved,  may  cease  to  be  lame,  may  go 
well  for  many  years  ;  but  there  is  no  certainty  of  his  continuing  to  do 
so,  and  he  is  unsound. 

15. — "Ossification  of  the  lateral  cartilages  constitutes  unsoundness,  as 
interfering  with  the  natural  expansion  of  the  foot,  and  in  horses  of 
nuick  work  almost  invariably  producing  lumeness. 


268  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

16. — ^'Pumiced-foot, — ^When  the  union  between  the  horny  and  sensible 
lamellae,  or  little  plates  of  the  foot,  is  weakened,  and  the  coffin-bone  is 
let  down,  and  presses  upon  the  sole,  that  horse  must  be  unsound,  and 
unsound  forever,  because  there  are  no  means  by  which  we  can  lift  up  the 
coffin-bone  again  into  its  place. 

17. — '■'Quidding  is  unsoundness  for  the  time  ;  but  the  unsoundness  will 
cease  when  the  teeth  are  properly  filed,  or  the  catarrh  relieved,  or  the 
cause  of  this  imperfect  chewing  removed. 

18. — '« Quittor  is  unsoundness. 

19. — '<■  Ring-bone. — Although  when  the  bony  tumor  is  small,  and  on  one 
side  only,  there  is  little  or  no  lameness,  and  there  are  a  few  instances  in 
which  a  horse  with  ring-bone  has  worked  for  many  years  without  lame- 
ness ;  yet,  from  the  action  of  the  foot,  and  the  stress  upon  the  part,  the 
inflammation  and  the  formation  of  bone  have  such  a  tendency  rapidly 
to  spread,  that  we  must  pronounce  the  slightest  enlargement  of  the 
pasterns  or  around  the  coronet,  to  be  a  cause  of  unsoundness. 

20. ''Sand  crack  is  manifestly  unsoundness  ;  but  it  may  occur  without 

the  slightest  warning,  and  no  horse  can  be  returned  for  one  that  is  sprung 
after  purchase. 

21. — ''Spavin  is  unsoundness,  whether  bony  or  blood-spavin.  In  the 
first,  lameness  is  produced,  at  least  at  starting,  in  ninety -nine  cases  out 
of  a  hundred,  and  there  is  enlargement  of  the  hock,  which  rapidly  spreads 
with  quick  and  hard  work,  although  the  horse  may  be  capable  of,  and 
may  even  get  better  at  slow  work.  Blood-spavin  is  unsoundness,  l)ecause, 
althou  ,'a  it  may  not  be  productive  of  lameness,  at  slow  work,  the  rapid 
and  powerful  action  of  the  hock  in  quicker  motion  will  produce  perma- 
nent, although  not  considerable  lameness,  and  which  can  scarcely  ever 
be  with  certainty  removed. 

22.— "Splint.— It  depends  entirely  on  the  situation  of  the  bony  tumor 
on  the  inside  of  the  shank-bone,  whether  it  is  to  be  considered  as 
unsoundness.  If  it  is  not  in  the  neighborhood  of  any  joint,  so  as  to 
interfere  with  its  action,  and  if  it  does  not  press  upon  any  ligament  or 
tendon,  it  can  be  no  cause  of  unsoundness. 

23. "Tliickening  of  the  Bach  Sineivs,  if  pronounced,  and  occasioned 

with  thickening  of  the  leg,  is  unsoundness. 

24.—"  TJioroughpin,  when  of  great  size,  and  thrush,  when  pronounced, 
should  undoubtedly  be  regarded  as  unsoundness,  and  is  so  regarded  by 
good  authorities." 

In  fact,  in  many  disabilities,  the  most  discriminating  judgment  shoulci 
be  used.  Since  a  disability  that  would  detract  but  little  from  a  horse 
for  one  use,  might  render  him  comparatively  worthless  for  another. 


BOOK  1 

PART  II 


Diseases  of  the  Horse 

HOW  TO  KNOW  THEM;  THEIR  CAUSES.  PRE- 
VENTION AND  CURE 


270 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOK. 


Diseases  of  the  Horse. 


CHAPTER  I. 
SYMPTOMS  AND  GENERAL  TREATMENT. 


I.      INTRODUCTION. 11.     OUTWARD     MANIFESTATIONS    OF      DISEASE. III.      SYMP- 
TOMS  OF   INTERNAL  DISEASES. IV.      IMPORTANCE   OF    PROMPT  TREATMENT. 

V.      KNOW   WHAT  YOU    ARE  TREATING. VI.      NURSING   AND    FEEDING  SICK    ANI- 
MALS.  VII.      EXPLANATION   OF   TERMS   USED. VIII.      GRADUATION   OF   DOSES. 

IX.      HOW    OFTEN  TO  GIVE  MEDICINES. X.      FORMS  OF  MEDICINES  AND  HOW 

TO  ADMINISTER. 

I.    Introduction. 

The  horse,  especially  when  subject  to  artificial  care  and  conditions,  and 
more  especially  in  cities  and  large  stables,  is  liable  to  pretty  much  the 
same  diseases,  or,  at  least,  to  diseases  similar  in  their  nature  to  those  of 
man.  Besides  various  epidemics,  such  as  lung  diseases,  colds  and  influen- 
za,— diseases  arising  from  injuries,  and  bad  care,  involving  diseases  of 
the  skin  and  its  integuments,  and  of  the  ligaments,  muscles  and  bones, 
are  quite  common  in  horses.  Such  diseases  are  comparatively  rave  in 
the  human  family,  for  the  reason  that  horses  are  often  put  to  terrible 
strain  in  running,  leaping,  drawing  heavy  loads  in  the  mud,  and  on  rough 
pavements,  etc.  These,  from  the  want  of  proper  knowledge,  or  from 
neglect,  assume  the  most  serious  forms,  and  often  totally  unfit  the  horse 
for  active  labor,  if  they  do  not  entirely  ruin  him. 

The  importance  of  common-sense  treatment  and  training  has  been 
fully  elucidated  in  the  preceding  pages.  The  importance  of  proper  care, 
sufficient  clothing,  grooming,  good  ventilation,  and  kindness  in  their  gen- 
eral treatment  has  also  been  insisted  on.  If  the  information  to  be  given 
in  the  succeeding  pages,  relating  to  proper  care  in  sickness,  is  observed, 
much  trouble  and  loss  will  ])e  saved  to  the  farmer,  who  is  often  necessarily 
precluded  from  calling  in  the  services  of  a  competent  veterinary  sur- 
geon, because,  in  many  country  districts  ,there  are  none. 

The  object  of  this  work,  therefore,  is  to  give,  in  plain  language,  the 
necessary  treatment  of  such  diseases  as  may  be  cared  for,  by  other  than 
the  professional  surgeon  ;  and  to  give  such  advice  as  will  prevent  the  oc- 
currence of  many  disabilities,  which,  if  taken  out  of  the  list,  by  their 
prevention,  would  very  much  lighten  the  task  of  the  veterinarian.  These 
should  l)c  well  known  and  carefully  studied  by  every  horse  owner,  for 
thus  might  often  be  i)revented    spavin  ;  curb  ;  splint ;  ringbone  ;  caries, 

271 


272  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

in  its  various  forms ;  swellings  of  the  muscular  integuments,  causing  se 
rious  trouble ;  injuries  tc  the  sinews,  causing  breaking  down  ;  poll  evil 
and  oti?.er  astulous  affectio^is  ;  fractures  ;  founder  ;  grease  ;  inflamma- 
tions of  the  glands  and  yetrxs  ;  cra^cked  hoofs  ;  quittor  ;  hernia  and  many 
other  diseases,  not  reccgaiaed  by  the  horse  owner,  as  a  rule,  until  they 
tiwie  beconxe  serious. 

A  careful  attention  to  symi)toms  which  will  be  given  in  plain  language, 
and  the  application  of  appropriate  remedies,  will  save  the  owner  money, 
and  at  the  same  time  will  also  save  the  most  intelligent  servant,  and  if 
allowed  to  be,  the  faithful  friend  of  man,  much  terri])le  torture.  The 
feet  ar.d  linibs  are  most  liable  to  disease.  Those  who  have  suffered  fron» 
che  torture  of  a  tight  boot,  can  only  form  a  paiiial  idea  of  the  agony  of 
ti  horse  sulfering  from  disease  of  the  feet,  and  especially  from  navicular 
disease,  attacking,  as  it  does,  the  most  delicate  organs,  encased  in  the 
horny  covering  of  the  foot.  The  causes  of  disease,  therefore,  how  to 
know  it  by  outward  symptoms — for  the  horse  cannot  tell  his  distress, 
except  by  mute  signs,  and  what  to  do,  will  be  told  in  the  following  pages. 
In  cases  where  danger  is  present  from  contagious  and  utterly  incurable 
diseases,  as  glanders,  or  incurable  infectious  diseases  as  hydrophobia,  the 
animal  should  be  quickly  and  mercifully  killed,  and  buned  deej)  out  of 
the  way  o-  ianger. 

tX.  Outward  Maoifestations  of  Disease. 

To  make  plain  what  would  otherwise  not  be  readily  comprehended,  the 
diseases  will  be  illustrated  by  cuts.  These  cuts  will  often  present  the 
disease  m  its  strongest  forms,  whereby  the  same  difficulties  will  be  the 
more  easily  recogiii^ied  in  their  lighter  manifestations.  Man}^  of  the  dis- 
eases of  the  skin,  and  especially  of  the  bones,  may  go  on  for  a  long  time 
without  the  cause  being  surely  known.  Hence  the  illustration  of  some 
internal  diseases,  as  shown  outwardly,  will  be  very  mstructive.  The 
mo3t  of  them  are  caused  by  neglect  or  abuse.  Their  treatment  will  be 
^ylven  in  their  proper  places,  as,  for  instance,  those  of  the  feet,  in  the  next 
chapter.  The  condensed  description  of  their  origin,  with  references  to  the 
illustration  on  the  next  page,  will  enable  them  to  be  readily  recognized. 

1 — Discharge  from  nose,  either  mucus  or  pus,  or  both.  This  may 
occur  not  only  in  glanders,  but  also  in  acute  and  chronic  catarrh. 

2 — Profuse  flow  of  saliva,  resulting  from  a  severe  wound  or  swelling 
of  the  tongue,  the  mouth  being  partly  open. 

3 — Loose,  flabby  Up,  an  evidence  of  partial  paralysis  of  the  part. 

4 — Fistula  of  the  lower  jaw,  from  an  ulcerated  tooth.  This  sometimes 
involves  a  large  part  of  the  lower  jaw. 

6 — Fistula,  of  the  upper  jav),  from  same  cause. 

6 — Blind  eye.  Frequently,  accompanynisr  a  blind  eye  there  is  a  con- 
tinuous flow  of  tears  over  the  cheel:. 


DISEASES    OF   THE    HORSE.  'Zl'S 

7 — Salivarij  fistula ;  a  fistulous  opening  into  the  duct  that  conveys  the 
saliva  from  the  parotid  gland  to  the  mouth. 

8 — Large,  long,  drooping  ear.  Some  horses  have  ears  so  large  that 
they  droop  from  their  own  weight. 

9 — Small  short  ear,  sonivjlimes  called  "Hare  Ear." 

10 — Poll  evil;  a  running  sore  on  the  back  of  the  neck,  originating  in 
a  boil,  or  from  striking  the  poll  a  hard  blow,  as  on  a  low  ceiling,  etc. 

11 — Itch  or  Mange;  itchy  skin  diseases,  causing  the  animal  to  rub  him- 
self, oftentimes  till  the  hair  and  mane  are  all  rubbed  off. 

12 — Ewe  neck;  the  neck  appears  to  be  put  on  wrong  side  up;  instead 
of  curving  upward  and  forming  a  handsome  crest,  it  curves  downward. 

13 — Bony  tumor,  caused  by  a  blow  on  the  jaw  bone,  from  striking 
against  ihe  manger  or  other  hard  body. 

14 — Goitre;  the  common  name  for  an  enlarged  thyroid  gland. 

15 — Enlarged  jugular  vein,  following  bleeding,  when  badly  done. 

16 — Swelling  of  parotid  gland,  from  a  bruise  or  undue  compression. 

17 — Fistula  from  imj^roper  bleeding:  the  wound  fails  to  heal. 

18 — Farcy  buds  on  I  he  neck. 

19 — Abscess  on  breast,  from  truise  from  a  collar,  or  other  contusion. 

20 — Swelling  of  ike  lymphatic  glands  of  the  l)reast. 

21— Fistulous  withers;  a  chronic  discharge  following  the  formation  of 
an  abscess,  caused  by  a  bruise. 

22 — Sway  back;  c.  back  unusually  hollow. 

23 — Saddle  gall,  fonnir.g  a  sitfast  when  chronic. 

24 — Eel  back;  a  rough  unt^vsn  outline  over  the  croup, 

25 — Drooping  rump — an  extrsme  case. 

26 — Coarse,  j^^inted  hip,  one  liable  to  be  knocked  down. 

27 — Atrophy  of  the  muscles,  from  disease  or  a  bruise,  or  else  from 
Jong  standing  lameness,  allowing  wasting  to  take  place  from  disuse. 

28 — Rat-tail;  hair  off  from  disease  of  the  skin  of  the  tail.  If  it 
drops  out  badly  once,  it  seldom  returns. 

29 — Thickened  tendons  (involving  also  (heir  sheaths),  at  the  back  of 
the  leg,  from  sprains,  and  causing  severe  lameness. 

30 — Splint;  a  bony  tumor,  the  ossification  of  an  L'flusion  thrown  out 
between  the  cannon  and  splint  bones. 

31 — Gall  on  fetlock  joint,  from  Interfering. 

32 — Enlarged  fetlock  joi  d,  from  neglected  or  ill-treated  sprain,  etc. 

33 — Malformed  pastern,  which  is  too  long  and  low;  from  this  faulty 
confornia'ion,  the  fetlock  is  liable  to  come  too  low,  inducing  sprains. 

34 — Ridge  in  the  hoof.  Any  ridge  or  wrinkle  in  the  hoof  indicates 
ihe  existence  of  fever  in  the  coronet  at  some  previous  time. 

35 — Ox  foot;  a  foot  resembling  that  of  an  ox,  either  as  a  natural 
18 


274  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AUTD  COMFLETE  STOCK  DOCTOE. 

peculiar  conforniatioii  or  from  disease  of  the  coffin  joint,  causing  ii  bulg- 
ing of  the  hoof  in  the  front  part  of  the  foot. 

36 — Quarter  crack;  a  split  in  the  fibers  of  the  hoof  from  faulty  nu- 
trition of  the  part,  allowing  it  to  become  brittle. 

37 — Indurated  enlargement  of  the  knees^  from  sprains  or  bruises. 

38 — Stilt  foot,  from  disease  of  the  foot  around  the  heels  or  quarters. 

39 — Contracted  hoof,  either  from  disease  or  disuse. 

40 — Mud  fever  (Erythema);  inflammation  in  the  skin  from  exposure 
to  ice  water  and  mud.  There  is  swelling  of  the  leg,  scabby  condition  of 
the  skin,  and  the  hair  falls  out. 

41 — Mallenders;  inflammation  of  the  skin  in  the  flexure  of  the  knee  ; 
the  skin  becomes  dry  and  hard,  with  transverse  fissures,  and  the  knee 
is  chronically  enlarged. 

42 — Shoe  boil;  a  tumor  caused  by  lying  on  the  shoe. 

43 — Navel  rupture;  the  intestines  protrude  through  the  unclosed  navel 
opening,  l»eing  held  in  only  by  the  skin. 

44 — Inguinal  hernia ;  the  intestines  pass  down  through  the  abdominal 
rings  and  inguinal  canal,  and,  in  stallions,  into  the  scrotum. 

45 — Flank  (or  ventral)  hernia;  the  abdominal  wall  having  been  rup- 
tured, the  bowels  protrude  through  it,  being  retained  only  by  the  skin 

46 — Stifle  lameness,  from  a  sprain,  kick,  puncture  or  other  wound. 
If  dislocation  of  the  patella  occurs,  the  horse  is  said  to  be  stifled. 

47 — Farcy  buds;  enlarged  (sometimes  ulcerated)  lymphatic  glands. 

48 — Bog  spavin;  distension  of  the  synovial  bursa,  with  lameness. 

49 — Sallenders;  a  skin  disease  in  the  flexure  of  the  hock  joint;  the 
same  disease  in  the  flexure  of  the  knee  is  called  mallenders. 

50 — Bone  Spavin  ;  a  disease  affecting  the  bones  of  the  hock  joint,  and 
generally  accompanied  by  ,'i  bony  tumor  on  some  part  of  the  joint. 

51 — Bursal  enlargement  of  fetlock,  in  front;  a  soft,  puffy  swelling. 

52 — Hoof  with  rings,  indicating  previous  fever,  usually  laminitis. 

53 — Sand  crack;  same  as  quarter  crack,  but  comes  in  front, 

54 — Flat  foot.  The  bones  and  hoof  are  flat  and  large,  being  the  op- 
posite of  the  straight,  upright  foot. 

55 — Quittor;  a  running  sore  or  fistula  of  the  quarter,  the  opening  be- 
ing above  the  coronet,  and  the  sinus  running  downward,  inside  the  hoof. 

56 — Grease  heel;  a  deep-seated  skin  disease,  with  an  offensive  dis- 
charge  ;  due  to  humor  in  the  blood,  and  aggravated  by  filth  and  neglect. 

57 — Big  leg,  from  neglected  disease  of  the  limb. 

58 —  Wind  galls;  soft,  puffy  swellings  that  appear  to  be  filled  with 
air,  but,  really,  with  synovia  or  joint  oil. 

59 — Blood  spavin ;  a  distension  of  the  vein  at  the  hock  from  pressure 
upcii  it  by  a  bony  tumor. 


DISEASES  Oif"  THE  HORSE.  275 

60 — Throughpin ;  a  puffy  enlargement  at  the  upper  and  back  part  of 
the  hock  joint,  usually  appearing  both  on  the  inside  and  outside. 

61 — Weak,  small  thigh,  from  faulty  development. 

62 — Capped  hock,  an  enlargement  on  the  point  of  the  hock,  usually 
filled  with  serum  ;  caused  by  a  bniise,  oftenest  by  kicking  in  the  stall. 

63 — Curb;  an  enlargement  of  the  back  of  the  hock,  from  sprain. 

64- — Saddle  gall,  from  uneven  pressure  of  the  saddle. 

III.  Symptoms  of  Internal  Diseases. 

Iiiloniiil  diseases  cannot  be  illustrated  except  to  de[)ict  the  actions  of 
thoanimal  when  suffering  with  derangement  of  the  internal  organs  or  their 
connections.  Their  actions,  such  as  position,  standing,  lying,  rolling,  kick- 
ing, jumping,  running  etc.  ;  inclinations,  such  as  the  appetite,  either  rav- 
enous or  lost ;  thirst,  either  excessive  or  none,  etc.,  are  all  condensed 
into  one  word,  Symptoms.  They  express  the  feelings  and  appearances 
of  the  animal,  and  these,  along  with  a  few  scientific  observations,  are  all 
we  have  to  rely  upon  to  diagnose  (recognise)  the  disease.  Hence,  it  is 
of  vital  importance  to  be  cognizant  of  the  actions,  habits,  constitutional 
condition  as  to  pulse,  respiration,  digestion  ;  color  and  quantity  of  the 
excretions ;  nature,  quality  and  quantity  of  food  required ;  characteris- 
tics of  age,  length  of  time  in  uterOy  development  and  longevity  ;  in  fact 
all  the  characteristics  of  health,  in  order  to  be  able  to  know  when  an  ani- 
mal is  sick.  The  sooner  sickness  is  recognized  and  given  the  jiroper 
treatment,  che  sooner  health  will  be  restored  and  the  less  will  be  the  lia- 
bility of  death  and  loss  ;  and  from  a  humane  point  of  view,  the  less 
the  animal  will  suffer  from  extensive  lesions. 

IV.  Importance  of  Prompt  Treatment. 

A  stitch  in  time  saves  nine.  There  is  nothing  in  which  this  true  saying 
applies  more  forcibly  than  ui  the  treatment  of  ailments  of  all  kinds, 
either  external  or  internal.  For  instance,  a  horse  goes  lame  from  a  corn  ; 
if  attended  to  properly  it  is  cured  in  a  week  ;  if  neglected  it  festers, 
spreads,  works  up  through  the  foot  and  breaks  out  at  the  top  of  the 
hoof,  forming  a  quittor,  which  takes  from  one  to  three  months  to  cure. 
the  animal  necessarily  being  idle  nearly  all  the  time.  Or  the  horse 
catches  cold,  has  catarrh,  running  from  the  nose  and  eyes,  sore  throat, 
cough  and  loss  of  appetite  ;  and  if  promptly  and  properly  treated  he  may  be 
cured  in  from  two  to  ten  days.  But  if  neglected  for  a  Jay  or  two,  to  see  if 
hewMll  get  well  without  any  botheror  expense,  the  disease  is  almost  sure  to 
run  down  onto  the  lungs  and  cause  a  sickness  very  painful,  of  long  dura- 
tion, considerable  expense  and  possible  fatal  termination. 
V.  Know  What  You  are  Treating. 

Therefore  we  would  urge  as  a  matter  of  very  great  importance  that  the 
course  adopted  in  case  of  sickness  or  lameness  be  applied  promptly  and 


276  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  4K1>  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

thoroughly,  yet  with  sufficient  ctiution  to  be  convinced  that  you  are  on  the 
right  track,  so  as  not  to  be  treatinsf  an  ankle  because  it  is  cocked  when 
every  particle  of  the  lameness  is  in  the  foot,  or  dosing  a  horse  for  bots 
when  the  trouble  is  pleurisy,  or  giving  a.  dog  medicine  for  inflammation 
of  the  l)rain  when  he  is  suffering  from  rabies. 

These  and  niaiiy  other  siinihir  mistakes  have  come  under  the  observa- 
tion of  the  writer.  One  notable  case,  in  which  many  might  have  been 
deceived,  was  seen  not  very  long  ago  ;  a  horse  was  blistered  from  one 
knee  up  the  leg,  over  the  shoulders  and  withers  and  down  on  the  other  side 
to  the  knee  for  sprain  and  soreness  in  the  shoulders,  when  every  bit  of  the 
disease  lay  in  the  feet.  It  was  a  case  of  acute  founder.  We  relate  this 
to  impress  upon  the  reader  the  necessity  of  careful,  deliberate  study  of  a 
case  before  taking  ac^tion  ;  but  when  the  derangement  is  conclusively 
located  go  ahead  and  appl}^  promptly  the  remedies  prescribed. 

VI.  Nursing  and  Feeding  Sick  Animals. 

Much  ingenuity  can  be  displayed  in  nursing  a  sick  animal.  In  order  to 
do  it  intelligently  the  nurse  must  be  familiar  with  the  habits  and  require- 
ments of  the  animal  in  health.  A  few  simple  rules  will  assist  the  ama- 
teur. Make  the  animal  as  comfortable  as  possible,  warm  in  winter  and 
cool  in  sunmier.  Give  plenty  of  fresh  air  to  breathe,  but  in  all  cases 
avoid  a  draft ;  ventilation  without  drafts  is  the  rule.  Clothing  for  horse? 
is  often  necessary,  woolen  blankets  in  winter  and  linen  sheets  and  nets 
in  summer.  Hoods  to  cover  the  head  and  neck  are  often  needed  if  the 
stable  is  not  sufficiently  warm.  The  proper  temperature  for  the  stable 
that  is  used  for  the  hospital  is  from  55  ^  to  60  °  F.  This  is  warm 
enough  for  all  animals  except  very  weak  lambs  and  sick  dogs ;  they 
require  a  warmer  room,  from  62®  to  70  "®  F.  A  part  of  the  dwelling 
house  is  the  best  for  them,  if  they  are  not  too  numerous. 

See  that  the  place  is  dry  and  the  drainage  good.  An  elevated  location 
is  better  than  a  low-lying  one. 

The  food  wants  to  be  simple,  clean,  nutritious,  easy  of  digestion  by 
being  cooked,  changed  occasionally  and  administered  often  and  in  small 
quantities.  Give  green  food,  always,  when  it  can  be  got.  Oats,  corn, 
barley,  bran,  shorts,  etc.,  may  be  scalded  with  boiling  water,  covered  and 
'eft  to  steam  till  cold,  and  then  given.  It  is  a  great  advantage  to  have 
the  grain  ground.  Hay  and  water  should  always  be  given  in  Liberal 
quantities  ,•  and  see  that  they  are  clean  and  pure.  Warm  milk  for  calves, 
and  the  same  diluted  and  sweetened  a  little  for  Jambs  and  foals ;  beef 
lea,  law  eggs,  porridge  of  either  oat  or  corn  meal  and  milk  for  dogs,  and 
the  same  for  pigs  will  be  found  to  be  the  best  diet.  In  feeding  sick  ani- 
mals g-ive  a  little,  often,  l)ut  be  careful  not  to  over-feed,  as  that  is  liable 


DISEASES    OF    THE    HORSE.  277 

to  throw  the  patient  back  aud  increase  fever.  Horses,  cattle,  etc.,  need 
*;o  be  fed  three  or  four  times  a  day  ;  foals,  calves,  lambs,  dogs,  etc.,  every 
two  to  four  hours. 

Fever  patients  should  have  pure  water  near,  so  tlicy  i^aii  hel[)  them- 
selves when  they  wish  it.  Those  suffering  from  diarrhoea  or  excessive 
purgation  should  be  watered  four  or  five  times  a  day,  but  in  smallei  quan- 
tities. 

Rest  should  always  be  given  to  sick  animals  ;  many  cases  prove  fatal 
from  working  too  long  after  being  taken  sick,  or  from  being  put  to  work 
too  soon  after  recovery. 

VII.  Explanation  of  Terms  Used. 

To  some  readers  a  few  words  of  explanation  may  be  necessary  in  ordei 
to  the  proper  understanding  of  the  drugs  and  their  doses. 

Alteratives  change  the  conditions  and  functions  of  organs. 

Ancesthetics  deprive  of  sensation  and  suffering. 

Anodynes  allay  or  diminish  pain. 

Antacids  are  antidotes  to  acids. 

Anthelmintics  kill  or  expel  worms. 

Antiperiodics  arrest  or  retard  the  retui-n  of  a  paroxysm  in  periodic  dis- 
eases. 

Antiseptics  prevent,  arrest  or  retard  })utref action. 

Antispasmodics  prevent  or  allay  cramps. 

Aperients  gently  open  the  bowels. 

Aromatics,  strong-smelling  stinmlants,  dispel  wind  and  allay  pain. 

Astringents  cause  contraction  of  vital  structures. 

Carminatives,  warming  stimulants  (Aromatics). 

Cathartics,  Purgatives,  freely  open  the  bowels. 

Cholagogues  increase  the  secretion  of  bile. 

Demulcents  sheathe  and  protect  irritated  surfaces. 

Diaphoretics,  Sudorijics,  cause  perspiration. 

Discutients  dispel  enlargements. 

Disinfectants  destroy  infecting  matter. 

Diuretics  increase  the  secretion  of  urine. 

Ecbolics,  Pai'turients,  cause  contraction  of  the  womb. 

Emetics  induce  vomiting. 

Expectorants  increase  the  secretion  from  the  air  tubes. 

Febrifuges  counteract  fever — lower  temperature. 

Laxatives  (Aperients). 

Narcotics  allay  pain  and  produce  sleep. 

Refrigerants  diminish  heat. 

Sedatives  depress  nervous  power  or  lower  circulation. 


278 


CiOLOPEDIA  OF  LIVB  STOCK  AND  COMFLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


Soporijics  induce  sleep. 

Stimulants  temporarily  excite  the  nervous  or  circulatory  system. 

Sialogogues  increase  the  secretion  of  saliva. 

Stomachics  improve  digestion. 

Tb?^^t•s gradually  and  permanently  improve  digestion  and  nutrition. 

Vermifuges  kill  and  expel  worms. 

VII.  Graduation  of  Doses. 

The  relation  of  quantity  of  medicine  to  the  age  of  the  patient  is  thu? 
given  })y  Prof.  Low :  The  doses  given  may  be  held  applicable  to  full 
grown  animals  of  medium  size,  therefore  some  allowance  must  be  made 
in  any  case  in  which  the  patient  exceeds  or  comes  short  of  the  average  of 
his  kind.  A  similar  modification  must  be  made  as  regards  young  anim- 
als, not  only  on  account  of  their  smaller  size  but  also  of  their  greater 
susceptibility.     The  following  table  may  serie  as  a  guide  : 


HORSE,  ETC. 

OX. 

SHEEP. 

SWINE. 

DOGS. 

DOSE. 

3  years. 
11^-3      " 
9-18  m'ths. 
5-9      " 
1-5      - 

2  years. 

1-2      " 

6-12  m'ths. 

3-6      " 

1-3      •' 

13^  years. 
9-18  m'ths. 
5-9      " 
3-5      " 
1-3      " 

15  m'ths. 

8-15      " 

6-8      " 

3-6      " 

1-3       " 

}4  year. 
3-6  moths. 
11^-3        " 
"*^45  days. 
:lO-20      " 

1  part. 

Allowance  must  also  be  made  for  a  nervous  temperament  which  usually 
renders  an  animal  more  impressible,  for  habit  or  continued  use  which 
tends  to  decrease  the  susceptibility  for  individual  drugs,  for  idiosyncrasy 
which  can  only  be  discovered  by  observing  the  action  of  the  agent  on  the 
particular  subject,  and  for  the  influence  of  disease  when  that  is  likely  to 
affect  the  action.  Thus  in  most  diseases  of  the  brain  and  spinal  cord,  and 
in  some  impactions  of  the  stomach,  double  the  usual  quantities  of  pur- 
gative medicine  will  be  necessary,  while  in  influenza  and  ether  low  fevers 
half  the  usual  doses  may  prove  fatal.  In  acute  congestion  of  the  brain, 
stimulating  narcotics  (opium,  belladonna,  hyoscyamus,)  would  aggravate 
the  symptoms,  etc. 

IX.  How  Often  to  Give  Medicines. 

Febrifuges,  or  doses  intended  to  reduce  fever,  such  as  aconite,  bella-n 
dona,  spirits  of  nitre,  solution  of  the  nitrate  or  chlorate  of  potash,  or 
any  form  of  ammonia  should  be  repeated  as  often  as  every  two  hours  in 
bad  cases,  and  from  that  to  three  or  four  times  a  day  in  mild  cases. 
Alteratives  may  be  repeated  once  or  twice  a  day.  Purgatives  may  be 
repeated  after  twenty  to  thirty  hours  in  bad  cases,  and  after  forty  to 
forty-eight  hours  in  mild  cases.  Tonics  should  be  repeated  once,  twice 
or  thrice  a  day.  Stimulants,  especially  alcoholic,  may  be  repeated  after 
two  to  six  hours.  Ecbolics  may  be  repeated  after  half  an  hour ;  ano- 
dynes after  half  an  hour  ;  other  remedies  as  reauired. 


DISEASES   OF   THE   HORSE.  279 

X.  Forms  of  Medicines  and  how  to  Administer. 

Medicines  should  always  be  given  in  the  food  or  drink,  when  possible, 
to  av^oid  worrying  the  patient  and  also  to  avoid  the  danger  of  choking  from 
the  liquid  running  into  the  lungs.  When  the  medicine  is  nearly  inodor- 
ours  and  tasteless  it  can  be  mixed  with  bran  mashes,  or  other  soft  feed. 
Aloes  should  be  made  into  a  roll  the  size  and  shape  of  your  linger  and 
wrapped  in  thin  paper  or  put  into  a  gelatine  capsule,  and  passed  back  onto 
the  root  of  the  tongue  of  the  horse. 

Liquid  medicine,  in  large  doses,  is  given  as  drenches  out  of  a  strong- 
necked  bottle  or  horn,  the  head  being  elevated  and  the  neck  of  the  bot- 
tle inserted  at  the  side  of  the  mouth  and  ^  y 
poured  verj'^  slowly  in,  the  head  being 
kept  raised  till  all  is  swallowed.     If  the 

patient  coughs  while  being  drenched,  let      /l^^^^Sl^^Wl^iilil^v,^' 
the  head  down  instantl}^  regardless  of  the 
loss  of  the  medicine,  for,  if  kept  up,  it  is 
apt  to  run  into  the  lungs,  and  cause  death 
in  two  minutes. 

Small  doses  are  best  given  with  a  s}^- 

,  T  ,1         '^u  ^1       1    Xi.     1  1     M-A^NNER  OF  GIVING   a  DREKCH  TO 

mge  ;  open  the  mouth  with  the  left  hand  ahorse. 

and  insert  the  syringe  in  the  left  side  of  the  mouth,  and  shoot  the  con- 
tents well  back  into  the  throat.  A  syringe  or  s-poon  may  be  u«ed  on 
all  small  animals. 

Medicine  for  cattle  and  and  sheep  needs  to  be  more  bulky  and  watery, 
on  account  of  the  great  size,  comparatively,  of  the  stomach,  and  Avhen 
not  practicable  to  administer  it  in  the  food,  it  siiould  be  dissolved  in 
from  one  to  two  quarts  of  water  for  cattle,  and  one  to  two  pints  for 
sheep,  and  given  as  a  drench  from  a  bottle  or  horn. 

Care  should  be  taken  to  avoid  letting  the  animal  bite  the  bottle  ;  keep 
the  neck  of  it  firmly  up  agai^ist  the  roof  of  the  mouth  between  the 
two  rows  of  upper  teeth.  If  the  animal  should  break  the  bottle,  let  the 
head  down  instantly  and  remove  the  broken  glass  as  quickly  as  possiblco 


280        CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  9T0CK  DOCTOB. 


A    GOOD    FARM    CHUNK. 

This  horse  has  a  little  too  much  length  of  body  and  not  enough  deptB. 
Height,  15-3  hauds;  weight,  1350  pounds.  Horses  of  this  type  may  be  found  on 
the  market  at  all  seasons  of  the  year,  but  during  the  spring  months  they  form 
an  important  feature  of  the  trade.  They  are  adapted  to  use  on  the  farm  and 
are  in  most  urgent  need  during  the  season  when  crops  are  being  planted.  They 
are  usually  mixed  breeding,  draft  blood  predominating,  commonly  known  among 
farmers   as   "all   purpose   horses." 

For  this  class  low  down  blocky  horses  are  wanted,  not  so  heavy  as  the 
Eastern  Chunks.  Farm  Chunks  are  usually  lighter  of  bone  and  often  slightly 
blemished  or  unsound.  Since  farmers  do  not  usually  care  to  pay  for  high  priced 
horses  they  are  often  compelled  to  accept  those  with  slight  injuries,  such  as  small 
side  bones,  curbs,  wire  marks,  etc.  In  general,  the  typical  Farm  Chunk  should 
be  a  moderately  sized,  all  around  good  individual  standing  from  15  to  15-3  hands 
high  and  weighing  from  1200  to  1400  pounds.  The  sample  here  given  is  well 
representative  of  the  class. 


CHAPTER  II. 
FEET  OP  THE  HORSE  AND  THEIR  DISEASES. 


I.     CORNS. II.      QUITTOR. III.      QUARTER  AND  SANI>  CRACKS. IV.      SKEDY  TOE. 

V.      PRICKING   FROM  NAILS VI.      ACUTE     FOUNDER     OR    LAMINITIS. VII. 

CHRONIC  FOUNDER  OR  LAMINITIS. VIII.      PUMICED  FEET. 

I.    Corns. 

There  is  no  ailment  so  common  to  horses'  feet  as  corns.  Fully  nine- 
tenths  of  the  lameness  in  the  feet  are  from  this  source. 

Qauses. They  are  the  result  of  uneven  pressure  of  the  shoe,  too  much 

bearing  on  the  quarters,  especially  the  inner  one,  and  too  heavy  bearing 
on  the  heels.  This  results  from  the  shoes  being  left  on  too  long  without 
beiiu'-  reset,  and  the  feet  pared  down  and  the  heels  opened  to  remove  the 
surplus  growth  of  hoof,  that  would  be  worn  off  if  the  foot  were  not 
shod.  Corns  arc  often  caused  by  contraction  of  the  foet,  the  pressure 
on  the  walls  of  the  quarters,  by  the  contraction  of  the  hoof,  being  very 
great. 

It  is  necessary,  as  a  rule,  to  shoe  horses'  feet,  and  in  order  to 
keep  them  healthy  the  shoes  should  be  reset  about  once  a 
month,  the  sole  and  wall  reduced  to  their  proper  size,  heels 
opened,  and  the  ragged  surface,  if  any,  trimmed  off  the  frog. 
The  effect  of  the  too  heavy  bearing  on  the  quarters  and  heels  is 
SOLE  OF  A  ^Q  bruise  the  soft  parts  underneath,  giving  rise  to  soreness,  and 
s3il  a  after  a  day  or  two  a  reddish  or  puq^le  spot  will  appear,  varying 
rol'*fid[cI^  in  size  from  a  ten  cent  piece  to  that  of  a  quarter  of  a  dollar.  If 
\£g  L"  new  ^^^  bruising  is  light,  the  corn  may  become  caloused  and  remain  a 
constant  source  of  lameness,  but  not  very  severe,  for  a  long  time  ;  but, 
if  it  is  bad,  the  corn  soon  festers,  matter  forms  and  increases,  spreading 
in  all  directions,  till  it  gets  vent  either  by  being  opened  at  the  bottom,  or 
breaks  out  at  the  top  at  the  jmiction  of  the  hoof  and  hair,  forming  a 
quittor. 

How  to  know  it.— Li^meness  appears,  slight  at  first,  but  increasing 
very  fast  from  day  to  day.  The  horse  will  show  an  inclination  to  favor 
the  sore  quarter,  and  will  not  wear  the  shoe  quite  so  much  on  that  heel. 
By  applying  the  hand  to  the  foot,  you  will  notice  heat  in  the  sore  part. 

281 


282 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


^■^ 


FEET    OF    THE    HORSE    AND    THEIR   DISEASES.  288 

Tapping  the  foot  gently  with  a  hammer  will  make  the  horse  flinch  when 
the  sore  spot  is  reached,  and  he  will  point  the  foot  (thrust 
it  out  forward)  restingitonthe  toe,  raising  the  heels  com- 
pletely off  the  ground.  If  there  are  corns  on  ])oth  feet,  he 
will  change  feet,  mil  point  first  one,  then  the  other.  If 
the  corns  are  small  and  not  very  sore,  the  lameness  may 
diminish  with  travel,  so  that  when  well  warmed  up  he  will  sole  ok 
go  quite  sound,  till  he  stands  at  rest  again.     Then  he  will  *'^^'^' 

go  off  lamer  than  ever.  When  the  corn  is  festered,  he  will  poS/of  a'coTn""' 
be  very  lame,  indeed,  will  only  touch  the  toe  to  the  ground,  will  move 
with  the  greatest  difficulty  and  reluctance.  When  the  shoe  is  removed, 
you  will  find  the  purple  spot  in  the  quarter,  between  the  wall  and  the 
bar,  near  the  heel. 

What  to  do. — Remove  the  shoe,  pare  out  the  quarter  well,  so  as  tore- 
move  all  pressure,  and  let  out  any  matter  that  may  be  under  the  sole  ; 
then  put  the  foot  into  a  linseed  poultice  made  up  soft  with  hot  water. 
Leave  it  on  twenty-four  hours,  then  renew  it.  While  the  poultice  is 
off,  examine  the  foot  to  see  if  it  needs  any  more  paring  ;  if  the  hole  is 
deep,  you  will  need  to  cut  the  hoof  well  away  to  allow  the  matter  to  escape 
freely  ;  for  if  you  do  not,  it  will  work  up  through  to  the  top  of  the  hoof. 

Before  putting  the  poultice  on  again,  pour  into  the  corn  a  little  pure 
carbolic  acid,  or  turpentine,  or  dilute  nitric  acid — diluted  one-half  with 
water.  Dress  it  in  this  way  once  a  day  till  all  soreness  is  gone,  and  the 
horse  will  stand  on  the  foot   as  well  as  ever.     Then  leave  off  the  poultice. 

If  proud  flesh  comes  up  in  the  hole,  burn  it  down  with  powdered  blue 
vitriol.  The  hoof  you  have  pared  away  will  soon  grow  again.  When  it  has 
stopped  running,  apply  the  vitriol  once  a  day,  which  will  dry  and  heal  it. 
When  it  is  all  dry,  and  the  horse  walks  sound  on  the  foot,  put  on  a  bar 
shoe  to  protect  the  weak  quarter,  giving  the  frog  gentle  pressure  ;  pour 
warm  tar  into  the  hole,  and  stuff  oakum  or  tow  soaked  in  tar  under  the 
shoe.  When  shoeing  afterwards,  bear  in  mind  to  avoid  too  heavy  bear- 
ing on  the  heels.  When  that  quarter  has  grown  out  again,  and  is  strono^, 
the  bar  shoe  may  be  replaced,  by  an  open  one. 

If  the  foot  is  much  contracted,  take  the  bearing  off  the  quarters  by 
reducing  the  walls  a  little,  so  as  to  have  the  appearance  of  the  shoe  hav- 
mg  been  sprung  off  the  heels,  but  let  the  shoe  be  perfectly  level.  Open 
the  heels  well  up  towards  the  hair,  so  as  to  give  the  feet  a  chance  to 
spread  while  growing. 

When  a  foot  is  much  inclined  to  have  corns,  the  shoe  should  be  reset 
often — every  two  or  three  weeks — and  the  quarters  well  cleaned  out  each 
time. 

Extra  care  will  have  t»)  be  taken  of  the  feet  that  have  once  been  affec- 
t-ed  with  corns,  to  keep  them  soft.     Soak  them  in  a  tub  of  either  cold  or 


284  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTORc 

warm  water.  Some  add  salt,  soda,  etc. ,  but  it  is  better  clear,  as  the  only 
virtue  lies  in  the  moisture.  Many  of  the  substances  used  are  injurious  to 
the  hoofs,  by  making  them  brittle.  Or  pack  the  hoof  with  linseed  meal,  or 
oil-cake  meal,  wet  up  with  hot  water.  If  there  is  much  heat  and  fever, 
put  on  swabs,  either  made  of  felt  or  pieces  of  old  blanket  or  woolen  cloth, 
folded  and  tied  around  the  pastern,  and  left  to  hang  down  over  the  feet, 
and  wet  frequently  with  hot  water. 

A  horse  that  has  chronic  corns  can  be  cured  by  shoeing  him  with  tips  reach- 
ing half  way  back  to  the  heels,  letting  the  heels  come  to  the  ground  and 
take  wear.  This  gives  frog  pressure  also  and  spreads  the  quarters,  which 
will  in  time  gi'ow  the  corns  completely  out.  A  little  fly  blister  rubbed  into 
the  coronets  of  the  fore  feet  will  stimulate  a  healthy  growth  of  horn,  and  as- 
sist in  overcoming  the  conditions  of  the  hoof  that  helped  to  induce  the  corns. 

n.     Quitter. 
Quittor  is  the  name  given  to  a  disease  of  the  foot,  when  the  festering  of 
any  other  sore  works  up  through,  and  breaks  out  at  the  top  of  the  hoof  at 
the  junction  with  the  hair. 

Causes. — It  is  usually  the  result  of  a  neglected  corn,  prick  of  a  nail, 
gravel  getting  into  a  nail  hole,  or  a  festered  corn  working  up  through  to 
the  top  of  the  hoof. 

How  to  Know  It. — It  usually  occurs  on  the  quarters,  anywhere  from 
the  heels  to  two  or  three  inches  forward,  but  is  oftener  seen  on  the  inner 
quarter,  because  corns  are  most  often  found  there.  It 
makes  its  appearance,  after  the  horse  has  been  lame  for 
some  time,  by  swelling  at  the  coronet.  Sometimes  the 
first  active  swelling  of  the  part  is  as  large  as  a  hen's  egg. 
In  the  course  of  a  day  or  two  it  breaks  and  discharges 
In  active  suppuration,  matter,  whcu  the  horse  will  be  relieved  of  some  of  the 

before    the    pus    has  .  i  .    i      i 

broken  out  at  the  top.  pam,  which  has  bccu  very  intense  during  the  formation 
of  the  sore.  Sometimes  the  foot  can  scarcely  be  put  to  the  floor  at  all, 
and  may  be  kept  pawing  most  of  the  time.  After  the  quittor  has  been  run- 
ning two  or  three  days,  the  flesh  around  the  opening  will  turn  purple  and 
A  get  soft,  and  the  matter  will  spread,  extending  each  way, 

^^^^'■"Mm^      but  more  towards  the  front.     In  a  couple  of  weeks  pipes 
^wiSfil^B^     ^^^  have  formed,  pointing  downwards  in  all  directions, 
^^g^Mr      having  one  common  center  in  the  opening  at  the  top.     If 
^^^S^^^0     ^®*  alone,  the  walls  of  the  pipes  will  thicken  and  harden, 
A  QUITTOR.        and  the  enlargement  at  the  top  will  increase,  sometimes  to 
oiit  at  t1feiop°  ^"  the  size  of  a  man's  fist.     All  this  time  the  lameness  con- 
tinues very  great,  and,  if  allowed  to  run  on  for  three  months  or  more,  the 
foot  becomes  so  full  of  pipes  and  so  large,  hot  and  painful  as  to  require 


FEET   OF   THE    HORSE    AND   THEIR    DISEASES.  285 

very  persistent  and  thorough  treatment  to  stop  the  disease,  and  can  never  be 
reduced  to  its  natural  size  and  form.  In  extreme  cases  lameness  is  per- 
manent, with  a  tendency  of  the  toe  to  turn  up,  and  the  horse  walks  on  his  heel. 
What  to  do. — If  taken  as  soon  as  it  breaks  open  at  the  top,  poultice  the 
foot  for  twenty -four  hours,  to  soften  all  the  parts.  Then  give  the  diseased 
part  vent  at  the  bottom,  to  allow  the  matter,  if  any,  to  run  out  there  if  it 
will;  but  if  none  is  found  at  the  bottom,  do  not  cut  the  hoof  to  make  it 
bleed,  as  that  would  only  make  another  sore,  and  would  do  no  good.  Open 
it  freely  at  the  top;  probe  it  with  a  piece  of  smooth,  rounded  whalebone  to 
find  how  deep  the  hole  goes,  and  in  what  dii'ection.  Then  follow  the  probe 
down  with  the  knife,  and  open  right  out  and  down  the  hoof,  as  far  as  the 
hole  goes,  taking  out  a  V-shaped  piece  of  the  wall  to  allow  the  matter  to 
escape  at  the  bottom,  instead  of  making  it  come  out  at  the  top.  Scarify  the 
purple  flesh  to  set  up  a  healthy  inflannuation  in  the  part.  Then  sponge  it  out 
with  warm  water  to  cleanse  it,  and  follow  with  a  lotion  made  as  follows: 

No.  1.  2  Drachms  sulphate  of  copper, 

Yi  Pint  water. 
Mix. 

Inject  it  well  down  into  the  wound,  twice  a  day.     If  it  burns  and  causes 

a  scab  to  come  on  the  flesh,  dilute  it  a  little  after  using  it  three  or  four 

days.     If  after  a  week  or  ten  days  the  wound  does  not  appear  to  be  getting 

weU,  change  to  the  following: 

No.  2.  3  Drachms  sulphate  of  zinc, 

Yi  Pint  water. 
Mix. 

By  being  careful  that  the  opening  is  down  to  the  bottom  all  the  time,  to 
let  the  matter  out,  you  will  have  no  trouble  in  curing  it.  Keep  the  shoe 
otf  till  the  foot  is  well  enough  to  work ;  then  put  on  a  bar  shoe  so  as  to 
protect  the  weak  quarter. 

In  very  bad  cases,  in  which  there  are  several  pipes  running  in  as  many 

directions,  it  is  absolutely  necessary  to  open  up  each  one  fearlessly.     Then 

go  on  with  the  lotions  given  above,  and  change  occasionally  to  the  following: 

No.  3.  1  Drachm  corrosive  sublimate, 

Yz  Pint  water. 
Mix. 

In  long  continued  treatment  it  is  advisable  to  alternate  the  lotions,  one 
week  on,  and  one  oflf. 

The  hoof  will  grow  faster  on  account  of  the  inflammation  in  it,  so  that  it 
will  be  necessary  to  have  the  foot  pared  down  occasionally.  When  the 
discharge  is  all  dried  up  and  the  disease  cured,  blister  the  enlargement  to 
reduce  it.  After  the  blister  has  taken  hold,  grease  the  part  once  a  day, 
till  it  is  nearly  well,  then  repeat  the  blister.  Soak  the  foot  often,  and  pack 
it  with  oil-cake  meal  to  keep  it  soft. 


286  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

m.   Quarter  and  Sand  Cracks. 
These    are    cracks    in    the  hoof,   usually   lengthwise    of  the  fibres   of 
the  hoof,  though  sometimes  the  hoof  breaks  across  the  fibres  for  a  dis- 
tance of  an  inch  or  so.     But  the  crack  rarely  extends  through 
the  hoof  into  the  laminae,  or  quick,  consequently  it  does  not 
cause  lameness. 
^       Quarter   cracks    come    on  the  quarters,   usually  on  the  in- 
side, on  account  of  that  quarter  being  thinner  and    weaker 
than  the  outer  one. 

Sand  cracks  come  on  the  wall  of  the  foot,  anywhere  forward  of  the 
quarters,  and  are  so  called  on  account  of  their  l)eing  more  common  in 
sandy  parts  of  the  country. 

These  cracks  are  due  to  a  ])rittle  condition  of  the  lioof,  :ind  a  want  of 
elasticity  in  the  fibres. 

Causes. — Poor  assimilation,  or  faulty  distribution  of  the  food  and  a  want 
of  proper  imtrition  to  the  hoof,  are  principal  causes  giving  rise  to  a  slow 
growth.     AVhat  does  grow  is  hard,  brittle  and  inelastic.     Sometimes  the 
hoofs  become  cracked  from  the  heating,  drying  influences  of  sandy  roads, 
stony  pavements  in  cities,  and  long  continued  want  of 
moisture  to  the  feet.    When  the  feet  are  in  this  condition, 
any  severe  work  or  pounding  of  the  hoofs  is  liable  to  break 
them .  Racers  and  trotters  are  particularly  subject  to  them , 
because  the  tracks  are  sometimes  very  hard,  and  the  tre- 
mendous exertions  of  the  horses,  and  the  pounding  of  the 

Or  deficiency  of  the  ,  ,.       ,  .  i        i         ^ 

outer  wall.  fect  Oil  the  track,  are  peculiarly  trying  to  the  hoofs  ;  and 

unless  they  are  in  first-class  condition,  they  are  apt  to  crack. 

How  to  know  it. — A  crack  or  split  in  the  hoof,  it  may  be  only  at  the 
top  or  at  the  bottom,  and  very  short,  or  in  the  centre,  from  top  to  bot- 
tom ;  or  it  may  extend  clear  from  the  top  to  the  bottom.  It  may  extend 
inward  but  a  little  way,  or  it  may  be  deep,  clear  into  the  quick,  so  that 
the  soft  parts  are  pinched  between  the  edges  of  the  crack,  making  it  bleed 
and  causing  great  lameness.  The  lameness  may  come  on  gradually  or 
suddenly.  It  depends  upon  whether  the  crack  starts  on  the  surface  and 
increases  in  depth  with  every  strain,  or  whether  it  breaks  right  through 
to  the  quick  at  once.  In  the  latter  case,  the  horse  will  go  dead  lame 
immediately,  and  oftentimes  the  blood  will  run  from  the  crack.  But  in 
the  former  case  he  will  not  be  lame  till  the  crack  does  extend  through  to 
the  quick. 

As  in  all  cases  of  lameness  in  the  foot,  wheic  there  is  pain,  he  will 
point  the  foot,  that  is,  thrust  it  forward,  to  rest  it. 


FEET  OF  THE  HORSE  AND  THEIR  DISEASES. 


28-; 


Top  or  wall 


Iron  for  burmnq  hole:> 


Actual/,  thxckjvess 
ofwaJjts  of'JhOOt' 


w;              ^      v-< 

'/s 

\   0 

\ 

J^>     ^ 

\ 

<^<    ^y 

\ 

Quarter -crnrtc  witio  cross  cue 


Die  chnuf)  (i/id  naiJ  nmcdu-^  appliecL. 


Toe  crock.  tVaJl  removed  to  sfio^ 
nbsorptiorv  of  coffin   hone 


'Treated  by  cLainpuig  wUJv  nai/s 
\ 


Ocukcd^'fiaMs 


One  eJfect  of  Quarter   CracA 
OUAHTER-CRACK    AND  REMEDIES 


2<S8  0Yf;L01'EDIA  Ol'^  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


COiLtractc^  foot. 


SextLon.  across  ft^.  7  atx. 
7 


Badl}   u/rur(j  ctcdL  foot. 


Soujixl  biu.  t'/at  toou 

SOUND  AND  CONTRACTED  FEET. 


FEET   OF   THE    HORSE    ANB    THEIR    DISEASES.  289 

What  to  do. — Remove  the  shoe  and  reduce  the  wall  of  that  quarter,  to 
take  off  the  beaiiug.  If  it  is  broken  through  into  the  quick,  take  a 
sharp  shoeing  knife  and  pare  down  the  edges  of  the  crack  the  Avhole 
tength,  enough  to  relieve  the  pinching,  and  for  a  distance  of  half  an  inch 
on  each  side  of  the  crack,  to  make  it  more  pliable.  Then  take  either  a 
sharp  knife  or  a  red  hot  iron,  mth  an  edge  to  it,  and  cut  or  burn  across 
the  crack  at  the  top,  right  through  to  the  quick.  MaKe  the  cut  at  least 
an  inch  long ;  this  is  to  start  a  new  hoof  and  make  it  grow  down  sound 
and  naturally. 

If  the  crack  does  not  extend  clear  through  the  hoof,  it 
is  not  necessary  to  pare  away  the  edges.  If  there  is  no 
lameness,  you  may  be  certain  it  is  not  broken  through  into 
the  quick,  for  if  it  is  the  horse  will  go  lame.  It  is  a 
good  plan  to  cut  or  bum  across  the  crack  at  the  top,  and 
take  off  the  bearing  at  the  bottom,  but  do  not  cut  or  burn  ^uarteu  cuack 
so  deep  as  in  the  more  severe  case.  Then  have  a  plate  ^"bear'n^takei^off  a1 
either  of  brass,  copper  or  iron,  half  an  inch  wide,  and  saod.''°"°"''  ""^ 
an  inch  and  a  half  long,  screwed  on  across  the  crack ;  have  the  screws 
.about  a  quarter  of  an  inch  long,  and  screw  them  into  the  lioof ,  while  an 
assistant  draws  the  edges  of  the  crack  together  with  a 
pair  of  pinchers,  the  horse  at  the  time  standing  on  the 
other  foot  to  take  the  weight  off  the  one  operated  on. 

As  the  foot  grows,  the  plate  will  have  to  l)e  moved 
down,  about  once  a  month  or  six  weeks,  or,  i)erhaps,  not 

P-  ,1  .        ,  ,1  J.  ^1         1          J.   QUARTER  CRACK. 

oitener  than  once  m  two  months,  according  as  the  hoof 

f,  1  Showing-     the     hoof 

^  USt  or  slow.  broken  only  part  way 

"    ~i  n    n       1  1  IT  oi  11  "P»    dressed,    pared 

Jf  flesh  grows  up  between  the  edges  of  the  crack,  burn     and  shod. 
it  down  with  powdered  blue  vitriol,  applied  once  a  day.     When  it  is  dry 
and  the  soft  parts  are  healed  by  the  vitriol,  dress  it 
with  pine  tar  once  a  day. 

In  all  cases  blister  the  coronet  at  the  junction  of 
hoof  and  hair,  clear  around  from  heel  to  heel,  but 
do  not  blister  back  of  the  heels,  in  the  hollow  of 
the  pastern.  Let  the  blister  be  of  cantharides 
(Spanish  flies.) 

If  the  cracks  are  bad,  it  is  best  to  shoe  with  a 
bar  shoe,  which  should  be  reset  every  three  or  four 
weeks. 

CLOSING  A  nOOF  CRACK. 

Cracks  that  break  crosswise  of  the  hoof  seldom       By  the  use  of  thin  wire. 
amount   to    disability.     If   there    is    iny    flesh    exj^osed,    dress    it    with 


290 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AJSD  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOB, 


powdered  blue   vitriol    once    a  day,    till  it  is  dry,  then  with  tar.     No 


change  will  be  made  in  the  shoeing. 


FALSE  QUARTER. 


Relieved    of     bearing 
on  the  shoe. 


SAND  CRACK.     • 

Pared  away  at  the 
sides  and  bottom, 
to  remove  bearing 

'  also  method  of 
shoeing  with  clips 
to  support  sides  of 
crack. 


SAND  CRACK. 

Dressed,  shod  and 
bandaged  for 
work,  when  rest 
cannot  be  givon. 


IV.   Seedy  Toe. 

Seedy  toe  is  a  dry,  mealy  condition  of  the  wall  at  the  toe. 

Causes. — It  is  caused  ".sually  hy  bruising  of  the  toe,  by  the  clip  of  the 
shoe  being  pounded  into  the  toe  too  tightly ;  and  the 
bruised  part  takes  on  a  sort  of  dry  rot,  or  gangrene, 
which  extends  up  between  the  wall  and  the  laminae.  It 
causes  tenderness  of  the  foot  when  bad,  but  is  rarely  met 
with.     It  is  a  separation  of  the  tAvo  layers  of  horn  which 

SEEDY  TOE.  *  «     ,          ,  »  -,    •  r 

Showing  the  separation  composc  thc  crust  of  the  hoof,   rcsultmg  f  I'om  discase 
soft  plrTs^'underneaUi!  ^"6  to  bruises  or  faulty  condition  of  the  body. 

How  to  know  it. — When  the  shoe  is  removed,  a  mealy,  whitish-looking 
substance  will  be  seen  immediately  under  the  Avail,  at  the  toe,  running  up 
towards  the  hair,  sometimes  for  an  inch  or  so,  and  may  be  picked  or 
broken  down  easily  with  a  nail,  leaving  a  hollow  beneath  the  shell. 

What  to  do. — Pare  away  the  wall  at  the  toe  after  taking  off  the  shoe, 
so  as  to  remove  the  bearing  therefrom.  Pick  out  all  the  mealy  substance 
that  breaks  dowm  easily,  and  turn  in  warm  tar,  and  press  in  a  little  wad 
of  tow.  Replace  the  shoe,  and  apply  a  mild  blister  of  cautharides  to  the 
coronet. 


PEET  OF  THE   HORSE  AND  THEIB  DISEASES. 


291 


Prevention. — Avoid  pounding  the  clip  of  the  shoe  into  the  toe,  but  cut 
away  a  little  of  the  wall  to  form  a  hollow  place  for  it. 


DIAGRAM   OF  SHOE. 

Showing  clip  that  is 
hammered  into  the  toe, 
sometimes  causing 
seedy  toe. 


VIEW  OF  A  FOOT. 


Showing  toe  pared  to  receive  the 
clip  to  avoid  seedy  toe. 


V.    Pricking  from  Nails. 

Causes. — Pricking  may  come  from  a  nail  running  into  the  quick  when 
Bhoeing,  or  a  nail  may  be  picked  up  in  the  street.  It  is  often  dose  by  the 
horse  stepping  on  a  piece  of  board  containing  a  nail,  and  the  nail  is  often 
pulled  right  out  again  when  he  steps  off  the  board,  or  the  nail  may  be 
broken  off  inside. 

How  to  know  it. — Sudden  lameness  will  tell  you  that  something  serious 
is  wrong.  Pull  off  the  shoe  and  examine  the  foot  carefully.  If  one  of 
the  shoe-nails  has  punctm-ed  the  quick,  it  will  be  moist  and  black.  If  a 
nail  is  found  anywhere  in  the  foot,  pull  it  out  carefully,  so  as  not  to  break 
it  off.  If  it  should  be  broken  off,  pare  away  the  hoof  around  it,  and  get 
hold  of  it  with  nippers  and  pull  it  out. 

The  lameness  will  be  greater  or  less,  according  to  the  amount  of  injury 
done  ;  if  the  nail  wounds  the  tendon,  that  plays  over  the  navicular  joint 
in  the  foot,  or  pierces  the  navicular  joint,  the 
lameness  will  be  very  great,  long  continued  and 
sometimes  permanent.  In  many  of  these  cases 
there  is  high  fever,  great  pain,  restlessness,  blow- 
ing, redness  of  eyes,  and  the  horse  will  not  lie 
down.  He  wnll  paw  or  continuously  raise  the 
foot.  There  will  be  loss  of  appetite  in  some  cases, 
and  not  in  others  ;  the  flanks  will  be  tucked  up, 
and  every  evidence  of  intense  pain  will  be  shown, 
especially  if  the  wound  is  in  the  hind  foot,  and 
more  especially  if  the  navicular  joint  is  punctured,  pricking  from  nails. 
In  that  case  there  will  be  a  discharge  of  joint  oil,  showing  the  shoe  partly  nuiied  oft 
a  yellowish  watery  matter,  which  clots  like  blood  '^t^fi^VitriTJ^lr' "'''"'' 
aooQ  after  runnimr  out.    When  dressing  it,  you  will  find  clots  of  yellow- 


292  CTCL-OPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOK. 

ish,  amber-colored  matter  on  the  poultice.  In  bad  cases  the  leg  swells.- 
sometimes  to  the  body.  Great  heat  is  in  the  foot  and  leg,  and  pain  is 
shown  if  the  foot  is  tapped.  There  will  also  be  a  hard,  hot  swelling  in 
the  hollow  of  the  pastern  and  around  the  heels,  with  great  tenderness  to 
the  touch. 

All  these  symptoms  will  be  noticed  to  a  greater  or  less  extent,  accord- 
ing'to  the  amount  of  injury  done.  Cases  in  which  the  nail  does  not 
wound  the  joint  are  usually  simple. 

What  to  do. — When  you  have  removed  the  shoe,  and  found  where 
the  prick  is,  pare  out  the  hole,  and  around  it  a  little,  to  thin  the  hoof : 
this  Avill  relieve  the  pressure  when  it  begins  to  swell.  Then  turn  in  a 
small  quantity  of  solution  of  carbolic  acid,  one  part  of  acid  to  twenty 
of  water,  or  use  a  little  turpentine.  Either  will  tend  to  prevent  suppur- 
ation. Then  put  the  foot  into  a  boot,  or  bag  of  linseed  meal  poultice. 
Change  it  once  a  day  and  examine  the  wound  each  time,  to  see  that  any 
matter  that  forms  can  escape.      This  is  very  important. 

If  it  is  a  mild  case,  it  will  get  well  soon  and  the 
lameness  disappear,  when  the  horse  can  be  shod  and  gc 
to  work.  But  if  it  is  a  bad  case,  and  much  matter 
forms,  it  will  extend  under  the  hoof  and  spread.  In 
order  to  prevent  this  it  is  best  to  remove  that  part  of 
the  hoof  which  has  matter  under  it.  The  same  rule 
applies  to  the  frog ;  sometimes  the  matter  works  un- 
der the  entire  fros:,  and  it  has  to  come  off,  but  a  new 

THE     SOLE    OF    A  „  j-i    "" 

FOOT.  one  forms  readily, 

showinff  nail  wound  and       A  hot  poulticc  is  bcst,  cxccpt  whcu  there  is  an  open 
and  how  to  pare  it  out.  ^.^.^^^^  ^j^^^^^  ^^^^^  ^^^  ,^  ^^^j^  ^^^^^  instead.    At  cvcry  dress- 
ing apply  the  carbolic  lotion,  and  poultice  right  over  it. 

If  proud  flesh  comes  up,  keep  it  down  ^vith  powdered  blue  vitriol, 
applied  once  a  day ;  if  it  comes  up  suddenly,  as  large  as  your  thumb, 
you  can  cut  it  off  with  perfect  safety.  Then,  when  it  stops  bleeding, 
dress  it  with  the  vitriol.  As  soon  as  there  is  no  more  matter,  and  the 
lameness  is  nearly  gone,  leave  off  the  poultice  and  dress  it  once  a  day 
with  pine  tar. 

If  the  joint  is  opened,  in  addition  to  the  treatment  given  above  spread 
over  the  injured  part  of  the  foot,  and  also  in  the  hollow  of  the  pastern, 
Solid  Extract  of  Belladonna,  a  piece  as  large  as  your  little  finger-nail, 
once  a  day  and  let  the  poultice  go  on  cold,  right  over  it.  Continue 
/his  as  long  as  there  is  much  lameness.  If  there  is  much  fever,  give 
T^R'^t'ue  of  Aconite  Root  in  ten-drop  doses,  in  a  table-spoonful  of  cole 
orater  every  two  hours  until  the  horse  is  better. 


FEET   OF   THE   HORSE   AND   THEIR   DISEASES.  293 

No  change  need  be  made  in  the  shoeing,  except  to  stuff  tar  and  tow 
over  the  nail-hole,  under  the  shoe.  If  nail  wounds  are  neglected  lock 
jaw  is  very  apt  to  follow. 

VI.    Acute  Founder  or  Laminitis. 

Founder  is  of  two  kinds,  acute  and  chronic.  It  is  acute  where,  when 
it  first  takes  place,  all  the  symptoms  are  aggravated  and  the  disease  is 
attended  with  more  or  less  fever.  It  is  chronic  when  it  has  been  of  long 
standing  and  the  diseased  condition  has  taken  an  organized  form,  will 
remain  as  it  is  and  become  a  part  of  the  organized  system,  but  is  not 
attended  by  any  fever,  other  than  a  slight  local  heat. 

The  inner  surface  of  the  wall  of  the  hoof  has  horny  leaves  or  laminae, 
very  fine  and  near  together,  running  up  and  down.  On  the  outer  surface 
of  the  bone  of  the  foot  are  sensitive,  fleshy  leaves  that  dovetail,  as  it 
were,  into  the  leaves  on  the  wall  of  the  hoof.  On  these  leaves  is  borne 
the  weight  of  the  entire  body. 

Causes. — Sometimes  it  is  caused  by  overwork,  in  which  the  feet  are 
pounded,  and  sored  up,  causing  inflammation  in  tlie  leaves.  But  founder 
is  usually  a  metastatic  disease — one  that  originates  in  some 
other  part  of  the  body  and  goes  to  the  feet  by  a  peculiar  trans- 
ference called  metastasis.  It  may  originate  in  congestion  of  | 
the  lungs,  pleurisy,  inflammation  of  the  bowels  or  periton- 
eum (the  membrane  holding  the  bowels  in  place)  or  in  almost 
any  part  of  the  body.  Drinking  cold  water  when  warm,  or  ^^?^^,^^J" 
standing  in  a  draft  when  heated  will  cause  it.  sole. 

How  to  know  it. — The  acute  form  is  easily  recognized  b}^  f'^^^^'^^^^^'l^^'^ 
the  horse  being  in  great  pain,  persistently  standing  in  one  P^-^'ced foot. 
place,  as  if  riveted  there,  it  lacing  almost  impossible  to  move  him  an  inch 
in  any  direction,  especially  backward.  He  absolutely  cannot  back,  but 
will  hang  the  body  back,  throwing  most  of  the  weight  on  the  hind  legs, 
and  stretching  the  fore  legs  as  far  forward  as  possible.  If  the  animal 
tries  to  lift  a  foot  it  fails  and  acts  as  though  the  foot  were  fastened  to  the 
floor. 

The  pulse  is  quickened,  temperature  raised,  the  mucous  membianei 
become  red  and  injected  ;  the  breathing  is  quickened  as  though  there  were 
some  lung  trouble;  sweating  is  profuse,  he  will  not  lie  down,  and  the 
appetite  is  lost  for  the  time.  The  characteristic  symptom  i*  the  inability 
to  back  ;  if  you  try  to  force  the  animal  to  back,  it  will  swing  the  body 
back,  without  moving  the  feet.  When  thoroughly  exhausted  from  stand- 
ing, the  horse  will  drop  down,  and  will  lie  much  of  the  time  afterwards. 

The  inflammation  in  the  bones  of  the  hoof  is  followed  by  an  effusion  of 
water  which  severs  the   connection   between   the    leaves  by  maceration, 
19 


294 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


letting  the  toe  of  the  foot  drop  down,  forming  pumiced  foot,  if  it  is  aoft 
promptly  treated.    Pumiced  foot  is  incurable. 


POSITION  TAKEN  IN  ACUTE  FOUNDER. 

Sometimes  the  inflfimmation  goes  on  to  suppuration.  Matter  forms  and 
extends  around  the  hoofs,  often  causing  them  to  drop  off,  which  will 
take  place  in  the  course  of  three  to  six  weeks. 

Acute  founder  is  often  fatal  by  the  excessive  fever,  by  the  absorption 
of  pus  into  the  system,  causing  pyemia,  or  by  the  extreme  weakness  that 
follows  a  long,  lingering  case. 

What4o  do.— Give  a  dose  of  Kaw  Linseed  Oil,  one  Pint,  then  pull  off 
all  the  shoes  and  pare  down  the  walls   of  the  bare  feet,  so  as  to  let  him 


A  CONVENIENT  WAY  OF  SOAKING  THE  FEET  IN  HOT  WATER  IN  CASr 
OF  FOUNDER. 

stand  on  the  sole  and  frog.  If  the  feet  cannot  be  raised  to  remove  the 
shoes,  lay  him  down  and  then  remove  them.  Then,  if  standing,  put  him 
into  a  hot  foot  bath  all  around,  one  or  two  feet  at  a  time.     Let  the  water 


FEET  OF  THE  HORSE  AND  THEIR  DISEASES. 


295 


296  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


FEET   OF   THE   HORSE   AND   THEIR    DISEASES. 


297 


be  hot  for  each  one,  and  with  a  little  mustard  in  it.  Bathe  the  legs  with 
it  as  high  as  the  knees  and  hocks.  Leave  them  in  as  long  as  the  water 
remains  hot ;  then  take  them  out  and  put  each  foot  into  a  linseed  poultice, 
hot  and  soft,  and  bandage  the  legs  with  flannel.  Repeat  this  morning 
and  night  for  two  or  three  weeks,  or  until  the  soreness  is  nearly  all  gone 
from  the  feet.  Then  stand  him  in  a  clay  puddle,  daytimes,  and  take  him 
out  of  nights,  and  continue  this  as  long  as  there  is  any  stiffness.  It  will 
need  to  be  continued,  in  most  cases,  for  a  month  or  more.  Leave  the  shoes 
off  till  he  is  ready  to  work  again .  As  soon  as  the  feet  are  well  put  into 
poultices,  begin  on  the  following  mixture  : 

No  4.  1  Ounce  sweet  spirits  of  aiti'e, 

1  Dractim  tr.  aconite  root, 
1  Ounce  potash  nitrate, 
%,  Pint  water, 
Mix. 

Give  a  tablespoonf ul  every  two  hours,  until  the  fever  abates  and  the 
patient  becomes  comfortable  ;  then  drop  off  to  three  times  a  day.  Con- 
tinue this  for  about  a  week,  or  in  a  very  bad  case,  ten  days.  Feed  lightl}' 
on  warmmashes,  scalded  oats,  grass,  &c. 

VII.    Chronic  Pounder  or  Laminitis 

How  to  know  it. — ^The  chronic  form  is  a  modification  of  the  acute. 
In  bad  cases  you  will  notice  the  difiicult  backing ;  lameness  ;  pointing  of 
the  feet,  first  one  and  then  the  other ;  the  horse  goes  with  a  short, 
shambling  gait,  as  though  the  legs  were  all  stiff,  and  the  shoulders  are 


ACUTE    LAMINITIS     (Foundered), 
(Feet   close   together). 


thrown  forward,  giving  the  chest  the  appearance  of  being  drawn  in. 
Hence  the  mistake  some  make,  in  supposing  the  horse  to  be  chest-foun- 
dered.   There  is  no  such  thing,  it  is  always  in  the  feet. 


DEFORMED 


298  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AN1>  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

The  shoes  will  be  worn  off  more  at  the  heels,  and  when  pointing  them 
he  will  extend  the  feet  and  rest  them  on  the  heel,  turning  the  toes  up 
as  much  as  possible,  because  the  trouble  nearly  all  lies  in  the  toes. 

Horses  with  chronic  founder  will  choose  the  soft  parts 
of  the  road,  but  will  avoid  the  water  and  mud  holes  as 
much  as  possible.  In  feeling  of  the  feet  you  will  notice 
them  very  hot  nearly  all  the  time,  and  there  will  be 
^  rings  on  the  hoofs,  from  uneven  growth  of  horn.  The 
feet  will  very  soon  become  much  contracted  and  the 
HOOF.  hoofs  brittle. 

^tin^  'iXacu?e^''o;         WHot  to  do.— You  canuot  do  anything  to  cure  it,  but 
chronic  founder.  j^.  ^.^^^  ^iB  allcviatcd  by  kccpiug  the  feet  as  cool  and  soft 

as  possible  with  poultices, clay  puddles  and  foot  baths. 

In  addition,  rub  a  little  fly  blister  around  the  coronets  once  a  month, 
and  reset  the  shoes  often. 

VIII.    Pumiced  Peat. 

Causes. — When  the  inflammation  in  the  feet,  from  acute  laminitis,  is 
neglected,  or  allowed  to  run  on  several  days  before  the  proper  treatment 
is  applied,  the  connection  between  the  sensible  and  insensible  laminae, 
or  leaves,  is  destroyed  by  the  effusion  that  accumulates  between  thejn 
and  soaks  them  apart,  letting  the  toe  of  the  bone  tip  on  to  the  sole. , 
pushing  it  down  to  the  ground,  or  nearly  so,  and  making  the  lower  sur- 
face convex  instead  of  concave,  as  it  should  be.  Sometimes  the  toe  ot 
the  bone  will  be  punched  quite  through. 

How  to  know  it.  — Take  up  the  foot,  and  instead  of  seeing  a  nice,  cup- 
shaped  sole,  3'ou  will  find  it  bulged  down  towards  the  ground,  making  it 
oval  the  wrong  way.  If  the  bone  is  punching  through,  you  will  notice 
it,  and  it  will  leave  no  doubt  in  your  mind  as  to  what  it  is.  The  horse 
will  be  lame  with  all  the  characteristic  symptoms  of  chronic  founder. 

What  to  do. — Nothing  can  be  done  to  cure  it,  but  if  it  is  not  very  bad, 
careful  shoeing,  to  keep  all  pressure  off  the  sole,  by  means  of  a  shoe, 
well  concaved  on  the  bearing  surface,  will  help  to  keep  him  on  his  feet; 
then,  by  keeping  the  feet  as  cool  as  possible,  he  can  be  made  serviceable  for 
easy  work. 

When  the  toe  of  the  bone  pushes  through,  he  is  of  no  more  use,  and 
might  as  well  be  destroyed,  to  mercifully  put  him  out  of  his  misery. 


CHAPTER  HI. 

PEET  OP  THE  HOBSE  AND  THEIR  DISEASES,  CONTINUED. 


I.     THKUSH. II.      NAVICULAR  DISEASE. III.      CONTRACTION  OF  THE  FOOT. IT. 

GRAVEL. V.       CANKER. VI.       CALKS. VII.      FRACTURE   OP    THE   BONE   ©F 

THE   FOOT. VIII.     STONE   BRUISES. IX.      SIDE    BONE. 

I.    Thrush. 

Thrush  is  the  name  given  to  a  disease  of  the  frog.  It  is  a  rotting  or 
ulceration  of  the  frog,  and  is  attended  with  a  very  offensive,  black,  wat- 
ery discharge.  The  frog  rots  completely  off  sometimes,  and  extends 
down  in  the  cleft  between  the  heels,  to  a  depth  of  from  half  an  inch  to 
two  inches. 

Causes. — Uncleanliness,  standing  in  a  filthy  stable,  especially  in  their 
own  excrement.  The  filth  remaining  in  the  foot  a  long  time  and  exclud- 
ing the  air,  sets  up  decay  which  runs  into  ulceration. 

How  to  know  it. — The  ragged  frog,  offensive  smell,  black  discharge, 
deep  cleft  between  the  heels,  which  causes  them  to  drop  in  towards  each 
other,  making  them  look  very  much  contracted,  are  evident  signs.  In 
bad  cases  the  animal  sometimes  goes  lame,  but  not  in  mild  cases.  Still, 
great  harm  results  from  neglecting  it,  on  account  of  the  injury  to  the 
shape  of  the  foot. 

What  to  do.  ^Trim  off  all  the  ragged  parts  of  the  frog,  clean  out  all 
the  holes  and  crevices  with  a  case  knife,  or  some  similar  instrument,  then 
apply  a  linseed  poultice,  with  charcoal  powdered  over  the  surface.  After 
twenty-four  hours  clean  it  all  off,  and  dress  the  affected  f)arts  with  calo- 
mel well  introduced  into  all  the  cracks,  with  the  case  knife.  Repeat  this 
once  or  twice,  letting  a  day  intervene  between  the  applications.  When 
it  is  all  dried  up,  dress  the  part  with  pine  tar. 

Prevention. — Pick  out  the  feet  well,  each  day,  to  let  the  air  in  around 
the  frog,  which  is  necessary  to  keep  them  healthy. 

n.    Navicular  Disease. 

One  of  the  tendons  of  the  leg  {the  flexor  pedis  perforans)  passes 
down  the  back  of  the  leg  to  the  foot,  and  around  beneath  the  navicular 
bone  and  joint  of  the  foot,  that  lies  directly  above  the  frog.  The  tendon, 
passing  between  the  bone  and  the  frog,  attaches  itself  to  a  rough  hollow 
on  the  sole  of  the  coffin  bone.  Disease  in  that  part  of  the  tendon,  bone 
or  joint  is  navicular  disease- 

299 


300  CYCLOPEIrlA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

The  tendon  is  inflamed,  sore  and  swolen  ;  the  inflammation  extends  to 
the  joint  and  from  that  to  the  bone,  Avliich  becomes  rough  and  porous 
from  having  its  fatty  portion  al)sorbed.  The  edge  sometimes  gets  so 
sharp  and  rough  as  to  saw  through  the  tendon.  This  will  let  the  fetlock 
down  onto  the  ground,  and  the  toe  will  turn  up. 

Causes. — It  is  caused  by  a  very  severe  sprain  of  the  tendon  in  its  lower 
portion  ;  any  severe  bruise  on  the  frog  or  heels  ;  the  prick  of  a  nail  en- 
tering the  foot  far  enough  to  wound  the  tendon  or  joint ;  or  it  might  be 
caused  by  great  contraction,  the  hoof  pressing  on  the  ends  of  the  navi- 
cular bone,  interrupting  nutrition,  thereby  setting  up  disease. 

How  to  know  it. — There  will  be  lameness  of  a  peculiar  kind.  In  the 
earlier  stages  the  horse  will  go  out  quite  lame,  from  a  dryness  of  the 
joint,  but  will  improve  as  he  goes  farther,  though  not  so  as  to  go  sound  ; 
for  the  tendon  being  injured  it  would  be  impossible  for  the  lameness  to 
disappear  altogether  with  exercise.  He  Avill  wear  the  shoes  most  at  the 
toes,  will  point  the  feet  when  standing,  alternating  them  if  both  are  af- 
fected, and  rest  them  on  the  toes. 

As  the  disease  progresses,  the  gait  becomes  short,  and  the  horse  is  liable 
to  stumble,  going  too  much  on  his  toes,  forming  lameness  known  as 
groggy  lameness. 

Upon  pressure  of  the  thumb  down  into  the  hollow  of  the  pastern,  be- 
tween the  heels,  tenderness  will  be  noticed,  and  usually  some  swelling  ;  the 
hollow  will  be  tilled  up,  and  the  pastern  will  be  straightened  up,  nearer 
the  perpendicular  than  is  natural,  and  the  knees  will  soon  begin  to  go 
over. 

What  to  do.— When  the  first  symptoms  are  noticed,  viz  :  slight  lame- 
ness, with  inclination  to  stumble,  going  out  a  little  lame  and  soon  warm- 
ing out  of  it,  tenderness  to  pressure  in  the  hollow  of  the  pastern  and  to 
tapping  on  the  frog  and  heels,  take  off  the  shoes,  pare  out  the  feet  well, 
open  the  heels,  reduce  the  frog  a  little,  and  put  on  a  wide-webbed,  open 
shoe  with  the  heels  raised  half  an  inch,  to  take  off  the  bearino-  from  the 
heels  and  frog,  and  to  relieve  the  tension  on  the  tendon.  Then  put  the 
foot  into  a  hot,  soft,  linseed  poultice  ;  change  it  once  a  day,  and  continue 
it  right  along  for  a  couple  of  weeks. 

If  matter  should  show  itself  anywhere,  you  may  be  sure  you  have 
made  a  mistake  in  the  disease.  The  matter  must  come  from  a  nail  or  a 
corn,  for  matter  never  shows  itself  in  navicular  disease.  Trace  the  pus, 
if  any,  to  its  origin,  and  treat  it  as  prescribed  for  Pricks  from  Nails,  and 
Corns. 

After  ten  days  or  a  fortnight,  if  the  horse  is  better,  take  off  the  poul- 
tice and  apply  a  fly  blister  to  the  hollow  of  the  pastern,  if  it  is  swollen  ; 


FEET  OF  THE  HORSE  AND  THEIR  DISEASES. 


301 


if  not,  let  it  alone.  After  the  blister  has  been  on  for  twelve  hours, 
smear  fresh  lard  over  it.  Continue  this  once  a  day,  till  the  scabs  come  off ; 
then  turn  him  out  to  grass,  with  the  shoe  on,  but  reset  it  once  a  month, 
with  the  same  directions  carried  out  as  given  above. 

If  it  is  impracticable  to  turn  to  grass,  keep  the  foot  soft  for  a  couple 
of  months,  by  soaking  in  a  foot-bath,  or  poultice-boots  occasionally. 
He  had  better  not  be  worked  or  driven  during  this  treat- 
ment. Even  after  you  think  he  is  well,  the  high  heel  had 
better  be  continued  for  a  couple  of  months. 

If  this  does  not  cure,  the  next  thing  to  be  done  is  to 
have  a  frog  seton  inserted.  This  requires  the  skill 
of  a  qualified  veterinary  surgeon,  and  the  foot  must 
be  kept  in  a  poultice  boot  six  weeks.  A  long 
rest  and  proper  shoeing  afterwards  will  also  be  neces- 
necessary. 

In  all  chronic  cases,  or  those  that  will  not  yield  to 
treatment,  all  there  remains  to  be  done,  is  to  perform 
neurotomy.  This  also  requires  the  skill  of  the  surgeon  ; 
it  never  should  be  done,  except  as  a  last  resort,  and  when 
the  horse  is  useless  from  incurable  Ipmeness,  from  this  or 
any  other  disease  in  the  feet. 

III.    Contraction  of  the  Foot. 

Causes. — Contraction  is  thought  by  many  to  be  an  original  disease, 
coming  on  without  any  departure  from  a  healthy  foot  previouslj^ ;  but 
this  is  a  mistake,  except  in  very  rare  instances.  It  is  nearly  always  the 
effect  of  some  other  disease,  especially  when  bad.  Contraction  accom- 
panies navicular  disease,  corns,  founder,  sprains  of  the  tendons,  liga- 
ments and  muscles  of  the  leg  or  shoulder.  Any  long-standing  lame- 
ness, of  the  foot  or  leg,  is  always  accompanied  by  contraction  of  that  foot 
from  the  continual  rest  it  gets  in  being  favored  every  time  the  horse 
stops ;  when  standing,  he  always  points  that  foot,  and  rests  it  til] 
compelled  to  start  again.  At  the  same  time,  the  healthy  foot  expands  on 
account  of  getting  more  than  its  share  of  the  work  ;  so  it  is  only  a  ques- 
tion of  a  short  time  for  the  feet  to  become  very  uneven,  one  small  and  the 
other  large  ;  and  they  will  no  longer  be  mates.  When  you  see  this  con- 
dition you  may  look  for  chronic  lameness  ;  it  is  most  likely  to  be  in  the 
feet,  either  navicular  disease,  or  chronic  founder. 

But  contraction,  to  a  certain  extent,  is  the  inevitable  result  of  shoeing, 
A  colt's  foot,  before  being  shod,  is  large,  round  and  open-heeled,  the 
quarters  spread  out  like  wings,  and  the  whole  foot  on  the  under  side  hae 


DIAGRAM. 

Showing  Ihe  coursi. 
of  the  nerve  thai 
is  severed  in  neu- 
rotomy, a  is  the 
nerve  leading  tc 
frog. 


302 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


the  appearance  of  a  large  saucer.  In  shoeing,  the  quarters  have  to  be 
narrowed  more  than  the  toe,  because  they  are  spread  more,  and  in  their 
expanded  condition  cannot  bear  weight  on  a  shoe  ;  the  toe  gets  broken 
and  worn  off,  while  running,  so  it  never  spreads  to  the  same  extent  as  the 
quarters. 

The  cause  of  the  colt's  foot  being  so  round  and  open  is,  that  he  has 
run  on  the  turf  without  shoes,  the  feet  have  gathered  so  much  moisture, 
been  kept  so  soft,  stepping  on  the  earth  or  into  the  mud,  that  they 
act  like  a  sponge,  being  compressed  w^ien  stepped  on,  and  expanding  as 
soon  as  the  weight  is  relieved,  so  that  the  hoof  spreads  a  little  every  time 
the  foot  is  raised.  Another  reason  is,  the  foot  being  in  moisture  nearly 
all  the  time,  the  hoof  grows  faster,  and  extra  fast  growth  is  inclined  to 
spreading,  w^hereas  a  slow  growi,h  is  inclined  to  contraction  ;  and  as  soon 
as  the  colt  is  shod  and  put  to  work  the  slower  growth  of  the  hoof  begins, 
and  w^ith  it  contraction. 

Good  shoeing  will  do  a  great  deal  towards  preventing  contraction  and 
keeping  the  feet  in  good  condition  ;  and  bad  shoeing  will  ruin  a  foot  in 
very  little  time. 

n 


There  is  no  more  prolific  cause 
than  leaving  the  shoes  on  six, 
eight  or  twelve  weeks  without  being 
reset,  for  the  shoe,  being  nailed  to  the 
hoof,  compels  it  to  grow  down  in  the 
form  prescribed  by  the  shoe.  And 
when  it  is  removed,  and  the  hoof  pared 
down  to  its  natural  size,  you  will  find 
the  heels  very  much  contracted.  An- 
other common  cause  is  standing  on 
hard  floors,  allowing  the  feet  to  become  all  dried  up. 

What  to  do. — When  there  is  no  other  disease  in  the  foot,  and  con- 
traction comes  from  bad  or  neglected  shoeing,  pull  off  the  shoes,  pare  the 
feet  down  liberally,  so  as  to  be  able  to  press  the  sole  with  the  thumb, 
open  the  heels  right  up  to  the  soft  parts,  rasp  off  the  quarters  quite  thin, 
leave  the  frog  as  large  as  possible,  in  fact  do  not  touch  it  at  all.  Then 
rub  in  a  little  fly  blister  to  the  coronet,  smear  the  quarters  with  hoof  oint- 
ment once  a  day,  and  turn  out  to  pasture  on  soft  ground.  If  you  do  not 
wish  to  turn  the  horse  out,  the  shoes  may  be  put  on  again  ;  in  doing 
so,  let  them  be  plain  shoes  with  no  calks,  medium  weight,  perfectl}"  level 
on  the  bearing  surface,  and  beveled  off  to  avoid  bearing  on  the  sole. 
Reduce  the  quarters  so  as  to  relieve  them  of  any  bearing  on  the  shoe, 


SHOE  LEFT   ON   TOO    LONG. 


Causing  the  hoof  to  prow  over  the  shoe 
quarters,  and  to  contract. 


rEET   OF    THE    HORSE    AND    THEIR   DISEASES. 


303 


and  let  the  frog  come  right  down  to  the  ground.  Set  the  shoes  once  ev- 
ery three  or  four  weeks,  and  repeat  the  above  treatment  each  time,  and  in 
the  course  of  three  or  four  months,  you  will  have  a  decent  foot.  There 
are  several  methods  of  spreading  the  heels  by  force,  but  in  the  long  run 
they  are  all  impracticable,  and  cannot  be  recommended.  In  addition  to 
the  above  treatment,  the  feet  may  be  packed  with  any  soft  packing,  or  a 
wet  sponge  held  to  the  sole  by  any  one  of  the  many  devices  for  that  pur- 
pose ;  or  the  horse  may  be  stood  in  a  soak  tub  of  either  hot  or  cold  water 
f.  couple  of  hours  in  the  forenoon,  and  the  same  in  the  afternoon  ;  or 
i  tand  him  in  a  clay  puddle,  as  prescribed  for  founder. 


A  LOW  HEELED,  FLAT  FOOT. 
Seldom  afflicted  with  contraction 


A      STRONG,      UPRIGHT, 
HIGH    HEELED     FOOT. 

Predisposed  to  contraction. 


rv.    Gravel. 

Causes.— Gravel  is  apt  to  work  up  into  a  sore  of  any  kind  in  the  foot, 
and  cause'great  pain,  irritation  and  lameness.  It  often  gets  into  a  corn, 
or  into  a  nail  hole,  made  either  by  a  prick  in  shoeing,  or  by  a  nail  picked 
up  in  the  road.  It  may  get  into  a  quarter  crack,  calk,  or  any  wound 
whatever,  and  always  causes  an  increased  inflammation,  and  aggravates 
any  existing  difficulty. 

How  to  know  it.— Examine  the  wound  carefully,  to  avoid  pushing  the 
gravel  farther  in.  Jt  will  be  readily  detected  by  feeling  hard,  grating 
grains  in  the  wound,  or  by  the  dirty  appearance  of  the  wound  itself  ;  it 
will  look  black  and  unhealthy. 

If  neglected,  it  will  work  up  through  and  break  out  at  the  top,  forming 
a  quitton  It  sometimes  gets  into  a  crack  that  forms  between  the  wall 
of  the  quarter  and  the  sole,  either  from  the  sole  shrinking  away  from  the 
wall,  or  the  wall  being  broken  away  from  the  sole. 

What  to  do.— Trim  the  hoof  away  around  the  opening,  ao  as  to  have 
plenty  of  room,  then  wash  it  out,  rinse  it  out  with  a  syringe,  by  shooting 


104 


CrrCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AN1>  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


the  water  into  the  hole  with  some  force  ;  then  dig  it  all  out  carefully,  and 
inject  into  it  carbolic  lotion  : 


No.  6. 


1  Part  carbolic  acid, 
30  Parts  water. 
Mix. 


Then  a[)ply  a  poultice,  hot  and  soft.  Repeat  this  once  a  day  till  the  hole 
is  filled  up  with  sound,  healthy  flesh.  Then  a[)ply  the  treatment  pre- 
scribed for  corns. 

V.  Canker. 

When  any  extensive  disease  of  the  feet  necessitates  the  exposure  of 
much  of  the  soft  structures,  instead  of  the  flesh  becoming  nicely  covered 
with  hoof,  and  coming  out  smooth,  it  sometimes  sprouts  up  into  a  shreddy, 
leathery  substance,  that  will  not  grow  together  and  form  hoof,  but  remains 
spongy,  enlarged,  soft  and  tender. 


CANKER  OF  THE  SOLE. 

The    horny   sole   being  re- 
moved. 


CANKEK  OF  THE  FROG. 


The  horn  laid  back  to  show 
the  diseased  parts. 


Causes. — Neglected  or  badly  treated  wounds,  they  boing  also  affected 
by  the  air  in  which  the  horse  is  kept  during  the  healing  of  them  ;  low, 
damp,  dirty  stables,  without  drainage  or  ventilation ;  and  the  horse 
standing  in  his  own  excrement  during  their  treatment. 

It  is  more  common  among  draft  horses  and  those  of  a  phlegmatic 
nature. 

How  to  know  it. — By  the  uneven  surface,  growing  up  in  leaves  that 
extend  down,  sometimes  from  a  half  to  three  quarters  of  an  inch. 

What  to  do. — Bad  cases  are  usually  considered  incurable  ;  when  such 
exist,  the  foot  never  can  be  made  to  grow  into  a  tine,  solid  hoof.  But  in 
most  cases  the  disease  will  yield  to  proper  treatment. 

Pare  away  all  you  can  without  bleeding  it;  then  dress  it  with  pow- 
dered blue  vitriol.  Keep  the  sole  and  all  diseased  portions  dry  ;  this  is  most 
important,  as  moisture  prevents  a  solid  growth,  and  promotes  a  fungous 
growth.    If  any  pas  comes  out  between  the  leaves,  insert,  well  down  into 


FEET  OF  THE   HORSE   AND   THEIR   DISEASES.  305 

the  hole,  a  stick  of  lunar  caustic.  Dress  it  in  this  way  once  a  day  till  the 
leaves  are  all  reduced  to  a  solid  surface,  then,  if  it  is  raw  flesh,  and  not  too 
prominent,  apply  burnt  alum  or  air-slacked  lime,  alternating  them 
occasionally  with  the  vitriol.  Keep  the  sore  part  perfectly  dry  all  the 
time. 

When  it  is  well  started,  and  good  quality  of  hoof  is  growing,  dress  it 
with  pine  tar  and  tow.  The  horse  may  be  shod  as  soon  as  it  is  well 
enough  to  be  dressed  with  the  tar  ;  before  that  time  the  shoe  is  better  off, 
the  foot  being  in  a  canvas  bag  and  the  horse  running  in  a  box  stall. 

VI.    Calks. 

Causes. — Calks  are  cuts  and  bruises  on  the  coronet,  or  soft  parts  above 
it,  caused  by  one  foot  stepping  upon  the  other,  and  the  calk  of  the  shoe, 
if  sharp,  cuts  into  the  flesh.  It  is  most  common  in  fall,  winter  and 
spring,  when  mud  and  snow  are  deep  •  the  horse  getting  stuck  is  almost 
Bure  to  step  on  his  own  feet. 


CALKS  OR  TREADS  ON  THE  CORONET. 

What  to  do. — If  the  wound  is  in  the  skin,  and  of  any  length  beyond 
one  inch,  take  a  stitch  in  it,  or  more  if  needed.  Put  the  stitches  half  an 
inch  apart,  first  clipping  off  the  hair  along  the  edges  of  the  wound.  If 
any  artery  is  cut,  so  as  to  bleed  a  stream,  put  a  dry  sponge  over  it  and 
bandage  with  a  coarse  cotton  bandage,  tight ;  leave  it  on  ten  or  twelve 
hours,  then  remove  and  dress  with  the  carbolic  lotion : 

No.  6.  >^  Ounce  carbolic  acid, 

I  Pint  water, 
Mix. 

Sop  it  on  and  bandage  just  tight  enough  to  keep  the  parts  in  their  proper 
position.  Remove  the  bandage  twice  a  day,  wash  the  wound  with  warm 
water  and  castile  soap,  and  dress  with  the  above  lotion. 

When  the  edges  are  united,  or  if  the  stitches  tear  out,  which  they  are 
very  apt  to  do,  and  expose  a  raw  surface,  apply  the  White  lotion: 

No.  7.  6  Drachms  sulphate  of  zinc, 

1  Ounce  sugar  of  lead, 
1  Pint  water, 
Mix  and  shake. 


306  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  lilVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

Dress  the  wound  with  this  three  times  a  day,  washing  it  as  often  as 
necessary  to  keep  it  clear  of  pus.  If  the  wound  is  inclined  to  gape  open, 
continue  the  bandage  a  few  days. 

If  the  calk  is  in  the  coronet,  running  down  under  the  hoof,  it  will  fes- 
ter, and  pus  will  accumulate  and  cause  great  lameness ;  the  part  will 
swell,  and  will  be  red,  hot  and  tender  to  the  touch  ;  the  lameness  being 
so  great  in  some  cases  as  to  prevent  the  animal  putting  the  foot  to  the 
ground  at  all. 

Pare  away  all  ragged  edges,  and  as  much  of  the  hoof,  following  the 
sore  down,  as  confines  any  pus  ;  remove  any  hair  or  other  foreign  matter 
that  may  have  got  into  it ;  then  apply  a  poultice,  after  dressing  with  the 
carbolic  lotion.  No.  6.  Change  the  poultice  twice  a  day,  using  the  car- 
bolic lotion  each  time,  and  examine  the  wound  carefully  to  ascertain  if 
there  is  a  sack  or  pocket  containing  pus  below  where  it  is  pared  out. 
The  hoof  needs  to  be  reduced  to  the  bottom  of  the  wound  and  kept  so. 
Continue  the  poultice  until  the  hole  fills  up,  and  the  lameness  is  nearly  or 
quite  gone ;  then  discontinue  the  poultice  and  dress  three  times  a  day 
with  the  White  lotion.  No.  7. 

Lay  the  horse  up  till  the  wound  is  well  enough  not  to  be  injured  by 
sand  getting  into  it.  If  any  proud  flesh  springs  up,  burn  it  down  with 
burnt  alum. 

When  the  hoof  is  growing  down,  apply  a  mild  blister  of  flies  to  the 
coronet,  and  trim  the  new  growth  from  time  to  time  to  keep  it  smooth. 

The  flesh  which  fills  up  the  hole  in  the  hoof  must  be  kept  down  even 
with  the  deep  edge  of  the  old  hoof,  otherwise  the  edges  press  against 
the  flesh  and  prevent  it  from  healing. 

Vn.    Fraotare  of  the  Bone  of  the  Foot. 

Causes. — This  does  not  occur  very  often,  but  we  see  it  occasionally. 
It  is  caused  by  striking  the  foot  with  great  force  against  any  hard  sub- 
stance, especially  if  the  foot  receives  the  blow  on  the  quarter.  The  bone 
of  the  foot  may  also  be  fractured  by  being  run  over  with  a  loaded  wagon  ; 
or  by  being  stepped  on  by  a  heavy  horse,  the  foot  coming  on  the  top  of 
the  hoof  in  front  breaks  the  pyramidal  process,  (the  point  rising  from 
(he  center  of  the  coffin  bone.) 

How  to  Know  it. — Extreme  lameness  comes  on  suddenly,  soon  after 
the  accident,  and  increases  with  time.  The  foot  swells  around  the  coro- 
net, and  is  very  tender,  and  the  horse  will  not  put  any  weight  on  it  at  all. 

What  to  do. — Remove  the  shoe  and  ascertain,  if  possible,  the  location 
of  the  injury  by  pressure,  tapping  and  pinching ;  then  pare  or  file  away 


FEET   OF   THli:    HORSE   AND   THEIR   DISEASES. 


307 


the  hoof  over  the  spot,  so  as  to  give  it  a  chance  to  swell  and  relieve  the 

pressure.     Put  the  foot  into  a  poultice  ;  change  it  once  a  day,  and  relieve 

the  pain  as  much  as  possible  by  paring  away  all  the 

hoof  you  can  over  and  around  the  part ;  it  will 

grow  again  long  before  the  horse  is  fit  to  work. 

If  any  hole  forms  for  the  escape  of  the  pus,  you 

may  be  sure  there  is  a  broken  piece  of  bone  that 

is  acting  as  an  irritant,  and  must  be  removed. 

Follow  down  the  hole,  paring  away  the  hoof  as 

much  as  is  necessary  to  remove  all  detached  pieces, 

for  every  piece  that  is  separated  from  the  main 

body  will  have  to  come  out. 

When  all  the  pieces  are  removed,  dress  with  the  carbolic  lotion.  No.  6, 
iwice  a  day,  letting  the  poultice  come  over  it  until  the  discharge  is  stop- 
ped, and  the  hole  filled  up  with  flesh.  Then  dress  it  with  the  White  lo- 
lion.  No.  7,  three  times  a  day.  Trim  the  new  hoof  as  it  grows  to  make  it 
frrovr  down  as  evenly  as  possible.  When  sufficiently  healed  to  be  safe  to 
turn  him  out,  do  so,  and  let  him  run  two  or  three  months.  In  most  cases 
the  wound  will  fill  up  and  heal  with  very  little  trouble,  and  the  foot  will 
be  nearly  as  good  as  before. 


DIAGRAM  OF  FOOT. 

Showing  the  position  of  the  cof- 
fin  bone,  which  is  often  frac- 
tured. 


vm.    stone  Bruises. 

Causes. — Bruises  are  often  found  on  the  feet,  especially  around  the 
heels.  They  are  usually  caused  by  stepping  on  round  or  pointed  stones, 
or  other  hard  substance.  Sometimes  they  are  slight  and  get  well  without 
any  treatment  other  than  a  day  or  two  of  rest. 
But  sometimes  they  result  seriously,  when  the 
bruise  is  so  deep  that  suppuration  takes  place,  and 
is  liable  to  spread  or  work  up  through  and  break 
out  at  the  top,  like  a  corn .  Sometimes  the  bruise 
is  so  severe  as  to  destroy  the  life  of  the  soft 
parts  undemeatli,  causing  them  to  slough  out 
bodily  as  soon  as  the  hoof  over  the  spot  is 
removed,  leaving  a  hole  large  enough  to  put  your 
finger  into.  Sometimes  it  comes  by  a  very  hard 
blow  on  the  heel  of  the  shoe,  which  bruises  the 
quarter,  and  all  of  its  attachments,  from  the  bone, 
60  that  a  core  as  large  as  the  end  of  your  thumb 
sloughs  off  the  wing  of  the  coffin  bone.  When  the  injury  is  so  great  it 
must  be  promptly  treated,  or  it  will  break  out  at  the  top  and  form  a 
qaittor. 


BOTTOM  OF  FOOT. 


Showing  a  stone  caught  between 
the  sole  and  shoe- 


308  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

How  to  know  it. — There  will  be  lameness,  according  to  the  extent  of 
the  injury.  Upon  examination  a  tender  spot  is  found  on  the  sole  or  frog, 
or  on  one  of  the  heels.  Lameness  increases  from  day  to  day.  \Vlien 
the  shoe  is  removed  no  nail  hole  is  found,  nor  any  discoloration  denoting 
a  corn  ;  but  the  tender  spot  exists  ;  it  is  not  where  tenderness  from  navic- 
ular disease  would  be  found,  therefore  you  come  to  the  conclusion  that 
it  is  a  bruise. 

What  to  do. — The  shoe  being  removed,  put  the  foot  into  a  poultice  for 
twenty-four  hours.  Then  pare  down  on  the  bruised  spot  and  liberate 
any  pus  that  may  have  formed  ;  if  none  is  found  without  cutting  too 
deep,  replace  the  poultice  and  tr}'^  again  the  next  day.  A  pair  of  pinch- 
ers will  help  to  locate  the  bruise  l)y  pinching  all  around  the  foot.  If  the 
tissue  is  bruised  off  the  wing  of  the  coffin  bone,  it  will  come  out  like  a 
core  when  it  is  sufficientl}^  rotted  and  the  sole  is  cut  away  underneath  ;  if 
it  is  not  cut  away  the  disease  will  go  on  and  break  out  at  the  top  of  the 
hoof. 

When  the  core  is  taken  out,  dress  it 
with  the  carbolic  lotion,  No.  6,  and  replace  the 
poultice.  Continue  this  treatment  till  the  hole 
is  filled  up  with  sound,  healthy  flesh.  Then  dry 
it  up  with  pondered  blue  vitriol  by  applying  it 
once  a  day  ;  omitting  the  poultice  and  leaving  the 
sole  dry,  but  keep  the  foot  cool  and  soft  with 
DIAGRAM  OF  A  FOOT.         ^^^^^^  ^-^^  sLVound  the  Wall  of  the  foot,  and  wet 

^'ffn'^'K°^o^te°n°badiy ^bruised     ^ith  cold  watcr  scvcral  times  a  day.     When  dry, 

and   som'etimes  fractured.  ^Jj.ggg  ^^J-^  ^^^j.  ^^-^^  ^^^  ^^^  p^|.  ^^  ^^^^  g^iOe  SO  aS 

to  protect  the  weak  spot ;  do  not  have  any  bearing  on  that  portion, 

IX.    Side  Bone. 

Side  bone  is  a  hardening  of  the  lateral  cartilages  of  the  fore  feet. 
These  cartilages  are  situated  in  the  quarters  of  the  feet,  one  on  each 
side,  and  are  attached  to  the  wings  of  the  coffin  bone.  They  extend 
above  the  quarters  of  the  hoof,  are  covered  only  with  the  skin,  and  can 
be  felt  readily  ;  they  are  found  to  be  very  pliable  in  health,  but  are  per- 
fectly solid  in  cases  of  side  bone,  being  ossified.  They  are  the  resuH  of 
inflammation  in  the  lateral  cartilages. 

Causes. — Any  severe  injury  to  the  quarter,  by  the  horse  stepping  on 
his  own  feet,  getting  the  foot  caught  under  a  root  in  a  woody  pasture, 
contraction  of  the  heels  setting  up  inflammation  by  undue  pressure,  quit- 
tor,  very  severe  nail  wounds,  or  severe  bruising  of  the  heels  ;anditoftei> 
accompanies  navicular  disease. 


FEET  OF  THE  HORSE  AND  THEIR  DISEASES. 


309 


How  to  know  it. — The  quarters  are  enlarged  upwards  from  the  hoof, 
are  as  hard  as  bone,  and  perfectly  inelastic.  In  the  early  stage  there  mil 
be  heat,  soreness,  pain  upon  pressure,  and  lameness. 

What  to  do. — AVhen  the  quarters  have  been  bruised  or  injured,  in  any 
way,  foment  with  hot  water  in  cold  weather,  and  cold  water  in  hot  weather. 
Apply  the  water  as  continuously  as  possible,  and  wrap  them  in  woolen 


BigTit  fUting.  Wix>ng  fiUing. 

RIGHT  AND  WRONG  FITTING  SHOES. 


cloths  saturated  with  water  between  the  times  of  bathing.  When  the  sore- 
ness has  left  them,  and  there  is  no  more  lameness,  discontinue  the  water 
treatment,  and  apply  a  fly  blister  over  the  spots.  This  will  cause  any 
remnants  of  inflammation  to  be  absorbed.  After  they  are  once  thoroughly 
hard  they  seldom  or  never  cause  any  further  lameness,  but  there  will  al- 
ways be  a  clumsy,  stiff  action,  due  to  a  want  of  elasticity. 


CHAPTER  IV. 
SHOEING  AND  CARE  OF  THE  FEET, 


I.      WHAT  A  SHOER  CAN  DO. II.     HOW  TO  PREPARE  THE  FOOT  FOR  THE  SHOE. III. 

WHERE  THE  BEARING  SHOULD  REST. IV.    WEIGHT  OF  SHOES  AND  HOW  TO  FIT 

THEM. V.      CARE  OF  THE  FEET  IN  THE    STABLE. VI.      THE    FLOOR  OF   THE 

STALL. 

I.    What  a  Shoer  Can  Do. 

Horse  shoeing  is  a  trade  in  which  a  great  deal  of  skill  can  be  exhibited. 
A  good  shoer  can  keep  the  feet  in  the  very  best  condition  as  far  as  shoe- 
ing is  concerned,  and  a  poor  one  can  ruin  a  set  of  feet  in  a  very  short 
time. 

n.   How  to  Prepare  the  Foot  for  the  Shoe. 

The  foot  should  be  carefully  prepared  by  being  rasped  down  to  its 
proper  size  and  all  superfluous  growth  of  wall  and  sole  removed.  To  do 
this  requires  judgment,  for  there  are  scarcely  two  feet  alike.  Some  grow 
faster  than  others  ;  some  are  high-heeled  and  some  low,  some  have  thick 
soles  and  are  very  concave,  while  others  have  thin  soles  and  are  flat.  Flat- 
footed  horses  have  the  latter,  and  the  extreme  in  the  other  direction  is 
seen  in  the  club-foot.  In  flat  feet  the  toes  are  long  and  thin  and  are 
spread  out,  the  heels  low  and  soles  thin.  In  club-feet  the  toe  is  short, 
the  wall  straight,  almost  pei-pendicular,  the  heels  high  and  strong.,  and 
the  soles  thick.  The  flat  foot  needs  very  little  paring  and  is  seldom 
afiiicted  with  contraction,  while  the  strong  foot  is  very  prone  to  contrac- 
tion and  needs  considerable  trimming  to  prepare  it  for  the  shoe.  The 
flat  foot  is  more  subject  to  laminitis,  bruises,  pricking  and  gravel ;  the 
strong  one  to  corns,  quittor,  contraction  and  navicular  disease.  Both  the 
flat  foot  and  the  strong  foot  are  objectionable  ;  the  medium  is  the  best 
foot. 

310 


SHOEING  AND  CARE  OF   THE  FEET. 


311 


III.  Where  the  Bearing  Should  Rest. 
In  paring  the  foot  for  the  shoe,  the  wall  wants  to  receive  the  most  of 
the  bearing,  though  the  sole  near  the  wall  can  take  some  of  it.  The 
heels  ought  to  be  lowered  the  least  trifle  to  reduce  their  bearing,  and 
should  be  opened  about  half  way  up  to  the  hair  in  a  V  shaped  manner  to 
allow  the  foot  to  expand  a  little  every  time  the  weight  comes  on  it,  so  as 
to  avoid  as  much  as  possible  the  evil  of  contraction,  which,  as  already 
stated,  is  the  inevitable  accompaniment,  more  or  less,  of  shoeing  in  all 
cases.  If  there  are  any  ragged  edires  on  the  frog,  trim  them  off,  other- 
wise the  frog  need  not  be  touched. 

IV.    Weight  of  Shoes  and  How  to  Pit  Them. 

In  making  the  shoe  it  should  be  perfectly  level  on  the  bearing  surface, 
beveled  off  gently  all  around  from  about  three-eighths  of  an  inch  from 
the  outside  to  the  inside,  so  as  to  avoid  giving  any  bearing  on  the  sole, 
and  to  facilitate  the  removal  of  any  gravel  that  might  work  in  between 
the  shoe  and  sole.  Let  it  be  of  good  length,  and  of  a  weight  to  suit  the 
horse  ;  some  require  heavy  and  some  light 
shoes.  Fore  shoes  vary  in  weight  from 
ten  to  twenty  ounces ;  hind  ones,  from 
eight  to  twelve  ounces.  On  the 
ground  surface  it  is  well  to  bevel  towards 
the  centre,  thereby  widening  the  web 
which  protects  the  sole  from  bruises  and 
pricking  from  nails.  Let  the  toe  be 
rounded  off  for  driving  horses  to  prevent 


as  their  work  will  allow.  The  driving 
horse  is  usually  better  on  a  plain  shoe, 
while  the  draft  horse  needs  calks  to  give 
him  a  purchase  on  the  ground  so  as  to 
pull  heavy  loads.  The  hind  shoes  are 
best  with  a  small  toe  calk,  and  the  heels 
raised  by  leaving  the  shoe  a  little  thicker 
to  level  it  up  to  the  toe  calk. 

Shoeing  for  diseased  feet,  (pathalogi- 
cal  shoeing, )  has  been  treated  on  in  con- 
nection with  the  diseases  of  the  feet  in 
the  two  preceding  chapters. 

In  finishing  off  a  foot  with  the  rasp,  after  shoeing,  the  wall  should  not 
be  rasped  above  the  nail  clinches,  as  it  destroys  the  oily,  unctious  cover- 
ing that  is  there  to  keep  the  fibers  tough  and  pliable,  and  prevent  sand 
crack. 


THE  CRAMPON,  TO  PREVENT  HORSES 
SLIPPIMG  IN  FROSTY  WEATHER. 


312 


CTCLOrJ£DIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPI^TE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


V.    Care  of  the  Feet  in  the  Stable. 


A  PLAIN    SHOE. 


With  large,  sharp-headed  nai 
winter  use. 


Care  of  the  feet  in  the  stable  has  a  great 
influence  on  their  health.  Horses  that  are 
kept  on  floors  and  pavements  continually, 
and  even  country  horses  in  dry  weath- 
er, should  have  the  feet  either  soaked 
out  in  a  foot  bath  or  clay  puddle,  or 
packed  with  moist  sponge  or  oil-cake  meal 
two  or  three  times  a  week.  If  it  is  not  done, 
they  dry  and  contract  from  want  of  moisture, 
get  brittle,  and  have  sand  and  quarter  cracks, 
and  lose  nearly  all  toughness.  When  the  hoof 
is  brittle  and  inclined  to  crack,  in  addition  to 
the  above,  a  hoof  ointment,  made  and  ap- 
plied  as  follows  is  beneficial : 


No.  8. 


4  Fluid  ounces  pine  tar, 
4  Fluid  ounces  whale  oil, 
Mix. 


Rub  a  little  well  into  the  coronet  and  upper  part  of  the  hoof  once  a  aay, 
If  the  ointment  gets  too  thin  in  warm  weather,  a  couple  of  ounces  of  mut- 
ton tallow  may  be  added  to  give  it  a  better  consistency. 

VT.    The  Floor  of  the  Stall. 


Confinement  to  the  stable,  even  under  the  most  favorable  circumstan- 
ces, has  a  tendency  to  produce  diseases  of  the  feet,  such  as  are  compara- 
tively rare  among  farm  horses  which  enjoy  constant  exercise  at  work  or 
running  in  the  pasture.  The  anatomy  of  the 
horse's  foot  is  such  that  exercise  is  absolutely 
necessary  to  keep  up  the  circulation  of  blood 
under  the  hoof,  and  the  bad  effects  of  inaction  are 
only  aggravated  by  requiring  the  animal  to  stand 
on  an  unnecessarily  hard  surface.  The  confined 
horse  endeavors  to  supply  the  lack  of  outdoor 
exercise  by  stamping  and  pawhig,  and  should  have 
a  soft  surface  of  eailh  or  sawdust  to  paw  upon. 
Pawing  and  stamping  serve  the  specific  purpose  of 
keeping  the  blood  moving  under  the  hoof  ;  crib-biting  on  the  other  hand 
is  often  merely  an  exhibition  of  the  restlessness  an  active  animal 
feels  at  being  cooped  up. 


VEINS    OF     THE    HOUSE'S 
FOOT. 

The  network  of  veins  without 
valves  situated  immediately 
under  the  secretive  membrane 
of  the  hoof. 


SHOEING  AND  CARE  OF  THE  FEET. 


313 


Side  view  of  a  Fore  Hoof  shod  so  as  to  quicken  the 
action  in  a  forger.  Note  the  short  shoe,  heel  calks  in- 
clined  forward  to  the  rolled  toe. 


In  constructing  the  floor  of  the  stall 
the  health  and  comfort  of  its  occupant 
ill  also  be  promoted,  if  care  is  taken 
to   avoid   having  his   fore   feet 
rest  upon  a  higher  level  than 
his  hind  feet.     The  op- 
posite practice,  that  of 
building  the  stall  floor 
to  slope  from  the  man- 
ger   backwards,    is    too 
often  resorted  to  for  the 
purpose      of     securing 
surface    drainage ;    but 
it  is   a  blunder  to   do 
this.  When  in  the  open 
field  and  free  to  choose 


Side  view  of  a  Short-toed  Hind  Hoof  of  a  Forger,  shod  to  slow 
the  action  and  to  prevent  injury  to  the  fore  heels  by  the  toe  of 
the  hind  shoe.  Note  the  elevation  of  the  short  toe  by  means  of  a 
toe  calk  and  the  projection  of  the  toe  beyond  the  shoe.  When 
such  a  hoof  has  grown  more  toe,  the  toe  calk  can  be  dispensed 
with  and  the  shoe  set  farther  forward. 


Side  view  of  Hoof  and  Shoe.  Note  the  straight  toe,  weak 
ring  formation  running  parallel  to  the  coronet,  clinches 
low  down,  and  on  a  level,  length  of  the  shoe,  and  the  under 
bevel  of  the  toe  and  heel. 


his  ground,  the  horse  will  se- 
lect for  a  rest  a  gentle  slope  on 
which  he  will  stand 
with  his  fore  feet 
resting  on  a  lower 
level  than  that  oc- 
cupied by  his  hind 
feet.  It  is  the  po- 
sition in  which 
there  is  least  strain 
upon  the  back  mus- 
cles of  the  foot  and 
leg  while  standing 
— the  one  in  which 
the  horse  rests 
easiest. 


CHAPTER  V. 
LEGS  OP  THE  HORSE,  THEIR  ACCIDENTS  AND  DISEASES. 


I.      BONE  SPAVIN. II.      BOG  SPAVIN. III.      OCCULT  SPAVIN. IV.      BLOOD  SPAV- 
IN.  V.      TIIOKOUGHPIN. VI.      CURB. VII.      RINGBONE. VIII.    SPLINT. 

IX.      SPRAIN     OF      BACK     TENDONS     OF     THE     FORE    LEGS. X.       BROKEN 

DOWN. 

1.   Bone  Spavin. 

Spavin  IS  an  arbitrary  name  given  to  disease  of  the  hock  joint,  in  which 
inflammation  is  an  early  symptori.  Effusion  follows  it,  and  ossification 
of  the  exudate  forms  a  bony  lump  on  the  joint,  usually  on  the  inner 
side  near  the  front,  but  it  may  occur  on  any  part  of  the  joint.  It  always 
affects  the  joints  more  or  less  and  causes  great  lameness,  which  is  usually 
susceptible  of  a  cure,  but  sometimes  defies  treatment,  and  permanent 
lameness  is  the  result. 

The  hock  joint  is  composed  of  a  ti-ue  hock  joint  that  works  like  a  hinge, 

and  three  flat  gliding  joints  below 
it  before  we  come  to  the  cannon  bone, 
and  on  each  side  of  the  cannon  is  a 
splint  bone  the  same  as  in  the  fore 
leg.  The  connection  between  the 
;ij  splint  and  cannon  bones  is  ligamen- 
tous. The  spavin  usually  takes  its 
origin  between  the  cannon  and  the 
inner  splint  bone,  and  extends  up  to 
the  joint  and  around  it,  and  some- 
times involving  the  whole  hock,  ex- 
(Tpt  the  true  hock  joint,  stiffening 
i(  and  interfering  Avith  the  action 
\cry  seriously. 

Causes. — It  is  often  caused  by  a 
-prain  of  the  ligamentous  connection 
1h  tween  the  cannon  and  inner  splint. 
Sometimes  the  sprain  may  affect  the 
ligamentous  connection  between  the 
(annon  and  the  outer  splint,  but 
nsnally  it  is  on  the  inner  side,  on 
account  of  the  line  of  the  center  of  gravity  being  more  to  the  inside,  bring- 
ing more  weight  to  the  inside  than  to  the  outside.  It  is  sometimes  caused 
by  a  bruising  of  the  joint  itself  by  kicking,  jumping,  running,  pulling 
heavy  loads  up  hill,  bringing  great  strain  on  the  hind  legs, 

314 


BONE    SPAA'IX. 


LEGS   OF   THE   HORSE,    THEIR  ACCIDENTS   AND   DISEASES.  315 


316 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


LEGS  OF  THE  HORSE,  THEIR  ACCIDENTS  AND  DISEASES.  317 

How  to  know  it. — In  the  early  stage  there  will  be  lameness,  more  or 
less  acute,  according  to  the  amount  of  injury  to  the  joint.  The  lameness  will 
be  distinguished  by  a  stiffness  in  moving  from  side  to  side  in  the  stall, 
by  backing  out  and  going  off  on  the  toe  of  the  foot  for  a  few  steps,  but 
soon  improving  with  exercise  till  he  will  go  all  right  after  having  gone  a 
few  steps,  and  remains  so  till  stopped  and  allowed  to  cool  off,  when  he 
will  go  off  worse  than  ever,  until  warmed  up  again.     The  cause  of  this 


CURED  BONE  SPAVIN.  BONE  SPAVIN. 

is  :  By  standing  the  joint  becomes  dry,  and  great  pain  attends  the  flex- 
ion of  it,  but  the  exercise  excites  the  secretion  of  synovia,  (joint  oil) 
which  lubricates  it,  and  the  horse  is  comfortable  till  the  joint  gets  dry 
again. 

Upon  pressure,  a  soreness  and  heat  will  be  found,  usually  just  at  the 
bottom  of  the  joint  on  the  inside,  ])ut  well  to  the  front.  A.  slight  amount 
of  swelling  may  l)e  noticed,  but  not  much  until  the  aecorid  stage  is 
reached,  when  a  hard,  bony  enlargement  will  spring  up  and  extend  more 
or  less,  sometimes  only  involving  the  splint,  cannon  and  the  first  bone  of 
the  gliding  joint.  But  at  other  times  it  extends  clear  around  and  in- 
volves all  the  gliding  joints,  the  calois  and  cuboid  parts  of  the  joint,  and 
it  leaves  bony  deposit  around  the  tendons  ])otween  the  splint  bones  at  the 
back  of  the  hock.  The  enlargement  is  best  seen  by  standing  at  the  side 
of  the  horse,  about  a  yard  from  the  shoulder,  when,  instead  of  the 
smooth,  straight  declination  of  the  inside  of  the  hock,  you  will  detect 
the  lump  just  above  the  end  of  the  cannon.  Sometimes  the  lump  is 
farther  back  ;  then  it  can  be  seen  better  by  stooping  down  in  front,  and 
looking  between  the  fore  leg".  Occasionally  it  will  be  seen  only  on  the 
back  part  of  the  hock  ;  ther  it  usually  escapes  detection  even  by  ex- 
perts. 

What  to  do. — If  taken  when  it  is  in  the  first  stage,  before  any  effusion 
is  thrown  out,  it  can  be  cured  by  treating  vigorously  to  remove  the  in- 
flammation.    This  is  best  done  by  continuous  applications  of  hot  water 


318  CTCIiOPEDIA  OP  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLEIB  STOCK  POCTOE. 

or  poultices  ;  raise  the  heels  of  the  foot  about  an  inch  and  give  absolute 
rest  till  all  lameness  and  soreness  are  gone.  Then  turn  him  out  to 
grass  or  straw  yard  for  three  or  four  months. 

But  if  the  spavin  runs  on  to  the  second  stage,  in  which  effusion  is 
thrown  out  and  ossification  is  begun,  a  good  smart  blister,  well  rubbed  in 
after  the  soreness  is  taken  out  by  the  hot  applications,  will  perform  good 
work  in  some  instances.  If  it  is  not  improved  by  the  first  application 
repeat  it.     The  blister  is  made  as  follows  : 

No,  9b  yi  Ounce  powdered  cantharides, 

2  Ounces  lard, 
Mix. 
Also  prepare 

No.  10.  2  Drachms  red  iodide  of  mercury, 

2  Ounces  lard, 
Mix. 

Mix  the  two  blisters  together  and  rub  it  well  in,  first  cutting  off  the 
hair.  After  twelve  hours,  smear  fresh  lard  over  the  place.  Repeat 
the  lard  once  a  day  till  the  scabs  are  all  off  and  the  skin  is  nearly  healed  ; 
then  repeat  the  blister,  and  so  on  till  he  is  cured.  This  treatment  is  effec- 
tual if  begun  in  time  and  vigorously  applied,  and  sufficient  rest  given 
afterwards.  It  may  absorb  nearly  all  of  the  enlargements.  If  this  fails, 
or  if  the  case  is  allowed  to  run  on  to  the  third  or  confirmed  stage,  in 
which  the  lump  has  become  thoroughl}^  ossified  and  the  gliding  joints  more 
or  less  incurably  affected,  the  only  hope  of  doing  anything  to  any  advantage 
is  to  produce  anchylosis  (stiffness)  of  the  joint.  For  when  the  articular 
surface  of  the  joint  is  much  affected  it  cannot  be  cured  and  restored  to 
soundness,  so  the  only  thing  to  do  is  to  stop  the  lameness.  The  most 
effectual  way  to  do  this  is  to  apply  the  actual  cautery  (firing  iron),  which 
produces  so  great  an  amount  of  artificial  inflammation,  causes  such  an 
increased  flow  of  nutrition  to  the  part,  that,  when  accompanied  by  rest, 
it  destroys  the  joints  that  are  affected,  by  stiffening  them.  There  are 
several  ways  of  applying  the  firing  iron,  but  the  most  common  is  to  pass 
the  iron,  with  a  dull  edge,  over  the  part  affected,  in  lines  running 
obliquely  each  way,  forwards  and  backwards,  from  a  centre  line  drawn 
perpendicularly  from  about  the  centre  of  the  hock  on  the  inside  to  a  point 
on  the  cannon  about  an  inch  and  a  half  below  the  hock.  Draw  similar 
lines  on  the  front  and  back  of  the  hock,  and  then  draw  the  oblique  lines 
from  one  to  the  other,  giving  it  a  feathered  appearance.  In  bad  cases  it 
is  advisable  to  fire  on  the  outside  of  the  hock,  too,  as  a  surer  means 
of  removing  the  lameness,  but,  on  account  of  the  iron  leaving  scars  where- 
ever  it  touches,  this  outside  application  is  usually  objected  to,  unless  the 
first  firing  fails  and  it  has  to  be  repeated  ;  then  it  should  always  be  car- 
ried clear  around.  It  is  the  opinion  of  some  authorities  that  every  case  casj 
be  cured  of  lameness  by  repeating  the  firing,  if  necessary,  half  a  aozei. 


LEGS  OF  THE  HORSE,  THEIR  ACCIDENTS  AND  DISEASES.  319 

times,  but  it  is  accepted  as  a  fact,  by  most  surgeons,  that  when  the 
articular  ends  of  the  bones  are  ulcerated  there  will  be  permanent  lameness. 

Apply  the  blister,  No.  9,  well  rubbed  in  with  the  hand,  immediately 
after  firing.  Some  operators  delay  the  blister  till  next  day,  but  it  is 
preferable  to  rub  it  in  before  the  leg  gets  sore  and  swollen  from  the 
firing.  Tie  up  the  horse's  head  for  twelve  hours  to  prevent  him  biting 
it.  After  twelve  hours,  grease  over,  and  repeat  the  application  once  a 
day  till  pus  begins  to  form  under  the  scabs  ;  then  wash  it  once  a  day 
with  warm  water  and  soap  to  prevent  blemishing  by  the  pus  burrowing 
under  the  scabs.  When  dry,  rub  the  grease  in.  Give  him  absolute  rest 
in  the  stable  for  four  weeks  ;  then  give  him  a  three  or  four  months'  run  at 
grass  ;  and  when  beginning  to  work  again,  let  it  be  gently  for  some  time. 
While  this  treatment  is  going  on,  it  is  advisable  to  have  a  high-heeled 
shoe  on  the  foot  of  the  lame  leg  ;  let  it  be  raised  an  inch.  When  shoe- 
ing, after  he  is  well,  continue  the  high  calks  for  a  month  or  two. 

There  are  numerous  patented  spavin  cures  in  the  market,  some  of 
which  have  more  or  less  merit ;  but  ais  a  rule,  the  above  is  the  only  relia- 
ble treatment.  Some  of  the  nostrums  claim  to  be  able  to  cure  a  spavin 
in  twenty-four  hours  without  breaking  the  skin,  but  they  are  humbugs  of 
the  worst  kind.  Sometimes  very  strong  corrosive  blisters  are  recom- 
mended, such  as  corrosive  sublimate,  etc.,  but  they  are  cruel  in  the 
extreme  and  not  as  likely  to  cure  as  the  treatment  laid  out  above,  which, 
being  the  most  humane,  although  pretty  severe,  is  the  best  to  pursue. 
When  firing,  it  is  advisable  to  cast  the  horse  to  keep  control  of  him  and 
be  able  to  perrorm  a  better  operation,  and  the  hair  should  be  shaved  off. 

II.    Bog  Spavin. 

This  is  the  name  given  to  an  enlargement  of  the  hock  by  distension  of 
the  synovial  bursa.  The  synovial  membrane  of  the  joint  becomes  in- 
flamed and  secretes  a  superabundant  amount  of  joint  oil  which  distends 
the  membrane  and  enlarges  the  joint  sometimes  to  the  size  of  a  child's 
head.  It  can  be  alleviated  by  good  treatment,  but  when  once  well-dis- 
tended it  can  seldom  be  radically  cured,  and  very  many  unfortunate 
animals  carry  the  big  joint  with  them  to  the  bone  yard. 

Causes. — It  is  caused  by  severe  sprain  of  the  joint,  the  inflammation 
extending  to  the  synovial  membrane,  and  sometimes  even 
to  the  joint.  Sometimes  the  origin  of  it  lies  in  the  joint  itself 
from  severe  bruising  by  concussion  when  jumping,  kicking  or 
being  kicked.  It  is  also  caused  by  wounds  fr^m  being  stabbed 
with  the  fork  by  reckless  grooms,  or  pricks  from  nails  in 
the  stall,  when  a  restless  horse  demolishes  it  by  kicking.     „^^^  ,^^^^^ 

^-^  HUCK.    JOINT. 

How  to  know  it.— There  will  be  a  large,  soft  swelling  showing  the  en. 
on  the  inner  and  front  aspect  of  the  hock.  The  swelling  Bo|TpTvin.°' 
is  of  the  same  character  as  wind  galLi  *  it  seems  to  be  filled  with  air,  but 


o20  CTCLOFEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOlt. 

it  is  synovia.  In  mild  cases  there  is  little,  and,  sometimes,  no  lameness  •, 
but  in  bad  cases  there  is  lameness  of  a  general  character,  stiffness  in  the 
hock,  more  pain  evinced  when  starting  than  after  a  little  exercise,  heat, 
soreness  upon  pressure,  and  a  tendency  to  get  worse  rather  than  better, 
even  with  treatment. 

What  to  do. — Bathe  it  as  continuously  as  possible  with  either  hot  or 
cold  water  for  twelve  hours,  then  apply  an  oil-meal  poultice,  hot  and  soft. 
Continue  the  poultice  for  several  days,  changing  it  once  a  day,  and  bath- 
ing with  hot  water  at  the  time  of  changing.  AVhen  the  soreness  and 
lameness  are  gone  apply  the  following  liniment  twice  a  day ; 

No.  11.  3  Ounces  tincture  of  iodine, 

1  Ounce  aqua  anunonia, 
1  Ounce  turpentine, 
1  Ounce  glycerine, 
Mix. 

Rub  well  in  with  the  hand  till  the  skin  is  quite  sore  ;  then  grease  it  once 
a  day  till  it  is  healed,  then  repeat.  Keep  it  pretty  sore  for  a  few  weeks, 
giving  perfect  rest.     Then  turn  the  horse  out  for  a  long  time. 

Some  recommend  bandages,  but  they  are  not  practical  since  they  are 
very  difficult  to  keep  on  and  always  chafe  the  skin  above  and  below, 
necessitating  their  suspension  from  time  to  time  to  allow  the  skin  to  heal. 
Puncturing  the  sack  is  i)rescribed  by  some,  but  it  is  very  dangerous  and 
cannot  be  recommended. 

III.    Occult  Spavin. 

Occult  spavin  is  similar  to  bone  spavin  in  all  respects,  except  that  there 
is  no  enlargement,  and  no  external  evidence  of  any  lesion  whatever.  The 
lameness  is  severe,  persistent  and  of  the  same  character  as  inl)one  spavin, 
the  horse  going  off  on  the  toe,  working  out  of  the  lameness  with  exercise 
in  the  earlier  stages,  but  the  lameness  is  often  permanent  through  all  the 
subsequent  stages. 

Causes. — Severe  concussion  on  the  ends  of  the  bones  in  the  joint 

How  to  know  it. — There  will  ])e  the  charactei-istic  bone  spavin  lame- 
ness, but  the  disease  will  show  no  outward  marks.  A  very  sure  test  is  to 
drive  the  horse  enough  to  warm  him  up  and  get  the  spavin  to  working 
well,  then  let  him  stand  half  an  hour,  then  take  the  toe  of  the  foot  of  the 
lame  leg  in  your  hand  and  raise  it  as  high  as  possible  so  as  to  Hex  the 
hock  joint.  Hold  it  there  two  or  three  minutes,  then  drop  it  and  rush 
the  horse  off  on  a  smart  trot.  If  it  is  spavin  he  will  go  off  on  three  legs 
for  a  few  steps,  and  bring  the  toe  down  first  as  he  warms  up  again,  and 
after  a  little  will  go  all  right  until  stopped  and  allowed  to  cool. 

What  to  Do. — When  it  is  satisfactorily  located  give  it  the  same  treat- 
ment prescribed  for   bone  spavin. 


LEGS    OP    THE    HORSE,    THEIR   ACCIDENTS   AND    DISEASES. 


321 


322  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LJVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

v. 


it  I 


■kt 


5^ 


4 


LEGS  OF  THE  HORSE,  THEIR  ACCIDENTS  AND  DISEASES. 


823 


IV.  Blood  Spavin. 

Causes. — Blood  spavin  is  u  distension  of  the  saphena  major  vein  as  it 
passes  over  the  enUirgementof  bone  spavin.  Th;  vein  is  constricted  and 
the  blood  dammed  up  to  a  certain  extent,  causiig  a  distension  of  the 
coats  of  the  vein  and  giving  the  leg  the  appearance  of  having  a  very  large 
bone  spavin  on  it.     It  seldom  does  any  harm. 

How  to  know  it. — Stand  at  the  shoulder  and  view  the  hock  as  directed 
for  bone  spavin,  and  you  will  see  the  enlargement  in  the  same  position  as 
the  bone  spavin. 

What  to  do. — Upon  examination  with  the  hand,  the  enlargement  will 
l)e  found  to  be  soft  and  readily  rubbed  down,  which  should  be  done  often. 
This  is  the  only  treatment  of  any  virtue. 

V.  Thoroughpin. 

This  is  of  the  same  nature  as  bog  spavin  (distension  of  the  83010 vial 
bursa)  but  occui's  between  the  os  calcis,  forming  the  point  of  the  hock, 
and  the  rest  of  the  joint.  It  seldom  does  any  more  harm  than  to  form  an 
eyesore.     Lameness  from  it  is  very  rare^ 

Causes.  ^Tt  is  produced  by  many  of  the  same  causes  that  are  ascribed 
to  boir  spavin,  though  the  principal   cause  is  hard  work,  consequently  it 


ENLARGEMENT. 
Forming:  thoroughpin. 


DIAGRAM. 

Showing  dissection  of  thor. 
oughpin  and  bog  spavin  ;  al- 
so the  junction  of  the  two  affec- 
tions. 


is  oflon  seen  in  draft  horses,  hack  horses,  stage  horses,  and  animals  for 
general  utility.  It  is  also  often  seen  on  stallions  that  are  used  for  serv- 
ing mares,  the  strain  thrown  on  the  hind  legs  being  very  great.  It  is 
often  seen  in  young  growing  colts  when  large  and  heavy  for  their  age, 
owing  to  the  immense  weight  brought  upon  young  and  tender  joints. 

How  to  know  it. — Unsightly  puffs  are  seen  just  in  front  of  the  point 
of  the  hock.  They  are  soft  and  appear  to  be  filled  with  air  ])ut  it  is  syn- 
ovial fluid  that  distends  them.  Thoroughpin  usually  accompanies  bog 
spavin^  but  it  may  exist  without  the  latter. 


324  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


)  perfora/iS. 

\  Flexor 
ypert'orcUus. 


NavLcuZarBLsecLse, 

ailer  Stonehen^e . 


RINGBONE  And  navicular^ disease'. 


LEGS  OF  THE  HORSE,  THEIR  ACCIDENTS  AND  DISEASES. 


325 


What  to  do. — When  first  seen,  apply  a  cooling  lotion,  made  as  follows  : 

No.  12.  1  Ounce  muriate  of  anuuonia, 

1  Ounce  saltpetre, 
1  Quart  water. 
Mix. 

Bathe  the  part  with  hot  water,  ml)  dry  and  apply  the  lotion  three  times 
a  day,  giving  absolute  rest.  Follow  this  up  for  a  week,  then,  after  bath- 
ing with  the  hot  water,  appl}^  the  liniment  No.  11,  well  rubbed  in,  twice  a 
day.  When  the  part  gets  sore  from  the  liniment,  hold  up  a  few  days  and 
grease  the  part  with  lard  till  nearly  healed,  then  repeat.  It  cannot  be 
permanently  cured,  for,  when  made  to  absorb  by  the  treatment  and  rest, 
it  will  return  with  work. 

In  case  of  a  young  colt  getting  thoroughpin,  shorten  his  allowance  of 
feed  a  little  for  a  couple  of  months,  and  the  i)uffs  will  become  absorbed. 

VI.    Curb. 

Curb  is  an  enlargement  on  the  bitck  of  the  hock  and  a  little  below.  It 
is  seen  in  the  form  of  a  bowed  section  about  four  inches  in  length  ;  some- 
times it  is  swollen  up  as  thick  as  an 
inch  from  the  health}^ form,  and  some- 
times the  enlargement  is  so  slight  as 
to  be  hardly  noticeable.  When  in  the 
inflammatory  stage  the  swellings  cause 
lameness,  but  when  once  well  harden- 
ed they  seldom  do.  The  seat  of  the 
injury  lies  in  the  calcanco-cuboid 
ligament  and  others  lying  near  it. 

That  form  of  hock  known  as  curby 
hock  is  most  liable  to  it.  The  form 
that  merits  that  name  is  curved  from 
the  foot  t6  the  stifle,  extending  back- 
ward outside  of  the  perpendicular  line 
drawn  straight  from  the  posterior  point  of  tlie  hip  to  the  ground.  It  is 
sometimes  called  sickle  or  cow  hock.  On  account  of  the  curved  out- 
liiKi  of  the  leg  there  is  a  greatly  increased  strain  on  the  back  of  the  leg  at 
the  point  of  the  greatest  curvature.  This  is  found  at  the  hock,  hence  we 
frequently  have  curbs  on  such  legs. 

Causes- — A  sprain  of  the  ligaments  of  the  back  part  of  the  hock,  fre- 
quently produced  during  severe  exertions  in  jumping,  running,  trotting, 
pulling  heavy  loads,  etc. 

How  to  know  it. — Standing  at  the  side  of  the  horse,  opposite  the  hind 
parts,  and  looking  across  the  legs  you  will  notice  a  curve  on  the  back  and 
lower  portion  of  the  hock,  instead  of  a  straight  line,  as  there  ought  to  be 


BRACE  FOR  SPAVIN. 


326  CYCLOPEDIA  OF   LIVE   STOCK   AND   COMPLETE   STOCK   DOCTOR. 


Weakness     of     liga-  Bowed  Side 

ments  of  lower  joints  tendons.  bone, 

causing      fetlocks      to 

descend.  . 


PAIR    OF    FORE    FEET    OP    REGU- 
LAR FORM  IN  REGULAR 
STANDING  POSITION. 


PAIR    OF    FORE    FEET    OF    BA.SR- 
NARROW  FORM   IN   TOE-NAR- 
ROW STANDING  POSITION. 


PAIR  OF  FORE   FEET  OF  BASE-WIDE  FORM  IN  TOE- WIDE  STANDING 
POSITION. 


FORMS  OF  HOOFS:  a,  side  view  of  an  acute-angled  fore  foot  (shod);  b.  side  view 
of  a  regular  fore  foot,  showing  the  most  desirable  degree  of  obliquity  (45°);  c  side  view 
of  a  stumpy,  or  "upright."  fore  foot;  obliciuity  above  50°.  In  a,  b,  ce,  note  particularly 
the  relatiom  between  the  length  of  the  shoe  and  the  overhanging  of  the  heels.  Note  also 
the  toe  roll  of  the  shoes. 

OBJECT  LESSONS  ON  FEET. 


LEGS  OF  THE  HORSE,  THEIR  ACCIDENTS  AND  DISEASES.  327 

in  a  healthy  leg,  from  the  point  of  the  hock  to  the  fetlock  pad.  In  recent 
cases  there  is  lameness,  heat,  soreness  to  the  touch,  and,  like  all  sprains, 
it  grows  worse  with  exercise. 

What  to  do. — In  a  recent  case  when  the  sprained  tendons  and  ligaments 
are  sore,  swollen  and  hot,  apply  the  cooling  lotion.  No.  12,  bathing  the 
part  with  hot  water  three  or  four  times  a  day  for  half  an  hour  at  a  time. 
Raise  the  heel  an  inch,  continue  this  treatment  till  all  soreness  is  gone, 
about  a  week  or  ten  days,  then  apply  the  blister,  Nos.  9  and  10,  mixed. 
When  the  blister  has  taken  well,  grease  it  once  a  day  for  a  few  days  till  it 
is  healed,  then  blister  again.  Give  three  or  four  weeks'  rest.  If  this 
does  not  cure,  or,  if  there  is  no  improvement  in  two  weeks,  resort  to  the 
firing  iron.  Draw  a  line  down  the  back  of  the  leg,  over  the  curb,  and  then 
draw  lines  obliquely  to  it  in  the  form  of  a  feather.  The  lines  should  be 
burnt  about  half  way  through  the  skin,  but  in  no  case  burn  clear  through, 
for  that  would  make  abadbiemish.  Rub  the  blister,  No.  9,  well  in  over 
the  firing.  Grease  that  the  same  as  in  the  milder  treatment,  and  wash  it 
occasionally  to  remove  scabs  that  may  have  pus  underneath,  which  must 
l)e  liberated.  In  old,  chronic  cases  that  have  been  neglected  or  have  not 
yielded  to  other  treatment,  resort  immediately  to  the  firing  iron,  as  rec- 
ommended above. 

Prevention. — Avoid  breeding  animals  that  have  curby  hocks,  for  they 
are  very  objectionable,  and  the  form  of  the  leg,  in  most  cases,  is  trans- 
mi  t  ted. 

VII.   Ring  Bone. 

This  is  an  exostosis  (bony  enlargement)  on  the  pastern,  around  the 
ujiper  or  lower  pastern  joint.  It  usually  runs  clear  around  the  leg  in  the 
form  of  a  ring,  hence  its  name.  It  usually  forms  around  the  upper  pastern 
joint,  but  sometimes  affects  the  lower  one.  In  the  latter  case  it  is  under 
the  coronet,  and  is  then  worse,  as  itcannotbe  got  at  to  be  treated,  and  is 
more  likely  to  cause  permanent  lameness  from  its  extension  to  the  navic- 
ular joint,  involving  it  in  the  inflammation  and  anchyolsis.  When  the 
ringbone  comes  under  the  coronet,  it  often  grows  so  large  and  extends  so 
much  as  to  make  a  large,  ugly,  stiff,  club-foot  of  the  handsome,  elastic 
pedal  extremity  of  the  horse,  and  gives  rise  to  permanent  lameness.  But 
when  it  forms  around  the  upper  joint  it  does  not  usually  grow  very  large, 
and  is  quite  susceptible  of  treatment. 

Sometimes  the  bony  deposit  is  only  in  front  or  on  one  side,  or  on  both 
sides  and  not  in  front,  in  either  the  upper  or  lower  forms. 

Causes. — A  sprain,  a  blow  on  the  bone  from  a  kick,  stumbling  and 
striking  it  on  a  stone,  stab  from  a  fork  tine,  in  fact,  any  severe  in- 
jury setting  up  inflanmiation  on  or  near  the  bone,  is  apt  to  result  in  a  ring- 
bone.    For  the  nutritive  material  sent  to  the  legs  and  feet  is  of  a  bony 


828 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


DIAGRAM. 


Showing  Pastern 
and  Pedal  Bone  of 
a  horse  affected 
with  Severe  Ring- 
bone. 

t.  The  joint  between 
the  pastern  bones, 
showing  the 
groove  in  which 
the  tendon  of  the 
extensor    p  e  d 


character,  that  is,  makes  bone,  so  when  an  effusion  is  thrown  out  it  be- 
comes organized  or  forms  i)ai't  of  the  living  system, 
and  ossifies,  the  size  of  the  deposit  depending  upon  the 
extent  of  the  inflammation.  There  is  a  theory  among 
scientific  men,  that  liability  to  throw  out  bony  enlarge- 
ments, especially  around  joints,  is  hereditary  in  the  form 
of  an  ossific  diathesis,  which  is  borne  out  hy  actual  eX' 
perience  in  breeding ;  marcs  or  stallions  affected  ^vith 
spavin,  ring-bone,  splint,  enlarged  knees,  etc.,  are  apt 
to  transmit  them  to  the  offspring.  We  frequently  see 
foals  two  months  old  with  ring-bones,  and  sometimes 
with  spavins  and  curbs,  making  it  very  convenient  for 
dealers  to  excuse  their  presence  by  saying  the  colt  was 
foaled  so,  and  that  it  never  will  hurt  him.  Which  may 
be  true  enough  in  one  sense,  for  the  affected  parts  be- 
come solidly  anchylosed,  and  as  strong  as  any  other  part, 
muscle  reposes.        and  pcrhaps  stronger,  for  the  extra  deposit  acts  as  a  sup- 

*'tween^  Uie"  lower     ^Qi't  to  the  wcak  part ;  the  part  being  naturally  weak,  in- 

pastern  bone  and       I  i         t  .       .  „„ 

the  bone  of  the  t^erited  from  one  of  the  parents,  the  deposit  is  an  effort 
of  nature  to  strengthen  it.  Therefore,  the  practice  of  breeding  from 
stallions  or  mares  that  are  unsound  from  any  bony  deposit,  except  those 
caused  by  some  known  accident,  is  to  be  most  emphatically  condemned. 
How  to  know  it. — ^In  the  acute  stage,  (when  it  is  beginning  to  grow) 
there  will  be  lameness  that  works  off  with,  exercise  ;  and  also  soreness, 
heat  and  swellino-  when  examined  carefully  with  the  hand.  When  it  has 
run  on  to  the  second  stage,  and  become  hardened  into  bone,  it  will  be  felt 
around  the  pastern  joints  in  lumps,  or  in  a  ring  running  clear  around  the 
pastern.  Or  it  may  be  spread  over  the  surface  of  the  bone  as  if  plastered  on. 
Nature  may  effect  a  cure  by  anchjlosing  the  joint,  which  will  stop  the 
lameness,  but  there  will  be  a  certain  stiffness  always  ;  or  ulceration  of  the 
heads  of  the  bones  may  take  place  and  cause  permanent  lameness.  As 
lono-  as  it  is  in  the  stage  in  which  the  lameness  works  off  with  exercise, 
there  is  a  chance  of  curing  it  by  stiffening  the  joint.  But  when  there 
is  permanent  lameness  the  chances  of  a  cure  are  small,  al- 
thouo-h  it  is  best  to  try,  and  repeat  the  trial  too. 

What  to  do. — In  the  first  stage  apply  hot  baths,  and  fol- 
low them  with  the  cooling  lotion,  No.  12,  three  or  four  times 
a  day  till  all  active  inflammation  is  gone  ;  then  blister  with 
Nos.  9  and  10,  mixed.  After  the  first  blister  has  healed, 
repeat  it.  But  when  the  ringbone  will  not  yield  to  this 
treament  and  goes  on  increasing  in  size,  hardness  and  lameness 
or  when  it  has  reached  the  second  stage  without  treatment, 
there  is  nothing  so  effectual  as  the  actual  cautery  (finng 
is  applied  in  lines  running  up  and  down  parallel  with  each 


FOOT  OF  A 
HORSE. 

Affected  with 
ringbonC;  The 
pastern  joints 
being  entirely 
stiffened. 

iro***. )    It 


LEGS  OF  THE  HORSE,  THEIR  ACCIDENTS  AND  DISEASES. 


529 


other,  beginning  at  the  corner  of  the  pastern  and  extending  arouna  the 
front  of  it  to  the  opposite  side  ;  but  do  not  draw  lines  in  the  hollow  of 
the  pastern,  as  the  flexion  of  the  leg  would  keep  the  part  eternally  sore. 
Apply  the  blister.  No.  9,  immediately  after  firing.  Remove  the  shoes 
and  give  absolute  rest  (no  exercise  at  all)  for  four  or  five  weeks  ;  then 
turn  to  pasture  for  a  couple  of  months.  If  the  lameness  is  not  cured,  or 
shows  no  prospect  of  curing,  in  four  or  five  weeks,  repeat  the  operation, 
drawing  the  irons  in  the  same  lines  made  by  the  first  applications.  The 
lines  may  be  made  from  the  coronet  to  the  lower  edge  of  the  fetlock  joint, 
a  distance  of  from  two  to  four  inches,  according  to  the  length  of  pastern. 
A  short  pastern  is  more  liable  to  ringbone  from  the  greater  amount  of 
concussion  it  sustains  through  its  lack  of  elasticity,  which  the  long  pastern 
has.  The  foot  will  always  grow  faster  after  the  leg  has  been  fired  for 
ring))one,  therefore  the  shoes  will  need  to  be  reset  of tener  than  on  a 
healthy  foot,  and  the  hoof  reduced. 

VUL.    Splint. 

Splint  is  an  enlargement  on  the  cannon  bone  just  below  the  knee, 
usually  on  the  inside,  but  it  is  sometimes  seen  or  the  outside.  Splints 
are  quite  conmion  on  the  fore  legs  ;  in  fact,  nearly  all  horses  that  have  seen 


DIACJKAM. 


Showing  the  different  locations 
of  splints.  1.  High  splint 
near  the  knee.  a.  Low  splint 
far  below  the  knee.  3.  Bony 
tumor,     often      miscalled     a 


SPLINTS  OF   A  SERIOUS   KIND. 

Splints  involving  the  knee  joint.  2.  Splint 
interfering  with  the  back  tendons.  3. 
Small  splint  under  the  tendon  of  the  ex- 
tensor muscle. 


splint. 


much  service  have  them,  but  they  are  occasionally  seen  on  the  hind  legs. 
The  usual  seat  of  them  is  between  the  cannon  and  inner  splint  bones. 
Sometimes  they  attain  to  the  size  of  a  hen's  egg,  but  usually  are  quite 
small.  They  generally  cause  some  lameness  when  growing,  but  rarely  do 
so  after  they  become  hard. 

Causes. — Slipping,  jumping,  running,  kicks,  bruising  the  bone,  etc., 
anything  that  may  sprain  the  ligamentous  attachment  between  the  can. 
non  and  the  splint  bones.     Sometimes  the  splint  comes  on  the  surface^ 


330  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

and  then  it  does  not  cause  much  lameness,  but  when  it  comes  under  the 
periosteum  (the  covering  of  the  bone)  it  is  very  painful.  When  splints 
come  from  bruises  they  may  come  on  any  part  of  the  leg. 

How  to  know  it. — In  the  early  stage  there  will  be  lameness  of  a  pecu, 
liar  kind,  in  that  the  horse  will  go  sound  on  the  walk  and  will  trot  lame. 
Upon  examination  a  sore  spot  is  found  below  the  knee 
on  the  inside  of  the  leg.  By  feeling  of  it,  with  the  leg 
flexed,  you  can  locate  it  immediately.  In  the  later 
stages  a  bony  lump  will  form  on  the  leg,  adhering  di- 
rectly to  it.  When  the  lump  is  an  inch  or  more  below 
the  knee,  it  is  no  permanent  detriment,  but  if  it  is 
closer  to  the  knee  than  one  inch,  it  is  objectionable,  as 
it  is  apt  to  interfere  with  the  action  of  the  knee.  When 
it  does  affect   the   knee   it   usually   causes   permanent 

DISHING  ON    THE        lamOUCSS. 
TROT 

Thought  by  some  to  What  to  do-— If  noticed  when  the  injury  first  occurs, 

h'^if 'an^'irroneous      applv  either  hot  or  cold  water   with  the  cooling  lotion, 

dish'  [he  fore^fe^t      No.  12,  till  the  sorcuess  is  nearly  gone  and  then  apply 

}TavT no "spunts!  as     tlic  bllstcr,  Nos.    9  aud   10  mixed.       Give  a  couple  of 

them.  ""^  weeks'  rest.    Feed  on  light,  soft  food  while  idle.  When 

the  lameness  and  soreness  to  the   touch   are    excessive,  especially  if  the 

nodule  is  small,  the  trouble  lies  beneath  the  periosteum  and  requires  the 

operation  periosteotomy  to  split  the  covering   of   the    bone   to  allow  the 

exudate  from  the  inflammation  to  escape,  which  will  relieve  the  tension. 

It  is  done  by  cutting  a  small  hole  in  the  skin  and  pushing  in  a  thin,  long 

blade  and  cutting   the  periosteum    over   the    lump.     No  change  need  be 

made  in  the  shoeing. 

IX.    Sprain  of  Back  Tendons  of  the  Pore  Legs. 

Sprains  of  the  back  tendons  are  very  common  on  account  of  the  severe 
strain  they  are  put  to  in  all  cases  of  unusual  exertion.  In  such  cases, 
a  large  amount  of  the  effort  is  made  by  the  forelegs,  especially  m  racmg, 
where  the  strain  upon  the  fore  legs  in  grabbing  the  earth  and  pulling  the 
body  exceeds  that  of  the  more  powerful  hind  legs  in  pushing  it,  hence 
the  frequency  of  theee  sprains.  There  are  four  ligaments  and  tendons  m 
the  leg  below  the  knee,  and  the  degree  of  injury  to  the  horse  in  case  of 
sprain,  depends  upon  which  tendon  is  most  affected.  That  of  the  one 
nearest  the  bone  being  the  worst,  the  next  one  to  it  being  next,  and 
so  on  to  the  last  on  the  posterior  surface,  injury  to  that  one  being  of  least 
account. 

UauseS- — Sprains  received  during  severe  exertion  in  running,  jumping, 
trotting  fast,  slipping  on  uneven  ground,  stepping  on  the  edge  of  a  hole 


LEGS  OF  THE  HORSE,  THEIR  ACCIDENTS  AND  DISEASES, 


331 


with  the  toe,  letting  the  heel  drop,   and  sometimes  cuts  or  bruises  by  a 
blow  across  the  l)ack  of  the  leg,  overreaching,  etc. 

How  to  know  It. — Severe  lameness  will  be  a  prominent  symptom,  the 
more  so  the  more  important  the  tendon  is  in  the  leg.  The  suspensory 
ligaments  lie  next  to  the  bone,  and  sprain  of  them  can  be  felt  on  either 
side  of  the  leg  according  to  which  branch  (the  inner  or 
outer)  is  affected,  for  sometimes  only  one,  especially  the 
inner,  is  sprained.  When  it  is  the  suspensory  ligaments 
that  are  affected,  the  swelling  will  be  upon  each  side  near 
the  bone,  and  not  far  from  the  fetlock  joint.  These  liga- 
ments are  the  main  support  of  the  leg,  and  when  sprained, 
the  lameness  is  far  more  severe  than  when  any  of  the  oth 
ers  are  affected. 

When  the  one  next  to  the  suspensory  ligament  is  sprained, 
the  swelling  w\\\  be  on  the  sides  between  the  latter  and  the 
outside  tendon.  This  tendon,  next  to  the  suspensory  liga- 
ment, is  called  the  pcrforans.  The  outside  one  is  the  per- 
foratus,  swelling  of  which  is  seen  on  the  back  of  the  leg, 
cui*ved  backwards  like  a  bow.  Sprain  of  the  latter  is  of 
the  least  importance  of  any  of  them,  as  the  damage  done 
is  slight,  being  easily  cured,  and  not  causing  much  lame- 
ness compared  to  sprain  of  the  others. 

Sprain  of  the  mctacari)al  ligament  is  next  in  importance 
to  that  of  the  suspensory  ligaments.  They  are  often  af- 
fected in  common  with  the  pcrforans.  Swelling  of  it,  the 
metacarpal,  is  found  near  the  bone  just  below  the  knee,  but 
usually  extends  to  all  parts  immediately  surrounding 
it. 

There  will  be  swelling,  heat,  pain  and  soreness  ;  when 
the  injured  spot  is  touched  the  horse  'vill  rear  some- 
times in  his  effort  to  draw  the  leg  from  your  grasp.  In 
resting  the  leg  he  will  thrust  it  forward  and  cock 
giving  it  the  appearance  of  being  swollen  on  the 
and  in  walking  he  will  not  straighten  the  fetlock  back  to  its  natural  posi- 
tion but  will  maintain  it  in  the  cocked  position.  If  neglected  and  allowed 
to  become  chronic,  the  tendons  contract  and  hold  the  fetlock  in  that  posi- 
tion  ever  after. 

What  to  do. — Remove  the  shoe  and  replace  it  with  heels  raised  an  inch, 
to  take  the  strain  off  the  back  tendons  ;  apply  hot  fomentations  to  the 
part  as  continuously  as  possible  till  nearly  all  the  soreness  is  gone,  wrap 
the  leg  in  a  woolen  bandage  and  keep  it  wet  and  hot,  applying  the  water 


FLEXOK  TEN- 
D  O  N  S  OP 
FORE    LEGS. 

I.  The  pcrforans. 
3.  The  perfora- 
tus.  3,  4.  Ac- 
cessory muscles. 
5,  6.  "Restrain. 
^"S  ligaments. 
7.  The  pedal 
cartilage  divi- 
ded. 8.  The 
navicular     bone. 

the   fetlock, 
front    part, 


332  CYCLOPEDIA  OP  UVB  STOCK  AN©  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOB. 

three  or  four  times  a  day.  Bathe  the  leg  between  times  with  the  cooling 
lotion,  No.  12,  or  make  one  as  follows  : 

No.  13.  1  Pint  strong  vinegar, 

1  llaudfiil  common  salt, 
1  Pint  water. 
Mix. 

Bandage  as  tight  as  the  soreness  of  the  leg  Tvill  allow,  with  a  dry  cotton 
or  linen  bandage,  immediately  after  applying  the  liniment.  AVhen  the 
soreness  is  nearly  gone  apply  the  following  liniment,  well  rubbed  in  after 
bathing  with  hot  water,  twice  a  day,  and  increase  the  tightness  of  the 
bandage  from  day  to  day  : 

Ho.    14.  1  Ounce  tincture  arnica, 

1  Ounce  tincture  opium, 
1  Ounce  turpentine, 
1  Ounce  alcohol, 
1  Ounce  licpior  annnonia, 
Water,  to  make  one  pint. 
Mix. 

If  the  liniment  irritates  the  skin  much,  suspend  it  for  a  few  days  and 
grease  with  fresh  lard  till  healed,  then  repeat  it.  Give  this  treatment  and 
rest  for  three  or  four  weeks,  then  if  there  is  a  probable  cure,  turn  the 
the  horse  out  for  a  run  at  grass  ;  if  not,  clip  off  the  hair  and  blister  well 
with  No.  9.  When  the  blister  has  taken,  smear  over  it  some  fresh  lard 
to  keep  the  air  from  it  and  prevent  pain.  After  two  days  it  will  need 
washing,  and  when  dry  grease  it.  Eepeat  this  once  a  day  till  healed,  and 
give  -?.  long  rest.  If  all  these  means  fail  to  effect  a  cure,  or  if  the  case  is 
an  old,  long  standing  one  the  firing  iron  must  be  resorted  to.  Clip  off 
the  hair  and  fire  in  lines  feathered  as  directed  for  curb.  We  would  rec- 
ommend in  this,  as  well  as  in  all  similar  cases,  that  the  operation  of  firing 
be  done  by  a  qualified  veterinary  surgeon,  for  it  is  very  easy  to  ruin  a 
good  horse  by  firing  too  deep  ;  it  is  an  operation  that  requires  exjDerience 
and  good  judgment. 

It  will  be  found  in  most  cases  in  which  the  suspensory  ligaments  are 
sprained,  that  the  firing  iron  will  have  to  be  used,  as  they  are  very 
obstinate  and  will  not  yield  to  mild  treatmefit.  But  in  most  cases 
in  which  it  is  the  others  that  are  affected  the  milder  treatment 
will  be  effectual.  To  get  the  thickening  out  of  the  blistered  leg, 
after  the  treatment  is  done,  shower  the  leg  with  cold  water  tAvo  or  three 
times  a  day,  and  also  give  it  plenty  of  hard  rubbing  and  bandage.  Omit 
the  high  heels  as  soon  as  the  soreness  is  gone  from  the  tendons  and 
before  giving  the  treatment  requiring  the  long  rest. 


LEGS  OF  THE  HORSE,  THEIR  ACCmENTS  AND  DISEASES.  333 

X.    Broken  Down. 

Causes. — Broken  down  is  the  terr.i  applied  to  rupture  of  the  suspensory 
ligaments.  It  is  most  common  among  racers,  because  the  strain  their 
fore  legs  are  put  to  in  a  race  exceeds  the  strain  of  all  other  kinds  of  work. 
The  force  of  the  stroke  comes  on  the  fore  legs.  They  gral)  the  earth,  pull 
the  body  forward,  and  when  the  body  is  passing  the  poise,  and  just  before 
lifting  the  forward  foot  off  the  ground,  they  give  a  trcmenduous  push 
that  sends  the  body  forward  and  at  the  same  time  high  enough  to  avoid 
falling  on  the  nose  while  gathering  their  feet  for  another  spring.  It  is 
during  the  spring,  just  after  the  body  has  passed  the  poise,  that  breaking 
down  takes  place. 

Kow  to  know  it. — The  ligaments  are  ruptured,  the  toe  turns  up  and 
the  fetlock  pad  comes  down  to  the  ground,  completely  ruining  the 
animal. 

What  to  do. — In  cases  of  complete  break  down  it  is  an  act  of  mercy 
to  destroy  the  animal.  But  horses  are  often  so  nearly  broken  down  that 
they  are  ruined  for  all  kinds  of  active  labor,  yet  might  be  saved  for 
breeding  purposes  by  giving  the  leg  thorough  treatment,  and  a  year's 
rest.  The  same  treatment  prescribed  for  sprain  of  the  back  tendons 
mil  apply  to  this,  especially  the  firing,  which  is  absolutely  necessary. 


Treatment  for  Blood  Poison:— This  is  usually  due  to  absorption  of  the 
putrofaetive  matter  of  gangrene  or  ulceration,  or  the  pus  of  internal  or 
large  abscesses. 

How  to  know  it:  — Fever,  loss  of  appetite,  langour,  rapidly  iuereasing 
weakness,  emaciation,  ana?mia  and  palor. 

What  to  do. —Take  of  quinine  six  drams,  alcohol  four  ounces,  glycerine 
four  ounces,  water  to  make  one  pint,  mix,  give  two  ounces  every  two  to 
four  hours.    If  recovery  is  not  prompt  call  in  a  qualified  veterinarian. 

Treatment  for  Sallenders  or  Mallenders:— Mix  a  half  teacupful 
of  lard,  one  oz.  of  gum  cauii)h()r  and  two  dr.  mercurial  ointment  and 
apply  twice  a  day.    If  more  serious,  treat  as  for  "grease." 


CHAPTER  VI. 


LEGS   OP   THE    HORSE,  THEIR  ACCIDENTS  AND  DISEASES— CON- 

TINTJED. 


I.   CAPUI.ET  OR  CAPPED  HOCK  AND  ELBOW. 11.   FRACTURES. Til.   OPEN  JOINT. 

IV.  BROKEN  KNEES. V.  KNEE  SPRUNG. VI.  COCKED  ANKLES. VII. 

WINDGALLS. VIII.    SHOULDER  LAMENESS   AND  SWENEY. IX.   CRAMP 

OF  THE  MUSCLES  OF  THE  THIGHS. 

I.    Capulet  or  Capped  Hock  and  Elbow. 

The  elbows  and  points  of  the  hot-ks  fire  liable  to  injury,  giving  rise  to 
swellings  of  the  nature  of  tumors.  They  are  filled  with  a  watery  exu- 
date, slightly  tinged  with  blood.  If  not  emptied  and  properly  treated 
they  become  caloused  and  organized  into  a  solid  fibrous  mass  in  the  course 
of  a  month  or  so.  When  this  takes  place,  the  callosity  on  the  dlbow 
becomes  very  heavy  and  hangs  from  the  elbow,  a  very  unsightly  mass, 
sometimes  as  large  as  a  child's  head. 

The  callosity  on  the  point  of  the  hock  never  gets  so  large  as  on  the 
elbow,  but  becomes  just  as  hard  and  unsightly,  and  is  more  noticeable 
being  farther  from  the  body. 

Causes. — Bruising  is  the  only  cause.  It  is  usually  long  continued, 
hence  the  gradual  dcn^elopment  into  a  hard  fibrous  tumor.  The  one  on 
the  elbow  is  caused  by  laying  the  point  of  the  ell)ow  on  the  shoe  or  on 
the  hard  floor.  Some  horses  have  the  habit  of  pawing  the  bedding  all 
back  before  lying  down,  and  letting  the  elbow  come  directly  on  the  floor, 
while  others  always  lie  with  the  elbow  on  the  shoe.  Either  way  of  lying, 
if  continued  for  any  length  of  time,  w\\\  bruise  these  points  and  a  watery 
exudation  is  formed,  which  fills  the  sack.  If  not  evacuated  it  increases, 
and  may  suppurate  and  break,  or  it  may  become  organized  and  solidify, 
the  walls  thicken  and  the  whole  become  a  solid  mass. 


CAPPED  ELBOW^  OK  SHOE  BOIL. 

The  one  on  the  hock  is  usually  caused  by  kicking  cither  in  the  stall  or 
harness.     It  is  often  seen  on  nervous,  high-spirited  horses  that  do  not  get, 

334 


LEGS  OF  THE  HORSE,  THEIR  ACCIDENTS  AND  DISEASES.  335 

work  enough,  become  restless  in  the  stable  and  go  to  kicking  to 
amuse  and  exercise  themselves,  and  thus  bruise  the  points  of  the  hocks 
against  the  sides  of  the  stall  ;  if  kept  in  a  box  stall,  they  are  just  as  apt 
to  do  it.  It  is  also  often  seen  on  draft  horses  that  arc  Avorkod  to  the 
cart ;  being  hooked  too  near  to  the  box,  they  strike  it  with  their  hocks 
every  time  their  legs  are  raised.  Sometimes  it  is  caused  by  runaways  or 
by  pieces  of  timber  falling  on  the  hocks. 

How  to  know  it. — In  case  of  the  elbow  a  scurfy,  wrinkled  appearance 
indicates  the  danger,  and  if  not  attended  to  and  tlic  cause  removed,  it 
goes  on  growing  day  by  day,  till  a  large  tumor  is  developed.  Some- 
times by  a  sudden  shifting  of  the  position  of  the  feet  in  lying,  a  large, 
hard,  hot  swelling  may  spring  up  in  one  night ;  it  may  be  only  a  couple 
of  inches  thick,  but  may  be  eight  or  ten  in  diameter,  very  sore  to  the 
touch  ;  but  w^hen  the  tumor  grows  gradually  it  is  not  usually  very  sore. 

When  on  the  hocks,  the  points  are  found  much  swollen,  hot,  tender 
and  sore  to  the  touch.  The  trouble  usually  comes  on  suddenly  with  one 
or  two  nio-hts'  locking. 

What  to  do. — When  hot,  sore  and  of  short  duration,  remove  the  cause  ; 
give  a  laxative  of  one  and  a  half  or  two  pints  of  raw  linseed  oil ;  foment 
the  parts  with  hot  water,  with  a  handful  of  common  salt  in  it,  for  an 
hour  or  so,  then  rub  dry  and  rub  gently  in,  the  following  liniment: 

No.  16.  1}4  Ounce  tincture  arnica, 

1^  Ounce  liquor  ammonia, 

1  Ounce  tinctiu-e  opium, 
Water  to  make  one  pint, 

Mix. 

Repeat  morning  and  night  for  two  or  three  weeks,  and  if  the  case  is  j> 
V-iild  one,  this  treatment  will  cure  it.  In  case  it  is  the  elbow  and  there 
is  a  soft  fluctuating  feeling,  tap  it  with  a  knife  and  let  the  water  out, 
making  the  opening  large  enough  to  pass  your  finger  in.  Syringe  out 
the  sack  with  warm  water  and  follow  it  with  No.  6.  Repeit  it  twice  a 
day,  continuing  the  external  treatment  the  same  as  before.  After  the 
oil  has  operated,  give  one  of  the  following  powders  in  the  feed  morning 
Hnd  night : 

No.  16.  ^^  Ounces  rosin, 

2  Ounces  saltpetre, 
Powder  and  mix, 

DiAide  into  twelve  powders. 

It  should  bfe  borne  in  mind  that  the  cause  must  be  removed  absolutely, 
m  order  to  have  the  treatment  of  any  avail,  otherwise  it  will  all  be  lost, 
and  the  tumor  will  continue  to  grow  in  spite  of  all  you  can  do.     When  he 


SS6  CrCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

lies  on  ttie  floor,  give  more  bedding;  if  on  the  shoe,  apply  a  roller  to 
the  pastern,  as  large  as  jour  arm,  so  as  to  let  it  take  the  bearing  on  the 
arm  instead  of  the  elbow  on  the  foot.  If  it  is  a  very  bad  case,  it  will  be 
well  to  keep  the  horse  standing  a  few  days.  If  it  still  remains  large  and 
hard,  change  the  injection  to  the  following : 

No.  17.  1  Drachm  iodine, 

1  Drachm  iodide  of  potash, 
1  Ounce  alcohol, 
1  Pint  water. 
Mix. 

Inject  a  little,  twice  a  day,  after  usingthehot  water  as  before.  When 
dry  apply  tincture  of  iodine  twice  a  day,  till  it  gets  vervsore,  then  grease 
it  with  fresh  lard  till  healed,  and  repeat  it. 

If  it  becomes  hard  and  solid,  the  only  remedy  lies  in  dissecting  it  out 
bodily.  The  operation  is  quite  simple.  Cut  the  opening  in  the  skin  in  a 
line  running  up  and  down,  then  cnt  the  cellular  tissue  around  the  tumor  and 
dissect  the  whole  lump  out,  being  very  careful  not  to  cut  into  the  elbow 
joint.  If  an  artery  or  vein  is  cut  so  as  to  bleed  a  stream,  take  it  up  and 
tie  it,  sew  the  skin  together,  and  dress  it  three  times  a  day  with  the  lo- 
tion. No.  6.  If  the  stitches  break  out,  and  the  wound  gapes  open,  it  is 
no  use  to  resew  it,  but  dress  it  three  times  a  day  with  No.  7,  and  it  will 
draw  together  as  it  heals.  We  would  urge  in  this  connection  the  employ- 
ment of  a  qualified  veterinary  surgeon  to  perform  operations  in  every 
case,  as  the  use  of  the  knife  requires  a  thorough  knowledge  of  the  anat- 
omy of  the  parts,  as  well  as  experience  to  avoid  giving  unnecessary  pain 
to  the  animal. 

Where  it  is  the  hock  that  is  affected,  the  same  treatment  will  suffice  in 
all  matters  of  detail  until  you  come  to  puncturing  the  sack,  when  you 
must  stop.  Never  cut  into  a  capped  hock  except  in  a  rare,  3xaggerated 
case,  and  then  employ  a  veterinary  surgeon  to  do  it.  Hand-rubbing  will 
do  a  great  deal  towards  making  it  absorb.  As  soon  as  the  inflammation 
is  well  reduced,  and  all  points  working  satisfactorily,  the  horse  may  as 
well  be  at  work  as  idle. 

Prevention. — G-ive  the  horse  plenty  of  bedding  ;  do  not  allow  a  faithful 
friend  to  sleep  on  the  bare  floor.  Give  plenty  of  exercise  to  avoid  mis- 
chief in  the  stable,  that  may  run  on  to  bad  habits  and  vices. 

n.  Fractures. 

Causes. — ^Fractures  of  the  limbs  are  very  common  among  horses,  not 
that  the  bones  of  horses  are  more  brittle,  but  they  are  more  exposed  to 
accidents  than  those  of  any  other  animal,  man  not  excepted.  They  are 
60  active,  quick-motioned,  fleet  and  heavy,  that  when  an  accident  occurs 


LEGS  OF  THE  HORSE,  THEIR  ACCIDENTS  AND  DISEASES. 


337 


the  effects  are  apt  to  be  disastrous  ;  for,  like  a  railway  train,  the  unlucky 
animal  does  not  have  many  chances  to  come  out  whole.  All  bones  of 
the  body  are  liable  to  fracture,  but  the  bones  of  the  legs  are  more  so 
from  being  more  exposed.  In  runaways,  the  animal  often  comes  to  a 
sudden  stop  by  falling  or  colliding  with  some  heavy,  solid  object.  Then 
he  is  sure  to  suffer  ;  any  one  of  the  limbs  may  be  broken,  or  it  may  be 
the  ribs,  back,  neck,  head,  jaws,  hips,  etc.  Kicks  are  very  often  the 
causes  of  fractures,  especially  of  the  legs — the  cannons,  thighs  or  arms 
being  the  bones  which  most  frequently  suffer.  The  bone  of  the  foot  is 
often  broken  by  striking  with  great  force  against  a  stone,  post,  or  any 
other  solid  object.  The  pastern  is  sometimes  split  through  its  entire 
length  by  jumping.  The  writer  knew  of  a  case  of  fracture  of  the  can- 
non bone  of  one  of  the  hind  legs  by  catching  the  toe  in  the  girth  of  the 
harness  when  kicking  flies,    breaking  the  bone  short  off. 

Fractures  are  divided  into  the  following  classes  :  Simple — when  nothinf^ 
else  is  broken  but  the  bone  ;  compound — when  the  ends  of  the  bones  punch 
through  the  flesh  and  skin  ;  complex— when  the  bone  is  shattered  into  many 
pieces,  and  one  or  more  pieces  may  prick  through  ;  transverse — when  the 
bone  breaks  short  off ;  oblique — when  the  fracture  is  in  an  obliqe  direc- 
tion across  the  bone ;  green  stick — when  the  bone  breaks  like  a  green 
stick,  splitting  and  bending  and  twisting  without  breaking  directly  off. 
The  bone  may  be  only  cracked,  or  broken  without  misplacement. 
The  bones  of  old  horses  are  more  liable  to  fracture  than  those  of 
young  ones,  becoming  brittle  with  age. 

How  to  know  it. — ^When  the  fracture  cannot  be  seen,  but  is  suspected, 
manipulate  it  a  little,  listening  attentivel}^  at  the  same  time,  and  you  will 
hear  the  grating  of  the  ends  of  the  bone  together,  which  is  an  unmistak- 
able symptom ;  for  grating  or  rubbing  of  rough  ends  toget'ier  is  never 
heard  in  health.  Great  lameness  is  inseparable  from  a  fracture,  be  it 
ever  so  slight.  When  the  bone  is  only  cracked,  there  will  be  great  lame- 
ness, with  few  if  any  conclusive  symptoms  to  indicate  fracture,  but  by 
careful  examination  a  sore  place  can  be  felt ;  the  horse  will  not  bear  a 
pound  on  the  limb,  and  will  keep  lifting  it  as  if  in  great  pain.  In  all 
cases  there  will  be  a  rise  in  frequency  of  the  pulse  and  respirations  from 
the  nervous  shock  and  pain  ;  more  or  less  inflammation  follows,  and  the 
temperature  will  be  raised  a  little.  As  the  length  of  time  increases 
after  the  fracture,  if  nothing  is  done  to  relieve  it,  all  the  symptoms  in- 
crease, the  nostrils  dilate,  the  countenance  becomes  haggard,  and  ex- 
presses anxiety,  the  eyes  become  injected,  the  injured  limb  swells,  be- 
comes hot,  and  in  all  fatal  cases,  when  the  inflammation  reaches  its 
height,  mortification  begins  and  extends  towards  the  body,  when  death  is 


338 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


only  a  question  of  a  few  hours.  The  p:irt  gets  cold  and  clammy,  ape- 
culiar  offensive  sweat  rises  on  the  surface,  the  skin,  if  white,  l)ecomes 
purplish,  but  if  l)hu>k,  the  discoh)ration  cannot  l)e  seen.  As  soon  as  mor- 
tification  sets  in  the  pain  ceaseSo 

What  to  do.— If  it  is  a  fracture  of  the  cannon,  arm,  thigh,  femur 
(tiic  ])()ne  Ix'tween  the  hip  and  stifle),  shoulder  or  back,  ninety-nine  times 
out  of  a  hundred  the  case  is  fatal  if  displacement  takes  place,  and  espe- 
cially so  if  it  is  a  compound  or  complex  fracture.  If  it  is  a  fracture  of 
the  back,  ])arah>i-  of  all  part>  Ixhind  1  lie  IVacfuv  will  ensue.      In  any  of 


J2gacs8>f-^     f<7 


SLING    IN    USE. 

the  above  instances,  the  horse  may  as  well  be  destroyed,  for  it  is  utterly 
impossible  to  keep  him  quiet  till  the  ])ones  knit ;  thoy  would  repair 
as  readily  and  as  substantially  as  those  of  man,  if  we  could  put  him  to 
bed  and  keep  him  there  six  weeks.  But  take  what  measures  you  may, 
in  most  cases  you  wnll  fail  from  no  other  reason  than  that  he  keeps  mov- 
ing about,  swinging  the  leg,  and  behaving  in  a  very  restless  manner  gen- 
erally, which  prevents  the  ends  of  the  bones  from  remaining  m  quiet 
contact  long  enough  to  grow  together.  The  bones  of  dogs,  sheep  and 
sometimes  cattle,  grow  together  very  readily  because  they  are  more 
quiet,  and  favor  an  injured  leg  more  than  a  horse.  If  it  is  the  shoulder 
or  thigh,  it  is  so  deeply  imbedded  in  muscle  that  it  is  verj  difficult  to  set 
the  bones,  especially  if  the  fracture  is  oblique,  for  the  muscles  contract 
and  draw  the  ends  of  the  bones  past  their  proper  positions  from  two  to 
six  inches,  and  it  is  an  utter  impossibility  to  bring  the  ends  togetiier 
again  even  with  the  aid  of  pulleji' 


LEGS  OF  THE  HORSE,  THEIR  ACCIDENTS  AND  DISEASES.  339 

But  if  it  is  a  fracture  of  the  foot,  pastern,  fetlock,  hip  or  any  other  part 
^here  there  is  no  displacement,  a  cure  can  usually  be  made.  After  put- 
ting the  horse  in  a  roomy,  comfortable,  loose  box,  put  him  in  slings  to 
take  the  weight  off  the  injured  leg,  and  relieve  the  weight  from  the 
others.  Make  the  broken  limb  as  straight  as  possible,  then  envelop  it 
f.or  a  distance  of  five  or  six  inches  in  plaster  of  Paris,  or  if  that  is  not  handy, 
soak  a  piece  of  sole  leather  in  water  until  quite  soft,  and  mould  it  to  the 
form  of  the  leg,  and  bind  it  on  so  as  to  keep  it  perfectly  tight  and  solid, 
and  in  its  place.  Splints  may  be  put  on  outside  of  the  leather.  A  starched 
bandage  is  very  good  in  connection  with  the  splints.  Have  the  starch 
very  stiff,  fill  the  hair  with  it  and  then  begin  to  wind,  not  tight  but  just 
enough  so  to  keep  the  parts  in  their  places  ;  put  on  a  considerable  quan- 
tity of  starch  with  each  wind  of  the  bandage  ;  after  making  about  half  a 
dozen  turns,  put  on  the  splints,  one  on  each  side,  and  one  on  the  back,  but 
none  in  front ;  then  continue  the  bandage  four  or  five  turns.  If  the  lee 
swells,  so  as  to  make  the  bandage  too  tight,  slit  the  banuage  up  a  little 
way  at  either  end.  Leave  the  whole  thing  on  al)()ut  five  or  six  weeks, 
keeping  the  horse  in  the  sling  all  the  time,  just  tight  enough  to  give  gen- 
tle pressure  on  the  belly  and  he  will  lie  in  it  at  his  pleasure.  If  he  acts 
unruly  at  first,  quiet  him  by  talking  to  him,  and  he  will  very  soon  get  ac- 
customed to  the  arrangement,  and  like  it. 

If  any  pieces  of  bone  become  detached  they  will  act  as  foreign  matter 
and  must  be  removed.  Any  such  complication  in  a  leg  already  done  up 
in  a  starched  bandage,  or  in  plaster,  will  be  recognized  by  increased  swel- 
ling in  the  surrounding  parts,  and  also  by  heat  and  soreness,  uneasiness  and 
increase  in  temperature,  pulse  and  respiration.  The  natural  condition 
being:  Pulse  36,  respiration  10  to  the  minute,  and  temperature  98.5® 
F.  The  pulse  is  taken  on  the  angle  of  the  lower  jaw,  as  the  artery 
passes  around  the  under  side  on  its  way  to  the  face.  Temperature  is 
taken  by  a  clinical  thermometer  inserted  in  the  rectum,  and  allowed  to 
remain  in  two  minutes.  Respiration  is  taken  by  counting  the  breaths, 
one  m  and  one  out  making  a  respiration. 

When  the  hip  is  broken  down,  making  what  is  known  as  "hipped," 
there  is  nothing  to  do  except  to  give  time  and  what  constitutional  treat- 
ment is  indicated.  Fracture  of  the  shoulder  blade  is  treated  in  the  same 
way,  except  that  it  might  be  advisable  to  put  the  horse  in  slings. 

In  all  cases  watch  the  symptoms  and  treat  them  as  they  require,  oat 
it  would  be  well  always  to  give  the  following  mixture  : — 

j^o.  18.  1  Drachm  tincture  aconite  root, 

2  Ounces  spirits  of  nitre, 
2  Drachms  fluid  extract  belladonna, 
1  Ounce  nitrate  of  potash, 
1  Ounce  carbonate  of  ammonia, 
Water  to  ooake  one  pint, 

MlTfo' 


340 


CYCLOPEDIA  OP  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


Give  one  ounce  (two  tablespoonfuls)  every  two,  four  or  six  hours,  ac- 
cording  to  the  requirements  of  the  case.  This  is  the  dose  for  ji  fell  sized 
adult  horse,  a  young  or  small  one  in  proportion.  Continue  this  as  long 
as  there  is  any  fever.  Give  all  the  cold  water  to  drink  the  horse  wishes, 
but  give  it  little  at  a  time  and  often.  If  the  neck  is  broken,  death  ensuet* 
immediately,  on  account  of  the  nervous  communication  to  the  heart, 
lungs  and  stomach  being  cut  off,  and  so  they  stop  working. 

m.    Open  Joint. 

Open  joint  is  one  of  the  most  serious  accidents  that  horse  flesh  is  lia- 
ble to,  and  unfo'.-tu 'lately  is  quite  common. 

Causes. — Cuts,  bruises,  pricks  from  nails,  pricks  from  the  fork  in 
handling  the  manure  and  bedding,  falling  on  the  road,  kicks  from  othec 
horses,  etc.,  are  common  causes. 


BAKER'S  BRACE  FOR  BROKEN 
KNEE  WHEN  THE  JOINT  IS 
OPENED. 


WHERE  JOINT  OIL  IS. 

The  lines  mark  the  points  where  synovia 
(or  joint  oil)  is  interposed  between  the 
different  structures. 


How  to  know  it — A  wound,  of  course,  is  present,  and  a  discharge 
also  is  seen  when  it  is  at  all  serious.  The  character  of  the  discharge  de- 
termines the  extent  of  the  injury  ;  if  it  is  an  open  joint,  in  addition  to 
pus  there  will  be  a  discharge  of  joint  oil  (synovia).  Synovia  is  inodor- 
ous ;  has  no  smell ;  amber  colored  when  fresh  ;  whitish  yellow  when  co- 
agulated I  thin  and  watery,  but  at  the  same  time  is  of  an  oily  nature 
when  fresh ;  coagulates  on  exposure  to  the  air.     When  the  discharge 


LEGS  OF  THE  HORSE,  THEIR  ACCIDENTS  AND  DISEASES.  ;^41 

partakes  of  the  character  given  above,  especially  in  the  latter  particular, 
and  is  accompanied  by  more  or  less  fever,  good  appetite,  gradual  wast- 
ing of  muscular  tissues,  (though  somet'mes  the  wasting  of  tissue  is 
rapid),  tucked  up  appearance,  hard  unyielding  swelling,  with  great  sore- 
ness to  the  touch,  and  extreme  lameness,  there  need  be  no  doubt  but  that 
there  is  an  open  joint. 

What  to  do. — If  neglected  and  allowed  to  run  its  own  course  it  will  be 
fatal  ill  uhnost  every  case  ;  the  horse  will  die  from  irritative  fever,  ex- 
haustion and  inanition.  Sometimes  it  is  fatal  even  with  the  best  treat- 
ment, therefore  it  is  of  the  utmost  importance  that  remedies  be  promptly 
applied,  and  vigorously  pursued. 

When  an  open  joint  is  recognized,  wash  the  wound  with  tepid  water  with 
a  few  drops  of  oar1)olic  acid  in  it ;  if  the  wound  is  deep,  and  there  is  pus 
mixed  with  the  synovia,  syringe  it  out  gently,  with  the  lotion.  No.  6  ;  gen- 
erally, however,  it  is  best  not  to  syringe,  probe  nor  push  in  the  wound 
any  more  than  is  a])solutely  necessary ;  but  let  all  the  treatment  tend 
towards  filling  up  the  wound  with  healthy  granulations.  As  soon  as  the 
wound  is  nicely  washed,  make  a  paste  of  the  following; 

No.  19.  2  Drachms  glj^cerine, 

1  Drachm  carbolic  acid, 
Flour  to  make  a  thick  paste. 

Make  a  plug  of  the  paste  and  insert  it  into  the  wound  ;  then  smear  solid 
extract  of  belladonna  over  all  the  hard  swelling  around  the  wound,  and 
let  a  cold  poultice  made  of  oil-cake  meal  go  on  over  the  whole.  Change 
the  poultice  and  dress  it  twice  a  day.  When  the  suppuration  ceases,  and 
there  is  a  clear  flow  of  synovia,  omit  the  plug  and  let  the  poultice  come 
directly  in  contact  with  the  wound.  Keep  the  horse  as  quiet  as  possible  ; 
curry  food  and  water  to  him,  so  as  to  avoid  the  least  motion.  If  it  is 
practicable  apply  apparatus  to  stiffen  the  joint  during  the  treatment.  A 
convenient  appliance  will  ])e  described  in  the  next  article  on  broken 
knees. 

The  most  difficult  thing  in  the  treatment  of  open  joint  is  to  stop  the 
flow  of  synovia  without  checking  the  flow  of  pus.  For  whenever  there 
is  pus  in  a  wound  it  nmst  come  out,  or  damage  will  l)e  done  ;  at  the  same 
time  you  cannot  wash  and  syringe  an  open  joint  to  get  rid  of  the  pus  as 
you  would  an  ordinary  wound,  because  that  would  tend  to  keep  the 
wound  open  and  continue  the  flow  of  synovia  ;  consequently  there  is  an 
opportunity,  usually,  to  display  very  fine  judgment.  Give,  internally, 
tonics  composed  of : 

No.  20.  2  Ounces  pure  sulphate  of  irou, 

2  Ounces  chinehona  bark, 
Powder  and  mix. 

Divide  into  twelve  powders. 


342 


CYCLOPEDIA    OF    LIVE    STOCK    AND    COMPLETE    STOCK    DOCTOR. 


Give  one  night  and  morning  in  tlie  feed. 
is  nearlv  well. 


Continue  this  till  the  wound 


IV.     Broken  Knees. 

Broken  knee  is  a  term  used  to  designat<^  contusion,  abrasion  and 
laceration  of  the  soft  parts — skin,  ligaments  and  membranes — over  the 
knee  joints,  but  not  the  bones.  Tt  is  quite  common,  especially  where 
horse-back  riding  is  fashionable,  and  fox  hunting  and  steeple  chasing 
are  ]>racticed.  Sometimes  the  knees  are  only  bruised  or  the  skin  broken, 
and  then  it  is  very  si)nple  and  recovery  is  quick.  But  they  are  often 
broken  right  through  into  the  joints,  opening  them  completely  and  allow- 
ing a  raj)id  flow  of  synovia.  Sometimes  they  are  ea.sily  cured,  and  at 
other  times  defy  all  treatment,  and  the  joints  become  ruined  and  stiffened; 
and  sometimes  large  spavins  grow  upon  them.     They  sometimes  prove 


BROKEN  KNEE. 


Manner  of  probing  the 
dirt  sac  of  a  broken 
knee. 


COCKED  ANKLE. 

Ilesult    of   corns    anc 

similar   diseases. 


BROKEN  KNEE. 


Manner  of  opening  the  dirt  sac  of  a 
broken  knee  when  it  is  found 
necessary  lo  do  so. 


fatal  by  the  excessive  amount  of  irritative  fever  produced;  the  horse 
becomes  very  much  emaciated,  tucked  up  in  the  flanks,  runs  at  the  eyes, 
and  weakness  is  great.  Whenever  the  joints  are  opened,  you  have  a  very 
serious  case  at  the  best,  and  one  that  will  tax  the  patience  and  judgment 
of  the  attendant. 

Causes. — Knees  are  always  broken  by  falling  on  them.  The  causes 
of  falling  may  differ.  Work  horses  drop  upon  their  knees  sometimes 
when  starting  very  heavy  loads,  and  if  on  stony  or  gravelly  roads,  are 
very  apt  to  break  their  knees.  Driving  horses  stumble  and  fall  on  their 
knees  when  they  are  sore  in  the  feet,  stiff  in  the  legs  or  lame  in  the 
shoulders,  and  often  open  the  joints.  Saddle  horses  are  the  most  liable  to 
broken  knees ;  if  ridden  slowly,  on  smooth  roads,  the  weight  on  the  back 
makes  them  more  liable  to  stumble;  if  ridden  across  country  they  often 
come  upon  their  knees  on  the  other  side  of  a  fence  or  ditch. 


LEGS  OF  THE  HORSE,  THEIR  ACCIDENTS  AND  DISEASES.  343 

How  to  know  it. — There  will  be  a  contused,  lascerated,  ragged  wound  ; 
the  skin  hanging  in  shreds,  hair  bruised  off,  the  ends  of  tendons  protrud- 
ing and  curling  like  bands  of  white  tape.  A  discharge  of  synovia  (an 
oily  looking,  aml)er  colored  liquid)  takes  place,  and  in  bad  cases  the  Avhite 
glistenii^g  bones  of  the  joint  can  be  seen  and  felt. 

What  to  do. — If  the  wound  is  dirty  with  sand,  gravel  or  other  sub- 
stance, wash  gently  to  remove  it.  If  the  ends  of  tendons  or  ligan»ents 
protrude,  clip  them  off  with  scissors  close  down  to  the  edge  of  the  wound  ; 
draw  the  ends  of  the  skin  together  and  bind  on  a  soft  piece  of  old  linen 
to  keep  the  i)arts  in  place  and  the  air  from  ii:,  wetting  the  wound  and 
linen  with  lotion  No.  G.  Then  proceed  to  have  the  l)race  made  as  seen  in 
the  illustration  on  page  340,  for  it  is  absolutely  necessary  to  keep  tbe 
knee  stiff  and  perfectly  quiet,  so  as  to  get  as  small  a  secretion  of  synovia 
EiS  possible.  Splints  arc  generally  used,  but  they  always  irritate  the  log 
where  they  come  in  contact,  and  fail  in  a  great  measure  to  jirevent  motion  ; 
but  when  Baker's  brace  is  used,  neither  the  knee  nor  any  joint  below  it 
c;an  be  flexed  a  particle. 

To  make  the  brace,  take  a  rod  of  good  iron  half  an  inch  sipiai'e,  and  of 
ii  length  sufficient  to  reach  from  the  ground  to  at  least  three  inches 
above  the  knee  ;  rivet  a  band  two  inches  wide  and  six  inches  long  on  to  the 
upper  end  of  the  bar,  and  bond  it  to  fit  the  fleshy  part  of  the  arm  ;  then 
bend  the  rod  in  its  passage  down  the  ])a('k  of  the  leg  to  fit  a  healthy  limb 
in  its  natural  position  when  the  weight  is  on  it ;  make  a  three-quarter 
book  at  the  bottom,  bending  backward,  to  hook  into  the  eye  in  the  bar  of 
the  shoe,  so  that  it  can  be  inserted  and  removed  at  pleasure  without  re- 
moving the  shoe.  Insert  two  rivets  or  a  staple  at  the  top,  and  another 
set  midway  between  the  knee  and  fetlock,  to  receive  the  strai)s  that  bind 
the  leg  to  the  brace.  Let  the  straps  be  an  inch  wide,  and  pad  between 
them  and  the  leg,  especially  over  the  shin.  Pad  the  band  well  to  prevent 
abrasion  of  the  skin.  The  shoe  may  be  an  old  one  that  fits  the  foot,  with 
the  heels  carried  out  at  least  an  inch  beyond  the  heels  of  the  foot,  and 
turned  upward  a  little ;  weld  on  across  the  heels  of  this  shoe  a  bar 
three  quarters  of  an  inch  wide,  with  an  eye  in  the  center  to  receive  the 
hook.  The  shoe  needs  to  be  nailed  on  very  strongly,  or  the  horse  will 
tear  it  off  in  his  efforts  to  flex  the  leg,  Avhich  he  v/ill  try  to  do  at  first, 
but  he  will  soon  get  accustomed  to  it,  and  walk  around,  lie  down  and  get 
up  the  same  as  a  man  with  a  stiff  leg.  The  strap  at  the  top  wants  to  be 
buckled  tight  enough  to  keep  the  brace  in  place,  the  one  at  the  center  of  the 
cannon  tight  enough  to  keep  the  leg  well  straightened  back  in  its  natural 
position.  The  shorter  brace  is  used  in  the  same  way  in  case  the  fetlock 
or  pastern  joint  is  cpsaed  ;  then  it  is  not  necessary  to  stiffen  the  knee. 


344  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

When  the  brace  is  adjusted,  remove  the  bandage  and  linen,  and  apply 
directly  to  the  wound  a  soft,  cold,  oil-cake  meal  poultice,  wet  somewhat 
with  the  lotion,  No.  0,  after  it  has  taken  up  all  the  water  it  will.  When 
ready  to  be  applied,  sprinkle  the  poultice  over  with  finely  powdered  char- 
coal. This  will  encourage  and  promote  healthy,  solid  granulations  and 
prevent  much  suppuration  and  sloughing.  Some  sloughing  and  suppu- 
ration will  have  to  take  place  on  account  of  the  wound  being  contused  in- 
stead of  being  made  by  a  clean  cut,  as  with  a  sharp  knite.  Dress  the 
wound  in  this  manner  twice  a  day  ;  continue  it  right  along  till  the  flow 
of  synovia  is  stopped,  even  then  it  is  better  to  leave  the  dressing  on  a 
few  days  more  to  further  reduce  the  inflammation  in  the  part.  If  the 
ends  of  the  tendons  protrude  at  any  time  they  must  be  clipped  off.  If 
there  is  high  fever  give  the  following  mixture : 

No.  21 .  1  Drachm  tincture  aconite  root, 

1)4  Ounce  sweet  spirits  nitre, 
1}4  Ounce  nitrate  of  potash, 
Water  to  make  one  pint. 
Mix. 

Give  a  tablespoonful  every  two  hours,  till  the  ])ulse  is  improved  arc 
fever  abated.     Feed  lightly  for  a  good  while. 

V.    Knee  Sprung. 

Knee  sprung  is  not  a  disease,  but  is  the  effect  of  disease.  When  the 
legs  are  healthy,  the  center  of  gravity  passes  dov;n  through  the  center  of 
them,  and  out  at  the  heals  ;  but  in  case  of  knee  sprung,  the  center  of 
gravity  passes  back  of  the  knees,  giving  them  a  very  bowed  appearance. 
It  always  comes  on  gradually,  and  may  stop  at  any  stage,  and  never  ge: 
worse  ;  but  sometimes  it  goes  on  to  so  great  an  extent  as  to  render  the 
animal  almost  useless.  Horses  often  sleep  standing,  and  do  it  with 
safety,  no  danger  of  falling,  as  long  as  the  legs  are  sound,  but  when  the 
knees  are  so  bowed  forwards  as  to  throw  the  center  of  gravity  on  a  line 
forward  of  the  origin  of  the  suspensory  ligaments  the  horse  will  fall  when 
he  goes  to  sleep  standing. 

Causes. — ^The  most  common  cause  is  sprain  or  other  injury  of  the 
back  tendons  of  the  leg.  The  ones  most  often  sprained,  and  injury  to 
which  is  most  likely  to  cause  knee  sprung,  are  the  suspensory  ligaments, 
and  the  metatarsal  ligament.  Sprain  of  these,  without  proper  treatment 
and  rest,  is  sure  to  be  followed  by  knee  sprung.  Sprains  of  the  other 
ligaments,  long  continued  soreness  in  the  feet,  sore  shins,  soreness  in  the 
joint,  etc.,  are  also  frequent  causes.  In  fact  any  abnormal  condition  of 
the  foot  or  leg  below  the  knee,  that  gives  rise  to  long  continued  lameness 
and  resting  the  heels  or  leg  by  knuckling  the  fetlock,  is  sure  to  be  fol- 
lowed by  a  going  over  on  the  knees,  from  contraction  of  the  back  tendons 


LEGS  OF  THE  HORSE,  THEIR  ACCIDENTS  AND  DISEASES.  345 

and  ligaments,  which  hold  the  parts  in  th.it  position  ever  after,  unless 
relieved  by  the  operation  called  tenotomy. 

How  to  know  it. — The  legs  of  somid  horses  are  straight  from  the  el- 
bow to  the  fetlock.  Hence,  any  deviation  from  that  position  indicates 
something  wrong.  Stand  opposite  the  shoulder  of  the  horse,  and  notice 
the  leg ;  any  bending  forward  from  the  straight  line  at  the  knee  creates 
suspicion.  Any  bad  case,  and  many  mild  ones,  are  accompanied  with 
thickening  of  the  back  tendons,  indicating  neglected  sprains. 

What  to  do.— There  is  nothing  to  be  done,  except  in  recent  cases, 
which  are  rare.  A  case  that  has  not  been  longer  than  two  or  three 
months  in  coming  may  be  benefitted  by  clipping  the  hair  from  the  back 
tendons,  wherever  there  is  any  thickening  or  soreness,  and  showerino- 
with  cold  water  several  times  a  day  for  two  or  three  days,  and  then  ap- 
plying blister,  No.  9,  well  rubbed  in.  Remove  the  shoes,  pare  down  the 
feet  and  open  the  heels.  Tie  his  head  up,  so  he  cannot  bite  the  blister, 
for  thirty  hours  ;  then  grease  it  once  a  day  till  nearly  healed,  and  turn 
him  out  for  a  long  run  at  grass.  If  he  is  not  improved  in  a  month,  re- 
peat the  blister. 

In  old,  chronic,  incurable  cases  the  operation  called  tenotomy,  can  be 
performed  sometimes  to  very  great  advantage,  but  not  as  often  as  in 
ease  of  cocked  ankles,  which  form  the  subject  of  our  next  article.  The 
operation  will  be  therein  described. 

VI.   Cocked  Ankles. 

The  fetlocks  are  often  knuckled  forward,  but  this,  like  knee  spruno-j 
is  only  a  symptom  of  some  other  trouble.  The  fetlocks  are,  however, 
often  mistaken  for  the  seat  of  the.lameness,  and  are  blistered  and  muti' 
lated,  of  course  without  any  benefit. 

Causes. — Sprains  of  the  suspensory  ligaments,  when  low  down  around 
or  below  the  fetlock  joint ;  lameness  in  the  bursa  of  the  pcrforans  ten- 
don, as  it  passes  over  the  fetlock  ;  bruises  on  the  heels  ;  corns  ;  quittor  ; 
navicular  disease,  or  nail  in  the  foot — anything  that  makes  the  horse 
rest  the  heels  or  lower  and  back  part  of  the  leg.  Sometimes  in  bad 
eases  of  shoulder  lameness,  the  leg  is  rested  in  such  a  nianner  as  to  let 
the  back  tendons  contract  so  as  to  throw  the  fetlock  forward. 

How  to  know  it. — It  is  recognized  by  the  ankle  joint  being  thrown  for- 
ward like  a  knuckle  ;  the  heels  raised  slightly  ;  the  tendons  contracted  : 
and  absence  of  any  soreness  or  thickening  in  the  joint  itself. 

What  to  do. — Spare  no  time  nor  pains  to  find  the  cause  and  remove  it, 
and  the  effect  will  cease.  Ninety-nine  times  in  a  hundred  it  is  only 
symptomatic.  In  a  great  majority  of  cases  the  cause  will  be  found  in 
the  feet ;  treat  them,  and  the  ankle  will  straighten  up. 


346 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


In  long-standing  cases  the  tendons  become  so  contracted  as  to  render  a 
return  to  a  natural  position  an  impossibility  ;  in  such  cases  tenotomy  is 
sometimes  practiced  to  advantage.  A  small  opening  is  made  in  the  skin 
about  midway  between  the  knee  and  fetlock ;  a  small  blade  is  run  in, 
edgeways,  and  through  to  the  skin  on  the  opposite  side,  but  not  through 
it ;  then  turn  the  edge  up  and  cut  off  the  tendons,  stopping  before  the 
gkin  is  cut  above  them,  being  careful  not  to  injure  the  suspensory  liga- 
ments. If  they  are  severed,  the  animal  is  useless  and  might  as  well  be 
destroyed.  To  perform  the  operation,  a  knowledge  of  the  anatomy  of 
the  parts  is  necessary  ;  hence  it  is  advisable  always,  when  possible,  to 
employ  a  competent  veterinary  surgeon. 

VII.    WindgaUs. 

The  tendons,  iis  they  pass  down  the  back  of  the  leg,  are  covered  with  a 
sheath  moistened  with  synovia ;  and  where  they  pass  over  the  fetlock 


WINDGALLS. 


Showing  situation  and  form* 
of  WindgaUs. 


CAPPED   HOCK. 


WINDGALLS. 
As  they  appear  upon  dissection. 


joint  are  synovial  burste,  to  prevent  friction  ;  there  is  also  synovia  between 
the  tendons  to  prevent  them  from  rubbing  against  each  other.  When, 
from  hard  work,  tlie  membranes  secreting  the  synovia  become  irritated, 
they  are  excited  to  secrete  more  than  their  natural  (piantity,  and  the  ac- 
cumulation of  it  forms  the  soft,  puffy  swellings  around  the  fetlocks,  either 
fore  or  hind.     They  are  always  caused  by  work. 

It  is  an  old,  popular  idea  that  these  swelling  are  filled  with  air,  hence 
the  name.  They  seldom  cause  lameness,  except  in  the  early  stage,  or  in 
the  very  last  stage,  when  they  become  ossified  ;  in  the  first  stage  the  lame- 
ness soon  passes  off ;  in  the  last  it  is  permanent. 

How  to  know  it. — Soft,  puffy  swellings  appear  after  considerable  work, 
around  the  fetlock.  They  are  usually  the  size  of  your  thumb,  l)ut  in 
some  cases  they  grow  to  the  size  of  a  hen's  egg. 


LEGS  OF  THE  HORSE,  THEIR  ACCIDENTS  AND  DISEASES.  347 

What  to  do. — Make  frequent  applications  of  cold  water,  or  cooling 
lotion,  No.  12;  and  after  a  couple  of  da3^s  apply  liniment,  No.  11,  well 
rubbed  in,  twice  a  day,  and  bandage  tightly  over  it,  till  well  blistered. 
Then  omit  the  liniment  but  continue  the  bandage,  vnth  grease  applied  to 
the  skin,  giving  the  puffs  all  the  direct  pressure  possible.  Pieces  of  cork 
laid  over  the  puffs,  and  bandaging  over  them  is  very  effectual. 

When  the  skin  is  sufficiently  healed,  repeat  the  liniment.  Continue 
this  treatment  for  three  or  four  weeks,  and  then  give  the  horse  a  run  at 
grass  or  in  a  straw  yard.  This  will  be  effectual  if  persevered  with  ;  l)ut 
as  soon  as  the  horse  is  put  to  work  again,  either  road  or  heavy  draft,  the 
windgalls  will  return. 

Vin.    Shoulder  Lameness  and  Sweeny, 

Shoulder  lameness  is  common.  Sweeny  is  rare,  but  it  is  often  imag- 
ined and  severely  treated  for,  when  the  cause  of  lameness  is  very  remote. 
Sweeny  is  wasting  of  the  muscles  of  the  shoulder  blade,  leaving  the  spine 
on  the  blade  exposed  the  whole  length,  with  hollows  on  each  side  that  you 
could  nearly  lay  your  arm  in. 

Causes. — Shoulder  lameness  is  usually  caused  by  a  sprain  ;  it  may  be 
of  the  ligaments  of  the  joint  or  of  the  muscles  around  the  joint.  Sprain 
of  the  latter  is  most  common. 

The  sprain  may  be  produced  by  slipping,  falling,  stepping  on  the  heel 
of  the  fore  shoe  with  the  toe  of  the  hind  .shoe,  especially  in  the  mud  or 
snow,  or  catching  the  hod  under  a  2'ootor  railroad  track.  Sweeny  is  usually 
caused  l)y  the  shoulder  being  badly  bruised  by  the  collar  in  hauling 
heavy  loads,  or  plowing,  or  by  the  horse  falling  and  bruising  the  shoul- 
der. 

How  to  know  it. — Lameness  is  a  characteristic  symptom  ;  the  shoulder 
and  leg  are  carried  forward  all  of  a  piece  ;  no  knee  action  ;  the  shoulder 
carried  forward  and  the  leg  swung  ;  at  the  time  the  leg  is  ])cing  taken 
forward  the  head  is  nodded  down  at  the  start  and  suddenly  jerked  up 
toward  the  finish  of  the  action.  There  is  an  inability  to  raise  the  leg  to 
steji  over  an  obstacle  a  foot  high,  but  he  will  drag  the  leg  over.  Swell- 
ing, hep.t  and  soreness  are  noticed. 

In  case  of  sweeny  the  muscles  are  wasted  as  described  above,  and 
much  the  same  action  of  the  leg  will  be  noticed.  In  recent  cases  of 
either,  the  horse  will  rest  the  leg  by  flexing  the  knee  and  resting  the  foot 
on  the  toe  without  extending  it.  In  mild  cases,  when  he  is  able  to  travel, 
rest  will  seem  to  cure  him  and  he  will  go  out  sound,  but  will  go  lame 
'Sfter  a  little,  and  get  worse  the  farther  he  goes. 

If  allowed  to  run  on  without  treatment,  sprain  of  the  shoulder,  espe- 
cially if  it  IS  ot  the  joint,  becomes  chronic,  extends  to  the  bones,  affect- 
ing the  heads  of  them  and  causing  permanent  lameness. 


348  CYCLOPliDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOE. 

What  to  do. — In  all  cases  of  shoulder  lameness  where  there  are  heat, 
swelling,  soreness  to  the  touch  and  lameness,  foment  with  hot  water, 
never  with  cold,  for  half  an  hour  at  a  time,  three  times  a  day.  It  is  welJ 
to  add  a  handful  of  common  salt  to  a  pail  of  the  hot  water.  When  it  has 
dried  after  washing,  rul)  well  in  tlic  liniment.  No.  14,  morning  and  night. 
In  most  cases,  if  taken  immediately  and  the  above  well  applied,  a  cure 
will  be  effected,  if  rest  is  given,  in  from  one  to  four  weeks.  If  this  faik 
to  cure,  a  blister  well  rubbed  in  over  the  affected  part  will  do  good ; 
use  No.  9.  In  nine  cases  out  of  ten,  when  the  lameness  is  in  the  shoul- 
der, remedies  applied  to  the  joint  of  the  shoulder  will  be  effectual.  A 
common  mistake  is  made  in  applying  blisters  over  the  shoulder  blade  and 
withers,  which  only  cause  pain  and  often  leave  blemishes,  without  doing 
one  particle  of  good,  except  necessitating  a  long  rest ;  but  it  is  better  to 
have  some  other  excuse  for  the  rest. 

When  these  means  fail,  the  last  resort  is  the  seton.  Vfhen  well  ap- 
plied it  produces  counter  irritation,  that  can  hardly  fail  to  cure  unless 
there  is  porcelaneous  deposit  on  the  heads  of  the  bones  in  the  joint. 
When  the  exact  source  of  lameness  is  located,  pass  the  seton  down  over 
it  just  beneath  the  skin,  letting  it  run  always  as  nearly  perpendicular  as 
possible.  Let  it  pass  eight  to  fourteen  inches  under  the  skin,  and  leave 
the  ends  projecting  three  or  four  inches.  The  seton  is  best  made  of 
strong,  coarse,  unbleached  muslin,  torn  into  a  strip,  one  inch  and  a  half 
wide.  Fasten  leather  buttons  on  each  end  to  prevent  it  coming  out. 
Smear  it  once  or  twice  a  week  with  a  little  fly  blister  to  promote  a  dis- 
charge and  increase  the  irritation.  Foment  and  wash  thoroughly  clean 
with  hot  water  morning  and  night.  If  the  horse  is  inclined  to  bite  and 
pull  the  seton,  tie  one  end  of  a  stick  to  his  halter,  and  the  other  end  to 
the  surcingle  to  hold  his  head  and  neck  straight.  A  needle  made  on 
puri)()se  is  needed  to  insert  the  seton  ;  it  should  be  fully  a  foot  long. 

The  seton  should  be  left  in  thice  weeks  in  mild  cases,  and  four  to  six 
weeks  in  bad  and  clironic  cases.  Always  give  from  one  to  three  months' 
rest  after  removing  the  seton. 

Sweeny  is  treated  by  mild  blisters  of  flies  in  ointment  as  in  No.  9,  or 
in  tincture,  rubbed  in  gently,  and  repeated  every  fortnight  for  two  or 
three  months.  The  horse  is  better  at  grass  Avliile  this  treatment  is  ]>eing 
given.  It  will  stimulate  the  muscles  to  rc-devclop.  Gentle  exercise  is 
better  than  absolute  rest. 

IX.    Cramp  of  the  Muscles  of  the  Thighs. 

The  muscles  of  the  thighs  are  very  subject  to  cramp  in  hard- 
worked  horses,  especially  in  old  ones.  These  cramps  are  often  diagnosed 
wrongly,  are  mistaken  for  dislocation  of  the  stifle,  are  in  fact  rarely  rec 
ognized  except  by  an  expert. 


LEGS  OP  THE  HORSE,  THEIR  ACCmENTS  AND  DISEASES.  349 

Causes. — Very  severe  exertion,  especially  if  prolonged  to  any  great 
extent ;  the  muscles  become  fatigued,  and  the  nerves  in  them  exhausted  ; 
then  if  the  horse  is  forced  to  continue  working,  cramp  is  very  apt  to 
take  place.  It  is  sometimes  seen  in  cases  where  horses  are  being  made 
to  swim  ;  cramps  seize  these  muscles  and  render  them  for  the  time  use- 
less, being  often  the  cause  of  drowning. 

How  to  know  it. — The  horse  is  going  along  apparently  all  right,  ex- 
cept that  he  is  laboring  from  fatigue,  when  suddenly  one  or  both  thighs 
cramp  and  draw  all  into  knots  ;  a  constriction  will  be  seen  in  the  hollow 
of  the  thigh  ;  the  point  of  the  hock  is  drawn  up,  and  the  horse  crouches 
with  his  hind  parts ;  in  fact  he  is  drawn  down  and  is  utterly  unable  to 
move.  On  account  of  the  position  the  hind  legs  assume,  the  trouble  is 
often  mistaken  for  dislocation  of  the  stifle.  When  both  legs  are  affected 
the  horse  often  falls  in  the  most  intense  agony,  being  una])le  to  stand 
longer.  When  only  one  leg  is  affected  it  is  usually  drawn  upwards  and 
])ack\vards  ;  he  is  unable  to  extend  it.  If  left  alone,  the  cramps  may  pass 
off  in  the  course  of  a  few  minutes,  or  they  may  last  several  hours. 

What  to  do. — Get  hot  water  as  quickly  as  possible,  and  apply  it,  bath- 
ing the  leg  continuously  till  the  muscles  relax  and  the  leg  is  let  down,  and 
the  horse  walks  as  w^ell  as  ever.  Then  rub  dry  and  rub  well  in  liniment 
No.  15,  In  the  absence  of  that  high  wines,  tincture  of  camphor,  arnica, 
hot  vinegar,  etc.,  are  good.     Give  the  patient  a  few  days'  rest. 

Leakage  from  Navel: —  If  a  portion  of  the  naval  cord  remains  im- 
mediately after  birtb,  the  tying  of  it  carefully  may  be  all  that  is  needed. 
If  this  does  not  prove  sufficient,  apply  Monsell's  solution  of  iron  with  a 
feather  three  times  per  day.  Allay  inflamation  by  fermenting  with  hot 
water.  Give  internally  one-fourth  teaspoonful  of  Salol  in  a  tablespoonful 
of  castor  oil  and  a  little  milk  three  times  per  day.  When  these  remedies 
fail  it  will  be  necessary  to  pass  a  needle  through  the  tissue  back  of  the 
opening  containing  a  strong  silk  thread  and  tie  so  as  to  include  as  little 
of  the  skin  as  possible.     Apply  tar  water  to  keep  flies  away  in  summer. 

Sometimes  rheumatism  accompanies  or  follows  such  condition  of  the 
colt.  If  so,  see  treatment  for  that  under  appropriate  heading.  Keep  the 
colt  quiet  and  warm.   Give  more  nourishment  as  it  grows  better. 

Navel  Infection: — ^Thisis  known  by  an  inflamed  or  swollen  condition 
of  the  parts  and  may  be  the  result  of  weakness  in  the  breeding,  the  colt 
falling  an  easy  victim  to  filthy  surroundmgs.  Cleanliness  and  a  prompt 
disinfecting  and  tying  of  the  cord  should  head  off  any  trouble  in  that  line. 

Wormy  Corn  Disease: — This  ailment  is  designated  in  this  way 
for  want  of  a  better  heading.  It  usually  comes  on  with  the  advent  of 
a  new  crop  of  corn,  the  quality  of  which  is  inferior.  The  remedy  is 
obvious:  Feed  sound  grain.  The  unsound  usually  rises  to  the  surface 
when  thrown  into  water  and  may  bo  skimmed  off.  For  pasturing  stalks 
see  * 'Cornstalk  Disease"  in  Cattle  Department. 

Engorgement: — ^This  usually  happens  when  the  horse  fills  his  stom- 
ach with  grain,  the  swelling  of  which  may  cause  death  in  a  few  hours.  Give 
a  purgative— No.  48 — and  follow  with  occasional  doses  of  raw  linseed  oil . 
Exercise  him  constantly  until  free  passages  are  obtained.  Allow  no  water. 


CHAPTER  VIL 


jiiaS  OF  THE    HORSE,    THEIR  ACCIDENTS    AND    DISEASES,  CON- 
TINUED. 


lo  STIFLED. II.     niP  LAMENESS   AND   HIPPED. III.     STOCKING. IV.     ELEPHAN- 
TIASIS OH  LYMPHANGITIS. V.     SCRATCHES  OR  CRACKED   HEEL. VI.    GREASE. 

VII.   MUD  FEVER. VIII.   FURUNCULUS  OR  CARBUNCLE. IX.   DISLOCATIONS. 

X.     WOUNDS. XI.     60RE    SHINS. XII.     OSTEOPHYTES,     FOLLOWING     SORE 

SHINS. XIII.     PORCELANEOUS  DEPOSIT. XIV.    STRING   HALT. XV.     INTER- 
FERING.  XVI.      OVERREACHING. XVII.       FORGING. XVIII.      RUPTURE    OF 

MUSCLES. XIX.   ATROPHY  OF  THE  MUSCLES. 

I.    Stifled. 

The  term  "stifled"  is  usually  applied  to  a  horse  suffering  from  any 
derangement  of  the  stifle  joint,  but  properly  it  is  only  applicable  when 
there  is  dislocation  of  the  pulley  bone,  (the  patella).  The  patella  is 
sometimes  thrown  out,  but  not  as  often  as  is  generally  supposed,  and  al- 
ways on  the  outside,  there  being  a  ridge  or  flange  of  bone  on  the  inside 
which  prevents  it  going  that  way. 

The  ligaments  of  the  stifle  are  often  sprained,  giving  rise  to  lameness 
more  or  less  severe. 

Causes. — Dislocation  is  produced  by  a  slip  and  a  twist  at  the  same 
time,  the  weight  probably  being  upon  that  leg  at  the  time  ;  the  animal  re. 
covers  from  the  slip  and  finds  himself  with  the  leg  as  far  back  as  it  can  be 
got,  having  carried  the  body  forward  on  it,  and  when  ready  to  bring  th«j 
leg  forward  he  is  unable  to  move  it.  The  leg  remains  protruding  back- 
ward until  help  comes  to  relieve  the  awkward  situation. 

Sprains  are  caused  in  the  same  way,  but  to  a  less  extent. 

How  to  know  it. — Dislocation  is  recognized  by  the  position  of  the  leg 
as  described  above,  with  inability  to  move  it  forward.  The  horse  can  be 
made  to  back,  but  he  will  swing  himself  back  over  the  injured  leg  with- 
out raising  it  off  the  ground.  The  other  legs  are  moved  all  right,  but 
this  one  remains  with  the  foot  in  one  position  as  if  riveted  to  the 
ground. 

Lameness  from  sprains  is  recognized  by  a  labored  action  in  carrying  the 
leg  forward ;  the  leg  is  carried  farther  forward  than  in  health,  and  is 
swung  outward,  flexing  the  stifle  as  little  as  possible.  When  made  to 
trot,  all  symptoms  are  exaggerated.  Upon  a  careful  examination  with  the 
hand  there  will  be  found  a  thickening  around  the  ligaments  and  soreness 
upon  pressure.     When  brought  to  a  standstill  he  will  rest  the  leg. 

350 


LEGS  OF  THE  HORSE,  THEIR  ACCIDENTS  AND  DISEASES.  351 

What  to  do. — In  case  of  dislocation  tie  a  rope  to  the  pastern  and 
pull  it  forward  and  a  little  outward  at  the  same  time,  the  mar,  handling 
the  rope  standing  about  a  yard  from  the  horse's  shoulder  ;  then  anothe" 
man  standing  at  the  stifle  shoves  the  bone  back  into  its  place,  by  pushino 
toward  the  horse's  flank.  It  will  slip  in  with  a  snap.  Then  put  en  a 
high-heeled  shoe,  the  heels  raised  two  inches,  and  bathe  the  stifle  as  con- 
tinuously as  possible  with  the  cooling  lotion.  No.  12.  When  the  inflam- 
mation that  follows  is  gone,  apply  a  blister  all  around  the  joint,  use  No. 
9.  Give  a  long  rest.  If  this  does  not  cure  in  four  or  five  weeks,  a  seton 
may  be  put  in  over  the  joint,  running  up  and  down  about  four  inches  ; 
wash  it  clean  once  or  twice  a  day  with  liot  water,  and  leave  it  in  from 
two  to  four  weeks.  When  entirely  well,  replace  the  shoe  with  an  ordi- 
nary one. 


DEVICE    FOU    A   STIEl.El)  HORSE. 
Showing  the  manner  of  replacing  the  patella,  in  case  the  stifle  is  thrown  out. 

Treatment  for  sprains  of  the  stifle  is  the  same  as  prescribed  for  dislo- 
cation. Do  not  omit  the  high-heeled  shoe,  and  give  plenty  of  rest.  If 
it  is  a  mild  case  a  strong  liniment  may  be  effectual ;  apply  No.  14.  The 
more  heroic  treatment  may  be  applied  when  the  mild  fails. 

II.    Hip  Lameness  and  Hipped. 

Lameness  and  accidents  are  commonl}'  found  affecting  the  hips.  The 
points  of  the  hips  often  knock  against  door  posts,  trees,  stakes  and  posts 
in  the  pasture  ;  and  also  when  falling  the  hip  is  often  the  first  point  to 
strike.  At  such  times  a  point  is  often  broken,  or  the  Avhole  hip  is  knocked 
down,  giving  a  one-sided  appearance  to  the  hips,  wiien  they  are  known  as 
hipped. 

Causes. — Ordinary  hip  lameness  is  caused  by  spraining  the  ligaments 
or  muscles  around  the  joint.  It  may  be  done  by  slipping,  falling,  being 
kicked  by  other  horses,  etc. 


852 


CYCLOPEDIA  OP  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


ELEPHANT    LEG. 


How  to  know  it. — Lameness  in  the  hii)  is  rather  hard  to  diagnose  on 
account  of  its  usually  being  so  deep-seated.     A  bad  case  of  hip  lameness 
lis    known  by   a  short  step,   about   half   the 
length  of   that  of   the  sound  leg,  while  the 
whole  leg  is  carried  together,  all  of  a  piece, 
and  swung  outward  somewhat.  When  standing 
he  will  not  always  rest  the  leg,  butmay  stand 
perfectly  sound  on  it  and  only  show  lame- 
ness  when    moving,  showing  it  entirely  by 
[labored  action,  the  leg  being  brought  forward 
)wly  and  with  difficulty. 
^Manipulation  will  usually  find  soreness  di- 
Irectly  over  or  near  the  joint,  and  upon  close 
examination,  when  standing  behind  and  com- 
paring the  two  sides,  there  will  be  found  a 
slight  swelling  in  the  region  of  the  injury. 
Sometimes  the  sprain  is  in  the  back  part  of 
the  joint ;    then  the   labored  action  is  seen 
more   in  backing,  the  horse  going  forward 
[with  little  or  no  difficulty. 

In  case  of  fracture  there  will  be  a  very 
perceptil)le  deficiency  or  falling  away  in  that  region,  accompanied  by 
great  lameness  and  soreness  to  the  touch. 

What  to  do.  -Ii^  cases  of  fracture  all  that  can  be  done  is  to  make  the 
horse  as  comfortable  as  possible  and  apply  anodyile  lotions  and  liiii^ 
ments,  accompanied  with  hot  applications,  either  water  or  vinegar,  and 
the  Imiment,  No.  15  ;and  also  give  along  rest,  from  one  to  three  months. 
The  bones  cannot  be  got  at  to  be  set ;  so  all  there  is  to  be  done  is  to  let 
nature  do  the  work.  The  animal  will  alwaj.:;  remain  one-sided,  and  will 
generall}^  go  a  little  one-sided,  partly  cornerwise,  in  tl  e  road  ;  but  he  will 
be  just  as  useful  as  ever  for  ordinary  work. 

Sprain  of  the  hip  is  treated  the  same  as  any  other  sprain.  Rest,  hot 
water,  and  liniment.  No.  14,  well  rubbed  in,  twice  a  day,  will  generally 
cure  in  from  one  to  three  weeks.  But  in  bad  cases  a  blister  is  often 
required;  rub  No.  9  well  in  over  the  affected  part.  If  this  fails  to  cure 
a  seton  is  the  last  resort.  Let  it  be  a  piece  of  strong  unbleached  muslin, 
an  inch  and  a  half  wide  and  ten  inches  long.  Run  it  upwards  and  down- 
wards, about  four  inches,  under  the  skin.  Leave  it  in  from  three  to  six 
weeks.  Keep  the  place  running  by  applying  a  little  fly  blister  to  the 
string  from  time  to  time.  Give  absolute  rest  during  this  treatment,  and 
when  the  seton  is  removed,  turn  the  horse  to  pasture  or  straw  yard  for 
two  or  three  months. 


LEGS  OF  THE  HORSE,  THEIR  ACCIDENTS  AND  DISEASES.  353 

III.    Stocking. 

Stocking  is  the  name  given  to  swelling  of  the  legs,  usually  confined  to 
the  parts  below  the  knees  and  hocks,  although  in  bad  cases  it  extends 
above  these  joints. 

Causes. — Weakness  of  the  tissues  of  the  legs,  being  unable  to  support 
the  pressure  above  ;  weak,  watery,  impoverished  condition  of  the  blood, 
and  the  legs  being  the  most  dependant  part,  it  settles  on  them.  Stand- 
ing still  is  a  very  common  cause,  so  much  so  that  there  is  a  good  deal  of 
it  just  from  standing  from  night  till  morning.  It  is  most  common  in 
badly  drained  and  illy  ventilated  stables  ;  and  young  horses  are  more 
subject  to  it  than  older  ones.  It  is  often  a  symptom  of  some  disease 
that  requires  attention  ;  for  stocking  in  disease  is  always  a  symptom  of 
weakness  which  needs  tonics  and  stimulants. 

How  to  know  It. — Swelling  of  the  legs  without  other  symptoms  of  dis- 
ease ;  the  swelling  entirely  disappearing  with  exercise,  but  returning 
when  standing  any  length  of  time. 

What  to  do. — Give  the  following  tonic,  one  powder  night  and  morn- 
ing, in  the  feed  : 

No,  22.  1)4  Ounce  pure  sulphate  of  iron, 

2  Ounces  nitrate  of  potash, 
Powder  and  mix. 
Divide  into  twelve  powders. 

Shower  the  legs  with  cold  water  in  hot  weather,  but  omit  the  water 
in  cold  weather,  give  gentle  exercise  to  reduce  the  swelling,  and  when 
coming  in  from  exercise  or  work,  bandage  them  tight;  if  in  summer, 
use  cotton  bandages  ;  in  winter  use  flannel. 

Avoid  all  strong,  irritating  or  blistering  applications.  If  necessary, 
repeat  the  powders.  Remove  the  bandages  when  going  out  for  exercise, 
and  give  the  legs  hand-rubbing. 

rv.  Elephantiasis  or  Lymphangitis. 
This  disease,  sometimes  called  weed,  is  more  particularly  a  blood  dis- 
ease, but  oeing  located  entirely,  by  outward  appearances,  in  the  legs,  we 
will  consider  it  in  this  connection.  It  is  usually  seen  in  fat  animals, 
rarely  in  poor  ones.  It  is  a  species  of  surfeit  and  indicates  a  fat,  ple- 
thoric condition  of  the  system,  more  so  than  the  excretory  organs  can 
take  care  of.  It  usually  attacks  one  leg,  and  that  a  hind  leg,  though 
sometimes  it  is  seen  in  both  hind  legs,  and  occasionally  in  the  fore  legs. 
It  comes  on  suddenly  after  standing  still  a  day  or  two  or  more.  It  often 
develops  between  Saturday  night  and  Monday  morning.  The  lymphatic 
glands  of  the  leg  become  inflamed  and  unable  to  perform  their  func- 
tions, and  the  superfluous  nutritive  material  is  thrown  back  ;  the  coats  of 


354  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOB. 

the  lymphatic  vessels  become  weak  and  the  fluid  oozes  through  them, 
infiltrates  the  cellular  tissue  and  makes  a  leg  something  like  that  of  an 
elephant. 

Causes. — Too  high  feeding  with  too  little  work.  When  horses  are 
worked  every  day  it  will  seldom  develop,  but  when  a  too  highly  fed 
horse  is  left  in  over  Sunday,  a  rainy  day,  or  from  a  nail  in  the  foot,  etc., 
the  big  leg  will  be  found  next  morning. 

How  to  know  it. — An  immense  leg  is  seen  on  enteving  the  stable.  It 
is  hot,  painful,  sore  ;  if  touched  on  the  in^'-ilv.  or  the  thigh  the  horse  will 
raise  the  leg  as  high  as  possible,  sometimes  so  high  as  to  throw  himself 
down.  It  is  with  the  greatest  difficulty  that  the  leg  is  moved  at  all. 
There  is  a  high  fever,  accelerated  pulse,  temperature  raised,  breathing 
increased  in  frequency,  mouth  hot,  great  thirst,  and  usually  loss  of  appe- 
tite.    It  is  as  liable  to  happen  in  winter  as  in  summer. 


DISCOVERING  THE  ELEPHANT  LEG. 

What  to  do. — The  treatment  applied  is  with  a  view  to  depletion,  to  re- 
duce the  system  to  its  proper  condition  in  regard  to  the  amount  of  fat  it 
is  capable  of  taking  care  of.  So  the  first  thing  to  be  done  is  to  give  a 
ball  of  Barbadoes  aloes  : 

No.  23.  5  Drachms  Barbadoes  aloes, 

1  Drachm  gentian, 
1  Drachm  ginger, 
Syrup  or  soap  to  mix. 

Make  it  into  a  ball  the  shape  of  your  finger,  and,  grasping  the  tongue 
with  your  left  band,  draw  it  down  between  the  front  teeth  and  pass  the 
ball  back  onto  the  root  of  the  tongue  with  the  right  hand,  keeping  the 
hand  up  against  the  roof  of  the  mouth  ;  do  it  fearlessly,  for  you  cannot  get 
hurt  so  long  as  you  keep  firm  hold  of  the  tongue  with  the  left  hand. 
The  ball  being  safely  down,  put  a  teaspoonful  of  saltpetre  into  a  gallon 
of  water  and  give  him  to  drink.  Repeat  this  every  three  or  four  hours 
till  the  urine  is  increased  in  quantity  and  clearer  in  color  ;  then  continue 
it  two  or  three  times  a  day. 


LEGS  OF  THE  HORSE,  THEIR  ACCIDENTS  AND  DISEASES.  355 

Bathe  the  leg  with  hot  water  with  a  handful  of  salt  in  it,  for  an  hour 
or  two,  having  che  water  as  hot  as  a  man  can  bear  his  hand  in.  Then 
bind  the  leg  in  woolen  clothes  to  keep  it  thoroughly  warm,  let  them 
reach  cjear  to  the  body,  and  avoid  all  drafts.  Restrict  the  diet  to  hay, 
water  and  bran  mashes  till  he  is  able  to  go  to  work  again.  As  soon  as  the 
soreness  will  a^Jow  of  exercise,  give  him  a  walk  of  a  couple  of  hours  twice 
a  day,  increasing  it  from  day  to  day.  This  may  be  kept  up  till  all  sore- 
ness and  inflammation  are  gone,  when  he  may  go  to  work  again  ;  which 
will  be  before  all  the  swelling  is  gone  from  the  leg,  but  the  exercise  will 
help  to  reduce  it.  On  coming  in  from  work  apply  a  wet  bandage  tight : 
and  give  plenty  of  hand-rubl)ing  when  going  out.  Bring  the  horse  back 
to  his  feed  gradually,  and  yvoid  overfeeding. 

Prevention. — If  a  horse  is  working  hard  every  day,  and  consuming  large 
quantities  of  very  nutritious,  heating  food,  the  regular  allowance  should 
be  cut  down  one  half  when  he  is  laid  up  for  a  single  day  or  more.  He 
should  receive  a  large,  wet  bran  mash  for  supper  on  Saturday  night,  no 
oats  or  corn  at  all,  and  only  one-half,  or  two-thirds  at  most,  of  the  regu- 
lar allowance  on  Sunday.  If  this  rule  is  followed  no  elephant  leo-s  will 
^^e  found  on  Monday  morning ;  but  if  the  full  allowance  of  strong  grain 
is  fed  Saturday  night  and  all  day  Sunday,  the  horse  is  liable  to  this  and 
tbany  other  disorders. 

V.    Scratches  or  Cracked  Heel. 

Scratches  or  cracked  heels  are  simply  chaps  and  cracks  around  the 
heels  and  in  the  hollow  of  the  pastern  ;  they  correspond  to  chapped 
hands  in  man.  They  are  usually  very  simple,  but  sometimes  arc  quite 
severe  and  require  considerable  perseverance  to  cure  them. 

Causes. — Exposure  to  cold  mud,  snow,  slush  and  ice-water  without 
proi)er  care  in  fall,  winter  and  spring.     It  is  unknown  in  hot  weather. 

How  to  know  it. — The  skin  is  swollen  in  the  hollow  of  the  pastern  ;  and 
around  the  heels,  cracks  and  chaps  extend  in  all  directions  ;  and  larger 
cracks  will  run  around  the  leg  where  it  is  the  most 
flexed.  When  dry,  they  will  be  hot,  sore  to  the  touch, 
and  painful.  Sometimes  the  flexion  in  moving  will 
cause  the  animal  to  raise  the  feet  a  couple  of  feet  high 
at  first,  but  with  exercise  the  soreness  partially  disap- 
pears. 

What  to  do. — When  the  horse  comes  in,  wipe  off  the 
parts  as  nicely  as  possible,  bandage  them  with  flannel 
to  keep  them  warm,  and  when  dry  clean  them  thor- 
oughly with  a  brush,  not  touching  them  with  water  at 
all.  Washing  with  warm  water  would  do  no  harm  cra.ckeu  ueel, 
if  they  were  well  dried  afterward,  but   to  be  on  the  safe  side  it  is  better 


356 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVK  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


not  to  wash  them  at  all.  When  clean,  apply  casmoline,  petrolina,  arnica 
jelly,  carbolic  salve,  or  an  ointment  made  of  lard  and  pounded  alum  in 
equal  parts.  Any  of  these  may  he  applied,  both  when  coming  in  and  when 
going  out.  If  they  get  very  bad,  give  him  a  few  days  rest.  If  proud  flesh 
springs  up  in  the  cracks,  burn  it  down  with  bui-nt  alum.  If  necessary 
to  rest  the  horse  for  them,  give  him  a  tcaspoonful  of  saltpetre  in  the 
feed  morning  and  night  for  three  or  four  days. 

Prevention. — Never  wash  the  feet  and  legs  in  cold  or  wet  weather,  say 
after  November  1st,  till  April.  It  is  good  for  them  to  be  washed  in  warm 
weather ;  it  softens  the  dry,  hard  hoofs,  and  cools  off  the  horse  when 
heated  ;  but  it  is  objectionable  in  cold  weather.  When  coming  in  from 
cold  slush  and  mud,  dry  and  (tlean  the  feet  and  legs  thoroughly. 

VI,    Grease. 

Grease  is  the  name  given  to  a  disease  of  the  lower  jjartsof  the  legs  that 
seems   to   be   ascgravated   scratches,    ])ut   it    is   entirely    distinct    from 


FIRST  SYMPTOM    OF  GREASE. 
Scratching  one  leg  with  the  other  foot. 


FIRST  STAGE  OF  CONFIRMED  GREASE. 
EXUDATION. 


scratehes.  Scratches  lies  in  the  upper  or  cuticular  layer  of  the  skin, 
and  grease  is  inflammation  of  the  deeper  layers.  It  is  so  called  from  the 
nature  of  the  discharge,  which  is  profuse,  and  greasy  in  appearance.  It 
has  a  very  offensive  odor. 

Causes. — Neglected  scratches  often  runs  into  grease,  but  there  must 
be  other  conditions  favorable — impure  blood,  tendency  to  surfeit,  hide- 
bound and  general  bad  condition.  It  is  just  as  likely  to  appear  in  warm 
xv^eather,  when  it  is  the  result  of  surfeit,  as  it  is  to  appear  in  cold 
weather,  when  it  results  from  neglected  scratches. 

How  to  know  it. — The  legs  are  swollen  to  the  knees  and  hocks,  and 
an  offensive,  greasy  matter  is  oozing  from  the  pores.  When  bad  they 
are  so  sore  as  to  cause  considerable  lameness.  The  discharge  comes  at 
much,  and  often  more,  from  above   the  fetlocks   as  from  below,  and 


LEGS  OF  THE  HORSE,  THEIR  ACCIDENTS  AND  DISEASES.  357 

mostly  from  the  long  thick  hair  on  the  back  of  the  legs.  Draft  horses 
are  most  subject  to  it.  Itching  of  the  part  is  an  early  symptom.  When 
grease  is  neglected,  proud  flesh  sprouts  up  through  the  openings  made  by 
the  pus,  and  after  a  while  they  become  caloused  and  horny,  andthenthey 
are  called  grapes.  At  this  stage  of  the  disease  the  swelling  of  the  leg 
has  become  chronic,  and  can  never  be  reduced. 

What  to  do. — Give  the  horse  a  purgative  of  aloes,  No.  23.  Feed  on 
bran  mashes  a  few  days.  When  the  purging  has  stopped  give  a  teaspoon- 
ful  of  saltpetre  in  the  feed  morning  and  night  for  three  or  four  days. 
Apply  hot  poultices,  with  powdered  charcoal  sprinkled  over  the  top,  to  the 


SECOND  STAGE  OF  CONFIRMED  GREASE  GRAPES. 

CRACKS.  The  stage  of  Grease  in  which  horny  lumps 

are  seen,  called  Grapes, 

Jegs,  changing  them  once  a  day  ;  continue  them  till  the  active  iuflamma 
tion  is  nearly  all  gone,  then  leave  them  off  and  apply  lotion 

No.  24.  1  Ounce  sugar  of  lead, 

1  Pint  water, 
Mix. 

Apply  three  times  a  day.  Wash  the  parts  often  enough  to  keep  them 
clean  and  poultice  them  occasionally  to  keep  the  inflammation  out. 
While  using  the  lead  lotion,  give  a  tablespoonful  of  epsom  salts  in  the 
feed  once  a  day.     If  proud  flesh  springs  up  burn  it  down  with  burnt  alum. 

When  the  disease  is  cured,  if  there  is  any  thickening  remaining  in  the 
legs,  work,  hand-rubbing  and  bandaging  will  reraove  it. 

VII.    Mud  Fever. 

This  is  fever  in  the  skin  of  the  legs,  from  the  feet  to  the  knees  and 
hocks.  The  skin  is  covered  with  scabs  as  if  it  had  been  blistered,  and 
when  they  come  off  the  hair  usually  comes  with  it,  leaving  the  legs  bare. 

Causes. — Chilling  cf  the  skin  by  standing  or  working  in  cold  mud 
and  ice-water.  The  skin  becomes  thoroughly  chilled,  almost  like  frost- 
bitten, and  when   warmed   the  reaction  is  so  great  as  to  produce  much 


358  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LITE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

fever  which  leads  on  to  the  conditions  spoken  of  above,  and  sometimes 
to  furuncle  and  carbuncle.  It  is  most  common  on  limestone  roads,  the 
soil  being  irritating. 

How  to  know  it. — Swelling  of  the  legs  is  seen.  After  being  exposed 
for  a  day  or  more  to  cold,  wet  mud,  or  ice-water,  they  will  be  found  to 
be  very  hot  and  sore  next  morning.  After  a  few  days  the  hair  will  be 
filled  with  scabs  that  cling  tightly  to  the  skin,  but  after  a  few  days  more 
tbey  will  loosen  and  come  off,  bringing  the  hair  with  them,  leaving  the 
legs  entirely  bare  sometimes.  There  is  usually  more  or  less  systemic 
fever  with  rheumatic  tendencies. 

What  to  do. — If  had,  leave  the  horse  in  for  a  few  days,  wash  the  legs 
with  warm  water  and  bathe  them  afterwards  with  lotion.  No.  24.  Repeat 
this  two  or  three  times  a  day.  When  the  swelling  begins  to  go  out  of 
them  and  the  skin  gets  scaly,  grease  them  with  fresh  lard  once  a  day  well 
rubbed  in.  Give  internally  two  tablespoonfulls  of  Glauber's  salt  three 
times  a  day  for  a  few  days  and  follow  that  with  No.  22. 

Mud  fever  often  runs  into  f urunculus  which  will  next  be  described. 

Vm.    Furunculus  or  Carbuncle. 

Furunoulus  is  the  name  applied  by  Prof.  McEachran  to  what  is  called 
by  many  mud  fever  in  an  aggravated  form,  when  it  takes  the  form  of 
carbuncle.  It  attacks  the  legs,  but  usually  is  confined  to  the  coronary 
region  and  pastern.  It  acts  a  good  deal  like  a  bad  boil,  swells  very  large, 
gets  very  hard  and  is  awfully  painful,  so  much  so  that  when  it  comes 
under  the  coronary  band  or  on  the  front  of  the  pastern  it  is  often  fatal, 
especially  on  the  hind  foot. 

Causes. — All  the  causes  that  belong  to  mud  fever  are  applicable  to 
furuncle,  and,  in  addition,  an  unhealthy  condition  of  the  blood  which 
always  has  a  tendency  to  aggravate  any  malady. 

How  tc  know  it. — Extreme  lameness  is  usually  the  first  symptom 
noticed  ;  a  reluctance  to  put  the  weight  on  the  foot ;  a  continual  raising 
of  the  foot,  indicating  great  pain  ;  the  horse  does  not  lie  down  ;  great 
fever  in  the  system  ;  mouth  hot ;  eyes  red  ;  nostrils  dilated  and  more  or 
less  blowing  ;  swelling  of  the  coronet  in  the  region  of  the  carbuncle,  unless 
it  is  situated  an  inch  or  more  above  the  coronet.  When  this  has  run  on 
for  twenty-four  hours  the  skin  breaks  in  rags  and  in  the  course  of  the 
next  ten  hours  it  sloughs  off  and  a  core  goes  with  it  varying  in  size  from 
a  cherry  to  that  of  a  man's  thumb.  Sometimes  the  skin  sloughs  off  from 
a  surface  as  large  as  the  palm  of  a  man's  hand.  When  these  cases  are 
fatal  the  horse  dies  from  irritative  fever  and  exhaustion  from  pain.  The 
appetite  is  not  always  affected,  the  pain  being  so  great  a  drain  on  the 
system  that  the  horse  will  often  eat  more  than  usual ;  but  in  all  cases  he 
loses  flesh  fast  and  becomes  thin  and  tucked  up  in  a  very  few  days. 


LEGS  OF  THE  HORSE,  THEIR  ACCIDENTS  AND  DISEASES.  ^"9 

What  to  do. — When  first  noticed,  give  a  ball  of  purgative  medicine 
made  up  as  directed  in  recipe  No.  23,  regulating  the  quantity  of  the  aloes 
by  the  size  of  the  horse ;  give  from  three  to  five  drachms.  Then  give 
tincture  of  aconite  root  in  ten-drop  doses  every  two  hours  till  the  purga- 
tive begins  to  work  ;  then  stop.  Apply  a  linseed  poultice,  hot  and  soft, 
to  the  inflamed  part.  Change  it  twice  a  day  till  the  sloughing  takes  place  ; 
then  wash  it  with  a  weak  solution  of  carbolic  acid — one  part  of  carbolic 
acid  to  forty  parts  of  water — and  renew  the  poultice  ;  dress  it  in  this  way 
till  the  sore  begins  to  granulate  nicely,  then  omit  the  poultice,  and  dress 
three  times  a  day  with  lotion  No.  7,  washing  it  often  enough  to  keep  it 
clean. 

Pf  the  swelling  comes  directly  under  the  coronet  the  tension  will  be  im. 
mense,  on  account  of  the  little  elasticity  in  it ;  the  soft  parts  underneath 
cannot  swell,  and  therefore  the  pain  will  be  unbearable  unless  it  be  cut. 
So  we  would  recommend  in  such  cases  to  sever  the  coronet  by  passing  a 
probe-pointed  knife  in  under  it  and  cutting  outwards.  If  it  bleeds  pro- 
fusely, which  it  is  likely  to  do,  tie  it  up  loosely  for  a  while  with  a  cotton 
bandage.  Subsequent  treatment  will  be  the  same  as  given  above.  Feed 
liberally  all  the  time.  The  healing  of  the  wound  will  appear  to  be  slow, 
but  patience  is  required,  as  the  skin  will  not  form  over  the  surface  all  at 
once,  but  must  grow  over  from  the  edges.  If  lotion  No.  7  is  well  ap 
plied  there  wiU  be  no  proud  flesh  nor  other  hindrance  to  the  healing  pro 
cess 

IX.    Dislocations. 

Dislocations  are  very  rare  in  the  horse,  except  that  of  the  stifle,  which 
is  described  in  the  article  under  that  head.  The  shoulder  and  hip  joints 
are  imbedded  so  deeply  in  muscle,  and  the  sockets  of  the  joints  are  so 
well  guarded  by  the  cartilage  that  surrounds  them  that  dislocation  oi 
those  parts  is  seldom  met  with.  The  bones,  femur  and  humerus,  frac- 
ture through  their  necks  before  their  heads  give  way  from  their  sockets. 
The  elbow,  knee,  hock,  fetlock,  pastern  and  cofiin  joints  are  all  so  well 
guarded  by  flanges,  central  ridges,  depressions,  width  of  joints,  etc., 
that  fractures  almost  invariably  take  place  before  dislocations.  In  order 
for  a  dislocation  to  occur,  many  of  the  strong  ligaments  that  surround 
and  hold  their  joints  togther  would  have  to  be  ruptured  and  torn  from 
their  attachments,  which  would  be  nearly  if  not  quite  as  serious  as  a 
fracture,  and  in  most  cases,  except  that  of  the  stifle,  destruction  of  the 
horse  would  be  the  cheapest  treatment ;  for  a  great  length  of  time  would 
be  required  to  effect  a  cure,  and  the  result  would  be  very  unsatisfactory. 

But  in  case  of  a  valuable  stallion  or  mare,  that  might  be  used  for 
breeding  it  would  be  well  to  give  them  a  chance,  by  putting  them  in  the 


360  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

slings  and  using  hot  fomentations,  and  careful  bandaging  to  support  the 
injured  joint,  at  the  same  time  giving  internally,  mixture  No.  21,  to  keep 
down  any  fever  that  might  arise  from  the  injury  to  the  synovial  mem- 
brane. And  after  bathing  with  hot  water,  which  ought  to  be  done  three 
or  four  times  a  day,  the  following  liniment  may  be  used,  and  bandage 
right  over  it,  applying  the  bandage  middling  tight: — 

25.  1  Ounce  tincture  aruica, 

1  Ounce  laudanum, 
Water  to  make  one  pint, 
Mix. 

X.    Wounds. 

What  to  do. — Wounds  are  common,  and  in  most  cases  have  to  be 
treated,  at  least  for  the  first  dressing,  at  home  by  those  who  happen  to  be 
upon  the  premises,  owing  to  the  urgency  of  the  situation.  Bleeding  is 
often  profuse  to  a  dangerous  degree,  and  when  stitches  are  required  it  is 
always  desirable  to  insert  them  while  the  wound  is  fresh.  For  the  stitch- 
ing is  not  only  much  more  painful  and  less  successful  when  postponed, 
but  aftei  a  lew  hours,  when  swelling  and  suppuration  have  begun,  it  is 
useless,  for  the  edges  will  not  unite  and  the  stitches  will  certainly  tear  out, 
adding  to  the  soreness  and  blemishing  that  follows.  Hence  it  is  very 
important  for  some  one  about  the  place  to  act  as  surgeon,  at  least  for  the 
time  being. 

When  the  skin  and  flesh  are  laid  open  by  kicks,  calks,  cuts,  collisions, 
etc.,  the  first  thing  to  do  is  to  stop  the  bleeding.  Arterial  blood  is  bright 
scarlet,  venous  blood  is  dark  blue.  When  an  artery  is  cut  apply  the 
compress  above  the  wound,  towards  the  heart,  to  intercept  the  blood  as  it 
is  coming  down.  If  it  is  a  vein  that  is  cut  apply  the  compress  below  the 
wound,  for  the  veins  conduct  the  blood  towards  the  heart.  The  compress 
may  be  a  cork  bound  on  the  artery  or  vein,  or  a  wad  of  cloth,  or  a  piece 
of  dry  sponge  with  a  bandage  Avound  over  it  pretty  tight.  If  the  wound 
is  in  a  position  that  will  not  admit  of  bandaging  and  there  are  arteries  or 
veins  cut,  so  as  to  be  dangerous,  they  must  be  caught  up  and  tied.  In 
the  absence  of  proper  instruments  an  artery  can  be  taken  up  with  a  fine 
pair  of  nippers  and  the  end  tied  with  a  piece  of  silk.  But  in  many  cases 
it  is  unnecessary  to  tie  the  artery,  since  the  bleeding  may  be  stopped  by 
filling  the  cut  with  scrapings  from  the  flesh  side  of  sole  leather,  cob-webs 
oakum,  tow,  lint,  etc.,  or  a  solution  of  copperas,  or  the  tincture  of  iron 
may  be  thrown  into  the  wound. 

if  no  bleeding  is  taking  place,  proceed  at  once  to  sew  up  the  wound. 
f  Jse  a  needle  that  is  strong  and  not  liable  to   break   while  being  pushed 


LEGS  OF  THE  HOUSE,  THEIR  AC(;ibKNTS  AND  DISEASES.  8ol 

through   the  skhi,   Jiiid  silk  thread,  douhU'd  to  prevent,  its  tearing  out. 

Make  the    stitches  about  three-fourths   of  an 

inch   apart    and   tic    each    one   before   taking 

another.     Clip  off  the  hair  from  the  edges  of 

the  wound  so  that  none  will  be  doubled  under, 

and  bathe  it  with  the  carbolic  lotion,  No.  6. 

If  the  wound  is  on  the  leg  it  is  best  to  draw 
the  skin  together  with  a  few  stitches,  even 
though  they  are  certain  to  tear  out,  and,  after 
dressing  with  the  lotion,  apply  a  bandage 
smoothly  over  the  wound  just  tight  enough  to 
hold  the  parts  in  place.  Then  let  it  alone  till 
it  begins  to  suppurate,  when  it  needs  washing 
with  warm  water  and  castile  soap  to  clean  it, 
and  dress  as  before  with  lotion  and  bandage. 
When  the  stitches  burst,  cut  them  out.  stitching  with  a  fixku 

When  the  wound  is  filled  up  with  flesh  even  seton  needle. 

mth.  the  surface,  change  the  lotion  to  No.  7,  and  leave  off  the  bandage. 
[f  the  wound  is  on  the  body  and  cannot  be  bandaged  use  lotion  No.  6,  till 
the  flesh  has  made  considerable  headway  towards  filling  up  the  hole  and 
then  change  to  No.  7. 

If  the  bone  is  affected  and  caries  (ulceration)   begins,  drens  it  twice  a 

day  with  lotion  :  }^  Ounce  hydroclilotic  acia, 

^     „  1  Pint  water, 

*®-^  Mix. 

Apply  it  with  a  swab  directly  to  the  caried  spot.  The  flesh  in  such  m 
case  may  be  dressed  with  the  other  lotions  the  same  as  above. 

If  the  joint  is  nffected,  treatment  for  it  particularly  will  l)e  found  un- 
der the  head  of  Open  Joint. 

If  the  tendons  are  cut  off  so  as  to  let  the  fetlock  down  to  the  ground 
and  the  toe  turns  up,  it  is  very  serious  indeed.  Put  the  horse  in  slings 
and  keep  him  there  until  the  wound  is  healed  and  strong.  It  will  take 
two  months  or  so.  Cut  off  with  a  pair  of  sharp  scissors  any  tendon 
that  protrudes,  support  the  leg  in  its  natural  position  so  that  the  ends 
of  the  cut  tendons  meet,  draw  the  skin  together,  bandage  and  treat  as 
above.  Put  on  a  high  heeled  shoe  to  relieve  the  strain  and  if  there  is 
weakness  after  healing  apply  No.  14  until  mildly  blistered  an  grease  with 
fresh  lard.     If  but  one  tendon  is  cut,  apply  the  same  treatment. 

XI.    Sore  SMns. 

Younc  racers  are  very  apt  to  have  sore  shins  from  too  much  galloping 

Sefore  the  bones  become  thoroughly  hardened.     The  bones  all  along  the 

from  the  foot  to  the  knee,  become   quite   sore,   somewhat  enlarged 


,$62  CYCLOPEDIA  OP  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

and  cause  lameness.  The  consequences  of  sore  shins  are  quite  serious 
as  they  often  render  the  colt  unable  to  go  on  with  his  training.  The  in- 
flammation is  often  followed  by  an  ossification  of  the  effusion  that  is 
thrown  out  and  gives  the  leg  the  appearance  of  having  patches  of 
bone  plastered  over  the  shins  under  the  skin. 

Causes. — Too  much  galloping  when  the  bones  are  soft  and  young,  and 
the  soreness  is  often,  aggravated  by  too  much  rubbing  when  coming 
in  from  exercise.  The  bones  should  never  be  rubbed  hard  nor  very 
much,  but  the  tendons  on  the  back  of  the  legs  may  have  all  the  rubbing  they 
can  get.  Sore  spots  on  the  legs  are  often  produced  by  bruises,  kicks 
from  the  toes  of  stable  boys'  boots,  kicks  from  other  horses,  etc.  These 
last  named  causes  are  often  followed  by  bony  enlargements  on  any  part 
of  the  legs,  or  the  enlargements  may  come  directly  on  a  joint,  when  very 
serious  results  may  follow. 

How  to  know  it. — Soreness  forward,  shown  by  a  short,  stiff,  stilted 
gait ;  if  more  in  one  leg  than  the  other  there  will  be  lameness.  There  is 
soreness  to  the  touch,  more  or  less  swelling  all  over  the  surface  of  the 
shin  bones,  or  at  any  point  of  injury  when  it  is  the  result  of  accident. 
The  swelling  is  soft  at  first  and  spungy,  but  in  a  few  days  becomes  quite 
hard  and  has  the  feeling  of  bone.  The  soreness  may  extend  over  the 
whole  surface,  or  it  may  be  confined  to  that  part  near  the  joints,  espec- 
ially the  fetlock  and  pastern.  The  animal  is  inclined  to  knuckle  at  the 
fetlock,  and  go  over  on  the  knees. 

What  to  do.  Give  absolute  rest ;  remove  the  shoes  ;  foment  the  legs 
with  hot  water  for  half  an  hour  at  a  time  three  times  a  day,  and  follow 
the  hot  water  each  time  with  the  lotion.  No.  12,  and  bandage  loosely,  wet- 
ting the  bandages  and  legs  with  lotion  No.  27,  as  follows  : 

No.  27.  1  Ounce  tincture  arnica, 

1  Ounce  tincture  opium, 
Water  to  make  one  pint, 
Mix. 

Continue  this  treatment  till  all  soreness  is  gone,  then,  if  necessary,  apply 
a  little  of  the  blister.  No.  10,  rubbed  in  once  a  day  till  pretty  well  blis- 
tered, then  grease  once  a  day  till  healed,  and  repeat. 

In  mild  cases,  where  the  first  symptoms  are  shown,  frequent  bathing, 
say  three  times  a  day,  with  lotion  No.  27,  and  loose  bandaging,  will  pre- 
vent its  full  development,  especially  if  rest  is  given.  In  bad  cases  the 
rest  needs  to  be  prolonged  to  several  months.  The  same  rules  and 
recipes  will  apply  when  enlargements  come  on  the  bones  from  kicks  and 
other  bruises.  The  firing  iron  may  be  drawn  over  the  spot  when  near  or 
on  a  joint,  if  other  and  milder  measures  fail. 


LEGS  OF  THE  HORSE,  THEIR  ACCIDENTS  AND  DISEASES.  303 

Xn.    Osteophytes,  Following  Sore  Shins. 

This  is  the  name  given  to  the  bony  deposits  that  follow  sore  shins. 
There  are  several  different  kinds.  The  velvety,  or  villous  resembling 
hour  frost,  is  usually  spread  all  over  the  bone  in  a  uniform  layer,  and  is 
seen  ou  bones  of  young  racers,  hack  horses  and  sometimes  driving 
horses.  The  splintered  or  laminated  kind  grows  more  in  excrescences  and 
splintered  as  in  spavin.  The  warty  or  stalactite  kind  grows  like  a  wart 
with  either  a  pedicle  or  stem  on  a  narrow  base,  or  may-be  a  small  sur- 
face on  a  large  base,  or  a  large  excrescence  spread  on  the  bone  over  con- 
siderable surface  ;  these  are  seen  on  any  bone  as  results  of  bruises,  etc., 
and  sometimes  appear  around  the  hock  and  knee  joints.  Many  other 
forms  may  be  seen,  like  tarry  matter  poured  over  the  bone  hot,  and  hard- 
ened while  cooling,  etc. 

Causes. — Hard  work  of  any  kind  making  the  bones  sore,  inflammation 
sets  ni  and  then  deposits  follow  as  a  natural  result.  Accidents,  bruises, 
kicks,  etc.,  contribute  their  share. 

How  to  know  it, — The  bony  enlargement  can  be  seen  and  felt.  In 
addition  to  that  there  will,  in  all  probability,  be  more  or  less  lameness. 
In  the  absence  of  lameness  there  will  be  a  stiff,  short,  stilted  gait ;  more 
or  less  knuckling  of  the  fetlocks  and  going  over  on  the  knees — knee- 
sprung.  It  is  most  often  seen  in  hack  horses,  saddle  and  buggy  horses 
that  get  much  work. 

What  to  do. — Treatment  is  unsatisfactory  in  that  it  requires  a  long 
tmie,  continuous  rest  and  considerable  attention,  and  after  all,  the  horse 
is  not  much  improved  ;  but  it  is  always  best  to  give  it  a  trial,  especially  in 
young  and  valuable  horses.  In  the  early  stages  the  same  treatment  pre- 
scribed for  sore  shins  is  applicable,  which  see  ;  and  in  the  later  stages 
repeated  applications  of  the  blister  No.  10,  and  a  long  rest  will  help  him 
some,  if  it  is  an  old,  chronic  case  ;  and  if  it  is  a  recent  case,  it  will  cure. 

xm.    Porcelaneous  Deposit. 

Causes. — Often  in  bad  cases  of  spavin  and  ringbone,  and  in  many 
other  joints  of  the  body,  an  ulceration  of  the  head  of  the  bone  takes  place 
in  the  joint,  the  cartilage  becomes  absorbed  and  lets  the  ends  of  the  bones 
together,  and  as  a  result  of  friction,  a  bony  deposit  is  made  on  the  ends 
coming  together  which  gets  rubbed  and  chafed  till  it  is  polished  as  smooth, 
hard  and  glossy  as  porcelain,  hence  the  name. 

How  to  know  it, — By  negative  symptoms  rather  than  positive.  The 
horse  is  always  evenly  lame  ;  the  lameness  does  not  work  off  with  exer- 
cise :  no  treatment  does  any  good,  and  the  true  nature  of  the  trouble  can 
only  be  determined  by  a  post  mortem  examination. 


364 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK   AND  COMPLETE  STOCK   DOCTOR. 


What  to  do. — Give  the  afleeled  joint  the  treatnu'iit  prescribed  under  its 
proper  head,  exhaust  all  known  remedies,  and  when  you  utterly  fail  to 
produce  a  cure,  you  may  come  to  the  conclusion  that  there  is  porcela- 
neous  deposit  in  the  joint  which  is  incurable.    No  treatment  is  of  any  avail. 

XIV.   String  Halt. 

Causes. — Strinp;  halt  or  spring  halt  is  a  purely  nervous  affection  in 
which  the  cause  cannot  be  defintely  located,  but  which  may  be  due  to  any 
local  disorder.     It  often  exists  witliout  any  visible  lesion. 

How  to  know  it. — The  leg  is  jerked  up  towards  the  l)ody  with  every  step, 
sometimes  so  strongly  as  to  strike  the  belly  with  the  fetlock.  Some- 
times it  is  very  slight,  only  sho\ving  in  moving  from  side  to  side  in  the 
stall,  or  only  when  starting  forward  or  backward.     Sometimes  both  legs 


A  BAT)  CA.'^K  OF  STTilNf!  HAT.T. 


are  affected.  It  is  usually  worse  when  starting;  sometimes  it  is  so  bad 
that  the  horse  has  hard  work  to  start  at  all  and  will  stand  and  jerk  up  first 
one  leg,  then  the  other;  but  once  started  he  goes  without  hesitation.  But 
it  is  very  fatiguing  and  wearing;  and  the  horse  seldom  accumulates  any 
flesh. 

What  to  do. — ^The  treatment  is  very  unsatisfactory,  seldom  or  never 
resulting  in  any  benefit,  but  it  is  best  always  to  treat  any  local  disorder 
of  that  region  tis  it  requires,  with  a  hope  that  it  Avill  alleviate  the  ner- 
vous jerk. 


LEGS    OF    THE    llOUSK,    THKIK    ACCIDENTS    AND     DISEASES.  385 

XV.    Interfering. 

Interfering  is  the  effect  of  ii  variety  of  causes  that  make  the  horse 
brush  the  foot  that  is  going  forward  against  the  other  leg.  It  may  be 
either  fore  or  hind.  He  may  brush  any  part  of  the  leg  according  to 
the  height  to  which  he  raises  the  foot,  sometimes  the  knee  or  above  it, 
the  shin  or  the  coronet,  but  usually  the  fetlock. 

The  fetlock  is  brushed  when  the  horse  is  walking  or  on  a  dog  trot ;  the 
coronet,  on  the  walk  with  very  low  action  ;  the  shin,  on  the  trot  when  the 
feet  are  raised  higher  than  when  the  fetlock  is  brushed  ;  the  knee,  on  the 
trot  with  very  high  knee  action;  above  the  knee,  when  there  is  exces- 
sively' high  action. 

The  effects  of  interfering  are  always  bad,  but  particularly  so  when  it 
is  the  knee  that  is  injured.  Interfering  is  usually  conlined  to  brushing  the 
foot  against  the  leg,  but  sometimes  the  foot  is  brought 
against  the  leg  in  such  a  manner  as  to  strike  it,  causing  the 
horse  to  go  off  on  three  legs  for  a  few  steps,  and  doing  great 
injury  by  bruising  the  part.  This  is  sometimes  done  by 
horses  that  do  not  l)rush  luibituall}^  but  from  some  misstep 
the  foot  is  brought  forward  with  a  swing  and  strikes  the 
other  leg  in  its  passage. 

Causes. — Colts,  before  being  shod,  seldom  or  never  inter- 
fere, l)ut  often  do  it  as  soon  as  shod,  while  in  other  cases  the 
fault  does  not  appear  until  some  bunijlino;  shoeinjj  is  done. 

mi  ,         •  •  .1"      ^  .  ?  ,  ENLARGED 

Ihe  shoemg  is  a  common  cause;  tiie  foot  is  often  pared  knee, prot.? 
down  too  much  on  the  inner  side,  tipping  the  fetlock  in  so  as  speedy  cut. 
to  l)ring  it  in  the  way  of  the  other  foot ;  the  shoe  is  sometimes  left  too 
full  on  the  inner  side,  projecting  out  so  far  as  to  brush  in  passing ;  beinof 
shod  too  heavy  or  too  light  often  causes  it.  Colts  interfering  when 
shod  first,  is  due  to  the  increased  weight  of  the  feet,  but  when  the 
muscles  become  accustomed  to  carrying  the  shoes  it  disappears.  Mal- 
formation is  a  common  cause  ;  the  fetlocks  are  sometimes  tipped  in  ;  the 
toes  turned  in  or  out  giving  a  s\vinging  motion  to  the  fore  feet.  Weak- 
ness is  a  common  cause,  and  also  thinness  in  flesh. 

How  to  know  it. — There  is  often  lameness  from  rt  without  any  visible 
marks  on  either  leg  or  foot ;  in  such  a  case  chalk  the  foot,  or  smear  lamp- 
black on  it  and  move  the  horse  and  it  will  be  demonstrated.  But  the 
point  struck  is  usually  very  plain,  also  a  polished  surface  on  the  foot, 
and  sometimes  blood  on  the  hoof. 

What  to  do. — The  first  thing  to  l)e  done,  alwa3's,  is  to  apply  a  l)oot  to 
the  place  on  the  leg  that  is  brushed.  Nicely-fitting  boots  for  all  parts  of 
the  leg  are  made  of  both  cloth  and  leather,  that  protect  the  part  from 
injury  ;  this  done,  proceed  to  remove  the  cause.     If   jt  is  \n  the  shoeing 


366 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  MYB  STOCK  AHD  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


take  the  horse  to  a  shoer  who  is  an  artist  in  the  business,  and  by  close 
examination  ascertain  what  changes  can  be  made.  As  a  rule  no  two  feet 
are  alike,  and  it  requires  an  artist  and  a  mechanic  to  change  the  position 
of  the  feet  and  legs  relatively.  A  good  rule  to  follow  in  all  ordinary 
cases  is  to  shoe  so  as  to  tip  the  fetlocks  out,  giving  the  feet  room  to  pass 
by  without  brushing.  This  is  done  by  leaving  the  inner  side  strong  and 
paring  down  the  outer  side,  which  will  throw  the  centre  of  gravity  in  a 
new  line  and  often  prove  successful.  Instead  of  leaving  the  inner  side  of 
the  shoe  full  make  it  rather  scant.  If  the  shoes  are  too  heavy,  lighten 
them  ;  if  too  light,  or  too  large,  change  them.     If  the  horse  is  overworked, 

thin  and  weak,  give  him  a  rest  and  a  little 
better  feeding.  There  is  no  plan  much 
more  effectual  than  to  spread  the  legs  with 
good  solid  flesh,  making  them  travel  wider. 
If  the  knee  gets  larger  and  the  swelling 
fills  with  liquid,  tap  it  carefully  and  let  the 
liquid  out.  Other  points  are  not  likely  to  be 
bruised  badly  enough  to  cause  an  effusion. 
After  the  cause  is  removed  foment  with 
either  hot  or  cold  water  and  apply  lotion, 
No.  12  ;  repeat  it  three  or  four  times  a  day. 
Gentle  exercise  may  be  given  if  the  swel- 
ling is  not  too  large  and  sore.  When  below 
the  knee  bandages  may  be  used  to  advan- 
tage. When  the  swellings  become  hard 
and  calloused  the  liniment.  No.  11,  may  be 
rubbed  in  twice  a  day  after  a  hot  bath, 
rubbhig  the  part  dry  before  applying  the  liniment. 


A   GOOD   FORM. 

Rear  view  of  a  horse  showing  how  full 
thighs  spread  the  legs  and  prevent  inter, 
fenng. 


ANKLE  BOOTS  IN  COMMON  USE. 


The   cuts   above   illustrate  the  application  of  a  few  of  the  most  com- 
mon forms  of  boots,  used  to  prevent  injury  by  interfering. 


LEGS  OF  THE  HORSE,  THEIR  ACCIDENTS  AND  DISEASES.  367 

It  should  be  remembered  that  there  is  no  chance  of  reducing  the 
enlargement  until  the  cause  is  removed.  A  boot  should  be  worn  till  the 
tendency  to  interfere  is  obviated. 

XVI.    Overreaching. 

Causes. — Overreaching  is  catching  the  toe  of  the  hind  foot  on  the  heels, 
quarters  and  shoe  of  the  fore  foot,  often  cutting  the  quarters  badly,  in- 
juring the  hoof  and  causing  it  to  grow  down  from  the  wounded  part, 
giving  rise  to  quarter  cracks,  weak  quarters  and  rough,  horny  patches  over 
the  heels  and  pasterns. 

What  to  do. — This  is  a  fault  that  has  to  be  overcome  by  proper  shoe- 
ing.  Usually,  shoeing  quite  heavy  forward  and  very  light  behind  will 
make  the  horse  take  up  the  fore  foot  quicker,  and  get  it  out  of  the  way 
of  the  hind  foot  before  the  latter  strikes  it.  But  in  trotting  horses,  this 
is  insufficient ;  for,  when  trotting  fast  the  hind  foot  passes  by  the  fore 
foot  on  the  outside  to  get  an  extra  long  reach  ;  but  they  often  fail  to  do 
it  nicely  and  cut  their  quarters  badly.  This  is  usually  overcome  by 
weighting  the  hind  foot  on  the  outer  side  of  the  toe,  cornerwise,  as  it 
were,  to  the  foot ;  this  will  have  a  tendency  to  throw  the  foot  outward 
and  forward  at  the  same  time. 

But  in  slow-going  horses  this  is  impracticable,  and  dependence  nmst  be 
placed  on  shoeing.  The  heels  of  the  fore  shoe  need  to  be  very  short, 
the  toe  of  the  hind  shoe  set  well  back  under  the  hoof,  and  the  toe  calk,  if 
any,  set  well  back  on  the  web  of  the  shoe ;  but  in  such  cases,  if  the 
work  of  the  horse  will  allow,  it  is  best  not  to  have  any  toe  calk  at  all — 
let  the  shoe  be  plain.  While  trying  different  plans  to  overcome  the 
habit,  apply  quarter  and  heel  boots  to  the  fore  feet  to  avoid  ruining 
them. 

XVII.    Forging. 

Forging  is  the  habit  of  clacking  the  hind  and  fore  shoes  together 
when  trotting.  It  is  not  productive  of  any  harm  other  than  wearing  off 
the  toe  of  the  hind  foot ;  but  it  is  very  disagreeable  and  annoying  to  the 
driver,  and  fatiguing  to  the  horse. 

Causes. — The  position  of  the  feet  at  the  time  of  the  clack  is  differ- 
ent from  what  it  is  popularly  supposed  to  be.  The  prevailing  impression 
IS,  that  the  toe  of  the  hind  shoe  comes  in  contact  vnth  the  heel  of  the 
fc^-e  shoe,  but  that  is  a  mistake.  As  the  fore  foot  is  being  raised  off  the 
ground,  with  the  heel  already  raised  and  the  foot  in  th3  act  of  rolling  on 
the  toe,  the  toe  of  the  hind  foot  comes  flying  in  under  the  heel  of  the 
fore,  and  the  two  shoes  come  together,  the  toe  of  the  hind  against  the 
web  of  the  fore,  making  the  cladding  noise.  It  often  f/ears  off  the  to© 
of  the  hind  foot  badlyr 


368  CICLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  CUMPLIUTE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

What  to  do. — The  object  to  be  gained  is  to  increase  the  action  and 
activity  of  the  fore  leg,  to  get  the  foot  out  of  the  way  of  the  hind  foot. 
Shoe  light  behind  and  heavy  forward.  Let  the  weight  of  the  fore  shoe 
be  mostly  on  each  side,  and  the  web  at  the  toe  as  narrow  as  possible, 
setting  the  toe  calk,  if  any,  as  far  forward  as  you  can.  Set  the  hind 
shoe  back  from  the  toe  a  (juarter  to  half  an  inch,  and  the  toe  calk  as  far 
back  on  the  web  as  possible,  and  very  small.  Leave  the  toe  of  the  hoof 
projecting  over  the  shoe. 

XVIII.    Rupture  of  Muscles. 

Causes. —  i'be  muscles  are  sometimes  ruptured  across  the  fibres  by 
over  rxcition,  severe  sprains,  etc. 

How  to  know  it. — (ircat  lameness  is  apparent  as  an  early  syni[)tom. 
Swelling,  heal,  soreness  and  pain  are  noticed  in  the  course  of  from  two  to 
six  hours  after  the  accident.  There  will  be  unwillingness,  amounting 
almost  to  inability,  to  move.  When  the  inflammation  has  entirely  sul)sided 
and  the  swelling  is  all  gone,  there  will  be  a  depression  in  the  muscle  at 
the  seat  of  the  injury  from  absorption  of  the  injured  jDortion. 

What  to  do. — During  the  active  inflammation,  foment  with  hot  water 
as  continuously  as  possible,  and  apply  in  between  bathings,  the  anodyne 
linin)ent.  No.  27.  When  the  inflammation  has  all  subsided  and  the  hol- 
low in  the  muscle  has  formed,  apply  the  tincture  of  cantharides,  lightly 
rubbed  in  once  a  day,  till  it  is  pretty  well  blistered,  then  suspend  it  and 
grease  the  part  once  a  day  till  it  is  healed,  and  then  repeat  the  blister. 
Continue  this  treatment  for  several  weeks  and  the  muscle  will  generally 
re-develop.  Give  gentle  exercise  during  the  treatment. 
XIX.    Atrophy  of  the  Muscles. 

This  is  a  wasting  away  and  shrinking  of  the  muscular  tissue,  leaving  a 
flattened  or  hollow  surface  in  the  place  of  a  full,  round  muscle.  It  is 
similar  in  effect  to  rupture  of  the  muscles,  but  is  more  extended. 

Causes. — Sprains,  strains,  bruises,  severe  pressure,  etc. 

How  to  know  it. — A  flattened  or  hollow  surface  will  be  found  in  the 
place  of  the  muscle.  Compare  the  part  with  tho  corresponding  muscle 
on  the  other  side,  and  you  will  notice  the  affected  muscle  has  wasted  away. 

What  to  do. — Repeated  applications  of  the  tmcture  of  cantharides 
will  usually  make  the  muscle  re-develop,  but  if  it  does  not  succeed  after 
trying  for  three  or  four  weeks,  insert  setons  over  the  wasted  portion 
about  two  or  three  inches  apart,  the  length  of  the  atrophy  ;  apply  a  little 
fly  blister  to  the  setons  about  twice  a  week.  Foment  them  with  hot 
water  twice  a  day.  Leave  them  in  three  or  four  weeks.  Give  gentle  ex- 
ercise. All  means  frequently  fail  to  make  the  muscle  re  develop.  The 
animal  is  often  just  as  useful,  bvittbe  wasted  muscle  is  a  constant  eye-sore. 


LEGS    OF    THE    HORSE,    THEIR    ACCIDENTS    AND    DISEASES. 


369 


J  Brace  for  diiloctUioii  or Ui.e  nlboM-  applied  to  the  horse, 
la,  The  aainr  bnfce  seen,  atonm.  2,  Brnce  for  cLislocatiOTt 
of  fetlock   2n.  The  name  brace  appU^sd  to  the  hor^. 


J.Brace  for  sprained  or  iU.stx>cot£(l  .^hnuhler, 
Ja.rhe  sn.me.  brace  applied,  tv  the  sh^aUter. 

DISLOCATION  OF  SHOULPER  AND  KLBOW 


3/0  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


BANDAGE    FOR    THE 
CROUP. 


BANDAGE  FOU  TOP  OF   THE  NECK. 


BANDAGES  FOR  THE  FRONT  AND    SIDES 
OF   THE  NECK. 


THE  EYE  BANDAGE. 


SHOE  WITH  IRON  EXTEN- 
SION, 


The  extension  constitutes  one 
iind  of  a  splint. 


POULTICE  FOR  STRANGLES. 


EAR   BANDAGE. 
SOME  LESSONS  IN  BANDAGES  FOR  VARIOUS  DISEASES. 


CHAPTER  Vm. 
BODY  OP  THE  HOESE,  ITS  EXTERNAL  ACCIDENTS  AND  DISEASES. 


I.      CARIES. II.     NECROSIS. III.     OSTEO  POROSIS. V.     EXOSTOSIS  OP  THE  JAW. 

VI.      BROKEN  BACK. VII.      SPRAIN  OF  THE  BACK. VIII.      BROKEN  RIBS. 

IX.      BROKEN  TAIL. X.        FRACTURE   OF  THE  SKULL. XI.      TUMORS. 

XII.      GOITRE. XIII.       INFLAMED  PAROTID  GLAND. XIV.       FISTULA  OF  THE 

PAROTID     DUCT. XV.        FISTULOUS    WITHERS. XVI.       POLL     EVIL. XVII. 

INFLAMED  JUGULAR  VEIN. XVIII.       SADDLE  GALLS. XIX.         SIT  FASTS. 

XX.         SURFEIT. XXI.      DROPSY. XXII.       CHORDES. XXIII.       HERNIA. 

XXIV.       WARTS. XXV.       RAT-TAIL. XXVI.        ITCHY  TAIL. XXVII.      ITCHY 

SKIN. XXVIII.      MELANOSIS. XXIX.      HIDE  BOUND. XXX.      ECZEMA. 

I.    Caries. 

This  is  molecular  death  or  ulceration  of  a  bone.  It  may  affect  any 
bone  in  the  body.  The  bones  most  frequently  af- 
fected by  caries  are  the  teeth ;  the  lower  jaw, 
from  injury  from  the  bit ;  the  jaw  bones,  from 
diseased  teeth  ;  bones  of  the  neck,  from  poll  evil ; 
spines  of  the  back,  from  fistulous  withers  ;  bones 
of  the  tail,  from  docking — in  fact,  any  bone  sus-  caries. 

taining  an  injury  of  sufficient  severity  to  cause  a      or  the  lower  jaw-The  eflFect 
sloughing  of  the  bone  substance.  °    ^'"^*p" 

Causes. — Wounds,  either  contused,  lacerated,  or  clean  cut,  affecting 
the  bone,  are  liable  to  be  followed  by  inflammation,  ulceration,  and 
sloushinsr  of  the  bone  substance. 

How  to  Know  it. — A  peculiar,  offensive  odor  is  the  first  indication  that 
the  bone  is  affected — an  odor  of  decayed  teeth  ;  the  discharge  that  comes 
directly  from  the  bone  is  small,  but  there  is  sufficient  mixed  with  the  pus 
from  the  fleshy  surface  to  give  the  whole  the  characteri.stic  odor.  The 
surface  of  the  bone  is  usually  rough  when  felt  with  the  finger,  and  has  a 
tendency  to  spread  if  neglected.  The  surrounding  parts  always  swell 
considerably,  and  become,  in  long-standing  cases,  quite  hard  and  cal- 
loused. 

What  to  do. — Wash  the  part,  and  make  an  opening  on  the  under  side, 
if  possible,  to  allow  a  free  escape  of  the  pus  ;  scrape  the  diseased  surface 
of  the  bone  Mith  a  dull  edge,  and  dress  twice  a  day,  with  the  following 
lotion : 

No.  28.  2  Drachms  hydrochloric  acid, 

J^  Pint  water, 
Mix. 

371 


372  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  t TOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

Apply  with  a  swab  directly  to  the  diseased  spot  on  the  bone.  This  will 
have  the  effect  of  arresting  the  caries,  and  promoting  a  healthy  granu- 
lation on  the  surface  of  the  bone,  which  will  fill  up  the  hole.  Continue 
this  lotion  till  all  disease  of  the  bone  is  certainly  gone  ;  then  change  to 
No.  7,  which  will  heal  the  flesh  wound,  or  use  a  little  tincture  of  myrrh, 
or  gum  balsam.  Jf  it  is  cold  weather,  compound  tincture  of  benzoine 
(Friar's  balsam)  is  probably  the  best  for  flesh  wounds.  These  latter  may 
be  api)licd  two  or  three  times  a  day.  Treatment  of  parts  re(iuii'ing 
particular  appliances  will  be  fouiul  under  their  proper  heads. 

II.    Necrosis. 

This  is  death  of  a  pari  or  the  whole  of  a  bone  ;  usually  seen  in  the  long, 
harder  bones  of  the  body,  and  (juite  often  in  the  lower  jaw-bones  of 
horses  that  i)ull  very  hard  on  the  bit.  Necrosis  is  sometimes  seen  affect- 
ing the  cannon  bones  of  young  racers,  causing  the  whole  bone  to  run  out, 
and  a  new  one  to  form,  but  it  is  very  rare. 

Causes. — External  violence  is  the  usual  cause,  setting  up  inflammation 
of  the  periosteum  (the  covering  of  the  bone),  and  cutting' off  the  nutri- 
ment of  the  bone,  so  that  it  perishes. 

How  to  know  it. — There  will  be  one  or  more  openings  in  the  skin  and 
flesh,  through  which  the  pus  will  find  its  way  ;  the  odor  of  decayed  teeth 
will  be  present,  and  occasionally  a  small  piece  of  dead  bone  will  p-iss  out 
with  the  pus;  this  dead  bone  is  called  sequestrum.  The  discharge  is 
irritating  and  excoriates  the  surface  it  runs  over. 

What  to  do. — Make  the  openings  large  and  dependent  to  allow  a  free 
escape  for  the  pus,  and  remove  the  sequestrum  as  fast  as  possible,  for 
the  sooner  it  is  removed,  the  sooner  the  sore  will  get  well.  Keep  the 
parts  clean,  and  dress  three  times  a  day  with  the  following  lotion,  if  the 
iisease  is  on  the  surface,  so  that  it  can  be  got  at  easily: 

No.  29.  y^  Ounce  carbolic  acid, 

}4  Pint  raw  linseed  oil. 
Mix. 

But  if  the  pus  cavities  run  deep,  inject  lotion  No.  5.  If  the  legs  are 
aifected,  put  the  horse  in  slings. 

III.    Big  Head,  (Osteo  Porosis.) 

Big  head  is  the  common  manifestation  of  constitutional  or  generalized  osteo 
porosis.  It  is  a  disease  of  the  bones  of  tlie  body,  in  which  they  become 
inflamed,  swollen,  softened  and,  finally,  degenerated  into  cheesy  matter,  so 
soft  as  to  be  easily  punctured.  It  may  be  confined  to  the  bones  of  the  head, 
either  upper  or  lower  jaw,  or  both,  or  it  may  attack  the  bones  of  the  legs 
or  back,  causing  lameness  and  stifl'ness  and  finaJy  breaking  down  by  rupture 
of  the  attachments  of  the  ligaments,  necessitating  destruction  of  the  animal. 
It  is  most  often  seen  in  the  central  and  southern  portions  of  the  United 


BODY  OF  THE  HORSE,   ITS  EXTERNAL  ACCIDENTS  AND  DISEASES.         37.") 

States,  and  occurs  in  all  classes,  breeds  and  ages  of  horses;  sometimes  in 
single  scattered  cases  and  sometimes  affects  a  major  portion  of  a  herd. 

Causes. — The  cause  is  unknown,  but  it  is  thought  to  be  due  to  germs  of 
some  sort  in  the  her])age  that  causes  the  inHamnuition  of  the  bones  that  leads 
on  to  the  degeneration  of  them.  It  can  not  be  attributed  to  any  i)articular 
kind  of  food,  for  it  occurs  in  horses  on  hay  and  grain,  in  colts  at  grass,  in 
horses  with  good  care  as  well  as  in  the  starved  and  abused  ones. 

How  to  know  It. — Slow,  painful  mastication  with  an  inclination  to  chew 
on  one  side  of  the  mouth  by  turning  the  sore  side  up,  and  twisting  the  head, 
will  be  the  first  symptoms  noticed.  After  a  few  days  the  side  of  the  face 
v/ill  begin  to  swell  in  the  region  of  the  fangs  of  the  molar  teeth;  great  ten- 
derness will  be  evinced  upon  pressure;  the  gums  will  swell  and  extend  down 
between  the  teeth;  specula?  of  bone  pierce  through  and  make  the  surface 
rough  {md  cause  bloody  saliva  to  flow  profusely  from  the  mouth.  After  the 
disease  attains  to  considerable  size  the  nose  will  turn  over  towards  the  sound 
side;  the  lining  of  the  nose  swells  so  as  to  almost  obstruct  the  breathing, 
giving  rise  to  considerable  roaring.  If  the  skin  is  pierced  the  bone  will  be 
found  to  be  easily  punctured.  When  the  back  and  legs  are  affected  he  will 
be  stiff"  and  lame  with  or  without  local  swelling  or  soreness,  resembling 
rheumatism,  when  suddenly,  with  some  exertion,  he  will  break  down  in  some 
joint,  usually  the  fetlock.  This  sometimes  occurs  when  rising  from  a  recum- 
bent to  a  standing  position,  or  when  being  driven. 

What  to  do. — In  the  early  stage  it  oftentimes  can  l)e  helped  by  giving 

a  change  of  food  or  pasture,  and  giving  the  following  powder,  night  and 

morning,  for  a  month,  in  soft  food: 

Half  an  ounce  of  hyposulphite  of  soda, 

Two  drachms  pi-ecipitated  phosphate  of  lime.     Mix,  and  give  as  one  dose. 

See  that  the  drinking  water  is  good,  and  give  plenty  of  common  salt. 
V.     Exostosis  of  the  Jaw. 

This  consists  in  the  growth  of  bony  tumors  on  the  lower  jaw,  where 
they  are  quite  often  seen. 

Causes. — It  is  usually  caused  by  some  ex- 
ternal injury,  often  by  the  curb-chain. 

How    to    know    it. — They    are    sometimes 
spread  over  a  large  portion  of  the  jawbone,  with 
a  very  broad  base;  sometimes  they  are  in  the 
form  of  little  nodules  the  size  of  the  end  of  a      bony  tumor. 
man's  thumb,  with  a  very  small  base.     They   caused  by  curb-chain. 
become  perfectly  hard  and  do  nt)  harm,  usually,  further  than  to  be  an  eyesore. 

What  to  do. — Treatment  is  useless,  owing  to  the  late  stage  of  the 
inflammation.  If  the  true  nature  of  the  disease  is  known  while  the  tumor 
is  forming,  repeated  blistering  with  No.  10  will  do  much  good. 


374 


OrCX4}FlSDIA  OF  LITE  STOCK  AND  OOMFL^TTB  STOCK  DOOTOB. 


VI.    Broken  Back. 

Causes. — The  back  is  sometimes  broken  by  heavy  objects  falling  on 
it ;  this  quite  frequently  happens  in  Northern  cities  by  snow  and  ice  slid- 
ing off  the  roofs  of  houses.  Sometimes  the  horse  falls  through  traps  and 
holes,  and  the  back  is  sometimes  broken  when  being  cast  for  opera- 
tions. 

How  to  know  it. — If  the  spinous  processes  only  are  broken,  there  will 
not  be  much  change  in  outward  appearance  ;  but  the  crepitation  charac- 
teristic of  all  fractures  will  be  noticed  and  probably  some  alteration  in 
the  straight  outline  of  the  back  will  follow — it  will  become  depressed  in 
the  region  of  the  fracture.     But,    if   the  back  is  broken  so  as  to  press 


HORSE  SUFFEKING   PROM  PARTIAL   PARALYSIS   OF  HIND   LEGS. 


upon  the  spinal  cord,  it  will  cut  oif  all  sensation  and  power  of  motion 
from  all  parts  back  of  the  fracture.  This  inability  to  move  and  feel  is 
paralysis  and  is  due  to  the  pressure  of  the  broken  bones  upon  the  spinal 
cord. 

Sprain  of  the  psooe  muscles  is  sometimes  mistaken  for  broken  back, 
but  the  distinguishing  difference  is  very  plain,  and  the  test  easily  applied. 
Prick  the  tail  or  any  part  back  of  the  fracture  with  a  pin  ;  if  there  is  no 
sensation  the  back  is  injured,  and  the  spinal  cord  is  enduring  pressure  ; 
but  if  thej9Soce  muscles  are  only  sprained,  while  there  will  be  inability  to 
move  the  hind  legs,  there  will  be  sensation  and  ability  to  move  the  tail 
ivhen  pncked  with  a  pin. 


BODY  OF  THBi  HORSE,  ITS  EXTERNAL  ACCIDENTS  AND  DISEASES. 


!75 


What  to  do.— If  the  spinous  processes  only  are  fractured,  the  animal 
will  recover.  Put  him  into  slings  if  he  can  stand  when  raised ;  if  not, 
leave  him  on  the  floor,  as  he  is  safer  and  more  comfortable  there  than  in 
the  slings,  unless  he  can  bear  the  most  of  his  weight  comfortably  on  his 
feet.  Apply  cold  water  rugs  to  the  fracture,  and  bathe  the  part  occa- 
sionally with  tincture  of  arnica  or  camphor.  After  the  active  inflamma- 
tion has  subsided,  stop  the  cold  water  and  just  give  the  horse  time,  and 
nature  will  mend  the  fracture.  But  if  any  of  the  l)roken  pieces  of  bone 
do  not  reunite,  and  continue  to  act  as  irritants,  cut  down  upon  them  and 
remove  them. 

If  the  back  is  absolutely  broken,  so  that  there  is  inability  to  move,  and 
no  sensation  in  the  hind  parts,  particularly  if  there  is  displacement,  treat- 
ment is  useless,  and  the  animal  ought  to  be  destroyed,  for  it  is  only  a 
question  of  a  few  days  for  him  to  die,  and  he  might  be  saved  all  the  suf- 
fering accompanying  a  natural  death. 

In  case  there  are  broken  bones  to  remove,  it  is  best  to  wait  till  the 
irritant  is  located  by  the  abscess  that  is  sure  to  follow;  then,  when  the 
abscess  is  soft,  tender,  and  nearly  ready  to  break,  open  it  sufliciently  to 
allow  the  finger  to  enter,  and  remove  the  pieces  that  are  acting  as 
thorns. 

VII.    Sprain  of  the  Back. 

Causes. — Sometimes  the  back  is  only  sprained  by  slips  or  falls,  but  if 
the  sprain  is  severe,  many  of  the  same  symptoms  will  be  noticed,  and  the 


TEST   KOR  Sl'KAIN   OF  TUK   BACK. 


ligaments,  and  sometimes  the  coverings  of  the  spinal  cord,  are  involved 
these  are  amenable  to  treatment  but  recovery  is  often  slow. 


370  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVK  STOCK  /iND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

How  to  know  it. — Sprain  of  the  back  is  diagnosed  by  pressing  the 
thumb  and  finger  along  the  spines,  and  by  throwing  the  weight  suddenly 
on  the  tender  spot,  when  pain  will  be  evinec^d. 

What  to  do. — The  treatment  consists  in  clii)ping  off  the  hair  along  the 
back,  and  rubbing  in  well  the  blister,  No.  D.  Oil  the  blister  once  a  day 
afterwards.  Repeat  it  if  necessary  after  a  couple  of  weeks.  Give  a  long 
rest  and  a  run  at  pasture. 

VIII.    Broken  Kibs. 

Causes. — The  ribs  are  often  broken  by  falling,  colliding  with  trees, 
walls,  etc.,  while  running  away,  kicks  from  other  horses,  etc.  If  dis- 
placement occurs,  the  ends  are  apt  to  puncture  the  pleura  (the  mem- 
l)rane  that  lines  the  chest  and  covers  the  lungs),  and  the  lungs  ;  in  either 
case  the  effects  may  be  very  serious,  from  hemorrhage  and  inflammation 
in  the  parts  wounded. 

How  to  know  it. — If  there  is  no  displacement  there  will  be  no  external 
alteration  in  the  l)ody,  and  the  diagnosis  must  be  based  upon  rapid 
breathing,  the  breath  being  cool,  and  effort  to  raise  the  flanks  forming  a 
(Tease  along  the  sides  of  the  belly  to  avoid  working  the  ribs  in  breathing, 
unwillingness  to  move,  and  upon  the  horse  persistently  remaining 
standing. 

If  displacement  takes  place  there  will  be  either  a  bulging  in  or  out, 
according  to  whether  the  ends  are  tipped  in  or  out,  but  they  are  usually 
tipped  in,  leaving  a  hollow  over  the  fracture,  and  puncturing  the  pleura, 
in  which  case  there  will  be,  in  addition  to  the  symptoms  above  mentioned, 
more  evidences  of  pain  and  some  bleeding  from  the  nose,  loss  of  appetite 
for  a  day  or  two,  and  more  or  less  fever,  according  to  the  amount  of 
injury  done  to  the  chest  and  its  contents. 

What  to  do. — After  moving  the  horse  as  carefully  as  possible  to  his 
loose  box,  apply  a  bandage  with  surcingles  directly  over  the  fracture,  and 
draw  them  middling  tight,  to  prevent  working  of  the  ribs.  Then  watch 
the  symptoms,  and  treat  them  as  they  arise,  to  subdue  fever,  stop  hemor- 
rhage, etc.  The  fever  is  best  kept  under  control  with  the  following  mix- 
ture : 

No.  30.  1  Drachm  tincture  aconite  root, 

2  Drachms  fluid  extract  belladonna, 
Water  to  make  four  ounces 
Mix. 

Give  a  teaspoonfuU  every  two  hours,  if  there  is  much  fever,  till  it  is 
reduced.  Feed  on  soft  feed.  Give  perfect  quiet  till  the  horse  is  willini' 
and  able  to  take  gentle  exercise,  which  will  be  in  four  or  five  weeks.  Two 
months  should  elapse  before  the  horse  is  put  to  work. 


BODY  OF  THE  HORSE,  ITS  EXTERNAL  ACCIDENTS  AND  DISEASES.         377 


IX.    Broken  Tail. 

Causes. — The  tail  is  sometimes  broken  at  the  dock,  or  where  it  joins 
the  body,  by  the  horse  falling  through  floors  to  a  floor  below,  or  by 
some  heavy  weight  falling  from  above,  or  by  rearing  up  and  falling  back  ; 
in  fact,  any  accident  that  may  break  the  back  will  break  the  tail  if  the 
blow  strikes  in  the  right  place.  The  place  where  the  fracture  is  most 
likely  to  occur  is  about  three  or  four  inches  above  where  the  tail  leaves 
the  body, — at  the  point  where  the  tail  begins  from  the  upper  part  of 
the  pelvis,  called  the  sacrum. 

The  sacrum  being  without  joints  and  inelastic,  is  protected  by  the  flat 
bones  of  the  pelvis,  but  just  Avhere  the  protection  ceases  the  tail  begins, 
so  that  in  case  of  a  fall  on  the  rump,  the  tail  is  most  likely  to  break  at 
ics  origin. 

How  to  know  it. — There  will  l)e  a  sudden  dropping  of  the  outline  of 
the  upper  and  back  part  of  the  rump  ;  the  dock  will  be  dropped  down 
into  the  space  between  the  posterior  joints  of  the  hi[)s,  pressing  down  the 
anus,  and  making  it  very  difficult,  if  not  impossible,  for  a  mare  to  be 
delivered  of  a  foal.  A  mare  with  the  dock  broken  down  never  should  be 
bred. 

What  to  do. — Nothing  can  be  done  for  it  except  to  try  and  raise  the 
l)Hrt  by  iiiiroducing  the  hand  into  the  anus,  but  a.s  nothing  CiUi  be  fixed  to 
retain  the  parts  in  position,  the  attempt  will  not  be  at- 
tended with  success.  It  is  no  permanent  injury  fur 
work,  but  is  a  great  eyesoro. 

X.  Fracture  of  the  Skull. 
Causes. — The  skull  is  often  fractured  by  kicks,  blows, 
bruises,  collisions  in  runaways,  etc. 


RIOHT-SIDED   PARALYSIS   OF 

LOWER    LIP   AND    TONGUE. 

Engraved   for   this   work   from   a 

Photograph. 


BONE  TUMOR  OF  THE  LOWER  JAW  (FROM  A  PHOTOGRAPH). 

How  to  know  it. — Besides  the  external  marks  of  violence,  there  will  be 
either  stupor  or  delirium  from  pressure  on  the  brain,  and  more  or  less 


378 


CYCLOPEDIA   OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND   COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


fever  may  follow;  also  accumulations  of  serum  in  the  ventricles  of  the 
brain,  delirium,  convulsions  and  death. 

What  to  do. — Trephine  the  bone  and  remove  the  portion  that  is 
pressed  down  into  the  skull  and  is  liable  to  cause  pressure  on  the  brain. 
Keep  the  wound  clean  and  treat  it  as  a  simple  wound.  If  the  pulse  rises 
and  fever  sets  in,  give  the  fever  mixture,  No.  30,  and  apply  ice  poultices 
(chopped  ice  and  bran)  to  the  head  continuously  for  several  days  and 
nights,  if  he  gets  better  it  will  be  in  the  course  of  three  or  four  days, 
but  if  the  fever  rises  and  delirium  increases  it  will  terminate  fatally  in 


UNEVENLY  WORN  OFF 
JAAV  TEETH.       (a) 
The  remaining  sharp  points  causing 
wound  in  upper  jaw  (&). 


FILING  THE  REMAINING   UNWORN 
PROJECTING   TEETH.       (a) 
In  the  same  way  any  sharp  points  of  the  balance  of  the 
jaw  teeth  are  filed.       It  is  necessary,  however,  to 
first  place  a  wedge  between  the  teeth. 


from  three  to  six  days.  If  he  gets  down  and  raves  and  fights  furiously, 
he  had  better  be  hobbled  to  prevent  him  from  injuring  himself  and  his 
attendants.  If  necessary  he  may  be  thrown  down  on  a  soft  bed  and  con- 
fined, when  it  will  be  easier  to  apply  the  ice  and  give  the  medicine,  and 
increase  the  chance  of  recovery.  In  this,  as  in  all  fevers,  give  the  patient 
all  the  water  he  will  take — in  small  quantities  and  often.  If  it  is  in  cold 
weather  keep  him  warm  and  dry. 


XI.     Tumors. 

Causes. — Tumors  are  prenatural  growths,  that  develop  on  any  part 
of  the  body.  They  may  be  fatty,  fibrous,  bony,  cartilaginous,  gland- 
ular, and  fungoid.  They  develop  without  any  apparent  cause.  Some- 
times they  do  little  or  no  harm  except  to  blemish  the  appearance  i  at 


BODY  OF  THE  HORSE,  ITS  EXTERNAL  ACCIDENTS  AND  DISEASES.        379 

Other  times  they  do  a  great  amount  of  harm  ;  interrupt  the  circulation, 
breathing,  mastication,  cause  paralysis  when  on  the  brain,  and  injure 
the  eye  when  near  it. 

How  to  know  it. — Fatty  tumors,,  as  the  name  indicates,  are  fatty  in 
composition,  and  grow  oftencr  on  the  internal  organs,  sometimes  around 
joints.  Fibrous  are  hard,  caloused,  fleshy  lumps  like  shoe  boils,  lumps 
on  the  ribs,  etc.  Bony  tumors  are  similar  in  structure  to  bone,  though 
not  so  dense  ;  they  grow  on  bones,  and  are  often  the  results  of  bruises. 
Cartilaginous  tumors  are  those  that  grow  on  cartilages,  and  are  a  part 
of  them  ;  are  seen  on  the  brisket,  shoulder  blades,  etc.  Glandular  tumors 
are  hypertrophied  glands,  abnormal  growth  of  the  glands,  and  they 
become  indurated  and  i-emain  so — see  goitre  and  inflamed  parotid  gland. 
Fungoid  tumors,  are  those  that  sprout  up  like  fungus  ;  they  are  exuberant 
Igranulatious,  and  bleed  easily  when  touched  ;  they  are  seen  quite  often 
iiround  the  eyes,  and  may  grow  from  the  surface  of  any  wound. 

What  to  do. — Treatment  of  tumors,  almost  always  involves  surgery 
iLhat  requires  a  qualified  veterinary  surgeon  to  perform.  The  knife 
should  never  be  used  to  any  extent,  except  by  an  expert. 

XII.  Goitre. 
This  is  hypertrophy  of  the  thyroid  gland,  that  is  situated  on  the  under 
side  of  the  neck,  about  five  to  eight  inches 
below  the  angle  of  the  lower  jaw,  on  each 
side  of  the  windpipe.  It  sometimes  attains 
the  size  of  a  child's  head,  and  presses 
against  the  trachea,  so  as  to  interfere  with 
the  breathing. 

Causes. — The  cause  is  unknown. 
How  to  know  it.— By   the   large,    hard 
lump  on  the  side  of  the  neck.     It  is  mova- 

GOITRE  OR  BRONCHOCELE.  ,  ,         •  •.•  j  11 

ble,  insensitive,  and  grows  slowly. 
What  to  do. — Wash  it  thoroughly  once  a  day  with  hot  water  and  soap, 
to  remove  all  dirt,  scurf,  etc.,  then,  when  dry,  rub  well  in  a  piece  as  large 
as  a  chestnut  of  the  following  ointment : 

No.  31.  2  Drachms  iodide  of  potash, 

2  Ounces  lard, 
Powder  and  mix. 

Continue  tnis  for  three  or  four  weeks      Treatment  may  be  carried  on 

while  working. 

Xm.    Inflamed  Parotid  Gland. 

These  glands  are  situated  on  each  side  of  the  throat,  running  from  very 

near  the  ear  to  the  angle  of  the  lower  jaw,  and  are  about  the  size  of  a 

medium  sized  hand. 


380  CirCLOFEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR, 

Causes. — They  become  inflamed  occasionally  from  cold  settling  in 
them,  or  from  injury. 

How  to  know  it. — There  will  be  considerable  enlargement,  and  soreness 
upon  pressure  in  that  region  ;  hot,  dry  mouth  ;  painful  mastication,  and 
more  or  loss  general  fever. 

What  to  do. — Bathe  them  with  hot  water  and  apply  linseed  poultices. 
Give  internally  fever  mixture.  No.  18,  till  the  fever  is  subdued.  If  the 
gland  suppurates  and  comes  to  a  point  in  any  spot,  open  it,  and  continue 
the  poultices  as  before. 

XrV.    Fistula  of  the  Parotid  Duct. 

Causes. — Sometimes  from  a  tumor  or  lump  of  hardened  food  in  the 
region  of  the  parotid  duct  (in  the  cheek  opposite  the  third  molar  of  the 
upper  row  of  teeth),  the  opening  of  the  duct  becomes  obstructed, 
inflammation  sets  in,  and  the  duct  often  breaks  out  in  a  fresh  spot.  And 
on  account  of  there  being  a  constant  flow  of  saliva,  the  opening  soon 
becomes  flstulous. 

How  to  know  it. — A  sore  is  found  on  the  cheek,  usually  on  the  outside, 
but  sometimes  on  the  inside ;  but  the  inner  one  does  little  harm  as 
the  saliva  is  not  wasted.  The  saliva  flows  continuously,  but  more  freely 
during  mastication. 

What  to  do. — Clip  off  the  hail-  around  the  opening,  and  remove  any 
irritant  or  obstruction  on  the  inside  ;  see  that  the  natural  opening  is  clear. 
Scarify  the  edges  of  the  external  opening  to  make  a  fresh  wound  of  it ; 
then  apply  the  paste.  No.  19,  to  the  opening,  and  let  a  cold  linseed  poul- 
tice go  on  directly  over  it.  Dress  it  in  this  manner  twice  a  day,  and  the 
fistulous  opening  will  soon  close  if  the  natural  passage  is  kept  open. 
XV.    Fistulous  Withers. 

Causes. — When  the  withers  become  bruised,  swollen  and  festered,  and 


SLIGHT  ENLARGEMENT  WHICH    MAY  END  FISTULOUS  WITHERS— WORjT  STAGE. 

IN  FISTULOUS  WITHERS. 

running  sores  follow,  pipes  are  formed  and   constitute  fistulous  withers, 
(Ihistelce  of  the  horse  doctor  and  cow  leech). 


BODY  OF  THE  HOUSE,  ITS  EXTERNAL  ACCIDENTS  AND  DISEASES.       381 

How  to  know  It. — A  constant  discharge  is  seen  to  come  from  the 
swelling  around  the  withers  and  run  down  over  the  shoulder.  The  pipes 
conveying  the  pus  are  white,  with  thick  w^alls,  and  very  tough.  The  pu&i 
is  ordinary  healthy  pus,  unless  the  bones  of  the  spine  are  affected,  which 
is  often  the  case,  and  then  the  pus  will  have  the  strong  offensive  odor 
characteristic  of  caried  bone. 

What  to  do. — The  knife  must  be  used  freely,  but  cautiously,  and  it 
is  urged,  as  in  all  similar  cases,  to  employ  a  qualified  veterinary  surgeon 
if  possible.  But  if  it  is  impossible  to  procure  one,  make  the  best  of  a 
bad  case  and  open  the  sinuses  right  up  from  top  to  bottom.  If  there 
is  a  large  hollow  space  on  the  tops  of  the  bones  under  the  skin,  open  the 
skin  right  up  from  end  to  end,  letting  the  cut  run  lengthwise  the  horse. 
If  the  ends  of  the  bones  are  exposed  and  caried,  rough,  diseased,  and 
smelling  badly,  the  diseased  portions  must  be  removed  either  with  bone 
forceps  or  a  fine  saw,  and  dressed  twice  a  day  with  lotion  No.  28. 
Dress  the  pipes  with  lotion  No.  1,  twice  a  day  for  a  week,  then  change 
to  No.  5,  alternating  them.  If  the  bones  of  the  withers  are  exposed,  but 
not  caried,  use  loti(m  No.  5  on  them  and  alternate  it  with  No.  7  ;  use  one 
a  week,  then  the  other. 

XVI.    Poll-evil. 

This  is  a  fistulous  sore  affecting  the  bones  of  the  neck  near  the  top  of 
the  head  or  poll. 

Causes. — It  starts  with  a  bruise  from  striking  the  top  of  the  head 
against  a  low  ceiling,  doorway  or  roof  of 
a  car  when  being  shipped,  rearing  and 
falling  backwards,  etc.  Suppuration  sets 
in  ;  the  pus  breaks  out  on  the  top,  like 
any  other  abscess,  bu.t  burro\\s  down  into 
the  bones  at  the  same  time,  dift'ering  in 
this  respect  from  ordinary  ahscesses,  so 
that,  within  a  few  days  after  l)ursting  on 
top,  it  has  burrowed  down  so  as  to  reach 
the  bones  or  the  joint  between  them.  In 
old,  long-standing  cases  the  disease  some-  J'*^' '-"^vil  ddking  the  first 
times    causes  the  Ugamentum   nuchoe    to 

become  so  rotted  and  eaten  away  by  the  suppurating  process  as  to  break, 
letting  the  head  drop.     The  animal  in  this  case  is  rendered  useless. 

How  to  Know  it. — There  is  always  more  or  less  tumefaction  and  flow 
of  pus,  which  runs  down  the  sides  of  the  neck.  The  pus  has  a  strong, 
disagreeable  odor  coming  from  the  tendinous  muscle,  and,  when  coming 
from  the  bone,  it  will  have  the  characteristic  odor  of  caries. 


382 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AN1>  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


POLL-EVIL  IN  ITS  SECOND  STAGE. 


In  the  course  of  a  week  or  so,  pipes  form,  and  their  walls  get  thicker 
and  thicker  as  they  are  allowed  to  run. 

What  to  do. — As  in  the  treatment  of  all  fistulous  sores,  the  sinuses 
must  be  opened  up  and  a  free  dependent  opening  made  for  the  pus.  It  is 
more  ditiScult  to  do  this  in  poll-evil  than  in  almost  any  other  case  ;  but 

the  sinuses  usually  run  down  into  the 
muscle  of  the  neck  more  or  less. 
Follow  them  and  open  them  up 
freely  ;  then,  there  being  a  free  con- 
nection between  the  top  of  the  sore 
and  the  bottom  of  the  sinuses,  wash 
it  out  thoroughly  and  inject  lotion 
No.  5,  twice  a  day.  If  it  is  noticed 
in  its  incipient  stage,  apply  a  linseed 
poultice,  hot  and  soft,  till  it  is  ready 
to  open ;  then  open  it  and  inject 
lotion  No.  5,  twice  a  day;  continue  the  poultice  till  the  holes  all  fill  up 
with  fine,  solid,  healthy,  granulations  ;  then  apply  lotion  No.  7,  three 
times  a  day.  If  the  bones  are  affected  so  as  to  expose  a  caried  surface, 
wash  them  off  with  warm  water  and  scrape  the  rough  surface  to  expose 
the  healthy  bone;  then  dress  it  by  applying  lotion  No.  28,  twice  a  day 
v/ith  a  swab  till  the  exposed  surface  of  the  bone  granulates  so  as  to  feel 
like  velvet  when  touched  with  the  finger;  then  change  to  lotion  No.  29. 
Alternate  lotions  No.  29  and  No.  5,  one  Aveek  on  and  one  week  off.  If 
proud  flesh  springs  up,  keep  it  down  with  powdered  bluestone. 
XVn.  Inflamed  Jugular  Vein. 
Causes. — This  disease  is  not  so  common  as  it  used  to  be  in  the  days  of 
bleeding.  Bleeding  is  rarely  resorted  to  now-a-days  ;  hence  the  infre- 
quency  of  this  trouble,  for  it  is  always  the  possible  sequence  of  bleeding. 
As  the  effect  of  this  inflammation,  the  vein  is  liable  to  become  obliterated, 
filled  up  and  caloused  so  as  to  remain  so,  the  work  of  returning  the  blood 
to  the  heart  being  done  by  the  vein  on  the  other  side  of  the  neck. 

A  horse  with  a  jugular  vein  obliterated,  cannot  graze  on  account  of  the 

rush  of  blood  to  the  head,  owing 
to  the  lessened  capacity  to  return 
the  blood  from  the  head  freely. 

How  to  know  it. — In  the  active 
stage  of  inflammation  the  vein  and 
contiguous  parts  will  be  swollen, 
sore  and  hot.    In  the  later,  chronic 
INFLAMED  JUGULAR  VEIN.  stagc,  thc  vciu  wiU  bc  a  hard,  ine- 

Position  of  a  horse  with  inflammation  of  the  jugular  vein,     lastic     I'ldgC     runuino"    doWU     frOm 

the  bond  to  the  body,  above  the  windpipe. 


BODY  OF  THE  HORSE,  ITS  EXTERNAL  ACCIDENTS  AND  DISEASES.       383 

What  to  do  —After  bleeding,  watch  the  vein  for  several  hours.  If  it 
bleeds,  and  the  blood  coagulates,  and  the  vein  begins  to  swell,  bathe  it 
with  warm  water,  and  manipulate  the  clot  to  try  and  break  it  down,  and 
make  it  pass  on.  Continue  this  till  all  danger  of  obliteration  is  past.  Once 
the  vein  has  become  obliterated,  nothing  can  be  done. 

If  the  inflammation  continues  and  abscesses  are  likely  to  form,  apply 
a  blister  of  tincture  of  cantharides,  after 
having  removed  the  pin.  If  sinuses  form 
.-ind  sacks  of  matter  are  found,  open  them 
freely,  and  continue  the  hot  fomentations 
and  poultices ;  syringe  the  sinuses  and 
abscesses  with  lotion  No.  5.  When  the 
sinuses  and  wounds  fill  up,  if  any  flesh 
presents  itself  too  prominently,  dress  it 
once  a  day  with  burnt  alum.  « .,,,         simple  form  of 

STRANGLES. 

XVIII.    Saddle  GaUs. 

Causes. — When  a  badly-fitting  saddle  is  ridden  any  length  of  time,  oj- 
a  saddk^  is  kept  on  a  back  unaccustomed  to  carrying  one,  the  back  gets 
bruised,  scalded  with  the  sweat,  chafed  with  the  saddle,  and  the  skin  rubs 
off  in  spots,  leaving  raw  sores  exposed.  The  same  applies  to  the  collai-, 
breast  i)latc  or  harness  saddle. 

What  to  do. — Foment  them  with  hot  water  with  a  little  salt  in  it,  three 
or  four  times  a  day,  wipe  dry  and  apply  lotion  No.  24,  or  the  following : 

No.  32.  1  Ounce  vineofar, 

}4  Ounce  tannin, 
1  Quart  water, 
Mix. 

Sometimes  the  skin  will  become  dead,  and  continue  to  hold  on  fast  to 
the  flesh  like  a  scab  ;  this  must  be  removed  with  the  knife  before  it  can 
begin  to  heal.  Make  it  a  clean,  fresh,  active  wound,  and  it  will  heal 
readily  with  the  above  treatment.  It  is  absolutely  necessary  to  remove 
the  cause  by  either  leaving  off  the  saddle,  collar,  etc.,  till  it  heals,  or  by 
remodeling  the  same  so  as  to  give  an  even  bearing  on  the  back  or 
shoulder. 

xrx.    Sit  Pasts. 

Causes. — These  are  large,  calloused,  tumor-like  lumps  on  the  back,  as 
a  result  of  saddle  galls,  or  on  the  points  of  the  shoulders,  from  collar 
galls.  When  the  animal  is  continued  at  the  work  that  causes  the  galls, 
these  calloused  swellings  make  their  appearance. 

What  to  do. — Any  treatment  other  than  the  knife  is  of  little  use.  They 
can  be  easily  dissected  out  by  cutting  around  them  carefully  and  takmg 
them  out  ])odily  ;  then  treat  the  wound  as  a  simple  wound.     Keep  all 


384  CYCLOPEDIA  CF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  L.OCTOR. 

pressure  off  till  it  is  thorouglilj  healed.  A  breast  collar  can  often  be 
used  in  the  place  of  the  ordinary  collar,  while  Avaiting  for  the  wound  to 
heal. 

XX.    Siirfeit. 

Surfeit  is  the  term  applied  to  the  breaking  out  of  pimples  on  the  skin. 
It  is  an  effort  of  nature  to  throw  off  some  of  the  impurities  of  the  blood, 
due  to  plethora.  When  the  body  gets  fat  and  the  blood  rich,  the  liver 
and  kidneys  often  become  inactive,  and  that  throws  an  extra  amount  of 
work  upon  the  sldn  ;  and  surfeit  is  the  effort  of  nature  to  get  rid  of  super- 
fluous heat  and  effete  matter. 


A  HORSE  AFFLICTED  WITH  SURFEIT. 

Causes. — Too  high  living,  with  too  little  exercise. 

How  to  know  it. — A  rough,  scabby  surface  will  be  found  on  the  skin. 
Sometimes  it  comes  out,  suddenly,  all  over  in  little  blotches,  that 
may  disappear  in  the  course  of  a  few  days,  or  may  scab  over,  owing  to 
the  surface  fever  that  usually  accompanies  it.  Little  or  no  difference, 
otherwise,  is  noticed  in  the  health,  of  the  horse.  There  is  sometimes  a 
great  amount  of  itching,  and  sometimes  none. 

What  to  do. — From  the  nature  of  the  affection,  the  treatment  indicated 
is  to  deplete  the  system.  The  best  way  to  do  is  to  give  a  full  dose  of 
purgative  medicine,  restrict  the  food,  and  give  more  exercise.  The  best 
purgative  for  the  horse  is  from  four  to  seven  drachms  of  Barbadoes  aloes, 
according  to  the  size  and  age  of  the  patient,  and  the  time  of  year.  Six 
drachms  is  the  dose  for  an  ordinary-sized  horse.  Larger  doses  may  be 
given  in  the  spring  than  in  the  fall.     The  dose  must  be  diminished  in 


BODY  OF  THE  HORSE,  ITS  EXTERNAL  ACCIDENTS  AND  DISEASES.        885 

size  for  tender  years,  even  if  the  colt  is  as  large  as  he  ever  will  be.  The 
aloes  may  be  given  in  a  bolus  the  size  and  shape  of  your  finger,  and 
passed  back  into  the  throat  with  the  right  hand,  while  holding  the  mouth 
open  with  the  left ;  or  it  may  be  given  dissolved  in  a  pint  of  warm  water, 
with  a  bottle.  Feed  on  bran  mashes  for  a  couple  of  days  after  taking 
the  ball.  After  the  ball  has  finished  working,  give  a  tablespoonful  of 
the  following  mixture,  night  and  morning,  in  the  feed : 

No.  33.  2  Ounces  nitrate  of  ootash, 

2  Ounces  rosin, 
2  Ounces  linseed  meal, 
Powder  and  mix. 

No  local  treatment  is  needed,  except  to  give  all  the  necessary  grooming 
the  condition  of  the  skin  will  allow. 

XXI.    Dropsy. 

Causes. — Dropsy  is  rather  the  result  of  disease,  or  the  result  of  a 
peculiar  condition  of  the  system,  than  a  disease  itself.     It  depends  upon 


CROW-BAIT — EFFECT    OF   DROPSY. 

a  debilitated  condition,  the  result  of  other  weakening  diseases,  especially 
of  the  kidneys,  and  starvation  ;  it  sometimes  comes  from  diseased  and 
irregular  teeth. 

How  to  know  it. — It  is  manifested  by  swelling  of  the  legs,  belly,  and 
sheath  ;  languor ;  pallor  of  the  visible  mucous  membranes  ;  indifference 
to  food  ;  emaciation  with  weakness  etc. 

What  to  do. — It  is  of  paramount  importance  to  remove  the  cause  the 
first  thing  ;  therefore  examine  the  teeth,  extract  any  that  are  decayed,  rasp 


383  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

off  the  .sharp  edges  next  to  the  cheeks  ;  sometimes  one  gets  broken, 
and  the  one  opposite,  having  none  to  wear  against,  grows  long  and  sticks 
directly  into  the  gum,  making  mastication  very  difficult  and  painful — in 
this  case,  rasp  or  saw  it  off.  If  the  cause  lies  in  n  debilitated  condition 
from  some  other  disease,  tonics  are  indicated.  If  the  appetite  is  good, 
give  the  following  powder  : 

No.  34.  1  >2  Ounce  pure  sulphate  of  iron, 

1  Ounce  nitrate  of  potash, 

2  Drachms  foeuugreek  seed, 
2  Ounces  linseed  meal, 

Powder  and  mix. 

Give  a  tablespoonful  night  and  morning  in  soft  feed.  If  there  is  not 
sufficient  appetite  to  take  medicine  in  the  feed,  give  the  following : 

No.  35.  1  Ounce  tincture  of  iron, 

1  Ounce  tincture  of  gentian, 
Water  to  make  twelve  ounces. 
Mix. 

Give  one  ounce  (two  tablespooiif uls )  three  times.  Tempt  the  appe- 
late with  whatever  he  may  fancy ;  sometimes  when  a  horse  won't  eat 
oats  h-e  will  eat  corn  or  apples,  carrots,  cabbage  leaves,  etc.  Con- 
tinue the  tonics  till  all  signs  of  dropsy  are  gone,  and  give  gentle  exer- 
cise as  soon  as  the  strength  of  the  horse  will  allow. 

XXII.    Chordes. 

This  is  a  name  applied  to  cramps  of  the  muscles  of  the  neck  and  loins  ; 
it  is  of  a  rheumatic  nature,  and  is  most  common  in  spring,  fall  and  win- 
ter. 

Causes- — E-^posure  to  cold  and  damp  by  sleeping  on  the  ground  in 
wet,  cold  weather. 

How  to  know  it — It  may  be  known  by  swelling  of  the  muscles  of  the 
affected  parts,  tenderness  on  pressure,  neck  twisted  around  towards  one 
side,  and  is  stiff,  so  that  the  horse  cannot  feed  off  the  ground.  The 
horse  under  these  circumstances  is  stiff  and  sore  all  over. 

What  to  do- — Apply  hot  rags,  wrung  out  of  very  hot  water,  and  laid  ou 
the  sore  muscles.  Keep  him  warm  and  in  a  dry  place.  Give  one  of 
the  following  powders  in  soft  feed  three  times  a  day  : 

No.  36.  1  Ounce  colchicum  seed, 

1  Ounce  nitrate  of  potash, 

2  Drachms  foeuugreek  seed, 
Mix. 

Divide  into  twelve  powders>     Give  gentle  exercise. 


BODY  OF  THE  HORSE,  ITS  EXTERNAL  ACCIDENTS  AND  DISEASES.        387 

XXIII.  Rupture  or  Hernia. 

Hernia  or  rupture  is  the  breaking  away  of  the  parts  that  contain  the 
bowels,  sometimes  in  one  place  and  sometimes  in  another.  The  different 
hernias  are  named  from  their  location  :  Scrotal  hernia  is  rupture  into 
the  scrotum,  and  the  bowels  pass  down  through  the  abdominal  rings  into 
the  scrotum  ;  this  only  occurs  in  stallions.  Inguinal  hernia  is  rui)ture 
into  the  groin  through  one  or  both  abdominal  rings.  Ventral  hernia  is 
when  the  abdominal  walls  are  ruptured  and  let  the  bowels  through  into 
the  skin  ;  this  is  most  liable  to  grow  to  enormous  size.  Umbilical  hernia 
is  rupture  through  the  opening  through  which  passed  the  cords  during 
foetal  life,  and  which  never  has  closed. 

Causes. — The  last  mentioned  one  is  from  a  natural  defect ;  the  othei-s 
are  from  blows,  kicks,  great  strains  in  jumping,  pulling,  falling,  and  in 
the  case  of  the  stallion,  it  is  usually  caused  by  the  exertion  peculiar  to  his 
labor. 

How  to  know  it. — There  is  a  soft,  puffy  swelling  on  a  surface  that 
ought  to  be  smooth  ;  it  is  easily  pushed  back  and  remains  so  as  long  as 
pressure  is  maintained.  Scrotal  hernia  is  found  in  the  scrotum  ;  the 
scrotum  is  larger  than  it  ought  to  be,  and  the  hernia  is  often  attended  by 
very  serious  results,  such  as  colic,  strangulation  of  the  gut,  inflammation 
of  the  bowels  in  that  region,  moililication  and  death.  Inguinal  hernia  is 
found  in  the  groin  or  flank,  and  is  nearly  as  bad  as  the  scrotal.  All  the 
different  kinds  of  hernia  are  liable  to  fatal  termination  as  described  for 
the  scrotal.  Sometimes  the  omentum  or  caul  (the  membrane  holding 
the  bowels  together)  only  is  protruded;  then  it  is  not  so  bad  and  not 
liable  to  a  fatal  termination  unless  the  opening  enlarges  and  allows  the 
bowels  to  protrude  too. 

What  to  do. — Try  and  reduce  the  hernia  by  pushing  it  back  ;  then 
introduce  skewers  crosswise  through  the  skin  over  the  opening,  and  wind 
silk  around  the  skin,  below  the  ends  of  the  skewers,  middling  tight ;  then 
put  on  a  compress  and  give  the  part  considerable  pressure.  If  this  is 
not  successful  there  are  other  operations,  such  as  opening  the  skin  and 
sewing  up  the  opening  in  tiie  abdominal  wall  with  catgut  sutures  ;  inject- 
ing salt  and  w;>ter  under  the  skin,  etc.  But  these  all  require  the  skill  of 
the  veterinary  surgeon. 

Scrotal  hernia  is  the  hardest  to  overcome,  and  nothing  but  castration 
will  do  it  in  some  cases.  Introduce  the  hand  into  the  rectum  and 
endeavor,  if  possible,  to  remove  the  gut  from  the  hole  leading  to  the 
scrotum.  This  done,  put  the  horse  in  a  stall  where  the  hind  legs  stand 
the  highest,  and  feed  on  concentrated  food,  with  as  little  bulk  as  possible, 
and  give  perfect  rest.  If  this  fails,  he  will  have  to  be  castrated  by  using 
the  clamps  and  enclosing  the  external  coverings  of  the  cord,  except  the 
akin. 


388  CYCLOPEDIA  OP  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

XXrV.    Warts. 

Description. — Warts  arc  small,  rugous,  mammillary  tumors  of  very 
little  vitality.  They  may  come  on  any  part  of  the  body,  but  usually 
come  in  the  greatest  numbers  and  most  frequently 
on  the  head.  They  are  composed  of  filaments  that 
are  semi-fil)rous,  and  are  rooted  in  the  skin.  Some- 
times they  are  tough  and  hard  ;  at  other  times 
they  are  soft,  and  bleed  easily.  They  are  flat  or 
pedunculated. 

What  to   do, — If   they   are  pedunculated,    clip 
them  off  with  a  pair  of  scissors,   or  tie  them  off 
with  a  silk  thread  ;  then,  when  done  bleeding,  cau- 
terize tiieni  Avith  lunar  caustic,  or  touch  them  with 
HEAD  COVERED  WITH     a  rcd-hot  irou.     The  latter  may  be  resorted  to,  to 
wAurs.  g^^^p  ^j^g  bleeding  if  necessary.     If  they  are  flat, 

burn  d^em  with  mtric  acid  once  a  day,  till  they  are  destroyed.  When 
well  burned  down,  grease  them  once  a  day  with  fresh  lard.  It  may  be 
added  that  attempts  at  charming  them  off  do  not  generally  succeed. 

XXV.    Rat-Tail. 

This  is  loss  of  the  hair  of  the  tail,  from  disease,  destroying 
the  hair  follicles,  and  leaving  nothing  to  reproduce  hair  from ;  conse- 
quently it  is  incurable.  It  is  called  rat  tail,  from  its  resemblance  to  the 
caudal  extremity  of  a  rat.  Sometimes  a  rat  tail  is  not  so  bad  but  that  it 
will  pass  for  a  light  tail,  and  sometimes  there  are  only  half  a  dozen  hairs, 
nearly  ruining  the  appearance  of  an  otherwise  good  looking  horse. 

XXVI.    Itchy  Tail. 

This  is  an  itchy  condition  of  the  tail  at  its  origin  or  dock. 

Causes- — It  is  caused  either  by  filth,  surfeit,  worms  in  the  rectum, 
mange,  or  some  other  parasitic  disease. 

How  to  know  it- — The  horse  is  continually  rubbing  his  tail  against 
posts,  the  fence,  or  anything  he  can  reach,  till  he  rubs  off  nearly  aH  the 
hair  from  the  dock. 

What  to  do- — Wash  it  well  with  soap  and  water  once  a  day,  and  satu- 
rate the  hair  with  a  strong  lotion  of  salt  each  time.  If  that  does  not  cure, 
give  injections  of  salt  and  water,  and  apply  lotion  No.  24,  to  the  tail 
three  times  a  day.  If  that  does  not  effect  a  cure,  give  the  horse  a  purg- 
ing ball.  No.  23  ;  and  use  lotion  No.  32  on  the  tail. 


BODY  OF  THE  HORSE,  ITS  EXTERNAL  ACCIDENTS  AND  DISEASES.        389 

XXVn.    Itchy  Skin. 

This  is  scientifically  known  as  prurigo.     It  is  an  itchy  condition  of  the 
skin  all  over  the  bod}^  which  some- 
times makes  the  horse  almost  frantic, 
rubbing,  scratching  and  biting  himself 
continually. 

Causes. — It  is  one  form  of  surfeit 
when  not  due  to  mange  or  hen  lice, 
and  is  caused  by  a  heated,  surfeited 
condition  of  the  body,  which  mani- 
fests itself  in  this  manner. 

What  to  do. — Give  the  horse  a  pur- 
gative.  No.  23,  and  when  he  has  fin-  showing  signs  of  prurigo. 
ished  purging,  give  a  tablespoonf ul  of  the  followiug,  in  bran  mashes  morn- 
ing and  night. 

No.  37.  4  Ounces  Epsom  salts, 

2  Ounces  nitrate  of  potash 
4  Ounces  hn^ed  meal, 
Mix. 

Wash  him  all  over  with  soap  and  water,  and  when  dry,  sponge  him  over 
with  vinegar.     If  practicable,  give  green  food  for  a  month. 
XXVni.    Melanosis. 

This,  although  a  constitutional  disease,  is  only  seen  to  be  recognized 
during  life,  on  the  surface  of  the  body,  therefore  it  will  be  described 
in  this  chapter. 


PREDISPOSED  TO  MELANOSIS. 
Color  and  class  of  horses  usually  affected  with  melanosis. 

Melanosis  is  considered  to  be  a  species  of  cancer.  It  is  a  black  tumor 
forming  on  any  part  of  the  body — in  the  lungs,  liver,  muscular  and 
areolar  or  connective  tissue.     It  is,  in  the  latter,  immediately  under  the 


"390  CTCLOPEDTA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOri-OS. 

skin  that  it  is  found  during  life  in  the  horse  ;  usually  around  the  tail. 
Pus  cavities  and  abscesses  are  apt  to  form  around  them.  One  fully  six 
inches  deep,  and  located  under  the  tail  was  seen  by  the  author  lately. 

They  seem  to  be  confined  to  white  horses  ;  even  grays  are  not  afflicted 
with  them. 

Causes. — The  cause  lies  in  the  blood — in  the  form  of  a  predisposition 
to  cancer. 

How  to  know  it. — Black  tumors  form  under  the 
skin  but  show  through  quite  distinctly;  they 
are  usually  flat  and  irregularly  round,  about  half 
an  inch  or  an  inch  thick,  sometimes  not  larger  than 
hickory  nuts,  and  sometimes  they  are  seen  the  size 
of  a  man's  hand.  Nasty,  disagreeable  sores  often 
form  around  them. 

What  to  do. — When  they  first  make  their  appear- 
MELANOsis.  ance,   they  can  be  cut  out  with  perfect  safety.     If 

Dock  of  a  horse  afflicted     sorcs  fomi,  clcau  them  out,  scarify  the  surfaces  and 

with   melanosis,  showinp 


loss  of  ha 
the  disease. 


eflTectof     drcss  thcm  with  lotion  No.  5,  three  times  a  day. 
Give  internally  the  following  mixture  : 


No.  38.  2  Ounces  potassium  iodide, 

1  Pint  water, 
Mix. 

Give  two  tablespoonfuls  morning  and  night,  in  a  bran  mash.  Continue 
this  for  about  three  weeks  ;  then  omit  two  weeks  and  repeat. 

XXIX.    Hide  Bound. 

Causes. — Hide  bound  is  the  effect — not  the  disease  itself — of  some 
derangement  in  the  system,  that  interferes  with  the  general  health,  and 
gives  rise  to  a  generally  unthrifty  condition.  It  may  be  due  to  indigestion, 
diseased  teeth,  exposure  to  cold,  and  starvation.  Abuse  is  a  common 
cause  ;  no  horse  can  thrive  and  look  handsome  that  is  pounded,  jammed 
and  banged  around. 

How  to  know  it. — The  skin  is  as  tight  on  the  body  as  a  glove  on  the 
hand,  and  the  hair  all  stares  the  wrong  way.  A  thin  condition  is  usually 
an  accompaniment  of  hide  bound.  The  hair  is  dry,  and  skin  dirty — full 
of  dandruff. 

What  to  do. — Remove  the  cause — if  exposed  to  cold  storms,  sheltei 
him.  Examine  the  teeth,  and  if  the  edges  of  the  molars  are  sharp,  rasp 
them  off  with  a,  rasp  for  the  purpose.  If  starvation  be  the  cause,  feed 
better,  and  the  skin  will  begin  to  loosen  as  soon  as  the  horse  begins  to 
thrive,  and  will  become  oily  and  soft.  If  the  manure  has  a  strong  smell, 
j^ive  him  a  purgative,  No.  23,  and  a  teaspoonful  of  saleratus  in  soft  feeu, 
once  a  day,  for  a  while.     Give  regular  exercise. 


BODY  OF  THE  HORSE,  ITS  EXTERNAL  ACCIDENTS  AND  DISEASES  391 

XXX.     Eczema. 


This  is  the  name  applied  to  a  scabby,  pimply  condition  of  the  skin. 

Causes. — Heat,  either  from  the  sun,  or  fever  in  the  skin  from  getting 
wet  and  the  sun  coming  out  hot  and  scalding  the  back,  or  getting  wet 
and  remaining  so  a  long  time  in  the  fall,  this  chills  the  skin,  and  the  fever 
is  the  reaction  and  eczema  is  the  result. 

How  to  know  it. — The  skin  is  covered  over  the  neck,  back  and  hips, 
and  sometimes  over  the  belly  and  sides,  with  scabs  usually  about  the 
size  of  your  little  finger  nail,  and  as  thick  as  they  can  stand,  giving  a 
rough,  pimply  appearance  and  feel  to  the  skin.  It  seems  to  cause  no 
inconvenience,  not  affecting  the  health  at  all,  nor  even  to  cause  itching. 

What  to  do. — Treatment  is  unnecessary,  for  as  soon  as  the  horse  is 
sheltered  from  the  sun  in  summer  and  storms  in  the  fall,  the  scabs  will 
gradually  come  off.  Grooming  will  assist  in  removing  them.  When 
they  are  removed  the  hair  has  a  rough,  dirty  appearance  for  a  few  days, 
but  will  soon  regain  its  smoothness  and  luster. 

JACK  AND  STALLION  SORES. 

A  form  of  eczema  is  often  seen  in  jacks  and  stallions  due  to  overfeeding 
and  idleness.  It  breaks  out  on  the  legs  or  any  part  of  the  body  and  is 
inclined  to  become  chronic,  in  fact  it  often  defies  treatment.  These  sores 
sometimes  itch  so  badly  that  the  animal  will  bite  or  rub  them  till  the  skin 
is  destroyed,  leaving  them  ugly,  raw,  suppurating  surfaces. 

What  to  do. — Give  the  animal  a  purgative,  No.  23,  and  repeat  every  two 
weeks  for  two  to  four  times.  Give  internally  as  an  alterative  one  ounce 
of  glauber  salt  night  and  morning  in  soft  feed  for  about  a  week  in  between 
purgatives.  Reduce  the  grain  rations  one-half,  and  mix  a  double  handful 
of  dry  bran  with  each  feed.  Locally, — Wash  the  sores  with  soap  and 
water  once  or  twice  a  day,  dry  them  with  absor])ent  cotton  and  apply  a 
little  of  lotion  No.  7,  after  shaking  the  bottle  well.  The  lotion  may  be 
applied  three  to  six  times  a  day.  Keep  the  animal  from  rubbing  or  biting 
it  if  possible,  for  one  bite  or  a  rub  will  do  more  harm  than  can  be  cured 
in  a  week.  A  little  petrolatum  may  be  rubbed  in  to  the  skin  around  the 
sore  once  a  day. 


EMGLISH  FEEDING  TABLE  WITH  SEPARATE  PLACE  FOR  HAY,  OATS  AND  WATER. 

The  rack  basket  Is  fastened  under  the  table.     Parts  of  dust  falUng  at  once  to  the  floor,      (a)  Oats 
crib,  (6)  water  bowl,  (c)  rack  basket,  (rf)  halter  hook. 


CHAPTER  IX. 


DISEASES  OP  THE  RESPIBATORY  ORGANS. 


L      TUMOR  IN  THE  FALSE  NOSTKIL. II.      POI.rPUS. III.     CATARRH. IV.      NASAJ< 

GLEET. V.       LARYNGITIS,    ROARING     AND    WHISTLING. VI.      QUINSY. VIl. 

BRONCHIIIS. VIII.      PNEUMONIA. IX.      HEAVES. X.      CONGESTION    OK   THE 

LUNGS  XI.      PLEURISY. XII.     HYDROTHORAX. XIII.      CHRONIC  COUGH. 


DIAGt;  JVI  SHOWING  RESPIRATORY  ORGANS  IN  THE  HEAD  OK  A  HORSE. 

l._The  nostril  leading  direct  to  2.— The  larynx,  situated  at  the  commencement  of  the  windpipe.  3.— The 
tongue.  4. — The  oesophagus  or  gullet.  5. — The  soft  palate,  which  lies  upon  the  tongue  and  affords  a  resting- 
place  whereon  reposes  the  epiglottis,  or  the  guardian  cartilage  to  the  entrance  oJ  the  larynx  (3).  6.— The 
guttural  pouches,  or  large  membranous  and  open  sacs,  containing  nothing  but  atmospheric  air.  7.— Nasal  or 
trontal  smuses.    8.— The  false  nostril. 

I.    Tumor  in  the  False  Nostril. 
The  false  nostril  is  the  small  pouch  or  cul  de  sac  on  the  outer  side  of 

the  lower  edge  of  each  nostril.  Tumors  are  liable  to  form  in  these,  and 
partake  more  of  the  nature  of  abscesses,  in 
that  they  are  filled  with  pus  of  a  cheesy 
consistency,  but  are  tumors  in  that  they 
form  slowly  and  do  not  point  and  break  like  an 
abscess.  They  are  usually  about  the  size  of  a 
hen's  egg;  they  are  not  sore,  but  cause  more  or 
less  wheezing  in  the  breathing  on  account  of 
the  diminished  capacity  of  the  air  passage. 

How  to  know  it.— A  small  swelling  will  be 
apparent  on  the  outside,  but  the  main  depend- 
ence is  to  be  placed  upon  the  examination  of 
the  nostril,  when   it   will  be  found  to  be  nearly 

closed  by  the  tumor  in  the  false  nostril. 

392 


FACE  OF  HORSE. 


Showing  appearance  of  muzzle 
when  there  is  a  tumor  in  the 
false  nostril. 


DISEASES   OF   THE    RESPIRATORY    ORGANS. 


893 


What  to  do.— It  can  be  opened  without  the  slightest  danger.  Insert 
the  knife  inside  the  nostril  and  make  a  free  opening  and  evacuate  the 
pus.     Inject  lotion  No.  6,  twice  a  day.     It  is  not  likely  to  recur. 

n.    Polypus. 

This  is  a  tumor-like  excrescence  growing  in  the  nostril.  It  may  form 
in  any  part  of  the  passage  from  the  muzzle  to  the  throat.     It  is  usually 

a  fleshy  bulb,  on  a  pedestal  or  neck.     It  varies 
^  «|h     in  size  from  a  cherry  to  a  man's  fist. 

\  T         How  to  know  it. — The  breathing  is  obstruct- 

ed, to  a  certain  extent,  and,  upon  examination, 
the  polypus  is  found. 

What  to  do. — Cast  the  horse,  and  catcb 
firm  hold  of  it  with  the  forceps  for  the  pur 
pose,  then  pass  the  chain  of  an  ecraseur  ovei 
it,  an  1  cut  it  out  close  to  the  surface  from  polypus 
which  it  grows.  A  fine  copper  wire  may  be 
used,  if  the  ecraseur  cannot  be  had  ;  pass  the 
wire  over  the  polypus  and  twist  it  off.  There  will  not  be  hemor- 
rhage to  do  any  harm.  The  polypus  may  grow  again,  but  it  is 
not  very  likely  to. 

m.    Catarrh. 


■  ?or  grasping  the  poly- 
pus for  removal. 


Hanging 
from  the 
upper  part 
ot  the  QOS< 
tril. 


Under  this  name  are  included  acute  catarrh  and  the  common  cold 
when  it  is  confined  to  the  nose.  It  is  simple  in  itself,  but  all  inflamma- 
tions of  the  upper  air-passages  are  liable  to  run 
down  into  the  lungs  and  cause  bronchitis  and 
pneumonia,  which  are  always  serious.  Catarrh  is 
inflammation  of  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  nos- 
trils, and  often  extends  to  the  sinuses  of  the  head, 
especially  the  frontal  sinuses  situated  between  the 
eyes. 

Causes. — Exposure  to  cold  winds,  rain  and  snow 
storni;>,  cold  nights,  etc. 

How  to  know  it. — There  is  always  a  discharge 
from  one  or  both  nostrils.  The  discharge  is  thin 
watery  mucous  at  first,  and  turns  to  muco-puru- 
ient  in  the  course  of  a  couple  of  days  ;  and  then 
to  purulent,  if  not  properly  treated.  The  muco- 
purulent is  white  and  frothy  ;  the  purulent  is  yellow,  and  has  an  offensive 


A  HORSE'S  HEAD  WITH 
COLD. 


394 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR, 


LYMPHATIC  GLAND  OF  THROAT 
SWOLLEN. 


-The  enlarged    lynsphatic    within  the   jaw. 


odor.     In  l)ad  cases,  there  is  considerable  fever,  loss  of  appetite,  and 

redness  of  the  eyes.  If  neglected,  and 
nature  is  not  vigorous  enough  to  throw 
it  off,  it  becomes  chronic,  and  is  known 
as  nasal  gleet.  Sometimes  the  lym- 
phatic gland,  under  the  lower  jaw,  en' 
largcs. 

What  to  do. — Remove  the  cause  ;  if 
exposed  to  cold  storms,  shelter  the  ani- 
mal, put  on  a  blanket  if  necessary,  feed 
on  soft  feed,  give  a  teaspoonful  of  saltpetre  in  a  bran  mash  night  and 
morning.  If  that  does  not  perform  the  work  satisfactorily,  give  the 
fever  mixture,  No.  4.  If  there  is  much  fever  and  loss  of  appetite,  give 
No.  18.  In  all  bad  cases,  give  rest  till  the  horse  is  better.  If  the  at- 
tack is  prolonged  to  a  week  or  more,  during  convalesence,  give  the  tonic 
No.  22,  and  syringe  the  nostrils  out,  two  or  three  times  a  day,  v/ith  tlie 
following  lotion : 

No.  39.  2  Drachms  carbolic  acid. 

1  Pint  of  water, 
IMix. 

Apply  the  blister  No.  41  to  the  throat,  letting  it 
go  well  up  towards  the  ears.     If  the  skin  is  not 
mildly  blistered  with  one  application ,  repeat  it  after 
twenty-four  hours  ;  then  grease  it  once  a  day  with 
fresh   lard.     When  the  discharge  does  not  come 
freely,  it  can  be  helped  by  steaming  the  head  in  a 
bag  of  hot  bran. 
IV.    Nasal  Gleet. 
This   is    the    name 
given  to   chronic   ca- 
tarrh, and   is   always 
complicated  by  exten- 
sion of  the  disease  to 
sinuses     of    the 

head,  often  causing  the  bone  over  the  one  affected  to  bulge  out,  as  if 
swollen. 

Causes. — Neglected  or  obstinate  catarrh,  that  will  not  yield  to  treat- 
ment with  an  ordinary  amount  of  perseverance,  are  the  only  causes.  The 
sinuses  of  the  head  are  all  in  communication  with  each  other  by  tubes 
and  passages.  When  inflammation  extends  to  them,  the  swelling  of  the 
mucous  membrg^ue  closes  these  passages,  and  confines  the  pus  with  suffi« 


NOSE     15A(;. 
For  steaming  horse  with  cold.    \\^Q 


A  HORSE  WITH  THE  THROAT 
BLISTERED. 


DISEASES    OF   THE    RESPIRATORY    ORGANS  oq5 

cient  force  to  cause  the  bones  to  bulge  out,  but  there  will  be  a  constant 
flow  of  i)us  from  the  nostril,  sufficient  being  forced  through  the  passage 
b}'^  the  pressure,  to  keep  up  the  discharge. 

How  to  know  it. — The  general  health  is  not  in  the  least  affected, 
except,  perhaps,  in  long  standing  cases.  There  is  a  continual  flow  of  thick, 
offensive,  yellowish  matter  that  will  usually  sink  in  water.  One  nostril 
usually  runs  more  than  the  other,  and  oftentimes  the  chrome  trouble  is 
entirely  confined  to  one  side.  The  face  between  the  eyes  will  be  found 
to  be  full,  giving  a  dull,  solid  sound  when  tapped  on  each  side  of  the 
median  line  running  down  the  centre  of  the  face.  In  long  standing,  bad 
cases  the  bone  of  the  face,  referred  to  above,  will  be  bulged  out,  and 
great  pain  evinced  when  tapped. 

Pus  is,  naturally,  the  blandest  secretion  of  the  body  ;  but  being  con- 
fined, it  corrupts,  and  then  smells  abominably.  The  facial  sinuses  formed 
in  nasal  gleet,  oi)en  to  the  nostrils  on  either  side  by  two  comparatively 
small  flaps,  slits  or  valves.  These  are  their  only  means  of  communica- 
tion with  the  external  atmosphere  ;  and  through  these  valves  all  the  pus 
must  flow.  It  is  not  surprising  that  such  structures  occasionally  become 
clogged,  till  the  accumulated  secretion,  or  the  increased  breathing,  or  the 
position  of  the  head,  obliges  the  passage  to  give  way. 

What  to  do. — If  the  sinus  is  full,  there  is  no  cure  for  it  without  the 
operation  of  trephining  to  remove  a  portion  of  the  bone,  to  evacuate  the 
sinus,  and  give  local  treatment ;  but  if  there  is  no  bulging 
of  the  bone,  it  may  be  cured  by  syringing  out  the  nostril 
with  warm  water  to  clean  it,  then  injecting  a  little  of  lotion 
No.  39  with  along-nozzled  syringe,  using  considerable  force 
to  cause  a  spray  when  it  strikes  the  back  of  the  nose. 
Repeat  this,  morning  and  night,  for  a  month  or  so,  and 
give  internally.  No.  34.  The  operation  of  trephining  the 
frontal  sinus,  will  be  found  described  in  the  chapter  on 
operations. 

All  treatment,  except  the  operation,  may  be  continued 
and  the   horse  kept  at  his  work,  unless  he  is  laid  up  on 
account  of  the  appearance  of  the  nostril,   as  it  looks  very    nasal  gleet. 
bad  to  drive  a  horse  with  a  chronic  discharge  from  the     "wuh  iTasaVgieel 


and   bulging  of 
the  trontal  sinus. 


V.    Laryngitis,  Roaring  and  Whistling. 


This  is  what  is  ordinarily  known  as  sore  throat.  The  inflammation 
liea  in  the  lining  of  the  larynx — that  is,  the  cartilaginous  box  in  (he  throat, 
which  is  the  upper  end  of  the  windpipe  or  trachea  containing  the  vocal 
cords,  and  is  the  seat  of  roaring. 


396 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOB, 


p:ffect  of  laryngitis. 


A  horse  trying  to  drink,  the  water  returning   by 
the  nose. 


Causes. — Exposure  to  cold  winds  and  storms,  standing  in  drafts  when 
warm,  nes^lect  when  cominjj  in  when  warm  from  work,  and  extension  of 

catai'rh  from  the  nose.  The  cause  of 
roaring  is  chronic  iniiammation  of 
the  mucous  membrane  lining  the  lar- 
}Mix,  diminishing  the  air  passage  so 
that  when  he  is  unable  to  get  suffi- 
cient air,  and  forcing  it  through  the 
small  i)assage,  makes  the  noise. 

How  to  know  it. — The  throat  is 
usually  swollen  on  the  outside,  but 
sometimes  only  on  the  inside,  and  is 
tender  upon  pressure ;  the  nose  is 
protruded  ;  he  has  great  difficulty  in 
swallowing,  and  often ,  when  drinking, 
the  water  will  come  back  through  the 
nose  nearly  as  fast  as  it  goes  into  the 
mouth,  and  what  is  swallowed  is  forced  down  with  an  effort.  There  is 
usually  a  short,  painful,  subdued  cough,  dry  at  first,  but  getting  more 
moist  after  a  couple  of  days. 

What  to  do.— Clothe  warmly  ;  shelter  from  cold  storms  and  drafts  ; 
rub  mustard  paste  well  into  the  throat  on  each  side,  well  up  towards  the 
ears  ;  feed  on  soft  mashes,  boiled  oats,  etc.,  and  set  a  pail  of  water  in  the 
manger  for  him  to  play  in  to  cool  the  throat  and  mouth.  Give  internally 
fever  mixture  No.  4,  every  two  hours  till  the  fever  is  reduced  and  the  pulse 
lowered  ;  then  drop  off  to  three  or  four  times  a  day.  If  the  swelling  in 
the  throat  does  not  yield  to  the  above  treatment,  apply  a  soft,  hot  linseed 
poultice  to  it,  and  change  it  once  a  day  for  a  fresh  one.  The  loss  of 
appetite,  or  rather  inability  to  eat,  will  soon  disappear  and  recovery  will 
be  rapid. 

In  case  of  roaring,  apply  a  smart  blister  of  cantharides,  No.  9,  to  the 
throat,  and  after  three  weeks  repeat  it.  Inject  a  tablespoonful  of  the 
mixture  No.  35,  three  times  a  day  well  back  into  the  throat,  and  let  the 
horse  run  at  grass  or  feed  on  very  soft  food. 

Bad,  long  standing  cases  of  roaring  are  incurable.  Whistling  is  similar 
to  rearing,  except  in  the  noise  produced  ;  it  is  subject  to  the  same  causes 
and  treatment. 

Roaring  and  whistling  are  sometimes,  but  very  rarely,  the  effect  of 
paralysis  of  the  nerves  of  the  larynx,  letting  one  or  more  of  the  cartilages 
drop  into  the  box  to  a  certain  extent,  and  thereby  diminishing  the  caliber 
of  the  air  passage.  Sometimes  a  small  portion  of  the  cartilage  doing  the 
damage  can  be  removed,  but  it  requires  the  skill  of  a  qualified  veteri- 
nary surgeon. 


DISEASES    OF   THE    RESPIRATORY    ORGANS. 


397 


VI.    Quinsy. 

Causes. — Sometimes  the  inflammation  in  the  throat  in  laryngitis  is  so 
great  and  deep  seated  that  abscesses  f onn  in  the  throat,  producing  quinsy. 
It  is  caused  by  the  same  agents  as  hiryngitis,  and  is  always  more  pro- 
longed in  duratiou  than  simple  sore  throat. 

How  to  know  it. — It  may  start  with  all  the  symptoms  of  laryngitis 
but  will  not  yield  to  treatment  at  first.  The  throat  gets  sorer  and  sorer 
from  day  to  day,  till  suddenlj'^  the  abscess  bursts,  and  a  tremendous 
flow  of  pus  comes  from  the  nostril,  and  the  animal  Avill  be  relieved  at 
once.  Quinsy  lasts  from  one  to  three  or  four  weeks,  and  is  very  apt  to 
be  followed  by  roaring  or  whistling. 

What  to  do. — Apply  the  same  treatment  as  prescribed  for  laryngitis. 
Continue  the  linseed  poultices  right  through  ;  apply  them  so  as  to  cover 
the  throat  nearly  to  the  ears,  and  keep  them  quite  soft. 

Vn.    Bronchitis. 

The  bronchial  tubes  are  the  two  branches  of  the  trachea  or  wind  pipe  ; 
they  lead  to  the  lungs.  Inflammation  of  these  branches,  and  also  of  the 
lining  of  the  tubes  as  they  ramify  through  the  lungs,  is  known  as  bron- 
chitis. 


A   Fir   SUBJECT   FOR  FOUNDER  OR   BRONCHITIS. 


Causes. — The  same  exposures  that  cause  catarrh  and  sore  throat  are 
prolific  agents  in  producing  this  disease.  And  there  is  a  very  great  ten- 
dency in  the  horse  to  inflammations  of  the  upper  air  passages  which  run 
down  upon  the  lungs,  so  much  so  that  many  cases  of  catarrh  and  larjmgi- 
tis  terminate  in  bronchitis  and  pneumonia. 


398 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOB. 


How  to  know  it.— It  is  always  ushered  in  with  a  shivering  fit,  but  this 
fit  is  seldom  seen,  and  if  seen  is  thought  nothing  of  by  most  people  ;  the 
chill  passes  off  and  the  reaction  brings  fever ;  the  pulse  runs  up  to  fifty 
or  sixty,  is  soft,  full  and  bounding ;  temperature  soon  runs  up  to  102  ® 
or  103  ^  F.  ;  the  breathing  is  hurried  and  the  nostrils  are  distended. 
If  pressure  is  applied  to  the  chest  just  ai)ove  the  breast  bone,  pain  will  be 
evinced  and  a  cough  provoked,  which  is  soft,  deep  and  subdued,  great  pain 
being  manifested  while  coughing  ;  the  horse  is  loth  to  move  ;  if  the  ear 
is  placed  to  the  nostril  a  grunt  will  be  heard  with  each  breath  ;  and  if 
the  ear  is  placed  in  front  of  the  chest  a  thick,  unnatural  sound  will  be 
heard  ;  the  ears  and  legs  are  usually  cold  ;  the  appetite  is  indifferent. 
All  of  these  symptoms  will  be  noticed  in  the  course  of  ten  or  twelve 
hours.  In  the  next  twenty-four  hours  the  pulse  may  run  up  to  70,  and 
the  temperature  to  104  ^  or  105  ^  ;  the  pulse  will  be  soft  and  full ;  the 
cough  will  increase  and  the  thick,  heavy  sound  when  the  car  is  applied  to 


HORSE   WITH   STIFF  CRAMPS. 
Head  stretched.     Mouth  clamped  together.     Front  feet  spread    (saw  buck  position)  cramps 
causing  the  miisc'es  of  the  tail  to  raise. 

the  breast  will  have  run  into  a  harsh,  grating  sound  ;  the  horse  persist- 
ently stands  ;  drinks  considerable  water,  and  the  appetite  will  be  lost  in 
most  cases  ;  the  mouth  will  be  hot  to  the  finger  placed  under  the  tongue  ; 
the  breath  is  hot  as  it  comes  from  the  nostrils,  and  the  urine  is  scanty 
and  high  colored.  The  horse  may  die  from  continuation  of  the  inflam- 
mation and  extension  of  it  to  the  lungs  proper,  or  may  drown  in  the 
mucus  that  is  secreted  in  the  passages  forming  the  next  stage  following 
the  dry  one  ;  in  this  last  a  rattling  bubbling  sound  is  heard  when  the  ear 
is  applied  to  the  chest  above  the  breast  bone,  by  the  air  rushing  through 
the  mucus. 

Convalescence  will  be  noticed  by  a  diminution  of  the  mucous  rattle  : 
falling  of  the  pulse  and  temperature  ;  return  of  the  appetite  ;  and  a  gen- 
erally relieved  appearance  ;  ability  to  lie  down  and  rest  quietly,  and  the 
frequency  of  the  breathing  lessened. 


DISEASES    OF    THE    RESPIRATORY    ORGANS. 


399 


What  to  do.— If  seen  during  the  chill,  give  two  ounces  of  whiskey  in 
a  little  water  and  follow  it  with  No.  4,  for  the  next  twelve  hours  ;  then, 
if  better,  continue  the  same  at  longer  intervals,  but  if  worse,  change  it  to 
the  following: 

No.  40.  1  >i  Ounce  sweet  spirits  of  nitre, 

1  Drachm  tincture  of  aconite  root, 

2  Dracbms  tluid  extract  belladonna, 
1  Ounce  tincture  of  gentian, 

1  Ounce  powdered  saltpetre, 

1  Ounce  powdered  sal  ammonia:, 

Water  to  make  one  pint. 

Mix. 

Give  a  wine-glassful  every  two  nours  till  the  horse  is  better,  then  drop 
off  to  three  or'four  times  a  day.  Set  a  bucket  of  water  in  his  manger. 
Give  scalded  oats  to  eat ;  if  he  won't  eat  them  try  him  with  other  things 


A   HORSE   miESSED    FOR   BKONCHITIS. 

_a  couple  of  ears  of  corn  three  or  four  times  a  day,  carrots,  apples, 
good  hay,  etc.  Rub  a  little  of  the  following  liniment  well  into  the  sides 
over  the  lungs,  and  on  the  chest  once  a  day  till  it  is  well  blistered  : 


No.  41. 


2  Ounces  liquor  ammonia, 
2  Ounces  spirits  turpentine, 
2  Ounces  linseed  oil. 
Mix  and  shake. 


When  the  blistering  has  been  carried  far  enough,  rub  a  little  fresh  lard 
well  into  the  hair  once  a  day  to  take  out  the  scabs  without  pullmg 
out  the  hair.  If  the  skin  comes  off  anywhere  from  the  blister,  apply 
No.  24  to  the  spot  three  times  a  day. 

Give  plenty  of  pure  air  to  breathe,  but  avoid  drafts  and  dampness; 
see  that  the  drainage  is  good.     Remove  him  from  the  other  horses  if  pos- 


iOQ 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AITD  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


sible,  on  account  of  the  vitiated  air  he  would  have  to  breathe  in  the  stable 
with  them. 

When  convalescence  is  well  established  and  there  is  much  weakness, 
change  the  medicine  to  No.  1 8,  but  do  not  give  it  as  often  as  every  two 
hours,  unless  there  is  still  a  good  deal  of  fever;  thi-ee  times  a  day  is  often 
enough  in  most  cases. 

When  the  fever  is  all  gone,  change  the  medicine  to  No.  35,  if  the 
appetite  is  poor,  but  if  it  is  good,  give  No.  34  in  the  feed.  Give  gentle 
exercise  when  well  enough  to  bear  it.  The  horse  should  be  well  clothed, 
and  the  legs  bandaged.  Bring  him  back  to  his  feed  and  work  gradually. 
While  wearing  the  bandages  they  should  be  removed  morning  and  night, 
and  the  legs  well  rubbed  and  the  bandages  replaced. 
Vm.  Pneumonia. 
This  is  inflammation  of  the  lung  tissue;  oftentimes  the  right  lung  only 
is  affected.  Pneumonia  is  rather  rare,  at  least  it  is  far  less  common  than 
bronchitis,  and  sometimes  the  two  diseases  are  combined  in  the  form  of 

broncho-pneumonia.  It  may 
be  either  sporadic  or  infec- 
tious. In  the  latter  case  it 
is  seen  as  a  complication  of 
influenza,  and  has  typhoid 
symptoms,  and  is  occasionally 
enzootic,  or  may  be  epizootic. 
Causes. — The  same  as  for 
other  acute  affections  of  the 
air  passages,  except  when 
existing  as  a  complication  of 
HORSE  WITH  CHEST  AILMENT.  influeuza,  then  it  is  due  to  a 

Front  feet  spread.     Strong  running  of  the  nose  after  couKhing.       •  •         /ii 

i^uugumg  micro-organism  (the  pneumo- 
coccus).  The  sporadic  form  will  usually  recover  if  given  a  fail-  chance, 
but  the  infectious  is  frequently  fatal. 

How  to  know  it. — The  first  stage  is  the  shivering  fit  and  sanguineous 
congestion,  in  w^hich  there  is  a  rush  of  blood  to  the  lungs;  high  fever  follows 
the  chill,  the  pulse  runs  up  to  sixty  to  eighty,  and  is  soft  and  weak;  the 
temperature  is  likely  to  run  up  to  105°  to  107°  Fahr.  The  breath  is  hot, 
and  breathing  labored  and  fast — respirations  running  up  to  twenty-five  to 
thirty-five  per  minute;  the  ear  being  applied  to  the  sides,  the  gi-ating  sound 
indicative  of  inflammation  is  heard;  there  is  no  cough;  ears  and  legs  are 
cold;  the  body  heat  is  great,  and  the  urine  scanty  and  high  colored. 

The  second  stage  is  that  of  hepatization,  in  which  the  lungs  become  solid, 
like  liver;  no  sound  is  heard  at  all  by  the  ear  when  applied  to  the  side,  and, 


DISEASES    OF   THE    KESPIRATORY    ORGANS. 


401 


HORSE   WITH   PNEUMONIA. 

The  appearance  of  a  horse  in  the  early  stage 

of  pneumonia. 


when  tapped,  it  sounds  solid  like  a  barrel  when  full  of  water — the  natural 
when  tapped  being  resonant,  like  a  drum.  The  lower  part  of  the  lung 
being  usually  most  affected,  the  breathing  is  floated  upward,  as  it  were, 
and  becomes  shallow;  the  breath  becomes  cold  in  conso(iuence;  the  nostrils 

flap,  and  the  hor.se  thrusts  his  nose 
through  the  windows  or  doors  of 
the  sta])le  in  search  of  more  air; 
the  flanks  heave;  the  ribs  are  workea 
violently  in  and  out;  the  legs  spread 
to  stand  in  a  braced  position;  the 
strength  becomes  exhausted,  and 
the  system  suffocates  for  want  of 
oxygen,  and  the  animal  usually  dies 
in  this  stage. 

If  he  lives  through  this  stage,  the 
third  stage  begins— that  of  absorption;  in  favorable  cases  this  goes  on  to  so 
great  an  extent  that  recovery  is  complete.  Unfavoralile  cases  fail  to 
absorb  the  liver -like  condition  of  the  lung,  and  suppuration  sets  in;  the 
whole  diseased  portion  may  turn  to  pus,  and  he  thrown  up  through  the 
nose,  where  it  has  a  grayish,  lumpy  appearance.  This  is  the  fourth  stage, 
and  is  always  fatal ;  the  discharge  is  extremely  offensive,  attracting  hosts 
of  flies  and  rendering  a  whole  stable  unfit  for  other  horses  to  remain  in. 

In  this,  as  in  bronchitis,  the  horse 
never  lies  down  till  he  is  very  much 
better,  or  nearly  well. 

In  infectious  pneumonia,  in  addition 
to  the  above  symptoms,  there  will  be 
marked  yellowness  of  the  mucous  mem- 
branes, more  rapidly  developing  weak- 
ness than  in  the  sporadic  form,  and 
occasionally  diarrhoea  and  other  symp- 
toms of  influenza. 

What  to  do. — The  same  treatment 
prescribed  for  bronchitis  will  apply  to 
this,  and,  in  addition,  during  recovery, 
if  weakness  is  great,  give  malt  ale  in 
pint  drenches  three  times  a  day.  If 
there  is  no  appetite,  put  the  ale  in  with  oatmeal  gruel,  and  give  them 
as  a  drench  together.  Clothe  him  warmly,  and  give  plenty  of  fresh 
air  to  breathe,  but  avoid  a  draft.  It  is  a  good  plan,  when  feasible, 
to  isolate  him  from  all  other  horses,  particularly  in  the  infectious  form. 


THE  POSITION  ASSUMED  BY  THE  HORSE 

DURING  AN  ATTACK  OF 

PNEUMONIA. 


402  CICLOPEDIA  OP  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

If  the  fever  remains  above  104°  F.  longer  than  three  days  give  the  follow- 
ing mixture: 

No.  91.  }i  Ounce  sulphate  of  quinine, 

1  Pint  of  whisky, 
Yz  Pint  of  water. 
Mix. 

Give  a  wineglassful  every  two  to  four  hours,  alternating  wiih  the  fol- 
lowing mixture: 

No.  92.  1  Ounce  tincture  of  nux  vomica, 

1  Ounce  tincture  of  gentian, 
Water  to  make  one  pint. 
Mix. 

Give  a  wineglassful  every  two  to  four  hours. 

Keep  the  stahle  clean  and  sprinkle  jhioride  of  lime  around  it  freely  once 

a  day.     Give  no  exercise  till  convalescence  is  well  established. 

IX.    Heaves. 

The  lungs  are  made  up  of  an  innumerable  quantity  of  small  air  cells, 
and  the  lung  tissue  is  capable,  to  a  great  exten^,  of  expelling  the  air  fron? 
it,  and  drawing  more  in  by  virtue  of  the  ela8ti(;ity  and  contractility  it 
possesses.  Sometimes  many  of  these  cells  become  ruptured  into  one  large 
cell,  which  destroys  the  contractility  of  that  portion  of  the  lung,  in  which 
case  the  diaphragm,  ribs  and  abdominal  muscles  are  brought  into  use  to 
exi)el  the  air,  giving  rise  to  the  second  spasmodic,  twitching  effort  seen 
in  the  flanks.  This  condition  constitutes  heaves,  also  known  as  broken 
wind. 

Causes. — The  most  common  cause  is  driving  too  fast,  and  keeping  it  up 
too  long  when  the  horse  is  not  in  condition — either  having  his  stomach  too 
full  and  not  giving  the  lungs  room,  or  the  lungs  themselves  are  weak 
from  very  light  work,  or  entire  disuse.  Horses  fed  entirely  on  dusty 
Timothy  hay,  are  more  subject  to  it  than  those  fed  on  prairie  hay.  A 
horse  is  more  likely  to  get  the  heaves  when  driven  fast  against  the  wind 
than  with  it ;  the  lungs  get  very  full  of  air,  immensely  distended  by  the 
extra  amount  taken  in,  and  if  kept  at  that  kind  of  work  any  length  of 
time,  the  lung  tissue  gives  way,  and  a  rupture  is  the  consquence. 

How  to  know  it. — Instead  of  the  regular,  easy  breathing  noticed  in  the 
flanks,  there  is  a  second  effort  made  by  the  jerking  of  the  muscles  of  the 
flank.  "When  the  ear  is  placed  against  the  side  over  the  lung,  a  whistling, 
wheezing  sound  is  usually  heard.  When  once  begun  it  is  very  apt  to 
increase,  and  often  renders  the  horse  useless. 

What  to  do. — It  is  incural)le,  but  it  can  be  alleviated  by  careful  feed- 
ing, giving  as  condensed  food  as  possible,  with  a  view  of  getting  the 
greatest  amount  of  nourishment  in  the  smallest  compass.     Wet  everything 


DISEASES    OF   THE    RESPIRATORY    ORGANS.  403 

he  eats,  to  lay  the  dust.     Give  the  following  mixture  twice  a  day  in  soft 
feed  : 

No.  42.  2  Ounces  powdered  lobelia  seed. 

2  Ounces  liuseed  meal, 
Mix. 

Divide  into  eight  doses  ;  give  one  night  and  morning.  When  they  are 
gone,  wait  a  week  and  repeat  it.  Avoid  giving  too  much,  as  it  is  apt  to 
weaken  the  kidneys.  Always  drive  a  horse  slowly 
that  has  the  heaves. 

X.    Congestion  of  the  Lungs. 

Congestion,  is  always  a  precursor  of  inflamma- 
tion of  the  lungs,  but  it  sometimes  comes  on  in 
such  a  way,  as  to  need  separate  consideration. 
The  pathology  of  it  is  turgescencc  of  the  lung 
tissue  by  stagnation  of  the  capillary  blood  vessels 
and  arterioles.     Under  favorable  circumstances  it  bad  position. 

improves,  and  total  recovery  is  the  result,  but  in  For  head  of  horse  affected  with 

,T  ...  ,,  j'rt  ,.  heaves;  for   it   aggravates  the 

bad  cases  it  is  very  apt  to  run  on  to  niflanmiation     difficult  breathing, 
of  the  lung  tissue,  and  a  case  of  pneumonia  is  the  result. 

Causes. — Overexertion  when  not  in  condition  to  take  it ;  the  system  is 
fat ;  the  blood  is  rich  and  fat ;  the  lung  tissue  is  weak  from  want  of  use 
during  longer  or  shorter  periods  of  idleness.  When  in  this  condition,  the 
horse  is  taken  out,  perhaps,  once  a  week,  and  the  driver  thinks  because  he 
has  had  so  long  a  rest,  he  ought  to  be  able  to  go  faster  than  if  he  were 
out  every  day,  and  sends  him  through  to  beat  the  crowd.  Congestion  of 
the  lungs  is  quite  frequently  the  result.  This  is  oftener  seen  in  the  old 
country  among  the  hunters,  but  is  not  infrequent  in  this  country  among 
the  gentlemen's  road  horses.  From  the  contraction  of  the  muscular 
tissue,  the  blood  is  thrown  inwardly  to  the  lungs,  liver  and  spleen  ;  the 
lung  tissue  becomes  fatigued,  and  the  small  blood  vessels  surcharged  with 
blood  to  such  an  extent  as  to  interfere  with  the  circulation. 

How  to  know  it. — The  horse  suddenly  stops,  all  out  of  breath  ;  nos- 
trils distended  ;  the  countenance  has  a  look  of  anxiety  upon  it ;  he  looks 
around  as  if  in  search  for  more  air  ;  paws  the  ground  in  his  endeavor  to 
breathe,  and  acts  generally  as  though  suffocation  were  near. 

What  to  do. — Let  him  stop  ;  turn  his  head  towards  the  wind  ;  loosen 
all  harness  that  interferes  with  the  free  expansion  of  the  chest  and  pass- 
age of  air  to  the  chest ;  let  down  the  check  rein  ;  loosen  the  throat  lash  ; 
remove  the  collar  or  breast  plate  and  girth  ;  and  a  small  stab  of  the  knife 
m  the  roof  of  the  mouth  to  draw  a  little  blood  may  assist  in  restoring  the 
circulation.    As  soon  as  he  is  sufficiently  recovered,  take  him  home  quietly 


404  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

and  place  him  in  a  comfortable  loose  box  ;  give  him  a  sponge  bath  with 
alcohol  and  plenty  of  friction  from  head  to  foot ;  also  cold  water  to  drink 
in  small  quantities,  and  give  recipe  No.  30,  in  a  little  water,  till  the 
breathing  and  circulation  are  normal.  If  it  does  not  yield  to  this  treat- 
ment, and  pneumonia  is  incvita])le,  adopt  the  treatment  prescribed  for 
that  without  delay,  and  apply  it  vigorously.  Approaching  pneumonia  will 
be  noticed  by  a  rise  in  temperature.  If  the  temperature  goes  above  101  ® 
Fahr.  and  the  breathing  continues  labored,  look  out  for  pneumonia. 

Prevention. — Feed  a  horse  according  to  his  work.  If  he  is  doing 
daily  hard  work  there  is  very  little  danger  of  overfeeding,  but  if  the 
work  is  light  and  little  of  it,  feed  sparingly  on  heavy  grain.  Give  daily 
regular  exercise.  There  is  very  much  less  danger  of  derangements  if  the 
horse  goes  out  every  day  than  if  he  only  goes  out  once  or  twice  a 
week,  and  he  is  able  to  do  ten  times  the  work  from  the  fact  that  he  is  in 
a  strong,  vigorous  condition — muscular  without  being  fat. 

XI.    Pleurisy. 

The  lining  of  the  chest  and  coverings  of  the  lungs  are  serous  mem- 
branes that  secrete  a  serous,  slippery  moisture  that  prevents  friction  by 
rubbing  of  the  lungs  against  the  ribs — called  the  pleura.  Inflammation 
of  these  serous  membranes  is  known  as  pleurisy.  It  is  attended  with 
great  pain,  and  is  often  followed  by  hydrothorax  or  filling  of  the  chest 
with  water,  which  is  generally  fatal.  Pleurisy  may  exist  alone  or  with 
pneumonia  ;  then  it  is  called  pleuro-pneumonia. 

Causes. — Any  sudden  exposure  to  cold  rains  ;  drafts  in  the  stable, 
especially  if  the  horse  comes  in  warm.  It  would  be  very  prevalent  if  the 
inflammation  in  these  parts  did  not  go  to  the  feet  by  metastasis  as  often 
as  it  does.     See  founder  or  laminitis. 

How  to  know  it. — The  horse  has  a  chill,  followed  by  high  fever ; 
great  pain  in  the  chest,  shown  by  colicky  pains  ;  nose  turned  around  towards 
the  chest  frequently ;  ears  and  legs  are  cold  ;  breathing  hurried  ;  pulse 
quick,  from  50  to  75  per  minute  ;  temperature  raised  three  or  four  de- 
gress ;  elbows  turned  out,  and  a  line  along  the  lower  edges  of  the  ribs 
denoting  a  fixed  position  of  them  to  prevent  friction  in  the  chest ;  loss  of 
appetite  ;  great  pain  evinced  upon  pressure  with  the  fingers  between  the 
ribs  ;  a  grating  sound  heard  by  the  ear  applied  to  the  sides,  made  by  the 
rubbing  of  the  parts  internally,  which  are  rendered  dry  by  the  inflam- 
mation. 

If  recovery  takes  place,  it  is  usually  within  four  days  :  but  if  it  con- 
tinues longer  than  that,  effusion  takes  place,  and  the  chest  begins  to  fill 
with  water,  floating  the  lungs  up  and  forming  hydrothorax.  If  the  chest 
does  not  fill  more  than  one-third,  it  will  usually  absorb,  and  he  will  re- 
cover ;  but  if  the  chest  fills  more  than  one-third  full,  it  is  usually  fatal. 


DISEASES    OF   THE   RESPIRATORY   ORGANS. 


405 


What  to  do. — If  seen  during  the  chill,  put  on  blankets  ;  shelter  from  the 
cold  air,  and  give  half  a  teacup  of  whiskey  in  a  little  water,  and  loUow 
it  with  receipe  No.  40,  giving  a  dose  every  two  hours  till  he  is  better; 
set  a  pail  of  water  before  him,  and  feed  lightly.  Rub  the  liniment.  No. 
41,  well  in  to  the  sides,  and,  after  six  hours,  repeat  it.  When  the 
fever  is  broken,  change  the  prescription  to  No.  18.  When  convalesence 
is  well  established,  give  receipe  No.  22. 

XII.    Hydrothorax. 

Causes. — This  is  a  filling  of  the  chest  with  water,  following  pleurisy. 

How  to  know  it, — The  horse  has  been  enduring  great  pain  all  through 
the  attack  of  active  inflaniniation,  but  as  soon  as  effusion  bci^ins,  and 
the  chest  begins  to  fill  with  water,  the  i)ain  is  relieved  ;  he  brightens  up, 
commences  to  eat,  and  is  more  comfortable,  till  the  water  floats  the  lungs 
up  and  interferes  with  the  breathing.  Then  the  countenance  becomes 
haggard  and  anxious  ;  breathing  short  and  fast ;  breath  cold,  from  shal- 
low, bronchial  respiration  ;  the  extremeties  aie  cold  ;  pulse  very  high, 
from  80  to  150  per  niiiuite  ;  tapping  on  the  sides  will  pioduce  tiie  solid 


CONGESTION   OF  l^UNGS. 
Fore  limbs  apart   and   weU   under  body.     Nostrils  are   flapping   and   the   eye    has   a 

deadly  stare. 

sound  of  a  barrel  full  of  water ;  the  ear  placed  to  the  side  will  fail  to  detect 
the  customary  respiratory  murmur;  there  will  be  lifting  of  the  loins  and 
elevation  of  the  back  at  each  effort  at  insijiration,  that  is,  drawing  breath 
in ;  the  ribs  bulge  outward ;  dropsical  swellings  appear  under  the  chest  and 
belly;  the  head  is  extended;  there  is  flapping  of  the  nostrils;  regurgitation 
of  the  blood  in  the  veins;  splashing  of  the  water  is  heard  in  the  chest  when 
it  reaches  the  heart;  the  pulse  gets  smaller  and  smaller;  breath  shorter  and 
shorter,  till  he  drops  suffocated,  as  completely  drowned  as  though  he 
were  pitched  into  the  lake. 


406  CrCLOPEDIA  OP  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

Favorable  symptoms  are  lessening  of  the  effusion  in  the  chest ;  im- 
provement in  the  breathing  and  pulse;  return  of  healthy  appetite,  etc. 
But  recovery  is  slow,  and  complete  recovery  is  seldom  realized,  for  the 
lung  is  apt  to  grow  fast  to  the  ribs,  and  stitches  in  the  side  attack  him 
during  active  exercise. 

What  to  do. — Put  him  in  a  comfortable  place,  dry,  warm,  nnd  well- 
venlihited,  l)ut  no  drafts.  Clothe  warmly,  and  l)andage  the  legs.  If  the 
sides  have  not  been  well  blistered  with  receii)e  No.  41,  apply  it  imme- 
diately, and  repeat  it  every  six  hours,  till  the  sides  are  well-blistered,  and 
give  No.  18  internally,  every  two  hours,  very  persistently;  if  he  eats 
nothing,  drench  him  wnth  oat-meal  gruel.  If  the  chest  continues  to  fill 
it  may  be  tapped,  the  operation  being  called  paracentesis  thoracis,  direc- 
tions for  wliich  may  be  found  in  the  chapter  on  operations. 
XIII.    Chronic  Cough. 

Causes. — When  the  inflammation  of  tlie  mucous  membrane  of  either  the 
larynx  or  bronchial  tubes  becomes  chronic,  the  irritability  of  it  remains 
and  the  smallest  thing  will  produce  a  cough,  and  sometimes  a  fit  of  cough- 
ing that  may  last  several  minutes.  Dust  in  the  hay  or  oats,  or  breathed 
in  wliih'  on  the  road,  sudden  gusts  of  air,  pressure  of  the  collar  or  throat 
lash,  or  pinching  of  the  throat  with  the  hand  will  excite  the  cough. 


THE   ACT  OF   COUGHING. 

How  to  know  it. — Coughs  are  efforts  of  nature  to  free  the  breathing 
apparatus  of  irritants,  and  they  differ  according  to  the  i)art  affected  and 
the  extent  of  the  affection.  The  healthy  cough  is  strong,  full  and  usu- 
ally followed  by  a  sneeze  to  clear  the  nose.  The  throat  cough  is  a 
lighter,  shorter,  hacking  one,  while  that  of  the  chest  is  a  hollow,  deep, 
resonant  cough,  except  in  the  acute,  painful  stages  of  bronchitis,  when  it 
is  almost  noiseless  from  being  so  much  subdued. 

What  to  do. — Chronic  cough  is  almost  incurable  when  long  standing, 
but  in  the  more  recent  cases  good  treatment  will  benefit  and  oftentimes 


DISEASES    OF    THE    RESPIRATORY    ORGANS.  407 

cure.  If  the  cough  is  recent,  apply  recipe  No.  41  to  the  throat,  wellrub- 
bed  in  all  around  and  up  towards  the  ears.  Give  internally  the  foUowincr 
powders  : 

No.  43.  1>^  Ounce  gum  camphor, 

1  Ounce  digitalis, 

2  Ounces  linseed  meal, 
Powder  and  mix. 

Divide  into  twelve  powders  and  give  one  night  and  morning  in  soft 
food.  If  one  course  does  not  cure,  repeat  it.  If  that  proves  ineffectual, 
apply  blister  No.  9  instead  of  No.  41,  to  the  throat  and  give  Prof. 
Dick's  recipe  as  follows  : 

No.  44.  1  Drachm  camjihor, 

1  Drachm  digitalis, 
1  Drachm  calomel, 
1  Drachm  o|)inm. 

Mix  in  a  ball  with  syrup. 

Give  it  as  one  dose  ;  repeat  it  oiu-e  a  day  for  a  week,  then  rest  a  week 
and  repeat. 

If  the  cough  is  ver^^  troublesome  and  the  appetite  is  poor,  give  the 
following : 

No.  45.  2  Drachms  diluted  prussic  acid, 

1  Ounce  tincture  of  camphoi-, 

3  Drachms  fluid  extract  belladona, 
1  Ounce  tincture  gentian. 

1  Ounce  chlorate  of  potash, 
Water  to  make  one  pint, 
Mix. 

Give  one  ounce  three  times  a  day,  with  a  syringe  ;  open  the  mouth 
with  one  hand  and  shoot  it  well  b;ick  into  the  throat.  Do  not  attempt  to 
hold  a  horse's  head  up  to  drench  him  with  anything  else  than  oil  when  he 
has  a  cough  ;  for  it  is  apt  to  irritate  the  throat  and  might  choke  him. 

For  the  treatment  of  v'oughs  accompanying  catarrh  and  laryngitis  refer 
to  them.  If  the  above  treatment  fails,  we 
would  recommend  the  insertion  of  a  seton 
under  the  skin  of  the  throat  and  a  long  run  at 
grass,  if  practicable.  Leave  the  seton  in 
three  or  four  weeks  ;  wash  it  nice  and  clean 
once  a  day  with  hot  water.  Sometimes  a 
run  at  grass  will  do  more  for  a  bad  cough 
than  all  the  medicine  in  the  world. 

If  the  cough  appears  to  come  from  the  ^  s^ton  in  tmk  thkoat  ok  a 
chest,  and  pressure  in  the  hollow  just  al)ove  hokse. 

the  breast  bone  aggravates  it,  apply  the  blisters  there,  and  give  the  same 
treatment  otherwise  as  for  the  throat- 


CHAPTER  X. 

DISEASES  AND  ACCIDENTS  OP  THE  ALIMENTARY  CANAL. 


t.      TEETH— ACHE,    DECAY,    FILINO— WOLF  TEETH. H.      TONGUE      LACERATION. 

III.      SOKE   MOUTH. IV.        PAMPAS. V.        PHARYNGITIS. VI.      CHOKING. 

VII.      GASTRITIS. VIII.      STOMACH     STAGGERS. IX.      DYSPEPSIA. X.      SPAS- 
MODIC   <;OLIC. XI.      FLATULENT    COLIC. XII.      RUPTURE    OF    THE    STOAIACH, 

INTESTINES    OR    DIAPHRAGM. XIII.      CONSTIPATION. XIV.      DIARRHOEA    AND 

SUPERPURGATION. XV.    DYSENTERY. XVI. ENTERITIS. XVII.     PERITON- 
ITIS.  XVIII.      CALCULI. XIX.      INTUSSUSCEPTION   AND  GUT  TIE. 

I.    Teeth— Ache,  Decay,  Piling— Wolf  Teeth. 
Causes- — Derangements  of  the  teeth  very  frequently  lead  to  jrravc 
difficuhit's,    both   local   and    constitutional.     The    teeth    often    heconi'e 
decayed,  holes  form  in  them,  and  tooth-ache  is  a  common  occurrence. 

How  to  know  it. — It  will  be  detected  b}^  the  horse  holding  his  head 
on  one  side  \vhile  chewing,  turning  his  head  first  one  way  then  the  other, 
as  if  trying  to  remove  food  from  a  sore  tooth, 
and  doing  th(;  same  when  drinking,  if  the  water 
is  very  cold.  The  disease  often  extends  up  the 
tooth,  or  starts  in  the  form  of  ulceration  on  the 
fang,  and  breaks  out  into  the  nose,  causing  a 
discharge  from  the  nostril  on  the  side  on  which 
the  rotten  tooth  is  located.  A  chronic  discharge 
from  a  tooth  is  often  mistaken  for  nasal  gleet, 
A  HORSE  WITH  TooTiiAciiK.  jiud  somctimcs  for  glaudcrs,  OH  account  of  the 
disagreeable  odor,  which  will  be  recognized  as  that  characteristic  of  dis- 
eased bone. 

Sometimes  the  ulceration,  when  of  a  lower  tooth,  breaks  out  at  tne 
angle  of  the  lower  jaw,  and  sometimes  extends  to  the  root  of  the  tongue 
and  to  all  the  soft  tissues  between  the  ])ranches  of  the  lower  jaw  ;  in  one 
instance  that  came  under  the  notice  of  the  writer,  the  disease  proved  fatal 
to  a  Yaiuable  horse. 

The  teeth  frequently  get  broken  b}^  chewing  on  stones  taken  up  with 
oats,  and  when  one  molar  tooth  gets  broken  off,  the  opposite  tooth,  not 
having  anything  to  wear  against,  gets  very  long  and  sticks  into  the  oppo- 
site gum,  and  makes  mastication  very  painful.  The  edges  of  the  molar 
teeth  get  sharp  from  the  fact  that  they  wear  bevelling — the  edges  must 
necessarily  sharpen  as  they  wear ;  the  upper  rows  bevel  downwards  and 
outwards,  the  edges  cutting  the  cheeks,  and  the  lower  rows  bevel  upwards 
and  inwards,  cutting  the  tongue. 

408 


DISEASES   AND   ACCIDENTS   OF  THE   ALIMENTARY   CANAL  409 

The  broken  and  sharp  teeth  make  mastication  not  only  painful,  but 
almost  impossible,  consequently  the  horse 
bolts  the  food  half  chewed,  which  causes 
indigestion,  colic,  dyspepsia,  hidebound, 
emaciation,  etc.,  any  of  which  may  run  on 
to  a  fatal  termination.  The  food  is  fre- 
quently quidded  and  dropped  into  the  man- 
ger. 

Colts,  when  sheddins:  their  teeth,  often  suf- 

-  i.      -,       ^     f       "  4^1  1  •    1  ^   HORSE  QUIDDING. 

fer  a  great  deal  from  sore  mouths,  which 

causes  them  to  look  rough  and  scaly  until  the  old  teeth  are  shed,  and  new 

ones  grow. 

What  to  do. — In  case  of  a  discharge  froia  the  nose,  always  examine 
the  teeth,  and  if  any  are  decayed  so  as  to  cause  the  trouble,  remove  them. 
If  a  tooth  extends  below  the  others  on  account  of  the  opposite  one  being 
broken,  file  it  off  even  with  the  others.  If  the  edges  get  sharp,  so  as  to 
scarify  the  checks  and  tongue,  tile  them  off  round.  There  are  files  made 
expressly  for  that  purpose.  The  edges  only  need  filing ;  the  surfaces  get 
very  rough,  but  that  is  intended  to  be  so  by  nature  ;  it  is  h-er  millstone 
to  grind  the  grain  ;  and  the  arrangement  of  the  tooth  material  is  such 
that  the  more  it  wears  the  sliarpe'*  it  gets. 

In  case  of  a  parrot  mouth,  where  the  upper  incisors  i)roject  over  the 
lower  ones,  the  horse  is  unable  to  graze,  anjl  the  mouth,  as  far  as  age  is 
concerned,  presents  a  horril)le  appearances,  passing  for 
double  the  age  he  really  is.     Either  file  or  saw  them  off 
even  Avith  the  lower  row. 

Wolf  Teeth. — These  are  small,  insignificant  teeth,  that 
come  immediately  in  front  of  the  upper  rows  of  molars. 
It  is  a  popular  idea  that  these  affect  the  nerve  running 

.       ,,  1  1  T     J  1  A.         n    J.       PARROT    MOUTH. 

to  the  eye  and  cause  moon-bbndness,  weak  eyes,  etc.  But 
it  is  a  whim  ;  they  do  no  possil)le  harm,  except,  perhaps,  to  wound  the 
cheek  by  its  being  pulled  against  the  wolf  tooth  by  the  bit.  But  they  do 
no  possible  good,  and,  consequently  are  just  as  well,  and  a  little  better, 
out.  Take  a  pair  of  blacksmith's  pinchers  and  pull  them  out.  They  are 
usually  only  in  the  gums,  and  come  out  easily.  When  the  new  teeth  of 
colts  come  before  the  old  ones  are  out,  the  old  ones  should  he  removed, 
to  make  room  for  the  new. 

n.    Tongue  Laceration. 

Causes. — The  tongue  is  sometimes  bitten  by  falling  and  striking  on  the 
mouth  ;  torn  with  the  halter  chain,  or  by  being  pulled  forcibly  out  of  the 
aQouth  on  one  side,  being  cut  against  the  sharp  molar  teeth. 


410 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LiV2  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


What  to  do. — Wounds  on  the  tongue  heal  readily.  If  the  end  is  torn 
half-way  oif ,  or  less,  it  will  heal,  but  will  not  grow  together,  but  may  be 
left,  and  no  inconvenience  will  be  felt ;  but  if  it  is  more  than  half  torn 
off,  it  will  be  found  advisable  to  cut  it  clear  off.  Dress  wouads  of  the 
tonijue  with  the  followiuir  lotion  : 


No.  46. 


1  Oi^nce  borax, 
1  Ounce  honey, 
1  Pint  water, 
Mix. 


Dry  the  sore  with  a  sponge,  and  rub  on  the  lotion  three  times  a  day. 
Sometimes  it  is  necessary   to  amputate    the  tongue,  on    account   of 
wounds  and  accidents.     It  is  quite  feasible,  but  requires  the  skill  of  a 
qualified  veterinary  surgeon. 

III.    Sore  Mouth. 
Causes. — The  mouth  is  often  made  sore  by  the  bit,  by  caustic  sub- 
stances in  the  food  and  medicine,  by  too  hot  mashes,  etc.     The  bit  often 
excoriates  the  angles  of  the  mouth, 
and,  if  allowed  to    continue   doing 
harm,  the  mouth  soon   becomes  cal- 
oused,     and    loses    all     sensibility. 
Sometimes  the  bit  injures  the  lower 
jaw  bone  so  as  to  kill  a  portion  of  it, 
when  it  will  become   a   foreign  sub- 
stance and  slough  out,  leaving  a  very 
sore  mouth. 

This  is  most  often  seen  in  violent 
pullers  and  when  the  curb  bit  is  used.  The  oval  portion  of  a  curb  bit 
often  presses  upon  the  roof  of  the  moutli  and  does  a  great  amount  of 
injury. 

How  to  know  it. — When  an;y 
portion  of  the  mouth  is  swollen 
and  sore,  examine  it  carefully 
and  locate  the  cause  if  possible. 
When  the  bones  or  roof  of  the 
mouth  are  injured,  there  will  be 
great  soreness  and  some  swelling. 
What  to  do. — Remove  the 
cause,  that  is,  leave  the  bit  out  of 
the  mouth  for  several  days.  If 
the  angles  of  the  mouth  are  raw,  apply  recipe  No.  32  three  times  a  day. 
If  the  bones  are  injured  and  exposed    apply  No.   39  three  times  a  day; 


SORE  MOUTH. 


With  the  angles  excoria- 
ted by  the  bit. 


SORE    MOUTH. 

ngl 

cheeks  swollen,  cal" 
loused  and  insen- 
sitive. 


INJURY    BY    THE    BIT. 

A  mouth  with  the  bone  bad- 
ly injured  by  the  bit,  the 
left  side  being  much  swol- 
len around  the  tusk. 


MISUSE    OF    CURB. 

The  roof  of  the  mouth 
injured  by  the  curved 
part  of  the  curb  bit. 


DISEASES    AND    ACCIDENTS    OF    THE    ALIMENTARY    CANAL. 


411 


if  the  flesh  is  not  broken  it  would  be  advisable  to  scarify  it  to  allow  it  to 
break  through  the  tough  skin  more  easily,  and 
examine  it  carefully  each  day  to  see  when  the 
dead  piece  of  bone  is  loose,  and  remove  it. 
Then  dress  the  wound  with  the  same  lotion,  (No 
39)  till  the  bone  is  covered  by  healthy  granula- 
tions, then  dress  it  Avith  No.  46.  Do  not  use  the 
bit  in  such  a  mouth  under  two  months  at 
least. 

When  the  mouth  is  scalded  by  giving  strong 
medicine,  pure,  instead  of  diluting  it  as  directed 
on  the  label,  the  whole  inside  of  the  mouth  will  be  found  co  be  swollen, 
red,  and  if  very  bad,  will  skin  in  spots.  Swab  it  out  with  recipe  No.  4«! 
three  times  a  day. 

rv.    Lampas. 

This  is  an  imaginary  disease.     It  is  supposed  by  most  people  that  when 
a  horse  does  not  eat  he  must  have  the  lampas,  and  they  proceed  U 


SCALDED  MOUTH. 


From    giving    strong     caustic 
medicine  pure. 


BURNING    I- OK   LAMPAS. 


LAMPAS   IRON. 

The  old  time  instrument 
of  torture. 


burn  out  one  or  two  of  tlu;  bars  in  the  roof  of  the  mouth  which  are  i)laced 
there  by  nature  to  prevent  the  food  dribbling  from  the  mouth,  which  it 
would  do  were  it  not  for  these  bars  in  the  roof  of  the  mouth.  They 
all  point  or  turn  backwards  towards  the  throat,  and  have  a  tendency  to 
v,'ork  the  food  back.     It  is  the  same  in  the  human  mouth. 

Sometimes  the  one  or  two  bars  nearest  the  incisors  become  inflamed, 
especially  M'itli  colts  when  teething. 

What  to  do. — If  the  bars  are  red  instead  of  a  bright  flesh  color,  and 
extend  below  the  teeth,  take  a  penknife  and  scarify  them  gently  ;  this 
will  be  sufficient.  Never  countenance  the  burning  nor  any  other  barbar- 
ous practice. 

V.    Pharyngitis. 

That  portion  of  the  aesophagas  or  gullet  that  lies  in  the  throat,  above 
the  larynx  is  called  the  pharynx.     Inflammation  of  it  is  pharyngitis. 


412  CVCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOK. 

Causes. — It  is  usually  caused  by  some  foreign  substance  lodging  ther& 
or  by  extension  to  the  pharynx  of  inflammation  from  the  larynx  and 
nasal  chambers.  It  is  usually  associated  with  pharyngitis  and  catarrh, 
strangles,  quinsy,  etc. 

How  to  know  it. — Painful  swallowing,  and  sometimes  a  total  inability 
to  SMullow  is  seen  ;  the  water  returns  by  the  nose  while  drinking,  and 
the  food  is  quiddod.  More  or  less  enlargement  of  the  throat  and  glands 
on  the  outside,  tenderness  upon  pressure,  and  the  neck  straightened  and 
me  head  extended,  will  be  the  symptoms  usually  noticed. 

What  to  do. — If  any  foreign  substance  is  suspected,  examine  the  throat 
and  remove  anything  that  may  be  found.  Apply  a  counter  irritant  in  the 
form  of  the  recipe  No.  41.  Give  internally,  mixture  No.  21.  Feed  on 
soft  feed,  such  as  scalded  oats,  boiled  barley,  bran  mashes,  etc.  If  it 
continues  longer  than  a  week,  give  oat  meal  gruel  injections — two  quarts 
every  four  or  five  hours.     Cook  the  gruel  the  same  as  for  the  table. 

VT.  Choking. 
Causes. — Horses  very  seldom  get  choked  ;  but  in  some  instances  they 
bolt  their  food,  especially  when  fed  on  dry  ground  feed,  and  swallow  it 
before  it  is  properly  moistened  with  saliva, 
and  it  accumulates  in  the  gullet  sometimes  as 
large  as  your  double  fist,  usually  about  six  or 
eight  inches  from  the  throat.  It  often  gives 
rise  to  a  great  amount  of  flatulence.  Some- 
times it  leaves  a  sac  in  the  gullet,  from  the 
distension  of  the  fibres  of  its  walls  ;  the  sac  is 
called  dilatation  of  the  onsophagus. 

What  to  do. — Give  the  horse  a  couple  of 
swallows  of  raw  lindseed  oil,  and  manipulate 
the  lump,  and  try  and  pass  it  on  a  little  at  a 
time,  till  it  is  all  worked  down;  if  this  proves 
ineffectual,  the  probang  must  be  used,  but 
CHOKING.  great  care  and  caution  are  necessary  not  to  keep 

A  horse  trying  to  raise  the  food  stuck  •«-   •„    i.  l  j  i.    i  i      -i     ii  i      ii 

in  the  throat  from  a  stricture  in  tlie  it  m    tOOlOUg,   aud    nOt    tO   pUSh     it    thrOUgh    thc 

walls  of  the  gullet.  A  horse  cannot  breathe 
with  the  probang  in  his  thi'oat,  therefore  it  is  dangerous  to  leave  it  in 
longer  than  one  minute  at  a  time.  If  the  obstruction  is  near  enough  to 
the  throat,  so  it  can  be  reached  with  the  hand,  run  j^jur  arm  down  and 
remove  it.  As  a  last  resort,  when  all  other  means  have  been  exhausted, 
J--  ^    cut  down  upon  the  substance  and 


_^^^^    remove  it.     Make  the  opening 


TWO  FORMS  OF  PROBANG  '°  ^^^^  '.^"^  ^^«^    ^'^«"^?h    ^^  g^^ 

T,,        .  .,^      .        ,  a  hand  in,  but  make  the  hole  in 

The  probang  with  a  piece  of  sponsre  on  the  end  is  far  the 

''est.  the   gullet   as    small    as   possible, 

just  large  enough  to  get  one  finger    in,    and    break    down    the    obstruction. 


DISEASES  AND  ACCIDENTS  OF  THE  ALIMENTARY   CANAL. 


4i; 


Cut  carefully  so  as  not  to  wound  the  jugular  vein.  Draw  the  edges  of  the 
gullet  together  with  either  catgut  or  silk,  and  dress  it  twice  a  day  with 
lotion  No.  39.  Sew  the  skin  with  silk,  and  after  dressing  the  wound  with 
the  ahove  lotion,  saturate  a  wad  of  oakum  with  the  lotion  and  tie  it  over 
the  wound.    Keep  the  horse  on  very  sloppy  food,  and  very  little  of  it. 


WHERE  TO  TAP  FOR  STOMACH 
STAGGERS. 


CEREBRO    SL'JXAL    .Mi;.\l.\e:  I'l'lS 

Horse  is  Delirious  and  Partially 

Paralyzed. 


mostly  oatmeal  gruel,  until  the  w^ound  in  the  gullet  is  healed.  Avoid 
making  the  opening  if  possible,  for  it  is  very  hard  indeed  at  all  times, 
and  sometimes  utterly  impossible,  to  make  it  heal,  and  a  fatal  termination 
is  often  the  result. 

VII.  Gastritis. 

Causes. — This  is  inflammation  of  the  stomach,  caused  by  over-eating 
at  any  one  time,  getting  into  a  clover  field  or  at  an  oat  bin  or  corn  crib. 
l']ating  poisonous  herbs  or  accidentally  eating  poison  also  causes  it.     The 


MOVEMENTS   IN   INFLAMMATION  OP  THE   BOWELS. 
Horse  gets  up  and  down  slowly  and  hesitatingly.     Often  mistalcen  for  colic. 


disease  has  a  tendency  to  leave  the  stomach  and  go  to  the  feet  and  cause 
founder.  On  account  of  this  tendency  we  seldom  have  occasion  to  treat 
gastritis. 


414  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

How  to  know  It. — There  is  a  tendency  to  wind  colic,  the  food  not 
being  digested  rapidly  enough,  decomposition  sets  in  and  leads  to  flatu- 
lence. There  is  usually  a  loss  of  appetite,  and  sometimes  symptoms  of 
nausea,  such  as  turning  up  the  nose. 


CHRONIC   GASTRITIS. 

A  horse  quenching  the  excessive  thirst  of  chronic  gastritis. 

What  to  do. — Give  a  complete  change  of  food  ;  if  corn  and  oats  have 
been  fed,  change  to  bran,  carrots  and  boiled  barley,  and  if  in  season,  give 
green  food.  Give  raw  linseed  oil  in  half  pint  doses  once  a  day  till  the 
bowels  are  quite  soft,  and  feed  a  little  oil-cake  meal,  a  pint  once  a  day. 
If  wind  accumulates  after  eating,  give  the  following  as  a  drench  : 

No.  47.  1  Teaspoonfiil  bicarbonate  of  soda, 

1  Ounce  excract  of  ginger, 
yi  Pint  water, 

Mix  and  give  as  one  dose. 

If  thirst  is  excessive,  give  half  an  ounce  of  chlorate  in  the  water,  well 
dissolved,  twice  a  day.  This  excessive  thirst  is  often  seen  as  a  symptom 
of  the  disease  when  it  has  become  chronic. 

VIII.    Stomach  Staggers. 

This  is  a  sleepy,  dumpish,  stupid  condition  resulting  from  engorgement, 
and  through  the  nerves  the  impression  is  carried  to  the  brain,  and  stupor 
is  the  effect. 

Causes. — It  frequently  happens  after  over-eating  on  clover,  or  the 
horse  gets  into  the  garden  and  fills  up  on   cab})ages  or  roots  of  any  kind. 

How  to  know  it. — The  horse  is  usually  found  standing  in  a  stupid  man- 
ner as  though  asleep,  perfectly  quiet,  and  perhaps  with  his  mouth  full  of 
food  ;  he  is  oblivious  to  all  around  ;  place  one  foot  across  the  other,  and 
he  will  leave  it  so  ;  prick  him  and  he  may  wake  up  for  an  instant,  but 
subsides  again  as  quickly. 


DISEASES   AND   ACCIDENTS   OF   THE   ALIMENTARY   CANAL.  415 

What  to  do.— Put  him  in  a  safe  place:  remove  all  food;  give  him  very 
•  ^ttle  water,  and  give  a  dose  of  purgative  medicine  as  follows: 

No.  48.  6  Drachms  barbadoes  aloes, 

1  Pint  raw  linseed  oil, 
Mix. 

Give  as  one  dose.     As  soon  as  he  is  sufficiently  recovered  give  him 
walking  exercise.     If  the  purgative  does  not  work  in  the  course  of  twenty- 


HORSE   AFFECTED    WITH   PAINFUL   SUFFERING   OF  THE   HIND   QCARTERS 


four  liours,  give  injections  of  warm  water  and  soft  soap  every  houi  till 
purgation  is  obtained. 

Prevention. — Avoid  engorgement;  feed  on  bulky  food. 

IX.     Dyspepsia. 

Causes. ^ — This  is  rather  uncommon,  but  is  occasionally  seen  in  horses 
that  have  been  fed  artificially  for  any  great  length  of  time  especially  if 
highly  fed. 

How  to  know  it. — There  will  be  a  general  unthrifty  appearance  to  the 
horse;  he  will  be  thin;  coat  rough  and  staring,  hide  bound;  and  the 
surest  symptom  of  all  is  the  yellowish  color  and  offensive  smell  of  the 
manure.  After  a  while  the  appetite  wanes;  he  gets  hungry,  and  will 
rush  at  the  food  as  though  he  would  swallow  the  whole  at  once,  eats  a 
few  mouthfuls  and  leaves  the  rest;  perhaps  he  will  nibble  a  little  more, 
but  will  not  eat  as  though  he  relished  it.  He  gradually  grows  worse,  till 
he  becomes  a  mere  skeleton. 

What  to  do. — If  practicable,  give  him  three  or  four  months  at  grass; 
first  examine  his  teeth,  and  remedy  any  defect.     If  it  is  not  the  right 


416 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


time  of  year  to  turn  out  to  grass,  give  a  complete  change  of  food  •  cai> 
rots,  turnips,  apples,  boiled  bailey,  scalded  oats,  and  bran  mashes.  F«^ed 
no  corn  at  all.  Give  ii  dose  of  purgative  medicine,  recipe  No.  23. 
When  the  purgation  is  all  over,  give  the  tonic  No.  34,  in  soft  feed.  If 
the  appetite  is  poor,  so  that  he  won't  eat  the  powder,  give  No.  35.  Con- 
tinue it  a  week,  then  stop  a  week,  and  repeat. 
X.    Spasmodic  Colic. 

The  term  colic,  means  pain  in  the  colon,  (one  of  the  large  intestines), 
but  is  accepted  as  the  name  for  all  pain  in  the  abdomen.  It  is  often 
called  belly-ache.  It  is  always  very  serious,  indeed,  for  two  reasons — it 
is  terribly  painful,  and  is  very  apt  to  run  into  inflammation  of  the  bowels, 
which  is  usually  fatal. 

Spasmodic  colic  is  pain  in  the  bowels,  from  the  violent,  spasmodic  con'- 
traction  and  cramp  of  the  muscular  coat  of  the  bowels.  It  is  called  spas- 
modic on  account  of  the  pain  and  cramps  being  spasmodic  and  not  contin- 


A  RUPTURE  BANDAGE. 

(a)     Spot  where  a  skewer  lias  been  inserted  which  holds  back  the  rupture. 


uous ;  there  are  moments  of  relief  from  the  pain,  in  which  the  animal  will 
be  quite  at  his  ease,  but  it  is  apt  to  come  on  again  after  a  few  moments. 

Some  horses  are  particularly  subject  to  colic,  owing  to  a  ravenous 
manner  of  eating  and  drinking,  consequently  they  have  it  from  time  to 
time,  and  usually  die  with  it  after  a  few  repetitions. 

Causes. — It  is  caused  by  some  irritant  in  the  bowels — indigestible 
matter;  also  by  large  draughts  of  cold  water,  particularly  if  the  horse 
la  warm.     Colicky  pains  are  very  often  symptoms  of  other  diseases. 

riow  to  know  it. — In  the  first  stage,  the  horse  will  begin  to  be  uneasy ; 
looks  around  ;  raises  up  his  hind  feet  towards  hisbelly  ;  ste[)S  around  from 
one  side  of  the  stall  to  the  other ;  stops  eating ;  will  curl  as  if  to  lie  down 


DISEASES   AND    ACCIDENTS    OF   THE    ALIMENTARY    CANAL. 


41' 


In  the  second  stage,  he  lies  down  and  gets  up  again  after  lying,  per- 
haps, a  couple  of  minutes  ;  in  the  third  stage,  he  rolls,  kicks,  sweats  pro- 
fusely, has  a  haggard  countenance,  is  inclined  to  turn  upon  his  back,  and 
remains  so.     In  mild  cases,  after  kicking  for  half  an  hour  or  so,  "ihe 


SECONP  STAGE   OF   SPASMODIC   COLIC. 


horse  usually  gets  better,  the  pain  all  passes  off,  and  he  returns  to  his 
accustomed  spirits  and  habits  ;  but  if  it  does  not  go  off  in  the  course  of 
half  an  hour,  and  from  that  to  two  or  three  hours,  it  is  apt  to  run  into 
enteritis,  and  kill  him. 

What  to  do. — Give  mild,  diffusible  stimulants,  as  early  and  quickly  as 
possible.     Give  either  of  the  following  : 


No.  49. 


2  Ounce  whiskey, 
1  Ounces  extract  of  ginger, 
3^  Pint  water, 
Mix. 

Give  as  one  dose.    Or  this  : 

No.  50.  1)4  Ounce  sweet  spirits  of  nitre, 

1  Ounce  laudanum, 
J4  Ounce  extract  of  ginger, 
}4  Pint  water, 
Mix. 

Give  as  one  dose.  Always,  when  possible,  give  warm  water  injectiona 
with  a  very  little  soap  in  it,  just  to  make  it  a  little  slippery.  Give  the  horse  a 
soft,  roomy  place  to  roll  in,  and  if  he  has  the  colic  at  all  bad,  give  a 
couple  of  days  rest  afterwards,  feeding  on  soft  food.  Give  the  abdo- 
men friction,  and  put  on  a  blanket  to  avoid  his  cooling  off  too  soon. 

When  the  worst  part  of  the  pain  is  over,  a  little  walking  exercise  will 
be  beneficial.    If  after  giving  the  first  dose  the  pain  continues  more  than 


418  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR, 

half  an  hour,  repca^^  it  every  half  hour  till   relief  is  obtained ;  but  if  it 
does  not  yield  Avith  tliree  or  four  doses,  give  the  following: 

No.  51,  1  Quart  raw  linseed  oil, 

\^  Ounce  chloroform, 
Mix- 

Give  as  one   dose.     In  half  an  hour,  if  the  pain  is  continuous,  give 

No.  52.  4  Grains  sulphate  of  morphia, 

y^  Ounce  water 
Mix. 

Give  as  one  dose  with  a  syringe.  Repeat  it  every  half  hour  if  necessary 
to  keep  him  quiet.  If  this  does  uot  effect  a  cure,  refer  to  treatment  for 
enteritis,  for  it  certainly  has  run  into  inflammation  of  the  bowels. 


TBIRD  STAGE  OF  SPASMODIC   COLIC. 

JQ.    Flatulent  Colic. 

Causes. — ^The  nature  of  this  disease  is  acute  indigestion.  Either 
weak  digestion,  or  a  suspension  of  digestion  entirely,  allows  the  undi- 
gested food  to  decompose,  and  while  undergoing  that  process,  fermenta- 
tion sets  up,  gas  is  evolved,  and  the  horse  bloats  up,  sometimes  to  an 
alarming  extent,  even  to  cause  death  by  suffocation  or  rupture  of  the 
stomach,  intestines  or  diaphragm.  It  is  most  common  where  corn  is  fed 
freely,  and  is  apt  to  come  on  when  the  horse  is  taken  out  to  work  or 
drive  immediately  after  eating.  The  active  exercise  retards  or  wholly 
interrupts  digestion,  and  the  moment  digestion  stops,  decomposition  set^ 
in  and  the  evolution  of  gas  begins.  It  is  very  weakening  and  often  fatal. 
It  usually  lasts  about  two  to  four  hours,  but  sometimes  lingers  for  ten  or 
twelve,  and  sometimes  proves  fatal  in  half  or  three-quarters  of  an 
hour. 


DISEASES    AND    ACCIDENTS    OF   THE    ALIMENTAUY    CANAL,. 


419 


How  to  know  it. — The  churacteristio  symptom  is  the  bloatino:  withgaa^ 
and  there  is  always  a  great  amount  of  pain.  The  horse  rolls,  kicks, 
paws,  tries  to  lie  on  his  back,  gets  up  and  down,  sweats  tremendously, 
has  a  haggard  look  in  his  face,  gulps  Avind  and  food  from  the  stomach  in 
small  quantities  through  his  nose  ;  and  the  food  thus  discharged  is  usually 
green  and  very  sour.  The  nostrils  are  distended,  breathing  rapid  and 
breath  cold  from  the  shallow  breathing ;  the  pulse  is  quickened  at  the 
start,  but  gradually  grows  harder  and  smaller  as  the  fatal  termination 
approaches  ;  the  belly  becomes  so  distended  that  the  flanks  are  above  the 
points  of  the  hips  ;  and  in  some  cases,  when  lying  down,  the  legs  are  so 
spread  from  the  distension  of  the  belly  that  the  animal  is  unable  to  get  up. 
If   it   lasts    very  long,   the   nervous    system    becomes    exhausted ;   the 


FLATULANT  COLIC-FIRST  STAGE. 


FLATULENT    COLIC,    RUPTURED 
OR  LAST  STAGE. 


muscles  around  the  chest,  shoulders  and  neck  cramp  and  draw  down  so  as 
to  almost  pull  the  horse  to  the  ground,  and  he  will  sometimes  scream 
out  like  a  child  from  the  pain.  The  cars  and  extremities  get  deathly 
cold. 

If  rupture  takes  place,  he  will  sit  on  his  haunches  like  a  dog,  turn  up 
his  upper  lip  as  though  nauseated  and  tr}'^  to  vomit ;  but  owing  to  the 
peculiar  formation  of  the  stomach  the  horse  cannot  vomit.  The  pulse 
gets  weaker  and  smaller  till  he  falls  and  dies  from  nervous  exhaustion. 
When  he  dies  in  earlier  stages,  it  is  from  suffocation  :  the  distension  of 
the  stomach  and  bowels  presses  on  the  lungs  so  hard  that  it  forces  them 
up  into  so  small  a  compass  that  they  cannot  work,  and  suffocation  is  the 
result. 


420  CJfCLOrKDlA  OF  LIVK  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR, 

Favorable  symptoms  are  cessation  of  pain  ;  free  evacuation  of  gas  per 
rectum  ;  pulse  returns  to  its  normal  condition  ;  ears  and  extremities  re- 
gain their  natural  temperature  ;  sweating  stops,  and  the  horse  returns  to 
his  feed  and  customary  habits. 

What  to  do. — As  soon  as  it  is  discovered,  give  the  following: 

No.  53.  1  Tablespoonful  bicarbonate  soda  Csaleratus), 

1  Teacupful  water, 
Mix. 

Give  as  one  dose,  and  repeat  it,  if  necessary,  in  ten  minutes. 

Give  warm  water  injections,  being  careful  not  to  push  the  nozzle  of  the 
syringe  through  a  gut ;  for  the  intestines  crowd  backward  so  hard  that  it 
is  ^^ery  difficult  to  give  injection  enough  to  amount  to  anything,  although 
it  is  best  to  try.     If  the  soda  does  no  good,  give  the  following: 

No.  54.  1  Ounce  turpentine, 

%  Pint  raw  linseed  oil, 
1  Ounce  laudanum. 
Mix. 

Give  as  one  dose,  and  repeat  it  in  fifteen  minutes,  if  necessary.  It 
this  proves  ineffectual,  give 

No.  55.  1  Ounce  chloroform. 

1  Pint  raw  linseed  oil. 
Mix. 

Give  as  one  dose,  and  repeat,  if  necessary,  in  half  an  hour. 

Bind  hot  water  rags  to  the  belly,  and  keep  them  hot. 

As  a  last  resort,  if  the  flatulence  does  not  yield  to  the  above  treatment, 

the  trocar  and  cannula  may  be  used.     Let  it  be  a  small  one,  not  over  one 

quarter  inch  in  diameter  and  three  inches  long ; 

II  II  ^*^P    find  the  center  of  a  triangle  formed  by   the 

last  rib,  point  of  the  hip,  and  the  edofes  nearest 

TROCHAR    PROVIDED    WITH  ,         n        i  j.       i  •  .  . 

CANNULA  FOR  PUNCTUR-         thc  flauk  of  the  spmes  in  the  loins  ;  clip  off 
iNG  THE  ABDOMEN.  ^^^^    j^.^-^.^    ^^^    p.^gg   ^j^^   trochar   in    slowly 

and  firmly,  pointing  it  in  and  down  at  the  same  time,  so  as  to 
avoid  wounding  the  kidney  ;  leave  the  cannula  in  there,  but  draw  out  the 
trocar,  and,  if  the  gut  that  is  distended  is  tapped,  the  gas  will  rush  out. 
Sometimes  f cecal  matter  will  clog  the  cannula  ;  if  so,  pass  in  a  smal) 
piece  of  whalebone,  or  other  probe,  to  remove  it  from  the  lower  end.  If 
no  gut  is  tapped,  try  the  same  operation  on  the  other  side.  It  makes  no 
difference  which  side  is  tapped,  for  there  is  no  paunch  adherent  to  the 
side  of  horses,  as  in  cattle.  The  treatment  by  the  mouth  may  be  kept 
up  while  this  is  done. 

?nien  they  drop  from  suffocation,  or  when  ruprure  takes  place,  it  is 
too  late  to  do  anything ;  but,  in  every  case,  persevere  till  either  one  or 
the  other  of  these  tells  you  further  effort  is  useless. 


DISEASES    AJSL)    ACCIUENTS    OF    THE    ALIMEXTAKY    CANAL,. 


421 


XH.    Rupture  of  the  Stomach,  Intestines  or  Diaphragm. 
Causes. — This  occurs  iu  violent  cases  of  flatulence.     When  the  gener- 
ation of  gas  is  excessive  in  the  stomach  or  the  intestines,  they  are  liable 
to  rupture,  and  let  the  food  out  into  the  abdominal  cavity,  or  from  the 


UNNATURAL   ATTITUDE   INDICATIVE   OK   ABDOMINAL   INJURY. 

tremendous  pressure  against  the  diaphragm,  it  is  liable  to  rupture  and  let 
the  intestines  into  the  chest  among  the  lungs  and  heart.  Either  case  is 
fatal,  the  animal  dying  from  shock  to  the  nervous  system,  hemorrhage 
and  suffocation. 

How  to  know  It. — The  horse  will  sit  on  his  haunches  ;  but  this  is  not  n 
characteristic  symptom  of  itself,  for  we  see  it  occasionally  in  spasmodic 
colic,  and  often  in  enteritis  ;  the  horse  will 
turn  up  his  nose  with  an  intensely  disgusted 
expression  on  his  countenance,  but  this,  too, 
is  often  seen  in  colic  and  enteritis  ;  he  will  try 
to  vomit,  which  is  a  characteristic  symptom, 
and  the  muscles  and  legs  will  tremble  and  shake 
as  if  vnth  cold  ;  the  ears  and  legs  get  cold  ; 
cold  sweat  breaks  out  in  patches  ;  the  mouth 
gets  cold,  the  pulse  grows  smaller  and  smaller,  till  it  becomes  impercepti- 
ble, and  death  claims  the  patient  in  the  course  of  half  an  hour  to  two 

hours. 

XHI.    Constipation. 

When  the  foecal  matter  in  the  intestines  gets  dry  and  hard,  and  resists 
the  peristaltic  effort  of  the  bowels  to  pass  it  on,  or  Avhen  there  is  no  per- 
istaltic motion  to  the  bowel,  and  the  food  lies  quiet  in  one  spot,  there  is 


NOSE  STRAINED  UPWARD. 


422  CYOI-OPEDIA  OF  IJVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR, 

an  obstruction  to  all  intents  and  purposes,  which  is  called  constipation, 
or  costiveness. 

Causes. — AVhcn  the  food  dries  and  hardens  so  that  it  cannot  be  passed 
on,  it  is  due  to  an  insufficient  quantity  of  water  in  the  bowel,  owing  to  its 
all  going  to  the  kidneys,  or  it  is  due  to  the  horse  not  drinking  enough,  or 
to  inactivity  of  the  liver  and  other  glands  that  supply  the  bowels  with 
juices.  When  it  is  from  a  want  of  peristaltic  motion,  it  is  due  to  ner- 
vous weakness  in  the  bowels. 

How  to  know  it. — Little  or  no  fcEtal  matter  is  passed  ;  what  is  passed 
is  hard  and  dry  ;  mild  colicky  pains  are  felt  at  intervals  of  half  an  hour 
or  so.  The  horse  may  continue  to  eat  and  otherwise  appear  all  right, 
but  as  it  runs  on,  the  pains  will  come  oftener  and  be  more  acute  till  it 
runs  into  enteritis. 

What  to  do. — If  the  pulse  is  natural  and  the  colicky  pains  slight  and  far 
between,  give  recipe  No.  23  ;  also  give  warm  water  and  soap  injections. 
If  the  pains  continue  and  increase,  give  a  quart  of  raw  oil  and  recipe  No. 
62.     If  it  does  not  yield  to  this,  give  the  following  : 

No.  56.  1  Quart  raw  oil, 

1  Ounce  tinchire  nux  vomica, 
Mix. 

Give  as  one  dose.  Repeat  recipe  No.  52  often  enough  to  keep  down 
the  pain.  If  the  pain  seems  to  be  increasing  and  the  constipation  obsti- 
nate, apply  to  the  belly,  well  rubbed  in,  the  following: 

No.  57.  1  Ounce  croton  oil, 

3  Ounces  raw  linseed  oil, 
Mix. 

Repeat  recipe  No.  56  every  six  hours  till  a  passage  is  effected.  Re- 
peat the  injections  once  an  hour,  but  put  in  less  soap  each  time.  If  it  is 
necessary  to  repeat  them  more  than  four  or  five  times,  use  clear  water 
without  soap. 

Xrv.    Diarrhoea  and  Superpiirgation. 

These  are  watery  evacuations  from  the  bowels,  and  are  the  opposite  to 
constipation. 

Causes. — In  diarrhoea  there  is  an  excessive  secretion  of  the  juices  of 
the  SA'stcni,  owing  usually  to  some  irritant  in  the  bowels,  but  some- 
times to  too  laxative  food.  Superpurgation  is  due  to  an  overdose  of 
purgative  medicine. 

How  to  know  it. — The  evacuations  are  frequent  and  watery  ;  after  run- 
ning a  while  the  bowels  become  irritable  and  the  patient  strains  a  good 
deal  and  becomes  weak  ;  the  pulse  gets  feeble  ;  the  mouth  clammy  ;  the 
ears  and  extremities  cold  i  the  eyes  and  nose  pale  ;  the  horse  grinds  his 


DISEASES   AND    ACCIDENTS    OF    THE    ALIMENTARY    CANAL.  423 

teeth,  and  refuses  food  ;  thirst  is  excessive.  The  temperature  of  the 
body  takeu  with  the  thermometer  is  down,  perhaps  to  95  ®  Fahr.  If  it 
goes  down  to  93  ©  ,  the  disease  is  ahnost  sure  to  terminate  fatally. 

What  to  do. — If  it  is  a  straight  case  of  diarrhoea — that  is,  without  any 
purgative  liaving  been  given — give  a  complete  change  of  food  and  the 
following  : 

No.  58.  1  Ounce  prepared  chalk, 

1  Ounce  ginger, 
1  Drachm  opium, 
1  Pint  starch  gruel, 
Mix. 

Give  as  one  dose,  and  repeat  it,  if  necessary,  after  three  or  four  hours. 
Give  him  water  with  flour  stirred  in  to  drink,  but  restrict  the  quantity  to 
about  two  quarts  every  three  or  four  hours.  If  this  does  not  stop  it  after 
giving  two  or  three  doses  of  the  medicine,  give  the  following: 

No,  59.  %  Pint  raw  linseed  oil, 

1  Draclnn  opium, 
1  Ounce  tincture  catechu, 
Mix. 

Give  as  one  dose.  If  supcrpurgation  is  the  trouble,  give  tht  flour  and 
water  to  di'ink.  If  this  docs  not  check  it  in  five  or  six  liourr.  give  j"^ 
addition  : 

No.  60.  1  Ounce  tincture  catechu, 

)2  Ounce  tincture  camphor, 
1  Ounce  tincture  opium, 
1  Quart  starch  gruel, 
Mix. 

Give  as  one  dose.  Repeat  it  if  necessary  ever}^  four  hours.  Restrict 
the  drinking  a  little,  and  feed  lightly  when  the  appetite  returns. 

XV.    Dysentery. 

The  nature  of  this  disease  is  bloodv  evacuations  with  ffreat  straininsr, 
There  is  inflammation  of  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  large  intestines, 
with  more  or  less  fever  and  great  irrital)ility  of  the  intestinal  tract. 

Causes. — Neglected  diarrhoea  and  supcrpurgation  ;  too  acid  a  condi- 
tion of  the  bowels ;  impure,  indigestible  and  musty  food ;  and  foul 
atm()s])licre. 

How  to  know  It. — By  the  bloody  evacuations  ;  severe,  frequent  and 
ineffectual  attempts  to  pass  fa-cal  matter ;  colicky  pains  ;  considerable 
fever;  great  thirst;  no  appetite;  pulse  quick,  weak  and  compressible. 
It  is  rather  rare  in  the  horse  ;  when  it  does  exist,  worms  are  often  found* 
too,  and  are  thought  by  some  to  assist  in  the  cause  of  it. 


424 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


What  to  do.     (^ive  recipe  No.  59,  and  give  injections  of  starch  with 
one  ounce  of  landannni  in  each  injection;  repeat  the  latter  every  half 


IMPACTION  OF  LARGE  BOWEL. 


A  SUFFERKR  PROM  CONSTIPATION. 

The    tucked-up    belly,    the    attitude,    and 

general    expression    of    suffering   are 

plainly  shown. 


hour.     Jn  one  hour  after  takin«^  No.  59  give  No.  5S,  and  in  another  hour, 
if  the  straining  continues,  give  No.  60,  and  the  following  injection  : 


No.  61. 


1  Ounce  tinctui'e  of  opium, 
1  Ounce  .sulphuric  ether, 
1  Quart  starch, 
Mix. 

If  no  improvement  takes  place  in  the  course  of  ten  hours,  give  a  pint 
of  raw  oil  and  repeat  the  injection  every  half  hour. 

XVI.    Enteritis. 

Inflammation  of  the  bowels  takes  two  forms,  according  to  the  part 
affected.  Enteritis  is  inflammation  of  the  mucous  lining  of  the  bowel ; 
the  next  subject,  peritonitis,  is  inflammation  of  the  outer  or  serous 
covering  of  the  bowel. 

Causes. — Irritating  substances  in  the  food  ;  catching  cold  which  settles 
in  the  bowels,  continuation  of  colic,  either  spasmodic  or  flatulent ;  and 
poison. 

How  to  know  It. — There  is  continuous  pain,  light  at  first,  and  increasing 
as  the  inflammation  develops.  It  is  different  from  colic,  for  which  it  might 
be  taken  by  an  ordinary  observer,  in  that  it  is  continuous,  while  colic  is  in- 
termittent ;  in  colic,  the  horse  throws  himself  down  ;  in  enteritis  belies  down 
carefully  ;  the  pulse  is  raised  to  seventy-five  or  eighty,  or  even  a  hundred 


DISEASES    AND    ACCIDENTS    OF    THE    ALIMENTARY    CANAL. 


425 


beats  to  the  minute  ;  the  countenance  wears  an  anxious  look  ;  he  is  very  un- 
easy ;  when  not  getting  up  and  down  he  is  turning  around  ;  if  in  a  box  stall, 
he  looks  around  to  his  sides,  paws,  raises  his  legs  up  towards  the  body  ;  the 
breathing  is  hurried  ;  there  is  profuse  sweating ;  the  pulse  is  soft  at  first, 
but  grows  gradually  harder,  faster,  and  at  last  it  gets  wiry,  and  finally 
imperceptible  ;  the  extremities  get  cold,  and  the  horse  wears  himself  owt 


POSITION   ASSUMED   BY   HOUSE  SUFFERING    FROM   ABDOMINAL  INJURY. 


with  the  pain  and  constant  moving  about.  Towards 
the  last,  the  pain  will  apparently  abate  a  little  ;  he 
will  stand  quiet  for  a  while  ;  brace  his  legs  till  he 
cannot  resist  any  longer,  and  will  reel  and  drop,  the 
hind  end  first,  generally.  He  dies  in  the  course  of 
eight  to  twenty  hours  after  the  first  symptom,  but  in 
some  instances  the  horse  will  die  in  six  hours  after  the 
very  first  symptom.  Sometimes  they  get  perfectly 
crazy  with  the  pain,  and  they  will  rear,  run,  climb 
over  anything,  tear  down  the  stalls,  etc.  They  can 
bear  no  pressure  on  the  belly  without  pain. 

What  to  do. — Treatment  is  of  very  little  use,  for 
a  genuine  case  of  enteritis  is  always  incurable,  but  it 
is  best  to  try  always.  At  first,  it  is  usually  taken  for  colic,  and  the  pre- 
scribed drenches  are  given  for  that  disease  ;  but  when  you  notice  the  pain 
is  continuous  and  the  pulse  runs  up,  it  is  sufficient  evidence  to  locate  the 
trouble  as  inflammation  of  the  lining  of  the  large  intestines  ;  then  give 
No.  56,  and  apply  a  mustard  paste  to  the  belly.  After  it  has  been  on  an 
hour,  wash  it  off  and  repeat  it,  or  apply  No.  41,  and  confine  the  fumes 
with  a  blanket.  A  few  minutes  after  giving  the  oil,  give  No.  52  ;  repeat 
the  latter  every  half  hour,  if  necessary  to  keep  him  easy.  Give  No.  30, 
continuously,  in  addition  to  the  others.     Also  give  injections  of  soap  an<? 


ENTERITIS. 


A  test  for  enteritis,  the 
mouth  usually  being 
found  hot  and  dry. 


426 


CYCLOPEtLA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


water.     If  the  pulse  continues  to  quicken  and  got  hard,  repeat  the  oil 
every  two  or  three  hours,  and  ai)[)lY  No.  57  to  the  l)elly  where   the  mus- 


ANOTHEK  TEST   FOR   ENTERITIS. 
A  horse  manifesting  tenderness  upon  pressure  on  the  belly  in  enteritis. 

tard  was.  If  the  oil  works  through,  there  is  a  chance  of  success;  then 
just  let  the  horse  remain  i)erfectly  quiet  for  several  days,  give  oat-meal 
gruel  to  drink. 

Post  mortem  examination  shows  the  bowel  affected  to  be   almost  black 
from  congestion,  inflammation,  and   mortification.     The  disease  usually 


APPLICATION   OF   AN   AMMONIACAL   BLISTER. 


conflnes  itself  to  about  a  yard  of  the  gut.     The  tissue  of  the  intestine 
will  be  swollen  sometimes  over  an  inch  thick. 

XVII.    Peritonitis. 

This  is  inflammation  of  the  outer  covering  of  the  bowel ;  it  is  leos  rapid 
in  its  course,  and  less  painful.  It  may  last  a  week  or  so,  or  it  may  kill 
HI  ten  or  tw^elve  hours. 


DISEASES    AND    ACCIDENTS    OF    THE    ALIMENTARY    CANAL.  427 

Causes. — Wounds  in  the  abdominal  cavity,  exposure  to  cold  storms, 
kicks  in  the  belly,  etc. 

How  to  know  it. — The  pulse  is  quick — from  sixty  to  seventy-tive,  and 
is  hard  and  wiry  ;  the  horse  lies  down  very  easy,  but  gets  up  quick  ;  loss 
of  appetite.  When  the  inflammation  does  not  kill,  effusion  of  water 
takes  place  into  the  belly,  giving  the  horse  the  appearance  of  dropsy  by 
the  large  abdomen.     There  is  great  pain  upon  pressure  on  the  abdomen. 

Post  mortem  examination  reveals  extensive  discoloration  of  the  bowels 
and  surrounding  tissue.  A  great  quantity  of  bloody  matter  is  floating  in 
the  cavity.     The  inflamed  poition  of  the  intestines  is  very  much  swollen. 

What  to  do. — Give  No.  56  as  soon  as  the  nature  of  the  disease  is  recog- 
nized. Give  No.  52  occasionally  to  allay  the  pain,  and  apply  No.  57  to 
the  belly.  Give  No.  30.  continuously  for  several  doses,  till  the  pulse  is 
improved.  In  case  the  abdomen  fills  with  water,  it  may  be  tapped  by 
passing  in  the  trocar  and  cannula — the  smallest  size — through  the  centre 
of  the  bell}^  and  through  the  hard,  fibrous  band  running  down  the  center. 
It  is  c'AW^d.  paracentesis  abdomenis,  and  should  be  performed  by  experts 

only. 

XVIII.    CalcuU. 

Intestinal  calculi  are  not  very  common,  although  they  are  occasionally 
let  with.  It  is  very  probable,  that  if  all  the  cases  of  death  from  bowel 
troubles  were  examined  post  tnortem,  calculi  would  be  quite  often  found, 
aa  that  is  the  only  way  their  presence  can  be  determined. 

Causes. — These  stones  are  formed  of  calcareous  material  laid  on  in 
layers,  and  are  usually  found  enveloping  a  nucleus  of  some  kind — a 
piece  of  a  nail,  or  a  pebble,  or  a  wad  of  hair,  etc.  They  sometimes  attain 
to  enormous  sizes  and  weight,  and  are  usually  round  or  oval.  These 
stones  are  most  common  in  sections  of  the  country  where  hard  well  water 
is  used  for  drinking,  especially  in  lime  districts. 

Dust  balls  are  common  in  horses  that  are  fed  on  mill-sweepings  ;  the 
dust  accumulates  around  oat  hulls  or  chaff  from  other  grain.  As  many 
as  a  dozen  have  been  found  in  one  horse  after  death. 

Calculi  are  seldom  or  never  passed  in  a  natural  way,  but  make  sacks  in 
the  bowel,  and  lie  there  till  by  accident  they  are  dislodged  and  roll  out  into 
the  passage,  and  form  an  obstruction,  cause  a  stoppage,  inflammation 
and  death. 

How  to  know  it. — In  addition  to  the  symptoms  of  enteritis,  the  patient 
will  frequently  sit  on  his  haunches  like  a  dog.  This  is  not  a  characteristic 
symptom,  but  in  cases  where  calculi  have  been  found,  it  was  a  prominent 
symptom. 

What  to  do. — Nothing  more  can  be  done  than  to  treat  the  symptoms, 
which  are  those   of  enteritis.     Back  raking  is  advisab^B,   but  it  is  not 


428  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

among  the  probabilities  that  the   stones  would  be  near  enough  to  the 
rectum,  to  be  reached  l)y  the  hand. 

XIX.    Intussusception  and  Gut  Tie. 

This  is  the  slipping  of  a  part  of  a  gut  into  another  part,  like  turning  a 
finger  of  a  glove  partly  wrong  side  out.  It  is  rather  uncommon.  A  case 
was  lately  seen  by  the  writer,  in  which  the  l)lind  end  of  the  coecum  was 
turned  into  the  other  part,  the  fold  coming  at  the  intersection  of  the 
small  intestines. 

Causes. — The  cause  of  intussusception  is  purely  accidental. 

How  to  know  It. — There  are  signs  of  bowel  trouble  ;  colicky  pains  that 
come  on  gradually  ;  the  horse  looks  around ;  paws  ;  stretches  at  full 
length,  which  is  a  tolerably  characteristic  symptom  ;  gets  up  and  down  ; 
the  pulse  rises  and  has  a  tendency  to  become  hard  and  wiry ;  legs  and 
ears  get  cold  ;  patches  of  cold  sweat  break  out  over  the  l)ody  ;  the  pulse 
gets  smaller  and  harder  ;  the  muscles  tremble,  and  death  soon  follows, 
which  is  caused  by  strangulation  of  the  gut  and  mortification  of  the  part 
affected. 

Post  mortem  examination  shows  great  swelling  of  the  gut,  sometimes 
to  an  inch  thick,  and  the  mortified  portion  will  be  black. 

What  to  do. — As  soon  as  any  rise  or  change  in  the  pulse  is  detected, 
especially  if  there  is  stretching  and  colicky  pains,  give  recipe  No.  56,  hot 
water  injections,  and  hot  water  rugs  to  the  belly.  If  this  does  not  give 
relief  in  an  hour,  give  No.  55,  and  repeat  it  every  two  hours  till  relief  is 
got ;  in  between  these  doses,  if  necessary  to  keep  down  the  pain,  give  No. 
52.  In  some  cases  the  intestines  will  return  to  their  proper  place,  and 
their  functions  go  on  naturally  again,  but  in  some  cases  all  efforts  are 
unavailing,  and  death  takes  place  in  from  ten  to  thirty  hours. 

Gut  Tie. — This  is  similar  in  effect ;  the  boAvel  gets  into  a  half  knot 
and  strangulation  follows  the  same  as  in  intussusception. 

Gut  Twist  — This  is  a  twisting  of  a  gnt  by  turning  partly  over.  If  it 
does  not  right  itself,  strangulation  and  death  are  the  inevitable  result. 


CHAPTER  XI. 

DISEASES  OF  THE  BRAIN  AND  NERVOUS  SYSTEM. 


1,      PHRENITIS  OR  INFLAMMATION  OF  THE  BRAIN. II.      CEREBRO-SPINAL  MENINGITIS. 

III.       APOPLEXY. IV.       MEGRIMS. V.      TETANUS      OR     LOCKJAW. VI. 

PARALYSIS.      VII. SUNSTROKE. 

I.    Phrenitis  or  Inflammation  of  the  Brain. 

All  the  highly  developed  nervous  systems — those  of  man,  the  dog  and 
the  horse — are  more  subject  to  disease  than  the  quieter,  and  less  devel- 
oped nervous  organizations  of  the  ox,  sheep,  pig,  etc. 

Inflammation  of  the  brain,  sunstroke,  tetanus  and  paralysis  are  quite 
common  in  the  first  mentioned  animals  and  very  rarely  met  with  in  the  last. 


INFLAMMATION   OF  THE   BRAIN. 

Sample  of  the  antics  of  a  horse  during  the  delirium  of  brain  fever. 

Causes. — The  causes  of  phrenitis  are  various,  such  as  concussion  of 
the  brain  ;  exposure  to  cold,  wet  storms;  extension  of  fever  from  the 
body  ;  and  sometimes  the  cause  is  not  apparent. 

How  to  know  It. — There  is  a  quick  pulse  ;  great  prostration  ;  respira- 
tions are  quick,  bowels  coostipated  ;  visible  mucous  membranes  are  very 

429 


430 


CYCI  OPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


red  ;  delirium  at  first,  but  eoon  runs  into  stupidity  ;  the  horse  places  his 
head  against  the  wall  and  pushes  and  braces  himself  against  it,  and 
always  bruises  his  eyes  and  head  badly  ;  he  will  eat  occasionally,  and  will 
doze  off  into  a  fit  of  stupor  with  his  mouth  full  and  let  the  food  drop  ; 
when  roused  he  will  paw  and  move  around,  hang  his  head  against  the 
wall  and  then  doze  off  again.  These  synitoras  may  continue  for  several 
days,  the  mad  fits  connng  oftener  and  more  violently  each  time  till  death 
takes  place,  or  he  may  die  in  forty-eight  hours.  Animals  thus  affected 
sometimes  recover,  Init  not  very  often,  and  when  they  do  they  are  not  safe  ; 
they  are  liable  to  another  attack  at  anytime,  from  the  most  trivial  cause  • 


AN  ADVANCED  STAGE  OF  FLATULENT  COLIC  OR  TYMPANITES. 


fits  may  come  on  while  in  the  street,  the  disease  assuming  almost  a 
chronic  character.  Young  horses  are  more  liable  to  phrenitis  than  old 
ones. 

What  to  do. — If  discoverea  m  the  very  earliest  stage  when  the  pulse  is 
very  full  and  quick,  bleed  the  horse,  taking  from  two  to  four  quarts  of 
blood.  Give  a  purgative — recipe  No.  48,  and  apply  ice  to  the  head  and 
keep  it  on  continuously.  Give  No.  30  as  a  sedative.  If  the  fever  entirely 
subsides  and  consciousness  returns,  blister  all  over  the  upper  part  of 
the  head  with  No.  9.  It  is  necessary  to  secure  the  animal  well,  for  he 
struggles  violently  during  the  mad  spells. 


DISEASES    OF    THE    BRAIN    AND    NERVOUS    SYSTEM.  431 

n.    Cerebro-Spinal  Meningitis. 

This  is  not  a  common  disease  among  horses  in  the  cities,  and  is  rarely 
or  never  seen  in  the  country.  It  has  existed  as  an  epizootic  in  New 
York  and  Boston. 

Causes. — Impurities  in  the  air,  the  horse  being  kept  in  a  small  or 
overcrowded,  ill  ventilated  stable,  fed  very  high  and  not  worked  very 
hard.     It  is  induced  by  a  plethoric  condition. 

How  to  know  It. — The  horse  seems  listless  for  a  day  or  two,  stumbles, 
reels  behind,  and  sometimes  will  fall  quite  down  ;  the  pupils  become 
diUited ;  the  pulse  gets  quick  and  full  ;  respirations  rapid ;  there  is 
twitching  of  the  muscles  of  the  head  and  neck  ;  at  first  he  is  sensi- 
tive to  noises,  but  as  the  fever  increases  and  the  disease  developes, 
blindness  and  deafness  set  in,  and  death  soon  follows. 

What  to  do.— Put  the  horse  in  slings,  if  possible,  before  he  gets  so  bad 
that  he  cannot  stand,  and  apply  ice  and  bran  poultices  to  the  whole  length 
of  the  spine  ;  give  the  purgative  No.  48,  and  the  following  recipe  in  one- 
ounce  doses  three  times  a  day  : 

No.  62.  8  Ounces  bromide  of  potash, 

1  Pint  water, 
Mix. 

Effusion  takes  place  on  the  brain  and  paralysis  results.  When  the 
effusion  reaches  the  centers  that  supply  nerve  power  to  the  lungs  and 
heart  the  animal  dies. 

III.    Apoplexy. 

Causes. — Apoplexy  results  from  a  sudden  pressure  on  the  brain  when 
the  horse  is  otherwise  healthy  ;  it  is  usually  due  to  over  exertion  in  a  tight 
collar,  causing  a  rushing  of  blood  to  the  head. 

How  to  know  it. — There  is  insensibility,  the  horse  staggers  and  falls  ; 
froths  at  the  mouth  ;  the  muscles  twitch  ;  there  is  partial  paralysis  for  the 
time  being ;  respiration  is  suspended  for  a  short  time. 

What  to  do. — Remove  the  harness  as  quickly  as  possible  ;  give  a  free 
chance  to  breathe ;  and  dash  cold  water  over  the  head.  He  will  sood 
recover  and  go  on  again  all  right. 

Prevention. — Do  not  allow  the  horse  to  get  too  fat ;  see  that  the  collar 
is  not  too  short  for  him  ;  it  may  press  hard  on  each  side  of  the  neck  to 
advantage,  but  it  must  have  good  length,  at  least  two  inches  at  the  bot- 
tom below  the  neck  ;  avoid  fast  driving  when  the  horse  is  not  in  a  condi- 
tion to  stand  it. 


432 


CTCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AKD  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


EXPRESSION    CHAKACTEKIS 
TIC   OF   MEGKIMS. 


IV.    Megrims. 
This  is  similar  to  apoplexy,  but  is  a  milder  form  of  the  disease. 
Causes. — It  is  due  to  the  same  causes  as  apoplexy,   but  the  animal 
recovers  more  quickly. 

How  to  know  it. — The  horse  stops,  throws 
up  his  head,  shivers  all  over,  staggers  ;the  eyes 
close  for  a  minute  ;  he  braces  his  legs  so  as  not 
to  fall  ;  stands  so  for  a  few  minutes  like  a 
drunken  man,  shakes  himself  and  goes  on  as  if 
nothing  had  happened. 

What  to  do. — See  that  the  harness  does  not 
press  too  tight  where  it  ought  not  to  ;  if  cold 
water  is  handy,  throw  a  little  over  his  head  ;  if 
not,  just  let  him  stand  and  he  will  soon  recover. 
It  is  a  pet  hobby  with  some  to  bleed  the  horse, 
to  stick  a  knife  through  the  partition  in  the 
nose,  or  into  the  second  or  third  ridge  in  the 
roof  of  the  mouth,  but  it  is  entirely  useless  and  somewhat  dangerous  from 
overbleeding ;  it  is  often  very  difficult  to   stop  the  bleeding  from  these 

small  stabs. 

V.    Tetanus  or  Lock-Jaw. 

This  is  an  excessively  irritable  condition  of  the  whole  nervous  system, 
producing  cramps  or  violent  contractions  of  all  the  nmscles  of  the  body. 
It  is  an  infectious  disease,  very  painful,  and  fatal  in  from  seventy-five  to 
eighty -five  per  cent. 

Causes. — It  is  due  to  a  specific  germ  (the  bacillus  tetani)  that  gets  into 
the  system  through  a  wound,  usually  on  the  outside  of  the  body,  such  as 
nail  pricks  in  the  feet,  punctures  in  the  skin,  following  cartration,  collar 
and  saddle  galls,  etc.,  and  sometimes  it  arises  from  the  germs  taken  in  with 

the  food  getting  into  a  small  wound  in 
the  stomach  or  bowels,  made  by  some 
sharp  indigestible  substance.  These 
germs  exist  in  the  soil  nearly  every- 
where, especially  in  garden  soil,  and 
they  grow  best  where  there  is  the  least 
oxygen,  consequently,  nail  pricks  in 
the  feet  are  oftener  followed  by  tetanus 
than  other  or  larger  wounds.  The 
germs  multiply  and  produce  a  chemical 
poison  (ptomaine)  that  gets  into  the 
blood,  poisons  it,  irritates  the  nervous  system,  which  produces  the  muscular 
contractions  (cramps).     Mild  tetanic  spasms  may  be  caused  by  colds,  over- 


TETANUS  OR  LOCKJAW. 
Note    tenseness    of    muscles. 


DISEASES    OF   THE    BRAIN   AND   NERVOUS    SYSTEM.  433 

heating,  sometimes  following  parturition,  etc.,  but  they  are  not  specific 
and  they  usually  recover.     These  are  cases  of  tetany. 

How  to  know  it. — The  first  thing  noticed  will  be  the  haw  of  the  eye 
drawn  over  the  eye  ball,  showing  more  of  the  haw  and  less  of  the  eye;  the 
nose  is  protruded;  the  neck  straightened;  the  tail  elevated  and  trembling; 
the  legs  straddle  and  are  as  stiff  as  saw-horse  legs;  the  belly  is  tucked  up; 
the  nostrils  dilated;  the  ears  are  as  stiff  as  sticks;  the  respirations  are  hur- 
ried; the  muscles  are  as  hard  as  board;  he  sweats  profusely;  and  the  most 
serious  point  of  all  is  the  jaws  are  locked.  If  the  disease  is  discovered  at 
the  start,  the  jaws  w^ill  be  found  not  to  be  locked,  but  very  stiff  and  opened 
with  difficulty;  but  they  usually  lock  tight  in  the  course  of  twelve  hours. 


SHOWING  HOW  FAR  AN  ANIMAL  WITH  TETANUS  IS  CAPABLE  OF  MOTION. 

If  the  head  is  raised,  the  haw  is  drawn  completely  over  the  eye;  the  tail 
is  more  elevated;  he  trembles  all  over,  and,  if  the  head  is  pushed  a  little 
farther  up,  he  is  liable  to  fall.  He  never  lies  down;  cannot  eat;  drinks 
with  very  great  difficulty,  and  is  in  the  most  intense  agony  all  the  time. 
Death  usually  follows  in  from  three  days  to  three  weeks,  but  if  he  lives 
nine  days,  he  is  likely  to  recover,  and  if  he  lives  eighteen  days,  he  is  almost 
sure  to. 

What  to  do. — If  it  comes  from  a  wound,  and  all  the  symptoms  are 
fully  developed,  there  is  no  use  doing  anything  but  to  destroy  the  animal, 
and  thus  save  a  great  amount  of  suffering;  but  if  it  is  a  mild  case,  give  him 
a  chance.     Give  the  purgative  No.  48.     Put  him  in  a  quiet,  dark,  loose 


434 


CrCLOPEDlA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AKD  COMPLETE  STOCK   DOCTOR 


box;  allo\v  no  visitors;  keep  him  as  quiet  as  possible;  put  oatmeal  water  in 
his  manger,  and  also  a  pail  of  clear  water.  Clothe  him  warmly,  apply  a 
linseed  poultice  to  the  wound,  wherever  it  is,  first  smearing  it  with  Solid 
Extract  of  Belladonna.  Change  the  poultice  once  a  day,  and  smear  on  the 
belladonna  each  time.     Give  internally  the  following: 

No.  63.  2  Ounces  fluid  extract  of  belladonna, 

2  Ounces  prussic  acid,  diluted. 
Water  to  make  eight  ounces. 
Mix. 

Give  a  tablespoonful  three  times  a  day  with  a  syringe. 

Put  him  in  a  cool  place,  and  get  the  purgative  down,  if  possible.  Let 
the  same  man  tend  him  all  the  time,  and  allow  no  spectators,  no  loud  talk, 
etc.,  let  everything  be  as  quiet  as  possible,  and  he  will  usually  recover  in 
the  course  of  five  or  six  weeks.  Never  bleed  nor  blister  for  lock-jaw,  for 
the  bleeding  only  weakens  and  the  blistering  only  irritates  the  nerves  all 
the  more.  Put  him  in  slings  early  to  keep  him  from  going  down,  for  if  he 
lies  down  he  oftentimes  is  unable  to  rise  on  account  of  the  stiffness;  this 
will  certainly  seal  his  fate  unless  raised  very  soon.  Tetanus  anti-toxin 
(a  serum)  is  used  considerably  now  (1899)  with  some  success  in  developed 
cases,  and  is  eminently  successful  in  preventing  it  if  given  soon  after  the 
infliction  of  the  wound.  It  is  necessary  to  employ  a  veterinarian  to  give 
this  treatment. 

VI.     Paralysis. 

This  is  just  the  reverse  of  tetanus;  the  nervous  system  loses  its  power, 
and  the  part  affected  becomes  helpless.  It  usually  attacks  the  hind  parts, 
but  sometimes  one  side,  and  sometimes  the  neck  and  face. 


A   PROPER   METHOD    OF   FEELING 
THE    PULSE. 


Causes. — injuries  to  the  back  are  common  causes,  in  which  case  there 
Is  paralysis  of  ail  parts  back  of  the  injury.  It  usually  accompanies  azoturia, 
cerebro-spinal   meningitis,  lead  poisoning,   sun-stroke,   etc.   When   half 


DISEASES    OF   THE    BRAIN   AND  NERVOUS   SYSTEM. 


435 


the  body,  face,  or  neck  is  paralyzed,  the  cause  lies  in  the  constitution,  and 
is  not  apparent;  or  it  may  come  from  abscess  in  the  brain. 

How  to  know  it.— The  horse  lies  in  a  helpless  condition;  he  can  raise 
himself  forward,  but  is  utterly  powerless  behind.  Prick  him  with  a  pin, 
anywhere  back  of  the  injury,  and  no  sensation  is  produced.  If  it  is 
paralysis  of  one  side,  that  side  is  partially  helpless;  he  dragn  the  legs. 
If  it  is  in  the  neck  and  face,  the  part  will  be  twisted  towards  the  well  side, 
and  the  diseased  part  without  sensation. 

What  to  do. — If  the  horse  can  stand  at  all,  put  him  in  slings;  if  not, 
let  him  lie  down  as  comfortably  as  possible.  Turn  him  twice  a  day,  to 
prevent  scalding.    Clip  off  the  hair  close,  and  blister  well  with  recipe  No.  9, 


'^S 


^JLJ 


HELPING  HIM  TO  STAND  FOR  TREATMENT. 
Also  first  step  in  throwing — See  page 550. 

along  the  spine  from  the  seat  of  the  injury  back  to  the  croup.  It  it  is 
paralysis  of  the  face  and  neck,  apply  the  blister  to  the  base  of  the  brain, 
over  the  poll.  Rub  the  surface  w^ell  with  liniment  No.  14.  Give  inter- 
nally the  following  powdcOs : 

No.  64.  1  Drachm  powdered  nux  vomica, 

2  Drachms  powdered  g-entian  root, 
}^  Ounce  linseed  meal. 
Mix. 

Give  as  one  dose;  repeat  it  once  a  day  for  two  or  three  weeks;  then 
let  him  wait  a  fortnight,  and  repeat  it.  When  convalescent,  give  gentle 
exercise.     Abscess  in  the  brain  is  almost  always  fatal. 


436  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

Vn.     Sun-Stroke. 

This  is  common  in  some  parts  of  the  country,  especially  in  large  cities. 
It  is  a  loss  of  water  in  the  blood,  owing  to  overheating  of  it,  especially  in 
humid  atmosphere.  It  is  usually  fatal  unless  promptly  and  vigorously 
treated.  All  the  functions  of  the  body  are  interfered  with  or  almost 
stopped. 

Causes. — Exposure  to  the  hot  sun,  or  over-exertion  in  hot  weather, 
even  if  the  sun  is  not  shining.  Some  animals  are  more  subject  to  it  than 
others,  probably  depending  upon  the  condition  of  the  system  at  the  time. 

How  to  know  it. — The  horse  may  be  sweating  and  suffering  with  the 
heat,  when  suddenly  he  will  stop  sweating  and  dry  off;  will  begin  to 
stagger;  get  dumpish,  deaf,  weak  and  stupid;  there  will  be  labored  breath- 
ing and  he  will  soon  drop  in  the  road  in  an  unconscious  condition;  the 
breathing  will  become  more  and  more  labored  till  death  takes  place,  which 
will  be  in  from  half  an  hour  to  two  or  three  hours  if  no  relief  is  given. 
The  surface  of  the  body  will  be  found  to  be  very  hot  to  the  touch  of  the 
hand. 

What  to  do.— When  the  horse  begins  to  suffer  and  labor  with  the  heat, 
let  him  stop  in  the  shade  ;  give  a  few  swallows  of  cold  water  to  drink, 
and  also  sponge  off  the  head  and  face  with  cold  water.  After  half  an 
hour  he  will  be  able  to  go  on.  If  he  has  been  compelled  to  go  till  he 
drops,  or  even  till  he  is  in  a  staggering  condition,  throw  cold  watei-  all 
over  him  ;  or  if  it  is  in  a  city  where  a  hose  can  be  used,  keep  it  playmg 
on  him  from  head  to  tail  continuously  till  he  is  cooled  off ;  then  leave 
him  in  a  cool  place,  but  not  in  a  draft ;  let  him  rest  till  next  day.  If  It 
is  in  the  country  throw  cold  water  over  him  by  the  bucketful  till  he 
recovers.  If  he  goes  down,  use  ice  on  the  back  if  possible.  As  soon  as 
he  5s  sufficiently  recovered  to  be  able  to  swallow  safely,  give  the  fol- 
lowing drench : 

No.  65.  2  Ounces  whiskey. 

y^  Ounce  sweet  spirits  of  nitre, 
1  Drachm  nitrate  of  potash, 
}4^  Teacuiiful  water, 
Mix. 

Give  as  one  dose,  and  repeat  it  every  hdf  hour  till  he  is  pretty  well 
recovered  ;  then  drop  off  to  every  four  or  six  hours.  Leave  him  in  the 
stable  at  least  a  week,  and  be  very  careful  of  him  for  a  long  time. 
During  recovery  feed  on  soft  food — grass  if  it  can  l)e  got.  If  it  leaves 
him  weak  and  staggering  in  his  gait,  clip  off  the  hair  from  the  back  and 
blister  with  recipe  No.  9. 


CHAPTER  Xn. 
DISEASES  OP  THE  HEART  AND  BLOOD  VESSELS. 


I.     INFLAMMATION   OP   THE  ENDOCARDIUM. II.     ENLARGEMENT  OF  THE  HEART. 

III.     ATROPHY  OF  THE   HEART. IV.      INDURATION  OF  THE  HEART. V.      FATTl 

DEGENERATION  OF  THE  HEART. VI.      OBESITY  OF  THE    HEART. VII.      CYANO- 

SIS   OR    BLUE     DISEASE. VIII.      RUPTURE    OF   THE    HEART. IX.     RUPTURE  0» 

A  BLOOD  VESSEL. X.      ANEURISM. XI.     PHLEBITIS  OR   INFLAMMATION  OF  A 

VEIN. XII.     THUMPS. 

Diseases  of  the  heart  are  numerous  but  difficult  to  diagnose,  except  b}* 
their  effects.  Few  of  them  are  influenced  by  treatment ;  therefore  this 
short  chapter  on  the  subject,  is  given  more  as  a  matter  of  general  infor- 
mation than  of  practical  utility. 

I.    Lifiammation  of  the  Endocardium. 

This  is  inflammation  of  the  sac  surrounding  the  heart.  This  sac  is 
a  serous  one,  similar  to  the  pleura,  and  secretes  a  fluid  to  moisten  and 
lubricate  the  heart  in  its  perpetual  motion. 

How  to  know  it. — The  horse  will  attract  notice  as  not  being  in  his  usu- 
8ual  healthy  form  ;  his  head  will  hang  down ;  the  countenance  will 
express  pain  ;  he  will  stand  still  with  no  inclination  to  move  ;  the  pulse 
will  be  raised  considerably.  Upon  application  of  the  ear  to  his  side  over 
the  region  of  the  heart,  a  harsh  rasping  sound  will  be  heard  indicating 
the  diy  stage  of  inflammation. 

What  to  do. — All  that  can  be  done  to  advantage  is  to  treat  the 
horse  constitutionally  by  giving  recipe  No.  40.  Feed  on  soft  food  for  a 
few  days  ;  keep  him  warm  and  aoply  No.  41  to  the  side  over  the  heart. 

n.    Enlargement  of  the  Heart. 

This  is  not  uncommon  ;  the  heart  sometimes  increases  to  twice  its  nat- 
Ui-al  size.  This  is  especially  so  of  the  left  ventricle ;  its  walls  sometimes 
get  unusually  thick. 

How  to  know  it. — It  cannot  be  definitely  recognized  during  life,  but  a 
fair  opinion  can  be  based  upon  the  pulse,  which  will  be  irregular  in  its 
action,  both  as  to  force  and  number  of  beats.  The  temperature  of  the 
body  will  be  uneven  ;  one  side  may  be  cold,  and  the  other  warm,  one  leg 
Gold  and  the  others  warm,  etc. 

437 


438  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOB, 

What  to  do. — Give  the  following  recipe  ; 

No.  66.  1  Drachm  iodide  of  potash, 

1  Drachui  powdered  uux  vomica, 
1  Drachm  powdered  fCBnugi-eel£  seed. 
Mix. 

Give  as  one  dose  in  a  bran  mash,  and  repeat  it  morning  and  night,  for 
three  or  four  weeks.     Feed  on  soft  food,  and  give  gentle  exercise. 
m.    Atrophy  of  the  Heart. 

This  is  a  shrinking  and  wasting  away  of  the  substance  of  the  heart. 
The  walls  become  soft  and  flabby,  and  fail  to  perform  the  work  in  a 
healthy  manner. 

How  to  know  it. — The  pulse  will  be  weak  and  irregular — often  missing 
two  or  three  beats  at  a  time.  There  will  be  emaciation,  languor,  pallor 
of  the  visible  mucous  membranes.  Death  is  liable  to  occur  suddenly,  at 
any  time,  from  complete  interruption  of  the  circulation  by  ante-mortem 
clots,  that  is,  clots  that  form  in  the  heart  and  blood  vessel?  be:6ore 
death . 

What  to  do. — Give  the  following  oowder  night  and  morning,  in  soft 
feed. 

No.  67.  1  Drachm  mix  vomica, 

1  Drachm  sulphate  of  iron, 
1  Drachm  foenugreelc  seed, 
Mix. 

Give  this  at  one  dose,  and  repeat  it  morning  and  night  for  three  or 
four  weeks.  Give  gentle  exercise,  and  feed  some  oil-cake  meal  every 
day  if  he  will  eat  it.     Feed  well. 

rv.    Induration  of  the  Heart. 

This  is  a  hardening  of  the  substance  of  the  heart,  which  sometimes  be- 
comes almost  as  hard  as  wood.  There  are  no  characteristic  symptoms 
other  than  the  weak,  irregular  pulse,  and  sudden  death  at  some  unex- 
pected time.     Nothing  can  be  done. 

V.    Patty  Degeneration  of  the  Heart. 

The  fleshy  substance  of  the  heart  degenerates  into  a  khid  of  fatty  sub- 
stance that  is  not  strong,  and  may  be  easily  pulled  to  pieces  by  the  hand 
after  death.  There  are  no  symptoms  to  recognize  it  by  ex-cept  the  weak, 
irregular  pulse.     Death  is  apt  to  occur   suddenly,    from   ante-mortem 

clot. 

VI.    Obesity  of  the  Heart. 

This  is  an  accumulation  of  fat  around  the  heart,  which  interferes  with 
Its  action,  giving  rise  to  a  quick,  fluttering  pulse  as  though  the  heart  were 
laboring  under  a  load  that  muffled  it.     It  makes  the  breathins:  short,  and 


DISEASES    OF   THE    HEART    AND    BLOOD    VESSELS.  439 

the  animal  will  pant  after  tlie  least  exercise.  Nothing  can  be  done. 
Death  is  liable  to  occur  from  suffocation  when  tiie  horse  is  put  at  hard 
work. 

VII.    Cyanosis,  or  Blue  Disease. 

This  is  very  uncommon  in  the  horse.  Tiie  circulation  peculiar  to  foetal 
life  does  not  change  at  birth,  as  it  ought  to,  ])y  the  closing  of  atemporary 
opening  between  the  right  and  left  sides  of  the  heart.  The  failure  of 
this  opening  to  close  at  birth  allows  the  venus  blood  to  pass  right  through 
into  the  arteries  without  going  through  the  lungs  to  be  aerated,  and 
gives  a  blue  color  to  all  parts  that  ought  to  be  pink — the  eye-lids, 
mouth,  etc.  The  animal  does  not  live  long,  but  dies  in  the  course  of  a 
week  or  two.  The  surface  of  the  body  never  gets  warm  ;  the  respirations 
are  usually  slow,  and  there  is  great  weakness,  which  increases  as  death 
approaches. 

VIII.    Rupture  of  the  Heart. 

Horses  are  liable  to  rupture  the  heart  at  the  time  of  any  sudden  exer- 
tion or  jerk.  Those  with  heaves  are  the  most  often  affected.  The  right 
ventricle  and  the  auricles  are  most  liable  to  it :  the  left  ventricle  has  walls 
so  thick  that  rupture  of  them  rarely  takes  place.  Nothing  can  be  done 
for  it.     Instant  death  is  the  result. 

IX.    Rupture  of  a  Blood  Vessel. 

This  is  a  more  common  accident  than  any  other  pertaining  to  the  heart 
and  blood  vessels.  Any  very  severe  exertion,  such  as  racing,  trottino-, 
jumping,  extra  hard  pulling  etc.,  is  often  interrupted  and  brought  to  a 
stand-still  by  the  rupture  of  a  blood  vessel.  Those  most  lial)lc  to  rupture 
are  the  arteries  and  veins  in  the  abdominal  region  of  the  bodv  ;  the  next 
those  in  the  chest,  head,  etc.  There  is  no  way  of  foreseeing  its  approach 
nor  of  obviating  its  effects,  which  are  always  fatal  from  internal  hemor- 
rhage. Having  the  horse  in  as  tine  condition  physically  as  possible  for  any 
extra  exertion  is  the  only  way  of  diminishing  the  liability  to  its  occurence. 

X.    Aneurism. 

Arteries  are  liable  to  get  weak  in  their  walls  (a  tendency  to  rupture), 
and  dilatation  is  the  result,  owing  to  the  immense  pressure  of  the  blood 
from  the  action  of  the  heart.  The  large  arteries  in  the  abdominal  cavity 
near  the  back  arc  most  often  affected  in  this  way. 

How  to  know  it. — If  it  is  suspected,  examine  the  parts  internally  by 
the  hand  inserted  in  the  rectum  ;  a  large  bulge  or  elliptical  enlargement 
and  distinct  pulsations  are  felt  when  aneurism  exists.  The  swelling  is 
soft  and  compressible. 


440  OrCLOPBDIA  OF  LITE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

What  to  do. — Nothing  can  be  done  for  it  in  that  position ;  if  it  occurs 

on  the  outside  of  the  body,  apply  cold  water  aud  ice,  and  a  compress  to 
'.he  enlargement. 

XI.    Phlebitis,  or  Inflammation  of  a  Vein. 

This  is  far  less  common  now  than  it  was  a  few  years  ago,  owing  to  the 
practice  of  bleeding  being  done  away  with  ;  for  it  was  a  common  result  of 
bleeding,  either  from  using  a  rusty  fleam,  or  from  the  horse  catching  cold 
in  the  wound  afterwards,  or  from  improper  care,  the  horse  not  being  kept 
clean.     It  may  result  from  any  wound. 

How  to  know  it.— The  vein  swells  and  gets  hot,  sore,  red  and  painful ; 
the  Hiflamniation  spreads  to  surroundmg  parts,  and  considerable  tume- 
faction is  the  result.  The  effect  of  this  condition  of  things  is  quite  often 
obliteration  of  the  vein  ;  it  becomes  hard,  filled  up,  and  ceases  to  act  as  a 
vein.  The  result  is  not  so  serious  as  might  be  supposed,  except  when 
the  jugular  vein  is  the  one  affected  ;  then  the  horse  cannot  graze,  owing 
to  the  blood  that  is  forced  to  remain  in  the  vessels  of  the  head  and  neck, 
causing  congestion  of  those  parts,  they  being  in  a  pendent  position. 

What  to  do. — Foment  the  part  affected  with  hot  water  three  times  a 
3ay,  and  manipulate  the  vein  and  get  the  obstruction  to  move  on  if 
possible 

Xn.    Thumps. 

This  is  an  excited^  ^spasmodic  action  of  the  heart,  due  to  over-exertion 
— it  may  be  from  pulling  in  heavy  draft,  leaping  or  driving.  It  is  most 
likely  to  occur  in  very  hot  weather. 

How  to  know  it. — The  horse  appears  to  be  in  distress,  and  is  pressed 
for  breath  ;  the  heart  thumps  away  as  if  it  wanted  to  make  a  hole  and 
get  out ;  it  often  shakes  the  whole  body  ;  the  countenance  has  an  anxious 
expression,  and  the  horse  usually  sweats  profusely. 

What  to  do. — Give  something  to  revive  the  nervous  system,  and  stim- 
ulate the  heart  to  a  healthier  action.  Give  recipe  No,  65.  Rub  him 
down  well,  put  on  a  blanket  if  the  weather  is  cold,  and  give  a  bran  mash 
to  eat.  Let  him  rest  for  a  day  or  two,  and  the  nervous  system  will 
regain  its  strength,  aud  the  horse  be  as  useful  as  before. 


CHAPTER  Xm. 
GENERAL  DISEASES  OF  THE  BLOOD. 


}.     iNFLtJENZA— EPIZOOTT— "PINK    EYE." II.       PURPURA     HEMORRHAGICA.-^ III. 

RHEUMATISM. IV.      ABSCESSES. V.      ERYSIPELAS. 

I.    Influenza— Epizooty— "Pink  Eye." 

Influenza  is  the  name  given  to  a  blood  disease  in  horses  that  is  peculiar  iu 
many  ways.  It  is  known  as  the  Upizooty  and  "Pink  Eye."  It  is  a 
blood  disease,  in  that  it  is  caused  by  the  introduction  into  the  system  of 
a  poison  that  has  its  origin  in  the  atmocphere,  and  cannot  be  isolated  ;  it 
is  supposed  to  be  of  a  malarious  nature  due  to  influences  very  extended  in 
character. 

The  greac  epizooty  of  1872  extended  over  the  most  of  Europe  and  the 
whole  of  North  America.  It  spread  from  East  to  West,  moving  slowly, 
attacking  all  animals  of  the  equine  race,  and  lasting  from  one  to  three 
weeks  in  each  locality.  It  proved  fatal  to  a  great  many  horses  ;  it  laid 
all  horses  up  for  a  few  days  at  least,  so  that  in  all  large  cities  the  streets 
were  clear  of  horses  for  about  a  week.  It  left  a  great  many  horses  with 
chronic  cough  and  debilitated  systems  from  which  they  never  recovered, 
80  that  they  were  left  in  a  condition  that  invited  diseases  of  all  kinds, 
many  of  which  proved  fatal,  coming  as  they  did  in  fall  and  winter. 

The  "Pink  Eye"  of  the  year  1881,  was  less  general  in  its  at- 
tack, and  milder  in  its  character  in  some  respects,  but  more  severe  in 
others.  It  was  more  severe  in  the  latitudes  including  the  cities  of  New 
York,  St.  Louis,  Detroit,  Chicago,  etc.  It  was  very  mild  both  north 
and  south  of  the  above  mentioned  latitudes.  It  was  fatal  in  many  cases, 
but  mostly  either  from  want  of  care  or  improper  treatment. 

It  was  called  "Pink  Eye"  from  the  redness  of  the  eyes,  which  was  a 
prominent  symptom  in  all  cases.  It  was  of  a  complicated  nature,  there 
being  catarrh  of  the  mucous  membranes,  both  of  the  respiratory  and  ali- 
mentary tracts  ;  tyi^hoid  fever  ;  acute  rheumatism  ;  and,  in  some  cases, 
inflammation  of  the  lungs,  bowels  and  brain  ;  and  occasionally  tetanus. 

How  to  know  it. — The  first  symptom  noticed  will  be  languor ;  dull- 
ness in  harness  ;  weakness;  sweating  easily;  and,  in  very  many  cases, 
actual  staggering  from  weakness  and  nervous  prostration  in  the  course  of 
ten  hours  after  being  first  taken.     The  horse  hangs  his  head ;  the  ear* 

441 


442  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

droop  ;  the  appetite  fails ;  the  eyes  become  very  red ;  the  pulse  verj» 
quick,  frequeutly  as  high  as  seventy  to  eighty  per  minute,  full  at  first 
but  gradually  getting  weak  ;  the  respirations  are  rapid  ;  the  eyelids 
swell  sometimes  so  as  to  close  entirely  ;  the  temperature  taken  by  the 
thermometer  will  show  as  high  as  105  °  to  107  ^  F.  All  these  symp- 
toms will  appear  in  the  course  of  twelve  hours.  In  the  next  twelve 
hours  there  will  be  colicky  pains,  and  constipation  ;  the  stools  wMU  be 
rather  hard  and  dry  and  covei-ed  with  slime,  indicating  a  feverish  lining 
to  the  bowels ;  the  legs  swell  tremendously  and  get  very  sore  to  the 
touch,  especially  around  the  fetlock  joints  and  along  the  back  tendons  *, 
the  mouth  is  very  hot,  and  sometimes  dry  ;  the  eyes  run  tears  profusely, 
which  flow  down  over  the  face  ;  the  surface  of  the  body  in  most  cases 
is  very  hot  to  the  touch  ;  the  urine  is  scanty  and  high-colored  ;  the  thirst 
great ;  in  some  cases  there  is  swelling  of  the  throat  and  a  cough  ;  the 
nose  runs  a  watery  discharge.  During  the  second  and  third  days  the 
eyes  discharge  matter  which  runs  down  the  cheek,  scalding  off  the  hair  ; 
the  discharge  from  the  nose  becomes  purulent  and  sticks  around  the  nos- 
trils ;  the  legs  get  sorer ;  the  bowels  loose ;  sometimes  diarrhoea  sets  in 
and  carries  the  animal  off  suddenly  ;  sometimes  constipation  appears 
which  usually  runs  into  inflammation  of  the  bowels  and  kills  ;  the  lungs 
are  liable  to  take  on  an  inflammatory  condition  and  run  into  pneumonia, 
often  causing  death ;  and  the  fever  often  goes  to  the  brain  and  causes 
phrenitis  which  is  usually  fatal.  Horses  with  influenza  lie  down  a  great 
deal  at  first,  but  if  the  lungs  become  affected,  they  persistently  stand,  and 
they  lose  flesh  most  unaccountably  fast — it  goes  off  as  though  it  were 
whittled  off,  leaving  a  fat  hearty  animal  as  thin  as  a  skeleton  in  a  week. 

They  may  refuse  to  eat ;  and  the  fever  may  continue  to  increase,  and 
weakness  become  so  great  as  to  prove  fatal  without  any  other  complica- 
tion. 

The  favorable  symptoms  are  retui  l  vif  the  appetite  ;  diminishing  of  the 
swellings  around  the  eyes  and  legs  ;  ability  to  lie  down  comfortably ; 
bowels  and  kidneys  regular ;  and  a  brightening  of  the  countenance 

What  to  do. — AVhen  the  first  symptoms  are  noticed,  lay  the  horse  up 
at  once  ;  see  that  the  stable  is  clean,  dry  and  well-aired,  but  no  drafts  ; 
put  on  blankets,  and  bandages  to  the  legs  ;  give  soft  feed  to  eat,  if  they 
will  take  it,  and  anything  they  may  fancy,  if  the  appetite  is  poor  ;  a  little 
corn,  oats,  carrots,  apples,  etc.  ;  but  the  best  foe  J  is  oats  and  bran  in 
equal  parts,  wet  up  and  steamed  with  boiling  water ;  all  the  treatment 
must  be  given  with  a  view  to  sustaining  the  strength.  For  medicine,  at 
the  outset,  give  No.  40,  in  two-ounce  doses,  every  two  hours,  till  the 
fever  is  checked  ;  continue  it  night  and  day  till  the  thermometer  comes 
down  to  103  o  ;  then  hold  up  on  it  a  little,  and  give  it  only  three  times  a 


GENERAL    DISEASES    OF   THE    BLOOD.  443 

day,  and  when  the  temperature  comes  down  to  100,  change  to  No.  18 
— three  times  a  day — for  a  couple  of  days  ;  then,  if  everything  is  pro- 
gressing favorably,  give  No.  35  three  times  a  day,  or  No.  34  in  the  feed 
twice  a  day.  If  the  throat  swells,  and  there  is  a  cough,  rub  the  throat 
with  No.  41.  If  the  fever  goes  on  to  the  lungs  and  causes  bronchitis  or 
pneumonia,  apply  No.  41  to  the  sides  and  chest,  and  give  the  other 
recipes  as  directed  above.     Set  a  pail  of  water  in  the  manger,  so  he  can 


A  HORSE  WITH  INFLUENZA. 


drink  a  swallow  or  two  often  to  cool  his  mouth  and  throat.  Give  plenty 
of  bedding,  and  make  him  as  comfortable  as  possible.  The  bowel  trouble 
you  need  not  give  anything  for,  unless  the  colicky  pains  hang  on  for 
several  hours,  then  give  No.  52.  If  the  diarrhoea  is  distressing,  give  him 
flour,  one  pound  in  a  pail  of  water  to  drink  instead  of  clear  water.  There 
is  no  danger  of  constipation  in  this  disease.  If  there  is  long-continued 
weakness,  give  No.  64  alternately  with  No.  35.  During  convalescence,  give 
gentle  exercise.  For  treatment  of  lung  complications,  see  pneumonia. 
IL     Purpura  Hemorrhagica. 

This  is  an  infectious,  hemorrhagic  disease,  in  which  the  red  corpuscles  are 
destroyed,  the  blood  becomes  thin,  the  tissues  of  the  blood  vessels  get  weak 
and  relaxed,  allowing  the  blood  to  ooze  through  them  into  surrounding 
cellular  tissue  and  into  cavities,  and  is  inclined  to  settle  to  dependent  parts, 
into  the  legs,  under  the  belly  and  chest,  and  around  the  muzzle. 

Causes. — It  is  due  to  a  specific  bacillus,  a  micro-organism  that  exists  in 
filthy  stables,  especially  badly  drained  and  ventilated  ones.  The  disease 
attacks  horses  most  often  that  have  become  debilitated  by  some  other 
disease,  such  as  influenza,  but  it  often  attacks  the  strong,  vigorous,  well-fed 
ones,  SLW^  runs  in  them  a  malignant  course,  causing  death  in  three  or  four 
days,  but  when  occurring  secondarily  to  influenza,  or  other  debilitating 
disease,  it  is  frequently  of  a  milder  type,  and  the  animals  recover  in  from 
two  to  six  weeks. 


444  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR, 

How  to  know  it. — The  limhs  swell  enormously,  so  much  so  vhat  th«. 
animal  can  scarcely  move.  The  swelling  l)egins  in  the  lower  part  of  tne 
legs,  and  keeps  coming  higher  from  hour  to  hour,  there  being  an  abrupt 
termination  of  the  swelling  at  the  top.  It  continues  to  rise  till  it  reaches 
the  body;  then  extends  along  the  belly,  the  full  width  of  it,  and  as  thick 
as  a  small  mattress. 

Yellowish,  watery  fluid  will  ooze  through  the  skin  and  trickle  dow^n  the 
legs.  The  same  from  the  belly,  but  to  less  extent.  The  muzzle  begins  to 
swell  the  same  as  the  legs,  and  the  swelling  extends  up 
towards  the  eyes,  often  completely  closing  them.  The 
breathing  becomes  labored.  The  secretions  are  usually 
at  a  stand-still,  especially  the  urine,  none  being  secreted; 
the  water,  when  it  accumulates  around  the  internal  organs, 
causes  death.  The  visible  nuicous  membranes  wall  be 
found  to  be  covered  with  purple  patches,  varying  in  size 
from  a  dime  to  a  lifty-cent  piece.  The  pulse  is  small, 
PURPURA  vfeak  and  wary.      The  discharges  on  the  legs  and  belly 

Appearance  of  horse's    have  an  offcusive  odor,  and  the  breath  is  also  offensive. 

head  with  purpura.         ^  .      ,    ,  .,..         .  .  ,  j  ^i         i  • 

Great  debility  is  a  prominent  symptom;  the  horse  is 

unable  to  eat  or  drink.    The  disease  is  generally  fatal,  either  by  the  causes 

mentioned  above,  or  by  suffocation  from  the  swelling  of  the  nose,  or  by 

gangrene  of  the  internal  organs.    Usually,  before  dying,  the  animal  presents 

a  most  horrible  sight,  so  as  to*  look  like  almost  anything  else  than  a  horse. 

What  to  do. — Begin  early  to  give  the  following  recipe: 

No.  68.  1  Ounce  tincture  muriate  of  iron, 

2  Ounces  sweet  spirits  of  nitre, 

2  Drachms  quinine. 
Water  to  make  one  pint. 
Mix. 

Give  two  ounces  every  two  hours  with  a  syringe,  so  as  to  get  it  back 
into  the  throat  wdth  as  little  trouble  and  worry  to  the  patient  as  possible. 
Alternate  with  No.  68,  the  following: 

No.  69.  1  Ounce  turpentine, 

3  Ounces  linseed  oil, 
Mix. 

Give  a  tablespoonf ul  every  two  hours.  Alternating  these  two  recipes 
will  fetch  doses  only  one  hour  apart;  continue  these  as  persistently  as 
possible,  till  he  is  either  better  or  dead.  Give  oatmeal  gruel  to  drink,  and 
give  anything  to  eat  he  can  masticate.  If  he  cannot  eat  nor  drink,  give 
oatmeal  gruel  injections.  Foment  the  head,  if  swollen,  with  hot  water  as 
persistently  as  possible,  with  the  view  of  driving  the  swelling  to  other 
parts.     Let  the  other  swellings  entirely  alone. 


GENERAL    DISEASES    OF    THE    BLOOD.  445 

The  favorable  symptoms  will  be  a  diminution  of  the  swellings,  return  of 
the  secretions  and  appetite,  improvement  of  the  pulse,  and  disappearance 
of  the  purple  (echymosed)  spots. 

in.     Rheumatism. 

Causes. — This  is  supposed  to  be  an  accumulation,  in  the  blood,  of  a 
peculiar  acid  that  settles  around  joints,  along  tendons  and  sometimes  in 
muscles.  Upon  the  slightest  provocation  in  the  way  of  exposure  or 
derangements  of  the  stomach  or  bowels,  it  is  apt  to  assume  the  acute  form, 
and  to  cause  intense  pain  and  lameness. 

How  to  know  it. — There  is  lameness,  usually  of  a  peculiar  kind,  flying 
from  one  joint  to  another,  and  from  one  leg  to  another;  sometimes  the 
parts  swell  and  sometimes  not;  the  joints  most  commonly  affected  are  the 
fetlocks,  knees,  shoulders  and  hips.  There  is  usually  more  or  less  fever, 
high  pulse,  and  sometimes  suppuration  of  the  affected  parts. 

What  to  do. — Give  recipe  No.  36,  Foment  the  affected  parts  with 
hot  water  three  times  a  day  and  apply,  as  a  liniment,  recipe  No.  15,  after 
wiping  down  the  legs  quite  dry,  and  bandage  warmly  with  flannel.  After 
the  most  acute  symptoms  are  gone,  give  walking  exercise. 

IV.     Abscesses. 

An  abscess  is  a  gathering  of  pus  in  a  sac  from  a  morbid  process  in  the 
tissues.  It  may  develop  in  any  part  of  the  body.  The  most  common 
locations  of  them  are  on  the  ribs,  on  the  belly,  in  the  groin,  in  the  levator 
humeri  muscles,  etc.  They  sometimes  attain  to  tremendous  proportions; 
they  are  not  painful  as  a  rule,  but  if  they  come  in  or  near  a  nerve  center 
there  is  great  pain;  when  they  form  in  the  groin,  for  instance,  there  is 
great  pain;  while  on  the  ribs  they  cause  little  or  no  pain. 

Causes. — Impurities  in  the  blood  from  retention  in  the  system  of  effete 
matter  that  should  be  eliminated  through  the  excretory  organs — the  bowels, 
kidneys  and  skin.  The  exciting  causes  are  sometimes  bruises  from  blows, 
kicks  or  other  injury;  but  these  bruises  are  not  sufficient  in  themselves  to 
cause  an  abscess,  but  must  be  accompanied  by  the  morbid  condition  of  the 
blood;  then  the  injury  may  simply  afford  an  excuse  for  its  breaking  out  in 
that  particular  place.  The  pus  germ  is  usually  found  in  them,  and  is 
thought,  by  bacteriologists,  to  be  the  same  as  suppui-ation. 

How  to  know  it. — There  is  always  a  great  amount  of  swelling,  hard  at 
first  all  over;  but  as  it  grows  and  approaches  a  full  development  it  gets 
soft  in  the  center,  pitty  in  a  ring  around  the  center,  and  hard  on  the  out- 
side. It  is  hot,  red,  and  sore  to  the  touch.  It  takes  from  one  to  six 
weeks  to  mature  an  abscess  so  it  will  break  of  itself,  according  to  its  loca- 
tion and  depth.     Those  in  the  groin  take  three  or  four  weeks  to  mature; 


446         CYCLOPEDIA  OP  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCIOB. 

those  on  the  ribs  and  belly  mature  in  the  shortest  time  above  mentioned; 
and  those  in  the  levator  humeri  muscles  (found  just  inside  and  in  front  of 
the  Joints  of  the  shoulders)  take  the  longest  time  to  mature.  In  fact,  the 
latter  sometimes  acts  like  a  tumor  by  its  slow  growth,  hardness  and  length 
of  time  it  takes  to  break  out  without  outside  assistance. 

When  opened,  the  pus  runs  out,  and  the  abscess  usually  heals  readily; 
but  sometimes  the  healing  process  requires  a  great  deal  of  assistance,  and 
the  abscess  is  liable  to  start  anew  and  develop  others  as  soon  as  one  is 
healed,  unless  the  cause  is  removed  by  pui-ifying  the  blood. 

What  to  do. — Give  a  purgative  of  recipe  No.  2S,  and  when  it  has  stopped 
purgiug,  give  No.  34  for  a  week  or  so.  Poultice  the  abscess  with  any 
hot,  soft  poultice — linseed  meal  is  the  best — till  it  points,  (comes  to  a 
head),  in  a  soft  spot ;  then  tap  it  with  a  pointed  knife,  and  evacuate  the 
sac  ;  make  the  opening  big  enough  to  allow  a  finger  to  be  passed  in  ;  see 
that  all  is  clear  for  a  thorough  emptying  ;  then  inject  warm  water  to  wash 
it  out,  and  inject  No.  5.  Repeat  this  twice  a  day.  Make  the  opening  at 
the  bottom,  if  possible,  to  allow  the  pus  to  gravitate  out,  instead  of  having 
to  be  squeezed  out.  The  abscess  in  the  levator  humeri  muscle  is  always 
deep-seated  in  the  muscle,  and  requires  a  great  length  of  time  to  rot  out. 
It  is  easily  recognized  by  its  position,  being  inside  and  a  little  to  the 
front  of  the  point  of  the  shoulder.  It  is  useless  to  wait  for  it  to  come  to 
a  head  ;  open  it  at  once.  Take  a  long-bladed  scalpel  or  pocket  knife  and 
run  it  in  directly  into  the  center  of  the  tumor,  letting  the  knife  be  par- 
allel with  the  horse's  body  ;  then  there  is  no  danger  of  tapping  the  jugu- 
lar vein.  It  is  necessary,  usually,  to  cut  about  four  inches  deep  before 
reaching  the  pus,  but  when  once  emptied  it  heals  very  readily. 

V.    Erysipelas. 

This  is  inflammation  of  the  skin.  It  may  be  superficial  and  omy 
involve  the  upper  layers  of  the  skin,  or  it  may  be  deeper-seated  and 
involve  the  under  layers.  The  superfi  nal  does  not  suppurate,  but  the 
deep-seated  usually  does,  with  more  or  less  sloughing.  It  is  often 
thought  to  be  contagious,  which  it  undoubtedly  is  to  a  small  degree ;  but 
not  suflSciently  so  to  be  ranked  as  a  specific  blood  poison.  It  some- 
times rages  as  an  enzootic — common  in  any  certain  district.  It  usually 
follows  wounds,  injuries  and  sores,  but  sometimes  comes  on  apparently 
healthy  skin. 

Causes. — It  is  due  sometimes  to  the  weather,  when  it  is  damp,  hot  and 
oppressive,  with  thunder  frequent  and  low  barometeric  pressure,  especi- 
ally if  the  horse  is  kept  in  low,  filthy  places.  Poorly  fed,  thin,  neglected 
animals  are  most  subject  to  it.  The  sudden  suppression  of  a  chit>nic 
discharge,  and  feeding  on  rich,  heating  food  when  the  animal  has  been 


GENERAL   DISEASES   OF   THE   BLOOD,  447 

accustomed  to  poor,  scanty  food,  and  keeping  animals  with  open  sores 
near  decomposing  animal  tissue  are  also  cause  of  erysipelas.  The  common 
means  of  contagion  are  washing  erysipelatous  and  healthy  wounds  with  the 
same  sponge,  using  the  same  harness,  clothing,  etc. 

How  to  know  it, — There  is  usually  some  fever;  the  pulse  and  temper- 
ature are  raised;  the  urine  is  scanty  and  high-colored;  the  bowels  usually 
constipated;  there  is  loss  of  spirit  and  appetite.  These  symptoms  are  fol- 
lowed, in  the  course  of  twelve  hours,  by  a  diffuse  swelling  that  is  hot, 
red,  and  painful ;  if  it  is  on  a  white  skin  it  will  be  found  to  be  shill- 
ing, tcuse  and  of  a  deep  red.  It  spreads  rapidly,  terminating  aln-uptly 
at  the  edges  in  a  well  defined  line  of  demarkation.  The  swelling  does 
not  pit  on  pressure  ;  the  redness  disappears  on  pressure,  but  returns 
when  the  finger  is  removed.  It  is  confined  to  the  head  and  legs.  It 
has  a  peculiar  smell,  like  that  of  burnt  hair. 

Sometimes  it  extends  to  the  cellular  tissue  under  the  skin  when  it  is 
known  as  pJdegmonous ;  this  always  suppurates,  and  has  a  purple 
appearance  previous  to  breaking. 

What  to  do, — Give  tonics  and  stimulants  internally  ;  give  recipes  No, 
37  and  No.  35  ;  if  much  depression  exists,  give  No,  65,  Feed  on  boiled 
oats,  barle}^  etc.  Apply  locally  No,  24,  and  keep  the  part  wet  with 
it  continually.  If  the  swelling  spreads  in  spite  of  this  lotion,  paint  the 
healthy  skin  for  two  inches  all  around  the  diseased  part  with  tincture  of 
iodine,  and  change  the  lotion  to  the  following: 

No.  70.  1  Ounce  tincture  muriate  of  iron, 

8  Ounces  water, 
Mix. 

Keep  the  surface  wet  with  it  till  the  skin  begins  to  be  irritated  ;  then 
go  back  to  No.  24.  If  extensive  sloughing  takes  place,  poultice  with  oil- 
cake meal,  with  charcoal  sprinkled  over  the  poultice,  till  a  healthy  sore 
is  obtained  ;  then  apply  lotion  No.  7.  If  the  erysipelas  comes  from  an 
unhealthy  sore,  cauterize  it  with  powdered  bluestone  continuously,  once 
a  day,  till  all  signs  of  a  purplish,  unhealthy  condition,  have  disappeared  ; 
then  continue  the  lotion  No.  7.  Continue  the  tonics  for  several  weeks, 
giving  soft  food  enough  to  keep  the  bowels  loose. 


CHAPTER  XIV. 
CONTAGIOUS  BLOOD  DISEASES. 


I.  GLANDERS  AND  FARCY. II.  STRANGLES. III.  RABIES  OR  HYDROPHO- 
BIA.  IV.  HORSE  rOX  OR  EQUINE  VARIOLA. V.  SURRA. VI.  MY- 
COTIC   LYMPHANGITIS,    OR    JAPANESE    FARCY, 

Diseases  are  said  to  be  contagious  when  they  reproduce  themselves  in 
a  healthy  animal,  either  by  inoculation  and  absorption  of  the  virus  into 
the  system  through  a  wound  or  mucous  membrane,  or  by  absorption  of 
disease  o-erras  floatins:  in  the  air  or  in  the  water  that  the  animal  drinks. 

I.    Glanders  and  Farcy. 

These  are  different  forms  of  the  same  disease,  which  is  a  specific  poison 
that  affects  the  whole  system.  When  it  breaks  out  in  the  nose,  affecting 
also  the  lungs  and  lymphatic  glands  between  the  branches  of  the  lower 
jaw,  it  constitutes  glanders  ;  when  it  attacks  the  lymphatic  glands  and 
other  tissues  of  the  legs  and  body,  it  constitutes  farcy.  The  two  forms 
of  disease  often  exist  separately,  but  usually  symptoms  of  both  will  be 
found  in  the  same  case.  The  contagion  lies  in  the  discharges  from  tlie 
ulcers,  either  those  in  the  nose  or  farcy  buds ;  it  is  contagious  only  by 
inoculation,  the  poison  being  of  heavy  specific  gravity  and  not  volatile. 
The  virus  from  glanders  may  produce  glanders  or  farcy,  or  both  ;  the 
virus  from  farcy  may  do  the  same.  The  mode  of  inoculation  is  usually 
through  the  nose  or  mouth,  by  the  introduction  of  the  virus  taken  by  one 
horse  working  in  double  harness  with  a  glandered  horse,  or  standing  in 
the  same  stall,  rubbing  his  nose  on  a  hitching  post  or  fence  or  edge  of  a 
water  trough  where  a  glandered  horse  has  stood.  These  latter  are  com- 
mon channels  through  which  glanders  is  got ;  for  when  a  glandered  horse 
is  driven  up  to  a  post  or  water  trough,  the  first  thing  he  does  is  to  rub 
the  accumulatious  of  matter  off  bis  nose,  the  clogging  of  which  is  uncom- 
fortable. And  so  great  is  the  vitality  of  tlie  virus,  that  a  horse  coming 
along  an  hour,  a  day,  a  week,  or  even  a  year  after,  and  happening  to  rub 
his  nose  on  the  same  place  gets  the  disease  by  inoculation. 

The  poison  may  lie  latent  in  the  system  a  week,  or  a  month,  or  two 
months  and  then  break  out,  perhaps  violently,  and  run  the  acute  course* 
causing  death  in  three  to  six  weeks  ;  or  the  disease  may  appear  in  a  very 
mild  form  and  run  the  chronic  course,  so  that  the  horse  may  live  in  very 

448 


CONTAGIOUS   BLOOD   DISEASES. 


449 


comfortable  condition  for  one  to  three  or  four  years,  though  sowing  the 
seeds  of  contagion  for  other  horses  to  gather  all  the  time,  thus  doing  an 
inestimable  amount  of  harm. 

When  the  disease  breaks  out,  it  does  so  by  ulceration  of  the  tissues 
involved.  These  ulcers  differ  from  ordinary  ones,  by  their  resistance  to 
treatment;  if  made  to  heal,  they  break  out  again  either  in  the  same  or 
another  place,  and  have  a  tendency  to  spread  and  slough,  eating  away  the 
tissues  till  the  ulcers  become  confluent  and  the  Scluieiderion  membrane 
(lining  of  the  nose)  is  destroyed.  The  disease  was  known  in  the  earliest 
times,  and  was  written  on  by  Vegetius,  Rouan,  and  many  others;  but  it 
was  not  well  understood  as  to  its  actual  seat  till  La  Fosse  discovered  that 
it  lay  in  inflammation  and  ulceration  of  the  nasal  membrane.  The  poison 
of  glanders  and  farcy  is  communicable  to  men,  goats,  sheep  and  dogs,  with 
all  the  characteristic  symptoms  of  the  disease  in  horses,  and  is  contagious 
from  man  back  to  the  horse  or  ass. 

Causes. — It  is  due  to  the  germ  called  baccilus  mallei,  discovered  by 
Lofller  and  Schutz  in  1882,  which  exists  in  all  of  the  purulent  discharges. 
It  is  usually  propagated,  fostered  and  extended  by  contagion  through  the 
villainous  traffic  carried  on  in  glandered  horses  by  unscrupulous  dealers. 
For  many  diseased  animals  retain  the  appearance  of  health  sufficiently  well 

to  be  bought  and  sold  many 
times,  the  dealei-s  explaining 
the  discharge  from  the  nose  as 
coming  from  a  cold,  and  the 
swollen  legs  as  resulting  from 
impurities  in  the  blood;  and 
Tom,  Dick  and  Harry,  think- 
ing they  "know  all  about  a 
horse,"  buy  the  animals,  be- 
lieving the  explanation  of  the 
dealer  to  be  true;  and  thus 
thousands  of  dollars  worth  of 
stock  is  ruined  each  year  by 
the  spread  of  this  fatal  disea.se. 
But  the  disease  sometimes 
arises  spontaneously  in  armies, 
on  ship-board,  or  in  overcrowd- 
ed, low,  damp,  badly-ventilated 
stables.  Overcrowding  is  the 
chief  cause  of  its  spontaneous  appearance,  the  horses,  asses  or  mules  being 
compelled  to  breathe  over  and  over  again,  air  vitiated  by  the  emanations 
from  their  own  f cecal  matter  and  from  their  bodies,  and  which  has  been  ex- 
hausted of  its  oxygen  by  passing  through  the  lungs  a  number  of  times. 


BAD  CAiJE  OF  GLANDEKS. 


450 


CYCLOPEDIA   OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOK. 


How  to  know  it. — Acute  glanders  is  characterized  by  languor ;  dry, 
staring  coat ;  red,  weeping  eyes  ;  loss  of  appetite  ;  quick  pulse  ;  elevated 
temperature,  the  thermometer  registering  103  <5  to  106  ®  F.  ;  accelerated 
breathing ;  a  grayish  purple  color  of  the  lining  of  the  nose  ;  a  watery 
discharge,  which  soon  becomes  yellowish  and  sticky,  causing  the  hair  on 
which  the  matter  accumulates  in  and  around  tlie  nostrils  to  stick  together. 
The  discharge  looks  like  melted  butter,  and  when  dropped  into  water  it 
eijiks.  The  glands  under  the  jaw  swell  and  often  adhere  to  the  bone,  but 
notalwa3^s.  The  partition  between  the  nostrils  will  become  ulcerated; 
small  yellow  points  with  purple  bases  will 
come  up  and  burst,  making  the  discharge 
bloody  for  the  time.  These  ulcers,  with  ele- 
vated edges  and  depressed  centers  and  purple 
bases,  will  spread  and  become  confluent, 
eating  away  the  membrane  till  little  or  noth- 
ing of  it  is  left ;  the  discharge  increases  and  has 
a  horribly  offensive  odor;  the  lungs  become 
affected  by  ulcers  forming  in  them  ;  the  breath- 
ing becomes  labored,  and  the  animal  finally 
dies,  the  most  emaciated  and  disgusting  ()l)ject  imaginable. 

The  chronic  course  is  longer  continued  and  runs  less  rapidly;  but  all 
the  same  symptoms  are  developed,  with  the  exception  that  the  appetite 

is  less  impaired  till  near  the  last ; 
the  discharge  is  less  copious  and 
offensive,  and  emaciation  does 
not  take  place  so  rapidly.  Bnt 
if  the  horse  is  exposed  to  any  de- 
gree of  hardship  and  cold  storms, 
the  chronic  form  may  run  into 
the  acute  form  at  any  time.  The 
cough  is  not  always  noticed,  and  the  ulcers  are  sometimes  so  far  up  in 
the  nose  as  to  be  out  of  sight.  It  is  often  necessary  to  inoculate  a  worth- 
less animal  in  order  to  determine  the  disease.  If  it  is  glanders,  it  will 
probably  prove  fatal  to  the  one  inoculated  in  two  or  three  weeks,  running 
the  acute  course. 

Farcy  is  recognized  by  swelling  of  the  legs  affected,  usually  one  or 


GLANDERS, 

^^Tien  the  dis- 
charge has  be- 
comepurulent. 


GLANBERS, 

In  the  last  stage 
when  the  pus 
is  mixed  with 
vlood  from  ex- 
tensive slough- 
ing. 


SECTION  OF  A  LUNG 
Of  a  glandered  horse,  showing  the  existence  of  tubercles. 


two,  though  sometimes  all  four. 


The  swellings  are  along  the  lines  of  the 


lymphatic  reins  on  the  legs,  belly  or  any  part  of  the  body  ;  small  nodular 
points  come  up,  which  break  and  discharge  a  glairy  unhealthy  pus,  run  a 
few  days,  dry  up  and  leave  a  scar  or  bare  spot  that  usually  lasts  to  tell 
the  tale  as  long  ae  the  horse  lives  ;  other  nodules  follow  and  spread  nearly 
^  over  the  body,  head  and  neck ;  the  swelling  of  the  iimb?  does  not 


CONTAGIOUS   BLOOD    DISEASES.  451 

yield  to  treatment,  and  they  soon  become  chronically  enlarged.  The  dis- 
charge is  contagious  the  same  as  that  of  glanders.  Farcy  sooner  or  later 
runs  into  glanders  and  terminates  fatally.  Doubtful  cases  can  be  proven  by 
testing  them  with  mallein,  a  toxin  prepared  from  the  cultivated  bacillus. 
The  services  of  a  qualified  veterinarian  are  needed  to  make  this  test. 

What  to  do. — Treatment  should  not  be  attempted  at  all,  for  it  is  always 
fatal  in  spite  of  the  most  scientific  and  persistent  efforts  ;  the  fatal  termi- 
nation may  be  postponed  for  a  while,  but  the  animal  is  sowing  the  con- 
tagion all  the  time,  and  doing  an  inestimable  amount  of  damage.  The 
fact  that  the  disease  is  contagious  to  men,  and  always  fatal  too,  is  another 
reason  why  no  man  should  attempt  to  treat  a  case  a  moment  after  it  is 
satisfactorily  diagnosed.  When  any  doubt  exists,  or  a  suspicious  case  i= 
seen,  isolate  the  animal  at  once  and  quarantine  him  ;  prevent  any  com- 
munication with  other  animals,  and  await  developments.  The  discharge 
of  catarrh  being  whitish  and  more  mucous  in  character,  is  easily  recog- 
nized, and  the  nasal  membrane  never  assumes  that  mouse-eaten  appear- 
ance that  is  seen  in  glanders.  Shoot  every  animal  known  to  be  affected 
with  glanders,  and  bury  the  carcass  very  deep. 

Prevention. — Avoid  overcrowding  and  poor  ventilation.  See  to  it  that 
no  affected  animals  are  allowed  to  run  at  large,  or  even  to  be  used  about 
the  place  in  any  way  ;  avoid  letting  horses  drink  any  more  than  is  abso- 
lutely necessary  in  public  troughs.  Either  tear  down  and  burn  any 
infected  stable,  or  have  it  disinfected  under  the  supervision  of  a  qualified 
veterinary  surgeon.  All  suspected  cases  should  be  placed  under  his 
charge  till  the  doubt  is  settled. 

It  should  be  made  a  criminal  act,  with  a  heavy  penalty,  to  expose 
affected  animals  in  public  places,  or  to  sell  or  offer  them  for  sale.  A 
health  commission  of  three  qualified  veterinary  surgeons  should  be  em- 
powered to  destroy  glandered  horses,  with  or  without  the  consent  of  the 
owner ;  and  the  State  should  bear  half  the  loss,  by  reimbursing  the 
owner  w4th  half  the  value  of  the  animal  before  he  took  the  disease.  It 
ki  a  misfortune  for  which  he  is  not  to  blame,  and  which  the  State  should 
help  him  to  bear. 

n.     Strangles. 

Strangles  is  a  specific  blood  poison,  peculiar  to  hor»es,  and  usually 
confined  to  young  ones.  It  depends  upon  a  morbid  condition  of  the 
system,  is  contagious,  and  corresponds  to  children's  diseases  in  human 
medicine.  It  is  most  common  in  damp,  cold  seasons.  The  poison  in  the 
blood  manifests  itself  in  large,  phlegmonous  abscesses  around  the  throat; 
this  is  the  usual  manner  in  which  it  breaks  out.  But  in  some  cases  it 
takes  a  very  different  course,  breaking  out  in  abscesses  on  any  part  of  the 
body.  Sometimes  no  abscesses  gather  at  all,  and  the  fever  remains 
diffused  in  the  system,  instead  of  coming  to  a  head  in  one  place.     These 


452        crrcLOPEDiA  of  live  stock  and  complete  stock  doctob. 

last  two  kinds  are  called  bastard  or  unusual  strangles.  It  is  often  fatal^ 
but  such  cases  are  duo  to  neglect,  to  colds  from  exposure  while  the  fever 
is  high,  etc. 

Causes. — It  often  arises  spontaneously,  from  the  existence  m  the  sys- 
tem of  some  morljific  matter  developed  while  growing ;  for  spontaneous 
cases  are  only  found  among  young  horses  ;  when  older  ones  have  it,  it 
comes  from  contagion. 

How  to  know  it.— There  are  all  the  indications  of  fever — quick,  weak 
pulse ;  high  temperature  ;  hot  mouth  ;  cold  extremities  ;    staring  coat ; 
loss  of  appetite,  and  nervous  prostration.     In  a  few 
hours  the  throat  begins  to  swell,  both  on  the  sides  and 
between  the  branches  of  the  lower  jaw  ;  this  swelling 
is  sometimes  immense,  and  makes  the  colt  hold  his 
neck  and  head  stretched  out  in  one  position,  stiff, 
like  a  child  with  the  mumps.     There  is  usually  a 
distressing  cough  and   inability   to    swallow ;   often 
there  is  a  desire  to  eat,  but  the  throat  is  so  sore  he 
cannot  swallow.     The  nose  runs  a  mucous  discharge 
at  first,  which  soon  becomes  purulent ;  the  eyes  very 
red,  and  tears  run  down  over  the  cheeks.     The  swel- 
ling is  painful  and  sore  upon  pressure,  and  usually 
A  BAD  CASE  OF        brcaks  in  about  a  week,  and  discharges  pus.     When 
these  swellings  come  in  the  lungs,  the  breathing  will 
be  affected,  and  the  chest  will  be  sore  upon  pressure  or  percussion  on  the 
ribs,  and  he  will  stand  all  the  time.     If  it  comes  in  the  abdomen,  colicky 
pains  are  felt,  and  he  lies  down  nearly  all  the  time.      Sometimes  it  comes 
around  the  heart.     Any  of  these  unusual  forms  are  likely  to  be  fatal. 

What  to  do- — Avoid  depletives  of  all  kinds,  and  foster  the  strength  of 
the  patient  in  every  possible  way.  If  the  bowels  are  constipated,  give  a 
few  injections,  Init  do  not  risk  a  purgative  ;  give  recipe  No.  40  every  two 
to  six  hours  with  a  syringe,  for  it  is  unsafe  as  well  as  painful,  to  try  to 
drench  him  with  the  throat  in  that  condition.  Apply  hot  linseed  poultices' 
to  the  swellings,  and  let  them  get  very  thin  indeed  before  opening  them  ; 
or,  even  let  them  burst  of  themselves  to  avoid  that  thickening  often  seen 
after  being  opened.  It  is  no  use  trying  to  check  it ;  it  must  run  its  course. 
Give  him  a  warm,  dry  place,  well  ventilated,  and  nourishing  food  such  as 
boiled  oats,  barley,  roots,  etc.     During  convalescence  give  recipe  No.  35. 

III.    Rabies  or  Hydrophobia. 

This  is  a  specific  blood  poison,  arising  spontaneously  in  the  genus 
cams  (dog,  fox  and  wolf)  and  in  cats.  It  is  communica])le  to  all  ani- 
mals and  to  mam  but  can  only  be  inoculated  by  a  bite.     The  virus  lies  in 


CONTAGIOUS   BLOOD   DISEASES. 


453 


the  saliva  and  blood,  but  not  in  the  milk.  Nearly  all  animals  bitten  by 
a  rabid  dog,  are  attacked  Avith  the  disease  in  the  course  of  time,  but  man 
seems  to  possess  a  partial  immunity  ;  only  a  small  percentage  of  the 
men  bitten  by  rabid  animals  have  rabies. 

Incubation.— The  period  of  incubation  varies  in  different  animals.  The 
horse  goes  fifteen  to  ninety  days,  usually 
thirty ;  cattle,  twenty  to  thirty  days ; 
sheep,  twenty  to  seventy-four  days  ;  swine, 
hventy  to  forty-nine  days.  In  man  the 
period  of  incubation  varies  from  a  few 
days  to  a  few  months,  though  some  cases 
develop  after  a  year  or  so,  or  even  longer, 
the  rabies  at  last  being  more  the  effect  of 
fear  and  long  continued  anxiety  and  worry 
over  the  possible  effects  of  a  bite,  than  of 
the  bite  itself. 

How  to  know  it. — The  horse  becomes 
frantic  with  fever  and  pain  ;  delirium  sets  in  early  ;  he  neighs,  paws, 
bites  his  manger,  clothing,  etc.  ;  is  ravenous  for  water  but  swallows  with 
difficulty  ;    he  grows  worse  till  death  takes  place  by  paralysis. 


COUNTENANCE  OF  A  HORSE  WITH 
KABIES. 


IRREGULAR    STRANGLES. 


What  to  do. — No  treatment  is  of  any  avail ;  if  there  were  anything  that 
could  be  given,  it  would  be  too  risky  to  attempt  it;  but  so  far,  science 
has  discovered  nothing  to  prevent  a  fatal  termination.  As  soon  as  a  case 
is  suspected  isolate  the  horse,  tie  him  so  that  he  shall  be  powerless  for 
harm,  and  await  developments.  As  soon  as  it  is  satisfactorily  recognized 
destroy  him. 


454  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

IV.    Horae  Pox  or  Equine  Variola. 

Nearly  all  animals  have  a  pox  peculiar  to  their  kind,  although  all  forms 
of  pox  sccni  to  be  closely  allied.  They  are  all  contagious  from  one  ani- 
mal to  another  of  the  same  species,  and  usually  among  the  different 
species  to  a  greater  or  less  extent.  Having  any  of  the  different  kinds  of 
variola  once,  gives  immunity  from  subsequent  attacks  of  the  other  kinds, 
for  a  number  of  3^ears  at  least.  Kine  pox,  taken  either  by  inoculation 
from  the  cow  or  by  vaccination,  confers  immunity,  to  a  great  extent,  from 
small  pox.  Horse  pox  appears  to  be  identical  with  kine  pox  ;  the  one  can 
not  be  distinguished  from  the  other  when  inoculated  into  man,  ox  or 
horse. 

Horse  pox  usually  attacks  the  limbs,  but  sometimes  the  face,  mouth,  lips, 
flanks  and  other  parts  of  the  body. 

How  to  know  ii. — There  is  slight  fever,  which  is  often  unnoticed  ;  heat 
and  swelling  of  the  affected  part  for  a  day  or  two  ;  then  hard  nodules 
form,  increasing  in  size  to  about  half  an  inch  in  diameter  ;  the  hair  ruffles 
up  and  the  skin  reddens  around  the  pock  ;  on  the  ninth  to  the  twelfth  day,  a 
limpid,  yellowish  fluid  flows  from  the  pustules,  and  sticks  the  hair  up  in 
yellowish  scabs  or  streaks,  on  the  removal  of  which  a  red,  raw  depression  is 
seen  with  the  scab  fixed  in  its  center.  In  three  or  four  days  the  secretion 
ceases,  the  pustules  dry  up,  and  the  part  heals  and  the  scabs  come  off. 

The  most  active  virus  is  the  lymph  that  runs  from  the  pustules.  It  is 
readily  carried  from  horse  to  horse  by  the  grooms  on  their  hands  or 
clothes.  It  sometimes  exists  to  almost  to  an  epizootic  extent  in  some 
localities.  The  grooms  often  get  inoculated  and  have  the  horse  pox, 
which  saves  them  the  trouble  of  being  vaccinated. 

What  to  do. — It  must  run  its  course,  so  all  that  is  necessary  is  to  give 
laxative  diet ;  keep  the  parts  clean  by  bathing  with  warm  water  once  or 
twice  a  day,  and  grease  them  over,  when  dry,  to  prevent  itching  and  pain 
from  the  scabs  getting  too  hard  and  dry.  If  the  fever  should  run  high 
and  the  appetite  suffer,  and  the  urioe  become  dark  and  scanty,  give 
recipe  No.  23. 

V.  Surra. 

This  is  an  acute  fever  of  equines,  which  affects  not  only  horses  and 
cattle,  but  various  other  animals — goats  and  ducks  being  immune.  It 
ha.s  long  been  known  to  the  English  veterinarians,  especially  in  India, 
occurring  just  after  the  rainy  season.  It  is  most  violent  in  the  low, 
flooded  lands  along  canals,  rivers,  and  lakes.  Its  existence  in  North  and 
South  America  is  limited. 

Causes. — The  essential  cause  of  the  disease  is  parasitic.  It  nnist  be 
borne  in  mind  that  the  mature  parasite  appears  in  the  blood,  at  intervals 
in  swarms,  and  that  examination  at  a  particular  time  of  the  day  may 


CONTAGIOUS    BLOOD    DISEASES.  455 

fail  to  detect  it,  while  examinations  made  earlier  or  later  are  successful. 
The  appearance  of  the  disease  is  at  the  conclusion  of  the  rainy  season, 
when  the  waters  dry  up  and  become  foul.  This  has  led  to  the  idea  that 
the  parasite  lives  in  water;  but  as  this  is  also  the  time  of  the  year  of  great 
swarming  and  activity  of  flies,  and  as  horses  crowd  together,  so  that  the 
fly  with  piercing  apparatus  still  wet  can  pass  from  horse  to  horse,  the 
opinion  has  grown  that  it  is  a  compulsory  parasite,  which  is  transmitted 
through  the  bodies  of  insects. 

Symptoms. — in  experimental  cases  a  small  raised  swelling  in  the  seat 
of  inoculation  appears  within  24  hours,  increasing  to  2  to  4  inches  in 
diameter,  and  1  to  II/2  inches  high  by  the  fourth  day,  and  loosely  con- 
nected with  the  parts  beneath.  From  the  fourth  to  the  fourteenth  day 
it  decreases  in  size  and  softens,  and  general  symptoms  set  in.  In  casual 
cases  these  general  symptoms  are  the  first  to  be  observed.  There  is  a 
transient  fever  102  to  104  degrees,  highest  toward  night,  and  without 
preliminary  chill,  hot  mouth  and  skin,  dullness,  sluggishness,  inappetence, 
yellowness  of  the  mucosae,  petechias  on  conjunctiva  or  vulva  and  some- 
times nodules  like  those  of  urticaria  on  the  skin.  After  a  day  or  two 
these  symptoms  subside,  the  temperature  is  101  degrees,  or  below,  the 
mucosEe  clear  and  pale,  and  the  spirit  and  appetite  nearly  normal.  These 
slight  first  paroxysms  are  rarely  seen  by  the  veterinarian,  having  been 
looked  upon  as  one  of  the  oft-occurring  bilious  attacks  of  the  hot  climate. 
The  remission  lasts  for  3  to  10  days,  and  the  second  paroxysm  sets  in, 
like  the  first,  but  even  more  marked;  temperature  102  to  104  degrees, 
slight  catarrh  from  nose  or  vulva,  it  may  be  stocking  of  the  legs,  or  pitting 
swelling  under  the  breast  bone  or  abdomen,  or  in  the  sheath.  Like  the 
fii-st,  the  second  paroxysm  subsides,  and  after  another  interval  the  third 
sets  in  to  be  followed  in  like  manner  by  a  fourth  or  fifth,  and  so  on  if 
the  patient  survives.  With  each  the  symptoms  become  more  pronounced, 
the  nmcosae  are  left  more  pale  and  bloodless,  debility  and  weakness  are 
greater,  emaciation  is  more  marked,  oedema  of  the  limbs  or  body  more 
extensive,  hyperthermia  may  reach  105  degrees,  or  more,  the  pulse  is 
weaker  and  the  heart  more  liable  to  palpitation,  and  the  respirations  may 
reach  50  to  60  per  minute.  Ulcers  are  sometimes  found  on  the  tongue, 
inner  sides  of  the  lips,  the  nose,  eyes,  the  vulva,  beginning  as  epithelial 
degeneration,  followed  by  superficial  erosion  and  early  healing.  Some- 
times similar  erosions  appear  on  the  skin.  Generative  excitement  may 
be  present.  The  submaxillary  glands  sometimes  swell  and  even  sup- 
purate, and  discharge  a  gluey  pus.  The  bowels  are  usually  costive  at 
first,  the  faeces  may  by  glazed,  but  in  adva'nced  stages  they  may  become 
soft,  pultaceous,  and  foetid.  The  urine,  at  first  normal  in  amount,  be- 
comes later  abundant  or  even  profuse.  It  is  at  first  yellow  and  turbid, 
later  of  a  dingy  green  or  greenish  yellow.  Sometimes  it  diminishes  as 
the    disease    advances.     It  may   contain  bile,    albumen,    or   even    casts, 


456  CYCLOl'EDIA   OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

though  the  latter  appear  to  be  exceptional.  The  reaction  varies,  sugar  is 
absent  and  the  parasite  has  not  been  found  in  it.  Appetite,  though  inter- 
fered with  during  paroxysms,  remains  fair  or  even  voracious  in  the  inter- 
vals and  the  animals  may  eat  to  the  last.  Thirst  usually  increases  with 
the  advance  of  the  disease  in  keeping  with  the  free  urinary  secretion. 
Humbling  and  gurgling  of  the  bowels  are  common  and  even  tympany  at 
times.  In  the  advanced  stages  the  picture  is  one  of  great  anemia  and 
general  dibility.  When  moved  the  animal  will  stumble  over  the  slightest 
obstacle,  even  the  litter,  recovering  himself  with  effort  and  difficulty.  If 
he  should  fall  he  is  liable  to  remain  down  indefinitely,  the  side  next  the 
ground  becoming  drenched  with  sweat  though  there  is  no  general  per- 
spiration. The  hair  becomes  increasingly  dry,  withered,  and  erect,  the 
skin  dry,  powdery,  rigid  and  more  and  more  firmly  adherent  to  the  bones 
and  muscles,  losing  all  its  natural  pliancy  and  mellowness  and  becomes 
like  that  of  a  dead  animal.  It  is  bloodless,  and  sloughs  readily  over  the 
prominent  bones,  where  compressed  or  bruised  in  lying,  owing  to  the 
lack  of  nutritive  and  reparatory  action.  The  muscles  as  a  whole  are 
wasted  to  an  extreme  degree. 

Prevention. — The  first  consideration  is  to  avoid  placing  equines,  and 
especially  horses  and  mules,  in  the  rainy  season  in  the  infecting  localities. 
Oxen  and  buffaloes  can  be  used  in  such  places  with  greater  impunity. 
If  horses  must  be  used  in  such  localities,  place  the  stables  or  pickets  well 
apart  from  marshes  and  stagnant  water.  Keep  the  stables  dark  during 
the  Surra  season,  open  to  light  on  one  side  only  and  with  screens  in  the 
windows.  Make  a  deep  pit  for  the  manure,  keep  it  well  darkened  and 
screened  and  turn  every  particle  of  manure  into  this  several  times  a  day 
so  that  the  stable  may  be  perfectly  clean.  All  rubbish  heaps  should  be 
similarly  dealt  with.  Flies  breed  in  the  manure  and  beget  organic 
matter.  After  each  sweeping  of  the  stable  sprinkle  the  manure  in  the 
pit  with  some  disinfectant,  phenic  acid,  tar  water,  copperas,  etc.  Smear 
the  skins  of  the  animals  with  tar  water,  coal  tar  water,  naphthalin,  daily, 
if  necessary,  to  prevent  the  attacks  of  the  flies. 

An  important  consideration  is  to  seclude  every  animal  attacked  with 
Surra.  The  flies  can  only  carry  and  inoculate  the  poison,  when  there  is 
some  source  from  which  they  can  obta,in  it.  The  carcass  and  all  pertain- 
ing to  it,  blood  especially,  should  be  promptly  and  deeply  buried  and  the 
place  thoroughly  disinfected. 

Treatment. — In  well  established  cases  in  the  horse,  ass  or  mule,  no 
treatment  has  succeeded  in  saving  the  patient.  Almost  every  germicide 
has  been  called  into  requisition,  but  without  good  effect.  The  usual  out- 
come is  that  the  animal  dies,  and  the  only  claim  that  can  be  made  is  a 
slight  extension  of  life.  This  is  favored  by  dry,  clean,  airy  stables, 
change  of  water,  rich  grain  and  succulent  food  with  iron,  arsenic,  and 
other  tonics,  yet  the  best  that  can  be  said  for  them  is  that  they  have 
deferred  somewhat  the  inevitable  death. 


CONTAGIOUS   BLOOD   DISEASES. 


457 


VI.  Mycotic  Lymphangitis,  or  Japanese  Farcy. 

This  disease  has  been  k^o^vn  as  epizootic  lyinphaiigilis,  or  Japanese 
farcy;  it  is  a  chronic  contagious  disease,  particularly  of  Horses,  caused 
by  a  specific  organism,  and  characterized  by  a  suppurative  inflammation 
of  the  subcutaneous  lymph  vessels  and  the  neighboring  lymph  glands 
Owing  to  the  fact  that  this  affection  does  not  spread  as  an  epizootic  and 
that  its  casual  factor  is  a  yeastlike  fungus,  the  name  mycotic  instead  of 
epizootic  lymphangitis  is  suggested.  This  disease  was  first  described  by 
Italian  and  French  veterinarians,  and  the  specific  organism  was  discov- 
ered by  Rivolta  in  1873.  The  presence  of  the  disease  in  the  United 
States  was  first  obsei^ed  by  Pearson  in  Pennsylvania  in  1907,  although 
it  is  probable  that  it  has  existed  in  various  parts  of  this  country  for 
many  years.  More  recently  its  presence  was  definitely  established  in 
Ohio,  Iowa,  California,  and  North  Dakota,  and  there  is  a  probability  of 

its  existence  in  Indiana  and  several 
Western  States.  The  disease  is  also 
present  in  the  Philippine  Islands, 
Hawaiian  Islands,  and  Porto  Rico. 
Causes. — The  natural  infection 
is  without  doubt  caused  through 
superficial  wounds,  such  as  galls, 
barbed-wire  cuts,  or  through  va- 
rious stable  utensils,  harness,  band- 
ages, insects,  etc.  Solipeds  are 
mostly  susceptible,  but  cattle  may 
also  be  infected. 

How  to  know  it.— The  inflam- 
mation of  the  lymph  vessels  is 
usually  fii"st  observed  on  the  ex- 
tremities, especially  on  one  or  both 
hind  leg-s ;  it  may  also  appear  on  the 
fore  legs,  shoulder,  or  neck,  and 
more  rarely  on  the  rump,  udder, 
and  scrotum.  The  lesions  as  a  rule 
develop  in  the  tissue  adjacent  to  the 
place  of  inoculation.  In  the  early  stages  of  the  disease  the  lymph  vessels  ap«. 
pear  very  hard  and  thickened,  and  along  their  course  hard  nodules  de- 
velop, ranging  in  size  from  a  pea  to  a  hen's  egg.  Later  these  nodules 
soften,  burst  spontaneously,  and  discharge  a  thick  yellowish  pus.  The 
surface  of  the  resulting  ulcers  or  abscess  cavities  soon  fills  up  with  ex- 
huberant  granulations  which  protrude  beyond  the  surface  of  the  skin, 
giving  a  fungoid  appearance.  The  affected  extremities  are  considerably 
enlarged,  similar  to  cases  of  simple  lymphangitis.     In  rare  cases  the 


MYCOTIC    LYMPHANGITIS. 


458  CYCLOrEDIA  OF  LIVE  STUCK  AND  COMrLETK  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

mucous  membrane  of  the  nostrils  may  also  become  affected,  showing  yel- 
lowisli  flat  elevations  and  ulcerations,  and  these  may  extend  by  metastasis 
to  internal  organs.  In  cases  wliere  the  nmcous  membrane  is  affected  the 
submaxillary  lymph  gland  may  also  become  enlarged  and  suppurate 

The  constitutional  syjnptoms  accompanying  this  disetise  are  not  very 
marked  or  may  be  altogether  absent.  There  is  usually  only  a  very  slight 
fever,  which  seldom  runs  over  102°  F.  The  appetite  is  not  impaired  except 
in  the  advanced  cases. 

The  diagnosis  is  based  on  the  characteristic  appearance  of  the  ulcera- 
tions, which  show  exhuberant  granulation  of  a  bright-red  color,  inverted 
edges,  and  a  thick,  creamy,  glutinous  discharge.  These  manifestations 
differentiate  the  disease  from  glanders,  in  which  the  ulcers  are  craterlike, 
do  not  contain  exhuberant  granulations,  and  the  discharge  is  of  a  viscous, 
oily  character.  In  some  chronic  cases  of  mycotic  lymphangitis,  however, 
the  lesions  may  closely  resemble  those  of  farcy,  and  in  these  cases  the 
microscopical  examination  of  the  pus  will  disclose  the  nature  of  the 
affection. 

What  to  do. — Treatment  consists  at  the  onset  of  the  disease  in  entire 
extirpation  of  the  nodules,  lymph  vessels,  and  neighboring  lymph  glands 
in  case  the  lesions  are  localized.  In  cases  where  the  nodules  have  formed 
abscesses  their  opening  is  recommended,  followed  by  the  application  of 
the  actual  cautery  or  a  1  to  250  solution  of  bichloride  of  mercury.  It  must 
be  borne  in  mind  that  the  organism  is  highly  resistant  to  almost  every 
antiseptic,  and  the  best  results  will  be  obtained  from  the  application  of  a 
solution  of  a  strong  antiseptic  following  the  opening  of  the  lesions. 

In  the  most  favorable  cases  recovery  results  in  from  five  to  seven  weeks; 
as  a  rule,  however,  it  requires  several  months. 


CHAPTER   XV. 
DISEASES  OF  THE  URINARY  ORGANS. 


I,     NEPHRITIS   OR   INFLAMMATION  OF   THE    KIDNEYS. II.     CONGESTION   01< 

THE    KIDNEYS. III.     CYSTITIS    OR    INFLAMMATION    OF    THE    BLADDEIt. 

IV.    .PARALYSIS    OF    THE    BLADDER. V.      EVERSION    OF    THE    BLAD- 
DER.  VI.     SPASM    OF    THE    NECK    OF    THE    BLADDER. VII.     RUPTURE 

OF   THE   BLADDER.^— VIII.     DIABETES    INSIPIDUS    OR    PROFUSE    STALING. 

IX.     HAEMATURIA    OR    BLOODY    URINE. X.     SUPPRESSION    OF    THE 

URINE  OR  DYSURIA. XL    DRIBBLING  OF  THE  URINE  OR  ENURESIS. 

XII.     STRICTURE    OF    THE    URETHRA. XIII.     GONORRHOEA    OR    GLEET. 

XIV.      FOUL      SHEATH. XV.      URINARY      CALCULI. XVI.      MILLET 

DISEASE    OF   HORSES. 

Diseases  and  derangements  of  the  urinary  organs  are  far  less  common 
than  the  majority  of  people  suppose.  Whenever  a  horse  has  the  colic  or 
l)leurisy,  the  average  horseman  attributes  the  pain  to  the  ravages  of  bots 
or  to  .stoppage  of  the  water,  and  goes  to  work  to  start  the  latter  and  quiet 
the  former.  Many  are  the  nostrums  that  are  given,  sometimes  harmless 
and  sometimes  very  irritating  and  injurious. 


AZOTURIA. 
Hind    quarters    paralyzed.       Can    get    up   with    fore   limbs   but   not   with   hind   limbs. 

Many  of  the  diseases  mentioned  in  this  chapter  are  often  seen,  by  a 
veterinarian  who  has  an  extensive,  active  practice.  Diseases  of  the  kid- 
neys are  either  organic  or  functional,  usually  the  latter. 

I.  Nephritis  or  Inflammation  of  the  Kidneys. 

Causes. — The  usual  causes  are  too  free  use  of  diuretic  medicine,  and 
blistering  on  the  back  with  fly  blister;  eating  musty  hay  and  kiln-dr..-f>d 

459 


460 


CTCIX)PEDIA  OP  LTTE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


oats  ;  getting  chilled  by  standing  under  the  eaves  where  water  drips  upon 
the  loins ;  and  extension  to  the  kidneys  of  inflammation  of  surrounding 
parts  from  blows  and  other  injuries. 

How  to  know  it. — There  will  be  very  profuse  sweating,  great  pain  from 
the  inelastic  character  of  the  capsule  covering  the  kidneys  ;  the  horse  strad- 
dles in  walking,  and  is  loth  to  move  ;  high  fever  ;  elevated  pulse,  temper- 
ature and  respiration  ;  heat  and  a  slight  humping  up  of  the  back  :  great 
tenderness  upon  pressure  in  the  region  of  the  loins,  especially  when  ap- 
plied to  the  sides  just  under  the  transverse  spines  of  the  loins  ;  the  pain 
is  colicky  in  character,  and  more  severe  at  times  than  at  others  ;  he  looks 
around  to  his  flanks  and  is  almost  continually  trying  to  stale,  and  passing 
a  little  at  a  time,  and  that  very  red  and  thick,  sometimes  mixed  with 
blood  and  pus.  It  runs  on  to  suppuration,  and  sometimes  to  gangrene, 
and  death.     When  once  well  set  in,  it  is  very  hard  to  control. 


INFLAMMATION    OP    THE    KIDNEYS. 


What  to  do. — Examine  the  case  carefully  to  Ije  certain  of  the  location 
of  the  trouble ;  then  apply  hot  water  rugs  across  the  loins  continuously 
for  several  days.  Give  internally  a  quart  of  raw  linseed  oil.  As  soon  as 
this  is  well  down,  give  recipe  No.  30,  and  follow  it  up  every  two  hours. 
If  no  relief  comes  in  the  course  of  five  or  six  hours,  give  copious  muci- 
laginous drinks  in  the  form  of  flaxseed  tea  and  slippery  elm  l)ark.  Clothe 
warmly,  to  encourage  sweating.  Freshly-flayed  sheepskin  may  be  laid 
across  the  loins,  or  mustard  paste  may  be  rub])ed  into  the  hair,  and  the 
rags  applied  over  it.  Feed  on  short,  laxative  diet.  Avoid  diuretics 
strenuously,  especially  nitre  and  spirits  of  nitre.  Give  anodyne  injections 
of  warm  water  and  one  ounce  of  laudanum,  once  an  hour.  Keep  the 
patient  quiet  and  avoid  over-feeding. 


^  DISEASES  OF  THE  URINARY  ORGANS.  461 

II.  Congestion  of  the  Kidneys. — Azoturia. 

This  is  a  constitutional  disease  affecting  all  parts  through  the  blood,  in 
which  lies  the  cause  of  the  internal  lesions  ;  but  as  it  affects  the  kidneys 
most,  and  the  kidney  symptoms  being  most  noticeable  to  the  average 
observer,  we  describe  it  under  this  head. 

Causes. — Too  plethoric  a  condition  of  the  system  is  the  great  cause. 
The  blood  gets  so  fat  and  thick  that  it  interferes  with  the  working  of  the 
internal  organs,  especially  the  kidneys.  The  animal  is  usually  fat,  but 
not  necessarily  so,  for  it  is  often  seen  in  horses  in  strong,  Avorking  condi- 
tion, but  thin  in  flesh.  In  i)ost  mortem  examinations,  fat  can  be  seen 
floating  in  globules  in  the  blood.  It  gives  rise  to  thick,  coffee-colored, 
ropy  urine. 


Like  diabetes,  this  is  rather  a  disease  of  the  liver  and  blood-forming 
functions  than  of  the  kidneys,  but  as  prominent  symptoms  are  loss  of 
control  over  the  hind  limbs  and  the  passage  of  ropy  and  dark-colored 
urine,  the  common  idea  is  that  it  is  a  disorder  of  the  urinary  organs.  It 
is  a  complex  affection  directly  connected  with  a  fullness  in  the  blood 
of  nitrogenized  constituents,  with  extreme  nei-vous  and  muscular  disorder 
and  the  excretion  of  a  dense  reddish  or  brownish  urine.  It  is  directly  con- 
nected with  high  feeding,  especially  on  highly  nitrogenized  food  (oats, 
beans,  peas,  vetches,  cotton-seed  meal),  and  with  a  period  of  idleness 
in  the  stall  under  full  rations.  The  disease  is  never  seen  at  pasture,  rarely 
under  constant  daily  work,  even  though  the  feeding  be  high,  and  the 
attack  is  usually  precipitated  by  taking  the  horse  from  the  stable  and 
subjecting  it  to  exercise  or  work. 

On  account  of  its  effect  on  the  urine,  the  disease  has  been  called 
Albuminuria,  from  the  supposed  existence  of  albumen  in  the  urine  ; 
Azoturia,  from  the  abundance  of  urea  the  urine  is  thought  to  contain ; 
Plethoric  congestion,  from  congestions  in  the  system,  due  to  plethora. 
The  latter  name  is  the  most  appropriate,  as  there  is  no  albuminous  urine 
and  not  any  great  increase  of  urea  in  this  disease,  but  the  name  under 
which  we  describe  it  is  readily  comprehended  and  the  trouble  easily 
located  by  the  average  observer. 

How  to  know  It. — The  animal  is  accustomed  to  hard  work  or  regular 
exercise,  and  high  feed  ;  he  may  be  laid  up  from  a  nail  wound,  etc.,  for 
a  few  days  or  a  week  ;  the  feed  is  kept  up  the  same  as  though  he  were  at 
work  ;  he  gets  well,  and  goes  out  hopping  and  prancing  like  a  colt,  goes 
about  half  a  mile  or  so,  begins  to  sweat  profusely,  lathers  up  well,  gets 
stiff  in  the  left  hind  leg,  and  is  inclined  to  drop  it.  Then  the  trouble 
extends   to  the  other  leg ;    the  horse  becomes  weak  across  the   loins, 


462       crcLOPEDiA  of  live  stock  and  complete  stock  doctor. 

staggers  behind,  blows  hard,  and  is  pressed  for  breath;  he  goes  on  ror 
half  a  mile  or  more  in  this  manner,  and  then  comes  down  in  a  heap,  per- 
fectly helpless,  unable  to  rise,  and  has  the  appearance  of  being  paralyzed 
behind.  He  is  unable  to  pass  urine,  which,  when  drawn  off  with  a  cathe- 
ter, is  thick,  ropy,  dark,  coffee-colored.  Swelling  of  the  muscles  over 
the  loins  is  seen,  and  they  are  very  painful  and  sensitive  to  pressure,  as 
are  also  the  kidneys,  if  examined  per  rectum.  There  are  severe,  colicky 
pains  or  cramps,  in  which  he  w^ill  throw  himself  around,  try  to  get  up, 
M'ill  get  up  forward,  and  will  sometimes  drag  himself  all  over  the  terri- 
tory allowed  him.  Inflammation  of  the  kidneys  follows,  and  runs  on  to 
suppuration  and  death  in  the  course  of  four  to  fifteen  days. 

What  to  do. — Knowing  the  origin  of  it  to  be  plethora,  the  rational 
treatment  is  to  deplete  ;  give  No.  48  internally,  and  also  frequent  injec- 
tions of  warm  water  ;  apply  hot  rugs  to  the  loins  continuously,  and  give 
a  great  abundance  of  flax  seed  tea  to  drink  ;  if  he  will  not  drink  it, 
drench  him  with  it  liberallj^ ;  give  nothing  to  eat  for  a  day  or  two.  Tie 
his  feet  if  he  is  inclined  to  struggle  much.  When  he  is  able  to  get  up, 
put  him  in  slings  ;  keep  hini  on  short  feed  ;  and  during  convalescence 
give  gentle  exercise.  Be  chary  of  diuretics.  If  the  case  has  run  on  for 
a  week  or  more,  give  No.  4,  but  only  three  times  a  day,  in  a  little  water. 
Draw  off  the  urine  three  times  a  day,  till  he  can  pass  it  without 
assistance . 

III.    Cystitis,  or  Inflammation  of  the  Bladder. 

Causes. — Too  free  use  of  diuretic  medicine  ;  too  free  application  of  fly 
blisters  and  turpentine  to  the  back  or  other  extensive  surfaces  ;  acrid 
diui-etic  plants  in  the  food  ;  prolonged  retention  and  partial  decomposition 
of  urine,  and  irritation  from  calculi. 

How  to  know  it. — Colicky  pains  ;  looking  around  to  the  flanks  ;  fre- 
quent painful  evacuation  of  urine  in  small  quantities,  with  more  or  less 
mucous  and  epithelium  from  the  lining  of  the  bladder ;  straining ;  high 
fever  ;  mouth  hot ;  respiration  and  pulse  quick  ;  tenderness  on  pressure 
just  in  front  of  the  pubic  bone  of  the  pelvis,  and  same  upon  pressure  in 
the  flanks.  The  loins  are  rigid  ;  the  bladder  is  tender  to  the  touch  per 
rectum — or  in  the  mare,  per  vagina;  if  examined  by  running  the  finger 
into  the  bladder,  the  walls  will  be  found  to  be  thickened  ;  the  tail  is 
switched  continuously  ;  the  gait  is  stiff  and  straddling.  If  the  neck  of 
the  bladder  is  affected,  the  urine  escapes  involuntarily  ;  if  there  is  a  stone 
in  the  bladder,  it  can  be  felt  by  inserting  the  hand  into  the  rectum. 

What  to  do. — Remove  the  cause,  if  possible  ;  stop  diuretic  medicine  of 
all  Idnds  ;  give  large  doses  of  flaxseed  tea,  and  injections  of  warm  water  ; 
give  a  laxative  of  linseed  oil,  one  pint,  and  soft  diet  and  pure  water  at 


DISEASES   OF  THE   URINARY   ORGANS.  463 

will ;  also,  a  long  rest.     Avoid  diuretic  medicine  ever  after,  as  the  part* 
once  affected  are  more  tender  and  susceptible. 

IV.    Paralysis  of  the  Bladder. 

Causes. — Long  continued  distension  of  the  bladder  from  the  urine  bein^ 
held,  as  in  lockjaw,  rheumatism  or  any  disease  that  confines  the  horse  to 
a  Ijniig  position. 

How  to  know  it. — The  urine  dribbles  away  as  it  is  formed,  and  decom- 
poses, setting  free  ammonia,  which  scalds  all  parts  it  comes  in  contact 
with ;  the  urine  scalds  the  sheath  and  the  inner  sides  of  the  thighs  and 
legs.  This  disease  often  results  in  inflammation  of  the  bladder,  and 
sometimes  follows  partial  paralysis. 

What  to  do. — If  the  trouble  originates  from  paralysis,  give  that  its 
proper  treatment  and  draw  off  the  urine  several  times  a  day  with  a  catheter 
to  prevent  distension. 

V.    Eversion  of  the  Bladder. 

Causes. — This  affects  only  females,  and  results  where  labor  is  very 
protracted,  or  from  straining  in  cystitis  ;  the  bladder  is  forced  back  in 
the  pelvis  and  turned  wrong  side  out. 

How  to  know  it. — The  bladder  will  be  seen  protruding  from  the  lower 
part  of  the  vulva,  a  round,  red,  fleshy  looking  substance,  and  the  entrance 
of  the  ureters  (tubes  from  the  kidneys)  will  be  plainly  seen  near  the  neck 
of  the  l)ladder,  with  the  urine  dripping  from  them. 

What  to  do. — Bathe  the  bladder  with  tepid  water  and  laudanum  in  the 
proportion  of  an  ounce  of  laudanum  to  a  pint  of  water ;  then  press  it 
gently  and  continuously  till  it  is  returned  to  its  place.  Great  care  will  be 
needed  to  avoid  pushing  the  fingers  through  the  walls  of  the  bladder, 
especially  after  it  has  been  out  some  time  and  become  swollen.  If  it  is 
inclined  to  come  out  again,  after  being  returned  to  its  place,  put  on  a 
compress  to  hold  it  in. 

VI.    Spasm  of  the  Neck  of  the  Bladder. 

Causes. — It  is  caused  by  long  retention  of  urine  when  the  horse  is 
being  driven  or  ridden ;  nervous  irritation ;  becoming  chilled  when 
heated.  It  is  a  common  occurrence  during  colic,  the  urine  flowing  freely 
when  the  colic  subsides  ;  males  are  more  subject  to  it  than  females. 

How  to  know  it. — Frequent  attempts  to  pass  water,  which  is  forced 
out  in  small  quantities  by  great  straining  ;  colicky  pains  ;  looking  at  the 
flanks  ;  tenderness  in  the  lower  back  part  of  the  belly ;  by  introducing 
the  hand  into  the  rectum,  the  bladder  will  be  felt  full  and  distended  on 
the  floor  of  the  pelvis. 


464  CTCLOPEDIA  OP  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

What  to  do. — Spread  fresh  litter  under  the  horse  to  induce  him  to  pass 
the  urine  ;  give  warm  water  injections  and  antispasmodic  drenches,  such 
as  No.  50  ;  gentle  pressure  on  the  bladder  per  rectum  is  sometimes  suffi- 
cient, but  1)0  very  careful  not  to  overdo  it  for  fear  of  rupture.  Pass  the 
catheter  up  the  penis  if  necessary  ;  in  the  case  of  a  mare  all  that  is  neces- 
sary is  to  insert  one  finger  into  the  neck  of  the  bladder. 
VII.    Kupture  of  the  Bladder. 

Causes. — This  only  occurs  in  females  during  parturition  when  the 
bladder  has  failed  to  be  emptied  before  the  labor  is  begun,  and  in  cases 
of  long  continued  spasm  of  the  neck  of  the  bladder — especially,  if  by  fre- 
quent repetitions  of  the  spasms  the  walls  of  it  have  become  weakened 
and  flaccid. 

How  to  know  it. — Nervous  trembling  of  the  whole  body  ;  accelerated 
pulse  ;  cold  extremities  ;  nausea  ;  abdominal  pain  that  runs  on  to  inflam- 
mation and  causes  death,  or  the  animal  dies  from  the  nervous  shock. 
Examination  per  rectum  finds  the  bladder  empty  and  flaccid  ;  introduction 
of  the  needle  of  a  hyi^odermic  syringe,  or  a  small  trocar  into  the  median 
portion  of  the  belly,  will  let  out  urine  which  is  readily  recognized  by  the 
odor. 

Nothing  can  be  done. 

VIII.    Diabetes  Insipidus  or  Profuse  Staling. 

This  is  a  superabundant  drain  of  water  from  the  system  through  the 
kidneys. 

Causes. — Excessive  and  long  continued  use  of  diuretics  in  acute  dis- 
eases, especially  lung  troubles  ;  acidity  of  the  stomach  and  chronic  indi- 
gestion, causing  much  thirst,  so  that  great  quantities  of  water  are  drunk. 
Musty  hay  and  kiln  dried  oats  are  frequent  causes. 

How  to  know  it. — By  the  excessive  thirst ;  profuse  staling,  flooding  the 
stall ;  the  urine  is  copious  in  quantity,  frequently  voided  and  as  clear  as 
water.  Emaciation  and  hidc])ound  soon  follow.  The  appetite  is  capri- 
cious ;  the  coat  staring ;  slight  fever;  inclination  to  lick  the  walls  and 
mortar  to  get  lime,  and  to  eat  the  bedding  in  preference  to  clean,  fresh 
food.     There  is  weakness,  and  palpitation  of  the  heart. 

What  to  do. — Give  one  or  two  doses  of  the  following  recipe  : 

No.  71.  1  Drachm  iodine. 

y^  Dnichni  iodide  of  potash, 

Powder  and  mix  with  linseed  meal  to  make  a  ball. 

Give  as  one  dose  and  repeat  it  once  a  day  for  two  or  three  daj^s  ;  then 
give  a  teaspoonful  of  bica)'b(iUJite  of  soda  in  a  bran  mash,  morning  and 
night  tor  a,  AveeK  ;  men  give  recipe  No.  37,  and  give  a  complete  change 
of  food — a  run  at  grass  if  possible- 


DISEASES   OF   THE   URINARY   ORGANS  465 

IX.    Hsematuria  or  Bloody  Urine. 
Causes.-^This  is  caused  by  violence,  affecting  the  loins,  kidneys,  blad- 
der,   etc.  ;    by   cancer,   tubercle,    or  abscess  in  the  Iddueys ;    by  acrid 
diuretic  plants,  etc. 


HOUSE  SUFFERING   FROM    BLOODY   URINE. 

What  to  do.— In  case  there  is  a  profuse  flow  of  blood,  dash  cold  water 
over  the  l)ack.  Remove  the  causes,  if  they  can  be  located,  and  "-ive  flax- 
seed tea  to  drink,  and  recipe  No  70,  in  doses  of  two  tablespoonfuls,  three 
times  a  day. 

X.  Suppression  of  the  Urine,  or  Dysuria. 

Causes. — This  is  retention  of  the  urine  from  various  causes,  such  as 
contraction  of  the  sphincter  of  the  bladder ;  enlargement  of  the  prostatic 
gland;  stricture  of  the  urethra;  bean  in  the  head  of  the  penis,  and 
calculi. 

What  to  do. — Pass  in  the  catheter  to  empty  the  bladder,  and  then 
endeavor,  if  possible,  to  find  the  cause  and  remove  it.  If  it  is  from 
enlargement  of  the  prostatic  gland,  give  No.  66  ;  if  from  contraction  of 
sphincter  of  the  neck  of  the  bladder,  refer  to  the  treatment  for  spasms  of 
the  neck  of  the  ])ladder  ;  if  from  stricture,  refer  to  the  article  on  that  sub- 
ject ;  if  from  a  bean  in  the  head  of  the  penis,  oil  your  fingers  well  and 
remove  it ;  if  it  is  from  calculi,  refer  to  that  subject. 

XI.  Dribbling  of  the  Urine,  or  Enuresis. 

In  this  case  the  urine  dribbles  away  involuntarily.  It  may  come 
from  weakness  of  the  sphincter  of  the  bladder,  or  from  injury  to  it  by 
the  catheter,  or  from  paralysis  of  the  bladder.  Care  should  be  taken, 
when  passing  in  the  catheter,  to  pass  one  hand  into  the  rectum  to  o-uidethe 
point  over  the  curve.  It  may  come  from  calculi ;  if  so,  remove  them. 
If  it  comes  from  weakness,  give  a  change  of  food,  and  No.  .37  as  a 
tonic. 


466  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

XII.    Stricture  of  the  Urethra. 

Causes. — This  is  caused  by  irritating  ingredients  in  the  urine,  and  by 
strong  astringent  injections  used  in  gleet ;  or  l)y  the  healing  of  ulcers  in 
neglected  gleet. 

How  to  know  it. — The  urine  is  passed  in  a  very  fine  stream  ;  the  passage 
recjuires  a  long  time,  and  is  attended  with  pain.  There  are  frequent 
painful  erections. 

What  to  do. — Pass  in,  daily,  a  catheter,  beginning  with  one  small 
enough  to  i)ass  the  stricture,  and  increase  the  size  of  it  from  day  to  day, 
l)ushing  it  by  the  stricture  with  gentle  pressure. 

Xm.    Gonorrhoea. 

Causes. — This  is  inflammation  of  the  urethra  from  irritating  sub- 
stances in  the  urine  ;  excessive  copulation  ;  masturbation  ;  connection 
with  a  newly  delivered  mare  or  one  that  has  an  irritating  discharge  from 
the  womb  ;  mechanical  injury  to  the  penis,  and  irritation  from  the  pas- 
sage or  arrest  of  small  stones  or  gravel.  It  is  mostly  confined  to 
stallions. 

How  to  know  it. — By  swelling  and  soreness  in  the  sheath  and  penis  ; 
painful,  slow  urination,  frequently  interrupted  and  sent  in  jets,  owing  to 
the  pain  ;  more  or  less  discharge  of  pus,  which  will  be  seen  around  the 
head  of  the  penis. 

Wliat  to  do. — Give  a  pint  of  raw  linseed  oil  as  a  laxative,  and  foment 
the  sore  part  with  hot  water  ;  rinse  out  any  gravel,  and  inject  a  lotion 
made  as  follows  : 

No.  72.  %  Ounce  sugar  of  lead, 

1  Ounce  vinegar, 
1  Quart  water. 
Mix. 

Inject  a  little  once  a  day.  If  it  is  necessary  to  continue  this  longer 
than  a  week,  change  to 

No.  73.  15  Grains  nitrate  of  silver, 

%  Pint  water. 
"  Mix. 

Inject  a  little  twice  a  day.      Feed  on  soft  food. 

XIV.    Foul  Sheath. 

The  sheath  of  most  horses  needs  cleaning  occasionally.  The  glands  in 
the  skin  secrete  a  fluid  to  lubricate  the  parts,  and  at  times  it  is  secreted 
in  larger  quantities  than  at  other  times,  and  accumulates  in  a  gummy, 
black  substance  in  the  sheath.  Wash  it  out  carefully  with  soap  and  warm 
water,  being  careful  not  to  use  any  violence  in  drawing  down  the  yard, 


DISEASES   OF  THE  URIWARY  ORGANS.  4(37 

and  particularly  careful  not  to  scratch  the  parts  with  the  finger  nails.  If 
this  occurs  the  yard  may  swell  to  enormous  proportions ;  if  so,  bathe  ii 
with  warm  water  and  suspend  it  in  a  mde  bandage  passed  over  the  loins. 
Repeat  the  bathing  two  or  three  times  a  day.  Give  gentle  exercise  ;  and 
when  the  swelling  is  nearly  gone,  oil  it  with  olive  oil. 

XV.    Urinary  Calculi. 

Stones  or  calculi  in  the  urinary  apparatus  differ  in  size,  chemical  com- 
position and  location.  Sometimes  they  attain  to  very  large  sizes  ;  some- 
times several  small  ones  exist  in  the  same  place,  and  sometimes  the 
deposit  is  sand-like,  the  granules  not  uniting  to  form  a  stone. 

Their  chemical  composition  differs  according  to  the  nature  of  the  food. 
The  calculi  of  herbivorous  or  grazing  animals  are  composed  mostly  of  the 
carbonates,  while  those  of  carnivoi-ous  or  flesh  eating  animals  consist 
mainly  of  the  phosphates.  The  calculi  of  omnivorous  animals  partake  of 
the  character  of  the  two  kinds  just  mentioned.  They  will  be  more  largolv 
composed  of  the  carbonates  or  of  the  phosphates  according  to  the  cha'-ac- 
ter  of  the  food  and  water  taken. 

Causes. — The  carbonates  of  lime  and  magnesia  are  the  principal  com- 
ponents of  the  calculi  of  horses  and  cattle  ;  they  are  due  to  the  large 
proportion  of  vegetabje  acids  in  the  food.  These  vegetable  acids  become 
transformed  into  carbonic  acid,  which  unites  with  the  lime  and  magnesia 
•n  the  blood,  thus  forming  calculi.  The  tendencies  to  form  calculi  from 
the  food  are  strengthened  by  the  following  accessory  causes  :  Scarcity 
of  water ;  disinclination  to  drink  ;  excessive  loss  of  water  from  the  sys- 
tem by  diarrhoea  and  dysentery  or  profuse  sweating  ;  feverish  conditions, 
giving  rise  to  scanty  secretions  of  urine  ;  dry  winter  fodder;  and  hard 
drinking  water. 

A  solid  substance  of  some  kind  for  a  nucleus  or  starting  point  is  usually 
necessary  to  their  formation  ;  around  this  nucleus  the  salts  crystallize  in 
concentric  layers.  The  nucleus  may  be  a  particle  of  mucus,  fibrine 
or  blood,  or  a  foreign  body  introduced  with  the  catheter. 

The  locations  in  which  they  may  be  found  are  the  kidneys,  ureters  (the 
tubes  leading  to  the  bladder),  the  bladder,  the  urethra  and  the  fossa  of  the 
glans  penis. 

How  to  know  it. — Those  in  the  kidneys  and  ureters  cause  colicky  pains, 
straddling  gait,  tender  loins,  and  sometimes  blood  in  the  urine.  Those  in 
the  ureters  can  sometimes  be  felt  by  the  hand  introduced  into  the  rectum. 

Those  in  the  bladder  get  into  the  passage  and  obstruct  the  urine  occa- 
sionally, in  which  case  they  give  rise  to  frequent  straining  efforts  to  pass 
urine  ;  the  urine  escapes  in  driblets  and  jets,  with  frequent  sudden  ariests 
of  the  flow  ;  but  if  the  stone  does  not  get  into  the  passage,  the  flow  is  not 


468  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LITE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

checked.  Blood,  in  clots,  may  be  passed  from  wounding  of  the  mucous 
membrane  of  the  bladder,  hy  the  stone.  Examination  by  the  hand,  per 
rectum,  will  determine  its  existence.  In  the  female,  it  can  sometimes  be 
reached  with  the  finger. 

What  to  do. — There  is  no  satisfactory  treatment  in  cases  where  the 
location  of  the  stone  is  out  of  reach.  Those  in  the  bladder  and  urethra 
can  be  removed  by  either  breaking  them  down  and  washing  the  fragments 
out  (lithotrity),  or  they  may  be  removed  whole  (lithotomy)  ;  both  opera- 
tions Avill  be  found  described  in  the  chapter  on  operations. 

Prevention. — It  is  well  to  guard  against  the  formation  of  them  in  the 
first  instance,  and  to  prevent  their  return  Avhen  removed.  If  any  fault 
exists  in  the  feeding,  correct  it ;  give  a  reasonable  amount  of  common 
salt,  twice  a  week  to  horses,  and  to  cattle  three  times  a  week  ;  also  give  an 
abundant  supply  of  good  water.  If  the  water  is  hard,  put  a  little  caustic 
soda  or  potash  into  it  once  a  day,  or  a  little  hard  wood  ashes.  Give  roots 
to  cat  if  in  winter,  and  grass  in  summer  ;  give  half  an  ounce  of  tincture 
of  gentian  morning  and  night  for  a  fortnight,  or  a  tablespoonful  of 
powdered  gentian  or  quassia  morning  and  night  in  soft  food. 

Wounds:  —  For  treatment  of  lacerated  wounds,  see  page  360.  But 
sometimes  the  skin  is  not  broken,  the  flesh  is  very  much  bruLsed,  result- 
ing in  poUevil,  fistulous  withers,  sweeney  or  some  other  severe  affection. 

As  soon  as  obsei*ved,  bathe  with  hot  water  two  or  three  times  per  day 
for  several  minutes,  wipe  dry  and  apply  venice  turpentine,  driving  it  in 
with  a  hot  iron  held  close  to  the  wound 

If  you  find  it  is  going  to  head,  put  on  flaxseed  poultice  to  assist,  and 
on  opening,  treat  as  any  other  fi.stulous  sore. 

Should  the  surface  wound  be  of  long  standing  and  will  not  heal,  cauter- 
ize it  with  sulphuric  acid,  using  just  enough  to  moisten,  oil  with  vaseline 
to  protect  healthy  tissue  and  bathe  with  No.  7    three  times  per  day. 

A  thickening  is  often  seen  after  healing.  To  remove  it,  bathe  w4th  hot 
water  as  above  and  apply  No.  14  until  fairly  well  blistered,  apply  fresh 
lard  until  healed  and  repeat  the  process  until  satisfactory  results  are  ob- 
tained. 

If  proud  flesh  appears,  put  on  powdered  blue  vitriol  taking  care  to  tie 
the  hoKO  so  that  he  can  not  get  at  the  wound. 


DISEASES  OF  THE  URINARY  ORGANS.  469 

XVI.  Millet  Disease  of  Horses. 

In  many  sections  of  the  West  and  Middle  West  millet  is  a  common 
hay  crop.  It  is  harvested  and  handled  in  the  same  manner  as  other  hay. 
The  usual  practice  is  to  harvest  the  crop  before  the  heads  are  fully  ripe, 
as  there  is  a  popular  belief  that  the  ripe  heads  are  injurious  to  horses. 
Several  years  ago  the  North  Dakota  Station  reported  that  a  large  number 
of  horses  had  been  affected  with  so-called  "millet  disease."  This  was 
characterized  by  symptoms  resembling  rheumatism  and  derangement  of 
the  urinary  system.  The  name  "millet  disease"  was  adopted  from  the  fact 
that  nearly  100  per  cent  of  the  horses  affected  had  been  fed  upon  millet. 
In  the  few  cases  in  which  the  disease  was  said  to  occur  when  millet  was 
not  fed  the  symptoms  of  derangement  of  the  kidneys  were  absent. 

A. number  of  cases  of  millet  disease  were  investigated  by  the  North 
Dakota  Station.  After  feeding  considerable  quantities  of  millet  the  urine 
for  a  time  was  very  abundantly  secreted.  Lameness  and  rheumatic 
symptoms  soon  occurred,  and  were  accompanied  by  a  suppression  of  urine. 
Later  the  lameness  became  very  severe,  and  fever  was  observed  also.  A 
considerable  proportion  of  the  cases  terminated  fatally. 

Very  recently  this  station  has  published  the  results  of  further  experi- 
ments on  the  subject  of  feeding  millet.  Two  tests  were  made.  In  the 
first  trial  two  geldings  in  good  health  were  fed  hay  and  grain  for  about 
two  weeks.  Millet  was  then  substituted  for  hay  for  about  ten  days.  The 
same  ration  as  at  the  beginning  was  then  fed  for  four  days.  All  the 
horses  were  driven  daily  for  exercise.  The  symptoms  of  lameness  ac- 
companied by  suppressed  urine,  previously  noted,  were  observed  in  these 
cases  also. 

The  second  test  was  similar  to  the  first,  and  was  made  with  two  mares. 
One  of  the  mares  became  very  lame  and  could  hardly  stand,  and  suffered 
from  time  to  time  from  retention  of  the  urine.  She  was  killed  and  post- 
mortem examination  of  the  carcass  showed  a  very  diseased  condition. 
The  other  mare  did  not  show  as  marked  symptoms  during  the  test. 
However,  when  fed  millet  for  about  three  months  she  would  become  so 
lame  in  the  joints  of  the  hind  legs  that  it  was  almost  impossible  for  her 
to  walk.  When  feeding  millet  was  discontinued  she  would  recover.  The 
lameness  was  "again  produced  by  millet  feeding.  After  about  two  years 
of  alternate  periods  of  millet  and  hay  feeding  she  became  practically 
worthless. 

From  these  experiments  and  observations  it  would  appear  that  feeding 
millet  alone  as  a  coarse  fodder  is  injurious  to  horses.  It  produces  an 
increased  action  of  the  kidneys,  and  causes  lameness  and  swelling  of  the 
joints.  It  causes  an  infusion  of  blood  into  the  joints,  and  destroys  the 
texture  of  the  bone,  rendering  it  soft  and  less  tenacious,  so  that  the  liga- 
ments and  muscles  are  easily  torn  loose.  Feeding  millet  produces  millet 
disease,  the  specific  cause  to  which  the  dangerous  properties  of  millet  are 
due  has  not  yet  been  discovered. 


CHAPTER  X^^I. 

MALARIAL  FEVER  IN  HORSES 

OR 

PERNICIOUS  ANEMIA,  SWAMP  FEVER,  OR  SURRA. 


I.     DEFINITION. — —II.     ETIOLOGY. III.        SYMPTOMS. IV.        DIAGNOSIS. 

V.    FIlOLl)    WORK. — —VI.    TREATMENT. VII.    CONCLUSIONS. 

I.    Definition. 

Pernicious  anemia,  or  infectiou.s  anemia,  is  known  under  various  names 
as  swamp  fever,  American  surra,  and  plain  paralysis.     The  term  perni- 


AN   ACUTE    CASE.    FIRST    STAGE. 

cious  anemia  seems  the  most  suitable  one  to  use,  in  the  light  of  present 
knowledge  of  the  disease. 

There  has  been  a  great  deal  of  investigation  of  this  disease.  At  the 
present  time  the  Bureau  of  Animal  Industry  is  working  in  co-operation 
with  the  Agricultural  experiment  stations  of  various  states.  The  disease 
is  found  from  Manitoba  to  the  Gulf  of  Mexico.  It  has  been  proven  con- 
clusively that  this  disease  is  due  to  an  ultra-microscopical  organism  capa- 
ble of  passing  through  the  finest  porcelain  filters.  It  is  found  most  prev- 
alent in  low,  marshy  localities,  although  the  disease  is  seen  on  higher 

470 


MALARIAL   FEVER   IN    HORSES. 


471 


altitudes.  It  appears  most  frequently  during  the  months  from  March 
to  October,  but  may  appear  any  time  of  the  year,  and  affects  only  the 
equine  species. 

II.  Cause. 

The  viris,  in  blood,  drawn  from  an  infected  animal,  has  been  found 
active  after  twenty-four  hours.  Five  Oc.  injected  into  a  healthy  animal 
has  produced  the  disease. 

Dr.  Darling  of  the  hospital  force  of  the  canal  zone  at  the  Isthmus  of 
Panama  claims  to  have  found  a  germ  in  all  cases  diagnosed  as  swamp 
fever  by  veterinarians  at  the  zone. 


A  SECOND  ATTACK,  SECOND  STAGE. 


The  period  of  incubation  after  inoculation  is  from  ten  days  to  six 
weeks.  The  onset  of  pernicious  anemia  is  marked  by  an  elevation  of 
temperature.  If  the  mucous  membrane  is  involved,  it  will  run  a  chronic 
course,  lasting  from  six  weeks  to  six  months,  or  even  longer.  I  have  a 
case  in  mind  which  lasted  twenty-two  months.  It  was  under  treatment 
part  of  the  time. 

It  is  considered'  that  flies,  mosquitoes,  and  internal  parasites  act  as 
intermediate  hosts  for  the  parasite  that  causes  pernicious  anemia. 

The  disease  is  characterized  by  a  progressive  anemia,  remittent  fever, 
excessive  urination  and  a  gradual  emaciation  in  spite  of  a  good  appetite. 
The  patient  appears  dull,  listless,  tires  very  easily,  and  exhibits  more  or  less 
stiffness  of  hind  limbs. 


472         CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

The  temperature  at  first  103°  F.  or  higher  after  a  while  subsides  to 
run  even  higher  hiter.  Death  is  due  to  exhaustion  or  unconsciousness. 
There  may  be  either  diarrhea  or  constipation — more  frequently  the  latter. 

All  mucous  membranes  are  pale  in  color,  and  there  is  more  or  less 
weakness  of  all  pendulent  parts  of  the  abdomen. 

Lesions  noted  on  the  carcass  are  anemia  and  extreme  emaciation. 
The  absence  of  adipose  tissue  makes  the  skin  adhere  to  the  body. 
Purple  or  livid  spots  are  found  on  the  heart  muscle,  and  on  other  visceral 
organs.  A  plastic  exudate  is  found  in  the  thoracic  cavity.  There  is  a  de- 
crease of  red  blood  corpuscles,  and  increase  of  white  corpuscles. 


A   CHRONIC    CASE,   THIRD   STAGE. 


Says  Dr.  A.  T.  Peters  of  the  Nebraska  Agricultural  station-.  Many 
of  the  farmers  call  the  disease  "Typhoid  Fever,"  for  it  resembles  this 
fever  very  much.  The  manner  in  which  the  disease  is  contracted  by 
horses  is  not  definitely  understood.  In  the  last  few  years,  the  Veterinari- 
ans in  the  Philippines  have  discovered  a  disease,  prevalent  in  India  under 
the  name  of  "surra,"  the  description  of  which  corresponds  very  much 
to  that  of  malarial  fever  of  horses  in  this  country,  with  the  exception 
that  bacteriologists  have  not  been  able  to  find  the  surra  parasite  in  the 
blood  of  affected  animals  in  this  country.  As  the  parasite  of  surra  is 
very  easily  detected  in  the  blood  of  affected  animals,  and  as  we  have  not 
been  able  to  discover  it,  the  conclusion  seems  reasonable  that  the  diseases 
are  not  identical.  It  is  difiicult  to  ascertain  how  the  disease  first  made 
its  appearance  in  this  country.     We  find  it  on  the  marshy  pastures  during 


MALARIAL   FEVER  IN    HORSES.  473 

very  wet  seasons.  It  is  the  general  opinion  of  those  who  have  studied 
the  disease  that  it  is  caused  by  feeding  on  certain  low,  marshy  pastures 
and  on  hay  that  comes  from  such  pastures.  Whatever  its  origin,  the 
disease  has  spread  on  these  pastures  during  the  last  few  years.  Horses 
die  from  this  disease  on  the  Missouri  river  bottom  and  in  the  Elkhorn 
valley  and  farther  up  in  the  western  part  of  the  state.  In  these  districts 
the  loss  is  very  great,  especially  in  wet  seasons,  such  as  we  have  had  in 
the  last  few  years.  To  the  stockman  the  loss  is  very  heavy,  for  when  it 
once  makes  its  appearance  on  a  ranch,  it  is  very  apt  to  recur,  and  carry 
off  every  horse.  Many  ranchmen  in  these  districts  lost  all  of  their  horses 
and  were  seriously  crippled  in  finishing  up  their  season's  work,  many 
farmers  losing  from  two  to  eight  head  of  horses.  This  is  the  most  serious 
disease  among  horses  that  this  state  has  been  called  upon  to  investigate. 

III.    Symptoms. 

The  disease  usually  starts  in  with  a  fever  of  the  recurrent  type.  Fol- 
lowing this  is  the  symptom  of  weakness.  The  horses  become  tired  easily. 
They  apparently  have  no  life  and  perform  their  usual  work  with  great 
difficulty.  The  mucous  membranes  of  the  mouth  and  eyes  become 
very  pale.  After  the  animals  have  shown  these  symptoms  for  a  few 
days,  one  will  notice  a  staggering  gait.  They  become  weak  over  the 
loins,  so  that  farmers  suspect  some  kidney  trouble.  They  drag  their 
legs.  During  these  first  symptoms  the  horses  do  not  apparently  lose 
their  appetite,  eating  ravenously,  but  growing  thinner  and  weaker  all 
the  time.  The  temperature  becomes  more  elevated,  running  as  high  as 
103°  to  106°.  The  variation  in  temperature  is  one  of  the  characteristic 
symptoms.  It  may  remain  high  for  several  days  and  then  drop  down, 
only  to  rise  again.  In  this  condition  of  changing  temperature  the  horses 
become  too  weak  to  work.  They  lose  flesh  very  rapidly  and  are  usually 
laid  off  from  work.  It  may  occur  that  the  animal  will  improve  for  a 
week  or  ten  days,  only  to  have  another  attack  more  severe  than  the  first 
one.  Horses  may  have  two  or  three  attacks  and  death  finally  follows, 
either  from  heart  failure  or  from  exhaustion.  The  ranchmen  have 
observed  that  when  they  feed  their  horses  all  they  want  while  they  are 
sick  with  this  disease,  death  is  certain,  but  that  if  they  feed  them  spar- 
ingly they  may  recover,  but  usually  have  another  attack.  In  the  early 
stages  of  the  disease  the  pulse  is  always  very  rapid,  while  in  the  latter 
stages  it  is  very  weak.  Horses  may  linger  with  this  disease  for  several 
months.  The  writer  has  observed  some  to  live  three  months.  As  a 
rule,  horses  live  from  two  to  three  weeks.  It  is  only  occasionally  that 
animals  recover.  Besides  the  above  symptoms,  there  is  a  swelling  of 
the  legs.     This  is  a  symptom  that  is  not  always  observed,  and  then, 


474  CYCLOPEDIA   OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK   DOCTOR. 

only  in  the  latter  stages  of  the  disease.  This  swelling  may  also  be  noticed 
under  the  abdomen.  The  swelling  indicates  a  very  poor  circulation,  and 
is  a  very  bad  symptom.  There  are  also  found  petecchiae  (little  blood 
spots)  on  the  mucous  membranes.  These  are  especially  found  on  the 
surface  membrane  of  the  eye.  As  the  disease  advances,  the  color  of 
these  spots  become  darker,  resembling  that  in  mortification,  and  gives 
the  observer  a  very  good  index  of  the  progress  of  the  case.  Whenever 
these  spots  are  found  on  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  eye,  the  case  almost 
always  proves  fatal.  Another  marked  symptom  is  the  increase  of  the 
urine.  Large  quantities  of  urine  are  secreted.  This  is  also  a  serious 
symptom. 

IV.  Diagnosis. 

This  disease  is  not  very  difficult  to  diagnose,  at  least  not  in  the  latter 
stages  of  the  disease.  In  the  early  stages  it  may  be  mistaken  for  influenza 
or  pneumonia,  but  when  one  has  seen  a  case  in  the  advanced  stages,  then 
it  is  not  so  difficult.  However,  it  is  well  for  one  w^ho  is  inexperienced  to 
defer  judgment  until  the  animal  has  been  examined  two  or  three  times 
on  that  many  days.  If  one  takes  into  consideration  the  good  appetite 
with  continual  loss  of  flesh,  the  pale  mucous  membranes,  and  the  peculiar 
pulse,  he  can  diagnose  without  much  trouble. 

Prognosis. — The  prognosis  of  this  disease  is  very  unfavorable.  Some 
ranchmen  and  veterinarians  claim  that  the  death  rate  runs  from  50  to 
75  per  cent,  while  others  claim  even  a  higher  percentage.  The  writer 
is  of  the  opinion  that  a  very  small  per  cent  of  the  animals  recover.  We 
have  observed  that  where  farmers  have  carefully  nursed  their  animals 
they  appeared  to  recover,  only  to  have  another  attack  which  seemed  to 
be  more  severe,  death  finally  resulting.  The  writer  has  never  seen  a 
thoroughly  cured  animal  since  he  has  observed  this  disease. 

V.  Field  Work. 

The  disease  was  first  observed  by  this  station  in  1902  in  this  statf:. 
Since  that  time  a  great  many  horses  have  been  lost. 

The  field  work  consisted  in  visiting  several  ranches  on  which  a  number 
of  horses  had  died,  so  as  to  study  the  conditions.  It  was  our  aim  to  make 
post  mortem  examinations  and  to  treat  animals  that  were  affected.  In 
the  majority  of  cases  that  came  under  our  observation  the  animals  were 
in  the  advanced  stages  of  the  disease. 

Last  July  the  writer  visited  a  number  of  ranches,  and  also  held  post  mor- 
tem examinations  on  diseased  animals.  We  found  that  the  animlas  were  all 
greatly  emaciated  and  the  mucous  membranes  very  pale;  and  in  all  cases 


MALARIAL   FEVER   IN    HORSES.  475 

we  found  the  characteristic  blood  spots  on  the  mucous  membrane  of  the 
eye.  These  blood  spots  were  more  pronounced  in  some  cases  than  in 
others,  due  to  the  severity  of  the  attack.  Some  blood  counts  were  made 
from  the  diseased  animals.  The  red  corpuscles  ran  as  low  as  1,800,000 
to  2,200,000,  while  the  normal  for  a  healthy  animal  is  about  7,500,000 
red  corpuscles,  which  explains  why  the  affected  animals  emaciate  and 
become  pale  so  very  rapidly.  The  post  mortem  examination  also  showed 
a  large  number  of  worms  known  as  the  tetracanthum.  This  worm  was 
found  more  abundant  in  horses  that  showed  slight  symptoms  or  were  in 
the  early  stages  of  the  disease,  and  was  not  found  so  abundant  in  the 
chronic  cases.  It  was  always  found  in  the  colon  and  the  intestines.  In 
none  of  the  specimens  that  were  examined  were  we  able  to  find  this  worm 
in  the  circulation.  It  is  of  importance  to  note  that,  as  stated,  in  ad- 
vanced, long-standing  chronic  cases,  when  a  post  mortem  is  held,  few  if 
any  of  these  parasites  are  found.  This  may  possibly  be  explained  by 
the  severe  emaciation  that  the  animal  has  undergone,  the  blood  being 
in  such  poor  condition  that  possibly  it  had  no  nutritive  value,  thus 
causing  the  parasites  to  leave  their  hosts.  In  one  post  mortem  examin- 
ation where,  according  to  the  owner's  statement,  the  horse  had  been 
affected  twenty-one  days,  we  could  not  find  any  of  these  worms.  The 
organs  in  the  abdominal  cavity  were  practically  normal  except  the  kid- 
neys, which  were  very  much  enlarged,  and  showed  plainly  chronic  lesions 
of  nephritis  (inflammation  of  the  kidneys.) 

Laboratory  Experiments. — Cultures  w^ere  made  from  the  contents  of 
the  spleen,  blood,  kidneys,  and  urine.  These  cultures  were  inoculated 
into  smaller  animals,  but  without  any  results, 

VI.  Treatment. 

The  treatment  of  this  disease  has  not  been  very  satisfactory,  which  is 
largely  due  to  the  fact  that  we  have  no  definite  knowledge  as  to  the  true 
cause  of  the  disease.  The  treatment  consisted  in  using  gasoline,  creolin 
and  creosote  to  cleanse  out  the  stomach  of  the  intestinal  parasites.  In 
addition  to  this,  fever  remedies  were  used,  such  as  quinine,  nux  vomica, 
digitalis,  and  the  like,  followed  up  with  a  general  tonic,  such  as  Fowler's 
solution,  but  with  no  universal  success. 

At  this  time  the  Station  is  giving  attention  to  the  method  by  which 
these  animals  become  infected.  Possibly  it  may  be  in  the  same  way 
that  sheep  and  cattle  become  infected  with  the  small  parasite  known  as 
the  stomach  worm.  Embryos  of  worms  have  been  found  on  blades  of 
grass  and  are  taken  up  by  stock  when  grazing.  As  soon  as  the  definite 
cause  of  infection  has  been  learned,  then  possibly  a  cure  may  be  forth- 
coming. 


476  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

VII.  Conclusions. 

Since  we  have  no  definite  knowledge  of  how  the  animal  becomes  in- 
fected, and  from  the  fact  that  all  medicinal  treatment  so  far  employed 
has  given  no  uniform  success,  attention  should  be  given  to  the  i^revention, 
and  especially  to  the  mode  of  infection,  as  stated  before. 

A  very  capable  authority  gives  the  following  facts  as  to  mortality  and 
treatment : 

The  prognosis  should  be  guarded.  Most  practitioners  report  about 
fifty  per  cent,  mortality,  but  if  the  horses  were  treated  according  to  the 
veterinarian's  direction  it  is  doubtful  if  the  mortality  would  be  more  than 
twenty-five  per  cent.  Drs.  Francis  and  Marsteller,  of  Texas,  have  issued 
a  bulletin  in  which  they  hold  that  an  animal  that  has  had  the  disease 
is  always  infectious.     This  statement  needs  further  experimental  support. 

In  the  treatment  of  the  disease  the  affected  animals  should  be  kept 
absolutely  at  rest,  they  should  not  even  be  led  out  of  their  stalls  to  the 
watering  trough.  Sunshine  has  a  decided  injurious  effect  upon  the 
diseased  animals;  they  should  be  kept  in  a  comfortable  stall. 

In  the  acute  type  the  temperature  should  be  diminished  by  cold  baths. 
Water  may  be  safely  and  conveniently  applied  with  a  hose.  When  water 
is  not  available  for  a  bath,  frequent  rectal  injections  of  cool  water  should 
be  resorted  to.  Stimulants  should  be  given,  the  dosage  depending  upon 
the  requirement  of  the  case.  Arsenic  appears  to  be  a  very  reliable  agent 
in  this  disease.  It  is  usually  given  as  Fowler's  solution,  the  dosage  vary- 
ing somew'hat,  though  generally  speaking,  large  doses  should  be  given. 
Any  ordinary  adult  horse  should  receive  from  two  to  three  ounces  of 
Fowler's  solution  daily  until  the  temperature  becomes  normal.  Tonics 
should  he  prescribed  for  at  least  two  weeks  after  the  animal  has  apparently 
returned  to  normal.  In  the  chronic  form,  the  temperature  should  be 
kept  as  near  normal  as  possible  by  baths  or  rectal  injections.  Stimulants 
should  be  given  at  least  three  times  daily,  conjoined  ^A-ith  Fowler's  solu- 
tion, giving  of  the  latter  not  less  than  two  ounces  daily.  The  Fowler 
solution  may  be  suspended  for  a  day  or  two  if  there  are  signs  of  arsenical 
poisoning.  This  line  of  treatment  continued  for  from  four  to  six  weeks 
apparently  completely  destroys  the  causative  agent  of  the  disease,  or,  at 
least,  the  animals  recover, 


CHAPTER   XVII. 
DISEASES  OF  THE  GENERATIVE  ORGANS. 


1.   SYxMPTOMS. II.   TREATMENT. III.   SARCOCELE. IV.   VARICOCELE. 

V.  DEGENERATION  OF  THE  TESTICLES. VL  WARTS  ON  THE  PENIS. 

VII     DEGENERATION   OF   PENIS. VIIL     EXTRAVASATION     OF     BLOOD   IN 

THE    PENIS. IX.    PARALYSIS    OF    THE    PENIS. X.    MALADIE    DU    COIT. 

OR  DOURINE. 

CONGESTION  AND  INFLAMMATION   OF  THE  TESTICLES,  OR  ORCHITIS. 

In  the  prime  of  life,  in  vigorous  health,  and  on  stimulating  food, 
stallions  are  subject  to  congestion  of  the  testicles,  says  Prof.  James  Law, 
which  become  swollen,  hot,  and  tender,  but  without  any  active  inflamma- 
tion. A  reduction  of  the  grain  in  the  feed,  the  administration  of  1  or  2 
ounces  of  Glauber's  salts  daily  in  the  food,  and  the  bathing  of  the  affected 
organs  daily  with  tepid  water  or  alum  water  will  usually  restore  them  to  a 
healthy  condition. 

When  the  factors  producing  congestion  are  extraordinarily  potent, 
when  there  has  been  frequent  copulation  and  heavy  grain  feeding,  when 
the  weather  is  warm  and  the  animal  has  had  little  exercise,  and  when  the 
proximity  of  other  horses  or  mares  excite  the  generative  instinct  without 
gratification  this  congestion  may  grow  to  actual  inflammation.  Among 
the  other  causes  of  orchitis  are  blows  and  penetrating  wounds  implicating 
the  testicles,  abrasions  of  the  scrotum  by  a  chain  or  rope  passing  inside 
the  thigh,  contusions  and  frictions  on  the  gland  under  rapid  paces  or  heavy 
draft,  compression  of  the  blood  vessels  of  the  spermatic  cord  by  the  in- 
guinal ring  under  the  same  circumstances,  and,  finally,  sympathetic  dis- 
turbance in  cases  of  disease  of  the  kidneys,  bladder,  or  urethra.  Stimu- 
lants of  the  generative  functions,  like  rue,  savin,  tansy,  cantharides,  and 
damiana,  may  also  be  accessory  causes  of  congestion  and  inflammation. 
Finally,  certain  specific  diseases  like  maladie  du  coit,  glanders,  and  tuber- 
culosis, localized  in  the  testicles,  will  cause  inflammation. 

I.  Symptoms. 

Apart  from  actual  wounds  of  the  parts,  the  symptoms  of  orchitis  are 
swelling,  heat,  and  tenderness  of  the  testicles,  straddling  with  the  hind 
legs  alike  in  standing  and  walking,  stiffness  and  dragging  of  the  hind 
limbs  or  of  the  limb  on  the  affected  side,  arching  of  the  loins,  abdominal 
pain,  manifested  by  glancing  back  at  the  flank,  with  more  or  less  fever, 
elevated  body  temperature,  accelerated  pulse  and  breathing,  inappetence, 
and  dullness.     In  bad  cases  the  scanty  urine  may  be  reddish  and  the 

477 


478  CYCLOPEDIA   or   LIVE  STOCK  AND   COMl'LETK   STOCK   DOCTOR. 

swelling  may  extend  to  the  skin  and  envelopes  of  the  testicle,  which  may 
become  thickened  and  doughy,  pitting  on  pressure.  The  swelling  may 
be  so  much  greater  in  the  convoluted  excretory  duct  along  the  upper 
border  of  the  testicle  as  to  suggest  the  presence  of  a  second  stone.  Even  in 
the  more  violent  attacks  the  intense  suffering  abates  somewhat  on  the  sec- 
ond or  third  day.  If  it  lasts  longer  it  is  likely  to  give  rise  to  the  formation 
of  matter  (abscess).  In  exceptional  cases  the  testicle  is  struck  with  gan- 
grene, or  death.  Improvement  may  go  on  slowly  to  complete  recovery, 
or  the  malady  may  subside  into  a  subacute  and  chronic  form  with  indura- 
tion. Matter  (abscess)  may  be  recognized  by  the  presence  of  a  soft  spot, 
where  pressure  with  two  fingers  will  detect  fluctuation  from  one  to  the 
other.  When  there  is  liquid  exudation  into  the  scrotum,  or  sack,  fluctua- 
tion may  also  be  felt,  but  the  liquid  can  be  made  out  to  be  around  the 
testicle  and  can  be  pressed  up  into  the  abdomen  through  the  inguinal 
canal.  When  abscess  occurs  in  the  cord  the  matter  may  escape  into  the 
scrotal  sac  and  cavity  of  the  abdomen  and  pyemia  may  follow. 

II.  Treatment. 

Treatment  consists  in  perfect  rest  and  quietude,  the  administration  of 
a  purgative  (1  to  11/2  pounds  Glauber's  salts),  and  the  local  application 
of  an  astringent  lotion  (acetate  of  lead  2  drachms,  extract  of  belladonna  2 
drachms,  and  water  1  quart)  upon  soft  rags  or  cotton  wool,  kept  in  contact 
with  the  part  by  a  suspensory  bandage.  This  bandage,  of  great  value  for 
support,  may  be  made  nearly  triangular  and  tied  to  a  girth  around  the 
loins  and  to  the  upper  part  of  the  same  surcingle  by  two  bands  carried 
backward  and  upward  between  the  thighs.  In  severe  cases  scarifications 
one-fourth  inch  deep  serve  to  relieve  vascular  tension.  When  abscess  is 
threatened  its  formation  may  be  favored  by  w^arm  fomentations  or  poul- 
tices, and  on  the  occurrence  of  fluctuation  the  knife  may  be  employed  to 
give  free  escape  to  the  pus.  The  resulting  cavity  may  be  injected  daily 
with  a  weak  carbolic-acid  lotion,  or  salol  may  be  introduced.  The  same 
agents  may  be  used  on  a  gland  threatened  with  gangrene,  but  its  prompt 
removal  by  castration  is  to  be  preferred,  antiseptics  being  applied  freely 
to  the  resulting  cavity. 

III.  Sarcocele. 

This  is  an  enlarged  and  indurated  condition  of  the  gland,  resulting 
from  chronic  inflammation,  though  it  is  often  associated  with  a  specific 
deposit,  like  glanders.  In  this  condition  the  natural  structure  of  the  gland 
has  given  place  to  embrj^onal  tissue  (small  round  cells,  with  a  few  fibrous 
bundles),  and  its  restoration  to  health  is  very  improbable.  Apart  from 
active  inflammation,  it  may  increase  very  slowly.    The  diseased  testicle  is 


DISEASES   OF   THE  GENERATIVE   ORGANS.  479 

enlarged,  firm,  non-elastic,  and  comparatively  insensible.  The  skin  of 
the  scrotum  is  tense,  and  it  may  be  edematous  (pitting  on  pressure),  as 
are  the  deeper  envelopes  and  spermatic  cord.  If  liquid  is  present  in  the 
sac,  the  symptoms  are  masked  somewhat.  As  it  increases  it  causes  awk- 
ward straddling,  dragging  movement  of  the  hind  limbs,  or  lameness  on 
the  affected  side.  The  spermatic  cord  often  increases  at  the  same  time 
with  the  testicle,  and  the  inguinal  ring  being  thereby  stretched  and  en- 
larged a  portion  of  intestine  may  escape  into  the  sac,  complicating  the 
disease  with  hernia. 

The  only  rational  and  effective  treatment  is  castration,  and  even  this 
may  not  succeed  when  the  disease  is  specific. 

IV.  Varicocele. 

This  is  an  enlargement  of  the  venous  network  of  the  spermatic  cord, 
and  gives  rise  to  general  thickening  of  the  cord  from  the  testicle  up  to  the 
ring.  The  same  astringent  dressings  may  be  tried  as  in  orchitis,  and, 
this  failing,  castration  may  be  resorted  to. 

V.  Degeneration  of  the  Testicles. 

The  testicles  may  become  the  seat  of  fibrous,  calcareous,  fatty,  carti- 
laginous, or  cystic  degeneration,  for  all  of  which  the  appropriate  treat- 
ment is  castration.  They  also  become  the  seat  of  cancer,  glanders,  or  tu- 
berculosis, and  castration  is  requisite,  though  with  less  hope  of  arresting 
the  disease.  Finally,  they  may  become  infested  with  cystic  tapeworms 
or  larval  stages  of  the  armed  roundworm  {Strongylus  equinus) . 

VI.  Warts  on  the  Penis. 

These  are  best  removed  by  seizing  them  between  the  thumb  and  fore- 
finger and  twisting  them  off.  Or  they  may  be  cut  off  with  scissors  and  the 
roots  cauterized  with  nitrate  of  silver. 

VII.  Degeneration  of  Penis. 

The  penis  of  the  horse  is  subject  to  great  cauliflower-like  growths  on  its 
free  end,  which  extend  back  into  the  substance  of  the  organ,  obstruct  the 
passage  of  urine,  and  cause  very  fetid  discharges.  The  only  resort  is  to 
cut  them  oft",  together  with  whatever  portion  of  the  penis  has  become  dis- 
eased and  indurated.  The  operation,  which  should  be  performed  by  a 
veterinary  surgeon,  consists  in  cutting  through  the  organ  from  its  upper 
to  its  lower  aspect,  twisting  or  tying  the  two  dorsal  arteries,  and  leaving 
the  urethra  longer  by  half  an  inch  to  1  inch  than  the  adjacent  structures. 


480  CYCLOPEDIA   or   LIVE  STOCK  AND   COMPLETE  STOCK   DOCTOR. 

VIII.   Extravasation  of  Blood  in  the  Penis. 

As  a  result  of  kicks,  blows,  or  of  forcible  striking  of  the  yard  on  the 
thighs  of  the  mare  which  it  has  failed  to  enter,  the  penis  may  become  the 
seat  of  effusion  of  blood  from  one  or  more  ruptured  blood  vessels.  This 
gives  rise  to  a  more  or  less  extensive  swelling  on  one  or  more  sides,  followed 
by  some  heat  and  inflammation,  and  on  recovery  a  serious  curving  of 
the  organ.  The  treatment  in  the  early  stages  may  be  the  application  of 
lotions,  of  alum  or  other  astringents,  to  limit  the  amount  of  effusion  and 
favor  absorption.    The  penis  should  be  suspended  in  a  sling. 

IX.  Paralysis  of  the  Penis. 

This  results  from  blows  and  other  injuries,  and  also  in  some  cases  from 
too  frequent  and  exhausting  service.  The  yard  hangs  from  the  sheath, 
flaccid,  pendulous,  and  often  cold.  The  passage  of  urine  occurs  with  les- 
sened force,  and  especially  without  the  final  jets.  In  cases  of  local  injury 
the  inflammation  should  first  be  subdued  by  astringent  and  emollient 
lotions,  and  in  all  cases  the  system  should  be  invigorated  by  nourishing 
diet,  while  30-grain  doses  of  nux  vomica  are  given  twice  a  day.  Finally,  a 
weak  current  of  electricity  sent  through  the  penis  from  just  beneath  the 
anus  to  the  free  portion  of  the  yard,  continued  for  ten  or  fifteen  minutes 
and  repeated  daily,  may  prove  successful. 

X.  Maladie  Du  Coit,  or  Dourine. 

This  is  propagated,  like  syphilis,  by  the  act  of  copulation  and  affects 
stallions  and  mares.  It  has  long  been  known  in  northern  Africa,  Arabia, 
and  Continental  Europe.  It  was  imported  into  Illinois  in  1882  in  a 
Percheron  horse. 

From  one  to  ten  days  after  copulation,  or  in  stallions  it  may  be  after 
some  weeks,  there  is  irritation,  swelling,  and  a  livid  redness  of  the  external 
organs  of  generation,  sometimes  followed  by  the  eruption  of  small  blisters 
one-fifth  of  an  inch  across  on  the  penis,  the  vulva,  clitoris,  and  the  vagina, 
and  the  consequent  rupture  of  these  vesicles  and  the  formation  of  ulcers 
or  small  open  sores.  Vesicles  have  not  been  noticed  in  this  disease  in  the 
dry  climate  of  Illinois.  In  the  mare  there  is  frequent  contraction  of  the 
vulva,  urination,  and  the  discharge  of  a  watery  and  later  a  thick  viscid 
liquid  of  a  whitish,  yellowish,  or  reddish  color,  which  collects  on  and  soils 
the  tail.  The  swelling  of  the  vulva  increases  and  decreases  alternately, 
affecting  one  part  more  than  another  and  giving  a  distorted  appearance 
to  the  opening.  The  affection  of  the  skin  leads  to  the  appearance  of  circu- 
lar white  spots,  which  may  remain  distinct  or  coalesce  into  extensive 
patches  which  persist  for  months.  This,  with  the  soiled  tail,  red,  swollen, 
puckered,  and  distorted  vulva,  and  an  increasing  weakness  and  paralysis 


DISEASES   OF   THE  GENERATIVE    ORGANS.  481 

of  the  hind  limbs,  serves  to  characterize  the  affection.  The  mare  rarely 
breeds,  but  will  take  the  male,  and  thus  propagate  the  disease.  The 
disease  winds  up  with  great  emaciation  and  stupidity  and  death  in  four 
months  to  two  years.  In  horses  which  serve  few  mares  there  may  be  only 
swelling  of  the  sheath  for  a  year,  but  with  frequent  copulation  the  progress 
is  more  rapid.  The  penis  may  be  enlarged,  shrunken,  or  distorted;  the 
testicles  are  usually  pendent  and  may  be  enlarged  or  wasted  and  flabby ; 
the  skin,  as  in  the  mare,  shows  white  spots  and  patches.  Later  the  penis 
becomes  partially  paralyzed  and  hangs  out  of  the  sheath ;  swelling  of  the 
adjacent  lymphatic  glands  (in  the  groin),  and  even  of  distant  ones,  and 
of  the  skin  appears,  and  the  hind  limbs  become  weak  and  unsteady.  In 
some  instances  the  glands  under  the  jaw  swell,  and  a  discharge  flows  from 
the  nose,  as  in  glanders.  In  other  cases  the  itching  of  the  skin  leads  to 
gnawing  and  extensive  sores.  Weakness,  emaciation,  and  stupidity  in- 
crease until  death,  in  fatal  cases,  yet  the  sexual  desire  does  not  seem  to  fail. 
A  stallion  without  sense  to  eat,  except  when  food  was  put  in  his  mouth, 
would  still  neigh  and  seek  to  follow  mares.  In  mild  cases  an  apparent 
recovery  may  ensue,  and  through  such  animals  the  disease  is  propagated 
to  new  localities  to  be  roused  into  activity  and  extension  under  the  stimulus 
of  service.  The  diseased  nerve  centers  are  the  seat  of  cryptogamic  growths. 
Treatment  of  the  malady  has  proved  eminently  unsatisfactory.  It  be- 
longs to  the  pure  contagious  diseases,  and  should  be  stamped  out  by  the 
remorseless  slaughter  or  castration  of  every  horse  or  mare  that  has  had 
sexual  congress  with  a  diseased  animal. 


482 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


CHAPTER  XVIII. 


PARTURITION. 

I.      NATURAL     PARTURITION. II.      DIFFERENT     PRESENTATIONS. III.        ATTENTION     TO 

THE   MOTHER. IV.    ATTENTION   TO   THE   FOAL. V.    DIFFICULT   PARTURITION   IN   THE 

MARE  AND  COW  COMPARED. VI.  DIFFICULTIES  DUE  TO  THE  MOTHER. VII.  DIF- 
FICULTIES   DUE   TO    THE    FOAL. VIII.       OBSTETRIC    INSTRUMENTS. IX.       WHEN    THE 

FOAL   IS    BORN    DEAD,    OR    THE    AFTER-BIRTH    RETAINED. X.    THE    UMBILICAL    CORD    OF 

FOAL. XI.    VARIOUS     PRESENTATIONS     ILLUSTRATED. XII.    VARIOUS     POSITIONS     OF 

THE  FO.\L. XIII.  DORSO-LUMBAR  PRESENTATION. XIV.  STERiNO-ABDOMINAL  PRE- 
SENTATION.  XV.  MECHANISM  OF  PARTURITION. XVI.  MECHANISM  OF  PARTURI- 
TION IN  THE  ANTERIOR  VERTEBRO-SACRAL  POSITION. XVII.  MECHANISM  OF  PAR- 
TURITION    IN     THE     ANTERIOR     VERTEBRO-PUBIC     POSITION. XVIII.    MECHANISM     OF 

PARTURITION    IN    THE    ANTERIOR    VERTEBRO-ILIAL    POSITIONS. XIX.    MECHANISM    OF 

PARTURITION    IN    THE   POSTERIOR   LUMBO-SACRAL   POSITION. XX.    NECESSARY   AID    IN 

NORMAL  PARTURITION. XXI.    SPAYING,  OR  CASTRATION   OF  THE   MARE. 

I.     Natural  Parturition. 

This  branch  of  onr  subject  needs  but  little  consideration,  the  various 
phases  of  labor  being  so  well  known  to  all  breeders.  However,  a  brief 
outline  of  the  different  stages  ot  labor  will  not  be  out  of  place. 

Preliminary  Stage. — This  is  announced  by  several  well-marked  fea- 
tures. The  milk  glands  of  the  mare,  which  are  naturally  small,  become 
large,  tense  and  painful;  in  many  instances  the  swelling  extends  to  the 
thighs  up  to  the  vulva,  and  along  the  belly  to  the  breast  bone.  The  vulva 
beoomes  enlarged,  soft,  and  its  inner  lining  of  a  bright  red  color.  There 
is  also  a  discharge  of  sticky  mucus  which  lubricates  the  passage,  and  when 
in  large  quantity  soils  the  hock  and  tail.  The  abdomen  sinks  near  the 
critical  period,  giving  the  croup  a  sunken  appearance. 

Fleming,  in  his  justly  celebrated  work  on  veterinary  obstetrics,  says  : 
"As  parturition  draws  nearer,  these  phenomena  are  more  marked.  The 
animal  also  begins  to  be  restless,  and  continually  agitated;  if  feeding,  it 
stops  for  some  moments,  as  if  listening  to  some  sound  only  audible  to  itself, 
or,  as  if  experiencing  some  strange  internal  sensation  for  the  first  time, 
and  which  may  be  the  commencing  or  preparatory  contractions  of  the 
uterus.  Not  infrequently  the  animal  lies  down  and  gets  up  again,  as  if 
suffering  from  colic.  Some  are  quite  mute,  though  anxious  and  uneasy; 
while  others,  in  addition  to  exhibiting  restlessness  and  distress,  utter  a  half- 
stifled  cry  of  pain,  and  violently  whisk  the  tail. ' ' 

The  position  taken  during  labor  in  the  mare  and  cow  is  usually  the 
standing  one,  but  the  recumbent  position,  here  illustrated,  is  not  infre- 
quent ;  the  mare,  resting  on  the  breast  bone,  strains  and  raises  up  somewhat 
on  the  hind  legs  at  the  same  time. 

Dilatation  of  the  Neck  of  the  Womb.— This  commences  towards 
the  latter  part  of  the  former  stage.  It  is  marked  by  increased  signs  of 
pain.     It  is  a  gradual  ijrocess,  the  pain  at  first  lasting  for  a  few  seconds; 

483 


484  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

later,  -when  the  membranes  are  forcibly  dilating  the  neck,  it  is  continuous, 
the  Momb  and  vagina  becoming,  by  the  dilatation,  one  continuous  cavity. 

Expulsion  of  the  Foetus. — The  water-bag,  having  dilated  the  neck  of 
the  womb,  passes  outward  and  appears  at  the  vulva.  The  severe  straining 
soon  ruptures  it,  allowing  the  feet  of  the  fcetus  to  protrude.  The  head, 
resting  in  most  cases  as  described  in  the  next  section,  aids  in  dilating  the 
I)arts.  Nature  usually  allows  a  short  rest  after  forcing  the  head  through, 
to  prepare  for  the  severest  part,  the  passage  of  the  shoulders,  after  which 
all  is  easy.  The  umbilical  cord  is  usually  broken  when  the  foal  falls  to 
the  ground,  and  it  is  freed  from  its  coverings. 

Expulsion  of  the  After-birth. — This  usually  takes  place  a  few  minutes 
after  birth,  but  occasionally  not  for  a  longer  time.     If  not  detached  within 


^^^r^'^'^ 


KKCUMBKNT    I'OSITION. 

The  large  water-bag  has  just  appeared. 

a  few  hours  it  becomes  a  serious  matter,  as  in  removing  it  hemorrhage  is 
liable  to  occur.  During  and  after  the  expulsion  of  the  membranes,  the 
womb  rapidly  contracts  and  diminishes  in  size ;  the  neck  of  the  womb  also 
grows  smaller,  and  in  a  short  time  assumes  normal  proportions. 

In  the  cow  the  placenta  (after-birth)  may  be  retained  for  one,  two  or 
three  days  without  causing  any  trouble,  owing  to  its  formation  being 
different  from  that  of  the  mare. 

II.    The  Different  Presentations. 

The  variety  of  positions  in  which  the  fcetus  may  be  presented  is  sur- 
prising, but  there  are  four  presentations  to  which,  because  of  their  being 
by  far  the  most  frequent,  we  will  call  special  attention,  namely:   (1)  the 


PARTURITION. 


485 


head  presenting,  (2)  the  tail  presenting,  (3)  the  right  transverse  position, 
and  (4)  the  left  transverse  position. 

Head  Presentation. — This  is  the  most  common,  and  the  one  that  is 
attended  with  the  least  difficulty.  It  is  depicted  with  great  accuracy  in 
our  illustration.  The  fore  feet  are  extended,  and  the  head  rests  upon 
them ;  thus  they  form  a  sort  of  cone,  which  acts  as  a  dilator  of  the  passage, 
greatly  facilitating  the  delivery.  Many  authors  claim  this  to  be  the  only 
"natural"  form  of  delivery. 

Tail  Presentation. — This  is  another  frequent  form,  yet  much  less  so 
than  the  one  just  considered.  Here  the  hind  feet  protrude,  with  the  tail 
resting  on  them.  This  form  of  delivery  is  not  as  easy  as  the  first,  on 
account  of  there  being  no  gradual  dilatation  to  permit  the  passage  of  the 


HEAD    I'RESE^JTATION. 


large  croup.  It  is  easily  recognized  by  feeling  the  hocks  and  tlie  tail  of  the 
foetus. 

Right  Transverse  Position.— This  should  not  be  considered  a  natural 
form  (though  many  veterinarians  think  otherwise),  but  rather  as  a  mal- 
presentation.  The  head  is  turned  to  the  right  side  of  the  mother.  It  may 
be  distinguished  by  feeling  the  colt's  withers,  mane  and  head. 

Left  Transverse  Position.  — This  is  the  reverse  of  the  preceding.  The 
position  is  head  to  the  left,  as  may  be  recognized  by  feeling  the  colt's 
withers,  and  up  along  his  neck. 

All  other  presentations  may,  in  a  general  way,  be  regarded  as  modifica- 
tions of  the  four  above  described. 


486  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

III.    Attention  to  the  Mother. 

In  this  section  we  shall  run  over  a  few  leading  items  as  to  the  care  of 
the  mother.  For  at  least  three  or  four  weeks  previous  to  the  period  of 
foaling,  the  mare  should  be  allowed  gentle  exercise,  as  a  safeguard  against 
ab'^rtion.  As  the  critical  period  approaches,  she  should  be  put  in  good 
condition,  not  positively  fat,  and  not  thin,  and  if  her  digestion  is  dis- 
ordered, it  should  be  treated  as  directed  elsewhere  in  this  work.  Medi- 
cines, especially  those  violent  in  their  action,  are  only  to  be  used  by  ex- 
perienced men,  and  even  then  with  extreme  caution. 

No  person  should  be  allowed  to  stay  within  sight  of  a  mare  showing  signs 


TAIL   PRESENTATION. 


of  foaling.  Even  the  attendant  should  keep  in  the  background,  as  this 
animal  has  a  natural  aversion  to  anyone  being  present  during  delivery. 

The  stable  should  be  warm,  well  ventilated,  and  free  from  drafts.  A 
box  stall  is  always  advisable.  A  mare  heavy  with  foal  should  never  be 
tied  in  a  stall,  for  if  she  should  suddenly  foal,  she  would  be  unable  to 
clean  the  offspring,  and,  besides,  during  the  labor,  she  might  seriously 
injure  herself. 

If  any  marked  weakness  is  shown  after  foaling,  a  dose  of  diluted 
whiskey  is  advisable.  The  after-birth  is  ordinarily  passed  within  fifteen 
or  twenty  minutes,  and  while  this  is  likely  to  be  accompanied  by  additional 
pains  of  a  colicky  nature,  they  are  not  to  be  regarded  as  dangerous. 


PARTURITION. 


487 


IV.     Attention  to  the  Foal. 

Inimediatelj^  the  foal  is  born,  the  mother  will  clean  it,  and  assist  it  to 
the  teat.  Occasionally  it  is  passed  still  enwrapped  in  the  membranes,  and 
if  these  are  not  soon  opened,  it  is  liable  to  be  asphyxiated.  A  careful  in- 
spection of  the  various  openings  of  the  body  should  be  made  to  see  that 
they  are  free;  possibly  the  eyes,  rectum,  etc.,  may  be  imperforate,  necessi- 
tating cutting  the  skin  over  them. 

AVhen  the  mother  neglects  to  clean  the  foal,  it  may  be  rubbed  dry  with 
a  soft  cloth,  or  by  some  similar  method.  If  too  weak  to  stand,  support 
and  hold  it  up  to  the  teat;  in  many  instances  bandages  to  aid  in  strength- 
ening the  legs  are  of  much  benefit.  Constipation  is  a  frequent  trouble  in 
very  young  animals,  but  may  readily  be  removed  by  the  judicious  use  of  a 
little  castor  oil. 


RIGHT   TRANSVERSE   POSITION. 


V.     Difficult  Parturition  in  the  Mare  and  Cow  Compared. 

In  the  mare  there  is  not  often  much  difficulty  in  parturition.  In  the 
vast  majority  of  instances  no  aid  is  needed  to  bring  the  delivery  to  a  suc- 
cessful termination,  and  parturition  is  accomplished  in  a  very  short  time, 
the  whole  process  being  completed  within  about  half  an  hour.  Compared 
with  the  cow,  the  mare's  difficult  labors  have  been  placed  by  different 
authorities  at  only  1-10  to  1-25  as  many.  But  what  she  gains  by  the  rarity 
of  her  difficulties  she  loses  in  the  very  serious  nature  that  they  take  when 
they  do  occur.  Practical  farmers  and  breeders,  for  whom  this  book  is 
expressly  w^ritten,  will  be  interested  in  a  comparison  which  has  been  formu- 
lated by  Donnarieix,  as  follows : 


488 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


1.     Delivery  is  often  followed  by  in- 

SUCCBBS. 


1.    Delivery  always  terminates  favor- 
ably. 


2.    A  wound  inflicted  on  the  genital 
organs  is  generally  fatal. 


2.     A  wound  of  these  organs  rarely 
causes  death. 


3.     Inversion  of  the  womb  is  nearlj 
always  irremedial. 


3.     Inversion  of  the  uterus  is  often 
curable. 


4.  Mares  nearly  always  succumb  to 
penetrating  wounds  of  the  abdomen 
■'uring  parturition. 


4.     This   accident   is   generally   not 
fatal  in  cows. 


5.  Delivery  of  the  most  simple  kind 
*s  occasionally  followed  by  bad  results, 
^n  abnormal  and  laborious  parturitions 
not  infrequently  mare  and  foal  suc- 
cumb. 

6.  Difficult  parturition  proves  a  her- 
culean task  to  the  operator. 


5.  Delivery,  even  in  the  most  com- 
plicated cases,  generally  proves  com- 
paratively easy,  and  obstetrical  opera- 
tions successful. 


6.  Such  parturitions  are  not  of 
much  difficulty  to  a  practitioner  skilled 
in  the  necessary  operations. 


7.  The  duration  of  the  life  of  the 
foetus  in  a  case  of  abnormal  labor  does 
not  extend  beyond  the  fourth  hour,  on 
account  of  the  young  animal  having  to 
maintain  its  independent  existence,  as 
if  already  born. 


7.  Under  the  same  circumstances  the 
calf  may  live  four  or  five  days  in  the 
womb,  as  life  is  maintained  by  the 
large  number  of  placental  attachments. 
These  differences  are  explained  by  the 
mechanism  of  foetal  life  in  the  two 
species  of  animals,  as  well  as  by  the 
anatomy  of  the  uterus  and  foetal  mem- 
branes. 


8.  The  neck  of  the  foal  being  very 
long,  the  head  is  usually  found  deeply 
buried  in  the  flank  whenever  it  is 
turned  backward.  The  operator  has 
very  great  difficulty  in  reaching  the 
head  with  his  hand;  indeed,  it  is  often 
impossible  to  bring  it  into  its  natural 
position.  The  loop  slips  off  the  neck 
of  the  lower  jaw  and  has  constantly  to 
be  replaced;  it  is  scarcely  possible  to 
fix  a  cord  there,  this  portion  of  the 
jaw  being  so  short,  and  the  foetus 
having  no  teeth. 


8.  The  neck  of  the  foetus  being 
shorter  and  thicker,  the  head  is  less 
twisted,  and  the  operator  can  with 
greater  ease  bring  it  back  into  its  nor- 
mal position;  in  addition  there  are 
teeth  in  the  lower  jaw,  the  neck  of 
which  is  narrow,  so  that  the  slip-knot 
does  not  leave  it,  and  straightening  of 
the  head  and  neck  becomes  an  easy  af- 
fair. 


9.  When  once  the  amniotic  fluid  has 
escaped,  the  introduction  of  the  hand 
is  difficult,  owing  to  the  genital  organs 
becoming  dry;  this  dryness  causes  an 
efflux  of  blood  to  the  mucous  mem- 
branes. The  resistance  made  by  the 
foetal  membranes  to  manipulation, 
when  made  to  ascertain  either  the  po- 
sition of  the  foetus,  or  for  correcting 
the  position,  together  with  the  strug- 
gles and  violence  of  the  mare,  which 
now  and  then  drops  as  if  dead,  are  all 
difficulties  to  be  overcome. 


9.  The  genital  organs  are  continu- 
ally lubricated  by  a  mucous  fluid, 
which,  while  it  facilitates  the  introduc- 
tion of  the  hand,  renders  easy  any 
necessary  correction  of  position,  and 
favors  parturient  operations.  Besides, 
any  movement  made  is  not,  in  gen- 
eral, of  much  consequence. 


PARTURITION.  489 

VI.    Difficulties  Due  to  the  Mother. 

The  cause  of  difficult  labor  is  not  often  found  in  the  mare,  but  when 
it  is  the  obstruction  is  generally  of  a  serious  character.  Anion 51;  the  num 
ber  may  be  mentioned  fractures  of  the  hip  bones,  which,  by  uniiing  badly, 
have  reduced  the  possible  vaginal  diameter;  tumors  on  the  bones;  disease 
of  the  neck  of  the  womb ;  twists  of  the  womb ;  tumors  in  the  womb,  or  the 
adjacent  pai'ts ;  structure  of  the  vulva,  etc. 

VII.     Difficulties  Due  to  the  Foal. 

Ordinarily,  the  cause  of  difficult  parturition  is  to  be  found  in  the  foal. 
Malpresentations  are,  of  course,  the  most  common.  Of  these  veterinary 
science  has  had  to  deal  with  an  exceedingly  large  number,  but  principally 
v;ith  those  forms  in  which  the  head  is  turned  back  or  turned  to  one  side, 
or  the  feet  do  not  present  properly.  The  head  and  tail  presentations,  both 
excellently  illustrated  by  our  artist,  are  the  ordinary  ones;  the  right  or 
left  transverse  positions  are  necessarily  sources  of  trouble.  Under  the 
head  we  are  considering  must  likewise  be  mentioned  excessive  size  of  the 
foetus,  its  death,  twins,  too  much  fluid  in  the  water-bag,  monstrosities,  de- 
formities, etc. 

VIII.    Obstetric  Instruments. 

For  the  correction  of  a  malpresentation,  definite  rules  must  be  followed, 
and  certain  instruments  are  necessary. 

"When  aid  is  given,  always  commence  by  securing  the  part  that  is  pre- 
senting, with  a  rope;  then  insert  the  hand,  to  determine  the  cause  of  the 


SHARP  HOOK.  BLUNT  HOOK. 

difficulty.  If  due  to  the  head  or  a  foot  being  turned  backward,  bring  it  to 
a  proper  position  before  endeavoring  to  remove  the  foal.  The  instruments 
absolutely  necessary  are  neither  numerous  nor  costly,  a  thin,  strong  cotton 
rope,  a  sharp-pointed  hook,  a  blunt-pointed  hook,  and  a  long  iron  rod  with 
a  cross-piece  on  the  end,  called  a  repeller.  The  last  mentioned  is  exceed- 
ingly valuable  for  pushing  away  one  part  to  allow  of  another  being 
secured,  or  to  aid  in  turning  the  foetus.  The  hooks  are  invaluable  for 
taking  firm  hold  of  a  part  and  helping  to  extract  the  foal;  to  the  loop  at 
the  end  a  rope  is  attached. 


490 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LlVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


IX.     When  the  Foal  Is  Born  Dead,  or  the  After-birth  Retained. 

In  those  cases  already  referred  to,  where  death  and  decomposition  of  the 
foetus  has  occurred,  or  where  the  after-birth  lias  been  retained  and  becomes 
putrid,  efiicient  antiseptic  measures  are  necessary.  After-treatment,  such 
as  is  so  prominent  in  the  physician's  practice,  following  difficult  partu- 
rition, is  never  thought  of  in  the  veterinarian's.  However,  the  copious  use 
of  lukewarm  vaginal  injections  of  a  mild  nature,  are  very  requisite  in  the 
class  of  eases  we  are  considering.  An  ordinary  syringe  will  answer. 
From  one  to  two  quarts  of  the  fluid  should  be  injected  into  the  vagina, 
whence  it  will  gravitate  to  the  lowest  parts,  and  render  harmless  the  germs 
accompanying  the  decomposition.  This  may  be  repeated  twice  a  day,  for 
three  or  four  days,  by  which  time  its  healthy  action  will  have  become  very 
apparent. 


UMBILIC  COED  OF  FOAI. 

1.  Cutaneous  portion  of  cord. 

2.  Amniotic  portion  of  cord. 


X.  The  UmbilicU  Cord  of  Foal. 
The  umbilic  cord  must  be  divided  and  the  last  direct  relation  between 
the  mother  and  young  severed.  This  division  results  in  a  wound  which 
involves  the  arteries,  veins  and  urachus,  each  of  Avliich  communicates  with 
internal  parts  of  the  system  of  the  young  animal.  Different  writers  assume 
different  attitudes  toward  the  care  of  the  navel  of  the  new-born.  Natu- 
rally, the  umbilic  cord  becomes  ruptured  in  a  variety  of  ways.  In  the 
foal  the  cord  is  so  long  (3  feet)  that  it  is  usually  not  ruptured  when  the 
fffitus  is  expelled,  if  the  mare  is  recumbent,  but  gives  Avay  only  when  she 
rises  to  her  feet,  and  even  then  in  some  cases  not  until  she  turns  her  head 
toward  the  foetus  in  order  to  care  for  it,  and  in  so  doing  pulls  the  cord  in 


PARTURITION. 


491 


two  near  the  umbilicus.  In  other  cases,  in  the  mare,  the  chorion  becomes 
detached  from  the  uterus  almost  immediately  after  the  expulsion  of  the 
^oetus  and  comes  away  with  the  cord  still  intact.  It  is  then  ruptured  later 
by  the  struggles  of  the  foetus  itself.  The  mare  may  step  upon  some  portion 
of  the  membranes  when  the  foal  is  attempting  to  get  up,  and  the  foal,  in 
falling,  throws  its  weight  upon  the  cord  in  such  a  way  as  to  rupture  it. 

After  it  ruptures,  the  behavior  of  the  parts  when  left  undisturbed  is 
interesting  and  highly  suggestive  of  the  degree  and  character  of  interfer- 
ence demanded  upon  the  part  of  the  attendant.  One  of  the  most  promi- 
nent effects  of  the  rupture  of  the  cord  by  linear  tension,  or  by  laceration 
by  the  teeth  of  the  mother,  is  the  promptness  with  which  hemostasis  is 
brought  about,  so  that  as  a  rule  there  is  but  little  hemorrhage,  appearing 


DOUSAL     (or    back)     PRESENTATION. 

usually  to  not  exceed  the  amount  of  blood  lying  in  the  umbilic  veins  out- 
side the  umbilic  ring. 


XI.     Various  Presentations  Illustrated. 

The  presentation  results  from  the  part  of  the  foetus  which  first  offers 
itself  at  the  pelvic  inlet — that  region  of  the  young  creature  which  the  hand 
of  the  obstetrist  immediately  meets  on  being  passed  into  the  os,  and  which 
is  directly  opposite  the  inlet.  In  this  sense  the  head,  fore  feet,  hind  feet, 
croup,  etc.,  are  said  to  be  presented,  according  as  one  or  other  of  them 
first  offers  itself  on  exploration. 

These  presentations  are  extremely  variable,  as  any  part  of  the  foetus 
may  occupy  this  situation ;  though  so  far  as  description  and  comprehen- 


492  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

sibility  are  concerned,  their  study  can  be  greatly  simplified.  As  Rainard 
says:  "The  fcetns,  when  covered  by  its  envelopes,  is  oval  shaped,  or  like 
an  olive,  which  it  is  desired  to  pass  down  the  neck  of  a  bottle,  and  which 
may  be  presented  to  this  in  three  ways — either  by  one  of  its  two  ends  or  by 
its  middle."  These  ends  are  the  anterior  part  of  the  chest  in  front,  and 
the  croup  behind ;  and  it  is  these  parts  on  which  the  classification  of  these 
presentations  is  based.  This  classification  gives  two  longitudinal  and  an 
anterior  and  posterior  presentation ;  and,  as  the  foetus  may  also  ofifer  itself 
across  the  long  axis  of  the  uterine  cavity,  we  have  a  transverse  presentation, 
which  may  again  be  dorso-lunibar  or  sterno-ahdommal,  according  to  the 
side  of  the  fcetus  which  presents.  These  four  fundamental  presentations 
are,  therefore: 

1.  Anterior  Presentation. — The  chest  of  the  foetus  presents  towards  the 
inlet,   and   is  preceded,   accompanied  or  followed  by  the  head  and   fore 


VENTRAL    (or  BELLY )    PRESENTATION. 

limbs;  the  situation  and  direction  of  wliich  may  vary  without  altering  the 
essential  features  of  the  presentation. 

2.  Posterior  Presentation. — The  croup  or  breech  is  facing  the  inlet,  and 
the  presence  or  absence  of  the  limbs  there  only  constitute  varieties  of  the 
presentation. 

3.  Dorso-lumhar  Presentation. — Any  portion  of  the  upper  part  of  the 
body  opposite  the  inlet.  Lecoq  and  Rainard  admit  presentations  of  the 
withers,  back,  loins,  shoulder  or  haunch,  as  distinct  presentations;  but  I 
agree  with  Saint-Cyr  in  declaring  the  distinction  to  be  practically  useless. 
On  exploring  the  pelvic  cavity,  no  matter  what  part  of  the  back  is  first 
touched,  the  hand  always  encounters  the  spine  of  the  foetus,  either  directly 
in  the  axis  of  the  pelvis,  or  obliquely  and  at  some  distance  from  it.     All 


PARTURITION.  493 

these  varieties  may,  therefore,  be  reduced  to  the  one  now  named,  and  which 
may  be  either  direct  or  oblique,  according  as  the  case  may  be. 

Sterno-abdominal  Presentation. — The  limbs  in  this  are  in  reality  first 
touched,  and  we  may  have  all  four,  or  only  three  or  two ;  these,  however, 
are  not  the  fixed  point  of  the  p»resentation,  which  is  the  inferior  part  of 
the  body — or  sterno-abdominal  region — hence  the  designation. 

These  four  principal  presentations  may  be  divided  into  natural  or 
normal,  in  which  spontaneous  or  unaided  birth  is  possible ;  and  into  un- 
natural or  abnormal,  in  Avhich  parturition  is  impossible  without  the  inter- 
vention of  man.  The  longitudinal  presentations  alone  comprise  the  first, 
although  they  are  not  always  normal;  as  a  wrong  direction  of  the  head 
or  limbs  may  prove  an  obstacle  more  or  less  difficult  to  overcome,  and 
may  require  the  aid  of  art.  So  that,  taking  this  view  into  consideration, 
the  presentations  may  either  be  simple  or  more  or  less  complicated,  accord- 
ing to  circumstances. 

XII.     Positions  of  Foal. 

The  presentation  being  determined  by  the  part  of  the  foetus  which  offers 
at  the  pelvic  inlet,  it  must  be  evident  that  this  part,  whichever  it  may  be, 
may  vary  considerably  in  its  relations  to  the  circumference  of  that  passage. 
If  the  chest  of  the  ftrtus  first  enters  it,  the  attitude  of  this  region  may  be 
very  different  in  different  cases;  in  one  the  withers  may  correspond  to  the 
sacrum  of  the  mother,  and  the  sternum  to  the  pubis,  or  the  reverse  may 
happen ;  in  another  the  fa?tus  may  be  lying  on  the  right  side,  the  sternum 
corresponding  to  the  right  branch  of  the  mother's  ilium,  and  the  withers 
to  the  left  ilium,  or  vice  versa.  So  that  here  are  four  different  positions 
in  the  same  presentation — the  anterior;  and  it  will  readily  be  understood 
that  it  should  be  the  same,  or  nearly  the  same,  for  the  other  presentations. 

The  position  has  accordingly  been  defined  to  be  the  relation  of  a  deter- 
minate point  on  the  surface  of  the  foetus,  to  an  equally  determinate  point 
of  the  pelvic  circumference.  The  points,  so  far  as  the  mother  is  concerned, 
may  be  determined  once  for  all,  and  they  will  always  remain  the  same  for 
every  presentation ;  they  may  be,  for  instance,  the  sacral  region  above,  the 
pubic  below,  and  the  two  ascending  branches  of  the  ilium  at  the  sides.  If, 
with  the  fcBtus,  we  select  any  region — say  .the  withers — and  put  this  part  in 
relation  with  any  of  these  four  points  of  the  pelvic  circumference,  we  shall 
have  four  successive  and  easily  recognized  positions.  If,  therefore,  we 
first  give  the  name  of  the  region  in  the  foetus,  and  next  that  of  the  pelvic 
circumference  with  Avhich  it  is  in  relation,  -we  have  a  ready  means  of  desig- 
nating the  positions :  describing  the  foetus  to  be  in  vertebrosacral 
position — for  instance,  when  it.?  vertebral  region  is  in  relation  with  the 
sacrum  of  the  mother.  The  fixed  points  may  be  invariable  in  the  latter; 
but  they  cannot  be  so  with  the  foetus,  as  they  will  vary  with  each  oresen- 
tation. 


494 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


With  regard  to  the  anterior  and  posterior  presentations,  Rainard  has 
selected  the  fixed  points  as  follows :  for  the  first  he  has  taken  the  spinous 
processes  of  the  dcrsal  vertebrae  in  the  region  of  the  withers;  for  the 
second,  the  lumbar  vertebra?.  For  the  positions  in  the  other  two  presenta- 
tions he  has  not  been  so  fortunate  in  a  designation,  in  the  opinion  of 
Saint-Cyr,  who  has  very  judiciously  proposed  others  which  are  more  ex- 
plicit and  comprehensible.  The  latter  gives  the  various  positions  which 
should  be  recognized  in  each  presentation,  as  follows : 

Anterior  Position. — The  chest  of  the  fa?tus  is  at  the  pelvic  inlet,  and 
it  is  desired  to  make  known  what  relation  this  part  has  to  the  pelvic  cir- 
cumference. The  determinate  point  on  the  fcrtus  is  the  vertebras  of  the 
withers;  and  these  may  be  in  rehition  with  the  sacrum  above,  the  pubis 
below,  the  right  ascending  branch  of  the  ilium  on  the  right  side,  and  the 


ANTERIOR  presentation:    DOWNWARD   DEVIATION   OF  THE  HEAD. 


left   ditto   on   the   left.     From   this    we   have   four   positions,   named   by 
Saiut-Cyr,  as  follows : 

1.  Vertebrosacral  Position. — This  is  the  most  favorable  and  the  most 
frequent  of  all,  and  is  said  to  be  the  only  natural  position.  The  vertebne 
of  the  foetus  correspond  to  those  of  the  mother,  its  withers  touching  the 
sacrum  of  the  latter,  the  belly  corresponding  to  the  abdominal  parietes, 
and  its  sternum  to  the  pubis.  This  is  sometimes  named  the  'first  anterior 
position. 

2.  Vertehro-pubic  Position. — This  is  exactly  the  inverse  of  the  first:  the 
foetus  lying  on  its  back,  its  withers  towards  the  pubis,  and  the  sternum 
opposed  to  the  sacrum  of  the  female.  This  is  also  named  second  anterior 
position. 

3.  Left  Vertebro-ilial  Position. — The  foetus  lies  in  the  right  flank,  its 
head  to  the  left  side  of  the  mother,  the  neck  being  in  the  same  direction, 


PARTURITION. 


495 


and,  when  passing  through  the  pelvic  cavity,  touching  the  ascending 
branch  of  the  left  ilium.  The  feet,  when  they  are  not  in  the  pelvis,  must, 
of  course,  be  sought  for  on  the  opposite  side,  towards  the  right  flank  of 
the  mother. 

4.  Fight  Vertehro-ilial  Position. — This  is  exactly  the  reverse  of  the  last- 
described  position,  the  withers  corresponding  to  the  right  ilium. 

The  last  two  are  sometimes  named  the  lateral  positions.  They  are  less 
frequent,  as  primary  positions,  than  the  first  two.  and  are  sometimes  met 
with  as  secondary  positions  after  the  reduction  of  a  malpresentation — • 
chiefly  the  doreal  or  ventral. 

Posterior  Presentation, — In  this  the  croup  or  breech  first  presents 
at  the  pelvic  inlet.     The  lumbar  region  of  the  foetus,  which  is  the  deter- 


ANTERIOR  PRESENTATION  ;    FORE  LIMB  CROSSED  OVER  THE  NECK. 


minate  point,  may  be  directed  towards  the  sacrum,  the  pubis,  or  the  right 
or  left  branch  of  the  ilium  of  the  female.  Hence  we  have  four  positions, 
as  in  the  preceding  presentation.     These  are : 

1.  Lumbosacral  Position. — The  foetus  is  in  what  some  authorities  have 
called  a  "natural"  position,  but  which  is  asserted  by  others  to  be  un- 
natural. The  loins  are  towards  the  sacrum  of  the  mother,  the  right  coxo- 
femoral  articulation  towards  the  right  ilium,  and  the  left  articulation 
towards  the  left  ilium.  This  is  sometimes  named  the  first  posterior 
position. 

2.  Lumho-puhic  Position. — Some  practitioners  designate  this  the  pos- 
terior reversed  position.     The  fcetus,  in  fact,  is  lying  on  its  back,  its  croup 


496  CYCLOPEDIA  OP  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

and  loins  corresponding  to  the  pubis  of  the  mother,  while  the  limbs  are 
toAvards  the  sacrum,  against  which  they  are  more  or  less  pressed.  This 
is  sometimes  termed  the  second  posterior  position. 

3.  Left  Lumho-ilial  Position.— The  foetus  is  lying  on  its  left  flank,  its 
croup  and  loins  opposite  the  ascending  branch  of  the  left  ilium  of  the 
female,  and  the  limbs  towards  the  right  flank,  where  they  must  be  sought 
for  if  they  do  not  present*  in  the  pelvis. 

4.  Right  Ltimho-ilial  Position. — This  is  exactly  the  reverse  of  the  pre- 
ceding position. 

XIII.     Dorso-Lumbar  Presentation. 

Here  the  foetus  is  presented  across  or  transverse,  and  it  may  lie  on  one 
or  other  of  its  sides,  its  head  towards  one  of  the  maternal  flanks,  and  the 
body  curved  like  that  of  a  dog  asleep.  In  this  we  have  two  distinct  po- 
sitions, according  as  the  foetus  lies  on  one  side  or  the  other.  But  it  may 
also  assume  a  third  and  almost  vertical  position— the  croup  on  the  floor 
of  the  abdomen  of  the  mother,  and  the  creature  in  the  attitude  of  a  dog 
sitting. 

The  important  consideration  in  these  three  positions  is  related  to  the 
situation  or  direction  of  the  head ;  as,  if  this  is  known,  we  may  easily  infer 
that  of  the  other  parts  of  its  body,  and  thus  appreciate  the  indications  for 
delivery  to  be  followed  in  this  pathological  presentation.  According  to 
the  direction  of  the  head,  the  three  following  positions  are  described: 

1.  Right  Cephalo-ilial  Position. — The  foetus  is  on  its  right  side,  which 
rests  more  or  less  directly  on  the  abdominal  walls  of  the  mother,  the  head 
in  the  right  flank,  the  croup  towards  the  left  flank,  the  body  more  or  less 
curved,  and  the  dorso-lumbar  region  towards  the  pelvis,  in  which  it 
presents. 

2.  Left  Cephalo-ilial  Position. — This  is  the  reverse  of  the  preceding. 

3.  Cephola-sacral  Position. — In  this  position  the  foetus  is  presented  by 
the  back,  and  in  an  almost  vertical  attitude :  the  croup  resting  on  the 
floor  of  the  mother's  abdomen,  the  head  more  or  less  depressed,  and 
directed  forward  towards  the  sacro-lumbar  region — the  creature  being 
seated,  as  it  were,  on  the  udder  of  its  parent. 

XIV.     Sterno-Abdominal  Presentation. 

In  this  presentation  the  foetus  offers  the  abdomen  to  the  inlet  of  the 
pelvis,  and  on  exploration  the  hand  first  meets  this  part,  and  tAvo  or  more 
of  the  limbs,  but  always  at  least  a  hind  and  fore  one.  The  head  may  be 
found,  or  it  may  be  out  of  reach.  The  sternum  and  other  parts  on  the 
lower  surface  of  the  body  can  also  be  felt. 


PARTURITION. 


491 


In  this  presentation  there  are  two  principal  positions: 

1.  Left  Cephalo-ilial  Position. — The  foetus  lies  on  the  right  side,  the 
head  towards  the  left  ilium  of  the  mother,  and  the  croup  to  the  right 
ilium, 

2.  Right  Cephalo-ilial  Position. — This  is  the  reverse  of  the  preceding. 

Saint-Cyr,  who  has  mainly  followed  Rainard  in  the  definition  of  these 
presentations  and  positions  of  the  foetus,  insists  on  the  necessity  for  study- 
ing them  carefully,  as  by  so  doing  those  Avho  commence  the  practice  of 
obstetricy  will  be  greatly  enlightened  as  to  the  difficulties  they  may  en- 
counter, and  the  readiest  and  most  scientific  way  of  overcoming  them ; 
while  this  study  will  enable  the  skilled  practitioner  to  describe  his  interest- 
ing cases  with  more  clearness  and  precision.     To  render  what  has  just  been 


CEPHALO-SACRAL  I'OSITION  OF  THE  FOETUS. 

stated  more  convenient,  the  following  table  is  given,  in  order  to  show  at  a 
glance  the  different  presentations  and  positions. 

PRESENTATIONS  AND  POSITIONS  OF  THE  FOETUS. 


r  1. 

2 
Anterior  Positions    ■^    „' 

1 4: 

Posterior  Positions  -j     ^ 

[    S. 

(  9. 
Dorso-lumbar  Positions   <  10. 

111. 
Sterno-abdominal  Positions   |  Jg 


Vertebro-sacral. 
Vertebro-pubic. 
Right  Vertebro-ilial. 
Left  Vertebro-ilial. 
Lumbo-sacral. 
Lumbo-pubic. 
Right  Lumbo-ilial. 
Left  Lumbo-ilial. 
Right  Cephalo-ilial. 
Left  Cephalo-ilial. 
Cephalo-sacral. 
Right  Cephalo-ilial. 
Left  Cephalo-ilial. 


498  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

XV.     Mechanism  of  Parturition. 

Under  normal  conditions,  it  may  be  said  that  the  pelvis  itself  does  not 
offer  any  obstacle  to  the  passage  of  the  fcetus,  and  that  it  is  the  soft  parts 
alone  which  oppose  its  exit. 

Of  the  different  presentations  we  have  enumerated  the  anterior — in 
which  the  fore  feet,  head  and  chest  present  simultaneously — is  the  only 
one  we  may  designate  as  "natural,"  especially  with  the  larger  animals 
and  primiparae. 

Fromage  de  Feugre  was  the  first  to  point  this  out,  though  Rainard  was 
of  opinion  that  the  posterior  presentation  should  also  be  looked  upon  as 
normal;  Avhile  Dcsplas  gave  Ihrec  natural  positions — head  and  fore  limbs, 


STERNO-ABUOMINAL   POSITION    OF   THE    X'OETUS. 

head  only,  and  hind  limbs  only ;  and  Del  wart  gives  four  normal  positions. 
But  experience  abundantly  proves  that  the  first  we  have  described  is  that 
which  alone  merits  the  designation,  as  it  is  the  one  in  which  birth  can  take 
place  without  artificial  aid.  It  is  true  that  birth  is  possible  Avhen  the  foal 
or  the  calf  presents  posteriorly  at  the  pelvic  inlet ;  but  this  is  a  rare  presen- 
tation, and  under  the  most  auspicious  circumstances  it  is  much  less  favor- 
able and  more  difficult  for  the  mother,  Avhile  it  is  very  often  death  to  the 
young  animal  (especially  in  the  mare).  In  the  majority  of  cases,  without 
assistance  expulsion  proceeds  no  further  than  the  hocks,  and  the  foetus 
<Iies;  and  even  sometimes  with  assistance  much  force  is  necessary  to  deliver. 
Whereas,  in  the  anterior  presentation,  the  cases  are  exceptional  (and  these 
•liiefly  in  primipara?)  in  which  even  slight  traction  is  necessary. 


PARTURITION. 


499 


We  will  follow  Saint-Cyr  in  first  studying  the  mechanism  of  parturition 
in  this  presentation,  in  which,  of  the  four  positions  pertaining  to  it,  the 
vertebrosacral  is  by  far  the  most  frequent  and  favorable.  This  we  will 
now  notice. 

XVI.  Mechanism  of  Parturition  in  the  Anterior  Vertebro-Sacral  Position. 
In  this  position  it  has  been  stated  that  the  foetus  presents  simultaneously 
with  the  head  and  fore  limbs,  the  back  directed  to  that  of  the  mother  and 
the  withers  towards  the  sacrum.  AVhen  perfectly  natural,  the  head  and 
fore  legs  first  enter  the  inlet;  \ho  head  is  extended,  forehead  looking  up- 
wards to  the  sacrum,  chin  towards  the  pubis,  nose  forward,  the  lower  jaw 
resting  on  the  outstretched  limbs,  the  feet  of  which  extend  a  little  beyond 
the  nose.  Then  comes  the  neck,  and  after  it  the  chest  and  shoulders,  which 
arrive  at  the  inlet  when  the  nose  and  feet  show  themselves  at  the  vulva. 


HiND-LiaiB  deviation;  anterior  presentation. 


In  this  course  it  will  be  observed  that,  so  far  as  the  head  and  limbs  are 
concerned,  there  is  no  difficulty,  as  the  pelvic  diameter  readily  admits 
them  when  the  soft  parts  are  sufficiently  relaxed.  With  the  chest,  however, 
there  is  difficulty,  as  its  diameter  is  greater  than  that  of  the  pelvis ;  and  the 
question  is,  therefore,  how  it  is  got  through  the  canal.  Saint-Cyr  saw  four 
well-bred  harness  and  saddle  mares  give  birth  to  foals  at  the  Lyons  Vet- 
erinary School.  Gestation  had  been  regular,  and  parturition,  which  was 
easy  and  favorable,  did  not  exceed  the  ordinary  duration.  In  taking  the 
diameters  of  the  maternal  pelvis  by  the  method  already  described,  and 
those  of  the  fcrtus  (dorso-sternal,  biscapulo-humeral,  and  bicoxo-femoral), 
it  was  found  that  in  these  four  instances  the  biscapulo-humeral  diameter — 


oOO  CYCLOPEDIA  OP  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

the  largest  in  the  chest — was  easily  accommodated  in  the  bis-iliac  diameter 
of  the  female  pelvis,  which  was  greater  by  42,  45,  48  and  even  52  milli- 
metres (from  iy2  to  2  inches)  ;  while  the  sterno-dorsal  diameter  of  the 
young  creatures  exceeded  that  of  the  sacro-pubic  region  in  the  mothers  by 
28,  85,  87,  88  millimetres  (from  1  to  31/2  inches).  This  part  of  the  body  of 
the  fa?tus  had,  therefore,  to  undergo  a  corresponding  reduction  in  a  ver- 
tical direction  before  it  could  clear  the  inlet;  and  even  if  we  take  into  ac- 
count the  excess  of  the  lateral  diameter  of  the  pelvis,  it  will  be  found  that 
the  thorax  and  withers  of  the  fojtus  still  notably  exceed  in  size  the  opening 
through  which  they  must  pass.  That  they  do  pass  through  it,  and  with 
ease  in  the  majority  of  cases,  w^ithout  injury  to  the  mother,  or  the  young 
creature,  is  a  matter  of  daily  experience ;  but  the  mechanism  by  which  the 
reduction  is  effected  has  been  much  discussed. 

Lafosse  endeavored,  in  the  last  century,  to  describe  it,  and  came  to  the 
conclusion  that  the  head  once  through  the  inlet,  the  shoulders  of  the  foal, 
which  exceed  the  withers,  pass  by  their  upper  part  in  front  of  the  neck, 
thus  forming  a  kind  of  channel  which  glides  along  the  maternal  sacrum;  also 
that  the  spinous  processes  of  the  withers,  which  are  almost  cartilaginous, 
bend  back  on  each  other,  and  to  right  and  left  of  the  spine,  thus  preventing 
too  great  compression  of  the  chest.  Altogether,  he  concluded  that  the  foal, 
in  its  passage,  becomes  moulded  in  such  a  manner  that  the  chest  has  the 
form  of  the  keel  of  a  ship  gliding  on  the  stocks,  and  in  every  way  corre- 
sponds to  the  mother's  pelvis,  whose  internal  contour  it  assumes. 

Rainard,  however,  takes  a  slightly  different  view  of  this  matter;  for, 
while  admitting,  with  Lafosse,  the  inclination  backward  of  the  dorsal  spines 
as  a  first  cause  in  diminishing  the  vertebro-sternal  or  perpendicular 
diameter  of  the  thorax,  he  cannot  admit  that  the  upper  border  of  the 
scapula?  lie  against  the  neck,  but  states  that  the  shoulders,  on  arriving  at 
the  pelvic  entrance,  come  in  contact  with  the  ascending  branches  of  the 
ilium,  and  are  thrown  back  somewhat,  leaving  the  front  part  of  the  chest 
free,  and  thus  diminishing  its  diameter.  He  also  adds  that  the  withers 
first  enter  beneath  the  sacrum;  that  the  sternum  below  is  pushed  back  by 
the  anterior  border  of  the  pubis,  and  the  chest  in  this  way  submits  to  a 
process  of  elongation  which  notably  diminishes  its  vertical  diameter. 

Saint-Cyr  agrees  with  Rainard  in  this  interpretation  of  the  real  mech- 
anism of  parturition  in  the  mare.  The  sternum  in  being  carried  back- 
wards also  pulls  back  the  ribs  attached  to  it,  and  this  not  only  diminishes 
the  chest  in  a  vertical,  but  also  in  a  horizontal  direction,  as  is  witnessed 
in  studying  the  mechanism  of  respiration  in  the  living  animal,  in  which, 
during  expiration,  the  chest  decreases  in  wddth  and  depth.  When  the 
chest  is  so  altered  during  parturition,  the  foetus  becomes,  as  it  were,  elon- 
gated by  this  part  being  depressed :  an  alteration  w^hich  occurs  all  the 
more  readily  from  the  bones  composing  the  thorax  being  soft  and  supple, 
and  the  organs  they  enclose  (the  lungs)  not  being  so  developed  as  they 


PARTURITION, 


501 


are  immediately  afterwards;  so  that  a  moderate  amount  of  pressure,  pro- 
vided it  is  not  too  long  continued,  may  be  borne  with  comparative  impunity. 

In  the  larger  animals  the  pelvis  cannot  undergo  any  sensible  increase 
in  size  during  the  passage  of  the  deepest  portion  of  the  foetal  body  through 
the  inlet,  which  is,  in  the  mare,  an  absolutely  inextensible  bony  girdle. 
Lafosse  has  sawn  through  the  pubis  of  mares  about  to  foal,  and  he  found 
that  during  parturition  there  was  only  a  space  of  two  lines  between  the 
sawn  margins.  So  that  it  is  the  body  of  the  foetus  which  has  to  accommo- 
date itself  to  this  part  of  the  passage  at  this  stage  of  delivery. 

When,  however,  it  has  passed  through  the  inlet,  extiensibility  of  the 
maternal  tissues  can,  and  does,  take  place,  and  permits  an  enlargement 
of  the  canal.     The  wide  sacro-ischiatic  ligaments,  which  enclose  the  pelvis 


ANTERIOR  PRESENTATION  ]  EXTREME  DOWNWARD  DEVIATION  OF  THE  HEAD. 


laterally,  are  softened  and  more  elastic  during  birth;  the  sacro-iliac  and 
sacro-lumbar  articulations  are  increased  in  mobility;  and  even  the  pos- 
terior part  of  the  ischio-pubic  symphysis  may  become  slightly  relaxed.  So 
that  when  once  approaching  the  outlet  the  progress  of  birth  is  more  rapid, 
and  this  progress  may  be  aided  if,  as  is  pointed  out  by  Lafosse,  the  tail  of 
the  animal  is  well  elevated. 

A  slight  check  to  expulsion  is  observed  (especially  in  the  mare)  when 
the  croup  arrives  at  the  inlet,  as  this  part  nearly  corresponds  in  diameter 
to  this  opening,  being,  if  anything,  slightly  less.  However,  notwithstand- 
ing this,  in  consequence  of  the  croup  being  less  susceptible  of  diminution 
than  the  chest,  and  although  the  bones  may  yield  to  some  extent,  friction 


502 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


will  occur,  more  particularly  if  the  croup  is  largely  developed,  Avliicli  it  is 
ill  some  foals.  One  haunch  may  pass  into  the  inlet  before  the  other,  how- 
ever, and  thus  facilitate  the  passage. 

AVith  the  cow  the  mechanism  of  parturition  in  this  presentation  i.s 
similar  to  that  in  the  mare,  Saint-Cyr  shows,  from  actual  measurements 
of  cow  and  fcetus,  that  the  head  of  the  calf  can  easily  pass  into  the  inlet, 
owing  to  its  less  diameter;  and  that  the  principal  difficulty  is  encountered 
by  the  foetal  thorax,  which  is  slightly  larger  in  every  sense  than  the  inlet. 

The  bicoxo-femoral  diameter  of  the  croup  slightly  exceeds  the  bis-iliac 
diameter  of  the  pelvis;  but  it  is  possible  that  the  pelvis  of  the  calf,  being 
more  cartilaginous  and  supple  than  that  of  the  foal,  may  be  submitted  to  a 
slight  temporary  compression.  It  is  to  be  remarked,  however,  that  the 
progress  of  the  calf  through  the  pelvis  must  be  more  protracted  than  that 
of  the  foal,  owing  to  the  greater  length  of  the  maternal  pubic  symphysis, 
and  the  more  considerable  extent  of  the  pelvic  walls,  as  well  as  the  peculiar 


FORWARD   DEVIATION   OF   POSTERIOR  LIMDS    IN   ANTERIOR    PRESENTATION. 


curve  in  the  floor  of  the  pelvis;  though  these  disadvantages  are  somewhat 
compensated  for  by  the  greater  mobility  of  the  sacrum.  And,  as  we  have 
seen,  such  is  really  the  case,  the  duration  of  parturition  being  shorter  in 
the  mare  than  in  the  cow. 

With  regard  to  the  other  animals,  the  same  remarks  will  apply.  We 
may  just  note  that  with  the  common-bred  bitch,  which  has  a  more  or  less 
elongated  muzzle,  when  fecundated  by  a  dog  of  the  same  conformation 
and  size,  and  which  in  due  course  brings  forth  from  five  to  eight  young, 
there  is  usually  no  difficulty  in  delivery.  The  conical  form  of  the  muzzle 
of  the  puppies,  and  the  softness  of  their  tissues,  permits  their  entering 
the  inlet  in  this  presentation  and  passing  easily  through  it  under  the  in- 
fluence of  the  uterine  and  abdominal  contractions.  But  when  the  bitch 
is  of  small  size,  and  is  fecundated  by  a  young,  vigorous  and  larger  dog, 
and  especially  if  the  muzzle  of  either  or  both  parents  is  short,  then  the 


PARTURITION,  503 

head  of  the  puppies  is  usually  large  and  round,  with  the  forehead  high, 
and  the  presentation  offers  grave,  and  frequently  insurmountable  dii^cul- 
ties.  This  is  more  especially  the  ease  if  the  puppies  are  few  in  number, 
when  they  are  usually  larger. 

XVII.     Mechanism  of  Parturition  in  the  Anterior  Vertebro-Pubic  Position. 

In  this  position  the  same  diameters  of  the  fo:'tus  correspond  to  those  of 
the  maternal  pelvis;  though  in  practice  it  is  found  that  this  position  is 
less  favorable,  and  that  delivery  is  always  more  difficult  and  longer  than 
in  the  first  anterior  position.  This  appears  to  be  due  to  the  fact  that  in 
the  latter  the  dorsal  spines,  or  withers,  the  most  prominent  part  of  the 
fcetus,  glide  along  the  vertebral  colunm  of  the  mother  in  the  kind  of 
channel  formed  by  the  psoas  muscles,  and  is  naturally  directed  towards 
the  pelvis;  Avhile  in  the  vertebro-pubic  position  it  comes  against  the  brim 
of  the  pubis,  where  greater,  more  frequent  and  more  continued  con- 
tractions are  needed  to  raise  it  to  this  kind  of  step  leading  to  the  inlet. 
And  when  it  has  cleared  this  obstacle,  the  foetus  still  passes  with  difficulty 
through  the  canal,  as  the  curve  of  this  passage  is  exactly  the  reverse  of 
that  offered  by  the  body  of  the  foetus ;  all  the  articulations  of  the  vertebra?, 
but  particularly  that  of  the  atlas  with  the  occiput,  and  those  of  all  the 
limbs,  being  flexed  downwards,  or  in  a  contrary  direction  to  the  curve  of 
the  sacrum.  Conse(|uently,  in  order  to  accommr^date  themselves  to  this 
curvature,  all  these  articulations  must  be  forcibly  extended — an  unfavor- 
able condition — while  the  pressure  and  friction  must  be  considerable.  And 
not  only  is  progress  through  the  pelvic  canal  slower  and  more  difficult,  but 
the  maternal  organs  are  also  exposed  to  injury,  and  sometimes  receive 
serious  damage :  the  feet  of  the  fcetus  having  a  natural  tendency  to  be 
carried  upwards,  may  squeeze  the  vagina  against  the  sacrum,  or  press 
against  the  perineum,  etc.,  when  Ave  may  have  lacerations  of  the  vagina, 
vulva,  perineum,  or  other  part. 

XVIII.     Mechanism  of  Parturition  in  the  Anterior  Vertebro-IHal  Positions. 

These  lateral  positions — two  in  number  and  symmetrical — are  rarely  pri- 
mary, but  are  sometimes  found  as  secondary  positions,  due  to  the  reduction 
of  some  malpresentations.  Spontaneous  birth  is  impossible  in  these  po- 
sitions, because  the  chest  of  the  fcetus  presents  its  greatest  diameter  to  the 
smallest  diameter  of  the  pelvis  of  the  mother.  This,  however,  is  an  exag- 
geration, as  Saint-Cyr  points  out  that  the  bis-iliac  diameter  is  sometimes 
equal,  or  even  superior,  to  the  sacro-pubic  diameter ;  so  that  it  is  not  always 
absolutely  impossible  for  delivery  to  occur  spontaneously  in  these  positions ; 
though  it  is  very  true  that  it  is  always  more  difficult,  and  sometimes  im- 
possible, if  the  position  is  not  altered.  Independently  of  the  disproportion 
between  the  diameters  of  the  pelvis  and  the  corresponding  diameters  of  the 


504 


CYCLOPEDLV  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR, 


foetus,  here  also  we  find  the  two  salient  parts  of  the  latter — the  sternum  and 
dorsal  spines — jamming  against  the  two  resisting  parts  of  the  pelvic  cir- 
cumference— the  ascending  branch  of  each  ilium — and  it  will  be  readily 
seen  that  in  some  cases  these  will  prove  an  insurmountable  obstacle.  Nev- 
ertheless, a?  a  genera]  rule,  this  obstacle  may  be  easily  turned  by  merely 
causing  the  body  of  the  fa-tus  to  rotate  on  its  axis  in  such  a  manner  that 
its  greatest  diameter  will  be  brought  opposite  the  oblique  diameter  of  the 
inlet,  which  extends  from  the  ileo-pectineal  ridge  to  the  sacro-iliac  articula- 
tion on  the  opposite  side.  Then  its  entrance  into  the  pelvic  cavity,  and 
complete  expulsion,  is  rendered  possible. 

XIX.     Mechanism  of  Parturition  in  the  Posterior  Lumbo-Sacral  Position. 

Of  the  four  positions  in  Avhich  we  may  have  a  breech  or  posterior  presen- 
tation, only  one  is  compatible  with  spontaneous  delivery — the  lumbosacral. 
The  foetus  is  presented  by  the  breech,  the  loins  towards  the  sacrum  of  the 
mother,  the  hind  limbs  in  complete  extension  and  entering  the  inlet,  so  as 
to  open  the  passage  for  the  body,  and  though  this  position  may  appear  to 
be  favorable  for  the  expulsion  of  the  young  creature,  yet  it  is  far  less  so 
than  the  first  anterior  position.  The  croup  of  the  foetus  is  a  rounded 
voluminous  mass  which  does  not  admit  of  much  compression,  and  the 
diameters  of  which — particularly  the  transverse — are  nearly  equal  to  those 
of  the  pelvis;  it  is,  therefore,  not  well  disposed  for  passing  through  the 
latter,  and,  in  addition,  its  upper  part  presses  against  the  sacro-vertebral 
angle;  while  the  stifles,  which  are  salient,  press  against  the  edge  of  the 
pubis,  and  the  hip  joints  against  the  branches  of  the  ilium.  Entrance  into 
the  inlet  must  therefore  be  slow,  difficult  and  painful  for  the  mother,  and 
when  this  first  obstacle  is  overcome  and  the  croup  is  in  the  pelvic  cavity, 
the  chest  has  to  follow,  and  to  submit  to  the  same  compression  at  the  inlet 
as  in  the  anterior  presentation.  But  this  part  of  the  foetus  is  much  less 
favorably  disposed  for  such  a  reduction  of  dimensions  in  this  position,  as 
the  resistance  oft'ered  by  the  walls  of  the  maternal  pelvis  has  a  tendency  to 
erect  the  dorsal  spines  and  to  carry  the  ribs  and  sternum  forward — all  this 
going  to  increase  the  diameter  o-f  the  foetus  in  every  direction.  It  is  only, 
then,  by  direct  compression  or  crushing,  that  the  necessary  diminution  in 
the  diameters  of  the  young  creature  can  be  efiPected,  and  not  by  a  kind  of 
physiological  decrease,  as  in  the  anterior  presentation. 

There  is  also  the  obstacle  offered  by  the  hair  of  the  foetus,  the  "set"  of 
which  is  against  the  direction  of  movement ;  and  this  obstacle  will  be  greatly 
increased  if  the  fluids  have  escaped  for  some  time,  and  the  parts  are  more 
or  less  dry. 

Taking  all  these  considerations  into  account,  it  will  be  seen  that  in  this 
position,  even  when  birth  is  possible  with  extraneous  assistance,  labor  must 
be  long  and  exhausting,  and  that  the  young  creature  incurs  the  greatest 
danger.     Labor,  however,  is  more  likely  to  be  successful  and  less  tedious  if 


PARTURITION.  505 

the  haunches  of  the  foetus  present  one  after  the  other  at  the  inlet;  so  that 
a  slight  obliquity  in  the  presentation  makes  a  great  difference;  and  it  is 
just  possible  that  when  birth  takes  place  in  this  position  without  aid,  this 
obliquity  may  have  been  present. 

In  the  cow,  the  calf  is  more  frequently  born  alive  in  this  position  than 
the  foal,  and  birth  is  easier;  a  circumstance  which  is,  in  all  probability, 
due  to  the  smaller  dimensions  of  the  croup  in  the  young  of  the  bovine 
species. 

XX.     Necessary  Aid  in  Normal  Parturition. 

Although,  as  a  rule,  parturition  is  generally  effected  in  animals  in  what 
we  have  designated  a  "spontaneous"  manner  (without  the  intervention 
of  man),  and  without  danger  or  prejudice  to  the  mother  or  offspring;  and 
although  these  do  not  require  that  minute  and  scrupulous  attention  be- 
stowed on  woman,  even  when  birth  has  been  easy,  yet  from  the  nature  of 
this  act  and  the  unfavorable  consequences  which  are  sometimes  noted,  cer- 
tain precautions  should  be  observed  by  the  owner  of  the  animals  at  this 
period,  and  especially  if'  these  should  happen  to  be  valuable  and  very 
artificially  kept.  These  attentions  and  precautions  should  be  entrusted 
for  their  carrying  out  to  competent  persons  selected  by  the  owner,  as  it 
is  seldom  that  the  veterinarian  is  called  in  unless  something  serious  has 
occurred.  The  mother,  as  well  as  the  offspring,  require  watching  and  more 
or  less  nursing. 

XXI.    Spaying,  or  the  Castration  of  the  Mare. 

Spaying  consists  in  removing  the  essential  organs  of  generation — the 
ovaries.  It  is  the  counterpart  of  castration  in  the  stallion.  When  the 
mare  is  spayed,  the  object,  generally,  is  to  cure  nymphomania,  or  some 
other  disease  peculiar  to  her  sex.  The  effect  of  this  operation  upon  a 
ferocious  animal  is  often  very  marked;  she  soon  becomes  docile  and  easily 
managed.  In  case  of  the  cow,  if  the  operation  is  performed  after  the  third 
or  fourth  calf  (the  best  time),  both  the  quantity  and  quality  of  the  milk  is 
improved,  and  the  flow  will  continue  thus  from  eighteen  to  twenty-four 
months.  Besides  this,  she  will  then  readily  lay  on  a  great  deal  of  fat;  as 
beef,  her  flesh  is  tender  and  juicy,  and  she  will  bring  considerably  more 
money  when  sold  to  the  butcher.  Of  course,  she  can  never  produce  any 
.more  calves. 

There  are  two  methods  of  operating  in  spaying — (1)  through  the  flank, 
and  (2)  through  the  vagina.  The  former  method  requires  only  a  knife 
and  an  ecraseur,  or  a  knife  and  a  silk  thread  for  a  ligature,  and  is  the 
easier  one,  particularly  so  for  the  inexperienced  operator.  The  animal  is 
most  easily  worked  on  when  she  is  in  the  standing  position,  with  the  feet 
hobbled,  the  head  held  by  a  twitch,  and  the  body  pressed  against  the  wall. 


506 


CYCLOPEDIA  OP  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


The  left  is  the  flank  usually  chosen.  A  vertical  incision  in  the  upper  part 
of  this  region  is  made,  sufficiently  long  to  admit  the  hand,  which  is  passed 
in  and  upwards;  the  horn  of  the  uterus  will  be  felt  just  below  the  rectum, 
as  shown  in  the  engraving,  and,  at  the  extremity  of  the  horn,  the  egg- 
shaped  ovary.  The  ovary  is  drawn  out  of  the  opening  and  removed  with 
the  escraseur,  or  by  using  a  silk  ligature  and  cutting  it  off  with  the  scis- 
sors. Thus  the  left  ovary  is  extirpated.  The  right  is  next  to  be  felt  for  at 
the  other  horn  of  the  uterus,  and  drawn  out  and  removed  in  the  same  way. 
Spaying  through  the  vagina  requires  special  instruments ;  the  principal 
are  a  concealed  knife,  the  torsion  forceps  or  the  ecraseur,  or  ligature. 
It  being  too  difficult  an  operation  for  anyone  not  an  expert,  our  descrip- 


TIIE   POSITION   OF  THE  ORGANS   OF  THE   MARK. 


1 — Uterus. 

2— Horn  of  Uterus. 

3 — Vagina. 

4 — Bladder. 

5 — Rectum. 


6 — Anus. 
7,  8— Vulva. 

9 — Ovary. 

10 — Oviduct  to  Uterus. 
11— Kidney. 
12 — Abdominal  Muscle. 


tion  of  it  will  purposely  be  condensed.  The  i)lace  wliere  the  opening  is 
made  is  the  vagina,  at  a  point  just  behind  the  neck  of  the  womb, 
at  the  top  of  the  cavity.  The  opening  needs  to  be  about  two  and  one-half 
inches  long,  and  parallel  with  the  cavity.  Through  it  the  finger  is  passed, 
and  the  ovary,  when  secured,  is  drawn  into  the  opening  and  twisted  oft" 
with  the  forceps,  or  crushed  off  with  the  ecraseur,  or  cut  off  Avith  the  knife 
and  the  vessels  ligatured.  This  process  is  then  repeated  on  the  opposite 
side.  There  are  other  instruments  for  dilating  the  vagina,  and  for  guid- 
ing to  the  place  to  cut,  that  we  have  not  described ;  they  are  very  costly,  and 
of  no  use  to  the  average  horse  owner. 


CHAPTER  XIX. 


DISEASES  OP  THE  ORGANS  OP  GENERATION. 


OF  THE  MALE: — T.    INFLAMMATION  OK  THE  TESTICLES. II.    HYDROCELE,  OR   DROPSY 

OF  THE  SCROTUM. III.      EVIL  RESULTS  OF  CASTRATION. IV.      WOUNDS  OF  THE 

PENIS. V.  GONORRllCEA. VI.  PHIMOSIS  AND  PARAPHIMOSIS. VII.  MAS- 
TURBATION. 

OF  THE  FEMALE: — VIII.      PARTURITION. IX.      METRITIS,  OR  INFLAMMATION  OF  THE 

WOMB. X.      INFLAMMATION    OF    THE     OVARIES. XI.      LEUCORRHCEA. XII. 

PUERPERAL,  FEVER. XIII.      MAMMITIS. XIV.      HYSTERIA. XV.      ABORTION. 

Horses  as  a  race  do  not  suffer  with  these  diseases  as  much  as  cattle 
and  other  lower  animals,  probably  on  account  of  their  greater  activity, 
Tvhich  is  conducive  to  health,  that  of  the  organs  of  generation  as  well 
as  of  other  parts  of  the  body. 

1.    Inflammation  of  the  Testicles. 

This  usually  occurs  as  a  result  of  external  injury,  but  is  sometimes  ihe 
result  of  excessive  copulation,  glanderous  deposit,  or  a  localization  of  other 
morbific  conditions  of  the  system.  There  will  be  more  or  less  tumefac- 
tion, great  soreness,  some  fever  and  a  straddling  gait. 

What  to  do. — Give  a  purgative.  No.  23  ;  also,  give  No.  16  in  the  feed, 
which  should  be  light  and  soft,  grass  if  possible.  Spread  over  the  organ 
a  little  solid  extract  of  belladonna  once  a  day,  after  hot  fomentations. 
Give  gentle  exercise,  but  allow  rest  from  active  male  service  for  a  week, 
or  longer  if  necessary.  Should  it  go  on  to  suppuration,  open  it  and  in- 
ject lotion  No.  39.  If  it  becomes  calloused,  hard,  and  does  not  diminish 
in  size,  substitute  lotion  as  follows  : 

No.    74.  1  Drachm  iodine, 

1  Draciim  potassium  iodide, 
%  Pint  water. 
Mix. 

Inject  a  tablespoonful  into  the  organ  twice  a  day,  and  apply  some  on 
the  outside.  If  treatment  fails,  castration  must  be  resorted  to.  (See 
chapter  on  operations.) 

II.    Hydrocele,  or  Dropsy  of  the  Scrotum. 

The  scrotum  is  the  pouch  or  bag  that  contains  the  testicles.  Dropsy 
9f  it  is  due  to  the  effusion  following  an  injury  thereto.  It  will  be  found 
««larged,  tender,  soft  and  fluctuating. 

607 


508  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOB. 

What  to  do. — Draw  off  the  water  with  a  small  trocharand  cannula  ;  re- 
peat it,  if  necessary,  half  a  dozen  times,  for  these  cavities  are  prone  to 
refill.  Paint  the  outside  with  tincture  of  iodine.  If  all  means  fail  and 
the  case  becomes  hopeless,  resort  to  castration.  (See  chapter  on  oper- 
ations. "^ 

m.    Evil  Results  of  Castration. 

Scirrhus  cord. — When  the  cord  is  left  too  long,  the  ends  hanging 
down  between  the  lips  of  the  wound  made  in  the  scrotum,  it  becomes  ad- 
herent to  them,  and  the  whole  swells  together,  becoming  an  indurated 
mass,  sometimes  as  large  as  a  child's  head. 

What  to  do. — The  horse  must  be  cast,  the  cord  dissected  away  from 
the  scrotum,  and  the  cord  (which  will  be  found  in  the  form  of  a  tumor) 
excised.  In  the  absence  of  a  good  veterinarian,  excise  it  with  the 
ecraseur,  taking  pains  to  get  down  low,  so  as  to  take  out  as  much  of  it  as 
possible,  and  dress  it,  twice  a  day,  with  lotion  No.  5. 

Abscess  in  the  scrotum. — This  occurs  from  healing  of  the  wound 
before  the  suppurative  process,  which  always  follows  to  a  greater  or  less 
extent,  is  finished.  The  confined  pus  accumulates  and  forms  a  large 
abscess,  causing  the  sheath  to  swell,  as  also  the  lymphatic  glands  on  the 
inside  of  the  thigh,  giving  rise  to  a  straddling  gait  and  disinclination  to 
move. 

What  to  do. — Open  it  freely,  and  evacuate  the  pus,  when  it  will  com- 
monly heal  readily  ;  if  it  does  not,  however,  inject  lotion  No.  5,  twice 
a  day. 

Projecting  cord. — Sometimes  a  small  teat-hke  piece  of  the  cord  will 
project  through  the  wound  in  the  scrotum,  preventing  it  from  entirely 
healing.  Pinch  this  off  close  to  the  scrotum  with  the  thumb  nail,  and 
cauterize  it  with  lunar  caustic. 

Tumors  on  the  cord.  -  These  may  form  from  catching  cold  after  cas- 
tration, strangulation  of  the  cord,  or  too  rough  handling.  They  sometimes 
attain  the  size  of  a  child's  head.  The  tumor  differs  from  scirrhus  in 
being  situated  higher  up  in  the  canal.  It  must  be  dissected  out,  the  same 
as  scirrhus  cord  above  described. 

IV.    Wound  of  the  Penis. 

This  sometimes  happens  to  stallions  while  teasing  mares  ;  it  gets  kicked, 
swung  against  a  fence,  or  struck  by  mischievous  boys  in  play.  Some- 
times amputation  is  necessary.  (See  chapter  on  operations.)  When  an 
operation  is  not  necessary,  foment  with  hot  water  and  apply  lotion  No. 
24,  two  or  three  times  a  day.  If  tumefaction  is  great,  support  the  penis 
with  a  bandage  passed  over  the  loins. 


DISEASES    OF    THE    ORGANS    OF    GENERATION.  509 

V.     Gonorrhoea  or  Gleet. 

This  is  catarrh  of  the  mucous  membrane  lining  the  urethra.  Its  causes 
are  excessive  work  in  the  stud,  connection  too  soon  after  parturition,  or 
irritating  substances  in  the  urine. 

How  to  know  it. — The  urine  will  be  passed  in  small  jets,  with  frequent 
interruptions  and  manifestations  of  pain,  and  there  will  be  some  swelling 
and  soreness  of  the  parts. 

What  to   do. — Suspend  the  labor  in  the  stud  for  a  couple  of  weeks; 

foment  with  hot  water  frequently,  and  inject  the  following  lotion  twice  a 

day:    (See  also  page  448, — treatment  for  another  type  of  this  disease.) 

No.  75.  2  Drachms  sulphate  of  zinc, 

1  Pint  water, 
Mix. 

Or,  instead,  the  following  may  be  used: 

No.  76.  3  Drachms  sugar  of  lead, 

1  Pint  water. 
Mix. 

VI.     Phimosis  and  Paraphimosis. 

These  are  swollen  conditions  of  the  penis.  In  the  former,  the  penis  ia 
swollen  and  confined  within  the  sheath,  so  that  it  cannot  be  protruded;  in 
the  latter,  the  penis  is  swollen  outside  the  sheath,  and  cannot  be  withdrawn. 

What  to  do. — When  phimosis  exists,  open  the  external  portion  of  the 
sheath,  so  as  to  enlarge  the  opening;  then,  if  the  penis  is  swollen  when 
liberated,  bathe  with  cold  water,  and  apply  lotion  No.  24  three  times  a  day. 

For  paraphimosis,  bathe  with  cold  water,  apply  lotion  No.  24  three  times 
a  day,  manipulate  as  much  as  the  soreness  will  allow,  and  support  the  penis 
with  a  bandage  passed  across  the  loins.  Do  not,  on  any  account,  omit  the 
bandage,  as  the  weight  of  the  swollen  organ  is  alone  sufficient  to  keep  it 
irritated  and  inflamed.  If  this  fails  to  accomplish  the  desired  effect,  the 
rim  of  the  sheath  may  be  slit  up  a  little  ways,  and  the  organ  manipulated 
and  pushed  back.     Leave  the  cutting,  however,  for  the  last  resort. 

Vn.  Masturbation. 
This  is  a  bad  habit  of  abusing  nature,  that  some  stallions  get  into.  It  may 
result  from  weakness,  consequent  upon  overwork  in  the  stud,  or,  on  the 
other  hand,  from  superfluous  passion  attending  want  of  work  in  connection 
with  high  feeding.  When  from  the  former  cause,  reduce  the  work,  give 
walking  exercise,  and  administer  tonics,  such  as  Nos.  67,  35  or  33.  When 
from  the  latter,  give,  for  a  purgative.  No.  23,  reduce  the  feed,  increase  the 
exercise,  and  give  No.  37.  It  debilitates  the  horse  so  much  that  it  makes 
him  useless.  In  addition  to  the  remedies  mentioned,  let  him  wear  a  shield 
whenever  standing  in  the  stable.  This  will  usually  cure  a  case  that  requires 
an  erectiou  to  emit  the  semen,  but  oftentimes,  in  bad  ca£es,  emission  will  take 


510  CYCLOPEDIA  OP  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

place  without  erection ;  it  flowing  away,  occasionally,  with  the  urine.  In 
such  a  case  castration  is  the  only  remedy.  To  prevent  this  disastrous 
habit,  let  all  stallions  wear  shields  from  the  time  they  are  two  years  old. 

DISEASES  PECULIAR  TO  THE  MARE. 

Diseases  of  the  generative  organs  are  not  so  numerous  in  the  mare  as 
in  the  cow,  i)rol)al)ly  owing,  as  before  explained,  to  her  leading  a  more 
active  life. 

Vni.    Parturition. 

This  the  mare  gets  through  with  very  quickly  when  everything  is 
right,  l)ut  when  it  goes  wrong  or  is  prolonged,  on  account  of  mnlpresen- 
tation,  or  malformation  of  the  pelvis,  the  case  is  very  bad  indeed.  The 
cow  may  be  in  the  act  of  calving  many  hours,  and  come  out  all  right,  if 
she  gets  tlie  right  kind  of  assistance,  but  the  mare,  if  not  relieved,  may 
die  inside  of  an  hour.  Do  not  interfere,  however,  unless  absolutely  nec- 
essary in  consequence  of  delivery  coming  too  soon,  (as  from  some  exter- 
nal violence),  and  before  the  ligaments  of  the  pelvis  are  relaxed  to  allow 
the  foetus  to  pass,  or  of  some  malpresentation.  In  such  cases,  assis- 
tance, to  be  of  any  service,  must  be  rendered  soon  and  efficiently. 

The  mare  should  be  strong  and  in  good  healthy  condition  ;  as  to  flesh, 
not  too  fat  nor  too  thin,  and  strong,  as  a  result  of  proper  exercise.  The 
bowels  should  be  loosened  by  giving  soft  feed,  roots,  etc.,  at  the  close  of 
the  period  of  gestation.  In  the  great  majority  of  cases,  little  cr  nothing 
else  is  necessar3^ 

What  to  do. — ^In  case  of  malpresentation,  refer  to  the  corresponding 
position  in  the  cow,  which  will  be  found  described  in  its  proper  place. 
If  all  means  fail  to  deliver  the  foal  alive,  and  one  or  the  other  must  be 
sacrificed,  cut  the  foal  away,  piece  by  piece  ;  but  if  the  foal  is  alive  and  the 
mare  cannot  be  saved,  the  foal  can  be  brought  away  by  the  Cesarian 
operation.     (See  chapter  on  operations.) 

Dead  foetus. — Sometimes  the  fcetus  dies  some  considerable  time  be- 
fore the  full  term  of  gestation  is  completed,  and  thus  becoming  a  foreign 
substance,  it  must  be  removed.  Sometimes,  in  such  cases,  the  os  uteri 
does  not  relax  and  needs  assistance.  This  condition  of  affairs  will  be 
known  by  the  mare's  continuous  and  persistent  straining,  in  the  effort  to 
expel  the  foetus. 

What  to  do. — Pass  in  your  hand,  after  oiling  it  with  olive  oil,  and  in- 
sert one  finger  into  the  os,  then  two  and  three,  and  so  on,  working  very 
gradually,  till  it  is  well  dilated.  If  this  does  not  succeed,  insert  a  sponge 
wet  with  fluid  extract  of  belladonna  into  the  os,  and  let  it  remain  there 
ten  or  twelve  hours,  and  then  try  the  hand  again. 


DISEASES   OF  THE    ORGANS    OF   GENERATION.  511 

IX.    Metritis,  or  Inflammation  of  the  "Womb. 

This  results  from  injury  during  parturition,  or  from  catching  cold  by  ex- 
posure to  cold  or  wet  soon  after  delivery.  It  usually  comes  on  in  two  or 
three  days  after  parturition.  There  is  more  or  less  fever  ;  colicky  pain  ; 
continually  straining,  as  if  to  pass  another  foal ;  looking  around  towards 
the  flanks  ;  a  discharge  of  foetid  black  fluid  from  the  womb  ;  and  arched 
back. 

What  to  da. — Give  a  mild  purgative  of  raw  linseed  oil,  in  amount 
from  a  pint  to  a  quart,  according  to  the  size  of  the  patient.  Wash  out 
the  womb  with  warm  water,  to  which  a  little,  a  very  little,  whiskey  has 
been  added,  and  inject  No.  39.  Give  No.  18  internally,  as  often  as  the 
fever  and  other  symptoms  require.     Feed  on  light  diet  and  keep  warm. 

X.    Inflammation  of  the  Ovaries. 

This,  though  rare,  is  met  with  occasionally  in  the  mare,  and  is  mani- 
fested by  slight  fever,  soreness  on  pressure  in  the  lumbar  region,  and  dis- 
inclination to  walk.  It  usually  occurs  at  the  time  of  heat,  and  passes 
away  when  that  is  over  ;  it  aggravates  the  passions  excited  at  that  time. 

What  to  do. — Give  a  teaspoonful  of  saltpetre  in  a  bran  mash,  three 
times  a  day,  for  a  couple  of  days. 

XI.    Leucorrhoea. 

This  is  catarrh  of  the  vagina  or  of  the  womb,  or  of  both.  Caused, 
originally,  by  a  slight  attack  of  inflammation,  a  discharge  from  the 
irritated  surfaces  is  set  up  and  soon  becomes  chronic.  It  often  follows  dif- 
ficult parturition,  in  which  the  parts  have  been  torn  and  injured,  more  or 
less.  "When  the  after-birth  is  retained,  leucorrhoea  invariably  follows, 
owing  to  the  irritation  caused  by  the  decomposition,  which,  in  such  cases, 
is  nature's  only  alternative  for  getting  rid  of  the  foreign  body. 

The  discharge  is  whitish  and  slimy,  of  a  disagreeable  odor ;  in  fact, 
when  following  retention  of  the  after-birth,  it  is  often  purulent,  and  very 
offensive.  It  tells  heavily  on  the  general  health  of  the  patient ;  she  loses 
flesh  ;  the  coat  becomes  rough,  coarse  and  staring  ;  and  the  milk  dries  up, 
or  nearly  so. 

What  to  do. — Introduce  a  catheter  into  the  womb,  and  draw  off 
the  purulent  accumulations,  if  any  exi,st ;  next,  inject  tepid  water,  draw- 
ing it  off  with  the  catheter  ;  then  inject  lotions  Nos.  75,  76  and  39,  chan<y- 
ing  from  one  to  another,  and  applying  them  twice  a  day  till  cured.  At  the 
same  time,  give,  as  a  course  of  tonics,  Nos.  67,  35  and  22,  changing 
occasionally  from  one  to  another.  Continue  them  throe  or  four  weeks. 
Give  green  food,  if  practicable  ;  if  not,  give  bran  mashes,  roots,  etc. 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOB. 

Xn.    Puerperal  Fever. 

This  is  a  l)enign  fever,  usually  occurring  on  the  second  or  third  daj 
after  parturition.     It  is  aggravated  by  colds,  exposure,  or  neglect. 

How  to  know  It. — The  symptoms  are  those  of  general  fever,  accelera- 
ted pulse  and  respiration,  with  heightened  temperature  ;  the  ears  and 
extremities,  however,  are  cold  ;  the  visible  mucous  membranes  are  inject- 
ed and  red  ;  the  bowels  are  constipated  ;  the  urine  is  scanty  and  high  col- 
ored ;  secretion  of  milk  is  suspended  ;  and  the  udder  inclines  to  inflamma- 
tion and  hardness.  It  may  occur  in  mares  of  all  ages,  but  is  most  often 
met  with  after  the  first  pregnancy,  and  seems  to  accompany  the  effort 
of  nature  in  secreting  the  milk. 

What  to  do. — ■'Keep  the  animal  warm,  in  a  place  with  good  ventilation 
but  no  drafts  ;  give  soft  diet  (grass  if  possible)^  and  plenty  of  pure  water 
with  a  tablespoonf  ul  of  sweet  spirits  of  nitre  mixed  with  it  morning  and 
night.  If  the  bowels  are  constipated,  give  half  a  pint  of  raw  linseed  oil, 
repeating  it  after  ten  or  twelve  hours. 

XII.    Mammitis. 

This  is  inflammation  of  the  mammary  glands,  or  udder  ;  it  accompanies 
parturition,  and  then  always  exists  to  a  certain  extent,  consequent  upon 
the  secretion  of  milk.  It  is  apt  to  be  most  severe  after  the  first  foaling. 
Usually,  the  inflammation  subsides  in  the  course  of  a  week  or  so;  that  is, 
as  the  organs  become  accustomed  to  secreting  the  milk,  and  their  outside 
is  softened  by  the  foal  sucking  and  pulling  at  the  teats  ;  but  not  in- 
frequently it  happens  that,  instead  of  getting  better  and  softer,  they  get 
harder  and  larger,  sore,  hot  and  painful.  When  it  runs  on  to  suppura- 
tion of  a  quarter,  as  it  sometimes  does,  the  milk  curdles  and  comes  away' 
with  difficulty,  in  small  quantities,  and  is  bloody.  There  is  always  more 
or  less  constitutional  disturbance,  fever,  accelerated  pulse,  etc. 

What  to  do. — Foment  vigorously  with  hot  water,  as  continuously  as 
possible  ;  manipulate  to  the  utmost  extent  that  the  soreness  will  allow  : 
encourage  the  foal  to  suck  and  pull  the  teats,  and  milk  all  you  can,  at 
frequent  intervals,  to  prevent  the  milk  from  curdling.  If  it  goes  on  to 
suppuration,  open  the  abscesses  and  inject  lotion  No.  39,  twice  a  day,  and 
apply  oil-cake  poultices,  changing  them  morning  and  night.  Give  soft 
feed  ;  if  in  winter,  take  the  chill  off  the  drinking  water,  and  keep  the 
mare  blanketed.  Give  a  teaspoonful  of  saltpetre  in  a  bran  mash  morn- 
ing and  night.  If  the  bowels  are  constipated,  give  a  pint  of  raw  linseed 
oil.     Rub  the  glands  with  the  following,  three  times  a  day : 

No.  77.  1  Ounce  camphor  gum, 

y^  Pint  olive  oil, 
Mix. 


DISEASES   OF  THE   ORGANS   OF   0ENEBAT1ON.  513 

XIV.  Hysteria. 

This  is  a  peculiar  and  quite  rare  nervous  condition  accompanying  beat 
and  manifested,  principally,  by  the  voluntary  muscles.  The  jaws  champ  ; 
the  teeth  are  ground  ;  the  muscles  tremble  ;  the  legs  and  feet  are  liable 
to  paw,  strike  or  kick  spasmodically  ;  in  short,  the  mare  acts  in  a  generally 
delirious  manner.  Sometimes  the  brain  is  so  much  affected  that  this  coo* 
dition  runs  on  into  tetanic  convulsions,  inflammation  of  the  brain,  and 
death. 

What  to  do. — Give  a  quart  of  raw  linseed  oil,  or  else  No.  23,  and  No. 
52.  Repeat  the  latter  every  four  to  six  hours,  till  purgation  takes  place, 
when  all  unpleasant  symptoms  will  usually  disappear. 

XV.  Abortion. 

When  mares  abort,  it  is  usually  the  result  of  accident  or  overwork. 
If  compelled  to  draw  too  heavy  a  load,  a  single  extra  hard  pull  is  often- 
times sufficient  to  produce  abortion  ;  any  such  accident  as  slipping,  fall- 
ing, external  violence,  etc.,  may  likewise  bring  it  about.  Usually,  all 
parts  come  away  naturally,  without  any  untoward  result  other  than  nerv- 
ous  prostration ,  and,  perhaps,  a  slight  febrile  rise  in  pulse  and  temper- 
ature for  a  day  or  two  aftenvards. 

What  to  do. — Allow  absolute  rest  for  a  few  days,  and  give  soft  feed 
and  chilled  water.  If  any  fever  follows,  give  a  teaspoonful  of  saltpetre 
In  the  mash,  morning  and  night. 


CHAPTER  XX. 
DISEASES  OP  THE  LIVER. 


I.      CONGESTION  OF  THE  LIVER. II.       HEPATITIS,  OR  INFLAMMATION  OP  THE   LIVER 

(ACUTE  OK   CHRONIC). III.      CEROMA,  Oil   FATTY   UEGENEKATION. IV.      CIR- 
RHOSIS, OK  FIBROUS  IJEGENERATION. V.      JAUNDICE,  ICTERUS,  OR  YELLOWS. 

VI.      BILIARY  CALCULI,  OR  GALL-STONES. VII.      HVFERTROFHY.- VIII.     ATRO- 
PHY.  IX.      SOFTENING,  OR  RAMOLLISSEMENT,  WITH  RUPTURE. 

Diseases  of  the  liver  in  the  lower  animals,  are  not  as  common  as  in  the 
human  family,  but  they  are  met  with  occasionally,  and  their  effects  are 
plainly  visible.  The  other  organs  of  the  body  necessarily  suffer  when 
there  is  inactivity  of  the  liver,  since  its  functions  are  very  important, 
both  in  eliminating  impurities  from  the  blood,  and  in  secreting  the  bile 
that  largely  contributes  to  maintaining  the  health  of  the  bowels. 

Certain  marked  symptoms  are  common  to  all  diseases  of  the  liver, 
viz :  yellowness  of  all  the  visible  mucous  membranes,  dullness  of  spirits, 
languor,  and  loss  of  apj)etite.  When  the  bile  is  secreted  too  abundantly, 
the  foeces  are  bright  yellow,  with  either  diarrhcBa,  or  a  tendency  that 
way ;  and  when  the  bile  is  scanty,  the  foeces  are  of  a  gray,  ashy  color, 
hard  and  very  offensive  to  the  smell.  Again,  when  the  liver  fails  to  secrete 
its  customary  quantity  of  urea,  the  latter  is  thrown  back  into  the  sys- 
tem, with  especial  detriment  to  the  kidneys,  giving  rise  to  congestion  of 
those  organs  or  azoturia,  (which  see).  The  principal  diseases  of  the 
liver,  in  the  horse,  are  enumerated  in  the  heading  of  this  chapter. 
I.    Congestion  of  the  Liver. 

This  is  engorgement  of  the  hepatic  blood  vessels,  and,  in  a  secondary 
manner,  is  accompanied  by  engorgement  of  many  of  the  other  internal 
organs,  Its  subjects  are  commonly  high  fed,  pampered,  idle  aninials. 
It  is  frequently  a  symptom  of  influenza,  from  obstruction  of  the  flow  of 
bile,  caused  by  inflammation  of  the  lining  membrane  of  the  bile  ducts, 
which,  in  turn,  is  simply  one  manifestation  of  the  general  catarrhal 
inflammation  of  the  mucous  membranes  of  the  whole  body. 

How  to  know  it. — In  addition  to  the  general  symptoms  of  hepatic  dis- 
ease, mentioned  in  the  second  paragraph  of  this  chapter,  there  will  be 
some  colicky  pains  ;  turniiig  of  the  head  towards  the  right  side  ;  high 
brownish  color  of  the  urine  ;  constipation  ;  clay-colored  fceces;  an  offen- 
sive smell  to  both  foeces  and  mouth  ;  and  grinding  of  the  teeth.  Some- 
times, there  is  also  lameness  in  the  right  fore-shoulder,  and  more  or  less 

fever. 

514 


DISEASES    OF    THE    LIVER.  515 

What  to  do. — Some  authorities  recommend  bleeding  and  purgatives, 
except  when  it  is  a  symptom  of  influenza.  In  case  tlie  animal  is  fat, 
bleeding  would  be  an  advantage.  Follow  it  with  No.  37,  given  in  doses 
of  two  or  three  tablespoonfuis  in  soft  feed,  three  times  a  day.  Let  the 
food  be  light  and  rather  sparing. 

When  there  are  liver  troubles,  as  a  complication  of  influenza,  it  is  not 
safe  to  give  them  any  special  treatment.  In  such  cases,  treat  for  influ- 
enza, as  elsewhere  given. 

II.    Hepatitis,  or  luflammation  of  the  Liver. 

This  may  be  either  acute  or  chronic.  It  is  very  rare  in  the  lower  ani- 
mals, among  which  it  is  most  often  seen  in  old  horses.  The  inflamma- 
tion may  have  its  seat  either  in  the  covering  membrane,  known  to  anato- 
mists as  "Glisson's  Capsule,"  or  in  tlie  glandular  portion  itself.  It  may 
lead  to  abscesses,  or  to  a  hardening  or  softening  of  the  organ.  We  will 
treat,  first,  of  the  acute  form. 

How  to  know  it. — There  is  marked  loss  of  appetite,  and  dullness  of 
the  eye  ;  the  patient  usually  remains  standing,  but  hangs  his  head  ;  the 
manure,  passed  in  small  balls,  is  of  a  dark  reddish-brown  color,  and 
sometimes  very  much  mixed  with  bile,  covered  with  a  slimy  mucous 
matter ;  the  urine  is  scant  and  high  colored,  and  there  is  tenderness  of 
the  right  side. 

What  to  do, — III  the  acute  form,  give  early,  as  a  mild  purgative,  No. 
23,  and  follow  it  with  this: 

No.  78.  2  Ounces  chlorate  of  potash, 

1  Quart  water, 
Mix. 

Give  four  ounces  (about  two  wine-glassfuls)  three  times  a  day.  Feed 
on  light  diet. 

The  chronic  form  may  follow  the  acute,  or  it  may  exist  as  an  original 
disease.  It  gives  rise  to  material  changes  in  the  liver,  which  may  become 
enlarged  and  softened,  or  diminished  in  size  and  indurated  and  hardened. 
In  those  cases  where  it  comes  on  gradually,  and  exists  as  an  original  dis- 
ease, it  is  the  result  of  want  of  proper  food,  or  a  process  of  gradual 
starvation,  and  tends  to  a  fatal  termination.  If  the  food  is  insufficient 
and  unsuitable,  the  fact  will  be  shown  by  a  poverty-stricken  appearance 
of  the  animal  generally. 

What  to  do. — Give  a  complete  change  in  every  way  possible — location 
and  altitude,  as  well  as  in  the  quality  and  quantity  of  food. 

m.    Ceroma,  or  Fatty  Degeneration  of  the  Liver. 

This  is  usually  seen  in  old  horses  that  are  very  fat.  The  liver  becomes 
large  and  soft,  and  the  hepatic  cells  becoming  filled  with  fat,  the  secretion 


51G  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

of  bile  is  interfered  with.  Here  we  find  one  of  the  causes  of  con- 
stipation and  enteritis  ;  for  the  bile  is  the  main  agent  in  keeping  the 
bowels  in  order,  including,  also,  the  prevention  of  acidity  and  abnormal 
waste  of  the  tissues  composing  Ihem. 

No  treatment  can  be  prescribed.  These  cases  usually  die  suddenly, 
from  rupture  of  the  capsule  and  escape  of  blood  into  the  abdominal 
cavity.  Prevention  might  be  effected  by  not  allowing  old  horses  to  get 
too  fat. 

IV.    Cirrhosis,  or  Fibrous  Degeneration. 

This  is  due,  probably,  to  material  changes  in  the  blood,  which  becoming 
poor  in  quality  and  scanty  in  quantity,  gives  rise  to  atrophy  of  the  sys- 
tem, pining,  and  death.  On  post-mortem  examination,  the  live/  is  found 
to  be  light,  and  in  color  of  a  yellow  cast,  roughened  on  the  surface,  firm 
to  the  touch,  not  so  easily  broken  down  as  in  a  healthy  condition  ;  it  is 
hard,  fibrous  and  dry;  and,  when  cut  across,  the  lobules  are  replaced  by 
white  fibrous  tissue,  exhibiting  a  mottled  appearance,  like  the  interior  of 
a  nutmeg.     No  specific  treatment  is  possible. 

V.    Jaundice,  Icterus,  or  Yellows. 

This  is  only  a  symptom  of  derangement  of  the  liver,  though  commonly 
spoken  of  as  a  separate  disease.  It  indicates  an  obstruction  of  the  gall 
duct  that  conveys  the  bile  into  the  intestines,  the  consequence  of  which 
is,  that  the  bile  is  thrown  back  into  the  system,  and  hence  the  yellow 
appearance  so  characteristic  of  all  liver  disorders. 

If  it  is  not  complicated  with  any  other  disease,  give  a  purgative.  No. 
23,  and  follow  it  with  No.  37.  If,  however,  it  exists  as  a  complication, 
treat  the  other  disease  rather  than  this  condition. 

VI.    Biliary  Calculi,  or  Gall-stones. 

Thougn  gall-stones  are  rarely  found,  incrustations  on  the  walls  of  the 
ducts  are  quite  common.  They  do  little  or  no  harm,  unless  they  accu- 
mulate to  such  an  extent  as  to  obstruct  the  duet,  in  which  case  there  will 
be  colicky  pains,  frequent  looking  around  to  the  right  side,  aud  a  yellow, 
bilious  appearance  generally. 

Give  No.  55. 

vn.    Hypertrophy  of  the  Liver. 

This,  which  is  the  name  given  an  abnormal  growth  of  the  organ,  U 
usually  associated  with  a  plethoric  condition,  resulting  from  idleness  and 
high  feeding. 

Reduce  the  flesh,  by  giving  No.  23,  and  restricting  the  diet. 


DISEASES    OF    THE    LIVER. 


517 


"VTII.  Atrophy  of  the  Liver. 
This  is  a  wasting,  shrinking,  pining  away  process.  Its  causes  are 
either  some  other  disease,  or  else  starvation.  If  the  former,  treat  the 
other  disease,  and  the  system  may,  perhaps,  redevelop.  If  starvation 
and  neglect  are  to  blame,  make  a  radical  change,  giving  good  food,  and 
plenty  of  it. 

IX.    Softening,  or  Bamollissement,  with  Rupture. 

This  is  probably  due  to  repeated  attacks  of  congestion  and  engorge- 
ment. The  softening  process  goes  on , 
till  finally  the  inevitable  sequel  of 
rupture  takes  place.  Sometimes  the 
I'upture  does  not  involve  Glisson's 
(japsule,  but  only  the  glandular  mat- 
ter, and  when  this  occurs,  it  will  be 
manifested  by  colicky  pains,  and  also 
by  fainting  fits,  if  the  head  is  raised 
suddenly.  The  symptoms  subside 
after  a  while,  and  appear  to  leave  no 
injurious  consequences.  When,  how- 
ever, Glisson's  capsule  is  ruptured, 
hemorrhage  into  the  abdomen  occurs, 
and  a  fatal  termination  suddenly  ensues. 

Prevention 

softening  and  rupture,  are  due  to  improper  feeding,  the  methods  of  pre- 
vention are  evident,  viz :  Regulate  the  diet  carefully,  reducing  the 
quality  of  rich  and  specially  nutritious  foods,  and  giving  more  hay,  straw, 
etc.,  and  thus  keeping  down  the  tendency  to  undue  obesity. 


UEMORKHAGE 
LIVEK. 


BUOM     THE 


-Recognizing  that  all  affections  of  the 


liver   leading  to 


CHAPTER  XXI. 


DISEASES  OP  THE  EYE. 


K.      SPECIFIC   OPHTHALMIA,    OR    MOON    BLINDNESS. II.       SIMPLE    OPHTHALMIA,    OK 

CONJUNCTIVITIS. III.        AMAUROSIS,     GDTTA     SERENA,     OR     GLASS     EYE. IV. 

GLAUCOMA. V.      IRITIS. VI.      LEUCOMA. VII.     CATARACT. VIII.      FILA- 

RIA  OCULI,  OR  WORM  IN  THE  EYE. IX.      KNTROPIUM. X.      ECTROPIUM. XI. 

TORN  EYELIDS. XII.      CANCEROUS    TUMOR  IN   THE  EYE. XIII.       OBSTRUCTION 

OF  THE  LACHRYMAL  DUCT. 

Diseases  of   the  eye  are  not  nearly  as  numerous  among   the   equine 

race  as  in  man,  though  it  would  be  a  mistake   to  infer  from  this  that  the 

eye  is  a  less  sensitive  or  complicated  organ  in  the  one  than  in  the  other. 

The  oculary  diseases  of  the  horse  are  about  all  included  in  the  list  above 

given. 

I.    Specific  Ophthalmia,  or  Moon  Blindness. 

This  is  the  bane  of  horse-flesh  in  the  West,  where  a  multitude  of 
good  horses  lose  their  sight  from  an  hereditary  disease  that  is  utterly 
incurable,  and  runs  on  its  certain  course,  fast  or  slow,  to  cataract.  It 
consists  of  inflammation  of  the  cornea,  choroid  coat,  ciliary  processes  and 
iris,  affecting,  also,  the  humors  and  lens,  and  giving  rise  to  an  immense 
amount  of  pain  on  account  of  the  intro-ocular  pressure. 

It  is  called  speciHc  on  account  of  its  occult  cause,  nature  and  perio- 
dicity. While  it  is  transmissible  to  the  offspring  from  either  parent,  it  is 
especially  so  from  the  sire. 

How  to  know  it. — There  is  swelling  of  the  whole  eye,  lids,  conjunctiva, 
the  mucous  lining  of  the  lids,  and  all  internal 
parts  of  the  eye;  and  the  cornea  being  in- 
elastic, the  pressure  and  pain  are  intense.  The 
eye  is  closed,  or  nearly  so,  from  the  light, 
tears  run  down  over  the  cheek,  and  the  mu- 
cous membranes  become  very  red;  and  as  a 
result  of  the  inflammation,  pus  is  formed  in 
the  anterior  chamber,  and  may  be  seen  as  a 
whitish  substance  down  in  the  lower  portion. 
After  a  few  days,  the  inflammation  sub- 
sides, goes  away,  and  leaves  the  eye  nearly  as 
bright  as  natural ;  still,  if  examined  carefully, 
shreds  of  the  lymph  will  be  seen  hanging 
around  in  the  anterior  chamber,  and  the 
pupil  will  be  ragged.  After  a  period  of  from 
four  months,  the  trouble  will  recur  with 
an     aggravated     degree;     the     whitish     sub- 


MOON  BLINDNESS. 


four  weeks    to    three    or 
all     the     symptoms     in 
stance  (lymph)  becomes  purulent,    and,   settling   at  the   bottom,  may 

518 


DISEASES   OF   THE   EYE.  5 IS. 

there  be  seen  like  a  half-moon.  Examine  the  eye  by  the  light  of  a  can- 
dle, (the  horse  being  in  a  dark  place,)  and  the  cornea  will  look  dull,  and 
the  back  of  the  eye  bluish  yellow.  These  appearances,  accompanied 
by  the  recurrences  from  time  to  time,  will  plainly  stamp  the  disease  as 
specific  or  periodic  ophthalmia.  It  may  affect  either  eye  ah)ne,  or  both 
at  the  same  time,  and  the  periodic  recurrence  may  either  be  noticed  first 
in  one  and  then  in  the  other,  or  else  always  in  the  same  one.  After  one 
or  more  recurrences,  the  lymph  or  pus  in  the  bottom  of  the  anterior 
chamber  will  remain.  The  pupil  becomes  uneven,  the  eye  looks  smaller, 
on  account  of  its  being  drawn  back  into  the  socket  to  avoid  the  light,  and 
before  long,  as  a  result  of  the  inflammation,  the  fatty  cushion  at  the  back 
of  the  eye  becomes  absorbed.  After  a  few  recurrences,  there  is  perceived 
a  muddincss  around  the  lens,  which  increases  in  opacity  with  each  suc- 
cessive attack,  till  a  cataract  forms.  This  is  the  inevitable  result.  Then 
the  intensity  of  the  attack  diminishes,  and  finally  subsides  altogether. 

What  to  do. — There  is  no  treatment  known  that  will  absolutely  cure 
it ;  yet  good  attention  will  ward  off  the  final  termination  for  a  long  time. 
When  first  coming  on,  give  a  purgative.  No.  23,  and  follow  it  up  with 
this : 

No.  79.  1  Drachm  potassium  iodide, 

1^  Pint  water, 
"Mix. 

Give  this  as  one  dose  in  a  bran  mash  or  from  a  bottle.  Repeat  it  three 
times  a  day  for  a  fortnight.  Feed  on  bran  mashes,  green  food,  roots, 
etc.  Bathe  the  eye  with  hot  water  an  hour  at  a  time,  three  times  a  day. 
Apply  the  following  lotion  to  the  eye,  with  a  camel's  hair  brush,  four  or 
six  times  a  day  : 

No.  80.  2  Grains  sulphate  of  atropia, 

1  Ounce  water, 
Mix, 

Keep  the  animuji  in  a  dark  place,  with  plenty  of  water  to  drink. 
When  the  active  inflammation  has  subsided,  use  the  following  lotion  ; 

No.  81.  5  Grains  nitrate  of  silver, 

1  Ounce  water, 
Mix. 

Apply  with  a  camel's  hair  brush,  twice  a  day  for  a  week  or  so,  which 
will  help  to  take  up  the  cloudiness  that  may  remain  from  the  inflamma- 
tion.    If  this  object  is  not  satisfactorily  effected,  apply  No.  82. 

Prevention. — Never  breed  a  mare  affected  with  specific  ophthalmia, 
not  even  when  she  is  stone-blind  and  all  danger  of  subsequent  recurren- 
ces gone.  Never  breed  to  a  stallion  similarly  affected.  Its  hereditary 
character  is  certain.  It  breaks  out  in  the  offspring,  usually,  between  the 
ages  of  four  and  seven,  most  often  at  about  six. 


520 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOB. 


n.    Simple  Ophthalmia,  or  Conjunctivitis. 
The  lining  of  the  eyelids  is  a  sensitive,  vascular,  mucous  membrane 
called  the   conjunctiva.     Inflammation  of  this  membrane  and  the  other 
external  parts  is  known  as  simple  ophthalmia,  or  conjunctivitis. 

Cause. — The  most  common  cause  is  the  introduction  of  foreign  bodies 
into  the  eye,  such  as  hay-seed,  hair,  cinders,  lime  or  other  caustic  sub- 
stances, etc.  It  often  accomi)anies  other  diseases,  as  a  symptom  of  fever, 
the  conjunctiva  at  such  times  sharing  with  all  other  mucous  membranes 
in  the  tendency  to  congestion. 

How  to  know  it. — The  eye  is  kept  partly  or  nearly  closed,  the  eyelids 
are  swollen,  the  tears  flow  copiously  down  the  cheek,  and  when  the  lids 
arc  opened  the  lining  is  very  red  and  inflamed,  with 
the  haw  drawn  well  up  on  the  eye.  After  a  day  or 
two,  the  surface  of  the  cornea  (the  transparent  por- 
tion of  the  eyeball)  becomes  clouded  with  a  whitish 
film-like  substance,  caused  by  the  interrupted  nutri- 
tion which  attends  the  inflammation  and  tumefaction. 
If  neglected,  the  opacity  increases  and  soon  becomes 
chronic,  resisting  treatment,  and  causing  blindness. 
Sometimes,  when  the  irritant  is  very  severe,  the  in- 
flammation extends  to  the  interior  of  the  eye,  break- 
ing down  the  structure  of  the  parts,  when  blindness 
results,  as  a  matter  of  course. 

What  to  do- — Make  a  careful  examination,  and  remove  the  offending 
object.  Foreign  bodies  can  be  removed  with  forceps,  or  l)y  a  silk  hand- 
kerchief passed  over  the  head  of  a  pin.  The  forceps  should  be  curved, 
and  the  curved  surface  applied  to  the  eye,  so  as  to  avoid  the  possibility 
of  puncturing  the  points  into  it.  If  so  much 
swollen  that  the  foreign  body  cannot  be  dis- 
covered, the  point  where  it  is  will  be  apt  to  be 
more  swollen  than  the  rest,  thereby  giving  a 
due  as  to  its  location.  If  it  is  down  under  the 
haw,  the  latter  may  be  caught  by  a  hook  or 
tenaculum,  and  drawn  up  so  as  to  allow  com- 
plete examination  of  the  surfaces  beneath.  It 
is  often  necessary  to  fasten  the  haw,  to  prevent 
its  movements  from  interfering  with  the  examination  of  the  eye. 

After  the  irritant  is  removed,  bathe  the  eye  with  warm  water  having  a 
small  quantity  of  salt  in  it, — a  teaspoonful  of  salt  to  a  pint  of  water ; 
have  the  water  and  sponge  clean,  and  foment  the  eye  half  an  hour  at  a 
time,  three  or  four  times  a  day.  Insert  a  flaxseed  under  the  lid  several 
times  a  day,  or  smear  across  and  into  the  eye  the  white  of  an  egg. 


SIMPLE     OPHTHAL- 
MIA. 

Ihe  pupil  natural,  but 
the  line  showing^  the 
position  of  the  haw,  it 
being^  drawn  well  up 
on  the  eye,  in  its  en- 
deavor to  brush  off  the 
foreign  body. 


MANNER  OF  OPENING  THE 
EYE  WHEN  SEARCHING 
FOR   FOREIGN  BODIES. 


DISEASES    OF   THE   EYE.  521 

If  the  cornea  becomes  cloudy,  apply  the  following  lotion  morning  and 
night,  with  a  camel's  hair  brush. 

No.  82,  10  Grains  nitrate  of  silver, 

1  Ounce  water, 
Mix. 

Apply  lotion  No.  80,  six  to  eight  times  a  day,  with  a  camel's  hair 
brush,  all  around  under  the  eyelids  and  upon  the  eyeballs,  to  prevent 
the  extension  of  the  inflammation  to  the  inner  parts  of  the  eye,  or  to 
alleviate  it,  if  this  has  occurred.  Give  the  animal  rest,  with  soft  feed  and 
a  dark  stall. 

m.    Amaurosis,  Gutta  Serena,  or  Glass  Eye. 

This  is  blindness  from  paralysis  of  the  optic  nei-ve  (the  nerve  of  the 
sense  of  sight)  and  retina.  The  latter  is  the  expansion  of  the  optic  nerve 
over  the  back  of  the  chamber  of  the  eye.  There  is  no  alteration  in  the 
structure  of  the  eye,  but  simply  loss  of  power  to  see.  The  pupil  is  greatly 
dilated,  indicating  the  eye's  insensibility  to  light,  and  has  a  very  clear, 
bright  appearance,  like  blue  glass  ;and  instead  of  contracting  and  expand- 
ing, as  it  should  do,  in  different  degrees  of  light,  it  remains  fixed. 

Cause. — It  may  depend  upon  injury  to  the  brain,  with  effusion  press- 
ing on  the  optic  nerve,  and  when  this  is  the  cause,  the  appearance  of  the 
eye  above  described  will  be  noticed.  Or  it  may  result  from  excessive 
fever  in  any  disease,  and  especially  epizootic  influenza,  if  the  temper- 
ature of  the  body  runs  above  106  ®  .  In  the  latter  case,  the  retina  is 
involved  in  the  iiiflammation,  loses  its  beautiful  bluish  lustre,  and  be- 
comes whitish-green  in  color,  and  the  humors  (the  liquids)  of  the  eye 
get  more  or  less  muddy,  and  give  a  greenish  cast  to  the  whole  eye. 

As  this  condition  may  not  be  detected  by 
a  casual  observer,  by  looking  into  the  eye 
itself,  it  is  necessary  to  notice  closely  the 
actions  of  the  horse.  It  may  effect  one  or 
both  eyes.  If  only  one,  the  horse's  action 
may  not  be  altered,  but  if  both  eyes  are  blind 
the  fact  Avill  be  betrayed  by  his  high  stepping 
and  his  constant  moving  of  the  ears  forward 
and  backward.  These  are  indications  which 
should  always   create  suspicion  in    this    re- 

•^  EYE  AFFECTED  BY  SERENA. 

spect. 

What  to  do. — Apply  a  blister.  No.  9,  to  the  cheek  or  temple,  and 
on  the  back  of  the  neck,  and  give  internally  Nos.  67  and  GQ  in  alterna/ 
tion.     But  a  cure  is  rarely  to  be  hoped  for. 

30 


522 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


IV.    Glaucoma. 

This  is  inflammation  involving  the  whole  globe  of  the  eye,  but  more  par- 
ticularly the  vitreous  humor,  (the  fluid  in  the  posterior  chamber  of  the 
eye,)  the  iris,  choroid,  and  sometime  the  retina.  It  occasions  a  dilated, 
irregular  pupil,  muddiness  of  the  vitreous  humor,  and  a  sea-green  color 
of  the  interior  of  the  eye,  with  blindness  as  a  frequent  sequel. 

What  to  do. — It  is  treated  by  constitutional  remedies — calabar  bean, 
electricity,  etc.,  and  also  by  iridectomy  (an  operation  to  excise  a  portion 
of  the  iris,  to  relieve  the  intro-ocular  pressure.)  These  measures  all 
require  the  skill  of  a  veterinarian. 

V.    Iritis. 

Inflammation  of  the  iris  (that  portion  of  the  eye  forming  the  pupiJ 
and  giving  the  color  to  the  eye)  is  called  iritis. 

Cause. — Severe  external  violence,  extremes  of  light  and  darkness,  ex 
posure  to  severe  storms,  facing  the  wind,  and  constitutional  disorders. 

How  to  know  it. — A  pink  ring  is  seen  around  the  sclerotica  (the  white, 
fibrous  coat  forming  the  large  posterior  portion  of  the  eye)  ;  the  eye  is  re- 
tracted and  partly  closed  ;  the  haw  is  drawn  up  ;  the  conjunctiva  is  inflam- 
ed, there  being  considerable  fever  in  the  con- 
stitution ;  the  pupil  is  very  small,  and  the 
aqueous  humor  beconies  turbid,  with  white 
flakes  floating  in  the  anterior  chamber,  and 
usually  a  little  pus  in  the  bottom  of  the  latter^ 
What  to  do. — Place  the  animal  in  a  dark 
stall,  or  cover  his  face  with  a  green  cloth.  Give 
a  purgative,  No.  23.  Bathe  the  eye  with  warm 
water  as  much  as  possible,  and  apply  No.  80 
every  few  minutes  for  half  an  hour  ;  then  rest 
four  or  five  hours,  and  repeat  it.  So  continue 
from  day  to  day,  till  all  symptoms  of  inflam- 
mation are  gone.  Let  the  feed  be  soft  and  un- 
stimulatimg. 

VI.    Leucoma. 

This  is  a  white  opacity  of  the  cornea,  from  extravasation  of  lymph  into 
the  fibres  of  the  extension  of  the  conjunctiva  over  the  cornea.  It  may  be 
the  result  of  other  eye  diseases,  of  fever  in  the  system,  or  of  external  vio- 
lence. It  is  best  treated  by  keeping  in  a  dark  place,  with  laxative  food 
and  continuous  application  of  No.  82,  till  it  is  cleared  up. 


MANNER  OF  SHADING  A 
HORSE'S  EYES  WHEN  SUF- 
FER'NG  FROM  INFLAMMA- 
TION. 


DISEASES    OF   THE    EYE.  523 

VTI.    Cataract. 

As  the  most  common  termination  of  all  inflammatory  diseases  of  the 
eye,  we  see  a  white  opaque  substance  covering  the  lens,  and  oftentimes 
completely  filling  the  pupil.  This  is  cataract,  of  which  there  are  two 
kinds,  distinguished  by  the  terms  capsular  and  lenticular,  according  to 
their  position.     Cataract  is  organized  lymph  attached  to  the  lens. 

How  to  know  rt. — Usually  the  pupil  is  very  much  dilated,  and  filled 
with  the  white  lymph,  the  defect  being  so  plain  as  to  be  seen  a  hundred 
feet  away.  Sometimes,  however,  it  can  only  be  detected  by  a  close  ex- 
amination. Examine  the  horse,  first,  in  strong  sunlight,  and  note  carefully 
the  degree  of  contraction  of  the  jDupil ;  then  place  him  in  a  dark  stall,  and 
examine  the  eye  with  a  candle.  A  healthy  eye  reflects  three  candles, 
the  first  from  the  cornea,  the  second  from  the  surface  of  the  lens,  the 
third  from  the  back  of  the  lens.  When  either  or  both  of  the  last  two  are 
blurred  or,  worse,  entirely  wanting,  you  need  no  further  proof  of  the 
existence  of  cataract. 

What  to  do. — III  recent  cases,  the  eye  may  sometimes  be  cleared  up  by 
simply  giving  a  purgative.  No.  23,  and  applying  a  lotion.  No.  82,  at  the 
same  time  giving  No.  66,  internally ;  but  in  later  stages  nothing  could 
avail  except  to  dissect  them  out — an  operation  that  is  never  practiced  on 
the  horse  for  the  reason  that,  without  glasses,  he  would  never  be  able  to 
see  things  again,  in  their  right  position,  size  and  form. 


A  FREQUENT  RESUl^i    OJ<    IMPERFECT  VISION. 

Imperfect  vision  is  worse  than  blindness,  bemg  vastly  more  misleading 
and  wholly  unreliable. 

Vlli.    Filaria  Oculi,  or  "Worm  in  the  Eye. 

This  is  a  small,  thread-like  worm,  seen  floating  about  in   the  aqueous 
humor  in  the  anterior  chamber  of  the   eye.     It  is  very  rare.     The  worm 


524       crrcLOPEDiA  of  live  stock  and  complete  stock  doctor. 

is  from  half  an  inch  to  two  inches  in  length ,  and  the  size  of  a  hair.  It 
is  white  in  color,  and  is  very  active,  squirming  about  in  the  eye,  appar- 
ently very  much  at  home.  It  is  probably  taken  into  the  stomach  in  the 
egg  form,  and  after  hatching,  the  mite  works  through  the  coats  of  the 
intestines  and  blood  vessels,  is  carried  by  the  circulation  till  it  finds  an 
agreeable  medium,  and  there  developes.  It  causes  a  great  amount  of  in- 
flammation and  pain  in  the  eye,  in  which  it  can  be  plainly  seen  by  any 
observer. 

What  to  do. — The  only  remedy  is  to  puncture  the  cornea  and  evacuate 
the  anterior  chamber,  when  the  worm  will  come  out  along  with  the  other 
contents.  This,  however,  is  a  delicate  operation,  and  should  never  be 
attempted  by  any  but  a  qualified  veterinary  surgeon.     ( See  chapter  oi? 

operations.) 

TK..    Entropium. 

This  is  inversion  of  the  eyelids,  causing  the  lashes  to  turn  in  upon  the 
eyeballs,  and  giving  rise  to  an  irritating  disease  called  Trichiosis.  It  is 
due  to  excessive  thickness  of  the  lid  above  the  rim,  so  that  the  rim  is 
made  to  turn  in. 

What  to  do. — It  is  treated  by  cutting  out  an  elliptical  section  of  the 
skin,  and  sewing  the  wound  up  again,  to  shoi-ten  the  lid.  Let  the  long 
axis  of  the  ellipse  r-in  lengthwise  with  the  eyelid,  horizontally. 

X.    Ectropium. 

This  trouble  is  consequent  upon  an  inflamed  and  thickened  conjunc« 
tiva.  It  is  a  turning  out  or  eversion  of  the  lids,  showing  their  red  mu- 
cous membranes  continually.  It  is  most  common  in  the  lower  lid.  It  is 
treated  by  an  operation  to  remove  an  elliptical  section  of  the  conjunctiva, 
the  after  treatment  being  the  same  as  prescribed  for  simple  ophthalmia. 

XI.    Torn  Eyelids. 

The  lids  are  frequently  torn  by  getting  caught  in  hooks,  nails,  etc. 
When  possible,  sew  them  up  at  once.  Bring  the  edges  neatly  together 
and  sew  them  with  fine  silk,  making  fine  stitches,  and  dress  two  or  three 
times  a  day  with  lotion  No.  39.  Tie  the  horse  in  the  center  of  a  wide 
stall,  with  a  line  from  each  side,  and  let  him  eat  off  the  floor,  to  prevent 
him  from  rubbing  his   head   and  tearing  the  laceration  open  again. 

xn.    Cancerous  Tumors  in  the  Eye. 

These,  though  rare,  are  occasionally  met  with  in  the  horse,  and  their 
only  treatment  is  to  extirpate  them  by  cutting  out  the  eye.  Cancerous 
growths  are  always  malignant,  and  spread  to  surrounding  tissues.  (See 
chapter  on  operations.) 


DISEASES   OF   THE   EYE  525 

XIII.  Obstruction  of  the  Lachrymal  Duct. 

This  duct  is  the  one  that  carries  off  tears  and  superfluous  moisture  from 
the  eyes  to  the  nose.  It  runs  from  the  inner  corner  of  the  eyelids  to 
within  two  or  three  inches  of  the  nostril,  and  empties  on  the  floor  of  the 
nasal  passage.  It  occasionally  becomes  stopped  up  from  extension  to  it 
of  the  inflannnation  attending  catarrh,  and  then  the  tcai-s,  having  no 


MAKE   aiiOWING    C]r,\KA( 


Am 


lEKMAL  MYCOCIS. 


(Disease  of  Skin   Caused  by  Microbes.) 


other  channel  of  escape,  may  be  seen  flowing  down 
over  the  cheek. 

What  to  do. — See  if  there  is  any  mechanical  ob- 
struction in  the  nose,  and,  if  so,  remove  it ;  if  not, 
swab  out  the  nostril  with  an  infusion  of  tobacco. 
Should  this  fail,  the  duct  must  be  opened  with  a 
probe.  Take  a  fine  elastic  probe,  about  the  size 
of  a  knitting  needle,  and  a  foot  long,  and  insert 
it  once  a  day  for  several  days,  and  inject  No.  73 
with  a  fi'ie  syringe. 


OBSTRUCTION   OF 
LACHRYMAL   DUCT. 


CHAPTER   XXII. 
PARASITIC   DISEASES   OF   THE   HORSE. 


-IV.   MANGE. V.   RING- 


L      INTESTINAL  "WORMS. II.   BOTS. III.   LIC 

WORM. 

I.  Intestinal  Worms. 

Three  kinds  of  tape-worms  and  seven  of  round  worms  have  been  found 
in  the  intestines  of  the  hoi^se.  The  tape-worms  are  very  rare,  and  hence 
have  but  Httle  interest  for  the  average  reader.  But  the  round  worms  are 
both  very  common  and  highly  injurious  to  the  animal  harboring  them. 

Pin-tuorms  or  ascarides. — The  most  noteworthy  is  the  pin-worm,  of 
which  two  kinds  are  very  common,  viz.:  Sclerostomum,  Equinum  and 
Oxyuris  curvola.  These,  which  are  usually  spoken  of  as  ascarides,  are 
small  round  worms  about  an  inch  and  a  half  to  two  inches  long,  pointed 


llOK-SK    IX    _LAST    yT.\Oi:    OF    INPECTIOUtf    ANEMIA. 
(A  Deficiency  of  Blood  in  the  System.; 

at  both  ends,  with  a  small  black  head.  They  inhabit  the  large  intestines 
(the  rectum  usually,  and  sometimes  the  colon),  where  they  often  exist 
in  large  numbers,  some  of  them  being  passed,  also,  from  tim^e  to  time,  in 
the  dung. 

Teres  Lumbnci. — The  next  most  common  worm  is  the  large  round 
worm  scientifically  known  as  teres  Iv/mhrid,  which  are  about  as  thick  as  a 
clay  pipe-stem,  and,  as  to  length,  about  eight  to  twelve  inches  for  the 
male  and  about  ten  to  eighteen  inches  for  the  female.     They  infest  the 

526 


PARASITIC   DISEASES    OF   THE    HORSE. 


>2] 


email  intestines,  and  frequently  enter  the  stomach,  but  from  the  fact 
that  they  seldom  exist  in  very  large  quantities,  commonly  do  somewhat 
less  damage  than  the  ascarides.  Nevertlieless,  the  writer  has  occasion- 
ally seen  them  come  away  by  the  hat-full,  after  a  heavy  dose  of  vermi- 
fuge. 

How  to  detect  their  presence. — AVhen  in  small  numbers,  their  exis- 
tence is  hardly  ascertainable,  but  when  in  largo  numbers,  their  pres- 
ence will  be  betrayed  by  a  capricious 
appetite,  usually  a  ravenous  one  ;  ema- 
ciation, with  dry,  coarse,  staring  coat, 
and  a  pot-belly ;  a  whitish-yellow 
mould  will  be  seen  around  the  anus, 
probably  made  by  worms  being  crush- 
ed while  passing  out,  leaving  their 
contents  sticking  to  the  skin,  and, 
usually,  more  or  less  of  the  worms 
will  be  seen  in  the  dung.  When 
they  get  into  the  stomach,  the  horse 
will  turn  up  his  upper  lip,  as  if  nau- 
seated, and  will  also  rub  his  lips 
against  the  wall,  manger,  etc.  ;  he 
will    lick  the    wall,    sometimes    even 

lick  the  hair  off  himself,  and  will  persistently  rub  his  tail  or  keep  switch- 
ing it  around,  and  otherwise  manifesting  the  irritation  that  exists  in  the 

anus  and  rectum. 

Giant      Sti'ongle. — Another       round 
worm  occasionally  observed  in  the  horse, 
is    the    giant     strongle,    {EustrongyJus 
Gigas,)  found,  most  commonly,  in  the 
kidneys    and   bladder.     But  sometimes, 
after  having  completely  devoured  a  kid- 
ney, this  rapacious  parasite  bursts  the  cap- 
sule, and  falling  into  the  abdominal  cavity, 
there  tloats  about  among  the  intestines. 
It  then  causes  peritonitis  and  death.     These   worms   are  as  large  as  a 
man's  big  finger,  and  from  one  to  three  feet  long.     Their  color  is  a 
bright  pink. 

What  to  do  for  worms. — There  are  numerous  useful  vermifuges.    The 
most  convenient  and  effectual  is  the  f ollowinir  : 


APPEARANCE  OF  COLT  SUFFERING  FROM 
WORMS. 


^/m 


HORSE  RUBBING  HIS  NOSE  AGAINST 
A  WALL— A    SYMPTOM   OF  WORMS. 


No.  83. 


1  Drachm  sulphate  of  iron, 

1  Drachm  tartar  emetic, 

2  Drachms  linseed  meal, 
Mix. 


128 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOClv>R. 


Give  as   one  dose,  repeating  it  morning  and  night  for  a  week ;  then 
give  a  purgative  of  oil  and  turpentine,  as  follows  : 


No.  84. 


1  Ounce  spirits  of  turpentine, 
1  Pint  raw  linseed  oil, 
Mix. 


Give  as  one  dose. 

After  three  weeks,  repeat   the   entire  treatment,   to  catch  the  young 
worms  previously  left  in  the  bowels,  in  the  form  of  nits  or  eggs,  and  which 
have  hatched  since. 

iVrtSrtZ  a7ul  bronchial  acari. — One  sort  of  acarus  is  found 
in  the  nose  of  the  horse,  and  another,  the  strongylus  micrurus, 
in  the  bronchial  tubes.  They  are  from  one  and  a  half  to  three 
inches  long. 

II.  Bets. 
The  oestrus  equi,  or  horse  gadfly,  in  laying  its  eggs, 
attaches  them  to  the  hair  of  the  horse,  usually  on  the  fore  legs 
and  breast,  so  as  to  be  convenient  to  the  horse's  mouth.  The 
horse  licks  the  spot  irritated  by  the  fly  and  thus  gets  one  or 
more  c'-'^s  into  his  mouth ;  it  is  hatched  by  the  heat  and  moisture,  passes 
down  the  o-ullet,  and  attaches  itself  to  the  coat  of  the  stomach  by  two  little 
booklets  on  the  head,  and  there  hangs  for  several  months, 
as  yet  not  having  tlie  power  to  let  go.  This  is  one  of 
the  stages  it  has  to  go  through,  to  become  a  fly.  When 
it  has  matured,  it  lets  go,  and  soon  passes  out  with  the 
duno-.  It  then  hides  itself  in  the  earth, 
to  undergo  another  change,  and  after  six  or  ^MMttj^ 
seven  weeks'  growth,  in  the  pupa  condition,  ^^B^^ 
THE  GADFLY.        emcrgcs  a  full   fledged  gadfly,  cap«])le  of  ^  ^°^* 

annoying  many   horses  and  propagating  its  species  indefinitely. 


PEUTASTOMA 
TCENOIDES. 


Acarus   which 
lives  in  the  nose. 


I.  Female  fly  about  to  deposit  an  egg, 

3.  The  egg  magnified. 

3.  The  bot. 

^^B  4.  The  chrysalis. 

^^  5.  The  male  fly. 

THE  GADFLY,  AT  VARIOUS  STAGES  OF  DEVELOPMENT. 

The  bot  sucks  liquid  nourishment  from  the  food  of  the  horse,  and 


PARASITIC   DISEASES   OF  TIIE   nORSE. 


529 


for  the  holes  found  in 


never,  as  is  popularly  supposed,  eats  the  stomach 
the  stomach  soon  after  the  death  of  a  healthy  ani- 
mal, are  really  caused  by  the  action  of  the  gastric 
juice, — in  fact,  a  kind  of  self-digestion  by  the  stom- 
ach itself. 

The  only  harm  bots  can  do  is  to  accumulate  in 
such  large  quantities  in  the  stomach  and  bowels  as 
to  interfere  with  digestion  and  the  free  passage  of 
the  fa3ces.  In  such  cases  a  purgative  may  prove 
advantageous. 

No  specific  treatment   is  necessary.     Feed  well. 

III.    Lice. 
All  animals   suffer  from  the  ravages  of  external  parasites,  the  most 
common   of   which  are  lice.     They    are   wingless   insects,  divided  into 
two  classes,  blood-suckers  (^Hoematopinus)  and  Bird-lice  (trichodectes.) 


BOTS  FASTENKD  TO  THE 

STOMACH,  UNABLE 

TO  LET  GO. 


^P^ 


"mi 


//iTw   ^ 


::^^ 


HEN-LOUSE,  OR  DERMANYS- 
SUS  OF  THE  HORSE. 


GONIODES  STYLIFER  OF 
THE   TURKEY. 


The  former  have  narrow  heads  and  long,  trunk-like  sucking  tubes ; 
the  latter,  very  broad  heads  and  biting  jaws,  but  no  sucking  tube.  Lice 
always  impoverish  the  animal  they  infest,  causing  loss  of  flesh  and  general 
unthriftiness.  Our  four  cuts  of  them  are,  of  course,  greatly  magnified. 
What  to  do. — The  safest  and  most  effectual  remedy  is  a  tobacco 
infusion,  made  as  follows : 

No.  85.  2  Pounds  tobacco, 

3  Gallons  water. 
Mix,  and  steep  for  two  hours. 

Sponge  the  animal  thoroughly, 
same  manner : 


Or  the  following  may  be  used  in  the 


No.  86. 


3  Pounds  quassia  chips, 

1  Gallon  water, 

.  Mix,  and  steep  one  hour. 


530 


CrCLOPEDIA  OP  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


rv.    Mange. 
This  is  a  parasitic  disease  that   is   due   to   a  class  of 
insects  called  acari,  of  which   there    are   three   kinds 
that     trouble     the     horse,    viz :    the 
sarcoptes,  dermatophagus  and  dermato- 
coptis.     The    first   named  burrows  in 
the  deeper    layers  and  cracks   of  the 
skin,   while  the  last  two    live   on  the 
surface,    under   the    scabs,    where,  of 
course,  they  are  more  easily  got  at  than 
the  former,  and  hence  are  less  difficult 
to  treat. 

How  to  know  it. — There  is  a  terri- 
ble itching  that  cannot  be  satisfied  ; 
the  more  the  horse  rubs,  the  more 
he  itches.  Horses  with  the  mange 
will  sometimes  be  found  turned  out  to  pasture,  and  rubbing  and  scratch- 
ing against  posts,  trees,  fences,  etc.,  or  even  against   one   another.     As 


HCEMATOPINUS,  OR 
BLOOD-SUCKING 
LOUSE     OF    THE 
HOKSE  AND  ASS. 


TRICHODECTES 
OR  BIRD  LOUSE 
OF  THE  HORSE. 


DERMATOPHAGUS  EQUI. 


DERMATOCOPTES  EQUI. 


the  mites  possess  great  vitality,  and  will  live  a  long  time  away  from  a 
horse,  those  left  on  the  posts,  etc.,  will  infest  any  other  horse  coming  in 
contact  with  it  weeks,  or  even  months,  afterward.  Mange  is  contagious 
by  actual  contact.  The  skin  gets  rough  and  scaly ;  the  hair  comes  off 
in  patches  ;  the  skin  gets  pimply,  and  when  rubbed  much,  gets  quite  raw. 
It  usually  affects  the  head  and  neck  first,  sometimes  spreading  so  as  to 
take  the  hair  entirely  off.  Its  spread  is  quite  rapid,  and  keeps  the  horse 
in  agony  all  the   time.     He   will   push   against  your   hand,   in   evident 


PARASITIC   DISEASES    OF   THE   HORSE. 


531 


pleasure,  when  you  scratch  the  affected  part ;  and  this  constitutes  a  good 
test  for  mange.     (See  cut  below.) 


MANGE  MITE  (MAGNIFIED.) 
As  given  by  Doctor  Erasmus  Wilson, 


SARCOPTES  EQUI. 


What  to  do. — Wash  the  parts  affected  with  hot  water  and  strong  soap, 
to  remove  all  scabs  and  scurf ;  then,  when  dry,  rub  well  in  to  all  affected 
spots  the  following  mixture  : 

No.  87.  4  Ounces  sulphur, 

2  Ounces  oil  of  tar, 
%  Pint  linseed  oil, 
Mix. 

V.    Ringworm. 
This  is  a  fungous,  vegetable  parasitic  growth,  scientifically  known  as 
tricophy ton  tonsurans .     It  is  contagious,    and    attacks    all  classes  of  ani- 
mals, yet   sometimes  arises   spontaneously   from  poverty  and  filth.     It 

manifests  itself  by  a  round 
])ald  spot,  scaly  and  elevated 
inside  the  ring,  which  is  red 
and  inflamed.  It  begins  in  a 
small  pimple-like  sore,  which 
spreads  very  fast,  increasing 
in  size  from  day  to  day,  and 
new  sores  forming  on  other 
parts  of  the  body.  The  ring 
is  surrounded  by  a  row  of  broken,  bristly  hairs,  which  split,  and  become 
filled  with  spore*  of  the  fungus  ;  and  as  fast  as  one  row  of  hairs  is  dis- 
posed of  another  row  is  attacked. 

Ringworm  is,  at  first,  simply  a  disfigurement,  but  it  should,  on  no 
account,  be  neglected.  If  allowed  to  run  on,  it  becomes  very  trouble- 
some. The  scurfy  skin  of  ringworm  is  easy  of  recognition,  the  particles 
of  scurf  coming  off  in  little  flakes  or  scales,  which  have  been  aptly  com- 
pared to  the  coarser,  husky  portions  of  bran. 


TEST  FOR  MANGE. 


532         CYCLOPEDIA   OF   LIVE  STOCK  AND   COMPLETE   STOCK   DOCTOR. 


There  is  another  form  of  ringworm  called  favus.  It  shows  the  same  general  ap- 
pearance of  the  other,  except  that  a  scab  forms  in  the  center,  after  the  ring  has 
receded. 

What  to  do.— Wash  with  soap  and  water;  when  dry,  paint  with  tincture  of  iodine 
or  the  following: 

40  Grains  corrosive  sublimate, 
No.  88. 1    1  Pint   water. 
Mix. 


i  Repeat  once  a  day  till  cured. 


BOTS.    1,  Bots  in  the  Stomach.    2.  Bots  in  the  Duoflenum,  or  Tntestme. 


CHAPTER  XXIII. 


VICES  IN  THE  STABLE. 


.      CRIBBING. II.      WIXD    SUCKING. III.      GNAWING   THE   MANGER,    CLOTHING, 

ETC.— — IV.      KICKING  WHILE  EATING   GRAIN. V.      WASTING  THE  GRAIN. VI. 

PULLING  BACK,  AN1>  BREAKING  THE  HALTER. VII.      BALKING. 

Horses  frequently  contract  pernicious  habits  in  the  stable,  such  as 
always  jDrove  very  annoying  and  often  incurable.  Nevertheless,  a  little  in- 
genuity will  sometimes  work  wonders,  not  only  in  preventing  the  forma- 
tion of  such  habits,  but  also  in  breaking  them  up.  The  most  common 
stable  vices  are  those  above  noted. 

I.    Cribbing. 

This  is  a  habit  of  catching  hold  of  the  manger,  post,  fence,  or  other 
object  in  front  of  the  horse,  with  the  teeth,  and  bearing  down  till  the 
neck  is  altered  in  position,  so  as  to  form  a  tempo- 
rary vacuum  in  the  pharynx,  when  the  air  rushes 
in  to  fill  it,  making  a  sound  not  unlike  the  hic- 
cough. It  frequently  occurs  that  the  horse  will 
devote  nine-tenths  of  his  time  to  cribbing,  to  the 
neglect  of  eating  and  sleeping,  especially  if  at 
grass,  and  bringing  on  indigestion,  emaciation 
and  hidebound.  For  this  reason,  cribbers  are 
usually  thin  in  flesh. 

Cause. — Cribbing  is  considered  by  some  to  be 
the  result  of  indigestion  ;  by  otheiis,  of  pain  in  cribbing. 

the  teeth  while  teething;  and  by  others  still,  of  idleness.  While  there 
are  cases  that  undoubtedly  seem  traceable  to  the  first  two  mentioned 
causes,  the  writer  thinks  this  habit  will  l)e  found,  uniformly,  to  be  associ- 
ated, at  least,  with  idleness.  Old  horses  sometimes  take  it  up,  and  horses 
of  all  ages  are  apt  to  do  so,  if  tied  beside  a  cribber  ;  but  in  every  such 
case  idleness  seems  to  be  a  prerequisite.  This  opinion  is  strengthened, 
too,  by  the  undeniable  fact  that  a  horse  kept  in  the  stable  several  weeks, 
from  some  trivial  cause,  is  especially  apt  to  acquire  it. 

What  to  do. — There  are  many  devices  in  vogue  for  the  cure  of  crib- 
bing, each  containing  more  or  less  merit, — such  as  a  piece  of  buffalo 
robe,  or  of  iron,  nailed  on  the  edge  of  the  manger ;  red  pepper  smeared 
over  the  latter  ;  a  small  strap  around  the  throat,  drawn  very  tio-ht,  etc. 
But  the  most  effectual  plan  is  to  tie  him  in  a  wide  stall,  with  a  line  from 

533 


534 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


each  side,  to  keep  hiin  in  the  center,  and  feed  him  on  the  floor,  Some 
horses,  however,  will  crib  lying  down  ;  or,  if  tied  too  short  to  reach  the 
floor,  Avill  sometimes  crib  on  their  own  knees.  The  writer  saw  a  horse 
tied  in  front  of  the  Board  of  Trade  Building,  in  Chicago,  that  was  checked 
up  so  short  that  he  could  not  reach  the  flag  sidewalk  ;  so  he  would  put 
one  foot  up  on  the  walk  and  crib  on  his  knee,  which  he  was  just  able  to 
reach.  He  would  stand  there,  and  do  this  by  the  hour.  Cases  so  invet- 
erate are  not  curable.  Give  internally,  as  treatment  for  the  stomach, 
the  following : — 

No.  89.  2  Ounces  bicarbonate  of  soda, 

1  Ounce  o^entian  root,  powdered, 

2  Ounces  linseed  meal. 
Mix. 

Give  a  tablespoonful  morning  and  night,  in  soft  food,  and  give  plenty 
of  exercise.  Old,  long  standing  cases  are  obstinate,  but  those  more  re- 
cent may  generally  be  cured  by  the  above  treatment,  if  persevered  in. 

Prevention. — Avoid  long-continued  idleness,  and  also  overfeeding  on 
strong,  heating  grain.  A  horse,  to  be  kept  in  health,  should  be  exercised 
every  day,  and  fed  according  to  the  work  performed. 
II.  ■Wind-sucking. 
This  is  similar  to  cribbing,  which  it  often  accompanies,  but  the  horse 
may  suck  wind  without  cribbing.  He  arches  his  back,  curves  his  neck, 
draws  in  his  chin  towards  his  breast  and  down  goes  a  swallow  of  air  into 
the  stomach  ;  this  continues,  usually,  till  he  is  so  bloated  that  he  is  like  a 
barrel,  and  cannot  hold  any  more.  It  is  injurious,  as  being  apt  to  cause 
indigestion,  colic,  emaciation,  hide-bound,  etc. 

Give  No.  89  in  soft  food.  This  may  help  the  case ;  still,  wind- 
suckers  are  generally  incurables. 

III.    Gnawing  the  Manger,  Clothing,  etc. 
This  habit,  and  especially  gnawing  the  manger,  is  formed  in  idleness, 

or  else  indicates  the  want  of  salt.  Tearing 
the  blankets  sometimes  comes  simply 
from  being  too  warm,  especially  if  the 
horse  is  fat ;  the  skin  gets  hot  and  itchy, 
and  he  would  be  more  comfortable  with- 
out a  blanket,  and  perhaps  should  have 
medical  treatment,  constitutionally. 

What  to    do. — Give    him    plenty   of 
work,  and  feed  accordingly.     If  he  per- 
sists iu  the  habit,  smear  the  manger  with 
GNAWING  THE  MANGER.  assafostlda,    or  make  it   of  iron.     If  a 

blanket  is  really  necessary,  he  can  be  prevented  from  tearmg  it,  by  tying 
V  fetick  from  his  cheek  to  the  surcingle. 


VICES    IN    THE    STABLE. 


535 


IV.    Kicking  while  Eating  Grain. 

This  is  another  outgrowth  of  continued  idleness,  in  connection  with  a 
nervous  disposition.  The  horse,  while  eating  his  grain,  will  kick  the  side 
of  the  stall,  sometimes  as  often  as  four  or  five  times  a  minute.  This  he 
usually  does  with  one  foot,  but  sometimes  wdth  both, — first  one  and  then 
the  other. 

What  to  do. — A  piece  of  chain,  a  foot  or  so  in  length  and  tied  to  the 
pastern  of  the  foot  used,  will  sometimes  prove  effectual.  Another  plan 
which  usually  answers  the  purpose,  is  to  run  a  small  rope  from  the  bit 
through  a  collar  and  surcingle  to  the  foot.  Or,  a  small  bit  may  be  used, 
— one  that  will  not  interfere  with  the  eating.  Whipping  is  useless. 
V.    Wasting  the  Grain. 

This  is  a  playful  habit  of  taking  up  the  grain  into  the  mouth  and  sift- 
inof  it  out  atmin,  tlirowino;  it  around  much  as  a  child  would  the  bread  and 
butter  of  which  he  had  too  much. 
As  a  rule,  it  shows  that  the  horse 
has  too  much  grain  and  too  lit- 
tle exercise  ;  he  is  fed  more  than 
he  needs  or  can  relish.  A  horse 
will  not  do  it  till  he  is  fat  and 
cloyed,  except,  perhaps,  in  occa- 
sional instances  of  irregular  or 
decayed  teeth.  Treatment  for 
these  exceptional  cases  is  given  in 
the  article  on  teeth. 

What  to  do.— The  treatment 
consists  in  removing  the  cause  ; 
give  more  work  and  less  grain. 

Sometimes  a  hard-worked,  ravenous  horse  will  plunge  his  nose  into  a 
mess  of  oats  and  throw  half  of  them  out,  from  sheer  irritability  of  tem- 
per. Treat  him  kindly,  however  ;  place  a  large  angular  stone,  the  size  of 
a  man's  double  fist,  in  the  center  of  the  manger,  and  put  the  oats  in  Avith 
it,  which  will  compel  him  to  go  about  the  matter  more  leisurely,  and 
prevent  him  from  throwing  the  grain  out. 

VI.    Pulling  Back,  and  Breaking  the  Halter. 

This  very  bad  habit  commonly  originates  from  the  horse  getting  fright- 
ened, when,  jumping  suddenly  back,  he  breaks  the  halter  ;  and  as  average 
horse  sense  knows  that  a  thing  once  done  can  be  done  again,  the  jerk 
is  repeated,  in  sportiveness  or  mischief,  till  it  becomes  a  confirmed  vice. 

What  to  do. — Have  a  very  strong  halter,  and  tie  high  on  the  manger, 
which  will  give  the  horse  less  power  to  pull  than  when  tied  low.     Some 


PLAYING  WITH  THE   GRAIN. 


53(j  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AJSTD  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

fecommend  a  small  rope,  passed  under  the  tail  and  tied  to  the  manger, 
which  may  act  well  in  some  cases.  But  tlie  main  point  lies  in  so  fasten- 
ing him  that  he  cannot  get  away,  when,  after  a  few  inettectual  attempts, 
he  w  ill  give  it  up. 

In  halter  breaking  a  colt,  pass  a  rope  behind  him,  so  that  he  cannot 
pull  full  strength  on  the  halter,  and  be  very  sure  nothing  is  used  with 
him  that  will  break ;  one  accident  of  that  kind  may  be  enough  to  start  a 
persistent  bad  habit. 

VII.    Balking. 

This,  though  not  strictly  a  stable  vice,  is  so  nearly  allied  thereto  that  it 
seems  quite  proper  to  treat  of  it  in  this  connection.  The  best  way  to 
break  a  horse  of  balking  is  not  to  be  in  a  hurry,  but,  rather,  to  let  him 
stand  to  his  heart's  content;  avoid  hitching  him  to  any  load  he  cannot 
pull  easil}^ ;  coax  him  and  pat  him;  feed  him  apples,  salt,  sugar,  etc., 
out  of  your  hand.  Let  the  same  man  always  handle  him,  if  possible; 
a  change  of  drivers  might  spoil  all  that  has  been  accomplished.  If  there 
is  no  time  to  wait  for  him,  hitch  another  team  ahead  of  him  and 
snake  him  along.  The  chain,  or  even  rope,  passed  around  his  neck  for 
the  other  team  to  pull  by,  is  very  effectual.  Try  and  divert  his  attention 
by  offering  a  handful  of  salt  or  oats ;  or,  even  a  handful  of  earth  may 
serve  every  purpose. 

The  maxim  always  to  be  observed  in  all  of  these  cases  is :  Treat  the 
horse  with  kindness.  A  balky  horse  cured  by  kindness,  an  achievement  not 
only  possible  but  absolutely  feasible,  is  the  best,  toughest,  most  perse- 
vering creature  in  existence,  from  the  fact  that  only  horses  possessed  of 
a  great  amount  of  spirit  and  determination  ever  get  balky,  those  that  resent 
and  resist  abuse.  It  is  abuse,  generally  speaking,  that  makes  a  horse 
learn  to  balk, — such  foolish  and  barbarous  work  as  gettmg  into  a  hole 
with  a  heavy  load,  and  then  whipping  unmercifull}^  to  try  and  make  the 
poor  dumb  victims  perform  impossibilities.  Let  the  reader  set  it  dowp 
as  an  axiom,  that  kindness  is  always  repaid  by  faithful  service. 


CHAPTER    XXIV. 


CONSTRUCTION  AND  MANAGEMENT  OP  STABLES,  AS  RELATED 
TO  HYGIENE. 


t.     NECESSITY  FOR  STABLES. II.     CONSTRUCTION  OP  STABLES. III.     FEEDING  AND 

WATERING    STOCK. IV.      THE  CARE  OF  STOCK  WHEN   IN  STABLE. .V.      ADDI- 
TIONAL DIRECTIONS  FOR  GIVING    MEDICINES. VI.      DETECTION  OF  DISEASE. 

I.    Necessity  for  Stables. 

In  many  regions  and  climates,  stables  are  not  necessary ;  horses, 
mules,  cattle  and  all  kinds  of  stock  lie  down  to  rest  and  sleep  in  the  open  air, 
under  cover  of  the  blue  sky,  or,  if  they  have  any  shelter,  they  find  it  for 
themselves,  in  gi'oves,  edges  of  forests  and  canons.  In  some  countries 
yards  or  corrals  are  made,  and  the  stock  driven  into  them  at  night,  to 
keep  them  from  straying,  and  from  being  attacked  by  wild  beasts. 

In  this  country,  and  especially  in  the  northern  and  central  States, 
stables  are  indispensable,  as  a  protection  from  cold,  sudden  changes  and 
severe  storms.  They  are  tokens  of  civilization  and  Christianity,  the 
result  of  a  humane  disposition  to  provide  comfortable — sometimes  even 
foxurious — quarters  for  the  animal  dependents  as  well  as  for  the  family. 
n.    Construction  of  Stables. 

The  construction  of  the  stable,  in  all  its  various  features,  including  the 
arrangements  for  its  drainage  and  ventilation,  as  well  as  stalls,  man- 
gers, etc.,  is  of  great  importance,  as  bearing  directly  upon  the  health,  as 
well  as  the  comfort,  of  the  animals.  Mistakes  in  stable  construction  are 
often  the  unsuspected  cause  of  lameness,  of  disease,  and  even  death. 
Hygienic  considerations  should,  therefore,  have  their  full  weight  in  plan- 
ning and  building  a  barn. 

Location  is  the  first  consideration,  as  determining  the  possibilities  of 
good  drainage.  Do  not  build  a  barn  in  a  hollow,  with  rising  ground  all 
around  it ;  for  this  would  expose  your  stock  to  miasmatic  fevers  and  other 
derangements  of  the  general  organism.  In  such  a  location,  the  simplest 
attacks  of  disease  would  be  likely  to  take  on  a  serious  type,  with  greatly 
increased  uncertainty  in  the  action  of  remedial  agents.  Build  a  stable  on 
an  elevation,  if  possible.  Have  ground  around  it,  at  least  on  one  side, 
that  slopes  away,  so  as  to  furnish  good  natural  drainage,  or  free  escape  for 
suq^erfluous  water. 

The  next  point  after  settling  that  of  location,  is  the  artificial  drainage. 
There  should  be  one  large  drain,  to  act  as  the  discharge,  with  several 

o6i 


538 


CYCLOPEDIA  Of   UCVE  SIOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


smaller  ones  extending  in  every  direction,  to  act  as  feeders  thereto  ;  also, 
outlets  to  the  several  parts  and  corners  of  the  stable.  See  that  there 
is  descent  enough  to  have  a  rajiid  flow  of  the  sewage. 

The  next  point  to  be  attended  to  is  to  build  the  shell  or  walls  so  as  to 
secure  light  enough.  Right  here  is  the  chief  defect  in  most  city  stables. 
Nothing  is  so  weakening  to  the  eyes  as  to  be  kept  continuously  in  a  dark 
place.  When  a  horse  thus  stabled  goes  out  into  the  glaring  sunshine,  the 
eyes  cannot  immediately  adapt  themselves  to  the  new  order  of  things, 
and  see  ol)jects  dimly,  uncertainly,  and  with  a  squint,  and  hence  he  is 
apt  to  shy  and  otherwise  misbehave.  But  this  is  not  the  only  injurious 
consequence.  It  is  a  frequent  cause  of  congestion  of  some  of  the  inner 
sensitive  parts  of  the  eye,  leading  on  to  inflamnjatiQn,  and  perhaps  to 
blindness.  If  a  small  window  is  made  at  the  head  of  each  horse,  it 
sliould  be  placed  at  least  two  feet  above  his  head,  so  as  not  to  have  the 
light  shining  directly  into  his  ej'es  ;  but  the  best  arrangement  is  to  have 
the  whole  place  lighted  with  a  diffused  light. 

Next,  as  to  the  stalls.  Let  the  plan  always  include  one  or  more  box 
stalls,  in  which  to  place  a  sick  or  lame  horse,  as  it  is  downright  cruelty 
to  confine  a  sick  horse.  Have  the  box  stall  so  constructed  that  it  can  be 
darkened  at  will,  as  without  this 
you  could  not  properly  care  for  a 
horse  suffering  with  eye  disease. 
Let  the  box  stalls  have  a  level 
floor,  as  it  is  not  only  fatiguing  but 
absolutely  injurious  to  the  joints 
of  the  feet  and  legs  to  stand  on  a 
sloping  floor.  The  boxes  should  not 
b*^  less  than  ten  feet  square. 

The  common  stalls  should  be 
from  four  to  five  feet  wide,  re- 
membering that  five  is  preferable  to 
four ;  for  horses  are  apt  to  get 
cast  in  narrow  stalls,  and,  besides, 
they  have  less  comfort  when  lying 
down .  The  floor  of  the  stalls  should 
slope  a  little,  just  enough  to  have 
the  urine  drain  off,  that  is,  from  one 
to  two  inches,  one  inch  being  pre- 
ferable. There  is  nothing  more 
injurious  to  the  tendons,  legs  and 
feet  than  floors  built,  as  many  are, 
to  slope  from  five  to  eight  inches. 


POINTS  OF  THE  LEG. 

Showing  the  location  of  syn- 
ovial membranes  and  joint 
oil. 


INJURED    TEN- 
DONS. 


The  result  of  sloping 
floors. 


CONSTRUCTION   AND   MANAGEMENT   OF    STABLES. 


539 


Four  cuts  arc  here  given,  showing  the  anatomy  of  the  parts  that  sus- 
tain injury  in  this  way,  and  the  results  commonly  seen  following  such 
injuries.  The  center  of  gravity  is  thrown  in  a  different  line  from  what 
nature  intended  ;  and  though  the  feet  and  legs  can  stand  this  for  a  while, 
yet  when  long  continued,  the  tendons  become  wearied,  from  the  constant 
strain,  and  are  also  predisposed  to  sprains  when  the  horse  is  taken 
out.  The  joints,  too,  share  in  the  protest  against  the  slope.  The  weight 
being  thrown  upon  a  bearing  that  is  unnatural,  the  cartilages  and  ends  of 
the  bones  become  irritated,  ana'  the  synovial  bursse  distended  ;  inflamma- 
tion is  set  up  ;  and  then  follows  ringbone,  spavin,  osteophytes,  or  the  like 
trouble,  according  to  the  special  susceptibility  of  the  animal. 

Any  one  may  satisfy  himself  as  to  the  correctness  of  these  views, 
by  noticing  how  a  horse  will  back  out  of  his  stall,  and  stand  with  his 
toes  in  the  gutter,  back  of  him  What  is  this  for?  To  rest  the  back 
tendons  that  have  been  under  an  unnatural  strain. 
Horses,  when  left  to  choose  for  themselves,  will  almost 
invariably  find  a  place  where  the  hind  feet  stand 
higher  than  the  fore.     This   is  well  illustrated  by  the 

cut  at  the  end  of  chapter  IV, 

Part  II. 

The  stall  should  be  built, 

as  to  length,  to  suit  the  class 

of  horse  intended  to  occupy 

it.     Draft   horses,    for     in- 
stance, require   longer  stalls 

than  buggy  horses.     Make  a 

gutter  just  back  of  the  horse, 

to  carry  off  the  urine,  and  let 

the  floor  beyond  the  gutter 

be  on  the  same  level  as  the 

floor   of     the    stall.     Some 

stables    have    the   stall  floor 

built  from  three  to  ten  inches 
higher  than  the  main   floor.     This  is  a  great  mistake, 
notwithstanding  it  may  save  labor  to   the    stable-man, 
for  his  comfort  and  ease    should   never   be    allowed   to    outweigh  those 
of  the  stock. 

Very  serious  accidents  sometimes  happen  from  the  horse  kicking  over 
the  rear  post  of  the  stall,  and  coming  down  astraddle  of  it,  in  some 
instances  letting  the  intestines  right  out  on  the  floor,  and  in  others  skinning 
the  whole  inside  of  the  leg,  from  the  thigh  to  the  foot,  clean  to  the  bone. 
To  prevent  this,  let  the  rear  post  go  from  floor  to  ceiling,  and  see  that  it 


OSTEOPHYTES   ON    THE  PAS- 
TEllN  BONES. 


DISEASED  HOCK 
JOINT. 
Another  dang-er  from 
sloping  floors.  Hock 
joint  of  the  left  hind 
leer,  in  which  the  bony 
deposit  of  spavin  has 
involved  all  but  the 
true  hock  joint. 


5i0 


CrZCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  SKJCK  AND  CSOMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


is  securely  fastened  there.  Build  the  insides  of  the  stalls  of  hard  wood 
plauks,  to  the  height  of  four  feet,  and  top  them  out  three  feet  more  with 
strong  wire-work,  which  is  decidedly  preferable  to  a  solid  partition 
between  the  stalls,  as  it  affords  their  inmates  the  comfort  of  one  anoth- 
er's society.  Horses,  like  human  beings,  get  lonesome  when  isolated,  and 
pine  for  company;  besides  this,  solitude  has  a  tendency  to  engender 
viciousness. 

Ventilation  is  a  very  important  matter,  as  every  one  will  admit  who 
has  gone  into  a  badly  ventilated  stable  in  the  morning,  and  noticed  how 


THE  LAZY  MAN'S  WAY  OF  CLEANING  THE  LEGS. 

Easy  and  convenient,  but  very  injurious. 

it  affects  his  eyes,  his  breathing,  etc.  Large  tubes  should  be  placed 
alono-  through  the  stable,  from  thirty  to  forty  feet  apart.  They  should 
be  from  two  to  four  feet  square,  and  run  out  through  the  roof,  with  slats 
at  the  top  or  sides  for  water-sheds  ;  below,  they  should  come  just  through 
the  ceilino-  into  the  stable.  Then,  every  twenty  feet,  there  should  be  tubes, 
four  or  five  inches  square,  entering  at  the  floor,  through  the  walls,  from 
the  outside,  and  carried  up  along  the  wall  inside  as  high  as  eight  feet. 
The  air  thus  admitted,  making  a  curve  at  the  top  of  the  tube,  will  descend 
to  the  floor,  but  becoming  tempered  before  it  strikes  the  horses,  and 
will  force  up  the  warm,  vitiated  air  through  the  large  tubes  and  out  through 


CONSTRUCTION   AND   MANAGEMENT   OF   STABLES. 


541 


the  roof.  As  to  doors,  have  enough  to  keep  the  stable  cool  in  summer, 
but  avoid  a  draft,  especially  when  the  horses  come  in  warm  and  tired,  as 
they  are  then  especially  susceptible  to  colds,  and  attacks  of  throat  and 
lung  diseases,  etc. 

III.  Feeding  and  Watering  Stock. 
This  is  a  matter  that  interests  every  stock  owner,  and  one  also  in  which 
there  is  a  great  amount  of  abuse.  We  seldom  find  a  duplicate  of  the 
notorious  bad-debt  collector,  Cottle,  of  Chicago,  who  deliberately  starved 
his  horse  to  death,  but  we  often  find  men  who  abuse  their  stock  through 
ignorance.  For  instance,  there  are  not  a  few  who  water  their  horses  only 
twice  a  day.  This  is  a  real  abuse,  for  not  only  does  the  animal  get  ter- 
ribly thirsty,  but,  as  a  consequence  of  his  intense  craving  for  water,  he 
^vill,  when  he  at  last  gets  at  it,  drink  a  great  deal  more  than  is  good  for 


THE  PROPER  WAY. 

How  to  dry  and  clean  the  legs  in  cold  weather. 

him.  The  stomach  of  a  horse  holds  only  about  three  gallons,  but  in  these 
cases  he  will  sometimes  drink  three  or  four  pailfulls,  making  from  nine  to 
twelve  o-allons.  If  this  follows  soon  after  eating,  it  washes  the  food  right 
throu^^h  the  stomach  into  the  intestines,  before  it  is  digested,  giving  rise  to 
colic,  with  all  its  attendant  dangers.  The  water  given  stock  should  always 
be  clean,  not  from  a  foul  well  in  the  barn-yard,  and  should  be  allowed 
three  or  four  times  a  day,  preferably  four;  or,  better  still,  let  it  run 
before  them  all  the  time,  being  careful  not  to  lot  them  over-drink  when 
coming  in  warm  from  work. 

The  food  should  be  clean,  sound,  dry,  healthy  grain  and  hay,  and  welj 
harvested,  free  from   smut.     It   is   a  great  saving  to  the  pocket   of  the 


i42 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTORo 


owner,  as  well  as  to  the  stomach  of  the  Lorse,  to  grind  all  gram  and  cut 
the  hay ;  and  it  is  an  unquestionable  advantage  to  the  animal  to  have  the 
grain  partly  cooked,  by  steaming.  This  can  be  effected,  without  much 
trouble,  by  pouring  hot  water  on  it,  covering,  and  then  letting  it  steam  and 
swell.  This  will  render  the  grain  more  digestible,  and  less  liable  to  fer- 
ment and  cause  flatulent  colic  ;  more  of  it  will  be  digested,  also,  because 
the  «JGoking  will  make  digestible  a  considerable  proportion  of  the  food 


THE  OLD  WAY  OP  GIVTN(?  A  BALL. 

In  which  the  operator  is  liable  to  get  hi»  hand  scratched  or  bitten,  and  the  horse's  tongue  may  be  torn. 

that  in  its  natural  state  is  not  so  ;  hence  the  economy.  Stock  of  all  kinds 
should  be  fed  three  times  a  day — less  at  a  time  if  necessary,  but  never 
at  greater  intervals. 

The  quantity  of  food  must  always  be  gauged  by  the  size  of  the  animal 
and  amount  of  work  exacted.  Work  horses  accustomed  to  large  feeds 
of  strong  grain  should  have  it  reduced  when  idle,  even  for  the  short 
time  extending  over  Sunday.  They  should  get  simply  a  bran  mash  or 
a  mess  of  carrots  on  Saturday  night,  and  the  other  feeds  should  be 
reduced  nearly  one  half  on  Sunday  ;  then  they  will  come  out  in  fine 
condition  on  Monday  morning.  But  if  the  usual  quantity  of  strong, 
heating  grain  is  allowed,  the  horse  is  very  apt  to  come  out  Monday  morn- 
ing with  a  big  elephant  leg — lymphangitis,  or  else,  though  going  out 
apparently  all  right,  is  soon  attacked  with  congestion  of  the  kidneys  or 
oth3r  internal  organs. 


CONSTRUCTION    AND   JIANAGEMENT    OF    STABLES. 


543 


rv.    The  Care  of  Stock  when  in  Stable. 


The  object  of  this  section  is  more  to  correct  abuses  in  the  us  of  cold 
water  and  want  of  exercise  than  to  give  elaborate   rules  in  regard  to 
grooming,  etc.     Cold  water  is  a  good  thing,  but,  like  all  good  things,  is 
apt  to  be  abused.     In  our  northern  latitudes  it  is  too 
cold  to  allow  the  free  use  of  cold  water  in  cleaning  the 
horse's  legs  and  feet,  from  November  1st  to  April  1st, 
or  even  a  longer  period  ;  for  cold  water  thus  used  on 
the   extremities   already   chilled,   is     very    apt — nay, 
almost  certain — to  cause  scratches,  grease,  furruncle, 
or  the   like.     If  warm  water   is   used  and   the   legs 
thoroughly  dried,    no  damage  is  done,  but  it  is  not 
once  in  a  hundred  times  that  they  are  thus  properly 
dried.'    The  best  way  is  to  clean  and  dry  the  legs  and 
feet  with  a  whisk  of  hay  or  straw,  or  with  a  rubbing 
cloth  when  the  horse  comes  in  ;  then,  when  thoroughly  scratches. 

dry,  clean  them  properly  with  a  brush.     This,  in  most 
instances,  will  keep  the  legs  free  from  scratches. 

Horses  should  not  be  kept  any  considerable  length  of  time  on  a  board 
floor  without  exercise  and  occasional  removal  of  the  shoes,  the  same  as 
though  he  were  at  work  ;  for  the  feet  will  get  dry  and  brittle,  contract  and 


As  seen  in  the  hollow  of 
the  pastern. 


SHOWING    THE    VEINS    OF   THE 
FOOT. 

Which  may  be  seriously  interfered  with 
by  contraction  of  the  hoof  from  standing 
too  long  on  a  board  floor  without  atten- 
tion to  the  moisture,  shoeing,  etc.,  of  the 
feet. 


EXOSTOSIS  OF  THE   COFFIN  BONE. 


As  sometimes  seen  in  complications  of  navicu- 
lar disease,  contraction,  side  bones,  etc. 


press  upon  the  quarters,  causing  corns,  and  perhaps  setting  up  hiflamma- 
tion  that  may  form  side  bones,  contract  the  tendons,  etc.  If  obliged  to 
keep  a  horse  standing  idle  in  a  stable,  have  his  shoes  taken  off ,  and,  if 
possible,  let  him  have  a  dirt  floor  to  stand  on,  sprinkling  occasionally  to 
dampen  it.     A  box  stall  would  be  much  the  best  for  him. 


V.    Additional  Directions  for  Giving  Medicines. 

It  is  very  necessary  for  the  stable-man  to  be  able  to  give  medicine,  both 
in  the  form  of  drenches  and  balls.     Many  a  dose  of  medicine,  of  the 


544  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

utmost  value  to  the  horse,  is  lost  through  not  knowing  how  to  administer 
it  properly.  Small  doses  of  liquids  are  best  given  with  a  syringe.  Stand 
in  front  of  the  patient,  fill  the  syringe,  (one  that  can  be  worked  ^vith  one 
hand  is  absolutely  necessary),  open  the  mouth  by  inserting  the  left  hand 
through  the  mouth,  and  holding  the  fingers  up  on  edge ;  pass  the 
syringe  between  the  fingers,  and  shoot  away  ;  withdraw  the  syringe,  and 
elevate  the  head  a  trifle  with  the  left  hand.  So  continue  till  the  dose  is 
all  down.  When  properly  done,  not  a  drop  is  wasted  and  the  horse  is 
not  excited  ;  nor  (which  is  quite  a  point)  does  the  man  get  angry,  and 
whack  the  horse  over  the  head  with  the  bottle.  With  large  doses,  how- 
ever, the  bottle  must  be  resorted  to.  Pass  a  loop  in  the  mouth  so  as  to 
catch  the  upper  jaw,  then  raise  the  head  by  running  a  line  over  a  pulUy, 
or  by  inserting  a  long  crotch  or  fork  in  the  loop  and  having  an  assistant 
lift  at  it ;  the  operator,  meanwhile  standing  at  the  right  side  of  the 
horse's  head,  steadies  the  head  with  one  hand,  and  pours  down  the  con- 
tents of  the  bottle  with  the  other.  Pour  very  slowly,  and  never  resort 
to  any  violence  to  make  the  patient  swallow  ;  just  give  him  his  time.  If 
he  coughs,  strangles  or  chokes,  let  down  his  head  instantly,  regardless  of 
the  loss  of  the  medicine.     (See  last  cut  in  Chapter  I,  Part  II.) 

Solid  medicine  it  is  best  to  give  in  the  form  of  a  ball.  Make  up  the 
ball  with  syrup,  soft  soap  or  linseed  meal,  its  size  that  of  your  big  finger, 
and  wrap  it  in  soft  paper  ;  stand  in  front  of  the  horse,  catch  firm  hold  of 
the  tongue  with  the  left  hand,  and  draw 
it  down  between  the  incisor  teeth,  never 
at  one  side  ;  take  the  ball  between  the 
fingers,  the  thumb  being  drawn  into  the 
palm  of  the  hand  ;  then  pass  it  back, 
placing  it  on  the  root  of  the  tongue,  let 
go  of  it,  and  give  it  another  push  with  ^^^  ^^^^^^  ^^^  ^^  ^^^  ^  ^^^^ 
one  finger  ;  withdraw  the  hand,  let  go 

the  tongue,  close  the  mouth,  elevate  the  head  a  trifle,  and  watch  on  the 
left  side  of  the  neck  for  it  to  go  down.  Kemember,  in  giving  medicine 
of  all  kinds,  never  abuse  or  excite  the  patient,  but  take  him  as  quietly 
as  possible. 

For  the  benefit  of  young  farmers  and  others  of  limited  experience,  we 
would  say  that  good  sense  and  self-possession  are  the  secrets  of  success 
in  treating  sick  stock.  These  will  gi'eatly  aid  you  to  see  clearly  what 
ought  to  be  done,  and  to  use  to  the  best  advantage  such  means  as  you 
have  at  hand  for  doing  it. 

There  are  cases  in  which  medicine  and  food  have  to  be  administered 
in  some  other  than  the  ordinay  way ;  as,  for  instance,  to  a  horse  with 
tetanus,  that  cannot  open  its  mouth.     In  this  case,  the  medicine  and 


CONSTRUCTION   AND   MANAGEMENT   OF   STABLES. 


545 


liquid  food  can  bo  given  through  a  tube  passed  through  one  of  the  nostrils 
and  down  into  the  throat, 
or  they  may  be  given  by 
the  rectum ;  but  in  the 
latter  case  large  quanti- 
ties will  be  necessary,  as 
a  portion  will  not  be 
absorbed. 
VI.  Detection  of  Disease. 


FEEDING  A  HORSE  WITH  TETAKUS. 


portance  that  every  stable- 
man should  have  a  quick 
eye  for  the  early  symp- 
toms of  disease  in  his  stock.  Ignorance  of  these  symptoms  allows 
the  case  to  run  on  into  a  more  advanced  stage,  when  its  treatment  re- 
quires more  skill,  and  more  medicine,  all  entailing  more  expense  in  or- 
derto  save  it,  and,  of  course,  with  much  less  chance  of  doing  so  after  all. 
**A  stitch  in  time  saves  nine  ;"  and  no  one  will  dispute  the  fact  that  it 
pays  to  spend  ten  dollars  to  save  a  hundred.  If  it  pays  to  treat  an 
animal  at  all,  in  pays  to  begin  doing  it  early.  One  day's  neglect  of  a 
sick  horse  may  cost  his  life.  When,  therefore,  a  horse  stands  back  in 
his  stall,  hangs  his  head,  drops  his  ears,  refuses  his  feed,  declines  to  move, 
partly  closes  his  eyes,  has  the  nostrils  slightly  dilated  from  increased 
frequency  of  respiration,  or  has  the  ears  and  extremities  cool  or  cold, — 
when  any  of  these  indications  are  noted,  it  is  safe  to  conclude  that  the 
horse  is  sick,  and  something  should  be  done 
immediately.  If  near  a  qualified  veterinary 
surgeon,  employ  him  ;  otherwise,  endeavor  to 
find  out  for  yourself,  and  at  once,  what  is  the 
matter.  Note  the  symptoms  carefully,  taking 
the  pulse,  respirations  and  temperature,  and  ex- 
amining all  parts ;  then,  when  the  disease  is 
diagnosed,  proceeed  with  the  treatment  vigor- 
ously. There  are  many  simple  ailments  that 
any  intelligent  man  can  cope  with  successfully. 
Get  at  the  bottom  of  the  trouble,  remove  the 
cause,  apply  the  treatment,  and,  in  most  cases,  you  can  cure  the  animal. 
Take,  for  instance  a  case  of  aphtha,  which  is  a  simple  irritation  of  the 
mouth,  tongue  and  lips,  sometimes  extending  up  to  the  cheeks,  both 
inside  and  out. 

Aphtha  is  much  the  oftenest  seen  in  foals,  resulting  from  the  irritation 
to  the  membranes  of  the  checks  that  follows  too  much  sucking.     When 


A  SICK  HORSE. 

Appearances   about  the  head  that 
indicate  a  sick  horse- 


546  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

seen  in  older  horses,  its  most  common  cause  is  the  irritating  effects  of 
the  dew  and  frosted  grass  in  spring  and  fall.     The  lips,  tongue,  etc.,  will 
be  found  to  be  slightly  swollen,  and  covered  with  a  pimply  eruption  re- 
sembling blisters;   in  fact,  the  parts    affected 
look  as  though  blisters  h  ad  actually  been  applied. 
The  treatment,  in  the  case  of  a  foal,  is  simply 
to  separate  him  from  the  dam  for  a  few  hours; 
let  him  suckle,  and  then  promptly  separate  them 
again,  and  so  on  till  he  is  well.     Older  horses 
should  be  taken  up  nights,  and  not  let  out  in  the 
APHTHA.  niorninir  till  about  nine  o'clock.      Swab  out  the 

mouth  and  affected  parts  with  recipe  No.  46. 

This  is  all  very  simple,  and  nothing  at  all  but  what  any  stock  man 
could  do,  if  he  would  give  the  case  proper  thought  and  attention. 

YII.  Charbon  or  Anthrax  in  Horses. 

This  disease  pertains  to  the  horse  as  it  does  to  all  warm-blooded  an- 
imals. Curative  treatment  is  useless.  Preventive  treatment  lies  in 
vaccinating  horses  the  same  as  cattle  in  infected  regions.  The  regions 
that  are  mostly  infected,  and  require  vaccination  regularly,  are  the  low- 
land sections  of  Louisiana  and  ]\Iississippi.  There  are  many  plantations 
down  there  that  require  vaccination  once  a  year  to  save  horses  and 
mules  from  dying  with  Anthrax.  The  vaccine  can  be  purchased  from 
any  of  the  dealers  in  biological  products,  with  directions  how  to  use. 

The  symptoms  and  post  mortem  appearances  are  the  same  in  horses 
as  in  cattle  and  hogs. 

For  fuller  description,  causes,  prevention,  etc.,  see  Department  on 
Cattle,  pages  821,  822,  823,  824  and  825.  The  facts  there  given 
apply  to  the  disease  wherever  it  may  exist  and  in  whatever  class  of 
animal  it  develops. 


CHAPTER  XXV. 


OrERA^TIONS. 


I.     ANESTHETICS,  AND  HOW  TO  USE  THEU. 1..      BANDAGES. III.      BLEEDING 

IV.     BLJSTEUING. V.      CASTING. VI.     CASTRATION. VII.     EXTIRPATION  OF 

THE  EVE. VIII.     FIRING. IX.     LITHOTOMY. X.     LITHOTRITY. XI.     NEU- 
ROTOMY.  XII.     NICKING  AND  DOCKING. XIII.    OPENING  AN  ABSCESS. XIV. 

TAPPING     THE  CHEST,   AND  TAPPING   THE    ABDOMEN. XV.      PRICKING. XVI. 

PROBING  AND  OPENING  A  FISTULA. XVII.    SPAYING. XVIII.    SUTURES. XIX. 

TAPPING  THE   BELLY    FOR   FLATULENCE. XX.     TENOTOMY. XXI.      TRACHE- 
OTOMY. 

In  this  chapter  we  shall  descrilje  all  of  the  more  common  surgical  oper- 
ations on  the  horse.  Some  of  these  can  be  performed  by  any  intelligent 
person,  who  will  exercise  a  reasonable  amount  of  care  and  prudence, 
with  ready  reserve  resource  to  fall  back  on  in  case  of  accident.  The  lat- 
ter, in  fact,  is  a  very  necessary  qualilication  in  any  operator ;  for  acci- 
dents may  happen,  and  result  disastrously,  in  the  most  skillful  hands.  Ai 
the  same  time,  many  valuable  expedients  may  be  resorted  to,  in  cases  of 
this  kind,  wliich  It  is  absolutely  impossible  to  prescribe  by  set  rules  before- 
hand. Here,  quick-witted  common  sense  must  be  the  main  reliance  of 
all  practitioners  alike. 

I.    Anaesthetics,  and  How  to  Use  Them. 

Anaesthetics  are  drugs  or  agents  that  destroy  feeling.  They  take  away 
all  sensation,  and  all  power  of  voluntary  action  ;  and  they  sometimes 
cause  death,  by  suffocation,  or  suspension  of  the  involuntary  actions  of  the 
body,  if  they  are  given  too  fast,  or  their  use  is  carried  too  far.  Hence,  they 
should  never  be  administered  by  inexperienced  or  unskillful  hands.  The 
principal  agents  of  this  class  employed  in  veterinary  practice  are  chloro- 
form and  sulphuric  ether ;  chloral  hydrate  is  often  used  as  an  anodvne, 
but  not  as  an  anaesthetic. 

The  animal  is  usually  cast,  legs  tied,  and,  when  everything  has  been 
prepared  for  the  operation,  a  large  sponge,  saturated  with  chloroform  or 
ether,  is  held  to  the  nose,  beingre-wet  every  little  while,  as  long  as  maybe 
necessary.  The  nose  is  sometimes  enclosed  in  a  bag,  so  as  to  confine  the 
fumes,  ]>ut  it  is  better  not  to  do  this.  The  risk  thus  run  vastly  outweighs 
the  few  advantages  it  offers.  If  sufficient  air  is  mixed  with  the  anaesthetic, 
there  is  no  danger,  but  horses  usually  struggle  very  severly  during  the 
exciting  stage, — just  before  they  go  under  its  influence,  and,  on  that  ac- 
count the  method  mentioned  is  not  considered  safe  by  many  of  the  best 

authorities, 

547 


548 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


n.  Bandages. 
These  are  very  important  adjuncts  to  the  treatment  of  lameness,  when 
m  the  legs,  and,  also,  in  stopping  a  hemorrhage  and  dressing  wounds. 
They  should  he  applied  smoothly,  and  with  moderate  pressure.  For 
lameness  and  dressing  wounds,  coarse  unbleached  muslin  is  the  best. 
For  binding  on  a  sponge  or  other  substance,  to  stop  bleeding,  the  many- 
tailed  bandage  is  very  convenient.  For  moderate  pressure,  as  in  case  of 
windgalls  and  stocked  legs,  the  Derby  bandage  is  very  useful.  Elastic 
bandiio-es  are  good  wlien  considerable  tension  is  desired,  but  they  need 
careful  application,  to  avoid  alwading  the  skin. 

m.    Bleeding. 
Bleedino-  is  an  old  time  practice  that  has  almost  become  obsolete,  on 
several  accounts,  of  which  the  principal  seems   to  l)e  that  the  congestion 
and  pulse  can  be  controlled  by  other  means  less  depleting  and  weakening, 

thus  giving  the  animal  a  better  chance 
to  recover  by  husbanding  his  strejigth. 
Then,  again,  the  seasons  and  atmos- 
phere have  so  changed  that  diseases, 
especially  of  the  lower  animals,  are 
more  likely  to  become  epizootic,  with 
typhoid  symptoms  and  great  nervous 
prostration,  when  it  is  utterly  unsafe  to  bleed.  Still,  bleeding  is  valu- 
able in  cases  of  congestion,  when  there  is  a  full,  strong  pulse  and  no 


MANY-TAILED  BANDAGE. 


BAI81MG  THE  VEIN  BEFORE  BLEEDING. 
(Tbe  Place  to  Out— an  Old  Time  Practice.} 


>;6akness,  but  only  in  the  first  stage — never  when  the  temperature  of  the 
patient  is  abnormally  high  and  the  system  has  become  weakened. 


OPERATIONS. 


549 


The  finger  is  pressed  on  the  vein,  to  make  it  fill ;  or  a  cord  may  be  tied 
sufficiently  tight  around  the  neck.  Then  place  the  blade  of  the  fleam  on 
the  vein,  at  the  point  indicated  in  the  illustration,  and  strike  it  agood  smart 
blow  with  a  round  stick,  commonly  called  the  blood-stick ;  have  a  bucket 
in  readiness,  and  catch  the  blood  in  it,  to  know  how  much  you  draw. 
Draw  from  two  to  six  quarts,  according  to  age  and  size,  and  the  condi- 
tions of  the  case.     It  is  a  good  plan  to  blindfold  the  horse  to  avoid  his 


STRIKING  THE  FLEAM  WITH  THE  BLOOD-STICK. 
(An  old  time  practice  now  almost  obsolete.) 

jumping  away  from  the  blow  of  the  blood-stick.  When  sufficient  blood 
has  been  drawn,  remove  the  cord  or  other  obstruction,  when  the  flow  will 
stop.  Insert  a  pin  and  weave  a  hair  or  silk  thread  around  the  pin  in  such 
way  as  to  describe  a  figure  8.  Leave  it  in  for  a  few  days,  when  it  can 
safely  be  removed. 

IV.    Blistering. 

When  w  severe  blister  is  desired,  the  hair  should  first  be  clipped  off 
very  close  or  shaven.  Apply  the  blister  a  little  at  a  time,  and  rub  it  well 
in,  with  sufficient  friction  to  get  up  considerable  heat  between  the  hand 
and  the  skin  ;  then,  when  sufficient  is  rubbed  m,  smear  some  over  the  sur« 
face,  and  tie  the  horse  up  sufficiently  short  to  prevent  his  getting  his  moudi 


550 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOE. 


to  it,  or  he  will  bite  and  blemish  the  sore  and  blister  his  lips.     Keep  him 
thus  tied  iw  from  twelve  to  twentv-four  hours,  smearino^  fresh  lard  ovei 


CATCHING  THE  BLOOD. 
(An  ObBolete  Practice  except  in  Rare  Cases.) 


it  at  the  end  of  ten  hours,  to  relieve  the  pain  by  keeping  the  air  from  it, 
which  it  will  do  without  interfering  with  the  blister.  After  about  twf. 
days,  begin  washing  it  with  warm  water  and  a  very 
little  soap.  Soften  off  the  scabs,  and  clean  the  skiit 
around  the  blister ;  and  when  dry,  apply  the  grease. 
Repeat  this  once,  daily.  If  the  scabs  are  not  softened 
off  when  pus  collects  under  them,  the  pus  burrows, 
and  if  not  liberated,  is  apt  to  blemish. 

In  mild  sweat-blisters,  it  is  not  necessary  to  clip 
off  the  hair.  Simply  rub  the  blister  in  gently  once  a 
day,  till  sore  enough,  then  grease  once  a  day  till  nearly 
healed.    Repeat  this  as  often  as  necessary. 

Ointments  are  preferable  to  liquid  blisters  as  being 
more  manageable,  and  because  they  can  be  kept  where 
wished,  while  liquid  blisters  are  apt  to  run. 

V.    Casting. 
There  are  many  ways  of  casting  a  horse,  all  having  some  merit.     The 
chief  point  to  be  remembered  is  to  throw  him  carefully,  as  broken  back, 
broken  hips,  etc.,  are  among  the  dangers  that  attend  carelessnesso     The 


A  HOCK  WHEN  BLIS 
TEREL>. 


OPERATIONS.  551 

most  convenient  way  is  to  put  hobbles  on  the  feet,  and  run  a  chain  through 
the  D's,  and  draw  the  feet  all  together,  having  a  rope  running  from  one 
arm  over  the  back,  to  make  him  fall  on  the  side  desired  ;  also,  a  good 
man  at  the  horse's  head  to  prevent  his  throwing  it  around  and  falling  on  it, 
and  thus  breaking  his  neck.  Always  put  down  a  good  bed  beforehand, 
for  him  to  fall  on. 

Rarey's  plan  of  casting  is  good,  in  the  absence  of  hobbles,  viz:  Tie 
up  one  fore  leg  ;  then  tie  a  strap  to  the  pastern  of  the  other  fore  leg,  and 
pass  it  over  the  horse's  back  ;  standing  at  the  shoulder,  push  him  over  a 
step,  at  the  same  instant  pulling  up  the  foot  and  bringing  him  to  his 
knees.  He  will  do  some  rearing  and  jumping  about,  but  when  he  gets 
tired,  he  will  lie  quietly  down^  when  his  legs  can  be  tied  and  held  down. 
To  prevent  him  from  pounding  his  head,  it  is  necessary  to  place  a  good 
man  there,  who  should  put  one  knee  on  his  neck  and  turn  his  nose  up  at 
an  angle  of  forty-five  degrees.  As  a  safeguard  against  too  severe  strain- 
ing, tie  a  rope  from  just  above  one  knee  to  above  the  hock  of  the  leg  on  the 
same  side,  and  draw  the  legs  as  close  together  as  possible,  and  confine 
them  there.     This  lessens  his  power  to  struggle. 

VI.    Castration. 

The  best  age  for  castrating  colts  is  from  one  to  three  years,  tlie  exact 
time  to  be  determined  by  the  development  of  the  neck  and  fore  parts. 
If  these  are  heavy,  castrate  early  ;  if  light,  he  will  thicken  up  and  grow 
heavier,  by  being  left  entire  another  year.  Prepare  him  by  giving  soft 
food  for  a  week  previous,  and  nothing  at  all  for  about  twelve  hours  be- 
fore the  operation.  Cast  him,  and  roll  him  up  on  his  back ;  tie  the  hind 
feet  down  to  a  surcingle  ;  take  the  scrotum  in  the  left  hand,  and  draw  it 
over  one  of  the  testicles  so  as  to  bring  the  dividing  line  between  the  two 
sides  over  it ;  next  draw  a  small  superficial  slit  about  half  an  inch  from 
the  line,  (one  on  each  side  of  it,)  thus  marking  the  proper  place  to  make 
the  incision  ;  then  cut  one  slit  through  to  the  testicle,  letting  it  out ;  slit 
open  the  inner  coverings,  one  by  one,  till  the  testicle  pops  out  clean 
from  all  the  coverings;  (avoid  wounding  the  testicle  with  the  knife,  as 
this  would  cause  profuse  bleeding,  and  interfere  with  the  work ;  )  then  sep- 
arate the  tunics  from  the  small  end,  and  let  them  drop  down  over  the 
cord;  put  on  the  steel  clamps,  to  hold  the  cord  while  the  ecraseur  is 
being  applied;  put  the  ecraseur  on  as  low  as  possible,  and  with  itbiteofi 
the  cord,  still  holding  on  to  the  latter  with  the  clamps.  Let  go  the  cord, 
and  operate  on  the  other  testicle.  Rinse  out  the  sack  with  cold  water, 
and  let  him  up.  The  emascnlator,  a  modern  instrument,  is  becoming  very 
popular;  it  being  handier  and  safer,  less  likely  to  be  followed  by  hem- 
orrhage, than  the  ecraseur. 


552 


CrCLOPEDIA  OF  LFVTE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


EXTIRPATION  OF  THE  EYE. 


The  old  way  of  castrating  with  chun[)s  is  convenient,  but  it  gives  rise 
to  an  immense  amount  of  pain,  and  is  a  quite  inferior  method  compared 
with  using  the  ccraseur. 

Vn.    Extirpation  of  the  Eye. 

In  cancerous  growths  in  the  eye,  it  is  sometimes  necessary  to  extirpate 
that  organ.  After  casting  the  horse,  pass 
silk  threads  thrcjugh  the  lids,  so  that  an 
assistant  can  hold  them  open  ;  then,  with 
a  sharp  knife,  dissect  the  eyeball  out, 
cutting  the  muscles  as  they  come,  one 
after  another,  and,  finally,  the  optic  nerve. 
Dress  the  socket  with  lotion  No.  39,  for 
a  fcAv  da3'S  ;  then  change  to  lotion  No.  7. 
As  this  is  a  very  painful  operation,  an 
anaesthetic  should  always  be  used,  if  a 
skillful  man  can  be  got  to  manage  the 
case. 

VIII.    Firing. 

This  is  the  ai)plication  of  the  actual 
cautery  (burning  by  red-hot  iron)  to 
set  up  a  great  amount  of  counter-irritation  or  of  adhesive  inflammation. 
Its  most  common  applications  are  for  ring-bones,  curbs,  and  sprains  of 
the  back,  tendons,  etc.  Clip  off  the  hair,  cast  the  horse,  and  draw  the 
edges  (which  should  be  blunt)  of  the  firing-iron  on  the  skin,  making  a 
yellow  crease  on  it,  but  avoid  cutting  through  the  skin,  as  that  would 
blemish  more.  Draw  the  lines,  in  the  form  of  a  feather,  over  a  con- 
siderable surface ;  let  the  horse  up,  and  rub  in  the  blister  immediately. 
Give  absolute  rest  for  a  month,  and  a  run  at  grass  for  two  months. 

IX.    Lithotomy. 

This  is  an  operation  to  extract  a  stone  from  the  bladder.  Cast  the 
horse,  and  insert  a  metallic  sound  into  the  penis  to  reach  up  to  the  curve  ; 
cut  down  to  it  on  the  curve,  then  insert  a  hidden  bistoury,  and  open  the 
passage  into  the  bladder,  making  it  large  enough  to  allow  of  the  stone 
being  got  out.  Insert  forceps  with  one  hand,  tiie  other  hand  being  in  the 
rectum  and  following  up  the  stone  and  crowding  it  out.  If  too  large  to 
extract  whole,  try  and  break  it  up  with  the  forceps. 

If  the  patient  is  a  mare,  it  will  not  be  necessary  tv'>  cast  the  animal. 
She  can  be  controlled  suflaciently  by  using  a  twitch,  which  is  a  loop  of 
strong,  small  rope,  on  the  end  of   a  small  stick,  for  twisting  the  uppei 


OPERATIONS.  553 

lip  as  shown  hy  the  cut  in  Section  XIV  of  this  chapter.  Insert  the  bis- 
toury cache  into  the  bladder,  the  oj^ening  to  which  will  be  found  on  the 
floor  of  the  vagina,  about  three  to  six  inches  from  the  external  orifice  ;  open 
the  neck  of  the  bladder,  and  then,  with  one  liandinthe  rectum,  the  stone 
can  be  drawn. 

In  either  case  above  described,  dress  the  wounds  with  lotion  No.  39, 
twice  a  day.  The  wound  in  the  skin  of  the  horse  can  be  sewed  up. 
When  dressing  the  wound,  rinse  out  the  bladder  with  tepid  water. 

X.  Lithotrity. 

This  is  the  name  given  to  the  process  (mentioned  in  the  last  section) 
of  breaking  the  stone  into  small  pieces  with  forceps,  and  taking  it  away 
a  little  at  a  time.  It  is  sometimes  so  large  as  to  make  it  absolutely  nec- 
essary to  do  this,  or,  in  some  cases,  even  to  saw  it  in  two. 

XI.  Neurotomy. 

This  is  an  operation  to  destroy  sensation  in  the  foot,  in  some  cases  of 
chronic,  incurable  lameness.  Cast  the  horse,  and,  after  clipping  off  the 
hair  over  the  spot  to  be  operated  on,  cut  in  through  the  skin  to  the  nerve 
three  or  four  inches  above  the  fetlock,  just  back  of  the  cannon,  where  it 
will  be  found  running  in  the  same  sheath  with  the  artery  and  vein.  The 
last  two,  however,  are  deeper  seated  and  together,  the  nerve  running  on 
the  top  of  them.  Make  the  incision  half  or  three  quarters  of  an  inch' 
long,  lengthwise  of  the  leg ;  dissect  away  the  cellular  tissue  ;  raise  the 
nerve,  and  pass  a  thread  of  silk  around  it,  and  tie  a  knot ;  (if  it  is  the 
nerve  that  is  tied,  the  horse  will  struggle  violently  from  the  pain,  but  if, 
from  accident  or  mistake,  the  artery  or  vein  has  been  taken  up  instead, 
there  will  be  no  pain,  and  consequently  no  struggle)  ;  sever  the  nerve 
above  the  silk  with  a  sharp  knife  ;  then,  cutting  below  the  silk,  take  out 
a  section  of  the  nerve  about  three  qcarters  of  an  inch  long.  Take  a 
stitch  in  the  skin,  and  dress  with  Friar's  balsam  three  times  a  dny. 

The  foregoing  is  known  as  the  high  operation.  If  the  lower  operation 
is  preferred,  the  incision  is  made  about  midway  down  the  long  pastern 
bone,  on  either  side  of  it.  The  former  is  usually  considered  the  bettei 
one,  as  it  takes  away  the  sensation  fi-om  the  entire  foot,  while  the  lower 
only  takes  it  away  from  the  heels  ;  there  are  filaments  from  the  anterior 
branch  of  the  nerve,  extending  down  to  the  heels,  which  destroy  the  de- 
sired effect,  to  a  great  extent. 

Neurotomy  should  never  be  performed  except  as  a  last  resort ;  for  it 
does  not  cure  the  disease,  but  only  destroys  the  feeling  in  the  i)art,  so 
that  there  is  no  more  pain  iu  it.  Although  the  horse  hangs  the  foot 
down  as  though  it  were  sound,  it  is  only  a  question  of  time  for  it  to  go 


554  CYCLOPEDIA  Ot  LJVI.  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

all  to  pieces,  either  from  the  tendon  giving  way,  or  else  by  suppuration 
from  a  nail  wound  or  corn,  extending  all  around  the  foot.  After  neuro- 
tomy, it  is  necessary  to  be  doubly  careful  in  shoeing  and  taking  care  of  the 
feet,  to  avoid  the  pricks  of  nails,  corns,  etc. ,  and,  should  these  occur,  to  treat 
them  at  once,  lest  bad  complications  ensue.  Some  horses  work  well  for 
four  or  five  years  after  neurotomy,  and  some  go  to  pieces  in  a  few  months. 

XII.     Nicking-  and  Docking. 

Nicking  and  pricking  are  identical  in  efiect,  viz:  to  straighten  crooked 
tails.  When  a  horse  hugs  his  tail,  it  is  sometimes  necessary  to  sever  the 
depressor  muscles  on  the  under  side,  and  suspend  the  tail  over  a  pulley,  for 
two  or  three  weeks.  Insert  the  knife  about  two  inches  from  the  dock,  on 
the  under  side  at  one  side  of  the  tail ;  pass  it  in  across  the  tail  to  within  a 
quarter  of  an  inch  of  the  center,  to  avoid  the  large  artery  running  down 
the  under  side  in  the  middle,  holding  it  flatwise — on  its  side;  then  turn  up 
the  edge  towards  the  bone,  and,  Avith  a  sawing  motion,  sever  the  muscle 
clear  to  the  bone.  Withdraw  the  knife,  leaving  only  the  smail  wound 
through  which  the  knife  entered.  Tie  the  tail  to  a  rope  running  over 
two  pulleys;  the  tail  being  tied  to  a  loop  of  it  running  down  from  each 
pulley,  the  ends  passing  over  them  should  reach  to  the  floor,  with  a  weight 
attached  to  each  end,  so  as  to  allow  him  to  lie  down.  Keep  the  tail  sus- 
pended in  this  way  from  two  to  three  weeks. 

In  case  the  tail  is  crooked  or  twisted  to  one  side,  insert  the  knife  in  a 
perpendicular  position  from  below  upwards,  just  under  the  skin;  turn  the 
edge  towards  the  tail,  and  saw  through  the  muscle;  then  tie  the  tail  around 
to  the  opposite  side  for  a  couple  of  weeks.  It  is  often  necessary  to  cut  in 
two  or  three  places.  If  the  cuts  suppurate,  dress  them  with  lotion  No.  39. 
If  the  first  operation  fails,  try  it  again. 

Docking  is  amputating  a  portion  of  the  tail,  bone  and  all,  to  pander  to 
the  taste  or  whim  of  the  owner.  It  is  best  done  with  a  pair  of  docking 
shears  made  for  the  purpose.  It  is  usually  taken  oflf  from  eight  to  ten 
inches  from  the  beginning  of  the  long  hair  at  the  dock.  Part  the  hair 
evenly  all  the  Avay  round;  fold  that  of  the  ui)i)er  })ortion  upward  and  tie  a 
strong  cord  tightly  around  the  tail,  including  the  hair,  two  inches  above 
the  part.  Hold  the  tail  straight  out  and  cut  it  ott"  at  the  part.  Scar  the 
end  with  a  red-hot  iron  to  prevent  hemorrhage;  then  put  a  bunch  of  oakum, 
the  size  of  a  fist,  onto  the  end,  pull  the  hair  down  over  it,  after  removing 
the  cord,  tie  it  around  the  hair  tightly  below  the  oakum.  Begin  next  day 
to  apply  lotion  No.  5,  several  times  a  day  for  ten  days,  then  apply  No.  7. 
If  the  horse  carried  a  good  tail  before  docking,  a  week  will  l)e  long  enough 
to  leave  him  in  the  pulleys,  and  he  can  be  put  to  work;  but  if  he  carried 
a  poor  tail,  keep  it  suspended  two  or  three  weeks.     Oftentimes  it  is  neces- 


OPERATIONS. 


555 


OPENING  THE  ABSCESS  OF  STRANGLES. 
Also  illustrating  the  twitch  and  manner  of  using  it. 


sary,  in  such  a  case,  to  nick  the  depressor  muscles  and  keep  him  in  pulleys 
two  or  three  weeks  before  docking  him.  If  the  knife  is  clean,  there  will 
be  no  suppuration. 

Xni.     Openingr  an  Abscess. 

This  is  a  simple  matter,  when  done  properly.     If  improperly  done,  it 
is  of  little  use,  and  the  cure  is  apt  to  be  retarded.     When  an  abscess  is 

ripe  and  ready  to  open,  ascer- 
tain, as  near  as  possible,  where 
the  bottom  of  it  is,  and  insert 
tlie  knife  at  that  point,  making 
an  opening  quite  to  the  bottom 
for  the  escape  of  the  pu?^.  If 
this  is  impracticable,  and  the 
opening  must  be  made  at  the 
top,  the  pus  must  be  evacuated 
b}'  means  of  a  syringe  or  sponge, 
to  draw  it  out.  The  main  point 
to  be  remembered  is  to  open 
it  as  near  to  the  bottom  as 
possible.  A  twitch  on  the  nose  is  usually  sufficient  to  keep  the  animal 
quiet  in  this  and  other  minor  operations. 

XIV.     Tapping  the  Chest  and  Tapping  the  Abdomen. 

The  chest  fills  with  water  in  h}'drothorax;  it  is  the  stage  of  effusion  in 
pleurisy.  The  lungs  are  floated  up,  and  sufl'ocation  results.  The  presence 
of  water  in  the  chest  is  detected  by  the  solid  sound — a  sound  of  fullness — - 
when  tapped  with  the  hand,  and  by  the 
absence  of  respiratory  murmur;  and,  fre- 
quently, the  splashing  of  the  water  by  the 
action  of  the  heart  can  also  be  heard. 

Clip  off  the  hair  from  a  spot  about  three 
inches  ])ack  of  the  elbow,  and  five  or 
six  inches  from  the  bottom  of  the  chest. 
Ascertain  the  exact  location  where  a  punc- 
ture can  be  made  without  striking  a  rib 
(the  trocar  to  pass  between  two  ribs) ;  then 
plunge  a  scalpel  deep  into  the  flesh,  making  a  hole  through  the  skin  and 
flesh  for  the  trocar;  insert  the  latter  instrument  and  withdraw  the  trocar, 
leaving  the  cannula  to  act  as  a  spout;  hold  a  pail  and  catch  the  water.  If 
pieces  of  lymph  clog  the  cannula,  pass  in  a  small  probe  and  push  them  off 


OPENING  OF  THE  SKIN, 
Preparatory  to  tapping  the  chest. 


556 


CYCIXJPEDIA  OP  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


WATER   FLOWING 

FROM  THE  CHEST. 

In  paracentesis  thoracis 


the  end.      Drain  off  all  the  water  and  withdraw  the  cannula.      It  is  often 
necessary  to  repeat  this  operation. 

This  operation  is  technically  termed  paracentesis  thoracis.  Cases  so  severe 
as  to  require  it  are  usually  fatal. 

Paracentesis  abdoineiiis  means,  in  plain  English,  tapping  the  belly.  In 
peritonitis,  the  belly  often  tills  with  water,  which  can  be  evacuated  by 
inserting  the  trocar  and  cannula  on  the  medion  line,  a 
couple  of  inches  back  of  the  navel.  The  operation  may 
be  repeated,  if  necesssry;  but,  in  this  case,  it  is  advis- 
able to  make  a  fresh  hole,  rather  than  insert  again  in 
the  old  one. 

XV.     Pricking. 
This  is  identical  with  nicking,  (which  see). 

XVI.  Probing  and  Opening  Fistulas. 
It  is  necessary  to  probe  fistulous  openings,  in  order 
to  know  where  they  go.  Take  plenty  of  time,  and  do 
it  carefully.  Find  every  sinus,  if  possible.  When 
practicable,  the  best  and  quickest  way  to  cure  them  is  to  open  them  right 
up  along  their  whole  length;  but  when  this  cannot  be  done  without  sever- 
ing large  blood-vessels  or  too  much  muscular  fibre,  pass  a  seton  through 
them  and  draw  in  caustic  substances,  such  as  burnt  alum,  powdered  blue- 
stone,  etc.  Or,  instead,  use  injections  Nos.  1,  3  and  5,  changing  from  one 
to  another  frequently. 

XVII.     Spaying. 

This  operation  is  very  rarely  performed  upon  the  mare — never,  m 
fact,  except  in  case  of  disease.  There  is  great  danger  of  its  proving  fatal, 
and  hence  it  should  never  be  undertaken  except  by  a  skilled  veterinarian. 
It  consists  in  removing  the  ovaries,  corresponding  to  the  castration  of 
the  male. 

XVIII.     Sutures. 

There  are  four  kinds  of  sutures,  viz:  the  interrupted,  uninterrupted, 
quilled  and  twisted.  The  interrupted  suture  is  the  one  generally  used, 
and  for  most  cases  is  the  best.  The  needle 
and  silk — or,  instead  of  the  silk,  the  silver 
wire  or  catgut — are  all  that  are  needed.  Clip 
off  the  hair  from  the  edges,  and  be  careful 
to  have  everything  clean.  DraAV  the  edges  of 
the  wound  together  with  a  slightly  curved  needle  and  silk,  and  when 
tying  the  knot  give  the  ends  an  extra  turn  through  the  knot,  which  will 


UNINTERRUPTED  SUTURE. 


OPERATIONS. 


557 


QUILLED  SUTURE. 


keep  it  from  drawing  away  and  untying;  then  go  on  and  make  a  hard 
knot  on  the  top  of  the  other,  and  cut  off  the  silk.  Then  take  another, 
and  so  on. 

The  continuous  or  uninterrupted  suture  sews 
up  the  wound  by  continuing  the  stitches  right 
along,  the  same  as  in  sewing  cloth,  and  tying  the 
ends.  The  quilled  suture  is  when  two  quills  or 
pieces  of  wood  are  used  as  skewers,  and  the  ends 
of  the  silk  caught  over  them,  the  skewers  being 
placed  one  on  each  side  of  the  wound,  to  prevent 
the  stitches  from  tearing  out.  The  twisted  suture 
is  simply  a  pin  inserted  and  a  hair  or  silk  thread 
wound  around  its  ends  in  the  form  of  a  figure 
eight,  as  already  descril^ed  in  the  article  on 
bleeding.  In  most  cases,  the  stitches  ought  to 
be  taken  about  half  an  inch  a})art. 

XIX.  Tapping  the  Belly  for  Flatulence. 
It  is  usually  either  some  of  the  large  intestines  or  the  stomach  that  is 
affected  with  flatulence.  The  former  are  tapped  by  inserting  the  trocar 
and  cannula  in  the  center  of  a  triangle  drawn  from  the  point  of  the  hip, 
the  ends  of  the  transverse  processes  of  the  lumbar  verteln-je  and  the  last 
rib.  Clip  off'  the  hair  from  a  spot  half  an  inch  in  diameter,  brush  the  scurf 
from  the  skin  and  make  a  i)uncture  through  the  skin  with  a  knife,  then  pass 
in  the  trocar  and  cannula,  directing  it  inward,  downward  and  forward; 
withdraw  the  trocar  and  leave  the  cannula  to  carry  of  ,the  gas.  After  the 
gas  has  escaped  replace  the  trocar  into  the  cannula  before  withdrawing  it. 
Wet  this  wound  several  times  a  day  with  lotion  No.  5  for  three  or  four 
days.  This  operation  may  be  rei)eated,  if  necessary,  and  on  either  side  of 
the  horse.  The  trocar  for  this  purpose  should  be  six  inches  long  and  one- 
quarter  inch  in  diameter. 

XX.  Tenotomy. 
When  the  tendons  become  very  much  contracted  and  cannot  l)e  relaxed, 
they  can  be  severed,  when  the  ends  will  extend,  grow  together  again,  and 
thus  repair  the  excision.  This  o})eration,  called  tenotomy,  is  most  commonly 
practiced  on  the  tendon  of  the  leg,  and  about  midway  between  the  knee  and 
fetlock.  Insert  the  knife  across  the  tendons,  with  the  l)lade  on  its  side;  let 
it  go  just  to  the  skin  on  the  other  side,  liut  not  through  it;  then  turn  the 
edge  towards  the  outer  part  of  the  leg  and  saw  away,  taking  care  not  to 
cut  the  skin  at  the  back  of  the  leg.  When  the  tendons  are  severed,  break 
up  the  adhesions  by  bending  the  leg  across  your  knee.  Dress  the  wound 
in  the  skin,  treating  as  a  simple  wound. 


558 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR, 


PERFORMING   TRACHEOTOMY. 


XXI.     Tracheotomy. 

This  consists  of  the  insertion  of  a  tube  into  the  trachea  or  windpipe, 
to  prevent  death  from  threatened  suffocation.     The  tube  ought  to  be  of 

silver,  but  in  the  absence  of 
that,  one  made  of  tin  will,  in  the 
writer's  opinion,  answer  every 
purpose;  it  should  be  three- 
quarters  of  an  inch  or  an  inch  in 
diameter,  curved  so  as  to  slip 
into  the  windpipe  easily,  with  a 
plate  of  the  same  material  on  the 
end  to  tie  to  the  neck,  in  order 
to  keep  it  in  place.  Open  the 
skin  by  an  incision  about  two 
inches  long,  at  a  point  eight 
inches  below  the  throat;  divide  the 
muscles,  and  lay  bare  the  wind- 
pipe; cut  out  a  piece  of  two  rings,  making  a  hole  large  enough  to  admit 
the  tube.  Take  the  tube  out  and  clean  it  with  carbolic  lotion  No.  39,  once 
a  day,  and  replace  it  as  soon 
as  possible.  When  the  cause  of 
suffocation  is  removed,  the  tube 
may  be  taken  out  for  good. 
The  hole  will  soon  fill  up  and 
heal.  Instead  of  using  a  round 
tube  and  cutting  out  a  section 
of  two  rings,  it  is  preferable  to 
use  an  oval  tube  and  pass  it  in 
between  two  rings.  This  does 
away  with  the  danger  of  a  car- 
tilaginous tumor  growing  from 
the  cut  rings  of  the  trachea.  Such  a  tumor  sometimes  follows  the  cuttin 
of  the  rings,  and  obstructs  the  breathing,  rendering  the  horse  useless. 


THE  STRUCTURES   MET  WITH   IN  THE  OPERA- 
TION OF  TRACHEOTOMY. 

1.  The  sterno  raaxilaris  jnuscles,  (a  pair)  which  have 
to  be  separated,  being  joined  by  cellular  tissue. 

2.  The  sterno  thyro  hyoidei  muscles  lying  under  those 
above  mentioned.  These  also  have  to  be  separated, 
being  similarly  united. 

3.  The  trachea,  which  will  be  fully  exposed  when  the 
muscles  are  separated  and  pulled  back. 


CHAPTER  XXVI. 


CONCERNING    THE    VETERINARIAN'S    CERTIFICATE   OF 
SOUNDNESS. 


I.  EXAMINATIONS  IN  THIS  COUNTRY  AND  IN  EUROPE. II.  WHAT  TUE  VETERINA- 
RIAN SHOULD  SEE  TO,  FOR  HIS  CLIENT. III.  CONDITIONS  MODIFYING  THE  CER- 
TIFICATE.  IV.      THE  SELLER'S  GUARANTEE  SHOULD  COVER  VICES. 

I.    Examinations  in  this  Country  and  in  Europe. 

Under  what  circumstances  can  a  horse  be  returned  to  the  seller,  as  un- 
sound ?  This  we  propose  to  consider  briefly,  even  though  at  the  risk  of 
a  little  repetition  of  directions  given  elsewhere.  In  Europe  it  is  quite  a 
common  practice  to  have  horses  examined  for  soundness  by  experts,  but 
in  this  country,  where  every  man  professes  to  be  a  horseman,  there  is 
much  less  of  it  done.  Here,  if  a  man  gets  bitten  in  making  a  trade,  he 
usually  says  nothing,  but  contents  himself  with  getting  satisfaction  out 
of  the  next  one.  Still,  there  are  some  examinations  made  for  soundness 
even  in  this  country,  and  it  may  be  well  to  state  what  a  veterinarian  bases 
his  deci.sion  upon,  in  giving  a  certificate. 

II.    What  the  Veterinarian  should  see  to,  for  his  Client. 

The  age,  size,  and  general  appearance  of  the  animal  should  first  be 
considered  ;  also,  his  adaptability  to  the  purposes  in  view.  It  is  the  vet- 
erinarian's duty  to  use  his  influence  to  prevent  his  client  from  buyin^-  a 
draft  horse  for  his  carriage,  or  vice  versa;  m  fact,  he  should  consult  not 
only  his  client's  needs,  but  his  wishes  and  tastes  as  well,  and  should  see 
that  these  are  met  as  fully  as  possible. 

In  making  the  detailed  examination,  he  should  see  that  the  mouth  and 
toKgue  are  all  right,  no  poll  evil,  no  running  at  the  nose,  no  cough,  fistu- 
lous withers,  nor  anything  wrong  with  the  head  or  shoulders.  He  should 
see  that  the  fore  legs  are  free  from  bony  deposits,  and  the  feet  from 
corns,  sidebones,  contraction,  etc.  ;  that  there  are  no  ruptures  on  any  part 
of  the  belly  or  scrotum,  no  broken  hips,  nor  broken  tail.  He  should 
carefully  note  whether  the  hmd  legs  are  free  from  bony  deposits,  capped 
hocks,  and  spavins  of  all  kinds,  and  make  sure  that  there  is  no  thicken- 
ing of  any  of  the  tendons  of  either  the  fore  or  hind  legs,  nor  yet  any 
windgalls  or  curbs. 

559' 


560  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LlVUi  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

Next,  move  him  for  tlie  detection  of  lameness — slow,  fast,  turning, 
bucking,  stopping  and  starting  again;  and  also 
for  the  wind — whether  thick  or  broken,  and 
whether  there  is  roaring,  Avhistling,  or  wheezing. 
Then  exar.rnc  the  eyes  closely — tirst  in  the 
sunlight,  next  \n  a  dark  place,  and  then  in  the 
Min  again — to  detect  any  abnormal  expansion 
or  contraction  of  the  pupil,  and  for  opacity  or 
cloudiness  of  the  cornea,  and  clearness  or  oth- 
erwise of  the  humors  of  the  eye. 

ONETKST  FOR  KOAUiNG.  "I"    Conditions  Modifying  the  Certificate. 

Any  disease  of  any  kind  existing  at  the  time — 
internal,  skin  or  otherwise,  is,  strictly  speaking,  unsoundness.  There 
arc  some  conditions,  however,  which,  though  they  are  not  absolutely 
sound,  do  no  harm,  and  these  should  be  mentioned  with  a  view  of  quali- 
fying the  certiticate.  Under  this  head  will  come  splints,  when  not  near 
the  knee  ;  feet  that  show  the  previous  existence  of  corns,  but  having 
none  at  present ;  and  curbs,  when  old,  as  these,  though  objectionable,  do 
not  often  hurt  a  horse  for  work,  either  fast  or  slow.  The  previous  exis- 
tance  of  fistulous  withers,  if  entirely  cured  and  sound  at  present,  is  not 
unsoundness  ;  but  marks  of  poll-evil  would  make  an  animal  objectiona^ 
ble,  as  it  indicates  a  tendency  to  rear  and,  perhaps,  to  fall  backwards, 
throwing  the  head  violently  upwards,  etc. 

IV.    The  Seller's  Guarantee  shoiild  cover  Vices. 

The  seller  shouUl  guarantee  a  horse  free  from  vice  as  well  as  sound, 
for  vices  cannot  always  be  detected,  even  by  the  most  critical  examina. 
tion.  Under  such  a  guarantee,  a  cribbcr ;  a  windsucker;  a  kicker, 
either  in  the  stall  or  harness  ;  one  that  pulls  back,  and  breaks  the  halter, 
and  a  shyer,  are  all  returnable. 

In  case  of  any  departure  whatever  from  an  absolutely  healthy,  natural 
condition,  the  surgeon,  in  justice  to  himself  as  well  as  his  client,  should 
state  his  opinion  as  to  how  much  the  defects  noticed  are  likely  to 
depreciate  the  value. 


CHAPTER  XXVIL 


POISONS  AND  THEIR  ANTIDOTES. 


i.      GENERAL  RULES. II.     POISONING  FROM  DRUGS,  MINERALS,  ETC. III.     POISON- 
ING WHILE    GRAZING IV.      POISONING   OF   THE    SKIN. V.      POISONING    FROM 

STINGS. VL    THE  LOCO-WEED  DISEASE. 

I.    General  Rules. 

Horses  are  frequently  poisoned,  sometimes  by  eating  noxious  plants  oi 
by  getting  hold  of  poisonous  substances  left  about  the  stable  ;  sometimes 
by  malicious  persons,  from  motives  of  revenge  toward  the  owner,  or  to 
advance  some  personal  interest ;  and  sometimes  by  overdoses  of  strong 
drugs.  It  is  well,  therefore,  to  know  some  of  the  more  common  i)oisons, 
with  their  modes  of  action  and  their  antidotes  ;  and  it  is,  of  course,  ex- 
tremely desirable  to  be  able  to  find  and  use  suital)le  remedies  with  the 
least  possible  delay,  since  the  loss  of  only  a  few  minutes  will,  in  some 
cases,  cost  the  animal's  life.  A  few  general  directions,  like  the  following, 
it  will  pay  the  reader  to  commit  to  memory,  and  thus  have  them  at  in- 
stant command: — When  the  animal  is  poisoned  by  an  alkali,  give 
him  an  acid,  such  as  vinegar,  &c.  For  poisoning  by  an  acid,  give  an 
alkali,  such  as  bi-earbonate  of  soda  (baking  soda.)  Both  the  articles 
here  specified  are  nearly  always  on  hand. 

II.    Poisoning  from  Drugs,  Minerals,  etc. 

^comYe  is  frequently  given  in  overdoses,  causing  profuse  perspiration  ; 
spasms  of  the  glottis,  seen  in  the  continual  swallowing  when  there  is  noth- 
ing to  swallow ;  congestion  of  the  lungs,  with  difficult  breathing ;  gas- 
tro-enteritis  (inflammation  of  the  stomach  and  bowels)  ;  and  quick  pulse, 
gradually  becoming  imperceptible.  Give  strong  coffee,  in  pint  doses, 
every  fifteen  minutes  till  relieved. 

Ay^senic  is  sometimes  got  hold  of.  It  is  a  corrosive,  'rritant  poison,  caus- 
ing diarrhoea,  mucous  discharge  from  the  eyes  and  nose,  a  quick,  wiry 
pulse,  and  injected  mucous  membranes.  Iron  sesqui-oxide  (iron  rust)  is 
the  best  chemical  antidote.  It  is  prepared  by  dissolving  copperas  and  bi- 
carbonate of  soda  in  water,  separately,  and  mixing  the  two  solutions, 
when  the  iron  rust  will  fall  to  the  bottom.  Wash  it  with  warm 
water,  put  in  a  bottle,  and  give  three  or  four  tablespoonfuls  every  ten 
or  fifteen  minutes.     Being  insoluble,  it  will  have  to  be  washed  down  the 

56X 


562 


CrCLOPEDiA  OF  LrrE  STOCK  AND  CX)MPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


auimal's  throat   with  plenty  of  water  from  the  bottle.     In  the  absence 
of  this  remedy  give  eggs,  oils,  milk,  powdered  charcoal,  or  blue  clay. 

Aloes  in  large  doses  is  poisonous.  It  produces  diarrhoea  and  supcrpur- 
gation  ;  dryness  of  the  mouth  ;  yawning  and  straining  ;  quick,  hard  pulse, 
gradually  becoming  imperceptible;  injected  mucous  membranes;  and, 
sometimes,  irritation  of  the  kidneys.  Give  powdered  ipecacuanha,  in 
half  drachm  doses,  every  hour;  starch  gruel,  internally,  and  enemas 
(cold)  of  the  same,  with  one  ounce  of  laudanum  in  each  injection,  re- 
peating both  gruel  and  enemas  every  hour  ;  opium,  in  drachm  doses,  every 
four  to  six  hours  ;  chalk  ;  port  wine  ;  and  hot  fomentations  to  the  belly. 


GASTUO-ENTEKITIS. 
Appearance  of  a  horse  suffering  from  inflammation  ot  the  stomach  and  bowels. 


Ammonia,  carbonate,  xa  sometimes  given  in  too  large  doses  or  not  suffi' 
ciently  diluted,  when  the  mouth,  throat  and  stornach  become  burned  and 
blistered,  and  salivation  follows.  Give  olive  oil  in  doses  of  two  or  three 
tablespoonfuls,  five  or  six  times  a  day  ;  also,  milk  and  eggs. 

Belladonna  is  a  favorite  remedy  with  some,  and,  Avhen  much  used,  is 
apt  to  be  given  carelessly  and  in  too  large  doses,  giving  rise  to  dilatation 
of  the  pupils,  narcotism  (stupor),  swelling  of  the  head,  and  delirium.  On 
post  mortem  examination,  the  blood  will  be  found  fluid  ;  and  decomposi- 
tion sets  in  early.  Apply  mustard  to  the  chest,  and  cold  to  the  head ; 
give  milk  and  linseed  oil — a  pint  of  each,  mixed, — and  gentle  exercise. 

Bryony  is  often  given  with  aconite.  Over  doses  cause  gastro-enteri- 
tis  ;  liquid  fceces  ;  scanty,  bloody  urine  ;  and  a  quick,  almost  impercepti- 
ble pulse.  Give  a  pint  each  of  milk  and  linseed  oil,  mixed,  with  an 
ounce  if  laudanum  in  it ;  starch  gruel  injections,  with  an  ounce  of  lauda- 
num in  each  one  ;  and  hot  cloths  to  the  loins. 

Calomel  is  a  corrosive,  irritant  poison,  causing  a  discharge  of  black 
offensive  foeces,  diarrhoea,  and  great  depression.  Give  opium,  in  drachm 
doses,  three  times  a  day  ;  also  use  flaxseed  tea. 


POISONS    AND    THEIR    ANTIDOTES.  563 

Cantharides  is  a  narcotic,  irritant  poison,  causing  gastro-enteritis,  great 
irritation  and  inflammation  of  urino-genital  organs,  imperceptil)le  pulse, 
and  injected  mucous  membranes.  Give  a  jiint  of  linseed  oil,  which  fol- 
low, after  an  hour,  with  large  quantities  of  flaxseed  tea  or  mucilage ; 
apply  hot  cloths  to  the  loins  ;  give  starch  gruel  and  laudanum  injections  ; 
and  oi)ium,  in  drachm  doses,  three  or  four  times  a  day. 

(Jhlovoform  is  a  narcotic  poison.  It  causes  a  slow  jjulse  ;  slow,  heavy 
breathing  ;  insensibility  to  pain  ;  muscular  twitcliings  ;  dilatation  of  the 
[)upils  ;  foaming  at  the  mouth  ;  and  stupor.  Throw  cold  water  over  the 
animal  ;  raise  and  lower  the  fore  legs  continuously  ;  pound  the  chest  to 
induce  respiration  ;  use  bellows  in  the  nostrils  ;  and  give  sweet  spirits  of 
nitre,  in  ounce  doses,  at  intervals  of  half  an  hour,  till  two  or  three  doses 
have  been  given. 

(Jhloval  Hydrate  is  similar,  ))()th  as  to  its  effects  and  antidotes,  to 
chloroform 

Croton  Oil  is  an  acrid,  irritant  jjoisoii.  It  may  be  either  swallowed  or 
absorbed  from  the  skin,  and  causes  gastro-enteritis,  drastic  pur<ration, 
and  great  prostration.     The  treatment  is  that  for  superpurgation. 


DRASTIC   POISONING. 

Characteristic  appearance  and  action  of  a  horse  suffering  irom  this  cause- 

Copper  Sulphate  is  a  corrosive,  irritant  poison,  bringing  on  gastro- 
enteritis and  diarrhoea;  ulceration,  perforation  and  thickening  of  the  mu-= 
cous  membranes  ;  quick,  hard,  almost  imperceptible  pulse  ;  and,  near 
smelting  works,  emaciation,  paralysis  and  exostotic  disease  of  the  joints. 
These  latter  symptoms  characteiigg  tliQ  chronic,  slow  poisoning  resulting 


564  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOB. 

from  grazing  in  the  vicinity  of  these  works,  and  inhaling  the  con- 
densed fumes  or  eating  the  poison-tainted  grass  ;  and  the  remedy  is  self- 
suggestive,  viz  :  to  remove  to  a  greater  distance  from  the  works.  In  the 
acute  i)oisoning,  give  a  pint  of  linseed  oil,  eggs,  soap  in  small  quantities, 
and  milk,  or  flaxseed  tea. 

Corrosive  Sublimate  is  frequently  got  hold  of  m  the  form  of  rat- 
poison,  and  is  a  corrosive,  irritant  poison,  causing  gastro-enteritis, 
erosion  of  the  nmcous  membranes  of  the  stomach  and  bowels,  fcetid 
dian-hoea,  salivation,  foetid  breath,  quick,  weak  pulse,  and  yellow 
appearance  of  mucous  membranes.  Give  eggs  and  milk  in  large  quanti- 
ties, with  occasional  doses  of  opium — a  drachm  at  a  dose. 

Ergot  of  Rye  ^s  a  fungus  that  grows  on  rye  and  other  kinds  of  grain, 
and  which  is  developed  on  low,  undrained  soils  by  long  continued  damp 
weather.  Large  doses  cause  narcotism,  colic,  diarrhoea,  and  perverted 
nervous  action  ;  impairs  the  appetite  ;  induces  weakness  and  wasting,  and 
serous — sometimes  bloody — discharges  from  the  mucous  surfaces  ;  and  in 
a  bad  case,  oedema  and  gangrene  of  the  ears,  tail,  and  even  the  limbs. 
Give  a  pint  of  linseed  oil,  following  it  with  large  quantities  of  flaxseed 
tea,  and  give  a  drachm  of  opium  three  or  four  times  a  day. 

Ferrum  Sulphas,  (sulphate  of  iron),  is  a  corrosive,  irritant  poison, 
causing  the  same  symptoms  as  sulphate  of  copper.  Give,  as  an  antidote, 
galls,  powdered,  half  an  ounce;  or,  bi-carbonate  of  soda,  an  ounce. 
After  a  few  minutes,  give  large  quantities  of  flaxseed  tea.  Repeat  the 
entire  treatment  every  few  hours. 

Nux  Vomica  is  an  irritant  poison,  manifesting  itself  by  tetanic  spasms 
and  general  convulsions  ;  convulsions  of  the  diaphraghm,  causing  labored 
breathing;  and,  sometimes,  asphyxia.  Give  hydrated  chloral  in  doses  of 
half  an  ounce,  every  two  hours,  with  occasional  doses  of  opium  ;  also, 
employ  galvanism  when  practicable. 

Opium  is  a  narcotic  poison,  producing  partial  or  total  paralysis,  stu- 
por, stertorous  (lal)ored)  breathing,  slow  pulse  and  contracted  pupil. 
After  death,  the  l)lood  is  fluid,  and  decomposition  sets  in  early.  Shower 
with  cold  water,  give  tannin,  half  a  drachm,  and  an  occasional  dose  of 
sweet  spirits  of  nitre — half  an  ounce  at  a  time  ;  and  force  the  animal  to 
take  exercise. 

Lead,  in  all  its  forms,  is  a  corrosive,  irritant  poison,  which,  in  acute 
cases,  produces  violent  constipation,  delirium,  colicky  pains,  tremor  of 
the  muscles,  and  gastro-enteritis.  In  chronic  eases,  where  the  symptoms 
develope  slowly,  there  will  be  noticed  what  is  called  Plumbism — exos- 
totic  deposits,  anchylosis  of  the  joints,  paralysis,  staring  coat,  a  blue  line 
around  the  gums,  emaciation,  quick  and  wiry  pulse  ;  with  fojces  black, 
glazed  and  foetid,  the  abdomen  tucked  up,  and  constant  moaning.     Give 


POISONS    AND   THEIR   ANTIDOTES.  565 

opsoni  suits,  two  to  four  ounces  ;  after  an  hour,  give  iodide  of  potash, 
two  or  three  drachms  ;  accompany  these  with  occasional  doses  of  opium 
in  drachm  doses  ;  put  mustard  paste  to  the  belly  ;  and  use  large  quanti- 
ties of  flaxseed  tea, 

Nitrate  of  potash,  in  large  doses,  is  an  irritant  poison,  causing  gastro- 
enteritis, (with  vomition  in  pigs),  injected  membranes,  inflammation  of 
the  gullet,  colic,  etc.,  and  it  has  a  powerful  sedative  action  on  the  heart. 
Give  linseed  oil,  and  follow  it  with  flaxseed  tea  and  whisky;  put  mus- 
tard paste  to  the  belly  and  over  the  gullet. 

Common  salt  (or  sodium  chloride  ) ,  in  large  quantities,  acts  as  a  corrosive, 
irritant  poison,  causing  gastro-enteritis,  injected  mucous  membranes, 
diarrhcea,  weak  and  irritable  pulse  and  excessive  thirst ;  also  vomition  in 
dogs  and  pigs.  Give  milk  and  eggs,  with  a  drachm  of  opium  every  three 
or  four  hours  ;  if  there  is  abnormal  pain,  apply  mustard  paste  externally. 

Sulphur  is  an  irritant  poison,  causing  diarrhoea,  gastro-enteritis,  ema- 
ciation, and  ebullitions  of  sulphuretted  hydrogen  gas  from  the  anus, 
(foul  wind-breaking).  Give  a  dose  of  oil,  with  opium  ;  also  starch  gruel, 
both  internally  and  as  an  injection. 

Strychnia  is  to  be  treated  for  the  same  as  nux  vomica. 

Turpentine  is  an  irritant  poison,  causing  gastro-enteritis,  strangury  of 
the  kidneys,  quick  and  hard  pulse,  diarrhcea,  and  a  violet  odor  and  high 
color  to  the  urine.  Give  a  small  dose  of  oil,  with  opium,  starch  gruel, 
and  laudanum,  both  internally  and  as  an  injection  ;  put  hot  cloths  to  the 
loins. 

Wliite  Hellebore y  (yeratimm  album)  is  an  irritant  poison,  causing  vomi- 
tion in  dogs  and  pigs  ;  in  the  horse,  intermittent  pulse,  gastro-enteritis, 
diarrhoea,  spasms  of  the  superficial  muscles,  salivation  and  great  prostra- 
tion. It  is  liable  to  be  absorbed  from  the  skin  as  well  as  taken  internally, 
doing  the  same  amount  of  damage  in  either  case.  Give  eggs  and  milk  in 
large  quantities,  and  small  doses  of   olive   oil  and  sweet  spirits  of  nitre. 

m.    Poisoning  While  Grazing. 

Acorns  when  eaten  in  large  quantities,  cause  gastro-enteritis  ;  consti- 
pation, followed  by  fluid  foeces  ;  offensive  breath  ;  glazed  eyes  ;  quick, 
wiry  pulse  ;  discharges  from  the  nose  ;  and  gnashing  of  the  teeth.  Post 
mortem  examination  discovers  acorns  in  the  stomach  ;  inflammation  of  the 
coats  of  that  organ  and  of  the  bowels  ;  and,  sometimes,  ecchymosis  and 
gangrene.  Ir;  the  case  of  cattle,  rumenotomy  must  be  performed  to 
remove  the  undigested  acorns.  For  horses,  etc.,  give  oil  and  gruel,  ^Wth 
laudanum,  and  follow  these  with  gentian  root,  in  two  to  four  drachm 
doses,  three  times  a  day. 


566       CYCLOPfSDiA  OP  i,nrE  stock  Ann  ooupiuEnnEi  stock  doc?pob. 

Copper  sidpliate  jwi'soning,  in  its  ciironic  form,  from  grazing  neai 
smelting  works,  has  been  considered  in  the  previous  section. 

The  tobacco  plant  is  a  narcotic;,  irritant  poison,  causing  gastro-enteritis, 
convulsions,  metastatic  inflammation,  contracted  pupil,  sweating,  inter- 
mittent pulse,  diarrhoea,  stertorous  breathing,  and  stupor.  Treat  the 
same  as  for  opium. 

Sumach,  or  Poisonous  Oak,  is  an  acrid  poison,  causing  gastro-enteritis. 
etc.     Give  oil,  oi)ium  and  flaxseed  tea. 

Lobelia  is  an  acrid,  narcotic  jxjison,  causing  salivation,  gastro-enteritis, 
feeble  pulse,  convulsions,  and  stupor,  (iive  oil,  opium  and  mild  stimu- 
lants. 

IV.  Poisoning  of  the  Skin. 

Vegetable  poisoning  of  the  skin  is  not  an  uncommon  occurrence,  from 
the  nose  or  lips  of  the  aninial  coming  in  contact  with  some  noxious  weed 
or  plant  while  grazing.  There  are  many  such  plants,  besides  the  poison 
oak  and  white  hellebore  noticed  in  the  i)receding  section,  such  as  poison 
ivy  (or  poison  vine),  hemlock,  St.  John's  wort,  etc.  The  symptoms  of 
such  poisoning  correspond  very  nearly  to  those  manifested  in  the  human 
economy  from  the  same  cause,  and  which  every  one  living  in  the  coun- 
try is  familiar  with.  The  treatment  is  both  constitutional  and  local, — the 
former  bj'^  the  use  of  alteratives,  together  with  such  purgatives  as  may  be 
required  to  keep  the  bowels  moderately  loose  ;  the  latter,  by  washing  the 
irritated  surface  with  a  solution  of  sugar  of  lead,  or  other  cooling  and 
healing  wash. 

V.  Poisoning  from  Stings. 

In  many  sections,  every  farmer  is  lial)le,  in  the  summer  season,  to 
have  his  team  severely  stung  by  hornets,  bumble-bees,  or  the  like  ;  while 
in  the  Southwest,  the  torture  inflicted  on  stock  by  the  swarms  of  certain 
gnats  and  poisonous  flies  is  fairly  maddening.  Then,  too,  a  stock  man  in 
the  latter  section  is  almost  sure  to  occasionally  meet  with  such  urgent 
cases  as  rattlesnake  or  tarantula  l)ites, 

A  homely  remedy  for  the  sting  of  liees,  wasps,  etc.,  is  to  wash  with 
salt  and  water  ;  and  this  is  excellent,  in  ordinary  cases.  Onion  juice  is 
another.  For  severe  cases,  it  will  be  better  to  anoint  the  parts  Avith  a 
compound  of  hartshorn  and  oil, — three  parts  of  the  former  to  one  of 
the  latter;  or  spirits  of  turpentine  and  laudanum,  in  equal  parts,  will 
afford  relief.  It  will  be  a  good  idea,  if  the  irritation  is  very  great,  to 
sponge  the  whole  body  with  lime  water  or  a  weak  solution  of  soda,  and 
then  smear  with  linseed  oil. 

To  protect  against  gadflies,  wash  the  flanks  and  parts  most  likely  to 
be  attacked,  with  a  strong  infusion  of  the  green  bark  of  the  comraou 
elder. 


POISONS   AND   THEIR   ANTIDOTES.  5b7 

To  protect  against  buffalo-gnats,  etc.,  that  are  so  troublesome  in  the 
lower  Mississippi  regions,  smear  the  parts  they  most  affect  with  a  mix- 
ture of  tar  or  lard,  in  the  proportions  of  one  to  two,  respectively;  or 
instead,  with  equal  parts  of  petroleum,  lard  oil  (or  bacon  drippings), 
and  tar. 

For  the  bite  of  a  rattlesnake,  copperhead,  or  other  venomous  serpent, 
give  the  following  as  quickly  as  possible  : 

No.  90.  1  Teaspoonful  of  hartshorn, 

1  Pint  of  whiskey, 
y^  Pint  warm  water, 
Mix. 

Cauterize  the  wound  immediately,  with  an  iron  at  white  heat ;  and  keep 
the  adjoining  parts  constantly  wet  for  some  hours,  with  ammonia,  by 
means  of  a  sponge.  Unless  the  symptoms  are  urgent,  the  above  recipe 
may  be  made  up  with  half  a  pint  (instead  of  a  pint)  of  whiskey ;  but  in 
every  case  it  will  be  best  to  repeat  this  smaller  dose  every  hour,  till  relief 
is  obtained. 

Stings  of  centipedes,  scorpions  and  venomous  spiders,  (of  which  the 
tarantula  is  the  most  common),  should  be  treated  the  same  as  snake  bitei ; 
but,  in  these  cases,  it  is  not  so  customary  to  cauteriae. 
VI.  The  Loco-Weed  Disease. 

It  is  indeed  rare  that  the  domestic  animals  are  poisoned  by  anything 
but  poisonous  plants.  Occasionally,  however,  boiled  Linseed  Oil  is  given 
by  mistake,  or  horses  eat  Paris  green,  but  aside  from  this  practically  all 
stock  poisoning  is  the  result  of  eating  one  of  the  few  poisonous  plants 
that  are  found  in  nearly  every  pasture. 

Loco  Plants. — A  large  number  of  plants  have  been  called  by  the  name 
"loco  weeds,"  most  of  those  which  were  suspected  of  being  poisonous  be-' 
longing  to  the  botanical  family  Leguminosae,  to  which  belong  also  the 
pea,  alfalfa,  and  other  similar  plants.  In  western  Texas,  western  Ne- 
braska, western  Kansas,  and  in  portions  of  eastern  Colorado  the  term  "loco 
weed"  was  applied  specifically  to  the  plant  known  to  botanists  as  Astraga- 
lus mollissimus. 

Loco  or  Crazy  Weed:  Is  a  ]jlant  on  the  plains  of  the  west,  from 
six  to  twelve  inches  high,  covered  with  minute  hairs  which  give  it  a  sil- 
very look.    It  remains  green  throughout  the  winter. 

The  animal  gets  a  mania  for  it,  becomes  unthrifty  and  dies  of  starva- 
tion. 

Treatment :  Keep  animals  away  from  it  and  feed  nutritious  food.  Cat- 
tle or  sheep  may  be  disposed  of  by  fattening. 

Sorghum:  The  information  concerning  sorghum  plant  poisoning  is 
comparatively  new,  and  there  are  many  points  concerning  which  more 
information  is  needed.  There  seems  to  be  plenty  of  evidence  that  stock, 
particularly  cattle,  may  be  poisoned  by  eating  sorghum  plants,  especially 
plants  that  have  been  stunted  by  drouth  or  grown  on  very  poor  soil. 


568  CYCLOPEDIA   OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK   DOCTOR. 

SyTYvptoms:  Those  who  have  hcod  a  chance  to  study  these  cases  report 
that  the  principal  symptoms  are  stupor,  jerking  of  the  muscles,  unsteady 
walk,  and  a  discharge  from  the  eyes.  The  pupils  are  frequently  dilated, 
and  skin  lacks  sensation.  As  the  poisonous  element  in  the  sorghum 
plant  is  prussic  acid,  death  results  very  rapidly  and  treatment  for  this 
reason  is  very  unsatisfactory. 

Prevention:  Sorghum  poisoning  is  most  liable  to  occur  when  stock  is 
first  turned  into  a  new  field.  Hence  the  trouble  can  usually  be  avoided 
by  first  putting  in  one  animal  for  a  few  hours.  If  no  harm  is  noticed 
then  the  entire  herd  can  be  turned  in  with  safety. 

Jointed  Rush,  Pine  Top,  Colt's  Tail,  or  Equisetum:  This  is  a  very 
common  weed,  growing  especially  on  damp,  sandy  or  gravelly  soils.  It 
is  probable  that  stock  is  poisoned  from  eating  hay  containing  this  plant 
much  oftener  than  supposed.  Horees  are  about  the  only  animals  poi- 
soned by  this  plant.  The  younger  ones  seem  to  be  more  susceptible  to  it 
than  the  older  ones.  Cattle  are  not  poisoned  by  it  at  all.  However,  this 
may  be  because  they  do  not  eat  it. 

^Symptoms:  The  horse  becomes  unthrifty  and  very  weak,  with  imper- 
fect control  of  the  hind  legs.  The  appetite  may  be  good,  but  the  horse 
seems  to  get  no  nourishment  from  what  it  eats.  He  refuses  to  lie  down 
until  very  late  in  the  history  of  the  case,  when  he  struggles  a  great  deal, 
and  finally  dies,  apparently  worn  out  from  exhaustion.  The  pulse  is 
slower  than  normal  until  very  late  in  the  case,  when  the  patient's  strug- 
gling causes  it  to  rise.  Old  horses  are  less  susceptible  to  this  form  of  pois- 
oning than  younger  ones.  Horses  having  good  grain  feed  seem  to  resist 
longer  than  those  that  are  insufficiently  fed.  The  poisonous  effects  of  the 
plant  seem  to  be  confined  entirely  to  the  dry  state ;  that  is,  stock  rarely  eat 
it  while  it  is  gromng  in  pastures.  For  this  reason  it  is  troublesome  only 
when  it  gets  in  the  hay. 

Treatment:  Administer  a  cathartic,  such  as  epsom  salts  or  raw  linseed 
oil.    Discontinue  using  hay  that  contains  the  plant. 

Wild  Cherry  Leaves:  There  are  several  varieties  of  wild  cherries  that 
cause  stock  poisoning,  the  most  common  being  choke  cherries  and  the 
common  black  cherries.  The  poisonous  principle  in  wild  cherry  leaves 
is  due,  as  in  the  above,  to  the  presence  of  prussic  acid.  The  young  sprouts 
that  come  up  around  the  tree  seem  to  contain  the  greatest  amount  of  this 
poison.  The  leaves  are  less  poisonous  when  wilted  than  when  green,  and 
when  entirely  dry  seem  to  be  perfectly  harmless.  For  this  reason  they 
seldom  give  any  trouble  in  the  hay. 

Symptoms:  The  symptoms  of  wild  cherry  poisoning  are  practically 
the  same  as  for  other  kinds  of  poisoning,  where  the  trouble  is  the  pres- 
ence of  prussic  acid.  There  is  a  very  weak  pulse,  difficult  breathing, 
frightened  expression  to  the  eyes,  with  very  prominent  eye-balls,  rapid 
breathing,  wth  sudden  death  from  paralysis  of  the  respiratory  organs. 
The  animal's  breath  generally  has  a  noticeable  peach  odor. 

Treatment:  If  the  animai  has  eaten  a  large  quantity  of  the  leaves, 
treatment  is  almost  useless.  It  may  be  well  to  administer  a  cathartic  as 
mentioned  in  the  above  treatment. 

Loco  Poisoning  ( Woolly  Loco,  Stemless  Loco)  :  Under  this  class  of 
poisoning,  we  have  two  separate  and  distinct  species.  The  Woolly  Loco, 
a  plant  that  is  found  growing  extensively  over  the  northwestern  plains 
v^Duntry,  is  silvery  white  in  color,  grows  8  to  10  inches  high,  with  an 
abundance  of  soft  foliage  springing  out  in  a  cluster  from  a  short  central 


POISONS   AND   THEIR  ANTIDOTES.  569 

stem,  close  to  the  ground.  The  flowers  are  pea-shaped,  and  usually  pur- 
ple. The  second  species,  known  as  the  Stemless  Loco,  is  found  in  prac- 
tically the  same  section  of  the  country  that  the  Woolly  Loco  is  found. 
In  appearance  the  two  plants  are  very  different.  In  the  latter,  the  leaf- 
lets are  longer  and  the  seed  has  but  one  cell  instead  of  two.  It  grows  very 
erect  with  few  branches. 

Symptoms:  The  symptoms  from  poisoning  by  either  one  of  the  above 
species  are  practically  the  same.  The  effect  of  this  poisoning  is  quite 
slow  in  making  its  appearance.  In  fact,  the  animal  has  acquired  the 
habit  for  the  weed  before  any  marked  symptoms  appear.  During  the 
first  stage  of  Loco  poisoning,  the  horse  seems  to  be  a  little  out  of  balance 
mentally,  and  the  eyesight  shows  symptoms  of  being  impaired.  After  a 
while  the  horse  becomes  so  fond  of  this  plant  that  he  seems  to  prefer  it 
to  other  food  which  he  might  easily  obUiin.  Care  must  always  be  exer- 
cised in  turning  horses  into  a  poor  pasture  that  contains  this  weed.  It  is 
generally  when  grass  is  short  that  the  stock  get  to  eating  it.  The  second 
stage  in  the  disease  is  characterized  by  a  long  period  of  general  wasting 
away,  both  in  strength  and  flesh,  the  animal  becoming  very  thin  and 
weak,  the  hair  is  dull,  and  the  expression  is  one  of  feebleness.  The  total 
period  of  illness  may  last  from  a  few  months  to  two  years. 

Treatm^ent :  As  yet  there  is  no  medicinal  treatment  that  gives  satisfac- 
tion. The  only  practical  and  satisfactory  treatment  is  to  remove  the 
affected  animal  from  the  pastures  containing  the  plant.  Generally  this 
is  sufficient.  However,  if  the  animal  has  nm  down  in  flesh  very  much 
it  may  be  necessary  to  give  a  tonic. 

Rattle  Box  (Crofalaria  Sagittalis)  :  This  is  an  annual,  growing  3  to 
8  inches  high.  The  plant  itself  is  hairy,  the  leaves  are  oval  or  lance 
shaped  with  very  short  stems.  The  flowers  resemble  those  of  the  common 
pea;  the  pods  are  very  dark  in  color  or  nearly  black,  and  about  an  inch  in 
length.  When  they  become  dry  the  seeds  seem  to  loosen  so  that  they 
rattle  when  shaken.  It  is  from  this  characteristic  that  the  plant  gets  its 
name.  This  plant  grows  in  damp,  sandy  soils,  and  over  a  very  large  sec- 
tion of  the  country,  especially  along  the  Missouri  River.  Some  seasons  it 
causes  a  very  serious  loss.  The  poisonous  principle  has  not  been  found 
as  yet  but  it  is  apparently  contained  in  both  the  seeds  and  the  leaves. 
The  greatest  loss  seems  to  occur  when  hay  containing  it  is  fed  to  the 
stock.  Seldom  giving  any  trouble  in  the  green  state,  as  it  is  found  in 
pastures. 

SymptoTYis:  The  symptoms  of  poisoning  from  this  plant  are  rather 
slow  in  developing,  death  coming  only  after  several  weeks  of  gradual  de- 
cline. The  only  two  prominent  symptoms  to  be  observed  are  sleepiness 
and  loud  and  difficult  breathing. 

Treatment:  The  treatment  for  poisoning  from  this  plant  is  very  un- 
satisfactory, aside  from  removing  the  cause,  either  by  eliminating  the 
plants  from  the  pasture  or  hayfield,  or  by  feeding  hay  that  is  known  not 
to  contain  it.  In  handling  cases  of  this  kind  it  is  advisable  to  give  the 
horse  a;  good  tonic. 

Wafer  Hemlock,  Wild  Hemlock,  Snake  Weed,  or  Spotted  Parsley :  This 
plant  is  an  erect  perennial  growing  3  to  6  feet  high.  The  stem  is  hollow, 
with  numerous  branches  and  rather  stiff  or  rigid.  The  flowers  are  white, 
growing  in  clusters.  This  plant  is  found  chiefly  on  damp  soils  all  the 
way  from  the  Atlantic  Coast  to  the  Rocky  Mountains.  The  poisonous 
principle  seems  to  be  an  oily  fluid  which  is  found  mostly  in  the  roots,  but 


570  CYCLOPEDIA   OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

other  portions  of  the  plant  also  contain  the  poison  to  some  extent.  It 
should  be  remembered  that  the  chief  danger  from  poisoning  comes  from 
the  roots  and  not  from  the  leaves  or  stem.  It  is  generally  when  the 
plant  has  been  pulled  up  by  the  roots  and  stock  gets  at  them,  that  the 
great  danger  occurs. 

Sym/ptoinu :  The  most  evident  symptoms  are  acute  pains  in  the  stomach 
and  intestines.  The  patient  shows  difficulty  in  walking,  with  a  tendency 
towards  convulsions  and  vomiting.  Poisoning  from  this  pLant  is  fatal  in 
nearly  every  case.  Great  care  should  be  exercised  that  stock  is  not  allowed 
to  get  at  it. 

Poison  Heinlock:  This  plant  Wfis  brought  to  the  United  States  from 
Europe  or  Asia.  It  is  now  naturalized  and  quit€  common  throughout  the 
entire  Eastern  and  Middle  States,  but  not  very  common  in  the  Mississippi 
Valley.  In  contrast  with  the  Water  Hemlock,  the  stems  and  leaves  are 
not  hairy  or  mealy,  but  perfectly  smooth.  The  stem  is  hollow,  more  or 
less  spotted  with  purple,  and  the  plant  is  a  biennial,  growing  from  2  to  7 
feet  high. 

The  leaves  of  this  plant  resemble  the  common  parsley  that  grows  in 
our  gardens,  and  the  flowers  that  appear  in  July  and  August  grow  in 
showy  white  clusters.  When  crushed,  the  leaves  have  a  disagreeable  flavor 
and  odor.  The  poisonous  element  in  this  variety  of  hemlock  is  a  volatile 
alkaloid  known  as  Conine,  found  principally  in  the  seeds  and  leaves.  The 
root  itself  is  not  very  dangerous  in  March,  April  and  IV'Iay,  but  becomes 
verv'  poisonous  later  in  the  season.  It  is  seldom  that  many  specimens  of 
this  plant  are  found  growing  in  the  same  field,  but  the  very'fatal  nature  of 
the  poison  makes  even  a  few  very  dangerous. 

Symptoms:  The  fii-st  indication  of  poisoning  from  hemlock  is  a  gradual 
but  steady  weakening  of  the  entire  system,  especially  a  loss  of  physical 
strength.  The  sight  of  the  animal  seems  to  be  affected,  but  the  mind  re- 
mains perfectly  clear.  Death  finally  results  from  paralysis  of  the  heart 
and  blood  vessels.  _  The  difference  between  poisoning  from  Water  Hem- 
lock and  from  Poison  Hemlock  consists  mainly  in  the  fact  that  convul- 
sions are  usually  noticeable  in  the  case  of  the  former,  while  in  the  latter 
they  never  appear.  In  cattle  the  symptoms  of  poisoning  from  Poison 
Hemlock  consists  principally  in  the  profuse  flow  of  saliva,  bloating,  lack 
of  appetite,  feebleness  and  weak  pulse,  and  severe  pain. 

Broad  Leaf  Laurel,  Mountain  Laurel,  Poison  Laurel,  Sheep  Laurel,  . 
Poison  Ivy :  This  attractive  shrub  grows  from  4  to  8  feet  high,  with  thick, 
shiny  leaves  and  rather  showy  pink  flowers ;  appearing  in  May  or  June. 
The  plant  seems  to  prefer  the  rough,  stony  hillsides  and  mountain  slopes 
of  the  Eastern  States.  The  poisonous  principle  is  in  all  portions  of  the 
plantwith  the  exception  of  the  wood.  Horses  are  poisoned  occasionally 
by  this  plant  but  the  main  losses  occur  among  cattle  and  sheep. 

Symptoms:  A  mild,  persistent  vomiting,  with  a  flow  of  saliva,  irregu- 
lar breathing,  impaired  sight,  dizziness,  and  a  difficulty  in  controlling  the 
limbs.  Later  in  the  course  of  the  disevose  the  respiration  becomes  irregu- 
lar, with  marked  symptoms  of  drowsiness  which  generally  passes  into 
complete  unconsciousness  and  finally  death. 

Treatment:  The  Department  of  Agriculture  suggests  as  a  treatment 
the  internal  use  of  one  per  cent  alkaline  solution  of  permanganate  of 
potash. 

Death  Cama  or  Lobelia:  In  certain  states,  especially  those  of  the  North- 
west^ a  very  serious  loss  of  stock  occurs  from  poisoning  by  this  plant.    It 


POISONS   AND   THEIR  ANTIDOTES.  571 

has  been  estimated  that  in  Montana  alone,  over  3,000  sheep  died  in  one 
year  from  this  cause.  The  Death  0am a  prefers  the  moist,  shallow  basins 
of  the  western  mountain  pastures  and  plains.  The  plant  itself  is  smooth, 
with  la  single  stem,  resembling  the  onion.  In  height  it  varies  from  6 
inches  to  3  feet.  Under  ground  there  is  an  onion-like  growth.  The  leaves 
dry  up  about  midsummer  and  after  this  the  danger  is  very  slight.  The 
flowers  form  a  cluster  and  are  yellow  or  yellowish  white.  The  poisonous 
principle  of  this  plant  apparently  resides  in  the  fresh  stem  or  bulb.  It  is 
owing  to  this  that  poisoning  seldom  occurs  after  the  leaves  are  dry  unless 
the  stock  get  at  the  bulb. 

Larkspurs:  There  are  quite  a  number  of  species  of  Larkspurs,  the 
majority  of  which  are  very  serious  when  considering  poisonous  plants. 
They  are  erect  herbs,  with  elongated  clusters  of  showy  blue  flowers.  It  is 
from  a  peculiar  projection  on  the  flowers  that  the  plant  gets  its  name. 

Symptoms:  The  symptoms  from  poisoning  by  this  plant  are  practically 
the  same  with  all  the  difl'erent  species.  The  symi)toiiis  resemble  aconite 
poisoning.  In  fact,  the  characteristic  alkaloid  of  the  larkspurs  is  similar 
in  many  respects  to  aconite.  The  effects  on  the  system  of  larkspur  poison- 
ing and  aconite  poisoning  are  practically  the  same.  The  most  noticeable 
symptoms  are  muscular  spasms  and  a  stiff,  irregular,  straddling  walk, 
with  persistent  swallowing  motions. 

Treatment :  Treatment  for  larkspur  poisoning  sliould  be  the  same  as  for 
aconite.  Belladonna  or  Atropia  (the  alkaloid  of  belladonna)  has  given 
very  satisfactory  results.  The  dose  of  atropia  given  with  hypodermic 
syringe  should  be  %  to  1  grain  for  cattle  and  hoi-ses  and  1-10  to  1-3  grain 
for  sheep. 

General  Treatment:  As  it  is  sometimes  difficult  to  determine  just  what 
particular  kind  of  plant  the  animal  has  been  poisoned  by,  it  will  be  ad- 
visable to  consider  a  general  treatment  for  all  kinds  of  plant  poisonings. 

Keej)  on  hand  an  ounce  each  of  Permanganate  of  Potash  and  Alumi- 
num Sulphate.  When  needed  these  should  be  dissolved  in  three  quarts  of 
wat«r,  care  being  exercised  that  all  of  the  drugs  are  in  solution,  as  other- 
wise they  will  settle  to  the  bottom  and  the  last  dose  will  be  too  strong.  The 
Alumiiuim  Sulphate  may  be  dissolved  in  the  three  quarts  of  water  and 
kept  on  hand,  tightly  corked,  but  the  Permanganate  of  Potash  should  not 
be  added  until  needed,  as  itr  deteriorates  very  rapidly. 

Dose  of  the  Above:  For  horses,  a  single  dose  of  the  above  solution  is 
4  ounces ;  cattle,  8  ounces ;  and  sheep,  1  ounce. 


CHAPTER  XXVIII. 
INSTRUMENTS,  APPARATUS,  AND  MEDICINES. 


L,     WHAT  INSTRUMENTS  TO  KEEP,  AND  HOW  TO  USE  THEM. II.     SUR^^ICA^ 

APPARATUS  AND  APPLIANCES. HI.     A  CHEAP  AND  SERVICEABLE  SUR- 
GICAL OUTFIT. IV.     VETERINARY  MEDICINES  AND  DOSES. V.     WHEN 

AND  HOW  OFTEN  MAY  THE  DOSE  BE  REPEATED? VI.     SIMPLE  DIREC- 
TIONS   FOR    PREPARING    AND    USING    MEDICINES. ^VII.      WEIGHTS    AND 

MEASURES. ^VIII.     STANDARD  REMEDIES  AND  THEIR  APPLICATION. 

I.    What  Instruments  to  Keep,  and  How  to  Use  Them. 

Bistoury. — For  making  incisions.  It  consists  of  u  handle  to  which  is 
attached  a  blade,  variously  shaped,  according  to  the  exact  use  intended, 
and  either  fixed  or  movable. 

Catheter. — Used  to  draw  off  the  contents  of  the  bladder  when  the 
horse  cannot  make  water  in  the  natural  way.  Also  used  in  treating  deep 
ulcers,  liquid  being  injected  through  them  by  uicans  of  a  syringe.  In 
veterinary  practice,  it  is  a  round  gutta  pcrcha  tube,  of  which  one  end  is 
open,  and  the  other  rounded  with  two  openings  at  the  side  near  by.  Oil 
well,  and  introduce  cautiously;  then  slowly  push  it  along  the  canal  or 
passage,  taking  care  to  occasion  no  unnecessary  pain. 

Firing-iron. — For  making  the  actual  cautery  (burning  with  red-hot 
iron),  which,  though  less  practiced  than  formerly,  is  still  useful  in  certain 
cases  elsewhere  specified.  It  is  a  heavy  iron,  with  a  blunt  edge  and  a 
nandle  to  hold  it  by. 

Fleam. — Strictly  speaking,  one  kind  of  lancet,  and  that  which  in  old 
times  was  alone  used  in  veterinary  practice.  The  manner  of  using  it  is 
fully  explained  in  the  article  on  bleeding.  The  incision  must  always  be 
made  lengthwise  of  the  vein. 

Forceps. — Used  for  extracting  splinters,  pieces  of  bone,  etc.,  and  in 
the  operation  of  lithotomy  and  lithotrity ;  also,  for  seizing  arteries  in 
order  to  tie  them.  They  are  simi:)ly  pincers  with  long  jaws.  Those  with 
a  spring  are  much  lO  be  preferred. 

Knives. — At  least  three  or  four  different  knives  should  be  kept,  and 
always  keen  and  bright,  for  surgical  purposes — some  rounded  and  others 
pointed  at  the  top.     (See  scalpel  and  shoeing-knife.) 

Lancets. — There  are  two  kinds,  thumb  and  spring  lancets,  these 
names  being  derived  from  the  power  that  operates  them .  They  are  a  great 
improvement  upon  the  fleam,  which  is  their  primitive  form.  We  give 
the  preference  to  the  thumb  lancet. 

572 


INSTRUMENTS,   APPARATUS,   AND   MEDICINE.  573 

Needles  {^surgical). — For  sewing  up  wounds,  etc.  They  are  of  different 
shapes  as  well  as  different  sizes.     (See  seton  needles.) 

Probang. — A  straight,  flexible  rod,  with  a  sponge  on  one  end,  for 
pushing  substances  down  the  throat,  in  cases  of  strangulation.  Two 
kinds  are  shown  in  the  cut  on  page  412. 

Probe. — For  exploring  wounds.  They  are  made  of  silver  wire  with 
one  end  slightly  knobbed,  and  of  different  sizes. 

Scalpel. — A  surgeon's  knife,  straight  and  keen  edged.  For  veterinary 
purposes,  it  should  be  broad  and  strong. 

Scissors  (curved). — Indispensable  for  trimming  the  edges  of  wounds, 
clipping  off  the  hair,  etc. 

Seton  needles. — For  drawing  setons  under  the  skin.  Their  blades  are 
broad  and  curved,  with  a  round  shaft  eighteen  inches  long  and  one  eye 
at  the  blunt  end. 

Shoeing-knife. — Sometimes  called  the  frog-knife  or  drawing  knife, 
being  the  knife  used  hy  blacksmiths  for  cutting  into  and  paring  the  hoof, 
in  horseshoeing.  It  is  a  thin  blade  with  a  sharply  curved  end,  fixed  in  a 
handle,  and  will  be  found  quite  useful  in  the  care  of  the  horse's  feet,  in 
health,  as  well  as  in  treating  the  same  when  diseased. 

Syringe. — There  are  regular  horse  and  cattle  syringes  now  procurable. 
For  giving  small  doses  of  liquid  medicines  one  that  can  be  worked 
with  one  hand  is  almost  indispensable.  The  old-fashioned  pail  and  india- 
rubber  pipe  is  a  clumsy,  yet  in  most  cases,  efficient  substitute  in  giving 
injections.  A  small  syringe  for  injecting  abscesses,  cleaning  wounds, 
etc.,  will  also  be  desirable. 

Trocar. — A  sim})le  surgical  instrument,  resembling  a  pointed  awl.  It 
is  now  generally  provided  with  a  cannula,  which  is  a  hollow  tube  enclos- 
ing it.  (See  cut  on  page  860.)  Its  uses  in  puncturing  the  abdomen, 
chest,  &c.,have  been  repeatedly  given  elsewhere,  the  cannula,  as  a  rule, 
being  allowed  to  remain  in  the  orifice,  as  a  channel  for  the  escape  of  the 
water,  serum,  or  gas,  as  the  case  may  be. 

II.    Surgical  Apparatus  and  Appliances. 

In  addition  to  the  instruments  described  in  the  last  section,  there  are 
various  apparatus  and  appliances  which  the  stock  owner  should  always 
keep  on  hand,  or  at  least  have  at  ready  command  in  case  of  need.  The 
following  list  will,  we  think,  be  found  sufficiently  complete  for  all  prac- 
tical purposes. 

Drenching  bottle. — This  is  now  generally  used,  instead  of  the  old-time 
drenching-horn.  It  should  hold  a  quart  at  least,  and  have  a  long  neck. 
A  champagne  or  ale  bottle  will  be  about  the  thing. 


574  CrCTLOPEDIA  OF  MVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOB. 

bobbles. — To  prevent  a  horse  from  kicking  ;  more  especially,  for  use 
m  casting.  (See  article  on  casting  in  cliui)ter  XXII  of  this  Part.) 
They  are  two  strong  ropes,  eacn  aoout  twenty-five  feet  long,  with  the 
same  number  of  strong  leather  straps,  doubled,  each  with  a  two  inch 
seam  between  and  a  strong  buckle.  It  requires  three  or  four  men  to  cast 
ahorse.  Put  a  loose  collar  on  the  horse,  and  fasten  both  ropes  securely 
to  the  bottom  of  it,  or,  better  (if  the  rope  is  long  enough),  loop  the  mid- 
dle to  the  collar.  Buckle  one  of  the  two  leather  stnips  tightly  on  each 
hind  pastern  ;  through  the  rings  or  D's  of  the  straps  pass  the  ends  of  the 
rope,  carrying  the  same  forward  through  the  collar,  for  the  assistants, 
(standing  well  ahead)  to  pull  away  at,  while  a  good  man  manages  the 
animal's  head.  To  prevent  kicking  (while  standing),  fasten  the  ends  of 
the  rope  to  the  collar,  after  drawing  sufficiently  tight. 

Ligatures. — Cords  or  strings,  most  commonly  silk  thread,  used  for 
tying  arteries  and  thus  preventing  or  stopping  hemorrhage.  Tie  with  a 
surgeon's  knot,  made  bypassing  one  end  around  the  other  twice  and  then 
drawing  tightly. 

Ifose-bag. — This  should  be  roomy,  and  be  kept  scrupulously  clean. 

Seton. — A  cord  or  small  roll  of  leather,  tape  or  cloth,  drawn  under 
the  skin  and  then  out  again  at  a  short  distance,  by  means  of  the  seton 
needle.  It  is  used  to  promote  and  keep  up  a  discharge  of  pus,  and  thus 
reduce  inflammation,  and,  the  better  to  secure  this  end,  it  is  soaked  with 
turpentine  or  smeared  with  some  other  irritant,  and  daily  turned  or 
drawn  forward  and  backward  through  its  channel.  Setons  have  almost 
entirely  superseded  the  old-fashioned  rowel,  which  is  a  ring  of  leather, 
suitably  prepared  and  pushed  down  into  a  pocket  made  in  the  skin. 

jSUngs. — These  are  well  illustrated  on  pages  294  and  338.  They  are 
not  so  difficult  to  make  as  many  imagine.  Take,  for  the  'girdle  which 
passes  under  the  horse's  belly,  a  broad  strip  of  leather  or  strong  canvass 
twenty-eight  inches  wnde  and  about  seven  feet  long,  stiffening  the  ends 
by  sewing  thorn  around  smooth  sticks  or  chunks  of  wood,  to  which  fasten 
very  strong  loops  of  rope.  Double  blocks  and  pulleys  being  attached 
to  these  loops  by  strong  ropes  passing  through  fixed  pulleys  over- 
head, the  animal  can  be  nearly  or  entirely  lifted  from  his  feet,  as  may 
be  desired.  This  girdle  is  kept  in  proper  position  by  suitable  breeching 
and  breast-straps  attached  to  it,  as  shown  on  page  338. 

Sponges. — From  four  to  six  of  these  should  always  be  at  hand,  of 
which  at  least  one  (a  small  one)  should  be  very  fine.  Their  sizes  should 
be  graduated,  the  largest  being  such  as  are  of  ten  used  for  washing  car- 
riages. 

Tents. — Like  setons,  these  are  suppuratives,  but  are  employed  in  the 
dresein^  of  wounds.  They  consist  of  pledgets  of  tow,  lint,  or  the  like, 
moistened  with  turpentine. 


INSTRUMENTS,    APPARATUS,    AND    MEDICINES.  575 

Twitch. — ^This  has  been  described  and  illustrated  in  the  chapter  on 
Operations.  One  should  be  kept  hanging  in  the  stable  constantly,  ready 
for  immediate  use. 

III.    A  cheap  and  serviceable  Surgical  Outfit. 

The  following  convenient  outfit  will  serve  the  purposes  of  the  great 
majority  of  horsemen,  and  can  be  selected,  at  very  moderate  cost,  from 
the  stock  of  any  surgical  instrument  dealer.  Most  of  the  instruments, 
in  fact,  can  be  bought  at  the  larger  drug  stores  of  cities.  Everything 
should  be  kept  together,  in  a  neat  wooden  box. 

1.  A  thumb  lancet,  and,  if  wished,  a  fleam. 

2.  A  pair  of  spring  forceps. 

3.  A  bistoury,  blunt  pointed.  The  slightly  curved  form,  with  the 
sharp  edge  on  the  inside,  is  considered  the  best  for  most  purposes. 

4.  An  aneurismal  (a  long,  blunt)  needle,  which  is  also  very  serviceable 
for  introducing  small  setons. 

5.  A  silver  probe. 

6.  A  shoeing  (or  frog)  knife. 

7.  A  pair  of  curved  scissors. 

8.  A  broad  scalpel,  for  which,  however,  any  straight,  broad-bladed 
knife,  with  a  keen  edge,  may  be  substituted. 

9.  A  seton  needle. 

10.  A  few  surgical  needles,  of  different  sizes  and  shapes  ;  some  white 
thread,  and  thin  cat-gut  or,  instead  of  the  latter,  fine  sewing  silk.  A 
leather  case  or  roll  will  be  needed  to  keep  these  articles  in. 

rv.  Veterinary  Medicines  and  Doses. 
The  following  list  comprises  the  principal  drugs  used  in  veterinary 
practice,  those  of  them  not  among  the  farmer's  own  stores  being  easily 
procurable  at  any  drug  store.  Many  of  these  it  will  be  advisable  to  keep 
always  on  hand, — say  enough  for  ten  doses, — everything  in  white  bottles, 
the  latter  well  corked  and  carefully  labeled.  Corrosive  subtances  it  will 
not  do  to  cork  ;  the  stoppers  must  be  ground  glass.  When  medicines 
have  been  kept  so  long  that  they  have  lost  their  strength,  they  should  be 
thrown  away,  and  replaced  with  fresh.  Old  compounds  not  likely  to  be 
used  again  soon,  ought  not  to  be  kept  with  the  other  medicines.  The  best 
plan  is  to  throw  them  away,  as  they  will  only  clutter  up  any  cupboard 
you  may  put  them  in,  and  ten  to  one,  even  if  you  want  to  use  the  same 
prescription  again,  you  will  decide  to  compound  it  afresh. 


576  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

Aconite,  tincture  of. — Sedative,  diaphoretic.  Horse,  10  drops  :  ox,  30 
to  40  drops  ;  sheep,  3  lo  5  drops. 

Alcohol.— StimuVdnt,  diuretic,  narcotic.  Horse,  ^  ounce  ;  ox,  3  to  6 
ounces  ;  sheep,  ^  ounce.     Locally,  a  cooling  astringent. 

Aloes,  Barbadoes. — Purgative.     Horse,  4  to  6  drachms 

Alum. — Astringent.  Horse,  2  to  3  drachms ;  ox,  3  to  4  drachms; 
sheep,  ^  to  1  drachm. 

Ammonia,  liquid. — Diffusible  stimulant,  anti-spasmodic,  antacid,  diu- 
retic. Horse,  ^  ounce  ;  ox,  ^  to  1  ounce  ;  shee^),  ^  to  1  drachm.  It 
should  be  well  diluted. 

Ammonia,  carbonate  o/.— Diffusible  stimulant,  anti-spasmodic,  ant- 
acid, diuretic.  Horse,  1  drachm  ;  ox,  4  to  6  drachms  ;  sheep,  ^  to  1 
drachm. 

Anise  seed,  caraimy,  cardamon,  fennel  seed. — Stomachic,  carminative. 
Horse,  1  ounce  ;  ox,  1  to  2  ounces  ;  sheep,  2  to  4  drachms. 

Arnica,  tincture  of. — Stimulant,  diuretic.  Horse,  1  drachm  ;  ox,  1 
drachm  ;  sheep,  1  scruple. 

Asafoetida. — Diffusible  stimulant,  carminative,  vermifuge.  Horse,  2 
drachms  ;  ox,  4  drachms  ;  sheep,  ^  to  1  drachm. 

Balsam  of  Peru. — Stimulant,  antispasmodic,  expectorant.  Horse,  1 
ounce  ;  ox,  1  to  1^  ounces  ;  sheep,  2  drachms. 

Borax. — Nerve  sedative,  uterine  stimulant.  Horse,  2  to  6  drachms ; 
ox,  I  to  1  ounce  ;  sheep,  -^  to  1  drachm. 

Blackberry  root. — Astringent.  Horse,  2  to  4  drachms  ;  ox,  ^  ounce  j 
sheep,  2  scruples. 

Camphor  {gum). — Antispasmodic.  Horse,  1  to  2  drachms  ;  ox,  2  to  4 
drachms  ;  sheep,  1  scruple. 

Carbolic  acid — Sedative,  anodyne,  astringent,  antiseptic,  disinfectant. 
Horse,  10  to  20  drops  ;  ox,  1  drachm  ;  sheep  10  drops. 

Cherry  bark,  ivild. — Expectorant.  Horse,  1  ounce  ;  ox,  1^  ounces  ; 
sheep,  3  drachms. 

Copaiva. — Stimulant,  diuretic,  expectorant.  Horse,  2  to  4  drachms  ; 
ox,  3  to  4  drachms  ;  sheep,  ^  to  1  drachm. 

Cream  of  tartar. — Diuretic.  Horse,  ^  ounce  ;  sheep,  4  to  6  drachms. 
Laxative :  horse,  5  ounces  ;  ox,  5  to  8  ounces  ;  sheep,  1  to  2  ounces. 

Ergot. — Checks  bleeding,  parturient.  Horse,  |  to  1  ounce  ;  ox,  1  ounce  ; 
sheep,  1  to  2  drachms. 

Iron,  peroxide. — Tonic.  Horse,  2  drachms  ;  ox,  4  drachms  ;  sheep,  1 
drachm.     An  antidote  to  arsenic. 

Laudanum. — Narcotic,  sedative,  anodyne,  antispasmodic.  Horse,  1 
to  2  ounces  ,  ox,  2  ounces  ;  sheep,  2  to  3  drachms.  The  druggist  calls 
this  tincture  of  opium. 


INSTRUMENTS,    APPARATUS,    AND    MEDICINES  577 

Lime,  chloride  of. — Checks  tympany,  disinfectant.  Horse,  2  drachms; 
sheep,  1  to  2  drachms. 

Linseed  oil. — Laxative.  Horse,  1  to  2  pints  ;  ox,  1  to  2  quarts  ;  sheep, 
I  pint. 

Lobelia. — Sedative,  antispasmodic,  expectorant.  Horse,  1  to  2 
drachms  ;  ox,  1  to  3  drachms  ;  sheep,  15  grains  ;  swine,  5  to  15  grains. 

Lunar  caustic  (^nitrate  of  silver). — Nerve  tonic.  Horse,  5  grains  ;  ox, 
5  to  8  grains  ;  sheep,  1  to  2  grains. 

Mallow. — Demulcent.     Give  freely  of  cold  infusion. 

Oak  bark. — Astringent.  Horse,  1  ounce  ;  ox,  2  to  4  ounces  ;  sheep,  4 
drachms. 

Olive  oil. — Laxative.  Horse,  1  to  2  pints  ;  ox,  2  to  3  pints  ;  sheep,  3 
'»  6  ounces. 

Opium. — Narcotic,  sedative,  anodyne,  antispasmodic.  Horse,  ^  to  2 
drachms  ;  ox,  2  to  4  drachms  ;  sheep,  10  to  20  grains. 

Pepper,  black. — Stomachic,  stimulant.  Horse,  2  diachms ;  ox,  3 
drachms  ;  sheep,  1  to  2  scruples. 

Peppermint. — 30  to  60  drops. 

Pumpkin  seeds . — Vermifuge,  taeniafuge  (tape-worm  medicine).  Horse, 

1  pint. 

Rhubarb. — Laxative,  tonic.  Horse,  1  ounce;  ox,  2  ounces;  sheep,  1 
drachm. 

Rosin. — Diuretic.  Horse,  2  drachms  ;  ox,  ^  to  1  ounce  ;  sheep,  2  to 
4  drachms. 

Soap.- — Diuretic,  antacid,  laxative.  Horse,  ^  ounce  ;  sheep,  2  to  6 
drachms. 

Sweet  spirits  of  nitre . — Stimulant,  antispasmodic,  diuretic,  diaphoretic. 
Horse,  1  to  2  ounces  ;  ox,  3  to  4  ounces  ;  sheep,  3  to  G  drachms. 

Tobacco. — Sedative,  antispasmodic,  vermifuge.  Horse,  4  drachms  ; 
ox,  4  to  6  drachms ;  sheep,  1  drachm. 

Tar. — Expectorant,  antiseptic.  Horse,  |^  to  1  ounce  ;  ox,  ^  to  2  ounces  ; 
iheep,  ^  ounce. 

Turpentine,  oil  of. — Stimulant,  antispasmodic,  diuretic.     Horse,  1  to 

2  ounces ;  ox,  1    to    1^  ounces ;    sheep,    1   to    2    drachms.     Vermifuge  : 
Horse,  2  ounces  ;  ox,  2  to  3  ounces  ;  sheep,  4  drachms. 

Valerian. — Diffusible  stimulant,  antispasmodic,  vermifuge.  Horse,  2 
ounces  ;  ox,  2  to  4  ounces  ;  sheep,  ^  ounce. 

Zinc,  sulphate  of. — Astringent,  tonic.  Horse,  ^  drachm  ;  ox,  2  to  3 
drachms  ;  sheep,  15  to  30  grains. 

V.    When  and  How  Often  may  the  Dose  be  Repeated  ? 
The  graduation  of  doses,  according  to  age,  condition,  etc.,  has  been 


578  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

explained  on  page  278.  We  add  the  following  general  directions  for  the 
reader's  guidance  in  repeating  the  dose. 

Alteratives. — Give  twice  or  thrice  daily. 

Anodynes. — Four  hours  apart  till  they  effect  their  object. 

Antispasmodics. — Same  as  anodynes. 

Diaphoretics. — Same  as  alteratives. 

Diuretics. — Two  to  four  hours  apart,  according  to  urgency  of  the  case. 

Emetics. — These  are  not  given  to  the  horse,  his  anatomy  being  such 
that  vomiting  is  not  possible.  For  other  animals,  repeat  every  five  or  ten 
minutes,  assisting  their  action  by  opening  the  mouth  and  irritating  the 
throat  with  a  feather. 

Febrifuges. — Two  to  four  times  daily, 

JSTarcotics. — Four  hours  apart  till  the  desired  effect  is  produced. 

Purgatives. — As  these  are  usually  very  powerful,  overdosing  must  be 
guarded  against,  by  waiting  till  the  first  dose  has  had  full  time  to  operate. 
This  will  be  not  less  than  thirty-six  hours  for  the  horse ;  twelve  to  fifteen 
hours  for  sheep  and  cattle  ;  and  seven  to  ten  hours  for  hogs.  Draughts 
of  lukewarm  water,  or  of  warm  gruel,  hasten  the  action  of  purgatives. 

Refrigerants. — Twice  or  thrice  daily. 

Sedatives. — Every  four  hours,  as  long  as  necessary. 

Stimulants. — Four  hours  apart  till  the  desired  effect  is  produced. 

Tomes.-— Twice  or  three  times  daily. 

VI.    Simple  Directions  for  Preparing  and  Using  Medicines. 

Balls. — ^Made  of  drugs  (in  powdered  form)  mixed  with  honey  or  molas- 
ses and  linseed  meal  to  about  the  stiffness  of  dough,  and  then  wrapped  in 
tissue  paper,  oiled  for  greater  ease  in  swallowing.  Care  must  be  taken 
not  to  make  it  too  large.  A  little  tliicker  than  a  man's  thumb  will  be 
rio-ht  for  horses  and  cattle.  The  ball  must  not  be  round,  but  cylindrical 
in  shape,  as  shown  in  the  cuts  given  in  Chapter  XXI,  of  this  Part. 

Drenches. — Made,  when  the  remedial  agent  is  itself  not  a  liquid,  either 
as  decoctions  or  as  infusions.  The  latter  are  made  with  either  cold  or 
hot  water.  Small  quanties  of  powdered  drugs  can  be  mixed  with  thick 
gruel  or  mucilage,  and  given  as  a  drench.  Directions  for  giving  drenches 
will  be  found  on  pages  279  and  544.  Care  must  be  taken  to  thoroughly 
dilute  strong  irritating  liquids,  so  that  if  held  in  the  animal's  mouth  for 
as  much  as  five  minutes,  it  will  do  no  harm.  There  are  some  liquids  of 
this  class,  as  oil  of  turpentine,  croton  oil,  etc.,  that  will  not  mix  with 
water,  and  hence  should  be  prepared  with  olive  or  linseed  oil,  or  milk 
'beaten  with  eggs  ;  or,  in  some  cases,  they  may  be  given  in  mucilage. 

Hypodermic  injections. — From  the  rapidly  increasing  use  of  these 
expedients   by  physicians,  there  seems  to  be  a  growing  disposition  to 


INSTRUMENTS,    APPARATUS,    AND    MEDICINES.  579 

employ  them  in  veterinary  practice  also.  They  can  only  be  administered 
with  a  hypodermic  syringe,  and,  as  a  rule,  ought  not  to  be  resorted  to 
without  the  advice  of  a  competent  surgeon. 

Injections  or  Enemas. — These  are  not  at  all  difficult  to  give,  especially 
if  one  has  a  regular  horse  syringe.  Patent  injectors  that  pump  in  the 
liquid  continuously  are  in  the  market.  (See  article  "Syringe,"  in  Section 
I,  this  chapter,) 

VH.  Weights  and  Measures. 
In  compounding  drugs  it  is  necessary  to  be  very  exact  as  to  weights 
and  measures.  The  druggist,  with  his  delicate  scales  and  expertness  in 
manipulation,  is  the  best  person  to  put  up  your  veterinary  prescription, 
if  it  is  otherwise  convenient  to  have  him  do  so.  Frequently  this  is  not 
the  case,  however,  and  we  therefore  recommend  farmers  to  provide  them- 
selves (as  can  be  done  at  small  expense)  with  a  pair  of  scales  and  a  meas^ 
uring  glass  for  liquids.  The  weights  for  the  former  should  be  accords 
ing  to  what  is  called  apothecaries'  weight,  instead  of  avoirdupois,  while 
the  glass  will  be  already  marked  according  to  wine  measure,  so  called. 


TABLE  OF  APOTHECARIES'  WEIGHT. 

20  grains  make  one  scruple, 
3  scruples  make  one  drachm, 
8  drachms  make  one  ounce, 

12  ounces  make  one  pound. 


TABLE  OF  WINE  MEAStJBE. 

60  minims,  or  drops,  make  one  drachm, 
8  drachms  make  one  ounce, 

16  ounces  make  one  pint, 
2  pints  make  one  quart, 
4  quarts  make  olc  gallon. 

Sufficient  accuracy  in  fluid  measure  for  anything  not  violent  in  ith 
action,  will  be  the  following: 

60  drops,  or  1  tea-spoonful,  make  1  drachm, 
4  tea-spoonfuls,  or  1  table-spoonful,  make  }4  ounce, 
2  table-spoonfuls  make  1  ounce, 
1  wine-glassful  makes  2  ounces, 
1  tea-cupful  makes  5  ounces, 
1  tumblerful  makes  y^  pint. 
1  tin-cupful  (commonest  size")  makes  1  pint. 

A  handful  of  flaxseed,  or  other  seeds  usually  innocent  in  their  nature, 

will  weigh  about  2  ounces ;  a  handful  of  leaves  or  dried  herbs  will  weigh 

about  1  ounce. 

VIII.  Standard  Remedies  and  their  Application. 

Ammonia,  Aromutic  Spirits  of. — Preparation  composed  of  Ammonium 
Carbonate,  Alcohol,  Aqua  Ammonia.  It  contains  a  perfume  that  kills  the 
odor  of  Ammonia.  This  is  one  of  the  best  Ammonia  preparations  for  in- 
ternal use.  Good  in  colics,  indigestion,  impactions,  etc.  Dose:  Horse,  ^/^ 
to  1  ounce ;  cattle,  1  to  2  ounces ;  sheep,  2  drachms ;  hogs,  1  drachm.  Dilute 
with  at  least  sixteen  times  its  amount  of  water. 

Ammonium  Chloride,  Sal  Ammoniac. — Used  as  a  mild  stimulant,  af- 
fecting principally  the  mucous  membrane,  such  as  the  linings  of  the 


580  CYCLOPEDIA   or  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE   STOCK   DOCTOR. 

throat,  nostril,  and  alimentary^  canal.  Used  in  cases  of  coughs,  colds,  etc. 
Dose:  Horse,  2  to  3  drachms;  cattle,  3  to  4  drachms;  sheep,  1/2  to  1 
drachm. 

Anise  Seed. — Stimulates  digestion  and  sweetens  the  stomach.  Also  used 
as  a  tonic  when  recovering  from  a  weakening  disease.  Dose:  Horse,  1 
ounce;  cattle,  1  to  2  ounces;  sheep,  2  to  4  drachms;  dogs  and  swine,  1  to 
2  drachms. 

Areca  Nut. — Is  made  from  the  ground  seed  of  a  palm.  Generally  used 
to  destroy  tapeworms.  Best  given  in  combination  with  Oil  of  Male 
Fern.    Diose:  Horse,  1/2  to  1  ounce;  sheep,  V2  ounce;  lambs,  2  drachms. 

Arnica,  Tincture  of. — Causes  sweating  and  reduces  fever.  Dose:  Horse, 
%  to  1  ounce;  cattle,  1  ounce;  sheep,  2  drachms;  swine,  1/2  drachm.  Also 
used  externally  as  a  liniment  for  sprains  and  bruises. 

Arsenic. — Commonly  called  White  Arsenic.  Is  a  heavy  white  powder 
and  very  poisonous.  Extreme  care  should  be  used  in  giving  it  to  ani- 
mals. Use  in  chronic  indigestion,  lung  disorders,  such  as  heaves,  and 
skin  disorders.  Dose :  for  a  horse,  2  to  5  grains ;  cattle,  4  to  7  grains.  In 
the  case  of  small  animals  it  is  best  to  use  it  in  the  form  of  Fowler's  solution 
as  it  is  more  safely  handled. 

Arsenic  {Fowler's  Solution). — A  slightly  milder  form  of  the  above,  and 
generally  preferable  as  it  is  not  quite  as  dangerous.  Used  as  a  tonic  for 
animals  recovering  from  very  weakening  diseases,  such  as  distemper. 
Dose:  Horse,  1/2  to  1  ounce;  cattle  1/2  to  1  ounce;  sheep,  1/2  to  1  drachm; 
swine,  5  to  30  drops. 

Asafetida,  Gum. — Used  for  colic,  indigestion,  constipation,  and  worms. 
Dose:  Horse,  2  to  4  drachms;  cattle,  4  drachms;  sheep,  1  drachm.  Can  be 
either  given  in  a  ball  or  dissolved  in  alcohol  and  then  diluted  in  water. 

Asafetida,  Tincture  of. — This  is  simply  a  solution  in  alcohol  of  the  gum 
and  is  used  for  the  same  diseases  as  the  above.  Dose:  Horee,  2  ounces; 
cattle,  3  to  4  ounces ;  sheep,  V2  ounce ;  swine,  1  to  2  drachms. 

Belladonna,  Fluid  Extract  of. — Used  in  fevers,  cramp  colic,  tetanus, 
caked  udder.  Small  doses  are  best,  and  full  doses  should  never  be  given 
often er  than  three  or  four  times  a  day.  Dose :  Horse,  1/2  to  1  drachm ; 
cattle,  1  drachm ;  sheep,  20  drops ;  swine,  3  to  8  drops. 

Benzoin,  Compound  Tincture  of,  (Friar's  Balsam.)  Chiefly  used  for 
healing  wounds.  Can  be  either  painted  over  the  wound  with  a  feather, 
twice  a  day,  or  mixed  with  lard  or  vaseline,  forming  an  ointment,  in  pro- 
portion of  one  part  of  Benzoin  to  four  or  five  parts  of  lard  or  vaseline. 

Biniodide  of  Mercury. — Is  used  chiefly  as  a  blister,  for  bony  enlarge- 
ments, such  as  spavins,  ringbones,  sidebones,  splints,  etc.  Should  al- 
ways be  mixed  with  lard  or  vaseline  to  the  proportion  of  1  to  2  drachms  of 
%he  drug  to  an  ounce  of  vaseline. 


INSTRUMENTS,  APPARATUS,   AND   MEDICINES.  581 

Blackberry  Root. — Is  an  astringent,  that  is,  it  causes  contraction  of  the 
vital  structures.  Dose  for  the  horse:  2  to  4  drachms;  cattle,  I/2  ounce; 
sheep,  40  grains. 

Borax. — A  white  powder  sometimes  used  as  a  mild  antiseptic.  Can  also 
be  used  internally.  Dose :  Horse,  2  to  6  drachms ;  cattle,  I/2  to  1  ounce ; 
sheep,  %  to  1  drachm. 

Boric  Acid. — A  non-poisonous  antiseptic.  Used  for  sore  mouth,  sore 
eyes,  rupe,  etc.    Used  in  solution  1  ounce  to  a  pint  of  water. 

Bromide  of  Potash. — Chief  use  is  to  quiet  the  nerves  in  diseases  like 
lock-jaw,  convulsions,  chorea,  etc.  Dose:  Horse,  %  to  1  ounce;  cattle,  1 
ounce ;  sheep,  1  drachm ;  swine  or  dogs,  i/4  drachm. 

Buckthorn — Cascara  Sagrada. — Used  mostly  as  a  physic  for  dogs  and 


drachms. 

Butter  of  Antimony. — Use  pure  as  a  caustic  to  burn  out  proud  flesh,  old 
sores  and  fistulse.  This  drug  is  very  powerful  and  must  not  be  allowed 
to  come  in  contact  with  live  flesh.  The  sore  must  be  dry  before  it  is  ap- 
plied.   Never  use  internally. 

Calibar  Bean,  Fluid  Extract  of. — Obtained  from  the  seeds  of  a  certain 
plant.  Used  for  colic,  impaction,  and  bowel  disorders.  Generally  com- 
bined with  Jaborandi.  Dose:  Horse,  I/2  to  1  drachm;  cattle,  1  to  2 
drachms ;  sheep,  20   to  30  drops. 

Calomel. — Used  internally  as  a  physic  to  expel  worms.  Externally  it 
may  be  dusted  on  old  sores  to  dry  them  up.  Dose ;  Horse,  Vo  to  1  drachm ; 
cattle,  1  to  2  drachms ;  sheep  and  swine,  5  to  20  grains. 

Camphor,  Gum. — Good  in  colic,  diarrhea,  coughs,  and  lessen  pain. 
Dose:  Horse,  1  to  2  drachms;  cattle,  2  to  4  drachms;  sheep,  1-3  drachm. 

Camphor,  Spirits  of. — This  is  a  solution  of  the  gum  in  alcohol  in  the 
proportion  of  one  part  of  the  gum  to  ten  parts  alcohol.  Dose:  Horse, 
V2  to  1  ounce;  cattle,  1  to  2  ounces;  sheep,  2  drachms;  swine  and  dogs,  10 
drops  to  1/2  drachm.  Generally  given  with  water.  Externally  it  is  some- 
times used  to  relieve  pain  in  the  case  of  sprain. 

Cantharides. — See  Spanish  Flies. 

Carbolic  Acid. — One  of  the  most  common  and  efficient  antiseptics.  As 
sold  by  druggists  it  is  a  colorless,  oily  liquid,  and  liable  to  turn  pink  on 
exposure  to  light.  In  treating  wounds  it  should  be  greatly  diluted.  A 
good  proportion  will  be  one  ounce  of  the  acid  to  a  quart  of  water.  This 
will  make  about  a  3%  solution.  It  is  a  very  active  poison  and  should 
be  used  with  care.  Used  occasionally  internally.  Dose:  Horse,  10  to  30 
drops;  hogs,  3  to  10  drops.    Must  be  well  diluted  with  water. 

Carrom  Oil. — This  is  a  mixture  of  Lime  Water  and  Linseed  Oil,  in 
equal  parts.  A  very  useful  preparation  in  treating  burns  and  wounds  of 
a  similar  nature. 


582  CYCLOPEDIA   OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE   STOCK   DOCTOR. 

Castor  Oil. — A  most  excellent  purgative,  and  it  can  be  used  where 
harsher  ones  would  not  be  advisable.  In  small  doses  it  may  be  combined 
with  laudanum,  making  an  excellent  remedy  for  scours.  Dose:  Horse, 
1  to  2  pints;  calves,  2  to  4  ounces;  sheep,  4  ounces;  swine,  2  ounces. 

Caustic  Potash. — This  is  a  very  strong  alkali  and  can  generally  be  pur- 
chased in  the  form  of  sticks.  Used  for  burning  out  warts  and  similar 
growths,  cauterizing  poisonous  wounds,  and  also  for  dehorning  calves. 
The  sticks  should  be  kept  in  well-corked  bottles  as  they  will  deteriorate  if 
left  in  contact  with  the  air.  Wet  the  sticks  before  applying  and  hold  with 
a  paper,  as  they  will  destroy  the  flesh.  The  burn  from  Caustic  Potash  is 
as  bad  as  an  acid  burn. 

Charcoal. — Is  a  mild  antiseptic.  In  a  finely  powdered  form  it  is  used  for 
dusting  wounds  and  sores.  It  is  used  in  a  great  many  stock  foods  and 
condition  powders.    Its  active  principle  being  to  neutralize  gases. 

Cherry  Bark,  Wild. — The  bark  of  the  roots  is  preferable  to  that  of  the 
tree  proper.  It  is  generally  given  in  the  form  of  an  infusion  or  cold  tea. 
Very  useful  in  all  disea.ses  of  the  digestive  tract. 

Chloral  Hydrate. — This  dnig  is  generally  used  to  lessen  pain  and  quiet 
the  nerves  of  the  patient.  Used  principally  in  hysteria  and  other  nervous 
diseases.  Dose:  Horse,  V2  to  1  ounce;  cattle,  1  to  2  ounces;  sheep,  1  to  2 
drachms;  hogs,  I/2  to  1  drachm. 

C^/oro/orm.— Stimulant,  anodyne  (relieves  pain),  anesthetic  (produces 
insensibility) .  Its  stimulating  effect  resembles  that  of  alcohol  but  is  less 
pronounced  and  more  temporary.  Chloroform  is  very  useful  in  colic  and 
other  spasmodic  conditions.  Should  be  given  internally  with  6  to  8  times 
its  bulk  of  raw  linseed  oil,  well  shaken  together.  Dose :  Horse,  4  to  8 
drachms  repeated  every  two  or  three  hours ;  sheep  and  hogs,  take  l^  to  1 
drachm. 

Chloride  of  Potash. — Is  used  internally  for  sore  throat  and  like  disord- 
ers; if  the  animal  cannot  swallow  the  solution  may  be  sprayed  into  the 
throat  with  a  syringe  or  placed  on  the  tongue  as  a  paste,  mixed  with  flour 
or  molasses.  Dose:  Horse,  1  to  2  drachms;  cattle,  2  to  4  drachms;  sheep, 
y2  drachm ;  swine  and  dogs,  V2  drachm. 

Copaiva,  or  Copaiba. — This  drug  comes  from  a  tree  native  to  South 
America.  It  is  a  stimulant  and  is  also  used  in  certain  catarrhal  condi- 
tions of  the  system.  Dose :  Horse,  2  to  4  drachms ;  cattle,  3  to  4  drachms ; 
sheep  1/2  to  1  drachm. 

Copperas,  Sulphate  of  Iron. — One  of  the  best  of  the  mineral  tonics. 
Also  used  as  a.  wash  for  wounds.  Excellent  internally  for  diarrhea.  One  of 
the  principal  ingredients  in  condition  powders.  Dose :  Horse,  1  drachm ; 
cattle,  2  drachms;  sheep,  20  grains;  swine,  10  grains. 

Corrosive  Sublimate — Bichloride  of  Mercury. — One  of  the  most  power- 
ful antiseptics  and  disinfectants  there  is.  The  general  proportion  to  be 
used  is  about  1  part  of  the  Corrosive  Sublimate  to  1,000  parts  of  water. 


INSTRUMENTS,  APPARATUS,  AND   MEDICINES. 


583 


One  drachm  of  Corrosive  Sublimate  to  1  gallon  of  water  will  make  about 
the  proper  proportion.  This  is  the  best  disinfectant  for  stables  and  farm 
buildings,  as  well  as  one  of  the  cheapest.  Great  care  must  be  used  in  hand- 
ling it  as  it  is  very  poisonous. 

Cream  of  Tartar. — Laxative  and  diuretic.  Dose:  Horse,  1/2  ounce; 
sheep,  4  to  6  drachms.    Not  used  as  much  as  formerly. 

Creolin. — Antiseptic  and  disinfectant.  This  is  one  of  the  cold  tar  prod- 
ucts. Very  valuable  in  treating  wounds,  scratches,  grease,  and  diseases  of 
a  like  character.  Is  used  also  to  destroy  parasites  of  all  kinds.  A  proper 
proportion  wall  be  1  to  3  parts  Creolin  to  100  parts  of  water.  It  should  be 
bought  pure  and  diluted  only  as  needed. 

Croton  Oil — A  powerful  purgative  that  should  only  be  used  when 
milder  means  have  failed,  as  in  impaction  of  the  ruman  and  in  diseases 
of  a  like  character.  Dose :  Horse,  15  to  30  drops ;  cattle,  1/2  to  1  drachm ; 
sheep,  5  to  10  drops;  swine  and  dogs,  2  to  3  drops.  For  horses  and  cattle 
it  should  be  given  in  a  pint  of  linseed  oil ;  for  sheep,  given  in  half  a  pint 
of  oil. 

Crude  Petroleum. — This  is  generally  used  in  making  hoof  oils  and  a? 
a  remedy  for  ringworm  on  domestic  animals.  It  is  a  very  cheap  and  effect- 
ive remedy. 

Digitalis,  Fluid  Extract  0/.— Used  in  weakening  diseases,  such  as  in- 
fluenza, distemper,  lung  troubles,  and  whenever  the  heart  is  weak.  It 
is  a  powerful  heart  and  lung  tonic.  It  is  also  sometimes  used  for  heaves. 
Dose:  Horse,  20  drops  to  V2  drachm;  cattle,  1/2  to  1  drachm;  sheep,  5  tc 
15  drops;  swine,  1  to  3  drops. 

Epsom  Salts. — Used  principally  as  a  purgative  for  cattle  and  sheep. 
Dose:  cattle,  1  to  3  pounds;  sheep,  2  to  4  ounces;  horse,  1/2  to  1  pound; 
hogs,  1  to  2  ounces.  This  should  be  administered  in  the  form  of  a  drench 
by  dissolving  the  salt  in  warm  water.    It  generally  acts  in  about  24  hours. 

Ether,  Sulphuric. — This  drug  is  used  about  the  same  as  Chloroform, 
that  is,  it  produces  insensibility  when  inhaled.  Ether  may  be  given  in- 
ternally as  a  stimulant  in  cases  of  colic,  indigestion,  etc.  Dose,  intern- 
ally: Horse,  V2  to  1  ounce;  cattle,  1  to  1^/2  ounces;  sheep,  2  to  4  drachms; 
hogs,  1  to  2  drachms. 

Erect. — Checks  bleeding  and  may  also  be  used  in  parturition  and  in- 
ternal bleeding.  Dose :  Horse,  1/2  to  1  ounce ;  cattle  1  to  2  ounces ;  sheep, 
1  to  2  drachms. 

Fowler's  Solution. — See  Arsenic. 

Gamboge. — Is  a  very  powerful  physic.  Used  mostly  for  cattle  where 
milder  remedies,  such  as  Salts  and  Castor  Oil,  have  failed.  It  is  generally 
given  in  combination  with  other  medicines. 

Gentian,  Fluid  Extract. — This  is  an  alcoholic  solution  of  Gentian  root. 
Used  as  a  tonic  during  recovery  from  a  debilitating  disease.  The  dose  is 
the  same  as  for  the  powder. 


584  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE   STOCK   DOCTOR. 

Gentian  Root  Powder. — This  is  a  bitter  tonic  that  is  used  very  exten- 
sively in  condition  powders  and  patent  stock  foods.  Dose:  Horse,  2 
drachms;  cattle,  4  drachms;  sheep,  1  drachm;  swine,  V^  drachm. 

Ginger. — A  mild  stimulant;  sweetens  the  stomach  and  neutralizes  gases. 
Is  used  in  combination  with  physic  drenches  to  prevent  griping;  also 
good  in  colic,  indigestion,  and  many  other  disorders  of  the  alimentary 
canal.  Dose:  Horse,  ^/^  to  1  ounce;  cattle,  1  to  2  ounces;  sheep,  2  drachms; 
pigs,  1  drachm. 

Glauber's  Salts  (Sulphate  of  Soda). — This  is  an  excellent  purgative  for 
cattle  and  sheep.  The  action  same  as  Epsom  Salts,  only  not  quite  as  cer- 
tain. Dose:  Cattle,  1  to  l^/^  pounds;  sheep,  2  to  4  ounces.  Dissolve  in 
water  and  give  as  a  drench. 

Glycerine. — Used  externally  to  soften  the  skin.  Two  to  4  ounces  in 
warm  water  makes  an  excellent  injection. 

Hyposulphite  of  Soda. — Antiseptic  and  deodorant.  Especially  valuable 
for  internal  administration.  Used  to  check  fermentation  in  the  stomach 
and  intestines,  therefore  valuable  in  conditions  of  diarrhea,  indigestion, 
and  bloat.  This  drug  is  readily  soluble  in  water  and  should  be  given  as  a^ 
drench.  Dose:  Horse,  2  to  4  ounces;  cattle,  4  to  6  ounces;  sheep,  i/o  to 
1  ounce. 

Iodide  of  Potash. — When  given  internally  it  acts  a.s  an  absorbent.  Used 
in  dropsy  of  the  belly  or  chest  to  absorb  the  fluids  that  have  accumulated 
there.  May  also  be  used  where  there  is  a  thickening  about  the  throat,  legs, 
or  milk  glands.  Care  must  be  exercised  in  its  use,  as  it  will  produce  a  con- 
dition in  the  system  known  as  iodism ;  animal  goes  off  feed,  hair  becomes 
rough,  skin  harsh  and  wrinkled,  and  a  discharge  is  seen  in  the  eyes  and 
nose.  If  these  symptoms  appear,  discontinue  its  use  for  a  short  time.  Dose : 
Horse,  i/^  to  1  drachm  twice  a  day ;  cattle,  1  to  2  drachms. 

Iodine,  Tincture  of. — Seldom  used  internally.  Externally  used  as  a 
blister  to  reduce  enlarged  glands,  wind  puffs,  etc.  Paint  the  parts  once  a 
day  until  a  blister  is  formed,  then  grease  and  let  it  heal.  When  healed 
wash  the  affected  parts  with  soapy  water  and  repeat  the  blister.  Continue 
this  until  cured.  It  may  also  be  injected  into  old  sores  and  fistulse  once  in 
two  or  three  days.    Sometimes  used  to  destroy  ringworms. 

Iodoform. — Used  generally  for  local  or  external  application.  Is  a  de- 
odorizer and  prevents  infection  in  wounds.  As  a  local  antiseptic  it  is  very 
useful  in  dressing  wounds,  especially  after  they  have  commenced  to  heal. 
May  be  used  alone  or  mixed  with  twice  its  bulk  of  boracic  acid. 

Iron  Peroxide. — Used  as  a  tonic  in  certain  diseases,  also  as  an  antidote 
for  arsenic  poisoning.  Dose:  Horse,  2  drachms;  cattle,  4  drachms;  sheep, 
1  drachm. 

Jaborandi,  Fluid  Extract. — This  is  a  product  of  a  certain  plant.  Its 
use  stimulates  secretions  of  the  glands  of  the  stomach.  Good  for  colic  and 


INSTRUMENTS,  APPARATUS,  AND  MEDICINES.  585 

impactions.  Dose:  Horse,  2  to  4  drachms;  cattle,  Y2  to  1  ounce;  sheep, 
1/2  to  1  drachm. 

Kerosene. — Internally  it  is  used  for  stomach  worms.  Externally  it  may 
be  made  into  an  emulsion  with  soap  and  used  to  kill  parasites,  such  as  lice, 
ticks,  etc.  Internal  dose  for  lambs:  1  to  2  drachms  in  4  ounces  of  oil  or 
milk. 

Lard. — May  be  used  in  place  of  vaseline.  When  used  fresh  on  irritated 
skin  it  has  a  softening  and  soothing  effect.  It  may  be  also  given  internally 
as  a  purgative  for  small  animals.  Melt  and  give  1  to  8  ounces  according 
to  size. 

Laudanum — Tincture  of  Opiums — Used  both  internally  and  externally 
to  relieve  pain.  Dose:  Horse,  1  ounce;  cattle,  1  to  2  ounces;  sheep,  2 
drachms;  swine  and  dogs,  5  to  20  drops.  Care  must  always  be  exercised 
in  using  this  drug  as  it  is  very  poisonous  when  used  in  large  doses. 

Lime  Water. — Is  made  by  slacking  fresh  lime,  using  as  much  as  the 
water  will  take  up  in  solution.  Allow  to  settle  and  use  the  clear  liquid. 
This  preparation  is  useful  in  diarrhea  in  young  animials.  Dose:  Calves, 
1  to  6  ounces. 

Lime. — Finely  pulverized  or  air-slaked  lime  is  valuable  in  drying  up  old 
sores.  The  unslaked  lime  is  valuable  for  disinfecting  stables  and  buildings 
that  animals  are  kept  in.  Used  in  the  form  of  whitewash  makes  one  of 
the  best  preventatives  against  lice  and  vermin  in  the  poultry  house. 

Livxe,  Chloride  of. — Principal  use  is  as  a  disinfectant.  Also  used  in- 
ternally in  cases  of  bloat  in  horses  and  sheep.  Dose:  Horse,  2  drachms; 
sheep,  1/2  to  1  drachm. 

Linseed  Oil,  Raw. — Used  as  a  mild  physic  or  laxative.  Commonly 
used  in  connection  with  colic  remedies,  as  it  has  a  soothing  action  on  the 
stomach  and  intestines.  Externally  it  may  be  applied  with  Carbolic  Acid, 
1  part  of  the  acid  to  25  parts  Linseed  Oil,  for  scratches.  Dose  (internally)  : 
Hoi-se,  1  to  2  pints ;  cattle,  2  to  3  pints ;  sheep,  14  pint ;  calves  4  to  8  ounces ; 
lambs,  2  ounces. 

Lobelia. — This  is  one  of  the  poisonous  plants  of  the  Northern 
Hemisphere.  Is  used  to  counteract  the  action  of  certain  vegetable  poisons, 
such  as  Poison  Ivy.  For  this  purpose  it  should  be  mixed  with  Whiskey 
and  applied  externally. 

Mercury. — See  Calomel  and  Corrosive  Sublimate. 

Monsel's  Solution  of  Iron. — This  preparation  is  one  of  the  very  best  for 
stopping  the  flow  of  blood.  It  is  very  astringent.  Is  used  in  leaking  of 
the  navel.    Should  be  applied  about  three  times  a  day  with  a  feather. 

Morphine,  Sulphate  of. — This  is  another  of  the  drugs  made  from  opium, 
having  the  same  action  only  much  more  powerful ;  not  so  constipating  as 
opium  and  thus  better  to  use  in  cases  of  colic  and  impactions.  May  con- 
veniently be  given  hypodermically.  Dose,  by  the  mouth:  Horse,  3 
to  10  grains;  cattle,  6  to  10  grains;  sheep,  %  to  2  grains. 


586  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE   STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

Mustard. — Used  chiefly  for  plasters  in  severe  cases  of  colic,  inflamma- 
tion of  the  bowels,  diseases  of  the  chest  and  throat,  and  over  the  loins  in 
kidney  affections.  If  mixed  with  warm  water  in  the  form  of  a  paste  it  acts 
as  a  mild  blister.  A  plaster  of  ordinary  strength  may  be  made  by  using 
l^  pound  ground  mustard,  2  tablespoons  of  flour,  and  tepid  water  or 
vinegar,  sufficient  to  make  a  paste.  In  severe  cases  omit  the  flour,  using 
only  the  mustard  and  vinegar.  Apply  by  rubbing  into  the  hair  over  the 
part  on  which  a  blister  is  desired. 

Niter. — See  Sweet  Spirits  of  Niter, 

Nitro — Hydrochloric  Acid. — This  is  a  mixture  of  Nitric  and  Hydro- 
chloric Acids.  Used  to  stimulate  the  secretions  of  the  glands  in  the  intes- 
tinal tract.  This  is  very  valuable  in  certain  kinds  of  indigestion  with 
torpidity  of  the  liver.  Dose  of  the  medicinal  acid :  Horse,  1  to  2  drachms ; 
cattle,  2  to  4  drachms;  sheep,  20  to  40  drops;  hogs,  10  to  20  drops. 

Nux  Vomica — (Powdered  Seed.) — This  drug  is  used  as  a  tonic  in 
paralysis  and  weak,  debilitated  conditions  of  the  system  in  general.  The 
active  principle  in  this  drug  is  strychnine,  and  when  twitching  of  the 
muscles  occurs  its  use  should  be  discontinued.  Poisonous.  Dose:  Horse, 
^  to  1  drachm;  cattle,  2  drachms;  sheep,  20  grains;  swine,  10  grains. 

Nux  Vomica,  Fluid  Extract  of. — The  action  on  the  system  of  this  drug 
is  the  same  as  aboye.  Generally  used  in  connection  with  Gentian  in  cases 
of  impactions,  constipation,  etc.    Dose,  Same  as  the  powder. 

Nitrate  of  Silver — (Lunar  Caustic). — This  is  simply  a  pencil  form  of 
Silver  Nitrate,  much  used  for  cauterizing  warts,  growths,  snakebites,  proud 
flesh,  etc.  Sticks  must  be  kept  in  tightly  corked  bottles  to  prevent  dis- 
solving. To  use,  simply  wet  and  apply  the  same  as  Caustic  Potash,  A 
solution  of  2  to  5  grains  in  an  ounce  of  water  is  sometimes  used  for  in- 
flammation of  the  eyes. 

Nitrate  of  Potash — Salt  Peter. — Its  chief  action  is  on  the  blood 
and  kidneys,  causing  the  latter  to  secrete  a  large  amount  of  urine.  It 
reduces  fevers  and  dropsical  swellings.  Dose :  Horse,  1  to  4  drachms ;  cat- 
tle, y2  to  1  ounce;  sheep,  V2  to  1  drachm. 

Oak  Bark  Tea. — Good  for  diarrhea.  If  used  externally  it  dries  up  sores 
and  toughens  the  skin.  Dose :  Colts  and  calves,  1  to  2  ounces ;  lambs,  1/2 
ounce.  Best  given  in  milk.  To  make :  Boil  an  ounce  of  Oak  Bark  in  a 
pint  of  water. 

Oil  of  Tar. — This  is  a  principal  constituent  of  cough  syrups.  For 
chronic  coughs  it  makes  a  very  effectual  remedy.  Dose  for  the  horse:  1 
teaspoonful  three  times  a  day.  May  be  either  given  in  the  feed,  or  placed 
on  the  tongue  with  a  spoon. 

Oil  of  Male  Shield  Fern. — This  is  a  very  effectual  remedy  for  tape- 
worms. Dose :  Horse,  3  to  4  drachms  in  a  pint  of  raw  Linseed  Oil ;  cattle, 
ftame  as  the  horse ;  sheep  and  swine,  1  to  2  drachms  in  %  pint  of  oil. 


INSTRUMENTS^  APPARATUS^  AND   MEDICINES.  587 

Olive  Oil. — Mild  laxative.  Externally  it  may  be  mixed  with  Car- 
bolic Acid  in  the  proportion  of  1  drachm  of  Acid  to  4  ounces  of  the  oil, 
and  used  as  a  dressing  for  wounds.  Dose  as  a  laxative :  Horse,  1  to  2  pints ; 
cattle,  2  to  3  pints;  sheep,  3  to  6  ounces. 

Opium. — This  drug  is  made  from  the  dried  juice  of  a  certain  kind  of 
poppy.  Can  be  purchased  either  in  the  gum  or  powdered  form.  It  is  the 
basic  principle  in  morphine  and  drugs  of  a  similar  nature.  It  is  used  to 
lessen  pain ;  stops  the  activity  of  the  bowels  and  thus  should  not  be  used  in 
colic,  but  is  very  valuable  in  diarrhea.  Laudanum,  which  is  simply  an 
alcoholic  solution  of  opium,  is  the  most  convenient  form  in  which  to  use 
this  drug.  Dose  of  opium :  Horse,  ^/^  to  1  drachm ;  cattle,  1  to  2  drachms ; 
sheep,  5  to  20  grains ;  hogs,  3  to  10  grains. 

Pepper,  Black. — Sometimes  used  in  its  ground  form  to  warm  the  stom- 
ach and  bowels,  in  cases  of  colic,  indigestion,  etc.  Dose:  Horse,  1  table- 
spoonful;  cattle,  1  tablespoonful ;  sheep  and  swine,  %  teaspoonful. 

Peppermint,  Essence  of. — Sometimes  used  in  indigestion  and  colic. 
Give  in  sweetened  w^ater.  Dose  for  the  horse :  40  drops  to  1  drachm ;  cat- 
tle, 1  to  2  drachms;  sheep,  10  drops. 

Pumpkin  Seeds. — This  is  one  of  the  oldest  and  best  known  remedies 
for  tapeworms.     Dose:  Horse,  1  pint. 

Quinine,  Sulphate  of. — In  small  doses  Quinine  is  used  as  a  bitter  tonic. 
In  larger  doses  it  reduces  fever.  Dose :  Horse,  Yz  to  1  drachm ;  cattle,  2  to 
4  drachms ;  sheep,  i/o  drachm ;  pigs,  10  grains. 

Rhubarb. — This  is  a  laxative  and  tonic.  Dose:  Horse,  1  ounce;  cattle, 
2  ounces;  sheep,  1  drachm. 

Rosin. — Diuretic.  Not  used  as  much  as  formerly.  Dose:  Horse,  2 
drachms ;  cattle,  %  to  1  ounce ;  sheep,  2  to  4  drachms. 

Salol. — This  drug  is  made  from  Salicylic  Acid  and  Carbolic  Acid.  It 
is  one  of  the  best  known  remedies  for  rheumatism.  Dose :  Horse,  1  to  3 
drachms ;  cattle,  3  to  5  drachms ;  sheep,  Vo  to  1  drachm ;  hogs,  20  to  40 
grains. 

Salts. — ^See  Epsom  and  Glauver's  Salts. 

Salt,  Common. — Useful  as  a  food  in  small  amounts.  A  solution  of 
1  ounce  of  the  salt  in  a  pint  of  water  makes  a  good  wash  for  sores  and 
wounds. 

Saltpeter. — See  Nitrate  of  Potash. 

Soda,  Bicarbonate  of — (Baking  Soda). — This  is  useful  in  indigestion 
but  should  always  be  given  before  feeding.  When  wet  with  water  it  makes 
a  good  paste  to  apply  to  bee  stings.  Dose :  Horse,  2  drachms  to  1  ounce ; 
cattle,  1/2  to  11/2  ounces;  sheep,  1  drachm  to  1/2  ounce;  swine,  2  drachms. 

Spanish  Fly,  (Cantharides) — Seldom  given  internally.  Principally 
used  in  making  blisters  for  reducing  enlargements,  such  as  curbs,  tumors 
and  thickenings  after  wounds  have  healed.  Generally  used  in  connection 
with  lard  or  vaseline.    A  proper  proportion  being  1  to  3  drachms  of  Can- 


588  CYCLOPEDIA   OF  LIVE   STOCK  AND   COMPLETE  STOCK   DOCTOR. 

tharides  to  1  ounce  of  lard  or  vaseline,  as  the  case  may  require.  If  to  be 
used  on  cattle  the  blister  may  be  made  a  little  stronger. 

Strychnine. — This  is  a  very  poisonous  drug,  made  from  Nux  Vomica. 
It  is  a  very  powerful  nerve  tonic.  Dose :  Horse,  1  to  2  grains ;  cattle,  2 
to  3  grains;  sheep,  i/4  to  1/2  grain.  If  the  drug  is  to  be  used  hypo- 
dermically  the  dose  will  be  about  one-half  the  above. 

Sugar  of  Lead,  {Acetate  of  Lead).— Should  be  used  for  external  ap- 
plication only,  as  it  is  very  poisonous.  Very  good  for  healing  sores  and 
wounds  for  which  purpose  dissolve  1  ounce  in  11/2  pints  of  water. 

Sulphate  of  Copper— Blue  Vitriol— Blue  Stone.— Is  an  astringent  anti- 
septic and  mild  caustic.  Internally  it  is  sometimes  used  for  checking  dis- 
charges, such  as  nasal  gleet,  or  chronic  catarrh.  Externally  it  is  used  to 
burn  out  proud  flesh  in  ulcers  and  old  wounds.  For  this  purpose  it  may 
be  either  dusted  on  or  applied  in  solution.  Dose  internally:  Horse,  V2 
to  1  drachm;  cattle,  1  drachm;  sheep,  10  to  20  grains. 

Sulphur — Internally  it  acts  on  the  blood  as  a  purifier.  Externally  it  is 
used  for  lice  and  to  destroy  parasites  and  germs  on  the  skin.  Dose :  Horses 
and  cattle,  1/2  ounce ;  sheep,  1  drachm ;  swine,  20  grains.  It  may  be  mixed 
with  lard  in  a  proportion  of  1  ounce  sulphur  to  6  ounces  of  lard,  forming 
an  ointment  that  is  very  good  for  all  skin  diseases. 

Sweet  Spirits  of  Niter — Spirits  of  Nitrous  Ether. — Given  in  small  doses 
it  acts  on  the  kidneys  and  skin,  reducing  fever.  In  large  doses  it  acts  on  the 
stomach  and  bowels,  relieving  pain  and  neutralizing  gases.  Good  in  va- 
rious forms  of  indigestion  and  colic.  Dose :  Horse,  1  to  2  ounces ;  cattle,  2 
to  3  ounces ;  sheep,  3  to  6  drachms ;  swine  and  dogs,  1  to  2  drachms. 

Tincture  of  Chloride  of  Iron — Muriate  of  Iron. — Used  as  a  tonic  to  stop 
bleeding  and  also  as  a  wash  in  sore  throat,  sore  mouth,  and  various  skin 
diseases.  Dose:  Horse,  ^/^  to  1  ounce;  cattle,  1  ounce;  sheep,  1/2  to  1 
drachm ;  swine,  10  to  30  drops.  As  an  external  application  use  Vo  ounce 
of  the  tincture  to  8  ounces  of  water.  The  dose  of  the  strong  liquid  Chlo- 
ride of  Iron  is  one-fourth  as  much  as  the  tincture. 

Turpentine — Spirits  of  Turpentine — Oil  of  Turpentine. — Used  for  colic, 
bloating  and  intestinal  worms.  It  also  has  a  stimulating  action  on  the 
kidneys.  Best  given  in  oil,  gruel  or  milk.  Dose:  Horse,  V2  to  1  ounce; 
cattle,  1  to  2  ounces;  sheep,  1  to  3  drachms;  swine,  1  drachm.  Externally 
is  used  in  many  blistering  liniments. 

Valerian. — Is  a  diffusible  stimulant.  Also  used  sometimes  for  worms. 
Dose :  Horse,  2  ounces ;  cattle,  2  to  4  ounces ;  sheep,  1/2  ounce. 

Vaseline. — This  is  another  of  the  coal  tar  products.  Its  only  action  on 
the  skin  is  to  soften  it.  It  is  also  used  as  a  base  for  ointments  and  blisters. 
Fresh  lard  may  be  substituted. 

Vinegar. — Used  externally  as  a  cooling,  stimulating  lotion.  Occasion- 
ally used  hot  in  poultices.  Internally  it  may  be  given  in  small  doses  di- 
luted with  water  for  cooling  fevers. 


CHAPTER  XXIX. 


RECIPES  FOR  THE  HORSE. 


As  a  matter  of  convenience  to  the  reader,  to  whom  time  will  often  be 
j)recious  in  treating  his  sick  stock,  we  add  this  chapter,  resuming  all  our 
prescriptions  for  the  horse. 


No.  1.      LOTION  FOR  FISTULA. 

Sulphate  of  copper,  2  dracliius. 
Water,  Yq,  pint, 

Mix. 
Inject  ouce  or  twice  a  day. 


I    No.  7.   WHITE  LOTION  FOR  FLESH  WOUNDS. 

Sulphate  of  zinc,  6  drachms. 
Sugar  of  lead,  1  ounce, 
Water,  1  pint. 

Mix  and  shake. 
Apply  three  times  a  day. 


No.  2.      LOTION   FOR  FISTULA. 

Sulphate  of  zinc,  3  drachms, 
Water,  >2  Pi^^t, 

Mix. 
Inject  once  or  twice  a  day. 

"^.  3.      LOTION  FOR  FISTULA. 

Corrosive  sublimate,  1  drachm. 
Water,  )4,  pint, 

Mix. 
Inject  once  or  twice  a  day. 


No.  4.      FEVER  MIXTURE. 

Sweet  spirits  nitre,  1  ounce, 
Tincture  aconite  root,  1  drachm, 
Nitrate  of  potash,  1  ounce, 
Water,  yi  pint, 

[Mix. 
Give  a  tablespoonf  ul  every  2  hours. 


No.  6.      CARBOLIC  LOTION. 

Carbolic  acid,  1  part, 
Water,  30  parts. 

Mix. 
Inject  three  times  a  day. 


No= 


.      CARBOLIC  LOTION. 

Carbolic  acid,  >^  ounce, 
Water,  1  pint, 

Mix. 
Use  three  or  four  times  a  day. 


No.  8.      HOOF  OINTMENT. 

Pine  tar,  4  fluid  ounces, 
"Whale  oil,  4  ounces, 
(If  too  thin  in  warm  w^eather,  add 
mutton  tallow,  2  ounces). 
Mix. 
Apply  once  a  day. 


No.  9.      FLY  BLISTER. 

Powdered  cantharides,  %  ounce, 
Lard,  2  ounces. 

Mix. 
Rub  well  in. 


No. 


No. 


10.      RED    MERCURIAL  BLISTER. 

Biniodide  of  mercury,  2  drachms 
Lard,  2  ounces, 

Mix. 
Rub  well  in. 


11.      COMPOUND  LINIMENT. 

Tincture  of  iodine,  3  ounces. 
Aqua  ammonia,  1  ounce. 
Oil  of  turpentine,  1  ounce. 
Glycerine,  1  ounce. 

Mix. 
Rub  well  in  twice  a  day. 


589 


590 


CYCLOPEDIA  OP  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


No.  12.     COOLING  LOTION. 

Muriate  of  ammonia,  1  ounce, 
Nitrate  of  potash,  1  ounce, 
Water,  1  quart, 

Mix. 
Apply  three  times  a  day. 


No. 


13.      COOLING  LOTION. 

Vinegar  (strong),  1  pint, 
Common  salt,  a  handful. 
Water,  1  pint. 

Mix. 
Apply  three  or  four  times  a  day. 


No.  14.      LINIMENT  FOR  SPRAINS. 

Liquor  ammonia,  1  ounce. 
Tincture  arnica,  1  ounce, 
Tinctiire  opium,  1  ounce. 
Oil  turpentine,  1  ounce. 
Alcohol,  1  ounce. 
Water  to  make  1  pint, 

Mix. 
Rub  well  in  t^^^ce  a  day. 


No.  15.      LINIMENT   FOR  SPRAINS. 

Tincture  arnica,  1}^  ounces, 
Tincture  of  opium,  1  ounce, 
Liquor  ammonia,  1)0  ounces. 
Water  to  make  1  pint. 

Mix. 
Rub  well  in  twice  a  day. 


No.  16.      DIURETIC   POWDER. 

Rosin,  2  ounces. 

Nitrate  of  potash,  2  ounces. 

Powder  and  mix. 
Divide  into  twelve  powders,  and  give 

one    night  and  morning    in  soft 

feed. 


No.  17.      IODINE  LOTION. 

Iodine,  1  drachm. 
Iodide  of  potash,  1  drachm. 
Alcohol,  1  ounce. 
Water  to  make  1  pint. 

Mix. 
Inject  twice  a  day. 


No.  18.      FEVER  MIXTURE. 

Tincture  aconite  root,  1  drachm. 
Fluid  extract  belladonna,  2  drachms, 
Sweet  spirits  nitre,  2  ounces. 
Carbonate  of  ammonia,  1  ounce. 
Nitrate  of  potash,  1  ounce. 
Water  to  make  1  pint. 

Mix. 
Give  a  tablespoonf ul  every  2  hours. 


No.  19.      PASTE  FOR  OPEN  JOINT 

Carbolic  acid,  1  drachm. 

Glycerine,  2  drachms. 

Flour,  enough  to  make  a  paste. 

Mix. 
Make  a  paste,  and  apply  to  tlie  cut 
twice  a  day. 


No.  20.      TONIC  POWDER. 

Sulphate  of  iron,  2  ounces, 
Cinchona  bark,  2  ounces, 

Powder  and  mix. 
Divide  into  twelve  powders,  and  give 
one  night  and  morning  in  the  feed- 


No.  21.      FEVER   MIXTURE. 

Tincture  aconite  root,  1  drachm. 
Sweet  spirits  nitre,  1%  ounces. 
Nitrate  of  potash,  1)4  ounces. 
Water  to  make  1  pint. 

Mix. 
Give    a     tablespoonful    every    two 
hours. 


No.  22.      TONIC   POWDER. 

Sulphate  of  iron,  1}£  ounces. 
Nitrate  of  potash,  2  ounces, 

Powder  and  mix. 
Divide  into  twelve  powders,  and  give 
one  night    and    morning  in  soft 

feed. 


No.  23.      PURGATIVE  BALL. 

Barbadoes  aloes,  5  drachms, 
Ginger,  1  drachm. 
Gentian  root,  1  drachm. 
Syrup  or  soap,  enough  to  combine 
foregoing, 
Powder  and  mix. 
Make  a  ball,  and  give  as  one  dose. 


RECIPES   FOR   THE   nORSE. 


691 


No.  24.     ASTRINGENT  "WASH. 

Sugar  of  lead,  1  ounce, 
Water,  1  pint, 

Mix. 
Apply  three  times  a  day. 


No.  25.      LOTION  FOR  BRUISE. 

Tincture  of  arnica,  1  ounce, 
Laudanum,  1  ounce, 
Water  to  make  1  pint. 

Mix. 
Apply  three  times  a  day,  and  band- 


No.  26.     ACID  LOTION. 

Hydrochloric  acid,  >^  ounce. 
Water,  1  pint, 

Mix. 
Apply  twice  a  day. 


WO.  27.      LOTION    (anodyne.) 

Tincture  of  arnica,  1  ounce, 
Tinctiu-e  of  opium,  1  ounce, 
Water  to  make  1  pint, 

Mix. 
Apply  three  times  a  day  without  a 
bandage. 


IJTO.  28.      LOTION  FOR  ULCERATED  BONE. 

Hydrochloric  acid,  2  drachms, 
Water,  %  pint. 

Mix. 
Apply  twice  a  day. 


No.  29.      STRONG  CARBOLIC  LOTION. 

Carbolic  acid,  y^  ounce. 
Linseed  oil,  %  pint. 

Mix. 
Apply  three  times  a  day. 


No.  30.      FEVER  MIXTURE. 

Tincture  aconite  root,  1  drachm, 
Fluid  extract  belladona,  2  drachms, 
Water,  4  ounces, 

Mix. 
Give  a  tablespoonful  every  2  hours. 


No.  31.      ABSORBING  OINTMENT. 

Iodide  of  potash,  2  drachms, 
Lard,  2  ounces. 

Mix. 
Apply  once  a  day  with  friction. 


No.  32.      TANNIC   LOTION. 

Tannic  acid,  %,  ounce. 
Vinegar,  1  ounce, 
Water,  1  quart. 

Mix. 
Apply  three  times  a  day. 

No.  33.      DIURETIC   POWDER. 

Kosin,  2  ounces, 

Nitrate  of  potash,  2  ounces, 

Linseed  meal,  2  ounces. 

Powder  and  mix. 
Give  a  tablespoouful    morning  and 
night  in  the  feed. 


No.  34.      TONIC  POWDER. 

Sulphate  of  iron,  1)^  ounces, 
Nitrate  of  potash,  1  ounce, 
Fcenugreekseed,  2  drachms. 
Linseed  meal,  2  ounces, 

Powder  and  mix. 
Give  a  tablespoonful  morning  and 
night  in  the  feed. 

No.  35.      TONIC  MIXTURE. 

Tincture  of  iron,  1  ounce. 
Tincture  of  gentian,  1  ounce, 
Water,  10  ounces. 
Mix. 
Give  two  tablespoonfuis  three  times  : 
day. 


No.  36.      POWDER  FOR  RHEUMATISM- 

Colchicum  seed  (powdered) ,  1  ounce, 
Nitrate  of  potash,  1  ounce, 
Fcenugreek  seed,  2  drachms, 

Mix. 
Divide  into  twelve  powders,  and  give 

one    night  and    morning  in    soft 

feed. 


No.  37.     ALTERATIVE  COMPOUND. 

Epsom  salts,  4  ounces. 
Nitrate  of  potash,  2  ounces, 
Linseed  meal,  4  ounces, 

Mix. 
Give  a  tablespoonful  twice  a  day  ij) 
soft  feed. 


592 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


No.  38.      ALTERATIVE  MIXTURE. 

Potassium  iodide,  2  ounces, 
Water,  1  pint. 

Mix. 
Give  a  tablespoonfiil    nioruin 
night. 


and 


No.  39.      CARBOLIC  LOTION. 

Carbolic  acid,  2  drachms, 
Water,  1  pint. 

Mix. 
Inject  three  times  a  day. 


No.  4.0.      FEVKH  MIXTURE. 

Sweet  spirits  nitre,  1>2  ounces. 
Tincture  aconite  root,  1  drachm, 
Fluid  extract  belladonna,  2  drachms. 
Tincture  gentian,  1  ounce. 
Nitrate  of  potasli,  1  ounce, 
Muriate  of  ammonia,  1  ounce, 
Water  to  make  1  pint. 

Mix. 
Give  a  wineglassful  every  two  hours 

In  bad  cases,  and  three  or  four  times 

a  day  in  mild  cases. 


No.  44.      PROF.  DICK'S  COUGH  RECIPE. 

Gum  camphor,  1  drachm. 

Opium,  1  drachm, 

Digitalis,  1  drachm, 

Calomel,  1  drachm, 
Mix. 

Make  a  ball  with  syrup,  and  give  as 
one  dose,  repeating  once  a  day  for 
a  week ;  wait  a  week,  and  repeat. 


No.  4.5.      COUGH  MIXTUKK. 

Prussic  acid,  dilute,  2  drachms. 
Tincture  of  camphor.  1  ounce. 
Fluid  extract  l)elladonna,  :?  drachms. 
Tincture  gentian,  1  ounce. 
Chlorate  of  potash,  1  ounce. 
^^''ater  to  make  1  pint. 

Mix. 
Give  two  tablespoonf uls  three  times 
a  day,  with  a  syringe. 


No 


tl.      AMMONIA  BLISTER. 

Liquor  ammonia,  2  ounces, 
Oil  turpentine,  2  ounces, 
Linseed  oil,  2  ounces, 

Mix. 
Rub  well  in   once  a  day  till  mildly 
blistered. 


No.  42.      POWDER  FOR  HEAVES. 

Powdered  lobelia  seed,  2  ounces. 
Linseed  meal,  2  ounces. 

Mix. 
Divide  into  eight  powders,  and  give 

one  night  and  morning  in  softfeed ; 

wait  a  week,  and  repeat. 

No.  43.      COUGH  POVTDER. 

Gum  camphor,  1)4  ounces, 
Powdered  digitalis,  1  ounce, 
Linseed  meal,  2  ounces. 

Mix. 
Divide  into  twelve  powders,  and  give 

one  pight  and  ipormng  in  soft  feed, 


No.  46.      LOTION  FOR  SORE  MOUTH. 

Borax,  1  ounce. 
Honey,  1  ounce. 
Water  to  make  1  pint. 

Mix. 
Apply  three  times  a  day. 


No.  47.      MIXTURE  FOR  FLATULENCE. 

Bi-carbonate  soda,  1  teaspoonful. 
Ginger,  1  ounce, 
Water,  )^  pint, 

Mix.' 
Give  as  one  dose. 


No.  48.      A  STRONG  PURGATIVE. 

Barbadoes  aloes,  6  drachms, 
Linseed  oil,  1  pint. 

Mix. 
Give  as  one  dose. 


No.  49.      STIMULATING  MIXTURE. 

Whiskey,  2  ounces. 
Extract  ginger,  1  ounce, 
Water,  3^  pint, 

Mix. 
Give  as  one  dose. 


RECIPES   FOR   THE   HORSE. 


598 


No.  50.      MIXTURE  FOR  COLIC. 

Sweet  spirits  nitre,  1)4  ounces, 
Tincture  opium,  1  ounce, 
Extract  ginger,  >2  ounce, 
Water,  X  pint, 

3Iix. 
Give  as  one  dose. 

No.  51.      MIXTURE  FOR  WIND  COLIC. 

Chloroform,  }4  ounce, 
I^inseed  oil,  1  quart. 

Mix. 
Give  as  one  dose. 


No.  52.      ANODYNE  MIXTURE. 

Sulphate  of  morphia,  4  grains, 
Water,  }£  ounce. 

Mix. 
Give  as  one  dose. 


No.  5H.      MIXTURE   FOR  WIND  COLIC. 

Bi-carbonate  soda,   a  tablespoonful. 
Water,  a  teacupful. 
Mix. 
Give  as  one  dose. 


No.  54.      MIXTURE  FOR  WIND  COLIC. 

Oil  turpentine,  1  ounce, 
Linseed  oil,  j^  pint. 
Tincture  of  opium,  1  ounce. 

Mix. 
Give  as  one  dose. 

No.  55.      MIXTURE   FOR  WIND  COLIC. 

Chloroform,  1  ounce, 
Linseed  oil,  1  pint. 

Mix. 
Give  as  one  dose. 


No.  56.      MIXTURE  FOR  CONSTIPATION. 

Linseed  oil,  1  quart. 

Tincture  uux  vomica,  1  ounce, 

Mix. 
Give  as  one  dose. 


No.  .57.      CROTON  OIL  LINIMENT. 

Croton  oil,  1  ounce, 
Linseed  oil,  3  ounces, 

Mix. 
Bub  in  well  to  the  belly. 


No.  58.       MIXTURE  FOR  DIARRHOEA. 

Prepared  chalk,  1  ounce. 
Ginger,  1  ounce. 
Opium,  1  drachm, 
Starch  gruel,  1  pint, 

Mix. 
Give  as  one  dose. 


No.  59.      ASTRINGENT  MIXTURE. 

Linseed  oil,  }4  pint. 
Opium,  1  drachm. 
Tincture  catechu,  1  ounce, 

Mix. 
Give  as  one  dose. 

No.  (iO.      ASTRINGENT  MIXTURE. 

Tincture  catechu,  1  ounce, 
Spirits  of  camphor,  }4  outce, 
Tincture  opium,  1  ounce, 
Starch  gruel,  1  quart, 

Mix. 
Give  as  one  dose. 

No.  61.      ANODYNE   INJEC'ixON. 

Tincture  opium,  1  ounce, 
Sulphuric  ether,  I  ounce. 
Starch,  1  quart. 

Mix. 
Give  as  injection. 


No.  62.      ANODYNE  MIXTURE. 

B'  jmide  potassium,  8  ounces, 
^Yater,  1  pint. 

Mix. 
Give  two  tablespoonfuls  three  time? 
a  day. 


No.  6:5.      MIXTURE  FOR  TETANUS. 

Fluid  extract  belladonna,  2  ounces, 
Prus.sic  acid  (dilute) ,  2  ounces. 
Water  to  make  8  ounces, 

Mix. 
Give  a  tablespoonful  three  timtjs  s> 
day. 

No.  64.      NERVE   TONIC. 

Nux  vomica,  1  drachm. 

Gentian  root,  powdered,  2  drachms. 

Linseed  meal,  }4  ounce. 

Mix. 
Give  as  one  dose.    Repeat  morolng 
ftjid  pi^ht  for  a  month* 


594 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LTVE  STOCK   AND   COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


No.  65.      MIXTURE  FOR  SUNSTROKE. 

Whiskey,  2  ounces, 
Sweet  spirits  of  nitre,  }4  ounce, 
Nitrate  of  potash,  1  drachm. 
Water,  4  ounces, 

Mix. 
Give  as  one  dose,  and  repeat  as  the 
case  requires. 


No.  66.      ALTERATIVE  AND  TONIC. 

Potassium  iodide,  1  drachm, 

Nux  vomica,  1  drachm, 

Foenugreek  seed,  1  drachm, 
Mix. 

Give  as  one  dose,  and  repeat  morn- 
ing and  night  for  three  or  four 
weeks. 


No.  67.      TONIC  POWDER. 

Nux  vomica,  1  drachm. 

Sulphate  iron,  1  drachm, 

Foenugreek  seed,  1  drachm. 
Mix. 

Give  as  one  dose,  and  repeat  morn- 
ing and  night  for  three  or  four 
weeks. 


No.  71.      BALL  FOR  DIABETES. 

Iodine,  1  drachm. 
Iodide  jjotash,  ^g  drachm, 
Linseed  meal,   enough   to  combine 
the  foregoing. 
MLx. 
Make  a  ball  and  give  as  one  dose. 


No. 


72.      LEAD   LOTION. 

Sugar  of  lead,  }.^  ouni 
Vinegar,  1  ounce. 
Water  to  make  1  quart. 

Mix. 
Inject  a  little  once  a  day. 


No. 


73.      SILVER  LOTION. 

Nitrate  of  silver,  15  grains, 
Water,  )^  pint, 

Mix. 
Inject  a  little  twice  a  day. 


No.  68.     TONIC  FOR  PURPURA. 

Tincture  muriate  of  iron,  1  ounce. 
Tincture  gentian,  1  ounce. 
Water  to  make  4  ounces. 

Mix. 
Give  a  tablespoonful  every  2  hours. 


No.  69.      MIXTURE   FOR  PURPURA. 

Oil  turpentine,  1  ounce. 
Linseed  oil  to  make  4  ounces. 

Mix. 
Give  a  tablespoonful  every  2  hours. 


No.  70.      IRON  LOTION. 

Tincture  muriate  of  iron,  1  ounce. 
Water,  _i^  pint. 

Mix. 
Apply  locally. 


74.      IODINE   LOTION. 

Iodine,  1  drachm. 
Potash  iodide,  1  drachm. 
Water,  }£  pint. 

Mix, 
Inject  a  little  twice  a  day. 


No.  75.      ZINC  LOTION. 

Sulphate  of  zinc,  2  drachms. 
Water,  1  pint. 

Mix. 
Inject  twice  a  day. 


No.  76.      LEAD   LOTION. 

Sugar  of  lead,  3  drachms. 
Water,  1  pint. 

Mix. 
Inject  twice  a  day. 

No.  77.      CAMPHORATED  OIL. 

Gum  camphor,  1  ounce, 
Olive  oil,  >2  pint, 

3Iix. 
Apply  three  times  a  day. 

No.  78.      COOLING   MIXTURE. 

Chlorate  of  potash,  2  ounces, 
Water,  1  quart. 

Mix. 
Give  four  ounces  three  times  a  day. 


RECIPES    FOR    THE    HORSE. 


595 


No.  79.      ALTERATIVE  MIXTURE. 

Iodide  of  potash,  1  drachm, 
Water,  Yz  pint, 

Mix. 
Give  as  one  dose,  repeating  three 
times  a  day. 


No.  80.      EYE  LOTION. 

Atropin  sulphate,  2  grains, 
Water,  1  ounce. 

Mix. 
Apply  four  or  six  times  a  day. 


No.  81.      EYE  LOTION. 

Nitrate  of  silver,  5  grains, 
Water,  1  ounce, 

Mix. 
Apply  twice  a  day. 


No.  87.      OINTMENT   FOR  MANGE. 

Sulphur,  4  ounces. 
Oil  of  tar,  2  ounces. 
Linseed  oil,  Yz  pint, 

Mix. 
Rub  well  in  once  a  day  to  all  affected 

spots. 


No.  88.      CORROSIVE  SUBLIMATE  WASH. 
Corrosive  sublimate,  40  grains, 
Water,  1  pint, 
Apply  once  a  day  till  cured. 


No.  82.      EYE  LOTION. 

Nitrate  of  silver,  10  grains. 
Water,  1  ounce, 

Mix. 
Apply  twice  a  day. 


NC'.  83.      WORM  POWDER. 

Sulphate  of  iron,  1  drachm, 
Tartar  emetic,  1  drachm, 
Linseed  meal,  2  drachms, 

Mix. 
Give  as  one  dose.    Repeat  morning 
and  night  for  a  week,  and  follow 
it  with  No.  84. 

No.  84.      WORM  DRENCH. 

Oil  turpentine,  1  ounce, 
Linseed  oil,  1  pint. 

Mix. 
Give  as  one  dose. 


No.  85.      LOTION  FOR  LICE. 
Tobacco,  2  pounds. 
Water,  3  gallons, 

Mix. 
Steep,  and  wash  the  animal. 


No.  86.      LOTION  FOR  LICE. 

Quassia  chips,  3  pounds. 
Water,  1  gallon, 

Mix. 
Steep  one  hour,  and  wash  the  animal. 


No.  89.      ANTACID  POWDER. 

Bi-carbonate  of  soda,  2  ounces, 
Powdered  gentian,  1  ounce, 
Linseed  meal,  2  ounces, 

Mix. 
Give  a  tablespoonful  morning  and 
night  in  soft  feed. 


No.  90.    MIXTURE  FOR  SNAKE  BITES,  ETC. 

Aqua  ammonia,  1  teaspoonful, 

Whiskey,  1  pint. 

Water  (warm),  Y^  pint, 

Give  as  one  dose.  Repeat  every 
hour,  but  reducing  the  quantity  of 
whiskey  one-half,  till  the  animal 
is  evidently  out  of  danger. 


No.  91.      FEVER  MIXTURE. 

Sulphate  of  quinine,  4  drachms, 

Whiskey,  1  pint, 

Water,  1  pint. 

Give  a  wineglassful  every  two  hours 

in  bad  cases,  and  every  four  hours 

in  milder  ones. 


No.  92.      TONIC  MIXTURE. 

Tincture  of  nux  vomica,  1  ounce. 
Tincture  of  gentian,  1  ounce, 
Water  to  make  1  pint, 

Mix. 
Give  a  wineglassful  every  two  to 
four  hours. 


596 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


BOOK  II 

PART  1 


CATTLE 


HISTORY.  MANAGEMENT  AND  CHARACTERISTICS 
OF  THE  VARIOUS  BREEDS 


598 


CYCLOPEDIA   OF  LIVE  STOCK   AND   COMPLETE   STOCK   DOCTOR. 


CATTLE. 


CHAPTER  I. 
EARLY  HISTORY  AND  TYPICAL  BREEDS  OP  CATTLE. 


1.     WILD  AND  SEMI -WILD  HERDS. II.      THE  FIRST  CHRONICLERS  AND  BREEDERS  OF 

CATTLE. III.       THE     ORIGINAL     TYPE. IV.      UNDOMESTICATED     HERDS     OF 

EUROPE  AND  ASIA. V.      SPANISH- AMERICAN  BREEDS. VI.     THE  DEVONS. 

VII.      THE   IIEREFORDS. VIII.       THE  DURHAM    OR    TEESWATER    BREED. IX. 

IRISH  CATTLE. X.      SCOTCH  AND  HIGHLAND   CATTLE. XI.      SWISS    CATTLE. 

XII.      DUTCH  CATTLE. XIII.      FOSSIL  CATTLE. XIV.      THE  WILD  CATTLE 

OF  ENGLAND. XV.    NATIVE  DISTRICTS  OF  SOME  BREEDS. 

I.    Wild  and  Semi-Wild  Herds. 

Where  homed  cattle  first  existed  in  a  wild  state  is  utterly  unknown, 
and  their  origin  is  equally  uncertain.  There  are  a  number  of  species  of 
the  same  genus — the  genus  Bos — existing  in  a  wild  state ;  such  as  the 
Bison,  misnamed  Buffalo,  of  America,  and  the  true  Buffalo  of  Africa. 
There  are,  also,  so-called  wild  cattle  which  roam  in  vast  herds  in  North 
and  South  America,  and  in  some  parts  of  Europe  and  Asia.  These, 
however,  as  well  as  all  others  of  the  genus  Bos  Taurus,  to  which  our 
present  domesticated  cattle  belong,  are,  when  found  wild,  the  descend- 
ants of  animals  which  escaped  from  the  control  of  man  at  some  period, 
more  or  less  remote. 

II.    The  first  Chroniclers  and  Breeders  of  Cattle. 

Jubal,  the  son  of  Lamech,  who  lived  in  the  time  of  Adam,  is  recorded 
in  Scripture  as  being  "the  father  of  such  as  have  cattle."  Still,  it  can- 
not be  assumed  that  Jubal' s  cattle  were  in  any  way  identical  with  the 
domestic  ox  of  later  times,  for  the  word  "cattle"  is  used  by  the  early 
Scriptural  writers  to  denote  nearly  all  grazing  animals,  including  sheep 
and  goats.  Job,  however,  who  lived  more  than  two  thousand  years 
before  Christ,  is  distinctly  spoken  of  as  the  possessor  of  one  thousand 
yokes  of  oxen.  Homer,  eighteen  hundred  years  before  the  Christian  era, 
wrote  celebrating  the  noble  bullocks,  with  golden  knobs  on  the  tips  o^ 
their  horns,  and  he  minutely  describes  the  manner  of  fastening  the  knobs 
Juno,  among  the  pagan  goddesses,  is  called  ox-eyed,  from  the  cleame? 
and  liquid  expression  of  those  features.     Jeremiah,  sixty-two  years  befor, 

599 


600  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  SrOCK  ANT>  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

Christ,  speaks  of  a  "fair  heifer  ;"  and  Virgil,  about  the  time  of  the  Chris- 
tian era,  wrote  admiringly  of  the  beautiful  cattle  of  the  Roman  Campag- 
nas,  and  of  their  value  in  husbandry. 

The  Egyptians  worshipped    the  bull  Apis,  and,  it  is  probable  that  they 
were  the  first  to  domesticate  the  ox.     T.'iat  the  domestication  of  horned 
cattle  was  anterior  to  that  of  the  horse  is  more  than  probable. 
III.    The  Original  Type. 

What  the  first  cattle  were  like  is  mainly  a  matter  of  conjecture.  The 
Egyptian  hieroglyphics,  the  most  ancient  known,  leave  us  entirely  in  the 
dark  as  to  what  the  cattle  of  that  remote  antiquity  resembled.  No 
description  of  the  original  type  has  come  down  to  us.  The  earliest  draw- 
ings, or  pictures  of  cattle,  represent  them  as  being  rugged  in  form,  of 
great  length,  gaunt,  and  with  upright,  spreading  horns,  somewhat  like  the 
descendants  of  Spanish  cattle  now  running  wild  in  Central  America. 

rv.  Undomesticated  Herds  of  Eoirope  and  Asia. 
The  Steppes  of  Tartary  still  nourish  vast  droves  of  semi-wild  cattle, 
that  are  not  regularly  herded,  and  are  wild  to  all  intents  and  purposes. 
In  Hungary,  also,  and  in  Russia,  and  on  the  grassy  plains  of  all  the  more 
temperate  climates  of  Asia,  herds  of  cattle  al^ound  that  are  as  wild  as 
neglect  on  the  part  of  their  owners  can  make  them. 

Cattle  have  been  reared  by  every  Celtic  nation  from  the  earliest  period, 
and  have  been  regarded  by  all  barbarians  and  pagan  people  as  the  greatest 
of  the  divine  gifts  to  man.  The  herds  ran  half -wild  when  ever  these  tribes 
migrated,  until,  as  civilization  advanced,  the  least  desirable  breeds  were 
exterminated,  while  the  fittest  survived  in  a  state  of  real  domestication. 
Descendontsof  one  of  these  ancient  breeds,  are  still  seen  in  the  Chillinghani 
eattle  of  England  ;  they  are  wild  only  because  all  possible  means  are  used 
to  keep  them  so.  The  wHdest  and  least  frequented  tracts  of  two  exten- 
sive parks  are  set  apart  for  their  use.  They  are  probably  the  descend- 
ents  of  the  best  of  the  ancient  cattle  of  Great  Britian. 

V.    Spanish-American  Breeds. 

In  Texas  and  on  the  plains  of  Mexico,  in  Central  America,  and  in  the 
sub-tropical  and  more  temperate  regions  of  South  America,  there  are 
immense  herds  of  cattle,  the  descendents  of  animals  which  escaped  Irom 
the  early  Spanish  invaders.  In  Spain  these  fierce,  almost  untamable  cattle 
are  still  bred  for  the  barbarous  sport  witnessed  in  their  buii  fightmg 
arenas,  where  the  animals  are  pitted  against  men  on  foot  and  on  horse- 
back, until  they  are  tortured  to  death. 

The  cattle  of  Texas,  and  the  Southwestern  plains  possess  at  least  one 
good  quality  in  a  high  degree — they  reproduce  rapidly,  and  take  care  of 


EARLY    HISTORY   AND   TYPICAL    BREEDS    OF    CATTLE. 


601 


themselves  at  small  expense  to  their  owners.     When  well-fattened,  then- 
beef  is  excellent,  and  its  abundance  furnishes  an  unfailing  supply  of 


MEXICAN  OXEN. 


cheap  food.     They  are  fast  being  modified  by  crossing  improved  stock 
upon  them,  and  in  a  comparatively  short  time  but  few  of  the  original 


602 


CYCLOPEDIA   OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND   COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


EARLY  HISTORY  AND  TYPICAL  BREEDS  OF  CATTLE.  603 

type  will  be  found,  except  in  Central  and  South  America,  where  modi- 
fications of  the  ancient  breed  may  be  long  postponed. 

VI.    The  Devons. 

Among  the  oldest  of  the  distinct  breeds  of  England,  the  Devons  have 
always  been,  as  they  now  are,  one  of  distinguished  merit.  They  belong 
to  the  class  called  Middle-Horns — Irish  long-horned  cattle,  and  the  Tex- 
ans  furnishing  good  types  of  the  long-horned  breeds,  while  the  old  cattle 
of  Durham  represent  the  Short-Horns.  The  Devons,  as  known  100  years 
ago,  are  thus  described  by  Youatt,  whose  writings  are  our  best  authority 
on  breeds  of  British  cattle  :  "The  north  of  Devon  has  been  long  cele- 
brated for  a  breed  of  cattle  beautiful  in  the  highest  degree,  and,  in  activ- 
ity at  work  and  aptitude  to  fatten,  unrivaled.  The  native  country  of  the 
Devons,  and  where  they  are  found  in  a  state  of  the  greatest  purity, 
extends  from  the  river  Taw  westward,  skirting  along  the  Bristol  channel ; 
the  breed  becoming  more  mixed,  and  at  length  comparatively  lost  before 
we  arrive  at  the  Parrefet.  Inland  it  extends  by  Barnstaple,  South  Mol- 
ten, and  Chunileigh,  as  far  as  Tiverton,  and  thence  to  Wellington,  where 
again  the  breed  becomes  unfrequent,  or  it  is  mixed  before  we  reach  Taun- 
ton. More  eastward  the  Somersets  and  the  Welsh  mingle  with  it,  or 
supersede  it.  To  the  south  there  prevails  a  larger  variety,  a  cross  prob- 
ably of  the  Devon  with  the  Somerset;  and  on  the  westthe  Cornish  cattle 
are  found,  or  contaminate  the  breed.  The  Devonshire  man  confines  them 
within  a  narrow  district,  and  will  scarcely  allow  them  to  be  found  with 
purity  beyond  his  native  county.  From  Portlock  to  Biddeford,  and  a 
little  to  the  north  and  the  south,  is,  in  his  mind,  the  peculiar  and  only 
residence  of  the  true  Devon. 

"From  the  earliest  records  the  breed  has  here  remained  the  same  ;  or 
if  not  quite  as  perfect  as  at  the  present  moment,  yet  altered  in  no  essen- 
tial point  until  within  the  last  thirty  years.  This  is  not  a  little  surprising 
when  it  is  rememl)ered  that  a  considerable  part  of  this  district  is  not  a 
breeding  country,  and  that  even  a  proportion,  and  that  not  a  small  one, 
of  Devonshire  cattle,  are  bred  out  of  the  county.  On  the  borders  of 
Somerset  and  Dorset,  and  partly  in  both,  extending  southward  from 
Crewkern,  the  country  assumes  the  form  of  an  extensive  valley,  and  prin- 
cipally supplies  the  Exeter  market  with  calves.  Those  that  are  dropped 
in  February  and  March,  are  kept  until  May,  and  then  sold  to  the  drovers, 
who  convey  them  to  Exeter.  They  are  there  purchased  by  the  Devon- 
shire farmers,  who  keep  them  for  two  or  three  years,  when  they  are  sold 
to  the  Somersetshire  graziers,  who  fatten  them  for  the  London  market; 
so  that  a  portion  of  the  Devons,  and  of  the  very  finest  of  the  breed,  come 
from  Somerset  and  Dorset." 


004  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR, 

The  illustration  on  i)age  601  will  give  an  idea  of  the  excellence  of  these 
cuttle,   even  fifty   years  ago.     Since  that   time   they   have   been  much 
imi)roved  and  only  lack  size  to    cause  them  to  be  more  generally  bred  ir 
the  great  grazing  districts  of  the  United  States. 
Vn.    The  Herefords. 

The  Herefords  are  Middle-Horns,  and  have  many  of  the  characteris- 
tics of  the  Devons  to  which  they  are,  without  doubt,  allied.  They  have 
long  been  known  and  highly  esteemed  in  England.  Within  the  last  thirty 
years  they  have  been  bred  to  such  perfection  that  they  compete  with  the 
Short-Horns  in  the  prize  fairs  of  England  and  the  United  States,  and 
carry  off  honors  with  the  best  of  them.  Of  this  breed,  as  they  wer'. 
known  in  the  early  ptvit  of  the  century,  Youatt  says  :  "The  Hereford 
white-faced  breed,  with  the  exception  of  a  very  few  Alderney  and  Dur- 
ham cows,  have  almost  exclusive  possession  of  the  county  of  Hereford. 
The  Hereford  oxen  are  considerably  larger  than  the  Devons.  They  are^ 
usually  of  a  darker  red  ;  some  of  them  are  brown,  and  even  yellow,  and/ 
a  few  are  brindled  ;  but  they  are  principally  distinguished  by  their  whitd 
faces,  throats  and  bellies.  In  a  few  the  white  extends  to  the  shoulders 
The  old  Herefords  were  brown  or  red-brown,  Avith  not  a  spot  of  white 
about  them.  It  is  only  within  the  last  fifty  or  sixty  years  that  it  has 
been  the  fashion  to  breed  for  white  faces.  Whatever  may  be  thought  of 
the  change  of  color,  the  present  breed  is  certainly  far  superior  to  the  old 
one.  The  hide  is  considerably  thicker  than  that  of  the  Devon.  Com- 
pared with  the  Devons,  they  are  shorter  in  the  leg,  and  also  in  the  car- 
cass ;  higher,  and  broader  and  heavier  in  the  chine  ;  rounder  and  wider 
across  the  hips,  and  better  covered  with  fat:  the  thigh  fuller  and  more 
muscular,  and  the  shoulders  larger  and  coarser. 

"If  it  were  not  for  the  white  face,  and  somewhat  larger  head  and 
thicker  neck,  it  would  not  at  all  times  be  easy  to  distinguish  between  a 
heavy  Devon  and  a  light  Hereford.  Their  white  faces  may  probably  be 
traced  to  a  cross  with  their  not  distant  relations,  the  Montgomeries. 

"The  Hereford  cow  is  apparently  a  very  inferior  animal.  Not  only  is 
she  no  milker,  but  even  her  form  has  been  sacrificed  by  the  breeder. 
Hence  the  Hereford  cow  is  comparatively  small  and  delicate,  and  some 
would  call  her  ill-made.  She  is  very  light-fleshed  when  in  -'onimon  con- 
dition, and  beyond  that,  while  she  is  breeding,  she  is  not  suffered  to  pro- 
'^eed  ;  but  when  she  is  actually  put  up  for  fattening,  she  spreads  out,  and 
accumulates  fat  at  a  most  extraordinary  rate." 

The  illustration  on  page  605  is  a  good  picture  of  the  Hereford  bull  of 
forty  years  ago.  The  reader  Avould  scarcely  recognize  the  Hereford  of 
1907  as  the  same  breed  described  by  Youatt,  so  much  have  they  been 
improved. 


EARLY  HISTORY  AND  TYPICAL  BREEDS  OF  CATTLE. 


605 


606  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR^ 

Vm.    Tlie  0arham  or  Teeswater  Breed. 

This  breed,  which  has  become  famous  as  the  original  of  the  celebrated 
Short-Horn  c;jttle  of  to-day,  is  a  mixed  race,  though  it  has  been  a  dis- 
tinctive English  breed  of  hundreds  of  years  past.  The  Rev.  Mr.  Berry, 
author  of  a  much-criticized  history  of  Shoii>Horn  cattle,  written  in  the 
early  part  of  the  century,  but  undoubtedly  correct  in  relation  to  their 
early  history,  says : 

"From  the  earliest  periods  as  to  which  we  have  any  accounts  of  our 
breeds  of  cattle,  the  counties  of  Durham  and  York  have  been  celebrated 
for  their  Short-Horns,  but  principally,  in  the  first  instance,  on  account  of 
their  reputation  as  extraordinary  milkers.  It  may  be  the  best  evidence, 
that,  as  a  breed,  they  have  never  in  this  particular  been  equaled.  They 
were  generally  of  large  size,  thin-skinned,  sleek-haired,  bad  handlers, 
rather  delicate  in  constitution,  coarse  in  the  offal,  and  strikingly  defective 
in  girth  in  the  fore-quarters.  When  put  to  fatten,  they  were  found  slow 
feeders  ;  producing  an  inferior  meat,  not  marbled  or  mixed  fat  and  lean, 
and  in  some  cases  the  lean  was  found  a  particularh^  dark  hue. 

'♦A  period  of  more  than  one  hundred  years  has  now  elapsed  sines  the 
Short-Horns,  on  the  banks  of  the  river  Tees,  hence  called  the  Teeswater 
breed,  assumed  a  very  different  character  to  the  foregoing  description. 
In  color,  they  resembled  the  Short-Horns  of  the  present  day,  being  occa- 
sionally red,  red  and  white,  and  roan,  though  the  last  not  then  so  preva- 
lent as  now.  They  possessed  a  fine  mellow  skin  and  flesh,  good  hair, 
and  light  offal,  particularly  wide  carcasses,  and  fore-quarters  of  extraor- 
dinary depth  and  capacity.  When  slaughtered,  their  proof  was  extaor- 
dinary,  and  many  instances  are  recorded  of  the  wonderful  weight  of  their 
inside  fat. 

"The  remarkable  merit  which  existed  in  the  Teeswater  may,  with  pro- 
priety, be  ascribed  to  a  spirit  of  improvement  which  had  some  time  man- 
ifested itself  among  the  breeders  on  the  banks  of  the  Tees,  whose  laud- 
able efforts  were  well  seconded  by  the  very  superior  land  in  the  vicinity 
of  that  river.  No  doubt  can  be  entertained  that  they  proceeded  on  a 
judicious  system  of  crossing  with  other  breeds,  because  it  was  utterly  im- 
possible to  raise  such  a  stock  as  the  Teeswater  from  pure  Short-Horn 
blood.  One  cross  to  which  they  referred  was,  in  all  probability,  the 
white  wild  breed  ;  and  if  tliis  conjecture  be  well-founded,  it  will  be  ap- 
parent whence  the  Short-Horns  derived  a  color  soprevalent  among  thorn. 

"1":  is  also  asserted  that,  about  the  period  in  question.  Sir  William  St. 
Quinim,  of  Scampston,  imported  bulls  and  cows  from  Holland,  which 
wers  crossed  with  the  stock  of  the  country.  It  would  tend  to  little 
advantage  to  conjecture  as  to  what  other  breeds  were  resorted  to,  if  any  ? 


EAKLY    HISTORY    AND    TYPICAL    BREEDS    OF    CATTLE. 


607 


o 

-  2 

Is 

a  ► 
^  K 


60S  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOJK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

this  much  is  certain,  that  great  improvement  \vt\!&  soon  manifested,  and  ? 
valuable  variety  established." 

An  illustration  of  tliis  valuable  breed,  as  it  was  known  fifty  years  ago, 
is  given  on  page  539.  It  is  to  be  regretted  that  the  fine  milking  quali- 
ties of  their  descendants  should  have  been  almost  entirely  bred  out,  and 
are  now  only  found  occasionally,  through  heredity,  and  this  in  but  a  very 
few  families. 

IX.    Irisli  Cattle. 

The  cattle  of  Ireland  are  of  two  distinctive  breeds,  theLong-Homs  and 
the  Middle-Horns.  Whence  the  Long-Horns  came  seems  not  to  be 
known,  since  ancient  records  are  silent  upon  the  subject.  Both  in 
England  and  Ireland  they  can  be  traced  far  back.  By  some  excellent 
authorities  it  is  maintained  that  the  Long-Horns  originated  in  Ireland ; 
but  in  Lancashire,  England,  also,  long-horned  cattle  have  existed  since  a 
remote  antiquity. 

The  Irish  Middle-Horns  seem  to  have  been  an  original  breed,  since 
they  were  found  in  all  the  hill  and  mountain  regions,  in  almost  every 
district.  Mr.  Youatt  says  of  them  that  they  are  small,  light,  active  and 
wild.  The  head  is  small,  although  there  are  exceptions  to  this  in  various 
parts;  and  so  numerous,  indeed,  are  those  exceptions,  that  some  descrioe 
the  native  Irish  cattle  as  having  thick  heads  and  necks  ;  the  horns  are 
short  compared  with  the  other  breed,  all  of  them  fine,  some  of  them  rather 
upright,  and  frequently,  after  projecting  forward,  then  turning  back- 
ward. Although  somewhat  deficient  in  the  hind-quarters,  they  are  high- 
boned,  and  wide  over  the  hips,  yet  the  bone  generally  is  not  heavy.  The 
hair  is  coarse  and  long ;  they  are  black,  brindled  and  black,  or  brindled 
with  white  faces.  Some  are  finer  in  the  bone,  and  finer  in  the  neck,  wita 
a  good  eye,  a  sharp  muzzle,  and  great  activity.  They  are  exceedingly 
Lardy ;  they  live  through  the  winter,  and  sometimes  fatten,  on  their 
native  mountains  and  moors  ;  and  when  removed  to  a  better  climate  and 
soil,  they  fatten  with  all  the  rapidity  of  the  aboriginal  cattle  of  the  High- 
lands and  Wales.  They  are  generally  very  good  milkers,  and  many  of 
them  are  excellent.  The  cow  of  Kerry  is  said  to  be  a  favorable  sped* 
men  of  them. 

X.    Scotch  and  Highland  Cattle. 

Scotland  has  always  been  celebrated  for  its  cattle,  and  for  none  more 
than  its  polled  or  hornless  cattle.  The  Highland  breeds  are  of  great 
antiquity.  The  most  celebrated  of  the  polled  breeds  are  the  Galloways, 
originally  said  to  have  been  middle-horned  cattle.  They  are  widely  dis- 
seminated in  England  and  the  United  States,  and  in  their  improved 
forms  are  regarded  with  much  favor.     Many  sub-families  are  now  known. 


EARLY  HISTORY  AND  TYPICAL  BREEDS  OF  CATTLE.  609 

They  are  described  as  having  been  straight  and  broad  in  the  back,  and 
nearly  level  from  the  head  to  the  rump  ;  round  in  the  ribs,  and  also, 
between, the  shoulders  and  ribs,  and  the  ribs  and  loins.  The  loins  were 
broad,  and  without  large  projecting  hip  (hook)  bones.  In  the  early 
part  of  the  century  they  were  described  b'-  the  Eev.  Mr.  Smith,  author  of 
a  "Survey  of  Galloway,"  as  being  short  the  leg,  and  moderately  fine  in 
the  shank  bones — the  happy  medium  preserved  in  the  leg,  which  secures 
hardihood  and  disposition  to  fatten.  With  the  sam^  cleanness  and  short- 
ness of  shanks,  there  was  no  breed  so  large  and  muscular  above  the  knee. 
Clean,  not  fine  and  slender,  but  well  proportioned  in  the  neck  and  chaps; 
broad  shoulders,  deep  chest,  and  close,  compact  form.  The  neck  of  the 
Galloway  bull  was,  and  still  is,  thick  almost  to  a  fault.  The  head  rather 
heavy  ;  the  eyes  not  prominent,  and  the  ears  large,  rough,  and  full  of  long 
hairs  on  the  inside.  The  Galloway  was  covered  with  a  loose  mellow  skin  of 
medium  thickness,  clothed  with  long,  soft,  silky  hair.  The  skin  is  thinner 
than  that  of  the  Leicestershire,  but  not  so  fine  as  the  hide  of  the  Short- 
Horn,  but  handling  soft  and  kindly.  The  prevailing  and  fashionable 
color  was  black- -a  few  dark  brindle-brown,  and  still  fewer  speckled  with 
white  spots,  and  some  jf  them  a  dun  or  drab  color.  Dark  colors  were, 
and  are  yet,  uniformly  preferred,,  from  the  belief  that  they  indicate 
hardiness  of  constitution. 


WEST   IIIGHLAND   FEEDING   OX. 

Highland  Cattle. — The  West  Highland  cattle  are  an  ancient  breed  and 
are  found  in  all  the  mountain  regions  of  Scotland  and  the  Isles.  Their 
gj-eat  value  consists  in  the  eminent  superiority  of  their  flesh.  They  are 
hardy,  and  easily  fed ;  in  that  they  will  live,  and  sometimes  thrive,  on 
the  coarsest  pastures  •  that  they  will  frequently  gain  from  a  fourth  to  Jk 


610  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOB. 

third  of  their  original  weight  in  six  months'  good  feeding ;  that  the  pro- 
portion  of  offal  is  not  greater  than  in  the  most  improved  larger  breeds. 
They  will  lay  their  flesh  and  fat  equably  on  the  best  parts  ;  and,  when  fat, 
the  beef  is  close  and  fine  in  the  grain,  highly  flavored,  and  so  well  mixed 
or  marbled,  that  it  commands  a  superior  price  in  every  market. 

The  principal  old  breeds  of  Scotland,  as  given  by  Youatt,  may  be  sum- 
marized as  follows  :  Scotland  contains  several  distinct  and  valuable  breeds 
of  cattle,  evidently  belonging  to  our  present  division,  the  Middle-Horns. 
The  West  Highlanders,  whether  we  regard  those  that  are  found  in  the 
Hebrides,  or  the  county  of  Argyle,  seem  to  retain  the  most  of  the 
aboriginal  character.  They  have  remained  unchanged,  or  improved 
only  by  selection,  for  many  generations ;  indeed  from  the  earliest 
accounts  that  we  possess  of  Scottish  cattle.  The  North  Highlanders 
are  a  smaller,  coarser,  and  in  every  way  inferior  race,  and  owe  the  greater 
part  of  what  is  valuable  about  them  to  crosses  from  the  Western  breed. 
The  Northeastern  cattle  were  derived  from,  and  bear  resemblance  to  the 
West  Highlander,  but  are  of  considerably  larger  size.  The  Ayrshire 
breed  is  second  to  none  for  milking.  The  Galloways,  which  less  than 
two  hundred  years  ago,  were  middle-horned,  and  with  diflficulty  distin- 
guished from  the  West  Highlanders,  are  now  a  polled  breed — increased 
in  size,  with  more  striking  resemblance  to  their  kindred,  the  Devons — > 
with  all  their  aptitude  to  fatten,  and  with  a  great  hardiness  of  constitu- 
tion. 

XI.    Swiss  Cattle. 

The  Swiss  have  long  had  a  valuable  breed  of  milking  cattle  which  of 
late  years  has  attracted  some  attention  in  the  United  States.  In  France 
they  are  held  in  high  repute.  A  careful  and  accurate  observer  describes 
them  as  being  robust,  hardy  animals,  usually  of  a  dun  color  or  dun  and 
white,  with  medium  heads,  hanging  dewlaps,  rather  coarse  shoulders  and 
broad  hips  and  quarters  $  with  well  developed  udders.  Removed  from 
their  native  mountains  they  are  said  to  manifest  little  im^Datience  at  the 
change,  and  though  kept  in  stables  and  soiled,  they  seemed  to  thrive  and 
carry  fi  good  coat  of  flesh  ;  when  dry,  they  fatten  readil}:.  In  Switzer- 
land they  are  wintered  in  the  valleys,  on  the  coarsest  food ,  and  as  soon  as 
the  snow  melts  from  the  southern  slopes  of  the  mountains  are  driven  to 
their  pastures,  which,  as  the  season  advances,  are  gradually  changed  for 
the  higher  ranges.  Por  four  months  in  the  year  they  are  kept  on  the 
most  elevated  feeding  grounds,  and  there,  attended  b}-  a  single  man, 
miiting  in  his  person  the  offices  of  cowherd  and  dairyman,  they  feed  on 
the  close,  sweet  herbage,  often  at  the  very  edge  of  the  snow  fields,  till 
their  short  summer  is  over,  and  they  are  driven  by  the  autumn  stoniis  to 
tiie  more  sheltered  pastures  again.     Cheese  is  the  chief  product,  and  its 


612  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND 


COMPLETK  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


EARLY  HISIORY  AND  TYPICAL  BREEDS  OF  CATTLE.  613 

manufacture  i^  v^^onducted  in  the  lonely  chalet,  jDerched  on  the  mountain 
side,  ill  the  most  primitive  manner.  The  best  cows  yield  from  ton  to 
twenty  quarts  of  milk  daily,  ana  each  cow  produces  by  the  end  of  the  sea- 
son of  four  months,  on  an  average,.  225  pounds  of  cheese. 

XII.    Dutch  Cattle. 

The  Low  Countries  of  Europe,  Holland  and  the  neighboring  States, 
have,  from  a  remote  period,  had  a  most  valual)le  milking  breed,  that  is 
now  broken  up  into  numerous  varieties.  The  most  noted  of  these  are  the 
Holstein  or  Friesian  cattle,  celebrated  for  the  immense  quantities  of  milk 
they  give,  and  for  their  large  frames,  which  take  on  fat  and  flesh  kindly 
when  dry.  On  page 690  a  young  Holstein  bull  of  the  modern  Chenery 
milking  stock  is  represented.  The  late  Mr.  Klippart,  when  Secretary 
of  the  Ohio  Board  of  Agriculture,  wrote  from  personal  observation 
of  Holstein  cattle,  as  follows:  "The  native  cattle  of  Holstein  are  the 
A-ngle  cattle,  which  are  far  more  numerous  than  any  other  kind  or  race. 
They  are  small  animals,  with  fine  bones,  short-legged  rather  than  other- 
vise  ••  a  very  fine,  small  head,  and  delicately  formed  neck.  Thepredom- 
'Cctang  color  is  red  or  brown,  but  there  are  many  dun,  black,  or  spotted 
ones.  According  to  the  amount  of  food  consumed,  this  race  gives  a  more 
abundant  supply  of  milk  than  any  other  in  the  Duchies.  It  is  a  very 
highly  esteemed  race  and  is  much  sought  after  for  its  milking  qualities 
and  kindliness  in  taking  on  flesh.     The  flesh  is  very  fine,  tender  and  juicy. 

"In  the  marshes  is  found  a  race  of  cattle  much  larger  and  heavier  than 
the  Angles,  larger-boned,  and  of  a  dark,  reddish-brown,  and  known  as 
the  Marsh  race.  This  race  seems  to  be  adapted  to  the  marshes,  but  does 
not  do  well  on  the  higher  and  dryer  uplands.  Upon  the  rich  pastures  of 
the  marshes,  for  a  time  after  calving,  the  best  cows  will  give  from  forty- 
eight  to  sixty-four  pounds,  (from  six  to  eight  gallons)  of  milk  daily. 
But  the  milk  is  not  near  so  rich  as  that  of  the  Angles. 

"In  Schleswig,  rather  than  in  Holstein,  are  found  many  of  the  Jutland 
race  of  cattle.  These  have  very  fine  bones,  and  are  long  in  proportion 
to  their  height,  and  are,  as  a  rule,  short-legged.  The  prevailing  color  is 
gray,  black,  or  gray  and  black  mixed  with  white,  but  very  rarely  red  or 
brown.  This  race  is  more  highly  esteemed  for  its  early  maturity  and 
readiness  to  fatten  than  for  its  milking  qualities." 

XIII.    Fossil  Cattle. 
The  original  type  of  the  modern  ox  is  said  to  have  been  the  Urus.     An- 
cient legends  have  thrown   around   him    mysterious  qualities.     He  was 
described  as   being  an   animal  of  great   fierceness  and  enormous    size  ; 
but     despite    these    fabled    attributes,     the    Urus    probably    did    not 


614  CrCLOPEDlA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

compare  better  in  size  with  the  modem  ox,  than  did  the  ancient 
horse,  or  our  modern  semi-wild,  horses,  with  the  great  draft  horse  of 
to-day. 

That  there  once  existed  species  of  cattle  in  some  pre-historic  age,  mon, 
strous  as  compared  with  ours,  there  is  no  doubt.  Youatt,  in  his  history 
of  British  cattle,  says  that  in  nlmost  every  part  of  the  Continent,  and 
in  every  district  of  England,  skulls,  evidently  belonging  to  cattle,  have 
been  found,  far  exceeding  in  bulk  any  now  known.  There  is  a  fine  spec- 
imen in  the  British  Museum  :  the  peculiarity  of  the  horns,  resembles 
smaller  ones  dug  up  in  the  mines  of  Cornwall.  The  two  plates  given 
illustrate  two  remains  of  fossil  skulls,  of  })rehistoric  times,  gigantic  in 
structure;  that  of  Primagenius  supposed  to  have  been  of  a  species  from 
which  our  modern  cattle  have  descended. 

XrV.    The  Wild  Cattle  of  England. 

Of  the  wild  cattle  Kept  in  Engiana  on  the  estates  of  the  Duke  of  Ham* 
ilton,  and  the  Earl  of  Tankerville,  known  in  his  day,  the  same  authority 
says  : 

"The  wild  breed,  from  being  untamable,  can  only  be  kept  within  walls, 
or  good  fences  ;  consequently,  very  few  of  them  are  now  to  be  met  with, 
except  in  the  parks  of  some  gentlemen,  who  keep  them  for  ornament, 
and  as  a  curiosity.  Their  color  is  invariably  white,  muzzle  black;  the 
Avhole  of  the  inside  of  the  ear,  and  about  one-third  of  the  outside,  from 
the  tips  downward,  red  ;  horns,  white,  Avith  black  tips,  very  fine,  and 
bent  upward ;  some  of  the  bulls  have  a  thin,  upright  mane,  about  an  inch 
and  a  half  or  two  inches  long.  The  weight  of  the  oxen  is  from  thirty- 
five  to  forty-five  stone,  and  the  cows  from  twenty-five  to  thirty-five  stone, 
the  four  quarters  (fourteen  pound  to  the  stone).  The  beef  is  finely 
marbled  and  of  excellent  flavor.  The  six  year  old  oxen  are  generally 
very  good  beef ;  whence  it  may  be  fairly  supposed  that,  in  proper  situa- 
tions, they  would  feed  well. 

"At  the  first  appearance  of  any  person  they  set  off  in  full  gallop,  and, 
at  the  distance  of  about  two  hundred  yards,  make  a  wheel  rouud,  and 
come  boldly  up  again  in  a  menacing  manner ;  on  a  sudden  they  make  a 
full  stop  at  the  distance  of  forty  or  fifty  yards,  looking  Avildly  at  the 
object  of  their  surprise  ;  but  upon  the  least  motion  they  all  again  turn 
round,  and  fly  off  with  equal  speed,  but  not  to  the  same  distance,  form- 
ing a  shorter  circle,  and  again  returning  with  a  more  threatening 
aspect  tlian  before  ;  they  approach  probably  within  thirty  yards,  when 
they  again  make  another  stand,  and  then  fly  off ;  this  they  do  several 
times,  shortening  their  distance,  and  advancing  nearer  and  nearer,  till  they 
come  WMthin  such  a  short  distance  that  most  people  think  it  prudent  to 
leave  them. 


EARLY  HISTORY  AND  TYPICAL  BREEDS  OF  CATTLE.  615 

When  the  cows  calve,  they  hide  their  calves  for  a  week  or  ten  days  in 
some  sequestered  situation,  and  go  and  suckle  them  two  or  three  times  a 
day.  If  any  person  comes  near  the  calves,  they  clap  their  heads  close  to 
the  ground,  to  hide  themselves  ;  this  is  a  proof  of  their  native  wildness. 
The  dams  allow  no  person  to  touch  their  calves,  without  attacking  them 
with  impetuous  ferocity.  When  any  one  happens  to  be  wounded,  or  is 
grown  weak  and  feeble  through  age  or  sickness,  the  rest  of  the  herd  set 
on  it  and  gore  it  to  death." 

The  breeds  now  found  in  Great  Britain,  are  almost  as  various  as  the 
Goils  of  the  different  districts,  and  are  purely  artificial  in  their  breeding, 
according  to  the  several  fancies  of  the  originators,  and  successive 
breeders. 

XV.    Native  Districts  of  Some  Breeds. 

The  same  careful  authority,  heretofore  quoted,  has  divided  them  into 
Long-Horns,  Short-Horns  and  Middle-Horns.  Their  history,  which  may 
be  taken  as  correct,  their  classification,  and  their  habits,  as  known  in 
his  day,  are  given  as  follows  :  "The  Long-Horns  were  originally  from 
Lancashire,  much  improved  by  Bakewcll,  and  established  through  the 
greater  part  of  the  midland  counties  ;  the  Short-Horns,  mostly  cultivated 
in  the  northern  counties,  and  in  Lincolnshire,  and  many  of  them  found  in 
every  part  of  the  kingdom  where  the  farmer  attends  much  to  his  dairy, 
or  a  large  supply  of  milk  is  wanted  ;  and  the  Middle-Horns,  not  derived 
from  a  mixture  of  the  two  preceding,  but  a  distinct  and  valuable  and 
beautiful  breed,  inhabiting  principally  the  north  of  Devon,  the  east  of 
Sussex,  Herefordshire,  and  Gloucestershire  ;  and,  of  diminished  ])ulk, 
and  with  somewhat  different  character,  the  cattle  of  the  Scottish  and  the 
Welsh  mountains.  The  Aldcrney,  with  her  crumpled  horn,  is  found  on 
the  southern  coast,  and,  in  smaller  numbers,  in  gentlemen's  parks  and 
pleasure-grounds  every  where  ;  while  the  polled,  or  hornless  cattle,  pre- 
vail in  Suffolk,  and  Norfolk,  and  in  Galloway,  whence  they  were  first 
derived. 

"These,  however,  have  been  intermingled  in  eveiy  possible  way.  They 
are  found  pure  only  in  their  native  districts,  or  on  the  estates  of  some 
opulent  and  spirited  individuals.  Each  county  has  its  own  mongrel  breed, 
ftften  diflScult  to  be  described,  and  not  always  to  be  traced — neglected 
enough,  yet  suited  to  the  soil  and  to  the  climate  ;  and,  among  little  farmers, 
maintaining  their  station,  in  spite  of  attempts  at  improvements  by  the 
intermixture  or  the  substitution  of  foreign  varieties. 

"The  character  of  each  important  variety,  and  the  relative  value  of 
each  foi  breeding,  grazing,  the  dairy,  or  the  plough,  will  be  considered 
before  wo  inquire  into  the  structure  or  general  and  medical  treatment  of 
juttle.     Much  dispute  has  arisen  as  to  the  original  breed  of  British  cattle. 


616  CTCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

The  battle  has  been  stoutly  fought  between  the  advocates  of  the  Middle 
and  Long-Horns.  The  Short-Horns  and  the  polls  can  have  no  claim; 
the  latter,  although  it  has  existed  in  certain  districts  from  time  immemo- 
rial, was  probably  an  accidental  variety,  ^ye  are  very  much  disposed  to 
adjudge  the  honor  to  the  Middle-Horns.  Tiie  Long-Horns  are  evidently 
of  Irish  extraction. 

* 'Britain  has  shared  the  fate  of  other  nations,  and  oftener  than 
they,  has  bcoa  overrun  and  subjugated  by  invaders.  As  the  native? 
retreated,  they  carried  with  them  some  portion  of  their  property,  which 
in  those  early  times,  consisted  principally  in  cactle.  They  drove  along 
with  them  as  many  as  they  could,  when  they  retired  to  the  fortresses  of 
north  Devon  and  Cornwall,  or  the  mountainous  regions  of  Wales,  or 
when  they  took  refuge  in  the  wealds  of  east  Sussex ;  and  there,  retaining 
all  their  prejudices,  customs  and  manners,  were  jealous  of  the  preserva- 
tion of  that  which  reminded  them  of  their  native  country  before  it  yielded 
to  a  foreign  yoke. 

"In  this  manner  was  preserved  the  ancient  breed  of  British  cattle. 
Difference  of  climate  wrought  some  change,  particularly  in  their  bull.. 
The  rich  pasture  of  Sussex  fattened  the  ox  into  its  superior  size  and 
weight.  The  plentiful,  but  not  so  luxuriant,  herbage  of  the  north  of 
Devon,  produced  a  smaller  and  more  active  animal,  while  the  privations 
of  Wales  lessened  the  bulk  and  thickened  the  hide  of  the  Welsh  runt. 
As  for  Scotland,  it  set  its  invaders  at  defiance;  or  its  inhabitants 
retreated  for  a  while,  and  soon  turned  again  on  their  pursuers.  They 
were  proud  of  their  country,  their  cattle,  their  choicest  possession;  and 
there,  toe,  the  cattle  were  preserved,  unmixed  and  undegenerated, 

"Thence  it  resulted  that  in  Devon,  in  Sussex,  in  Wales,  and  in  Scot- 
land, the  cattle  have  been  the  same  from  time  immemorial;  while  in  aL 
the  eastern  coast,  and  through  every  district  of  England,  the  breed  of 
cattle  degenerated,  or  lost  its  original  character;  it  consisted  of  animals 
brought  from  every  neighboring  and  some  remote  districts,  mingled  in 
every  possible  variety,  yet  conforming  itself  to  the  soil  and  the  climate. 

"Observations  will  convince  us  that  the  cattle  in  Devonshire,  Sussex, 
Wales  and  Scotland,  are  essentially  the  same.  They  are  middle-horned; 
not  extraordinary  milkers,  and  remarkable  for  the  quality  rather  than  the 
quantity  of  their  milk;  active  at  work,  and  with  an  unequaled  aptitude 
to  fatten.  They  have  all  the  characters  of  the  same  breed,  changed  by 
soil,  climate,  and  time,  yet  little  changed  by  man.  We  may  almost  trace 
the  color,  namely,  the  red  of  the  Devon,  the  Sussex,  and  the  Hereford; 
and  where  the  black  alone  are  now  found,  the  memory  of  the  red  pre- 
vails. Every  one  who  has  compared  the  Devon  cattle  with  the  wild  breed 
of  Chatelherault  park,  or  Chillingham  castle,  has  been  struck  with  the 


EARLY    HISTORY   AND   TYPICAL    BREEDS   OF    CATTLE.  617 


618  CYCLOrEDIA   OF   LIVE   STOfK    AND   ro>frLETE   STOCK  DOCTOR. 


EARLY  HISTORY  AND  TYPICAL  BREEDS  OF  CATTLE. 


619 


gi'eat  resenibhince  in  many  points,  notwithstanding  the  difference  of  color, 
while  they  bear  no  likeness  at  all  to  the  cattle  of  the  neighboring  coun- 
try." 


LONGHOKN     BULL. 


HEAD  OF  1.0N<iH()UN    COW. 

The  horns  of  this  breed  of  cattle  grow  in  siu  h  u  ii.jinner  as  to  be  very  distinctive. 
They  curve  forward,  and  hang  down  toward  the  muzzle,  somelinies  curving  inward 
until  they  touch  the  cheek.  The  colors  of  the  animal  are  generally  dark  red,  brindled, 
and  pied,  with  white  along  tlie  backs.  The  females  are  very  broad  in  the  hips  and  are 
good  milkers.  One  hundred  years  qgo  these  cattle  were  more  highly  esteenutl  in  En- 
gland than  a.iy  other  breeds,  becnuse  they  were  suiiposed  to  be  the  most  desirable  for 
diiry  purposes;  but  they  h:ive  been  superseded  by  the  shorthorns,  although  many  of 
the  latter  have  a  strain  of  their  more  ancient  predecessors. 

For  these  reasons  Mr.  Youatt  considers  the  Middle-Horns  to  be  the 
native  breed  of  Great  Britain. 


CHAPTER  II. 

STRUCTURE  OF  THE  OX. 


I.      COMPARATIVE    DESCRIPTION. II.      A   GOOD    COW    DESCRIBED    IN  VERSE. III. 

SKELETON  OF  THE  OX. IV.      ANALYSING  THE   HEAD. V.      EXTERNAL   PARTS 

OF  A  FAT  OX. VI.      TEETH  OF  THE  OX. VII.      AGE  OF  CATTLE  TOLD  BY   THE 

CHART. 

I.    Comparative  Description. 

The  OX,  like  the  horse,  is  made  up  of  a  bony  structure,  upon  which 
rests  the  muscular  and  fleshy  covering,  and  over  this  again  lies  the  skin. 
The  only  means  of  defense  possessed  by  cattle  are  their  horns,  which,  in 
breeds  that  have  been  running  wild  for  generations,  develop  into  long 
sharp,  and  most  formidable  weapons.  These  are  most  securely  fixed  and 
rendered  effective  by  the  expanse  of  the  frontal  bone,  shown  at  numeral 
6,  skeleton  of  the  ox,  as  represented  in  the  cut  accompanying  this  chapter. 

The  horse  is  long  in  the  limbs  and  neck  ;  the  ox  is  comparatively  short 
in  these  members.  The  body  of  the  horse  corresponds  to  the  square  ; 
that  of  the  ox  to  the  rectangle.  The  illustrations  showing  outlines  of  fat 
bullocks,  as  presented  a  few  pages  further  on  in  this  chapter — four  forms 
exhibited — are  accurate  representations.  The  ribs  of  the  ox  are  both  longer 
and  larger  than  those  of  the  horse,  since  the  several  stomachs  and  the  bow- 
els of  the  ox  are  more  capacious.  The  width  of  the  bosom  gives  ample 
space  for  the  fore  legs  and  for  the  viscera ;  and  this  width  is  carried  cor- 
respondingly behind,  giving,  in  the  modern  ox,  a  broad  loin  and  massive 
rump  and  hind  quarters,  where  the  choice  parts  of  the  beef  lie. 

II.    A  good  Cow  described  in  verse. 
The  physical  proportions  of  the  cow  have  l>cen  so  accurately  described 
in  verse,  by  an  old  English  writer,    that  we  reproduce  his  stanzas  as  em- 
bodying the  general  characteristics  of  what  goes  to  make  up  a  perfec^t 
animal : 

She's  long  in  her  face,  she's  fine  in  her  horn, 
She'll  quickly  get  fat  without  cake  or  corn; 
She's  clean  in  her  jaws,  and  full  in  her  chine, 
She's  heavy  in  Hank,  and  wide  in  her  loin. 

She's  broad  in  het  ribs,  and  long  in  her  rump; 
A  straiglit  and  Hat  back,  without  e'er  a  hump; 
She's  wide  in  her  hips,  and  calm  in  her  eyes; 
She's  fine  in  her  shoulders,  and  thin  in  her  thighs. 

She's  light  in  her  neck,  and  small  in  her  tail; 
yhe's  wide  in  her  breast,  and  good  at  the  pail; 
She's  fine  in  her  bone,  and  silky  of  skin — 
She's  a  grazier's  without,  and  a  butcher's  within. 

620 


STRUCTURE  OF  TUE  OX. 
m.    Skeleton  of  the  Ox. 


621 


If  we  look  at  the  skeleton  of  the  ox  we  shall  there  see  the  basis  of 
the  immense  but  sluggish  strength  for  which  this  animal  is  noted.  It 
will  not  be  necessary  to  translate  the  names  of  the  bones.  They  should 
be  called  by  the  scientific  names  here  given.  The  corresponding  bones 
found  in  the  horse  have  been  sufficiently  explained. 


SKELETON   OF   THE   OX. 

Names  of  the  Bones. — ^l — Cervical  Vertebrae.  B  B — Dorsal  Verte- 
bra. C — Lumbar  Vertebrae.  D — Sacrum.  E  E — Coccygeal  Bones, 
i^i^— Ribs.  G — Costal  Cartilages.  ^— Scapuhi.  /—Humerus.  KK 
Radius.  L — Ulna.  M — Carpus  or  Knee.  1 — Scaphoid.  2 — Semilu- 
nar. 3 — Cuneiform.  4 — Trapezium.  5 — Trapezoid.  G — Os  Magnum. 
7 — Unciform.  8 — Pisiform.  iViV— Large  Metacarpal  or  Cannon.  O — 
Small  Metacarpal.  P  F — Sesamoid  Bones.  Q  (^—Phalanges.  1— Os 
Suffraginis  or  Pastern  Bone.  2 — Os  Coronae.  3-  -Os  Pedis.  R — Pelvis. 
1— Illium.  2— Pubis.  3— Ischium.  xS'— Femur.  T— Patella.  U~ 
Tibia.  F— Fibula.  TF— Hocks.  1— Os  Calcis.  2— Ostragalus.  3— 
Cuneiform  Magnum.  4 — Cuneiform  Medium.  5 — Cuneiform  Parvum. 
6— Cuboid.  A^— Large  Metatarsal.  1,  2,  3— Phalanges.  F—Small 
Metatarsal.  Z — Head.  1 — Inferior  Maxilla.  2 — Superior  Maxilla.  3 — 
Anterior  INLaxilla.  4— Nasal  Bone.  5— Molar.  6— Frontal.  7— Parietal. 
{^—Occipital.     i> — Lachrymal.     10 — Squamous,     11 — Petrous. 


322 


CTCLOPJIDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


Elegance,  speed,  and  muscular  activity  are  the  qualities  for  which  the 
frame-work  of  the  horse  seem  best  suited.  In  the  ox  there  is  also  the 
beauty  of  symmetry  as  shown  in  smooth  lines,  when  fat,  and  the  devel- 
opment of  great  strength  with  slow  motion.  Hence,  the  limbs  are 
straighter  and  more  massive  than  in  the  horse. 


OUTLINE   OF   FAT   BULLOCKS. 


In  the  OX  we  find  the   same  two  plates  at  the  top   of  the  head,  that 
were  noticed  in  the  horse.     In  the    ox   and    other  horned  animals  these 

plates  have  a  considerable  space  be- 
tween them,  as  shown  in  the  accom- 
panying cut  giving  a  vertical  section 
of  the  head.     This  space  is  filled  with 
cells  having  bony  ridges  passing  from 
the  inner  to  the  outer  plate,  or  table, 
securing   firmness ;     and    these    cells 
form  large  and  strong  sockets  for  the 
horns.     The  cavity  of  the  brain  is,  in 
VERTICAL  SECTION  OF  THE  HEAD.        thc  OX,  about  onc-fouith  the  size  of  the 
skull— the  other  parts  being  occupied  by  the  organs  of  smell,  the  teeth 
and  the  jaws,  which  are  exhibited  in  vertical  sections  here  given. 


STRUCTUllE  OF  THE  OX.  623 


rv.    Analysing  the  Head. 


The  second  cut  representing  a  section  Df  the  head  of  an  ox,  reveals  a 
portion  of  the  upper  jaw,  showing  the  mohirs,  or  grinding  teeth. 

Explanation. — ^ — Molars  or  grinders.  B — Superior  maxillary  bone 
and  its  paUitine  process.  C — Cells  of  the  palatine  bone.  D — Anterior 
maxillary  bone,  destitute  of  incisor  teeth. 

The  frontal  bones  shown  at  6  in  the  skeleton  of  the  ox,  extend  from 
the  nose  to  the  superior  ridge  of  the  skull,  presenting  a  flat,  irregular  sur- 
face, quite  bare  of  fleshy  or  muscu- 
lar covering.  The  ox  has  the  same 
division  in  the  center  of  the  frontal 
sinuses  as  the  horse  ,  but  the  divis- 
ion between  the  nostrils  is  not  per- 
fect. There  is  a  continuous  cavity 
from  the  muzzle  to  the  horn.  In 
polled  or  horned  cattle  the  frontal 
bones  reach  from  the  nasal  bones  to  section  of  head  of  ox. 

the  parietal  ridge,  but  since  thcreareno  horns,  these  bones  become  narrower 
towards  the  poll.  In  cattle  the  temporal  bones  are  small,  but  deep  in  the 
temporal  fossa  and  have  no  squamous  structure.  The  occipital  bone  has 
little  importance  by  comparison  with  its  use  in  the  horse.  The  sphcmoid 
and  ethmoid  bones  relatively  occupy  the  same  position  in  the  two  ani- 
mals. A  comparison  of  the  skeletons  of  the  horse  and  ox,  will  fuliy 
illustrate  this. 

V.    External  Parts  of  a  Fat  Ox. 

As  beef  is  a  universal  article  of  food,  the  value  of  a  very  large  pro- 
portion of  the  cattle  reared  is  determined  by  their  capacity  to  develop 
juicy,  palatable  meat.  The  illustration  on  the  next  page  shows  a  Short- 
Horn  ox  in  prime  condition,  and  the  accompanying  explanation  points  out 
the  several  i)arts  of  the  animal  with  reference,  mainly,  to  their  qualities 
and  use  as  Ixu^f. 

Where  the  choice  Beef  lies. — The  prime  parts  of  the  ox,  as  shown  in 
the  cut,  lie  from  N  to  i?,  and  from  i?  to  S,  and  back  to  N.  Between 
P,  Q  and  V  arc  the  best  pieces.  The  second  best  are  between  M,  S,  T^ 
F,  W  and  K.  Between  S  and  U  are  valuable  pieces  for  smoked  or 
dried  meat.  The  ribs  between  M  and  S ;  the  flanks  F,  W,  and  thence 
to  the  brisket  TT  are  good  corning  pieces.  The  quarters  of  such  an  ox 
will  dress  sixty-five  per  cent,  of  his  gross  weight.  The  loin  above  P 
and  from  thence  to  the  top  of  the  shoulder  above  N  will  give  superior 
steak  and  roasting  pieces.  The  shoulder-point  or  neck  vein  l)ack  of  2 
and  thigh  at  8  make  the  best  smoking-pieces.     The  plates  IF  will  mak^ 


624 


CYCLOtEDIA  or  LIVE  STOC&  ANP  COMFUBTE  ttltjCH  XKH7l>OU. 


excellent  corned  beef,  while  R,  S  and  L  (the  rump,  round  and  brisket) 
make  the  best  pieces  for  oickling — good,  thick,  juicy  meat,  and  in  large 
quantities. 


Explanation. — A — Forehead.  B — ^I'ace.  C~- Cheek.  />  — Muzzle. 
E — Neck.  /--Neck-vein.  G — Shoulder-point.  // — Ann.  / — Gain- 
brel  or  hock.  K — Elbow.  L  ■  -Brisket,  bosom  or  breast.  X — Crops. 
O — Loin.  P — Hip.  Q — Rum[  ,  J? -^— Pin-bone.  S  —  Round-bone, 
thurl  or  whirl.  7^— Buttock.  i7---.rhigh,  or  gasket.  T— Flank.  W 
--Plates.     X -Back,  or  chine.     T     TV-oa"^ 


STRUCTURE  OF  THE  OX.  625 

VI.    Teeth  of  the  Ox. 

The  ox  has  32  teeth.  These  are  divided  into  24  grinding  or  molar 
teeth,  six  on  each  side  of  each  upper  and  lower  jaw,  and  8  nippers  or 
cutting  teeth  (incisors)  in  the  front  lower  jaw.  The  ox  has  no  canine 
teeth  (tushes,)  and  no  teeth  in  the  front  part  of  the  upper  jaw.  In 
place  of  the  front  upper  incisors,  those  of  the  lower  jaw  meet  against  a 
callosity  above,  thick,  hard  and,  in  old  cattle,  almost  horny.  Scientific- 
ally the  teeth  are  represented  by  the  following  Dental  formula : 
Genus  Bos.  Cattle  ;  incisors,  ^,  canines,  g,  molars,  |  |.  =  Total,  32  teeth. 

But  in  order  that  the  reader  may  judge  accurately  of  the  age  of  any 
animal  of  the  genus  Bos,  but  especially  the  age  of  cattle,  a  chart  is  an- 
nexed, showing  the  nippers,  (incisors,)  from  birth  up  to  the  age  of  five 
years  past^ — that  is,  up  to  the  sixth  year  ;  and  also  the  teeth  as  they  appear 
at  ten  years  of  age. 

An  ox  at  five  years  old,  is  past  his  prime  for  beef,  and  at  six  is  past 
his  prime  for  economical  farm  labor,  except  at  heavy,  slow  draft.  The 
cow  will  breed  good  calves  from  three  years  to  the  age  of  ten  years,  and 
often  up  to  fifteen  years.  The  bull  should  be  sure  in  his  get,  up  to  about 
the  age  of  eight  years,  after  which  he  usually  gets  logy. 

VTI.    Age  of  Cattle  told  by  the  Chart. 

The  age  of  cattle  is  only  told  by  the  horns  and  the  teeth.  The  horns 
will  show  the  age  with  reason-able  accuracy  up  to  the  age  of  six  years,  by 
means  of  the  annual  rings,  and  tolerably  well  up  to  the  age  of  ten,  un- 
less they  have  been  filed,  sand-papered  and  oiled  to  deceive.  As  the 
animal  gets  older,  the  annual  rings,  or  wrinkles,  of  the  horns  become  con- 
fused by  growing  together. 

Mr.  Youatt,  in  his  analysis  of  the  teeth  of  the  ox,  gives  six  years  as 
the  age  at  which  the  animal  attains  the  full  mouth,  such  as  we  have  shown 
at  five  years  past.  In  his  day,  cattle  were  slower  in  maturing  than  now, 
and  they  were  certainly  kept  in  service  to  a  greater  age.  If  the  animal 
is  badly  kept  during  the  winter,  and  is  turned  upon  insufficient  pasture 
in  summer,  development  will,  of  course,  be  slower.  After  the  teeth  arc 
mature,  if  the  pasture  is  short  and  gritty,  they  will  be  worn  away  faster. 

The  rules  we  give  for  determining  the  ages  of  modern  cattle  apply  to 
well-kept,  early-developing  animals.  Woods-cattle,  those  raised  in  the 
timber  on  scant  fare,  might  present  the  same  appearance  at  six  years  old 
that  we  have  shown  for  five  years  past.  In  studying  the  chart, therefore, 
allowance  nmst  be  made  for  the  contingencies  we  have  named.  A.  refer- 
ence to  the  chart  will  show  that  at  birth  there  are  but  two  central  teethr 
tigure  1 ;  at  two  weeks  the  calf  will  have  four  teeth,  figure  2  ;  at  three 
weeks  it  will  have  six  teeth,  figure  3  ;  at  a  month  old  the  jaw  will  con* 


626  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLET'E  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

tain  eight  incisors,  and  present  the  appearance  as  in  figure  4.  The  mouth 
is  then  called  full,  as  containing  the  ultimate  number  of  incisors.  These 
are  not  permanent,  but  temporary,  or  milk  teeth,  as  they  are  called. 
At  six  to  eight  months  old  the  central  teeth  begin  to  be  worn,  and  show 
smaller  than  the  others,  see  figure  5.  At  ten  months  absorption  and  the 
widening  of  the  jaw  will  have  carried  the  two  central  teeth  still  farther 
away  from  each  other,  and  two  other  teeth,  one  on  each  side,  will  have 
begun  to  diminish,  in  fact  will  have  distinct  spaces  between  them,  see 
figure  6.  At  twelve  months  absorption  will  have  continued  to  two  more 
teeth,  leaving  intact  only  the  two  outside  teeth,  see  figure  7.  At  fifteen 
months  the  whole  of  the  teeth  will  present  the  appearance  as  seen  in  figure 
8.  At  this  time  the  true  or  permanent  teeth  will  have  been  growing  in 
the  jaw,  between  and  back  of  the  milk  teeth.  Figure  9  shows  the 
appearance  at  fifteen  months  of  age,  the  two  permanent  central  teeth 
appearing  in  the  place  of  the  two  first  milk  teeth  which  have  disappeared, 
and  the  other  permanent  teeth  are  shown  in  their  several  stages  of 
growth.  Figures  10,  11  and  12  show  the  teeth  at  two,  three  and  four 
years  past.  At  the  age  of  five  years  the  animal  will  have  a  full  mouth, 
as  shown  in  figure  13,  and  at  ten  years  the  incisors  will  present  the  ap- 
pearance as  in  figure  14. 

Thus  any  person  by  the  use  of  the  chart,  and  by  examination  of  the 
teeth  of  cows,  of  ages  known  to  correspond  therewith,  may  easily 
become  an  accurate  judge  of  the  age  of  cattle  up  to  the  age  of  four  years. 
In  the  four-year-old  mouth,  the  two  central  pairs  of  teeth  are  beginning 
to  be  worn  down  to  the  edges,  and  in  aflat  direction,  or  inclining  slightly 
to  the  inside  ;  yet  the  animal  has  not  a  full  mouth — that  is,  the  incisois 
are  not  fully  up  until  it  is  five  years  old.     See  figure  14. 

At  five  years  old  the  teeth  are  fully  grown,  and  the  peculiar  mark  on 
the  teeth,  called  the  cup,  is  shown  in  all.  At  the  same  time  all  will  have 
become  flattened,  while  on  the  two  center  ones  there  begins  to  be  a  dis- 
tinct darker  line  in  the  middle,  bounded  by  a  line  of  harder  bone.  From 
this  time  on  we  may  depend  both  on  the  incisors  and  the  grinders.  At  six 
years  old  the  animal  will  have  accpiired  the  last  grinding  tooth.  This  is 
the  sixth  molar  and  is,  from  the  beginning,  a  permanent  tooth.  From 
this  time  until  the  eighth  year,  and  indeed  thereafter,  in  determining  the 
age  of  the  animal,  the  nature  of  the  soil  upon  which  it  has  been  fed  must 
be  taken  into  account.  Gritty,  close- fed  pastures  will  wear  them  faster, 
and  flush  pastures  slower.  Thus  in  all  the  pasture  regions  of  the  West, 
and  Southwest,  the  wear  will  be  light.  As  a  general  rule,  but  admitting 
of  many  exceptions,  at  seven  years  old  this  line  is  becoming  broader  and 
more  irregular  in  all  of  the  teeth  ;  and  a  second  and  broader,  and  more 
circular  mark  appears  within  the  center  of  the   former   one,  the  most 


STRUCTURE  OF  THE  OX. 


627 


distinct  in  the  central,  or  two  central  pairs — and  which,  at  eight  years,  has 
spread  over  the  six  central  incisors. 

At  eight  years,  a  change  takes  place  which  cannot  be  mistaken.  The 
process  of  absorption  has  again  commenced  in  the  central  incisors  ;  it  is 
slow,  and  is  never  carried  to  the  extent  seen  in  the  milk  teeth,  but  is 
sufficicnLy  plain,  and  the  two  central  teeth  are  evidently  smaller  than 
their  neighbors.  A  considerable  change  has  also  taken  place  on  the 
surface  of  the  teeth  ;  the  two  dark  marks  are  worn  into  one  in  all  but  the 
corner  teeth. 


HOLSTEIN-FRIESIAN  COW,  SEGIS  L\KA. 

At  ten  years  old  the  four  central  incisors  are  diminished  in  size,  and 
the  mark  is  becoming  smaller  and  fainter,  as  shown  in  figure  14.  At 
eleven  years  the  six  central  incisors  are  smaller,  and,  at  twelve,  all  of 
them  are  very  considerably  diminished  ;  but  not  to  the  same  extent  as  in 
the  young  animal.  The  mark  is  now  nearly  obliterated,  except  in  the 
corner  teeth,  and  the  inside  edge  is  worn  down  to  the  gum. 

From  the  age  of  twelve  years  and  onward,  the  teeth  diminish  more  and 
more,  so  that  the  animal  cannot  properly  gather  or  grind  the  food.  There 
are  many  instances,  however,  of  cows  breeding,  and  remaining  good 
;nilkers,  up  to  twenty  years  of  age  and  over.  But  in  this  day  of  early 
development,  no  careful  farmer  will  keep  a  cow  breeding  after  the  age  of 
twelve  years,  except,  perhaps,  in  the  case  of  some  extraordinary  milker, 
or  an  exceptional  cow,  of  great  physical  powers,  and  excellent  breeding 
♦lualities,  whose  stock  it  may  be  desirable  to  perpetuate. 


CHAPTER  111. 
DEVELOPMENT  AND  IMPROVEMENT  OF  BREEDS. 


it  ANCIENT  AND  MODEUN  BREEDING. II.     CATTLE  OF  THE  CAMPAGNAS. III.   PIO 

NEERS  OF  IMPROVED  STOCK. IV.   ILLUSTRATIONS  OF  NOTED  ENGLISH  BREEDS 

V.   DO  NOT  ATTEMPT  TO  FORM    A   BUEED. VI.    HOW  A   BREED  IS  FORMED. VII. 

BREEDING    FOR    CERTAIN    USES. VIII.     VARIATION    IN     TYPE. IX.     IN-AND-IN 

BREEDING  AND  BREEDING  IN  LINE. X.   ALTERING  THE  CHARACTER  BY  CROSSING. 

XI.     INFLUENCE  OF  SHELTER  AND  FEEDING. XII.     HEREDITY  IN  CATTLE. 

Km.    HEREDITARY     INFLUENCE    OF    PARENTS. XIV.    ATAVISM. XV.     PECULI- 
ARITIES OFANCESTORS  PERPETUATED. XVI.     HOW  THE  SHORT-HORNS  WERE  BRED 

t'P. XVII.     SHORT-HORNS   DURING    THE   LAST     FIFTY    YEARS. XVIII.     THREE 

SHORT-HORN  STRAINS. XIX.   THE   THREE   PRINCIPAL   TYPES   OF   CATTLE. 

Ancient  and  Modem  Breeding. 
It  might  be  curious  to  trace  the  history  of  cattle,  step  by  step,  in  their 
mprovement  from  the  earliest  times  ;  but  the  results  of  such  a  task  would 
DC  largely  composed  of  conjecture,  neither  valuable  as  history,  nor  inter- 
esting-, except  to  a  few.  The  aim  of  this  work  is  to  be  practical,  and  its 
object  is  to  give  only  such  valuable  information  as  will  be  useful  or  inter- 
esting to  all  readers  engaged  in  the  breeding,  rearing  or  use  of  live- 
stock. 

While  many  aistinct  breeds  of  cattle  have  been  known  from  the  begin- 
nin"-  of  the  historical  era,  it  is  only  within  the  last  200  years  that  carefui 
and  systematic  breeding  has  been  resorted  to.  And  it  is  probable,  or. 
rather,  it  is  positively  true,  that  during  the  last  fifty  years  greater  results 
in  the  breeding  of  all  farm  animals  have  been  accomplished,  and  greater 
proo-ress  towards  perfection  have  been  made,  than  in  all  the  time  before. 
Jacob  was  the  first  systematic  breeder  of  whom  we  have  any  record. 
It  is  tolerably  certain  that  he  understood  something  of  the  principles  of 
matin<'-  cattle,  else  he  could  not  have  procUiccd  pied  and  other  parti-colored 
animals  in  such  numbers  as  to  have  assured  him  large  profits  and  increase 
in  the  herds  of  his  father-in-law.  But  Jacob's  plan  consisted  simply  in 
brinf'int'-  too^ether  cows  and  bulls  of  certain  different  colors,  with  a  view  to 
securing  a  commingling  of  these  colors,  in  the  offspring.  It  docs  not 
appear  that  he  made  any  systematic  attempt  to  improve,  by  breeding,  the 
qualities  of  his  animals  as  milkers,  draft  oxen,  or  beef  cattle.  The  results 
of  such  efforts,  if  they  had  ever  been  made,  would  as  certainh^  have  been 
noticed  as  the  extensive  production  of  "ring-streaked  and  speckled  cattle." 

II.    Cattle  of  the  Campagnas. 
We  have  already  spoken  of  the  once-famous  cattle  of  the  Campagnas, 
in  the  time  of  the  Romans,     Their  excellence  was  probably  due  more  to 

628 


DEVELOPMENT    AND    IMPROVEMENT    OF    BREEDS. 


029 


ERSEV    COW    CAIL    RIVERS. 


,ABERDEEN-ANGUS     DULL    DELAMERE. 


630 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK 


DOCTOR. 


DEVELOPMENT  AND  IMPROVEIMENT  OF  BREEDS.  631 

the  kindliness  of  the  climate  and  the  natural  abundance  of  the  pastures 
around  Rome,  than  to  any  systematic  endeavors  to  perpetuate  good  qual- 
ties,  except  by  tlie  simple  rules  of  natural  selection.  The  same  is  true 
of  other  ancient  peoples  whose  cattle  were  once  held  in  high  repute. 
Abundant  pasturage,  extensive  ranges  and  a  genial  climate  were  the 
important  factors  in  the  production  of  their  superior  stock,  which,  in  all 
probability,  was  not  much  superior  to  the  half-wild  cattle  herded  upon 
our  great  western  plains. 

During  the  dark  ages  which  succeeded  the  fall  of  the  Roman  Empire, 
agriculture  degenerated  with  the  arts,  and,  until  about  the  sixteenth  cen- 
tury, little  attention  was  paid  to  the  breeding  of  cattle,  except  by  a  primi- 
tive sort  of  selection,  and  by  keeping  certain  strains  of  cattle  confined 
to  given  sections  of  country. 

III.    Pioneers  of  Improved  Stock. 

But  little  had  been  done  in  a  systematic  way  to  improve  British  cattle 
until  Bakewell  improved  the  Long-Horns.  Subsequently  the  Collings 
bred  up  the  Durhams  or  Tceswaters,  and  later  breeders  developed  the 
Devons,  to  which  the  Sussex  and  Hereford  breeds  owe  some  of  their  most 
eminent  qualities.  The  celebrity  of  the  improved  Leicesters  ceased  soon 
after  the  death  of  Bakewell.  But  the  Short-Horns  had  then  already 
become  famous,  and  at  the  present  day  there  is  no  other  breed  of 
beef  cattle  that  combines  so  many  good  qualities,  except  the  Herefords. 
And  this  noble  breed,  it  must  be  confessed,  is  the  peer  of  the  Short- 
Horns  in  every  respect,  except  perhaps  early  maturity,  while  in  butchers' 
proof,  it  is  probably  superior  to  the  Short-Horns.  On  the  butchers' 
block,  however,  both  the  Short-Horns  and  the  Herefords  must  yield 
precedence  to  the  Devons,  and  the  Devons  again  to  the  West  Highland 
cattle  of  Scotland. 

rv.    Illustrations  of  Noted  English  Breeds. 

That  the  reader  may  become  familiarized  with  noted  English  breeds 
of  cattle,  for  beef,  for  labor,  and  for  milking,  we  give  on  page  720  a 
model  of  the  Sussex  cow ;  on  page  632  a  Short-Horn  cow  in  outline  ; 
and  on  page  642  an  improved  Hereford  Bull,  allied  to  the  Sussex.  On 
Page  715  a  Norman  cow  is  represented ;  and  on  page  682  a  Jersey 
cow.  On     page     607     will     be     found    a    group    of     Derhams    as 

they  were  known  fifty  years  ago.  With  the  descriptions  of  the  various 
popular  breeds,  as  they  will  be  noticed  hereafter,  illustrations  will  bo 
given  showing  their  characteristics.  The  comparisons  will  l>c  found  a 
valuable  study  to  all  who  make  the  breeding  of  cattle  a  part  of  their 
farm  economy. 


632 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


Do  not  Attempt  to  Porm  a  Breed, 
in  the  breeding  of  cattle  do  not  attempt  to  form  a  new  breed  out  cf 
incongruous  materials,  such  as  ycu  may  happen  to  find  near  you.     Good 
feeding,  good  shelter,  and  careful  selection,  will  do  much  for  any  bre^dj 


but  to  undertake  to  form  a  new  breed  can  only  end  in  failure.  itwiU 
be  found  infinitely  cheaper  to  take  one  of  the  breeds  already  formed,  ac- 
cording to  the  use  for  which  *he  animals  are  intended,  than,  by  crossmg 
and  breeding  up,  to  form  one  that  at  the  end  of  one  hundred  years  w  ill 
be  no  better  than  some  of  the  now-existing  herds,  and,  perhaps,  not  as  good. 
If  there  is  any  improvement  to  be  made,  make  it  on  the  model  of  the 
best  of  the  more  reputable  breeds.     For  instance,  the  Short-Horns  can 


DEVELOPMEMT  AND  IMPROVEMENT  OF  BREEDS. 


633 


634  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

easily  be  bred  back  to  the  milking  quality  by  selecting  the  proper  fami- 
lies ;  for  they  once  possessed  this  quality  in  an  eminent  degree.  If  you 
wish  to  improve  your  common  stock,  do  it  by  crossing  upon  the  l)cst  of 
your  common  cows  good,  staunch,  vigorous  bulls,  of  the  breed  conform- 
ing to  the  type  of  cattle  you  wish  to  attain.  The  first  cross  will  give  you 
half-bloods ;  the  second  three-cjuartcrs  l)lood ;  the  third  cross  seven- 
eighths  blood,  and  the  fourth  cross — fiftccn-sixtccnths  blood.  These  lat- 
ter, and,  even  the  seven-eighths  bred  cattle,  are,  for  all  practical  puiposes, 
of  beef,  labor  or  milk,  essentially  as  good  as  those  purely  bred.  But  it  is 
necessary  that  pure  and  thoroughbred  stock  be  kept  intact,  by  every 
possible  precaution,  since  they  are  the  source  from  which  all  excellence  is 
bred.  Therefore,  if  you  are  able  to  breed  the  best,  let  all  others  alone. 
And  there  are  so  many  cattle  of  pure  and  thoroughbred  stock  now,  that 
such  sires  are  not  difficult  to  obtain,  unless  you  wish  to  breed  the  very 
highest  caste,  and  this,  too,  from  a  purely  fanciful  standpoint. 

VI.    How  a  Breed  is  Formed. 

A  breed  is  a  variety.  In  plants  a  new  variety  of  a  species  is  pro- 
duced by  crossing  one  variety  on  another.  In  the  case  of  crossing  two 
species  of  the  genus,  to  produce  a  hybrid,  the  fertility  is  generally  de- 
stroyed, and  the  hybrid  cannot  be  perpetuated.  In  crossing  two  animals 
or  plants  of  the  same  species,  but  differing  one  from  the  other,  the  pro- 
duct is  fertile,  though  not  in  so  great  a  degree  as  in  animals  or  plants  of  a 
like  kind.  The  descendants  will  partake  more  strongly  of  one  parent 
than  the  other,  and  these  variations,  in  some  cases,  crop  out  after  genera- 
tions. 

This  atavism  or  striking  back  to  some  remote  ancestor  is  not  infrequent 
in  the  Short-Horns,  notwithstanding  the  extreme  care  taken  in  breeding, 
and  the  many  years  that  have  passed  since  the  particular  cross  was  made. 
On  the  other  hand,  the  Dcvons  breed  constant  to  type,  or  nearly  so. 
Hence,  the  Devons  are  called  a  pure  breed,  and  the  Short-Horns  are 
called  thoroughbred.  The  Herefords  also  retain  this  constancy  in  gen- 
eral character  to  a  remarkable  degree,  for  the  reason  that  they  are  an 
original  breed,  and  not,  like  the  Short-Horns,  and  racing  horses,  made  up 
of  a  mixed  lineage,  and  developed  within  a  comparatively  short  time. 
Thus  the  reader  will  see  the  force  of  the  advice,  "Do  not  attempt  to 
form  a  new  breed . ' ' 

VII.    Breeding  for  certain  uses. 

For  present  practical  purpose  let  your  sires  be  the  best  you  can  aflford, 
of  some  imi)roved  breed,  which  should  be  chosen  with  reference  to  the 
purpose  for  which  the  offsi)ring  is  intended.  For  beef  and  early  maturity 
choose  a  Short-Horn  or  Hereford  bull.     If  you  breed  for  beef  and  labor, 


DEVELOrMENT  AND  IMPROVEMENT  OF  BREEDS.  685 

take  the  Hereford  for  heavy  work,  and  the  Devon  for  lighter  and  more 
active  work,  such  as  ordinary  farm  labor.  For  cheese  or  quantity  of 
milk  alone,  take  the  Holsteins.  For  butter  and  cheese  the  Ayi-shires 
are  best,  while  for  milk,  exceedingly  rich  in  cream,  but,  of  course,  not  so 
great  in  quantity,  the  Jerseys,  Alderneys  or  Guernseys  would  be  indi- 
cated, according  to  the  fancy  of  the  breeder.  In  every  case  select  the  best 
cows  possible  as  dams,  at  least  for  the  animals  intended  to  continue  the 
cross. 

vni.    Variation  in  Type. 

We  have  spoken  of  variation  in  type,  even  of  cattle  bred  with  a  view 
of  perpetuating  distinct  characteristics.  How  common  this  is,  any 
person  may  satisfy  himself  by  inspecting  the  animals  of  any  given  kind 
at  our  animal  fairs,  especially  horses  and  cattle.  Among  animals  pro- 
ducing twins,  such  as  sheep,  the  type  may  be  established  sooner,  since 
there  is  a  greater  number  of  young  to  select  from.  In  swine  it  may  be 
established  in  a  still  shorter  time,  for  they  not  only  have  many  young  at 
a  birth,  but  they  breed  twice  a  year,  and  a  sow  has  even  been  known  to 
produce  five  litters  in  less  than  two  years.  In  the  longest-established 
breeds  of  swine,  however,  pigs  of  a  litter  will  vary  materially.  Hence, 
in  breeding  swine,  while  it  is  comparatively  easy  to  perpetuate  a  particular 
strain  by  careful  selection,  it  is  also  as  easy  to  destroy  the  effects  of 
previous  good  breeding  by  bad  selections  as  it  is  to  depreciate  them  by 
neglect  in  feeding.  For  it  is  an  axiom  which  should  be  more  generally 
understood  than  it  is,  that  bad  feeding  will  soon  mar  good  breeding. 
And  as  no  success  can  be  had  with  any  breed,  however  ordinary  it  may 
be,  without  good  feeding,  it  is  essential  that  the  improved  breeds  be  care- 
fully and  liberally  provided  for,  especially  since  the  better  the  breed  the 
better  do  the  animals  pay  for  their  feeding. 

IX.    In-and-in  Breeding  and  Breeding  in  Line. 

The  meaning  of  these  terms  has  been  defined  in  a  previous  part  of 
this  volume.  One  is  the  breeding  together  of  animals  very  closely  re- 
lated ;  the  other  is  the  perpetuation  of  qualities,  by  continuing  to  breed 
together  animals  having  similar  characteristics.  From  in-an-in  and  line 
breeding  we  get,  more  often,  what  is  called  a  "nick" — that  is,  the  inheri- 
tance of  some  essentially  good  quality — than  by  what  is  known  as  out- 
crossing, or  breeding  to  animals  of  dissimilar  quality.  The  careful 
breeder  will  hesitate  long  before  he  resorts  to  out-crossing,  and  should 
only  consent  so  to  do  where  the  family  has  become  too  fine,  and  con- 
stitutionally weak,  from  being  bred  very  closely  together  for  a  considera- 
ble lenirth  of  time. 


G36      CYCL01'Ei>lA    OF    LIVE    STOCK   AAD    COMl'LKTE    STOCJi    DOCTOR. 


UJ 


I- 


DEVELOPMENT  AND  IMPROVEMENT  OF  BREEDS.  637 

X.    Altering  the  Character  by  Crossing. 

When  it  becomes  necessary  to  alter  the  form,  do  so  through  some  animal 
of  the  same  breed.  Never  go  out  of  the  breed  for  improvement  even  in 
constitutional  vigor.  If  you  do,you  will  always  rue  it.  The  K3doe  cross, 
made  in  the  Short-Horns,  nearly  a  hundred  years  ago,  still  crops  out  in 
certain  families,  in  the  sloughing  of  the  horns,  or  in  defective  horns. 
Thirty  years  ago  the  outcrop  of  tliis  peculiarity  was  quite  common.  If 
the  character  of  your  cattle  needs  altering,  select  for  the  purpose  a  bull 
possessing  the  characteristics  desired,  or  as  near  thereto  as  may  be  possi- 
ble. Once  the  effect  is  produced,  return  again  to  the  practice  of  breed- 
ing in  line,  never  neglecting  careful  selection.  So  also  in  breeding  up 
common  stock,  by  means  of  superior  males,  when  once  you  have  decided 
what  breed  is  best  for  your  particular  use,  stick  to  it.  If  the  result  is 
unsatisfactory,  try  another  breed  on  certain  cows,  but  not  on  those  of 
your  best  improved  stock.  If  you  are  breeding  pure  or  thoroughbred 
stock,  quit  the  business  rather  than  take  an  out-cross  upon  some  other 
distinct  breed.  Once  the  blood  is  in  your  herd,  you  cannot  breed  it  out 
in  your  life  time,  nor  can  your  successor  l)reed  it  out  in  his  life  time. 

XI.    Influence  of  Shelter  and  Feeding. 

In  the  breeding  of  all  farm  stock  too  many  persons  suppose  that  ani- 
mals, especially  cattle,  ni;iy  be  ex[)osed  to  the  storms  of  winter  without 
,'^3rious  detriment,  and  that  if  tliey  get  very  thin  in  winter,  they  will 
lir'uperate  in  the  succeding  summer.  No  mistake  could  be  more  fatal 
vi  he  stock  raiser  than  this.  An  animal  that  barely  survives  the  winter, 
seldom  more  than  regains  the  flesh  lost,  during  the  next  summer.  Those 
that  have  to  be  "tailed  up"  in  the  spring  never  are  good  for  much  there- 
after. The  only  profit  there  is  in  stock  of  any  kind,  is  made  by  keeping 
them  steadily  growing,  until  they  reach  maturity.  This  is  especially  true 
in  the  case  of  improved  stock  of  whiitever  breed.  They  must  have  suf- 
ficient  warmth  and  feeding,  for  if  disability  arise  from  neglect,  the  loss 
is  serious  by  comparison  with  the  loss  from  similar  injury  to  ordinary, 
cheap  stock.  It  may  be  taken  as  an  axiom,  that  no  money  was  ever 
•Tiade  by  neglecting  or  starving  farm  stock  ;  and  no  farmer  ever  will 
make  money  from  cattle  if  he  lets  them  take  the  "warm  side  of  a  straw 
stack"  for  food  and  shelter  in  winter. 

XII.    Heredity  in  Cattle. 

We  have  already  spoken  of  the  hereditary  influence  of  ancestors.     In 

cattle  this  is  often  plainly  shown.     The  thirteenth  axiom  of  Stonehege,  and 

one  undoubtedly  correct,  is  :  The  purer  and  less  mixed  the  breed,  the  more 

Vikely  it  is  to  be  transmitted  unaltered  to  the  offspring.     Hence,  which- 


638  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

ever  parent  is  of  the  purest  blood  will  l)e  more  generally  represented  in 
the  offspring;  but,  as  the  male  is  usually  more  carefully  selected,  and  of 
purer  blood  than  the  female,  it  generally  follows  that  he  exerts  more 
influence  than  she  does  ;  the  reverse  being  the  case  when  she  is  of  more 
unmixed  bJood  than  the  sire. 

That  the  relative  ages  and  vigor  of  the  parents  have  a  decisive  influence 
on  the  offspring  there  is  no  doubt.  Hence  the  necessity  that  animals  be 
mature  before  they  are  allowed  to  breed,  since  only  mature  animals  can 
be  relied  upon  to  produce  offspring  of  the  highest  form  and  vigor.  And 
on  the  other  hand,  that  excessive  age  in  either  male  or  female,  will  dimin- 
ish potency  is  too  well  known  to  be  denied.  It  is  certain,  also,  that 
where  there  is  a  marked  prepotency  in  either  the  male  or  female  parent, 
the  progeny  will  most  closely  resemble  the  prepotent  progenitor.  The 
following  case  is  reported  by  Mr.  Talcot  in  the  "  Country  Gentleman  :  " 
"  I  had  a  nice  cow  with  nice  bag  and  teats,  which  I  took  to  a  bull  in  the 
neighborhood,  and  the  produce  was  a  heifer-calf,  which  was  raised  be- 
cause of  the  good  milking-qualities  of  her  dam  ;  but  when  she  became  a 
cow,  instead  of  the  good  qualities  of  her  dam  as  Avas  expected,  her  bag 
and  teats  were  more  like  those  of  a  sheep  than  of  a  good  dairy-cow.  I 
then  began  to  investigate  the  cause,  and  found  that  the  heifer  was  the 
counterpart  of  the  dam  of  the  bull,  she  being  an  ordinary  cow  Mith  a 
small  bag  and  still  smaller  teats,  and  from  that  time  to  this  I  have  found 
that  too  freq.uently  that  is  the  case,  especially  if  the  bull  was  from  such 
stock  or  family  of  light  milkers  that  it  was  not  desirable  to  perpetuate 
them.  I  remember  distinctly  tht  first  pure-bred  Short-Horn  bull  I  ever 
had,  that  the  bag  of  his  dam  was  the  largest  in  the  hind-quarters,  conse- 
quently that  she  gave  the  most  milk  from  the  hind-teats,  and  that  quality 
was  transmitted  to  the  majority  of  his  heifers  when  they  came  to  be 
cows,  their  bags  tending  largely  in  the  hind-quarters.  And  I  think,  from 
such  observations,  that  there  can  be  no  doubt  that  such  is  the  case  gen- 
erally." 

Mr.  Sedgmck  says,  the  supply  of  milk  is  hereditarily  influenced  by 
the  bull,  7-ather  than  by  the  cows  from  which  the  offspring  is  directly 
descended.  Of  this  there  is  no  doubt ;  but  it  is  not  so  clear,  as  asserted 
by  him,  that  the  character  of  the  secretion,  as  regards  both  quantity  and 
quality  of  the  milk,  is  derived  chiefly  from  the  paternal  grand-mother  by 
atavic  descent. 

XIII.    Hereditary  Influence  of  Parents. 

Mr.  Walker,  writing  on  intermarriage,  and  the  physiology  of  breeding, 
gives  the  following  : 

"It  is  a  fact,  established  by  my  observations,  that,  in  animals  of  the 
same  variety,  either  male  or  female  parent  may  give  either  series  of  or- 


DEVELOPIHENT  AND  IMPROVEMENT  OF  BREEDS.  639 

gans — that  is,  either  forehead  and  organs  of  sense,  together  with  the  vital 
and  nutritive  organs,  or  back-head,  together  with  the  locomotive  organs. 

"The  second  law,  namely,  that  of  crossing,  operates  where  each  parent 
is  of  a  different  breed,  and  when,  supposing  both  to  be  of  equal  age  and 
vigor,  the  male  gives  the  back-head  and  locomotive  organs,  and  the  female 
the  face  and  nutritive  organs. 

"The  third  law,  namely,  that  of  in-and-in  breeding,  operates  where  both 
parents  are  not  only  of  the  same  variety,  but  of  the  same  family  in  its 
narrowest  sense,  and  when  the  female  gives  the  back-head  and  locomo- 
tive organs,  and  the  male  the  face  and  nutritive  organs — precisely  the 
reverse  of  -"'^"at  takes  place  in  crossing." 

XIV.    Atavism. 

The  aj^i^earance,  occasionally,  of  horns  in  the  Galloway,  Suffolk  and 
other  breeds  that  have  been  hornless  for  many  generations,  but  which 
were  originally  a  horned  race,  are  remarkable  instances  of  atavism.  The 
appearance,  in  a  litter  of  Essex  pigs,  of  two  young  ones  showing  the 
Berkshire  cross  of  twenty-eight  years  before,  as  cited  by  Mr.  Sidney,  is 
also  a  remarkable  case  of  the  same  kind.  We  have  already  noticed  the 
occasional  appearance,  through  atavism,  of  deformed  horns  in  Short- 
Horn  cattle.  In  calves,  also,  this  race  shows  remarkably  in  this  respect ; 
the  following  case  is  given  by  the  "Country  Gentleman  :" 

"Mr.  Wadsworth  owns  the  twin  Princess  cows.  Lady  Mary  seventh 
and  eighth  ;  they  are  both  good  roans,  got  by  fourth  Lord  of  Oxford 
(5903  "American  Herd-Book"),  a  roan  bull;  their  dam,  Lady  Mary,  a 
red,  got  by  Hotspur  (31393),  a  roan  ;  their  granddam,  Baroness,  a  red 
roan,  got  by  Barrington  (30501),  a  white  ;  their  great-granddam,  the  im- 
ported red  Princess  cow.  Red  Rose,  second,  got  by  Napier  (6238),  red 
roan.  These  twin  heifers,  Lady  Mary  seventh  and  eighth,  were  both 
served  by  the  Princess  bull.  Earl  of  Seaham  (8077  "American  Herd- 
Book"),  a  good  roan,  and  each  dropped  a  bull-calf;  but  the  one  from 
Lady  Mary  seventh  was  a  red,  while  the  other,  from  Lady  Mary  eighth, 
was  white." 

XV.    Peculiarities  of  Ancestors  Perpetuated. 

In  the  breeding  of  animals  of  a  pure  and  homogeneous  breed,  there 
will  be  a  perfect  blending  of  characteristics,  without  marked  peculiarities, 
as  a  rule.  In  the  offspring  of  dissimilar  parents,  as  in  crossing,  there  is 
never  complete  fusion  or  blending  of  character,  but  the  offspring  in  such 
cases  will  follow,  more  or  less  closely,  the  prepotent  parent.  It  is  not 
necessarv  to  cite  authorities  on  this  point.  Instances  are  of  such  constant 
occurrence,  both  in  the  human  family  and  down  through  all  the  domestic 
animals,  that  they  have  been  noticed  by  all  intelligent  observers.     In  wild 


640  CYCLOPEDIA  OP  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

animals,  being  pure  races,  the  rule  is  not  so  apparent ;  for  in  them  is 
found  the  nicest  blending  of  transmitted  qualities.  Yet  it  is  observed 
even  in  wild  animals  when  bred  in  confinement.  Devon  cattle  and  other 
pure  breeds  of  domestic  stock,  also  show  peculiarities  to  a  less  extent 
than  more  mixed  races.  Peculiarities  of  ancestors  appear  most  frequently 
in  the  common  mixed  stock  of  the  farm,  especially  when  ])red  to  sires  of 
improved  blood. 

XVI.    How  the  Short-Horns  were  bred  up. 

The  inheritance  of  the  prepotent  l)lood  of  sires,  u[)()n  an  already  valua* 
ble  breed,  careful  selection  and  at  length  the  impress  of  a  bull,  (Hub- 
back,)  remarkable  in  every  respect,  merged  what  were  known  as  Tees- 
water,  Durham  or  Yorkshire  cattle,  into  what  has  come  of  late  years  to  be 
known,  the  world  over,  as  Short-Horns.  The  name  is  an  unfortunate 
one  in  some  respects,  since  it  is  used  to  designate  one  of  the  three  dis- 
tinct classifications  of  horned  cattle. 

Less  than  200  years  ago  the  first  improvement  was  made  in  Short- 
Horn  cattle,  according  to  Culley,  Marshall,  Bailey,  and  others  of  the  last 
century  ;  and  it  is  only  within  the  last  100  years  that  the  great  improve- 
ment was  made  which  causes  this  magnificent  breed  of  cattle  to  be  so 
highly  prized.  The  "Alloy,"  a  Gallowa}^  or  hornless,  cross  made  by 
Charles  Colling  was  unfortunate,  and  breeders  are  careful  that  their  stock 
shall  not  trace  back  to  this  cross,  which  runs  to  Grandson  of  Bolingbroke 
and  Lady — to  the  "Alloy"  as  this  progeny  was  called. 

XVII.    Short-Horns  During  the  Past  Fifty  Years. 

It  is  within  the  last  fifty  years  that  the  Short-^Horns,  once  remarkable 
for  their  milking  qualities,  have  degenerated  in  this  respect  so  that  they 
are  now  almost  worthless  for  the  dairy.  They  have  been  bred  to  emi- 
nent fineness  and  elegance,  but  it  is  questionable  if,  as  beef  producers, 
the  less  fashionable  are  not  the  better  cattle.  Originally  the  Short-Horns 
ran  much  to  white  ;  and  roans  also  were  very  common.  Of  late  years  it 
has  been  more  fashionable  to  breed  to  self-colors,  or  to  animals  in  which 
the  colors,  whatever  they  may  be,  (red  and  white  being  the  best,)  are 
distinct  and  well  defined,  one  from  the  other. 

Importations  of  Short-Horns  from  Great  Britain  were  made  to  the 
Eastern  States  m  1815,  1822,  1828,  1828,  1835,  1839,  and  1849-50;  to 
Kentucky  in  1817,  and  again  in  1837-38,  and  in  1839.  Large  importa- 
tions were  made  into  Ohio  in  1834,  and  in  1835-36.  The  first  direct 
importation  to  Illinois  was  made  in  1858.  Since  1835  Canadian  breed- 
ers have  imported  many  fine  animals,  and  within  the  last  ten  years  their 
herds  have  taken  high  rank  in  the  world  of  Short-Horns.  At  the  present 
time  there  are  no  States  of  the  West,  the  Northwest  and  Southwest,  but 


^^^^ 

^^^^^^^^^^^^■^^^ 

■^^■■■^^9^ 

s 

%  '\'    ^^to*-^^K 

a 

.^/Ji»*^^^^H 

t*         f 

V 

fti^^fl 

r                 m 

B         >'  ->  a^^^^^^^^lHj 

j^^ 

5S 

"^^^^^^^H 

HHB 

o 

^^^^^^^^^^^Hu^^^^^  jji 

'^  x^^^^^^^l 

^^^KlVWI^vi 

:?o 

^^H^^^B^ 

5-0 

^^^^B    ^^^^H|^H 

(^  c 

^^^^■^^^^^^■In^j 

^2 

>^^^^^^bL^^^H 

^^^^^^^B 

1^ 

^^^IP 

2  cc 

^^^^^^HHF^  ' 

^  r^ 

^^^^^^^^ 

■|  > 

^^^^^Bge 

1  :^ 

^^^^^Br~^ 

§c 

^^^Hj^t^;. 

S  > 

^■■k 

2.P3 

P  D 

' 

^K 

'<^ 

^^b"  "^'V^/ 

-.^ 

^j^^^B 

^^.'K^^i 

o  r 

««.<  ^^^^^H|_^_. 

^^^^^^^^^^r 

c  K 

(W  o 

^^^^H       ^^'  life 

£  o 

^^^^^^^K                l^^tilB^ 

.^MBL^l^^^^B 

PIHHB;         '          '                     ▼ 

o  po 

^=-1 

>  ^PP|^ — i^B 

■flB^^^'tf 

o> 

^^^^^^^iJ^M 

'^  S 

^Bj^J^^"^^^^^ 

g?« 

pp«pr^ 

w' 

V 

^B 

^^. 

\  >|4H^  ^^^^^^H 

V^ 

,}i^KKm^'^ 

^ 

^-^-Pi     J 

^        -v^Vi 

;    '^ 

W.. 

o 

o 

DEVELOPMENT  AND  IMPROVEMENT  OF  BREEDS.  641 

have  most  valuable  herds  of  these  remarkable  beef  cattle.  When  not 
bred  from  a  mere  fanciful  standpoint  of  fineness,  it  must  be  confessed 
that  they  are  unexcelled  in  stoutness,  early  maturity  and  great  develop- 
ment of  lesh. 

XVIII.    Three  Short-Horn  Strains. 

Among  the  lessons  learned  from  these  changes,  we  have  seen  the 
Short-Horns  gradually  lose  their  great  milking  qualities,  but  they  have 
gained  in  early  maturity,  and  in  disposition  to  take  on  flesh.  They 
may  now  be  divided  into  three  classes  : 

First,  are  those  combining  good  grazing  qualities  with  fair  milking 
quahties,  as  may  be  seen  in  the  descendants  of  the  importation  of  1817 
into  Kentucky,  or  the  "  Seventeens"  as  they  are  called.  None  are  better 
than  these  for  the  average  farmer  to  breed  from,  and  fortunately,  when 
found,  they  sell  at  prices  comparative!}^  but  little  above  those  of  the  best 
native  cattle  of  mixed  breeds. 

The  second  strain  is  the  Booth  blood,  eminent  for  large  frames, 
covered  with  great  masses  of   flesh,  but    of    small   account  as  milkers. 

The  third  principal  strain  is  that  of  the  Bates  cattle,  eminent  for  style 
and  early  maturity,  with  sub-families,  producing  occasionally  most 
excellent  milking  cows. 

The  young  breeder  may  rest  assured  that  by  studying  carefully  the 
precepts  laid  down  in  this  chapter,  and  by  familiarizing  himself  with  the 
characteristics  of  the  several  strains,  and  also  by  studying  carefully  the 
pedigrees  as  given  in  the  herd  l)ooks,  he  will  be  qualified  to  select  animals 
for  the  nucleus  of  his  herd,  that  will  breed  constant  to  type,  if  he  pos- 
sess the  judgment  properly  to  mate  them. 

XrX.    The  Three  Principal  Types  of  Cattle. 

It  remains  to  close  this  chapter  with  a  recapitulation  of  the  three  prin- 
cipal types  of  cattle.  These  are  the  Long-Horns,  the  Middle-Horns  and 
the  Short-Horns.  Of  the  Long-Horns,  sub-breeds  remain  worthy  of  per- 
petuation in  competition  with  the  Middle-Horns,  as  represented  by  the 
Herefords  or  Devons,  or  the  Short-Horns,  as  represented  by  the  Dur- 
uams.  The  milking  breeds  are  the  Jerseys  and  other  Channel  Island 
cattle,  and  the  Ayrs hires  and  the  Holsteins. 

Among  the  traces  of  long-horned  blood,  characteristic  of  the  old  Shrop- 
shire, with  their  horns  dropping  down  forward  and  suddenly  rising,  the 
Derby  with  their  horns  running  sideways,  and  curving  upwards  and  back- 
wards, and  the  Cravens,  with  their  "lopped  horns,"  may  all  be  found 
occasionally  in  the  ordinary  mixed  breeds  of  the  country,  showing  how  long 
a  time  it  takes  to  work  out  the  blood  from  whence  they  originally  cume. 


642  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AKD  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOdOR. 

A":  for  the  once-famous  New  Leicesters,  of  Bakevvell,  their  popularity 
was  short-lived,  since  they  practically  died  out  with  the  death  of  their 
founder,  Bakewell, 


W---:"-^^!^Wl''  .^^-'^ 


FLEMISH  cow. 

The  Flemish  cow  represented  on  this  page  is  not  such  an  abundant  milker  as  some 
other  breeds,  but  her  milk  is  very  rich  and  fine  iu  flavor.  In  disposition  this  breed  is 
as  gentle  and  kind  as  it  is  possible  for  cattle  to  be.  A  child  can  approach  them  any- 
where or  at  any  time,  and  lead  them  or  play  around  them,  without  fear  of  harm. 

The  Short-Horns  will  be  treated  of  in  their  appropriate  chapter,  the 
Herefords  and  Devons  in  the  chapter  appropriated  to  the  Middle-Horns, 
and  the  polled  cattle,  also,  in  a  separate  chai)ter» 


CHAPTER  IV. 
THE  BREEDING  OP  CATTLE. 


I.     EARLY  SYSTEMS    OP    BREEDING. II.       BAKEWELL'S    TEN    RULES. -TIT.     "WHAT 

THE    BREEDER    MUST    KNOW. IV.       COMPARE    RESULTS. V.      THE    ASSIMILA- 
TION    OF      FOOD. VI.       THE     BREEDER      MUST     BE    A     GOOD     FARMER. VII. 

BREEDING    FOR     BEEF.— VIII.       BREEDING    FOR     MILK. IX.       BREEDING    FOR 

LABOR. X.       THE    BREEDS    FOR    BEEF   AND    MILK. XI.      SOME   FACTS    ABOUT 

BEKF. XII.      VALUE    OF    SIRES    IN    DIFFERENT    HERDS. XIII.      KNOW    WHAT 

YOU     BREED    FOR. XIV.       DEFINITION    OF    TERMS. XV.       HOW    TO    START    A 

HERD. XVI.         HOW      THE      HERD     WILL      GRADE. XVII.        TAKING    A     LINE 

CROSS. XVIII.       SOME   SPECIMENS    OP    CLOSE    BREEDING. XIX.       THE   GESTA- 
TION OF  COWS. 

I.    Early  Systems  of  Breeding. 

Until  within  the  last  200  years  the  whole  art  of  breeding  animals 
might  have  been  summed  up  in  the  aphorism,  "Like  produces  like ;" 
and  hence  that  other  proverb,  "Breed  from  the  best."  Yet,  simple  as 
these  principles  were,  they  seem  to  have  been  followed  in  a  very  feeble 
way,  as,  indeed,  they  are  to  this  day  by  a  majority  of  farmers,  or  by 
those  who  have  not  studied  the  principles  of  the  art  they  practice. 

Up  to  the  time  of  Bake  well,  who,  had  he  undertaken  any  other  pro- 
fession than  that  of  breeding  animals,  would  have  been  eminently  suc- 
cessful, the  breeder's  art  consisted  in  mating  those  animals  whose  gen- 
eral characteristics  seemed  the  best,  wholly  disregarding  the  advantages 
of  breeding  to  animals  pre-eminent  for  the  possession  of  particular  qual- 
ities that  it  was  essential  to  perpetuate.  Bakewell  believed  not  only  that 
like  would  produce  like,  in  a  general  way,  but  seems  to  have  known 
that  the  rule  extended  to  the  minutest  detail  in  the  organization  and 
make  up  of  the  animal.  Hence,  his  study  of  form,  in  the  anatomy  and  phys- 
iology of  animals,  was  made  with  a  view  to  the  adoption  of  a  standard, 
or  model,  by  which  he  sought  to  secure  large  proportions,  early  matu- 
rity, superior  flesh  in  the  choicest  parts,  and  uniformity  in  the  transmission 
of  these  qualities  from  the  sire  and  dam  to  the  young. 

His  eye  seems  to  have  been  so  well  trained  in  detecting  faults  in  the 
development  of  animals,  and  the  proper  correlation  of  the  parts,  one  to 
the  other,  that  the  slightest  variation  of  form  never  escaped  him.  No 
breeder  since  his  time  seems  to  have  used  such  nice  judgment,  or  to  have 
possessed  so  critical  and  thoroughly  trained  an  eye.  None  of  his  suc- 
cessors have  equaled  him  in  the  capacity  to  trace  cause  and  effect,  or  to 

fi43 


644        crcLOPEDiA  of  live  stock  and  complete  stock  doctor. 

breed  closely  to  a  well-defined  standard.  In  addition  to  his  nice  judg- 
ment in  selection,  he  was  the  most  careful  of  feeders  ;  the  object  in  view 
being  constant  development  from  birth  to  the  butcher's  block.  None 
before  or  since  his  time  have  ever  brought  a  breed  up  to  the  highest  oos- 
sible  standard  in  a  single  lifetime,  and  what  is  more  curious,  none  were 
found  able  to  maintain  the  standard  he  had  fixed.  The  methods  insti- 
tuted by  Bakewell  have  been  i)racticed  by  others,  and  are  undoubt- 
edly the  l)est  in  the  breeding  of  live  stock.  They  may  be  divided  into 
separate  heads  as  in  tlie  following  section. 

II.    Bakewell's  Ten  Rules. 

1. — Correct  training  of  the  eyo  and  judgment  in  the  anatomy  and  phys- 
iolog}'^  of  the  animal. 

2. — The  correlation  of  the  several  parts  one  to  the  other. 

3. — The  selection  and  mating  of  animals  with  a  view  to  the  fullest 
development  of  the  most  valual)le  parts,  according  to  the  use  intended. 

4. — Selection  with  a  view  to  the  perpetuation  of  essential  qualities  to 
mduce  form,  symmetry,  high  feeding  qualities,  and  great  vigor  of  consti- 
tution. 

5. — Feeding  with  reference  to  early  maturity  for  giving  development  in 
the  least  possible  time. 

6. — Shelter  and  warmth  indispensable  to  perfect  development. 

7. — Variety  of  food  is  essential,  and  this  according  to  the  age  of  the 
animal. 

8. — A  strain  of  blood  once  established,  never  go  outside  of  it  for  a 
new  infusion. 

9. — The  most  perfect  care  and  regularity  in  all  matters  pertaining  to 
feeding  and  stable  management. 

10 — Kindness  and  careful  training  absolutely  necessary  with  a  view  to 
the  inheritance  of  high  courage  combined  with  docility  and  tractability. 

III.    What  the  Breeder  Must  Know. 

The  animals  which  possess  the  qualities  that  are  desired  in  the  offspring, 
whether  for  beef,  labor,  milk,  butter  or  cheese,  or  for  a  combination  of 
these,  are  the  ones  to  breed  from.  In  the  selection  of  parents  the  breeder 
himself  must  of  course  be  the  judge  of  the  fitness  of  certain  animals  of  his 
herd  to  transmit  the  desired  qualities.  We  have  endeavored  to  aid  the  non- 
professional breeder  in  the  performance  of  this  delicate  task,  by  carefully 
describing  the  peculiarities  of  the  different  breeds  and  varieties,  and  by  in- 
dicating the  best  points  of  each  of  them.  Nothing  more  is  necessary  to 
enable  the  average  farmer  to  breed  his  farm-stock  profitably  and  success- 
ittlly,  except  such  personal  experience  with  animals  as  every  competent 


THE  BREEDING  OF  CATTIjE.  645 

farmer  possesses  as  a  matter  of  course.  Those  who  propose  to  go  exclu- 
sively and  scientifically  into  the  business  of  stock-breeding,  must  not  only 
pass  through  a  careful  course  of  reading  in  the  best  authorities  on  the 
subject,  but  must  also  have  a  thorough  practical  training.  The  impor- 
tant thing  of  all,  however,  is  to  possess  the  peculiar  talent  to  make  a 
breeder — that  is,  a  critical  eye  for  form,  symmetry,  and  the  proportion 
of  the  several  parts  of  an  animal,  each  to  the  others. 

IV.  Compare  Results. 
A  careful  comparison  of  the  results  obtained  by  others  and  by  one's  self, 
is  among  the  best  means  of  training  for  all.  The  animal  that  will  make  the 
most  beef  at  three  years  old,  and  the  cow  that  will  give  the  most  milk,  and 
the  richest  in  butter  or  cheese  during  the  season,  on  the  least  relative  quan- 
tity of  food,  are  the  best.  These  things  can  only  be  learned  through 
personal  observation  and  from  the  statements  of  those  whose  word  you 
can  trust. 

V.    The  Assimilation  of  Pood. 

It  is  an  idea  with  many  people  that  an  animal,  to  be  valuable,  must  be 
a  small  eater.  Nothing  could  be  further  from  the  truth.  It  is  merely  a 
question  of  proper  assimilation  of  the  food  eaten — an  animal  of  perfect 
digestive  and  assimilative  organs  being  al)le  to  extract  far  more  nutri- 
ment from  a  given  quantity  of  food  than  one  in  which  these  organs  per- 
form their  functions  but  imperfectly.  In  this  respect  the  improved 
breeds  of  stock  of  any  family  stand  pre-eminent.  Their  digestive  and 
assimilative  organs  are  of  the  best  and  they  give  greater  returns  for  the 
food  eaten  than  illy-bred  animals. 

The  lungs  and  blood  vessels  of  the  ox  are  not  required  to  l)e  so  capa- 
cious, according  to  the  weight  of  the  animal,  as  those  of  the  blood-horse ; 
for  they  are  not  required  to  do  fast  work.  The  improved  breeds  of 
other  farm  stock  are  not  required  to  take  more  exercise  than  is  necessary 
to  gather  their  food.  Hence,  with  care  and  artificial  feeding,  the  incli- 
nation to  active  exercise  is  bred  out  of  them,  and  a  Short-Horn  or  Here- 
ford will  keep  fat  on  what  a  Texan  would  run  off  in  untamable  muscular 
efforts.  Thus,  for  domestic  use,  the  highly-bred  Short-Horn  or  Here- 
ford possesses  two  important  advantages  over  the  wild  Texan,  viz :  early 
maturity,  and  the  tendency  to  fatten  readily. 

A  raw-boned  ox,  or  one  with  a  hide  like  a  board,  will  not  fatten  kindly. 
Hence,  the  outlines  should  be  square  or  round,  with  no  undue  bony 
prominences,  and  the  skin  should  be  soft,  but  firm  and  supple  to  the 
touch. 

Restlessness,  Avhich  is  only  another  term  for  wildness,  should  never 
be  tolerated  in  anv  breeding  animal.     Such  animals  should  be  sent  to 


646  CYCLOPEDIA  OP  *JVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

the  butcher's  block  without  hesitation.  A  panic  will  throw  a  whole  herd 
off  their  feed  for  a  week,  sometimes,  and  a  single  wild  brute  is  amply 
sufficient  to  get  up  a  stampede  at  the  slightest  provocation.  The  animal 
that  shows  viciousness  alone,,  or  in  connection  with  restlessness,  is  not  to 
be  tolerated  anywhere,  and  least  of  all  in  the  breeding  stables  or  yards. 

VI.    The  Breeder  Must  be  a  Good  Farmer. 

The  best  animals  cannot  be  raised  except  on  a  variety  of  food.  The 
breeder  should  therefore  be  a  good  farmer,  and  should  know  what 
grasses  are  most  nutritious  and  best  adapted  to  his  locality.  He  needs, 
also,  to  know  the  varieties  of  grasses  which  make  the  best  hay,  for  all 
farm  animals — cattle  and  sheep  especially — should  be  kept  as  much  on 
grass  as  possible.  He  should  also  have  studied  the  important  question 
of  winter  feeding  with  a  view  to  deciding  what  grains  are  best  adapted  to 
his  use. 

An  important  matter,  which  nearly  all  American  breeders  and  feeders 
more  or  less  neglect,  is  the  use  of  succulent  food  in  winter.  It  is  seldom 
one  sees  a  sujjply  of  roots  raised  for  winter  feeding  in  this  country.  We 
have  deferred  too  much  to  English  authorities,  and  because  we  could  not 
raise  English  white  turnips  we  have  ignored  roots  almost  entirely.  Yet, 
there  is  no  country  better  adapted  to  carrots  and  beets,  for  feeding,  than 
ours,  nor  one  where  they  can  be  more  cheaply  raised.  And  carrots  in 
'kvintei',  especially  for  breeding  cows,  and  later  on  beets  for  all  farm 
stock  except  horses,  are  worth  more  than  twice  their  bulk  in  turnips. 
A  peck  of  beets  or  carrots  daily,  to  each  cow  or  ox  would  assist  in  an 
important  manner  the  digestion  and  assimilation  of  dry  food — and  herein 
lies  their  chief  value.  The  writer  has  raised  them  in  large  fields  at  a 
cost  of  three  dollars  a  ton,  including  the  expenses  of  hauling  and  pitting 
for  winter. 

VII.    Breeding  for  Beef. 

If  you  breed  for  beef  you  will  have  the  choice  of,  say,  four  breeds  of 
cattle — the  Short-Horns,  the  Hcrefords,  the  Devons,  and  the  Galloways. 
The  Short-Horns  and  Herefords  are,  by  all  odds,  the  best  breeds 
wherever  the  pastures  are  flush,  and  the  feed  plentiful.  On  short 
pastures,  and  when  the  winter  feeding  is  not  ample,  their  great  frames 
cannot  be  supplied  ;  but  when  the  feed  is  abundant  they  may  be  turned 
off  fat  at  an  age  at  which  native  cattle  are  only  just  getting  ready  to  be 
fattened. 

Upon  all  hill  pastures,  both  North  and  South,  the  Devons  are  admira- 
ble cattle,  and  their  beef  is  of  a  quality  superior  to  that  of  either  of  the 
breeds  just  named. 

Farther  North,  the  Galloways  or  hornless  cattle  are  much  liked  for 
their  good   feeding  qualities,  for  their   hardmcss  and  for  the  superior 


THE  BREEItfNG  OF  CATTLE.  647 

quality  of  their  beef.  In  more  Northern  regions  the  Galloways  may  justly 
be  regarded  as  the  best  among  our  beef  breeds.  But  they  will  never 
compare  with  the  Short-Horns  or  Heref ords  in  milder  regions  where  feed 
is  abundant. 

Vm.    Breeding  for  Milk. 

If  milk  be  the  sole  object,  the  breeder  will  choose  the  Ayrshires,  the 
Jerseys  or  the  Holsteins.  Of  these  the  Holsteins  give  the  largest  quan- 
tity of  milk,  are  the  largest  cattle  and  they  make  heavy  beef  when  dry. 
They  are  the  best  for  cheese,  and  are,  also,  the  most  profitable  when  the 
milk  is  to  be  sold  directly  to  the  consumer.  The  Ayrshires  come  next  in 
the  quantity  of  milk  given,  and  they  are,  also,  excellent  both  for  butter 
and  cheese.  The  Jerseys,  Alderneys,  and  Guernseys  are  smaller  cattle 
than  either  the  Holsteins  or  Ayrshires,  but,  for  their  size,  they  give  large 
quantities  of  milk  that  is  extremely  rich  in  cream  and  butter.  But  they 
require  more  feed  in  proportion  to  their  size  than  either  the  Ayrshires 
or  Holsteins. 

rx.    Breeding  for  Labor. 

Where  animals  capable  of  performing  labor  are  desired,  either  the 
Herefords  or  the  Devons  should  be  selected.  For  heavy  draft,  such  as 
hauling  great  logs  in  the  timber,  the  Herefords  are  excellent  cattle. 
For  general  utility  on  the  farm,  and  on  the  road,  the  Devons  arc  supe- 
rior to  any  other  known  breed,  since  they  combine  great  activity  with 
muscular  s*;rength,  and  the  ability  to  go  long  distances  at  a  quick  j^ace, 
without  Qistress.  The  Holsteins  also  make  excellent  draft  animals,  and 
to  our  thinking  are  among  the  best,  where  many  purposes,  milk  being 
the  most  important,  are  to  be  considered. 

X.    The  Breeds  for  Beef  and  Milk. 

For  the  two  purposes  of  milk  and  beef  combined,  the  milking  strains  of 
the  Short-Horn  family  are  the  best.  It  is  a  pity  that  the  noble  breed  of 
milking  cattle,  known  formerly  as  the  Patton  stock,  should  hnve  been 
practically  lost.  Forty  years  ago  they  were  the  staunch,  excellent  Short- 
Horns  of  the  West,  good  at  the  pail,  large,  smooth-framed  and  Idndly 
fatteners.  The  farmer  who  wishes  to  breed  similar  cattle,  may  easily  do 
so  by  selecting  the  better  milkers  of  the  importation  of  1817 — the  "old 
Seventeens"  as  they  are  called.  But  be  sure  you  do  not  get  animals 
of  this  race  with  "top  crosses"  of  the  now  fashionable  Short-Horns. 
They  will  make  beef  but  not  milk. 

The  Holsteias  should  not  be  passed  over  in  naming  cattle  for  general 
utility,  especially  in  the  West  and  Southwest.  They  are  abundant  and 
uniform  milkers,  and  good  feeders.     They  make  more  than  fait  working 


648  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

steers,  and  when  fat  they  also  turn  out  a  heavy  carcass  of  l^eef,  of  fully 
as  good  quality  as  the  Short-Horns.     Yet,  they  lack  early  maturity. 

XI.    Some  Pacts  About  Beef. 

The  breeder  for  utility,  from  a  purely  practical  stand  point,  wants  ani- 
mals that  will  bring  the  largest  return  in  dollars  and  cents.  A  steer  that 
loads  with  mere  fat,  instead  of  muscle,  will  not  bring  so  much  as  the 
one  which  turns  out  more  meat  and  less  fat.  So,  again,  the  steer  whose 
flesh  is  marbled  throughout  with  fjitty  tissue  will  bring  a  higher  price  for 
beef  than  one  all  lean  in  the  lean  parts,  and  all  fat  in  the  fat  parts. 
Hence,  m  estimating  the  possible  profits  in  breeding  for  beef,  one  must 
know  how  the  animal  will  cut  up  when  killed.  As  a  rule  the  smooth 
steer  Avill  "kill  better"  than  a  patchy  one,  or  one  with  lumps  or  patches 
of  fat  over  the  surface.  An  animal  will  not  marble  Avith  fat  until  it  is 
mature,  neither  will  it  take  on  fat  largely,  while  in  a  growing  state. 
Hence,  the  value  of  early  maturity,  and  the  importance  of  knowing  those 
breeds,  or  families  of  a  breed,  which  mature  earliest.  The  Short-Horns 
have  somewhat  the  advantage  of  the  Herefords  in  early  maturity,  while 
the  Herefords  have  the  advantage  of  the  Short-Horns  in  the  quality  of 
their  flesh.  The  Devons  mature  still  later  than  either,  but  their  "butch- 
ers' proof"  is  better.  The  Galloways  mature  between  the  Hereford  and 
Devon  in  point  of  time,  and  their  flesh  is  ccrtainl}^  excellent.  Those  ani- 
mals which  mature  earliest  are,  as  a  rule,  not  so  excellent  in  the  quality 
of  the  flesh  as  later-maturing  ones.  Hence,  in  England,  the  Highland 
cattle  bring  the  highest  price  per  pound  of  any,  and  in  the  United  States 
the  Devons  ought  to. 

XII.    Value  of  Sires  in  Different  Herds. 

The  average  farmer  cannot  pay  the  exti*avagant  prices  demanded  for 
the  highest-caste  animals  of  a  pure  breed.  These,  however  necessary  to 
the  special  breeder,  are  not  so  to  the  general  breeder,  or  to  the  farmer 
who  breeds  simply  for  beef  or  for  milk.  The  farmer  wants  animals  hav- 
ing thick  flesh  and  good  feeding  qualities,  with  constitutional  vigor,  from 
which  to  breed  beef  cattle  ;  and  when  milk  is  an  object  the  animals  from 
which  he  breeds  should  also  be  known  to  possess  high  milking  qualities. 
Ir.  ill    one  case  it  is  the  flesh  that  pays,  in  the  other  the  udder. 

To  ra3  breeder  of  a  particular  strain,  an  animal  containing  certain  val- 
uable pc'nts  might  be  worth  many  thousands  of  dollars  in  his  herd,  while 
to  the  farmer  the  value  of  the  same  animal  Avould  be  counted  by  hundreds 
of  dollars  only.  In  fact,  that  particular  animal  might  not  be  worth  as 
much  to  the  farmer  as  another  that  might  be  bought  for  $100.  In  respect 
to  milking  qualltieSj  a  certain  bull  might  be  worth  $1,000  to  the  breeder 


THE  BREEDING  OF  CATTLE.  649 

of  a  particular  sub-family  of  milkers,   while  to  the  farmer,  intending  to 
breed  him  upon  a  mixed  herd,  $100  would  be  his  full  value. 

Across  of  "  Seventeen"  blood  might  be  a  good  and  sufficient  reason  for 
the  refusal  by  some  special  breeder  to  buy  a  particular  Short-Horn,  while 
to  the  general  breeder  it  would  be  no  disadvantage  ;  and  if  the  animal 
were  a  pure  "  Seventeen" — descended  in  a  direct  line  from  that  importa- 
tion — the  outcome  might  be  richer  in  beef  and  milk  then  the  other. 
Hence  it  is  seen  that  the  farmer  who  breeds  simply  for  milk  or  beef, 
should  possess  as  accurate  information  concerning  what  he  wants  as  the 
breeder  of  select  animals  of  some  particular  strain  of  blood, 

Xm.    Know  what  You  Breed  For. 

The  breeder  for  general  utility  must  possess  as  accurate  knowledge  as 
the  breeder  for  special  utility,  but  this  knowledge  needs  to  be  of  a  dif- 
ferent kind  from  the  other.  The  breeder  for  general  utility  cares  not 
so  much  that  the  blood  be  of  some  particular  strain,  as  that  it  shall  com- 
bine certain  points  that  will  bring  beef  or  milk  into  the  produce  of  his 
herd,  and  at  the  least  expense. 

What  the  general  breeder  is  seeking  for  is  such  refinement  in  the  head, 
neck,  lungs,  digestive  organs,  blood  vessels  and  limbs,  as  will  tell  in  the 
best  manner  upon  his  coarser  stock.  He  would  be  guided  by  different 
standards  in  buying  a  thoroughbred  horse  from  those  he  would  adopt  in 
buying  a  draft  horse  ;  and  in  buying  an  animal  solely  for  beef,  the 
breeder  must  choose  from  a  different  standpoint  from  that  which  he  takes 
in  buying  for  milk,  labor,  or  a  combination  of  two  or  more  of  these  quali- 
ties. But  in  this  day  of  special  breeds  for  special  purposes  great  excel- 
lence in  all  points  cannot  be  expected  in  one  and  the  same  animal.  No 
bull  can  be  a  getter  of  great  milkers,  great  workers,  and  great  beef 
makers.  All  these  qualities  were  never  combined  in  one  animcl  and 
never  will  be. 

XIV.    Definition  of  Terms. 

Pure  Bred. — The  words  "pure-bred,"  "  full- blood,"  and  "thorough- 
bred" have  often  been  stumbling  blocks  to  the  uninitiated.  A  pure  race, 
-or  race  of  "  pure-bred  animals  is  one  of  unmixed  lineage  whose  charac- 
teristics are  well  defined,  and  which  breeds  pure  to  the  type  in  every 
essential  particular,  including  form,  color,  temper,  and  of  course  power 
to  transmit  the  same.  The  Devons  come  nearer  to  filling  all  these 
requirements  than  any  other  cattle,  and  are  the  best  type  of  a  pure  breed. 

Thoroughbred. — A  thoroughbred  is  the  descendant  of  animals  origin- 
ally of  mixed  lineage,  but  which  have  been  inter-bred  for  so  long  a  time 
— without  further  admixture — that  they  come  essentially  true  to  the  type 


650  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

desired.  Short-Horns  and  Herefords  among  cattle,  and  racing  horses 
are  thoroughbred. 

Full-Blood. — Full-blood  is  a  term  that  should  not  be  used  to  denote 
either  purity  of  blood  or  thorough-blood,  though  much  confusion  has 
existed  in  the  popular  use  of  these  three  terms.  High-grade  animals  are 
the  produce  of  pure  stock  upon  common  stock,  and  when  pure  stock  is 
repeatedly  bred  to  the  progtJnj  of  such  unions  the  progeny  in  the  course 
of  some  generations  nearly  approaches  the  pure  race  in  every  character- 
istic and  is  then  called  "  full-blooded." 

Grades- — This  term  was  partly  defined  in  the  preceding  paragraph. 
It  is  used  to  denote  the  offspring  of  pure-blooded  or  highly-bred  animals 
with  those  of  less  breeding,  and  is  generally  applied  to  a  cross  of  pure- 
blood  on  common  stock. 

Cross-Breeding- — The  breeding  together  of  animals  of  different  breeds 
is  called  cross-breeding,  as  for  instance  the  union  of  Hereford  and  Short- 
Horn  blood.-  In  the  first  cross,  the  progeny  theoretically  possess  equal 
proportions  of  the  blood  of  sire  and  dam,  but  the  'blood  of  pure  animals 
being  prepotent  the  progeny  will  possess  more  strongly  the  charateristics 
of  the  Wghly-bred  parent  than  of  the  other.  Hence  the  advantage  of 
using  a  buil  ojf  pure  blood  on  a  herd  of  mixed  blood. 

XV.  How  to  Start  a  Herd. 
From  among  the  best  cows  of  the  ordinary  mixed  farm  stock,  select 
those  possessing  in  the  highest  degree  the  characteristics  desired  in  the 
offspring.  For  ten  two-year  old  heifers  select  a  pure-blood  yearling  bull, 
that  has  come  of  stock  noted  for  getting  uniform  milkers,  if  this  be  the 
object ;  or,  if  beef  be  the  object,  he  should  be  of  excellent  fineness,  with 
great  loins,  rump  and  thighs  and  round  barrel-ribs  well  sprung  out,  and 
ribbed  close  to  the  hips.  The  next  season's  produce  should  be  ten  calves, 
half  of  which  are  likely  to  be  heifers.  Save  these  and  geld  the  bulls  at 
the  age  of  about  three  or  four  weeks.  When  these  heifers  are  two 
years  old  breed  them  to  their  sire,  who  will  then  be  four  years  old. 
The  female  produce  of  this  union  may  again  be  bred  to  the  same  bull, 
and  this  process  may  continue  to  the  fourth  generation,  if  the  bull  lasts  so 
long  in  the  possession  of  vigor.  H.s  last  get  will  thus  inherit  fifteen  six- 
teenths of  the  blood  of  the  sire.  Select  from  these  the  heifers  that  show 
the  strongest  constitutional  vigor,  and  follow  this  down  through  the  inter- 
mediate grades,  keeping  the  families  distinct.  That  is,  record  the  breeding 
of  each  animal  separately  in  a  book  specially  prepared  for  the  purpose. 

XVI.    How  the  Herd  will  Grade. 
-Your  herd  will  grade  as  follows  :     The  first  generation  will  be  half-blood 
grades;  the  second  three-quarters  blood;  the  third,  seven-eighths  blood 


THE  BREEDING  OF  CATTLE.  651 

and  the  fourth  generation,  fifteen-sixteenths  blood,  and  will  compare 
favorably  with  pure-blooded  animals,  except  among  critical  judges. 

XVII.    Taking  a  Line  Cross, 

In  breeding  so  closely  as  we  have  recommended,  the  exercise  of  careful 
judgment  is  necessary,  so  that  you  may  cease  breeding  in-and-in  when- 
ever ii  is  found  that  the  constitutional  vigor,  or  feeding  qualities  of  the 
progeny  are  impaired.  If  it  be  found  that  the  progeny  is  not  im- 
proving in  all  essential  quailities  'select  another  sire,  but  one  combining 
the  same  essential  qualities  as  the  discarded  sire.  This  departure  will  be 
breeding  in  line.  Breed  again  with  this  bull  to  certain  select  heifers  for 
tAvo  generations,  and  then  take  another  line  cross.  In  this  way  a  young 
farmer,  Avho  is  not  able  to  attempt  thoroughbreds,  may  soon  establish  a 
herd  that  will  give  the  best  possible  satisfaction  as  beef  makers  or  milk- 
ers, as  the  case  may  be.  Do  not  listen  to  any  sentimental  talk  about 
incestuous  breeding.  Incest  is  not  a  crime  among  the4o:W€rlimmals  ;  it  is 
nature's  plan  with  them.  Among  gregarious  animals  the  strongest 
males  take  the  herd,  to  the  second  and  tjiird  generation.  The  object 
is  to  throw  the  good  qualities  of  the  sire.wi  a  lump,  and  also  to  secure  the 
first  impress,  a  most  important  point,  upon  the  heifer,  and  to  fix  this  impress 
by  concentration.  For,  the  oftener  the  dam  is  bred  to  the  same  sire,  the 
more  will  she  be  imbued  with  the  blood  of  the  sire  of  her  progeny, 
through  the  intercirculation  of  blood  between  the  dam  and  the  foetus. 
This  intercirculation,  though  denied  by  some,  is  undoubtedly  a  physio- 
logical fact,  proven  by  many  coincidences,  if  not  by  absolute  demon- 
stration, and  fortified  by  striking  resemblances. 

XVTII.    Some  Specimens  of  Close  Breeding. 

As  showing  close  in-an-in  l)reeding  the  first  volume  of  the  American 
Herd  Book  contains  a  diagram  of  the  breeding  of  Comet,  from  Hub- 
back  and  Lady  Maynard,  as  follows  : 

1.  Bull,  IIubl)ack.  8.  Cow,  Lady  Maynard. 

2.  Dam  of  Haughton.  9.  Bull,  Boling])roke. 

3.  Eichard  Barker's  Bull.  10.  Cow,  Lady  Maynard. 

4.  Cow,  Haughton.  11.  Cow,  Phoenix. 

5.  Bull,  Foljambc.  12.  Cow,  Young  Phoenix. 

6.  Cow,  Young  Strawberry.  13.  Bull,  Favorite. 

7.  Bull,  Dalton  Duke.        ^  14.  Bull,  Comet. 

f^Ia^elation  to  Favorite  or  Lady  Maynard,  Mr.  A.  B.  Allen  says :  "It 
wasOonceded  by  a  company  of  old  breeders  in  1812,  in  discussing  the 
question  of  the  improvement  of  Short-Horns,  that  no  stock  of  Mr.  Col- 
ling's  ever  equalled  Lady  Maynard,  the  dam  of  Phoenix,  andgranddam  of 


652  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOB. 

Favorite  (by  Foljaiube)  and  of  young  Pha?nix  (by  Favorite,  her  son, 
upon  his  own  mother,)  the  dam  of  Comet  155,  so  celebrated  as  having 
been  sold  for  1000  guineas  ($5000,)  also  by  Favorite,  a  specimen  of  as 
close  in-and-in  breeding  as  can  perhaps  be  found  on  record." 

As  an  example  of  wonderful  depth  of  in  breeding  with  continued 
good  results,  the  cow  Clarissa  may  be  mentioned.  She  possessed 
sixty-three  sixty-fourths  of  the  blood  of  Favorite.  Her  pedigree  runs 
thus  :  "  Cow  Clarissa,  roan,  calved  in  1814  ;  bred  l)y  Mr.  R.  Colling,  got 
by  Wellington  (080)  out  of— by  F'avorite,  (852)— by  Favorite,— by 
F'avorite — by  Favorite — by  Favorite — by  Favorite — l)y  a  son  of  Hui)- 
back . ' ' 

Wellington,  the  sire  of  Clarissa,  was  also  deei)ly  in-bred  with  the  blood 
of  Favorite.  Taking  the  two  ])edigrees — that  of  Clarissa  and  Welling- 
ton together — they  will  read  thus  : 

1.  Bull,  Hubback.  10.  6th  cow  ))y  Favorite. 

2.  Son  of  Hub])ack.  11.  Clarissa. 

3.  Cow,  by  son  of  Hubback.  12.  Bull  Wellington,  sire  of  Clarissa. 

4.  Bull,  F^avorite.  13.  Bull,  Comet. 

5.  1st  cow  by  Favorite.  14.  Cow,  AVildair. 

6.  2nd  cow  by  Favorite.  15.  Cow,  Young  Phoenix. 

7.  3rd  cow  by  F^avorite.  16.  Cow  Phcenix. 

8.  4th  cow  by  Favorite.  4.  Same  bull  Favorite  on  the  side 

of  Clarissa's   sire    as  on   the 
side  of  her  dam. 

9.  5th  cow  l)y  Favorite.  17.  Bull,  Bolingbroke. 

18.  Granddaughter  of  Hubback. 
There  ought  to  be  no  fear  of  following  where  such  results  have  been 
attained  by  others,  and  these  the  most  eminent  and  successful  breeders 
of  their  day.  The  best  successes  since  their  day  have  also  been  obtained 
by  continuing  the  same  course  to  such  a  degree  as  intelligent  observation 
showed  to  be  practical)le,  and  especially  by  breeding  in  line. 

XIX.    The  Gestation  of  Cows. 

Some  years  since  the  writer  collected  a  number  of  facts  in  relation  to 
gestation  and  the  influence  of  the  varying  times  of  gestation  on  the 
young,  to  refute  a  prevalent  idea  that  protracted  gestation  produced 
males.  Mr.  Tessier,  for  forty  years  an  accurate  and  acute  observer  of 
various  animals,  gives  results  in  the  case  of  over  575  cows,  and  these 
subsequently  having  been  exi;ended  to  1,131  cows  the  extremes  were  not 
changed,  but  results  as  to  averages  are  as  stated  below. 

Earl  Spencer  also  carefully  tabulated  the  period  of  gestation  of  766 
cows,  the  least  period  being  220  days  ;  the  mean  285  days  ;  and  the  long- 


THE  BREEDING  OF  CATTLE.  653 

est  313  days.  He  was  able  to  rear  no  calf  produced  at  an  earlier  period 
than  240  days.  According  to  Tessier,  a  cow  may  carry  a  calf  321  days 
and  produce  it  sound ;  and  from  the  fact  that  Tessier  and  Earl  Spencer 
agree  almost  exactly  as  to  the  mean  time  of  gestation,  285  days  or  nine 
and  a  half  months  may  oe  taken  as  the  average  time  of  gestation  of 
cows,  slight  variations  being  allowed  from  this  for  different  breeds. 


\  USHIKE  COWS. 


This  is  emphatically  the  ^Mutcti  dairy  breed.  No  other  breed  of  cattle  in  Scotland 
will  produce  an  equal  amount  of  milk,  butter  and  cheese.  Six  hundred  gallons  of 
milk  per  year  is  considered  an  average  yield  for  the  cows  on  a  well-kept  farm.  Their 
color  is  generally  of  red  and  white  in  spots;  sometimes  white  and  black,  or  red  or 
brown.  The  horns  are  fine  and  twisted  upward,  and  the  face  long,  with  a  lively  yet 
docile  expression. 

It  is  quite  safe  to  conclude,  from  the  results  of  experiments  with  vari- 
ous races  of  animals,  that  the  period  of  gestation  has  no  influence  whatever 
upon  the  sex  of  the  offspring,  nor  is  it  probable  that  the  sex  of  the  foetus 
has  any  influence  upon  the  period  of  gestation.  There  is  a  strong  prob- 
ability, however,  that  heredity  in  sires  and  dams,  early  maturity,  ages  of 
the  dam  and  sire,  and  other  causes,  may  result  in  longer  or  shorter  periods 
of  gestation 


SHORT-HORN  UATTLB, 


1.  SHORT-HORNED  BREEDS. II.  THE  OLD  TEESWATERS. III.  ORIGIN  OF  MOD- 
ERN SHOUT-HORNS. IV.  WHAT  MADE  THEM  FAMOUS. V.  THE  BULL  HUB- 
BACK. VI.       BEEP     FIIOM     THE     OLD    TEKSWATEKS. VII.       SHORT-HOKNS     IN 

AMERICA. VIII.       THE     GREAT    OHIO     IMrOUTATION. IX.        KENTUCKY      AND 

OTHER     IMPORTATIONS. X.      IMPORTATION    OF     BATES    CATTI     . XI.      CANA- 
DIAN SHORT-IIORNS XH.     WESTWARD     MARCH  OF    THE     SHO.        HORN. XIII. 

SHORT-HORNS  AS   BEEF  MAKERS. XIV.      THE  PATTON  FAMILY  OK  SHORT-HORNS. 

XV.      GRADE      COWS     AND  STEERS. XVI,    SHORT-HORNS     CRITICALLY    DES- 
CRIBED  XVII.     THE    HEAD. XVIII.     THE    NECK. XIX.      THE   BODY. XX. 

THE  LEGS  SHORT    AND   STRAIGHT. XXI.      THE  LOIN  BROAD. XXII.      WIDE   IN 

THE    CROPS. XXIII.      THE    BACK    STRAIGHT    AND     BROAD. XXIV.      THE    RIBS 

BARREL-SHAPED. XXV.      THE     TOUCH. XXVI.       THE     HIDE. XXVII.      THE 

HAIR. XXVIII.      THE    COLOR. XXIX.      BEEF     POINTS    ILLUSTRATED. XXX. 

SCALE     OF    POINTS    FOR  SHORT-HORN     BULLS. XXXI.     SCALE    OF    POINTS  FOR 

SHORT-HORN  COWS. 

I.    Short-Homed  Breeds. 

Of  the  short-horned  breeds  of  England  of  100  years  ago,  repre- 
isented  by  the  Durham  or  Tecswater,  the  Yorkshire,  the  Lincohishire  and 
the  Holderness,  all  arc  probably  descended  from  a  common  origin.  The 
descendants  of  the  old  Durham  and  the  Channel  Islands  cattle,  (Jersey 
and  Alderney  notably)  are  all  that  can  now  be  distinctively  recognized  as 
having  attained  special  celebrity.  The  name  Short-Horn  is  not  now  used 
to  designate  any  but  the  descendants  of  the  Durham  cattle,  as  improved, 
and  is  now  applied  distinctively  only  to  them. 

The  Jerseys  will  be  treated  of  in  their  proper  chapter  as  among  the 
breeds  entitled  to  distinguished  merit,  the  Short-Horns  as  standing  at  the 
head  of  established  beef  breeds  being  under  consideration  here. 

II.  The  Old  Teeswaters. 
There  has  existed  from  a  remote  period  in  the  region  of  the  Teeswater 
(one  of  the  small  rivers  of  England),  a  race  of  short-horned  cattle  that 
were  possessed  of  good  feeding  qualities  combined  "vvith  early  maturity 
and  thick  flesh,  as  weights  were  considered  200  years  ago.  Their  origin 
has  been  variously  stated,  but  nothing  is  truly  known  of  it  and  only 
traditionary  statements  are  extant. 

III.    Origin  of  Modern  Short-Horns. 
The   origin  of  the  modern  Short-Horn  is  not  fully  agreed  on,  except 
that  they  have  descended  directly  from  the  Teeswaters  or  old  Durhams  on 
one  side,  and  that  they  were  gradually  improved  by  breeders  who  recog- 

654 


SHORT-HORN  CATTLE.  655 

nized  their  excellence.  In  the  latter  part  of  the  last  century,  such  breed- 
ers as  the  CoUings  (Charles  and  Robert),  Sir  Henry  Vane,  Col.  Trotter 
and  Mr.  Mason,  and — early  in  the  present  century — Mr.  John  Stevenson, 
Mr.  Bates,  and  Mr.  Booth  proceeded  scientifically  and  systematically  to 
improve  them.  Mr.  Bates  died  in  1849,  at  which  time  the  breed  had 
attained  a  world-wide  celebrity,  and  this  steadily  grew,  until  the  extrav- 
agant sums  of  $20,000,  $30,000  and  even  $40,000  were  bid  for  single 
animals.  To-day  there  are  none  of  the  cow  kind  that  bring  such  prices 
for  single  animals. 

IV.  Wliat  Made  Them  Famous. 
Youatt  and  Martin  say  the  circumstance  which  first  brought  these 
wonderful  cattle  into  special  notice  was  the  production  of  the  ''  Durham 
ox,"  which  was  exhibited  all  over  England,  and  at  the  age  of  eleven 
years  dislocated  his  hip  and  was  killed,  weighing  3,780  pounds,  after 
having  been  carried  from  place  to  place  in  a  "jolting  carriage"  for 
seven  years,  or  since  he  was  five  years  old.  In  Februarjs  1801,  at  five 
years  old  he  weighed  3,024  pounds.  This  extraodinary  weight,  our 
authority  says,  did  not  arise  from  his  superior  size,  but  from  the  excess- 
ive ripeness  of  his  points. 

V.    The  BuU  Hubback. 

Probably  no  single  animal  in  the  history  of  Shoi-t-Horns  has  exer- 
cised so  great  an  influence  for  good  on  this  breed  as  the  bull  Hub- 
back.  Of  him  Mr.  Youatt  says  :  "  The  following  account  of  Hubback 
we  had  from  Mr.  Waistell,  of  Alihill,  who,  although  his  name  does  not 
appear  conspicuously  in  the  Short-Horn  Herd  Book,  deserves  much  credit 
for  his  discrimination  here.  He  used  to  admire  this  bull  as  he  rode  by 
the  meadow  in  which  he  grazed  ;  and  at  length  att3mT)ted  to  purchase  him. 
The  price  asked,  81.,  seemed  much,  and  the  bargain  was  not  struck. 
Still  he  longed  forthe  beast ;  nnd  happening  to  meet  Mr.  Robert  Colling  near 
the  place,  asked  his  opinion  of  the  animal.  Mr.  Colling  acknowledged 
that  there  were  good  points  about  him  ;  but  his  manner  induced  Mr. 
Waistell  to  suspect  that  Mr.  Colling  thought  more  highly  of  the  bull 
than  his  language  expressed,  and  he  hastened  the  next  morning,  concluded 
the  bargain,  and  paid  the  money.  He  had  scarcely  done  so  before  Mr. 
R.  Colling  arrived  for  the  same  purpose,  and  as  the  two  farmers  rode 
home  together  they  agreed  that  it  should  l)e  a  joint  speculation. 

"  Some  months  passed  by,  and  either  Mr.  AVaistell's  admiration  of  the 
bull  cooled,  or  his  partner  did  not  express  himself  very  warmly  about  the 
excellences  of  the  annual,  and  Messrs.  Waistell  and  R.  Colling  transferred 
Hubback  to  Mr.  C.  Colling,  who,  with  the  quick  eye  of  an  experienced 
breeder,    saw   the  value  of  the   beast.     Mr.   Waistell    expressed   to    us 


656         CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

(October,  1832)  his  regret  at  having  been  induced  to  part  with  him,  and 
his  extreme  disappointment  that  when  Ilubback  was  so  sold,  Mr.  Charles 
Colling  confined  him  to  his  own  stock,  and  would  not  let  him  serve  even 
one  of  Mr.  Waistell's  cows." 

VI.    Beef  from  the  Old  Teeswaters. 

That  the  original  Teeswaters  and  their  early  descendants  were  good 
cattle,  and  a  most  excellent  foundation  to  work  on,  the  following  record 
of  weights  from  1794  to  1822  will  show:  In  1794,  of  an  ox  four  years 
and  ten  months  old,  the  four  quarters  weighed  145  stones,  3  lb. ;  tallow, 
24  stones,  7  lb.,  (2376  lbs.  )  A  steer,  under  four  years  old ;  four  quar- 
ters, 106  stones;  tallow,  19  stones,  7  lb.,  (1757  lbs.)  1814. — A  steer, 
three  years  and  nine  months  old;  four  quarters,  101  stones;  tallow.  15 
stones,  ( 1624  lbs. )  1815. — A  steer,  three  years  eleven  months  old ;  four 
quarters,  112  stones,  7  lb.;  tallow,  26  stones,  (1939  lbs.)  A  heifer, 
three  years  eight  months  old;  four  quarters,  89  stones,  (1246  lbs.) 
1817. — A  steer,  three  years  two  months  old;  four  quarters,  95  stones, 
10  lb.  ;  tallow,  17  stones,  10  lb.,  (1528  lbs.)  1822.— An  ox,  four  years 
and  a  half  old;  four  quarters,  135  stones;  tallow,  21  stones,  (2184  lbs.) 
VII.    Short-Horns  in  America. 

Mr.  Allen,  the  editor  of  the  Short-Horn  Herd  Book,  in  his  work  on 
American  cattle,  gives  an  exhaustive  account  of  importations  of  Short- 
horns into  the  United  States,  from  which  we  gather  the  following  record 
of  the  more  important  importations  : 

Soon  after  the  Revolutionary  War,  a  few  cattle  supposed  to  be  pure 
Short-Horns,  were  brought  into  Virginia.  These  were  said  to  be  Avell- 
fleshed  aninuils,  and  the  cows  remarkable  for  milk,  giving  as  high  as 
thirty-two  quarts  in  a  day.  Some  of  the  produce  of  these  cattle,  as 
early  as  1797,  were  taken  into  Kentucky  by  Mr.  Patton,  where  they  were 
called  the  "Patton  stock."  They  were  well  cared  .-^or,  and  made  a 
decided  improvement  in  the  cattle  of  the  Blue  Grass  country. 

In  1815-16,  Mr.  Cox,  an  Englishman,  imported  a  bull  and  two  heifers 
into  Rensselaer  county,  New  York.  They  were  followed  in  1822  by  two 
bulls,  imported  by  another  Englishman  named  Hayne.  Descendants 
from  this  Cox  stock  were  said  to  be  bred  pure,  and  afterwards  crossed  by 
Mr.  Hayne's  bulls.  The  stock  now  exists  in  considerable  numbers  and 
of  good  quality,  in  that  and  adjoining  counties. 

In  1817,  Coi.  Lewis  Sanders,  of  Lexington,  Kentucky,  made  an  impor- 
tation of  three  bulls  and  three  heifers  from  England.  They  were  of 
good  quality  and  blood,  and  laid  the  foundation  of  many  excellent  herds 
In  that  State.  In  1818,  Mr.  Cornelius  Cooledge,  of  Boston,  Massa- 
chusetts, imported  a  yearling  heifer — "Flora" — and  a  bull — "Cicero"— 


SHORT-HORN  CATTLE. 


657 


into  that  city,  from  the  herd  of  Mr.  Mason,  of  Chilton,  in  the  county  of 
Durham,  England.  These  were  carefully  bred,  and  many  of  their  de- 
scendants are  now  scattered  throughout  several  States. 


''fH 

>4 

'5^ 

Shortly  previous  to  1821,  the  late  John  S.  Skinner,  of  Baltimore, 
Maryland,  imported  for  Governor  Lloyd,  of  that  State,  a  bull — "Cham- 
pion"-^nd  two  heifers— "White  Rose"  and  "Shepherdess"— from  the 


6o8 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOB. 


herd  of  Mr.  Champion,  a  noted  English  breeder.     From  these,  several 
good  animals  descended,  some  of  which  are  now  known. 

In  1823,  Mr.  Skinner  also  imported  for  the  late  Gen.  Stephen  Van 
Rensselaer,  of   Albany,  New  York,  a    bull — "Washington" — and  two 


CO 

a 

<D 

t^ 

o  o" 

^•C 

11 

3   . 

Mja 

u--w^M 

Jf 

^JB 

14 
11 

ii 

ll 

d 

II 

1 

w^S 

(^ 

if. 

o 

o«2g 

I.  5^9 

S3  O— ' 

g^^ 

S^'t« 

p*  ■  ii*  ■-  i 

-II 

'11 

Ml 

!l1 

m.^  \:/ 

^|-S 

?  Es    > 

.i3  St3 

00^3  2 

"om 

heifers— "Conquest"  and  "Panse.,  -i,-.,.  ..,.  ,.,,  ,  ,,v.vt  of  Mr. 
Champion.  Conquest  did  not  breed;  Pansey  was  a  successful  breeder, 
and  many  of  her  descecdaots  are  now  scattered  over  the  coaotrv 


8HOET-HOEN  CATTLE. 


659 


During  the  years  1822  to  1830,  Mr.  Charles  Eenry  Hall,  of  New 
York,  imported  several  Short-Horn  bulls  and  cows,  from  some  of  the 
best  English  herds.  Their  descendants  %ve  now  scattered  through  seT- 
eral  good  herds. 


-.  C 

2  > 

°--  ? 

9  ^ 


In  1S24  the  late  Col.  John  Hare  Powell,  of   Philadelphia,  Pa.,  com- 
menced importations,  and  for  several  years  continued  them  with  much 


660  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

spirit  and  judgment.  He  bred  them  assiduously  at  his  fine  estate  at 
Powelton,  near  the  city,  and  sold  many  to  neighboring  breeders,  and  to 
go  into  Ohio  and  Kentucky,  where  many  of  their  descendants  still 
remain. 

In  the  year  1833,  the  late  Mr.  AValter  Dun,  near  Lexington,  Ky.,  im- 
ported a  })ull  and  several  valual)le  cows  from  choice  herds  in  Yorkshire, 
England.  He  bred  them  with  much  care,  and  their  descendants  are  now 
found  in  many  good  western  herds. 

VIII.    The  Great  Ohio  Importation. 

But  the  first  enter})risc  in  importing  Shoi-t-Horns  upon  a  grand  scale 
was  commenced  in  1834,  by  an  association  of  cattle  breeders  of  the 
Scioto  Valley,  and  its  adjoining  counties,  in  Ohio,  They  formed  a  com- 
pany with  adequate  capital,  and  sent  out  an  agent  who  purchased  the 
best  cattle  to  be  found,  without  regard  to  price,  and  brought  out  nine- 
teen animals  in  one  ship,  landed  them  at  Philadelphia,  and  drove  them  to 
Ohio.  Further  importations  were  made  by  the  same  company,  in  the 
years  1835  and  1836.  The  cattle  were  kept  and  bred  together  in  one 
locality,  for  upwards  of  two  years,  and  then  sold  l)y  auction.  They 
brought  large  prices — $500  to  $2,500  each. 

IX.    Kentucky  and  other  Importations. 

In  1837-8-9,  importations  were  made  into  Kentucky,  by  Messrs.  James 
Shelby  and  Henry  Clay,  Jr.,  and  some  other  parties,  of  several  well- 
selected  Short-Horns,  some  of  which  were  kept  and  bred  by  the  import- 
ers, and  the  others  sold  in  their  vicinity. 

In  1837-8-9,  Mr.  Whitaker  sent  out  to  Philadelphia,  on  his  own 
account,  upwards  of  a  hundred  Short-Horns,  from  his  own  and  other 
herds,  and  sold  them  at  auction.  They  were  purchased  at  good  prices, 
mostly  by  breeders  from  Pennsylvania,  Ohio,  and  Kentucky,  and  dis- 
tributed widely  through  those  States. 

About  the  year  1839,  Mr.  George  Vail,  of  Troy,  N.  Y.,  made  an  im- 
portation of  a  bull  and  heifer,  purchased  of  INIr.  Thomas  Bates,  of  Kirk- 
leavington,  the  first  cattle  from  that  particular  herd  which  had  been  intro- 
duced into  the  State.  A  few  years  later,  he  purchased  and  imported 
several  more  cows  from  the  herd  of  Mr.  Bates,  crosses  of  his  "Duchess" 
and  other  families.  He  bred  them  with  success  and  widely  distributed 
their  blood. 

X.    Importation  of  Bates   Cattle. 

Mr.  Thomas  Bates,  a  distinguished  Short-Horn  breeder  in  England, 
died  in  1849.     His  herd,  fully  equal  in  quality  to  any  in  England,  was 


SHORT-HORN    CATTLE. 


661 


sold  in  1850.  The  choicest  of  them— of  the  "Duchess"  and  "Oxford" 
tribes — fell  mostly  into  the  hands  of  the  late  Lord  Dacie.  He  was  a 
skillful  breeder,  and  of  most  liberal  spirit,  and  during  the  brief  time  he 


DEVON   BULL — MOXHEM    7564. 
Specially    photographed    for    this    work. 


JERSEY  COW,   HENBURY  GENTLE. 


held  them  the  reputation  of  the  Bates  stock,  if  possible,  increased.  With- 
in three  years  from   the  time   of  the  sale   of  Mr.   Bates'   herd,  Lord 


662         CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


\■T^ 

**i£^..  1 

fr 

0,. 

^ 

ft:m 

r 

Jl 

m 

v'WWF 

i 

# 

.,-  -J 

% 

i 

Ik.  '• 

B 

<Li^ 

K 

P 

IMPORTED   AYRSHIRE    COW — FLORA    Sd— A   TYPICAL    COW. 
Speciall}'   photographed   for   this   work. 


AYRSHIRE    HEirER — LOLA    OF    ROSEWONT 
Specially  Clwtograplied   *"'   this  work 


SHORT-HORN  CATTLE,  663 

Dacie  died.  In  1853,  peremptory  sale  of  his  stock  was  widely  adver- 
tised. Allured  by  the  reputation  of  his  herd,  several  American  gen- 
tlemen went  over  to  witness  it.  The  attendance  of  English  breeders  was 
very  large,  and  the  sales  averaged  higher  prices  in  individual  animals 
than  had  been  reached  since  the  famous  sale  of  Charles  Colling  in  1<S10. 


Mr.  Samuel  Tluanc,  of  Duchess  county,  N.  Y.,  bought  several  of  the  best 
and  highest  priced  animals,  of  the  "Duchess"  and  "Oxford"  tribes,  and 
added  to  them  several  more  choice  ones,  from  different  herds.  Messi-s. 
L.  G.  Morris,  and  the  late  Noel  J.  Beoar,  of  New  York,  bought  others  of 
the  "Duchess,"  and  "Oxfords,"  to  which  they  added  more  from  other 


664  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

choice  herds.  These  "Bates"  importations  Lave  since  been  bred  so  sue- 
cessfuUy  by  their  holders  here,  that  several  young  bulls  and  heifers  have 
been  purchased  by  English  breeders,  and  sent  over  to  them  at  good 
prices,  where  they  are  highly  valued. 

In  1852-3-4,  several  spirited  companies  were  formed  in  Clinton,  Mad- 
ison, and  other  counties  in  Ohio,  and  in  Bourbon,  Fayette,  and  some 
other  counties  of  Kentucky,  and  made  importations  of  the  best  cattle  to  b'. 
found  in  the  English  herds,  and  after  their  arrival  here,  distribute! 
among  their  stockholders.  Mr.  R.  A.  Alexander,  of  Kentucky,  also, 
during  those  years,  made  extensive  importations  of  choice  blood  for  his 
own  breeding,  so  that  in  the  year  185(5,  it  mny  be  said  that  the  United 
States  possessed,  according  to  their  numbers,  as  valuable  a  selection  of 
Short-Horns  as  could  be  found  in  England  itself. 
XI.    Canadian  Short-Horns. 

Keepmg  pace  with  the  States,  a  number  of  enterprising  Canadians, 
since  the  year  1835,  among  whom  may  be  named  the  late  Mr.  Adam 
Fergusson,  Mr.  Howitt,  Mr.  Wade,  the  Millers,  near  Toronto,  Mr. 
Frederick  Wm.  Stone,  of  Guelph,  and  Mr.  David  Christie,  of  Brantford, 
ill  Canada  West,  and  Mr.  M.  H.  Cochrane  and  others  in  Lower  Canada, 
have  made  sundry  importations  of  excellent  cattle,  and  bred  them  with 
skill  and  spirit.  Many  cattle  from  these  importations,  and  their  descend- 
ants, have  been  interchanged  between  the  United  States  and  Canada, 
and  all  may  now  be  classed,  without  distinction,  as  American  Short- 
Horns. 

XTL    Westward  March  of  the  Short-Homs, 

In  the  West,  the  North-west  and  in  the  South-west,  as  fast  as  the  set 
tlement  of  the  country  allowed,  the  Short-Horns  were  every-where  intro 
duced,  and  within  the  last  fifteen  years,  annual  sales  have  been  made  at 
important  cities  and  on  the  farms  of  the  wealthier  breeders,  whoj-e  the 
surplus  stock  is  bid  off  at  auction.  These  sales  are  attended  by  buyers 
from  all  parts  of  the  country,  especially  by  breeders  from  the  newer 
settlements  West,  until  now  Minnesota,  Ne))raska,  Kansas,  Colorado  and 
even  the  territory  of  Dakota,  have  most  excellent  herds  of  their  own.  In 
addition  to  this,  Short-Horn  bulls  arc  shipped  by  the  car-load  to  the 
great  herding  grounds  of  the  far  western  plains  to  improve  the  stock 
there, 

Xm.    Short-Homs  as  Beef-Makers. 

It  is  to  be  regretted  that  we  no  longer  have  the  fine  milking  strains  of 
Short-Horns,  that  were  so  abundant  thirty  years  ago.  Nevertheless,  their 
places  are  amply  supplied  by  the  Jerseys,  the  Ayrshires  and  the  Dutch 
Friesian  or  Holstein  cattle 


SHORT-HORN  CATTLE.  665 

If  the  Short-Horns  fail  as  milkers  they  have  been  wonderfully  im- 
proved as  beef-makers,  and  as  wonderfully  developed  in  point  of  early 
maturity,  so  that  they  are  now  produced  ripe  for  the  butcher  at  three 
years  old,  and  are  quite  lit  for  killing  at  any  age  from  yearlings  up. 

While  they  are  wonderful  as  beef -makers,  they  certainly  are  the  hand- 
somest cattle,  to  the  eye,  of  any  in  the  known  world.  They  have  great 
thickness  of  carcass,  and  the  prime  points  especially  are  full.  The  offal 
is  no  more  than  in  ordinary  steers  that  will  not  attain  more  than  half 
their  weight.  They  have  been  sneeringly  called  "  the  gentleman's  steers.'' 
The  breeding  of  them  is  certainly  patronized  by  the  wealthy,  as  objects 
of  beauty,  and  butchers  seem  to  be  especially  anxious  to  get  the  ripe  ones 
for  Christmas  beef.  In  the  older  settled  parts  of  the  country  there  are 
few  cattle  but  show  more  or  less  of  this  almost  universally  admired  blood. 

XIV.    The  Patton  Family  of  Short-Horns. 

Soon  after  the  Revolutionary  war,  as  already  stated,  cattle,  supposed 
to  have  been  pure-bred  Short-Horns,  were  l)rought  to  Virginia.  The 
progeny  of  some  of  these  cattle  were  taken  to  Kentucky  by  a  gentleman 
named  Patton,  from  whence,  in  course  of  time,  they  became  widely  dis- 
seminated as  Patton  stock — a  name  which  was  even  corrupted  into 
"patent  stock."  This  was  not  a  misnomer  however,  since,  as  we  knew 
them  over  forty  years  ago,  they  were  heavy  cattle,  that  ripened  at  ai? 
early  age,  for  that  day,  and  among  them  were  many  remarkable  milkers. 
They  were  somewhat  coarse  as  compared  with  the  Short-Horns  of  to- 
day, but  thick-mcated,  broad-loined,  round-barrelled  animals,  good  at 
the  pail  ;  and,  on  the  butcher's  block,  they  gave  large  carcasses  of  excel- 
lent beef. 

XV.    Grade  Cows  and  Steers. 

A  report  in  the  fifth  volume  of  the  "Transactions  of  Massachusetts," 
gives  the  well-authenticated  statement  of  INIr.  Robinson  of  Barre,  from 
which  we  gather  the  following  interesting  facts  :  The  cows  under  trial 
were  half  and  three-quarters  bred.  Seven  of  them  yielded,  during  the 
first  seven  days  in  June,  2,207  pounds  of  milk,  averaging  forty-five 
pounds  per  diem  to  each  cow.  From  this  milk  232  pounds  of  cheese  was 
made,  averaging  one  pound  of  cheese  to  nine  and  a  half  pounds  of  milk. 
The  same  cows  gave  during  the  three  following  da^'s  955  pounds  of  milk, 
from  which  forty-one  pounds  nine  ounces  of  ])utter  were  made,  averaging 
one  pound  of  butter  to  twent3-chree  pounds  of  milk.  It  will  be  seen 
that  the  milk  that  makes  one  pound  of  butter  will  make  two  and  a  half 
pounds  of  cheese.  These  cows  had  no  extra  feed  during  the  trial,  hav- 
ing been  turned  to  pasture  on  the  15th  of  May.  This  instance  is  selected 
not  as  a  very  extraordinary  performance,  but  as  a  well-authenticated 
and  carefully-conducted  experiment. 


666  CrOLOPEDIA  OP  LIVE  STOCK  AKD  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR, 

So  far  as  the  grade  steers  are  concerned  they  are  well  known  to  be 
thrifty,  easily-fed  animals  that  mature  fully  a  year  in  advance  of  the 
native  cattle,  from  which  they  arc  in  part  descended. 

XVI.    Short-Horns  Critically  Described. 

For  a  full  an;5  graphic  description  of  all  the  points  which  go  to  make 
up  a  high-caste  Short-Horn,  there  is  no  better  authority  than  the 
writings  of  Mr.  Rotch  of  New  York,  and  Mr.  A.  C.  Stevenson,  formerly 
President  of  the  Indiana  Short-Horn  Breeders'  Association.  By  the  aid 
of  the  careful  analysis  made  by  these  critical  judges,  the  many  excellent 
and  valuable  qualities  of  the  breed  may  be  readily  estimated.  The  ma- 
jestic size,  proud  carriage  and  beautifully  variegated  colors  of  the  Short- 
Horn  render  him  easily  recognized  by  the  merest  tyro.  But  few  who 
thus  admire  and  recognize  them  are  aware  how  many  qualifications  go  to 
make  up  this  splendid  whole,  or  how  carefully  each  point  has  been  weighed 
and  discussed,  and  its  relative  value  decided  ;  how  the  useful  parts  are 
divided  from  the  ornamental  and  fashionable,  and  how  systematically  the 
whole  has  been  carried  out. 

XVn.    The  Head. 

The  high-caste  Short-Horn  should  have  a  small  head,  a  broad,  flat 
forehead,  with  no  projection  of  the  frontal  bones  ;  the  face  should  be 
well  cut  out  below  the  eyes,  tapering  to  a  fine  muzzle  with  open  nostrils. 
The  nose  must  be  flesh  or  chocolate  colored  ;  any  discoloration  hinting 
towards  black  or  blue  is  very  objectionable,  though  occasionally  seen  in 
some  of  the  highest  bred  families.  The  eye  must  be  bright,  prominent, 
and  yet  placid  ;  a  small,  piggish  or  hollow  eye,  or  one  showing  vicious- 
ness  or  nervousness,  is  alike  to  be  avoided,  the  latter  indicating  a  bad 
feeder  almost  invariably.  The  circle  around  the  eyes  should  be  of  a 
bright  yellow  or  flesh  color.  As  a  very  large  ear  indicates  sluggishness, 
one  of  medium  size  is  preferable.  The  horns  sliould  be  well  set  on, 
curving  forward,  not  too  heavy,  and  of  a  clear,  waxy  yellow  color  at  the 
base,  though  this  waxy  color  is  not  universally  deemed  essential — some 
claim  that  the  horns  should  be  flat. 

XVIII.    The  Neck. 

The  neck  is  moderately  Idng,  clean  in  the  throat,  and  running  neatly 
into  the  shoulders,  which  should  not  be  too  prominent  at  the  points,  nor 
too  wide  at  the  top,  else  the  crops  will  be  certain  to  seem  defective  ;  they 
should  mould  nicely  into  the  fore-quarters,  and  be  well  covered  with  flesh 
on  the  outside.  The  neck-vein  should  bo  well  filled  up  with  flesh  and 
form  on  smoothly  to  the  shoulder  points.    The  chest  must  be  broaif  an.d 


SHORT-HORN    CATTLE. 


667 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


SHORT-HORN    CATTLE.  669 

deep,  and  full  back  of  the  elbows,  which  secures  a  good  girth  and  conse- 
quent room  for  the  most  important  vital  organs.  The  brisket  should  be 
full  and  broad  rather  than  narrow  and  projecting  ;  it  is  of  inferior  quality 
as  beef,  yet,  as  a  point  of  beauty  and  as  indicating  a  propensity  to  fatten, 
must  not  be  overlooked.  A  thin,  broad  neck  is  sure  to  indicate  weakness 
and  poor  feeding  qualities.  Animals  having  such  may  well  be  avoided  as 
breeders. 

XIX.     The  Body. 

The  body  should  be  square,  massive  and  symmetrical.  The  line  of  the 
back  should  l)e  straight ;  the  line  of  the  belly  nearly  so,  swelling  a  little 
behind  the  ribs  ;  the  flank  low  ;  the  ribs  barrel-shaped  ;  the  loins  wide, 
and  the  rump  long  and  wide.  The  back  should  be  wide,  and  the  thigh 
should  be  long  and  wide  ;  the  legs  short  and  comparatively  small,  or  at 
least  not  coarse  ;  tail  light ;  hair  soft  and  fine.  The  color  should  be  red 
or  white,  or  a  mixture  of  the  two,  as  roan  or  pied.  The  body  should  be 
nearly  a  square.  A  very  lengthy  bullock  never  fattens  so  readily  as  a  short 
one,  for  he  does  not  possess  all  the  elements  of  health  and  vigor  in  the 
same  degree  as  the  shorter  and  more  compact  animal. 

XX.     The  Legs  Short  and  Straight. 

The  body  should  be  set  on  short  legs  which  should  be  straight  and  well 
under  the  animal ;  the  fore  legs  should  be  small  in  the  l)one  below  the 
knee,  whilst  the  forearm  must  be  broad  and  tapering  downwards,  fitting 
level  into  the  girth  ;  the  hind  legs  must  be  nearly  straight.  If  the  hocks 
are  too  much  bent,  turn  inward,  or  not  well  under  the  body,  it  not 
only  gives  an  awkward  gait  in  walking,  but  is  generally  a  sign  of  weakness. 

XXI.    The  Loin  Broad. 

The  loin  must  be  broad  and  well  carried  forward  into  the  crops,  and 
covered  with  thick  flesh  moulding  nicely  on  to  the  hips,  which  though 
wide  must  not  be  too  prominent,  but  slope  away  gradually  to  the  rump 
or  side  bones  at  the  tail.  A  quarter  badly  filled  up  between  hips  and 
rumps  or  scooped-out,  as  it  is  termed,  is  very  objectionable.  The  back 
must  be  level  from  neck  to  tail,  with  no  drops  back  of  the  shoulders,  nor 
any  rise  where  the  tail  is  set  on ;  the  rumps  must  be  well  laid  up  but  not 
too  high,  else  when  the  animal  is  fat  we  shall  have  those  large  masses  of 
fat  aggregated  about  them  so  common  among  the  breed  some  years  since, 
but  now  deservedly  stigmatized  as  bad.  The  twist  should  be  well  filled 
out  in  the  seam,  wide  and  deep,  the  outside  thigh  full,  the  flank  deep, 
and  forming  with  the  fore-flank  and  belly  (the  latter  well  supported  by 
its  plates)  a  parallel  line  with  the  animal's  back. 


670  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AN1>  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

XXn.  Wide  in  the  Crops. 
The  animal  broad  in  the  crops  has  a  better  back  ;  but  it  is  also  evidence 
of  a  better  rib  beneath  the  shoulder-blade,  giving  greater  Avidth  to  the 
chest  within,  and  consequently  greater  play  to  the  lungs.  This  position 
of  the  shoulder-blade  enables  the  legs  to  be  brought  more  gracefully 
under  the  chest  beneath.  There  are  some  beasts  whose  fore  legs  stand  so 
wide  apart  that  they  very  much  resemble  two  sticks  stuck  into  a  large 
pumpkin.    Such  animals  are  considered  awkward  and  inconvenient  at  least. 

XXIII.    The  Back  Straight  and  Broad. 

A  broad  back  affords  valuable  roasting  pieces,  and  will  be  the  delight 
of  the  butcher.  The  straight  back  affords  a  better  spinal  column,  and  gives 
the  proper  space  to  the  cavities  beneath,  which,  as  we  have  just  seen,  are 
occupied  by  the  most  important  organs.  A  straight  line  also  gives  to  the 
ribs  a  more  graceful  as  well  as  a  more  convenient  attachment. 

XXIV.     The  Ribs  Barrel-Shaped. 

The  ribs  rising  well  from  the  spine,  giving  to  the  body  a  round  or  bar- 
reled shape,  gives  much  more  room  to  the  organs  within — the  heart  and 
lungs — than  there  would  be  if  the  ribs  descended  in  such  a  manner  as  to 
give  a  flat  side.  A  beast  with  flat  sides,  and  consequently  a  narro\^f 
throat,  will  lack  greatly  in  vigor  and  health,  and  all  the  essential  quali- 
ties that  constitute  a  good  bullock.  A  "bad  rib  gives  poor  space  to  the 
abdominal  organs  which  lie  immediately  behind  those  of  the  chest,  unless 
the  belly  is  greatly  sagged,  which  is  generally  the  case. 

XXV.    The  Touch. 

By  handling  or  the  touch,  butchers  asceilain  beforehand  the  quality  of 
the  flesh.  By  it  the  breeder  ascertains  the  aptitude  to  fatten  as  well  as  the 
quality  and  quantity  of  flesh  that  the  animal  Mill  carry.  Of  all  the  qual- 
ities of  the  ox,  this  is  probably  the  most  difficult  to  understand.  It  is 
the  peculiar  sensation  of  softness  and  elasticity  that  is  produced  by  the 
pressure  of  the  hand  on  different  parts  of  the  body.  This  sensation  de- 
pends, in  part,  upon  a  large  cellular  development  beneath  the  skin  and 
between  the  muscles,  and  in  part  upon  the  muscular  structure,  adapting 
itself  to  the  duties  it  has  to  perform.  It  is  very  common  to  find  a  soft- 
ening of  the  muscular  fibre  as  an  accompaniment  or  a  precursor  of  dis- 
ease that  may  mislead.  The  same  mayvbe  observed  in  the  aged  of  both 
man  and  beast.  What  is  'touch,'  or  what  is  it  to  'handle  well?'  How 
is  it  to  be  distinguished  from  that  which  portends  bad  health  and  old  age? 
By  its  elasticity — its  power  to  replace  the  parts  when  pressed — a  springy 
sensation. 


SHOBT-HOKN   CATTLE. 


671 


572  CYCIiOPEDlA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETK  STOCK  DOCTOR 


o  ^ 

133 

p-  r' 


SHORT-HORN  CATTLE.  673 

It  will  require  much  practice  to  become  an  adept  in  this  Knowledge. 
Still,  many  useful  lessons  may  be  daily  had  by  the  examination  and  hand- 
ling of  one's  own  stock.  Comparative  handling  will  afford  much  assist- 
ance. Take  those  animals  that  are  known  to  accumulate  fat  readiiy  and 
largely,  as  the  opossum  or  the  bear,  or  any  other  known  to  take  on 
fat  readily,  and  you  will  find  a  peculiarly  soft  and  mellow  'touch.' 
XXVI.    The  Hide. 

The  skin  should  be  thick,  soft  and  elastic — fitting  alike  either  a  poor 
or  fat  ox.  A  lean  animal,  with  an  inelastic  skin  stretched  upon  him, 
could  not  fatten  for  the  want  of  space  to  exi)and  in.  But  with  an  elastic 
skin  he  may  be  swelled  to  great  dimensions  in  what  seemed  to  be  but  a 
covering  for  his  bones.  The  skin  performs  very  important  functions  in 
the  animal  economy.  It  is  not  only  a  covering  for  all  the  parts  beneath 
it,  but  it  is  the  seat  of  a  vast  system  of  minute  blood  vessels  and  capil- 
laries, of  exhalents  and  absorbents.  A  vast  nervous  tissue  centers  here 
(hat  renders  the  skin  sensitive  in  the  highest  degree.  The  great  vitai 
worth  and  importance  of  the  skin  may  be  readily  appreciated  by  any 
injuries  done  it.  The  rapidity  with  which  extensive  burns  destroy  life 
may  serve  as  a  sufficient  illustration.  "  Destroy  my  skin,  and  you  shall 
have  my  bones  also." 

XXVn.    The  Hair. 

The  hair  should  be  thick,  soft,  mossy  and  fine,  forming  a  protection 
against  inclemencies  of  weather.  Fine  hair  is  an  evidence  of  a  finely 
organized  skin,  a  skin  exquisitely  finished  in  its  whole  structure  of  minute 
vessels  and  tissues.  A  skin  thus  delicately  organized  is  also  evidence 
that  other  organs  are  alike  constructed.  Nature  in  all  her  parts  undoubt- 
edly produces  a  correspondence,  so  that  if  one  part  is  of  a  peculiar 
structure,  either  fine  or  coarse,  other  parts  are  apt  to  correspond.  Parts 
seen  may  be  considered  indicative  of  parts  not  seen.  It  may  be  per- 
mitted to  add  that  in  all  the  scrub  cattle  that  I  have  grazed  and  fed,  I 
have  never  found  one  with  fine  silky  hair  that  did  not  fatten  well  and 
make  a  desirable  bullock. 

XXVni.    The  Color. 

As  regards  color,  the  latitude  is  very  great,  from  deep  blood-red 
through  all  the  intermediate  shades  and  mixtures  to  pure  white,  but  any 
other  colors,  as  brown,  black  or  dun,  are  never  met  with  in  thorough- 
breds. Fashion  has  vindicated  the  rich  red  and  purple  roan  as  the  most 
desirable  colors,  and  after  them  red.  White  is  sometimes  objected  to, 
under  the  impression  that  it  is  apt  to  spread  through  a  herd  and  over- 
power the  other  colors ;  but  this  fear  is  more  common  in  this  country 


674 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  ST    CK  DOCTOR. 


than  in  England,  where  white  hulls  aro  often  used.  Red  and  Avhite,  in 
blotches,  with  defined  edges  not  running  into  roan,  is  disliked,  and  the 
term  patchy  is  applied  to  it.  This  discriniinationj  however,  as  regards 
color,  is  entirely  arbitrary,  animals  cf  equal  excellence  anc*  breeding 
being  fomid  of  all  these  colors. 

XXIX.    Beef  Points  Illustrated. 

In  the  accompanying  outline  illustration  of  the  points  of  a  Short-Horn 
bull  tie  .letters  a,  6,  c,  (Z,/,  A,  wi, /,  k,  x,  y,  z,  Fe^>resent  the  inferior 
parts  i  from  the  girth  j9,  back,  including  r,  s,  t^UyZo  ^^^  superior  parts. 


POINTS   OF   SnOKT-IIOKN   BULL. 


From  this  it  will  be  easy  to  understand  the  points  and  the  respective  num- 
bers given  in  the  tabulated  scale  of  points  as  authoritatively  stated  in  the 
American  Herd  Book 

XXX.    Scale  of  Points  for  Short-Horn  Bulls. 

POINTS. 

Art.  1. — ^Purity  of  breed  on  male  and  female  side;  sire  and  dam 
reputed  for  docility  of  disposition,  early  maturitj'  and  aptitude 
to  fatten  ;  sire  a  good  stock-getter,  dam  a  good  breeder ;  and 
giving  a  large  quantity  of  milk,  or  sucii  as  is  superior  for 
making  butter  or  cheese.  -  -  -  -  -       7 

Art.  2. — Head  muscular  and  fine;  the  horns  fine  and  gradually 
diminishing  to  a  point,  of  a  flat  rather  than  a  round  shape  at 
the  base,  short  and  inclined  to  turn  up,  those  of  a  clear,  waxy 
color  to  be  preferred,  but  such  as  are  of  a  transparent  white, 


SHORT-HORN    CATTLE.  675 

and  tinged  with  yellow,  admissable  ;  ears  small,  thin  and  cov- 
ered with  soft  hair,  playing  quick,  moving  freely ;  forehead 
short,  broad,  especially  between  the  eyes,  and  slightly  dished ; 
eyes  bright,  placid  and  rather  prominent  than  otherwise,  wjth 
a  yellow  rim  around  them  ;  lower  part  of  the  face  clean,  dished 
and  well  developing  the  course  of  the  veins  ;  muzzle  small,  nose 
of  a  clear  orange  or  light  chocolate  color ;  nostrils  wide  and 
open  ;  lower  jaw  thin  ;  teeth  clean  and  sound.  -  -       5 

Art.  3. — Neck  fine  and  slightly  arched,  strongly  and  well  set  on  the 
head  and  shoulders,  hsirmoniously  widening,  deepening  and 
rounding  as  it  approaches  the  latter  point ;  no  dewlap.  -       2 

A.RT.  4. — Chest  broad,  deep  and  projecting,  the  brisket  on  a  lower 

line  than  the  belly.         _______  -5 

Art.  5. — Shoulders  broad,  strong,  fine  and  well  placed  ;  forelegs 
short,  straight,  and  standing  rather  wide  apart  than  narrow  ; 
fore-arm  muscular,  broad  and  powerful,  sliglitly  swelling  and 
full  above  the  knee  ;  the  bone  fine  and  fiat ;  knees  well  knit  and 
strong;  foot  flat,  and  in  shape  an  oblong  semicircle;  horn  of 
the  hoof  sound  and  of  a  clear  waxy  color.         _         _         _        _       2 

Art.  6. — Barrel  round  and  deep,  and  well  ribbed  up  the  hips.  -       4 

Art.  7. — Back  short,  straight  and  broad  from  the  withers  to  the 
setting  on  of  the  tail ;  crops  round  and  full  ;  loins  broad  ;  buckle 
bones  on  a  level  with  the  back  ;  tail  well  set,  on  a  level  with 
the  back,  fine  and  gradually  diniihishing  to  a  point,  and  hang- 
ing, without  the  brush,  an  inch  or  so  below  the  hock,  at  right 
angles  with  the  back.         __-___--4 

Art-  8. — Hind  quarters  from  the  buckle  to  the  point  of  the  rump 
well  filled  up  ;  tmst  well  let  down  and  full  ;  hind  legs  short, 
straight,  and  well  spread  apait,  gradually  swellii>g  and  rounding 
above  tvie  hock  ;  the  bone  fine  and  flat  below  ;  legs  not  to  cross 
each  other  in  walking,  nor  to  straddle  behind.         _         _         _       3 

Art.  9. — Skin  of  medium  thickness,  movable  and  mellow  ;  a  white 
color  is  admissable,  but  rich  cream  or  orange  much  preferable  ; 
hair  well  covering  the  hide,  soft  and  fine,  and  if  undercoated 
with  soft,  thick  fur  in  winter,  so  much  the  better  ;  color,  pure 
white,  red  roan,  bright  red,  or  reddish  yellow  and  white.  (A 
black  or  dark  brown  nose  or  a  rim  around  the  eye,  black  or 
dark  spots  on  the  skin  and  hair  decidedly  objectionable,  and 
indicative  of  coarse  meat  and  bad  blood.)         _         _         -         -       H 

Art.  10. — Good  handling.  _-.---.4 

Art.  11. — Sure  stock-getter.  -  -         -----4 


676         CrCLOFEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  OOHFLBTE  STOCK  DOGTOB. 

Art.  12. — Stock,  when  made  steer,  certain  to  feed   kindly  for  beef- 

ers  at  any  age,  and  make  prime  beef.         -----       5 
Art.  18. — General  appearance.  _--_-_       2 

Perfection.  _________     50 

XXXI.    Scale  of  Points  for  Short-Horn  Cows. 

POINTS. 

Art.  1. — Purity  of  breed  on  male  and  female  side;  sire  and  dam 
reputed  for  docility  of  disposition,  early  matuiity  and  aptitude 
to  fatten.  Sire  a  good  stock-getter.  Dam  a  good  breeder; 
giving  a  large  quantity  of  milk,  or  such  superior  for  making 
butter  or  cheese.         -  -  -  __--_ 

Art.  2. — Head  small  and  tapering;  long  and  narrower  in  propor- 
tion than  that  of  the  bull.  Horns  fine  and  gradually  diminish- 
ing to  a  point ;  of  a  flat  rather  than  of  a  round  shape  at  the 
base  ;  short,  and  inclined  to  turn  Jin  s  those  of  a  clear  waxy 
color  to  be  preferred ;  but  sucn  as  are  X)f  a  transparent  white, 
slightly  tinged  with  yellow,  admissible.  Ears  small,  thin,  and 
well  covered  with  soft  hair ;  playing  quick,  moving  freely. 
Forehead  of  good  breadth  between  the  eyes,  and  slightly  dished. 
Eyes  bright,  placid,  and  rather  prominent  than  otherwise,  with 
a  yellow  rim  round  them.  The  lower  part  of  the  face  clean, 
dished,  and  well  developing  the  course  of  the  veins.  Muzzle 
small ;  nose  of  a  clear  bronze,  or  light  chocolate  color — the 
former  much  preferred.  Nostrils  wide  and  well  opened.  Lower 
jaw  thin.     Teeth  clear  and  sound.  -  -  -  -         -      ^ 

Art.  3. — Neck  fine  and  thin,  straight,  and  well  set  on  to  the  head 
and  shoulders,  harmoniously  widening,  deepening,  and  slightly 
rounding  in  a  delicate  feminine  manner  as  it  approaches  the 
latter  point.      No  dewlap.     --__  __..       2 

Art.  4. — Shoulders  fine  and  well  placed.  Fore  legs,  short  straight 
and  well  spread  apart.  Fore-arm  wide,  muscular,  slightly 
swelling,  and  full  above  the  knee  ;  the  bone  fine  and  flat  below. 
Knees  well  knit  and  strong.  Foot  flat  and  in  shape  of  an 
oblong  semi-circle.  Horn  of  the  hoof  sound,  and  of  a  clear 
waxy  color.     -----__.,         __2 

Art.  5. — Chest  broad,  deep  and  projecting — the  brisket  on  a  lower 

line  than  the  belly.  -         -         -         -         -         -         ^         -ft 

Art.  6. — Barrel  round,  deep  and  well  ribbed  up  to  the  hips.  -       5 

Art.  7. — Back  short,  strong,  straight  from  the  withers  to  the  set- 
ting of  the  tail.  Crop  round  and  full.  Loin  broad.  Huckle 
bones  on  a  level  with   the  backo     Tail   well  set,  on  a  level  with 


SnORT-nORN  CATTLE. 


b77 


the  back  or  very  slightly  below  it ,  fine  and  gradually  diminish- 
ing to  a  point ;  and  hanging,  without  the  brush,  an  inch  or    so 
below  the  hock,  at  right  angles  with  the  back. 
Lrt.  8.— Hind  quarters  from  the  buckles   to  the  point  of  the  rump 
lono- and  well  filled  up.     TNvist  well   letdown  and  full.     Hind 
le<rrshort,  strai-htand  well    spread  apart ;  gradually    swellmg 
an'd  rounding  above  the  hock  ;  the  bone  fine  and  flat  below. 
Foot  flat,  and  in  shape  of  an  oblong  semi-circle.     Horn  of  Ihe 
hoof  sound,  and  of  a  clear  waxy  color.     Legs  not  to  cross  each- 
other  in  walkins:,  nor  to  straddle  behmd.  -         -         -         - 
/^RT    9  —Udder  broad,  full,  extending  well  forward  along  the  belly, 
and  well  up  behind.     Teats  of  a  good  size  for  the  hand  ;  squarely 
placed  with  a  slight  oblique   pointing   out ;  wide    apart ;  when 
pressed  by  the  hand  the  milk  flowing  from  them  freely.     Extj-a 
teats  indicative  of   good  milking   qualities,  but  should  never  be 
milked,  as  they  draw   the  bag  out  of  shape.     Milk   vems  large 
and  swellinsi.          -          -          -         ~         ~         "         ' 
Art.  10.— Skin^'of    a  medium    tiiickness  :    movable  and    mellow  ;   a 
white  color  is  admissible,  but  a  rich  cream  or  orange  nnich  pref- 

erable.     Hair  well  cover- 
ing  the    hide;    soft    and 
fine,  and  if    undercoated 
with  soft,  thick  fur  in  the 
winter,  so  much  the  bet- 
ter.    Color   pure   Avhite, 
red,    roan,     bright    :  ?d, 
red    and   white,    spotted 
roan,  or  reddish  and  yel- 
low and  white.    (A  black 
or  dark  brown  nose,    or 
rim   around    the    eye, 
black  or  dark  brown  spots 
on  the  skin  and  the  hair, 
decidedly    objectionable, 
and  indicative    of  coarse 
meat  and  bad  blood.) 
Art.  11. — Good  handler.  - 
^jiT,  12. — Sure   breeder.  - 
Art.  13. — General  appear- 
ance. -         -         -         - 


HOLLAND  cow. 

Tills  cow  is  very  large,  docile  In  dispobi- 
tion,  iind  a  fiue  milker.  The  buef  is  also  of  an 
excellent  qiialitv.  In  Holland  it  is  generally 
claimed  that  the  shorthorns  of  England  are 
descended  from  this  cow. 


Perfectiono 


2 

.^0 


678         CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


FRIESIAN    CALF    "RASCAL."     (Son    of    Palenstein    IV.) 
Age    only    four    weeks    when    photographed.       Bred    by    E.    B.     Moore,    Esq.,    Rou.n 
vaal,    Africa.      Specially   photographed    for    this    boolc. 


FRIESIAN   COW   "PALENSTEIN    IV." 
Owned   by   E.    B.    Moore,    Esq.,    Rouxville,    Transvaal,    Africa.      She   took    1st   prize   at   Johannes- 
burg  Agricultural    show    for    best    Dairy    Cow. — Specially    photographed    for    this    book. 


CHAPTER  VI. 

THE  JERSEYS,  ALDERNEYS  AND  GUERNSEYS. 


I        A     FASHIONABLE     BREED. II.       THE     GUERNSEYS. III.        THE    ALDERNEY   IN 

YOUATT'S  TIME. IV.      THE    JERSEY   OF    TO-DAY. V.      CROSSING   THE  JERSEYS. 

VI.      THE    JERSEY    DESCRIBED. VII.      MILK     MIRRORS. VIII.        GUENON'S 

THEORY     OF     MILK     MIRRORS. IX.     THEIR     PRACTICAL      UTILITY. X        THE 

ESCUTCHEON    MARKS. XI.      GOOD  MILKERS  IN   ALL  BREEDS. XII.      VALUE  OF 

HEREDITY. XIII.      INFLUENCE  OF  GOOD  DIGESTION  AND  ASSIMILATION. XIV. 

THE    MILK    VEINS. XV.      THE  UDDER  AND  TWIST    VEINS. XVI.      MR.    SHARP- 

LESS'  OPINION. XVII.      SYMMETRY  ESSENTIAL  WHATEVER  THE  BREED. XVIII. 

THF  JERSEY  NOT  A  DAIRY  COW. XIX.      SCALE  OF  POINTS   FOR  JERSEY  COWS  AND 

HEIFERS XX.      RULES   IN   AWARDING  PRIZES. XXI.      SCALE    OF    POINTS     FOR 

JERSEY    BULLS. XXII.      ESTIMATING  THE    VALUE  OF  POINTS. XXIII.      COLOR 

AND   SIZE. XXIV.      FROM    A  PRACTICAL  STAND-POINT. 

I.    A  Fashionable  Breed. 

Within  the  last  fifteen  years,  the  Jersey,  Alderney  and  Guernsey  cat- 
lb,  second  in  importance  of  the  short-horned  breeds  of  Great  Britain, 
have  acquired  great  celebrity,  not  so  much  for  thequanityof  the  milk 
they  p-ive,  as  for  its  exceeding  richness  in  cream,  and  the  excellence  of 
the  b-itter  made  therefrom.  Those  originally  brought  from  the  islands 
of  Jersey  and  Alderney  are  now  called  Jerseys,  just  as  all  Dutch  cattle 
have  been  called  Holsteins,  while  the  Guernsey  cattle  are  kept  separate 
and  distinct,  under  the  proper  namo  of  the  island  from  which  they  came. 
H.    The  Guernseys. 

While  the  Jerseys  and  Alderneys  have  the  most  admirers,  especially 
amono-  fashionable  breeders,  from  their  deer-like  forms  and  general  air 
of  elegant  lightness,  the  Guernseys  are  coming  into  prominence  as  being 
laigerr better-built,  (that  is,  not  so  angular,)  and  better  feeders  ;  for  it 
mu°t  be  confessed  that  the  Jersey  cow,  for  its  size,  is  a  great  consumer. 

The  Guernsey  cow  is  also  a  larger  producer  of  milk,  though  it  is 
aveiTed  by  the  Jersey  breeders  that  it  is  not  so  rich  in  quality.  Jersey 
cattle,  however,  vary  much  in  this  respect,  and  it  is  certain  that  the 
Guernsey  cows  are  growing  more  and  more  into  favor  every  year  as  but- 
ter and  milk  producing  cows. 

m.    The  Alderney  in  Youatt's  Time. 

Youatt  says  of  this  breed,  which  he  classes  with  the  cattle  of  Nor- 
mandy, that  they  are  from  the  French  continent ;  that  the  cattle  of  Nor- 
numdv  are  larger  and  have  a  greater  tendency  to  fatten  ;  that  others  are 

679 


680         CYCT-OPEDTA  OF  LTVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


THE  JERSEYS,  ALDERNEYS  AND  GUERNSEYS.  681 

from  the  islands  of  the  French  coast,  but  that  all  of  them,  wnether  from 
the  continent  or  islands,  pass  under  the  common  name  of  Alderney. 
Youatt  also  adds,  on  the  authority  of  Mr.  Parkinson,  who  seems  to  have 
been  a  prejudiced  observer,  that,  "The  Alderney,  considering  its  voracious 
appetite — for  it  devours  almost  as  much  as  a  Short-Horn — 3ields  very 
little  milk,"  but  admits  the  milk  to  be  rich  in  quality,  though  "itis  not  rich 
enough,  yielding  the  small  quantity  she  does,  to  pay  for  what  it  costs." 
If  this  be  true,  the  Jersey  has  improved  fully  as  much  within  the  last 
fifty  years  as  any  othe^  breed. 

IV.    The  Jersey  of  To-Day. 

Be  the  statements  of  the  authorities  quoted  what  they  may,  the  Jersey 
of  to-day  is  a  very  different  animal  from  that  which  they  describe.  That 
the  Jerseys  are  large  feeders  for  their  size  there  is  no  doul)t,  and  that  they 
give  the  richest  milk  of  any  known  breed  is  quite  as  certain.  That  some 
of  them,  at  least,  give  large  quantities  of  milk,  the  following  extract  from 
the  American  Encyclopaedia  of  Agriculture  will  show  : 

"  The  butter  from  the  cows  is  very  rich  in  cream  and  deep  yellow  in 
color,  so  much  so  that  a  few  cows  in  a  herd  will  decidedly  change  the 
color  of  the  butter  of  the  whole  herd.  The  percentage  of  cream  to 
milk  varies  from  eighteen  to  twenty-live  per  cent.,  and  the  proportion  of 
butter  to  cream  varies  from  3.70  to  8.07  in  100  parts.  Twenty-six  quarts 
per  day  has  been  recorded  as  the  product  of  an  individual  cow,  and  four- 
teen pounds  of  butter  per  week.  Sixteen  quarts  per  day  may  be  re- 
garded as  a  good  yield,  and  when  we  take  into  consideration  the  light 
weight  of  the  cow,  and  the  fact  that  the  milk  will  yield  fron?  one-quarter 
to  one-sixth  of  the  richest  cream,  we  need  not  wonder  that  these  gentle 
and  deer-like  cattle  have  become  universal  favorites  as  family  cows." 

Our  own  observation  is  that  twelve  quarts  a  day  may  be  considered  a 
good  average  yield  of  milk,  from   the    pure-bred  animals — an  average 
fully  one-third  more  than  that  of  good  native  herds. 
V.    Crossing  The  Jersey. 

Crossing  the  Jerseys  with  other  improved  breeds  has  not  resulted  satis- 
factorily. Their  value,  however,  is  priceless  when  crossed  upon  good 
milkers  from  native  herds.  They  have  added  largely  to  the  quality  of 
the  milk  of  the  inferior  stock ;  and  crosses  of  the  Jersey  bull  upon  the 
ordinary  native  cows  of  a  district,  have  not  only  imparted  richness  to  the 
milk,  but  have  resulted  in  an  increased  ilow.  Their  sole  use  is  amonaf 
those  who  wish  exceedingly  rich  milk,  and,  whatever  the  strain,  we  think 
no  advantage  will  be  found  in  crossing  them  on  any  of  the  beef  breeds. 
They  are  milking  cattle,  and  their  legitmate  use  is  to  supply  the  demands 
i)f  people  who  want  quality,  and  not  quantity  of  milk. 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


The  bulls  may  improve  the  native  milking  stock  of  the  country,  and 
whatever  variety  is  used,  whether  those  from  the  line  of  Jersey,  Alder- 
ney  or  Guernsey,  use  only  pure  bulls.  Do  not  take  a  grade  bull  at  any 
price;  those  purely  bred  are  now  sufficiently  plenty,  so  that  they  can  be 


had  at  reasonable  prices.  The  pure  bulls  are  prepotent  in  perpetuating 
rich  milking  qualities.  The  grades  are  not.  If  an  additional  reason 
were  wanted,  please  remember  that  the  produce  of  a  pure  animal  on  one 
not  of  improved  blood  is  a  half-blooded  calf.  The  produce  of  a  half- 
blood  on  native  cattle  would  be  only  one-quarter  blood. 


THE   JEKSEYS,    ALDERNEYS    AND    GUERNSEYS. 


683 


VI.  The  Jersey  Described. 
Mr.  Lewis  F.  Allen,  a  conscientious  and  accurate  historian  of  cattle, 
but  who,  it  must  be  confessed,  has  something  of  a  prejudice  in  favor  of 
the  (to  him)  favorite  Short  Horns,  accurately  describes  the  Jersey,  as  fol- 
lows: "Beginning  with  the  head — the  most  characteristic  feature — the 
muzzle  is  fine ;  the  nose  either  dark  brown  or  black,  and  occasionally  a 
yellowish  shade,  with  a  peculiar  mealy  light-colored  hair,  running  up 
the  face  into  a  smoky  hue,  when  it  gradually  takes  the  general  color  of 
the  body.  The  face  is  slightly  dishing,  clean  of  flesh,  mild  and  gentle  in 
expression;  the  eye  clear  and  full,  and  encircled  with  a  distinct  ring  of 
the  color  of  the  nose ;  the  forehead  bold ;  the  horn  short,  curving  inward 


i.- 

li 

n 

m      . 

^^^^^S^^SS^,  wm,  jiji  iiiilj  JMIlJJilAl; 

ff 

.'''■'■                                                                                            "        \-^       . 

GROUP     OF    JERSEYS. 


and  waxy  in  color,  with  black  tips;  the  ear  sizable,  thin,  and  quick  in 
movement.  The  whole  head  is  original,  and  blood-like  in  appearance, 
-more  so  than  in  almost  any  other  of  the  cattle  race, — reminding  one 
strongly  of  the  head  of  our  American  elk.  The  neck  is  somewhat  de- 
pressed— would  be  called  ewe-necked  by  soir<5 — but  clean  in  the  throat, 
with  moderate  or  little  dewlap;  the  shouldei  are  wide  and  somewhat 
ragged,  with  prominent  points,  running  down  to  a  delicate  arm,  and  slen- 
der legs  beneath.  The  fore-quarters  stand  rather  close  together,  with  a 
thinnish,  yet  well  developed  brisket  between.  The  ribs  are  flat,  yet 
giving  sufficient  play  for  good  lungs;  the  back  depressed  and  somewhat 
hollow  ;  the  belly  deep  and  large ;  the  hips  tolerably  wide ;  the  rump  and 
tail  high ;  the  loin  and  quarter  medium  in  length ;  the  thigh  thin  and 


684  Cf  CLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  OOMFLBTE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

deep ;  the  twist  wide,  to  accommodate  a  clean,  good-sized  udder ;  the 
flanks  medium;  the  hocks  or  gambrel  joints  crooked;  the  hind  legs 
omali ;  the  udder  capacious,  square,  set  well  forward,  and  covered  with 
soft,  silky  hair ;  the  teats  fine,  standing  well  apart  and  nicely  tapering ; 
the  milk  veins  prominent.  On  the  whole  she  is  a  homely,  blood-Hke, 
gentle,  useful  little  housekeeping  body,  with  a  most  kindly  temper,  lov- 
ing to  be  petted,  and,  like  the  pony  with  the  children,  readily  becomes 
a  great  favorite  with  those  who  have  her  about  them,  either  in  pasture, 
paddock,  stable  or  the  lawn.  The  colors  are  usually  light  red  or  fawn, 
occasionally  smoky  grey,  and  sometimes  black,  mixed  or  splashed  more 
or  less  with  white." 

Vn.    Milk  Mirrors. 

To  M.  Francois  Guenon,  a  farmer  of  Siboume,  France,  is  due  the 
credit  of  having  perfected  a  system  for  determining  the  value  ct  a  cow 
for  milk,  by  the  escutcheon  or  milk  sign,  (mirror  as  it  is  sc  letimes 
called)  extending  from  the  root  of  the  tail,  in  the  best  animais,  down 
over  the  udder  behind  and  between  the  thighs.  The  writer  studied  it 
and  Lrcd  by  it  when  engaged  in  active  farming,  and,  while  not  willing  to 
accord  full  credit  to  the  judgment  of  the  French  committee  of  agricul- 
ture at  Bordeaux,  in  1828,  he  believes  them  conscientious  in  their  report. 
They  used  this  strong  language  :  "  This  system  we  do  not  fear  to  say  is 
infallible."  My  own  ol)servation. leads  me  to  regard  it  as  being  so  essen- 
tially correct,  that  a  careful  study  of  the  "signs"  will  enable  any  person 
to  judge  pretty  correctly  as  to  the  quantity  and  quality  of  the  milk 
given  and  also  as  to  the  time  of  giving  milk,  after  the  cow  is  again  in  calf. 
In  breeding,  ex'unine  also  the  coiTcsi)onding  escutcheon  in  the  bull,  for 
we  have  always  found  that  the  bull  showing  the  marks  eminently  will  be 
pretty  sure  to  get  calves  that  will  grow  up  to  be  good  milkers. 

Vni.    Guenon's  Theory  of  Milk  Mirrors. 

In  the  Guenon  system  there  are  twenty-seven  diagrams  representing 
the  various  grades  of  milking  qualities,  including  what  is  called  a  bastard 
escutcheon  to  each  grade.  These  vary  from  the  fullest  development  in 
the  growth  of  upward  hair,  and  in  the  "scurf  marks,"  down  to  the  least 
possible  exhibit — the  "bastard  escutcheons"  showing,  by  peculiar  signs, 
that  the  cow  will  not  only  give  poor  milk,  but  will  fail  early  after  again 
coming  to  be  with  calf.  The  hair  indicating  a  good  milker  turns  upward, 
is  short  and  tine,  and  contains  peculiar  oval  marks  or  scurf  spots.  The 
skin  over  this  whole  surface  is  easily  raised,  and  is  especially  soft  and 
fine  in  good  milkers. 


THE  JERSEYS,  ALDERNEY8  AND  GUEENSEYS.  685 

IX.   Their  Fractioal  Utilily. 

To  illustrd,ce  the  value  of  the  signs  of  a  good  milker,  we  give  the  re- 
sults obtained  by  two  close  and  intelligent  observers,  one  a  French 
authority,  Prof.  Magne,  V.  S.,  of  the  Veterinary  School  at  Aifort,  the 
other  Mr.  Charles  Sharpless  of  Pennsylvania.  In  relation  to  the  indica- 
tions Prof.  Magne,  differing  somewhat  from  Mr.  Guenon,  lays  down  the 
following  rules : 

"  The  direction  of  the  hair  is  subordinate  to  that  of  the  arteries  ;  when 
a  large  plate  of  hair  is  directed  from  below,  upwards  on  the  posterior 
face  of  the  udder,  and  on  the  twist,  it  proves  that  the  arteries  that  sup- 
ply the  milky  system  are  large,  since  they  pass  backwards  beyond  it, 
convey  much  blood,  and  consequently  give  activity  to  its  functions.  Up- 
per tufts,  placed  on  the  sides  of  the  vulva,  prove  that  the  arteries  of  the 
t»-enerative  organs  are  strongly  developed,  reach  even  to  the  skin,  and 
irive  great  activity  to  those  organs.  The  consequence  is,  that  after  a  cow 
is  ao-ain  with  calf,  it  draws  off  the  blood  which  was  flowing  to  the  milky 
glands,  lessens,  and  even  stops  the  secretions  of  milk. 

"  In  the  bull,  the  arteries,  corresponding  to  the  mammary  arteries  ol 
the  cow,  being  intended  only  for  coverings  of  the  testicles,  are  very 
slio-htly  developed ;  cmd  there,  accordingly,  the  escutcheons  are  of  small 
extent. 

X.    The  Escutcheon  Marks. 

**  This  explanation,  which  accords  very  well  with  an  tnat  nas  been  ob- 
served, renders  it  easy  to  comprehend  the  value  of  the  escutcheon.  The 
more  the  lower  ones  are  developed,  the  greater  the  quantity  of  milk ;  but 
shape  is  of  consequence. 

♦'  But  the  quantity  of  milk,  and  its  quality,  do  not  depend  solely  on 
the  form  and  size  of  the  escutcheon  ;  they  depend  on  the  food,  the  par- 
ticular management,  the  climate,  the  season ^  the  temperament,  the  size 
and  energy  of  the  principal  internal  organs,  the  capacity  of  the  chest,  the 
influence  of  the  generative  system,  etc.  All  these  circumstances  cause 
the  quantity  of  milk  to  vary,  without  making  any  change  on  the  extent 
of  the  escutcheon  ;  consequently,  it  is  impossible  that  the  same  relation 
can  always  exist  between  the  escutcheons  and  the  quantities  of  milk.  We 
often  see  cows  equally  well  shaped,  having  exactly  the  same  escutcheon, 
and  placed  under  the  same  hygienic  condition,  yet  not  giving  equal  quan- 
tities, or  equal  qualities  of  milk.  It  could  not  be  otherwise.  Assuming 
that  a  given  tuft  has  the  same  value  at  birth,  it  cannot  be  the  same  in 
adult  ao-e;  since,  during  life,  an  infinite  number  of  circumstances  occur 
to  diversify  the  activity  of  the  milky  glands,  without  changing  the  figure 
or  size  of  the  tuft. 


686  CYCLOPEDIA  01   UVE  STOCK  aNO  iAJa^Us;i.ti  6TUCii  DOCTOB. 

*'But  the  escutcheon  has  the  advantage  of  furnishing  a  mark  which  can 
be  easily  discerned  and  estimated,  even  by  persons  of  no  great  expe- 
rience in  the  selection  of  cows — a  mark  perceptible  on  very  young  ani- 
mals, and  on  bulls  as  well  as  heifers — a  mark  which,  when  disencum- 
bered of  the  complicated  system  in  which  it  has  been  wrapped  up,  will  be 
in  common  use  and  facilitate  the  increase  of  good  cows,  by  not  allowing 
any  but  those  of  good  promise  to  be  reared." 

XI.    Good  Milkers  in  all  Breeds. 

Professor  Magne  also  gives  the  following  directions  for  choosing  a  good 
cow,  of  any  breed: 

"We  find  good  milkers  in  all  breeds,  but  thej'  are  rare  in  some  and  very 
common  in  others.  It  could  not  be  otherwise.  Milk  properties,  depend- 
ing on  the  conditions  which  determine  the  formation  of  breeds,  are  due 
partly  to  the  climate,  the  soil,  the  air,  and  the  plants  of  the  countries 
where  the  breeds  have  originated ;  and  must  therefore  vary  with  the  con- 
ditions peculiar  to  each  locality.  Milkers,  and  more  especially  animals 
intended  for  breeding,  must  be  selected  among  breeds  celebrated  for  abund- 
ance of  milk.  For  as  milking  qualities  are  in  a  great  measure  dependent 
on  structure  and  temperament,  which  are  more  or  less  hereditary,  de- 
scent exercises  a  great  influence. 

XII.    Value  of  Heredity. 

*'In  each  breed,  therefore,  we  should  choose  individuals  belonging  to 
the  best  stock,  and  the  offspring  of  parents  remarkable  for  their  milking 
qualities ;  for  it  is  certain  that  good  milch  cows  produce  others  which  re- 
semble them.  A  cow  of  a  bad  milking  family,  or  even  breed,  may  occa- 
sionally be  an  excellent  milker,  and  more  than  this  is  not  wanted  when  it 
is  not  meant  to  breed  from  her.  The  same  cannot  be  said  when  breed- 
ing is  intended,  because  there  would  be  little  chance  of  her  transmitting 
the  accidental  or  exceptional  qualities  possessed  by  her;  whereas  the 
qualities  forming  the  fixed  and  constant  characters  of  the  stock  would  al- 
most to  a  certaint}^  be  transmitted  to  descendants. 

"These  remarks,  with  regard  to  breed  and  parentage,  apply  to  the  se- 
lection of  the  bull,  which,  as  experience  demonstrates,  acts  like  the  cow 
in  transmitting  the  milking  qualities  which  distinguish  the  breed  and 
stock. 

XIII.    Influence  ot  Good  Digestion  and  Assimilation. 

"The  digestive  organs  have  a  great  influence  on  the  exercise  of  all  the 
functions,  and  particularly  on  the  secretion  of  the  milk-glands.  Where 
the  digestive  organs  are  defective,  good  milch  cows  are  rarely  met  with. 


THE  JERSEYS,  ALDERNEYS  AND  GUERNSEYS.  687 

Good  digestive  organs  are  known  by  a  belly  of  moderate  size,  with 
yielding  sides,  free  from  tightness,  (in  aged  animals  the  belly  is  often 
large,  though  the  organs  which  it  contains  are  in  good  condition)  ;  a  large 
mouth,  thick  and  strong  lips,  a  good  appetite,  easy  and  quick  digestion, 
glossy  hair,  supple  skin,  yet  firm,  and  somewhat  oily  to  the  touch.  Ani- 
mals possessing  these  characteristics  may  be  expected  to  feed  and  drink 
heavily,  and,  if  they  are  properly  fed,  make  much  blood  and  yield  large 
quantities  of  milk.  The  respiratory  organs  complete  the  system  of  nu- 
trition. The  lungs  bring  the  air  breathed  into  contact  with  the  blood, 
and  render  the  system  of  nourishment  complete.  Hence,  a  good  form, 
quick  digestion  and  a  healthy  condition  of  the  lungs  are  necessary  to  the 
production  of  a  large  flow  of  milk. 

XrV.  The  Milk  Veins. 
"If  the  veins  which  surround  the  udder  are  large,  winding,  and  varicose 
(dilated  at  intervals),  they  show  that  the  glands  receive  much  blood, 
and,  consequently,  that  their  functions  are  active,  and  that  the  milk  is 
abundant.  The  veins  on  the  lateral  parts  of  the  belly  are  most  easily 
observed,  and  all  authors  decide  them  to  be  among  the  best  tests  for 
ascertaining  the  activity  of  the  glands.  These  veins  issue  from  the  udder, 
in  front,  and  at  the  outer  angle,  Avhere  they  form,  in  very  good  cows,  a 
considerable  varicose  swelling.  They  proceed  toward  the  front  part  of 
the  body,  forming  angles,  more  or  less  distinct,  often  divide  towards  their 
anterior  extremity,  and  sink  into  the  body  by  several  openings.  We  can 
make  the  size  of  the  milk  veins  prominent  by  compressing  them  in  their 
passage,  by  pressing  them  at  the  place  where  they  pen  '""•ite  into  the 
body.  If  we  press  the  thunil)  strongly  into  the  opening  through  Avhich 
the  vein  passes,  the  width  of  the  opening  represents  the  diameter  of  the 
vein,  and  the  thickness  of  the  thumb  which  stops  it  represents  the  vol- 
ume of  blood  whose  place  it  occupies.  Sometimes  the  veins  are  divided. 
It  is  then  necessary  to  examine  all  the  openings  by  which  they  pass,  in 
order  to  form  a  correct  estimate. 

XV.    The  Udder  and  Twist  Veins. 

"The  veins  of  the  udder  and  twist  are  able  to  furnish  valuable  indica- 
tions. They  should,  in  both  cases,  be  highly  developed,  large  and  vari- 
cose ;  that  is,  appear  swollen  and  knotty.  The  veins  of  the  udder  have 
no  definite  direction.  They  present  themselves  irregularly,  with  zigzag 
lines,  knotted  and  more  or  less  oblique.  They  are  never  of  very  large 
size,  except  in  cows  that  give  large  quantities  of  milk. 

'^The  veins  of  the  twist  directed  from  above  downward,  forming  a 
winding  line,  interspersed  with  knots,  resemble  those  of  the  udder  in  not 
being  visible  either  in  heifers  or  in  cows  of  only  fair  milking  quality.  We 


688  CYCLOPEDIA  OP  lilTB  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR, 

cannot  ascertain  their  presence  in  any  but  very  good  cows.  Of  all  the 
iiiarks  of  abundant  milk  secretion,  the  best,  and  in  fact  the  only  infallible 
marks,  are  furnished  by  the  veins  of  the  twist  and  of  the  udder.  To 
estimate  them  correctly  it  is  necessary  to  take  into  account  the  state  of 
the  cow  in  respect  to  flesh,  the  thickness  of  skin,  food,  ability  to  stand 
fatigue,  heat;  all  the  circumstances,  in  fact,  which  cause  variations  in  the 
general  state  of  the  circulation,  and  in  the  dilation  of  the  veins.  It  is  nec- 
essary, moreover,  to  recollect  that  in  both  sexes  all  the  veins  are  larger  in 
the  old  than  in  the  young  ;  that  the  veins  which  encircle  the  udder  are 
those  which,  if  the  cows  are  in  milk,  vary  most  according  to  the  age  of 


GREAT    MILK    MIRROR  ON    HOLSTEIN   COW. 

the  animal.  Small  when  the  animal  is  young,  they  continue  to  increase 
in  size  until  after  the  cow  has  had  several  calves,  when  they  come  to  their 
full  development. 

"This  proportion  between  the  size  of  the  veins  and  the  milk  secreted, 
/s  observed  in  all  females  without  exception.  The  size  of  the  veins  and 
their  varicose  state  being  due  to  the  blood  attracted  by  the  increased 
activity  of  the  milk-glands,  is  not  only  the  sign,  but  also  the  measure, 
of  this  activity — this  connection.  In  fact,  this  connection  is  so  close  that, 
if  the  glands  do  not  give  an  equal  quantity  of  milk,  the  larger  veins  are 
on  the  side  of  the  udder  which  gives  the  largest  quantity. 


2.  cc 
s  H 

1° 
1§ 


P  o 

^  i 

2  t?j 


THE   JERSEYS,    ALDBRNEY8   ANT*   GUERNSEYS  689 

**The  lengtli  of  time  during  which  milk  is  given  corresponds  with  the 
activity  of  the  organs  which  supply  it.  Cows  which  give  most  milk  a 
day,  also  give  it  the  longest ;  and  hence,  if  no  special  mark  is  perceived., 
we  can  judge  much  of  the  duration  of  milk  by  the  marks  which  deter- 
mine its  quantity.  It  may  therefore  be  accepted  that  as  a  rule  an 
abundant  milker  may  be  expected  to  give  a  long  continued  flow  of  milk," 

In  illustration  of  what  Prof.  Magne  says  of  milk  mirrors  in  all  breeds^ 
we  give  an  illustration  of  a  wonderful  milk  mirror  on  a  Holstein  cow 
corresponding  to  the  best  escutcheon  of  Mr.  Guenon,  which  he  namef? 
the  Flanders,  and  which  as  is  well  known  is  one  of  the  Dutch  breeds. 

XVI.    Mr.  Sharpless'  Opinion. 

Mr.  Charles  L.  Sharpless  of  Pennsylvania,  a  careful  breeder  of  Jersey 
cattle,  and  a  close  observer  in  relation  to  milk  mirrors,  holds  the  fbl- 
lowing : 

There  is  no  point  in  judging  a  cow  so  little  understood  as  the  escutch'- 
eon.  The  conclusion  of  almost  every  one  is,  that  her  escutcheon  is  good, 
if  there  be  a  bxoad  band  of  up-runnhig  hair  from  ti-e  udder  to  the  vulva, 
and  around  it.  These  cows  with  the  broad  vertical  escutcheon  are  nearly 
always  parallel  -^ows  ;  that  is,  with  bodies  long  but  not  large,  and  with 
the  under  line  parallel  with  the  back.  Their  thighs  arj  thin,  and  the 
thigh  escutcheon  shows  on  the  inside  of  the  thigh  rather  than  on  its  rear. 

Next  comes  the  wedge-shaped  cow,  with  the  body  shorter  but  very 
large,  deep  in  the  flank,  and  very  capacious.  This  form  does  not  usually 
exhibit  the  vertical  escutcheon  running  up  to  the  vulva,  but  with  a  broader 
thigh  may  exhibit  a  thigh  escutcheon,  which  is  preferable  to  the  other; 
see  Fig.  2. — Milk  Mirrors  of  Jersey  Cows,  on  the  next  page. 

In  both  vertical  and  thigh  mirrors,  where  the  hair  runs  down,  intruding 
on  the  udder  (as  low  as  above  the  dotted  lines)  as  in  Figs.  3  and  4,  ii 
damages  the  escutcheon.  If  you  find  a  cow  with  the  hair  all  running 
down,  and  between  the  thighs — that  is,  with  no  up-running  hair — stam?? 
her  as  a  cipher  for  yielding  milk. 

There  are  times  when  the  udder  of  a  cow  with  an  escutcheon  like  I'lg 
4  will  be  enlarged  by  non-milking,  for  the  purpose  of  deception.     It  is 
always  safer  to  judge  by  the  escutcheon  rather  than  by  the  large  size  o^ 
the  udder. 

The  escutcheons  of  the  best  cows  —  those  yielding  the  most  ^nd  con- 
tinuing the  longest —  will  be  found  to  be  those  which  conform  to  Fig.  2. 

The  vertical  escutcheon  of  Fig.  1  would  not  injure  it ;  but  if  that  orna- 
mental feature  has  to  be  at  the  expense  of  the  high  escutcheon,  Fig.  2 
:8  best  as  it  is. 

Whenevei"  an  escutcheon  is  accompanied  by  u  curl  on  each  hind-qnartej 
of  the  udder,  it  indicates  a  yield  o^  the  highest  order. 


690  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

So  far,  we  have  noticed  only  the  rear  escutcheon,  or  that  which  repre- 
sents the  two  hind  quarters  of  the  udder.  The  two  front  quarters  are 
just  as  ini])ortant,  and  should  be  capacious  and  run  well  forward  under 
the  body.  If  the  udder  in  front  be  concave,  or  cut  up,  indicating  small 
capacity,  it  represents  reduced  yield. 

This  front  or  level  escutcheon  is  distinctly  marked  in  the  young  heifer 
or  bull,  and  can  be  seen  by  laying  the  animal  on  its  back.     The  udder 

v\r,.   1.  ?IG.  2. 


FIG.   3.  FKi.   4. 

MILK   MIRRORS   OF  JERSEY  COWS. 

hair  under  the  body  all  runs  backward,  commencing  at  the  forward  line 
of  the  escutcheon.  This  dividing  line  is  very  perceptible,  from  the  fact 
that  the  hair  in  front  of  it  all  runs  forward  towards  the  head  of  the 
animal,  while  the  escutcheon,  or  udder  hair,  all  runs  backward,  over  the 
forward  quarters  of  the  udder,  around  and  beyond  the  teats,  and  ceases 
at  the  markings  of  the  rear  escutcheon  on  and  between  the  thighs. 


THE    JERSEYS,    ALDERNEYS   AND   GUERNSEYS. 


(391 


The  breadth  and  extent  forward  of  this  front  escutcheon  indicates  the 
capacity  in  the  mature  animal,  of  the  front  quarters  of  her  udder.  In 
some  cases  .this  front  escutcheon  vnW  be  found  of  twice  the  extent  that 
it  is  in  others,  and  is  evidence  of  that  much  more  yield. 

This  examination  enables  one  to  see  the  size  of  the  teats  and  their 
distance  apart,  and  to  test  the  looseness  and  softness  of  the  udder  skin. 
It  is  marked  precisely  the  same  in  bulls,  and  can  be  easily  examined  at 
any  age  between  one  and  ten  months. 

Many  think  that  the  escutcheon  of  the  bull  is  of  little  moment,  so  that 
he  has  a  good  look.  So  far  is  this  from  being  the.ca.se,  that  a  bull  with 
a  mirror  like  Fig.  4,  or  worse,  will  stamp  his  escutcheon  on,  and  to  that 
extent  damage,  his  daughters  out  of  cows  with  escutcheons  as  choice  as 


w^)::/..^!mm^m^w  -■^'^mi^^mm^smMm^^m 


GUERNSEY    COW,    CASSIOPEIA. 

Fig.  2.  In  this  way  the  daughters  of  some  of  the  best  cows  come  very 
ordinary,  while,  if  you  use  a  bull  marked  like  Fig.  2,  he  will  make  a 
poor  escutcheon  better,  and  will  improve  the  best.  His  injury  or  benefit 
will  be  doubled  according  to  the  escutcheon  markings  under  the  body  m 
front  of  his  scrotum.  Hence  the  importance  of  the  dam  of  a  bull  being 
unexceptionable  in  her  udder  and  escutcheon.  Her  qualities  inherited  by 
her  son  will  be  transmitted  to  his  daughter. 

While  careful  as  to  escutcheons,  we  must  not  neglect  the  other  essential 
features  of  a  good  cow — the  back,  skin,  hide,  the  rich  colored  skin,  and 
the  fine  bone.  Let  the  hair  be  soft  and  thickly  set,  and  let  the  skin  be 
mellow.  This  latter  quality  is  easily  determined  by  gi^^ping  l^etween  the 
thumb  and  forefinger  the  skin  at  the  rear  of  the  ribs,  or  the  double  thick- 
ness at  the  base  of  the  flank  that  joins  the  stifle-joint  to  the  body,  or  that 


692 


CYCLOPEDIA   OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE   STOCK  DOCTOR. 


on  the  inside  of  the  rump-bone  at  the  setting  on  of  the  tail.  Let  the  teats 
be  well  apart ;  let  them  yield  a  free  and  full  stream  and  be  large  enough 
without  the  necessity,  in  milking,  of  pulling  them  between  -the  thumbs 
and  forefingers.  And  let  us  ever  keep  in  mind  that  the  large  yielders 
must  be  well  fed. 

XVII.  Symmetry  Essential  Whatever  the  Breed. 

In  estimating  the  value  of  a  breed  its  characteristics  must  be  studied. 
Each  breed  has  its  peculiar  style  and  conformation,  and  thus,  symmetry, 
which  is  found  in  all  good  stock,  will  vary  in  different  breeds.  The  Jer- 
sey has  a  standard  of  symmetry  peculiarly  its  own,  which  we  illustrate  by 


JERSEY  COW  LASKA. 

two  engravings,  one  of  a  heifer,  the  other  of  a  cow,  which  fairly  exhibit 
the  characteristics  of  the  breed. 

The  symmetry  of  the  Jerseys  is  angular.  They  are  essentially  fine  in 
the  head,  with  thin  necks  and  rather  light  fore-quarters,  but  with  large, 
barrel-shaped  bodies,  inclined  to  be  flat,  rather  than  round,  and  swelling 
behind  into  the  deep  but  rather  thin  thighs.  This  same  conformation  will 
be  found  measurably  in  all  milking  breeds,  but  modified,  each  having  its 
own  peculiar  symmetry. 

The  Jerseys  are  essentially  milking  cows  and  nothing  else,  although 
they  fatten  rather  kindly  when  past  milking ;  but  the  beef  is  neither  supe- 
rior in  quality  nor  large  in  quantity. 


THE   JERSEYS,    AJLDERNEYS    AND    GUERNSEYS.  693 

XVm.    The  Jersey  not  a  Dairy  Cow. 

In  the  strict  sense  of  the  word  the  Jersey  is  not  a  dairy  cow.  She  is 
essentially  the  cow  for  rich  milk,  but  not  a  cheese-maker  ;  she  lacks  size 
to  give  quantity  in  this  respect.  The  butter  globules  are  not  only  larger 
than  in  other  breeds,  but  the  covering — the  film  enveloping  the  fat-globules, 
is  weaker.  Hence  the  globules  give  up  the  butter  easily  in  churning. 
The  cream  is  also  high-colored  from  the  excess  of  yellow  pigment  it  con- 
tains. 

For  the  family  reauiring  milk  rich  in  cream  and  butter,  the  Jerseys 
will  always  be  desirable,  and,  since  they  have  taken  kindly  to  our  climate 
in  nearly  every  section  of  the  union,  and  even  in  Canada,  they  have  from 
their  docile  and  tractable  dispositions  become  universal  favorites  where 
kindly  treated.  The  bulls  are  not  always  good-tempered,  and  hence  re- 
quire not  only  a  firm  hand,  but  careful  management ;  and  the  cows,  if 
abused,  will  by  no  means  fail  to  resent  the  brutal  treatment. 

XrX.    Scale  of  Points  for  Jersey  Cows  and  Heifers. 

The  scale  of  points  adopted  by  the  Royal  Agricultural  and  Horticul- 
tural Society  of  Jersey,  and  by  which  all  animals  of  the  breed  are  now 
judged  is  as  follows.  It  will  be  the  more  readily  understood  if  studied  in 
connection  with  the  accompanying  illustration  of  a  model  Jersey  cow 
figured  for  perfection.     Here  is  the  scale  : 

Ajiticle.  Po 

1.  Head, — small,  fine  and  tapering = 

2.  Cheek, — small 

3.  Thro  AT,— clean 

4.  Muzzle, — fine,  and  encircled  by  a  bright  color 

5.  Nostrils, — high  and  open 

6.  Horns, — smooth,  crnmpled,  not  too  thick  at  the  base,  and  tapering 

7.  Ears,— small  and  thin 

8.  Ears, — of  a  deep  orange  color  within .   . . , 

9.  Eye,— full  and  placid 

10.  Neck, — straight,  fine,  and  placed  lightly  on  the  shoulders 

11.  Chest, — broad  and  deep 

12.  Barrel,— hooped,  broad  and  deep 

13.  Well  ribbed  home,  having  but  little  space  between  the  last  rib  and  the  hip. 

14.  Back, — straight  from  the  withers  to  the  top  ol  the  hip • 

15.  Back,— straight  from  the  top  of  the  hip  to  the  setting  on  of  the  tail,  and 

the  tail  at  right  angles  with  the  back 

16.  Tail,— fine 

17.  Tail, — Hanging  down  to  the  hocks 

18.  Hide, — thin  and  movable,  but  not  too  loose 

19.  Hide, — covered  with  fine,  soft  hair 

20.  Hide, — of  good  color 

21.  Fore-legs,— short,  straight  and  fine 

22.  Fore-arm, — swelling,  and  full  above  the  knee 

23.  Hind-QDAKTEKS,— from  the  hock  to  the  point  of  the  rump  well  filled  up 


(394         CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVB  STOCK  ANB  CXJMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR* 


Articles. 


POINTM. 


24.  Hind-legs,— short  and  straight,  (below  the  hocks)  and  bones  rather  fine.      1 

25.  HiND-LE(;s,— squarely  phu-ed,  not  too  close  together  when  viewed  from 

behind 2 


21  ??    J5      n 


26.  IIixD-LEC.s, — not  to  cross  in  walking 

27.  Hooks,— small 

28.  UiiDKu.  — full  in  form,  i.  e.,  well  in  line  with  the  belly. 


THE  JERSEYS,  ALDERNEYS  AND  GUERNSEYS  695 

Article.  Po 

29.  Udder,— well  up  behind , 

30.  Teats, — large,  squarely  placed ;  behind  wide  apart 

31.  Milk- VEINS, — very  prominent 

32.  Growth 

33.  General  appearance , 

34.  Condition 

Perfection 34 

XX.    Rules  in  Awarding  Prizes. 

No  prize  shall  be  awarded  to  cows  having  less  than  twenty-nine  points. 

No  prize  shall  be  awarded  to  heifers  having  less  than  twenty-six  points. 

Cows  having  obtained  twenty-seven  points,  and  heifers  twenty-four 
points,  shall  be  allowed  to  be  branded,  but  *^annot  take  a  prize. 

These  points,  namely,  Nos.  28.  29,  and  31,  shall  be  deducted  from 
the  number  required  for  5)erfection  in  heifers,  as  the'r  udder  and  milk- 
veins  cannot  bQ  fully  developed  ;  a  heifer  will,  therefore,  be  considered 
perfect  at  t,hirty-one  points. 

To  which  we  add ; 

One  point  must  be  added  for  pedigree  on  male  side. 

One  point  must  be  added  for  pedigree  on  femaie  side. 

Again,  the  size  of  the  escutcheon,  or  milk-mirrors,  is  a  point  of  especial 
attention,  for  the  escutcheon  is  now  coming  to  be  accepted  as  an  indica- 
tion of  the  milking  qualities  of  a  cow,  and,  whatever  the  breed  may  be, 
.strongly  relied  upon.  And  those  who  discard  it,  that  is,  refuse  a  cow 
with  a  strong  escutcheon,  will  surely  go  estray, 

XXI.    Scale  of  Points  for  Jersey*  BvlHh 

In  judging  bulls  a  somewhat  different  standard  is  adopted,  andthe  same 
rule  will  apply  in  all  cattle  with  proper  variations,  according  tr  breed. 
The  illustration  of  a  Jersey  bull,  figured  for  perfection,  will  assist  in 
understanding  the  scale  of  points.     Here  is  the  scale : 

Article.  Points. 

1.  Pedigree  on  male  side 1 

2.  Pedigree  on  female  side 

3.  Head. — fine  and  tapering 

4.  FOKEiiEAD,— broad ■ . 

5.  Cheek,— small 

6.  Throat,— clean 

7.  Muzzle,— fine  and  encircled  with  light  color 

8.  Nostrils,— high  and  open 

9.  Horns,— smooth,  crumpled,  not  think  at  tlie  base  and  tapering,  t:pped 

with  black 

10.  Ears, — small  and  thin 

11.  Ears,— of  a  deep  orange  color  within 

12.  Eyes,-  -full  and  lively , , . . 


696  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVK  STOCK  AND 


COMIM.KTK  STOCK   DOCTOR. 


i'oiNTER. 


Article.  i 

13.  Neck,— arched,  powerful,  but  not  course  or  heavy 1 

14.  Chest,— broad  and  deep 1 

15.  Barrel,  hooped,  broad  and  deep 2 


16.  Well  ribbed  home,  having  but  little  space  between  the  last  rib  and  the 

hip 1 

17.  Back, — Straight  from  the  withers  to  the  top  of  the  hip 1 


THE  JERSEYS,  ALDERNEYS  AND  GUERNSEYS.  6&7 

Points. 

18.  Back,— straight  from  the  top  oi  the  aips  to  the  setting  on  of  the  tail,  and 

the  tail  at  right  angles  with  the  back 

19.  Tail,— fine - 

20.  Tail,— hanging  down  to  the  hocks » 

21.  Hide, — thin  and  movable.. 

22.  Hide, — covered  with  fine  and  sot:t  hair 

23.  HiDE,~ot  a  good  color 

24.  Fore-legs,— short,  straight  ana  fine • 

25.  Fore-arm, — large  and  powertul,  swelling  and  fuM  above  the  knee,  and 

fine  below  ft 

26.  Hind-quarters,— fronu  the  hock  to  the  point  of  the  rump  long  and  well 

filled  up 

27.  Hind-legs,— short  and  straight,  (below  the  hocks)  and  the  bones  rather 

line 

28.  Hind-legs, — squarely  placed,  not  too  close  together  when  viewed  from 

behind 

29.  Hind-legs, — not  tc  cross  in  walking.  .,.  =  ... c. 

30.  Hoofs,— smaii 

31.  Growth 

32.  General  appearance 

33.  Condition o »....«... « ., ...... ........... . 

Perfection ..».  v ..... .^ 33 

XXH.    Estimating  tlio  Value  oi  Points. 

The  proper  estimation  of  the  value  of  the  several  parts  of  an  animal 
has  been  publicly  given  by  high  authority  in  such  matters,  the  Jersey 
Herd  Book.     The  gist  of  which  is  as  follows  : 

The  highest  excellence  of  any  milking  cow  lies  in  the  udder.  This 
must  not  only  be  full  in  form,  that  is,  in  line  with  the  belly,  but  it  must 
not  be  cut  off  square  in  front,  like  that  of  a  goat.  It  should  be  rounded, 
full,  presenting  great  breadth  behind,  and  carried  weU  up  between  the 
thigh.  The  milk  veins  should  be  full  and  carried  well  forward  toward 
the  fore  legs.     If  knotted  and  with  curves,  so  much  the  better. 

The  tail  is  another  essential  point.  Whatever  its  size  at  the  root,  it 
must  be  large  and  tapering,  and  have  a  good  switch  of  hair. 

The  chest  should  be  broad  and  deep  ;  this  shows  good  respiration,  essen- 
tial to  feeding  and  health.  But  in  the  dairy  cow,  especially  when  viewed 
from  before,  there  -will  be  no  appearance  of  massiveness.  On  the  con- 
trary, she  will  give  an  appearance  of  delicate  fineness,  and  will  look  large 
behind,  swelling  gradually  from  behind  the  shoulders.  She  may  not  be 
closely  ribbed,  in  fact  should  not  be  close,  only  comparatively  so.  The 
best  milkers,  every  where,  will  be  found  to  be  rather  loosely  put  together 
between  the  last  rib  and  the  hips,  and  good  milkers  must  be  roomy  in  the 
flank. 

The  hind  quarters  must  be  long  from  the  point  of  the  rump  to  the 
hock,  and  well  filled  up  ;  yet  this  does  not  mean  rounded  and  massive  in 


698       crcLOPEDiA  of  livb  stock  and  complktk  stock  doctor. 

flesh;  on  the  contrary,  the  best  milkers  will  be  rather  lean  and  perhaps 
hiofh  boned.  Nevertheless,  the  same  animal,  when  out  of  milk  and  fax, 
may  fill  up  ;  and  perhaps,  present  a  fully  rounded  contour,  while  yet  pos- 
sessing all  the  delicacy  of  points  characteristic  of  the  high-bred  dairy  cow. 

A  cow  may  have  large  and  heavy  eav^  ;  her  back  may  not  be  fullv 
straight  from  the  withers  to  the  top  of  the  hips  ;  her  rum[)  may  be  slop- 
ing ;  her  tail  may  not  reach  the  hocks  ; — all  these  are  defects,  the  latter 
a  serious  one,  yet  if  the  milKing  organs  are  super-excellent  it  will  out- 
weigh all  these. 

A  phenomenon  may  show  absolute  perfection  in  all  the  points :  we 
have  never  yet  seen  such  an  one.  In  judging,  the  essentials  are  to  care- 
fullv  consider  each  point  of  excellence  with  reference  to  its  bearing  upon 
the  animal  as  a  dairy  cow. 

XXIII.    Color  and  Size. 

Do  not  be  too  particular  about  color ;  solid  colors,  and  black  points 
look  well  in  the  show  ring.  The  animal  that  will  turn  out  well  at  the 
pail,  that  is  docile  and  gentle,  be  she  what  color  she  may,  so  long  as  she 
adheres  to  the  distinguishing  color-marks  of  the  race,  is  the  one  for  the 
milking  yard.  In  relation  to  size,  the  Jerseys  are  a  small  race  of  cattle. 
In  no  breed  are  overgrown  animals  the  most  valuable.  With  the  Jersey 
it  is  especially  to  be  avoided.  So,  an  undersized  animal  is  not  to  be 
countenanced.  Fair  size,  however,  is  desirable.  He  who  seeks  to  in- 
crease the  size  of  the  Jersey  unduly,  will  certainly  go  astray.  They  have 
been  carefully  bred,  for  many  generations,  with  especial  reference  to 
milk.  The  Jersey  is  the  product  of  islands  peculiar  in  soil,  climate,  and 
people.  Transplanted  to  the  flush  pastures  of  the  United  States,  with 
good  shelter  in  winter,  they  will  necessarily  increase  in  size.  If  you  fancy 
"solid  colors,"  and  can  get  plenty  of  rich  milk,  with  solid  colors,  well  and 
good.  If  not,  breed  to  whatever  color,  characteristic  of  the  breed,  which 
will  give  you  this  desirable  result. 

We  have  chosen  thus  explicitly  to  state,  from  competent  authorities, 
the  Jersey  standard  of  perfection — first,  for  the  reason  that  any  breed 
should  be  judged  by  the  standard  of  its  breeders,  and  secondly,  because 
these  statements  can  only  be  found  originally  in  the  herd  books,  and  like 
authoritative  publications  which  are  not  accessible  to  the  majority  o/ 
readers. 

XXIV.    Prom  a  Practical  Stand-point. 

From  the  practical  stand-point  of  a  person  not  a  breeder  of  high-caste 
animals,  the  writer  has  found  that  slight  imperfections,  in  the  make  up 
of  farm  animals,  do  not  militate  against  them  unless  they  are  intended  as 


THE    JERSEYS,    ALDERNEYS    AND    GUERNSEYS. 


6yy 


breeders  of  pure  stock  of  the  highest  type.  In  fact,  few  animals  of  a 
breed  attain  perfection  closely,  and  almost  none  absolutely,  according  to 
the  standard.  As  a  milking  cow,  a  Jersey  or  cow  of  other  milking  breed 
might  be  of  the  best  possible  standard  and  yet  fail  essentially  in  some 
other  important  points.  Such  a  cow  would  be  just  as  valuable  for  the 
owe  purpose  of  milk  as  tlje  beft. 


WELSH  ox. 

This  is  a  very  fine  breed  of  longhorn  cattle.  Their  color  is  generally  black,  with  occaBionally  a  few 
white  hairs  in  the  coat.  The  docility  of  the  breed  is  remarkable.  When  no  bull  is  present,  a  stranger 
may  go  with  perfect  safety  into  the  midst  of  any  herd.  The  cows  are  very  profitable  as  milkers  and 
butter-makers,  yielding  a  net  profit  of  $120  to  $180  vet  cow  annually. 


So  in  any  other  particular'  the  person,  whether  he  be  a  breeder  or  simply 
a  fancier,  must  study  the  characteristics  and  the  points  of  an  animal,  and 
then  make  up  his  mind  whether  in  the  one  case  it  is  worth  the  money 
asked  for  it,  or  in  the  other  case  whether  it  would  be  more  profitable  to 
sell  rather  than  to  keep. 


CHAPTER  Vn. 
MIDDLE-HOBJN^ED  CATTLE-THE  HEKEPORDS. 


i.     TBTE    VALUABLE    BREEDS    OF     MIDDLE-HORNS. II.      THE   HEREFORD    COL  DR. 

III.      THE      HEREFORDS     FIFTY     YEARS     AGO. IV.      YOUATT'S     TESTIMONY. V. 

THE  HEREFORDS  IN   AMERICA. VI.      THE  IMPORTATION  OF  1840. VII.      HERE- 
FORD     GRADES     FORTY    YEARS     AGO. VIII.        THE     OHIO    IMPORTATION. IX. 

HEREFORD^  IN  CANADA. X.      EARLY  IMPORTED   HEREFORDS  NOT  FAIRLY  TRIED 

XI.      THE     HEREFORDS    WEST. XII.      THE    HEREFORD    AS   A    AVORK  OX. XIII 

THE   HEREFORD    COW. XIV.      POINTS    OF    THE   HEREFORD. XV.      THE   HERE 

FORD  OF  TO-DAY    IN    ENGLAND. XVI.      HIGH   AND   AUTHORITATIVE  PRAISE. 

XVII.      DISTRIBUTION  IN    THE  SOUTHWEST  AND  FAR  WEST. 

I.    The  Valuable  Breeds  of  Middle-Homs. 

The  only  valuable  breeds  of  the  Middle-Horns,  in  the  United  States, 
are  the  Herefords  and  the  Devons,  which  will  be  treated  of  in  this  chapter 
and  the  next.  They  are  essentially  beef  and  working  breeds.  Their 
milking  qualities  were  never  more  than  moderately  developed,  and  these 
qualities  by  continued  breeding  for  beef,  (for  which  they  are  unexcep- 
tionable,) have  been  so  bred  out,  that  but  little  now  remains  in  them  val- 
uable for  milk. 

The  natural  history  of  these  breeds  was  noticed  in  Chapter  I,  and  it  will 
not  be  necessary  to  refer  to  it,  further  than  to  say  of  the  Herefords  that, 
originally  named  from  the  country  of  Hereford,  England,  where,  and  in 
adjacent  counties,  similar  cattle  have  been  bred  for  hundreds  of  years, 
few,  if  any,  of  the  popular  beef  breeds  have  shown  more  wonderful  im- 
provement within  the  last  fifty  years. 

n.  The  Hereford  Color. 
Originally  red  or  brown  without  white,  the  Herefords  bred  to  brown- 
ish or  yellowish  red,  and  even  brindled.  Within  about  the  last  100  years 
their  faces  became  white  or  mottled- white,  until  finally  the  distinctive 
white  of  the  face  was  made  to  extend  along  the  top  of  the  neck,  and  along 
the  throat,  dewlap,  brisket,  belly,  and  flanks,  and  they  are  now  fash- 
ionably bred  with  the  addition  of  white  legs,  and  the  switch  of  the  tail 
white,  the  rest  of  the  animal  benig  of  a  uniform  red  color. 

TTT.    The  Herefords  fifty  years  ago. 
Mr.  Marshall  writing  of  them  as  they  existed  in  England  fifty  years 
ao^o,  and  as  then  improved,   describes   tuem  thus :     "The  countenance 
pleasant,   cheerful,  open ;    the    forehead    broad ;    eye  full  and  lively ; 

700 


MIDDLE-HORNED   CATTLE—THE  HEREFORDS.  701 

horns  bright,  taper,  and  spreading ;  head  small ;  chap  lean ;  neck  long 
and  tapering  ;  chest  deep  ;  bosom  broad,  and  projecting  forward  ;  shoul- 
der-bone thin,  flat,  no  way  protuberant  in  bone,  but  full  and  mellow  in 
flesh  ;  chest  full ;  loin  broad  ;  hips  standing  wide,  and  level  with  the 
chine  ;  quarters  long,  and  wide  at  the  neck  ;  rump  even  with  the  level  of 
the  back,  and  sharp  above  the  quarters  ;  tail  slender  and  neatly  haired ; 
barrel  round  and  roomy  ;  the  carcass  throughout  deep  and  well  spread  ; 
ribs  broad,  standing  flat  and  close  on  the  outer  surface,  forming  a  smooth, 
even  barrel  ;  the  hind  parts  large  and  full  of  strength  ;  neck  bones  snug, 
not  prominent;  thigh  clean,  and  regularly  tapering;  legs  upright  and 
short  ;  bone  below  the  knee  and  hock  small ;  feet  of  middle  size  ;  flank 
large;  flesh  every  where  mellow,  soft,  and  yielding  pleasantly  to  the 
touch,  especially  on  the  chine,  the  shoulder  and  the  ribs  ;  hide  mellow, 
supple,  of  a  middle  thickness,  and  loose  on  the  neck  and  buckle  ;  coat 
neatly  haired,  bright,  and  silky  ;  color,  a  middle  red  ;  this,  with  a  bald 
face,  is  characteristic  of  the  tiue  Hereford  breed." 

IV.    Youatt's  Testimony. 

In  Youatt's  day  they  were  the  peers  of  the  Short-Horns,  and  to-day 
they  compare  favorably  with  that  famous  breed,  and  take  an  equal  share 
of  prizes  with  them  in  our  best  exhibitions  and  fairs.  They  fatten, 
said  Mr.  Youatt,  to  a  much  greater  weight  than  the  Devons,  and  run  from 
fifty  to  seventy  score  ;  a  tolerable  cow  will  average  from  thirty-five  to 
fifty  score  (1000  pounds)  ;  a  cow  belonging  to  the  Duke  of  Bedford 
weighed  more  than  seventy  ;  an  ox  of  Mr.  Westcar's  exceeded  one  hun- 
dred and  ten  score  (2,200  pounds).  The  Hereford  ox  fattens  speedily 
at  an  early  age.  They  are  not  now  much  used  for  husbandry,  although 
their  form  adapts  them  for  the  heavier  work,  and  they  have  all  the  hon- 
esty and  docility  of  the  Devon  ox,  and  greater  strength,  if  not  his  activity. 
The  Hereford  cows  are  worse  milkers  than  those  of  Devon,  but  then  they 
will  grow  fat  where  a  Devon  would  starve.  The  beef  is  sometimes  ob- 
jected to  from  the  largeness  of  the  bone  and  the  coarseness  of  some  ot 
the  inferior  pieces,  but  the  best  sorts  are  generally  excellent 

V.    The  Herefords  in  America. 

Since  there  has  been  so  much  controversy — sometimes  acrimonious — 
between  some  Hereford  and  Short-Horn  breeders  in  the  United  States. 
and  especially  in  the  West,  where  the  Herefords  have  of  late  grown  intc 
the  highest  favor,  we  again  quote,  from  Mr.  L.  F.  Allen,  the  veteran 
breeder  of  Short-Horns,  and  editor  of  the  American  Short-Horn  Here 
Book.     Mr.  Allen  writes  of  the  Herefords  as  follows : 


702  CrCLOPEDIA  OP  LIVE  8TOCH.  AND  CK)HFLBTE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

"At  what  date  they  were  first  imported  into  this  country,  we  have  no  accu- 
rate account  ;  but  that  some  Herefords  came  out  among  the  early  impor- 
tations, is  evide'it  from  the  occasional  marks  of  the  breed  among  our 
native  cattle  where  late  importations  have  not  been  known.  In  the 
year  1816  or  '17  the  great  Kentucky  statesman,  Henry  Clay,  imported 
two  pairs  of  them  into  his  State,  and  put  them  on  his  farm  at  Ashland. 
They  were  bred  for  a  time  with  each  other,  and  the  bulls  were  crossed  with 
other  cows  ;  but  it  is  ceitain  that  they  left  no  permanent  impress  on  the 
herds  of  that  vicinity,  as  Mr.  Clay  himself  became  a  breeder  of  Short- 
Horns  soon  afterwards,  and  eventually  discarded  the  blood  from  his 
herds,  if  he  had  for  any  length  of  time  retained  it.  No  trace  of  them  is 
now  seen  in  Kentucky. 

VI.    The  Importation  of  1840. 

"  The  largest  importation  of  Herefords  into  the  United  States,  was  made 
about  the  year  1840,  upwards  of  twenty  in  number,  b}^  an  Englishman 
into  the  city  of  New  York,  and  taken  into  Jefferson  count}^  of  that  State. 
A  3^ear  or  two  afterwards  the  l)ulk  of  the  herd  Avere  removed  to  the  farm 
Mr.  Erastus  Corning,  near  Albany,  N.  Y.,  and  some  of  them  went 
into  Vermont,  where  they  were  for  some  years  bred,  sold  and  scattered- 
While  the  stock  were  at  his  farm,  Mr.  Corning,  with  his  accustomed  lib- 
erality and  enterprise,  sent  out  again  to  England  to  purchase  more 
animals,  which  safely  arrived,  and  were  added  to  the  herd.  They  were 
then  successfully  bred  for  several  years,  many  sales  made  into  different 
and  distant  parts  of  the  United  States,  and  they  acquired  considerable 
popularity.  The  herd  was  subesequently  divided,  Mr.  Corning  retaining 
his  share,  and  his  partner  taking  his,  some  twenty  or  more  in  number, 
to  a  farm  three  or  four  miles  from  Buffalo,  on  the  banks  of  the 
Niagara.  Here  they  were  bred,  and  several  sales  made,  to  go  to  different 
parts  of  the  countr}^  during  the  four  or  five  years  they  remained  ;  but  the 
herd  gradually  waned,  mainly  from  want  of  proper  care  and  system  in 
their  keeping. 

"  Mr.  Corning  retained  his  herd  at  his  farm,  where  he  has  successfully 
bred,  and  made  sales  from  them  since,  and  in  the  hands  of  his  son, 
Mr.  E.  Corning,  Jr.,  who  is  more  an  amateur  than  a  professed  cattle 
breeder,  £idded  to  by  occasional  importations  from  England,  they  remam 
fine  specimens  of  their  race. 

VII.    Hereford  Grades  Fifty  Years  Ago. 

"Mr.  George  Clark,  at  Springfield,  Otsego  county,  N.  Y.,  obtained 
several  Herefords  from  this  herd,  and,  we  believe,  made  an  importation 
or  two  from  England.     He  bred  them  successfully,  distributed  his  bulls 


MIDDLE-HORNED    CATTLE ^THE    HEREFORDS.  703 

on  to  several  of  his  farms,  and  bred  many  excellent  grade  Herefords  from 
the  common  cows.  His  bullocks  have,  in  past  years,  been  highly 
approved  in  the  New  York  cattle  markets. 

VHI.    The  Ohio  Importation. 

"  About  the  year  1852-3,  Messrs.  Thomas  Aston,  and  John  Humphries, 
two  English  farmers  in  Elyria,  Ohio,  near  Lake  Erie,  imi)ortcd  several 
tine  Herefords.  They  bred  them  well  and  successfully,  as  seen  in  the 
specimens  we  have  several  times  met,  but  with  what  success  in  their  sales 
we  have  no  intimate  knowledge. 

IX.    Herefords  in  Canada. 

"In  the  years  1860  and  '61,  Mr.  Frederick  Wm.  Stone,  of  Guelph, 
Canada  West,  made  two  importations  of  superior  Herefords  from  the 
herds  of  Lord  Batenian,  in  Herefordshire,  and  the  late  Lord  Berwick,  in 
the  adjoining  county  of  Shropshire,  England,  numl)ering,  together,  two 
bulls  and  eleven  cows  and  heifers.  These  were  remarkable  for  their 
high  breeding,  and  generally  good  points.  From  them  down  to  January, 
1867,  there  were  bred  about  sixty,  and  about  half  the  number  have  been 
sold  at  satisfactory  prices,  and  distributed,  mostly  into  the  United  States. 
Some  of  the  cows  have  proved  excellent  milkers,  and  all,  together  with 
the  crosses  of  the  bulls  with  common  cows,  have  proved  profitable  graz- 
ing animals. 

X.    Early  Imported  Herefords  Not  Fairly  Tried. 

"  On  the  whole,  the  Herefords  have  not  had  a  fair  trial  in  the  United 
States,  in  the  hands  of  veteran  cattle  breeders  who  had  the  means  and 
opportunity  to  properly  test  them  by  a  thorough  and  persistent  course  of 
breeding.  Had  the  fine  herd  which  was  for  several  years  on  Mr.  Com- 
ing's farm,  been  taken  to  good  grazing  lands  in  New  York,  or  some  of 
the  Western  States,  and  properly  cared  for,  their  history,  we  fancy, 
would  have  been  far  different  from  that  which  is  here  recorded." 

XI.    The  Herefords  West. 

Since  Mr.  Allen  wrote,  the  Hereford.s  have  been  tried  in  many  West- 
ern States,  and  in  no  respect  either  in  kindly  fattening,  early  maturity  or 
heavy  weights  have  they  failed  fairly  to  comjDete  with  the  best  Short- 
Horns  in  the  principal  prize  fairs  of  the  West,  often  carrying  off  the 
highest  honors.  Besides  the  breeders  already  mentioned,  none  have  done 
more  for  the  Herefords  in  the  United  States  than  Mr.  Miller  and  Mr. 
Culbertson,  of  Illinois,  each  of  whose  large  herds  is  composed  of  the 
very  highest-caste  animals  to  be  found  anywhere. 


704         CYCLOPEDIA  OP  LIVE  STOCK  AND  OOMPLETifi  a  TOOK  DOCTOB. 


CO 
C  M 

■s  o 


S-?° 


MIDDLE- HORNED    CATTLE — -THE   HEREFORI>S.  705 

XII.    The  Hereford  as  a  Work-Ox. 

As  work  oxen  the  Herefords  are  inferior  to  the  Devons,  when  activity 
is  wanted,  but  for  heavy  draft  they  have  no  superior,  being  muscular, 
steady  and  patient  at  the  yoke.  Their  capacity  for  standing  fatigue,  and 
their  constitutional  hardihood  and  resistance  to  coid  are  indeed  remarka- 
ble, and  of  late  years  they  have  become  great  favorites  with  the  rdnch* 
men  in  the  far  Western  States  and  Territories.    . 

XTTT.    The  Hereford  Cow. 

Two  years  ago,  in  collecting  information  about  this  valuable  beef  breed, 
we  wrote,  and  now  repeat: 

The  Hereford  cow  compared  with  the  ox  is  small  and  delicate,  and  not 
always  handsomely  made,  to  the  superficial  observer. 

Here  again  this  breed  would  seem  to  show  its  relationship  to  the 
Devon.  She  carries  but  little  flesh  :n  breeding  condition,  and  when 
breeding,  should  not  be  fed  sufficiently  to  accumulate  much  fat,  for,  in 
order  that  the  young  be  superior,  the  dam  should  have  plenty  of  room 
inside. 

With  the  Herefords,  experience  has  shown  that  the  dam  may  not  be 
too  large  or  coarse  but  she  should  be  roomy.  Then  the  breeder  will  get, 
even  from  apparently  inferior  cows,  large,  handsome  steers,  that  will 
fatten  early,  and  kindly,  and  to  great  weights. 

When  the  cow  is  done  breeding,  and  ready  for  fatting,  it  will  please 
the  owner  to  see  how  she  will  spread  out,  and  accumulate  flesh  and  fat, 
and  this  to  a  greater  degree  than  if  not  allowed  to  breed. 

The  Herefords  are  a  hardy,  gentle  race,  maturing  eariy,  and  are  long- 
lived.  The  flesh  is  superior,  handsomely  marbled,  heavy  in  the  prime 
parts,  and  they  fatten  to  weights  fully  as  heavy  as  any  known  breed. 

Their  massive  strength,  honesty  and  gentleness  make  them  the  best 
working  oxen  known,  and  the  potency  of  the  bulls,  when  crossed  upon 
red  or  nearly  red  cows  of  the  country,  renders  the  steers  easily  matched 
in  color,  as  they  will  be  easily  matched  in  general  characteristics  of  the 
progeny. 

Xrv.    Points  of  the  Hereford. 
In  judging  the  Herefords  as  beef  animals  the  same  scale  of  points  may 
be  adopted  as  for  Short-Horns,  except  that  the  Herefords  are,  if  any- 
thing,  more  placid,  closer  to   the  ground,  heavier  in  appearance,  better 
grazers,  and  thicker  meated  than  many  strains  of  Short-Horns. 
XV.    The  Hereford  of  To-day  in  England. 
It  has  been  claimed,  and  we  think  with  truth,  that  in  some  show  rings 
in  the  West  the  Herefords  were  discriminated  against.     Be  this  as  it  may, 


706  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOE. 

in  England  there  is  no  such  feeling  against  them,  and,  besides,  the  Eng- 
lish system  of  judging  precludes,  to  as  great  an  extent  as  possible,  any 
shadow  of  favoritism. 

Speaking  of  one  of  the  great  show  rings  there  in  1878,  the  Bath  and 
West  of  England,  the  Mark  Lane  Express  says  of  the  Hereford  exhibit  : 

"  They  are  not  so  numerous  as  the  more  fashionable  breed,  but  the 
quality  throughout  is  excellent.  In  the  aged  bull  class  there  are  five 
animals  of  which  the  Hereford  men  need  not  be  ashamed. 

"  The  heifers  in  milk  or  in  calf  numbered  only  three,  but  two  of  them 
were  such  animals  as  it  was  worth  while  coming  to  Oxford  on  purpose  to 
see.  Leonora  (first  premium)  is  one  of  the  most  perfect  animals  that 
has  been  shown  for  years.  It  was  first  last  year  as  a  yearling  at  Liver- 
pool, and  will  likely  be  first  wherever  it  goes.  The  champion  prize  given 
by  the  Oxfordshire  Agricultural  Society  was  awarded  to  this  heifer  as  the 
best  female  horned  animal  in  the  yard.  The  companion  heifer,  Beatrice, 
is  also  very  handsome,  and  took  second  to  Leonora's  first  at  the  Royal 
last  year,  as  it  did  last  week  at  Oxford.  If  Leonora  had  been  a  Grand 
Duchess  Short-Horn  a  poem  would  have  been  composed  in  her  honor, 
and  translated  into  several  languages  by  this  time.  But  no  Short-Horn 
that  we  have  ever  seen  was  cast  in  such  a  mould." 

XVI.    High  and  Authoritative  Praise. 

The  following  is  high  praise,  and  authoritative,  as  coming  from  an  Eng- 
lish agricultural  paper  of  the  highest  class.  The  Agricultural  Journal ^ 
of  London,  says : 

*'This  breed  enjoyed  the  remarkable  distinction  of  producing  both  the 
champion  animals  at  Oxford,  Grateful  being  declared  to  be  the  best  bull, 
and  Beatrice  (a  two  year  old  heifer)  being  declared  to  be  the  best  cow  or 
heifer  in  the  yard.  Both,  as  may  be  supposed,  were  very  good,  the 
heifer  pre-eminently  so.  She  is  a  daughter  of  the  famous  bull,  Winter 
De  Cote,  and  another  instance  of  hereditary  merit. 

"  The  yearling  heifers  and  calves  indicate  that  this  breed  is,  as  beef 
makers  at  an  early  age,  (juite  up  to  the  highest  Short-Horn  standard. 
The  Teeswatcr  may  inilk  better,  and  be  more  ready  in  adapting  itself  to 
local  circumstances  ;  but  where  the  pasture  is  good,  it  is  hard  to  beat  the 
white-faces  for  grazing.  ' 

Again,  the  Chamber  of  Agriculture  Journal,  tlie  organ  of  the  Royal 
Agricultural  Society,  gives  the  following  testimony  : 

"  The  old  bull  Hereford  class  produced  an  extraordinary  animal  in 
Graceful,  who  secured  the  reserve  at  the  Hereford  show  in  1876.  He 
has  made  wonderful  development  since  appearing  as  a  two-year  old,  as 
is  proved  by  the  fact  that  Thougntful,  who  was  then  placed  above  him, 


MIDDLE-HORNED    CATTLE THE    HEREFORDS.  707 

and  has  since  taken  firsts  at  Birmingham,  Liverpool  and  Bath,  has  now 
been  put  second  to  him  ;  and  that  not  only  was  he  selected  by  the  judges  as 
the  best  Hereford  bull  on  the  ground,  but  in  the  contest  for  the  cham- 
pionship succeeded  in  caiTyingit  off  against  such  a  Short-Horn  competitor 
as  Sir  Arthur  Ingram.  Grateful,  at  four  years  old,  has  capital  loins  and 
chines,  with  great  thickness  and  depth  of  frame,  and  is  very  level  all  over  ; 
but  his  grand  feature  is  the  astounding  mass  of  flosh  Avith  which  his  frame 
is  covered.     His  girth  is  eight  feet  ten  and  one-half  inches. 

"In  the  cow  class,  Lady  Blanche,  which  took  second  prize  at  Bath,  now 
came  to  the  front  position.  She  is  marvelous  at  her  fore  flank,  and  dis- 
plays a  great  mass  of  flesh  on  a  well-shaped,  grand  frame,  which,  however, 
fell  off  slightly  at  the  rump.  The  second  prize  cow,  Little  Beauty,  was 
highly  commendedat  Bath,  and  wonderfully  retains  her  show-yard  merit  at 
eleven  years  old.  The  two-year  old  heifers,  Leonora  and  Beatrice,  were, 
of  course,  sure  to  win.  Beatrice  has  recently  reared  a  calf,  which  is 
slightly  against  her  for  showing;  but  Leonora  is  in  full  bloom  with  her 
beautiful  head,  symmetrical  form,  and  all  that  loveliness  which  is  so  tak- 
ing to  the  eye.  After  being  selected  as  the  best  Hereford  female  on  the 
ground,  she  carried  off  the  champion  prize  against  a  remarkably  shapely 
Short-Horn  heifer,  and  one  of  the  bestDevons  that  has  appeared  for  years, 
so  that  both  cups  were  awarded  to  Herefords." 


JERSEY   BULL   PEDRO'S   PRETTY   POGIS. 
XVII.    Distribution  in  the  South-west  and  Far  West. 

Since  neither  pains  nor  money  has  been  spared  in  bringing  the  best 
English  animals  to  this  countr}^  there  is  no  doubt  but  that  the  West  to- 
day possesses  Herefords,  both  bulls  and  cows,  as  good  as  there  are  in  the 
world.  Hereford  bulls  are  being  sent  off  and  distributed  in  the  far  West, 
and  South-west,  where  they  arc  regarded  with  fully  as  much  favor  as  the 
Short-Horns.     Why  should  they  not?     There  is  plenty  of  territory  left 


CHAPTER  Vm. 

MIDDLE-HORNED  CATTLE 

THE   DEVON— THE   SUSSEX— DUTCH    BELTED   CATTLE 

AND  THE  HOLSTEIN-FRIESIAN. 


I    ANTIQUITY    OF    THE    DEVONS. II.     THE    DEVONS    COMPARATIVELY    SMALL    CAT- 
TLE.  III.      NATURAL     GRAZING    GROUNDS     OF     THE     DEVONS. IV.     WORKING 

QUALITIES     OF     THE     DEVONS. V.       THEIR      DECEIVING      APPEARANCE. VI, 

POINTS  OP  THE  DEVON. -VII.    NOTABLE  CHARACTERISTICS. VIII.     THE   LEGS 

OF    THE    DEVON. IX.      THE    BODY    AND    TAIL. X.      THE    DEVON    COW. XI. 

MR.    ALLEN'S    TESTIMONY. XII.      THEY    ARE    ACTIVE    AND    HARDY. XIII.      IN 

THE      FIRST      CLASS      FOR      BEEF. Xllla.      POLLED      DURHAM      CATTLE. XIV. 

WEIGHTS  OF  THE  DEVONS. XV.     SUSSEX  CATTLE. XVI.     THE  SUSSEX  COLOR. 

XVIL     DISTINGUISHING  MARKS   OF  THE  SUSSEX. XVIII.     THE    SUSSEX   COW. 

XIX.    GLAMORGAN   CATTLE. XX.     DUTCH    BELTED   CATTLE. XXI.    HOLSTEIN- 
FRIESIAN. XXII.     CHARACTERISTICS. XXIII.     MILK   AND   BUTTER    RECORDS. 

XXIV.     TYPES. 

I.    Antiquity  of  the  Devons. 

In  Chapter  I,  the  general  history  of  this  ancient  and  superior  race  of 
cattle  is  given.  They  are  the  only  breed  of  niiddlc-horned  cattle,  ex- 
cept the  Herefords,  that  has  attained  celebrity  in  the  United  States.  In 
England,  where  they  have  been  known  from  the  earliest  times,  they  have 
been  bred  pure.  In  certain  sections,  and  especially  in  North  Devon,  par- 
ticular pains  was  long  ago  taken  in  raising  them.  There  the  Devon 
unites  all  the  characteristics  of  the  tribe,  including  medium  size,  dark 
color,  eminent  working  qualities  and  great  excellence  of  beef.  The  pecu- 
liarities in  color  and  substance  about  the  eyes,  nose  and  ears,  have  caused 
them  to  be  known  as  North  Devons,  in  contradistinction  to  the  lighter- 
colored,  larger  and  coarser  cattle  of  other  districts,  but  which  combine 
some  of  the  better  qualities  of  the  true  Devon. 

II.    The  Devons  Comparatively  Small  Cattle. 

The  chief  objection  to  the  Devons,  in  the  West,  is  that  they  lack  size  to 
prove  profitable  on  the  flush  and  comparatively  level  pastures  of  the  prai- 
rie region.  They  are,  also,  somewhat  slow  in  maturing  ;  in  fact  it  used  to 
be  the  practice  in  England  to  put  the  steers  to  Avork  at  three  years  old, 
and  fatten  them  at  five  or  six  years  old.  Then,  fully  matured  and  spread, 
they  wholly  or  partially  paid  for  their  keeping,  and  the  quality  of  their 
flesh  was  only  surpassed  by  that  other  slow-maturing,  but  wonderfu). 
cattle  in  the  quality  of  their  beef — the  West  Highland  cattle  of  Scotland. 

III.    Natural  Grazing  Grounds  of  the  Devons. 
To-day  in  all  our  hill  country,  or  where  the  labor  of  the  steers  can  be 
utilized,  they  are  the  most  valuable  of  any  of  the  known  breeds  of  cattle, 
in  all  the  hill  country.   North  and  South,    they  will  be  found  among  the 

708 


MIDDLE-HORNED    CATTl.E THE    DEVON. 


709 


710  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


If  ■ 


W,.,/MMm//, . „.u„„,,,,,,,,/,„„„.  v^//y  „„,.  ,„iU.U„,u,,ll 


MIDDLE-HORNED    CATTLE — THE   DEVON   AND    THE    SUSSEX. 


711 


best,  if  not  the  very  best,  of  domesticated  cattle,  when  we  consider  the 
ease  with  which  they  are  kept,  their  powers  of  withstanding  extreme  heat 
and  cold,  and  their  valuable  working  qualities  ;  for  they  are  able  to  per- 
form fully  as  much  work  as  the  horse  in  plowing,  especially  in  small 
fields  where  there  is  much  turning. 

IV.  Working  Qualities  of  the  Devons. 
We  have  known  them  to  keep  fully  up  with  horses,  day  after  day,  in 
heavy  plowing — a  yoke  of  Devon  steers  at  the  beam,  and  a  pair  of  horses 
ahead.  So,  in  stubble  plowing  ;  a  single  yoke  of  Devon  steers,  Aveek  in 
and  week  out,  would  do  fully  as  much  work  on  small  lands  as  a  good 
pair  of  horses  ;  and  they  turn  the  furrows  quite  as  steadily  as  the  horse 
team.  The  horses  would  gain  something  in  going  straight  ahead,  but  in 
cominc:  about  the  Devon  steers  always  made  it  up.     This  was  when  the 


GUERNSEY  BULL,  DOLLY'S  DUKE. 
steers  were  fed  grain  the  same  as  the   horses.     Wh(m   both  are   kept  on 
grass,  the  Devons  will  do  more  work  than  any  pair  of  hjorscs  of  the  same 
weight. 

In  catching  times,  in  hauling  hay  and  grain  to  the  stack,  we  have 
driven  Devon  steers  at  a  six-mile  trot  in  going  back  light ;  and  their 
wonderful  tractability,  under  kind  but  firm  training,  certainly  makes 
them  most  admirable  teams  for  new  or  thinly-settled  districts.  For  log- 
ging in  the  woods,  or  hauling  logs  to  the  mill,  there  are  no  better  or 
quicker  teams,  and  it  is  surprising,  under  good  keeping,  the  load  they 
will  start,  and  the  power  with  which  they  will  move  it  along  the  road. 
V.    Their  Deceiving  Appearance. 

The  Devons  are  essentially  muscular  cattle.  They  are  far  heavier  than 
they  look.  This  is  owing  to  their  fine  bone — nearly  as  hard  as  that  of  a 
blood  horse — their  round,  compact  form,  and  the  full  flesh  they  carry. 


712  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVl.  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

The  cows  are  small ;  and  the  bulls  are  smaller  than  the  steers.  When 
properly  developed  by  two  years  of  work,  the  oxen  are  splendidly  filled 
out,  and  are  certainly  the  most  beautiful  of  all  the  domesticated  ox  tribe. 
The  illustration  we  give  will  show  the  Devon  ox  in  good  working  con- 
dition. The  cut  of  a  high-caste  bull,  illustrating  especially  the  full,  soft, 
mossy  coat  of  hair,  as  given  in  Chapter  I,  is  a  most  excellent  and  life- 
hke  drawing. 

VI.    Points  of  the  Devon. 

Youatt  describes  the  points  of  the  Devon  of  his  day  most  minutely. 
Except  that  they  have  now,  through  better  feeding  in  America,  been  in- 
creased in  size  and  early  maturity,  the  description  is  as  applicable  to-day 
as  when  it  was  written.     It  is  as  follows : 

"  The  horn  of  the  bull  ought  to  ])e  neither  too  low  nor  too  high,  taper- 
ing at  the  points,  not  too  thick  at  the  tip. 

The  eye  should  be  clear,' bright,  and  prominent,  showing  much  of  the 
white,  and  have  around  it  a  circle  of  dark  orange  color. 

The  forehead  should  be  flat,  indented,  and  small,  for,  by  the  smallness 
of  the  forehead,  the  purity  of  the  breed  is  very  much  estimated. 

The  cheek  should  be  small,  and  the  muzzle  fine  ;  the  nose  must  be  of  a 
clear  yellow. 

The  nostril  should  be  high  and  open  ;  the  hair  curled  about  the  head. 

The  neck  should  be  thick,  and  that  sometimes  almost  to  a  fault. 

Excepting  in  the  head  and  neck,  the  form  of  the  bull  does  not  mate- 
rially differ  from  that  of  the  ox,  but  he  is  considerably  smaller.  There 
are  exceptions,  however,  to  this  rule. 

The  head  of  the  ox  is  small,  very  singularly  so,  relatively  to  his  bulk  ; 
yet  it  has  a  striking  breadth  of  forehead  ;  it  is  clean  and  free  from  flesh 
about  the  jaws. 

The  eye  is  very  prominent,  and  the  animal  has  a  pleasing  vivacity  of 
countenance,  distinguishing  it  from  the  heavy  aspect  of  many  other 
breeds. 

Its  neck  is  long  and  thin,  admirably  adapting  it  for  the  collar,  or  the 
more  common  and  ruder  yoke. 

It  is  accounted  one  of  the  characteristics  of  good  cattle,  that  the  line  of 
the  neck,  from  the  horns  to  the  withers,  should  scarcely  deviate  from  that 
of  the  back. 

VII.    Notable  Characteristics. 

"In  the  Devon  ox,  however,  there  is  a  peculiar  rising  at  the  shoulder, 
reminding  us  of  the  blood-horse,  and  essentially  connected  with  the  free 
and  quick  action  by  which  this  breed  has  ever  been  distinguished. 

It  has  little  or  no  dewlap  depending  from  the  throat. 


•tJ 

^ 

C 

5' 

fa 

t?5 

2 

t33 

tfi 

JO 

'l 

H 

Cfi 

O 

•a 

0 

o 

E 

5' 

< 

— 

O 

«< 

Z 

p" 
o 

> 

<-► 

H 

^ 

H 

r 

p 

H 

MIDDLE-HOR>rED    CATTLE THE    DEVON    AND    THE    SUSSEX.  713 

The  horns  are  longer  than  those  of  the  bull,  smaller,  and  fine  even  to 
the  base,  and  of  a  lighter  color,  arid  tipped  with  yellow. 

The  animal  is  light  in  the  withers  ;  the  shoulders  a  little  oblique  ;  the 
breast  deep,  and  the  bosom  open  and  wide,  particularly  as  contrasted 
with  the  fineness  of  the  withers. 

The  fore  legs  are  ^vide  apart,  looking  like  pillars  that  have  to  support 
a  great  weight. 

The  point  of  the  shoulder  is  rarely  or  never  seen.  There  is  no  pro- 
jection of  bone,  but  there  is  a  kind  of  level  line  running  on  to  the  neck. 

Angular  bony  projections  are  never  found  in  a  beast  that  carries  much 
flesh  and  fat. 

The  fineness  of  the  withers,  the  slanting  direction  of  the  shoulder,  and 
the  broad  and  open  breast,  imply  strength,  speed,  and  aptitude  to  fatten. 

A  narrow-chested  animal  can  never  be  useful  either  for  working  or 
grazing. 

With  all  the  lightness  of  the  Devon  ox,  there  is  a  jDoint  about  him, 
disliked  in  the  blood  or  riding  horse,  and  not  approved  in  the  horse  of 
light  draught — the  legs  are  far  under  the  chest,  or  rather  the  breast  pro- 
jects far  and  wide  before  the  legs.  We  see  the  advantage  of  this 
in  the  beast  of  slow  draught,  who  rarely  breaks  into  a  trot,  except 
when  he  is  goaded  on  in  catching  times,  and  the  division  of  whose  foot 
prevents  him  from  stumbling. 

The  lightness  of  the  other  parts  of  his  form,  however,  counterbal- 
ances heaviness  there. 

VIII.    The  Legs  of  the  Devon. 

The  legs  are  straight,  at  least  in  the  best  herds.  If  they  are  in-kneed 
or  crooked  in  the  fore  legs,  it  argues  a  deficiency  in  blood,  and  compara- 
tive incapacity  for  work,  and  for  grazing,  too  ;  for  they  w'U  be  hollow 
behind  the  withers,  a  point  for  which  nothing  can  compensate,  because  it 
takes  away  so  much  from  the  place  where  good  flesh  and  fat  should  be 
thickly  laid  on,  and  diminishes  the  capacity  of  the  chest  and  the  power 
of  creating  arterial  and  nutritious  blood. 

The  fore-arm  is  particularly  large  and  powerful.  It  swells  out  sud- 
denly above  the  knee,  but  is  soon  lost  in  the  substance  of  the  shoulder. 

Below  the  knee  the  bone  is  small  to  a  very  extraordinary  degree,  indi- 
cating a  seeming  want  of  strength  ;  but  this  impression  immediately 
ceases,  for  the  smallness  is  only  in  front — it  is  only  in  the  bone ;  the  leg 
is  deep,  and  the  sinews  are  far  removed  from  the  bone,  promising  both 
strength  and  speed. 

It  may  be  objected  that  the  leg  is  a  little  too  long.  It  would  be  so  in 
an  animal  destined  only  to  graze  ;  but  this  is  a  working  animal,  and  some 
length  of  leg  is  necessary  to  get  him  actively  over  the  ground. 


714  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LJ-VTE  STOCK  ANT)  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

EX.    ThG  Body  and  Tail. 

"There  is  some  trifiing  fall  behind  the  withers,  out  no  hollowness,  and 
the  line  of  the  back  is  straight  from  thence  to  the  setting  on  of  the  taik 
if  there  is  any  seeming  fault  in  the  breast,  it  is  that  the  sides  are  a  little 
too  flat.  It  will  appear,  however,  that  this  does  not  mterfere  with  feed- 
hig,  while  a  deep,  altiiough  somewhat  flat  chest  is  best  adapted  for  speed. 

The  two  last  ribs  are  particular!}^  bold  and  prominent,  leaving  room  for 
the  stomach  and  other  parts  concerned  in  digestion  to  be  fully  de- 
veloped. 

The  hips,  or  buckles,  are  high  up,  and  on  a  level  with  the  bacii. 
whether  the  beast  is  fat  or  lean. 

The  hind  qunrters,  or  the  space  from  the  hip  to  the  point  of  the  rump, 
are  particulaily  long  and  well  fibed  up — a  i)oint  of  importance  both  for 
irrazinr  and  working.  It  leaves  room  for  flesh  in  the  most  valual)lc  jiart, 
and  indicates  much  power  behind,  equally  connected  with  strength  and 
speed.  This  is  an  improvement  (juitc  of  modern  date.  The  fullness 
here,  and  the  swelling  of  the  thigh  below,  are  of  much  more  consequence 
than  the  prominence  of  fat  which  is  so  much  admired  on  the  rump  of 
many  prize  cattle. 

The  setting  on  o."  the  tail  is  high,  on  a  level  with  the  back,  rareljMuuch 
elevated  or  depressed.  This  is  another  great  Doint,  as  connected  with 
the  perfection  of  the  hind  quarters. 

The  tail  is  long  and  small,  and  taper,  with  a  round  l)unch  of  hair  at  the 
bottom." 

X.    The  Devon  Cow. 

We  have  stated  that  the  bulls  are  smaller  than  the  oxen.  All  steers 
when  mature,  may  be  fatted  to  greater  weights  than  the  bulls,  whatever 
the  breed.  In  the  Devons,  the  increased  size  of  the  steers  is  esp(>cially 
noticeable.  The  Devon  cows  are  also  naturally  smaller  than  the  bulls, 
but  especially  elegant  in  their  compact,  rounded  forms,  constancy  and 
beauty  of  color,  and  are  noted  for  docility  of  temper  when  kindly 
treated  and  for  their  active,  ardent  temperaments.  They  will  resent 
abuse,  for  they  have  the  courage  of  the  blooded  horse.  There  is  no 
more  beautiful  picture  than  a  herd  of  Devon  cows  in  the  pasture,  for 
there  is  no  animal  more  elegant  in  form.  Yet  small  as  the  cows  seem, 
put  them  on  the  scale,  and  the  person  not  used  to  judge  them  will  be 
surprised  at  their  weight. 

All  Devons  are  noted  for  their  round,  full,  clear  eyes,  the  golden  circlet 
about  the  eyes,  and  the  yelloAV  skin  of  the  inside  of  the  ears,  as  well  as 
for  the  orange  or  yellow-colored  muzzle.  The  cow  is  particularly  notice- 
anie  in  these  characteristics.     Add  to  this  their  cheerful  and  intelliirent 


MIDDLE-HORNED    CATTLE THE    DEVON    AND    THE    SUSSEX. 


15 


countenance;  the  clean  jaws,  throat  and  dewlap;  the  magnificent  loin;  the 
round  barrel;  the  muscular  hind  quarter,  quite  free  from  angles  of  any 
kind ;  the  long,  tapering  tail ;  and  for  elegance,  fine  flesh  and  great  work- 
ing powers,  the  Devons  have  no  superiors  among  cattle. 


THE  NORMAN   COW. 

The  claim  is  made  for  this  breed,  and  especially  those  denominated  "Cottentine," 
that  thev  are  the  tirst  milkers  in  the  world.  There  are  cows  all  over  Normandy  that 
will  produce  more  than  eiirht  gallons  of  milk  per  day,  and  they  have  been  known  to 
produce  over  twelve  gallons.  Their  average  yield  of  milk  per  year  is  about  750  gal- 
lons. The  milk  is  not  rich  in  butter,  as  that  of  some  other  races,  but  its  abundance 
more  than  compensates  for  the  difference.  The  animals  are  very  large  and  "raw- 
boned,"  frequently  weighing  over  4000  pounds.  On  account  of  the  large  bones,  they 
are  not  so  desirable  for  beef  as  some  other  breeds. 


XI.    Mr.  Allen's  Testimony. 

Let  us  see  what  the  venerable  editor  of  the  Short-Horn  Herd-Book 
says  of  them  as  working  oxen  : 

They  are,  among  cattle,  what  the  thoroughbred  is  among  horses.  Ac- 
cording to  their  size,  they  combine  more  fineness  of  l)one,  more  muscular 


716  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

power,  more  intelligence,  activity,  and  "  bottom,"  than  any  other  breed. 
They  have  the  slanting  shoulder  of  the  horse,  better  fitted  to  receive  the 
yoke,  and  carry  it  easier  to  themselves  than  any  others,  except  the  Here- 
fords. 

With  all  workers  of  oxen,  the  nearer  the  beast  approaches  in  shape, 
appearance,  and  action  to  the  Devon,  tlic  more  valuable  he  is  considered, 
according  to  weight.  For  ordinary  farm  labor,  either  at  the  plow,  liie 
wagon,  or  the  cart,  he  is  equal  to  all  common  duties,  and  on  the  road  his 
speed  and  endurance  are  unrivalled.  It  is  in  these  qualities  that  the 
New  England  oxen  excel  others  of  the  country  generally,  and  why  the 
people  of  that  section  often  call  their  red  oxen  "  Devonshires,"  when 
they  cannot,  to  a  certainty,  trace  any,  or  but  a  small  portion  of  that 
blood  in  them,  only  by  a  general  appearance  and  somewhat  like  action. 
XH.    They  are  Active  and  Handy. 

For  active,  handy,  labor  on  the  farm,  or  highway,  under  the  careful 
hand  of  one  who  likes  and  properly  tends  him,  the  Devon  is  every- 
thing that  is  required  of  an  ox,  in  docility,  intelligence,  and  readiness,  foi 
any  reasonable  task  demanded  of  him.  Their  uniformity  in  stjie,  shape, 
and  color,  render  them  easily  matched,  and  their  activity  in  movement, 
particularly  on  rough  and  hilly  grounds,  gives  them,  for  farm  labor,  almost 
equal  value  to  the  horse,  with  easier  keep,  cheaper  food,  and  less  care. 
The  presence  of  a  well  conditioned  yoke  of  Devon  cattle  in  the  market 
place  at  once  attests  their  value,  and  twenty-five  to  fifty  dollars,  and  even 
higher  prices  over  others  of  the  common  stock,  are  freely  given  by  the 
purchaser. 

The  Devon,  in  his  lack  of  great  size,  is  not  so  strong  a  draught  ox  as 
some  of  the  other  breeds — the  Herefords,  for  instance — or  perhaps  some 
of  the  larger  of  the  common  cattle  ;  but,  "  for  his  niches/'  no  horned 
beast  can  outwork  him.  On  light  soils,  and  on  billy  roads,  none  othei 
equals  him,  although  we  intend  to  give  all  their  due  share  of  merit. 
Xni.    In  The  First  Class  for  Beef 

We  must  place  the  Devon  in  the  first  class,  for  fineness  of  flesh  and  deli, 
cacy  of  flavor.  Its  compact  bone  gives  it  the  one,  and  its  rapid  and  thor- 
ough development  under  good  feeding  gives  it  the  other.  In  growth  and 
size  it  matures  almost,  equal  to  the  Short-Horn,  and  its  meat  is  finer 
grained,  juicy,  and  nicely  marbled,  (the  lean  and  fat  intermixed. )  In 
the  London  markets,  Devon  beef  bears  the  highest  price  of  any,  except 
the  Highland  Scot — usually  a  penny  a  pound  over  that  of  larger  breeds, 
and  our  American  butchers  quickly  pick  the  Devons  from  a  drove, 
when  they  can  find  them,  before  most  others.  They  feed  well,  take  on 
flesh  rapidly,  and  in  the  quality  of  their  flesh  are  all  that  can  be  desired. 


MIDDLE-HORNED  CATTLE — THE  DEVON,  THE  SUSSEX  &  POLLED  DURHAM.     717 

Xllla.    POLLED  DUKHAM  CATTLE. 

Among  the  several  distinctive  breeds  of  improved  domesticated  cattle, 
we  know  of  but  one  originated  in  the  United  States,  that  has  become  cele- 
brated, under  the  specific  name  of  Polled  Durhanis— an  offshoot  of  the 
famous  Short  Horn  family.  In  this  connection  it  is  remarkable  that  two 
distinct  origins  should  have  occurred  at  about  the  same  time,  wthout 
either  party  knowing  of  the  Avork  of  the  other,  until  these  "sports"  had 
for  some  time  been  perpetuated. 

One  of  these  was  in  a  herd  of  high  grade  Short  Horns;  the  other  in  a 
herd  of  the  highest  bred  pedigreed  Short  Horns  in  the  United  States. 
There  is  in  these  no  taint  even  of  the  far  away  Collins  Galloway  Cross. 
The  writer  of  this  had  been  conversant  with  the  offshoot  of  the  Short 
Horns  for  some  time  i)revious  to  its  appearance  before  the  public,  and 
assisted  in  organizing  the  Polled  Durham  Society  and  had  the  honor  of 
suggesting  the  specific  name  adopted  by  the  Society,  November  14th,  1889. 

The  Polled  Durhams  were  and  are  not  only  specifically  like  Short  Horns 
in  color  and  characteristics  generally,  but  besides  being  eminent  in  flesh, 
are  also  deep  milkers,  and  eligible  to  entrance  in  the  American  Short  Horn 
Herd  Book. 

The  stock  holders  and  breeders  of  this  j^olled  family  of  the  Short  Horn 
race  now  comprise  nearly  three  hundred — in  sixteen  States,  principally  in 
the  Middle- AV est  and  South— the  home  of  the  great  breeding  grounds  of  all 
the  superior  breeds  of  domestic  cattle  of  the  Avorld. 

The  breeders  of  Polled  Durhams  have  had  to  contend  with  misrepresen- 
tation, of  course,  relating  to  this  now  well  fixed  breed  of  hornles.s  cattk'. 
The  American  Short  Horn  Herd  Book  welcomed  the  purely  bred  to  its  herd 
book,  and  the  eminent  breeders  of  the  other  classes  of  pedigreed  cattle  Avel- 
comed  them.  But  the  farming  Avorld,  of  England,  alone,  sought  to  cast 
reproach  in  the  following  words,  as  collated  from  the  "Prairie  Farmer" 
soon  after  the  organization  of  the  Polled  Durham  Society. 

"Our  enterprising  cousins  on  the  other  side  of  the  Atlantic  arc  ever 
hunting  after  improvements.  There  is  no  limit  to  their  inventive  genius. 
Not  satisfied  Avith  the  pure  breeds  of  cattle  which  we  send  them  from  this 
country,  they  have  now  resolved  to  found  a  breed  of  their  own.  By  mating 
Aberdeen-Angus  sires  with  Short  Horn  cows,  they  have  succeeded  in  form- 
ing a  class  of  cross  (bred?)  without  horns,  but  in  regard  to  color  and  other 
cattle  characteristics  strongly  resembling  the  Short  Horns. ' ' 

So  much  for  this  tirade  which  fell  still  born. 

During  the  life  of  the  great  Dr.  Johnson,  soon  after  he  had  compiled  his 
dictionary,  he  received  a  visit  from  the  then  Duke  of  Argyle,  surnamed  the 
Great.  The  Doctor  had  the  habit  of  keeping  notable  people  Avaiting  before 
he  received  them.  The  Duke  amused  himself  Avhile  waiting  in  looking  over 
the  then  new  dictionary.  The  Doctor  saluted  him  and  observed,  "Oh,  my 
lord,  I  see  you  have  my  dictionary.    How  do  you  like  it  ? " 

The  Duke  replied,  sarcastically, "They  are  braw  stories  but  unko  short. 
By  the  way.  Doctor,  I  see  here  the  word  Aits  (Scotch  for  oats)  food  for 
horses  in  England  and  men  in  Scotland,  and  where,  mon,  will  you  find 
such  horses  and  such  men?"  The  Polled  Durham  breeders  can  aptly  reply 
to  cavillers,  "Where  will  you  find  such  a  combination  of  milk  and  beef  as 
in  the  Polled  Durhams?" 


CYCT.OPEDTA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AXD  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


MIDDLE-HORNED    CATTLE THE    DEVON    AND    THE    SUSSEX.  719 

XIV.  Weights  of  the  Devons. 
While  the  Devons  are  called  small  cattle,  they  are  only  relatively  so  in 
comparison  with  Short-Horns  and  Herefords.  A  full-grown  ox  in  good 
condition  will  weigh  from  1,400  to  1,600  pounds,  and  when  well-fatteneu 
they  will  reach  2,000  pounds.  The  cows  will  weigh  from  800  to  1,100 
pounds,  and  the  bulls  1,200  to  1,400.  We  bred  one  that  at  8  years  old 
weighed  1,819  pounds,  and  he  was  as  extraordinary  in  his  fineness  and 
style,  as  a  premium  taker,  as  he  was  in  weight ;  not  large  to  look  at,  but 
weighing  like  a  lump  of  lead. 

XV.  Sussex  Cattle. 
Sussex  also  has  long  been  noted  for  a  breed  of  middle-horned  cattle — 
all  red,  but  lighter  in  color  than  the  Devons,  larger  and  in  every  way 
coarser.  Still  they  are  better  milkers  than  the  Devons  and  fatten  kindly. 
There  are  a  number  of  breeds  allied  to  the  Devons  or  descended  from 
them  in  England.     The  Sussex  is  one  of  these  breeds. 

XVI.  The  Sussex  Color. 
The  color  is  a  light  chestnut  or  blood  hay,  much  lighter  than  the  true 
North  Devon,  but  fully  as  uniform.  The  cut  of  a  Sussex  cow  will,  with 
the  description  given  below,  serve  to  explain  the  i)oints  of  difference. 
They  are  mentioned  here  mainly,  if  not  solely,  for  the  reason  that  they 
have  been  sold  as  Devons.  If  you  buy  Devons,  or  any  other  highly-bred 
stock,  be  sure  there  is  no  stain  in  the  pedigree.  It  is  a  matter  of  the 
utmost  importance  to  the  breeder  of  high-caste  cattle. 

XVEI.  Distinguishing  Marks  of  the  Sussex. 
On  this  subject  Youatt  says  :  "  The  horns  are  more  tapering,  pushing 
farther  forward,  and  turning  up  more.  The  head  is  small  and  well  formed, 
the  eye  full,  large  and  mild  in  the  ox,  but  rather  wild  and  unquiet  in  the  cow. 
The  throat  is  clean  and  the  neck  long  and  thin,  but  coarser  than  in  the 
Devon.  The  shoulder  is  wider  and  rounder  on  the  withers  ;  straighter 
from  the  top  of  the  withers  towards  the  back,  and  carries  much  flesh, 
giving  too  much  weight  to  unprofitable  parts.  On  the  other  hand,  the 
barrel  is  round  and  deep,  the  back  straight,  and  the  back-bone  entirely 
hidden  by  the  muscles  on  each  side.  The  heart  and  lungs  are  full  and 
large,  and  the  belly  and  flank  capacious.  The  barrel  is  well-ribbed  home. 
The  loins  are  wide,  the  hip-bone  low,  free  from  raggedness,  large,  and 
well  spread,  and  the  space  between  the  hips  well  filled  up.  The  tail, 
which  is  fine  and  thin,  is  set  on  lower  than  in  the  Devon,  yet  the  rump  is 
nearly  as  staight,  for  the  deficiency  is  supplied  by  a  mass  of  flesh  and  fat 
swelling  above.  The  hind  quarters  are  cleanly  made,  and  if  the  thighs 
appear  to  be  straight  without,  there  ia  ulenty  of  fullness  withh.. 


720  CrCLOPiSDIA  of  live  stock  and  OOMFLETE  stock  i/OCTOB. 

XVm.     The  Sussex  Cow. 

«*  The  cows  have  fine  hair,  a  mellow,  rather  than  thin  skin  ;  a  small  te?t; 
horns  fine,  clean,  and  transparent,  which  reach  forward  from  the  head 
and  turn  up  at  the  tips ;  the  neck  is  thin  and  clean ;  back  and  belly 


straight ;  ribs  round  and  springing  out  well ;  shoulder  flat,  but  projecting 
at  the  point. 

Hips  and  rump  wide  ;  the  tail  set  on  level  with  the  rump,  and  the  car- 
cass large  ;  the  legs  are  rather  short  and  fine. 


MIDDLE-HORNED  CATTLE THE  DEVON  AND  THE  SUSSEX. 


■21 


The  cows  are  not  good  milkers;  they  are  often  uneasy  in  the  pasture, 
and  often  unquiet  in  temper." 

They  have  been  exhibited  and  sold  a.s  Devons  in  the  United  States,  a 
thing  which,  of  course,  none  but  the  most  unprincipled  of  men  would  at- 


tempt.    Give  them  a  wide  berth.     They  have  little  or  no  value  in  this 
country  among  better  cattle. 

XIX.  Glamorgan  Cattle. 

The  cattle  of  Glamorgan,  Wales,  are  noted  for  good  messes  of  milk,  for 
docility,  ability  to  forage  for  themselves  on  their  native  hills,  and  for 


722 


CYCLorEDlA   OF   LIVE  STOCK  AND   COMPLETE   STOCK   DOCTOR. 


taking  on  flesh  kindly  Avhen  dry.  They  arc  undoubtedly  of  Devon  origin 
and  belong  to  the  Middle-Horns.  They  are  an  ancient  race,  and  have 
been  preserved  pure  in  their  native  region,  but  are  little  known  away 


from  there.  Occasional  specimens  have  been  imported  to  the  United 
States,  more  as  curiosities  than  for  intrinsic  value,  either  for  milk  or 
beef,  when  there  are  so  many  superior  breeds  in  either  direction.  The 
illustration  shows  their  characteristics  perfectly. 


MIDDLE-HORNED  CxVTTLE DUTCH  BELTED.  723. 

XX.  Dutch  Belted  Cattle. 

The  origin  of  this  breed  of  cattle  dates  back  nearly  three  centuries. 
They  are  natives  of  Holland  where  they  are  known  as  Lakenfeld  Cattle — 
the  name  being  descriptive,  as  ''laken"  means  a  blanket  or  sheet  about  the 
body.  The  characteristic  color  of  this  breed  has  been  established  by 
scientific  breeding,  the  white  belt  being  now  always  a  characteristic  which 
pertains  to  every  true  blood  of  that  breed. 

There  is  little  written  historical  data  concerning  the  breed,  bilt  it  is 
known  that  their  introduction  into  America  dates  back  to  1838  when  the 
first  importation  to  New  York  was  made  by  D,  H.  Haight  of  that  state, 
and  which  was  followed  ten  years  later  by  a  second  large  importation.  We 
are  advised  that  P.  T.  Barnum,  the  famous  show  man,  who  had  a  genius 
for  advertising,  imported  a  herd  to  gratify  his  ruling  passion  of  doing 
unusual  things,  and  that  other  importations  were  made  by  R.  W.  Coleman. 
They  became  well  known  and  popular  in  southern  New  York  and  ulti- 
mately found  their  way  into  New  Jersey,  Pennsylvania,  New  Hampshire, 
Indiana,  Illinois,  and  south  to  a  considerable  extent,  especially  in  South 
Carolina  and  Mississippi.  There  are  a  few  herds  in  the  Pacific  coast  states. 
They  are  smaller  in  size  than  the  Holstein-Friesian,  which  corresponds  in 
weight  more  nearly  to  the  Ayrshire.  The  cows  w^eigh  from  900  to  1,250 
pounds,  while  the  bulls  sometimes  reach  the  weight  of  2,000  pounds. 
Some  of  the  more  noted  animals  have  reached  1,200  pounds  at  three  years 
and  a  weight  of  1,500  pounds  of  the  bull  should  prevail.  A  number  of 
prize  winning  milch  cows  of  this  breed  have  weighed  from  1,150  to  1,300 
pounds. 

In  color  the  cattle  are  invariably  black,  wdth  a  white  band  of  varying 
width  about  the  body  in  front  of  the  hips  and  behind  the  shoulders.  This 
band  has  in  instances  narrowed  to  a  foot  in  width  and  again  it  has  been 
three  feet  wide,  and  has  been  transmitted  from  one  generation  to  another 
in  that  width  for  the  full  grown  animal.  The  udder  of  the  cow  in  its 
fore  part  is  often  white.  In  udder  formation  and  development  these 
cows  are  rather  inferior,  the  size  being  comparatively  small,  the  fore  udder 
being  somewhat  abbreviated  and  the  tits  too  close  together. 

Aside  from  being  ornamental  the  principal  value  of  this  breed  is  its 
dairy  importance.  The  actual  monetary  importance  of  the  breed  aside 
from  its  beauty  does  not  really  justify  high  praise.  The  record  of  one 
premium  winner,  Lady  Aldine,  124,  is  that  of  a  production  of  32  quarts 
of  milk  a  day  on  grass  alone.  Another  similar  record  is  that  of  Lady 
Daird,  82.  The  best  test  record  made  by  the  breed  was  that  at  the  Pan- 
American  Model  Dairy  in  1901  in  which  ten  breeds  participated.  In  this 
trial  the  five  Dutch  Belted  cows  made  the  following  record  in  120  days: 


724  CYCLOrEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

Yield  of  milk 24,893.5  lbs Breed  rank  eighth 

Churned  butter 977.1  lbs lireed  rank  tenth 

Net  prolit  on  butter $111.9G Breed  rank  tenth 

Total  solids ;>, 1)6(147  •  lbs Breed  rank  ninth 

Value  solids $275.98 Breed  rank  ninth 

This  is  in  no  sense  an  extraordinary  record. 

As  beef  producers  the  Dutch  Belted  cannot  be  regarded  as  superior  to 
the  dairy  breeds  and  will  not  compare  with  the  Holstein-Friesian  favor- 
ably. They  do  not  produce  flesh  so  characteristic  of  some  Holstein- 
Friesian  and  they  lack  the  size  of  the  latter.  There  are  few  steere  on 
the  market  of  this  breed  because  of  the  general  scarcity  of  the  breed. 

The  fertile  meadows  of  the  ]\Iississi})pi  Valley  will  provide  more  favor- 
able conditions  for  the  best  development  of  the  breed  and  the  general 
adaptdbility  of  the  Dutch  Belted  is  quite  comparable  with  the  Dutch  type 
if  bred  to  thrive  on  abundant  food  under  favorable  conditions.  A  well 
known  herd  in  America  is  in  New  Hampshire  where  it  thrives  in  a  rough, 
mountainous  section  where  the  winters  are  severe  and  long. 

One  of  the  special  characteristics  is  the  tendency  to  transmit  the  white 
belt  even  when  crossed  with  other  breeds.  Crossed  on  cattle  of  any  solid 
color  they  almost  invariably  produce  the  belt.  If  the  dam  be  a  Devon, 
however,  the  calf  may  be  red  at  the  ends  instead  of  black.  If  the  dam 
is  a  Short-horn  the  calf  will  sometimes  be  either  red  or  roan.  The  belt, 
however,  will  be  there  and  of  pure  white. 

An  interesting  example  cf  this  intensity  of  Dutch  Belted  prepotency  is 
that  of  a  herd  of  the  Ohio  State  Univei'sity.  A  cow  of  this  breed  was  bred 
to  a  pure  Jersey  bull  and  dropped  a  cross  bred  calf  ^\^th  a  white  blanket 
about  the  body  similar  to  that  of  the  dam  but  had  in  addition  one  small 
black  spot  on  the  white  covering.  The  inferior  value  practically  to  this 
breed  as  compared  with  others  is  responsible  for  the  fact  that  their  dis- 
tribution is  still  confined  in  the  main  to  Holland,  the  United  States, 
Canada  and  Mexico,  and  in  the  United  States  they  are  confined  to  New 
York,  New  Hampshire,  Massachusetts,  Pennsylvania,  Ohio,  Mississippi 
and  California. 

XXI.    Holstein-Friesians. 

Origin  and  Development. — The  strongly  marked  black-and-white  cattle 
of  North  Holland  and  Friesland  constitute  one  of  the  very  oldest  and  most 
notable  of  the  dairy  breeds.  The  historians  of  this  race  claim  that  it  can 
be  traced  back  for  two  thousand  years,  continuously  occupying  the  terri- 
tory named  and  always  famous  for  dairy  purposes.  Tradition  has  it  that 
two  ancient  tribes  located  upon  the  shores  of  the  North  Sea  before  the 
beginning  of  the  Christian  era;  one  possessed  a  race  of  cattle  pure  white 
and  the  other  a  kind  all  black.  Men  and  cattle  then  became  amalgamated, 
forming  the  people  and  herds  which  for  centuries  have  occupied  that 


MIDDLE-HORNED    CATTLE— HOLSTEIN    FRIESTANS.  725 


LADY  STIRLING  3RD — No.  623c 


SILVER  PRINCE — No.  7939- 
'fMe  handsome  head  of  the  Dentonia  Ayrshire  Herd  and  a  well-known  pnze-wiimet. 


'26 


CYCLOPEDIA   OF   LIVE   STOCK   AND   COMPLETE   STOCK   DOCTOR. 


MIDDLE-HORNED    CATTLE HOLSTEIX    FRIESIANS.  727 

region.  Holland  has  been  noted  for  dairy  products  for  at  least  a  thousand 
years,  and  the  great  bicolored  beasts  upon  which  this  reputation  has  been 
gained  have  been  slowly  but  surely  developing  their  present  form  of  dairy 
excellence. 

These  cattle  have  been  know^n  by  several  different  names  in  both 
Europe  and  America.  "Holland  cattle,"  "North  Hollanders,"  "Dutch 
cattle,"  "Holsteins,"  "Dutch-Friesians,"  "Nietherland  cattle,"  and 
"Holstein-Friesians"  are  all  the  same.  There  was  sharp  contention  in 
this  country  before  the  last  name  was  agreed  upon  and  generally  accepted. 
It  seems  unfortunate  that  the  simpler  and  sufficiently  descriptive  and 
accurate  name  of  "Dutch  cattle"  was  not  adopted. 

The  large  frame,  strong  bone,  abundance  of  flesh,  silken  coat,  extreme 
docility,  and  enormous  milk  yield  of  the  Holstein-Friesians  result  from 
the  rich  and  luxuriant  herbage  of  the  very  fertile  and  moist  reclaimed 
lands  upon  which  the  breed  has  been  perfected,  the  uncommonly  good 
oare  received  from  their  owners  and  the  close  association  of  people  and 
cattle.  The  Roman  dominion  brought  improvements  in  draining  and 
diking,  in  methods  of  cultivation  and  of  cattle  breeding,  but  no  mixture 
of  blood  occurred  with  the  inhabitants  or  in  their  herds.  The  preserva- 
tion of  the  Friesian  people  and  their  continued  adhesion  to  cattle  breeding 
for  more  than  two  thousand  years  is  one  of  the  marvels  of  history.  Always 
few  in  number,  the  conflicts  of  war  and  commerce  have  raged  over  and 
around  them,  yet  they  have  remained  in  or  near  their  original  home,  con- 
tinuously following  their  original  pursuits.  Their  farmhouses  are 
fashioned  after  the  same  general  model;  the  one  immense  roof  covers 
everything  that  requires  protection.  Here  the  cattle  find  shelter  during 
the  long  and  rigorous  winter  months.  Here  they  are  fed  and  groomed 
and  watched  for  months  without  being  turned  from  the  door.  Here  the 
family  is  also  sheltered,  sometimes  wnth  only  a  single  partition  between 
the  cattle  stalls  and  the  kitchen  and  living  room.  Evervthing  is  kept 
with  a  degree  of  neatness  marvelous  to  those  not  accustomed  to  such  sys- 
tem. The  cattle  become  the  pets  of  the  household.  At  the  opening  of 
spring  or  when  grass  is  sufficiently  grown  they  are  taken  to  the  fields  and 
cared  for  in  the  most  quiet  manner.  Oanvas  covers  protect  their  bodies 
from  sun  and  storm  and  insects.  The  grasses  upon  which  they  feed  are 
rich  and  luxurious,  and  the  animals  have  to  move  about  very  little  to 
gather  sufficient  food.  On  the  first  appearance  of  winter  they  are  returned 
to  the  stable  and  the  simple  round  of  the  year  is  completed.  This  round 
is  repeated  until  the  cattle  are  6  or  7  years  of  age,  when  they  are  usually 
considered  as  pa.st  the  period  of  dairy  profit  and  are  sent  to  the  shambles. 
The  object  is  always  to  produce  as  much  milk  and  beef  as  possible  from 
the  same  animal.  With  this  twofold  object  in  view,  selection,  breeding, 
and  feeding  have  been  continued  for  ages." 


728  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

This  condensed  description  of  the  origin,  development,  and  home  treat- 
ment of  this  breed  of  cattle  goes  far  toward  explaining  the  characteristics 
of  the  breed  as  seen  in  this  country. 

The  early  Dutch  settlers  in  America  undoubtedly  brought  their  favorite 
cattle  with  them  during  the  seventeenth  century,  and  there  are  definite 
records  of  three  or  four  importations  prior  to  1850 ;  but  the  credit  of  first 
introducing  this  breed  to  America  and  maintaining  it«  purity  here  is  due 
to  Winthrop  W.  Chenery,  of  Massachusetts.  He  made  three  importations 
between  1857  and  1862.  The  Messrs.  Gerrit  S.  and  Dudley  Miller,  of  New 
York,  followed  in  1867,  and  soon  thereafter  numerous  others  brought 
animals  of  this  breed  in  considerable  numbers  to  the  United  States.  They 
have  increased  rapidly  by  importations  and  by  breeding,  and  are  now  to 
be  found  in  nearly  all  parts  of  this  country, 

XXII.    Characteristics. 

The  striking  features  in  the  appearance  of  this  breed  are  the  color  mark- 
ings of  black  and  white  and  the  large  size  of  the  animals  of  both  sexes. 
The  shining  jet  black  contrasts  vividly  with  the  pure  white,  the  fine,  silky 
hair  being  upon  a  soft  and  mellow  skin  of  medium  thickness.  In  some 
animals  the  black  predominates,  and  the  white  in  others.  Black  has  been 
rather  preferred  among  American  breeders,  to  the  almost  entire  exclusion 
of  white  in  some  cases,  yet  a  few  very  noted  animals  have  been  mainly 
white.  The  average  animal  carries  rather  more  black  than  white,  and  the 
distribution  and  outlines  of  the  markings  are  extremely  irregular.  The 
black  and  white  are  never  mixed,  the  lines  of  demarcation  being  usually 
sharply  drawn.  In  Europe  there  are  still  some  red  cattle  in  this  breed, 
and  occasionally  a  purely  bred  calf  is  dropped  in  this  country  with  bright 
red  instead  of  black,  showing  the  influence  of  some  remote  ancestor;  but 
none  are  admitted  to  the  American  Herd  Book  except  those  black  and 
white.  In  size  the  Holsteins  are  the  largest  of  all  the  dairy  breeds.  The 
big,  bony  frames  are  usually  well  filled  out,  and  the  chest,  abdomen,  and 
pelvic  region  are  fully  developed.  It  is  difficult  to  prevent  the  males  from 
becoming  too  fleshy  for  breeding  animals,  and  the  females,  when  not  in 
milk,  take  on  flesh  rapidly  and  soon  become  full  in  form.  The  cows  range 
in  weight  from  1,000  to  1,500  pounds,  most  of  them  being  between  1,100 
and  1,400  with  an  average  of  about  1,250  pounds.  The  bulls  at  maturity 
are  very  large  and  heavy,  often  above  2,500  pounds  in  weight.  The  head 
is  long,  rather  narrow  and  bony,  with  bright  yet  quiet  eyes  and  large 
mouth  and  nostrils.  The  horns  are  small  and  fine,  often  incurving,  and 
frequently  white  with  black  tips.  The  ears  are  large,  thin,  and  quick  in 
movement.  The  neck  is  long,  slender,  and  tapered  in  the  cows,  its  upper 
line  often  quite  concave.  The  back  line  is  usually  level,  particularly  with 
the  males,  and  the  hips  broad  and  prominent;  some  have  well-rounded 


15 

6  X 

^^ 

•c 

c 
o 
a; 


Cfi 


MIDDLE-HORNED  CATTLE IIOLSTEIN-FRIESIANS.  i  Z)J 

buttocks,  but  a  drooping  rump  is  not  uncommon.  The  legs  appear  small 
for  the  weight  carried  and  are  quite  long ;  the  tail  is  long  and  fine  and  a 
white  brush  is  required.  The  udder  is  often  of  extraordinary  size,  filling 
the  space  between  legs  set  well  apart,  extending  high  behind  and  fairly 
well  forward,  with  teats  of  large  size  and  well  placed.  Teats  are  sometimes 
cone-shaped  and  uncomfortably  large  and  puffy  where  attached  to  the 
udder.  The  milk  veins  are  usually  prominent  and  sometimes  remarkably 
developed.  There  is  a  more  marked  inclination  toward  the  beef  form 
among  the  bulls  than  among  the  cows ;  the  latter  are  generally  of  the  true 
dairy  type. 

XXIII.    Milk  and  Butter  Records. 

These  great  black-and-white  cows  yield  milk  in  proportion  to  their  size. 
The  breed  is  famous  for  enormous  milk  producers.  Records  are  abundant 
of  cows  giving  an  average  above  their  own  live  weight  in  milk  monthly 
for  ten  or  twelve  consecutive  months,  and  there  are  numerous  authentic 
instances  of  daily  yields  of  100  pounds  or  more  for  several  days  in  succes- 
sion and  20,000  to  30,000  pounds  of  milk  in  one  year.  Cows  giving  40 
to  60  pounds  (or  5  to  7  gallons)  per  day  are  regarded  as  average  animals; 
7,500  to  8,000  pounds  per  year  is  depended  upon  as  a  herd  average.  A 
known  record  of  11  cows  from  3  to  8  years  old  is  11,286  pounds  (or  5,250 
quarts  per  cow),  the  average  milking  period  being  three  hundred  and 
forty-one  days.  Another  herd  of  12  cows  averaged  8,805  pounds  a  year 
(or  4,064  quarts)  for  four  years.  The  milk  of  these  very  large  producers 
is  generally  pretty  thin,  low  in  percentage  of  total  solids,  and  deficient  in 
fat.  The  cows  have  been  favorites  for  dairymen  doing  a  milk-supply 
business,  but  in  numerous  cases  their  product  has  been  below  the  standards 
fixed  by  State  and  municipal  laws.  On  the  other  hand,  there  arc  some 
families  of  Holsteins,  and  single  animals  are  numerous,  which  give  milk 
of  more  than  average  richness  and  show  themselves  to  be  profitable  butter 
producers.  Cows  have  frequently  made  from  15  to  25  pounds  of  butter 
a  week,  and  30  pounds  in  a  few  cases.  Entire  herds  of  good  size  have 
averaged  over  17  pounds  a  week;  a  few  cows  have  records  of  90  pounds, 
and  one  almost  100  pounds,  in  a  month.  One  of  the  herds  already  referred' 
to  averaged  308  pounds  of  butter  per  cow  annually  for  four  years,  and  there 
are  several  yearly  herd  records  of  over  400  pounds  per  head ;  also  single 
records  of  500  and  600  pounds,  and  one  is  claimed  of  1,153  pounds  of 
butter  in  three  hundred  and  sixty-five  consecutive  days.  A  cow  bred  and 
raised  in  Texas  made  a  remarkable  record  there,  when  five  years  old  and 
weighing  1,350  pounds;  she  gave  707^2  pounds  of  milk  in  seven  days, 
which  produced  22  pounds  of  butter,  and  in  one  month  2,958  pounds  of 
milk  containing  fat  equivalent  to  86  pounds  of  butter.  Holstein  milk  is 
characterized  by  fat  globules  of  small  and  uniform  size,  separating  slowly 
by  tb    gravity  method  of  creaming,  and  carrying  very  little  color. 


730  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

XXIV.  Types. 

.  It  happens  that  both  the  selections  for  ilhistrating  this  breed  represent 
imported  animals,  and  consequently  comparatively  little  can  be  told  about 
them  and  their  immediate  ancestoi-s.  It  would  be  easy,  however,  to  find 
many  equally  good  types  among  American-bred  Ilolsteins.  Indeed,  it  is 
believed  that  in  respect  to  size  and  dairy  quality  the  best  animals  of  this 
breed  in  the  United  States  are  superior  to  those  of  their  native  country. 
De  Brave  Hendrik  230,  H.-F.  II.  B.,  was  dropped  in  North  Holland  in 
March,  1880,  and  during  the  years  1882,  1883,  and  1884  won  high  prizes 
at  Alkmaar,  Gouda,  and  (first)  at  the  great  International  Exhibition  at 
Amsterdam.  In  March,  1883,  he  was  designated  by  an  official  committee 
as  the  best  bull  in  north  Holland.  He  was  imported  in  188-4  and  owned 
in  Pennsylvania.  The  likeness  shows  him  as  4  years  old,  and  he  then 
weighed  2,300  pounds.  This  bull  came  from  a  great  milking  family,  and 
the  females  sired  by  him  proved  uniformly  excellent  as  dairy  animals. 
Jamaica  1336,  II.  H.  B.,  was  dropped  in  Friesland  in  1880,  and  im- 
ported the  same  year  to  Orange  County,  N.  Y.  She  had  her  first  calf  in 
December,  1882,  and  during  a  milking  period  of  three  hundred  days  gave 
7,450  pounds  of  milk.  Her  second  calf  was  dropped  in  December,  1883, 
and  W'hen  one  month  in  milk  she  had  exceeded  all  known  records  for  her 
age,  and  this  upon  the  ordinary  ration  for  milkers  in  the  herd.  Her  feed 
was  then  carefully  increased  until  she  gave  73  pounds  of  milk  a  day,  in 
January  (1884),  and  a  total  amount  of  2,020  pounds  during  that  month. 
The  milk  yield  continued  to  increase  during  Fobniary,  notwithstanding 
unusually  cold,  rough  weather,  until  she  reached  the  maximum  of  112 
pounds  2  ounces  of  milk  on  the  2d  of  March,  when  she  was  4  years 
old.  She  gave  535  pounds  of  milk  in  five  days,  1,034  pounds  in  ten  days, 
2,102  pounds  in  twenty-one  days,  and  almost  attained  an  average  of  100 
pounds  a  day  for  a  month.  In  four  months  Jamaica  gave  almost  10,000 
pounds  of  milk,  and  about  20,000  pounds  during  this  her  second  milking 
period.  From  her  milk  for  a  week  23y2  pounds  of  butter  were  made. 
The  average  of  grain  fed  to  the  cow  during  her  greatest  yield  was  28 
pounds,  costing  30  cents,  with  an  abundance  of  cut  beets  and  good  hay, 
and  she  had  access  to  spring  water  in  the  stable  yard  five  or  six  times  a 
day.  She  received  no  silage,  slops,  stimulating  food,  or  drugs.  Jamaica 
was  of  medium  size  for  her  race,  handsomely  marked,  vigorous,  and  very 
stylish,  as  shown  by  her  likeness.  This  was  made  about  the  time  of  her 
famous  test;  she  then  weighed  1192  pounds.  Her  owner  was  off"ered 
$15,000  for  this  cow  and  her  heifer  calf,  shown  in  the  picture,  before  her 
milk  yield  reached  100  pounds  a  day.  After  her  great  performance  this 
offer  w^as  increased  to  $25,000,  and  $10,000  was  refused  for  the  calf  alone. 


CHAPTER  IX. 
POLLED  CATTLE. 


ANGUS  COMPARED  WITH  THE  GALLOWAI . 

I.  PoUed  Cattle  in  General. 
Of  the  various  breeds  of  p<,lled  or  Irornless  eattle,  however  good  in 
England,  „o„e  have  proved  valu.hle  in  the  United  States  and  C=m,^a, 
except  the  Galloways  and  the  Polled  Angus.  Of  these  only  the  Gallo- 
way have  l.een  at  all  widely  dissen>inated.  Docility  of  temper  even 
among  old  bulls  •,  the  little  space  taken  up  in  the  feeding  stalls,  on  account 
of  their  mild  disposition  and  absence  of  horns  ;  the.r  l>-d--  '  f^l^f^ 
with  which  they  take  on  flesh,  and  the  thickness  and  hue  quality  of  he 
beef  are  some  of  the  principal  characteristics  of  excellence   n.  polled 

cattle. 

II.    The  Galloways. 

For  the  colder  and  hilly  districts,  when  all  cattle  must  be  protected  in 
winter,  and  in  all  regions  where  the  Short-Horn  proves  ^o '«"' <■'' t^" 
Galloway  cattle  are  steadily  gaining  in  favor,  /'-y  7 --!*''"?^ '^ 
cattle,  it  being  unusual  f,>r  the  cows,  even  under  good  keepmg,  to  g.ve 
ml  than  twdve  quarts  of  n.ilk  a  day,  and  the  average  rs  g.ven  a  mx  or 
ei.rht  quarts.     But  the  milk  is  rich,  yielding  a  pound  of  butter,  aoco.d 

;tl  English  authorities,  to  eight  or  ten  quarts  of  nnlk.     The  cows,  a 
a  rule,  go  dry  for  two  or  three  months  in  the  year,  even  under  the  best 

of  nianaofenicnt.  ^  i         i     *  ^offio 

It  has  been  said  of  them  that  there  is,  perhaps,  no  breed  of  cattle 
which  can  be  more  truly  said  to  be  indigenous  to  the  eountiT,  and  mcapa- 
:,e  of  improvement  by  any  foreign  cross,  than  the  GaUoway.  T  e 
Short-Horns  almost  everywhere  else  have  unproved  the  cattle  of  the  d.s 
trXto  which  they  have  traveled;  at  least  in  the  first  cross  produced 
rMflrtLprovemL :  but  even  in  the  first  cross  the  Short-H°r,.s  have 
done  little  -ood  in  Galloway,  and,  as  a  pe.manent  mixture,  the  choicest 
short-hlbuUshavemanifeftly  failed.  The  intelligent  Galloway  breeder 
tilv  perfectly  satisfied  that  his  stock  can  only  be  rmproved  by  adher- 
ence to  the  pure  breed,  and  by  care  in  the  selection. 

731 


732  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

III.    Points  of  the    Galloway. 

Mr.  L.  B.  Allen  gives,  on  the  autnonty  of  an  eminent  judge  and 
breeder,  the  characteristics  of  this  breed,  as  follows  : 

The  Galloway  cattle  are  straight  and  broad  in  the  back,  and  nearly 
level  from  the  head  to  the  rump.  They  are  round  in  the  ribs,  and  also 
between  the  shoulders  and  the  ribs,  and  the  ribs  and  the  loins.  They 
are  broad  in  the  loin,  without  any  large  projecting  hook  bones.  In  round- 
ness of  barrel,  and  fullness  of  ribs,  they  will  compare  Avith  any  breed,  and 
also  in  the  proportion  which  the  loins  bear  to  the  hook  bones,  or  protu- 
berances of  the  ribs.  When  viewed  from  above,  the  whole  body  appears 
beautifully  rounded,  like  the  longitudinal  section  of  a  roller.  They  are 
long  in  the  quarters  and  ribs,  and  deep  in  the  chest,  but  not  broad  in  the 
twist.  The  slightest  inspection  will  show  that  there  is  less  space  between 
the  hook  or  hip  bones  and  the  ribs  than  in  most  other  breeds,  a  consider- 
ation of  much  importance,  for  the  advantage  of  length  of  carcass  consists 
in  the  animal  being  well  ribbed  home,  or  as  little  as  possible  lost  in  the 
flank. 

IV.    The  Limbs  and  the  Head. 

The  Galloway  is  short  in  the  leg,  and  moderately  fine  in  the  shank 
bones, — the  happy  medium  seems  to  be  preserved  in  the  leg,  which 
secures  hardihood  and  a  disposition  to  fatten.  With  the  same  cleanness 
and  shortness  of  shank,  there  is  no  breed  so  large  and  muscular  above  the 
knee,  while  there  is  more  room  for  the  deep,  broad  and  capacious  chest. 
He  is  clean,  not  fine  and  slender,  l)ut  well  proportioned  in  the  neck  and 
chaps  ;  a  thin  and  delicate  neck  would  not  correspond  with  the  broad 
shoulders,  deep  chest,  and  close,  compact  form  of  the  breed.  The  neck 
of  the  Galloway  bull  is  thick,  almost  to  a  fault.  The  head  is  rather 
heavy  ;  the  eyes  are  not  prominent,  and  the  ears  are  large,  rough,  and  full 
of  long  hairs  on  the  inside. 

V.    The  Skin. 

The  Galloway  is  covered  with  a  loose,  mellow  skii.  of  medium 
thickness,  which  is  clothed  with  long,  soft,  silky  hair.  The  skin  is 
thinner  than  that  of  the  Leicestershire,  but  not  so  fine  as  the  hide  of  the 
improved  Durham  breed,  but  it  handles  soft  and  kindly.  Even  on  the 
moorland  farms,  where  the  cattle,  during  the  greater  part  of  the  year, 
are  fed  on  the  scantiest  fare,  it  is  remarkable  how  little  their  hides  in- 
dicate the  privations  they  endure. 

VI.    The  Color. 

The  prevailing  and  fashionable  color  is  black — a  few  are  of  a  dark 
fcindle  brown,  and  still  fewer  are  speckled  with  white  spots,   and  some 


POLLED  CATTLE. 


733 


734        crcLoi'KDiA  of  i^ive  stock  and  complete  stock  doctor. 

of  them  are  of  a  dun  or  drab  color,  perhaps  acquired  from  a  cross  with 
the  Suffolk  breed  of  cattle.  Dark  colors  are  uniformly  preferred,  from 
the  belief  that  they  indicate  hardiness  of  constitution. 

VII.    The  Galloways  in  America. 

The  Galloways  are  said  to  have  been  first  introduced  into  Canada  about 
the  year  1850.  Since  that  time  they  have  steadily  increased  by  breeding 
and  subsequent  importations,  and  of  late  years  a  good  many  have  been 
bred  in  the  Northwestern  States,  where  they  are  greatly  liked  for  their 
many  good  qualities,  and  now  have  a  regular  series  of  prizes  offered  for 
them  at  all  our  principal  fairs.  They  arc  also  attracting  attention  in  the 
Southwest  as  a  means  of  improving  the  Texan  cattle.  To  our  mind,  they 
should  prove  valua])le  in  reducing  the  horn,  refining  the  bone,  and  thick- 
ening the  body  of  the  Southwestern  cattle,  and,  especially,  in  breeding 
out  the  wildness  and  viciousness  of  the  Texans. 

VIII.    Polled  Angus  Cattle. 

This  is  a  breed  yet  rare  in  America,  though  much  thought  of  in  Scot- 
land. Finer  in  their  make  up  than  the  Galloways,  of  which  they  are 
relatives,  they  have  many  admirable  qualities  to  commend  them  in  hilly 
districts.  There  have  always  been  some  polled  cattle  in  Angus  ;  the 
country  people  call  them  humlies  or  dodded  cattle.  Youatt  says  that 
their  origin  is  so  remote,  that  no  account  of  their  introduction  into  Ens^- 
land  can  be  obtained  from  the  oldest  farmers  or  breeders.  The  attention 
of  some  enterprising  agriculturists  appears  to  have  been  first  directed  to 
them  about  sixty  years  ago,  and  particularly  on  the  eastern  coast,  and  on 
the  borders  of  Kincardineshire.  Some  of  the  first  qualities  which  seem 
to  have  attracted  the  attention  of  these  l)reeders  were  the  peculiar  quiet- 
ness and  docility  of  the  doddies,  the  easiness  with  which  they  were 
managed,  the  few  losses  that  were  incurred  from  their  injuring  each  other 
in  their  stalls,  and  the  power  of  disposing  of  a  greater  number  of  them  in 
the  same  space. 

A  few  experiments  upon  them  developed  another  valuable  quality — 
their  natural  fitness  for  stall-feeding,  and  the  rapidity  with  which  they 
fattened.     This  brought  them  into  repute. 

They  have  much  of  the  Galloway  form,  and  by  those  unaccustomed  to 
cattle  would  be  often  mistaken  for  the  Galloways.  A  good  judge,  how- 
ever, would  perceive  that  they  are  larger,  somewhat  longer  in  the  leg, 
thinner  in  the  shoulder,  and  flatter  in  the  side. 

Climate  and  management  have  caused  another  difference  between  the 
Angus  doddies  and  the  Galloways.  The  Galloways  have  a  moist  climate  ; 
they  have  a  more  robust  appearance,  a  much  thicker  skin,  and  a  rougher 


POLLED  CATTLE.  735 

coat  of  hair  than  the  Angus  oxen.  The  Angus  cattle  are  regularly 
kept  in  straw  yards  during  six  months  of  the  year,  receiving  turnips 
with  their  fodder  every  day,  and  in  summer  are  grazed  on  dry  and 
warm  pastures.  By  this  treatment  they  look  and  feel  more  kindly 
than  the  Galloways. 


ABERDEEN-ANGUS  BULL— HE'S  A  STAK. 


ABERDEEN-ANGUS  IIKIFKK-ABBESS  McHENRY. 
IX.  Color  of  the  Polled  Angus. 
The  greater  part  of  them  are  black,  or  with  a  few  white  spots. 
The  next  general  color  is  yellow,  comprehending  the  brindle,  dark  red, 
and  silver-colored  yellow.  They  are  a  valuable  breed,  and  have  rapidly 
gained  ground  on  the  horned  cattle,  and  become  far  more  numerous, 
particularly  in  the  Lowlands;  and  when  the  agriculturist  now  speaka 
if  the  Angus  breed,  he  refers  to  the  polled  species. 


736 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOB. 


X.  Angus  Cows  as  Milkers. 
The  quantity  of  milk  yielded  by  the  dairy  cows  is  various.  lu  the 
hilly  districts  from  two  to  three  gallons  are  given  per  day,  but  that  is 
very  rich.  In  the  lowlands  th(;  cows  will  give  five  gallons  during  the  best 
of  the  season.  The  cows  of  this  district  were  formerly  regarded  as  some 
of  the  best  dairy-cows  in  Scotland,  but  since  the  breed  has  been  more  im- 
proved, and  greater  attention  paid  to  the  fattening  qualities,  they  have 
fallen  off  in  their  character  for  the  pail. 


ENGLISH  GROUP  OF  RED  POLLED  CATTLE. 

These  cattle  beloug  principally  to  the  counties  of  Norfolk  and  Suffolk,  in  England. 
They  are  a  very  old  race,  and  though  quite  small  (seldom  weighing  over  720  pounds), 
the  superior  quality  of  their  flesh,  and  their  fattening  freely  at  an  early  age,  do  away 
with  all  objections  to  their  size. 

XI.    The  Angus  Compared  with  the  Galloway. 

Thus  while  Angus  cattle  have  great  value  in  their  native  climate,  they 

would  seem  to  possess  no  value  in  this  country  over  the  Galloway.    When 

removed  to   a  warmer  latitude,  in  England,  they  degenerate,  and  the 

probability  is,  that  in  this  country  they  will  not  prove  so  good  as  the 

Galloways,  though  it  is  probable  that  they  will  find  admirers  on  account 

of  the  greater  excellence  of  their  flesh. 


uri AFTER  X. 

DAIRY  CATTLE— THE  AYRSHIRES. 


r.      THE   ANTIQUITY  OP    AYRSHIRE    CATTLE. II.      AYRSHIRE  ANCESTRY. III.      THE 

AYRSHIRE    AS   A   MILKER. IV.      QUALITY    OP    THE    MILK. V.       MR.     YOUATT'S 

OPINION. VI.      QUALITY  OF  THE   FLESH. VII.      THE  AYRSHIRES   IN   AMERICA. 

VIII.      AYRSHIRE   POINTS  EIGHTY  YEARS  AGO. IX.      THE    AYRSHIRE    OF    TO- 
DAY.  X.       POINTS  OF  AYRSHIRE  CATTLE. XI.      ESCUTCHEON  OR  MILK  MIRROR. 

XII.      THE  POINTS  SUMMED  UP. XIII.     THE  BODY. XIV.     THE  SKIN. XV. 

MILK    POINTS. XVI.       THE   HEAD. XVII.       THE    NECK,    BODY    AND    LIMBS. >■ 

XVIII.      IMPORTANCE  OF  GOOD  TEATS. XIX.     COLOR,  STYLE  AND  CONDITION. 

I.    The  Antiquity  of  Ayrshire  Cattle. 

There  are  few  climates  better  adapted  to  dairying  than  Ayrshire,  in 
Scotland,  and  no  other  part  of  Great  Britain  has  so  long  been  noted  for 
its  superior  milking  cows.  The  climate  is  moist,  with  frequent  soft  rains 
■'nd  no  severely  cold  weather  in  winter.  The  grasses  therefore  are  natu- 
rally succulent  and  sweet. 

The  origin  of  the  Ayrshire  cow  is  in  doubt.  In  1733  it  is  recorded 
that  no  such  breed  existed  in  Scotland.  -Mr.  Ro])ertson,  writing  in 
1703,  credits  the  introduction  of  Ayrshire  eattle  into  Scotland,  on  the 
authority  of  Mr.  Bruce  Campbell,  to  that  Earl  of  Marchmont  who  suc- 
ceeded his  title  in  1724,  and  died  in  1740, 

II.    Ayrshire  Ancestry. 

In  relation  to  their  origin  Mr.  Robertson  says  :  From  what  particular 
part  of  the  country  they  came,  there  a})pears  no  evidence.  My  own  con- 
jecture is,  that  they  are  either  of  the  Holderness  breed,  or  derived  from 
it ;  judging  from  the  varied  color,  or  from  somewhat  better  evidence,  the 
small  head  and  slender  neck,  in  which  they  bear  a  striking  resemblance  to 
them.  These  cattle,  from  which,  by  crosses  with  the  native  breed,  the 
present  improved  Ayrshire  arose,  were  first  introduced  on  Lord  March- 
mont's  estate  in  Berwickshire.  A  bull  of  the  new  stock  was  sold  to  Mr. 
Hamilton  of  Sundrum  ;  then  Mr.  Dunlop,  in  Cunningham,  imported 
some  of  the  Dutch  cattle,  and  their  progeny  was  long  aftenvards  distin- 
guished by  the  name  of  the  Dunlop  cows.  These  were  the  first  of  the 
improved,  or  stranger  breed,  that  reached  the  bailleryof  Cunningham. 
Mr.  Orr,  about  the  year  1767,  brought  to  his  estate  of  Grongar,  near 
Kilmarnock,  some  fine  milch   cows  of  a  larger  size  than  any  which  had 

737 


'38 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLKTE  STOCK  DOCTOR- 


been  on  the  farm.  It  was  not,  however,  until  about  1780,  that  this 
improved  breed  might  be  said  to  be  duly  estimated,  or  generally  estab- 
lished in  that  part  of  Ayrshire^  although  they  had  begun  to  extend  be- 
yond the  Irvine,  into  Kyle. 


About  1790,  according  to  Mr.  Alton,  Mr.  Fulton  from  Blith,  carried 
them  first  into  Carrick,  and  Mr.  Wilson,  of  Kilpatrick,  was  the  first  who 
took  them  to  the  southern  parts  of  +hat  district.  So  late  as  1804,  they 
weie  introduced  on  the  estate  of  Penmore,  on  the  Stonchar,  and  they  are 


DAIRY  CATTLE THE  AYRSHIRES.  739 

the  established  cattle  of  Ayrshire  ;  they  are  increasing  in  the  neighbor- 
ing counties,  and  have  found  their  way  to  most  parts  of  Britain. 

III.    The  Ayrshire  as  a  Milker. 

The  quantity  of  milk  yielded  hy  the  Ayrshire  cow  is,  considering  her 
size,  very  great.  Five  gallons  daily,  for  two  or  three  months  after  calv- 
ing, may  be  considered  as  not  more  than  an  average  quantity.  Three 
gallons  daily  will  be  given  for  the  next  thi'ee  months,  and  one  gallon  and 
a  half  during  the  succeeding  four  months.  This  would  amount  to  more 
than  850  gallons  ;  but,  allowing  for  some  unproductive  cows,  ()0()  gallons 
per  year  may  be  considered  as  the  average  quantity  obtained  annually 
from  each  cow. 

IV.    Quality  of  the  Milk. 

The  quality  of  the  milk  is  estimated  by  the  quantity  of  butter  or 
^cheese  that  it  will  yield.  Three  gallons  and  a  half  of  this  milk  will 
yield  about  a  pound  and  a  half  avoirdupois,  of  butter.  An  Ayrshi?e 
cow  may  be  reckoned  to  yield  257  English  pounds  of  butter  per  annum, 
or  about  tive  pounds  per  week  all  the  year  round,  besides  the  value  of  tiie 
buttermilk  and  her  calf. 

V.  Mr.  Youatt's  Opinion. 

Mr.  Youatt,  writing  in  the  early  part  of  the  century  says  :  They  will 
feed  kindly  and  protitably,  and  their  meat  will  be  good.  They  will  fatten 
on  farms  and  in  districts  where  others  could  not,  except  supported  by 
artificial  food.  They  unite,  perhaps,  to  a  greater  degree  than  any  other 
breed,  the  supposed  incompatible  properties  of  yielding  a  great  deal  of 
milk  and  beef.  It  is,  however,  on  the  inferior  soil  and  the  moist  climate 
of  Ayrshire,  and  the  west  of  Scotland,  that  their  superiority  as  milkers  is 
most  remarkable.  On  their  natural  food  of  poor  quality  they  give  milk 
abundantly  and  long,  and  often  until  within  a  few  days  of  calving ;  but 
when  they  are  moved  to  richer  pasture,  their  constitution  changes,  and 
they  convert  their  food  more  into  beef.  It  cannot  be  denied  that  even  in 
this  tendency  to  fatten  when  their  milk  begins  to  fail,  or  which  often  causes 
it  to  fail,  the  Ayrshires  must  yield  to  their  forefathers,  the  Highlanders, 
and  to  their  neighbors,  the  Galloways,  when  put  on  a  poor  soil ;  and  they 
will  be  left  considerably  behind  their  Short-Horn  sires  when  transplanted 
to  luxuriant  pasture.  It  will  be  long,  perhaps,  before  they  will  be 
favorites  with  the  butchers,  for  the  fifth  quarter  will  not  usually  weigh 
well  in  them. 

VI.  Quality  of  the  Flesh. 

Their  fat  is  mingled  with  the  flesh  rather  than  separated  in  the  form  of 
tallow  ;  yet  this  would  give  a  more  beautiful  appearance  to  the  meat,  and 


740  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTO'^ 

should  enhance  its  price  to  the  consumer.  This  fact  of  their  flesh  being 
so  fully  marbled  with  fat,  would  be  an  important  consideration  at  the 
present  time,  if  not  when  Mr.  Youatt  wrote,  for  tallow  is  not  so  valuable 
now  as  formerly,  since  the  disuse  of  tallow  candles,  and  this  marbled  flesh 
is  much  sought  by  butchers. 

VII.    The  Ayrshires  in  America. 

Mr.  Allen,  writing  in  18fi7  in  relation  to  their  importation  into  America 
says  :  The  Ayrshires  first  began  to  be  imported  into  the  United  States 
about  the  year  1831.  They  were  somewhat  different  in  appearance 
from  the  latter  importations,  being  in  color  usually  deep  red,  or  brown, 
flecked  with  white,  of  rather  plain  look,  and  having  mostly  black  noses. 
In  recent  importations,  or  those  within  the  last  fifteen  years,  many  of 
them  have  assumed  more  the  Short-Horn  colors,  the  red  in  them  being  of 
a  lighter  shade,  and  less  of  it — white  being  the  prevailing  color  in  many 
—  -and  soijie  of  them  a  lively  patched  roan,  with  yellow  noses,  and  hand- 
some, and  more  symmetrical  forms,  but  alike  bearing  the  marks  of  good 
milkers. 

VIII.    Ajrrshire  Points  Eighty  Years  Ago. 

According  to  Mr.  Alton,  the  Ayrshire  as  it  was  found  in  its  native 
country  and  in  its  improved  form,  in  the  beginning  of  the  present  cent- 
uiy  had  I hese  characteristics  :  Head  small,  l)ut  rather  long  and  narrow 
at  the  muzzle  ;  the  eye  small,  but  smart  and  lively  ;  the  horns  small,  clear, 
crooked,  and  their  roots  at  a  considerable  distance  from  each  other  ;  neck 
long  and  slender,  tapering  toward  the  head,  with  no  loose  skin  below  ; 
shoulders  thin  ;  fore-quarters  light ;  hind-quarters  large  ;  back  straight, 
broad  behind,  the  joints  rather  loose  and  open  ;  carcass  deep,  and  pelvis 
capacious,  and  wide  over  the  hips,  with  round  fleshy  buttocks  ;  tail  long, 
and  small  ;  legs  small  and  short,  with  firm  joints  ;  udder  capacious,  broad 
and  square,  stretching  forward,  and  neither  fleshv,  low  hung,  nor  loose  ; 
the  milk-veins  large  and  prominent ;  teats  short,  all  pointing  outward, 
and  at  considerable  distance  from  each  other ;  skin  thin  and  loose ; 
hair  soft  and  woolly.  The  head,  bones,  horns,  and  all  parts  of  least  value, 
small ;  and  the  general  figure  compact  and  well  proportioned. 

IX.    The  Asrrshire  of  To-Day. 

The  Ayrshire  of  to-day  is  noted  for  giving  a  large  quantity  of  milk, 
rich  in  both  butter  and  cheese  ;  and  also  for  the  wonderful  development  oi 
the  thighs,  the  bulls  being  selected  with  reference  to  their  feminine  ap- 
pearance. They  are  docile  in  temper,  hardy,  sound-constitutioued  ■  the 
bulls  broad  in  the  hook  bones  and  hips,  and  full  in  the  flanks.  Of  iate 
years  there  have  been  a  number  of  herds  introduced  into  the  West,  and 


DAIRY   CATTLE THE  AYRSHIRES. 


741 


742  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

wherever  used  they  have  been  greatly  liked.  CaretuI  selection  has  done 
much  to  keep  down  their  fattening  qualities  on  full  feed,  and  it  is  prob- 
able that  there  is  no  strictly  dairy  cow  that  to-day  combines  so  many 
good  qualities  as  the  Ayrshire  cow. 

X.    Points  of  Ayrshire  Cattle. 

Dr.  G.  Lewis  Sturtevant,  of  Massachusetts,  a  scientific  investigator, 
and  careful  farmer,  who  has  given  particular  attention  to  the  characteris- 
tics and  breeding  of  Ayrshire  cattle  in  New  England,  minutely  describes 
the  points  of  Ayrshire  cattle.  With  slight  variations  the  same  rules  will 
apply  to  the  Dutch  or  Holstcin  cattle  to  be  hereafter  noticed  : 

The  usefulness  of  the  dairy  cow  is  in  her  udder,  and  toward  the  udder, 
its  shape  and  its  yield,  all  the  capabilities  of  the  cow  should  be  directed. 
We  may  first  view  it  as  a  reseiwoir  for  the  milk.  As  such,  it  must  be 
large  and  capacious,  with  broad  foundations,  extending  well  behind  and 
well  forward,  with  distinct  attachments  ;  broad  and  square,  viewed  from 
behind,  the  sole  level  and  broad,  the  lobes  even-sized,  and  teats  evenly 
distributed  ;  the  whole  udder  firmly  attached,  with  skin  loose  and  elastic. 
Such  a  form  gives  great  space  for  the  secreted  milk,  and  for  the  lodgment 
of  the  glands,  while  allowing  the  changes  from  an  empty  to  a  full  vessel. 
The  glands  should  be  free  from  lumps  of  fat  and  muscle,  well  set  up  in 
the  body  when  the  cow  is  dry,  and  loosely  covered  with  the  soft  and  elastic 
skin,  without  trace  of  flabbiness.  Such  a  covering  allows  for  extension 
when  the  animal  is  in  milk,  while  the  glands  are  kept  in  proximity  with 
the  blood-vessels  that  supply  them. 

XI.    Escutcheon  or  Milk  Mirror. 

1  think  a  broad  escutcheon  is  fully  as  good  a  sign  as  a  long  one ;  tha 
quantity  or  quality  mean  more  than  shape,  j^et  I  would  not  discard  th 
shape  entirely.  The  udder  and  its  dependencies,  the  milk  veins,  and  the 
escutcheon  mark,  may  be  considered  the  foundation  of  the  Ayrshire  cow. 
These  influence  profit,  and  also  the  shapes  of  the  body  and  the  form  of 
the  animal.  The  milk  vessel  as  placed  in  the  pubic  region  of  the  cow, 
ind  is  protected  on  either  side  by  the  hind  limbs.  The  breadth  of  its 
attachments  secures  breadth  of  body,  and  the  weight  requires  also  a  depth 
of  quartei  and  of  flanks.  The  breadth  below  requires  breadth  of  hip 
above,  and  length  of  loin  here  appears  related  to  length  of  pelvis.  So 
much  for  the  physical  portion.  The  physical  function  of  milk-producing 
demaads  a  great  and  continuous  flow  of  blood,  for  it  must  not  be  for- 
gotten that  milk  is  blood,  so  to  speak.  This  flow  is  dependent  on  the 
supply  of  food,  and  on  the  facilities  of  digestion.  To  gain  this,  a  large 
body  is  required  m  order  to  hold  the  suitable  digestive  organs.  To  gain 
the  most  of  our  blood  after  it  has  absorbed  the  chyle  from  the  digestive 


DAIRY  CATTLE — THE  AYRSHIRES.  743 

organs,  reason  shows  that  it  should  find  its  way  freely  and  speedily 
through  the  system  on  its  labors  of  supply  and  removal,  cleanse  itself  in 
the  lungs,  and  again  pass  on  to  its  duties.  All  this  points  to  a  healthy 
heart,  ivot  cramped,  and  lungs  of  sufficient  capacity  ;  for  the  yield  of  milk 
drains  much  nutriment  from  the  system,  and  the  constitution  must  needs 
have  the  vigor  given  l)y  healthy  and  active  heart  and  lungs.  In  this  way 
the  chest  is  correlated  with  the  udder. 

The  reproductive  functions  require  hook  Ijoncs  of  good  size,  and  a 
broad  pelvis  is  desirable,  as  underlying  within  arc  the  generative  organs. 
Defects  here  are  to  be  shunned. 

Xn.    The  Points  Summed  Up. 

The  points  of  the  Ayrshii-c  cow,  as  given  by  the  Ayrshire  Agricultural 
Society,  and  the  New  York  State  Agricultural  Society,  have  been  summed 
up  as  follows : 

XIII.    The  Body. 

The  whole  fore-quarters  thin  in  front,  and  gradually  increasing  in 
depth  and  width  l)ackward,  yet  of  sufficient  breadth  and  roundness  to  in- 
sure constitution  ;  back  should  be  straight  and  the  loins  wide,  the  hips 
rather  high  and  well  spread  ;  pelvis  roomy,  long,  broad  and  straight,  hook 
bones  wide  apart,  quarters  long,  tolerably  muscular,  and  full  in  theii 
upper  portion,  but  moulding  into  the  thighs  below,  which  should  have  a 
degree  of  flatness,  thus  affording  more  space  for  a  full  udder  ;  the  flanks 
well  let  down,  but  not  heavy  ;  ribs,  behind,  springing  out  very  round  and 
full,  affording  space  for  a  large  udder — the  whole  carcass  thus  acquiring 
increased  volume  toward  its  posterior  portion. 

Xrv.    The  Skin. 

In  connection  with  the  body  and  the  udder,  the  skin  is  of  great  value  in 
assisting  our  judgment.  Between  the  portion  of  the  external  covering 
used  for  leather,  and  the  nmscle,  there  occurs  a  layer  of  cellular  tissue, 
which  contains  a  larger  or  smaller  amount  of  fat  cells,  and  the  mellow 
handling  caused  by  these  cells  indicates  a  free  circulation  throughout  this 
mesh  work. 

The  skin  varies  from  a  thin,  papery  hide,  covered  with  silky  hair,  to 
a  thick,  supple,  elastic  hide,  well  coated  with  hair,  on  the  one  hand,  and 
a  similar  variation,  with  harsh  hair  and  coarseness,  on  the  other.  The 
thin,  papery  hide  indicates  quick  fattening  and  a  delicate  constitution; 
thick,  elastic  hide,  cushioned  on  fat,  and  which  on  the  flank  comes 
into  the  hand  almost  without  grasping,  indicates  the  height  of  vigor, 
accompanied  b}"^  the  fattening  tendency,  and  the  possessor  of  this  hand- 
ling endures  climatic  changes,  low  <iuality  in  his  food,  and  neglect,  with 


744  CrCLOfEDlA  of  live  stock  and  complete  troCK  DOCTOR. 

remarkable  hardihood,  and  quickly  responds  to  full  feed  and  good  care. 
The  harsh  handler  is  a  dull  feeder,  consumes  much  food,  and  generally 
contains  more  than  a  just  proportion  of  offal  or  waste.  In  the  Ayrshire 
cow  we  desire  neither  of  these  extremes,  for  it  is  in  the  milk  product 
that  we  wish  the  food  to  l)e  utilized,  and  it  is  almost  an  unchanging  law 
of  nature,  that  deticiericy  in  one  direction  must  be  compensated  for  by 
excess  in  another  direction,  and  vice  versa.  At  any  rate,  the  cow  that 
lays  on  fat  too  quickly  is  seldom  a  first  class  milker  ;  and  how  well  known 
is  it  that  the  cow  of  large  yield  milks  down  her  condition.  A  cow  that 
has  a  moderately  thin,  loose  skin,  of  sufficient  elasticity  and  suppleness  of 
touch,  without  being  fat-cushioned,  as  it  were,  with  hair  soft  and  mossy 
or  woolly,  if  of  correct  form  otherwise,  will  usually  milk  a  large  quantity^ 
and  when  she  becomes  drj',  will  rapidly  come  into  condition.  In  truth, 
the  handling  of  the  Ayershire  cow  must  be  good  ;  it  cannot  be  too  good  r 
but  it  must  not  be  of  exactly  that  quality  sought  for  in  the  grazing  breeds. 
There,  as  everywhere,  the  dairyman  must  keep  to  his  line  ;  milk,  not 
fat,  is  his  profit ;  and  in  seeking  excess  of  both,  he  will  be  liable  to  fall 
below  the  average  of  either. 

XV.    Milk  Points. 

It  is  an  axiom  of  breeders  to  diminish  the  useless  parts  of  an  animal 
as  much  as  possible,  or,  in  other  words,  to  reduce  the  proportion  of  those 
parts  not  conducive  to  profit  to  as  great  extent  as  possible.  Applying 
this  rule  to  a  dairy  breed,  w^e  should  desire  a  small  neck,  sharp  shoulders, 
sma'l  brisket  and  small  bone.  Moreover,  small  bone  usually  accompa- 
nies thrift,  and  is  universally  found  in  improved  breeds.  We  thus  have  a 
reason  for  these  other  Ayrshire  points  : 

Shoulders  lying  snugly  to  the  ])ody,  thin  at  their  tops,  small  at  their 

points,  not  long  in  the   blade,  nor   loaded   with  muscle  ;  brisket  light  ; 

neck  of  medium  length,  clean  in  the  throat,   very  light  throughout,  and 

tapering    to  the  head ;    tail  long   and    slender ;  legs  short,  bones  fine, 

joints  firm. 

XVI.    The  Head. 

The  head  should  be  small,  in  shape  either  long  and  narrow,  or  broad 
in  the  forehead  and  short,  according  to  the  type  of  animal  preferred  by 
the  breeder,  generally  preferred  somewhat  dishing  ;  the  nose  tapering  to 
an  expanded  nmzzle,  with  good  clean  nostrils.  Opinions  differ  as  to  the 
general  shape  ot  the  head.  A  broad  forehead  and  short  face  occurs 
more  frequently  in  bulls,  and  are  generally  esteemed  a  masculine  charac- 
teristic ;  a  more  elongated  face  is  called  feminine.  Yet  some  families  of 
well-bred  and  good  milking  Ayrshire  cows  have  the  broad  and  short 
head,  and  such  were,  at  one  time,  if  not  now,  the  favorites  in  the  show- 
vard  Id  Scotland. 


DAIKY  CATTLE THE  AYRSHIRES.  745 

The  eye  should  be  moderately  full,  lively  yet  placid  lookinj^.  The  eye 
is  a  mirror  of  the  disposition,  and  interprets  the  character  of  Ihe  cow;  a 
fretful,  irritable  animal  is  seldom  a  quick  fattener,  and  usually  disap- 
points at  the  pail.  It  also  gives  expression  to  the  features,  and  physiog- 
nomy aids  our  judgment. 

The  ears  should  be  of  a  good  size,  but  thin,  and  their  skin  of  rich 
yellow  color.  Coarse  ears  are  usually  found  on  ill-bred  animals,  and 
these  may  be  considered,  to  a  certain  extent,  indicative  of  general  coarse- 
ness. The  color  of  the  skin,  as  shown  inside  the  ear,  is  usually  considered 
indicative  of  the  richness  of  the  milk  in  butter. 

The  horns  should  be  of  medium  size,  of  fine  texture,  with  an  outward 
and  upward  turn,  or  inclining  upwards  and  curving  slightly  inwards,  ac- 
cording to  the  taste  of  the  breeder.  They  should  be  set  on  rather 
widely  apart.  A  coarse  horn  may  indicate  a  coarse  and  thick  hide,  as 
there  seems  an  intimate  relation  between  the  composition  of  the  horn,  hair, 
and  hide,  and  the  influence  of  climate  on  horn  and  hair  gives  an  appear- 
ance oftentimes  of  correlation  between  the  tv;o. 

XVII.     The  Neck,  Body  and  Limbs. 

The  neck  should  be  of  medium  length  throughout,  and  tapering  to  the 
throat,  which  should  be  clean  or  free  from  loose,  hanging  skin.  Yet  too 
thin  a  neck  is  not  desirable,  as  it  usually  indicates  a  delicate  animal.  A 
fhick-set  neck,  well  covered,  j^et  not  overladen  Avith  muscle,  accompanies 
hardiness  and  vigor  of  constitution. 

The  junction  of  the  neck  with  the  body  and  over  the  shoulders  is 
called  the  crops ;  on  a  horse  it  would  be  called  the  withers.  A  hollow 
behind  this  point  ic  a  never-failing  sign  of  weakness.  The  crops  should 
blend  in  easily  witii  a  thin  shoulder,  lying  snugly  to  the  body.  This 
shoulder  and  a  well  defined  spine  produce  the  sharpness  of  shoulder  so 
much  admired.  The  back  should  be  straight,  with  spine  well  defined, 
espccialh'  forward.  The  tail  long,  firm  in  the  bone,  and  set  on  a  level 
with  the  back,  without  depression  or  notch.  A  fine  tail  usually  accom- 
panies fine  bone,  and  the  fine  bone  is  not  only  decrease  of  offal  over 
heavy  limbs,  but  accompanies  early  maturity,  and  a.  tendency  to  thrift. 
The  limbs  should  be  fine-boned,  flat-boned,  and  with  joints  of  moderate 
size.  On  the  forward  liml)S  the  cow  should  stand  low.  Large  joints  and 
round  bones  are  found  very  frequently  on  dull  feeders,  and  on  animals  of 
little  profit. 

XVIII.    Importance  of  Good  Teats. 

The  teats  should  be  of  medium  length,  evenly  set,  and  project 
slightly  outward  when  the  l):ig  is  full,  of  even  thickness  throughout,  and 
of  fine  texture.     They  should  be  placed  about  one-third  of  the  length  oi 


746  CVCLOI'EDIA  Ol-  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETK  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

the  "vessel"  apart  in  one  direction,  and  about  one-half  the  other. 
When  the  udder  is  not  distended,  they  should  hang  perpendicularly. 
Large  teats,  however  desirable  to  the  milker,  are  usually  accompanied  b^ 
coarseness  of  build  in  the  cow.  They  are  seldom  found  on  well-bred 
animals,  yet  exceptionally  they  occur,  and  are  much  liked.  A  teat  should 
be  large  enough  to  gras[),  say  from  two  to  two  and  a  half  inches  in 
length.  A  shorter  one  would  be  an  objection  ;  with  larger,  I  should  feai 
coarseness. 

XIX.    Color  Style  and  Condition. 

In  color  the  Ayrshiro.s  vary  greatly.  Brown,  red,  and  white  appears 
to  good  advantage,  and  is  fashionable.  A  good  quantity  of  white,  well 
distributed,  adds  style  and  showincss  to  the  animal.  Yellow  and  white  is 
frequently  seen,  yet  while  this  color  is  sometimes  stated  as  indicating  lack 
of  hardiness,  I  am  not  aware  of  any  proofs  or  argument  having  been 
brought  forward  to  support  this  view.  Color  is  as  yet  a  matter  of  taste, 
for  its  correlations  are  hardly  guessed  at;  and  from  almost  pure  black, 
through  the  reds  to  almostpure  white,  are  colors  found  on  the  best  cows. 
Black  spots  on  the  skin,  barely  perceptible  through  the  hair,  often  occur 
on  the  best  cattle.  Strawl)erry  blotched  and  red  and  white  are  perhaps 
the  more  common  colors.  A  self-colored  animal,  or  a  roan,  or  animal 
with  white  on  the  ears,  the  writer  has  never  yet  seen  among  the  Ayr- 
shires  in  Scotland  or  in  this  country,  when  the  pedigree  was  unques- 
tionable. 

The  carriage  should  be  light  and  active,  the  head  well  up,  and  the  hind 
legs  should  not  cross  in  walking.  The  condition  should  be  neither  fat 
nor  lean,  but  that  average  which  a  good  cow  holds  when  in  good  flesh  at 
calving,  liberally  fed  while  in  milk. 

In  selecting  Ayrshires,  if  these  points  are  attended  to,  and  if  the 
breeder  has  carefully  studied  what  we  have  previously  Avritten  m  relation 
to  raising  cattle  in  general,  there  will  be  no  ditiiculty  about  the  selection 
of  superior  animals. 


DRINKING    APPARATUS   FOR   CALVES RUBBER   TEAT, 


CHAPTER  XI. 
DAIRY  CATTLE— THE  DUTCH  BREEDS. 


I.      ANTIQUITY  OF  DUTCH  CATTLE  AS  A  DISTINCT  RACE. II.      FRIESIAN  AND  BA.TAVIAK 

CATTLE. HI.     DUTCH  CATTLE  OLDER  THAN  THOSE  OK   HOLSTEIN. IV.      ESl'AB- 

LISHMLNT  OF  REGULAR  CATTLE  MARKETS. V.      IMPORTATION  OF  DANISH  CATTLE 

IN:0    FRIESLAND. VI.       facts    about   dutch  CATTLE. VII.     VARIETIES   DES- 

CijiBED. VIII.          RACES    OF   DUTCH    CATTLE. IX.      DR.    SEORGE  MAV"S  TESTI- 
MONY.  X.      BREEDS  OF  NORTH  AND    SOUTH   HOLLAND  AND  WEST  FRIESLAND. 

XI.    THElltCOLOR  AND  FORM. XII.      YIELDS  OF   MI  LK. XIII.     FEEDING   QUAL^ 

ITIKS.   XIV.      DUTCH     CATTLE  AN     ARTIFICIAL    BREED. XV.      THE     EARLIEST 

IMI-OIITATIONS. XVI.      THE    LEROY    IMPORTATION. XVII.      THE  CHENERY  IM- 
PORTATION.  XVIII.       WHAT     PROF.      ROBERTS     SAYS. XIX.       MEASUREMENT8 

ADOPTED  FOR  DUTCH  FRIESIAN  CATTLE. XX.      HOW  TO  SELECT  DAIRY  OOWS. 

I.    Antiquity  of  the  Dutch  Cattle  as  a  Distinct  Race. 

The  cattle  now  called  Dutch  undoubtedly  trace,  in  an  iinln-oken  line, 
further  l)ack  than  any  other  race  in  repute  among  breeders.  The  Fries- 
ians  and  Batavians  long  ago  inhabited  Holhmd.  The  history  of  the 
Friesians  dates  back  to  300  years  before  Christ,  and  they  were  known 
more  than  2,000  years  ago  as  herdsmen,  hunters  and  fishermen.  The  Ba- 
tavians are  said  to  have  come  some  200  years  later,  or  100  years  before 
Clirist.  Prof.  G.  J.  Hengerveid,  of  tiie  Royal  Veterinary  Institute  at 
Utrecht,  Netherlands,  in  an  exhaustive  letter  to  the  United  States  Consul 
in  1872,  goes  over  the  whole  history,  and  without  other  preface  we  ex- 
tract such  portions  as  seem  pertinent  to  the  matter  iki  hand  : 

The  lands  of  the  Friesians  comprised  the  whole  country  to  the  north  of 
the  Rhine  as  far  as  the  shore  of  the  North  Sea,  to  which  West  and  East 
Friesland  belonged,  composing  the  present  Dutch  provinces  of  Gronin- 
iren,  Friesland,  Dreuthe,  and  North  Holhmd,  l)esides  the  provinces  of 
Utrecht,  Overyssell,  and  a  part  of  Guldcrhnid  and  South  Holland.  Of 
all  these  provinces  Groningen  alone  appertained  to  East  Friesland. 
II.    Priesian  and  Batavian  Cattle. 

Tacitus  savs  of  the  Friesians  and  Batavians  that  they  owned  cattle,  not 
excelling  ii/beauty,  but  in  number.  He  furtlier  states,  as  does  also 
Julius  Csesar,  that^the  Friesians  and  Batavians  paid  each  other  in  cows, 
sheep  and  -oats,  and  gave  likewise  to  their  children  as  dowry,  oxen 
adapted  to  ^the  yoke  and  plough,  cattle  and  horses.  When  they  were 
subdued  by  the  Romans  in  the  first  century  of  our  era,  the  conquerors 
imposed  upon  the  Friesians  an  annual  tribute,  consisting  of  cow-hides  and 
meat.     The  Friesians  and  Batavians  applied  themselves  to  the  drannng 

747 


748  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

of  their  marshy  lands  and  their  islands,  and  created  meadows  on  the  re- 
claimed soil.  Something  is  even  known  regarding  the  color  of  their  cat- 
tle, namely,  that  they  held  those  of  a  white  color  in  religious  veneration 
The  Friesians,  from  Oldenburg  and  the  country  near  the  mouth  of  the 
Elbe,  were  compelled,  through  the  inclemency  of  those  regions — then  in 
their  original  condition  of  low  alluvial  swamps,  inundated  at  every  tide — 
to  desert  them.  It  can  also  be  shown  that  the  inhabitants  of  this  terri- 
tory were  unable  to  make  sure  provision  for  their  own  wants,  because  of 
the  robberies  and  piracies  conmiitted  by  the  Normans,  ]>y  dwellers  on  the 
west  coast  of  Denmark,  people  from  Holstein  and  Schleswig,  Jutes  and 
Angles.  This  was  between  the  eighth  and  eleventh  centuries.  Giving 
due  weight  to  these  statements,  it  cannot  be  doubted  that  the  cultivation 
of  cattle  in  the  Netherlands  existed  a  long  time  before  such  a  thing 
could  be  thought  of  in  Holstein.  It  is  also  quite  as  certain  that  the  col- 
onies from  Friesland,  Holland  and  Westphalia,  carried  with  them  their 
cattle  to  Holstein. 

m.  Dutch  Cattle  Older  than  those  of  Holstein. 
Hence  we  see  that,  first,  the  Dutch  race  of  cattle  date  from  an  older 
descent  than  those  of  Holstein  ;  while,  probably,  second,  the  Holstein 
cattle  orginated  from  the  Friesian  breed  and  from  that  of  the  Dutch  and 
Westphalia  emigrants.  After  this  colonization,  we  have  our  attenticm 
directed  to  another  remarkable  particular  in  the  history  of  Dutch  cattle. 

rv.    Establishment  of  Regular  Markets. 

From  the  fourteenth  on  till  the  eighteenth  centur}',  a  large  number  of 
Danish  oxen  were  annually  turned  for  pasture  into  the  grassv  meadows 
of  North  Holland,  and  sold  at  the  weekly  North  Holland  cattle  market. 
The  oldest  of  these  cattle  markets  is  that  of  the  city  of  Hoorn.  This 
market  was  already  established  in  1311,  and  in  1339  the  Danes  and  the 
inhabitants  of  the  Eyder,  were  allowed  by  Albrecht,  duke  of  Bavaria,  to 
hold  a  weekly  market  there.  In  1605,  the  Danish  cattle  market  was  re- 
moved from  Hoorn  and  transferred  to  Enkhujzen,  when,  in  1624,  the 
number  of  1,179  oxen  were  sold.  There  was  also  in  Amsterdam  a  lean- 
cattle  market,  beginning  in  the  Spring,  in  the  month  of  April,  l)ut  held 
at  irregular  periods,  depending  upon  wind  and  weather,  when  cattle  were 
allowed  to  be  conveyed  thither  from  Denmark  and  Holstein  to  graze. 
These  were  mostly  brought  by  vessel. 

v.    Importation  of  Danish  Cattle  into  Friesland. 
In  the  middle  of  the  eighteenth  century,  it  is  mentioned  that,  owingto  the 
cattle-plague,  the  people  were  compelled  to  import  from  abroad  all  kinds 
of  small   cattle,   chiefly  Danish.     But,   what  was    remarkable,  however 


DAIRY  CATTLE THE  DUTCH  BREEDS. 


749 


lint  CYCLOl'I-JDIA  <>l"  LIVK  STocK    \M'  (omii 


)(K'    DOCTOR 


DMRY    CArXLE lllE    DUTCH    IJKEEDS.  751 

small  and  ill-favored  these  animals  might  be  when  compared  Avith  the 
handsome  Friesian  horned  cattle,  an  im[)rovement  of  food  induced  a 
favorable  development  of  body,  and,  from  the  mixtm-e  of  the  two  breeds, 
good  and  choice  milch-kine  were  attained  Avithiu  two  or  three  generations 
after  the  introduction  of  the  foreign  blood,  no  matter  how  much  the  race 
had  in  the  beginning  deteriorated  through  the  process,  and,  eventually^ 
the  type  of  Danish  and  German  cattle  was  quite  lost. 

VI.    Pacts  about  Dutch  Cattle. 

The  chief  characteristics  of  this  Friesian  breed — its  eminent  milk- 
givnig  and  fattening  qualities — we  find  in  all  the  districts  mentioned, 
and  extending  still  farther  southward;  v/ith  this  difference,  however, 
that  wherever  the  land  is  more  fertile,  the  climate  milder,  and  the  tend- 
ing, feeding  and  breeding  of  the  cattle  observed  with  more  care,  in  that 
measure,  they  are  more  developed,  attain  larger  size,  and  are  of  a  finer 
texture. 

If  the  intention  be  to  convey  a  correct  understanding  of  the  true 
qualities  of  the  several  varieties  or  breeds  mentioned  in  their  own  dwellMi*'- 
places,  it  is  better  that  each  breed  should  retain  the  name  by  which  it  is 
known,  and  that  no  collective  name,  though  a  historical  one,  should  be 
given  them. 

Vn.    Varieties  Described. 

In  order  to  be  able  to  readily  classify  a  group  of  cattle  of  great 
extent,  possessing  the  same  chief  qualities  in  form  and  productiveness, 
Sturm  proposed,  so  long  as  fifty  years  ago,  to  give  to  a  group,  subject 
to  the  same  conditions  of  soil  and  climate,  a  name  indicating  those  con- 
ditions, and  thus  originated  Mountain  Cattle,  Highland  Cattle  and  Low- 
land Cattle.  He  also  heads  each  of  these  divisions  by  the  breed  best  repre- 
=entmg  the  distinctive  feature  of  its  class,  as  Us  type.  It  is  under  the 
denomination  of  Lowland  Cattle  that  he  places  the  different  breeds  of 
the  coast  lands  along  the  North  Sea.  Schmalz,  Pabst  and  many  subse- 
(juent  Avriters,  adopt  this  classification,  some  with  a  few  modifications. 
According  to  Schmal//s statement,  cattle,  adopting  Stui-m's  clussitication, 
may  be  distinguished  in  the  following  manner: 

VHI.    Races  of   Dutch  Cattle. 

A.  Lowland  Race. — Primitive  cow  ;  Dutch-Friesian  cow. 

B.  Mountain  Race. — Degenerate,  quite  the  contrary  of  A  ;  Swiss  cow. 

C.  Middle  Race. — Highland  race  ;  forms  the  transition  from  A  to  B  ; 
Frankish  cow. 

To  the  race  A  belong-  the  Dutch,  as  representatives,  the  Friesian,  the 
Oldenburg,  and  chiefly  all  l^owland  laces  bearing  the  peculiar  character- 
istics which  identify  it  with  the  place  of  its  sojourn. 


752         CYCLorKDiA  or  live  stock  and  complete  stock  doctor. 

This  is  a  purely  natural  division,  and  there  is  not  the  least  arrogance 
m  assertiiiir,  what  history  points  out,  that  the  Dutch  cattle  constitute  thy 
type  of  the  oldest,  purest,  and  best  breed.  All  other  varieties  are  of  less 
intrinsic  value  ;  they  are  coarser  or  smaller,  possess  less  productive  quali- 
ties, though  of  local  excellence  in  their  native  places. 

One  hears  in  Europe  of  "  Lowland  cattle,"  but  purchases  of  them  for 
the  i)urpose  of  improving  other  breeds  have,  for  the  last  hundred  years, 
only  been  made  in  the  chief  Neiherland  provinces,  where  the  choicest 
cattle  of  the  Lowlands  are  found.  Thus,  thousands  of  Dutch  and  Friesian 
cattle  are  annually  sent  abroad  under  the  name  of  Dutch  cattle. 

IX    Dr.  George  May's  Testimony. 

Dr.  George  May,  director  of  the  agricultural  establishment  at  Weihen- 
stephan,  says  :  The  Dutch  cattle  constitute  the  type  of  the  properly  so- 
called  Lowland  race,  which  extends  throughout  Netherlands,  Flanders, 
Normandy,  Oldenburg,  and  Denmark.  The  Oldenburg  cattle  descended 
from  the  Dutch  race,  and  are  likewise  distinguished  as  East  Friesian 
cattle,  as  still  partially  found  in  Hanoverian  Friesland.  In  the  adja- 
cent parts  of  Bremen  it  is  called  Bremen  cattle. 

In  the  transactions  of  the  Ohio  Board  of  Agriculture,  1872,  in  an  article 
on  Dutch  cattle,  by  Professor  Furstenburg,  we  find  the  following: 
The  breeds  of  cattle  in  Holland  maybe  divided  according  to  their  locality 
as  follows  :  1.  The  breeds  in  the  provinces  North  and  South  Holland  and 
West  Friesland.  2.  The  breeds  in  the  provinces  Groningen,  Guelderhind, 
Utrecht,  and  OverysSel.  3.  The  breeds  in  the  provuices  of  Seeland. 
Although  these  breeds  are  closely  related,  still  they  show  differences 
resulting  from  keeping  and  the  various  [)ui  poses  for  which  thi-y  are  bred. 

X.    Breeds  of  North  and  South  Holland  and  "West  Friesland. 

The  breed  most  renowned  in  the  kingdom  for  its  milk-producing  quali- 
ties is  found  in  these  three  provinces.  But  North  Holland  in  particulai 
is  noted  for  the  manner  of  keeping  catth%  which  are  known  by  the  name 
of  Amsterdam  race,  being  no  less  remarkable  on  account  of  size  than  for 
the  great  production  of  milk.  The  pastures  of  North  Holland  are  said  to 
contain  100,000  morgen  (58-100  morgen  to  an  acre)  ;  every  acre  furnishes 
nourishment  for  49-100  head  of  cattle.  The  peasants  are  engaged  almost 
solely  in  cattle  breeding,  and  the  keeping  and  care  which  these  animals 
veccive  here  has  almost  become  proverbial  on  account  of  its  perfection 

XI.    Their  Color  and  Form. 

The  cattle  here  are  mostly  spotted  black  and  white  ;  however,  brown  and 
blue  or   gray  mixed  are  found.     The  height   is    considerable,  being  not 


UAIUY    CATTLE THE    DUTCH    BREEDS.  753 

under  two  Amsterdam  ells,  (4  51-100  feet)  ;  the  length  of  the  body  in  pro- 
portion to  the  height,  the  middle  part  of  which  is  particularly  developed, 
the  quarters  fleshy,  neck  rather  short  than  long,  with  a  strong  dewlap  ; 
head  narrow  and  long,  with  the  forehead  slightly  depressed  ;  fine  horns 
crooked  forward,  and  large  projecting  ears.  The  withers  arc  often  nar- 
row ;  the  back,  on  the  other  hand,  broad  across  the  hips,  which  are  not 
very  prominent ;  the  tail  tine  and  long,  with  a  good  tuft  of  hair  ;  the  posi- 
tion of  the  hind  legs  strong  and  straight  (not  knock-kneed),  the  hind-(|uar- 
tcrs  broad  and  roomy,  and  the  bag  Avell  developed.  The  lower  part  of  the 
legs  above  the  hoofs  is  invariably  white,  which  is  regarded  as  a  sign  of 
the  pure  unmixed  breed.  The  live  weight  of  the  cows  is  1.200  to  1,400 
pounds;  th;it  of  bulls  reaches  2,000  i)ounds  when  full  grown  and  fatted. 
The  cows  are  usually  productive  of  milk,  and  give  an  average  of  3,000 
quarts  and  over  per  annum. 

A  very  excellent  milch  cow  of  the  Amsterdam  race,  from  the  royal 
cow  stable  in  Eldena,  which  was  brought  with  a  few  ethers  to  the  Inter- 
national Exhibition,  took  the  first  premium  for  milch  cows  of  the 
Netherland  race  at  the  International  Exhibition  of  live  stock  at  Stettin  m 
1865.  This  cow,  fed  in  the  stall  only,  gave  in  one  year  the  great  quan- 
tity of  (),142  quarts  of  milk,  and  kept  up  afterwards  to  4,000  quarts  in  an 
equal  length  of  time. 

To  the  breed  of  North  Holland  are  nearly  related  those  of  South  Hol- 
land and  West  Friesland,  and  differ  perhaps  only  in  that  the  latter  are 
larger-boned,  and  in  general  of  not  so  pleasing  a  form.  In  regard  to 
their  milk-producing  qualities  they  are  about  equal.  The  manner  of 
keeping  the  stock,  and  the  use  of  the  milk,  is  also  the  same.  viz.  :  the 
manufacture  of  cheese,  while  the  calves  are  raised  and  sold  as  young 
stock  at  high  prices.  From  these  three  provinces,  the  former  two  of 
which  suffered  so  much  lately  from  rinderpest,  milch  cows  are  bouglil 
for  the  best  dairies  in  Germany. 

Holland  cattle  are  well  adapted  to  soiling,  although  at  home  they  arc 
accustomed  to  pasturage.  They  are  kept  profitably  on  the  latter  only 
when  its  abundance  facilitates  grazing  and  makes  corporal  exertion  unnec- 
essary. Therefore  a  great  error  would  be  made  in  placing  these  animals 
on  a  scant  pasturage,  and  they  are  not  at  all  adapted  to  the  pasturage  of 
a  light  soil.  The  result  of  stall-feeding  is  more  favorable,  because  proper 
care  and  fodder  can  be  given  to  the  stock  without  its  exertion.  We  have 
received  from  no  other  race  an  equal  quantity  of  milk  with  the  same  feed, 
as  years  of  observation  in  the  cow  stal)le  of  the  Academy  at  Eldena  has 
shown. 


754         CYCLOI'KOIA   OK   LIVK   STOCK    AND  COMPLIOTK  STOCK   DOCTOR. 

XII.     Yields  of  Milk. 

The  yield  of  milk  of  these  races  was: 

1.  Four  Toudeni  cows  gave  Sl,3o7  (juarts,  or  an  average  of  2,334 
quarts,  or  (i  3-10  quarts  per  day  for  the  year.  The  largest  inilker  gave 
2,345  (juarts,  the  smallest,  2,020  quarts. 

2.  Three  Breitenl)urg  cows  gave  8,594  quarts,  or  an  average  of  2,8(54 
2-3  quarts,  or  7  85-100  quarts  per  day  for  the  year.  The  largest  milker 
gave  2,94(5  quarts,  the  smallest,  2,820  quarts. 

3.  Three  Ayrshire  cows  gave  5,38(J  quarts,  or  an  average  of  1,795  1-3 
quarts,  or  4  92-100  quarts  per  day  for  the  year.  The  largest  milker  gave 
2,249  quarts,  the  smallest  1,415  quarts. 

4.  Twenty-two  Holland  cows  gave  78, 100  quarts,  or  an  average  of  3,550 
quarts,  or  9  73-100  quarts  per  day  for  the  year.  The  largest  milker  gave 
6,142  quarts,  the  smallest  2,526  quarts. 

The  average  feed  per  head  in  the  Winter  was  daily — 10  pounds  Sum- 
mer straw,  cut  fine  ;  2  1-2  rounds  oat  and  wheat  chaff  ;  25  pounds  beets  , 
10  pounds  hay  ;  8  pound  reaise  malt  from  beer  brewery;  3  pounds  rye 
bran.     This  food  is  considered  about  equal  lo  42  9-10  pounds  hay. 

During  the  Summer  the  cows  Avere  fed  daily  per  head  135  pounds  green 
fodder,  viz.,  clover  and  vetches  (of  the  latter  very  little  was  used),  and 
three  times  a  day  8  pounds  of  hay. 

XIII.    Feeding  Qualities. 

Although  there  is  no  doubt  that  the  Holland  cows  eat  more,  generally, 
than  the  smaller  Ayrshire  and  Toudern,  this  is  of  minor  importance  in 
conqjarison  with  the  greater  amount  of  milk  given  bj^  the  former.  The 
greater  amount  of  feed  consumed  by  the  Holland  cows  can  be  estimated, 
viz :  Nine  of  them  stood  at  one  crib,  while  ten  of  the  smaller  stood  at 
another  of  equal  size  ;  the  fodder  was,  however,  divided  the  same  in  each. 
The  proportion  is  as  nine  to  ten,  or  when  the  smaller  cows  cat  45  pounds 
of  hay,  the  larger  ones  eat  50  pounds. 

From  the  quantity-  of  milk  given,  the  Holland  cows  used  a  tritlc  over 

5  imunds  weight  of  hay  to  produce  one  (juart  of  milk  ;  Breitenl)urg  used 

6  25-100  pounds  of  hay  ;  Toudcrn  7  pounds  of  hay;  Ayrshire  9  pounds 
of  hay.  By  'these  results  it  cannot  remain  doubtful  which  race  is  preferable. 

XIV.    Dutch  Cattle  an  Artificial  Breed. 

It  seems  unfortunate  that  there  should  have  been  nmch  feeling  over 
the  name  of  a  breed  of  cattle,  really  the  most  wonderful  as  milkers  of 
any  known  race.  In  the  Eastern  United  States  they  are  known  as  Dutch, 
Holstein,  and  Dutch-Friesian  cattle.  In  the  West  they  are  almost  uni- 
versally known   as  Holstein  cattle.     The  probability  is  that  the   name 


DAIRY  CATTLE THE  DUTCH  BREEDS. 


755 


o  > 

o  w 

S  W 

^  W 

o  > 


756  CYCT.OPFDTA   OF  LTVK  STOCK  AND  COMPLK'T'E  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


DANISH  COW. 


DANISH  BULL,  "FAURHOLM." 

CroBB  Breeding  with  the  Danish   Cow  originated   the  Holsteln  Breed. 


DAIRY    CATTLE THE    DUTCH    BREEDS. 


75? 


Friesian  is  moi  e  nearly  correct  than  any  other.     Nevertheless,  the  modern 
Dutch  cow  is  as  purely  an  artificially-bred  animal  as  the  Short-Horn,  the 
Hereford  or  the  Ayrshire.     They  have  been   bred   and   selected   with 
scientific  care  so  long  that  their  character  is  constant  and  uniform  in 
capabilities  for  milk,  and   they  are  bred   to   color  almost  purely  at  the 
whim  of  the  breeder,  one  thing  alone  being  constant.     Where  they  are 
white  they  are  pure  white,  and  where  black  they  are  pure  black.     Of  late 
years  the  name,  Hoi  stein -Friesian,  has  ))ecn  authoritatively  adopted. 
XV.    The  Earliest  Importations. 
It  is  more  than  probable  that  Dutch  cattle  were  among  the  first  im- 
ported to  this  continent,  since  the  Dutch  in  their  settlement  of  New  York 
undoubtedly  brought  with  them  the  best  representatives  of  their  breeds. 
It  is  recorded  that  in   1625  cattle  were  brought  into  the  Dutch  colony. 
These  were  undoubtedly  the  true  Dutch  cattle,  since  milk  and  labor  were 
the  two  prime  requisites  with  the  colonists,  and  even  so  long  ago  as  that 
date,  the  Dutch  cattle  united  these  points  in  a  high  degree.     For  as  long 
ago  as  the  early  part  of  the  seventeenth   century   (early  in   1600)  both 
Holland  and  England  were  noted  for  breeds  of  superior  and  deep-milking 
cattle.     After  these  early  importations  of  the  Dutch  and   up  to  the  early 
part  of  the  present  century  there  were  probably  no  more  Dutch  cattle 

imported. 

XVI.    The  Le  Roy  Importation. 

It  is  stated  that  somewhere  between  1820  and  1825,  Mr.  Herman  Le 
Roy,  a  public  spirited  merchant  of  New  York  city,  imported  some  in.- 
proved  Dutch  cattle  which  were  sent  to  his  farm  near  the  city.  Between 
1827  and  1829,  some  of  the  produce  of  this  herd  were  sent  to  the  farm  of 
his  son,  Edward  Le  Hoy,  on  the  Genesee  river.  Mr.  L.  F.  Allen  de- 
scribes this  herd  m  1833,  as  he  then  saw  them,  as  being  large,  well-spread 
cattle,  black  and  white  in  color,  and  remarkable  for  their  uncommon 
yield  of  milk,  and  of  great  value  as  dairy  animals  ;  their  qualities  in  that 
line  were  universally  acknowledged  wherever  known. 

It  seems  unfortunate  that  the  Le  Roys,  father  and  son,  should  not  have 
retained  their  herd  pure,  but  such  seems  to  have  been  the  fact,  for  it  is 
known  that  at  the  sale  of  the  farms  of  these  gentlemen,  none  but  grades 
were  found  in  the  herd  or  in  the  adjacent  country. 

XV IL.    The  Chenery  Importation. 

According  to  the  record  it  seems  that  the  first  imported  animals  tha 
have  been  retained  pure,  were  those  of  Mr.  W.  C.  Chenery,  near  Boston, 
m  1861.  This  was  a  bull  and  four  cows,  which  were  successfully  bred 
and  kept  pure.     Mr.  Chenery,  previous  to  that  time,  in   1852,  imported 


'58 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMl'LETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


a  single  cow.     In    1857    he    made    importations    of  a    Ijull    and    two 
COWS,     and     in     1859     a     further     importation     of     four     more     cows. 


With  this  latter  importation  he  was  so  unfortunate  as  to  import 
pleuro-pneumonia.  The  ravages  of  this  dread  disease  extended  to 
the    entire    herd,  and    with    the    exception    of    a    single    young    bull, 


DAIRY    CATTLE — THE    DUTCH    BREEDS.  759 

they  were  entirely  destroyed.  In  1861  Mr.  Chenery  made  another 
importation  of  a  bull  and  four  cows,  which  canie  over  sound.  These  and 
their  descendants  were  the  only  pure-bred  herd  in  America  for  years. ' 
That  they  were  the  best  representatives  of  their  breed  is  certain  from  the 
fact  that  they  were  selected  with  care  from  the  best  dairy  herds  of  North 
Holland,  and  were  so  certified  to  by  the  official  authorities  of  the  districts 
where  they  were  bred. 

Later,  as  they  gained  a  foothold  in  the  West  and  showed  their  eminent 
adaptability  to  the  climate,  and  their  wonderful  yields  of  milk  became 
known,  sagacious  breeders  undertook  the  importation  as  a  business  spec- 
ulation. These  cattle  are  now  pretty  well  distributed  from  Ohio  west, 
and,  with  full  summer  and  Avinter  feeding,  are  regarded  by  many  dairy- 
men, especially  cheese-makers,  as  superior  to  an}^  other  known  milking 
breed. 

XVIII.    What  Prof.  Roberts  Says. 

Prof.  Roberts,  in  an  address  before  the  New  York  Dairyman's  Associa- 
tion, gives  the  following  in  relation  to  breeding  and  care  in  North  Hol- 
land and  Frieslana,  from  actual  ol)servation  there : 

In  the  first  place,  but  few  ])ulls  are  kept,  and  these  but  for  two  or  three 
years  at  most,  when  they  are  sold  in  the  market  for  beef.  These  bulls 
are  selected  with  the  utmost  care,  invariably  being  the  calves  of  the 
choicest  milkers.  But  little  attention  is  paid  to  fancy  points  or  color, 
though  dark  spotted  is  preferred  to  light  spotted,  and  more  attention 
is  now  being  i)aid  to  color  in  order  to  suit  American  customers.  All 
Other  bull  calves  with  scarce  an  exception  are  sold  as  veals,  bringing 
about  one  and  a  half  times  as  much  as  Avith  us.  In  like  manner  the 
heifer  calves  are  sold  except  about  twenty  per  cent,  which  are  also  select- 
ed with  care  and  raised  on  skimmed  milk.  The  age  of  the  cow  is  usually 
denoted  l)y  the  nunil)er  of  her  calves,  and  in  no  case  did  I  find  a  cow  that 
had  had  more  than  six  calves,  usually  only  four  or  five.  'I'lieirrule  is  to 
breed  so  that  the  cow's  first  calf  is  dropped  in  the  stable  before  the  dam 
is  two  years  old,  in  order  that  extra  care  and  attention  may  be  given. 
There  are  other  objects  gained  by  this  method  ;  for  should  the  heifer  fall 
below  their  high  standard  she  goes  to  the  butcher's  market  before  another 
wintering,  and  though  she  brought  little  profit  to  the  dairy  she  will  more 
than  i)ay  for  \\er  keeping  at  the  block.  Here  we  find  a  three  fold  method 
of  selection.  First  in  the  sire  ;  second,  in  the  young  calf ,  judged  largely 
by  the  milking  qualities  of  the  dam  ;  and  lastly  is  applied  the  greatest  of 
all  tests,  perforinanee  at  the  pail  ;  and  not  till  she  answers  this  satisfac- 
torily IS  she  accorded  a  permanent  place  in  the  dairy. 


'60 


CYCLOPEDIA   OF  LIVE  STOCK   AND   COMPLETE  STOCK   DOCTOR. 


XIX.  Measurements  Adopted  for  Dutch  Friesian  Cattle. 

The  measurements  adopted  by  the  Dutch-Friesian  Association  of  Amer- 
ica in  estimating  value,  with  a  view  to  tabulated  records  in  future,  includ- 
ing milk  records,  are  as  follows:  1 — Length  from  point  of  shoulder  to 
point  of  pelvis.  2 — Length  from  forward  jjoint  of  hips  to  point  of  pelvis. 
3 — A\idth  of  hips.  4 — Width  at  the  thurl.  5 — Height  at  shoulders. 
G — Height  at  hips.  7 — Girth  at  the  smallest  circumference  immediately 
back  of  shoulders. 

XX.  Hovi^  to  Select  Dairy  Cows. 

To  sum  up  the  whole  matter  of  dairy  breeds  in  a  few  words:  If  rich 
milk,   without  regard  to  quantity,  is  desired,  select  the  little  Jerseys. 


ONE-YEAR-OLD    GALLOWAY  HEIFER. 
Specially  photographed  for  this  work. 

They  mil  certainly  satisfy  the  most  difficult  to  please.  If  both  butter 
and  milk  are  wanted,  our  preference  would  lie  with  the  Ayrshires.  But 
if  great  quantities  of  milk  excellently  adapted  to  the  manufacture  of 
cheese  were  the  object,  we  should  have  no  hesitation  in  saying,  the  Dutch 
cattle  will  quite  fill  the  most  sanguine  expectations 


o  H 


DAIRY   CATTLE— THE   DUTCH  BEEEDS. 


761 


v>V.' 


BEST  GROUP  AFRICANDER  BREED  (One  Bull  and  Three  Cows) 

Champion  Prize,  Ladybrand  Show,  Also  Special  Prize  presented  by  His  Grace  the 

Duke  of  Westminster  for  Best  Family  Cattle,  "any  breed." 

The  property  of  Tobias  van  Reenan.— Photographed  expressly  for  this  work. 


i!i:sT  AFIMUAXDER  COW. 

First  Prize,  Ladybrand  Show,  The  property  of  Tobias  van  Reenan. 

Photograohed  expressly  for  this  work. 


7G2 


CYCLOPEDIA   OF  LIVE  STOCK   AND  COMPLETE  STOCK   DOCTOR. 


CHAPTER    XII. 
DAIRY  CATTLE  AND  DAIRYING. 

By     W.    D.    Hoard,    Editor    Hoard's    Dairyman. 


I.   A    PROPER   FOUNDATION  FOR  THE  INDUSTRY. II.    CARE,    HOUSING    AND 

FEEDING. III.   THE   SOIL. -IV.   ORGANIZATION. V.  THE  GROWING  OF 

CROPS. VI.  THE  MAN  BEHIND  THE  COW. 

The  title  of  this  article  puiposely  places  dairy  cattle  as  the  foundation 
of  the  most  successful  prosecution  of  the  industry  of  dairying.  There  is 
nothing  like  having  a  proper  foundation  for  all  human  enterprises.  The 
same  may  be  said  of  the  mind  and  judgment  of  the  dairyman  himself.  If 
the  foundation  ideas  he  has  of  his  business  are  unsound  and  faulty  the 
outcome  is  sure  to  be  unsatisfactory. 

The  development  of  dairy  qualities  in  cattle  is  for  the  purpose  of  having 
an  animal  that  will  produce  milk  economically.  But  few  farmers,  we 
think,  give  this  phase  of  the  subject  the  attention  they  should.  They  have 
never  seriously  considered  the  wonderful  modifying  influence  of  breed 
over  feed  in  the  production  of  any  given  product  or  the  economy  of  any 
animal  function.  To  illustrate — the  famous  trotting  horse,  Jay-I-See, 
trotted  a  mile  in  two  minutes  and  ten  seconds  on  grain  ration  of  12  quarts 
of  oats  a  day.  Put  a  draft  horse  on  the  track  and  feed  him  four  times 
that  amount  of  oats  and  yet  he  could  not  very  likely,  trot  a  mile  in  eight 
minutes.  Reverse  the  situation  and  put  the  trotting  horse  in  the  collar 
against  a  heavy  load,  will  extra  feeding  make  him  equal  to  the  draft  horse 
In  a  class  of  work  that  he  was  not  bred  to  perform  ?     Of  course  not. 

I.  A  Proper  Foundation  for  the  Industry. 

So  we  sec  that  breeding  an  animal  to  the  work  of  a  certain  function  in- 
creased very  greatly  the  economic  effect  of  that  feed  that  must  be  used  in 
support  of  that  function.  This  is  the  reason  why  a  well-bred  dairy  cow 
will  produce  from  six  to  ten  thousand  pounds  of  milk  on  no  more  feed 
than  a  beef-bred  cow  would  consume  in  the  production  of  two  or  three 
thousand  pounds.  When  the  great  body  of  farmers  in  this  country  clearly 
understands  the  influence  of  breed  over  feed,  then  will  be  seen  much  less 
waste  of  labor  and  feed.  As  the  case  now  stands,  there  is  an  enormous 
waste  in  this  direction  of  using  ill  bred  and  unfit  cows  for  the  work  of 
dairying.  There  is  a  clearly  seen  principle — if  men  would  look  for  it — 
running  all  through  nature  in  this  respect.  In  Mechanics  we  see  that 
every  machine  has  a  form  well  fitted  to  its  function.     If  the  builder  of  a 

763 


764 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


niadiiiie  violates  that  principle  he  is  at  once  punished  for  it.  This  is  jnst 
as  true  of  the  living  Machines  we  employ  in  converting  our  feed  into  ani- 
mal products. 

Dairy  farming  may  be  considered  under  the  following  heads:  (1) 
Dairy  cattle,  their  breeding,  care,  housing  and  feeding;  (2)  Birildings, 
stables,  etc.,  and  their  proper  construction  and  sanitation;  (3)  A  knowl- 
edge of  the  soil  and  the  up-keep  of  fertility;  (4)  The  proper  organizfition 
of  all  these  forces  into  an  economic  relation  to  each  other  so  as  to  insure 
the  highest  profit;  (5)  The  growing  of  proper  crops  and  how  to  cure  and 
preserve  them  in  their  highest  nutritive  condition  for  the  production  of 
milk;  (6)  Last,  but  not  least,  how  to  make  an  intelligent  man  of  the  far- 
mer who  shall  take  all  these  considerations  and  administer  them  to  theii 
best  purpose  and  profit. 

As  will  be  seen  from  the  foregoing,  dairy  farming  is  not  the  place  for  a 
narrow  or  ignorant  man.  It  is  emphatically  a  work  of  brains  and  wide 
comprehension.  It  is  for  that  reason  so  nmny  men  make  a  poor  success 
of  it.  They  will  not  give  it  the  thought  and  judgment  it  must  have  if  it 
answers  back  in  a  profitable  manner. 

There  are  four  distinct  breeds  of  cattle  which  have  been  developed  in 
their  milking  functions  by  long  years  of  breeding  and  evolution.  These 
are  the  Holstein-Friesian  and  Dutch  Belted,  which  are  somewhat  closely 
allied;  the  Jersey,  the  Guernsey  and  the  Ayrshire.  All  of  these  breeds 
have  been  specially  bred  for  milk.  The  Brown  Swiss  are  coming  into  notice 
but  as  yet  have  not  been  extensively  bred  in  this  country.  They  are  as  yet 
of  rather  a  beefy  build  but  some  of  the  cows  show  most  excellent  milk- 
ing qualities.  The  Holstein-Friesian,  Dutch  Belted  and  Ayrshire  breeds 
are  noted  for  the  production  of  a  large  amount  of  milk  of  a  lower  percent- 
age of  butter  fat  and  a  smaller  butter  fat  globule.  These  characteristics 
have  led  very  greatly  to  their  adoption  for  the  purpose  of  supplying  milk 
to  the  cities  where  only  a  moderately  rich  milk  is  wanted.  They  are  also 
extensively  used  in  this  country  and  Europe  for  cheese  making.  Some 
of  the  cows  of  the  Holstein  breed  have  been  phenomenal  producers  of  milk 
and  butter  fat  when  considered  from  the  standpoint  of  a  year's  production. 
The  Ayrshire  cow  yields  a  milk  of  fair  average  richness.  She  is  an  animal 
of  great  hardihood  and  average  healthfulness,  and  is  rapidly  claiming  in- 
creased attention  as  a  cow  of  decided  merit  and  desirability.  One  peculiar 
feature  of  the  Ayrshire  is  the  harmonious  "nick"  with  the  Jersey  or 
Guernsey.  We  have  known  of  several  very  fine  business  herds  that  have 
been  built  u\)  by  taking  grade  Ayrshire  cows  and  breeding  them  to  pure 
bred  Jersey  or  Guernsey  bulls.  The  heifei-s  from  this  combination  proved 
to  be  cows  of  high  merit.  As  a  rule  we  do  not  advocate  cross  breeding, 
but  we  must  make  an  exception  in  the  case  of  the  grade  Ayrshire  cow  and 
Jersey  or  Guernsey  sires.     It  is  evident  that  the  two  currents  of  blood  and 


DAIRY    CATTLE    AND    DAIRYING.  765 

temperament  do  not  meet  at  right  angles  as  in  the  case  of  a  cross  between 
the  Holstein  and  Jersey  or  Guernsey  and  thus  set  up  a  conflicting  tendency 
in  the  resulting  heifers. 

The  Jersey  and  Guernsey  families  are  distinctly  butter  breeds,  their 
milk  averaging  nearly  five  per  cent  and  more,  in  some  herds.  They  have 
the  constitutional  power  to  take  grain  and  forage  and  return  for  it  butler 
fat  at  the  lowest  economic  cost  of  any  of  the  breeds.  The  Guernsey  also 
enjoys  the  distinction  of  producing  milk  and  butter  of  a  high  color  as  well 
as  very  desirable  flavor.  Both  breeds  are  of  a  distinctive  dairy  tempera- 
ment having  never  been  weakened  in  their  dairy  tendencies  by  dual-pur- 
pose or  beef  breeding  crosses. 

It  is  not  the  purpose  of  this  article  to  enter  into  a  discussion  of  how  to 
breed  dairy  cattle  but  rather  to  enumerate  general  principles  for  guidance. 
The  logic  of  breeding  remains  about  the  same  in  all  breeds.  The  sire  is 
the  fountain  head.  From  him  comes  the  seed.  It  must  be  of  the  right 
strain  and  stamp  and  strongly  prepotent  of  dairy  tendencies.  The  cow 
is  the  seed-bed.  This  must  be  harmonious  and  well  fitted  to  nourish  the 
seed  and  start  it  on  its  way  in  the  direction  we  desire.  It  may  be  said 
that  all  noted  producers  'of  great  dairy  cattle  have  placed  their  chief  reli- 
ance on  the  sire.  The  average  farmer  pays  but  little  attention  to  the  sire. 
A  look  at  the  cattle  he  generally  breeds  shows  how  thoroughly  wrong  he 
is  in  his  notions  of  breeding. 

II.  Care,  Housing  and  Feeding. 

The  secretion  of  milk  is  a  maternal  function.  The  cow  must  be  con- 
structed for  it  in  the  first  place.  Then  she  must  have  kind  and  gentle 
treatment  and  her  stable  home  must  be  fashioned  in  obedience  to  the  one 
word  COMFORT.  The  stable  must  be  well  lighted  to  insure  her  health 
through  the  antiseptic  effect  of  sunlight.  It  must  be  well  supplied  con- 
stantly with  fresh  air  that  she  may  have  the  means  to  oxygenate  her  blood 
from  which  is  secreted  the  milk.  The  circulation  of  blood  from  heart  to 
lungs;  lungs  to  the  udder  and  back  again  to  heart  in  a  cow  that  gives 
twenty-five  to  forty  pounds  of  milk  a  day  is  enormous.  Think  of  a  farmer 
who  will  shut  up  a  herd  of  cows  in  a  close,  dark,  unsanitary  stable,  leaving 
them  to  poison  themselves  with  foul  breathed-over  air,  and  then  expect 
good,  profitable  results  from  such  blind  folly.  A  cow  lives  on  what  she 
eats,  drinks  and  breathes.  If  the  food  or  drink  is  poisoned,  foul  or  unfit, 
she  feels  it,  and  so  if  the  air  she  breathes  is  poisoned,  the  effect  is  the  same. 
Remember  that  oxygen  is  food.  The  blood  is  purified  and  nutritioned 
from  the  air.  Poisoned  air  means  a  poisoned  animal.  The  only  satis- 
factory system  of  ventilation  is  what  is  known  as  the  King  System. 
Stables  for  northern  latitudes  should  be  constructed  with  two  to  three  dead 
air  spaces  in  the  walls  with  plenty  of  windows  and  equipped  with  the  King 


766  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

ventilation.  They  should  be  thoroughly  cleaned  and  swept  each  day, 
whitewashed  once  or  twice  a  year  and  frequently  disinfected.  The 
manure  should  be  taken  to  the  field  each  day  if  possible.  The  water 
supply  must  be  pure  and  the  ration  properly  balanced  so  the  cow  can  find 
in  the  food  sufficient  milk  elements  to  enable  her  to  do  her  most  natural 
and  perfect  work.  There  is  such  a  thing  as  feeding  a  cow  according  to 
dairy  knowledge  and  the  farmer  that  hath  it  not  and  will  not  seek  it  fails 
of  his  purpose. 

III.  The  Soil. 

The  dairy  farmer  must  be  a  good  soil  manager.  He  should  know  some- 
thing of  the  chemistry  of  soil.  He  should  know  what  nitrogen,  phosphate 
and  potash  mean  and  their  effect  on  crops.  Because  of  a  lack  of  this 
knowledge,  vast  areas  of  farm  lands  in  the  United  States  have  been  robbed 
of  their  producing  power.  Every  farm  should  be  so  farmed  as  to  con- 
stantly increase  its  producing  power.  Every  farmer  should  be  an  earnest 
student  of  his  soil.  He  should  hail  with  a  warm  welcome  all  that  science 
and  scientific  men  have  to  give  on  this  subject.  The  old  dairy  districts  of 
New  York,  New  England,  Pennsylvania  and  Ohio  have  gone  down  in 
producing  power  because  the  men  who  owned  and  managed  those  farms 
did  not  know  enough  to  keep  up  the  fertility  of  their  farms.  There  is 
no  escape  from  this  indictment.  Soil  robbing  comes  from  soil  ignorance. 
We  must  face  our  responsibility  to  the  soil,  to  coming  generations  and  to 
the  state  with  less  flinching  and  less  self  excusing. 

IV.    Organization. 

Every  dairy  farm  should  be  intelligently  arranged  as  to  the  relation 
of  field  to  field,  house  and  out-buildings  to  each  other  so  that  the  whole 
may,  like  some  w^ell  arranged  factory,  be  carried  on  at  the  least  expenditure 
of  labor  and  the  greatest  degree  of  efficiency.  A  great  many  dairy  farms 
look  as  if  the  several  parts  had  been  thrown  together.  Farm  architecture 
and  arrangement  is  an  important  part  of  our  study  and  efforts  are  being 
made  in  Agricultural  Colleges  to  express  the  best  thought  of  the  day. 
This  includes  farm  machinery  and  provision  made  for  its  shelter  when 
not  in  use.  Here  as  well  as  at  every  other  point  thought  and  eff"ort  nuist 
be  had  to  stop  waste  and  thus  add  to  profits. 

V.   The  Grovi^ing  of  Crops. 

Corn,  both  for  the  silo  and  the  crib,  clover  and  alfalfa,  oats  and  barley, 
as  well  as  the  up-keep  of  pastures,  constitute  in  the  main  the  crops  of  the 
dairy  farm.  To  the  end  that  these  crops  may  be  abundant  and  stable  and 
the  soil  constantly  made  more  productive,  there  must  be  a  wise  care  of 
manure,  a  right  system  of  rotation  and  the  expenditure  every  year  of  a 


DAIRY    CATTLE    AND    DAIRYING. 


767 


certain  amount  of  money  for  phosphate  and  lime  and,  if  needed,  nitrogen 
and  potash.  Unless  we  vigorously  look  after  the  productive  power  of  our 
soil  we  cannot  successfully  grow  the  crops  we  need.  Corn,  clover  and 
alfalfa  are  the  sheet  anchors  of  the  dairy  farmer.  He  must  see  to  it  that 
the  necessary  elements  of  the  soil  are  supplied  by  purchase.  To  be  nig- 
gardly here  is  to  punish  himself  all  the  more.  Still  more  he  must  keep 
up  the  hunras  of  the  soil.  To  this  end  he  must  occasionally  plow  under 
a  second  crop  of  clover  or  the  fourth  crop  of  alfalfa.  A  liberal  spirit  here 
will  bring  him  a  liberal  reward.     Most  of  our  old  soils  have  become  sour 


POINTS  OBSERVED  IN  JUDGING  DAIRY   CATTLE. 


1. 

Head. 

12. 

Withers. 

23. 

Shoulder. 

34. 

Fore  udder. 

2. 

Muzzle. 

13. 

Back. 

24. 

Elbow. 

35. 

Hind  udder. 

3. 

Nostril. 

14. 

Loins. 

25. 

Forearm. 

36. 

Teats. 

4. 

Face. 

15. 

Hip  bone. 

26. 

Knee. 

37. 

Upper  thigh. 

5. 

Eye. 

16. 

Pelvic  arch. 

27. 

Ankle. 

38. 

Stifle. 

6. 

Forehead. 

17. 

Rump. 

28. 

Hoof. 

39. 

Twist. 

7. 

Horn. 

18. 

Tail. 

29. 

Heart  girth. 

40. 

Leg  or  gaskln. 

8. 

Ear. 

19. 

Switch. 

30. 

Side  or  barrel. 

41. 

Hock. 

9. 

Cheek. 

20. 

Chest. 

31. 

Belly. 

42. 

Shank. 

10. 

Throat. 

21. 

Brisket. 

32. 

Flank. 

43. 

Dew  claw. 

11. 

Neck. 

22. 

Dewlap. 

33. 

Milk  vein. 

They  need  occasional  applications  of  lime  in  the  form  of  ground  lime 
stone,  ground  marl  or  the  refuse  lime  from  sugar  factories.  Quick  lime 
f<hould  not  be  used  as  it  will  burn  out  the  humus  and  thus  destroy  the 
nitrogen  of  the  soil. 

VI.   The  Man  Behind  the  Cow. 

Last  but  not  least  we  may  consider  the  equation  of  brains  in  the  business 
of  dairying.     At  each  point  it  is  the  determining  factor.     Too  large  a 


768  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

proportion  of  the  men  who  keep  cows,  supposedly  for  profit,  show  but  little 
real  dairy  intelligence  in  their  work.  There  is  a  lack  of  intelligence  in 
the  breeding  of  the  cow;  the  same  lack  of  understanding  in  her  care  and 
feeding;  a  decided  lack  of  knowledge  and  judgment  in  farm  management. 
Everywhere  are  we  confronted  with  men  trying  to  win  profit  out  of  this 
business  with  too  low  a  grade  of  intelligence. 

It  is  not  enough  that  a  farmer  wants  to  make  money  in  dairying.  That 
will  not  make  him  an  intelligent  man  capable  of  seeing  where  good  profit 
lies.  The  touchstone  to  it  all  lies  in  the  fact  whether  he  takes  a  mental 
interest  in  dairying  or  only  a  sordid  one.  If  it  be  a  mental  interest  you 
will  see  him  calling  to  his  aid  the  books  and  papers  that  constitute  the 
literature  of  his  business  for  it  does  have  a  literature.  Science  has  con- 
tributed so  much  to  this  industry  in  the  way  of  cattle  breeding;  the  analysis 
of  feeds ;  the  bacteriology  of  milk  and  the  relation  of  bacteria  to  the  diseases 
of  cattle;  the  sanitary  construction  of  stables  and  care  of  the  cow;  and 
finally  the  question  of  maintaining  the  feed-producing  power  of  the  farm, 
that  the  truly  successful  dairyman  must  be  a  broadly  intelligent  man.  He 
cannot  be  that  kind  of  a  man  unless  he  is  a  reader  and  student.  He  must 
devote  some  time  and  money  to  his  own  dairy  education.  He  cannot 
exercise  good  discerning  judgment  upon  all  the  problems  of  dairy  farming 
unless  he  has  a  w^ell-stored  mind.  The  home  of  the  true  dairy  farmer 
should  be  a  place  of  culture  and  mental  grasp  as  much  so  as  the  home  of 
the  lawyer  or  physician.  They  will  find  that  the  dairy  farm  will  challenge 
all  the  brain  power  they  can  bring  to  bear  upon  it.  It  is  the  seat  of  deep 
problems  in  vegetable  and  animal  life.  There  has  come  a  great  intel- 
lectual awakening  on  this  thing  we  call  dairy  farming.  Our  crowded 
Agricultural  Colleges  and  dairy  schools ;  the  greatly  increased  demand  for 
thoroughly  practical  dairy  papers  and  books;  the  massing  of  the  best 
scientific  minds  of  the  day  in  research  and  study  concerning  the  discovery 
of  dairy  truth ;  all  these  show  conclusively  that  the  dairy  farm  is  no  place 
for  the  ignorant,  unthinking  and  non-reading  farmer.  The  young  men 
of  today  see  this.  True  financial  success  awaits  him  only  who  will  wel- 
come knowledge  with  an  open  hospitable  mind. 


"MISSOURI  CHIEF  JOSEPHINE." 
The  Champion  Dairy  Cow  of  all  the  World. 


A  PRACTICAL,  LE6SON  IN  THE  TREATMENT.   FEEDING.  WATERING  AND  MAN- 
AGEMENT OF  MILK  COWS. 

The  College  of  Agriculture  in  the  University  of  Missouri,  at  Columbia, 
has  raised  and  developed  the  Champion  Dairy  Cow  of  all  the  World — 
"Missouri  Chief  Josephine,"  a  Holstein-Friesian.  Her  record  in  the 
production  of  milk  for  six  months  is  17,008.8  pounds,  which  exceeds  the 
previous  world's  record  for  six  months  by  1,458  pounds. 

It  is  believed  that  without  doubt  Josephine  will  make  a  further  great 
record  in  the  production  of  butter  as  well  as  milk.  Her  butter  produc- 
tion for  six  months  amounts  to  529  pounds,  or  nearly  three  per  cent. 
As  she  gets  further  along  in  her  test  the  butter  fat  increases.  On  an 
average  test  for  one  week  it  came  to  4.1  per  cent.  A  little  more  than  a 
half  pound  is  the  amount  of  butter  available  from  the  average  dairy 
cow's  daily  production.  Josephine's  butter  production  is  between  three 
and  four  pounds  daily. 

The  17,008.8  pounds  of  milk  which  she  gave  in  six  months  gives  her 
an  average  of  93.4  pounds  of  milk  daily  for  182  days.  This  is  equiva- 
lent to  46.7  quarts  or  11.6  gallons  every  day.  Her  highest  record  for 
one  day  is  110.2  pounds,  about  56  quarts  or  14  gallons  of  milk,  more 
than  the  average  healthy  dairy  cow  gives  in  one  week.  She  gives  more 
milk  in  two  months  than  most  cows  give  in  a  year.  One  can  better 
comprehend  the  enormity  of  the  bulk  of  this  cow's  production  when  he 
realizes  that,  as  large  as  she  is — weighing  1,370  pounds  at  the  end  of 
her  six  months'  test — Josephine  produces  more  pounds  of  milk  in  six 
months  than  twelve  times  her  own  weight,  more  than  twice  her  weight 
in  milk  each  month;  or,  if  you  please,  her  own  weight  in  milk  every 
two  weeks. 

Another  way  to  get  at  this  is  to  compare  her  production  to  the  nutri- 
tion obtained  from  beef.  According  to  a  bulletin  issued  by  the  Uni- 
versity of  Missouri,  Josephine's  milk  production  for  six  months  is 
equivalent  to  "More  human  food  than  is  contained  in  the  carcasses  of 
three  steers  weighing  1,250  pounds  each.  This  amount  of  milk  is  more 
than  equivalent  to  the  nutrition  obtained  from  5,000  pounds  of  round 
steak." 

At  the  rate  of  15c  per  pound  for  round  steak,  Josephine's  milk  for 
six  months  is  worth  more  than  $750.00,  or  more  than  $1,500.00  for  a 
year.    Since  the  average  man's  yearry  income,  according  to  the  yearly 

769 


m 


f'YCLOI'EDIA   OF  LIVE  STUCK    AND  COMPLETE   STOCK  DOCTOR. 


"MISSOURI    CHIEF    JOSEPHINE."  771 

statistics,  has  been  estimated  at  $500.00,  Josephine  annually  produces 
more  in  actual  valuation  than  the  earnings  of  three  average  men.  If 
the  average  man,  however,  were  as  well  cared  for  as  Josephine  is,  he 
would  unquestionably  produce  more  Uian  he  does.  The  same  fact  is 
true  of  the  average  cow.  "Chief  Josephine"  receives  the  constant  care 
and  attention  of  experts.  The  foreman  at  the  dairy  farms  at  the  College 
of  Agriculture  in  the  University  of  Missouri  is  her  chief  attendant.  He 
lives  on  the  farm  close  to  where  Josephine's  stall  is  located  and  during 
the  test  here  noted  he  is  said  to  have  practically  slept  with  one  eye  upon 
her.  He  is  qualitied  for  the  work  by  long  experience  and  has  made 
much  reputation  for  producing  dairy  cows — perhaps  more  than  any 
other  dairyman  in  the  world.  In  the  management  of  "Chief  Jose- 
phine," he  has  economized  her  strength  and  force,  and  in  order  that  she 
may  waste  no  enegry  in  digestion,  her  food  is  ground  into  powder  and 
soaked  in  water  before  being  served  to  her.  Although  she  consumes 
daily  132  pounds  of  this  wet  feed,  besides  the  alfalfa  hay  and  corn  silage, 
she  never  gets  enough.  The  feed  pan  in  which  she  is  fed  four  times 
every  day  is  exhausted  each  time.  Water  is  the  only  thing  of  which 
she  gets  enough.  She  is  allowed  to  drink  water  as  long  and  as  much  as 
she  wants.  Her  thirst  is  quenched  every  day  by  at  least  270  pounds 
of  water,  or  about  30  gallons.  The  water  she  drinks  is  warmed  to  a 
temperature  of  about  70  degrees,  the  condition  best  suited  to  milk  pro- 
duction. 

It  costs  about  77c  a  day  to  keep  Josephine  and  her  daily  production 
is  worth  over  $4.00  at  prevailing  prices.  On  being  asked  if  that  cost 
included  the  manager's  labor  and  the  cost  of  the  electric  fans  in  her 
stall,  the  reply  wa.s  "No,  that  is  the  cost  of  her  feed  alone;  but  I  did  not 
include  a  $3,000.00  calf  in  her  production  either."  The  calf  is  worth 
$3,000.00  now,  and  will  be  worth  more  when  its  mother  completes  her 
year's  test.  Josephine's  value  estimated  on  her  six  months'  record  is 
$20,000.00.  When  she  has  completed  her  year's  test  with  the  world's 
champion  record  for  the  full  year,  as  well  as  for  the  six  months,  she 
will  be  worth  two  or  three  times  as  much  as  she  is  now. 

The  box  stall  in  which  Josephine  is  kept  is  screened  and  white- 
washed on  all  sides.  A  large  electric  fan  suspended  above  her  from  the 
ceiling  keeps  the  few  flies  that  get  in  from  annoying  her.  Another 
smaller  fan  sits  in  the  corner  next  to  a  window  furnishing  a  cooler  breeze 
of  fresh  air  from  the  outside.  She  is  kept  in  her  stall  all  day,  except 
when  taken  out  for  her  shower  baths  and  exercises.  At  4 :30  o'clock  in 
the  morning  she  is  bnished  off  and  given  exercises  in  the  lot.  At  5 
o'clock  she  receives  her  breakfa-st  of  six  pounds  of  pulverized  grains, 
bran,  corn-chop,  ground  oats,  gluten,  linseed  meal  and  cottonseed  meal, 
with  about  three  ounces  of  salt  mixed  with  each  twelve  pounds  of  beet 


772  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

pulp,  soaked  with  25  pounds  of  water.  She  is  fed  40  pounds  of  green 
hay  and  silage  and  about  10  pounds  of  dry  alfalfa. 

She  is  watered  at  8  o'clock  in  the  morning,  2  o'clock  in  the  afternoon 
and  10  o'clock  at  night,  drinkin'g  all  she  wants  each  time.  During  the 
warm  weather  she  is  given  shower  baths  daily,  the  number  varying  ac- 
cording to  the  intensity  of  the  heat.  In  clear  weather  she  is  allowed  to 
spend  a  part  of  the  night  exercising  in  the  lot,  but  if  a  rain  comes  up 
during  the  night  she  is  hurried  back  into  her  stall. 

She  spends  most  of  her  time  lying  on  the  sawdust-covered  floor  of  her 
stall,  yet  Josephine  is  a  hard  working  animal  according  to  statement  of 
one  of  her  attendants.  "See  how  fast  she  chews  her  cud,"  this  attendant 
said  one  day.  "That  is  the  way  all  hard  working  cows  do.  You  cani 
always  tell  a  good  milk  producer  by  the  way  she  chews  her  cud.  Joe,, 
as  she  is  called  around  the  barn,  chews  about  two  or  three  times  as  fast 
as  the  ordinary  cow." 

Josephine  is  never  struck  or  allowed  to  be  excited  in  any  manner, 
because  any  nervous  shock  causes  a  decrease  in  her  milk  production. 
For  example:  On  one  occasion  when  the  electricity  which  furnished 
the  power  for  her  fans  was  shut  off,  leaving  her  to  fight  flies  and  suffer 
the  intense  summer  heat  of  Central  Missouri,  her  milk  flow  decreased 
from  96  pounds  daily  to  74  pounds  daily — a  decrease  of  18  pounds  or 
2l^  gallons — which  is  as  much  as  the  average  dairy  cow's  production. 

Her  keepers  claim  that  this  championship  race  is  a  commercial,  not 
a  fancy  test.  To  prove  this,  it  is  shown  that  the  former  world's  cham- 
pion dairy  cow  had  made  her  record  after  a  rest  of  three  years,  while 
Josephine's  record  is  being  made  after  doing  her  full  duty  as  a  dairy 
cow  in  the  University  herd  during  the  last  5i/2  years  in  raising  five 
calves. 

"Chief  Josephine"  is  now  eight  years  old.  She  is  of  the  breed  called 
Holstein,  otherwise  known  as  Friesian  or  Holland.  She  is  only  about 
three  generations  removed  from  the  rich  lowlands  of  Dykes  and  Wind- 
mills in  North  Holland  and  Friesland,  her  ancestors  having  been 
brought  to  the  United  States  about  thirty-six  years  ago. 

In  color,  she  is  black  and  white  like  the  rest  of  her  breed,  the  white 
predominating  in  her  particular  case.  Her  udder  is  unusually  large, 
being  long  and  extending  well  behind.  Her  teats  and  milk-veins  are 
very  large  and  prominent. 


HEGELUND    METHOD    OF    MILKING. 


773 


Methods  of  Milking. 

Milking  the  cow  is  such  a  simple  operation  and  one  that  occupies  in  the 
aggregate  so  much  time,  that  it  is  easy  to  become  careless  about  it  and  to 
look  upon  the  operation  as  one  not  requiring  skill  nor  demanding  scien- 


Fig.    1. — First   manipulation   in   the   Hegelund    method    of   milking. 

tific  investigation.  The  feeding  has  received  careful  attention,  both  by 
investigators  and  farmers,  until  it  is  now  probably  correct  to  say  that  the 
cow  in  the  hands  of  the  progressives  is  more  scientifically  fed  and  nour- 
ished than  most  children.     The  ventilation  and  sanitation  of  stables  has 


Fig.  2. — Second  manipulation  in  the  Hegelund  method  of  milking. 

also  been  the  subject  of  much  discussion,  but  it  is  certainly  a  fact  that  the 
art  of  milking  has  not  received  the  attention  it  deserves,  at  least  not  until 
very  recently. 


774 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


The  Hegeliind  method  of  milking,  which  is  really  a  series  of  manipu- 
lations of  the  udder,  is  described  as  follows: 

First  Manipulation. — The  right  quarters  of  the  udder  are  pressed 
against  each  other  (if  the  udder  is  very  large,  only  one  quarter  at  a  time 
is  taken)  with  the  left  hand  on  the  hind  quarter  and  the  right  hand  in 
front  on  the  fore  quarter,  the  thumbs  being  placed  on  the  outside  of  the 
udder  and  the  four  fingers  in  the  division  between  the  two  halves  of  the 
udder.  The  hands  are  now  pressed  toward  each  other  and  at  the  same 
time  lifted  toward  the  body  of  the  cow.  This  pressing  and  lifting  is 
repeated  three  times,  the  milk  collected  in  the  milk  cistern  is  then  milked 
out,  and  the  manipulation  repeated  until  no  more  milk  is  obtained  in  this 
way,  when  the  left  quartei-s  are  treated  in  the  same  manner,      (Fig,  1.) 

Second  Manipulation. — The  glands  are  pressed  together  from  the  side. 
The  fore  quarters  are  milked  each  by  itself  by  placing  one  hand,  with 
fingers  spread,  on  the  outside  of  the  quarter  and  the  other  hand  in  the 
division  between  the  right  and  left  fore  quarters;  the  hands  are  pressed 
against  each  other  and  the  teat  then  milked.  When  no  more  milk  is  ob- 
tained by  this  manipulation,  the  hind  quarters  are  milked  by  placing  a 
hand  on  the  outside  of  each  quarter,  likewise  with  fingers  spread  and 
turned  upward,  but  with  the  thumb  just  in  front  of  the  hind  quarter.  The 
hands  are  lifted  and  gra.^p  into  the  gland  from  behind  and  from  the  side, 
after  which  they  are  lowered  to  draw  the  milk.  The  manipulation  is  re- 
peated until  no  more  milk  is  obtained,  (Fig.  2.) 

Third   Manipulation.— The  fore  teats  are  grasped  with  partly  closed 

hands  and  lifted  with  a  push  toward 
the  body  of  the  cow,  both  at  the 
same  time,  by  which  method  the 
glands  are  pressed  between  the 
hands  and  the  body;  the  milk  is 
drawn  after  each  three  pushes. 
When  the  fore  teats  are  emptied 
the  hind  teats  are  milked  in  the 
same  manner.    (Fig.  3.) 

In  trials  of  this  method  on  142 
cows  the  average  amount  of  residual 
milk  oljtained  was  about  1  pound 
per  head  daily,  the  average  butter 
fat  in  the  milk.  The  average  fat 
content  of  the  herd  milk  obtained 
in  the  regular  milking  was  4.29  per 
cent,  of  the  residual  milk  10.32  per  cent,  or  2.4  times  as  large  as  the 
former.  The  time  required  for  after-milking  by  the  method  was  from 
two  to  three  minutes. 


Fig.    3. — Third    manipulation    in    the 
Hegelund   method   of  milking. 


CHAPTER   XIII. 
THE  RAISING  AND  ECONOMICAL  FEEDING  OF  CATTLE. 


I.       IMPORTANCE    OF    PROPER    CARE    WHILE    YOUNG. II.      DIFFERENCE    BETWEEN 

GOOD    AND    BAD    CARE.— III.      THE     STARVED     CALVES     AT    GRASS. IV.      THE 

OTHER    SIDE.— -V.      GOOD    WINTER    KEEPING    FOR    CALVES. VI.      WHEN    AND 

HOW    TO    CASTRATE. VII.      GENERAL    CLASSES     OF    CATTLE. VIII.     SPECIAL 

CLASSES. IX.     FULL     FEEDING     AND     EARLY     MATURITY. X.       ECONOMY     IN 

FEEDING. XI.     THE  TRUE   POLICY  WITH   YOUNG  STOCK. XIL     FEEDING  THE 

YOUNG    CALVES. XIII.     FEED    GRASS    AND    OATS    EARLY. XIV.     WHERE    THE 

PROFIT  COMES  IN. XV.  FEEDING  FOR  BEEF  AND  FOR  LABOR. XVI.  REACH- 
ING RESULTS. XVII.  WHEN  AND  HOW  TO  FEED. XVIII.  OUT-DOOR  FEED- 
ING WHERE   CORN   IS  CHEAP. XIX.      A    GOOD  CONDIMENT. XX.     SO-CALLED 

PERFECT  FOODS. 

I.    Importance  of  Proper  Care  while  Young. 

There  is  no  more  important  factor  in  the  management  of  cattle  than 
proper  care  while  young.  Those  who  imagine  that  they  are  doing  the 
correct  thing  if  they  can  manage  to  keep  life  in  a  calf  until  it  is  three 
months  old,  and  then  have  it  get  fat  on  grass  before  winter  comes,  al- 
ways have  a  set  of  "scrawiis,"  with  tjcir  digestive  organs  destroyed  liy 
improper  food,  and  which  never  make  either  healthy  steers  or  cows.  They 
are  always  runts — contemptuously  called  "scalawags,"  by  the  l)utchers 
in  our  markets — and  sell  for  one  and  a  half  to  two  cents  a  pound, 
when  good  cattle  are  worth  from  four  and  a  half  to  six  cents. 

II.    Difference  between  Good  and  Bad  Care. 

A  single  illustration  will  suffice.  One  man  will  give  calves  new  milk 
until  they  are  six  weeks  old,  and  then  gradually  reduce  the  quantity, 
substituting  oat-meal  porridge  or  fine  coni-nieal  mush,  with  a  very  little 
linseed  added,  or  mixing  equal  parts  of  oat-nieal  and  corn-meal  in  the 
milk,  until  the  calf  is  four  months  old.  Then  it  will  do  well  on  soft 
grass  and  oats. 

The  other  man  takes  the  calf  from  the  cow  at  one  day  old.  and  feeds 
it  skim-milk  until  the  age  of  three  weeks,  when  half-cooked,  coarse 
meal — husks  and  all — is  mixed  with  the  milk  ;  and  finally  at  six  weeks  or 
two  months  old,  the  calf  is  turned  out  to  grass,  receiving,  perhaps,  an 
occasional  ration  of  sour  whey.  It  is  poor,  does  not  gi'ow,  takes  "the 
scours,"  which  is  only  another  name  for  indigestion,  and  if  the  animal 
gets  through  the  first  winter  with  what  such  a  man  calls  special  nursing, 
and  occasional  greasings  with  "anguintum,  "  to  kill  lice,  he  finds  himself 
the  possessor  of  a  scrubby  yearling,  ready  (?)  for  grass,  that  will  weigh, 
skin  and  bones,  from  seventy  to  ninety  pounds. 


776 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

III.     The  Starved  Calves  at  Grass. 


He  expects  his  calves  to  get  on  their  feed  the  next  summer.  Calves  are 
endowed  with  great  vitality,  and  if  their  stomachs  recover  something  of 
tone,  thev  will  have  shed  their  old  hair,  (what  has  not  been  eaten  out  by 
vermin)  by  the  first  of  July,  and  by  fall,  if  it  be  a  good  year  for  grass, 
they  will  be  in  half-decent  store  condition,  and  perhaps  weigh  150  to  170 
pounds  each.  That  is,  they  will  have  gained  from  sixty  to  eighty  pounds 
of  flesh,  each,  to  cover  their  bones.  They  are  at  the  end  of  eighteen 
months,  just  where  a  good  calf  should  have  been  at  weaning  time  the  fall 


BADLY  WINTERED.  WELL  WINTERED. 

before,    but    with  constitutions    ruined  so    far  as  profitable  feeding  is 
concerned. 

Thus,  this  kind  of  feeding  goes  on  ;  starved  in  winter  and  allowed  to 
shift  for  themselves  in  summer,  at  the  age  of  three  years  they  will  aver- 
ao-e  800  pounds,  gross  weight,  if  no  epidemic  seizes  them. 

IV.    The  Other  Side. 

The  common-sense  feeder  keeps  his  calves  growing  right  along,  with 
plenty  of  new  milk  until  their  stomachs  are  capable  of  digesting  solid 
food,  when  meal  mush  is  added,  and  the  cream  taken  from  the  milk.  As 
soon  as  they  will  eat  oats  and  grass,  they  are  given  as  much  of  these  as 
they  want;  and  in  the  autumn,  when  ready  for  wintering,  it  would  not 
be  strange  if  they  should  average  200  pounds  each. 

V.    Good  Winter  Keeping  for  Calves. 

They  are  given  warm  shelter  and  the  best  and  softest  hay,  with  a  gen- 
erous allowance  of  meal  daily.  So  they  grow  right  along,  and  may  be 
made  to  gain  a  hundred  pounds  during  the  winter.  The  next  summer 
they  are  kept  on  flush  pasture,  or,  if  grass  is  bad,  they  get  some  corn, 
with  plenty  of  pure  water,  and  a  place  is  provided  where  they  may  es- 
cape flies.  Thus  at  three  years  old  the  steers  are  heavy  beeves,  and  the 
heifers  will  have  produced  a  fine  calf,  each,  and  be  ready  to  do  justice  to 
them  in  the  way  of  nourishment. 


THE   RAISING   AND    ECONOMICAL    FEEDING    OF    CATTLE.  777 

VI.  When  and  How  to  Castrate. 

Many  persons  put  off  gelding  their  calves  until  they  are  six  months  old, 
and  often  until  they  are  a  year  old.  This  will  do  if  "  stags  "  are  wanted  : 
dut  stags,  however  fat,  sell  for  one  or  two  cents  a  pound  less  in  the  mar- 
ket than  steers.  The  proper  time  to  geld  bull  calves  is  not  later  than  the 
age  of  four  weeks. 

When  the  calves  are  about  three  weeks  old,  drive  tliem  into  a  close 
pen.  Secure  a  calf  so  it  may  stand  at  ease,  but  not  struggle  severely ; 
or,  it  may  be  thrown  on  the  left  side  for  the  operation. 

Seize  the  scrotum  with  the  left  hand,  and  press  the  testicles  rather 
firmly  to  the  bottom  ;  with  a  keen  blade,  rounded  at  the  point,  cut  at  a 
smgle  stroke  down  through  the  scrotum  and  into  the  testicles,  first  one 
and  then  the  other.  Separate  the  membrane  carefully,  but  quickly,  when 
it  unites,  and  draw  out  the  testicles  until  about  six  inches  of  the  cords 
are  visible.  Cut  the  cords,  first  one  and  then  the  other,  with  a  pair  of  dull 
shears  (this  prevents  much  bleeding),  and  let  them  pass  back.  If  severe 
bleeding  ensues,  inject  a  little  muriate  of  iron  into  the  cavity,  and  wet  a 
soft  rag  with  the  same  and  pass  it  gently  into  the  cavity.  Some  use  salt 
and  lard,  but  this  is  painful.  So  proceed  until  all  are  castrated,  and  then 
turn  them  into  a  place  where  strange  cattle  or  flies  will  not  molest  them. 

It  IS  as  little  dangerous,  this  mode  of  castration,  almost,  as  cutting 
one's  finger.  The  parts  should  heal  in  a  week.  Castration  often  comes 
awkward  to  the  beginner,  but  it  soon  becomes  easy,  if  fearlessly  and  care- 
fully practiced. 

VII.  General  Classes  of  Cattle. 

(1)  Beef  cattle. — This  class  includes  all  grades  of  fat  steers  and  heifers; 
also  everything  from  common  to  prime  and  from  light  to  heavy.  It  is 
finished  condition  that  brings  animals  into  this  ck\ss. 

(2)  Butcher  stock. — This  class  includes  animals  that  have  not  fattened 
well ;  also  animals  that  have  not  been  fed  long  enough  to  become  properly 
fattened.  It  seldom  includes  steers  of  really  good  quality,  as  such  will 
usually  be  sold  as  feedei-s.  The  bulk  of  butcher  stock  is  made  up  of 
cows  and  heifers. 

(3)  Cutters  and  canners. — In  this  class  are  included  old,  thin  cows 
and  very  thin  bulls,  steers,  and  heifers.  The  cutters  must  carry  sufficient 
flesh  to  permit  of  the  loin  or  rib  or  both  being  used  for  cutting  on  the 
block.  Those  animals  which  are  so  thin  that  no  part  of  the  carcass  can 
be  used  for  block  purposes  constitute  the  canners. 

(4)  Stockers  and  feeders. — This  class  includes  calves,  yearlings,  two- 
year-olds,  and  older  cattle.  Cattle  18  months  old  or  older  which  are  ready 
for  immediate  use  in  the  feed  lot  are  called  feeders.  Those  which  are 
younger  are  referred  to  as  stockers. 

(5)  Veal  calves. — This  includes  all  calves  which  are  sold  for  immediate 
slaughter. 


7/0  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

VIII.   Special  Classes. 

The  above  general  classes  really  comprise  everything  in  the  way  of 
cattle  sent  to  the  markets.  But  there  are  a  number  of  special  classes 
generally  recognized  which  require  to  be  named  and  defined. 

(1)  Texas  and  Western  range  cattle. — A  few  years  ago  the  typical 
Texas  steer  had  very  long  horns  and  long  legs,  was  thin  and  narrow- 
bodied,  and  carried  a  large  deep  brand ;  and  most  of  the  cattle  which  came 
from  Texas  were  of  this  description.  But  this  type  is  rapidly  disappear- 
ing. Animals  of  the  best  beef  breeds  have  been  imported  into  the  State 
and  used  for  breeding  purposes,  especially  for  crossing  with  the  native 
stock,  so  that  now  many  of  the  Texas  cattle  compare  favorably  with  those 
from  other  sections  of  the  country.  There  is,  however,  a  very  wide  range 
between  the  best  and  the  poorest. 

The  Western  range  cattle  are  classed  with  the  Texas  cattle,  because 
formerly  they  were  made  up  largely  of  Southern  cattle  which  were  driven 
northward  to  winter  on  the  ranges  north  of  the  quarantine  line.  Now, 
however,  a  large  jjercentage  of  the  animals  in  this  class  are  bred  on  the 
ranges  of  the  West  and  Northwest. 

All  the  cattle  in  this  class  are  branded. 

(2)  Distillers. — These  are  cattle  that  have  been  fattened  on  the  by- 
products of  distilleries.  Formerly  only  inferior  grades  of  cattle  were 
purchased  for  feeding  on  distillery  residues,  but  at  present  many  feeders 
of  better  grades  are  used.  When  sent  to  market  these  cattle  are  preferred 
to  others  of  the  same  grade,  because  they  dress  out  a  higher  percentage 
of  beef. 

(3)  Baby  beef. — This  term  is  applied  to  choice  or  prime  fat  steers  be- 
tween 1  and  2  years  old,  weighing  from  800  to  1,000  pounds. 

(4)  Export  cattle. — The  cattle  exported  are  in  the  main  good  to  choice 
steers,  weighing  from  1,200  to  1,500  pounds.  Comparatively  few  prime 
beef  steers  are  bought  for  export,  because  of  the  high  price  they  bring  in 
the  home  market. 

(5)  Shipping  steers. — This  term  applies  to  the  animals  purchased  in 
the  western  markets  for  shipment  to  the  large  eastern  markets  of  the 
United  States.  They  are  mainly  of  medium  and  good  grades  and  range 
in  weight  from  1,150  to  1,600  pounds. 

(6)  Dressed  beef  cattle. — This  class  includes  such  cattle  as  are  pur- 
chased by  the  large  packing  concerns  of  the  Middle  West.  The  packers 
prefer  medium  to  choice  steers,  weighing  from  1,200  to  1,400  pounds,  to 
make  up  the  bulk  of  their  purchases,  but  conditions  of  supply  and  de- 
mand cause  them  to  purchase  animals  of  a  much  wider  range  in  grade 
and  weight,  the  extreme  range  in  weight  being  from  800  to  1,700  pounds. 

(7)  Stags. — This  class  includes  such  animals  as  have  reached  or  at 
least  approached  maturity  before  castration,  and  hence  have  the  general 
conformation  of  bulls.  Comparatively  few  of  these  come  to  the  general 
markets,  and  they  are  of  a  wide  range  in  quality,  condition,  and  weight. 


THE   RAISING   AND   ECONOMICAL   FEEDING   OF    CATTLE.  779 

In  the  foregoing  we  find  a  steer  one  year  old  and  under  two,  weighing 
1,193  pounds— as  much  as  could  be  expected  from  a  fairly-fattened  four 
year  old  fed  as  the  average  farmer  feeds.  Does  any  one  suppose  the 
feeder  spent  as  much  on  that  yearling  as  the  farmer  ordinarily  does  on 
his  four  year  olds  ? 

EX.    Full  Feeding  and  Early  Maturity. 

By  studying  the  foregoing  it  will  be  seen  that  the  best  gain  was  in  the 
steer  one  year  old  and  under  two,  the  next  best  is  a  steer  two  years  old 
and  under  three,  and  the  third  best  gain  is  another  steer  two  years  old 
and  under  three.  The  four-year  old  steer  made  the  least  average  gain, 
and  the  older  the  steer  the  less  was  the  daily  gain. 

Every  observing  farmer  knowG  that  a  calf  allowed  to  run  out  during 
the  winter  and  shift  for  himself  with  the  other  cattle,  if  fed  on  hay,  with 
perhaps  a  nubbin  of  corn  now  and  then,  will  weigh  less  in  the  spring  than 
it  did  the  fall  before.  And  those  who  have  tried  both  systems  of  feeding 
(full  feeding  from  birth,  with  proper  shelter,  and  allowing  young  stock 
only  hay  with  such  shelter  as  they  may  be  able  to  find)  know  there  is 
no  profit  in  the  latter,  but  absolute  loss. 

There  are,  indeed,  places  where  hay  may  be  had  simply  for  the  making, 
whore  the  grazing  is  ample  and  where  cattle  may  be  raised  at  a  minimum" 
cost,  if  good  shelter  is  provided.  But  year  by  year  such  sections  are 
being  more  and  more  contracted,  through  the  settlement  of  the  country. 
As  a  rule,  the  best  profits  are  now  made  by  the  seeding  of  meadows  and 
pastures,  by  providing  good  shelter,  and  by  the  cultivation  of  corn  enough 
to  carry  the  stock  in  good  condition  through  the  winter.  This  is  really 
the  basis  of  profitable  feeding  in  the  West  and  South-west. 

X.    Economy  in  Feeding. 

We  have  striven  throughout  this  work  to  show  that  in  the  rearing  of 
stock,  the  same  strict  attention  to  business  principles  should  prevail  that 
is  necessary  to  success  in  any  other  calling.  There  must  be  a  strict  ac- 
counting of  profit  and  loss,  else  no  man  can  know,  excep*.  m  a  haphazard 
way,  whether  he  is  making  money  or  not.  The  feeder  should  know,  in 
a  general  way,  what  food  containing  the  elements  of  growth  and  possess- 
ing fattening  qualities  is  cheapest.  This,  of  course,  will  vary  with  dif- 
ferent sections  of  the  country. 

An  exi)erience  of  forty  years  in  the  West  has  taught  us  to  rely  princi- 
pally on  corn  for  all  kinds  of  stock.  For  cattle,  when  the  price  was  forty 
cents  a  bushel  or  less,  unground  corn  has  been  found  the  best ;  while  for 
horses,  sheep  and  swine,  our  experience  has  been  that  it  does  not  pay  to 
grind  when  the  price  is  below  sixty  cents,  for  these  animals  masticate  oi 


780         CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

grind  their  food  pretty  thoroughly.  For  fattening  cattle  we  prefer, first, 
shocked  corn,  next  snapped  corn — that  is,  corn  snapped  from  the  stalk 
with  the  husk  remaining — and  next,  husked  corn  in  the  ear,  the  waste  to 
be  gathered  by  store  hogs.  We  have  found  that,  with  good  shelter,  five 
pounds  of  corn  and  ten  pounds  of  good  sweet  hay  per  day  was  a  good 
fattening  ration  to  each  1000  pounds  weight  of  steers  fed. 

When  feeding  shock  corn,  give  all  the  animals  will  eat  clean  as  to  the 
ears.  They  will  take  what  blades  are  needed,  and  stock  steers  may  fol- 
low to  glean,  with  stock  hogs  after,  to  pick  up  what  grain  is  Avasted  or 
left  in  the  droppings.  Sheltered  from  winds  and  storms  the  stock  may 
thus  be  economically  fed  to  heavy  weights. 

For  3^oung  and  growing  cattle  there  is  nothing  better  than  equal  weights 
of  corn  and  oats,  or  corn  and  barley  ground  together,  whichever  may  be 
cheapest,  with  plenty  of  good  hay  or  corn  fodder  that  has  been  shocked 
before  frost.  In  the  South  cotton-seed  meal,  and  mill  stuff  may  take 
the  place  of  corn  and  oats,  or  corn  and  barley,  while  pea  vines,  or  other 
good  fodder  natural  to  the  climate,  may  be  used  instead  of  hay.  The 
economy  of  feeding,  may  thus  be  summed  up :  First,  good  shelter ; 
second,  plenty  of  food  to  keep  the  animals  constantly  improving,  and 
third,  feed  whatever  substantial  and  nutritious  food  may  be  cheapest. 

XI.    The  True  Policy  with  Young  Stock. 

We  may  be  allowed  to  repeat  nearly  verbatim  what  we  have  before 
written  upon  the  subject  of  raising  young  cattle.  The  breeder  and 
feeder  must  exercise  sound  and  careful  judgment.  It  will  not  pay 
to  starve  even  the  commonest  stock.  A  calf,  to  use  a  common 
expression,  "knocked  in  the  head  with  a  pail  of  skimmed  milk," 
will  never  make  a  first  class  steer  or  cow.  Neither  is  it  nec- 
essary that  they  suck  the  cow.  In  fact,  in  the  case  of  the  dairy  cows 
or  heifers  intended  for  the  daiiy,  they  should  not  suck,  for  it  surely  tends 
to  diminish  the  flow  of  milk,  except  the  calf  is  turned  with  the  cow  at 
stated  intervals,  and  the  cow  milked  clean  at  the  same  time.  In  the  case 
of  heifers,  they  should  be  milked  as  soon  as  the  calf  has  drawn  the  first 
milk,  both  as  a  means  of  training  and  to  develop  the  flow  of  milk  as 
nmch  as  possible  ;  besides  this,  a  calf  taken  at  two  or  three  days  old  is 
easily  taught  to  suck  the  finger  or  an  artincial  teat  attached  to  a  reser- 
voir. 

XII.    Feeding  the  Young  Calves. 

For  the  first  two  or  three  weeks  they  should  have  nothing  but  new 
milk.  It  should  be  as  warm  as  it  conies  from  .the  cow,  and  the  calf 
should  be  fed  four  times  a  day.     Then  they  may  have  milk  twelve  hours 


THE    RAISING    AND    ECONOMICAL    FEEDING    OF    CATTLE.  781 

old,  from  which  the  cream  has  been  taken,  adding  four  ounces  of  finely 
ground  meal  made  into  thoroughly  cooked  mush,  to  each  meal,  for  strong, 
hearty  calves.  Thus  they  may  be  fed  for  two  weeks  more,  changing  to 
oat-meal  or  wheat  flour  if  the  calf  is  inclined  to  scour.  Some  feeder.^ 
add  a  teaspoonful  of  linseed  meal  once  a  day ;  it  is  not  a  bad  plan. 
When  the  calf  is  four  weeks  old  it  need  be  fed  but  twice  a  day,  giving 
milk  warmed  to  about  ninety  or  ninety-five  degrees,  which  last  is  the 
natural  animal  heat.  From  this  time  on,  more  and  more  mush,  or  its 
equivalent,  may  be  added  as  the  calf  increases  in  size  and  strength,  until  it 
begins  to  eat  grass  and  threshed  oats,  which  it  should  be  encouraged  to  do. 

XIII.    Peed  Grass  and  Oats  Early. 

At  ten  weeks  old  the  calf  should  eat  freely,  and  at  three  months  old  it 
may  be  gradually  weaned  from  milk  and  taught  to  subsist  on  grass  and 
oats.  During  all  this  time  the  calf  should  be  sheltered  from  the  hot  sun 
and  rain,  by  providing  a  shelter  to  which  it  may  retire,  well  ventilated, 
dry  and  clean,  and  sufficiently  dark  to  keep  out  green-head  and  other  bit- 
ing flies.  In  the  autumn  its  rations  of  grain  should  be  increased,  and  as 
grass  fails  the  finest  meadow  hay  should  be  sulistituted — whatever  it  will 
eat  clean  of  both.  Offer  it  water  occasionally  after  it  is  a  month  old, 
and  when  weaned  see  that  it  never  lacks  for  water. 

Xrv.    Where  the  Profit  Comes  In. 

If  during  the  winter  you  have  kept  the  calves  in  the  warmest  quarters 
possible,  and  fed  liberally  with  grain  and  hay,  in  the  spring  you  will  have 
received  the  best  profit  that  you  will  ever  reap  from  the  animal  at  any  subse- 
quent age  ;  but  upon  comparing  debit  and  credit  with  your  neighbor  who 
has  fed  skim-milk  alone  in  summer  and  poor  hay  in  winter,  you  will  find 
that  the  loss  on  his  calves  has  gone  in  the  shape  of  profit  in  yours. 

From  this  time  on  feed  liberally  of  grain  in  the  winter,  and  give  a  little 
all  summer  when  they  will  eat  it.  Let  them  be  so  warm  in  winter  that 
they  never  become  chilled.  So  continue  until  the  animal  is  within  six 
months  of  being  ripe  for  the  butcher.  Then  feed  the  best  you  can,  and 
you  ^v'ill  find  that  you  will  get  two  to  three  cents  a  jjound,  gross  weight, 
more  than  your  neighbor  who  has  only  half  fed  and  has  turned  off  his 
cattle  totally  unfit  for  the  butcher. 

The  same  rule  will  hold  good  for  those  calves  intended  for  cows.  To 
make  a  good  cow,  she  must- be  fed  well  to  bring  early  development  and 
maturity.  She  may  thus  be  brought  forward  strong  and  lusty,  and  in 
better  condition  at  two  years  past  to  bring  you  a  perfect  calf,  than  those 
of  your  neighbor  at  twice  that  age,  whose  policj  has  been  to  grudge  them 
feed  and  allow  them  to  shift  for  themselves. 


782  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR, 

XV.    Feeding  for  Beef  and  for  Labor. 

The  following,  originally  written  for  the  American  Encyclopaedia  of 
Agriculture,  contains  in  the  extracts  given  the  gist  of  our  conclusions  on 
the  subject  of  feeding  : 

The  time  is  long  since  passed  Avhen  it  is  considered  true  economy  to 
allow  young  stock  to  shift  for  themselves  without  the  intelligent  care  of 
the  master  and  proper  feeding.  The  most  successful  feeders  of  to-day 
feed  all  stock  liberally,  and  such  as  are  destined  for  human  food,  are 
fed  fully  from  birth,  and  until  ready  for  the  butcher's  block.  But  the 
system  of  forcing  is  carefully  avoided  with  all  stock  intended  for  either 
labor  or  breeding.  The  object  here  is  to  develop  strong  constitutions 
and  ample  bone  and  muscle,  that  a  long  and  useful  life  may  result.  Hence 
u  different  class  of  foods  are  used  from  those  intended  for  mere  fat- 
tening. In  this,  again,  the  question  of  the  proper  foods  to  be  used  be- 
comes important. 

XVI.    Reaching  Results. 

The  food  must  be  perfect  food  ;  that  is,  adapted  to  the  special  require- 
ments of  the  animal.  Young  animals  ;  those  required  for  labor  ;  those  to 
be  used  for  fast  driving,  and  those  ready  for  feeding  ripe  (fully  fat)  each 
require  different  food,  and,  indeed,  different  care. 

In  the  fattening  of  animals,  the  sooner  they  can  be  brought  up  to  a 
fully  fat  weight,  the  greater  will  be  the  profit:  a  Aveight  of,  say  1,500 
pounds  for  cattle,  300  pounds  for  the  large  breeds  of  swine,  200  pounds 
for  the  small  breeds,  and  from  100  to  150  pounds  for  sheep,  according  to 
the  breed.  To  do  this  they  must  be  pressed  forward  from  birth,  by 
means  of  the  food  best  adapted  to  the  animal,  and  marketed  before  they 
become  fully  grown.  In  summer  a  pasture  containing  a  variety  of  good 
grasses  will  furnish  this  perfect  food.  If  anything  is  needed  more,  it  may 
measurably  be  found,  for  fattening,  in  Indian  corn,  or  meal  as  a  supple- 
mentary food,  to  be  given  at  night. 

For  young  animals,  working  and  fast  driving  stock,  oats  are  proper. 
The  two  first,  however,  may  have  any  kind  of  mill  stuff,  with  profit,  if 
cheaper  than  oats.  In  the  winter  all  stock,  in  addition  to  good,  sweet  hay, 
should  receive  daily  such  grain  as  will  best  answer  the  end,  except  that 
corn  meal,  or  corn,  may  constitute  a  part  of  the  daily  ration  for  all  classes 
of  stock,  since  more  fat  is  required  for  the  animal  waste  than  in  summer. 

For  dairy  stock  the  young  animals  should  be  fed  identically  as  for 
working  stock,  but  not  forced,  since  sufficient  frame- work  for  continued 
usefulness  must  be  provided.  Milking  stock  may  receive  largely  of 
corn  meal,  in  winter,  and  ground  rye,  oats,  barley,  or  mill  feed,  accord- 
ing to  relative  prices. 


THE    RAISING    AND    ECONOMICAL    FEEDING    OF    CATTLE.  783 

Another  important  matter  is  the  necessity  of  changing  their  diet.  An- 
imals will  live  on  one  particular  food .  They  will  even  thrive  for  a  time  ;  but 
the  best  results,  economically  considered,  have  always  been  gained  by 
varying  the  food,  according  to  the  appetite  of  the  animal.  The  change 
from  green  to  dry,  and  dry  to  green  food,  however,  should  not  be  made  too 
suddenly. 

XVII.    When  and  How  to  Peed. 

Hay,  in  the  West,  is  one  of  the  most  expensive  of  the  stock  foods  raised  in 
all  that  great  region  known  as  the  corn  belt.  In  the  more  central  portions  of 
the  corn  zone,  a  ton  of  corn  and  fodder  can  be  produced  for  less  money  than 
a  ton  of  the  best  meadow  hay.  Hence,  feeders  use  as  largely  of  corn  as 
possible,  and  when  finishing  off  cattle  fat,  it  is  given  almost  exclusively, 
or  with  only  enough  rough  fodder  to  properly  divide  it.  Regularity  in 
the  amount  of  the  ration  fed  is  of  particular  importance.  All  animals 
should  be  fed  at  exactly  regular  hours,  and  just  what  they  will  eat  clean. 
If  any  is  left,  it  should  be  removed  and  given  to  other  hungrier  animals. 
As  to  the  time  of  feeding,  three  times  a  day  is  sufficient  for  all  except 
horses  and  swine.  In  fattening  swine  the  best  results  are  obtained  by 
giving  them  what  they  will  eat  clean  four  times  a  day.  There  will  always 
be  some  animals  that  will  be  delicate  and  indifferent  feeders.  These 
should  always  be  separated  from  the  hearty  ones  and  given  special  care 
and  food.  Get  rid  of  them  at  the  first  possible  opportunity  ;  certainly  as 
soon  as  they  are  in  passably  salable  condition.  There  is  no  money  either 
in  trying  to  raise  or  fatten  such. 

When  cattle  are  kept  in  a  stable  there  should  be  a  room,  frost  proof, 
where  the  morning's  food  may  be  prepared  over  night,  if  mixed  food  or 
wet  food  is  given.  If  meal  or  other  grain  food  is  given  without  mixing 
with  hay  or  straw — and  in  our  opinion  this  is  better  for  cattle — it  should 
be  given  only  moist  enough  so  it  will  not  be  dry.  A  little  experience  ^vill 
soon  enable  the  feeder  to  so  prepare  the  meal  for  the  whole  stock  over 
night,  that  it  will  be  in  proper  condition  in  the  morning.  If  it  be  mixed 
with  cut  food,  use  clear  bright  oat  straw  if  possible,  and  not  cut  shorter 
than  two  inches. 

XVIII.  Out-Door  Feeding  where  Corn  is  Cheap. 
In  the  milder  latitudes  of  the  West  it  has  been  found  economical  to 
feed  in  the  o[)en  air  where  the  shelter  of  timber  or  artificial  plantings  may 
be  had.  Careful  experiments  made  some  years  since  at  the  Illinois  Indus- 
trial University,  as  between  feeding  in  stables  with  ground  and  unground 
corn,  showed  a  decided  profit  in  the  latter  way  of  feeding.  This  we  have 
also  found  to  be  the  case.  Under  this  system  of  feeding,  whether  the 
stock  are  fed  snapped  corn,  or  fed  with  husked  corn,  very  little  is  lost. 


784  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

The  cattle  are  fed  plentifully.  What  they  leave  and  that  which  passes 
undigested  is  picked  up  l)y  swine,  two  hogs  being  usually  allowed  to  each 
steer  to  be  fattened,  and  at  the  end  of  the  day  the  hogs  are  given  sonic 
corn  additional,  if  they  need  it.  Thus,  except  in  very  inclement  weather, 
steers  may  be  made  fat  on  al)out  fifty  bushels  of  corn  in  al)out  three  to 
four  months'  feeding,  and  the  shoats  require  but  little  additional  food  to 
bring  them  up  to  heavy  weights. 

The  best  plan  we  have  ever  tried  for  out-door  fattening  is  to  feed  corn 
cut  at  the  roots  and  shocked.  This  is  hauled  daily  on  truck  wagons, 
when  the  ground  is  hard,  or  on  sleds  when  there  is  snow,  and  fed,  corn 
and  fodder  together.  The  cattle  are  not  expected  to  eat  the  fodder  clean, 
but  usually  they  may  be  expected  to  consume  the  blades,  which  with  the 
ears  are  the  valuable  part.  The  feeding  is  twice  a  day,  in  feeding  lots — 
a  lot  for  the  morning  feed  and  one  for  the  evening  feed.  The  cattle 
being  about  done  with  the  ears,  hogs  are  turned  in  to  glean  the  scattered 
corn  and  droppings.  Thus,  whatever  the  system  of  feeding,  if  cattle 
have  shelter  from  stormy  and  inclement  weather,  they  may  be  made  very 
fat,  and  healthfully  so,  and,  where  labor  is  scarce  and  corn  cheap,  at  a 
minimum  expense. 

XIX.    A  Good  Condiment. 

We  do  not  believe  in  condimental  food  for  animals  as  a  rule,  but  when 
it  is  deemed  necessary,  the  following  will  be  found  to  be  a  good  condi- 
ment for  special  feeding,  to  be  given  one  pound  with  each  feed  of  meal  : 
Twenty-five  pounds  ground  linseed  oil  cake,  ten  pounds  ground  flaxseed, 
forty  pounds  corn-meal,  t\venty-f our  ounces  ground  turmeric  root,  two 
ounces  ginger,  two  ounces  caraway  seed,  eight  ounces  gentian,  two  ounces 
cream  of  tartar,  one  pound  sulphur,  one  pound  common  salt  and  ten  oun- 
ces coriander  seed.  Mix  the  whole  together,  and  when  fed  use  a  quarter 
of  a  pound  of  molasses  to  each  feed,  the  molasses  to  be  used  in  the  water 
for  wetting  the  food  in  whii^h  the  condiment  is  given.  Where  sorghum 
molasses  is  made,  this  will  not  be  found  to  be  expensive. 

XX.    So-Called  Perfect  Poods. 

So  much  has  been  said  by  theorists  about  perfect  foods,  and  the 
danger  from  feeding  corn ,  that  many  persons  have  been  brought  to  be- 
lieve that  corn  is  almost  a  dangerous  food  for  growing  animals  ;  that  thus 
fed,  they  will  lack  bone  and  muscle,  and  cannot  be  expected  to  grow  up 
healthy.  If  an  animal  were  to  be  raised  exclusively  on  corn  this  might 
be  true,  but  the  same  would  be  true  of  other  grain.  Neither  horses, 
cattle,  nor  sheep  can  be  properly  raised  exclusively   on  grain.     Oats  are 


THE    RAISING    AND    ECONOMICAL   FEEDING    OF    CATTLE. 


785 


andoubtedly  the  best  grain  that  can  be  fed  to  growing  stock  in  connec- 
tion with  hay.  Oats,  however,  cannot  be  afforded.  Good  hay  is  a  per- 
fect food,  so  far  as  the  distension  of  the  stomach  is  concerned.  The  an- 
imal cannot  eat  enough  to  fatten  upon.  Our  pastures  make  a  perfect 
tood,  so  far  as  muscular  development  is  concerned.     For  cattle,  whole 


r.TMOT'SINK    I'.F.F.y    CATTLE — (FRENCH). 

These  cattle  are  siuall,  line-boned,  aud  greatly  esteemed  for  their  beef.     The  jar; 
»xen  will  weigh  about  2200  pounds,  and  a  pair  like  these  will  bring  $240  to  $280. 


A  itALLoway  bull. 
An  observant  gentleman  who  has  traveled  much,  declares  that  well-bred  animalspos- 
sess  national  characteristics  as  distinctly  marked  as  the  different  races  of  men.    And 
there  is  much  truth  in  his  statement.     Any  one  could  tell  at  a  glance  that  this  rugged 
and  good-natured  little  bull  was  a  native  of  the  famous  Emerald  Isle. 

com,  that  is,  ears,  husks,  and  leaves,  forms  a  perfect  food  either  for 
growing  or  fattening  stock  in  winter,  so  soon  as  they  get  strength  of  jaw 
sufficient  to  crush  the  corn.  Therefore,  no  breeder  need  be  afraid  that 
cattle  from  calf  hood  up  will  fail  to  develop,  with  plenty  of  good  hay  and 
colli,  or  corn-meal  in  winter,  and  plenty  of  good,  flush  pasture  in  summer, 
with  pure  water  at  all  times. 


CHAPTER  XIV. 


PASTURAGE  AND  FEEDING  FOR  PROFIT. 


f.     STUDY    THE  CONDITIONS. II.     PROVIDE  AGAINST    DROUGHTS. III.     KINDS   OK 

FEED  TO  RAISE. IV.   PASTURE  THE  POOR  MAN'S  WEALTH. V.      THE  VALUABLE 

CLOVERS. VI.      ALFALFA  OR  LUZERNE. VII.     CLOVERS  NOT  GENERALLY  VAL- 
UABLE.  VIII.      FORAGE  AND  FEEDING  PLANTS. IX.       GRASS  IS  THE  MOST  VALr 

UABLE. X.       GRASSES    OF    SPECIAL   VALUE. XI.      THE  COMING     GRASSES    FOB 

THE  WEST. XII.     THE  TIME  TO  PASTURE. XIII.      FEEDING  IN  WINTER. XIV. 

WATERING. XV.      FEEDING    IN    SUMMER. XVI.     ECONOMY    OF    FULL  SUMMEB 

AND  WINTER  FEEDING. XVII.     SUMMING  UP. ^XVIII.     FINISHING  A  STEEE. 

XIX.     WHEN  TO  SELL. 

I.     Study  the  Conditions. 

In  every  country,  and,  indeed,  in  every  district  of  a  country,  the  cir- 
cum  stances  attending  the  rearing,  and  especially  the  feeding  and  fatten- 
ing of  stock  are  so  varying  and  diversified,  that  the  aggregate  cost  of  a 
comparatively  insignificant  group  of  items  is  what  makes  the  difference 
between  profit  and  loss  in  feeding.  For  instance,  a  few  cents  a  bushel  more 
or  less  in  the  price  of  corn,  an  extra  month  of  winter,  or  greater  cost  of 
watering  in  one  case  than  in  another  may  give  one  man  profit  and  an- 
other man  it  may  carry  into  loss  Insufficient  shelter,  imperfect  conve- 
niences and  little  wastes,  here  and  there  will  often  turn  the  scale  both  in 
summer  and  in  winter  feeding. 

n.    Provide  against  Droughts. 

In  summer,  a  drought  which  finds  the  feeder  unprepared  with  grsen 
food,  other  than  grass,  will  destroy  profits,  as  also  will  a  failure  of  water. 
The  reason  is  simple.  Every  case  of  this  kind  which  stops  or  retards 
fattening,  is  not  only  a  loss  through  the  shrinkage  of  flesh,  but  after  the 
animals  again  begin  to  improve,  it  takes  some  time  before  they  really  be- 
gin  to  thrive  again  when  the  pastures  become  flush.  Not  so  with  the 
farmer  who  provides  against  a  lack  of  water  during  droughts,  and  has 
sufficient  green  fodder  to  supply  deficiencies  arising  from  bare  or  partly 
bare  pastures. 

m.    Kinds  of  Feed  to  Raise. 

The  question  of  feeding-material  is  an  important  one,  and  here  the 
feeder  must  be  guided  by  soil,  climate  and  such  other  natural  contingen- 
cies as  he  may  have  to  encounter.     Any  fodder  crop  does  best  on  a  rather 

786 


PASTURAGE    AND    FEEDING    FOR   PROFIT.  787 

porous  but  rich  soil.  Hence,  if  the  soil  is  stiff,  it  may  be  opened  by 
plowing  under  long  manure  deeply.  If  already  too  light,  give  it  cow 
manure,  ashes,  and  such  special  manures  .as  you  may  be  in  the  habit  of 
using. 

Corn  is  the  great  soiling  crop  for  farm  animals  North  and  South.  Next 
come  sorghum,  and  the  many  varieties  of  Doura  corn  or  East  Indian  millet. 
In  the  South,  cow-peas  are  valuable.  Alfalfa,  once  it  is  established,  gives 
heavy  cuttings  of  fodder.  In  the  North  this  plant  has  not,  as  a  rule, 
proved  valuable,  but  some  varieties  of  the  cow-pea  can  be  grown  and 
matured  in  from  seven  to  eight  weeks.  It  is  worthy  of  experiment. 
Sown  after  the  nights  become  warm,  this  crop  is  a  most  valuable  one  to 
turn  under  as  a  fertilizer  if  not  wanted  for  feeding. 

With  proper  cure  in  seeding  thick  on  rich  soil,  any  forage  crop  may 
be  cut  with  a  mowing  machine,  so  that  the  labor  of  gathering  is  compara- 
tively light,  and  it  may  be  fed  occasionally  in  the  field  or  in  the  yards, 
night  and  morning,  or  only  at  night,  as  circumstances  may  dictate. 

It  must  be  remembered  as  a  first  principle  in  feeding,  whether  for 
growth  or  for  fattening,  that  animals  must  not  be  allowed  to  shrink, 
since  every  time  they  do  so  it  is  at  a  loss  (jf  flesh  to  themselves  and  of 
profit  to  the  owner. 

IV.    Pasture  the  Poor  Man's  Wealth. 

Upon  plenty  of  good  pasture  depends  success  in  summer  feeding ; 
with  the  majority  of  farmers  the  pasture  provides  the  sole  summer  feed. 
Hence  the  necessity  that  it  be  strong  and  vigorous.  Nothing  is  gained 
by  overstocking  a  pasture.  It  is  better  to  get  rid  of  some  of  the  stock 
than  to  feed  the  pasture  too  close,  for  animals  that  have  to  busy  them- 
selves all  day  to  satisfy  the  cravings  of  their  stomachs  never  come  out  fat. 
If  you  have  i)rovided  for  contingencies,  by  means  of  fodder,  you  may, 
of  course,  stock  your  pastures  closer  than  otherwise.  If  not,  stock  them 
only  so  the  cattle  can  easily  supply  their  wants. 

V.    The  Valuable  Clovers. 

The  best  clovers,  or  those  which  do  well  generally,  are  practically  in- 
cluded in  three  species,  viz :  The  Red  clover,  the  White  or  Dutch 
clover,  and  the  Alsike  clover.  The  soils  best  adapted  to  Red  clover  are 
such  as  will  bring  good  crojjs  of  winter  grain,  though  Red  clover  does 
well  on  all  soils  which  do  not  heave  badly  in  winter. 

White  clover  will  grow  on  any  land  adapted  to  Blue  grass,  and  also 
on  many  rather  moist  soils.  It  favors  a  firm,  not  a  spongy  soil.  It  must 
be  confessed  that  cattle  do  not  like  it,  but  it  makes  rich  feed,  and  if 
mixed  with  Blue  grass,  or  other  soft  grass,  cattle  will  take  both  together 


788  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

Alsike  clover — often  called  Swedish  clover — does  well  on  most  soils. 
and  will  hear  considerahle  flooding,  if  the  flooding  is  not  too  long  contin- 
ued. We  consider  it  as  altogether  superior  to  White  cU)ver  for  pasture, 
and  on  soils  too  wet  for  Red  clover   it  makes  good  hay  for  cattle. 

VI.    Alfalfa  or  Luzerne. 

Alfalfa  or  Luzerne — its  tnie  name — is  a  valuable  barn  forage;  it  should 
be  cut  and  fed  fresh  or  partly  wilted.  It  thrives  on  deep,  dry  soils,  which 
are  not  subject  to  hard  freezing  in  winter.  It  has  become  thoroughly 
naturalized  in  California,  does  exceedingly  well  on  the  Western  plains 
in  Texas  and  in  New  Mexico,  as  it  has  done  in  some  of  the  Southern 
States  east  of  the  Mississippi.     It  is  no  longer  an  experiment. 

Vn.    Clovers  Not  Generally  Valuable. 

What  we  have  previoush'^  written  under  this  head,  we  have  since  seen 
no  reason  to  change.  There  are  many  other  species  of  clovers,  some  of 
them  indigenous  to  the  West,  which  we  only  mention  as  a  caution  against 
their  being  sown.  These  two  species  of  so  called  Buffalo  clover — the 
upright  and  the  running  Buffalo  clovers — the  upright  or  yellow  clover, 
and  the  low  hop  clover,  a  half-creeping  variety.  There  is  only  one  more 
variety  worth  mentioning,  and  this  simply  as  a  warning  to  farmers  not  to 
sow  it,  except  for  bee  pasturage,  and  then  only  when  it  may  not  become  a 
troublesome  weed.  We  have  reference  to  the  tree  clover  or  Bokhara  clo- 
ver, specifically  the  white-flowered  melliotus.  It  has  been  recommended 
as  valuable  for  soiling,  that  is,  for  cutting  green  for  feeding  to  stock  in 
stables.  We  give  the  same  advice  about  sowing  this  clover  that  the 
crabbed  lawyer  did  to  a  young  client  who  asked  his  advice  about  getting 
married — Don't. 

If  there  are  bee  men  near,  your  hedge  rows  and  waste  places  will  be 
well  seeded  with  this  Bokhara  clover.  At  least  such  seems  to  be  the 
case,  much  to  the  disgust  of  the  general  farming  community.  It  does 
make  good  bee  pasture — no  doubt  of  it — but  it  is  a  nuisance  in  every 
other  respect. 

VIII.    Forage  and  Feeding  Plants. 

We  have  already  spoken  of  the  value  of  forage  plants,  and,  in  a  pre- 
ceding chapter  of  root  crops.  Turnips,  rape  and  mustard,  so  valuable  in 
England  and  some  other  parts  of  Europe,  belong  to  what  botanists  call 
cruciferous  plants.  The  ruta-baga,  the  kohl-rabi  and  the  cabbage  are  the 
principal  plants  of  this  tribe  that  are  valuable  to  the  farmers  in  the  United 
States  ;  and,  in  the  West,  these  are  not  especially  valuable  for  feeding. 
Of  the  other  special  fruit  and  root  crops,  the  gourd  family  includes 


PASTURAGE   AND   FEEDING   FOR   PROFIT-  789 

pumpkins  and  squashes,  which  find  a  large  place  in  feeding  stock  in  many 
portions  of  the  United  States.  The  composite  family,  the  largest  of  the 
natural  families,  furnishes  artichokes  and  a  few  others  seldom  used  ;  but 
it  is  remarkable  in  its  lack  of  useful  species  although  wonderful  in  orna- 
mental ones.  The  night-shade  family  gives  us  the  potato.  The  parsley 
family  gives  us  the  carrot,  the  parsnip  and  some  others  of  value,  and  the 
goosefoot  family  furnishes  the  sugar  beet  and  mangelwurzel ,  valuable  for 
feeding  in  the  West. 

IX.    Grass  is  the  Most  Valuable. 

All  these  plants  placed  together  are  of  minor  account  in  comparison 
with  the  great  grass  family,  which  includes  our  cereal  grains. 

We  do  not  use  botanical  names  usually  in  speaking  of  grasses.     We 
only  introduce  them  below  in  connection  with  the  common  names,  be 
cause  in  some  cases  the  same  grass  goes  by  different  names  in  different 
parts  of  the  country.     The  feeder  may  select  from  the  following  list : 

Timothy,  (Phleum  pratense)  a  better  name  for  which  would  be  Cat's- 
tail  grass,  and,  for  the  reason  that  in  some  sections  of  the  country  it  is 
called  Timothy,  as  in  Pennsylvania,  and  Herd's  grass  in  New  England 
and  New  York.  Neither  of  these  names  gives  an  indication  of  its  char- 
acteristic flower-head,  while  the  former  names  do.  In  Blue  grass,  {Poa 
pratensis)  ;  Wire  grass,  (^Poa  compressa)  ;  Red-top,  (Agrostis  vulgaris) 
confusion  of  names  again  comes  in.  In  Pennsylvania,  Blue  grass  is 
called  Green  grass,  and  Eed4op  is  called  Herd's  grass.  Orchard  grass, 
(Dactyhs  glomerata)  ;  Fowl-meadow  grass,  {Poa  sei^otina),  and  Meadow 
fescue,  {^Festuca  pratensis^ ^  are  also  most  valuable  grasses. 

X.    Grasses  of  Special  Value. 

For  feeding  during  droughts,  Indian  corn,  sown  at  the  rate  of  two 
bushels  per  acre,  in  drills  two  feet  apart,  cultivated  thoroughly  once  or 
twice,  and  cut  when  in  blossom  will  make  a  good  reliance,  as  also  will 
German  millet  (Panicum  Gei-manicum),  and  common  millet  (P.  rnili- 
aceum).     Here  we  have  nine  varieties  of  grass  that  do  well  generally. 

The  first,  second,  third  and  fourth,  with  the  clovers  heretofore  named, 
constitute  the  bulk  of  the  grasses  cultivated  for  pasture.  Orchard  grass 
is  one  of  the  most  valuable  in  the  whole  list,  and  should  be  tried  every- 
where, on  land  not  wet.  Fowl-meadow  is  also  well  worthy  of  trial. 
Fowl-meadow  grass  especially  has  been  found  to  take  the  place  of  Blue 
grass  in  those  sections  of  the  Northwest  where  Blue  grass  does  not  suc- 
ceed. Especially  has  this  been  the  case  in  Wisconsin.  It  is  hoped  ii 
may  be  found  so  in  the  Southwest,  where  Blue  grass  is  not  natural  to 
the  soil. 


790  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

XI.    The  Coming  Grasses  for  the  West. 

W(^  believe  Orchard  grass  and  Fowl-meadow  will  be  found  to  be  two 
of  the  most  valuable  grasses  for  the  West,  the  Northwest,  and  perhaps  for 
the  Southwest,  when  they  come  to  be  better  known.  Orchard  grass,  also, 
gives  good  satisfaction  in  the  middle  region  of  the  South,  and  we  think 
that  Fowl-meadow  will  also  prove  most  valuable  there.  Mr.  Frank  E. 
Hoyt,  a  careful  farmer  of  Wisconsin,  in  relation  to  this  grass,  sajs  he 
knows  of  no  grass  in  the  Northwest  that  will  compare  with  it,  either  for 
pasturage  or  the  production  of  hay.  It  has  never  been  winter  or  sum- 
mer killed,  and  he  has  found  one  acre  of  marsh  well  set  in  Fowl-meadow 
equal  for  pasturage  to  three  acres  of  upland,  set  in  Blue  grass,  and  the 
hay  produced  the  second  year  after  seeding  has  never  failed  to  pay  the 
entire  expense  of  cultivating  and  seeding  the  land.  Fowl-meadow 
hay  is  especially  valuable  for  horses,  having  all  the  advantages  of  vn\d 
hay,  being  free  from  dust,  that  infests  timothy  and  clover,  while  it  pos- 
sesses all  the  nutriment  of  the  best  tame  hay  ;  and  those  dairymen  whc 
are  acquainted  with  it,  pronounce  it  valuable  hay  for  milch  cows. 

Xn.    Time  to  Pasture. 

The  time  to  pasture  is  when  the  dew  is  on,  the  earlier  in  the  morning 
the  better.  Our  plan  has  always  been  to  allow  cattle  to  lie  in  the  pasture 
all  night ;  and  this  rule  is  good  even  in  the  spring  and  fall,  if  shelter  is 
provided  against  cold  storms,  and  the  pasture  is  not  too  remote  from  the 
house.  In  that  case  the  milch  cows  must  lie  in  the  yard,  but  should  have 
some  food  they  like,  early  in  the  morning,  unless  milked  at  day-break. 

Xni.    Feeding  in  Winter. 

Whatever  the  stock,  or  the  place  of  feeding,  give  the  first  meal  as  soon 
after  day-light  as  possible  in  winter — just  what  they  will  fully  eat.  If 
eaten  pretty  dean,  give  a  little  more  feed  again  at  noon,  and  again  at 
night,  so  that  the  animals  may  lie  down  on  fairly  full  stomachs  before 
dark.  If  only  one  feed  of  grain  is  given  daily,  it  should  be  given  at 
night. 

Stock  should  be  graded  in  the  feeding  yard  as  to  age  and  strength. 
The  weak  and  the  strong  should  never  be  fed  together,  else  the  strong 
will  get  better  feeding  than  the  weak  ones,  even  when  the  fullest  allow- 
ance is  given.  Special  attention  should  be  paid  to  the  allowance  of  salt. 
Cattle  should  have  it  where  they  can  take  it  at  will.  They  will  consume 
less  than  if  it  be  given  them  at  regular  intervals.  Salt  taken  in  large 
doses  is  cathartic,  but  in  such  quantities  as  animals  naturally  crave  daily 
it  aids  digestion  and  is  necessary  to  all  herbiverous  animals. 


PASTURAGE  AND  FEEDING  FOR  PROFIT.  791 

In  feeding  in  stables  observe  the  same  rule — full  feeding  of  good  prov- 
ender, early  and  late  and  at  noon.  This  is  what  keeps  animals  growing 
continuously  and  insures  profits  ;  for  thus  the  feeder  secures  the  greatest 
possible  gain,  with  the  least  loss,  to  the  animal  system. 

It  is  poor  policy,  when  grain  is  cheaper  than  hay — and  it  is  so  in  many 
portions  of  the  West — to  feed  largely  with  hay.  Corn  and  good  bright 
straw,  with,  say,  five  pounds  of  good  hay  daily  per  steer  will  keep  them 
growing  right  along.  Dry  corn  with  little  fodder  tends  to  unnatural 
heat  and  fever.  Therefore  keep  the  stomach  distended  with  a  proper 
quantity  of  fodder  of  some  kind,  and  if  the  corn  can  be  fed  after  being 
soaked  so  much  the  better. 

XIV.    Watering. 

Cattle  should  have  water  offered  them  twice  a  day  in  winter,  and  in 
summer  it  is  desirable  that  they  get  it  whenever  they  happen  to  want  it. 
People  sometimes  need  but  little  water  and  at  other  times  a  great  deal. 
It  is  the  same  with  stock  of  all  kinds.  If  the  water  is  in  pools,  do  not 
cut  holes  in  the  ice  for  stock  to  drink  through,  unless  precautions  have 
been  taken  to  prevent  their  slipping  on  the  ice.  This  hint  may  seem 
needless ;  and  yet,  there  is  more  loss  on  stock,  every  year,  from  this 
cause,  than  would  provide  suitable  pumps  and  troughs,  and  also  pay  for 
the  labor  of  pumping. 

XV.    Feeding  in  Summer, 

In  fattening  cattle  it  often  happens  that  the  grass  is  not  sufficient,  or  if 
it  be  sufficient  to  keep  them  full,  they  do  not  fatten  fast  enough.  It  is 
just  as  cheap  for  the  farmer  who  only  fattens  a  few  head  yearly  to  make 
prime  cattle,  as  it  is  for  one  who  fattens  hundreds.  In  fact  a  man  who 
fattens  but  a  few  head  should  make  better  cattle  than  one  who  feeds 
many. 

In  England  when  grain  is  high,  the  most  of  it  being  imported,  summer 
feeding  of  grain  ^\^th  grass  has  been  practiced  for  years.  Why  should  it 
not  be  so  here  in  the  West,  where  the  grain  is  grown  that  the  English 
feeders  buy?  The  pastures  during  July  and  August  will  not  graze  as 
many  head  of  cattle  as  in  spring  and  autumn.  Hence,  the  English  farm- 
ers can  fully  stock  their  pastures  by  supplying  what  meal  the  cattle  will 
eat  while  the  grass  is  scant.  When  pastures  are  flush  and  in  full  succu- 
lence but  little  if  any  of  the  meal  will  be  taken.  What  meal  they  do 
eat  is  so  much  clear  gain  in  fattening.  Animals,  when  on  succulent 
pasture,  require  some  dry  food.  They  will  even  eat  a  little  hay  daily  at 
«uch  times.  Thus  meal,  or  if  the  cattle  are  used  to  it,  soaked  corn,  not 
only  modifies  the  succulence   of  green  grass   and  clover,  which  contains 


792  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

from  eighty  to  eighty-five  per  cent,  of  water,  but  it  promotes  the  growth 
of  young  cattle,  and  brings  well-matured  steers  fully  fat  at  midsummei, 
and  at  other  seasons  when  prime  beef  l>rings  the  best  prices. 

XVI.    Economy  of  Full  Summer  and  Winter  Feeding. 

From  what  has  been  written  the  reader  will  have  become  convinced 
that  we  l)elieve  in  the  economy  of  full  summer  and  wii.^er  feeding,  and 
this  from  calfhood  up  until  the  animal  is  sold  to  the  bu-tcher.  The  same 
rule  will  a[)ply  to  stock  intended  for  breeding  and  also  to  cows  raised  for 
their  milk  product.  In  the  two  latter  cases,  however,  the  feeding  must 
be  more  diversified  ;  for  breeding  and  milking  animals  need  to  have  fully- 
developed  frames.  This  is  not  so  necessary  for  stock  that  is  to  be  sold 
as  soon  as  fit  for  the  butcher.  We  have  shown  that  three  years  from 
birth  is  ample  time  in  which  to  prepare  cattle  for  the  butcher's  block. 
The  principal  economy  in  feeding  grain  to  fattening  animals  the  year 
round  is,  that  thereby  your  pastures  may  be  more  fully  stocked  than 
otherwise,  and  thus  may  he  fed  more  evenly.  By  this  course,  also,  you 
will  have  more  land  left  for  the  production  of  corn  for  winter  feeding. 
We  have  cultivated  over  sixty  acres  of  corn  to  the  hand  in  afield  of  1,500 
acres,  the  outlay  being  only  one-third  of  a  day's  work  per  man  per  acre 
up  to,  but  not  including,  the  Ifibor  of  husking.  The  average  yield  was 
within  a  fraction  of  forty  bushels  per  acre  for  the  whole  area,  and  the 
final  result  was  of  corn  put  into  the  crib,  over  seventeen  bushels 
for  every  day's  work  of  each  hand  employed.  The  same  may  be  done  by 
any  farmer  on  measurably  clean  land  in  any  season. 

The  first  proposition  in  relation  to  full  feeding,  winter  and  summer,  is, 
that  your  pastures  will  thereby  carry  more  cattle.  The  second  is,  tha; 
animals,  going  into  winter  quarters  fat,  will  waste  less  flesh  during  the 
winter,  since  the  animal  heat  is  more  easily  kept  up  in  a  fat  than  in  a  half- 
fat  or  lean  one.  The  third  and  not  the  least  important  point  is,  that  you 
hasten  maturity  and  thus  save  interest  on  capital,  insurance,  and  other 
items  of  cost. 

XVII.    Stunming  Up. 

The  whole  matter  may  be  summed  up  as  follows  :  The  pasture  grasses 
mixed  make  a  [)crfect  food.  Therefore  make  the  most  of  them.  Clover 
Timothy,  Red-top,  Orchard  grass,  and  Fowl-meadow  grass  also  make  a 
perfect  food.  When  they  can  be  economically  raised  (and  where  in  a 
grass  country  can  they  not?)  make  the  most  of  them.  Eaise  all  the 
roots  you  can,  (in  the  West  carrots  and  beets)  to  supplement  your  grasses 
with.  But  do  not  expect  to  fatten  stock  without  grain.  It  cannot  be 
done  unless  extra  warmth  is  provided,  and  this  is  not  economical.     Never 


PASTUEAGE    AND    FEEDING    FOR    PROFIT.  793 

attempt  to  fatten  stock  of  any  kind  without  due  attention  to  comfortable 
shelter.  For  this,  exi^ensive  structures  are  not  necessary.  We  have  fat- 
tened cattle  in  Restructure  of  posts  and  poles  covered  with  hay  and  em- 
banked at  the  sides,  and  with  no  flooring  but  the  natural  earth,  but  with 
a  thick  bedding  of  straw.  Yet,  if  the  means  of  the  farmer  will  allow,  a 
good  frame  structure  will  pay,  simply  in  the  lessened  cost  of  labor  in  care, 
feeding  and  cleaning.  Once  you  begin  to  fatten,  never  allow  the  stock 
to  lose,  but  keep  them  going  right  along,  and  increase  the  richness  of  the 
food  as  the  animal  progresses  to  ripeness. 

Hay  will  bring  a  steer  into  tolerable  condition  for  fattening.  Then  he 
will  stop.  Good  pasture  will  carry  him  still  farther.  He  will  make  good, 
succulent,  healthy  beef,  but  cannot  be  made  fully  fat  on  grass.  Hence, 
he  must  at  least  be  finished  off  with  grain.  Indeed,  to  make  him  '*  ripe  " 
(fully  fat)  meal  and  even  oil-cake  must  be  used. 

XVIII.    Finishing  a  Steer. 

If  the  steer  has  been  liberally  fed  from  a  calf,  he  will  be  ready  to  begin 
fattening  the  spring  he  is  three  or  four  years  old,  according  to  the  breed 
—if  a  Short-Horn  or  Hereford,  at  two  years  old  perhaps.  Turn  him  on 
pasture  and  add  what  soaked  corn  or  meal  he  will  eat ;  give  him  shelter 
from  the  heat  and  flies.  If  the  aftermath  is  good  add  pumpkins,  or  corn 
in  the  husk,  as  soon  as  it  begins  to  glaze  ;  and  continue  increasing  the 
corn  as  the  grass  fails. 

Do  not  let  3^our  steers  suffer  for  want  of  shelter  from  storms,  and  when 
the  grass  gives  out  put  them  in  a  warm  stable,  and  finish  them  with  meal, 
or  meal  and  oil-cake,  allowing  of  the  best  hay  not  over  ten  pounds  a  day, 
with  a  peck,  daily,  of  roots  or  the  equivalent  in  pumpkins,  as  long  as  they 
last.  If  the  steers  are  to  be  continued  in  the  fields — where  the  climate 
and  shelter  will  admit — feed  shocked  corn,  and  let  store  cattle  and  hogs 
consume  the  leavings.  Thus  you  may  always  have  them  in  condition  to 
sell  when  the  price  suits. 

XrX.    When  to  SeU. 

Sell  in  the  fall  or  early  winter  if  the  demand  will  warrant  it-  If  not, 
keep  the  steers  until  the  price  coincides  with  your  views.  Your  ))ooks 
should  tell  you  just  how  much  your  cattle  have  cost,  and  just  what  the 
profits  would  be  at  any  time,  if  you  weigh  them  on  your  home  scales,  or 
those  nearest  you;  you  will  have  cattle  that  buyers  Avill  always  come  to 
you  for  in  either  case.  And  if  they  are  stall-fed — as  we  have  shown  how 
to  stall-feed — they  will  always  bring  the  price  of  fancy  beef;  and  two  to 
three  cents  advance  over  the  price  of  half -fattened  beef  is  just  where  the 
profit  of  feeding  lies. 


CHAPTER  XV. 
DAIRYING  AND  BUTTER  MAKING— DAIRY  BUILDINGS. 

L       CAUSES   OF  CHANGES   IX  MILK. II.       MTLKI.NG  TITE  COW. III.      THE  BARN. IV.     jnXK 

UTENSILS    AND    THBIK    CAKE. V.       HANDLING  OF  MILK  AFTER  IT  IS   DRAWN. VI.      THE 

CREAM    SEPARATOR    AND    ITS    OPERATION. VII.      SEPARATING  THE  MILK. VII.      RIPEN- 
ING THE  CREA.Nf. IX.       THE  CHURN. X.       CHURNING. XI.       WORKING  TEtE   BUTTER. 

XIL      CARE  OF  UTENSILS. 

The  principles  of  making  butter  are  easily  understood.  When  studied 
from  the  standpoint  of  present  knowledge,  most  of  the  mystery  that  for- 
merly surrounded  the  work  of  the  butter  maker  di.sappears.  The  making 
of  good  butter  is  not  a  system  of  ''rule  of  thumb,"  but  certain  well-defined 
laws  can  be  laid  down,  which,  if  followed,  will  insure  success. 

On  the  farm  the  maker  has  control  of  every  step  in  the  process  of 
making  butter.  Beginning  with  the  supposition  that  the  cows  are  normal 
and  healthy,  he  starts  Avith  one  ideal  condition,  namely,  a  source  of  pure 
milk.  As  the  milk  is  drawn  from  the  udder  it  should  be  free  from  any 
element  that  would  cause  its  decomposition,  but  the  fact  that  it  will  in  a 
few  hours  become  sour  or  show  evidence  that  other  changes  have  taken 
place  proves  that  a  foreign  element  is  present  to  produce  these  changes. 
A  study  of  these  changes  and  their  cause  is  the  first  and  most  important 
lesson  for  the  butter  maker. 

I.    Cause  of  Changes  in  Milk. 

Everyone  is  familiar  with  the  changes  that  often  take  place  in  milk 
and  those  which  occur  in  the  spoiling  of  fresh  meats  and  vegetables, 
though  the  causas  that  produce  these  changes  may  not  be  apparent  to  the 
observer.  It  is  also  a  matter  of  common  experience  that  in  hot  moist 
weather  these  changes  take  place  with  much  greater  rapidity  than  in  cold 
or  dry  weather.  Everyone  who  has  handled  milk  has  learned  that  cleanli- 
nass  in  everything  that  comes  in  contact  with  it  is  one  of  the  essential 
factors  to  success.  Cold  storage,  such  as  may  be  supplied  by  the  common 
household  refrigerator,  is  also  necessary  for  the  keeping  of  milk  and  other 
perishable  products  in  hot  weather. 

The  cause  of  the  spoiling  of  fruit,  vegetabl&s,  meats,  and  milk  was 
found  to  be  minute  plant  life,  or  germs,  called  bacteria.  It  was  discovered 
that  these  minute  forms  of  life — so  small  that  it  takas  a  powerful  magnify- 
ing gla.ss  to  see  them — were  the  cause  of  all  decomposition.  A  study  of 
their  life,  habits  of  growth,  the  food  on  which  they  lived,  the  kind  of  sub- 
stance on  which  they  could  develop,  and  the  temperatures  most  favorable 
to  their  growth  revealed  the  scientific  necassity  for  observing  perfect  clean- 
liness in  all  dairy  utensils  and  for  keeping  the  milk  cold.  It  wds  found 
that  bacterial  life  is  in  evidence  everywhere,  and  only  awaits  the  proper 
food,  moisture,  and  warmth  to  cause  the  bacteria  to  multiply  very  rapidly. 
Just  as  a  grain  of  corn  grows  when  given  proper  moisture  and  warmth,  so 
the  germ  life  that  finds  its  way  into  milk  utilizes  the  food  and  warmth 
found  there  to  grow  and  multiply,  causing  decomposition, 

794 


DAIRYING  AND  BUTTER  MAKING DAIRY  BUILDINGS.  795 

It  has  been  found  that  when  milk  or  other  perishable  foods  are  kept 
free  from  bacteria  they  will  not  spoil;  and,  further,  that  foods  of  this 
nature  when  kept  at  low  temperatures  are  very  much  longer  in  spoiling, 
although  they  may  contain  great  numbers  of  germs.  When  milk  and 
other  products  are  heated  to  a  high  temperature  the  bacterial  life  is  de- 
stroyed, and  the  products  will  keep  for  a  long  time  if  no  additional  bacteria 
gain  access  to  them. 

II.    Milking  the  Cow. 

Things  for  Milkers  to  Think  About. — Too  many  milkers  regard  the 
work  of  milking  as  a  dirty,  disagreeable  task.  The  work  has  r&solved  itself 
into  nothing  more  than  the  manipulation  of  the  udder,  and  is  to  be 
hurried  through  with  as  quickly  as  possible.  The  element  that  takes  from 
all  drudgery  its  unpleasantness  is  wanting.  That  element  is  thinking 
along  lines  tending  to  improve  the  work.  In  the  processes  that  attend  the 
milking  of  a  cow  there  is  enough  to  cause  the  milker  to  study  seriously 
the  work  that  leads  up  to  the  making  of  a  perfect  pound  of  butter.  Milk 
as  it  is  drawn  from  the  udder  is  nearly  free  from  bacteria.  Could  it  be 
kept  in  this  condition  it  would  keep  for  many  hours  before  any  perceptible 
change  would  take  place. 

The  first  bacteria  enter  during  the  time  of  milking  and  are  naturally 
from  the  cow  and  her  surroundings.  The  manipulation  of  the  udder 
works  off  hair,  particles  of  skin,  and  in  many  instances  particles  of  manure 
that  adhere  to  the  hair  and  udder.  All  of  this  material  finds  its  way  into 
the  milk  pail  and  carries  with  it  great  numbers  of  bacteria.  The  warm 
temperature  and  the  presence  of  a  congenial  food  supply  that  is  in  just 
the  right  physical  condition  cause  these  bacteria  to  multiply  very  rapidly, 
and  unless  something  is  done  to  check  their  growth  souring  or  other 
evidence  of  decomposition  will  take  place  in  a  few  houi-s.  The  rapidity 
with  which  these  changas  occur  will  depend  almost  entirely  upon  the 
temperature  at  which  the  milk  is  allowed  to  stand  and  the  number  of 
bacteria  that  find  entrance  to  it.  These  facts  are  constantly  in  the  mind  of 
the  careful  dairyman.  He  knows  that  the  first  step  is  that  of  prevention. 
The  work  of  milking  should  be  performed  in  such  a  way  that  few  bacteria 
will  find  their  way  into  the  milk.  The  milk  should  be  cooled  quickly  and 
thoroughly  immediately  after  it  is  drawn,  in  order  to  check  the  growth 
of  those  bacteria  that  will,  under  the  best  conditions,  find  their  way  into  it. 

Cleaning  the  Cow. — All  this  leads  to  the  conclusion  that  the  cow  must 
be  carefully  cleaned.  This  is  as  good  for  her  general  physical  well-being 
as  for  the  protection  and  purity  of  the  milk.  The  card  or  the  currycomb 
thoroughly  but  gently  applied  will  remove  all  cojirse  dirt,  straw,  or  other 
matter  clinging  to  the  animal  that  would  eventually  find  its  way  into  the 
pail.  Aside  from  carefully  cleaning  the  cow  with  the  card  or  currycomb, 
the  parts  immediately  surrounding  the  udder  and  the  udder  itself  should 
be  wiped  with  a  damp  cloth.  This  had  best  be  done  just  before  the  milking 
begins,  as  it  will  remove  most  of  the  dust  which  may  still  remain  after 
carding  and  dampen  that  which  is  not  removed,  so  that  it  will  not  fall 
into  the  milk  pail.    If  the  milking  is  to  be  done  in  the  barn  there  are  some 


796  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

Other  important  things  that  need  attention.  The  air  in  the  milking  place 
mii^it  be  free  from  dust— it  matters  not  whether  the  dust  comes  from  the 
floor  as  a  result  of  its  recent  cleaning,  or  whether  the  animals  have  stirred 
up  the  du.'^t  in  coming  into  the  stalls,  or  whether  it  is  caused  by  the  distri- 
bution of  feed  in  the  racks  and  boxes.  Dust  in  the  air  will  find  its  way 
into  the  milk,  bringing  with  it  great  numbers  of  bacteria.  If  the  floors 
are  du.*ty  they  should  be  lightly  sprinkled,  so  as  to  prevent  the  stirring  of 
the  dust!  Feed  should  not  be  distributed  just  before  or  during  the  milking 
hour. 

Clean  Milkers. — Another  thing  of  importance  in  connection  w'ith 
milking  is  the  condition  of  the  hands  and  clothes  of  the  milker.  He 
should  be  clean  personally,  and  should  be  required  to  go  about  his  work 
in  clean  clothes.  The  milking  should  be  done  with  dry  hands.  The  habit 
of  some  milkers  of  wetting  their  hands  with  milk  just  as  they  begin  is  a 
filthy  practice  and  the  cause  of  much  bad  milk  and  poor  butter.  There 
is  something  in  the  presence  of  a  milker  in  a  white  suit  that  calls  for  clean 
work,  particularly  if  he  is  required  to  keep  the  suit  clean  while  about  his 
work.  For  this  reason,  as  well  as  for  the  esthetic  effect,  many  dairymen 
require  their  milkers  to  be  dressed  in  white.  The  same  principle  is  true 
in  regard  to  whitewash  on  the  interior  of  the  barn.  A  carefully  white- 
washed wall  shows  off  cobwebs  to  their  disadvantage,  and  they  will  usually 
be  removed.  There  is  something  out  of  place  if  part  of  a  builduig  is  kept 
clean  and  fresh — as  a  whitewashed  wall,  for  instance — and  other  parts  are 
a  mire  of  filth.  "Whitewashed  walls  go  with  clean  floors,  and  the  two  with 
a  white-clad  milker  will  usually  insure  clean  milk. 

HI.    The  Barn. 

Construction  and  Care. — It  will  be  seen  from  the  preceding  paragraph 
that  the  barn  and  its  care  have  an  important  influence  in  the  production 
of  pure  milk.  As  it  is  impossible  to  secure  pure  milk  in  a  dirty  dark  barn 
reeking  with  odors  of  manure,  its  construction  must  be  taken  into  account. 
Plenty  of  air  space  must  be  provided  in  order  to  insure  pure  air,  from 
900  to  1,000  cubic  feet  being  needed  for  each  animal.  An  abundance  of 
window  space  must  be  provided.  Enough  light  should  enter  to  enable  one 
to  read  a  newspaper  in  the  darkest  places.  The  ventilation  should  be  such 
that  the  air  is  changed  every  few  minutes.  Anyone  contemplating  a  new 
barn  or  a  reconstruction  of  an  old  barn  to  conform  with  the  ideas  here 
mentioned  should  secure  some  good  treatise  on  barn  construction  and 
ventilation.  It  is  evident  to  any  observer  that  one  of  the  difficulties  in 
securing  good  milk  is  the  dark,  poorly  ventilated  and  constricted  barns, 
containing  rotten  wooden  floors  that  can  not  be  cleaned.  Concrete  is  the 
best  material  for  floors.  It  is  economical  and  can  be  easily  kept  clean.  If 
wood  is  used  in  floor  construction,  it  should  be  closely  laid  in  pitch  and 
kept  in  perfect  repair.  The  interior  of  the  barn  should  be  kept  well  cov- 
ered with  whitewa.sh,  which  acts  as  a  purifier  and  makes  the  rooms  much 
lighter.  Stalls  and  feed  boxes  should  be  simple  in  construction  and  easily 
cleaned. 


DAIRYING  AND  BUTTER  MAKING DAIRY  BUILDINGS.  797 

IV.    Milk  Utensils  and  Their  Care. 

Character  of  Utensils. — Not  all  of  the  bacteria  that  find  their  way 
into  milk  come  from  the  cow  or  the  barn.  Often  milk  pails,  strainers,  cans, 
and  other  utensils  used  for  handling  milk  are  the  source  of  such  trouble. 
Faulty  construction  of  these  vessels  is  very  common.  There  should  be  no 
hidden,  inaccessible  places  in  milk  vessels.  The  seams  should  be  soldered 
over  smoothly,  inside  and  out.  Cheap  tinware  is  not  usually  well  soldered, 
and  if  such  is  purchased  it  should  be  taken  to  the  tinner  to  have  all  seams 
carefully  gone  over,  closing  up  all  that  are  open  and  can  not  easily  be 
cleaned.  Galvanized  iron  is  sometimes  used  for  milk  pails  and  other  dairy 
vessels,  but  it  should  not  be,  as  the  galvanizing  is  rough  on  the  surface  . 
and  affords  hiding  places  for  innumerable  bacteria.  Wooden  vassels  should 
not  be  tolerated,  under  any  condition,  for  holding  milk,  for  it  is  impos- 
sible to  keep  them  clean.  Rusty  tinware,  besides  its  effect  in  imparting 
rusty  or  metallic  flavor  to  the  milk,  is  objectionable  for  the  same  reason. 
Good  tin  is  the  only  practicable  material  for  milk  vessels,  and  this  must 
be  kept  shining  and  bright. 

Cleaning  the  Utensils. — The  proper  Avashing  of  milk  utensils  is  some- 
thing that  is  often  misundei-stood.  All  milk  should  be  rinsed  from  the 
surface  of  the  tin  before  it  comes  in  contact  with  boiling  water,  as  the  heat 
will  cook  the  milk  onto  the  surface,  forming  a  coating  very  difficult  to 
remove.  If  this  coating  is  not  removed,  it  furnishes  food  and  place  for 
bacterial  growth.  This  is  especially  true  around  places  liable  to  remain 
moist.  After  rinsing  the  vessel  free  from  milk,  it  may  then  be  washed  in 
hot  water.  There  should  be  added  to  the  water  some  good  cleansing  com- 
pound. Some  of  the  so-called  washing  po\xders  are  very  objectionable,  as 
grease  of  some  kind  is  used  principally  in  their  make-up.  When  such 
powders  are  used  a  coating  of  thick  grease  will  be  formed  around  the  edges 
of  the  sink  or  pan  containing  the  wash  water.  All  such  compounds  should 
be  discarded.  Powders  can  be  procured  that  are  guaranteed  to  contain  no 
grease,  and  they  are  usually  excellent  cleansers.  If  these  are  not  obtain- 
able, the  best  thing  to  use  is  ordinary  commercial  sal  soda  and  a  little  borax, 
which  are  cheap  and  effective. 

For  scrubbing  the  surfaces  of  milk  vessels  a  good  brush  should  be  used. 
There  is  nothing  more  objectionable  for  this  purpose  than  a  cloth,  particu- 
larly the  cloth  that  has  been  used  for  washing  the  dinner  dishes,  or  the  pots 
and  pans.  A  good  hand  brush  can  be  purchased  for  a  few  cents.  It  is  the 
most  effective  and  can  easily  be  kept  clean. 

Drying  and  Sunning  Utensils. — The  final  rinsing  of  dairy  vessels 
should  be  in  boiling  hot  water.  If  they  are  allowed  io  remain  a  few  min- 
utes in  the  hot  water,  all  the  better.  The  heat  will  reach  every  part,  and 
be  continued  long  enough  to  destroy  all  bacterial  life.  After  the  rinsing 
in  boiling  wat^r,  the  surface  will  quickly  dry  and  should  be  allowed  to  do 
so  naturally.  Turn  the  vessel  so  that  it  will  drain,  and  in  a  few  moments 
the  heat  in  the  metal  will  dry  the  surface.  A  cloth  for  drying  can  rarely 
be  kept  clean,  and  for  this  reason  does  more  harm  than  good.     It  is  an 


798  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

excellent  pmctice  to  stand  the  paiLs  and  other  milk  v&ssels  in  the  sun  so 
that  the  rays  will  reach  every  part  of  the  inside.  Most  species  of  bacteria 
can  not  live  in  the  direct  rays  of  the  sun.  For  thLs  reason  milk  rooms  and 
similar  rooms  for  handling  milk  products,  except  cold-storage  rooms, 
should  be  built  so  that  the  sunlight  can  enter  in  abundance.  Dairy  rooms 
are  iLsually  damp,  and  if  dark  will  permit  the  growth  of  molds  and  the 
development  of  bacteria,  and  will  speedily  become  unfit  as  places  to  keep 
milk.  The  troubles  with  stringy,  or  ropy,  milk  usually  occur  in  places  of 
this  kind,  and  can  be  overcome  by  a  thorough  cleansing  and  the  admis- 
sion of  plenty  of  air  and  sunlight. 

V.    Handling  of  Milk  After  It  Is  Drawn. 

Milk  is  often  spoiled  by  allowing  it  to  stand  in  the  barn  too  long  after 
it  is  drawn.  It  readily  absorbs  odors  from  the  air,  and  odors  of  the  barn 
are  usually  very  much  in  evidence.  For  this  reason  the  milk  should  be 
quickly  removed  to  a  jilace  free  from  odors. 

The  Milk  Room. — If  milk  is  placed  in  a  cellar  or  cave  where  there 
are  decaying  vegetables  or  fruits  it  will  quickly  absorb  the  odors  from 
them.  Such  places  are  entirely  unfit  for  the  storing  of  milk.  The  dairy- 
man should  have  a  building  set  apart  from  the  barns  or  other  places  from 
which  objectionable  odors  might  come,  for  the  exclusive  use  of  the  dairy. 
This  building  need  not  be  very  large,  but  must  be  constructed  so  that  it 
can  be  easily  kept  clean  and  cool.  A  cement  floor  should  be  laid,  as  it  is 
the  easiest  to  clean,  is  cool,  and  does  not  rot  from  moisture.  If  the  walls 
are  built  of  stone,  brick,  or  concrete,  so  much  the  better,  for  such  walls  keep 
out  the  heat. 

The  roof  construction  should  be  such  that  it  will  effectually  turn  the 
heat  of  the  sun.  If  the  roof  is  not  of  concrete,  it  should  be  built  double 
so  that  an  air  current  will  pass  between  the  upper  and  lower  part.  Walls 
and  ceilings  should  be  covered  with  cement  plaster,  whether  wood  or  stone 
is  used  in  their  construction.  This  finish,  if  properly  put  on,  is  easy  to 
clean  and  does  not  readily  become  affected  with  mold  or  decay. 

The  Water  Supply. — Provision  must  be  made  for  an  abundance  of 
water  and  the  pumping  arrangement  must  be  such  that  the  fresh  water 
from  the  well  or  spring  will  flow  through  the  dairy  house.  It  should  run 
into  a  tank  built  deep  enough  to  allow  the  complete  submerging  of  the 
milk  and  cream  cans.  The  tank  should  have  sufficient  width  and  length 
to  hold  all  that  it  may  be  necessary  to  use.  A  tank  built  up  of  concrete 
and  finished  with  a  cement  surface  is  the  most  economical  in  the  long  mn 
and  is  much  more  satisfactory.  Provision  must  be  made  for  draining  it 
out  for  purposes  of  cleaning.  Wooden  tanks  are  usually  a  source  of  trouble 
from  leaks  and  decay.  Iron  tanks  do  not  last  long,  because  they  become 
rusty. 

Cooling  Arrangements. — If  the  dairyman  has  ice,  the  problem  of  cool- 
ing is  very  simple.  Broken  ice  can  be  placed  in  the  tank  about  the  cans. 
There  are  plans  for  building  ice  houses  with  refrigerators  connected,  bui, 


DAIRYING  AND  BUTTER  MAKING DAIRY  BUILDINGS.  799 

all  purposes  considered,  the  refrigerator  can  be  built  with  most  economy 
and  with  better  sanitary  arrangement  if  it  is  constructed  separate  from  the 
ice  house.  The  common  ice  chest  in  which  the  products  to  be  cooled  are 
placed  in  the  box  with  the  ice  is  a  very  satisfactory  way  for  handling  cans 
of  milk  or  cream.  For  other  products  it  is  not  so  satisfactory,  as  it  is  not 
dry  enough,  and  if  the  articles  are  small  does  not  afford  shelf  room  for 
them.  • 

Use  of  Steam. — In  a  moderate-sized  dairy  there  should  be  added  to 
the  equipment  a  small  steam  boiler  which  should  be  in  a  room  separate 
from  the  dairy.  There  is  always  need  of  steam,  and  the  additional  cost 
involved  is  but  little  compared  with  the  benefits  obtained.  If  steam  can 
not  be  provided,  a  small  hot-water  heater  of  some  kind  should  be  used.  It 
is  essential  to  have  plenty  of  boiling  water  for  puiposes  of  washing  and 
scalding  milk  vessels  and  the  floors  and  walls  of  the  building. 

It  is  not  within  the  province  of  this  bulletin  to  go  into  details  of  con- 
struction in  the  matter  of  dairv'  building's.  The  ideas  here  given  are  gen- 
eral in  nature  and  involve  principles  that  should  be  followed  in  any  con- 
struction. 

VI.    The  Cream  Separator  and  Its  Operation. 

Advantages  of  Mechanical  Separation. — There  are  two  general  methods 
in  practice  for  creaming  the  milk.  One  is  to  place  the  milk  in  shallmv 
pans  or  deep  cans  and  allow  the  cream  to  rise  by  gravity.  The  other  is 
the  use  of  the  centrifugal  separator.  As  the  separator  is  fast  displacing  the 
old  method,  space  will  be  given  here  for  a  discussion  of  separation  by 
centrifugal  force  only. 

The  dairyman  can  not  afford  to  be  without  a  separator.  It  removes 
practically  all  of  the  butter  fat  from  the  milk,  while  the  old  method  of 
gravity  skimming  will  leave  from  one-eighth  to  one-fourth  of  the  butter 
fat  in  the  milk.  The  cream  from  the  centrifugal  machine  is  of  finer 
quality,  and  a  much  better  j)roduct  can  be  made  from  it.  The  skim  milk 
is  fresh  and  sweet  for  feeding  and  is  far  superior  to  that  from  the  gravity 
system. 

There  are  numerous  kinds  of  mechanical  .separators  on  the  market, 
but  they  differ  in  detiiils  of  construction  rather  than  in  the  principles  on 
which  they  work.  The  dairyman  should  thoroughly  understand  these 
principles.  In  selecting  a  separator  one  should  first  determine  its  value 
for  good  work,  and  then  examine  its  mechanical  construction  to  see  if  it 
will  stand  long  use. 

The  Principles  of  Separation. — The  force  that  is  used  to  separate  the 
milk  is  known  as  centrifugal  force.  This  force  may  be  described  as 
the  pull  that  is  felt  when  a  weight  attached  to  a  string  is  whirled  about 
the  hand.  It  is  the  pull  outward,  and  the  faster  the  weight  is  whirled  the 
stronger  the  pull  becom&s.  In  the  old  system  of  creaming,  the  separation 
is  caused  by  the  action  of  gravity.  The  fat  globules,  being  lighter  than 
the  other  portions  of  the  milk,  are  forced  to  the  top;  that  is,  gravity  acts 
etronger  or  pulls  harder  on  the  heavier  portions  than  it  does  on  the  lighter, 


800  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

and  the  milk  is  gmdually  arranged  in  layers,  the  lighter  portion  at  the 
top  and  the  heavier  portion  at  the  bottom.  The  force  acting  in  the  sepa- 
rator has  precisely  the  same  action  on  the  milk,  but  acts  outward  from  the 
center  of  the  bowl  the  same  as  gravity  acts  downward  from  the  surface, 
only  many  thousand  times  stronger,  accomplishing  in  a  few  moments  and 
far  more  completely  what  it  takes  gravity  several  hours  to  do. 

As  the  milk  goe»  into  the  bowl  it  is  at  once  thrown  to  the  outermost 
parts  and  fills  the  bowl  completely  until  an  opening  is  reached  where  it 
will  flow  out  again.  The  surface  of  the  milk  is  on  a  line  parallel  with  the 
center,  or  axis,  of  the  \yo\\\,  and  is  exactly  in  line  with  the  cream  outlet. 
A  cross  section  througli  the  bowl  from  this  surface  to  the  outside  presents 
much  the  same  appearance  as  would  a  pan  of  milk  after  the  cream  has 
raised  by  gravity.  The  cream  is  on  the  surface,  which  might  be  called  the 
top,  and  the  heavier  portions  of  the  milk  at  the  point  farthest  from  the 
center,  which  would  represent  the  bottom. 

With  this  understanding  of  the  arrangement  of  the  milk  in  the  bowl 
there  are  a  number  of  things  to  be  observed  which  influence  the  separa- 
tion. The  difference  in  length  of  time  it  takes  to  separate  cream  by 
gravity  and  by  centrifugal  force  shows  plainly  that  the  time  varies  with 
the  amount  of  force  applied.  The  shorter  the  time  the  greater  the  force 
must  be.  Skim  milk  from  the  separator  contains  less  fat  than  that  secured 
by  the  gravity  system,  showing  that  the  greater  force  causes  more  perfect 
separation. 

From  the  above  statements  the  following  conclusions  regarding  the 
ues  of  the  separator  may  be  drawn :  (1)  If  the  amount  of  milk  that  passes 
through  the  separator  in  a  given  time  is  a  fixed  quantity,  any  increase  in 
the  speed  of  the  machine  will  tend  to  cause  closer  skimming  because  of 
the  greater  force  exerted;  (2)  if  the  amount  of  milk  that  passes  through 
in  a  given  time  is  increased  and  the  speed  remains  the  same  the  skimming 
will  not  be  so  perfect,  for  the  centrifugal  force  is  not  exerted  on  the  milk 
so  long  a  time.  It  is  evident,  therefore,  that  the  closeness  of  skimming 
is  the  result  of  two  factors — time  and  force.  If  either  of  these  is  de- 
creased, the  result  will  be  poorer  work.  If  either  is  increased,  better  work 
will  result. 

Common  Errors  in  Operating  Separators. — Two  errors  are  made  in 
operating  separators  because  of  ignorance  of  the  facts  just  stated.  The 
f'rst  consists  in  allowing  too  nmch  milk  to  pass  through  the  machine.  As 
theie  is  a  limit  to  the  practical  speed  at  which  the  machine  can  be  safely 
run,  it  is  not  good  practice  to  try  to  overcome  the  error  referred  to  by 
increasing  the  speed  bej'Ond  the  safe  point.  The  feed  outlet  is  usually 
fixed  so  that  too  much  milk  will  not  run  through,  but  cases  have  been 
known  where  operators,  anxious  to  shorten  the  time  of  separation,  have 
enlarged  the  opening,  allowing  too  much  milk  to  pa=s.  This  error  is  not 
so  conmion  as  the  second,  which  is  to  allow  the  speed  of  the  machine  to 
become  too  slow.  The  slow  speed  does  not  generate  enough  force  to  skim 
properly,  and  the  result  is  loss  of  butter  fat  in  the  skim  milk.  The  number 
of  revolutions  per  minute  required  by  a  machine  is  usually  indicated  on 


DAIRYING  AND  BUTTER  MAKING DAIRY  BUILDINGS.  801 

the  machine  or  in  the  instruction  book  belonging  to  it,  and  this  should  be 
ritrictly  followed. 

Best  Temperature  of  Milk  for  Separating. — All  liquids  flow  more 
readily  when  warm  than  cold.  This  is  not  as  noticeable  with  milk  as  it 
may  be  with  molasses,  but  the  principle  holds  just  as  true  and  is  readily 
shown  in  the  separation  of  milk.  Everyone  has  observed  that  cold  cream 
does  not  flow  as  readily  as  warm  cream.  As  cream  is  one  of  the  products 
of  separation  and  has  to  flow  from  the  machine  through  a  small  opening 
or  outlet,  it  is  seen  that  the  warmer  it  is  the  more  readily  it  will  flow.  If 
the  flow  of  cream  is  checked,  more  milk  will  be  forced  out  of  the  skim- 
milk  outlet,  and  if  the  obstruction  to  the  flow  becomes  too  great,  butter  fat 
will  go  out  with  the  skim  milk,  because  it  can  not  move  fast  enough 
through  the  cream  outlet.  For  this  reason  the  nearer  the  temperature  of 
the  milk  approaches  the  animal  heat  the  better  will  be  the  separation. 
While  some  machines  are  supposed  to  skim  milk  as  cold  as  60°  to  65°  F., 
it  is  not  good  practice,  because  the  skimming  will  not  be  so  close.  The 
milk  should  be  at  a  temperature  of  80°  or  higher.  It  will  be  seen,  there- 
fore, that  a  third  factor,  in  addition  to  rate  of  feed  and  speed  of  machine 
— namely,  the  temperature  of  the  milk — has  a  direct  bearing  on  separa- 
tion, and  it  may  be  accepted  as  true  that  the  warmer  the  milk  the  better 
the  work. 

Summary  of  Points  to  Be  Observed. — To  sunnnarize,  the  points  in 
the  operation  of  a  separator,  given  in  their  order  of  importance  its  bearing 
on  the  quality  of  the  work,  are  as  follows: 

First.  The  speed  of  the  separator  must  be  uniform  and  up  lo  Llie 
standard  required  by  the  makers  of  that  particular  machine. 

Second.  The  temperature  of  the  milk  should  be  such  as  will  make  it 
How  readily;  the  warmer  it  is  the  more  perfect  will  be  the  separation. 

Third.  The  amount  of  milk  that  is  run  through  the  machine  shuuld 
remain  constant,  and  should  not  be  incre"ased  over  that  which  is  intended 
for  the  machine. 

Fourth.  The  machine  should  be  set  on  a  solid  base  or  foundation,  so 
that  there  will  be  no  jar  or  shaking  about  as  it  is  turned,  such  as  would 
tend  to  interfere  with  the  even  flow  of  the  milk  through  the  bowl  and 
thus  destroy  its  efficiency  in  skimming. 

Fifth.  The  separator  must  be  kept  thoroughly  and  scrupulously  clean, 
particular  care  being  taken  that  none  of  the  tubes  through  which  the  milk 
flows  become  obstructed  in  any  way. 

Sixth.  The  test  of  the  cream  can  be  readily  changed  by  changing 
either  the  cream  outlet  or  the  skim-milk  outlet. 

In  the  mechanical  operation  of  a  machine  none  but  the  best  oil  should 
be  used,  and  this  should  not  be  allowed  to  gum  or  become  dirty  on  the 
bearings.  It  is  good  practice  to  flush  the  bearings  with  kerosene  occa- 
sionally by  making  a  run  with  kerosene  in  the  oil  cups.    This  will  serve 


802  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMrLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

to  cut  out  any  gum  or  dust  that  has  accumulated  in  the  bearings  and  ^^'ill 
make  the  machine  run  nuich  freer  and  easier,  thus  greatly  increasing  the 
length  of  time  that  it  will  last  and  do  perfect  work. 

VII.    Separating  the  Milk. 

The  milk  should  be  separated  as  soon  as  possible  after  milking,  while  it 
still  contains  the  animal  heat. 

Use  of  Strainers. — If  milk  has  been  handled  in  a  cleanly  way  during 
milking  it  can  be  poured  directly  into  the  supply  can  of  the  separator 
without  straining.  The  dairyman  who  depends  upon  the  strainer  to  clean 
the  milk  rather  than  using  cleanly  methods  of  milking  is  the  one  who 
makes  the  poorer  butter.  If  it  is  necessary  to  strain  the  milk  a  very  fine 
wire  strainer  should  be  used.  It  is  very  difficult  to  keep  a  cloth  strainer 
in  good  condition,  and  if  not  kept  in  good  condition  it  is  a  seed  bed  for 
trouble.  When  a  strainer  cloth  becomes  yellow  it  rarely  ever  smells  clean, 
indicating  that  decomposition  is  going  on  and  that  it  is  not  fit  to  use. 
For  this  reason  it  is  best  to  discard  strainer  cloths  entirely.  If  a  strainer 
other  than  wire  is  used,  it  is  best  to  employ  some  material  such  as  absorb- 
ent cotton  that  can  be  thrown  away  at  the  end  of  each  njilking. 

Operating  the  Machine. — Before  starting  the  separator  the  operator 
should  look  carefully  after  the  bearings  or  wearing  parts,  putting  a  drop 
or  two  of  oil  on  each  and  noting  whether  the  oil  cups  are  dropping  prop- 
erly. Instructions  for  care  and  oiling  come  with  each  machine  and  they 
should  be  heeded.  The  makers  have  studied  this  problem  and  are  bound 
for  their  own  protection  to  give  proper  instructions  for  operation.  In  the 
winter  time  when  the  separator  bowl  and  i)arts  are  cold  it  is  best  to  pour 
a  quart  or  so  of  hot  water  through  the  machine  just  as  it  is  started.  This 
warms  up  the  surfaces  and  prevents  the  milk  from  sticking  as  it  would 
if  cold.  It  also  makes  the  cleaning  of  the  separator  much  easier  and  pre- 
vents its  clogging  up  at  the  start. 

Bring  the  machine  gradually  up  to  its  normal  speed  and  then  turn 
the  milk  in  .slowly  until  the  valve  is  wide  open.  Keep  a  constantly  uni- 
form motion  of  the  handle  during  the  entire  run.  When  all  of  the  milk 
has  passed  from  the  supply  can  -d  quart  or  so  of  the  skim  milk  should  be 
caught  and  poured  through  to  flush  out  the  cream  that  will  remain  in  the 
bowl.  Unlass  this  is  done  some  of  the  butter  fat  will  adhere  to  the  surface 
and  a  small  amount  remain  in  the  center  of  the  bowl,  not  being  able  to  get 
out  of  the  machine  because  there  is  no  more  milk  flowing  in  to  force  it 
through.  Pouring  in  the  skim  milk  forces  it  all  out.  Warm  water  may 
be  used  for  this  purpo.se  but  usually  it  is  not  so  convenient. 

Care  of  Cream  After  Separation. — The  first  work  on  completion  of 
the  separation  should  be  the  care  of  the  cream.  It  is  the  product  for  which 
all  of  the  previous  work  has  been  performed  and  it  is  woi-se  than  folly  to 
neglect  it  now  it  is  secured.  The  cream  must  be  cooled  at  once  to  check 
the  growth  of  bacteria.  The  best  method  for  doing  this  is  to  place  it  in 
a  deep,  narrow  pail  immersed  in  cold  water  just  punii)ed  from  the  well, 


DAIRYING  AND  BUTTER  MAKING DAIRY  BUILDINGS.  803 

and  then  stir  it  gently  until  it  is  brought  down  to  nearly  the  temperature 
of  the  water.  A  good  dairy  thermometer  must  be  a  part  of  the  equipment 
of  every  dairy,  and  all  temperatures  should  be  taken  with  it — not  by 
guess.  It  will  take  but  a  few  minutes  to  cool  the  cream  down  in  the  man- 
ner described.  As  soon  as  it  is  cooled  cover  the  pail  in  such  a  way  that  it 
can  be  entirely  submerged  in  the  water.  The  ordinary  shotgun  can,  as  it 
is  commonly  called,  having  a  cover  that  fits  over  the  outside  coming  down 
about  two  inches,  with  catches  to  hold  it  in  place,  is  the  best  kind  of  a 
vessel  for  cooling  and  holding  cream.  When  a  can  is  entirely  submerged 
it  is  protected  from  the  heat  of  summer,  the  cold  of  winter,  and  the  con- 
taminating odors  that  may  he  in  the  air;  and  the  surface  is  effectually 
kept  from  drying,  leaving  the  cream  in  as  fine  physical  condition  as  when 
separated. 

Warm  cream  should  never  be  mixed  with  cold.  The  result  of  mixing 
is  always  quick  souring.  The  bacteria  in  the  cold  cream  are  dormant  or 
inactive  and  will  remain  so  if  kept  chilled.  Just  as  soon  as  the  tempera- 
lure  of  the  cream  is  raised  a  little  it  quickens  the  life  of  the  bacteria  and 
they  increase  at  a  rapid  rate,  causing  .souring  in  a  very  short  time.  Too 
much  emphasis  can  not  be  given  to  the  two  points  above  mentioned — 
namely,  the  quick  and  thorough  cooling  immediately  after  separating 
and  the  caution  in  regard  to  the  mixing  of  the  warm  and  cold  cream.  It 
is  of  more  importance  to  attend  to  the  cream  at  once  after  the  separating 
is  finished  than  anything  else  at  that  particular  time.  The  calves  and  pigs 
can  wait  for  their  skim  milk,  but  bacteria  in  the  cream  wait  for  nothing 
until  the  temperature  favorable  to  theit  growth  is  reduced. 

In  hot  dry  climates,  where  evaporation  is  excessive,  another  method  for 
keeping  milk  or  cream  cool  may  be  adopted.  After  the  cream  has  been 
cooled  as  described,  instead  of  submerging  the  can  in  a  water  tank  it  can  be 
set  out  in  the  open  under  anything  that  will  protect  it  from  the  sun.  A  pail 
of  water  should  be  set  on  the  lid.  A  cloth  stitched  along  the  edges  to  form 
a  sack  must  then  be  dipped  in  the  water  and  slipi)ed  down  over  the  pail 
and  can,  bringing  it  clear  to  the  floor,  with  the  upper  end  turned  down 
into  the  water.  This  cloth  or  sack  serves  as  a  siphon  and  will  gradually 
empty  the  pail,  the  water  moving  up  the  edge  and  down  to  the  floor. 
From  a  cloth  thus  kept  wet  the  evaporation  will  be  very  great,  and  the  can 
and  its  contents  under  the  cloth  will  be  kept  cool  even  in  the  hottest 
weather.  In  fact,  the  hotter  and  drier  the  air  the  greater  the  cooling  eft'ect, 
as  there  will  be  more  rapid  evaporation. 

In  using  the  tank  for  keeping  cream  cool,  it  must  not  be  forgotten  that 
the  water  must  be  kept  fresh.  If  a  constant  stream  is  not  running  through 
the  tank  the  water  should  be  changed  at  least  twice  or  three  times  during 
the  day.  The  frequency  should  depend  upon  the  coolness  of  the  room  in 
which  the  tank  is  kept. 

Cleaning  the  Separator.— Yerj  soon  after  the  separation  has  been 
completed  the  separator  should  be  cleaned.  It  is  imperative  that  it  be 
washed  every  time  after  it  is  used,  and  the  sooner  it  is  washed  the  easier 
will  be  the  operation.    The  general  directions  for  washing  dairy  tinware 


804  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

apply  to  the  parts  of  the  separator  that  come  in  contact  with  the  milk.  In 
cleaning  the  machine  the  frame  should  not  be  neglected.  Sometimes  an 
operator  thinks  it  is  useless  to  spend  time  to  keep  it  clean,  as  it  does  not 
come  in  direct  contact  with  the  milk.  In  most  cases  where  a  machine  is 
found  to  be  dirty  and  grimy,  it  will  be  found  out  of  repair  in  other  ways. 
The  bearings  will  usually  be  gummy,  and  if  examined  the  machine  will 
be  found  to  be  out  of  level,  and  more  often  than  otherwise  the  parts  that 
come  in  contact  with  the  milk  will  not  have  been  properly  cleaned. 

VIII.    Ripening  the  Cream. 

Up  to  the  point  of  ripening  the  cream  the  dairyman  has  been  trying  to 
keep  his  cream  as  free  as  possible  from  bacteria  and  to  check  the  gro\\i;h 
of  all  that  may  get  into  it,  but  from  this  point  on  the  work  w411  be  quite 
different.  Cream  prepared  as  described  in  the  foregoing  paragraphs 
should  be  perfectly  sweet,  and  if  cooled  properly  will  remain  so  for  a 
number  of  hours.  In  fact  it  can  be  preserved  four  or  five  days  if  kept  at 
a  temperature  below  50°  F.  It  might  be  churned  in  this  condition  and 
a  quality  of  butter  made  that  is  in  demand  in  a  limited  way,  but,  prac- 
tically speaking,  all  butter  used  in  this  country  is  churned  from  rour 
cream.     Sweet-cream  butter  to  most  users  tastes  flat  and  insipid. 

IX.    The  Churn. 

Barrel  Churn  the  Best. — Taking  the  barrel  churn  as  best  for  the  farm 
butter  maker,  he  should  know  how  to  get  the  most  out  of  it.  In  this  form 
of  churn  the  concussion  of  the  cream  necessary  to  do  the  churning  is 
secured  by  the  fall  of  the  cream  as  the  churn  is  revolved.  The  faster  the 
churn  is  revolved  the  greater  number  of  concussions  per  minute  will  be 
secured.  But  if  the  churn  is  whirled  so  fast  that  the  centrifugal  force  cre- 
ated holds  the  cream  from  falling  no  churning  will  take  place. 

Cleaning  the  Churn. — Churns  are  usually  made  of  wood,  and  their 
care  is  an  important  factor.  When  ready  to  clean,  the  churn  should  be 
rinsed  out  with  cold  water  to  remove  all  buttermilk,  salt,  etc. ;  it  should 
then  be  partially  filled  with  boiling  water,  the  lid  put  on  and  fastened 
loosely,  so  steam  can  escape,  the  draining  plug  withdrawn,  and  the  churn 
whirled.  The  pressure  on  the  inside  caused  by  the  creation  of  steam  from 
the  hot  water  will  force  water  into  every  nook  and  crevice  of  the  churn. 
After  a  few  revolutions  the  water  should  be  drawn  off  and  another  lot, 
boiling  hot,  added,  and  the  whirling  repeated.  Empty  this  out  and  let  the 
churn  stand  so  it  will  drain  a  few  minutes,  and  then  turn  the  opening  up 
and  let  it  dry.  The  heat  in  the  wood  will  dry  it  out  rapidly,  and  there 
will  be  no  chance  for  mold  to  grow.  An  occasional  rinsing  out  wath  lime 
water  will  help  to  keep  a  churn  sweet. 

All  other  wooden  daii*y  utensils  should  be  rinsed,  scalded,  and  dried 
w'ith  the  same  care. 

X.    Churning. 

The  process  of  churning  is  the  gathering  into  a  mass  of  the  butter  fat 
in  the  cream.    The  butter  fat  exists  in  the  cream  in  minute  globules,  each 


DAIRYING  AND  BUTTER  MAKING DAIRY  BUILDINGS.  805 

independent  of  the  others,  and  any  agitation  tends  to  bring  them  together, 
the  force  of  the  impact  causing  them  to  adhere  to  each  other.  As  the 
agitation  is  continued  these  small  particles  of  butter  grow  larger  by  addi- 
tion of  other  particles  until  a  stage  is  reached  where  they  become  visible 
to  the  eye,  and  if  the  churning  is  continued  long  enough  all  will  be  united 
in  one  lump  of  butter  in  the  churn. 

Temperature. — The  time  that  it  takes  to  churn  depends  largely  on 
the  temperature  of  the  cream  at  the  beginning.  If  the  cream  is  quite 
warm,  the  butter  will  come  very  quickly;  if  it  is  too  cold,  the  churning 
may  have  to  be  prolonged,  in  some  instances  for  houre,  before  the  butter 
granules  will  become  large  enough  to  free  themselves  from  the  buttermilk. 
The  temperature  at  the  beginning  should  be  regulated  accordingly.  It  is 
usually  considered  that  about  thirty  to  thirty-five  minutes'  churning 
should  bring  the  butter.  With  different  seasons  of  the  year  the  tempera- 
tures will  have  to  be  varied  somewhat  in  order  to  have  the  butter  come  in 
this  length  of  time.  It  is  necessary  in  hot  weather  to  churn  at  a  tempera- 
ture as  low  as  50°  or  55°  F.,  while  in  the  winter  months,  when  the  cows 
are  on  dry  feed  and  the  weather  is  cold,  it  is  often  nec&ssary  to  raise  the 
churning  temperature  to  60°  or  65°.  Cases  have  been  known  where  under 
some  peculiar  feed  condition  the  temperature  had  to  be  raised  to  as  high  as 
80°  F.,  in  order  to  make  the  butter  gather  at  all.  Trouble  of  this  kind 
rarely  ever  occurs  when  the  cows  have  succulent  feed  in  winter,  such  as 
silage  or  roots.  Occasionally  some  peculiar  fermentation  takes  place  in 
the  cream,  causing  difficult  churning,  but  this  is  a  result  of  carelessness 
somewhere,  and  can  be  remedied  by  a  thorough  cleaning  up  of  the 
premises. 

Washing  arid  Saltmg  the  Butter. — It  is  important  to  know  at  just 
what  point  to  stop  churning.  For  best  results  in  freeing  the  granules  from 
the  buttermilk  and  incorporating  the  salt  it  is  considered  that  the  butter 
granules  should  be  about  the  size  of  beans  or  grains  of  corn,  possibly  a 
little  larger.  The  churn  is  then  stopped,  and  the  buttermilk  allowed  to 
drain.  After  the  buttermilk  is  well  drained  from  the  butter  granules  an 
amount  of  water  about  equal  in  volume  and  of  the  same  temperature  as 
the  buttermilk  should  be  added,  and  the  churn  given  four  or  five  revolu- 
tions, slowly,  so  that  the  water  will  come  in  contact  with  every  particle  of 
butter  and  wash  out  the  remaining  buttermilk. 

As  soon  as  the  wash  water  has  drained  well  from  the  butter  granules, 
salt  .should  be  added.  The  amount  of  salt  used  wall  depend  entirely  on 
the  demands  of  the  consumer.  Usually  about  one  ounce  of  salt  for  each 
pound  of  butter  will  be  necessary.  If  the  ordinary  barrel  churn  is  used, 
which  is  perhaps  the  best  form  made,  the  salt  may  be  added  in  the  churn. 
By  giving  the  churn  a  few  revolutions  the  salt  will  be  quite  thoroughly 
incorporated  with  the  butter.  It  should  stand  in  this  condition  for  a  few 
minutes,  until  the  salt  becomes  more  or  less  dissolved,  before  the  working 
of  the  butter  is  begun. 


806  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

XI.    Working  the  Butter. 

Table  Workers. — For  working  the  butter  some  form  of  table  worker 
is  best  to  use.  The  butter  bowl  and  paddle  never  give  as  good  results  be- 
cause the  butter  will  almost  invariably  be  greasy,  owing  to  the  sliding 
motion  of  the  jiaddle  over  the  butter.  The  table  workers  commonly  used 
are  of  two  kinds — one  having  a  stationary  bed  and  a  roller,  either  corru- 
gated or  smooth,  arranged  so  that  it  can  be  passed  back  and  forth  over  the 
surface  of  the  butter;  the  other  having  a  movable  bed,  revolving  on  a 
center,  usually  under  two  corrugated  rollers.  Both  of  these  forms  will  do 
good  work  if  the  operator  undci-staiids  their  use. 

Suggestions  as  to  Working. — If  the  salt  and  butter  have  been  mixed 
in  the  churn  the  butter  can  be  placed  on  the  working  table  and  the  work- 
ing begun  at  once.  After  the  butter  has  been  pressed  out  with  the  roller  it 
should  be  divided  in  the  center,  one  part  being  laid  over  onto  the  other 
and  the  rollers  passed  over  again.  The  process  should  be  repeated  until 
the  butter  assumes  what  is  termed  a  waxy  condition.  If  the  working  is 
continued  for  too  long  a  time  the  butter  will  become  salvy,  having  the 
appearance  of  lard,  and  will  lose  its  granular  structure,  becoming  weak- 
bodied.  The  firmness  of  the  butter  must  be  taken  into  account  in  deter- 
mining how  long  it  should  be  Avorked.  Usually  the  firmer  the  butter  the 
more  working  it  will  stand  and  the  more  time  it  will  need  to  thoroughly 
incorporate  the  salt  and  bring  out  the  waxy  condition. 

Testing  Saltiness  While  Working. — During  the  process  of  working, 
the  butter  should  be  tested  frequently  to  determine  its  saltiness,  and  if  by 
mistake  too  much  salt  has  been  added  it  can  readily  be  removed  from  the 
butter  by  pouring  a  little  cold  water  over  it  as  the  working  continues.  The 
water  washes  out  the  excess  of  salt. 

XII.    Care  of  Utensils. 

Care  of  Utensils. — The  worker,  paddles,  and  prints  that  come  in  con- 
tact with  the  butter  need  special  preparation  before  the  Avork  is  begun. 
They  should  first  be  thoroughly  scalded,  and  the  scalding  should  continue 
long  enough  to  make  the  surface  of  the  wood  hot,  after  which  it  should 
immediately  be  rinsed  with  cold  water.  This  operation  opens  up  the  pores 
of  the  wood  and  then  causes  them  to  contract  and  form  a  smooth  surface 
to  which  the  butter  will  not  stick.  It  also  thoroughly  Avets  the  surface, 
which  probably  has  a  tendency  to  prevent  the  butter  sticking. 


BOOK  II 

PART  II 


Diseases  of  Cattle 

HOW  TO  KNOW  THEM;  THliiR  CAUSES,  PRE- 
VENTION  AND  CURE 


808  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOU. 


Ft^ .  qualnr  g^=--^    Second  v"-^r 

lnUrmeO,HU:  cute  6p(»«n  I"  S  ^"'^«lme.'  ^^M  tnUr^d,ou-  cuU,  bet.^^  >"'«  j-?ual.0e, 

l-:».''^;^'.-Sa  Third  guflli^- 
FIGURE  1 


ll!r|:"^'ilii!!!l!l  i>^  quoLty 

FIGURE  2. 

The  difference  in  the  appreciation  and  value  of  the  various  cuts  of  meat  in  London 
and  Paris  is  very  great;  and  as  these  rules  have  been  introduced  also  in  the  large 
cities  of  America,  our  stocii-breeders  are  vitally  interested,  and  should  study  this 
question,  so  they  may  know  what  portions  of  tiie  body  to  develop  by  a  judicious  choice 
of  breeding  animals.  For  instance,  a  pound  of  the  fillet  represented  by  Nos.  4  and  5 
in  figure  1.  and  No.  1  in  figure  2,  is  worth  44  cents  in  Paris,  while  the  portions  13,  14 
and  15  in  figure  2,  bring  only  123^  to  14  cents.  Nothing  pays  better  than  judicious 
and  intelligent  breeding  of  our  meat  supplies;  and  as  the  demand  grows  with  tlie  in- 
crease of  population,  the  question  assumes  greater  importance  with  each  succeeding 
year. 


Diseases  of  Cattle. 


CHAPTER  I. 

GENERAL  PRINCIPLES. 


I.     IMPORTANCE  OF  THIS  DEPARTMENT  OF  PRACTICE. II.     PATHOLOGY  OF  CATTLE 

AND  OF  THE  HORSE  COMPARED. III.      ACTION  OF  REMEDIES  IN  CATTLE. IV. 

THE  ONLY  SAFE  PRINCIPLES    FOR    MOST    CATTLE    OWNERS. V.      FAMILIARIZE 

YOURSELF  WITH  THE  PHENOMENA  OF  HEALTH. VI.      THE  PULSE,  RESPIRATION 

AND  TEMPERATURE. VII.      OTHER  SPECIAL  SIGNS  OF  DISEASE. 

As  cattle  occupy  a  foremost  place  in  the  wealth  and  resources  of  the 
country,  furnishing  its  beef,  milk,  butter  and  cheese,  and,  as  secondary 
products,  its  hides,  tallow,  glue,  animal  charcoal,  etc.,  the  prevention  of 
disease  among  thorn — especially  of  contagious  diseases — and  their  treat- 
ment when  sick  become  very  important,  not  only  from  a  financial 
standpoint,  but  also  from  considerations  of  the  public  health  and  com- 
fort. 

II.    Pathology  of  Cattle  and  of  the  Horse  Compared. 

Cattle  are  a  phlegmatic,  plethoric  race  of  animals,  intended  by  nature 
to  eat  large  quantities  of  bulky  food,  to  be  prepared  for  digestion  while 
quietly  lying  down,  by  the  process  of  rumination,  and  to  take  but  little 
exi^rcise.  This  f:it,  plethoric  condition  of  the  system  renders  them  more 
susceptible  to  certain  classes  of  diseases  than  the  horse,  especially  to  the 
blood  poisons,  that  witli  them  are  so  rapidly  and  certainly  fatal,  such  as 
rinderpest,  anthrax  and  Texa:^  fever.  On  the  other  hand,  their  nervous 
organization  being  much  less  sensitive,  they  are  not  nearly  so  liable  to 
attacks  of  such  disorders  r.s  tetanus,  r.aralysis,  etCo 

Cattle  not  being  fed  to  produce  muscle  without  fat,  are  not  subject  to 
lameness  and  disease  of  the  :ur=-pa8Sc.ges  to  the  same  extent  as  the  horse, 
with  whom  speed  and  endurance  arc  the  main  points.  In  fact,  soundness 
or  unsoundness,  as  the  terms  arc  used  by  horsemen,  is  of  little  importance 
to  tho  cattle  owner,  so  long  as  the  animal  ca:^  move  w  th  any  degree  of 
comfort  at  all;  while  such  affections  of  wind-pr\csages  as  roaring, 
whist'ing  anl  heaves  are  to  him  nnknowno  Still,  that  distressing,  .ncur- 
able  diseas:,  so  common  in  the  human  rf.ce,  pulmonary  consumption 

809 


810  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

is  very  prevalent  among  cattle,  especially  milch  cows,  probably  on  account 
of  the  drain  on  them  of  giving  milk;  this  weakens  the  system,  making 
them  more  susceptible  to  the  infection.  It  is  thought  by  many  to  be  pri- 
marily a  bovine  disease,  the  horse  seeming  to  possess  an  almost  totai 
immunity  to  it. 

On  account  of  their  lower  grade  of  vitality,  they  are  more  susceptible 
to  influences  that  develop  local  diseases,  as,  for  example,  the  miasma  ol 
low,  marshy  ground,  especially  that  Avhich  has  been  overflowed  ;  and  also 
to  poor  fodder,  from  must,  or  being  affected  with  ergot,  etc. 

There  is  a  peculiar  sympathy  in  disease  among  cattle,  as  is  illustrated  in 
regard  to  abortion.  It  is  a  familiar  experience  that  if  one  cow  aborts 
through  accident,  one  or  more  of  the  others  will  abort  through  sympathy. 

Owing  to  theirnatural  tendency  to  plethora,  cattle  seem  peculiarly  pre- 
disposed to  malignant  ulcers,  swellings,  glandular  enlargements  and  even 
gangrene.  To  these  they  are  more  subject  than  any  other  of  the  domes- 
tic   animals. 

The  nostrils,  pharynx,  larynx  and  trachea  (wind-pipe)  are  much  smaller 
than  in  the  horse,  which  is  one  reason  why  they  cannot  travel  so  fast  nor 
so  long  as  the  latter, — the  wind  fails.  This  also  explains  why  suffocation 
is  a  more  imminent  danger  in  cases  of  throat  inflammation  in  cattle  than 
in  horses,  needing  specially  prompt  and  active  treatment,  even  to  the  op- 
eration of  tracheotomy. 

The  different  arrangement  of  the  digestive  apparatus  in  cattle  as  com- 
pared with  the  horse,  is  very  marked,  the  former  having  four  distinct 
stomachs,  while  the  latter  has  only  one  stomach,  but  a  greater  length  of 
intestines,  which  are  also  much  more  sensitive.  Inflammation  of  the 
bowels,  so  common  with  the  horse,  is  quite  rare  with  the  ox. 

Cattle  are  less  tolerant  of  disease  and  pain  than  the  horse.  They  give  up 
in  discouragement,  after  one  or  two  attempts,  and  pine  away  under  pain 
very  fast.  They  soon  become  indifferent  to  life,  often  refusing  ta  make 
one  effort  to  rise  when  perfectly  able  to  do  so  ;  and,  as  weakness  follows 
more  rapidly  in  inflammatory  diseases,  these  require  more  energetic 
measures  and  an  earlier  administration  of  tonics  and  stimulants  than  when 
treating  the  horse. 

III.    Action  of  Remedies  in  Cattle. 

Eemembering  the  phlegmatic  nature  of  cattle,  remedies  work  very  dif- 
ferently with  them  than  with  the  horse.  Medicines  should  always  be 
given  them  in  liquid  form,  and  more  bulky  than  for  the  horse  ;  and 
they  should  contain  something  in  the  nature  of  a  mild  stimulant  to 
hasten  their  passage  through  the  first  three  stomachs,  and  onto  the  fourth 
stomach  and  intestines,  where  they  can  be  taken  up  into  the  system  by 
the  absorbents. 


GENERAL   PRINCIPLES.  ^H 

Aloes,  though  so  excellent  a  purgative  for  horses,  is  of  no  use  with 
cattle ;  while  epsom  suits,  that  are  so  drastic  and  cold  for  horses,  on 
cattle  work  like  a  charm.  Calomel  and  other  forms  of  mercury  act 
violently  on  cattle,  salivating  them  very  soon,  and  is  excreted  through 
the  milk,  often  affecting  sucking  calves  seriously.  Oils,  used  as  purga- 
tives, act  Avell  on  cattle,  and  especially  melted  lard.  Mustard,  as  a  blister, 
acts  with  more  vigor  on  cattle  than  on  the  horse,  but  turpentine  less. 

IV.    The  Only  Safe  Principles  for  Most  Cattle  Owners. 

But  few  outside  of  the  more  common  diseases  of  cattle  will  be  treated 
of  in  this  work,  the  better  to  adapt  it  for  its  ready  use,  as  a  book  for 
reference,  by  the  average  stock  owner  ;  and  the  recipes  will  ho  as  few  and 
simple  as  they  can  be  made  without  detracting  from  their  value.  It  is  a 
mistake  to  suppose  that  any  great  variety  of  A'iolent  drugs  can  be  used 
with  advantage  l)y  the  public  general l3^  The  public  would,  no  doubt, 
learn  by  experience,  but  it  would  be  at  the  cost  of  losing  many  valuable 
animals.  What  we  advocate  and  would  like  to  instil  into  the  minds  of 
our  readers,  in  conjunction  with  the  importance  of  thorough  preventive 
measures,  is  to  treat  the  ordinary  diseases  as  early  and  vigorously  as  pos- 
sible, with  the  simplest  efficient  remedies,  and  when  any  extraordinary 
case  arises  requiring  more  violent  means,  to  employ  an  educated,  well 
qualiii  e  d  ve  t  e  r i  n  a  ry  s  u  rge  o  n . 

V.  Familiarize  Yourself  with  the  Phenomena  of  Health. 
As  it  is  obvious  that  no  person  is  fitted  to  treat  disease  who  is  unable 
to  distinguish  at  least  its  prominent  symptoms,  every  stock  owner 
should  familiarize  himself  with  the  ordinary  phenomena  of  health,  espe- 
cially with  the  pulse,  respiration  and  temperature.  Scarcely  less  im- 
portant than  these,  in  many  forms  of  disease,  are  the  appearance  of  the 
hair  and  skin,  and  that  of  the  e^^e  ;  the  jmsture  and  movements  ;  and  the 
character  and  frequency  of  the  appetite,  and  also  of  the  discharges. 

VI.    The  Pulse,  Respiration  and  Temperature. 

The  normal  pulse  in  cattle  ranges  from  lifty  to  fifty-five  per  minute  ; 
in  old  animals,  but  especially  in  calves,  it  is  somewhat  more.  The  pulse 
is  the  most  conveniently  taken  from  the  artery  passing  up  along  the  lower 
part  of  the  neck  on  either  side  just  under  the  cervical  vertebra?,  or  else  that 
beneath  the  tail.     In  health  it  is  softer  and  less  tense  than  it  is  in  the  horse 

The  breathing  it  requires  no  special  skill  to  diagnose — only  a  moderate 
amount  of  practice.  The  soft,  rustling  sound  of  the  healthful  "  respira- 
tory murmur,"  when  the  ear  is  placed  to  the  chest,  is  altogether  changed 
when  there  is  any  ailment  affecting  the  lungs  or  air  passages.  The  num- 
ber of  respirations  per  minute  (ordinarily  ten  to  fifteen  in  cattle)  can  b? 


812  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

easily  counted  by  the  heaving  of  the  chest.  Some  practice,  however, 
will  be  required  to  make  one  a  first-rate  judge  of  the  sound  obtained  by 
percussion,  which,  in  health,  is  always  clear  and  resonant.  Percussion 
consists  in  placing  the  foretinger  of  the  left  hand  upon  the  chest,  and 
striking  it  smartly  with  the  ends  of  the  first  three  fingers  of  the  right 
hand. 

The  temperature,  in  all  animals,  is  a  vital  index  of  unsurpassed  value. 
It  can  be  approximately  measured  by  feeling  the  skin,  ears  and  legs, — in 
cattle  the  horns  also,  at  their  root.  But  what  is  termed  the  "clinical 
thermometer,"  which  is  so  shaped  that  its  bulb  can  be  conveniently  inser- 
ted into  the  rectum,  (to  remain  two  or  three  minutes),  is  infinitely  better, 
as  it  gives  results  so  much  more  exact.  Its  use  has  established  the  im- 
portant fact  that  different  febrile  disea.-^es  have  different  ranges  or  tem- 
perature, each  having  its  own  "dead-line,"  beyond  which  recovery  is  im- 
possible.  Thus,  a  horse  with  cerebro-spinal  meningitis  will  certainly  diti 
soon  after  reaching  a  temperature  of  104  ®  ;  yet  108  °  or  even  109  ^ 
by  no  means  indicate  a  fatal  termination,  in  a  case  of  pneumonia. 

VH.    Other  Special  Signs  of  Disease. 

A  "staring  coat,"  as  it  is  termed,  in  which  the  hairs  stand  out  like 
bristles,  is  an  obvious  symptom,  and  sometimes  the  only  one,  of  a  low 
state  of  health.  Shivering,  when  the  animal  is  exposed  to  only  modeiv 
ate  cold  or  to  none  at  all,  challenges  immediate  attention  ;  for  it  is,  infal- 
libly, the  ushering  in  of  an  attack  of  some  disease,  usually  severe.  Cold 
sweat  coming  out  on  the  skin  of  an  animal  severely  ill  indicates  a  desper- 
ate, if  not  fatal,  condition.  The  posture  when  standing,  the  method  of 
lying  down  or  getting  up,  the  action  in  moving  around, — these  are  all 
significant,  and  should  be  noted  carefully. 

The  countenance,  and  especially  the  eye,  if  observed  closely,  will  betray 
the  distress  and  pain  which  the  dumb  sufferer  cannot  express  in  words. 
The  muzzle,  which  in  health  is  moist,  (or  covered  with  "dew,"  as  many 
call  it),  in  disease,  especially  in  fever,  becomes  unnaturally  hot  and  dry 
or  cold,  and  sometimes  changed  in  color — sometimes  paler,  but  more 
commonly  injected  with  blood.  One  of  the  earliest  signs  of  serious  con- 
stitutional disturbance,  as  well  as  of  certain  special  disorders,  in  the  case 
of  cattle,  IS  the  suspension  of  rumination, — that  is,  ceasing  to  chew  the 
cud.  A  nearly  coincident  general  symptom,  in  cows,  is  the  drying  up  of 
the  milk. 


CHAPTER  II. 
CONTAGIOUS  DISEASES. 


I.   CONTAGIOUS    PLEURO-PNEUMONIA. II.      RINDERPEST    OR    CATTLE    PLAGUE. 

IIL     TEXAS   FEVER,    SPANISH    OR    SPLENIC    FEVER. IV.     CONTAGIOUS    ECZEMA, 

FOOT  AND  MOUTH   DISEASE  OR   EPIZOOTIC  APHTHA. V.     ANTHRAX. VL    VA- 
RIOLA    VACCINAE     OR     COW-POX. VIL       TUBERCULOSIS. VIII.       CANCEROUS 

ULCERS    AND    OSTEO    SARCOMA. IX.     LUMPY    JAW. X    CONTAGIOUS    ABOR- 
TION OF  CATTLE. 

I.     Contagious  Pleuro-Pneumonia. 

This  is  the  most  fatal  and  contagious  of  the  diseases  to  which  cattle  are 
subject,  except  rinderpest  (a  contagious  enteric  fever),  which  has  never  yet 
gotten  a  hold  in  America,  and  Texas  or  Spanish  fever  (si)lenic  fever).  It 
was  first  introduced  into  the  United  States  in  1843,  at  Brooklyn,  Loner 
Island,  by  a  cow  that  was  purchased  from  the  caj^tain  of  an  English  vessel, 
and  several  times  since  then,  at  various  other  ports,  in  the  bodies  of  im- 
ported cattle.  It  spread  more  or  less  slowly  through  parts  of  New  York, 
Massachusetts,  Pennsylvania,  New  Jersey,  Maryland,  Delaware,  Virginia, 
District  of  Columbia,  Ohio,  Illinois,  Kentucky  and  Missouri.  Through  the 
combined  efforts  of  the  Federal  government,  exerted  through  the  Bureau 
of  Animal  Industry,  and  the  various  state  governments,  it  has  been  effectu- 
ally stamped  out  by  quarantining  and  slaughtering  all  cattle  in  infected 
districts.  This  was  done  at  an  enormous  expense,  but  it  is  the  only  way 
of  radically  ridding  the  country  of  this  most  insidious  disease. 

It  is  a  contagious  fever  of  cattle,  with  local  inflammation  of  the  pleura, 
(the  thin  membrane  lining  the  thorax  and  investing  the  lungs),  and  the 
lungs,  accompanied  by  great  prostration,  and  in  its  more  malignant  forms 
ending  in  death  in  a  few  days.  It  is,  however,  often  slow  in  its  develop- 
ment, weeks,  or  even  months  elapsing  during  which  the  contagion  works 
in  the  system,  before  finally  revealing  its  fatal  symptoms. 

So  terribly  contagious  is  this  disease,  and  so  insidious  in  its  spread,  that 
exposed  cattle  may  be  transported  long  distances  before  it  breaks  out.  The 
period  of  incubation  is  Very  indefinite,  ranging  from  eighteen  days  to  two 
months.  It  develops  in  different  cattle  in  all  degrees  of  severity  from  a  small 
focus  of  pneumonia,  the  size  of  a  walnut,  or  a  patch  of  pleurisy  two  inches  in 
diameter,  to  a  complete  consolidation  of  both  lungs,  or  a  pleurisy  involving 
every  square  inch  of  the  lining  of  the  chest.  Mild  cases  appear  to  recover; 
they  will  show  all  the  signs  of  good  health,  will  feed  well,  fatten  fast,  cows 
will  breed  and  give  milk,  as  usual,  but  they  do  not  recover;  they  simply 

813 


814 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


become  chronic,  and  the  focus  of  the  disease  is  liable  to  break  through  the 
capsule  that  surrounds  it,  and  reinfect  that  animal  at  any  time,  and  thus 
form  a  new  focus  from  which  the  disease  may  spread  to  other  animals. 
Hence,  the  farmer  suspecting  it  in  his  herd 
should  at  once  apply  to  a  competent  veterinary 
surgeon,  if  there  is  one  within  reach,  to  verify 
the  disease.  If  such  expert  authority  be  not  at 
hand;  kill  the  animal  or  animals  at  once,  slash 
the  skin  to  prevent  any  person  from  digging  the 
animal  up  for  the  sake  of  the  hide,  and  bury 
deeply;  if  quick  lime  can  be  gotten,  use  it  freely 
over  the  carcass.  Then  disinfect  carefully  all 
stables  and  outhouses,  and  in  case  other  animals 
are  suspected,  isolate  and  quarantine  them  and 
await  developments. 

How  to  know  it. — The  earlier  symptoms  are 
apt  to  pass  unnoticed.  The  first  is  a  rise  in 
temperature  to  103°  or  106°  F.,  shown  by  intro- 
ducing a  clinical  thermometer  into  the  rectum, 
the  normal  temperature  being  on  an  average  of 
101.5°  F. ;  there  will  be  loss  of  appetite;  a  star- 
ing coat;  slight  shiverings;  a  hard,  dry  cough; 
a  loss  of  milk;  scanty  urine,  higher  or  darker 
colored  than  usual.  Then  will  follow  tenderness 
upon  pressure  between  the  ribs  over  the  lungs; 
the  cough  will  increase;  and  the  breathing 
quicken;  the  nose  will  extend,  the  back  be 
arched;  the  hind  legs  will  be  drawn  under  the 
body,  and  the  elbows  will  be  turned  out.  Later, 
there  will  be  a  watery  or  a  more  pronounced  dis- 
charge of  matter  from  the  eyes  and  nose;  obstin- 
ate constipation,  or  a  watery  foetid  diarrhoea;  a 
rapid  weakening  of  the  system,  ending  in  death. 
Upon  percussion  (striking)  over  the  lungs, 
there  will  be  given  back,  in  the  earlier  stages,  a 
clear  resonant  sound;  later,  it  will  be  dull  and 
heavy.  So,  in  the  first  stage,  there  will  be  a 
dry  crackling  sound;  later,  it  will  be  a  whistling 
Any  of  these  may  be  easily  distinguished  Irom 
the  sound  occasioned  by  percussion  upon  an  animal  in  health. 

In  America  pleuro-pneumonia  does  not  show  the  most  violent  symptoms 
except  in  warm  weather.    Yet  this  very  slow  incubation  shows  the  extreme 


PLEURO-PNEUMONIA. 
Section  of  affected  lung  in  conta- 
gious pleuro-pneumonia.  The 
thin  end  shows  black  hepatiza- 
tion; the  center,  red.  At  the 
thick  end  interlobular  infiltra- 
tion and  several  blocked  vessels 
are  shown. 


or  rough  breathing  sound 


CONTAGIOUS    DISEASES.  815 

care  that  should  be  exercised  in  watchfulness.  The  seeds  of  the  disease 
once  in  the  system,  the  incubation  is  only  a  question  of  time,  and  warm 
weather  will  bring  out  the  disease  in  all  its  intensity.  But  none  of  the 
above  symptoms  are  conclusive  of  contagious  pleuro-pneumonia,  for  all  of 
them  are  seen  in  the  non-contagious  form  of  it.  The  history  of  the  cases, 
one  after  another  coming  down  with  the  same  disease  without  any  apparent 
reason  for  it  in  the  way  of  exposure,  the  failure  of  the  disease  to  respond 
to  treatment,  and  the  peculiar  post  mortem  lesions  found  in  it  are  the 
points  to  be  relied  upon  in  making  a  diagnosis.  The  characteristic  post 
mortem  lesions  can  be  determined  only  by  a  competent  veterinarian  of 
experience  with  the  disease. 

What  to  do. — As  to  remedial  measures,  it  seems  useless  for  the  farmer 
to  resort  to  them,  since  this  is  a  disease  that  the  veterinarian  alone  can 
cope  with,  and  then  only  when  perfect  isolation  may  be  had.  The  safest 
and  also  the  cheapest  plan,  is  prompt  killing  and  burial  of  infected  animals, 
thorough  isolation  of  the  rest  of  the  herd,  which  should  l)e  fattened  and 
marketed  for  beef  under  veterinary  inspection  at  the  time  of  slaughter,  to 
determine  what  is  fit  or  unfit  for  human  food,  and  perfect  disinfection  of 
the  premises.  In  the  matter  of  disinfection,  the  easiest,  cheapest  and  best 
way  is  to  remove  all  animals  from  the  barn  or  shed,  and  close  it  up  tightly 
and  burn  sulphur  in  it  for  a  couple  of  hours;  then  open  and  air  it,  and 
whitewash  it  thoroughly  with  lime. 

Prevention. — Proper  quarantines  of  stock  imported  into  this  country, 
for  a  period  of  time  sufficiently  long  to  decide  for  a  certainty  that  no  latent 
contagion  is  hanging  around  them,  say  two  months;  destruction  of  all 
affected  animals;  and  isolation  of  those  that  have  been  exposed  to  the  con- 
tagion. Some  very  high  authorities  in  Europe  recommend  inoculation  of 
those  that  have  been  exposed,  and  even  of  whole  herds  and  dairies.  It  is 
a  disease,  the  occurence  of  which  in  an  animal  once,  confers  immunity  from 
subsequent  attacks.  It  is  found  that  inoculation  does  not  always  produce 
the  same  disease,  at  least  the  disease  produced  by  inoculation  is  not  always 
located  in  the  same  place,  but  the  constitutional  effect  is  produced  with  the 
same  result  of  immunity  from  subsequent  attacks  as  the  original  disease; 
and  the  proportion  of  deaths  among  inoculated  animals  is  small  as  compared 
with  those  who  take  the  disease  in  its  regular  course. 

The  conclusions  arrived  at  by  the  Belgian  Commission  in  regard  to 
inoculation,  as  stated  by  Prof.  Gamgee,  are  as  follows: 

"1.  The  inoculation  of  the  liquid  extracted  from  the  lungs  of  an  animal 
affected  with  pleuro-pneumonia  does  not  transmit  to  healthy  animals  of  the 
same  species  the  same  disease,  at  all  events  so  far  as  its  seat  is  concerned. 
2.     The  appreciable  phenomena  which  follow  the  inoculation  are  those  of 


816  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOB. 

local  inflammation  which  is  circumscribed  and  slight  on  a  certain  number 
of  animals  inoculated;  extensive  and  difl'use,  with  general  reaction  propor- 
tioned to  the  local  disease,  and  complicated  by  gangrenous  accidents  on 
another  number  of  inoculated  animals,  so  that  even  death  may  result. 
3.  The  inoculation  of  the  liquid  from  the  lungs  of  an  animal  affected  with 
pleuro- pneumonia  exerts  a  preservative  influence,  and  invests  the  economy 
of  the  larger  number  of  animals  subjected  to  its  influence  with  an  immunity 
which  protects  them  from  the  contagion  of  this  malady,  during  a  period 
which  has  yet  to  be  determined." 

The  losses  sustained  during  the  experiments  of  the  Commission  amounted 
to  11.11  per  cent.  The  number  of  animals  on  which  the  effect  of  inocula- 
tion was  benignant,  was  61.11  per  cent.;  the  proportion  in  which  there 
was  gangrene  and  loss  of  a  portion  of  the  tail,  27. 77  per  cent. ;  in  twenty- 
one  subjects  the  inflammation  was  very  severe,  and  complicated  by  gan- 
grenous phenomena,  causing  the  death  of  six;  and,  lastly,  the  recoveries 
amounted  to  88.88  per  cent. 

The  place  recommended  to  insert  the  virus  is  on  the  end  of  the  tail,  it 
being  less  liable  to  work  violently,  and  terminate  fatally  from  gangrene, 
when  inserted  there  than  at  any  other  part. 

n.     Rinderpest,  or  ContagiouB  Enteric  Fever. 

General  Description. — Whatever  may  be  said  to  the  contrary,  this 
terrible  plague  has  never  yet  been  introduced  into  any  of  the  countries  of 
the  American  hemisphere.  At  least,  there  is  no  well  authenticated  record 
of  any  case.  Its  ravages  have  been  mostly  confined  to  the  herds  of  Europe 
and  Asia,  and  especially  to  those  of  the  southern  portion  of  European 
Russia  and  adjacent  districts.  It  is  devoutly  to  be  hoped  it  never  will  find 
its  way  to  America,  for  it  is  terribly  contagious,  desperately  fatal,  and 
swift  in  its  work  of  death.  Where  it  originally  started  is  not  known.  In 
Southern  Russia,  on  the  Asiatic  steppes,  in  various  parts  of  India,  in 
Southern  and  Southwestern  China,  Cochin  China,  in  Mongolia,  Burmah, 
Hindostan,  Persia,  Thibet  and  Ceylon,  it  has  long  been  known,  and  has 
been  carried  thence  to  various  European  States. 

The  principle  of  contagion  has  not  yet  been  discovered,  but  when  once 
an  animal  is  affected,  it  extends  to  every  tissue  and  secretion.  It  is,  how- 
ever, mostly  contained  in  the  secretions  of  the  mucous  membranes,  and 
healthy  animals  will  be  infected  by  coming  near  infected  animals,  or  near 
anything  contaminated  by  their  secretions  and  exhalations,  and  without 
actual  contact.  So,  any  object  may  be  infected,  and  carry  the  disease 
indefinitely,  as  clothing,  wool,  hay,  straw,  litter,  wood- work,  for  it  may 
remain  latent  in  any  of  these  objects  for  a  long  time.     Fortunately,  air  is 


CONTAGIOUS   DISEASES,  817 

said  to  be  the  most  potent  and  effective  means  of  destroying  the  virus;  and 
hence,  through  aeration  by  a  direct  and  continuous  current  of  air  is  one  of 
the  best  ways  of  diluting,  and  at  length  destroying,  the  seeds  of  this  dread 


So  quick  is  the  development  of  the  disease  that  death  sometimes  occurs 
after  the  second  day,  though  usually  after  the  fifth  day;  and  an  average  of 
from  seventy  to  eighty  per  cent,  of  the  animals  attacked  die.  Goats, 
sheep  and  deer  are  also  attacked,  and  the  probability  is  that  all  ruminating 
animals  are  subject  to  the  contagion;  but  sheep  and  goats  are  not  liable  to 
so  large  a  percentage  of  mortality  as  are  neat  cattle. 

Many  of  the  symptoms  of  rinderpest  occur  in  pleuro-pneumonia  in  its 
contagious  form;  also,  in  malignant  catarrhal  fever,  and  in  foot-and-mouth 
disease.  But  pleuro-pneumonia  is  distinguished  from  rinderpest  by  the 
absence  of  the  characteristic  eruptions  upon  the  mucous  membranes. 
Malignant  catarrhal  fever  is  distinguished  therefrom  by  the  dimness  of  the 
transparent  cornea  of  the  eye,  which  in  rinderpest  remains  clear.  The 
foot-and-mouth  disease  differs  from  rinderpest  by  ulceration  of  the  feet, 
and  the  less  degree  of  fever. 

The  alteration  of  the  mucous  membrane  in  rinderpest,  heretofore  spoken 
of,  may  very  soon  be  observed  in  the  vagina  of  cows,  which  becoii^es 
spotted  or  striped  with  red,  and,  in  about  twenty-four  hours  after,  small 
yellowish  white  or  gray  specks  are  clearly  distinguished  on  the  red  spots 
and  stripes.  These  are  formed  by  the  loosening  of  the  cuticle  which  may 
be  rubbed  off,  leaving  in  its  place  a  dark  red  depression. 

There  is  no  known  remedy  for  this  disease,  and  hence  the  only  security 
against  its  spread  is  in  the  enactment  of  the  most  stringent  laws,  first,  for 
its  prevention;  second,  for  its  extinction,  by  isolation  of  all  suspected 
animals,  and  the  prompt  killing  and  burial  of  all  infected  ones.  In  this 
respect  the  laws  of  the  German  Empire  are  taQ  most  perfect,  and  our 
State  and  general  governments  might  take  a  hsson  therefrom,  in  dealing 
with  pleuro-pneumonia  and  other  malignant  contagious  diseases  of  animals, 
if  the  machinery  of  politics  could  be  succi  ssfully  dissociated  from  the 
appointment  of  oflicers  for  the  investigations  sought 

When  an  animal  has  this  disease  and  recc  vers,  he  is  rendered  insus- 
ceptible to  another  attack. 

How  to  know  it. — A  perceptible  rise  in  cie  temperature  of  the  body 
occurs  about  two  days  before  any  other  symptoms  present  themselves; 
and  it  has  been  shown  that  the  virus  exists  in  the  blood  at  the  time  a  rise 
in  temperature  is  first  noticed.  Inoculation  with  serum  of  the  blood  taken 
from  an  animal  at  this  time,  wiF  pr  jduce  the  disease.  The  temperature 
in  the  course  of  two  days  rises  c>  104°  or  105°  F.,  when  the  following 


818 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


symptoms  will  be  noticed:    Shiveiin 
colicky  pains;  sometimes  a  hiiskv 


coiu 


muscular  twitching;   restlessness; 
h;   yawning;  great  dullness,  with 


drooi)ing  of  the  ears;  occasional  tits  of  delirium;  the  appetite  is  soon  lost; 
the  milk  of  cows  is  suddenly  and  entirely  stopped,  more  so  than  in  any 
other  disease.  In  the  later  stages,  the  animal  grinds  its  teeth;  arches  its 
back;  draws  its  legs  together;  moans  and  grunts  with  each  expiration,  at 
which  time  the  breath  is  held  for  an  instant  and  then  expelled  with  a  grunt. 
At  first  the  bowels  are  constipated,  but  fhis  condition  is  soon  followed  by 
violent  purging;  the  dry,  hot,  red  condition  of  the  eyes,  nose  and  mouth, 
which  exist  in  the  early  stage,  is  followed  by  a  discharge  of  a  glairy,  watery 

character,  soon  running  into  an 
opaque  and  turbid  form,  which 
is  very  typical  of  the  disease. 
In  some  cases  the  visible  mucous 
membranes  become  altered  in  ap- 
pearance, by  assuming  a  salmon- 
red  appearance  over  t'le  wnole 
extent,  with  deep  crimson  red 
patches  dotted  over  the  surface. 
When  lying  down,  the  head  is 
usually  turned  upon  the  upper 
flank;  the  twitching  of  the  mus- 
cles will  b§  noticed  more  about 
the  neck,  shoulders  and  hind  quarters.  The  discharges  from  the  bowels 
are  at  first  black,  but  soon  change  to  a  pale  greenish  brown;  they  are  very 
foetid  and  are  voided  with  much  straining.  The  urine  is  scanty  and  high 
colored,  and  sometimes  albuminous.  The  pulse  rises  to  120°  to  140°  per 
minute;  the  surface  of  the  body  gets  deathly  cold;  weakness  increases,  the 
animal  lying  most  of  the  time;  the  areolar  tissue  becomes,  in  most  cases, 
bloated  with  air;  the  animal  becomes  drowsy,  and  soon  after  unconscious- 
ness sets  in;  the  nostrils  flap;  the  mucous  membranes  become  lead-colored, 
with  purple  patches;  flatulence  supervenes,  with  involuntary  evacuation  of 
fceces,  and  death  soon  follows. 

Sometimes  the  eruption  covers  the  entire  body,  and,  again,  it  may  be 
wholly  wanting. 

III.     Texas  Fever,  Spanish  or  Splenic  Fever. 

This  disease  is  indigenous  to  the  lowlands  of  Mexico,  Texas  and  other 
Southern  States.  It  is  due  to  a  germ  (micrococcus)  that  takes  up  its  hab- 
itat in  the  red  blood  corpuscles,  causing  death  by  destroying  them.  These 
genns  are  carried  from  place  to  place  and  from  animal  to  animal  by  Texas 


RINDERPEST. 


CONTAGIOUS   DISEASES.  819 

ticks  that  infest  the  cattle  in  the  South  in  large  numbers.  Southern  native 
cattle  become  immune  to  the  disease,  but  Northern  cattle  taken  South  take 
the  disease  and  die.  Southern  cattle  taken  North,  in  warm  weather,  carry 
the  ticks  wdth  them,  from  which  the  disease  spreads  by  their  biting  the 
Northern  cattle,  or  by  the  cattle  eating  the  ticks  that  drop  onto  the  grass, 
or  by  eating  the  excrement  of  the  ticks.  Frost  kills  the  ticks;  on  this 
account  it  is  considered  sato  to  drive  Southern  cattle  North  during  the 
winter,  but  fatal  to  Northern  cittle  during  the  summer.  Southern  cattle 
wintered  in  the  North  lose  their  immunity  and  then  are  susceptible  to  it, 
the  same  as  Northern  cattle.  On  acco';.ii  •  of  the  tremendous  losses  from 
this  disease,  the  Western  States  have  enc^Kied  laws  preventing  Southern 
cattle  from  being  driven  North,  except  durmg  the  winter,  and  Illinois 
requires  them  to  be  shipped  in  special  cars,  into  a  special  section  of  the 
Union  Stock  Yards,  and  driven  to  slaughter  through  special  roads  to  avoid 
any  danger  of  infecting  Northern  cattle  that  might  be  taken  back  to  the 
country  as  feeders.     The  mortality  runs  from  VO  per  cent,  upwards. 

It  has  long  been  desired  to  take  fancy  Northern  bulls  South  to  improve 
the  grade  of  Southern  catcle,  but  until  now  it  has  been  impossible  to  do  so 
on  account  of  their  almost  certain  death  from  Texas  fever,  but  now  (1898) 
vaccination  of  such  bulls,  with  an  antitoxin  got  from  the  cultivation  of  the 
germs  of  it,  is  being  quite  extensively  used  with  good  success.  The  anti- 
toxin can  be  got  from  most  of  the  Agricultural  Experimental  Stations,  with 
directions  how  to  use  it. 

Incubation. — The  stage  of  incubation  is  from  seven  to  thirty-five  daySo 
The  blood  undergoes  a  material  change,  and  some  of  its  elements  escape 
into  the  various  tissues  of  the  body  and  into  the  urine,  giving  the  latter  a 
bloody  appearance. 

How  to  know  it. — As  in  pleuro-pneumonia,  a  marked  symptom  is  an 
increase  of  heat,  to  104°  to  106°;  the  pulse  rises  from  40  beats  a  minute 
(the  average  for  healthy  steers)  up  to  120  a  minute.  The  fever  is  generally 
preceded  by  a  chill;  the  dung  and  urine  become  scanty,  high  colored,  or 
bloody;  the  milk  fails  rapidly;  yellow  matter  is  discharged  from  the  nos- 
trils and  mouth;  the  animal  assumes  a  peculiarly  dejected  look;  the  back 
is  arched;  the  flanks  become  hollow;  the  gait  unsteady  or  staggering,  and 
the  hair  rough;  the  cough  is  more  or  less  frequent;  the  urine  coagulates  on 
boiling;  the  mucous  membranes  are  deep  yellow  or  brown  color,  and  that 
of  the  rectum  dark  red.  There  is  but  little  trace  of  disease  in  the  first 
thi-ee  stomachs,  but  the  fourth  stomach  shows  congestion,  and  the  intestines 
are  still  more  gorged  and  blood-stained.  The  liver  is  not  seriously  affected, 
but  the  gall  bladder  is  filled  with  thick,  dark  colored  bile;  the  kidneys  are 
also  congested,  and  the  secretion  in  the  bladder  is  bloody  or  blood-stained; 


820  CrCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

the  spleen  is  much  affected  and  enlarged.  In  a  healthy  animal  the  spleen 
should  weigh  a  pound  or  a  pound  and  a  half;  in  cattle  dying  of  Texas  fever 
it  has  been  known  to  reach  a  weight  of  eight  pounds;  hence,  the  specitic 
name  of  splenic  fever. 

What  to  do,— Treatment  for  this  disease,  like  that  for  pleuro-pneumonia 
and  rinderpest,  is  not  satisfactory  in  the  majority  of  cases.  There  is  this 
point,  however,  in  the  treatment — since  cattle  infested  from  Texans  do  not 
give  it  to  others,  and  since  isolation  is  a  security  against  contagion,  the 
animals  should  at  once  be  put  into  comfortable  quarters  and  receive  good 
nursing. 

IV.    ContagiouB  Eczema,  Foot  and  Mouth  Disease,  or  Epizootic  Aphtha. 

This  disease  is  known  in  America,  but  it  is  very  common  in  the  older 
countries.  Owing  to  its  very  short  period  of  incubation — twenty-four 
hours  to  three  or  four  days — there  is  very  little  danger  of  its  importation; 
and  quarantining  any  affected  herds  before  allowing  them  to  land,  will 
effectually  prevent  its  introduction. 

It  is  an  eczematous  or  skin  disease  affecting  the  mouth,  tongue,  lips,  feet, 
legs  and  udder.  The  contagion  lies  in  the  discharges  from  the  mouth  and 
feet,  and  the  virus  is  strewn  along  the  road 
and  over  the  pastures  by  the  droppings  from 
the  mouth,  and  the  matter  running  from  the 
feet,  and  is  conveyed  from  field  to  field  by 
small  vermin,  dogs,  cats,  etc. 

It  is  contagious  to   nearly   all   the  lower 
animals  and  to  man.      It  is  not  often  fatal, 

EPIZOOTIC  APHTHA  OR  FOOT         ,      i     •.  i     i  .       ,1  .       , 

_,,_.^^  but  it  causes  much  loss  to  the  stock  owner, 

AND  MOUTH  DISEASE.  ' 

through  the  loss  of  flesh  in  cattle  that  are 
being  fattened,  and  the  failure  in  milk,  the  supply  being  lessened  by  from 
one  to  two-thirds  of  the  usual  yield. 

The  milk  is  affected  not  only  in  quantity,  but  contains  much  of  the 
poison  of  the  disease,  and  affects  young  animals  to  Avhich  it  is  given  warm, 
causing  cramps,  violent  diarrhcea,  intestinal  irritation,  which  often  prove 
fatal.  It  is  considered  by  good  authorities  to  be  equally  injurious  to 
infants.  By  the  aid  of  the  microscope  vibrioues,  bacteria  and  monads  are 
found,  which  appear  to  be  more  injurious  to  the  consumer  when  the  milk 
)s  drank  warm,  fresh  from  the  cow.  Some  authorities  say  to  boil  it 
before  using,  and  others  that  this  makes  no  difference,  but  it  is  certainly 
'ess  injiu'ious  when  it  has  stood  a  few  hours  and  g(jt  thoroughly  cold. 

How  to  know  it. — The  usual  symptoms  are  rough,  staring  coat;  shiver- 
ing fits,  dry,  hot  mouth  and  muzzle;  pulse  and  temperature  raised;  the 


CONTAGIOUS    DISEASES.  821 

mouth,  tongue,  lips,  teats,  udder  and  interdigital  spaces  become  red,  swollen 

and  sore;  on  the  second  or  third  day  little  pustules  break  and  discharo-e; 

saliva  drolls  from  the  mouth;  the  animal  keeps  working  the  tono-ne  in 

great  uneasiness;   lameness  in  the  feet  is  seen,  the  fever  in  them  beino- 

sometimes  such  as  to  cause  the 

hoofs  to  drop  off,  the  joints  to 

become    opened,    and    extensive 

sloughing  to  take  place.      There 

is  great  inclination  to  lie  down. 

The  greatest  damage  to  the  feet     ^,^^^ 

is  seen  among  sheep  and  swine.  "~        *^^  ^"^^'i^zm        — 

The  latter  sometimes  lose  some  epizootic  aphtha. 

jj  . ,        T     -i    1   1  ladicatiousof  the  feet  being  affected. 

or  the  digital  bones. 

What  to  do. — The  treatment  is  of  little  consequence,  as  the  disease 
runs  a  definite  course,  and  usually  tel-minates  in  recovery  in  aijout  fifteen 
days.  Give  soft  food  to  eat  and  a  bountiful  supply  of  clear  cold  water  to 
drink;  an  ounce  of  saltpeter  dissolved  in  each  pail  is  an  advantage.  Pay 
the  most  attention  to  the  feet,  wash  them  clean  and  remove  any  horn  that 
may  be  detached;  if  the  inflammation  and  swelling  are  great,  ai)ply  a  lin- 
seed poultice  till  there  are  raw  surfaces,  then  change  them  to  the  followino- 
lotion : 

No.  1.  1  Ounce  sugar  of  lead, 

2  Drachms  carbolic  acid, 
1  Ounce  laudanum, 
Water  to  make  one  pint, 
Mix. 

Apply  three  times  a  day.  When  suppuration  ceases,  bind  the  feet  up 
in  tar  bandages.  If  great  weakness  follows,  Avith  prostration  and  loss  of 
appetite,  give  whiskey,  brandy,  etc.,  in  oatmeal  gruel.  Give  no  purgatives, 
not  even  a  laxative;  for  the  bowels,  although  constipated  at  first,  soon 
become  loose  and  should  not  be  interfered  with,  as  that  is  one  of  the  efforts 
of  nature  to  expel  the  poison  from  the  system;  and  never  bleed.  If 
extensive  sloughing  around  the  feet  takes  place,  apply  the  following  lotion: 

No.  2.  One  part  carbolic  acid, 

Eight  parts  olive  oil. 
Mix. 

A-ppiy  three  times  a  day. 

V.     Anthrax. 

This  is  known  by  many  different  names,  according  to  the  part  attacked. 
and  the  impression  made  upon  the  mind  of  the  person  aescribing  it— 


822  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

Black  Leg,  Black  Quarter,  Quarter  III,  Charbo?i,  Chancre  a  la  Langue, 
Sang  de  Rate,  Mai  de  Sang,  Splenic  Apoplexy  and  Braxy  in  Sheep,  Bloody 
Murrain,  etc.  Under  the  above  names  are  included  a  group  of  diseases 
very  virulent,  malignant  and  contagious,  appearing  under  different  forms, 
externally  and  internally,  and  attacking  the  different  species  of  lower 
animals  and  man,  in  an  epizootic,  enzootic  or  sporadic  manner,  according 
to  the  influences  that  produce  it,  or  whether  it  is  got  by  inoculation.  It 
arises  spontaneously  in  low,  damp,  rich  pastures,  and  along  the  banks  of 
overflowed  rivers,  or  where  ponds  have  ])een  drained  off  or  dried  up,  the 
soil  containing  a  great  amount  of  organic  matter,  and  when  cattle  are  fat- 
tened too  fast,  by  feeding  on  rich,  succulent  food,  especially  clover.  Long 
continued  warm,  dry  weather,  favoring  the  emanations  of  organic  matter 
and  miasmatic  gases,  with  great  changes  in  temperature  between  day  and 
night,  especially  in  a  still  atmosphere,  favor  its  development. 

The  main  characteristic  of  the  disease  is  black,  tarry  blood,  that  will 
not  coagulate,  and  containing  rod-like  bodies  {bacilli)  containing  spores, 
which  are  the  active  part  of  the  virus.  Blood  containing  these  spores  has 
been  dried,  reduced  to  dust,  and  kept  four  years,  and  found  to  be  as  active 
as  ever  in  producing  the  fatal  disease.  (Koch.)  The  spores  do  not  con- 
tinue to  increase  after  death,  and  are  not  found  in  any  great  quantity. 
The  rods  are  found  in  greatest  quantity  in  the  spleen.  The  spleen,  liver 
and  lymphatic  glands  enlarge  and  become  soft.  The  bloody  flux  may  lo- 
cate in  any  part  of  the  body,  with  the  tendency  to  gangrene,  death  and 
decomposition  of  the  part  affected,  and  the  formation  of  gases  that  distend 
the  tissues,  making  a  crackling  noise  when  the  hand  is  passed  over  it. 
When  it  commences  on  one  point  of  the  surface,  a  small  blister  forms, 
gathers,  breaks  and  dries  up,  and  others  form  around  it,  and  so  on  in  con- 
secutive rings  it  spreads.  This  constitutes  malignant  pustule,  and  is  the 
form  it  usually  takes  in  man,  got  by  inoculation,  from  handling  carcasses 
and  skinning  animals  dead  from  anthrax,  handling  dirty  rags,  etc. 

Anthrax  has  two  distinct  ways  of  manifesting  itself,  with  external  lesions 
and  without  them.  To  the  former  belong  the  black  leg,  black  quarter,  or 
bloody  murrain,  black  tongue,  Siberian  boil  plague,  and  carbuncular  ery- 
sipelas of  sheep  and  swme,  and  malignant  sore  throat  of  the  latter;  to  the 
latter,  all  those  having  specific  changes  in  the  blood,  with  engorgement  of 
of  the  spleen,  exudations  and  blood-stained  spots  in  the  internal  organs, 
and  sudden  death. 

The  Siberian  Boil  Plagjie  attacks  horses,  cattle,  sheep,  goats  and  pigs, 
and  manifests  itself  in  swellings  on  the  sheath,  udder,  throat,  breast,  dew- 
lap, etc.,  which  are  hard,  yellowish,  and  streaked  with  red,  and  sometimes 
spotted.  The  animals  die  in  from  twelve  to  twenty-four  hours.  This, 
inoculated  into  man,  produces  malignant  pustule  or  charbon. 


CONTAGIOUS    DISEASES. 


823 


Bkck  leg  or  bloody  murrain  is  not  typical  anthrax,  but  is  anthracoid, 
with  a  special  germ  as  the  aetive  principle  of  the  virus,  cheracterized  by 
engorgment  of  a  quarter  or  a  leg,  shoulder  or  a  side.  It  usually  occurs 
<tmong  yonng,  fast  growing,  thriving  cattle,  and  is  so  sudden  in  its  attack, 

short  in  its  duration,  and  fatal  in  its 
effect,  that  one  or  two  of  a  herd  may 
be  found  dead  in  the  morning,  when 
nothing  whatever  was  wrong  with  them 
the  night  before.  There  is  a  stiffness 
in  the  affected  quarter,  with  some  dif- 


CARBUNCULAR      ERYSIPELAS- 
LEG  OR   QUARTER   ILL 


fuse  swelling  and  heat,  fever,  and  an 
appearance  of  plethora;  the  swollen  quarter  soon  mortifies,  becomes  cold, 
gas  forms  under  the  skin  and  crackles  if  rubbed,  and  death  soon  follows. 
Sometimes  there  is  an  effusion  of  yellow  looking  lymph  from  the  swelling. 
Recovery  is  very  rare,  and  is  slow  and  tedious,  and  the  swelling  is  apt  to 
slough  extensively  and  form  sluggish,  unsightly  sores. 

The  black  tongue  is  seen  in  cattle;  and  sometimes  in  horses,  and  is  known 
by  red  purple  or  black  blisters  on  the  tongue,  palate  and  cheeks,  some- 
times attaining  the  size  of  a  hen's  egg;  they  burst  and  run  an  ichorous, 
scalding  matter,  and  the  sore  becomes  unhealthy  and  ulcer-like,  with  more 
or  less  swelling;  the  discharge,  as  it  runs  from  the  mouth,  is  bloody;  the 
fever  runs  very  high,  the  system  becomes  poisoned  throughout,  and  death 
ensues  in  twenty  to  forty-eight  hours. 

Carbuncular  erysipelas  or  braxy  in  sheep  corresponds  to  black  leg  in 
cattle,  and,  like  it,  always  attacks  the  finest,  fattest  and  most  thriving  one 
in  the  flock.  The  symptoms  are  the 
same  as  in  black  leg,  and  death  follows 
in  from  ten  to  sixty  hours. 

Swine  have  the  carbuncular  erysipe- 
las the  same  as  sheep;  also,  black  tongue, 
tumors  about  the  throat,  and  pharyn- 
geal anthrax;  the  latter  is  the  most 
common  form,  and  is  probably  caused 
by  eating  the  carcass  of  some  anthrax 
animal.  There  is  fever,  swelling  about 
the  throat,  neck  and  breast,  which  is 
red,  shining,  tender,  and  soon  becomes  purple,  cold  and  insensible,  and 
pits  upon  pressure;  nausea,  vomiting,  retching,  and  loss  of  appetite;  pur- 
ple patches  form  around  the  eyes  and  on  the  snout;  breathing  becomes  dif- 
ficult, and  the  month  livid;  the  temperature  falls,  and  death  follows  in 
from  one  to  two  days. 

Dogs,  cats  and  other  small  animals  die  from  anthrax,  developed  in  th** 


GLOSS-ANTHRAX  OR  BLACK  TONGUE. 


824  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  8TC»CK  DOCTOB. 

same  manner  as  it  is  in  pigs,  and  coming  from  their  eating  anthrax  car- 
casses. They  are  affected  in  the  mouth,  throat  and  digestive  organs, 
giving  rise  to  vomiting,  fever  and  death. 

Birds  and  poultry  die  of  anthrax,  from  eating  bits  of  anthrax  victims. 
It  develops  in  them  in  fever  and  swelling  on  the  head,  comb,  breast  and 
feet,  which  turn  black  from  mortification. 

In  man,  malignant  pustule  or  charbon  develops  by  inoculation;  a  small 
red  spot  shows  itself  with  itching,  and  increases  in  size.  In  the  course  of 
twelve  hours,  a  blister  forms,  breaks,  dries,  and  a  new  crop  springs  up 
around  the  old  one,  and  so  it  spreads.  The  affected  parts  run  through  al] 
the  shades  of  color  from  red  to  black,  when  gangrene  sets  in,  and  sloughs 
in  case  of  recovery,  but,  alas,  it  is  too  often  fatal,  the  same  as  in  the  lower 
animals. 

Anthrax  without  external  swelling  is  known  as  anthrax  fever,  splenic 
apoplexy,  braxy,  etc. ,  according  to  the  animals  attacked.  Horses,  cattle, 
sheep,  swine  and  fowls  are  liable  to  attacks  of  anthrax  fever.  This  is 
characterized  by  high  fever,  plethora,  engorgement  of  the  spleen  and  other 
internal  organs,  and  colicky  pain;  redness,  and  often  purple  spots,  are 
seen  on  the  mucous  membranes;  bloody,  frothy  mucous  comes  from  the 
nose  and  eyes;  the  dung  is  streaked  with  blood;  great  weakness  follows, 
and  death  in  from  twelve  hours  to  four  or  five  days. 

What  to  do. — Treatment  is  of  no  avail  in  the  first  cases,  owing  to  the 
rapid  fatality  of  the  disease,  and  is  usually  unavailing  in  milder  ones,  but 
liberal  administration  of  whiskey,  quinine  and  hyposulphite  of  soda  may 
do  good.  Mix  an  ounce  of  quinine  in  a  quart  of  whiskey,  and  give  half  of 
a  teacupful  every  four  hours  "to  horses,  twice  as  much  to  cattle,  half  as 
much  to  sheep  and  hogs.  This  dose  should  be  diluted  with  as  much  water. 
Give  of  the  hyposulphite  of  soda  four  ounces  in  half  a  pint  of  water  to 
horses  three  times  a  day,  twice  as  much  to  cattle,  half  as  much  to  sheep 
and  hogs.  If  they  will  eat,  the  soda  may  be  given  in  their  food.  If  one 
animal  in  a  herd  remains  lying  in  the  morning  when  the  rest  have  got  up 
and  gone  to  feeding,  suspect  black  leg  at  once,  get  him  up  and  start  him 
walking.  Exercise,  if  pushed  in  the  early  stage  of  this  trouble  will  often  save 
them.  Sponge  off  the  body  with  cold  water  and  rub  dry ;  cauterize  all  wounds, 
if  the  disease  comes  through  inoculation,  with  clear  carbolic  acid,  sulphuric 
or  nitric  acid,  or  with  chloride  of  zinc,  but  the  whole  of  the  diseased  tissue 
must  be  reached.  After  cauterizing  them,  and  also  the  tumors  that  may 
follow,  apply  poultices  to  them  to  encourage  suppuration.  In  case  of  dif- 
fuse swellings,  bathe  them  with  vinegar,  cold  water  and  weak  lotions  of 
carbolic  acid,  etc. — say  one  part  to  sixty  of  water;  and  inject  beneath  the 
skin,  in  several  places,  weak  dilutions  of  carbolic  acid — one  part  of  acid 
to  one  hundred  of  water. 


CONTAGIOUS   DISEASES.  825 

Prevention  — Drain  the  soil  in  the  pastures;  either  confine  the  stock  to 
smaller  pastures  or  increase  the  stock  to  feed  the  pasture  more  closely; 
when  cattle,  especially  young  ones,  are  thriving  very  fast  on  a  rich  succu- 
lent pasture  or  aftermath,  confine  them  in  a  barn-yard  four  to  six  hours  a 
day.  Shelter  the  stock  at  night  during  late  summer  and  fall,  when  the 
days  are  hot  and  nights  cool,  or  rather  cold,  — when  the  dews  are  heavy 
and  the  air  gets  quite  chilly  towards  morning;  it  is  at  this  time  that  inter- 
nal congestions  are  apt  to  occur.  In  dry,  hot  weather,  remove  the  stock 
to  high  ground,  where  miasmatic  gases  exist  to  a  less  extent.  Secure  clear, 
pure  water  to  drink;  avoid  too  sudden  fattening;  see  that  barns  and  sheds 
are  well  ventillated  and  not  overcrowded.  The  diseased  animals  should 
be  separated  from  the  healthy;  carcasses  should  be  burned  without  being 
skinned.  Pour  kerosene  over  them  and  set  fire  to  them,  also  to  all  litter 
they  had  used,  and  to  their  excrement.  The  buildings  where  deaths  have 
occured  or  sick  animals  been,  should  be  thoroughly  disinfected.  Avoid 
touching  them,  so  far  as  possible,  and  wash  the  hands  both  before  and 
after  doing  so,  in  carbolic  acid,  one  to  one  hundred  of  water.  Prevent 
dogs,  cats,  etc.,  from  coming  in  contact  with  them,  and  never  allow  meat 
that  is  affected,  or  suspected  of  being  affected,  to  be  eaten.  Prevention 
by  vaccination  with  an  antitoxin  is  successfully  done  now  (1900)  in  all  civ- 
ilized countries,  where  veterinary  science  is  recognized  and  encouraged. 
The  material  is  injected  underneath  the  skin  of  all  exposed  animals,  horses, 
cattle  and  sheep,  which  renders  immunity  to  them  to  the  contagion.  The 
vaccine  for  anthrax  and  black  leg  can  be  gotten  from  the  various  agricul- 
tural experiment  stations,  and  from  the  Pasteur  Vaccine  Company  in 
Chicago,  111. ,  with  full  directions  for  use.  Some  sections  of  the  country 
are  sadly  afflicted  annually  with  these  diseases.  In  such  localities  vaccina- 
tion should  be  resorted  to  every  spring. 

VI.     Variola  Vaccinae,  or  Cow  Pox. 

This  is  a  contagious  disease,  and  has  been  proven  to  be  identical  with 
small-pox  of  the  human  family  ;  either  can  be  produced  in  either  men  or 
cattle  by  inoculation  from  the  other  species.  A  heifer  inoculated  with 
virus  of  small-pox,  will  have  a  disease  identical  with  the  cow-pox ;  and 
men  inoculated  with  cow-pox  will  have  a  disease  that  may  be  considered 
either  cow-pox  or  a  very  mild  form  of  small-pox.  To  have  either,  secures 
immunity  from  a  subsequent  attack  at  least  to  a  great  extent,  or  for 
a  longer  or  shorter  period,  sometimes  only  for  a  year  or  two,  and  some- 
times for  a  lifetime.  Cow  or  kine-pox  is  a  specific  blood  poison  that  has 
a  period  of  incubation  of  three  to  nine  days,  shows  itself  by  a  slight 
fever  for  a  couple  of  days,  then  breaks  out  in  pimples  on  the  teats,  udder 
flanks,  escutcheon,  and  around  the  vulva,  nose,  mouth  and  eyes.     These 


826  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

pimples,  red  at  first;  enlarge  from  day  to  day,  till  they  attain  a  diam- 
3ter  of  about  half  an  inch  to  an  inch,  and  become  yellow.  A  distinct  vesi- 
sle  forms,  breaks,  runs  a  yellowish  lymph,  which  is  the  active  virus  of 
the  disease,  dries  up,  a  scab  forms  over  it,  and  the  whole  trouble  disap- 
pears as  gently  as  it  came. 

The  only  trouble  to  be  had  from  the  disease,  is  in  milch  cows,  from  the 
teats  getting  sore.  These  are  sometimes  absolutely  covered  with  the 
vesicles,  and  even  confluent,  rendering  milking  a  very  painful  operation. 

It  runs  a  definite  course,  and  heals  up  and  disappears  of  itself,  in  from 
ten  to  twenty  days.  No  treatment  is  necessary,  except  to  avoid  taking 
cold,  and  give  a  little  extra 

care  in  the  way  of  nursing.  __^_^^^^^^^^^^^^^^m^b^^^^^^ 
If  the  teats  are  so  sore  as     ^^^^^^              '^      ■  ■■  ■""'  ^~/H^ 

to  be  very  painful  in  milk-  ^ ^  ^^ 

•^    1  THE  TEAT   SYPHON. 

ing,  the  teat  S}qihon  may  be 

used  ;  if  it  is  cold  weather,  warm  the  syphon  ;  oil  it  with  olive  oil,  and 
pass  it  up  the  teat  very  carefully,  and  draw  off  the  milk.  Anoint  the 
sores  on  the  teats  and  udder  nicely,  twice  a  day,  with  carbolic  salve  or  other 
healing  and  softening  ointment.  If  the  udder  swells  very  much,  fre- 
quent  bathing  with  hot  water  and  supporting  with  a  bandage,  as  recom- 
mended for  mammitis,  will  be  a  benefit. 

VII.  Tuberculosis. 
This  disease  is  distinctly  infectious,  being  due  to  the  introduction  into 
the  system  of  a  microbe,  the  bacillus  tuberculosis,  discovered  by  Koch  in 
1882.  It  affects  all  warm  blooded  animals,  including  people.  Cattle  and 
people  suffer  the  most  from  it,  and  horses  the  least,  in  fact  the  latter  are 
almost  exempt,  but  it  can  be  produced  in  them  by  inoculation.  The  germ 
is  a  rod  shaped  vegetable  organism,  im  of  an  inch  in  length.  When  intro- 
duced into  any  tissue  of  the  body  it  multiplies,  causing  slight  local  inflam- 
mation that  is  inclined  to  degenerate  into  caseous  (cheesy)  matter,  that 
becomes  gritty  by  the  deposition  of  calcareous  (limey)  matter,  giving  it  the 
appearance  of  being  mixed  with  sand.  The  germs  usually  divide  into 
colonies,  making  separate  foci  of  the  disease.  When  the  number  of  germs 
is  small  and  the  deposition  of  the  lime  rapid,  a  fibrous  capsule  often 
forms  around  the  little  center  of  disease,  fencing  it  in  and  rendering  it 
harmless,  and  the  animal  is  none  the  worse  for  the  attack;  but  on  the  other 
hand,  if  the  number  of  germs  is  great  and  the  deposition  of  lime  slow  or 
wanting,  which  it  is  in  some  cases,  the  tissue  affected  is  destroyed,  breaks 
down  and  liquifies  more  or  less,  leading  on  to  a  debilitated,  antemic  condi- 
tion of  the  whole  system,  resulting  in  extensive  blood  poisoning  (cachexia) 
and  death.     The  latter  course  is  the  usual  one  for  it  to  take  in  man  or 


CONTAGIOUS  DISEASES.  827 

beast.  No  tissue  of  the  body  is  exempt  from  its  ravages,  the  lungs  and 
thoracic  lymphatic  glands  being  most  often  affected.  The  first  appearance  of 
this  disease  is  in  the  form  of  miliary  tubercles,  which  may  become  fenced 
in  as  described  above,  or  by  ulceration  the  germs  are  liberated  and  invade 
surrounding  tissues,  sometimes  forming  malignant  tumors  and  sometimes 
leading  on  to  complete  destruction  of  the  organ  attacked.  Miliary  tuber- 
cles are  about  the  size  of  a  small  pea,  and  are  usually  seen  in  the  great- 
est number  on  the  peritoneum  and  pleura  lining  the  chest.  In  all  severe 
cases  the  disease  overcomes  nature's  efforts  to  confine  it  and  becomes  gen- 
eralized, causing  cachexia,  when  the  flesh  and  milk  are  unlit  for  food. 
Inasmuch  as  it  is  difficult  to  determine  when  it  is  becoming  generalized, 
and  as  it  is  decidedly  dangerous  for  people  to  eat  meat  and  drink  milk 
that  contain  bacilli  tuberculosis,  it  is  proper  to  condemn  all  carcasses 
that  show  more  than  slight  localized  infection,  and  those  to  be  passed 
should  show  the  diseased  parts  well  advanced  in  the  calcareous  stage. 
It  is  no  longer  considered  hereditary,  but  due  in  all  cases  to  infection, 
usually,  we  think,  by  inhaling  the  germs  that  are  flying  in  dust,  or  by 
eating  or  drinking  them  with  the  food  and  water. 

How  to  know  it. — It  is  impossible  to  recognize  it  till  it  is  far  advanced 
and  cachexia  is  developing,  the  earliest  symptoms  being  a  general  unthrifty 
condition,  the  milk  becoming  poor  in  quality,  thin  and  watery,  although  not 
much  less  in  quantity.  The  appetite  is  capricious;  the  hair  looks  dull,  and 
where  it  is  white,  there  is  a  yellow  skin;  a  dry,  dull  cough  will  be  noticed; 
the  animal  no  longer  licks  itself;  if  the  cow  is  with  calf,  she  is  apt  to  abort. 
Emaciation  ushers  in  the  second  stage,  and  progresses  rapidly;  the  cough 
gets  worse;  indigestion,  tympanitis  and  diarrhoea  follow,  and  soon  reduce 
the  sufferer  to  skin  and  bones.  Auscultation,  and  percussion  of  the  lungs 
may  or  may  not  detect  a  fullness  and  muffled  breathing  and  other  signs  of 
disease,  but  nearly  always  some  pain  will  be  evinced  when  the  sides  are 
struck,  or  the  fingers  pushed  forcibly  in  between  the  ribs.  The  tubercles 
increase,  sometimes  breaking  out  on  the  surface  of  the  body;  the  blood  gets 
thin  and  watery,  wanting  in  red  corpuscles;  and,  often,  fatal  diarrhoea  sets  in. 

To  test  an  animal  or  herd  suspected  of  tuberculosis,  tuberculin  is  used. 
It  can  be  got  from  the  Bureau  of  Animal  Industry  at  Washington,  D.  C, 
or  from  the  State  Experimental  Stations.  The  animal's  temperature  is 
taken  morning,  noon,  and  night,  before  the  injection,  to  get  the  average 
temperature,  then  inject  the  tuberculin  about  11  o'clock  at  night,  and  be- 
gin taking  the  temperature  next  morning  at  6  o'clock,  and  take  it  every 
two  hours  till  6  at  night.  If  the  injection  causes  a  rise  of  temperature  to 
104°  Fahrenheit  at  any  time  during  the  day  the  animal  should  be  condemned 
and  slaughtered,  subject  to  veterinary  inspection.  If  an  animal  reacts  or  shows 
a  rise  of  temperature  between  103°  and  103.9°,  he  should  be  tested  again 
after  a  week.     This  test  is  very  delicate  and  remarkably  certain,  there  be- 


828  CrCLOFEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

ing  but  few  exceptions  to  the  rule  that  tuberculosis  will  be  found  post 
mortem  in  all  that  react  to  104*'  F.  Usually  those  far  advanced  in  the 
disease  will  not  react,  but  they  can  be  recognized  b}^  physical  examination. 
To  avoid  mistakes,  do  not  test  an  animal  that  has  a  fever,  nor  cows  just 
before  nor  just  after  calving,  nor  when  in  heat,  but  rather  wait  a  few  days. 

What  to  do. — All  affected  animals  should  be  killed,  and  the  carcasses 
burned  or  rendered.  All  suspects  should  be  isolated  and  tested,  bearing  in 
mind  that  it  is  bound  to  spread,  and  that  the  first  loss  is  usually  the  small- 
est. The  stable  should  be  thoroughly  cleaned  by  first  sprinkling  to  lay 
the  dust,  then  sweep,  scrape,  wash,  and  whitewash  it.  The  treatment  of 
affected  ones,  if  it  is  desired,  consists  in  counter -irritation  to  the  chest  by 
applying  mustard  paste  or  fly  blister  repeatedly,  and  giving  oleaginous 
foods,  as  oil-cake,  cocoanut  oil,  etc.,  in  liberal  quantities,  which  will  some- 
times keep  them  along  a  good  while.  Avoid  roots  and  grasses,  since,  in 
the  weak  condition  of  the  digestive  organs,  these  tend  to  produce  tympan- 
itis; but  by  suitable  fattening  food,  supplemented  by  the  use  of  cod-liver 
oil  to  the  amount  of  half  a  pint  a  day,  they  may  be  fattened  fast,  if  taken 
during  the  first  stage.  This  secured,  they  might  as  well  be  slaughtered  by 
the  butcher;  in  later  stages,  nothing  can  be  done  to  prevent  gradual  pining 
and  death.  The  oil  is  best  given  with  lime  water;  a  little  oil  of  turpentine 
may  be  added,  if  there  is  a  tendency  to  tympanitis  and  diarrhoea. 

The  following  recipe  may  be  of  service  along  with  the  generous  diet: 

No.  11.  2  Di'achms  saccharized  carbonate  of  iron, 

2  Drachms  powdered  cinchona  bark, 
Mix. 

orive  as  one  dose  in  soft  feed,  twice  a  day. 

VIII.     Cancerous  Ulcers  and  Osteo  Sarcoma. 

Tuberculosis  sometimes  shows  externally,  attacking  the  glands,  especi- 
ally the  parotid  and  sub-maxillary,  or  the  bones,  in  the  latter  case  being 
known  as  cancer  of  the  bone,  or  more  strictly,  Osteo  Sarcoma.  This 
enlargement  of  the  bones  may  come  on  the  jaws,  ribs  or  any  part  of  the 
body.  The  tubercular  deposits  usually  start  in  small,  loose  nodules,  M'hich 
increase  in  size  till  inflammation  sets  in,  and  nutrition  being  cut  off  from 
the  skin,  the  latter  sloughs  off,  leaving  a  large  raw  sore  that  defies  all 
treatment  and,  instead  of  getting  better,  grows  worse  continually.  Larger 
and  more  angry-looking  becomes  the  sore;  an  ulcerous,  saneous  discharge 
flows  from  it;  other  ulcers  are  likely  to  form  around  it;  and  the  enlarge- 
ment beneath  increases  till,  if  the  trouble  is  in  the  glands  above-mentioned, 
it  presses  upon  the  pharynx  and  larnyx,  thus  interfering  with  the  breath' 
ing  and  swallowing. 

Tubercles  sometimes  locate  around  ioints.  causing  lameness,  which  is 
aggravated  by  strong  liniments  and  blisters. 


CONTAGIOUS    DISEASES. 


829 


Treatment  is  of  no  avail,  further  than  to  afford  a  suitably  generous 
diet,  but  it  is  best  to  deal  with  these  as  prescribed  for  tuberculosis. 

IX.     Lumpy  Jaw  (Actinomycosis). 

This  is  an  infectious  disease  affecting  cattle  very  commonly  in  the 
■Western  States  of  this  country,  especially  Illinois,  Iowa,  Kansas  and 
Nebraska.  Its  spread  is  gradual  and  continuous.  If  an  affected  ar^mal  is 
taken  into  a  herd  of  healthy  cattle,  it  will  surely  break  out  among  them, 
and  from  five  to  fifty  per  cent,  will  get  it  in  the  course  of  six  to  twelve 
months.  The  cause  lies  in  the  presence  of  a  ray  shaped  fungus  germ  called 
actinomyces,  hence  the  name  actinomycocis,  by  which  scientific  term  the 
disease  is  known.  This  germ  is  taken  in  with  the  food  in  most  cases,  and 
may  locate  in  any  part  of  the  body.  The  parts  most  often  affected  are  the 
jaw  bones,  tongue,  glands  around  the  head  and  throat,  lungs,  liver  and  in 
the  walls  of  the  small  iiittstines.     The  oerm  enters  the  jaw  bone  through 


ACTINOMYCOSIS  OF  THE 

_  LOWER  JAW. 

LUMP    JAW. 

a  si)lit  or  decayed  tooth,  or  an  abrasion  of  the  gum,  then  it  grows,  increases 
in  numbers  rapidly,  and  invades  and  destroys  the  bone  in  every  direction. 
It  enters  the  tongue  and  glands  about  the  throat  and  various  parts  of  the 
digestive  tract  and  liver  through  abrasions  of  the  mucous  membrane  or 
through  ducts.  It  enters  the  lungs  probably  by  being  inhaled  with  dust. 
When  it  has  become  located  in  any  part  of  the  body  in  one  of  these  ways, 
small  portions  or  sprouts,  as  it  were,  may  be  carried  to  and  infect  any 
other  part  of  the  body  through  the  blood.  This  disease  also  occasionally 
affects  hogs,  horses,  rabbits,  elephants  and  people;  the  latter  rather  fre- 
quently and  always  seriously,  proving  fatal  in  most  cases  in  the  course  of 
six  weeks  to  eighteen  months.  It  runs  a  mild  course  in  cattle,  not  causing 
death  except  as  a  result  of  interference  with  mastication  or  swallowing, 
then  they  become  emaciated  and  weak  and  die  from  want  of  nutrition. 

How  to  know  it. — In  all  cases  tumors  form  at  the  seat  of  infection. 
When  the  jaw  bones  are  affected  they  swell,  sometimes  to  an  enormous 
size,  the  teeth  get  loose,  the  tumor  softens  in  one  or  more  places,  bursts 


830 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


and  discharges  a  gelatinous  yellowish  white  matter,  containing  little  yellow 
masses  or  clusters  of  the  fungus  about  the  size  of  grains  of  sand,  which  are 
cheesy  in  consistency.  When  the  swollen  bone  is  cut  across,  it  is  found  to 
be  softened  in  spots  with  hard  bony  matter  surrounding  them  like  a  honey- 
comb. The  tongue  usually  swells  and  becomes  very  hard,  hence  the  name 
woody  tongue,  w^hich  is  often  applied  to  this  condition.  This  makes  it  very 
difficult  for  the  animal  to  eat  or  drink.  The  glands  around  the  throat, 
when  affected,  swell,  burst  and  discharge,  the  same  as  the  jaw  bones,  and 
present  somewhat  the  same  honey -comb  condition  when  cut  into,  but  are 
often  seen  to  contain  one  or  more  large  abscesses  instead  of  many  small 
ones. 

What  to  do. — The  treatment  is  of  three  kinds,  viz. :  preventive,  surgi- 
cal and  medicinal.  Prevention  is  effected  by  keeping  affected  animals  away 
from  the  healthy  ones,  not  allowing  them  to  go  into  the  fields,  yards  or 
stables  used  for  other  stock  for  any  purpose.     Never  take  an  affected 


ACTINOMYCOSIS  OF  THE 
UPPER  JAW. 


BAD  EFFECTS  OF  EXCESSIVE 
USE  OF  CAUSTICS. 
A  large  hole  through  the  cheek  into  the 
mouth  from  excessive  use  of  caustics. 


animal  into  a  healthy  herd.  This  has  been  done  in  some  cases  without 
apparently  bad  results,  but  many  cases  have  been  seen  by  the  writer  and 
others  to  have  developed  and  spread  extensively  from  one  introduced  from 
a  distance  with  a  nonsuppurating  tumor  under  the  jaw  the  size  a  hen's  %^'g 
at  the  time  of  purchase,  which  grew,  burst  and  discharged  a  little  later, 
and  which  was  followed  in  four  to  six  weeks  by  the  disease  in  many  others 
of  the  herd. 

Surgical  treatment  consists  in  opening  the  tumors  freely  with  a  knife, 
emptying  the  sacks,  and  packing  them  thoroughly  with  cotton  di})ped  in 
tincture  of  iodine.  The  packing  needs  to  be  removed  once  every  two 
days,  till  the  tumor  begins  to  shrivel;  or  the  tumor  may  be  dissected 
completely  out,  but  this  is  often  a  dangerous  operation,  owing  to  the  size 
or  location  of  it.  If  the  jaw  bone  is  involved  it  is  more  serious  and  the 
treatment  is  often  a  failure,  but  many  successes  will  follow  heroic  surgery. 
Gouge  and  chisel  out  the  diseased  bone  as  completely  as  possible  and  pack 


CONTAGIOUS   DISEASES.  831 

the  caviiy  with  iodine  the  same  as  in  the  soft  tumors,  or  a  twenty-five  per 
cent,  solution  of  hydrochloric  acid  might  be  used  for  a  few  days  instead. 
When  the  disease  seems  to  be  under  control  stop  the  packing  and  dress  the 
wounds  with  a  solution  of  carbolic  acid — a  tablespoonf  ul  to  a  pint  of  tepid 
water,  two  or  three  times  a  day. 

Medicinal  treatment  consists  in  giving  to  each  affected  animal  one  dram 
of  iodide  of  potash  three  times  a  day  in  solution  in  soft  feed  till  the  effects 
of  the  drug  are  visible  in  the  production  of  slavering  at  the  mouth,  loss  of 
appetite  or  scurfiness  of  the  skin,  then  stop  it  for  a  week  or  ten  days  and 
repeat.  This  condition  will  develop  so  as  to  be  seen  usually  in  ten  or 
twenty  days.  A  couple  of  months  or  so  of  this  dosing  will  usually  cure 
all  of  those  affected  in  the  soft  tissues.  The  above  dose  is  proper  for 
a  three  year  old  steer  weighing  fourteen  hundred  pounds;  smaller  and 
younger  ones  should  get  proportionate  doses.  As  soon  as  an  animal  shows 
signs  of  having  the  disease  he  should  be  isolated  and  kept  there  till  cured 
or  destroyed. 

The  meat  of  cattle  affected  with  this  disease  should  not  be  used  for 
food. 

X.   Contagious  Abortion  of  Cattle. 

This  is  a  disease  with  which  every  cattle  raiser  and  dairyman  should 
be  acquainted,  as  it  is  liable  to  be  introduced  into  his  herd,  and  a  failure 
to  recognize  and  deal  with  it  intelligently  may  result  in  considerable  loss. 
Such  loss  occurs  not  only  through  the  death  of  the  offspring  but  through 
a  diminished  milk  production. 

Abortion,  sometimes  known  as  ''slinking,"  "casting,"  or  "losing"  the 
calf,  is  the  term  given  to  the  expulsion  of  the  fetus  at  any  time  before 
the  completion  of  the  full  term  of  normal  pregnancy.  While  it  may  be 
produced  in  many  ways,  as  by  an  injury,  improper  food  or  treatment, 
etc.,  by  far  the  greater  number  of  cases  is  due  to  one  of  several  germs  and 
are  known  as  contagious  abortions.  Nocard  in  France  and  Bang  in  Den- 
mark have  found  bacteria,  and  the  Scottish  commission  found  as  many 
as  five  separate  kinds  which  produce  the  disease.  In  this  country  V.  A. 
Moore,  of  the  New  York  Cornell  Station,  and  F.  D.  Chester,  formerly 
of  the  Delaware  Station,  have  found  organisms  differing  somewhat  in  the 
two  States,  but  evidently  of  the  same  group  with  the  colon  bacillus.  Dr. 
James  Law  concludes  that  any  micro-organism  which  can  live  in  or  on 
the  lining  of  the  membrane  of  the  womb,  producing  a  catarrhal  inflam- 
mation, and  which  can  be  transferred  from  animal  to  animal  without 
losing  its  vitality  or  potency,  is  of  necessity  a  cause  of  contagious  abortion. 
The  disease  is  transmitted  from  one  animal  to  another  by  contact,  by 
means  of  the  discharge  from  the  cow  that  has  aborted,  the  afterbirth, 
dead  calf,  and  from  buPs  that  have  served  cows  affected  with  the  disease. 


832  CYCLOPEDIA   OF  LIVE  STOCK   AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

It  appears  to  be  more  or  less  prevalent  throughout  the  country.  Dr. 
Leonard  Pearson,  state  veterinarian  of  Pennsylvania,  in  his  report  for 
1908  states  that  abortion  was  never  so  prevalent  as  it  is  to-day.  Doctor 
Barnes,  of  the  Kansas  Station,  reported  the  disease  to  be  quite  common 
in  Kansas  in  1906,  and  Professor  Wilson,  of  the  Arizona  Station,  reports 
it  to  be  present  in  a  number  of  herds  in  that  State. 

The  disease  occurs  more  frequently  in  dairy  herds  than  in  any  others, 
although  beef  cattle,  sheep,  horses,  and  goats  may  become  infected.  The 
prevalence  of  this  disease  in  dairy  herds  is  probably  due  to  the  weakened 
condition  of  dairy  cows  caused  by  the  continuous  drain  of  giving  milk. 
Recent  reports  from  the  Storrs  and  New  Mexico  stations  discuss  its  occur- 
rence and  eradication  from  the  station  herds. 

At  the  Storrs  Station  the  disease  was  introduced  into  the  herd  through 
the  purchase  of  six  pure-bred  pregnant  animals,  two  of  which  aborted 
shortly  afterward.  During  the  next  three  years  24  of  the  79  calvings 
were  premature  births.  This  indicates  that  the  contagion  was  not  ex- 
tremely virulent  or  that  the  treatment  delayed  to  some  extent  the  progress 
of  the  disease. 

The  premature  births  occurred  at  from  145  days  to  262  days  from  time 
of  conception,  and  the  average  of  the  24  cases  was  211  days.  The  bull 
was  not  the  sole  means  of  spreading  the  disease  in  this  instance.  The  24 
conceptions  that  terminated  in  premature  births  were  the  result  of  the 
matings  of  15  different  sires,  eight  of  which  were  owned  by  parties  remote 
from  the  affected  herd. 

At  the  Arizona  Station  the  disease  appears  to  have  been  originally 
communicated  by  the  herd  bull.  Five  cows  aborted  in  the  farm  herd, 
of  which  four  were  sold  for  beef  and  one  retained  for  experimental  pur- 
poses. Under  strict  sanitary  conditions  this  cow  was  served  by  the  herd 
bull  and  in  due  time  dropped  a  living  calf.  A  number  of  cows  have 
since  been  served  by  this  bull  without  signs  of  abortion. 

At  the  Storrs  Station,  in  order  to  determine  the  value  of  aborting  cows 
as  milk  producers,  the  milk  and  fat  yields  of  ten  cows  following  a  normal 
calving  are  compared  with  the  milk  and  fat  yields  during  the  period  of 
abortion. 

These  cows,  following  a  normal  calving,  averaged  5,892  pounds  of  milk 
and  282.8  pounds  of  fat  in  one  year.  During  the  next  2.1  years,  or  from 
one  normal  calving  to  the  next  normal  calving,  which  included  the  abort- 
ing period,  these  cows  averaged  5,196  pounds  of  milk  and  268.4  pounds 
of  fat  per  year.  The  milk  was  696  pounds,  or  12  per  cent  less  per  year 
during  the  aborting  period.  These  ten  cows  aborted  seven  months 
(averaged  211  days)  after  conception.  The  satisfactory  yields  are  at- 
tributed in  part  to  the  complete  removal  of  the  afterbirth  and  the 
thorough  disinfection  of  the  animals  after  abortion. 


CONTAGIOUS    DISEASES.  833 

In  regard  to  the  potency  of  animals  which  have  aborted,  Professor 
Beach  reports  as  follows : 

Only  one  of  the  twenty-four  animals  that  experienced  a  premature 
birth  failed  to  breed  after  aborting.  This  animal  was  killed  and  the 
post-mortem  examination  showed  the  presence  of  an  ovarian  tumor  which 
may  or  may  not  have  been  caused  by  the  treatment  administered  to  in- 
duce conception.  Twenty-three  of  these  cows  produced  a  normal  calf 
461  days  subsequent  to  abortion.  *  *  *  Experience  indicates  that 
it  is  useless  to  attempt  to  breed  a  cow  for  four  or  five  months  subsequent 
to  aborting.  Time  must  be  given  to  recuperate.  The  success  in  getting 
these  cows  in  calf  after  the  premature  delivery  is  attributed  in  part  to  the 
use  of  the  yeast  treatment.  A  yeast  cake  dissolved  for  twenty-four  hours 
in  a  pint  of  warm  water  was  injected  into  the  vagina  several  days  in 
succession  previous  to  the  time  of  mating. 

The  following  advice  as  to  preventive  treatment  and  remedial  measures 
is  given  by  Professor  Wilson : 

It  is  well  to  call  some  competent  veterinarian,  in  a  case  of  contagious 
abortion,  so  that  the  farmer  may  learn  the  need  of  careful  work  in  clean- 
ing all  infected  places,  and,  also,  the  technique  regarding  the  use  of  the 
syringe.  After  a  few  trials  this  manipulation  becomes  easy  and  he  will 
soon  learn  to  employ  the  necessary  care  in  keeping  this  disease  in  check. 
*  *  *  All  cows  that  have  aborted  or  that  are  suspected  should  be 
isolated  from  healthy  animals.  Just  as  soon  as  a  cow  aborts  the  offspring 
and  afterbirth  should  be  destroyed  by  burning  and  the  immediate  sur- 
roundings treated  with  lime  after  the  trash  has  been  removed  and  burned ; 
all  woodwork  should  be  thoroughly  disinfected  by  the  use  of  corrosive 
sublimate.  This  can  be  obtained,  with  directions  for  use,  at  any  drug 
store.  A  second  disinfection  with  corrosive  sublimate  should  take  place 
ten  days  later.  *  *  *  Cows  that  have  aborted  should  be  washed  out 
daily  with  a  1  per  cent  solution  of  creolin  or  lysol  until  all  discharge  is 
stopped.  It  is  somewhat  risky  to  use  this  treatment  with  pregnant  cows, 
but  in  this  case  a  tablespoonful  of  sodium  hyposulphite,  once  in  twenty- 
four  hours,  should  be  given  as  a  drench.  All  of  these,  with  directions  for 
using,  may  be  obtained  at  nearly  any  drug  store. 

During  thapast  few  years  Prof.  Bernard  Bang,  of  Denmark,  has  carried 
on  experiments  in  attempting  to  immunize  cows,  sheep,  and  goats  against 
the  disease.  He  has  observed  that  aborting  cows  acquire  a  certain  degree 
of  immunity.  His  treatment  produced  abscesses  and  other  symptoms  of 
reaction,  but  considerable  immunity  resulted,  and  he  hopes  that  this 
method  of  vaccination  will  ultimately  give  a  means  of  controlling  the 
disease. 


CHAPTER   III. 
NON-CONTAGIOUS  BLOOD  DISEASES. 


I.   PLETHORA. II.      ANAEMIA. III.      RHEUMATISM. IV.       URAEMIA. V.      SEP- 
TICAEMIA   AND    PYAEMIA. VI.     PURPURA    HEMORRHAGICA. VII.    HAEMATU- 

RIA.     OR     RED     WATER     IN     CATTLE. VIII.     MALIGNANT     CATARRH. IX     MA- 
LIGNANT  SORE   THROAT. 

I.  Plethora. 

This,  which  may  be  described  us  an  over  fat  condition  of  the  blood,  is 
conducive  to  many  very  serious  results  liy  interfering  with  the  circulation, 
especially  that  through  the  vital  organs,  rendering  them  inert  and  unable  to 
eliminate  from  the  system  the  effete  material  which,  at  such  a  time,  ex- 
ists in  increased  quantities.  These  impurities,  left  in  the  system,  lead  to 
blood  poisoning,  and  to  excessive  congestions  and  inflammations  in  case 
of  disease,  thus  greatly  enhancing  the  dangers  attending  disorders  of  all 
kinds. 

Causes. — It  is  caused  hy  rich,  stimulating  food,  such  as  oil-cake,  corn 
and  other  grain,  roots,  and  too  succulent  green  food  and  pastures, — in 
fact,  anything  that  fattens  very  fast. 

How  to  know  it. — Unusually  rapid  improvement,  exuberant  spirits, 
sleek  hair,  loose  skin,  and  tendency  to  fatten  very  fast.  Occasionally, 
sliglit  fever  may  be  seen,  at  first  of  short  duration,  but  increasing  with 
each  attack  till  violent  congestion  occurs,  followed  by  inflammation  ;  and 
death  supervenes  after  a  run  of  very  high  fever,  or  suddenly  during  the 
congestive  stage. 

What  to  do. — Deplete  either  by  bleeding  or  purging.  Take  from  two 
to  six  quarts  of  blood,  or  give  a  few  doses  of  salts,  in  quantities  of  a 
single  handful,  morning  and  night  for  a  week,  at  tlie  same  time  remov- 
ing to  less  luxuriant  pasture,  or  curtailing  the  meal.  The  restricted  diet 
and  salts  are  preferable  to  bleeding. 

II.  Ansemia. 

Causes. — This  condition,  the  reverse  of  plethora,  is  seen  when  the 
animal  is  thin  in  flesh  from  lack  of  suflScient  or  proper  kinds  of  food, 
especially  when  this  is  accompanied  by  exposure  to  the  weather  or  im- 
poverishment by  parasites.  It  is  apt  to  lead  to  purpura  hemorrhagica, 
rheumatism,  etc.,  and  always  predisposes  to  lice  or  other  vermin. 


NON-CONTAGIOUS   BLOOD   DISEASES.  835 

What  to  do. — Destroy  any  existing  vermin,  and  give  the  following 
recipe  in  the  feed  : 

No.  4.  %  Ounce  copperas, 

1  Handful  oil-cake, 

Powder  and  mix. 

Give  as  one  dose.  Repeat  it  morning  and  night,  and  let  the  diet  be  a 
nourishing,  generous  one. 

III.    Rheumatism. 

Causes  and  forms. — The  immediate  cause  of  rheumatism  is  the  accu- 
muhition  in  the  S3'stem  of  a  peculiar  kind  of  acid,  which  has  a  tendency 
to  settle  around  the  joints,  along  the  sheaths  of  tendons,  and  in  the  syn- 
ovial membranes.  In  the  acute  form,  Avhich  is  that  which  it  generally 
assumes,  the  affected  parts  swell,  and  often  suppurate,  discharging  con- 
siderable quantities  of  pus,  and  with  it  more  or  less  synovial  fluid.  It 
often  extends  to  the  bones  and  the  membranes  covering  them,  when  it 
generally  becomes  chronic,  and  more  or  less  exostosis  is  thrown  out,  which 
may  anchylose  (stiffen)  the  joint.  Rheumatism  frequently  extends  to  the 
chest,  and  settles  in  the  pleura,  heart,  etc.,  and  sometimes  causes  diseases 
of  the  latter  organ  and  death. 

The  exciting  causes  are  poverty  of  the  system,  thinness  in  flesh,  and 
exposure  to  cold  and  dampness, — to  the  two  last-named  either  from  want 
of  shelter  or  from  dampness  in  the  stable  caused  by  poor  drainage. 

How  to  know  it. — There  is  lameness,  stiffness,  and  disinclination  to 
move,  with  a  staring  coat.  After  this  has  run  on  for  a  few  hours,  (or,  it 
may  be  a  day  or  two, )  a  joint — perhaps,  two  or  three  joints — will  begin  to 
swell,  and  is  found  to  be  quite  hot,  hard  and  pamful  ;  next  morning 
the  swelling  will  very  likely  be  noticed  in  some  other  joint  or  in  another 
leg,  as  the  disease  has  a  great  tendency  to  fly  from  joint  to  joint  and  leg 
to  leg.  There  is  considerable  fever,  with  high  pulse,  increased  temper- 
ature, reddened  mucous  membranes,  and  a  marked  inclination  to  remain 
lying  down  all  the  time.  The  bowels  are  apt  to  be  constipated,  and  the 
urine  scanty  and  high  colored.  Abscesses  form  and  discharge  pus.  The 
animal  l)ecomes  emaciated,  and  frequently  dies  in  a  state  of  hectic. 

What  to  do. — Put  the  animal  in  a  dry,  warm  place  to  lie  in,  with 
plenty  of  bedding.     Give  generous  diet  and  the  following  recipe  ; 

No.  5.  2  Drachms  colchicum,  ' 

2  Drachms  nitrate  of  potash, 
Mix. 

Give  as  one  dose,  and  repeat  it  morning  and  night  in  soft  feed,  for  a 
week  ;  then  give  No.  4  for  a  week,  and  change  back  to  No.  5.     Alter 


836         CTCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOB. 

nate  them  in  this  manner  for  a  month.     As  local  treatment,  apply  the 
t'ollowing  to  the  joints  : 

"N^o.  6.  1  Ounce  laudanum, 

1  Ounce  spirits  of  camphor, 
1  Ounce  turpentine, 
Water  to  make  one  pint, 
Mix. 

Apply  three  times  a  day,  with  friction,  and  bandage.  If  great  weak- 
ness ensues,  give  the  following  : 

No.  7.  1  Ounce  gentian  root, 

3^2  Ounce  ginger, 
1  Quart  oat  meal  gruel. 
Mix. 

Give  as  one  dose,  and  repeat  three  times  a  day  for  two  weeks. 
IV.    Ureemia. 

In  this  disease,  in  consequence  of  the  kidneys  and  bladder  being  our 
of  order,  the  urine  is  absorbed  back  into  the  system,  causing  a  peculiat 
poisoning  of  the  blood,  from  an  excessive  accumulation  of  urea. 

How  to  know  it. — Dullness,  loss  of  appetite  and  failure  to  secrete 
urine  ;  the  mouth  and  nose  are  dry,  and  the  former  is  foetid ;  rumination 
ceases,  the  coat  stares,  and  a  smell  of  urine  is  detected  on  the  skin  ;  pulse 
and  respirations  become  slow,  and  the  former  is  also  soft ;  the  pupils  are 
dilated,  and,  too  often,  delirium,  coma  and  death  close  the  scene. 

What  to  do. — Examine  all  parts  carefully,  in  order  to  ascertain  the 
cause,  and  then  treat  vigorously  to  remove  it.  Give  large  quantities  of 
linseed  tea  to  drink  and,  as  a  mild  purgative,  the  following: 

No.  8.  12  Ounces  epsom  salts, 

1  Ounce  ginger, 
1  Ounce  gentian, 
4  Ounces  S}''rup, 
Water  to  make  two  quarts. 
Mix. 

Give  as  one  dose.  After  it  has  operated,  give  a  tablespoonful  of  salt- 
petre, three  times  a  day,  for  two  days. 

V.    Septicsemla  and  Pysemia. 

This  IS  a  condition  resulting  from  the  absorption  into  the  system 
of  putrid,  poisonous  matter,  or  pus,  especially  that  from  an  ulcer  or 
suppurating  surface. 

How  to  know  it. — There  will  be  a  high  fever,  with  increased  tempera- 
ture ;  pulse  is  fast  and  hard,  and  breathing  quickened  ;  the  breath  is 
foetid  ;  rumination  is  suspended  ;  there  is  loss  of  appetite,  staring  coat, 
and  emaciation,  and  in  fatal  cases,  delirium. 


NON-CONTAGIOUS    BLOOD    DISEASES. 


837 


What  to  do. — Discover  the  cause  if  possible,  and  if  it  is  a  sore  of  any 
kind  containing  pent  up  pus,  (the  most  common  cause),  liberate  it  and 
dress  the  wound  with  the  following  lotion  : 

No.  9.  ^  Ounce  carbolic  acid. 

1  Pint  water, 
Mix. 

Apply  two  or  three  times  a  day  with  a  syringe,  if  there  are  passages  ; 
if  the  sore  is  on  the  surface,  bind  on  a  sponge  wet  with  the  lotion.  If 
there  is  an  ulcer,  treat  it  as  prescribed  in  the  next  article.  Give  the  fol- 
lowing mixture  : 

No.  10.  2  Drachms  iodide  of  potash, 

2  Ounces  whiskey, 

1  Ounce  powdered  cinchona, 
1  Pint  gruel, 
Mix. 

Give  as  one  dose,  repeating  same  three  times  a  day,  and  feed  liberally. 


HEAD  OF  COW  WITH  FOOT 
AND  MOUTH   DISEASE. 


VI.  Purpura  Hemorrhagica. 
This  is  a  specific  blood  disease  quite  common  in  the  horse  and  pig,  but 
rare  in  cattle.  It  originates  in  an  impoverished  condition  of  the  system, 
more  especially  the  blood,  which  becomes  deficient  in  red  corpuscles, 
fibrin,  etc.,  and  oozing  through  the  coats  of  the  vessels,  falls  by  gravita- 
tion to  the  more  dependent  portions  of  the  body,  causing  swellings  of  the 
legs  and  belly,  and  also  of  the  head,  beginning  with  the  muzzle  and  grad- 
ually working  up  till  it  reaches  the  brain.     For  an  extended  description 


838  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

of  this  disease  the  reader  is  referred  to  the  account  given  in  the  Horse 
department  of  this  work, — Chapter  XIII.,  of  Part  II. 

What  to  do. — ^The  system  needs  to  be 
toned  up,  the  blood  improved,  and  swellings 
fomented  in  hot  water.  Foment  the  head 
especially,  as  continuously  as  possible,  and 
give  the  following  recipes: 

No.  12.  1  Ounce  oil  of  turpentine, 

%,  Pint  linseed  oil, 
Mix. 

^.  ,  i.xi  X'  1  SWELLING     OF     THE      JAWS, 

Give  as  one  dose;  repeat  three  times  a  day,       cheeks   and  muzzle,  in 
for  two  or  three  days.  purpura  hemorrhagica. 

No.  13.  K  Ounce  tincture  muriate  of  iron, 

1  Ounce  tincture  of  cinchona, 

2  Ounces  water, 

Mix. 

Give  as  one  dose  ;  repeat  three  times  a  day,  giving  it  in  between  the 
doses  of  No.  12.     As  to  food,  give  whatever  the  animal  will  eat. 
VII.      Haematuria,  or  Red  Water  in  Cattle. 

As  the  name  implies,  this  is  a  blood  disease.  Large  quantities  of  albumen 
and  some  iron  are  secreted  by  the  kidneys  and  excreted  with  the  urine, 
which  looks  as  though  it  were  colored  by  blood,  beginning,  as  it  does,  in  a 
pale  pink  color,  and  running  through  the  different  shades  till  it  becomes 
a  dark  brown.  Really,  there  is  no  blood  in  it;  the  appearance  in  ques- 
tion is  due  to  the  presence,  in  excessive  quantities,  of  albumen  and  iron 
and  the  coloring  matter  of  the  blood.  As  the  secretion  of  the  two 
former  increases,  the  color  darkens.  There  are  also  discharged  numer- 
ous epithelial  cells  from  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  kidneys  and 
bladder.  The  blood  undergoes  a  change  ;  the  cells  or  corpuscles  break, 
and  lot  their  contents  escape  into  the  liquor  sanguinis,  and  hence  the 
commingling  of  the  coloring  matter  of  the  blood  with  the  urine. 

Causes. — These  are  obscure,  but  seem  to  depend  in  some  way  upon 
the  food.  Most  commonly  seen  in  cattle  pastured  in  low,  swampy  lands, 
the  disease  disappears  in  such  cases  wheu  the  land  is  drained. 

How  to  know  it. — In  addition  to  the  eolor  of  the  urine,  a  characteristic 
feature  is  the  great  increase  in  its  quantity.  It  may  run  on  fov  two  or 
three  weeks  without  apparent  damage;  then  the  milk  will  fal'  otf  both  in 
quantity  and  quality;  emaciation  sets  in;  the  bowels  at  the  outset  may 
be  loose,  but  soon  become  obstinately  constipated;  the  pulse  gets  quick 
and  weak;  the  cow  blows  more  and  more,  from  increasing  weakness;  at 
the  left  side  the  heart  may  be  heard  to  palpitate  with  quite  a  perceptible 
noise,  owing  to  the  watery  condition  of  the  blood;  the  debility  and  ansemia 
rapidly  increase,  and  death  soon  follows. 


NON-CONTAGIOUS   BLOOD    DISEASES. 


839 


What  to  do. — Give  a  purgative  recipe,    No.   8,    and  follow  it  with 
recipe  No.  4.     Continue  the  latter  for  three  or  four  weeks.     Make  a 
complete  change  of  food,  and  feed  liberally  on  oil-cake,  etc. 
VIII.  Malignajit  Catarrh. 

In  this  malignant  blood  disease,  the  sinuses  of  the  head  are  affected, 
causing  offensive  discharges  from  the  nose.  These,  at  first,  are  watery, 
but  further  along  become  purulent,  and  in  the  last  stage  are  accompa- 
nied with  extensive  sloughing. 

How  to  know  it. — It  is  ushered  in  with  a  shivering  fit,  with  all  the 
attending  symptoms  of  fever  ;  the  muzzle  is  hot  and  dry  ;  the  animal  hangs 
his  head  and  isolates  himself  in  the  pasture  ;  the  membranes  are  of  a  bluish 
color  ;the  eyes  are  closed  and  swollen  ;  soon  the  nose  and  eyes  begin  to  run  a 
watery  fluid,  and  saliva  drools  from  the  mouth.  The  pulse  is  quick  and  not 
over  strong ;  a  dry,  hard  cough  ensues  ;  the  bowels  are  usually  costive, 
the  f  CBces  being  black  and  hard,  but  diarrhoea  is  liable  to  set  in  at  any  time. 
There  is  great  thirst,  but  no  appetite,  and  the  urine  is  scanty  and  high 
colored.  In  the  course  of  twenty-four  hours,  the  discharges  become 
purulent,  taking  off  the  hair  wherever 
they  touch  ;  the  sinuses  of  the  head 
become  so  much  inflamed,  and  so 
filled  up  with  pus,  that  when  the  head 
is  tapped  on  the  outside  with  the 
fingers,  a  dull  heavy  sound  is  heard. 
The  breath  becomes  foetid,  and  the 
temperature  rises  to  104  '^  or  105  °  . 
Cows  with  calf  are  apt  to  abort. 

The  last  stage  is  marked  by  exten- 
sive sloughing,  so  much  so  that  some- 
times the  feet  and  horns  come  off. 
The  prostration  is  very  great ;  the 
pulse  becomes  imperceptible  ;  convul- 
sions follow,  and  a  great  fall  in  tem- 
perature, sometimes  to  95  <^  ,  or  even 
to  90  ®  ;  in  some  cases,  ulceration  of  the  cornea  takes  place,  letting  out 
the  humors  of  the  eye.  Death  follows  in  the  course  of  nine  to  eleven  days. 
On  post  mortem  examination,  the  blood  is  found  to  be  black  and  not 
coagulated. 

What  to  do. — Remove  to  a  cool  isolated  place,  if  in  summer;  to  a  warm 
place,  if  in  winter.  Give  recipe  No.  8,  and  follow  it  with  Nos.  10,  11 
and  4,  alternating  them.  Foment  the  head  with  hot  water  liberally,  and 
rub  the  following  liniment  well  in  once  or  twice  a  day: 


MALIGNANT    CATARKH    LAST    STAGE. 

Showing  extensive  ploucliinK.    and   discliarKe  of 

the  huraors  of  the  eye,  from  ulceration  of  the 


840  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

No.  14.  1  Ounce  linseed  oil,  1  Ounce  oil  of  turpentine, 

1  Ounce  liguor  ammonia,  Mix. 

Apply  the  following  lotion  to  the  eyes,  if  not  eaten  through: 

No.  15.  10  Grains  nitrate  of  silver,   I  Ounce  water,  Mix. 

Apply  twice  a  day  to  the  cornea  with  a  camel's  hair  brush.     If  the 

cornea  is  punctured,  touch  it  once  a  day  with  a  stick  of  lunar  caustic,  in 

addition  to  using  lotion  No    15.     Touch  the  caustic  directly  to  the  hole 

in  the  cornea. 

IX.    Malignant  Sore  Throat. 

This  is  a  disease  that  centers  itself  in  the  throat,  in  the  form  of  acute 
inflammation,  followed  by  an  effusion  that  is 
apt  to  cause  suffocation  by  pressure  on  the  lar 
ynx.  Its  scientific  designation  is  (xdema  glot 
tidis.  It  is  fatal  to  cattle;  also  to  swine,  ir^ 
which  it  is  known  as  quinsy.  The  malignant 
sore  throat  of  anthrax  is  a  different  thing,  though 
many  of  the  symptoms  are  similar. 

How  to  know  it. — It    starts  like  a   common 
MALIGNANT  SORE  THROAT.       cold, — somc  f cvcr,  injectcd  mucous  membranes, 
cough,  etc.  ;   the  throat  swells  enormously  ;  the 
tongue  becomes  spotted  with  purple,  and  is  protruded  :  the  animal  gasps 
for  ])reath,  until  at  length  he  falls  suffocated,  struggles  a  little,  and  dies. 
What  to  do. — It  usually  attains  its  height  in  three  or  four  days.      Ap- 
ply recipe  No.  14  to  the  throat,  externally,  and  inject  a  little  of  the  fol- 
lowing well  back  into  the  throat,  several  times  a  day  ; 
No.  13.  1  Ounce  chlorate  of  potash, 

1  Pint  water, 
Mix. 

If  speedy  suffocation  is  threatened,  tracheotomy  must  be  performed. 
(See  "Operations.") 

The  flesh  of  cattle  affected  with  this  disease  is  very  poisonous,  causing 
putrid  fever  in  those  eating  it.  The  carcass  should  be  buried  deep,  with- 
out removing  the  skin. 

Cornstalk  Disease: — This  is  a  disease  peculiar  to  parts  of  the  United 
States,  particularly  in  the  west  central  pait.  It  conies  on  without  appar- 
ent warning  and  no  .satisfactory  treatment  is  at  hand.  Prevention  is 
the  main  thing  and  recommendations  are  made  here.  Stilt  the  cattle  reg- 
ularly and  have  plenty  of  good  water  to  drink.  Do  not  let  them  depend 
exclusively  upon  the  stalks,  but  give  them  a  run  to  alfalfa  or  some  other 
kind  of  hay.  If  the  disease  is  at  all  suspected  give  to  each  one  in  his 
drinking  water,  once  a  day,  a  tcaspoonful^  of  hyposulphite  of  soda  and 
sulphate  of  quinine  in  the  proportion  of  eighteen  parts  of  the  former  to 
one  of  the  latter.  Provide  a  shed  for  them  to  sleep  under,  especially 
when  there  is  great  extremes  of  temperature  between  the  night  and  the 
day. 
Sorghum  poisoning:  —  Give  modaisses,  milk  and  fresh  air. 


CHAPTER  IV. 

DISEASES  OP  THE  RESPIRATORY  ORGANS. 


1.      SIMPLE  CATARRH   OR  COLD. II.      LARYNGITIS,   OR  COMMON  SORE  THROAT--- 

m      BRONCHITIS.— IV.     PNEUMONIA.— V.     PLEURISY.— VI.     HYDROTHORAX 
VII.      EMPHYSEMA  OF  THE   LUNGS. 

I.    Simple  Catarrh  or    Cold. 

Simple  cold  or  coryza,  is  inflammation,  more  or  less  acute,  of  the 
mucous  membrane  lining  the  nostrils  and  sinuses  of  the  head  usually 
implicating  the  eyes  and  throat.  If  neglected,  it  is  apt  to  run  down  to 
the  lungs,  and  cause  bronchitis  and  pneumonia. 

Cause.— Damp,  badly  drained  stables,  and  those  built  so  as  to  allow 
drafts ;  exposure  to  storms  and  winds;  sleeping  on  the  ground  in  cold 
weather,  etc. 


APPLICATION    OF  STEAM  TO  THE  NOSTRILS  WITH  THE  JET. 

How  to  know  it.— There  is  more  or  less  fever,  with  fits  of  shivering; 
hot  mouth,  dry  nose,  and  horns  hot  at  the  head  and  cold  at  the  tips ; 
cars  and  extremities  cold  ;  sneezing,  and  sometimes  a  cough.  At  first, 
watery  mucus  discharges  from  the  nose ;  the  eyes  are  red  and  inclmed 
to  weep,  with  the  eyelids  swollen  ;  and  the  bones  of  the  forehead  are 
hot  and  tender  when  tapped.  After  a  day  or  two,  the  discharge  from 
the  nose  becomes  purulent,  and  the  tears  begin  to  scald  the  cheek ;  the 

841 


842  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

coat  stares  ;  the  pulse  is  rapid  and  rather  hard  ;  the  appetite  fails,  and 
rumination  ceases  ;  the  urine  is  scanty  and  high  colored,  the  bowels  very 
likely  being  constipated.  All  these  symptoms  will  be  aggravated,  should 
the  fever  run  very  high  and  the  inflammation  tend  decidedly  to  run 
down  the  air  passages. 

What  to  do. — Remove  the  cause,  by  putting  the  animal  in  a  comforta- 
ble, dry  place.    Give  a  pint  of  melted  lard,  if  the  bowels  are  constipated  ; 


No.  17.  1  Pint  infusion  of  quassia, 

1  Ounce  laudanum. 
y^  Ounce  sulphuric  ether, 

1  Pint  thin  gruel,  cold, 
Mix, 

Give  with  a  bottle  as  one  dose;    repeat  it  after  six  or  eight  hours,  if 

necessary.     But  begin  on  a  fever  mixture,  as  follows  : 

No.  18.  3  Ounces  spirits  of  nitre, 

2  Drachms  tincture  aconite  root, 

^  Ounce  fluid  extract  of  belladonna, 
2  Ounces  nitrate  of  potash, 
2  Ounces  muriate  of  ammonia. 
Water  to  make  one  quart, 
Mix. 

Give   half  a  teaspoonful  every  two  or   three   hours  till  better.     Rub 
mustard  paste  well  in  to  the  throat  and  over  the  forehead  between  the 

eyes.  If  the  breathing  is  interfered  with, 
steam  the  head  in  a  nose-bag,  or  with  a 
hose  from  the  snout  of  a  kettle,  or  over 
a  tub  with  a  blanket  thrown  over  the 
head  to  confine  the  steam,  the  object 
l)eing  to  soften  the  discharge  and  make 
it  run  off.  This  may  be  repeated  sev- 
eral times  a  day  if  necessary,  taking  care, 
in  using  the  steam  jet,  to  avoid  scalding 
or  suffocation.  Let  the  animal  have  all 
the  water  he  desires,  placing  it  before 
him,  so  that  he  may  help  himself.     Feed 

NOSE-BAG  FOR  STEAMING.  ^"^  s"^<^'  ^^^PPJ  ^^od.     When  the  fcvcr  is 

broken,  the  appetite  being  good,  give  the 
following  recipe  in  the  food  : 

No.  19.  2  Dractmis  niti-ate  of  potash, 

2  Drachms  gentian  root,  powdered, 
1  Drachm  ginger, 
Mix. 

Give  as  one  dose,  repeating  it  morning  and  night  for  about  a  week 


DISEASES   OF   THE   RESPIRATORY   ORGANS.  843 

If  the  appetite  is  too  poor  to  take  it  thus,  give  the  following  from  a 
bottle : 

No.  '^0.  %  Pint  infusion  of  gentian, 

1  Drachm  ginger, 

1  Drachm  carbonate  of  ammonia, 

2  Ounces  syi-up, 
%  Pint  water, 

Mix. 

Give  as  one  dose.  Repeat  it  three  times  a  day,  till  the  appetite  is  gooc 
enough  to  take  No.  19  in  the  feed.  When  the  fever  has  left  entirely  , 
give  the  following  in  soft  feed,  a  bran  mash  or  oat  meal,  morning  ancj 
night : 

ISTo.  21.  3  Drachms  sulphate  of  iron  (copperas), 

2  Drachms  gentian, 
i  Drachm  ginger, 
1  Drachm  fcenugreek  seed. 
Powder  and  mix. 

Give  as  one  dose,  twice  a  day  for  a  week  or  two. 

II.    Laryngitis,  or  Common  Sore  Throat. 

This  is,  as  the  name  indicates,  an  inflammation  of  the  larynx  or  upper 
part  of  the  windpipe.  It  is  dangerous  on  account  of  the  interference  to 
the  ])rcathing  which  is  caused  by  the  swelling,  and  also  its  tendency  to 
run  down  to  the  lungs. 

Cause. — It  is  usually  brought  on  by  the  same  influences  as  a  common 
cold.  Some  animals  appear  predisposed  to  it,  almost  every  slight  exposure 
being  sufficient  to  induce  an  attack. 

How  to  know  it. — There  is  inability  to  eat,  and  the  cud  is  not  chewed  ; 
the  head  is  hung,  the  ears  droop,  and  saliva  drools  from  the  mouth  ;  upon 
examination,  the  throat  is  found  to  be  much  swollen,  and  if  the  finger  be 
inserted  under  the  tongue,  the  mouth  is 
hot.  The  pulse  is  raised  and  breathing 
quickened ;  if  the  tumefaction  is  very 
great,  especially  on  the  inside,  the 
breathing  may  also  be  labored.  There 
is  more  or  less  fever,  and  when  water  is 
drunk  some  of  it  is  likely  to  come  back 
through  the  nose,  owing  to  the  difficulty 
of  swalh)wing. 

What  to  do. — Rub  mustard  paste  in 
well  on  the  throat ;  after  an  hour  wash  this 
off  and  rub  in  more  ;  if  after  two  days 
the  swelling  does  not  come  down,  apply 
to  it  a  linseed  poultice,  hot  and  soft,  to 

^  .  T-v-       1  LARYNGITIS  OR  SORE  THROAT. 

encourage  suppuration.  Disolve  a  table- 
spoonful  of  saltpetre  in  the  water  di'uuk  morning  and  night,  and  with  a 


844  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

syringe  shoot  a  little  of  the  following  mixture  well  back  into  the  throat, 
as  a  gargle,  several  times  a  day  ; 

No.  22.  2  Ounces  chlorate  of  potash, 

1  Quart  water. 
Mix. 

As  additional  treatment,  a  severe  case  might  require  tracheotomy.  (See 
"Operations.")  Any  of  the  mixtures  prescribed  for  catarrh  in  Section 
I,  might  also  be  used. 

m.    Bronchitis. 

This  is  inflammation  of  the  mucous  membrane  lining  the  bronchial  tubes, 
which  extend  from  the  lower  end  of  the  windpipe  to  the  lungs. 

Causes. — It  may  develope  as  the  immediate  consequence  of  exposure, 
accompanying  a  common  cold,  or  it  may  arise  from  the  extension  of  the 
inflammation  in  laryngitis  or  catarrh;  from  medicine  or  food  going  down 
the  windpipe;  from  inhaling  hot  air  or  smoke. 

Hew  to  know  it. — ^There  will  be  rapid,  painfal  breathing,  with  a  slight 
grunt  at  each  expiration  ;  a  deep,  hard,  distressing  cough  ;  after  it  has  run 
a  few  hours, considerable  fever  (vill  be  noticed  ;  tlie  pulse  will  be  soft  and 
full,  ranging  in  different  cases  iron",  flfty  to  eighty  per  minute  ;  the  tem- 
perature from  103  ®  to  106  *^  ,  as  indicated  by  a  thermometer  inserted  in 
the  rectum  ;  and  while  the  surfuce  of  the  body,  nose,  horns  near  the  head, 
and  mouth  will  be  hot,  the  tips  of  tlie  horns,  ears  and  legs  are  very  likely 
to  be  cold.  The  sufferer  will  not  lie  down.  When  the  ear  is  placed  to  the 
sides  and  front  of  the  chest,  a  dry,  grating  sound  can  be  heard.  After  two 
or  four  days,  the  height  of  the  disease  will  be  reached,  when  the  cough  will 
get  softer,  the  pulse  softer  and  weaker,  the  temperature  of  the  body  more 
even,  and  when  the  ear  is  applied  to  the  chest  a  mucous  ral©  is  heard,  like 
air  gurgling  through  water.  Considerable  mucus  and  phlegm  are  now 
raised  with  the  cough ,  and  when  the  sides  are  tapped  a  resonant  sound  is 
got,  but  not  quite  so  distinct  as  in  health.  In  a  favorable  case  (which  is 
what  we  are  considering),  at  the  end  of  five  to  eight  days  the  fever  sub- 
sides, the  pulse  gets  fuller  and'  stronger,  the  respirations  are  less  rapid 
and  painful,  the  cough  diminishes,  the  mucus  in  the  bronchial  tubes  is 
absorbed,  and  the  appetite  and  normal  discharge  of  the  functions  gener- 
ally are  restored,  when  he  may  be  pronounced  safely  convalescent.  If, 
however,  it  goes  against  him,  the  temperature  increases,  and  all  the  symp- 
toms are  aggravated ;  before  long,  the  inflammation  extends  to  the  lungs 
and  pleura,  and  then  we  have  a  case  of  pneumonia  or  pleurisy  and  hydro- 
thorax  on  hand. 

What  to  do. — Put  him  in  a  warm  place  with  good  ventilation,  and  if 
the  disease  is  in  the  first  stage,  that  of  congestion,  give  the  following: 
No.  23.  2  Ounces  Mindererus'  spirit  (acetate  of  aiuinonia), 

20  Drojjs  tincture  of  aconite  root, 
%  Pint  of  water, 
Mix. 


DISEASES    OF   THE    RESPIRATORY   ORGANS.  040 

Give  as  one  dose.  Repeat  it  every  two  hours  till  the  chill  is  over  and 
the  pulse  reduced  to  soft,  instead  of  being  hard  ;  then  change  to  No.  18, 
which  should  be  continued  till  convalescence  is  well  established.  Then 
change  to  No.  20,  and  after  a  few  days  to  No.  21.  Early  and  vigorous 
application  of  mustard  paste  to  the  sides  is  very  important.  Allow  all 
the  water  to  drink  he  will  take,  and  feed  on  soft  food. 

rv.    Pnexunonia. 

This  is  inflammation  of  the  lung  tissue — that  is,  of  the  lung  itself. 
A  severe  cold  (catarrh)  may  develop  rapidly  into  this  form,  but  it  is 
oftener  the  sequel  of  laryngitis,  bronchitis,  etc.,  from  their  inflam- 
matory conditions  extending  to  the  lungs.  It  is  more  common  among 
cattle  than  any  other  domestic  animals,  and  may  affect  one  or  both 
lungs. 

How  to  know  it. — The  animal  shows  obvious  preliminary  symptoms, 
such  as  a  severe  shivering  fit,  staring  coat,  loss  of  appetite,  cessation  of 
rumination,  and,  if  a  milch  cow,  loss  of  i'uilk.  She  is  very  averse  to 
lying  down,  owing  to  the  increased  pressure  it  would  cause  upon  the 
chest,  thus  augmenting  the  pain  and  difiiculty  in  breathing.  The  pulse  is 
full,  soft  and  quick,  ranging  from  60  to  80  pei  minute  ;  respirations  from 
30  to  40  per  minute  ;  and  the  temperature  about  104  ®  to  106  °  .  When 
the  sides  are  tapped,  a  dull,  heavy,  full  sound  is  heard,  and  on  placing 
the  ear  to  the  side  there  will  be  noticed  an  absence  of  the  respiratory 
murmur  in  all  affected  parts;  the  expired  air  is  hot;  the  ribs  are  fixed, 
the  breathing  being  done  by  the  abdominal  muscles  ;  the  flanks  heave, 
the  nostrils  are  dilated,  and  the  countenance  has  an  anxious  look.  The 
lung  becomes  more  or  less  hepatized  (solid  like  liver),  and  this  may 
terminate  in  resolution  by  absorption  of  the  infiltration,  and  complete 
recovery  follow,  or  it  may  go  on  to  suppuration,  with  discharges  of  pus 
through  the  nose,  which  soon  carries  the  patient  off.  Death  may  take 
place  in  any  of  the  stages,  viz  :  congestion,  or  first  stage  ;  hepatization, 
or  second  ;  or  in  suppuration,  or  third  stage. 

When  the  lung  becomes  solid,  the  cow  braces  herself  and  pants 
furiously,  heaving  the  flanks  as  though  each  breath  would  be  the  last. 
If  the  head  is  raised  quickly,  she  will  fall  backwards.  When  she  has  to 
fall  finally,  she  drops  first  upon  her  knees  and  chest,  and  then  down,  and 
dies  in  a  few  minutes.  On  post  mortem  examination  the  diseased  lung 
will  be  found  to  be  solid  from  the  exudations  within  the  interlobular 
will  be  found  to  be  solid  and  marbled  in  color. 

When  gangrene  has  taken  place,  which  may  occur  before  death,  that 
part  of  the  lung  will  be  of  a  bluish  black  color,  while  the  rest  of  th§ 
organ  will  be  more  of  a  dark  brownish  purple 


846 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


In  case  of  abscess  of  the  lung,  there  is  a  slow  pining  away,  and  death 
in  an  emaciated  condition. 

What  to  do. — The  same  treatment  prescribed  for  bronchitis  will 
answer  in  this  case.  Bleeding  is  not  to  be  thought  of,  except  in  the  very 
first  stage,  that  of  congestion,  as,  later,  its  weakening  effects  render  it 
decidedly  objectionable.  If  a  fair  chance  is  given  the  patient,  recovery 
is  probal)le  in  most  cases,  and  although  it  sometimes  leaves  the  wind 
hurt  by  the  permanent  solidification  of  a  lung  or  part  of  a  lung,  this,  in 
cattle,  is  a  matter  of  small  consequence. 

V.  Pleurisy. 

Pleurisy  is  inflammation  of  the  pleura,  which  is  the  serous  membrane 
lining  the  cavity  of  the  chest  and  investing  the  lungs.  Of  itself  it  is  not 
fatal,  but  inflammations  of  all  serous  membranes  are  prone  to  abundant 
eifusions,  and  the  effusion  following  pleurisy  is  excessively  great.  It  is 
called  hydrothorax  (water  in  the  chest),  and  always  indicates  a  very  criti- 
cal case. 

Cause. — It  is  caused  by  exposure  to  cold  storms,  winds,  etc.,  the  same 
as  other  diseases  of  the  breathing  apparatus.  Cattle  seem  to  be  particu- 
larly subject  to  it. 

How  to  know  it. — There  is  more  or  less  fever;  the  pulse  is  quick, 
small  and  hard,  and  inclined  to  be  wiry  ;  the  breathing  is  quick  and  pain- 
ful ;  the  elbows  are  turned  out ;  the  ribs  are  fixed,  and  the  breathing  done 
by  the  abdominal  muscles  ;  there  is  a  crease,  running  from  the  elbows 
along  the  ribs  towards  the  flanks,  where  the  ribs  join  the  cartilages  of  the 
chest.  The  inspirations  are  short  and  imperfect,  but  the  expirations 
are  prolonged  and  more  easily  effected.  Pressure  between  the  ribs 
causes  intense  pain  and  a  grunt,  and  on  applying  the  ear  to  the  sides  a 
grating,  rasping  sound  is  heard,  like  rubbing  dry  sheep  skin  together. 
The  head  is  hung  low,  the  ears  droop,  the  nose  is  dry,  and  though  the 

eyes  are  partly  closed,  the 
countenance  wears  an  anx- 
ious look.  Rumination  stops, 
the  appetite  is  lost,  the  flanks 
are  tucked  up,  there  is  a  hack- 
ing, painful  cough,  and  the 
animal  remains  standing,  with 
evidentdisinclination  to  move. 
There  are  sharp,  shooting 
pains  through  the  chest,  that  make  the  animal  turn  his  head  around  to 
his  sides.     Unlike  pneumonia,  percussion  on  the  ribs  produces  a  clear, 


ACUTE   PLEURISY. 


DISEASES   OF  THE   RESPIRATORY  ORGANS.  847 

resonant  sound,  the  expired  breath  is  not  hot,  the  nostrils  are  not  dilated, 
and  there  is  no  mucous  rale.  Pleurisy  may  terminate  in  resolution  by 
absorption,  etc.,  the  patient  getting  well  very  quickly,  without  any  ill 
effects,  or  it  may  go  on  to  the  stage  of  great  effusion,  and  terminate  in 
hydrothorax. 

What  to  do. — If  taken  right  at  the  start,  give  recipe  No.  23,  but  if  the 
fever  is  far  advanced  give  No.  18.  When  the  fever  is  subdued,  give 
No.  20,  if  the  appetite  is  poor  ;  if  it  is  good,  give  No.  19.  During  con- 
valescence give  No.  21.     Apply  mustard  paste  to  the  sides  assiduously. 

VI.    Hydrothorax. 

As  explained  in  the  last  section,  when  the  chest  fills  with  water  from 
the  excessive  effusion  of  pleurisy,  it  is  called  Hydrothorax. 

How  to  know  it. — As  soon  as  the  effusion  begins,  all  pain  ceases,  res- 
piration is  deeper,  longer,  and  less  painful,  the  belly  drops,  the  elbows 
no  longer  turn  in,  the  appetite  returns,  the  eyes  get  bright,  and  to  a 
casual  observer,  the  animal  appears  to  have  taken  a  decided  turn  for  the 
better  ;  but  in  a  -very  short  time  the  practiced  eye  discovers  unfavorable 
symptoms,  such  as  flapping  of  the  nostrils,  a  quick,  labored  breathing, 
and  heaving  of  the  flanks.  The  legs  and  chest  become  dropsical,  the 
eyes  sparkle,  and  the  countenance  resumes  its  anxious  look.  No  respira- 
tory murmur  or  other  sound  is  heard  by  the  car,  when  placed  to  the  side 
— none  at  least  at  the  bottom — though,  later,  a  splashing  may  be  heard 
when  the  water  reaches  the  heart ;  percussion  on  the  ribs  elicits  a  full, 
dull  sound  ;  the  pulse  becomes  rapid  but  small,  and  gradually  fades  away 
until  imperceptible.  Death  occurs  from  suffocation.  Post-mortem 
examination  reveals  the  chest  filled  with  water,  and  shreds  of  lymph 
clinging  to  both  the  lungs  and  ribs. 

What  to  do. — If  the  sides  are  not  thoroughly  blistered  from  the  mus- 
tard previously  applied,  apply  fly  blisters  energetically,  to  get  up  a  great 
amount  of  vesication  (skin  blistering),  and  give  the  following  recipe  : 

No.  24.  2  Drachms  gum  camphor, 

4  Drachms  saltpetre, 
1  Ounce  spirits  nitre, 
1  Pint  water  or  gruel, 
Mix  as  directed  below. 

The  camphor  must  be  dissolved  in  the  nitre,  and  then  the  saltpetre  and 
water  (or  gruel)  added.  Give  as  one  dose,  and  repeat  it  every  four  or 
six  hours.  Give  ale,  porter,  etc.,  in  liberal  quantities.  It  is  advisable  to 
tap  the  chest  early,  repeating  it  if  necessary.  (See  chapter  on  opera- 
tions.) 


848 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


Vn.    Emphysema  of  the  Ltrngs. 


there  being  few  signs  other  than  necrative  ones. 


This  is  a  condition  of  the  lungs  very  apt  to  mislead  the  inexperienced, 

The  milk  is  noticed  to 
be  diminishing,  and  tlie  cow  fall- 
ing off  in  flesh  ;  the  coat  is  star- 
ing and  dirty,  and  hide-bound 
exists  ;  the  bowels  are  irregular, 
and  the  appetite  poor;  still,  the 
mouth  and  nose  are  cool  and 
moist,  and  the  breath  is  sweet. 
The  head  is  carried  low  ;  the  back 
is  arched,  and  tender  on  pres- 
sure ;  and  there  is  weakness  in 
walking.  The  temperature  falls  below  the  normal  standard,  and  so  does 
the  pulse.  Later,  the  ears  and  extremities  become  deathly  cold,  rumination 
ceases,  and  an  uncontrollable,  offensive  diarrhoea  sets  in;  the  back  arches 
more  and  more  ;  the  belly  is  tucked  up  ;  milk  entirely  stopped,  the  udder 
and  teats  being  soft  and  flabby  ;  the  legs  are  spread  to  avoid  falling  ;  the 
pulse  gets  smaller  and  weaker,  though  not  much  faster  ;  the  appetite  all 
gone,  weakness  becomes  excessive  ;  and  death  follows,  after  progressive 
symptoms  running  over  a  period  of  two  months  or  more. 


EMPHYSEMA  OF  THE  LUNGS. 


DEVICE  FOR  CASTING  CATTLE. 


ANOTHER  DEVICE  FOR  CASTING  CATTLE. 


The  post-mortem  reveals  ruptured  air-cells,  and  extensive  emphysema 
of  the  lungs.  A^ei-y  few  blood  vessels  are  found  owing  to  so  many  having 
been  absorbed  when  the  circulation  became  so  weak  as  to  allow  the  smaller 
vessels  to  collapse  and  become  obliterated.  The  right  ventricle  of  the 
heart  is  weak  and  thin,  and  contains  a  portion  of  a  clot. 


CHAPTER  V. 
TUBERCULOSIS,  CONSUMPTION  OR  WHITE  PLAGUE. 


I.  ANIMALS    SUSCEPTIBLE    TO    TUBERCULOSIS. II.    ANIMALS    EXEMPT    EX- 
CEPT  BY   INOCULATION. III.   PREDISPOSING  CAUSE  OF  TUBERCULOSIS. 

IV.    TUBERCULOSIS    IN    CATTLE. V.    TUBERCULOSIS    IN    ADVANCED 

STAGE. VI.    SIGNS    OF    GENERALIZATION    OF    THE    TUBERCLE. VII. 

GENERATIVE  TUBERCULOSIS. 

This  is  an  infectious  disease  common  to  man  and  to  a  large  number  of 
animals  caused  by  the  bacillus  tuberculosis.  This  disease  prevails  to  an 
extent  which  may  be  said  to  apply  almost  to  everything  having  life  or 
vital  energy.  It  is  characterized  by  productive  inflammation  giving  rise 
to  small  rounded  bodies  called  tubercles. 

I.  Animals  Susceptible  to  Tuberculosis. 

Among  animals  susceptible  to  tuberculosis  are  reptiles,  fishes,  birds, 
rats,  dogs,  apes,  monkeys,  deer,  elk,  antelope,  gazelle,  camel,  dromedary, 
giraffe,  kangaroo,  lion,  tiger,  jackal,  jaguar,  bear,  arctic-fox,  common 
cage  birds,  as  well  as  birds  of  the  farmyard,  hens,  turkeys,  ducks,  pigeons, 
cats,  goats,  sheep,  swine,  cattle  and  horses.  It  is  one  of  the  universal 
plagues;  but  modern  science  has  discovered  practical  elimination  by 
prevention  where  it  does  not  exist  and  cure  where  it  has  not  made  too 
much  progress. 

II.   Animals  Exempt  Except  by  Inoculation. 

The  horse,  the  ass  and  the  mule  rarely  contract  tuberculosis  except 
by  inoculation.  By  inoculation  the  horse  readily  succumbs  to  infection. 
Generalization  with  the  horse  takes  place  more  certainly  than  with  the 
ox.  The  spacious  stall  of  the  horse,  his  outdoor  life,  his  hard,  muscular 
exercise,  the  relatively  small  tonsils,  the  exclusive  nasal  respiration  and 
the  paucity  of  connective  tissue  lymph  plexuses,  and  the  abundance  of 
red  globules  combine  to  favor  immunity  from  this  disease.  Yet  the 
horse  is  susceptible  to  it  and  the  disease  once  established  is  liable  to 
advance  more  rapidly  to  a  diffuse  generalization.  The  lesions  in  the 
lungs  and  abdominal  cavity  resemble  those  of  cattle  both  in  nature 
and  abundance  where  infection  exists;  tubercles  polypi,  ulcers  are  more 
common,  the  visceral  lymph  glands  are  early  and  severely  attacked;  the 
liver  and  spleen  suffer  extensively,  the  serosse  somewhat  less  so;  lesions 
have  been  noted  in  the  vertebrse,  skin  and  muscles.  In  rare  instances 
tubercles  have  been  seen  in  the  heart. 

849 


850 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


Man  has  long  been  recognized  as  standing  in  the  front  rank  of  sus- 
ceptibihty  to  tuberculosis.  Yet,  even  in  his  case,  the  prevalence  of  the 
affection  bears  an  intimate  relation  to  his  outdoor  life.  What  is  true^ 
of  man  is  equally  true  of  horses.  The  horse  in  his  wild  state  is  free 
from  tuberculosis. 

III.   Predisposing  Cause  of  Tuberculosis. 

A  predisposing  cause  is  close  buildings,  a  lack  of  ventilation.  Air 
rendered  impure  by  being  breathed  again  and  again  predisposes  strongly 
to  tuberculosis,  and  has  been  even  looked  upon  as  the  primary  cause. 
Dark  stables  are  usually  close,  dirty  and  damp,  and  all  these  conditions 
conduce  to  tuberculosis.  Darkness  hinders  the  development  of  organic 
coloring  matter  in  living  bodies,  whether  chlorophy  in  plants  or  hcemo- 
globin  in  the  blood  of  animals.  Haemoglobin  is  the  main  oxygen 
carrier  in  the  blood,  and  in  case  of  its  deficiency  the  tissues  are  not  prop- 
erly aerated.  The  result  is  as  if  the  inhaled  air  contained  little  oxygen, 
so  that  darkness  further  intensifies  the  evil  of  rebreathing  deoxygen- 
ated  air.  The  extraordinary  mortality  from  tuberculosis  among  pris- 
oners, monks,  nuns  and  miners,  serves  to  further  accentuate  this  con- 
clusion. 

Insufficient  feeding,  indigestion,  or  in-nutritious  food,  contribute  to 
dibility  and  lessen  the  power  of  resistance.  Hence,  in  poor,  half  starved 
animals  when  once  introduced  it  makes  rapid  and  extensive  ravages. 
Conversely,  over-feeding  will  act  in  the  same  way,  developing  indigestion 
and  thereby  robbing  the  tissues  of  their  proper  nourishment. 

How  to  know. — Loss  of  condition — the  coat  loses  its  luster  somewhat, 
the  hair  becomes  dry  and  the  skin  loses  its  mobility  and  mellowness. 
The  cough  may  become  more  frequent  and  paroxysmal  under  excite- 
ment. The  appetite  fails  somewhat  and  the  breathing  either  dry  or 
husky  or  moist  and  gurgling,  with  a  succeeding  deep  inspiration  with 
perhaps  a  sound  distinct  from  the  respiratory  murmur  which  reveals  the 
diseased  state ;  or  there  is  obstruction  in  the  breathing  organs  or  passages. 

When  these  symptoms  occur  a  skilled  veterinarian  should  be  called 
and  his  treatment  and  directions  implicitly  observed.  Unprofessional 
curative  treatment  is  not  practical, 

IV.  Tuberculosis  in  Cattle. 

Cow. — Tuberculosis  is  acute  or  chronic.  In  cattle  it  usually  comes  on 
very  slowly  and  assiduously  and  follows  the  chronic  course.  The  symp- 
toms vary  according  to  the  organs  involved.  It  may  exist  in  the  cow 
for  months,  even  for  years,  without  any  suspicion  on  the  part  of  the 
owner  of  anything  amiss.  There  may  be  an  occasional  cough,  short, 
weak,  dry,  wheezy,  and  aroused  and  repeated  by  opening  the  stable  door 


TUBERCULOSIS^  CONSUMPTION  OR  WHITE  PLAGUE.  851 

in  cold  weather — by  leaving  the  stable  suddenly  for  the  cold  outer  air, 
by  rising  suddenly  in  the  stall  or  by  being  driven  in  a  run,  or  by  drink- 
ing cold  water  or  by  eating  dusty  food.  With  oxen  when  put  suddenly 
to  draft  work  he  blows  more  than  the  unaffected  animals.  The  disease 
may  exist  and  yet  the  spirits  may  be  as  good,  the  eye  as  clear  and  full, 
the  coat  as  smooth  and  slick,  and  the  skin  as  soft  and  mellow  as  in  health. 
Some  such  animals  give  as  much  milk  of  as  rich  a  quality,  or  when  put 
to  fatten  lay  on  flesh  as  well  as  healthy  cattle  in  the  same  herd.  In  the 
more  favorable  cases  percussion  will,  however,  elicit  circumscribed  areas 
of  dullness  or  wincing,  or  other  sign  of  tenderness  and  auscultation,  or 
when  the  ear  is  directly  applied  to  the  part,  may  detect  crepitation  or 
wheezing  over  the  same  points.  By  covering  the  nose  and  mouth  with 
a  sack  or  blanket  the  breathing  is  rendered  more  labored  and  the  morbid 
sounds  become  clear  and  more  definite.  A  departure  from  the  natural 
respiratory  murmur  is  significant  of  tuberculosis.  Much  stands  in  the 
way  of  successful  treatment  even  in  this  early  stage.  The  heavy  muscu- 
lar and  bony  mass  of  the  shoulder  covers  the  anterior  lobe  and  partially 
muffles  the  auscultation  sound  while  it  renders  percussion  useless.  The 
thick  covering  of  the  ribs  in  fat  animals  proves  a  barrier  to  successful 
auscultation  or  percussion.  In  this  early  stage  there  is  usually  no  ap- 
preciable elevation  of  temperature,  a  slight  rise  of  one  degree  takes  place 
so  as  to  render  it  useless  for  purposes  of  diagnosis. 

V.    Tuberculosis  in  Advanced  Stage. 

When  the  disease  is  more  advanced  and  the  pulmonary  lesions  more 
extensive,  the  animals  usually  appear  less  thrifty  on  the  same  feed,  yet 
fat  animals  are  habitually  killed  for  food  that  show  quite  extensive 
pulmonary  tuberculosis. 

With  loss  of  condition,  the  coat  loses  its  luster  somewhat,  the  hair  be- 
comes dry  and  stares  in  patches,  and  the  skin  loses  its  mobility  and 
mellowness.  The  cough  becomes  more  frequent,  more  paroxysmal 
under  excitement,  harsher,  more  broken,  and  either  dry  or  husky  or 
moist  and  gurgling,  with  a  succeeding  deep  respiration.  When  the  skin 
on  the  last  ribs  is  pinched  up  between  the  finger  and  thumb  it  is  slower 
in  flattening  doAvn  to  its  normal  smoothness,  pinching  of  the  spine  at 
the  shoulder  or  back,  or  it  may  be  of  the  sternum,  may  cause  wincing 
or  even  moaning,  and  the  same  may  come  of  percussing  the  ribs  smartly 
with  the  closed  fist.  As  a  far  more  decided  evidence  of  flatness  on 
percussion  on  the  various  affected  parts  and  of  abolition  or  lessening  of 
the  respiratory  murmur,  which  is  replaced  by  wheezing  or  by  bronchial 
blowing  sound,  heart  beats  and  abdominal  crepitation  or  gurgling  convey 
to  the  ear  more  clearly  through  intervening  consolidated  tissue.     The 


852  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

breathing  is  slightly  more  accelerated  on  exertion.     The  appetite  fails 
somewhat,  the  secretion  of  milk  lessens  or  becomes  more  pale  and  watery. 

VI.   Signs  of  Generalization  of  the  Tubercle. 

In  connection  with  this  there  come  on  signs  of  generalization  of  the 
tubercle,  such  as  irregularity  of  the  bowels  or  enlargement  or  nodular 
induration  of  some  of  the  superficial  lymph  glands.  Expectoration  is 
usually  abundant.  In  the  most  advanced  stages  the  symptoms  are  very 
characteristic.  The  subject  becomes  thin  and  wastes  visibly  from  day 
to  day.  The  hair  is  dry  and  erect  which  is  most  marked  along  the 
spine,  the  skin  is  scurfy,  rigid,  and  clings  firmly  to  the  bones,  the  eyes 
are  pale,  deeply  sunken  in  their  sockets  and  bleary,  the  tears  run  over 
the  cheeks,  while  a  yellowish,  granular,  fetid,  and  often  gritty  discharge 
flows  from  the  nose  and  drys  in  masses  around  the  nostrils.  The  cough 
is  weak,  painful,  paroxysmal  and  is  easily  aroused  by  pinching  the  back 
or  the  ribs.  The  breathing  is  liable  to  be  hurried,  even  panting,  and 
the  animal  may  stand  most  of  the  time  with  nose  extended  to  obviate 
the  oppression  that  comes  of  recumbency.  The  visible  mucosae  is  pale 
and  blanched  and  the  pulse  is  weak  and  rapid.  The  temperature  varies 
from  103  to  105  degrees  and  the  milk  secretion  is  completely  arrested. 
In  generalized  tuberculosis  the  glands  are  enlarged,  diarrha?a,  and 
clouded  or  blood  stained  urine.  The  morbid  sound  in  the  lungs  has 
become  a  complex  variety  in  accordance  with  the  nature  of  the  lesion, 
blowing,  wheezing,  amphoric,  friction,  creaking,  mucous,  with  all  con- 
veyances from  adjacent  organs.  Death  usually  occurs  in  a  state  of  com- 
plete marasmus,  after  months,  or  even  years,  of  illness. 

Tuberculosis  of  the  abdomen  affects  the  intestines,  mesenteric  glands, 
peritoneum,  liver,  spleen  and  pancreas.  The  generative  organs  some- 
times suffer,  in  which  case  a  persistent  symptom  is  sterility. 

VII.   Generative  Tuberculosis. 

Generative  tuberculosis  in  the  bull  is  associated  with  an  obvious  swell- 
ing. Veterinarians  classify  tuberculosis  of  the  cow  into  Genital  Tuber- 
culosis, Mammary  Tuberculosis,  Pharyngeal  Tuberculosis,  Cutaneous 
Tuberculosis,  Glandular  Tuberculosis,  Tuberculosis  of  the  Brain  and 
Meninges,  Tuberculosis  of  the  Eye,  Tuberculosis  of  the  Heart,  Pericar- 
dium or  Pleura,  and  Tuberculosis  of  the  Bones  and  Joints.  The  latter  is 
more  common  in  calves  and  gromng  cattle,  but  may  be  present  at  any 
age.  The  essential  for  the  unprofessional  stock  owner  is  to  know  the 
causes,  the  prevention,  the  methods  of  amelioration,  and  how  to  know 
the  disease  when  it  exists  as  here  outlined.  With  this  knowledge  he 
must  promptly  secure  the  services  of  a  competent  veterinary  surgeon.  - 


CHAPTER  VI. 
THE  TUBERCULIN  TEST  OF  CATTLE  FOR  TUBERCULOSIS. 


I.   THE  DIAGNOSIS  OF  TUBERCULOSIS. II.   THE   ORIGIN  OF  THE  TUBERCU- 
LIN   TEST. III.    THE    NATURE    AND    APPLICATION    OF   TUBERCULIN. 

IV.  THE    VALUE     AND     RELIABILITY     OF     THE     TUBERCULIN     TEST. 

V.  THE   HARMLESSNESS    OF   TUBERCULIN. VI.    CONCLUSIONS    REGARD- 

ING  THE  TUBERCULIN  TEST. VII.  SUMMARY  OF  DIRECTIONS  FOR  MAK- 
ING THE  TUBERCULIN  TEST. 

I.   The  Diagnosis  of  Tuberculosis. 

The  symptoms  of  tuberculosis  in  cattle  are  not  sufficiently  prominent, 
except  in  advanced  stages  or  when  superficially  located,  to  enable  one  to 


A  COW   AFFECTED  WITH   ADVANCED  TUBERCULOSIS. 

The  disease  is  partly  located  in  the  lymph  glands  of  the  throat,  as  shown 
by  the  position  of  the  head.  The  glands  are  so  much  enlarged  that,  through 
pressure  on  the  larynx,  they  greatly  narrow  the  orifice  through  which  air 
reaches  the  lung;  and  yet  the  visible  bodily  condition  of  the  cow  has  re- 
mained very  good,  and  is  better  than  that  of  most  dairy  cows. 


diagnose  this  disease  by  the  ordinary  methods  of  physical  examination. 
And  the  cattle  may,  without  showing  any  clinical  symptoms,  be  in  such 
a  stage  of  tuberculosis  as  to  render  them  capable  of  spreading  disease. 
Indeed,  an  animal  may  be  fat  and  sleek,  eat  and  milk  well,  have  a  bright, 
glossy  coat,  and  be  apparently  in  the  pink  of  condition,  and  still  be 

858 


854  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

passing  tubercle  bacilli  through  the  feces  or  by  an  occasional  cough, 
and  thus  endanger  all  the  healthy  cattle  in  the  herd.  Consequently  such 
aids  to  diagnosis  as  animal  inoculation,  biological  test,  serum  reaction, 
and  the  tuberculin  test  are  made  use  of  in  arriving  at  a  definite  opinion 
relative  to  the  presence  or  absence  of  this  disease.  The  value  of  all  but  the 
last  of  these  is  discounted  by  the  technique  required  and  by  their  im- 
practicability, while  the  tuberculin  test  is  most  satisfactory  and  is  the  best 
diagnostic  agent  known  for  the  disease. 

II.  The  Origin  of  the  Tuberculin  Test. 

Tuberculin  was  invented  by  Koch  in  1890,  and  was  first  used  experi- 
mentally in  treating  tuberculosis  in  man.  In  these  cases  it  was  observed 
that  its  injection  w^as  followed  by  a  rise  of  temperature,  which  led  veter- 
inarians to  apply  tuberculin  to  suspected  animals  to  see  if  a  similar 
reaction  resulted.  I'iumcrous  experiments  showed  this  to  be  the  case, 
and  since  1891  the  use  of  tuberculin  as  a  diagnostic  ageni  for  tuberculosis 
of  cattle  has  been  almost  universally  adopted  in  all  parts  of  the  civilized 
world.  No  one  thinks  of  accepting  tuberculin  as  an  absolutely  infallible 
agent,  but  it  is  immeasurably  more  dependable  than  any  other  method 
that  has  ever  been  used. 

III.    The  Nature  and  Application  of  Tuberculin. 

Tuberculin  is  the  sterilized  and  filtered  glycerin  extract  of  cultures  of 
tubercle  bacilli.  It  contains  the  cooked  products  of  the  growth  of  these 
bacilli,  but  not  the  bacilli  themselves.  Consequently,  when  this  sub- 
stance is  injected  under  the  skin  of  an  animal  it  is  absolutely  unable  to 
produce  the  disease,  cause  abortion,  or  otherwise  injure  the  animal.  In 
case  the  injected  animal  is  normal  there  is  no  more  effect  upon  the  system 
than  would  be  expected  from  the  injection  of  sterile  water.  However, 
if  the  animal  is  tuberculous,  a  decided  rise  of  temperature  will  follow 
the  use  of  tuberculin. 

In  practice  the  tuberculin  test  is  applied  by  first  taking  a  sufficient 
number  of  temperatures,  usually  three,  at  intervals  of  two  hours  to  ascer- 
tain the  normal  variation  of  temperature  of  the  animal  to  be  tested.  The 
dose  of  tuberculin  (which  should  always  be  specified  on  the  label)  is 
then  injected  hypodermically  between  8  and  10  p.  m.  on  the  day  of 
taking  the  preliminary  temperatures.  On  the  following  day  "after" 
temperatures  are  recorded  every  two  hours,  beginning  at  6  a.  m.  and 
continuing  until  twenty  hours  following  the  injection. 

IV.    The  Value  and  Reliability  of  the  Tuberculin  Test. 

As  a  result  of  this  method  an  a<'curate  diagnosis  may  be  established 
in  over  97  per  cent  of  the  cases  tested.     The  relatively  few  failures  in 


THE  TUBERCULIN  TEST  OF  CATTLE  FOR  TUBERCULOSIS.  855 

diagnosis  are  included  among  two  classes  of  cattle.  The  first  class  con- 
tains those  that  are  tuberculous,  but  which  do  not  react  either  because 
of  the  slight  effect  of  an  ordinary-sized  dose  of  tuberculin  on  an  advanced 
case  of  the  disease  with  so  much  natural  tuberculin  already  in  the  sys- 
tem, or  on  account  of  a  previous  test  with  tuberculin  which  produces 
a  tolerance  to  this  material  lasting  for  about  six  wrecks.  The  second  class 
includes  those  that  are  not  tuberculous,  but  which  show  an  elevation  of 
temperature  as  a  result  of  (a)  advanced  pregnancy;  (6)  the  excitement 
of  oestrum;  (c)  concurrent  diseases,  as  inflammation  of  the  lungs,  intes- 
tines, uterus,  udder,  or  other  parts,  abortion,  retention  of  afterbirth, 
indigestion,  etc.;  (d)  inclosure  in  a  hot,  stuffy  stable,  especially  in  sum- 
mer, or  exposure  to  cold  drafts  or  rains;  or  (e)  any  change  in  the  method 
of  feeding,  watering,  or  stabling  of  the  animal  during  the  test. 

Notwithstanding  all  these  possibilities  of  error,  the  results  of  thousands 
of  tests  show  that  in  less  than  3  per  sent  of  the  cases  tested  do  these 
failures  actually  occur.  In  the  first  class  the  chances  of  error  are  de- 
cidedly reduced  by  the  skilled  veterinarian  by  making  careful  physical 
examination  and  diagnosing  these  advanced  cases,  and  by  the  injection 
of  double  or  triple  doses  into  all  recently  tested  cattle,  with  the  taking 
of  the  after  temperatures  beginning  two  hours  following  the  injection 
and  continuing  hourly  for  twenty  hours.  In  the  second  class  errors  are 
avoided  by  eliminating  those  cases  from  the  test  that  are  nearing  parturi- 
tion or  are  in  heat,  or  show  evidence  of  the  previously  mentioned  dis- 
eases, or  exhibit  temperatures  sufficiently  high  to  make  them  unreliable 
for  use  as  normal.  Then,  in  reading  after  temperatures  it  is  advisable 
not  to  recognize  as  a  reaction  an  elevation  of  temperature  less  than  2°  F., 
or  one  which  at  the  same  time  does  not  go  above  103.8°  F.,  and  the  tem- 
perature reaction  must  likewise  have  the  characteristic  rainbow  curve. 
(Those  cases  which  approximate  but  do  not  reach  this  standard  should  be 
considered  as  suspicious  and  held  for  a  retest  six  weeks  later.)  In  addi- 
tion, a  satisfactory  tuberculin  must  be  used,  also  an  accurate  thermom- 
eter and  a  reliable  syringe  in  order  that  a  sufficient  dose  of  tuberculin 
may  be  given.  Finally,  the  number  of  apparent  errors  of  the  tuberculin 
test  will  be  greatly  diminished  if  a  careful  post-mortem  examination  is 
made,  giving  special  attention  to  the  lymph  glands. 

This  low  percentage  of  failures  being  the  case,  cattle  owners  should 
welcome  the  tuberculin  test  not  only  for  their  own  interest,  but  for  the 
welfare  of  the  public  as  well.  Where  this  method  of  diagnosing  the 
disease  has  been  adopted  tuberculosis  is  gradually  being  eradicated,  while 
it  is  spreading  rapidly  and  becoming  widely  disseminated  in  those  dis- 
tricts where  the  tuberculin  test  has  not  been  employed.  Without  its 
use  the  disease  can  not  be  controlled,  and  the  cattle  owner  is  confronted 
with  serious  and  continuous  losses;  with  its  use  the  disease  can  be  erad- 


856  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

icated  from  the  herd,  a  clean  herd  established,  and  the  danger  of  its 
spread  to  man  removed.  Tuberculin  may,  therefore,  be  considered  a 
most  beneficial  discovery  for  the  stock  raiser.  Strange  to  say,  many  of 
these  men  have  been  incredulous,  antagonistic,  or  prejudi-ced  against 
the  tuberculin  test  by  misinterpreting  published  statements,  by  incor- 
rect, unsubstantiated,  or  exaggerated  reports,  and  by  alleged  injurious 
effects  to  healthy  cattle. 

Law  has  clearly  stated  the  question  when  he  says: 

Many  stock  owners  still  entertain  an  ignorant  and  unwarranted  dread 
of  the  tuberculin  test.  It  is  true  that  when  recklessly  used  by  ignorant 
and  careless  people  it  may  be  made  a  root  of  evil,  yet  as  employed  by  the  in- 
telligent and  careful  expert  it  is  not  only  perfectly  safe,  but  it  is  the  only 
known  means  of  ascertaining  approximately  the  actual  number  affected 
in-  a  given  herd.  In  most  infected  herds,  living  under  what  are  in  other 
respects  good  hygienic  conditions,  two-thirds  or  three-fourths  are  not  to 
be  detected  without  its  aid,  so  that  in  clearing  a  herd  from  tuberculosis, 
and  placing  both  herd  and  products  above  suspicion,  the  test  becomes 
essential. 

********* 

In  skilled  hands  the  tuberculin  test  will  show  at  least  nine-tenths  of 
all  cases  of  tuberculosis  when  other  methods  of  diagnosis  will  not  detect 
one-tenth. 

It  is  perfectly  natural  that  there  should  be  objection  to  its  use  among 
those  who  are  not  acquainted  with  its  method  of  preparation  or  its  prop- 
erties; but  it.  is  difficult  to  explain  the  antagonism  of  farmers  who  are 
familiar  with  the  facts  connected  with  the  manufacture  and  use  of 
tuberculin.  Probably  the  most  popular  objection  to  tuberculin  is  that 
it  is  too  searching,  since  it  discovers  cases  in  which  the  lesions  are  small 
and  obscure.  While  this  fact  is  admitted,  it  should  also  be  borne  in  mind 
that  such  a  small  lesion  to-day  may  break  down  and  become  widely  dis- 
seminated in  a  relatively  short  period.  Therefore  any  cow  affected  with 
tuberculosis,  even  to  a  slight  degree,  must  be  considered  as  probably 
dangerous  not  only  to  the  other  animals  in  the  herd,  but  also  to  the 
consumer  of  her  products. 

V.    The  Harmlessness  of  Tuberculin. 

Furthermore,  tuberculin  must  be  considered  as  harmless  for  healthy 
animals  in  view  of  the  results  revealed  by  numerous  tests  covering  vast 
numbers  of  animals.  And  it  has  also  been  clearly  demonstrated  that 
tuberculin  interferes  in  no  way  with  the  milking  function  in  healthy 
cattle;  neither  in  the  quantity  of  milk  nor  in  butterfat  value  has  any 
variation  been  detected. 

Nocard  and  Leclainche  state: 


THE  TUBERCULIN  TEST  OF  CATTLE  FOR  TUBERCULOSIS. 


857 


Direct  experiments  and  observations  collected  by  thousands  show  that 
the  tuberculin  injections  have  no  unfavorable  effect.  With  healthy  animals 
the  system  is  indifferent  to  the  inoculation;  with  tuberculous  animals  it 
causes  only  slight  changes,  which  are  not  at  all  serious. 

Most  of  the  objections  to  tuberculin  would  probably  be  removed  if 
some  method  of  compensation  for  the  reacting  animals  could  be  devised. 
Thus,  in  Pennsylvania,  where  tuberculosis  is  being  eradicated  with  more 
success  than  in  any  other  State,  and  where  there  are  usually  three  times 
as  many  voluntary  requests  on  file  for  the  application  of  the  test  as  can 
be  made,  all  reacting  animals  are  paid  for  by  the  State.  As  the  suppres- 
sion of  tuberculosis  is  a  public  health  measure,  it  would  appear  perfectly 


A   VISIBLY    TUBERCULOUS    DAIRY    COW. 
Such   cattle   expel   tubercle   bacilli    almost    without   exception    with    tiitjir   feces 
and  with  a  material  that   is  drolled,   slobbered  and   sprayed   from   their  mouths. 

logical  for  the  State  governments  to  reimburse  cattle  owners  appropri- 
ately for  the  animals  condemned  and  slaughtered.  Provision  could  be 
made  to  pay  70  per  cent  of  the  appraised  value  of  the  condemned  animals, 
not  to  exceed  $30  a  head  for  common  stock  or  $60  for  registered  stock. 
Such  legislation  should  also  include  a  requirement  for  the  testing  of  all 
dairy  and  breeding  cattle  coming  into  the  State. 

VI.    Conclusions  Regarding  the  Tuberculin  Test. 


As  a  result  of  the  careful  study  of  the  tuberculin  test,  Salmon  draws 
the  following  conclusions: 


858  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

1.  That  the  tuberculin  test  is  a  wonderfully  accurate  method  of  deter- 
mining whether  an  animal  is  affected  with  tuberculosis. 

2.  That  by  the  use  of  tuberculin  the  animals  diseased  with  tuberculosis 
may  be  detected  and  removed  from  the  herd,  thereby  eradicating  the 


3.  That  tuberculin  has  no  injurious  effect  upon  healthy  cattle, 

4.  That  the  comparatively  small  number  of  cattle  which  have  aborted, 
suffered  in  health,  or  fallen  off  in  condition  after  the  tuberculin  test  were 
either  diseased  before  the  test  was  made  or  were  affected  by  some  cause 
other  than  the  tuberculin. 

VII.    Summary  of  Directions  for  Making  the  Tuberculin  Test. 

1.  Stable  cattle  under  usual  conditions  and  among  usual  surround- 
ings, feeding  and  watering  in  the  customary  manner. 

2.  Make  a  physical  examination  of  each  animal,  and  give  to  each 
one  some  designation  by  which  the  animal  will  be  known  throughout 
the  test. 

3.  Take  each  animal's  temperature  at  least  three  times  at  two  or  three 
hour  intervals  on  the  day  of  injection;  for  instance,  at  2,  5,  and  8  p.  m. 

4.  At  8  or  10  p.  m.  inject  a  dose  of  tuberculin  under  the  skin  in  the 
region  of  the  shoulder,  using  a  sterile  hypodermic  syringe  after  dis- 
infecting the  skin  at  the  seat  of  injection  with  a  5  per  cent  solution  of 
carbolic  acid  or  a  similar  antiseptic  solution. 

5.  Tuberculin  is  not  ahvays  concentrated  to  the  same  degree,  and 
therefore  the  dose,  which  should  always  appear  on  the  label,  varies  con- 
siderably. The  dose  of  imported  tuberculin  is  0.25  c.  c.  for  an  adult 
cow,  and  before  injection  is  diluted  with  sterile  water  to  2  c.  c.  The 
tuberculin  made  by  the  Bureau  of  Animal  Industry  is  prepared  so  that 
it  will  not  be  necessary  to  dilute  it,  and  the  dose  is  2  c.  c.  for  an  adult 
animal.  Yearlings  and  2-year-olds,  according  to  size,  should  receive 
from  1  to  li/>  c.  c,  while  bulls  and  very  large  animals  may  receive  3  c.  c. 

6.  At  6  a.  m.  on  the  day  following  the  injection  of  tuberculin  com- 
mence taking  temperatures,  and  continue  every  two  or  three  hours  until 
the  twentieth  hour  after  injection,  at  which  time  if  there  is  no  tendency 
for  the  temperature  to  rise  the  test  may  cease. 

7.  A  rise  of  2°  F.  or  more  above  the  maximum  temperature  observed 
on  the  previous  day,  providing  the  temperature  after  injection  exceeds 
103.8°  F.,  should  be  regarded  as  an  indication  of  tuberculosis.  Those 
cavses  which  approximate  but  do  not  reach  this  standard  should  be  con- 
sidered as  suspicious  and  held  for  a  re  test  six  weeks  later,  giving  double 
the  original  dose. 


CHAPTER  VII. 


DISEASES  OP  THE  DIGESTIVE  ORGANS. 


I       OLOSSITIS    OK  INFLAMMATION  OF  THE  TONGUE  ;    AND   PARALYSIS   OF   THE   TONGUE. 

J,        HOVEN     OR  TYMPANITIS. III.      IMPACTION   OP   THE   RUMEN,    OR  MAW- 

ROiiND  IV       IMPACTION  OF  THE  OMASUM,  OR  FAKDLE-BOUND. V.      DYSPEP- 

^,.    Lyi         CONSTIPATION. VII.       DIARKHCEA,   OR  SCOURS. VIII.        DYSEN- 

TERv. IX.      ENTERITIS. X.      PERITONITIS. XI.       HERNIA. XII.       STRAN- 
GULATION,  OR  GUT-TIE. 

It  will  be  readily  seen  by  the  annexed  cut,  that  the  stomachs  of  nimi- 
nants  are  very  complicated,  and  hence  when  out  of  order,  serious  results 
often  follow.     By  noticing  the  relative  positions  of  the  compartments. 


COMPARTMENTS  OF  THE  STOMACH  OF   RUMINANTS. 


Rumen,  or  first  compartment- 
Keticulum,  or  second  do. 
Omasum,  or  third  do. 


d-    Abomasum,  or  fourth  compartment. 
e.     CEsophagus,  or  gullet. 
/.     Entrance  to  the  intestines,  or  pylorus. 


the  following  pages  will  be  more  readily  understood.  The  four  com« 
partments  (or,  as  they  arc  often  termed,  the  four  stomachs)  all  float 
loosely  in  the  cavity  of  the  trunk,  excepting  the  paunch  (rumen),  ^^^^h 
grows  to  the  side  in  the  lef*  flank. 

859 


860 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


I.    Glossitis,  oj  Inflammation  of  the  Tongue ;  and  ParaJysis  of  the  Tongue. 

The  mouth  and  tongue  are  frequently  wounded  from  drenching  in 
careless  manner,  or  by  foreign  bodies  in  the  fodder,  thorns,  etc 


Ik 
The 


TROCHAB    AND  CANNULA. 

swelling  is  sometimes  very  great,  especially  if  it  is  the  tongue  that  is  in- 
jured. Temporary  paralysis  of  that  organ  occasionally  ensues,  in  which 
case  it  hangs  from  the  mouth,  like  some  lifeless  appendage. 

What  to  do. — Examine  the  mouth  care- 
fully, and  remove  all  offending  substances. 
If  the  tongue  hangs  pendulous,  foment  it 
with  hot  water ;  if  very  bad,  a  few  scari- 
fications, to  make  it  bleed  a  little,  will  do  it 
good.  Apply  the  following  lotion  three  or 
four  times  a  day,  with  a  swab : 


No.  25. 


1  Ounce  vinegar, 

2  Ounces  honey, 
^  Pint  Avater, 

Mix. 


POSITION  OP  THE  INTESTINES 
OF  THE  COW. 

Left  spot  where  the  Trokar  must  be 


pierced.     By  piercing  on  the  right  -p^fU 
side,  the  intestmes  would  be  injured,   vvitu 


n.    Hoven,  or  Tympanitis. 
This  is  distension  of  the  rumen  or  pauncfa 
gas,    the     product    of    fermentation 
accompanying  acute  indigestion.     It  com- 
monly follows  a  hearty  feed  on  clover  or 
other  succulent  diet,  or  is  one  of  the  sequelcx,  in  a  case  of  choking. 

How  to  know  it. — The  paunch  is  terribly  distended  with  gas,  so  much 
so  that  the  space  between  the  last  ribs  and  the  points  of  the  hips  is 

puffed  up  above  the  surface,  and 
when  tapped,  is  elastic  and  resonant, 
Uke  a  drum, '  especially  on  the  left 
side.  The  breathing  is  difficult  and 
painful,  becoming  more  so  as  the  gas 
increases  ;  the  nostrils  are  dilated,  the 
eyes  look  wild,  and  gas  and  food  are 
belched  up  from  the  stomach,  and 
dribble  from  the  mouth.  The  animal 
moves  slowly  and  uneasily  about, 
moaning  with  each  expired  breath.  If  not  relieved,  death  follows  from 
Buffocation,  rupture  of  the  stomach,  or  blood  poisoning  by  the  gases. 


ox  SUFFERING  FROM  HOVEN, 


DISEASES   OF  THE   DIGESTIVE   ORGANS. 


861 


What  to  do. — If  it  is  a  very  urgent  case,  plunge  the  trochar  and  can- 
nula into  the  region  of  greatest  distension  on  the  left  side,  at  a'ooint 
midway  between  the  spines  of  the  loins,  last  rib  and  point  of  the  hip, 
pointing  the  trochar  in  and  downward,  and  letting  it  pass  in  obliquely 


WRONG    POSITION   OF   THE   ANIMAL    FOR    USING   THROAT   TUBE   TO   RELIEVE 

IT   OF   GAS. 
The  throat  tube  (c)  comes  with  Its  end  piece  (d)  in  the  food  gruet  (6)  and  clogs  the  tube,     (a)  Gas 

over  stomach  contents.     (6)  Contents  of  stomach,     (c)  throat  tube,     (d)  Button  dipping  into 

the  contents  of  the  stomach. 

to  avoid  the  kidney.  When  food 
gets  over  the  end  of  the  tube  (can- 
nula), pass  in  a  piece  of  whalebone 
and  push  it  off.  If  the  measures 
above  directed  are  not  practicable, 
and  a  probang  is  handy,  insert  the 
gag  oi  the  balling  iron  in  the  mouth, 
and  with  one  man  to  steady  the  head, 
pass  in  the  proI)ang,  which  will  evacu- 
ate the  gas  from  the  stomach.  After 
the  acute  symptoms  are  over,  give  a 
brisk  purgative.  No.  8  will  be  found 
effectual.     Feed  light  for  several  days 

m.  Impaction  of  the  Rumen,  or  Maw-Bound. 

After  an  unusually  full  meal,  the  grain  often  becomes  impacted  in  the 
animal's  stomach,  causing  its  temporary  paralysis,  the  whole  mass  lying 
there  like  so  much  soggy  stuff  in  a  leather  bag.  Great  distress  necessa- 
rily follows,  which  is  aggravated  when  fermentation  sets  in,  death  often 
resulting  from  suffocation,  or  in  a  more  protracted  case  from  nervous 
prostration  and  blood  poisoning. 


DIAGRAM,  SHOWING  WHERE  TO  TAP  THB 
RUMEN    FOR  IIOVEN. 


Imsert  trochar  at  point  where  the  lines  cross. 


862 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


How  to  know  it.— It  will  have  the  same  outward  appearance  of  tre- 
mendous distension  as  tympanitis,  but  when  the  bloated  section  is  touched 
it  is  found  to  be  soft  and  pitty,  so  that  when  dented  the  dent  remains  or 
rises  slowly. 


CORRECT   POSITION   OF  THE   ANIMAL  FOR   USING   THROAT   TUBE   TO   RELIEVE 
GAS   IN   THE   STOMACH. 

Throat  tube  (r)  comes  with  its  end  piece  (d)  not  in  tlie  food  gruet  (&)  but  in  the  gas  area  (a). 


What  to  do. — When  paralysis  of  the  stomach  has  actually  taken  place 
from  engorgement,  there  is  nothing  of  any  avail  but  to  empty  the  umen 
with  the  hand.  This  operation,  which  is  termed  rumenotomy,  will  be 
found  described  in  the  chapter  on  operations.  When  the  stomach  is  emp- 
tied, and  before  sewing  up  the  wound,  pour  in  carefully  the  purgative 
No.  8,  with  half  a  pint  of  ale  added  as  a  stimulant.  Restrict  the  diet  for 
a  few  days,  giving  only  easily  digested  food — grass,  sloppy  mashes,  etc. 

IV.  Impaction  of  the  Omasum,  Fardle-bound,  Dry  Bible,  or  Dry  Murrain. 

The  omasum,  or  third  stomach,  is  a  sack  of  a  great  many  leaves,  arranged 
so  as  to  rub  constantly  on  one  another,  keeping  up  a  grinding  action 


DISEASES   OF  THE   DIGESTIVE    ORGANS. 


863 


on  the  food.  This  stomach  is  apt  to  suffer  from  want  of  moisture, 
whereupon  the  food  becomes  impacted  between  the  leaves,  leading  to 
inflammation.  This  condition  is  variously  known  as  fardle-bound,  bake 
of  the  many-plies,  bake  of  the  manifolds,  etc. 


RUMEN  EXPOSED  FOR  MECHANICAL  REMOVAL   OF   ITS   CONTENTS. 


How  to  know  it. — It  comes  on  gradually  as  an  ordinary  case  of  con- 
stipation, with  a))dominal  pain,  a  looking  around  to  the  right  side,  and 
disinclination  lo  move  ;  fever  sets  in,  and  slowly  increases  as  the  disease 
makes  progress  ;  there  is  great  tenderness  in  the  right  side  just  below  the 
ribs,  at  which  point  a  hard  round  substance  can  be  felt ;  the  colic  pains 
and  fever  grow  more  intense  ;  the  animal  makes  constant  attempts  to  pass 
faices  ;  delirium  and  vertigo  set  in,  and  death  soon  follows. 

What  to  do. — The  treatment  must  be  prompt  and  persistent.  Give  a 
full  cathartic  as  follows  : 

No.  26.  l}i  Pounds  epsom  salts, 

2  Ounces  ginger, 
2  Ounces  gentian, 
2  Drachms  calomel, 
20  Drops  croton  oil, 

1  Pint  syrup, 

2  Quarts  warm  water. 

Mix. 

Give  as  one  dose,  and  encourage  the  drinking  of  as  much  water  after- 
wards, from  time  to  time,  as  jiossible.  Give  injections  of  warm  water 
and  soap   every  half  hour.     If  it  is  cold  weather,   blanket  the  patient 


864  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

learmly.     To  insure  the  action  of  the  purgative,  give  every  two  hours  S"- 
stimulating  dose  composed  as  follows  : 

No.  27.  1  Ounce  liquor  ammonia, 

1  Quart  warm  ale, 
}4.  Ounce  essence  of  ginger, 
Mix. 

It  is  not  safe  to  repeat  the  cathartic,  nor  would  it  be  of  any  use  ;  for  if 
it  remains  inoperative,  in  spite  of  the  stimulants,  double  the  dose  would 
not  be  more  likely  to  effect  a  passage,  but  in  the  persistence  to  accomplish 
this  end  a  quart  of  melted  lard  may  be  given  night  and  morning,  oftentimes 
with  satisfactory  results.     During  convalesence  give  recipe  No.  7  or  No.  20. 

When  a  passage  is  despaired  of,  and  as  a  last  resort,  tepid  water  ii.ay 
be  injected  into  the  jugular  vein,  or  galvanism  applied  to  the  region  of  the 
stomach  ;  but  the  case  is  well-nigh  hopeless. 

V.    Dyspepsia. 

The  lower  animals  are  not  supposed  by  the  great  majority  of  people 
ever  to  be  troubled  with  dyspepsia,  but  they  are,  nevertheless.  All  the 
domestic  animals  are  liable  to  suffer  from  chronic  indi<restion  from  irregu- 
lar  or  improper  feeding,  especially  if  to  this  is  added  exposure  to  the 
cold  storms  and  winds  of  the  straw  yard,  without  housing,  etc. 

How  to  know  it. — A  capricious  appetite  is  noticed.  Dainty  at  first, 
the  animal  may  shortly  be  seen  licking  walls,  dirt,  or  lime,  and  chewing 
sticks,  etc.  ;  he  is  inclined  to  eat  the  bedding,  or  take  up  coal,  stones, 
etc.,  to  chew,  showing  a  depraved  appetite  for  something  he  has  not 
got.  After  a  while,  there  will  be  a  staring  coat,  eruptions,  belchings 
from  the  stomach,  and  emission  of  gas  from  the  rectum  ;  the  manure  is 
small  m  quantity,  dry  and  glazed  ;  the  llanks  drop  in,  except  when  dis- 
tended with  gas  ;  the  skin  and  hair  feel  dry  and  coarse  ;  and  there  is  a 
rapid  loss  of  flesh.  It  is  not  often  a  very  serious  condition  in  itself,  but 
it  weakens  the  animal  and  lowers  the  tone  of  the  vital  functions,  so  that 
he  is  unable  to  resist  other  diseases  ;  and  it  especially  predisposes  to 
attacks  of  tympanitis,  constipation  or  diarrhcea,  tuberculosis,  cancerous 
ulcers,  and  purpura  hsemorrhagica. 

What  to  do. — Give  phosphate  of  lime  in  the  form  of  ground  bones,  and 
a  little  lime  water — about  half  a  teacupful — morning  and  night  in  a  bran 
mash,  or  Ihe  following  recipe  : 

No.  28.  3  Drachms  bi-carbonate  of  soda, 

2  Drachms  gentian, 
2  Drachms  gingex-. 
Mix. 

Give  as  one  dose,  repeating  it  morning  and  night.  Give  a  complete 
•hange  of  food,  including  some  green ^rass,  roots,  eto. 


DISEASES  OP  THE   DIGESTIVE   ORGANS.  865 

VI.    Constipation. 

This  is  the  condition  which  exists  when  there  is  not  sufficient  moisture 
in  the  stomach  and  bowels,  and  the  faeces  are  passed  tardily  and  in  hard, 
dry  lumps.  It  is  always  aggravated,  and  often  caused,  by  too  dry  food, 
insufficient  or  impure  water  and  too  little  exercise.  It  is  often  symptom- 
atic of  other  diseases,  especially  of  liver  complaints. 

How  to  know  it. — It  is  recognized  by  the  hard,  dry  manure,  which  ie 
also  sometimes  glazed.  It  is  apt  to  run  into  inflammation  of  the  bowelsj 
colic,  etc.,  and  when  existing  as  a  symptom  of  other  diseases,  nearly  always 
indicates  serious  derangement  of  the  system. 

What  to  do. — If  it  is  in  the  winter  or  late  in  the  fall,  give  from  one  to 
two  quarts  of  melted  lard  ;  if  in  the  spring  or  summer,  give  recipe  No. 
8.  Give  laxative  food  with  more  bulk,  and  plenty  of  good,  pure  water 
to  drink.  Salt  the  cattle  at  least  twice  a  week  in  winter,  and  three  times 
in  summer.  If  a  mild  case,  it  is  quite  possible  that  laxative  food,  with  a 
handful  of  salt  and  plenty  of  water,  will  be  all  that  is  needed.  Injections 
of  warm  water  and  soap  are  valuable  adjuncts  to  either  laxatives  or 
purgatives. 

VH.    Diarrhoea,  or  Scours. 

This  is  caused  by  improper  and  inferior  food,  irregularity  in  feeding, 
etc.,  and  like  its  opposite,  constipation,  often  accompanies  other  dis- 
eases, particularly  indigestion  and  dyspepsia,  especially  if  dependent  upon 
an  acid  condition  of  the  system. 

How  to  know  it. — The  manure  is  passed  much  too  often,  and  in  4 
thin,  watery  condition,  at  times  with  considerable  straining.  If  it  runs 
on  long,  there  is  a  feverish  condition  of  the  stomach  and  bowels,  with 
great  thirst,  but  little  or  no  appetite  ;  rumination  is  suspended  ;  the  milb 
dries  up  ;  the  belly  is  tucked  up  and  the  back  arched  ;  tlie  coat  stares ; 
in  some  cases  there  is  consideral)le  flatulence.  The  further  progress  ot 
the  disease  is  marked  by  rapid  loss  of  flesh  and  animal  heat,  the  temper- 
ature falling  more  and  more  below  the  normal ;  the  pulse  rises  as  the 
weakness  increases,  and  at  length  becomes  imperceptible;  and  death  fol- 
lows, as  a  result  of  the  cessation  of 
the  digestive  functions,  and  conse- 
quent lack  of  nutrition.  It  is  further 
hastened  by  the  weakening  effects 
of  the  excessive  discharges.  It  is 
particularly  fatal  to  young  calves, 
among  whom  it  is  quite  common. 

What  to  do. — Usually,  the  best 
plan  is  to  give  alkalines  along  with 
astringents,   with   anodyne    enemas.  chronic  dysentery. 

It  Is  often  the  case,  however,  that  laxatives,  or  even  purgatives,   are 


866  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

u.  eded,  to  restore  a  healthy  condition  to  the  stomach  and  bowels.  For 
young  calves  that  are  fed  on  milk, — with  whom  an  acid  condition  of  the 
stomach  is  common, — give  one  or  two  tablespoonfuls  of  lime  water,  in 
the  milk,  night  and  morning  ;  and  a  teacupf ul  of  gentian  infusion,  with 
a  quart  of  starch  gruel,  may  be  added  to  the  milk  and  limewater.  Any 
of  the  following  mixtures  may  be  given  : 

No.  29.  1  Ounce  prepared  chalk, 

}4  Ounce  powdered  catechu, 

2  Drachms  powdered  ginger, 
3^  Drachm  powdered  opium, 
)4  Pint  peppermint  water, 

Mix. 

Give,  morning  and  night,  from  two  to  four  tablespoonfuls,  according 
to  the  size  of  the  calf. 

No.  30.  2  Ounces  tincture  of  catechu, 

2  Ounces  tincture  of  cardamoms, 
2  Drachms  carbonate  of  soda, 
Mix. 

Divide  into  two  to  four  doses,  according  to  age  of  calf,  and  give  one 
of  them  morning  and  night. 

No.  31.  1^  Drachm  powdered  opium, 

1  Ounce  tincture  of  cardamoms, 

3  Drachms  sulphuric  ether, 

1  Pint  linseed  tea,  (or  starch  gruel) , 
Mix. 

Divide  into  six  doses,  and  give  one  of  them  night  and  morning.  If 
astringent  mixtures  and  the  limewater  do  no  good,  give  from  two  to  four 
tablespoonfuls  of  castor  oil,  or,  instead,  the  following  mixture: 

No.  32.  4  Ounces  tincture  of  rhubarb, 

2  Draclims  powdered  ginger, 
4  Ounces  warm  gruel. 
Mix. 

Give  as  one  dose,  and  follow  it  with  some  doses  of  No.  30  or  31.     The 
four  recii)es  above  given,  it  must  be  remembered,  are  all  for  calves. 
For  f  ul 

No.  33.  IX  Ounces  prepared  chalk, 

2  Drachms  powdered  catechu, 
}^  Drachm  powdered  opium, 
2  Drachms  powdered  gentian, 
1  Pint  starch  gruel, 
Mix. 

Give  as  one  dose^  and  repeat  in  twenty-four  hours  if  necessary. 


DISEASES    OF   THE    DIGESTIVE    ORGANS.  867 

No.  34.  2  Drachms  powdered  opium, 

4  Ounces  powdered  starch, 
1  Ounce  sulphuric  ether, 

1  Pint  cold  ale. 
Mix. 

Give  as  one  dose.  By  substituting  tepid  water  for  the  ale,  this  recipe 
may  also  be  used  with  advantage  as  an  injection. 

No.  35.  %  Drachm  tamiic  acid, 

1  Drachm  powdered  opium, 
1  Ounce  powdered  gentian, 
1  Pint  warm  ale, 
Mix. 

Give  as  one  dose. 

If  hixatives  are  required,  give  half  a  pint  of  melted  lard,  or,  instead, 
the  following  mixture  ; 

No.  36.  1  Drachm  calomel, 

2  D»-achms  powdered  opium, 

1  Quart  gruel. 
Mix. 

Give  as  one  dose. 

In  all  cases,  restrict  the  quantity  of  drinking  water,  allowing  it  often 
but  only  a  little  at  a  time,  and  dissolving  an  ounce  of  chlorate  of  potash 
in  each  pailful  of  water.  Feed  ou  light,  easily  digested  food,  and  keep 
the  animal  perfectly  quiet  for  a  few  days. 

Vm.    Dysentery. 

How  to  know  it. — The  inflammation  of  the  mucous  lining  of  the 
stomach  and  bowels  which  characterizes  this  disease,  causes  severe  strain-, 
ing,  and  watery,  offensive,  bloody  discharges,  and  high  fever,  with  exces- 
sive thirst ;  there  is  loss  of  appetite  ;  the  secretion  of  milk  ceases,  as  does 
rumination  also ;  emaciation  begins  early  and  rapidly  increases ;  dis- 
charges from  the  eyes  are  seen  ;  colicky  pains  occur  frequently,  the  back 
being  arched,  and  tail  elevated  ;  the  general  prostration  is  very  great, 
and  often  proves  fatal.  If  too  much  water  is  drauk,  tympanitis  is  liable 
to  ensue  and  cause  death  suddenly  from  suffocation. 

Causes. — Dysentery  may  follow  the  ingestion  of  acid,  poifeonous  plants, 
or  it  may  come  on  as  the  sequel  of  neglected  diarrhcea,  or  of  almost  any 
other  debilitating  disease. 

What  to  do. — Give  a  laxative  as  follows  : 

No.  37.  7  Ounces  epsom  salts, 

2  Drachms  powdered  opium, 
2  Drachms  powdered  gentian, 
1  Pint  gruel, 

Mix, 


868         CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

Give  as  one  dose.  Or,  instead,  No.  36  may  be  given.  Dissolve 
chlorate  of  pota.sli  in  the  drinking  water,  as  prescribed  for  diarrhoea. 
Give  frequent  injections  of  starch  gruel,  with  an  ounce  of  tincture  of 
opium  in  each  one.  If  the  foeces  are  very  offensive,  give  the  following, 
half  of  it  by  the  mouth,  and  the  rest  as  an  injection : 

No.  38.  %  Ounce  chloride  of  lime, 

>-2  Ounce  tincture  arnica, 

1  Ounce  sulphuric  ether, 

2  Quarts  starch  gruel, 
Mix. 

Any  of  the  astringent  recipes  given  for  diarrhoea  are  applicable,  follow- 
ing the  administration  of  laxatives.     Feed  lightly,  and  nurse  carefully. 

IX.    Enteritis. 

This  is  inflammation  of  the  digestive  apparatus,  and  especially  (as  its 
name  implies)  of  the  intestines,  but  is  quite  different  from  the  inflam- 
matory state  of  dysentery. 

Causes. — It  may  come  from  eating  various  poisonous  substances,  either 
vegetable  or  mineral ;  or  it  may  follow  the  too  sudden  checking  of  diar- 
rhoea.    Injuries  to  the  abdomen  sometimes  cause  it. 

How  to  know  it. — There  is  constipation,  such  fceces  as  are  passed 
being  hard,  dry,  and  coated  with  mucus,  and  sometimes  offensive  and 
bloody ;  high  fever  and  quick,  hard  pulse  ;  dry  mouth,  with  an  offensive 
fur  over  the  tongue  and  cheeks  ;  the  tliirst  is  insatiable  ;  the  appetite 
fails,  and  so  does  the  milk  ;  rumination  is  suspended  ;  colicky  pains  may 
occur,  though  the  pain  is  more  likely  to  be  constant ;  breathing  becomes* 
labored,  and  more  or  less  tympanitis  may  be  noticed  ;  the  urine  is  scanty 
and  high  colored ;  the  back  is  arched  ;  the  animal  moans,  grinds  his 
teeth,  and  refuses  to  move  ;  the  pulse  gradually  becomes  imperceptible, 
and  the  extremities  cold  ;  and  death  soon  follows,  after  an  illness  lastin'g 
from  one  to  two  A\eeks. 

Post  mortem  appearances  arc  usually  as  follows  :  The  first  and  third 
stomachs  are  filled  with  food,  dry  and  impacted — almost  baked,  and 
when  this  is  taken  out,  the  epithelium  of  the  stomachs  comes  off  with  it ; 
the  fourth  stomach  and  bowels  are  inflamed  ;  and  more  or  less  lymph,  in 
shreds,  is  found,  as  also  some  ulcers,  in  the  large  intestines.  The  liver 
is  generally  softened,  and  all  other  internal  parts  very  much  bleached, 
indicating  great  wasting. 

What  to  do. —  Give  a  purgative  as  promptly  as  possible.  No.  26, 
omitting  the  croton  oil,  will  be  the  thing.  Encourage  the  animal  to  drink 
large  quantities  of  water  and  other  fluids,  and  supplement  the  purgative 
with  the  following  injection ; 


DISEASES    OF   THE    DIGESTIVE    ORGANS.  869 

No.  39.          1  Pint  linseed  oil,  No.  40.          4  Grains  strychnine, 

4  Ounces  oil  turpentine,  1  Ounce  spirits  of  wine, 

30  Drops  croton  oil,  6  Drops  sulphuric  acid, 

1  Quart  warm  water,  Mix. 
1  Ounce  soft  soap. 
Mix. 

Repeat  No.  39  three  times  a  day  till  a  full  purgative  action  is  secured. 
If  the  constipation  does  not  yield,  give  hypodermic  injections  of  No.  40. 

When  dissolved,  inject  from  ten  to  twenty  drops  under  the  skin  with  a 
syringe  suitable  for  the  purpose.  Ten  drops  of  this  solution  contain  one- 
twelfth  of  a  grain  of  strychnine.  If  prostration  follows,  give  the  fol- 
lowing ; 

No.  41.  2  Drachms  camphor, 

J-2  Ounce  sulphuric  ether, 

4  Ounces  acetate  of  ammonia  (as  directed  below), 
Mix. 

The  camphor  is  to  be  dissolved  in  the  sulphuric  ether,  and  the  other 
ingredient  added  afterwards.     Give  as  one  dose  in  ale  or  gruel. 

If  violent  purgation  takes  place,  it  can  be  controlled  with  flour  and 
water, — a  double  handful  of  flour  to  four  or  nve  quarts  of  water ;  or 
linseed  tea  may  be  given  to  drink.     The  prescriptions   for  diarrhoea  will 
be  found  convenient  in  cases  of  superpurgation. 
X.    Peritonitis. 

This  is  inflammation  of  the  peritoneum,  a  serous  membrane  lining  the 
cavity  of  the  belly,  and  covering  the  bowels  and  other  abdominal  viscera. 

Cause. — It  is  always  the  result  of  injury,  or  of  secondary  inflammation 
following  the  operation  of  rumcnotomy. 

How  to  know  it. — The  animal  stands  dejectedly,  and  has  fits  of 
shivering,  which  are  especially  noticeable  around  the  flanks  and  hind 
parts  ;  all  the  symptoms  of  fever  arc  present,  the  pulse,  urine,  tem[)era- 
ture,  rumination,  etc.,  all  being  affected  ;  the  breathing  is  labored  and 
done  mostly  with  the  chest,  the  ribs  i)cing  fixed  ;  the  sufferer  looks  around 
to  her  flanks,  and  paws  or  crouches  with  pain  ;  all  the  symptoms  become 
aggravated,  and  the  temperature  suddenly  falls  below  the  normal ;  the 
belly  fills  with  water,  and  death  speedily  follows. 

If  a  post  mortem  is  had,  large  quantities  of  reddish  water  will  flow  from 
the  belly,  as  soon  as  the  membranes  are  cut,  and  unmistakable  signs  of 
inflammation  will  be  seen  around  the  injury  ;  and  sometimes  there  are 
adhesions  between  the  intestines. 

What  to  do. — Give  recipe  No.  8,  following  it  six  or  eight  hours  after 
with  No.  36;  also,  frequent  injections  of  soap  and  water.  No.  18  may 
also  be  given  with  advantage.  If  prostration  follows  the  action  of  the 
puBgative,  give  No.  41.     During  convalescence,  give  No.  21. 


870  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

XI.   Rupture  or  Hernia. 

This  is  familiarly  known  as  rupture.  The  investing  membrane  of  the 
abdomen  is  torn,  as  a  result  of  external  injury  or  of  severe  strain,  thus 
letting  out  the  intestines  into  the  adjacent  spaces.  The  swelling  or 
enlargement  of  the  hernia  is  sometimes  seen  as  large  as  a  half  bushel. 
It  is  soft,  and  is  easily  pushed  back  if  not  very  large.  Sometimes,  when 
a  great  quantity  of  the  intestines  is  protruded,  vvhatis  called  strangulated 
hernia  results,  Avliich  is  always  dangerous,  and  unless  reduced,  causes 
death  from  inflammation  and  mortification.  Umbilical  hernia  (at  the 
navel)  is  sometimes  seen  at  birth  in  calves. 

What  to  do. — For  calves,  a  compress  ortruss  is  put  on,  as  shown  in  the 
annexed  cut,  adjusting  it  so  as  to  make  considerable  pressure.  If  this 
fails,  wooden  clamps,  applied  so  as  to  include  the  skin  over  the  rupture, 
and  just  tight  enough  to  set  up  a  certain  amount  of  adhesive  inflamma- 
tion, will  be  effectual,  the  compress  being  applied  over  the  clamps. 

In  ventral   (belly)    hernia,    little    can    be  done,    unless   the  rupture 

is  small,  in  which  case  the 
same  appliances  may  be 
used.  In  a  case  of  strangu- 
lated hernia,  when  the  gut 
cannot  be  pushed  back,  the 
skin  may  be  opened  and 
the  parts  put  back  and  the 
wound  sewed  up  again, — 
first  that  in  the  abdominal 
wall,  and  then  the  skin, — 
and  a  compress  applied. 
TKUss  Fou  UMBILICAL  HERNIA.  Scrotal    hcmia   is   very 

difficult    to   reduce.      The 
animal  must  be  castrated  by  what  is   called  the  covered  operation,  for 
which  a  qualified  veterinary  surgeon  will  be  required. 
XII.    Strangulation,  or  Gut-tie. 

This  is  a  passage  of  the  intestines  into  the  abdominal  ring.  It  is  only 
seen  in  steers  and  oxen.  The  contraction  of  the  spermatic  cord  foUow- 
ino-  castration  leaves  the  abdominal  rings  open,  and  during  severe  exer' 
tion,  as  in  hard  work,  the  intestines  are  forced  through. 

How  to  know  it. — All  the  symptoms  of  abdominal  difficulty  are  seen, 
together  with  pain  and  soreness  in  the  flank  affected. 

What  to  do. — The  ox  must  be  cast,  an  opening  made  in  the  flank,  the 
gut  replaced,  and  the  opening  sewed  up  again,  and  a  compress  applied, 
most  of  which  are  difficult  and  delicate  operations,  that  require  the  serv- 
ices of  a  qualified  veterinary  surgeon.^ 


CHAPTER  VIII. 


DISEASES  OP  THE  URINARY  ORGANS. 


I.     NEPHRITIS,  OR  INFLAMMATION  OF  THE  KIDNEYS. 11.      RETENTION  OF  THE  URIXE, 

OR     DYSURIA. III.      INCONTINENCE   OF     URINE,    OR  ENURESIS iV       ALBUMI- 
NURIA,   OR   ALBUMINOUS    URINE. V.      II^EMATURIA,     OR   BLOODY   URINE. VI. 

CYSTITIS,  OR  INFLAMMATION  OF   THE   BLADDER. VII.      LITUIASIS,   OR  GRAVEL. 

VIII.      CALCULI. 

I.    Nephritis,  or  Inflai  anation  of  the  Kidneys. 

Causes. — External  violence,  wounds,  strains,  etc.  ;  eating  acrid,  diu- 
retic iilants  ;  and  too  free  use  of  diuretic  medicines 

How  to  know  it. — It  is  rather  rare  in  cattle.  When  it  occurs,  there 
are  colicky  pains,  with  great  uneasiness  ;  the 
urine  is  thick  and  dark  colored,  and  voided 
often,  in  small  quantities  and  with  much 
straining  and  pain  :  there  is  tenderness  over 
the  loins,  especially  at  the  sides,  immediately 
below  the  transverse  spines  of  the  lumbar 
vertebrae ;  the  gait  is  straddling,  and  lame- 
ness iS  noticeable, — sometimes  in  one  leg, 
sometimes    in   both ;  the   appetite   is   poor : 

ox  SUFFERING  FROM  INFLAM-  /  ^  f  ' 

MATioN  OF  THE  KIDNEYS.  fcvcr  ruus  high  ;  rumination  ceases  :  some- 
times blood,  and  in  the  later  stages  pus,  is 
evacuated  with  the  urine  ;  the  nose  becomes  hot  and  dry,  the  horns  and 
extremities  cold,  and  the  breathing  labored.  Diarrhoea  often  sets  in,  and 
sometimes  dysentery  ;  and  this  state  is  usually  followed  by  constipation. 
There  is  profuse  sweating,  great  pain,  and  arching  of  the  back  ;  the  pulse 
becomes  small  and  weak  ;  and  stupor  and  death  soon  follow. 

Post  mortem  shows  the  affected  kidney  or  kidneys  enlarged  and  con- 
gested— usually,  with  an  abscess  also. 

What  to  do. — Avoid  purgatives,  especially  salines,  but  give  the  follow- 
ing recipe  in  preference : 

No.  42.  3  Ounces  Minderenis'  spirit, 

20  Drops  tincture  aconite  root, 
1  Pint  linseed  tea, 
Mix. 

Give  as  one  dose  Repeat  it  every  two  hours  till  better,  tnen  drop 
off  in  frequency  as  the  case  will  admit.  Give  large  quantities  of  linseed 
tea  or  slippery  elm  water  to  drink,  with  warm  water  injections.     Api)ly 

871 


872         CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  T)OCl^R, 

hot  water  rugs  to  the  loins.     Feed  on  sloppy  food,  and  keep  the  patient 
perfectly  quiet. 

If  the  animal  recovers,  he  had  better  be  fed  ici  the  butcher,  for  the 
trouble  is  liable  to  recur,  and  unremitting  care  woiildi  be  required  to  guard 
against  the  effect  of  storms,  extremes  of  tcmperatme,  etc. 

II.    Retention  of  the  Urine,  or  Dysuria. 

Cause. — It  may  be  brought  on  by  eating  acrid  herbs,  causing  inflamma- 
tion of  the  urinary  organs,  irritability  and  spasms  of  the  neck  of  the 
bladder.  Most  commonly,  however,  it  is  a  symptom  of  some  other  dis- 
ease, the  pressure  upon  the  neck  of  the  bladder  resulting  from  inversion 
of  the  rectum,  calculi,  or  other  visceral  trouble. 

How  to  know  it. — Frequent  but  ineffectual  attempts  to  pass  the  urine, 
straining,  and  colicky  pains ;  the  hind  legs  arc  raised  and  moved  about 
restlessly,  and  the  animal  looks  around  towards  the  flank. 

What  to  do. — Give  hot  water  injections  by  the  rectum,  (and  in  the 
female  by  the  vagina  also)  ;  add  to  the  injection  one  ounce  of  opium,  or 
three  drachms  of  fluid  extract  of  belladonna.  Repeat  these  in  fifteen  min- 
utes. If  there  is  still  no  relief,  the  urine  must  be  drawn  off  with  a 
catheter.  With  the  female  this  is  very  easily  done,  the  catheter  being 
inserted  through  the  opening  to  the  bladder,  Avhich  will  be  found  on  the 
floor  of  the  vagina,  and  about  three  inches  from  the  external  orifice. 
With  the  male  it  is  a  far  more  serious  operation,  and,  unfortunately, 
retention  of  the  urhie  is  far  more  common  in  the  male  than  in  the  female, 
owing  to  the  peculiar  formation  of  the  urethra,    a  slight  pressure  on  one 


URETHRAL  CANAL,  ETC.,  OF  THE  OX. 

a.  The  bladder. 

b.  The  urethral  canal. 

c.  Curves  of  the  urethral  canal. 

d.  The  retractor  muscle  of  the  penis. 


of  the  curves  being  sufficient  to  cause  the  difficulty.  The  operation  nec- 
essary to  draw  off  the  urine  from  the  ox  will  be  found  described  in  the 
chapter  on  operations.  After  using  the  catheter,  give  the  injections  pre- 
scribed above,  with  a  light  diet  and  some  linseed  tea.  for  a  few  days. 


DISEASES    OF   THE    URINARY    ORGANb.  873 

m.    Incontinence  of  Urine,  or  Enuresis. 

This  difficulty  may  be  considered  the  opposite  of  that  just  considered  : 
the  urine  dribbles  away  involuntarily. 

Cause. — Paralysis  of  the  muscular  coat  of  the  bladder  and  sphincter 
vesietB  ;  calculi  ;  or  pervious  urachus  after  l)irth. 

What  to  do. — Give  purgative  No.  8,  and  follov/  it  with  one  and  a  half 
drachm  doses  of  nux  vomica,  morning  and  night,  in  soft  feed.  If  there 
are  calculi,  remove  them.  If  the  case  is  a  bad  one,  inject  cold  water  into 
the  rectum,  and  give  ten  grains  of  powdered  cantharides  in  soft  food, 
morning  and  night. 

IV.    Albuminviria,  or  Albuminous  Urine. 

This  is  the  same  as  Bright' s  disease  in  the  human  subject,  and,  in 
strictness,  is  probably  a  blood  disease. 

Cause. — The  blood  is  impoverished,  to  a  certain  extent,  by  too  much 
and  too  long  continued  sameness  of  diet,  in  consequence  of  which  there 
is  a  deficiency  of  blood  forming  constituents,  Avith  a  low,  unas.siniilable 
quality  of  albumen,  which  is  excreted  by  the  kidneys.  This  leads  in  time 
to  a  degeneration  of  those  important  organs  in  two  different  forms, — the 
large,  white  kidney,  and  the  small,  red  kidney.  The  former  secretes 
very  little  urine,  the  latter  great  quantities  of  it. 

Albuminuria  is  most  common  in  sections  where  turnips  are  the  almost 
exclusive  diet.  They  cannot,  alone,  support  the  system  in  a  healthv 
condition,  and  the  impairment  of  the  vital  functions  thus  resulting, 
seems  to  affect  the  kidneys  more  than  other  organs,  and  in  this  peculiar 
way.  It  is  generally  regarded  as  the  effect  of  bad  management  and 
injudicious  feeding. 

How  to  know  it. — In  those  rare  cases  where  the  trouble  arises  from  an 
injury,  the  l)ack  will  be  arched  and  the  feet  drawn  together,  indicating 
injury  to  the  loins  ;  but  in  ordinary  cases,  the  most  common  and  charac- 
teristic symptom  is  the  stretching  at  full  length,  getting  the  hind  and 
fore  feet  as  far  apart  as  possible.  Generally,  there  is  constipation,  a 
straddling  gait,  stiffness,  and  disinclination  to  move.  The  urine,  which 
is  thick,  mucilaginous  and  dark  colored,  often  fails  to  produce  albumen 
on  the  application  of  heat  (a  common  test),  but  with  tincture  of  galls, 
solution  of  bi-chloride  of  mercury  and  alcohol,  will  always  separate  some. 
Death  often  results  from  paralysis  of  the  hind  parts,  blood  poisoning  and 
coma. 

What  to  do. — Examine  the  bladder  ;  if  full,  evacuate  it  as  described 
for  retention.  Give  recipe  No.  8,  and  injections,  to  overcome  the  con- 
stipation, and  afford  a  complete  change  of  diet,  cutting  short  on  green 
food,  except  grass,  which  should  be  from,  uplands,  but  allowing  more 


874         CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOBc 

grain.     Also,  give  milk,  eggs,  etc.     If  it  still  continues,  give  the  follow- 
ing recipe  : 

No.  43.  2  Drachms  sulphuric  acid, 

1  Ounce  tincture  of  cardamoms, 
1  Pint  water, 
Mix. 

Give  as  one  dose. 

V.    Hsematuria,  or  Bloody  Urine. 

Of  this  there  are  two  kinds.  Traumatic  hoematuria  is  the  effect  of 
external  violence,  by  which  the  loins  and  kidneys  are  injured,  and  may 
be  recognized  without  difficulty,  by  the  blood  passing  in  clots  distinct 
from  the  urine  which  contains  them. 

Idiopathic  hoematuria  follows  active  congestion  of  the  kidneys  from 
calculi,  eating  acrid  herbage,  excessive  use  of  diuretics,  and  the  like 
causes.  It  may  be  distinguished  by  the  red  appearance  of  the  urine. 
There  are  also  signs  of  fever,  and,  upon  suitable  tests,  the  urine  will  be 
found  to  contain  albumen.  Inflammation  of  the  kidneys  (nephritis)  is 
apt  to  follow. 

What  to  do. — The  traumatic  form  is  best  treated  by  injections  of  cold 
water  into  the  rectum,  and  by  cold  cloths  laid  over  the  loins.  The  idio- 
pathic kind  treat  the  same  as  albuminuria,  (see  preceding  section),  and 
rub  mustard  paste  well  into  the  loins. 

VI.    Cystitis,  of  Inflammation  of  the  Bladder. 

This  is  inflammation  of  the  mucous  membrane  lining  the  bladder. 

Causes. — Any  derangement  of  the  digestive  organs  is  apt  to  change 
the  character  of  the  urine,  making  it  acid  and  irritating,  instead  of  alkaline, 
as  it  is  in  health.  In  other  instances,  cystitis  is  caused  by  eating  poi- 
sonous plants,  by  calculi,  and  incautious  use  of  diuretic  medicines. 
Cantharides  is  peculiarly  apt  to  cause  it,  either  by  being  absorbed  when 
spread  over  too  large  a  surface  of  the  skin,  or  by  being  given  internally 
in  too  large  doses. 

How  to  know  it. — By  colicliy  pains,  nose  turned  towards  the  flank, 
effort*  to  vomit,  and,  if  a  male,  by  the  testicles  being  drawn  up  towards 
the  body  ;  the  urine  is  passed  with  pain,  and  is  all)uminous  ;  its  flow  may 
be  either  retarded  or  accelerated  ;  there  is  evident  constitutional  disturb- 
ance and  prostration  ;  the  faeces  are  often  covered  with  blood ;  there  is 
profuse  perspiration  ;  gastro-enteritis  or  nephritis  may  ensue  ;  and  death 
results  from  either  rupture  of  the  bladder  or  prostration. 

The  main  feature  on  post  mortem  examination,  is  the  inflammation  of 
the  lining  of  the  bladder.     There  are  signs   of    blood  poisoning  also. 


DISEASES    OF    THE    URINARY    ORGANS. 


875 


usually  in  the  puiple  spots,  and  the  odor  of  urine  is  present  throogliout 
the  entire  body. 

What  to  do. — Avoid  oleaginous  purgatives,  resorting,  in  preference,  to 
large  quantities  of  linseed  tea,  or  gum  arable  water.  Give  recipe  No.  8, 
and  feoothing  injections.  In  short,  adopt  the  same  treatment  as  for 
nephritis.     (See  Section  I.) 

VTI.    Lithiasis,  or  Gravel. 

Abnormal  conditions  of  the  urine,  in  which  either  an  acid  or  alkaline 
condition  exists  to  an  excessive  degree,  predispose  to  the  formation  of 
aand-like  deposits  in  the  bladder,  from  the  union  of  the  acids  or  alkalies 
with  the  urea  in  a  changed  condition.  The  presence  of  these  deposits 
excites  the  bladder  to  contract,  and  hence  may  be  noticed  the  inclination 
to  void  the  urine  often,  though  in  small  quantities  and  slowly.  The  uri- 
nation IS,  of  course,  quite  painful.  Sometimes  particles  of  the  deposit 
may  be  seen  hanging  to  the  long  hairs  around  the  external  organ. 
Gravel  is  always  more  prevalent  among  males  than  females. 

What  to  do. — Wash  out  the  bladder  with  tepid  water,  which  is  easily 
done  in  case  of  the  female.  For  the  male  it  will  be  necessary  to  cut 
through  the  penis,  as  described  for  retention  of  urine.  (See  chapter  on 
operations.)  In  order  to  dissolve  the  deposit,  inject  into  the  bladder  a 
weak  solution  of  hydrochloric  acid,  as  follows  : 

No.  44.         1  Drachm  hydrochloric  acid,        No.  45.    20  Drops  hydrochloric  acid, 
y^  Pint  water,  3  Drachms  gentian, 

Mix.  1  Pint  oat  meal  gruel. 

Mix. 

Give  as  one  dose  internally  No.  45.  Repeat  it  morning  and  night  for 
a  few  days,  and  then  change  to  No.  46. 

No.  46.  %  Pound  bi-carbonate  soda, 

4  Ounces  gentian, 
2  Pounds  linseed  meal, 
Mix. 

Give  two  tablespoonfuls  No.  46  morning  and  night.  Continue  this 
for  two  or  three  weeks. 

VIII.    Calculi,  or  Stones  in  the  Bladder. 

Calculi,  like  gravel,  are  the  product  of  a  mechanical  union  of  small 
particles  of  phosphates,  etc.,  that  accumulate  in  the  bladder  and  other 
parts  of  the  urinary  apparatus.  They  are  most  common  in  localities 
where  the  water  is  hard,  as  it  always  is  on  a  limestone  formation. 

How  to  know  it. — The  symptoms  are  almost  exactly  identical  with 
gravel.  To  verify  the  diagnosis,  make  a  manual  examination  by  the 
rectum ;  the  stone  can  be  felt  in  the  bladder. 

What  to  do. — The  stone  or  stones  must  first  be  removed  by  the 
method  described  in  the  chapter  on  operations.  The  subsequent  treat- 
ment will  be  the  same  as  for  gravel. 


CHAPTER  IX. 
DISEASES  OF  THE  ORGANS  OP  GENERATION. 


I.      MALPRESENTATIONS,  ETC.,  IN  PARTURITION. II.      PROLONGED  AFTER-PAINS. 

III.      RETENTION  OP  THE  AFTKK-BIRTH. IV.      ABORTION  AND  MISCARRIAGE. 

V.      UTERINE  HEMORRHAGE,  OR  FLOODING. VI.      INVERSION  OF   THE  VTOMB. 

VII.      METRITIS,  OR  INFLAMMATION    OF   THE  WOMB. VIII.      PUERPERAL    FEVER, 

OR  METRO-PERITONITIS. IX.     PARTURIENT  APOPLEXY. X.     LEUCORRHCEA,  OR 

WHITES. XI.       GONORRHCEA. XII.       MAMMITIS,    OR    INFLAMMATION    OF   THE 

UDDER. XIII.      SORE  TEATS. XIV.      NYMPHOMANIA  AND  STERILITY. 

I.    Malpresentations,  etc.,  in  Parturition. 

This,  to  the  breeder  at  least,  is  the  most  important  part  of  cattle 
pathology,  aside  from  the  contagious  diseases.  Oftentimes  a  valuable 
cow  or  calf,  or  both,  are  lost,  when  a  knowledge  of  the  subject  would 
save  them.  A  little  timely  aid,  properly  given,  in  a  difficult  case  of  par- 
turition is  invaluable,  but  if  the  assistance  comes  tardily,  or  is  rendered 
in  a  bungling  manner,  the  damage  done  may  be  irremediable  and  fatal. 

In  order  to  be  able  to  recognize  a  malpresentation,  some  degree  of 
familiarity  with  the  natural  presentation,  and  its  attendant  phenomena,  is 
necessary. 

The  period  of  gestation  in  cows  is  about  nine  months,  sometimes  a  few 
days  (or  even  weeks)  more  or  less  than  this,  but  usually  a  few  days 
more.  The  first  calf,  especially,  is  generally  carried  a  few  days  longer. 
When  the  time  for  delivery  approaches,  the  udder  increases  in  size  and 
fills,  the  vulva  enlarges  and  thickens,  the  hips  spread,  and  the  space  be- 
tween the  root  of  the  tail  and  the  joints  of  the  haunch  drops.  The  time 
being  up,  the  cow  endeavors  to  seclude  herself  and  hide  away  from  the 
others  ;  the  labor  pains  or  throes  come  on  gradually,  increasing  in  force 
from  time  to  time  ;  in  most  cases,  the  cow  lies  down, — sometimes  on  one 
side,  and  sometimes  on  the  other, — and  occasionally  stretches  right  out. 
The  first  object  expelled  is  the  water  bag,  which  is  usually  about  the  size 
of  a  man's  head  ;  sometimes  it  breaks  in  the  passage,  at  others  it  hangs 
unbroken,  as  low  even  as  the  hocks.  The  two  fore  feet  next  present, 
and  then  the  nose  lying  between  the  feet.  Three  quarters  of  the  labor  is 
requli-ed  to  expel  the  head  ;  the  remainder,  to  pass  the  shoulders,  after 
which  the  delivery  is  accomplished  without  further  effort.  The  cow 
usually  rises,  and  commencing  immediately  to  lick  the  calf,  in  a  very  few 
mioutcs  has  him  all  licked  off,  when  he  dries  quickly  without  chilling. 

870 


DISEASES  OF  THE  ORGANS  OF  GENERATION. 


877 


A 


<m> 


k,  Q 


v^-> 


jNSTRUMeNTS  V?§P  IN  DISEASES  FOLLOWING  PARTURITION. 


878  CYCLOrEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


SUPPORT  No.  1  FOR  PROLAPSED  UTERUS. 


r 


t. 


SUPPORT  No,  2  FOR  PROLAPSED  UTERUa 


DISEASES   OF   THE   ORGANS   OF   GENERATION.  879 

Unaided  by  the  maternal  instinct  in  this  manner,  the  calf  would  be  a 
much  longer  time  in  drying  off,  and  in  cold  weather  would  become  seri- 
ously chilled.  The  foregoing,  as  before  intimated,  is  an  outline  of  a 
natural  case  of  labor,  when  "everything  is  right." 

If  the  labor  is  severe  and  is  prolonged  more  than  half  an  hour,  the  cow 
should  have  help.  The  assistant  should  be  the  man  whom  the  cow  is 
accustomed  to  see  ;  he  should  be  very  quiet  and  gentle  in  his  movements,  and 
have  no  spectators,  neither  human  nor  cattle.  If  in  any  case,  a  sec- 
ond person  is  present,  there  should  be  as  little  talking  as  possible. 
When  the  feet  are  properly  presented,  catch  hold  of  them,  one  in  each 
hand,  and  pull — not  with  anything  approaching  a  jerk,  but  with  a  firm, 
even  traction — at  exactly  the  same  time  that  the  cow  strains,  and  only 
at  that  time,  relaxing  the  traction  entirely  during  the  intervals  of  quiet 
between  the  throes.  Judgment  and  good  common  sense  are  required  to 
manage  a  case  well,  and  these  must  be  the  operator's  main  reliance  ;  no 
printed  directions  can  take  their  place. 

In  a  case  of  malpresentation,  the  first  thing  to  be  done  is  to  push  the 
foetus  back  out  of  the  passage,  in  order  to  introduce  the  hand  and  arm 


1= 


JOINTED  HOOKS, 


far  enough  to  get  hold  of  the  parts  that  ought  to  come  first,  and  so 
bring  about  a  natural  presentation.  This  is  always  a  difficult  task.  If 
the  cow  is  standing,  the  calf  can  be  push  d  back  readily,  but  if  she  is 
lying  down,  the  more  fussing  there  is  done  the  more  the  womb  contracts, 
and  the  more  difficult  it  becomes  to  i)ush  the  foetus  in  against  the  throws. 
The  simplest,  quickest,  and  easiest  way  is  to  fix  a  pulley  and  tackle  around 
the  cow's  legs  above  the  hocks  and  to  something  overhead,  and  by  these 


STRAIGHT  HOOK. 


means  to  elevate  the  hind  parts  so  that  the  operator  can  get  at  the  case, 
and  push  back  and  "turn"  the  calf.  When  all  the  arrangements  for 
delivery  have  been  completed,  let  her  down,  and  she  will  soon  return  tc 


880 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


the  labor  pains.  Work  as  lively  as  possible  while  the  cow  is  elevated  ;  it 
is  an  unnatural  position,  anl  under  very  unfortunate  circumstances,  and 
if  she  is  kept  in  it  long  at  a  time  very  bad  results  might  follow. 

The  instruments  necessary  are  a  piece  of  soft  rope,  (the  size  of  a  man's 
little  tinger  and  about  ten  feet  long),  a  jointed  hook,  straight  hook,  con- 
cealed knife,  and  erabriotomy  knife. 
The  last  named,  is  a  small  curved  blade 
fastened  to  a  ring  that  fits  over  the 
big  finger,  so  as  to  carry  the  knife  in 
the  palm  of  the  hand. 
First  Malpresentalion . — If  one  fore  foot  and  the  nose  are  entered  in 
the  passage  and  the  other  foot  bent  back,  the  calf  cannot  be  delivered 
without  first  bringing  up  the  retracted  foot  into  its  proper  position,  on 
account  of  the  obstruction  which  the  shoulder  would  offer.  Tie  a  small 
rope  around  the  foot  presented,  in  order  not  to  lose  it ;  then  push  the 


CONCEALED  KNIFE. 


FIRST  MALPRESENTATION. 
One  fore  foot  and  the  nose  entered,  the  other  foot  bent  back. 


calf  back,  to  allow  the  arm  to  be  introduced  and  find  the  other  foot ;  take 
in  a  noose  of  the  rope,  and  jiut  it  over  the  foot  as  shown  in  the  annexed 
cut ;  then — with  the  hand  jjlaced  over  the  foot,  so  as  to  cover  the  toes, 
and  thus  prevent  them  from  lacerating  the  womb — draw  it  up  with  the 
other  hand.     This  accomplished,  delivery  will  soon  be  effected. 

Second  MaJprcsentation. — When  one  foot  is  presented,  the  other  foot 
and  the  nose  being  turned  down,  proceed  in  a  manner  similar  to  that  just 


DISEASES    OF   THE    ORGANS    OF    OENERATION.  881 

described.     Tie  the  rope  to  the  foot  presented,  so  as  not  to  lose  it,  and 


SECOND   MALPRESENTATION. 
One  lore  foot  presented,  the  other   foot,  and  also  the  nose,  turned  down. 

push  the  calf  back  so  as  to  catch  the  nose  and  raise  it  into  the  passage  ; 

then  get  the  other  foot  in  the  way  directed  for  the  first  nialprcsentation. 

Third  Malpresentation. — ^When  the  nose  is  presented  and  both  feet  bent 


THIRD  MALPRESENTATION. 
The  nose  presented,  and  both  fore  feet  bent  back. 


back,  the  head  may  be  entirely  expelled,  the  neck  being  in  the  passage 
and  the  shoulders  against  the  rim  of  the  nelvis.     If  the  foetus  remainp 


882 


CYCLOPEDIA  OP  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


long  in  this  condition,  the  head  swells  so  as  to  render  it  utterly  impos- 
sible to  push  it  back,  and  the  calf  dies  of  course, — he  is  choked  to  death. 
In  this  extreme,  the  only  feasible  plan  is  to  cut  the  head  off,  then  push 
the  body  back  and  get  the  feet  as  directed  for  the  first  mjlpresentation. 
Such  a  case  once  occurred  in  the  practice  of  the  writer  ;  it  was  managed 
in  this  way,  securing  delivery  without  trouble,  and  saving  the  cow. 

The  forosroiiig  applies  only  when  the  head  is  swollen.  When  this  is  not 
the  case,  push  the  head  back  and  bring  up  the  feet  as  before  described. 

Fourth  3IaIpresentatW7i. — In  this  the  fore  feet  are  both  presented, 
but  the  head  is  turned  back  against  the  side.  Tie  the  rope  to  the  feet, 
iind  carry  a  piece  of  it  in,  with  a  view  of  getting  it  into  the  mouth  and 


FOURTH  MALPRESENTATION. 
The  fore  feet  in  the  passage,  the  head  turned  back  on  the  side. 

around  one  of  the  jaws.  Failing  in  the  latter  effort,  hook  the  straight 
hook  into  the  eye  socket,  and  then  push  the  feet  back,  till  the  head  can 
be  brought  into  the  passage. 

Fifth  MaJpreseniation, — Here,  the  foetus  is  lying  on  his  back,  with  the 
poll  presented  and  the  feet  bent  back  upon  the  belly.  Delivery  may  be 
made  in  this  position,  but  the  nose  and  feet  must  be  brought  into  the 
passage  fii'st.  To  do  this,  pass  in  a  noose  for  each  foot,  and  another  for 
the  upper  jaw,  putting  it  in  the  mouth  ;  then  push  the  calf  back,  so  those 
parts  can  be  liberated  and  brought  "up.  Carefully  gujrird  the  womb  from 
laceration  by  the  toes,  in  all  cases.  When  in  a  favorable  presentation, 
let  an  assistant  pull,  while  the  main  operator  raises  the  withers  of  the 
fostus  over  the  rim  of  the  pelvis. 


DISEASES    OF   THE    ORGANS    OF    GENERATION. 


883 


Sixth  Malpresentation. — Both  hind  feet  are  in  the  passage,  the  calf's 
back  beinoj  against  the  loins  of  the  mother.     Delivery  is  not  necessarily 


FIFTH   MALPRESENTATION. 
The  fcetus  on  his  back,  with  the  poll  presented,  and  both  fore  feet  bent  back. 

difficult,  but  when  once  well  started,  it  is  very  desirable  to  hasten  it  to 
the  utmost  limit  of  prudence,  as  there  is  danger  of  the  calf  suffocating. 


SIXTH   MALPRESENTATION. 
The  hind  feet  both  in  the  passage. 


Seventh  Malpresentation. — The  breech  is  presented,  and  the  hind  feet 
are  n^  ao-ainst  the  cow's  bacV..     The  feet  must  be  drawn  back  into  the 


884  CrCLOPEDlA  of  live  stock  and  complete  SfOCK  DOCTOB. 

passage.     Pass  in  the  rope,  take  a  noose  around  the  hocks,  and  pull  the 
foetus  down  so  as  to  get  the  noose  around  the  feet  and  draw  them  back  : 


SEVENTH    MALPKKSKNTATION. 
The  calf  lying-  on  his  back,  the  hind  feet  up  against  the  cow's  back,  and  the  breech  presented. 

this  done,  and  the  points  of  the  buttocks  being  raised  over  the  rim  of  ttie 
pelvis  at  the  proper  time,  the  calf  may  perhaps  come  without  further 


EIGHTH   MALPUESENTATION 

The  breech  presented,  with  tlic  back  up  against  Uie  loins  o<  the  mother,  und  the  feet  bent  downward© 

trouble c     But  if  otherwise,  persevere,  and  tuid  it  into  the  position  seen 
in  the  cut  for  the  sixth  malpresentation.     Failing  in  this,  and  as  a  last 


DISEASES    OF    THE    ORGANS    OF    GENERATION.  885 

resort,  it  may  be  necessary  to  cut  the  calf  up,  and  take  him  away  piece 
by  piece,  with  the  concealed  knife.  The  latter  operation  requires  con- 
siderable skill,  in  order  to  avoid  wounding  the  womb  and  vagina.  It 
cannot  safely  be  attempted,  except  by  an  expert. 

Eighth  Malpresentalion. — This  is  a  breech  presentation  in  which  the 
calf's  back  is  up  against  the  mother's  loins,  and  the  feet  are  bent  down- 
wards. This  is  considered  to  be  the  hardest  position  of  all  to  rectify. 
Pass  m  the  ropes,  and  take  a  noose  around  the  hocks,  and  then  around 
the  feet ;  then,  by  elevating  the  cow  very  high  behind  and  pushing  back 
the  foetus,  and  drawing  up  the  legs  and  feet  into  the  passage,  it  can  be 
delivered. 

Ninth  Malpresentati^ya. — The  neck  is  presented  in  the  passage,  the 
head  being  bent  around  to  one  side  and  the  legs  down  against  the  belly. 
First,  get  the  feet  up  as  directed  for  the  first  three  malpresentations ; 
then  turn  the  head  into  the  passage,  as  directed  for  the  fourth. 

We  need  hardly  say  that  before  introducing  the  hand  and  arm,  in  any 
of  the  cases  we  have  mentioned,  they  should  be  thoroughly  anointed  with 
lard  or  oil.  The  exact  position  of  the  foetus  should  be  determined  beyond 
a  doubt  before  attempting  to  change  or  "turn"  it. 

These  nine  malpresentations  do  not  comprise  all  the  difficulties  attend- 
ing parturition  ;  for  there  may  be  abnormal  dovelopements  of  the  foetus. 


NINTn    MALPRRSENTATION. 
Neck  presented,  with  the  head  turned  against  the  side,  and  both  feet  down. 

rendering  it  a  mechanical  impossibility  to  effect  its  delivery  alive.  Bj 
far  the  most  common  phenomena  under  this  head  are  hydrocephalic 
Cdrcpsy  of  the  brain)  and  ascites  (dropsy  of  the  belly. ) 


886 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AN©  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOB. 


Hydrocephalus. — This  occurs  mostly  in  old,  thin  cows,  but  sometimes 
also  in  excessively  fine-bred    ones.     The  head  must  be  tapped  with  the 


HYDROCEPHALUS,   \YITH  MALPRESENTATION. 

trochar  and  cannula,  thus  evacuating  the  water ;  then  crush  in  the  skull, 
and  deliver. 

Ascites — Carry  in  the  concealed  knife,  and  with  it  tap  the  belly  and 


ASCITES,  OR  DROPSY  OP  THE  BELLY. 

The  presentation  is  natural. 


let  the  water  out  into  the  mother's  womb      If  this  is  not  successful,  use 
a  long  trochar  and  cannula,  as  shown  in  the  cut. 


DISEASES  OF  THE  ORGANS  OF  GENERATION.  887 

The  cow,  dying,  to  save  the  calf. — In  case  of  serious  malformation  of 
the  cow,  when  all  hope  of  saving  her  is  given  up,  and  the  calf  is  still  alive 
but  cannot  be  delivered,  resort  should  be  had  to  the  Csesarian  operation. 
(See  chapter  on  operations.) 

Some  treatment, — or,  rather,  special  care — is  very  necessary  both  be- 
fore and  after  parturition.  If  the  delivery  is  easy,  a  warm  bran  mash  with 
a  little  salt  in  it  is  soothing  and  slightly  nutritious.  The  cow  should  be 
dieted  for  a  few  days  before  calving,  to  loosen  the  bowels;  if  on  hay,  give 
roots  and  bran.  Avoid  having  breeders  too  fat,  the  other  extreme  being 
just  as  bad.  If  too  fat,  puerperal  fever  is  much  more  apt  to  follow ; 
if  too  thin  and  weakly,  the  placenta  is  sure  to  be  retained.  Avoiding 
both  these  extremes,  have  them  in  middling  flesh  up  to  within  a  month 
of  calving;  then  increase  the  feed  up  to  within  two  days  of  that  time,  so 
as  to  have  them  in  a  thriving  condition.  If  the  cow  is  fat,  it  is  a  good 
plan  to  give,  two  weeks  before  calving,  and  repeat  a  week  before,  half  a 
pound  of  epsom  salts  in  a  quart  of  water,  to  loosen  the  bowels. 

If  delivery  is  long  and  exhausting,  give  a  pint  of  warm  ale  during  its 
progress,  and  again  afterwards.  If  the  udder  fills  very  full  before  calving 
it  is  well  to  milk  a  little  to  relieve  its  painful  tension.  In  all  cases,  milk 
the  cow  immediately  after  calving,  while  she  is  drinking  her  slop,  and 
feed  the  calf,  before  he  gets  up,  about  a  pint  of  the  milk,  giving  the  rest 
to  the  cow.  It  will  act  upon  her  as  a  healthful  laxative.  Inasmuch  as 
the  milk  at  this  time  is  very  different  from  what  she  ordinarily  gives, 
there  is  a  very  little  danger  of  begetting  the  habit  of  milking  herself. 

The  milk,  at  first,  is  rather  thick  and  yellow,  and  is  not  fit  to  use  for 
family  purposes  under  three  or  four  milkings.  Some  people  indeed  have 
a  prejudice  against  using  it  under  two  weeks;  nevertheless,  except  for 
drinking,  it  is  good  for  all  purposes  after  the  third  milking,  provided 
there  is  no  disease  in  the  cow. 

II.     Prolonged  After-pains. 

These  sometimes  occur  after  protracted  and  painful  delivery,  from  fail- 
ure of  the  womb  to  contract,  or  from  retention  of  the  after-birth, — most 
commonly  in  weak,  thin,  old  cows.  For  treatment,  injections  of  cold  water 
thrown  up  the  vagina  will  usually  suffice.  They  should  not  be  allowed 
to  continue,  as  they  are  apt  to  lead  to  inversion  of  the  womb. 

III.     Retention  of  the  After-birth. 

When  the  placenta  or  after-birth  is  retained,  mechanical  means  are 
necessary  to  remove  it ;  for  it  becomes  a  foreign  body  as  soon  as  the  foetus 
is  delivered,  and  begins  at  once  to  decompose,  and  the  impure  matter 
being  absorbed  into  the  circulation,  the  general  health  of  the  animal  suf- 
fers decidedly. 

It  is  best  to  let  the  placenta  remain  till  the  end  of  the  second  day,  or 


888  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

beginning  of  the  third,  to  soften  a  little.  It  may  then,  perhaps,  come 
away  of  its  own  weight ;  if  not,  it  is  easily  removed  by  inserting  the  hand 
and  arm  to  the  shoulder,  and  then  with  the  other  hand,  applying  gentle 
traction  to  the  hanging  niembiane  ;  at  the  same  time  take  each  cotyledon 
or  button  by  which  the  placenta  is  attached  to  the  womb,  in  turn,  and 
by  pinching  it  a  little  between  the  thumb  and  fore  finger,  it  will  detach 
from  it,  much  as  iu  unbuttoning  a  garment.  Great  care  is  required  not 
to  pull  off  one  of  these  cotyledons,  or  the  resulting  hemorrhage  might 
prove  fatal.  If,  however,  this  should  be  done  by  mischance,  cold  water 
thrown  over  the  loins  will  be  the  proper  treatment. 
IV.    Abortion  and  Miscarriage. 

Premature  expulsion  of  the  foetus  is  called  abortion  in  the  earlier 
periods  of  gestation,  and  miscarriage  or  premature  labor  in  the  later 
ones.  It  not  infrequently  takes  on  an  enzootic  character,  and  by  running 
through  a  whole  herd  entails  enormous  loss  on  the  stock  owner.  This 
tendency,  as  was  remarked  in  Chapter  I  of  this  Part,  is  stronger  among 
cows  than  any  other  of  the  domestic  animals.  It  is  usually  explained  by 
attributing  it  to  sympathy,  using  the  words  pathologically,  but  it  in  reality 
occurs  from  three  distinct  sources,  viz. :  Habit,  accident,  and  infecticm. 
In  the  latter  case  it  is  very  often  enzootic. 

Causes. — The  most  common  causes  are  accidents,  or  violence  of  some 
kind, — being  hooked  and  pushed  a])out  by  other  cattle,  or  kicked  and 
clubbed  by  brutal  herdsmen;  jumping,  leaping,  falling,  etc.;  ergot  in  the 
hay  or  other  fodder,  such  as  has  been  badly  harvested  or  grown  in  a  wet 
season,  especially  on  low,  swampy  ground.  From  habit  a  cow  that  has 
aborted  once  is  apt  to  repeat  it  at  about  the  same  stage  of  gestation,  due 
probably  to  a  weakened  condition  of  the  genital  organs  and  an  unnaturally 
sensitive  nervous  system.  Enzootic  abortion  is  always  due  to  infection, 
the  cause  being  bacterial.  Two  different  germs  are  thought  by  the  best 
authorities  to  be  the  active  agents,  viz. ;  Leptothrix  vaginalis  and  the 
penicillinm  glancum.  These  germs  may  be  carried  to  a  stable  in  many 
ways,  and  being  raised  in  dust  and  falling  or  lodging  on  the  external  gen- 
itals of  a  pregnant  cow,  set  up  sufficient  irritation  in  the  vagina  and  uterus 
to  interfere  with  the  nutrition  of  the  fcetus,  causing  it  to  perish,  then 
abortion  is  inevitable. 

How  to  know  it. — There  will  ])e  dullness,  suspension  of  rumination, 
anxiety  in  the  countenance,  separation  from  companions;  at  length,  a  Sinall 
water  bag  will  be  passed,  and  a  little  later  a  fcetus.  Or,  perhaps,  all  that 
may  be  noticed,  to  indicate  something  w^rong  will  be  a  tiny  fcetus  founcL 
somewhere.  More  or  less  discharge  will  follow.  It  will  be  of  a  bloody, 
mucous  character,  and  is  likely  to  become  })urulent  after  a  few  days. 

Treatment. — For  the  original  case  (in  which  the  mischief  is  nearly  al- 
ways completed  before  discovered),  nothing  special  can  be  done,  except  tr 


DISEASES    OF    THE    ORGANS    OF    GENERATION,  889 

syringe  the  parts  out  well  with  tepid  water,  and  follow  this  with  a  carbolic 
lotion,  viz. : 

No.  47.  %,  Ounce  carbolic  acid, 

Yz  Gallon  water,  Mix. 

Inject  a  little  twice  a  day.  Continue  it  a  week  or  more. 
Prevention. — This  is  really  the  important  part.  Isolate  the  cow  tnat 
has  aborted  immediately,  burn  the  afterbirth,  all  soiled  litter  and  scald  any 
blankets  that  have  been  used  around  her.  Now,  not  knowing  where  the 
germs  may  have  lodged,  waiting  for  something  to  stir  them  up  and  infect 
others,  it  is  proper  to  remove  the  cattle,  sweep  and  scrape  the  stable  thor- 
oughly, floors,  walls  and  ceilings,  then  shower  them  with  formaldehyde  and 
water — one  of  the  former  to  one  thousand  of  the  latter,  then  whitewash 
the  ceiling  and  walls.  Keep  the  cow  that  has  aborted  separated  from 
pregnant  ones  for  several  weeks.  Otherwise,  some  of  her  companions 
would  probably  abort  from  two  to  six  weeks  later.  As  general  precau- 
tions, prevent  violent  commotions  among  the  cows  when  out  of  the  stable, 
and  never  allow  them  to  be  run  by  boys  or  dogs,  but  drive  them  as  quietly 
as  possible.  Always  shut  up  a  cow  when  bulling;  her  jumping  on  the 
others,  or,  instead,  being  ridden  by  them  is  apt  to  injure  them  and  her  alike. 
The  feeding  of  hemp  seed  deserves  considerate  attention,  oAving  to  the 
experience  of  recognized  authorities  on  breeding.  It  is  given  in  jDint 
feeds  once  a  day,  with  other  food,  from  the  time  immediately  preceding 
the  bulling  season  through  four  or  five  months.  As  to  the  general  diet, 
feed  well  so  as  to  keep  cows  in  good,  strong  condition,  but  avoid  obesity. 

V.    Uterine  Hemorrhage  or  Plooding. 

Bleeding  from  the  womb  or  vagina  sometimes  follows  protracted  labor, 
from  injuries  to  those  parts  by  carelessness  or  accident  during  parturi- 
tion  ;  or  it  may  result  from  unskillful  removal  of  the  placenta.  The  con- 
tinuance of  bleeding  is  due  to  the  failure  of  the  womb  to  contract,  as  it 
should  do,  after  delivery.  It  is  called  flooding  on  account  of  its  coming 
away  in  such  large  quantities,  the  womb-full  being  evacuated  at  a  time. 

What  to  do. — Throw  cold  water,  by  the  bucketful,  over  the  loins; 
cool  the  hand  and  insert  it  into  the 
womb,  which  will  sometimes  cause 
the  latter  to  contract  upon  it.  If 
these  means  prove  insufficient,  in- 
ject cold  water  into  the  womb,  with 
a  suitable  syringe. 

VI.    Inversion  of  the  Womb. 

Following  immediately  upon  par-  exaggerated  it.ltistration  of  uter- 
turition,  after-pains  sometimes  come  '^'^  hejiorrhage. 

on  so  nolently  that  the  womb  is  forced  right  out  through  the  vagina, 
and  IS  turned  inside  out,  and  lies   or  hangs  behind  the  cow  a  pink,  bag- 


890 


CYCXOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


INVERSION  OF  THE  WOMB. 


like  substance  covered  with  cotyledonous  (miilberry-like)  excrescences  all 
over  the  snrfuce. 

What  to  do. — If  dirty,  take  it  up  on  a  clean  sheet,  and  wash  it  with 
tepid  W'ater  with  a  little  alcohol  in  it — a  wineglassful  to  a  pint  of  water. 

(If  the  placenta  is  still  attached, 
remove  it  as  directed  in  Section 
III.)  Sponge  it  over  with  lauda- 
num, and  carefully  return  it. 
This  is  an  exceedingly  delicate 
task,  though  not  difficult  other- 
wise; the  utmost  care  is  neces- 
sary to  avoid  punching  the  fingers 
right  through  the  membranes, 
which  w^ould  cause  death.  Find 
the  most  dependent  portion,  then  place  the  clenched  fist  beneath  it,  and  let 
the  womb  fall  down  over  the  hand  and  arm  as  it  is  raised;  and,  with  the 
parts  in  this  position,  promptly  insert  the  arm  at  full  length  into  the  body 
of  the  cow,  being  very 
careful  not  to  use  undue 
violence.  The  uterus  will 
generally  suck  down  into 
its  proper  place  without 
any  difficulty,  but  if  nec- 
essary to  manipulate  the 
walls  of  the  vagina  some- 
what, this  may  be  done — 
always  with  extreme  care 
and  the  minimum  amount 
of  force  that  will  accom- 
plish the  object.  Then 
place  the  cow  in  a  stall 
where  the  hind  feet  will  be  at  least  six  inches  higher  than  the  forward,  and 
apply  a  harness  and  compress  over  the  external  opening,  as  shown  in  the 
annexed  cut.  Or  a  rope,  twisted  as  shown  in  the  smaller  cut,  may  be  used, 
the  object  in  either  case  being  to  prevent  a  recurrence  of  the  displacement. 
jS'  If  straining  is  violent  and  continues  any 

>^^\   /^^  *^ ^^v^'^^^^        length  of  time,  give  internally  the  following 
!  jK  mixture: 

No.  48.  1  Ounce  chloral  hydrate, 

1  Pint  water, 
Mix. 

Give  as  one  dose;  if  necessary,  repeat  »t 

in  half  an  hour. 


TO  PREVENT  INVERSION  OP  THE  VAGINA. 


3^ 


TWISTED  ROPE. 

Vo  tie  over  the  vulva,  and  thus  prevent 

inversion  ot  the  womb. 


DISEASES    OF   THE   ORGANS    OF    GENERATION.  891 

VII.    Metritis,  or  Inflammation  of  the  "Womb. 

This  affection  is  not  very  often  seen  in  the  cow,  owing  to  her  phleg- 
matic temperament,  and  her  proneness  to  other  complications,  arising  at 
an  earlier  stage,  in  connection  with  parturition.  It  is  the  result  of  in- 
juries to  the  womb  during  difficult  parturition  ;  it  may  developealso  from 
a  cold  caught  at  that  time.  The  inflammation  soon  extends  and  involves 
other  parts,  making  a  very  serious  condition  indeed.  See  further  in  the 
next  section. 

VTII.    Puerperal  Fever,  or  Metro-Peritonitis. 

This  disease  is  often  confounded  with  parturient  apoplexy,  so  that, 
notwithstanding  the  difference  between  the  two  conditions,  they  are  mis- 
taken one  for  the  other.  Puerperal  fever  is  erysipelatous  inflammation 
of  the  uterus  and  peritoneum,  and  may  affect  cows  of  all  ages.  The 
antecedent  facts  will  usually  be  found  to  be  difficult  parturition,  exposure 
to  cold  storms  or  extremes  of  temperature,  retention  of  the  placenta,  or 
overdriving  prior  to  calving,  and  the  like  circumstances.  Thin,  poor 
cows  that  have  been  changed  suddenly  from  a  dry,  short  pasture  to  rich 
succulent  feed  at  or  near  the  time  of  calving,  are  especially  apt  to  have  it. 
It  may  come  on  at  any  time  from  a  few  hours  after  calving  up  to  the  third 
or  fourth  day. 

How  to  know  it. — High  fever,  with  all  of  its  attendant  symptoms,  such 
as  dry,  hot  nose,  horns  and  extremities  hot  or  cold  ;  capricious  appetite, 
with  rumination  suspended  ;  colicky  pains  ;  kicking  at  the  belly  ;  getting 
up  and  lying  down  frequently, — sometimes,  remaining  on  the  knees  sev- 
eral minutes.  The  head  is  turned  towards  the  flanks  ;  the  pulse  is  quick, 
bard  and  wiry  ;  the  respirations  are  accelerated,  short  and  confined  to  the 
thorax,  so  as  to  avoid  moving  the  abdomen  as  much  as  possible  ;  the 
belly  is  tucked  up,  the  urine  is  scanty  and  high  colored,  and  usually 
there  is  constipation.  All  the  symptoms,  and  especially  the  belly  pains, 
increase;  prostration  comes  on  ;  finally,  stupor  (coma)  sets  in.  Death 
soon  follows. 

Post  mortem  examination  shows  all  the  evidences  of  inflammation  of 
the  womb  and  peritoneum,  with  purple  spots  here  and  there ;  and  the 
brain  is  visibly  affected,  showing  ecchymosed  spots,  etc. 

What  to  do. — Give  recipe  No.  2G,  and  supplement  its  action  with  injec- 
tions of  soap  and  water.  Give  No.  42  every  two  hours,  till  the  pulse  is 
improved.  If  in  the  very  early  stages,  a  little  blood  may  be  drawn,  but 
this  is  not  allowable  after  the  first  day.  If  the  stupor  comes  on  before 
the  purgative  can  be  gotten  down,  give  the  latter  through  the  stomach 
pump,  to  avoid  the  danger  of  letting  it  run  down  into  the  lungs.     Apply 


892 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


blisters — mustard  paste  or  flies — to  the  belly.  If  no  symptoms  of  pur. 
gation  show  themselves  in  eight  or  ten  hours,  inject  No.  40  under  the 
skin  every  half  hour  till  the  bowels  have  moved.  If  constipation  is  still 
obstinate,  a  pint  of  tepid  water  may  be  injected  into  a  vein. 


USING  THE  STOMACH  PUMP. 
Manner  ot  giving  medicine  or  food  during  stupor. 


Convalescence  will  be  indicated  by  a  return  to  sensibility,  cessation  ot 
pain,  purgation,  copious  secretion  of  urine  of  a  good  color,  and  a  return 
of  strength.  When  these  symptoms  are  noticed,  give  No.  19,  repeating 
it  three  or  four  times  a  day. 

IX.    Parturient  Apoplexy. 

This  is  a  blood  disease  affecting  cows  of  a  plethoric  habit  at  time  of 
calving.  It  is  never  seen  following  difficult  or  protracted  labor,  uterine 
hemorrhage  (flooding),  abortion,  nor  the  retention  of  the  placenta.  There 
must  be  a  constitutional  tendency  to  congestion  of  the  brain,  coma  and 
apoplexy.  The  first  attack  is  usually  fatal  :  even  if  not  so,  the  trouble 
is  very  likely  to  recur  at  the  next  or  some  subsequent  calving. 

How  to  know  it. — There  is  at  first  a  staring,  wild  look  about  the  eyes, 
disinclination  to  move,  loss  of  milk,  and  increased  temperature  ;  but  these 
symptoms  are  seldom  so  marked  as  to  attract  special  notice.  They  are 
followed  by  a  staggering  gait  and  weakness  across  the  loins,  till  suddenly 
the  animal  falls,  when  the  ej^es  are  found  to  be  bloodshot  and  glassy,  the 
pupils  dilated  and  the  lids  twitching.  The  mucous  membranes  become 
purple;  she  gets  perfectly  blind  and  comatose  (stupid);  the  head  is 
usually  turned  back  to  the  side  ;  the  pulse  gets  gradually  slower,  fading 
into  imperceptibility  ;  the  breathing  is  slow  and  stertorous.  In  this  stage 
the  pupils  contract,  the  temperature  falls  decidedly,  sometimes  as  low  a<» 
95^,     The  udder  becomes  hard  and  unyielding;  the  paunch  6lls  witb 


DISEASES  OF  THE  ORGANS  OF  GENERATION.  893. 

gas,  causing  marked  interference  with  the  breathing  ;  convulsions  set  in, 
and  death  soon  follows. 

The  post-mortem  shows  a  fat,  full  body,  blood  vessels  full  of  fluid, 
black  blood,  and  purple  spots  on  the  brain  and  spinal  column  and  in  other 
parts  of  the  body.  There  are  many  other  abnormal  appearances  in  th© 
brain,  most  of  which  can  only  be  distinguished  by  an  expert 

What  to  do. — Prevention  is  the  main  thing.  If  the  cow  is  manifestly 
plethoric,  give  light,  soft  diet,  with  laxatives  (No.  8  is  excellent)  once  or 
twice  a  week  for  three  weeks  before  calving.  When  the  attack  comes,  if 
the  cow  is  seen  in  the  first  stage,  when  the  pulse  is  always  full,  bleed 
freely,  and  give  recipe  No.  26  ;  after  two  hours  give  No.  20,  repeating  the 
latter  every  two  or  three  hours  as  long  as  necessary.  Give  injections  also 
every  few  minutes.     Apply  cold   water  and  i©e  to  the  head,  and  heat  in 


PARTU11IE>.T  APOPLEXT. 

the  form  of  hot  rugs,  hot  smoothing  irons,  etc.,  to  the  body.  If  the 
purgative  does  not  work,  give  a  hypodermic  injection  of  No.  40,  repeat- 
ing it  every  two  hours.  If  these  means  fail,  open  the  jugular  vein,  and 
inject  a  pint  of  clean,  tepid  water.  During  convalescence,  treat  the  same 
as  for  puerperal  fever.  If  she  recovers,  do  not  breed  her  again,  but  sell 
her  to  the  butcher  ;  for,  as  before  mentioned,  it  is  almost  certain  to  occur 
again,  and  at  no  distant  day  to  end  in  death. 

If  it  is  necessary  to  give  any  drenches  during  the  coma,  use  the  stomach 
pump,  to  guard  against  turning  them  in  upon  the  lungs. 

PARTURIENT  PARESIS  OR  MILK  FEVER. 

Inflate  the  udder  with  pure  air  using  an  instrument  especially  made 
for  the  purpose,  or  in  the  absence  of  this  use  a  bicycle  pump  by  append- 
ing a  reducer  so  that  entrance  may  be  made  into  the  end  of  the  teat. 
Disinfect  adjacent  air  with  carbolic  acid  and  water.  Give  the  cow  No.  26. 

X.  LeucorrliCBa,  or  Whites. 
This  is  catarrh  of  the  vagina  and  womb,  with  a  chronic  discharge  of  a 
muco-purulent,  white  fluid  that  hangs  around  the  vulva  and  tail,  and  has 
a  very  offensive  odor.  It  is  not  attended  with  serious  constitutional  dis- 
turbance, but  sometimes  causes  nymphomania  or  "bullers."  Such  cows 
rarely  breed,  and  even  if  they  do  so,  are  apt  to  abort.  Sometimes  the 
discharge  is  so  profuse  as  to  keep  the  cow  poor. 


894  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

What  to  do. — ^Syringe  out  the  parts  with  tepid  water,  and  inject  lotion 
No.  47,  repeating  this  twice  a  day.  Feed  on  nutritious  but  light  diet, 
and  give  No.  21  in  the  feed. 

XI.    GonorrhOBa. 

This  is  catarrh  of  the  generative  parts  of  the  bull, — little  ulcers  or 
chancres  in  the  sheath  and  on  the  penis,  with  a  whitish  discharge,  which 
IS  chrouico 

How  to  know  it.— Painful  urination  is  the  most  characteristic  symptom  , 
with  all  his  frequent  efforts,  only  a  few  drops  are  passed,  and  those  not 
without  great  uneasiness,  which  is  further  manifested  by  his  stepping  for- 
ward and  back  or  from  side  to  side,  and  by  raising  the  hind  feet,  lashing 
the  tail,  etc. 

What  to  do. — Suspend  all  service,  and  give  him  the  laxative  recipe  No. 
8,  and  when  the  bowels  return  to  their  normal  condition  give  No.  21  in 
the  feed,  repeating  the  latter  morning  and  night,  for  three  or  four  weeks. 
Draw  out  the  yard  with  soft  linen  cloth,  and  bathe  all  affected  parts  with 
the  following  lotion : 

No.  49.  4  Ounces  spirits  of  camphor, 

1  Ounce  sugar  of  lead, 

2  Drachms  sulphate  of  zinc, 
1  Quart  soft  water, 

Mix. 

Continue  the  application,  once  a  day,  till  cured,  and  do  not  let  him 
serve  a  cow,  for  the  reason  that  it  is  contagious.  If  any  chancres  are 
seen,  touch  them  once  a  day  with  lunar  caustic.  Feed  on  green  food,  if 
possible. 

Xn.    Mammitis,  or  Inflammation  of  the  Udder. 

This  is  most  common  after  a  parturition  which  occurs  before  the  secre- 
tion of  milk  has  assumed  a  normal  condition,  especially  in  the  case  of 
heifers  at  the  first  calving.  Sometimes,  it  has  no  connection  with  calv- 
ing, but  is  contracted  by  Ij^ing  on  cold,  damp  ground,  or  in  the  case 
of  middle-aged  and  old  cows,  develops  in  hot  weather,  taking  on  the  form 
of  garget  or  curdled  milk.  Cows  in  high  condition  are  the  most  subject 
to  it,  the  attack  being  usually  induced  by  driving  them  until  overheated. 

The  inflammation,  in  some  cases,  will  subside  and  go  away,  and  the  milk- 
ing function  go  on  as  before  with  very  little  loss  ;  in  others,  it  goes  on  to 
suppuration  in  one  or  more  quarters  of  the  bag,  or  even  to  mortification. 

How  to  know  it. — The  type  of  mammitis  that  takes  on  the  active  in- 
flammatory character  is  ushered  in  with  a  shivering  fit,  which  is  succeeded 
In  a  short  time  by  fever  and  dullness.  The  bag  becomes  hot  and  hard^ 
red,  swollen  and  sore.     It  being  so  painful  to  the  touch,  the  cow  is  very 


DISEASES   OF   THE   ORGANS   OF   GENERATION.  895 

Averse  to  being  milked.  The  milk  is  often  curdled,  and  sometimes 
bloody.  The  trouble  may  stop  here  and  terminate  in  resolution,  or  it 
may  go  on  to  suppuration,  the  pus  in  some  cases  discharging  inside  and 
coming  away  with  the  milk,  and  in  others  through  an  opening  on  the  out- 
side. Again,  it  may  not  suppurate  at  all,  but  become  indurated  and  re- 
main permanently  enlarged,  or  gangrenous  and  slough  off. 

The  milder  type  of  mammitis,  that  which  is  not  connected  with  par- 
turition, but  is  simply  curdled  milk  or  garget,  yields  readily  to  treatment. 

What  to  do. — If  dependent  upon  calving,  and  the  cow  is  fat  and  fever- 
ish, give  recipe  No.  8.  Foment  the  bag  with  hot  water  several  times  a 
day,  and  as  often  as  three  or  four  times  a  day  remove  the  milk  that  does 
form   and  apply  the  following  lotion  : 

No.  50.  4  Ounces  gum  camphor, 

1  Pint  olive  oil. 

Mix. 

Rub  well  in  three  times  a  day.  If  the  inflammation  does  not  go  out  by 
the  time  purgation  ceases,  give  No.  19,  repeating  it  morning  and  night 
for  a  week  or  two.  If  the  case  goes  on  to 
suppuration,  and  it  breaks  on  the  outside, 
foment  the  bag,  and  inject  recipe  No.  9,  two 
or  three  times  a  day.  In  all  cases  where  there 
is  much  swelling,  support  the  bag  by  a  ban-  .^^^^^ 
dage  passed  around  the  body  over  the  loins. 
If  a  quarter  sloughs  off,  dress  the  wound  with 

,.        „  J        •  •     i.  n       ii        i!    n         •  METHOD  OF   SUPPORTING 

No.  9,  and  give  mternally  the  foUowmg :  the  udder. 

No.  51.  1  Ounce  sulphate  of  soda, 

2  Drachms  nitrate  of  potash. 
Mix. 

Give  as  one  dose  in  a  bran  mash,  and  repeat  it  morning  and  night  for 
a  week  or  two.     Isolate  the  patient,  on  account  of  the  smell. 

When  it  is  merely  a  case  of  curdled  milk  (garget),  give  atablespoon- 
ful  of  saltpetre  night  and  morning  in  a  bran  mash,  and  milk  her  with 
special  care,  to  make  sure  of  getting  all  the  milk  away. 

Xin.    Sore  Teats. 

Cows'  teats  are  very  apt  to  become  chapped,  cracked  and  very  sore, 
rendering  the  milking  exceedingly  painful  to  the  cow  and  very  annoying 
to  the  milker.  Unfortunately,  the  latter  is  often  so  thoughtless  as  to  fly 
mto  a  passion  and  abuse  the  cow.  Great  patience  and  kindness  should 
always  be  exercised  in  such  cases,  the  milker  taking  plenty  of  time  to 
soften  the  sore  teats  well  with  the  milk  before  attempting  to  squeeze  them. 
J3 


896         CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

When  done  milking,  anoint  them  nicely  with  the  following  mixture : 

No.  52.  1  Ounce  alum, 

1  Drachm  carbolic  acid, 
4  Ounces  lard, 
Powder  the  alum  and  mix. 

Or,  instead,  this  may  be  used  : 

No.  53.  y^  Ounce  tannic  acid, 

1  Drachm  carbolic  acid, 
4  Ounces  lard, 
Mix. 

Little  pea-like  tumors  sometimes  grow  in  the  milk  passage,  in  the  teat, 
eventuating,  in  some  cases,  in  its  complete  obstruction,  and  the  subse- 
quent loss  of  that  quarter.  Many  expedients  have  been  tried  for  the  cure 
of  this  troublesome  condition — such  as  teat  siphons,  probes,  bistouries, 
needles,  etc. — but  all  to  no  a\  A\ ,  for  the  teat  very  soon  gets  sore,  and 
milking  becomes  dangerous,  if  not  well-nigh  impossible.  The  only  feasible 
way  of  managing  the  case  is  just  to  let  it  go  till  the  cow  goeti  dry,  milking 
that  quarter  as  well  as  possible  without  any  instrumental  aid  ;  and  then 
to  cut  into  the  teat,  remove  the  excrescences,  and  let  the  wound  heal  over 
a  silver  probe.     If  this  is  properly  done,  the  teat  will  be  as  good  as  ever. 

XIV.    Nymphoinania  and  Sterility. 

Nymphomania  is  chronic  inflammation  of  the  clitoris,  giving  rise  to  a 
constant  desire  for  the  male.  Such  cows  take  the  bull  at  any  time,  but 
rarely  conceive,  and  even  when  they  do  so,  are  almost  sure  to  abort. 
They  are  called  "buUers."  It  often  happens  that  they  are  barren  nat- 
urally, twins  being  especially  prone  to  that  condition.  Sometimes,  high 
bred  cows  will  not  breed  to  a  high  bred  bull,  yet  will  do  so  to  a  mongrel, 
especially  a  young  bull. 

What  to  do. — For  cows  naturally  barren  nothing  can  be  done.  For 
others  the  difficulty  can  often  be  overcome  by  reducing  them  in  flesh 
(for  they  are  nearly  always  fat),  and  b}' judicious  management.  Keep 
them  in  a  short  pasture  for  a  few  weeks,  and  give  them  a  handful  of 
Glauber's  salts  every  second  day.  At  the  proper  time,  put  them  to  a 
young,  vigorous  bull,  one  or  two  leaps  being  sufficient.  If  this  does  not 
succeed,  try  a  mongrel  bull.  If  the  cow  is  continually  riding  the  other 
cows,  keep  her  to  herself,  if  possible,  and  feed  from  half  a  pint  to  a  pint 
of  hemp  seed  once  a  day  for  two  months.  In  some  cases  hemp  seed 
seems  to  have  a  magic  effect.  Feed  it  both  before  and  after  the  service 
— beo-inning  say  three  weeks  before  coining  in  heat,  and  continuing  it 
right  along  till  she  conceives.  If  the  cow  is  thin  in  flesh,  fatten  her  up 
a  little,  even  if  she  has  to  be  shut  up  to  do  this. 


CIT AFTER   X. 
MILK  FEVER— ITS  SIMPLE  AND  SUCCESSFUL  TREATMENT. 


I,   PRELIMINARY   STATEMENT. II.    NAME  AND   SYNONYMS. III.    DESCRIP- 
TION OF  DISEASE. IV.  CAUSES. V.     HOW     TO     KNOW     IT. VI.     THE 

NEW    AIR    TREATMENT. VII.    PREVENTION. 

I.  Preliminary  Statement. 

Milk  fever  is  a  very  common,  and  until  recently  a  frequently  fatal, 
disease  affecting  cows  in  all  the  large  dairy  districts  of  this  and  other 
countries.  As  it  usually  attacks  the  best  milking  members  of  the  herd 
and  at  a  time  when  the  milk  flow  is  the  heaviest,  the  malady  is  one  which 


Apparatus  for  Treatment  of  Milk  Fever,  for  the  injection  of  sterile  atmospheric 
air  into  the  udder. 

has  caused  very  severe  losses  to  our  dairy  industry.  It  is  therefore  of  the 
greatest  economic  importance  that  every  milk  producer  acquaint  himself 
with  the  present  extremely  successful  methods  of  treating  this  disease,  es- 
pecially the  injection  of  filtered  atmospheric  air  into  the  udder.  This 
form  of  treatment  has  been  adopted  within  a  comparatively  recent  time, 
and,  in  view  of  the  uniform  success  that  has  followed,  every  dairyman 
should  become  familiar  with  its  use  and  should  provide  himself  with  a 
suitable  apparatus  for  its  application,  especially  if  he  is  located  where  the 
services  of  a  competent  veterinarian  can  not  be  secured.  This  method  of 
dealing  with  the  disease  does  not  make  the  assistance  of  the  veterinarian 

897 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


MILK   FEVER— FIRST   STAGE. 


undesirable,  in  case  it  is  obtainable,  as  the  professional  man  may  fre- 
quently be  of  the  greatest  assistance  in  treating  complicated  symptoms, 
should  they  arise. 

II.  Name  and  Synonyms. 

The  common  name  for  this  malady — milk  fever — is  an  erroneous  and 

misleading  one,  as  in  reality 
fever  is  usually  absent;  instead, 
there  is  generally  an  actual  re- 
duction in  body  temperature. 
A  far  better  and  more  dis- 
tinctive term  and  one  that  de- 
scribes the  actual  condition 
much  more  precisely  is  partu- 
rient paresis.  The  disease  has 
also  several  other  names  in 
various  parts  of  the  country, 
such  as  calving  fever,  parturi- 
tion fever,  parturient  apoplexy, 
parturient  collapse,  puerperal 
fever,  vitulary  fever,  and  drop- 
ping after  calving. 

III.  Description  of  Disease. 

Milk  fever  is  a  disease  of  well-nourished,  plethoric,  heavy-milking 
cows;  it  occurs  during  the  most  active  period  of  life  (fourth  to  sixth 
calf),  and  is  characterized 
by  its  sudden  onset,  and 
the  complete  paralysis  of 
the  animal  with  loss  of  sen- 
sation, and  by  following 
closely  the  act  of  calving, 
or  parturition,  terminat- 
ing in  a  short  time  in  re- 
covery or  death.  One  at- 
tack predisposes  the  ani- 
mal to  a  recurrence  of  the 
trouble.  While  this  disease 
may  occur  at  any  time 
during  the  whole  year,  it 
is  seen  principally  during 

the  warm  summer  sea.son.  The  affection  is  almost  entirely  confined  to 
the  cow,  although  a  few  cases  have  been  reported  in  the  sow  and  goat. 
Sheep  are  entirely  free  from  the  disease. 


MILK   FEVER— SECOND   STAGE. 


MILK   FEVER ITS   SIMPLE  AND   SUCCESSFUL  TREATMENT.  899 

IV.  Causes. 

There  are  few  diseases  among  our  domesticated  animals  regarding  the 
exact  cause  of  which  more  widely  different  theories  have  been  advanced 
than  that-  of  milk  fever.  The  causes  may  properly  be  divided  into  two 
kinds — predisposing  and  direct.  Experience  shows  one  of  the  most 
prominent  predisposing  causes  to  be  the  great  activity  of  the  milk-secret- 
ing structure,  namely,  the  udder.  This  organ  is  most  active  after  the 
fourth,  fifth,  and  sixth  parturition,  and  this  is  the  time  of  life  when  the 
vast  majority  of  cases  occur.  The  disease  is  almost  unknown  in  heifers 
with  the  first  calf  and  decreases  in  frequency  steadily  after  the  most  active 
milking  period  is  past.  It  is  rarely,  if  ever,  met  with  in  pure  beef  breeds, 
such  as  the  Shorthorn,  Angus,  and  Hereford,  while  its  main  inroads  are 
made  into  the  heavy-milking  breeds,  such  as  the  Holstein,  Jersey,  and 
Guernsey. 

Regarding  the  direct  cause  of  milk  fever  numerous  theories  have  been 
advanced  by  various  investigators,  but  only  to  be  abandoned  as  further 
discoveries  in  pathology  were  made.  Thus  Schmidt,  of  Miihlheim,  basing 
his  theory  upon  the  striking  resemblance  of  the  symptoms  of  milk  fever 
to  those  of  sausage  poisoning,  claimed  that  the  former  was  due  to  an 
aiuto-intoxioation,  produced. by  the  absorption  of  toxins  from  the  uterus. 

V.  How  to  Know  It. 

This  disease  in  its  typical  and  most  common  form  is  comparatively 
easy  to  diagnose  and  one  which  almost  every  dairyman  knows  immedi- 
ately before  the  arrival  of  the  veterinarian.  It  usually  comes  on  within 
two  days  after  the  birth  of  the  calf  and  is  practically  never  seen  after 
the  second  week.  In  isolated  instances  it  has  been  observed  a  few  days 
before  calving.  At  the  commencement  of  the  attack  there  is  usually 
excitement;  the  cow  is  restless,  treads  with  the  hind  feet,  switches  the 
tail,  stares  anxiously  around  the  stall  or  walks  about  uneasily.  She  may 
bellow  occasionally,  show  slight  colicky  symptoms,  and  make  ineffectual 
attempts  at  relieving  the  bowels.  These  symptoms  are  rarely  recog- 
nized by  the  owner,  but  they  are  followed  within  a  few  hours  by  begin- 
ning paralysis,  indicated  by  a  staggering  gait,  especially  in  the  hind  legs, 
and  by  weakening  of  the  knees  and  fetlocks  in  front.  The  patient  now 
becomes  quieter,  the  gait  more  staggering  and  weak,  and  finally  the 
animal  goes  down  and  is  unable  to  rise.  The  paralysis  by  this  time  is 
general,  the  calf  is  unnoticed,  and  the  cow  lies  perfectly  quiet  with  the 
eyes  partly  closed  and  staring  and  showing  a  complete  absence  of  winking 
when  the  eyeball  is  touched.  She  is  absolutely  unheedful  of  her  sur- 
roundings and  flies  may  alight  with  impunity  on  all  parts  of  the  body 
without  causing  the  slightest  movement  to  dislodge  them.  While  down 
the  patient  assumes  a  very   characteristic  position,   which  is  of  great 


900         CYCLOPEDIA   OF   LIVE  STOCK   AND  COMPLETE   STOCK   DOCTOR. 

aid  in  diagnosis.  The  head  is  turned  around  to  the  side  (usually 
the  left)  and  rests  on  the  chest,  causing  a  peculiar  arching  of  the  neck. 
If  the  head  is  drawn  out  straight,  it  immediately  flops  around  to  the 
side  again  when  the  force  is  removed.  The  body  usually  rests  slightly 
to  one  side,  with  the  hind  legs  extended  forward  and  outward  and  the 
fore  legs  doubled  up  in  their  normal  position.  There  is  paralysis  of  the 
muscles  of  the  throat,  so  that  swallowing  is  impossible,  and  in  case 
drenching  is  attempted  there  is  great  danger  of  the  fluids  going  into  the 
lungs  and  setting  up  traumatic  pneumonia.  In  fatal  cases  the  animal 
may  remain  perfectly  quiet  and  die  in  a  comatose  condition  from  com- 
plete paralysis  of  the  nervous  system,  but  more  frequently  there  is  some 


IINAL    STAGE COMATOSE   CONDITION 


agitation  and  excitement  prior  to  death  with  tossing  about  of  the  head. 
Death,  like  recovery,  usually  occurs  in  from  3ighteeu  to  seventy-two  hours 
after  the  onset  of  the  malady. 

VI.  What  to  Do. 

To  Andersen,  of  Skanderborg,  belongs  the  credit  for  first  having  made 
use  of  plain  atmospheric  air,  although  Schmidt  had  previously  recom- 
mended the  admittance  of  air  with  the  potassium  iodide  solution  for 
the  purpose  of  obtaining  greater  diffusion  of  the  liquid.  Andersen  first 
injected  air  along  with  sterile  water  and  then  by  itself.  The  results  were 
astonishingly  successful.  Thus  Schmidt  reports  that  our  of  914  cases 
treated  in  Denmark,  884,  or  96.7  per  cent,  were  restored  to  health.  The 
record  of  140  of  these  animals  shows  that  recovery  occurred  in  the  aver- 


MILK    FEVER ITS    SIMPLE    AND    SUCCESSFUL    TREATMENT.  901 

age  time  of  6  2-3  hours.  Of  this  number  25  cases  required  a  second 
injection,  while  in  3  of  the  latter  number  it  was  necessary  to  give  a  third 
treatment  before  they  were  able  to  get  upon  their  feet.  The  treatment 
is  also  practically  harmless,  as  the  statistics  of  the  above-mentioned  914 
patients  show  that  only  1  cow  was  affected  with  a  severe  attack  of  caked 
bag  after  this  treatment,  while  in  4  other  cows  a  milder  inflammation  of 
the  udder  was  apparent. 

Previous  to  making  the  air  injection,  the  hands  of  the  operator  should 
be  thoroughly  cleansed  and  the  udder  should  receive  the  same  careful 
antiseptic  treatment  as  has  been  recommended  in  discussing  the  injec- 
tion of  potassium  iodide.  Soap  and  water  should  be  applied  to  the  teats 
and  udder,  after  which  they  should  be  carefully  disinfected  with  a  5 
per  cent  solution  of  carbolic  acid  (3  tablespoonfuls  of  pure  carbolic -acid 
to  1  quart  of  water).  A  clean  towel  should  then  be  placed  under  the 
udder  to  prevent  the  teats  from  coming  in  contact  with  dirt  or  filth  of 
any  kind.  The  milking  tube,  before  it  is  placed  in  the  teat,  should  have 
been  perfectly  sterilized  by  boiling  for  fifteen  minutes,  with  the  lower 
hose  and  cap  of  the  cylinder  attached,  and  the  apparatus  should  be 
wrapped  in  a  clean  towel,  without  touching  the  milking  tube,  to  prevent 
contamination  before  use.  If  the  apparatus  has  been  subjected  to  this 
treatment  shortly  before,  and  it  is  desired  to  disinfect  only  the  milking 
tube,  the  latter  may  be  placed  in  a  5  per  cent  solution  of  carbolic  acid 
for  five  minutes.  It  is  then  carefully  inserted  into  the  milk  duct  of  the 
teat  without  emptying  the  udder  of  milk.  Air  is  now  pumped  into  the  ud- 
der. Slight  massage  or  kneading  of  the  udder  will  cause  the  innermost  re- 
cesses of  the  milk  tubules  to  become  distended  with  the  injected  air.  After 
one-quarter  of  the  udder  is  well  distended  the  milking  tube  is  removed, 
care  being  taken  to  prevent  the  outflow  of  air  by  having  an  assistant  tie  a 
broad  piece  of  tape  about  the  teat  at  the  time  the  milking  tube  is  with- 
drawn. The  same  treatment  is  repeated  with  the  other  three  teats  until  the 
udder  is'  satisfactorily  distended.  In  case  the  air  becomes  absorbed  and  no 
improvement  is  noted  within  five  hours,  a  repetition  of  this  treatment 
should  be  made  under  the  same  antiseptic  precautions  as  at  first.  The  tape 
should  be  removed  from  the  teats  two  or  three  hours  after  the  cow  gets  on 
her  feet,  the  constricting  muscles  at  the  tip  of  the  teats  being  now  depended 
on  for  retaining  the  air.  In  this  manner  the  air  may  be  left  in  the  udder 
for  twenty-four  hours,  and  when  recovery  is  assured,  it  should  be  grad- 
ually milked  out.  It  is  needless  to  say  that  the  calf  should  not  be  per- 
mitted to  suck  during  this  period. 

Inflammation  of  the  udder  (caked  bag)  is  avoided  if  the  milking  tube 
is  thoroughly  disinfected  before  each  application,  and  if  the  cow's  teats 
and  bag  and  the  hands  of  the  operator  have  been  properly  cleansed. 

While  this  method  of  treating  milk  fever  is  a  comparatively  easy  one 
for  a  farmer  or  dairyman  to  adopt,  he  can  not  expect  to  have  the  same 


902  CYCLOPEDIA   OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND   COMPLETE  STOCK   DOCTOR. 

successful  results  as  those  obtained  by  a  skilled  veterinarian,  and  it  is 
therefore  advisable  Ihat  the  services  of  such  a  veterinarian  should  always 
be  obtained  in  those  districts  where  it  is  possible.  In  many  cases  it  will 
be  found  that  the  injection  of  air  into  the  udder  will  be  sufficient  to 
combat  the  disease  without  any  other  treatment,  but  it  is  always  advisable 
to  study  the  symptoms  of  each  individual  case  and  administer  in  a 
rational  manner  the  indicated  medicines. 

VII.  Prevention. 

The  most  recent  preventive  treatment  suggested  is  in  line  with  the 
favorable  results  obtained  by  the  injection  of  air  into  the  udder.  It  con- 
sists in  allowing  the  susceptible  cow  to  retain  in  the  udder  for  24  hours 
after  calving  all  the  milk  except  the  small  quantity  required  by  the  calf, 
which  should  be  taken  if  possible  from  each  quarter.  The  distention 
of  the  udder  naturally  follows  as  in  the  air  treatment  and  acts  as  a 
preventive  against  milk  fever.  In  the  Island  of  Jersey  and  at  the  Bilt- 
more  Farms,  N.  C,  where  this  practice  is  common,  the  number  of  milk 
fever  cases  has  been  greatly  lessened.  General  sanitary  conditions  should 
also  be  looked  "after,  such  as  the  supply  of  pure  air  and  clean  stabling, 
with  plenty  of  clear  cool  water  and  laxative  foods,  such  as  grasses  and 
roots.  Some  observers  who  believe  in  the  microbic  origin  of  the  disease 
have  recommended  the  cleaning  of  the  manure  and  dirt  from  the  animal 
and  spraying  the  hind  quarters  and  genitals  with  a  4  to  5  per  cent  solu- 
tion of  carbolic  acid,  lysol,  or  creolin,  just  prior  to  calving.  From  our 
present  knowledge  of  the  disease,  however,  this  is  probably  unnecessary. 


CHAPTER  XI. 


DISEASES  OP  THE   NERVOUS  SYSTEM. 


I.      PHRENITIS,  OR  INFLAMMATION  OF  THE  BRAIX. II.      APOPLEXY. III.      EPILEPc 

SY. IV.       PARALYSIS. V.       TETANUS. VI.        RABIES    OR    HYDROPHOBIA. 

VII.     NERVOUS  DEBILITY  AT  PARTURITION. 

I.    Phrenitis,  or  Inflammation  of  the  Brain. 

This  distressing  disease,  which  is  most  common  during  the  summer 
months,  may  be  either  idiopathic  (i)rimary  disease)  or  symptomatic.  It 
may  result  from  fever,  or  from  inflammation  in  some  other  part,  its  im- 
mediate cause  being  too  great  a  flow  of  blood  which  presses  on  the  tem- 
poral arteries,  and  causes  increased  action  in  all  the  circulatory  vessels. 

How  to  know  it. — There  will  be  strong  pulsation  in  the  temporal  arter- 
ies, constant  watchfulness,  and  finally  raving.  The  eyes  are  inflamed  ; 
the  animal  will  fall  suddenly,  soon  rising  again,  however;  there  will  be 
trembling  and  starting  of  the  tendons  ;  the  skin  will  be  harsh  and  the 
urine  suppressed.  In  a  more  unfavorable  stage,  there  will  also  be  grind- 
ing of  the  teeth,  and  total  want  of  rest.  Really  idiopathic  phrenitis  is 
rare.  It  is  generally  caused  by  acute  indigestion,  impaction  of  the 
omentum,  and  other  local  troubles. 

What  to  do. — The  treatment  consists  of  a  good  cathartic,  as,  for  in- 
stance. No.  8,  the  effect  of  which  should  be  assisted  by  injections  of  warm 
water  and  soap. 

Bleed  from  the  jugular  vein ;  keep  the  head  cool  by  means  of  ice  or 
very  cold  water  ;  and  if  the  limbs  are  cold,  use  mustard  or  strong  embro- 
cations of  ammonia.  Aconite  is  also  considered  beneficial,  but  it  should 
never  be  used  except  under  the  direction  of  a  veterinarian.  During  re- 
covery, the  animal  should  be  kept  quiet,  and  have  good  nourishing  and 
easily  digested  food. 

II.    Apoplexy. 

In  true  apoplexy,  the  animal  drops  suddenly,  and  death  ensues  very 
soon,  unless  immediate  relief  is  given.  The  means  to  be  used  are  bleed- 
ing from  the  jugular  vein,  and  the  administration  of  a  purgative,  such  as 
No.  8,  with  injections  of  soap  and  water.     Give  a  change  of  food. 

m.    Epilepsjr 
Epilepsy  is  rare,  except  in  the  case  of  y<mng  animals.     There  will  be 
severe  convulsions,  followed  by  stupor,  with  foaming  at  the  mouth.    The 

903 


904  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

heart  beats  are  strong  and  violent.  The  visible  membranes  are  height- 
ened in  color,  and  either  dangerous  letharg}''  supervenes,  or  the  animal 
quickly  recovers.  Recovery  is  seldom  so  perfect,  however,  that  the  ani- 
mal will  not  be  subject  to  other  attacks. 

What  to  do. — Dash  cold  water  over  the  head  and  face,  and  when  the 
attack  subsides,  give  good  food  and  special  care,  with  such  remedial  meas- 
ures as  may  be  indicated  by  the  general  state  of  the  system,  as,  for  ex- 
ample, indigestion  or  constipation. 

IV.    Paralysis. 

In  those  rare  cases  where  jjaralysis  exists  as  a  distinct  affection,  death 
usually  occurs  very  soon.  Its  most  common  forms  are  those  known  as 
paraplegia  ixwA  hemiplegia.  The  former  is  when  the  Avhole  fore  or  hind 
parts  are  affected ;  the  latter,  when  one  side  of  the  body  only  is  so. 
Paralysis  is  a  loss  of  voluntary  movement,  and  usually  occurs  as  a  symp-v 
tom  of  other  diseases,  as  softening  of  the  brain,  effusions  of  fluid 
thereon,  etc. 

What  to  do. — Give  recipe  No.  8,  supplementing  it  with  the  following: 

No.  54.  2  Drachms  nux  vomica, 

>^  Ounce  saltpetre, 
Mix, 

Give  as  one  dose  ;  repeat  morning  and  night  for  a  month. 
V.    Tetanus  or  Lockjaw. 

Tetanus  is  a  general  and  continued  spasm  (or,  more  strictly,  contrac- 
tion) of  the  muscles  of  the  body,  both  voluntary  and  involuntary.  When 
the  muscles  of  the  jaw  are  principally  affected  it  is  called  trismus,  or 
in  popular  language,  lockjaw,  the  term  tetanus  being  more  properly  lim- 
ited to  tlie  general  form. 

Causes. — This  is  now  known  to  be  an  infectious  disease  due  to  the  intro- 
duction through  a  wound  of  a  microbe  called  the  bacillus  tetani.  This 
germ  works  best  in  a  small  M'ound,  in  which  the  air  is  excluded  by  closure 
of  the  wound  by  swelling,  or  crusting  over  with  a  scab.  Under  these  con- 
ditions the  germs  grow,  increase  in  numbers,  and  produce  chemical  poisons 
called  pto7nai7ies  that  are  absorbed  into  the  blood  and  poison  the  nervous 
system,  producing  cramps  of  the  muscular  tissues  of  the  body.  The 
germs  exist  naturally  in  the  soil,  especially  in  rich  garden  soil,  consequently, 
tetanus  occurs  most  often  through  wounds  in  the  feet,  especially  nail  pricks. 
The  wounds  may  be  so  small  as  to  preclude  detection  on  account  of  the 
hair  covering  the  body  and  legs,  or  they  may  be  in  the  alimentary  tract 
from  punctures  by  sharp  particles  in  the  food,  but  for  tetanus  to  develop 
there  must  be  a  wound  and  the  bacilli  must  gain  entrance  through  it.     It 


DISEASES   OF   THE   NERVOUS   SYSTEM.  905 

may  follow  castration.  The  case  may  be  mild  or  severe;  the  mild  one  will 
recover  by  the  system  outliving  the  poison,  and  the  severe  one  will  prcve 
fatal  by  the  muscular  cramps  interfering  with  circulation  of  the  blood  and 
respiration 

How  to  know  it. ^The  disease  is  insidious  in  its  operations,  until  the 

danc^erous  stage  comes  on.  The  animal  may  be  dull,  off  its  feed,  and 
generally  disinclined  to  move.  Then  the  whole  body  may  l^ecome  affected, 
with  the  hind  legs  wide  apart,  the  nose  protruding,  head  and  tail  elevated, 
breathing  quickened,  and  the  pulse  frequent  and  corded.  The  bowels  are 
strongly  bound.  Sometimes  the  back  is  depressed  downward,  and  some- 
times^rched  up;  and  sometimes  the  spasm ,  throws  the  head  to  one  side. 
There  are  different  technical  names  for  the  several  manifestations. 

What  to  do.— Little  can  be  done,  except  to  remove  all  irritating  objects, 
give  calming  medicines,  and  operate  on  the  bowels  as  soon  as  possible. 
The  nervous  excitement  will  be  lessened  by  keeping  the  patient  in  a  dark 
place.  Search  for  the  wound,  clip  off  the  hair,  enlarge  the  wound  by  slit- 
ting it  up  with  a  knife,  then  wash  it  with  warm  water  and  soap,  and  bathe 
and  inject  it  with  recipe  No.  9;  bind  on  a  pack  of  oakum  wet  with  this 
lotion.  Dress  it  two  or  three  times  a  day.  Give  plenty  of  linseed  gruel 
to  drink. 

VI.    Rabies  or  Hydrophobia. 

It  seems  needless  to  repeat  the  general  statements  respecting  this  disease 
given  in  Part  II  of  this  work,  pages  452  and  453.  It  is,  of  course,  incur- 
able, and  from  its  exceedingly  dangerous  nature,  the  suspected  animal 
should  be  immediately  confined,  and  killed  as  soon  as  ever  the  symptoms 
become  pronounced. 

VII.     Nervous  Debility  at  Parturition. 

This  disease  must  not  be  mistaken  for  parturient  apoplexy  or  peritonitis. 
It  is  readily  distinguished  from  these  by  the  total  absence  of  any  tendency 
to  either  high  fever  or  lethargy.  It  is  not  confined  to  animals  in  high 
condition,  but  is  found  quite  as  often  among  those  that  are  lean. 

How  to  know  it.— The  pulse  may  be  somewhat  fast,  but  will  be  com- 
pressi])le  and  often  weak.  The  udder  remains  soft,  and  the  milk  is  plenti- 
ful and  easily  drawn;  and  though  there  may  be  constipation,  the  appetite 
will  be  good. 

What  to  do.— Keep  the  animal  warm  and  in  good  quarters,  with  plenty 
of  bedding.  Evacuate  the  bowels  by  warm  injections,  at  the  same  time 
giving  a  mild  purgative  No.  8.  Give  stimulants,  sloppy  but  nutritious 
food,\ay  tea,  etc.,  and  remove  the  milk  frequently  from  the  udder. 


CHAPTER  XII. 


DISEASES  OP  THE  SKIN. 


I.     SIMPLE  ECZEMA. 


-II.      CHRONIC  ECZEMA,  OR  PSORIASIS. III.      ERYSIPELAS. 


I.    Simple  Eczema. 
This  is  ji  skill  disease  in  which  crops  of  vesicles  come  up,  burst,  run 
a  little  watery  matter,  dry  up  and  heal,  but  while  these  are   healing  an- 
other crop  breaks  out  in  another  place.     It  is  attended  with  intense  itch- 
ing, which  worries  the  animal  exceedingly. 

What  to  do. — Give  a  purgative,  No.  8,  repeating  it  after  a  week  ;  also, 
a  change  of  food  and  good  care.  Let  the  cattle  have  salt  at  least  twice 
a.  week.  Bathe  the  affected  parts  frequently  with  lotion  No.  47. 
n.  Chronic  Eczema,  or  Psoriasis. 
When  simple  eczema  is  neglected  the  disease  becomes  chronic.  The 
skin  thickens,  gets  hard,  dry  and  sore,  and  cracks  into  fissures  or  fur- 
rows ;  the  discharge  continues  and  be- 
comes greasy,  offensive  and  ichorous  ; 
and  the  hair  gets  thin  and  stands 
straight  out,  or  perhaps  turns  the 
wrong  way,  giving  the  parts  the  ap-. 
pearance  of  rat  tails,  by  which  name 
the  disease  is  often  known.  It  is  very 
troublesome,  frequently  causing  lame- 
ness, and  always  proving  hard  to  cure. 
What  to  do. — Apply  hot  linseed 
meal  poultices  to  the  affected  parts  till 
all  inflammation  and  soreness  are 
gone  ;  then  embrocate  freely  with  lo- 
tion No.  9,  using  a  cotton  bandage 
wet  in  the  lotion  and  applying  it  loosely.  If  there  are  any  points  of 
proud  flesh,  burn  them  down  daily  with  lunar  caustic.  When  all  sore- 
ness is  gone  and  the  disease  appears  to  be  under  entire  control,  apply 
either  of  the  ointments  Nos.  52  and  58. 


CHRONIC  ECZEMA,  OR  'UlAT  TAILS," 


III.    Erysipelas 

This  is  a  diffuse  inflammation  of  the  whole  th 
sometimes  extending  to  the  subcellular  tissue,  ai 


(kness  of  the  true  skin, 
il  causmg  much  pam  and 


irritative  fever. 


906 


DISEASES   OF   THE   SKIN. 


907 


How  to  know  it. — It  is  indicated  by  an  intensely  red  skin,  there  being, 
moreover,  no  disappearance  of  color  under  pressure.  The  parts  are  hard 
and  internally  red,  but  not  severely  swelled,  but  the  cellular  tissue  is  in- 
jected and  infiltrated,  often  inclining  to  a  pustular  state.  The  disease 
terminates  in  resolution,  suppuration  or  ulceration — sometimes  even  in 
mortification  and  gangrene.  If  the  head  is  attacked,  there  is  danger 
of  a  fatal  termination. 


THE  POLISH  cow. 
This  race  is  bred  for  the  meat  alone,  being  unfit  for  draft  purposes  aud  yielding  but 
little  milk.  It  was  originally  imported  from  southern  Russia,  and  is  regarded  with 
distrust  in  Germany  from  the  fact  that  it  brought  the  disease  known  ns  '^Rinderpest" 
into  that  country.  But  its  meat  is  so  desirable  that  it  is  much  sought  after,  and  the 
prejudice  is  dying  out. 

What  to  do. — If  there  is  sjmiptomatic  fever  and  the  animal  is  fat,  deple- 
tion is  necessary, — give  No.  8  ;  but  if  the  animal's  condition  is  the  reverse 
of  this,  give  No.  13.  Follow  this  with  nitre,  in  half  ounce  doses,  twice 
a  day.  In  connection  with  the  above  constitutional  treatment,  there 
should  be  local  applications  to  the  inflamed  part,  such  as  lotions  of  lead 
or  zinc.  A  strong  solution  of  nitrate  of  silver  is  sometimes  applied,  and 
with  decided  benefit,  to  the  outer  edge  of  the  inflamed  parts.  A  poul- 
tice of  ripe  cranberries  is  probably  one  of  the  best  remedies  for  reduc- 
ing the  inflammation,  if  ai)plied  early.  It  is  to  be  followed  with  glycer. 
ine  in  which  a  small  quantity  of  ammonia  has  been  dissolved,  or  with 
recij>e  No.  1. 


CHAPTER   XIII. 
PARASITIC  DISEASES  OF  CATTLE. 


I.       HOOSE    OR    HUSK     (VERMINOUS    BRONCHITIS). II.       THE    GADFLY    AND    GRUB 

(OESTRUS       BOVIS).  III.       LICE. IV.        TAPEWORM.  V.       MANGE.       VI. 

RINGWORM. VII.       HOOK-WORM    DISEASE    OF    CATTLE. 

I.     Hoose  or  Husk  (Verminous  Bronchitis.) 

The  symptoms  of  this  disease  are  similar  to  those  of  bronchitis.  The 
difficulty  is  caused  by  a  species  of  strongulus — worms — (filaria  bron- 
chitis) the  eggs  of  which  are  swallowed  in  grazing.  Calves,  and  especially 
sheep,  are  the  most  likely  to  be  affected,  for  the  reason  that  they  bite 
closer  than  cattle. 

How  to  know  it. — There  will  be  a  slight,  husky  cough,  recurring  at 
irregular  intervals.  The  coat  will  soon  become  staring,  and  the  breath- 
ing more  and  more  embarrassed.  The  cough  becomes  more  frequent, 
and  in  character  more  suffocating  and  mucous;  worms,  either  singly  or 
rolled  together,  will  also  be  coughed  up. 

What  to  do. — Feed  liberally  with  the  soundest  and  most  nutritious  diet 
possible,  including  linseed  or  cotton  cake,  and  roots,  mixing  in  the  food 
some  good  tonic,  such  as  recipe  ISJo.  4.  For  calves,  make  four  doses  of 
the  recipe.  Burn  turpentine  on  pine  shavings  in  the  pen  with  the  calves, 
and  let  them  breath  the  fumes,  and  give  them  a  tablespoonful  of  sulphur 
in  the  food  once  a  day  for  two  weeks. 

Prevention. — This  is  better  than  cure.     The  forms  from  which //ana 
bronchitis  emanate  are  found  In  low,  wet,  undrained  pastures.     Hence, 
keep  the  stock  off  such  pastures  when  the  trouble  is  found,  especially 
when  wet  with  dew  or  rain.     Do  not  allow  animals  to  drink  from  stag- 
nant ponds  or  pools,  and  look  to  the  proper  drainage  of  the  pastures, 
II.    The  Gadfly  and  Grub  (CEiStrus  Bovis). 
Little  rounded  tumors  will  often  be  found  along  the  backs  of  cattle, 
during    late   winter  and   spring. 
These  are    called    warbles,    and 
are  the  lairs  of  the  larvae  of  the 
ox  gadfly  (^cestrus  bovis).     Each 
tumor  contains  a  grub,  which  may 
ox  GADFLY  (cES-      ^^  squcczcd  out  by  pressure,some-      ^^^^  ^^  gadfly. 
TRus  BOVIS.)        times  escaping  with  such  force  as 

to  fly  several  feet.     Sometimes  it  is  necessary  to  enlarge  the  orifice  with 

908 


PARASITIC   DISEASES    OF   CATTLE. 


909 


the  lancet,  for  the  more  easy  ex|iulsion  of  the  grubs.     The  cuts  show  the 
two  forms  of  the  insect, — the  perfect  fly  and  the  grub. 

III.    Lice. 

Vrrious  species  of  lice  infest  the  ox,  the  principal  being  the  ox  louse 
proper,  the  calf  louse,  (both  of  which  are  species  of  Jloematopinus,  or 
blood  suckers),  and  a  certain  kind  of  bird  louse,   one  of  the  tribe  of 


CALF  LOUSE. 


BIRD  LOUSE. 


APPEARANCE  OP  A  COW  AFFECTED 
WITH  LICE. 


Trichodecies,  having  no  sucking  tul)e,  but  with  strong  biting  jaws.     The 
cixts  show  all  these  parasites,  of  course  very  much  enlarged. 

There  are  also  ticks  infesting 
cattle  at  certain  seasons,  and  espec- 
ially plentiful  on  Texas  cattle.  Of 
the  several  varieties  founci,  the  one 
known  as  the  Texas  tick  {Boophihis 
Bovis)  is  the  most  important,  it 
being  the  cause,  at  least  of  the 
transmission,  of  Texas  fever.  The 
-emale  attaches  herself  to  the  animal  where  the  skin  is  thin  and  soft — on 
the  insides  of  the  thighs,  along  up  to  the  anus,  just  back  of  the  elbows  and 
.>n  the  neck  back  of  the  ears — by  burying  her  head  into  the  skin,  is  fecunda- 
ted by  the  male,  which  dies  immediately  after,  and  remains  there  till  mature 
if  not  pulled  or  rubbed  off,  then  she  drops  off 
and  hides  under  a  crust,  where  she  lays  her  eggs 
and  dies.  The  young  ticks  hatch  out  in  a  few 
days,  and,  being  very  active,  get  on  to  the  cattle 
as  opportunity  offers,  and  so  the  round  is  con- 
tinued. These  ticks  contain  the  germs  of  Texas 
fever,  and  they  spread  the  disease  through  their 
bites.     The  accompanying  cut  shows  the  Texas 

tlOlF  o  TRXAf  TICK. 


9i0 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR, 


What  to  do. — The  remedy  for  Hcks  consists  in  careful  currying  and 
picking  them  off.  This  can  be  dene  if  the  herd  is  small,  but  to  avoid  over- 
looking the  small  ones,  which  are  just  as  injurious  as  the  large  ones,  sponge 
them  thoroughly  once  a  week  with  No.  55,  or  i)arafiin  oil,  till  all  ticks  are 
killed.  All  ticks  that  are  pulled  or  curried  off  should  be  burned.  For 
lice  on  cattle,  the  following  will  be  found  among  the  best  remedies  in  use: 


No.  55. 


Yi  Pound  of  tobacco, 
1  Gallon  of  "water, 

Steep  for  cwo  hours. 


HEAD  OF  TAPE- 
WORM GOT  BY 
EATING  BEEF. 


Wash  the  affected  animal  with  this  infusion  thoroughly,  using  it  warm. 

rV.    Tapeworm. 

It  is  not  necessary  here  to  ge  hito  a  dissertation  on  the  tapeworm. 
The  microscopic  eggs  (a  single  worm  is  estinrated  to  lay  as  high  as  25,- 
000,000)  are  passed  with  the  exuviae  of  dogs,  and  are  taken  up  by  graz- 
ing stock. 

One  of  the  forms  in  which  it  exists  in  cattle  is  the  cystic,  found  in 
the  muscles.  The  parasite  which  is  the  mature  tape- 
worm is  found  in  the  bowels  of  the  human  family,  and 
in  animals,  especially  dogs.  The  cut  shows  the  head  of 
a  tapeworm  of  the  species  known  as  taenia  mediocan- 
ellata. 

Prevention. — .Prevention  of  the  parasites  in  the  imma- 
ture form  in  stock  consists  in  destroying  all  exuvice  of 
dogs  in  pastures,  wherever  found.  Once  encysted  in 
animals,  there  is  no  remedy.  For  prevention  of  tape* 
worm  in  the  human  family,  eat  no  meat,  not  even 
smoked  meat,  without  thorough  cooking. 

V.    Mange. 
There  are  a  number  of  j^aiasitic  insects  which  attach  themselves  to  ill- 
conditioned  cattle,  producing  itching.     The  latter  is  intensely  aggravated 
in  hot  weather.     A  species  of  dermatoco'ptes^  similar  to  the  itch  or  scab 
insect,  is  the  most  prolific  cause  of  this  class 
of  affections.     There  is  also    a  microscopic 
insect,    the  gamasus   of    mustyhay,    which 
sometimes  infests  the  skin  of  animals  feed- 
ing thp^'oon.     The  cut  shows  the  last  named 
insect  'ligl/Jj'    magnified.     Treat    about  the 
same  as  for  mange  in  the  horse.     (See  page 
530). 

VI.    Ringworm. 
Tbif  IS  somewhat  common  in  cattle,  show- 
GAMASUS  OF  MUSTY  FODDER.      jj;,g  ^g  ^  greater  or  less  number  of  round  bald 
spots,  coveied  with  white  scales,  and  surrounded  with  bristly  or  split  hairs 
^hica  dre  scabbed  around  the  root8»  with  some  eruption  o»  ^h&  t^biiL 


PARASITIC   DISEASES   OF   CATTLE.  911 

spots  covered  with  white  scales,  and  surrounded  with  bristly  or  split  hairg 
which  are  scabbed  around  the  roots,  with  some  eruption  on  the  skin. 
The  microscope  shows  it  to  be  a  vegetable  parasite.  It  is  readily  trans- 
mitted  from  one  animal  to  another. 

What  to  do. — Clip  off  the  hair,  and  wash  the  part  with  soap  and  water, 
to  remove  all  scabs ;  when  dry,  rub  in  well  a  little  of  the  following : 

No.  56.  2  Ounces  tincture  of  iodine, 

1  Ounce  oil  of  tar, 

2  Ounces  glycerine. 

Mix. 

Repeat  the  application  once  a  day  until  cured.  Or,  instead,  the  follow- 
ing may  be  used  in  the  same  way : 

No.  57.  1   Ounce  solution  iodo-bromide  of  calcium  compound, 

3  Ounces  water, 

Mix. 

Rub  well  in  once  a  day. 

VII.  Hook- Worm  Disease  of  Cattle. 

This  disease,  also  referred  to  as  bovine  uncinariasis  and  salt  sickness, 
has  been  reported  from  Texas,  Florida,  and  South  Carolina,  and  is  prob- 
ably widely  distributed  throughout  the  Southern  States.  C.  F.  Dawson, 
of  the  Florida  Station,  reports  it  as  the  most  common  disease  of  cattle. 
Investigations  by  A,  F.  Conradi  and  E.  Barnett,  at  the  South  Carolina 
Station,  have  shown  cattle  to  be  seriously  infested  with  the  hook  worm, 
which  is  frequently  associated  with  other  intestinal  parasites,  including 
the  twisted  wireworm  or  stomach  worm,  the  inflated  bowel  worm,  and  the 
hair  worm.  The  disease  as  described  by  Doctor  Dawson  is  "an  acute  or 
chronic  parasitic  disease  manifested  at  first  by  low  fever,  diarrhea,  loss  of 
appetite,  soon  becoming  chronic,  with  continuance  of  low  fever,  constipa- 
tion, loss  of  appetite,  progressive  emaciation,  and  pronounced  anemia, 
which,  in  many  cases,  terminates  fatally." 

Young  animals  are  more  susceptible  than  older  ones,  but  all  ages  may 
be  affected.  The  nematode  or  round  worm,  formerly  described  as  Un- 
cinaria  radiata,  is  the  exciting  cause  of  the  disease.  These  worms,  found 
principally  in  the  duodenum  or  first  division  of  the  small  intestine,  are 
provided  with  an  armature  of  sharp  teeth,  by  means  of  which  they  pierce 
the  lining  of  the  intestines  and  suck  blood,  moving  from  place  to  place. 
Other  species  of  hook  worm  which  affect  sheep,  dogs,  cats,  foxes,  man,  and 
other  animals  should  not  be  confounded  vnih  the  species  that  affects  cattle. 

How  to  know. — The  adult  worm  is  from  one-half  to  five-eighths  inch  in 
length  and  of  the  thickness  of  an  ordinary  pin.  The  eggs  are  deposited 
in  the  intestinal  tract  and  are  discharged  in  the  feces,  through  an  examina- 
tion of  which  the  extent  of  infestation  can  be  determined.  Conradi  and 
Barnett  have  observed  a  gorged  female  whose  oviduct  contained  more  than 
1,500  eggs,  17  of  which  were  deposited  in  one  hour.     At  a  temperature 


912  CYCLOPiCDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

ranging  from  48  degrees  to  60  degrees  F.  forty-one  days  are  required 
for  the  eggs  to  hatch.  The  hfe  history  and  habits  of  the  worm  have  been 
studied  by  Conradi  and  Barnett. 

Upon  hatching,  the  young  hook  worms  are  very  minute,  but  can  easily 
be  seen  with  the  aid  of  a  hand  lens  when  crawling  on  the  glass  walls  of 
the  breeding' jars.  They  have  a  tendency  to  congregate,  and  these  clusters 
can  be  easily  recognized  with  the  unaided  eye.  In  this  stage,  as  well  as 
in  the  egg  stage,  they  are  very  susceptible  to  heat  or  cold,  being  easily 
killed.  Drought  is  also  fatal,  the  worms  dying  in  a  few  minutes.  They 
feed  on  the  fecal  matter  about  them.  In  the  second  stage  they  are  but 
slightly  hardier.  After  several  days  the  body  wall  becomes  thicker  and 
more  rigid,  and  soon  they  pass  to  the  final  larval  stage. 

The  larvae  that  were  hatched  from  eggs,  gathered  from  fresh  feces  on 
February  26,  and  hatched  February  28,  had  mostly  passed  to  the  final 
larval  stage  on  March  15.  '  In  this  stage  they  are  protected  by  a  resistant 
covering  called  ''sheath."  Worms  kept  in  the  laboratory  during  January 
and  February,  the  temperature  varying  from  48  to  60  degrees  F.,  passed 
to  the  final  larval  stage  in  forty-one  days.  While  active  they  were  able 
to  continue  feeding  through  the  aperture  in  the  front  end  of  the  sheath. 
They  move  up  and  down  on  any  near-by  moist  object,  whether  it  is  earth, 
grass,  leaves,  or  weeds.  They  finally  become  quiescent  in  some  elevated 
position,  discontinue  feeding,  and  are  then  greatly  resistant  to  heat,  cold, 
and  drought.  This  habit  of  rising  appears  to  be  advantageous,  as  we  be- 
'lieve,  the  principal  method  of  host  infestation  is  through  the  mouth. 

That  part  of  life  history  from  egg  to  larval  stage  is  very  probably  com- 
pleted in  a  few  days  during  the  warm  weather  of  summer. 

The  eggs  and  young  worms  require  moisture.  It  seems  quite  probable 
that  little  development  takes  place  in  feces  dropped  on  a  hill  during  the 
drought  of  summer.  There  is  said  to  be  little  danger  from  infestation  in 
running  water. 

At  present  the  outlook  for  a  cure  for  this  disease  is  not  very  encouraging. 
Thymol  has  given  good  results  in  the  treatment  of  the  disease  in  man,  and 
has  been  recommended  by  some  authorities  for  the  disease  in  cattle  and 
sheep,  but  we  believe  it  is  far  from  being  a  specific.  Certainly,  in  the 
case  above  referred  to,  with  a  dose  of  150  grains,  it  could  not  be  noticed 
that  the  worms  had  been  in  the  legist  affected  three  days  later.  How- 
ever, further  experiments  with  this  drug  will  be  made  as  opportunity  pre- 
sents itself.  Even  if  drugs  such  as  thymol  were  effective  in  expelling  the 
worms,  the  animal,  if  still  pasturing  on  infested  land,  would  continue  to 
reinfcst  itself,  so  that  the  problem  resolves  itself  into  a  question  of  pre- 
vention rather  than  treatment,  the  outlook  for  which  is  more  encouraging. 

What  to  do. — When  it  is  remembered  that  the  disease  occurs  chiefly,  or 
altogether,  on  low,  wet  lands,  and  that  in  dry  seasons  it  is  less  severe,  it 
would  appear  that  much  could  be  done  by  avoiding  such  places  as  pastures 


PARASITIC  DISEASE  OF  CATTLE.  913 

for  at  least  one  year.  The  land  should  be  thoroughly  drained,  and  it 
would  be  well  to  liberally  apply  air-slaked  lime  to  accelerate  drying.  If 
in  hook-worm  infested  lots  the  droppings  are  gathered  every  day,  it  will 
decrease  the  infestation. 

Plowing,  undoubtedly,  also  reduces  the  dangei-s  of  infestation,  as  heavily 
infested  material  buried  3  inches  in  loose,  pulvenilent,  moist  soil  in  the 
laboratory  showed  that  a  little  over  one-third  as  many  larvae  ascended  on 
the  glass  wall  of  the  breeding  jar  as  in  the  jar  used  as  a  check  where  an 
equal  amount  of  material  from  the  same  droppings  was  left  on  the  surface 
of  the  moist  soil. 

It  is  recommended  that  on  hook-worm  infested  farms  annual  crop  rota- 
tion be  practiced  as  far  as  possible.  The  manure  should  be  removed  from 
stables  occupied  by  infested  animals  daily  and  air-slaked  lime  used  liber- 
ally to  dry  up  the  floors.  The  greatest  precaution  should  be  exercised  to 
prevent  the  spread  of  this  parasite  into  localities  where  it  does  not  yet 
occur,  either  by  shipments  of  infested  cattle  or  otherwise. 

Where  it  is  desirable  to  eradicate  this  pest  from  a  lot  previous  to  putting 
in  animals  that  are  not  infested,  it  may  be  accomplished  by  burning. 

Dipping  Cattle  and  Hogs. 

Cattle  are  dipped  for  miange  (scab)  which  is  prevalent  on  the  large 
cattle  ranges  of  this  country.  It  is  highly  contagious,  being  due  to  a 
microscopical  animal  mite  that  burrows  in  the  skin,  causing  the  animal  to 
rub  furiously  on  any  post,  tree  or  other  object  that  he  can  get  to.  The 
hair  falls  out,  the  skin  becomes  thickened,  scabby  and  wrinkled  over  large 
surfaces  in  bad  cases.  They  become  quite  thin  in  flesh,  thus  entailing 
great  loss.  On  the  farm  the  cattle  can  be  treated  successfully  by  the 
means  prescribed  for  mange  in  the  horse,  but  on  the  range  dipping  has  to 
be  resorted  to.  A  tank  four  feet  wide,  six  feet  deep  and  twelve  feet  long 
is  built,  M-ater  tight.  The  last  six  feet  of  the  tank  towards  the  outlet  k 
sloped  upwards  with  cross  cleats  on  the  floor  for  the  cattle  to  walk  out  on. 
A  chute  is  built  leading  up  to  the  tank,  and  then  on  a  level  for  about 
twelve  feet  leading  on  to  a  trap  that  falls  with  the  animal's  weight  and 
plunges  him  into  the  dip.  A  man  stands  on  each  side  of  the  tank  to  help 
him  through  it  and  safely  on  to  the  incline  leading  out  of  it.  They 
should  go  through  the  dipping  process  slowly  so  as  to  be  in  the  dip  two 
or  three  minutes.  In  this  manner  a  large  number  can  be  dipped  in  a 
day.  The  dip  mey  be  composed  of  various  substances,  but  the  dip  that 
is  most  commonly  used  is  a  one  per  cent  solution  of  any  of  the  coal  tax 
emulsions.  The  liquid  in  the  tank  should  be  of  sufficient  quantity  to  com- 
pletely cover  the  animal  when  he  plunges  into  it.  "  The  dipping  should  bo 
repeated  after  a  week. 

Hogs  are  usually  dipped  for  lice.  A  tank  and  chute  similar  to  the  one 
above  described,  but,  of  course,  very  much  smaller,  is  used  for  large  herds, 
but  for  small  herds  a  good  method  is  to  spray  them  with  a  force  pump 
with  a  rose  nozzle  on  the  hose.  A  one  per  cent  solution  of  a  coal  tar 
emulsion  is  the  best  for  lice.  The  application  should  be  repeated  after  a 
week.  The  sty  and  other  enclosures  where  the  hogs  congregate  should  be 
cleaned  and  sprayed  with  the  same  solution. 


CHAPTER  XIV. 
SCABIES  OF  CATTLE,  OR  MANGE. 


»,  ITS  CAUSE. II.   FORM   AND   LIFE   HISTORY   OF  THE   SCAB   PARASITE. 

III.    TRANSMISSION    OF   MANGE. IV.    DISINFECTION. V.    TREATMENT. 

VI.    GENERAL  DIRECTIONS. 

I.   Its  Cause. 

This  disease  has  prevailed  to  a  considerable  extent  among  the  range 
oattle  of  the  West  and  Northwest,  and  has  been  heard  of  in  other  portions 
of  the  country.    We  quote  from  government  report : 

Scabies,  or  mange,  of  the  ox  is  a  contagious  disease  caused  by  a  para- 
sitic mite.  Cattle  are  chiefly  affected  with  but  two  varieties  of  these 
parasites,  or  mites,  which  belong  to  the  class  Arachnoidea.  These  are, 
first,  the  Psoroptes;  second,  the  Symbiotes.  The  fii-st  is  the  one  which 
most  frequently  affects  them.  It  lives  on  the  surface  of  the  skin  and  by 
its  biting  gives  rise  to  great  irritatioi:  and  itching.  It  is  most  frequent 
upon  the  sides  of  the  neck  and  shoulders,  at  the  base  of  the  horns,  and 
at  the  root  of  the  tail.  From  these  points  it  spreads  to  the  back  and  sides, 
and  may  invade  nearly  the  entire  body.  Its  principal  manifestations  are 
more  or  less  numerous  pimples,  exudation,  and  abundant  scaling  off  of 
the  skin,  falling  out  of  the  hair,  and  the  formation  of  dry,  gray-brown- 
ish scabs.  In  the  course  of  time  the  skin  becomes  thickened,  stiff, 
wrinkled,  and  acquires  the  consistence  of  leather.  When  mange  has 
spread  over  a  large  surface  of  the  body,  the  animals  lose  flesh  and  become 
weak  and  anemic,  rendering  them  constitutionally  less  able  to  with- 
stand or  combat  the  effects  of  the  mites.  At  the  same  time  the  decreased 
vigor  and  lessened  vitality  of  the  affected  animals  favor  more  rapid  mul- 
tiplication of  the  mites  and  the  further  extension  and  intensification  of 
the  disease.  Thus  w^e  have  cause  and  effect  working  together,  with  the 
result  that  scabies,  or  mange,  of  cattle  may  in  some  cases  prove  fatal; 
especially  are  fatal  terminations  likely  to  occur  in  the  latter  part  of  a 
severe  winter  among  immature  and  growing  animals,  or  those  of  adult 
and  full  age  when  in  an  unthrifty  condition  at  the  time  of  becoming 
infected.  Variations  in  the  progress  of  the  disease  have  been  noticed  de- 
pending upon  the  season  of  the  year,  ag.gravation  in  winter  alternating 
wath  improvement  in  summer. 

The  mite  which  causes  cattle  itch,  or  mange,  is  closely  related  to  the 
mite  which  causes  sheep  scab;  both  belong  to  the  same  genus  and  species, 
but  are  different  varieties.    The  sheep-scab  mite  will  not  attack  cattle,  nor 

914 


SCABIES  OF  CATTLE,  OR  MANGE.  915 


are 


will  the  cattle  mite  attack  sheep  or  other  animals.  The  itch  mites 
found  to  be  very  numerous  upon  affected  cattle,  and  a  very  small  quantity 
of  debris  from  an  actively  infested  area  of  the  skin  will  often  reveal  a 
surprisingly  large  number  of  the  parasites.  These  mites  may  be  removed 
from  an  animal  and  retain  their  vitality  for  a  long  time.  Specimens  have 
been  collected  and  kept  in  small  glass  bottles  in  the  laboratory  at  the 
ordinary  temperature  of  the  room  during  the  winter  months,  varying 
from  45°  F.  during  the  night  to  80°  F.  during  the  day,  which  would  live 
and  remain  active  from  eight  to  eleven  days.  Exposure  to  bright  sun- 
light, however,  would  kill  most  of  the  mites  in  a  few  hours. 

Sckbies  does  not  appear  to  affect  cattle  while  they  are  doing  well  on 
grass,  nor  to  attack  those  in  good  condition  over  three  years  old.  The 
animals  which  suffer  most  are  calves,  yeariings,  and  two-year-olds,  and 
those  in  poor  condition.  The  first  symptom  of  the  disease  is  usually 
an  intense  itching  of  the  skin  about  the  neck  or  shoulders,  which  ex- 
tends more  or  less  rapidly,  depending  largely  upon  the  health  and  vigor 
of  the  animal,  along  the  back  and  sides  and  down  the  outside  of  the  legs, 
but  does  not  usually  affect  the  inside  of  the  legs  nor  the  skin  of  the 
abdomen. 

The  other  variety  of  this  parasite  which  produces  mange  in  cattle  is 
the  Symbiotes.  This  is  known  as  Symbiotic  mange,  or  tail  mange.  It 
remains  generally  localized  upon  the  depressions  on  the  back  part  of  the 
croup  and  at  the  base  of  the  tail.  It  may,  however,  extend  over  the 
whole  surface  of  the  body  if  the  treatment  of  the  disease  and  care  of  the 
affected  animal  are  neglected.  These  cases,  however,  are  rare.  Foot  mange 
is  also  exceptional  in  cattle.  Tail  mange  has  almost  no  spreading  ten- 
dency, and  its  contagiousness  is  hardly  noticeable.  It  yields  readily  to 
treatment,  and  any  remedy  that  will  destroy  the  activity  of  the  parasite 
producing  the  Psoroptic,  or  common  form  of  mange,  will  readily  kill 
that  causing  the  Symbiotic,  or  tail  mange.  It  is  possible  for  the  different 
morbid  conditions  produced  by  these  two  varieties  of  parasites  to  exist 
in  the  same  animal  at  the  same  time. 

II.  Form  and  Life  History  of  the  Scab  Parasite. 

The  Psoroptes,  the  first  variety  referred  to,  live  upon  the  surface  of 
the  skin,  adhere  to  it,  and  suck  the  blood  and  lymph  of  the  skin  by  means 
of  their  mouth  organs,  producing  a  more  or  less  intense  inflammation 
through  the  numerous  stings  which  they  inflict.  This  species  is  character- 
ized by  its  relatively  greater  size.  Its  general  form  is  rounded  or  egg- 
shaped.  It  can  be  seen  with  the  naked  eye  upon  dark  surfaces,  and  is 
very  easily  seen  with  the  help  of  a  magnifying  glass.  The  head  is  elon- 
gated and  pointed.  The  jaws  are  long,  straight,  and  stinging.  The  legs 
are  very  long.    The  sucking  cups,  which  are  tulip  or  trumpet-shaped,  are 


916         CYCLOPEDIA   OF  LIVE   STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

carried  on  the  legs.  In  the  male  they  are  seen  on  the  four  pairs  of  legs ; 
in  the  female,  upon  the  first,  second,  ,and  fourth  pairs  only.  In  their 
immature  form  the  Psoroptes  or  common  mange  mites  have  three  pairs  of 
legs,  while  in  the  adult  state  they  possess  four.  The  latter  with  five  joints 
are  fitted  with  suction  cups  covered  with  fine  hair  and  armed  with  claws  or 
hooks.  The  head,  thorax,  and  abdomen  are  not  separated.  The  mouth 
parts  are  represented  by  mandibles  or  jaws.  The  skin  surface  is  covered 
with  scales,  hair,  spikes,  or  silky  hair,  etc. 

Females,  which  are  larger  than  males,  lay  from  20  to  24  eggs;  at  the 
end  of  4  to  7  days  the  larvse  come  out  and,  after  having  undergone  3  or 
4  changes,  arrive  at  the  stage  of  reproduction  from  the  fourteenth  to  the 
seventeenth  day.  If  exposed  to  damp  air,  or  placed  upon  wet  manure,  the 
mange  mites  continue  to  live  from  6  to  8  weeks.  Upon  damp  ground  the 
eggs  remain  alive  from  2  to  4  weeks.  In  a  dry  place  they  lose  their 
vitality  after  4  to  6  days.  Moderate  heat  is  favorable  to  their  vitality  and 
to  the  hatching  of  the  mites. 

In  warm  places  under  cover,  and  during  the  summer,  their  move- 
ments are  more  active  and  they  multiply  more  rapidly  than  under  the 
opposite  condition.  It  has  been  estimated  that  one  female  alone  may 
produce  1,500,000  individuals  in  90  days. 

Each  animal  species  has  its  specific  mange  parasites,  or  mites;  conse- 
quently the  expression  "mange"  must  necessarily  be  incomplete  unless 
the  variety  of  the  parasite  is  indicated.  Thus,  of  the  Psoroptic  variety, 
we  have  the  ox  mange  mites,  the  horse  mange  mites,  and  the  sheep  mange 
mites. 

In  each  of  these  animals  we  also  have  the  Symbiotic,  or  tail  mange, 
and  in  each  the  variety  would  be  designated  as  in  the  case  of  the  Pso- 
roptic or  common  form;  but  in  neither  variety  is  the  contagion  trans- 
mitted from  one  species  of  animal  to  the  other.  The  tail-mange  mites 
live  especially  upon  the  surface  of  the  skin  of  the  extremities,  and  exist  in 
scabs  in  the  outer  layer  of  the  skin.  Their  outlines  are  visible  to  the 
naked  eye.  The  head  is  short  and  wider  than  it  is  long.  The  body  is 
slightly  egg-shaped  and  notched  upon  the  outer  edge.  The  legs  are  long 
and  the  sucking  cups  are  shaped  like  a  Roman  shield,  and  are  distributed 
in  both  the  male  and  female,  as  in  the  case  of  the  same  organs  on  the  legs 
of  the  common  mange  mites. 

Sarcoptic  mange  is  a  more  serious  disease  than  either  of  those  already 
described,  but  is  not  common  to  cattle.  It  would  not,  therefore,  seem  im- 
portant to  refer  to  this  form  of  mange  parasite  and  occupy  space  in  this 
bulletin  except  by  a  reference  to  the  serious  disease  which  is  produced  by 
this  variety  of  mite  through  certain  characteristics  natural  to  it.  We  find 
Sarcoptic  mange  in  the  following  dornesticated  animals:  Horse,  sheep, 
goat,  dog,  cat  and  pig. 


SCABIES  OF  CATTLE,  OR  MANGE.  917 

This  variety  dig  galleries  under  the  outer  layer  of  the  skin  and  live  on 
the  cells  of  the  middle  layer  of  the  skin.  They  multiply  in  these  galleries 
and  occasion  a  very  intense  inflammation  of  the  skin.  Because  of  the 
depth  to  which  the  Sar copies  burrow  Sarcoptic  mange  is  exceedingly  hard 
to  eradicate.  It  would,  therefore,  seem  fortunate  that  this  form  of  the  dis- 
ease is  not  common  to  cattle.  It  is  rebellious  to  all  medication,  and  very 
frequently  recurrences  of  the  disease  are  seen  after  treatment  which  has 
been  prolonged  for  months. 

III.   Transmissibility  of  Mange. 

Concerning  the  transmissibility  of  the  different  manges  to  animals  and 
man,  we  find  that  all  Sar  copies  may  live  for  a  considerable  period  upon 
man's  skin,  but  the  common  mange  mites,  the  first  variety  described,  and 
the  tail-mange  mites,  the  second  variety  described,  die  very  rapidly  and 
occasion  but  slight  irritations.  The  horse  may  contract  Sarcoptic  mange 
of  the  sheep,  pig,  dog,  and  cat.  The  ox  takes  the  Sar  copies  of  the  horse, 
sheep,  goat,  and  cat.  The  sheep  contracts  Sarcoptic  mange  of  the  goat. 
The  dog  takes  the  Sarcopies  of  man,  pig,  cat,  sheep,  and  goat.  The  pig 
contracts  Sarcoptic  mange  of  the  goat.  From  this  it  will  be  seer;  the  Sar- 
coptic mange,  unlike  the  common  and  tail  manges,  is  transmissible  from 
one  species  of  animal  to  another. 

IV.    Disinfection. 

"What  has  already  been  said  with  regard  to  the  contagious  character  of 
scabies  in  cattle — of  the  number  of  scab  mites  which  may  be  found  in  a 
small  quantity  of  the  debris  of  the  skin  and  their  ability  to  live  and  remain 
active  for  a  considerable  length  of  time  under  unfavorable  conditions — 
will  indicate  the  importance  of  the  thorough  disinfection  of  corrals,  sheds, 
or  other  buildings  in  which  affected  cattle  may  have  been  kept.  It  is 
therefore  necessary,  in  order  to  attain  success  in  the  treatment  of  this  dis- 
ease, to  destroy  parasites  which  have  fallen  off  or  have  been  dislodged  from 
the  animals,  as  well  as  those  that  are  upon  them ;  otherwise  there  is  danger 
of  their  becoming  reinfected  from  the  premises  after  the  effects  of  the  rem- 
edy applied  to  the  animals  have  disappeared. 

V.    Treatment. 

Methods  in  operation  for  the  treatment  of  scabies  in  sheep  have  become 
more  or  less  familiar  to  all  people  interested  in  sheep  husbandry,  and  it 
may  be  said  that  the  same  treatment  so  successfully  applied  in  ridding 
sheep  of  scabies  has  been  found  equally  efficacious  in  the  treatment  of 
scabies  of  cattle. 

During  the  past  few  years  many  thousands  of  cattle  have  been  success- 
fully treated  for  mange  in  different  States  of  the  Middle  West  and  Middle 


918  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

Northwest  under  the  observation  and  supervision  of  inspectors  of  this 
Bureau ;  Dr.  A.  D.  Melvin,  Assistant  Chief  of  the  Bureau,  and  Dr.  Robert 
H.  Treacy,  Inspecter,  having  submitted  plans  and  specifications,  which 
will  be  found  further  on. 

The  dip  previously  used  contained  an  excess  of  lime,  and  frequently 
proved  quite  irritating  to  the  eyes  and  tender  parts  of  the  skin ;  hence  the 
lime-and-sulphur  dip  now  adopted  and  recommended  for  the  treatment  of 
scabies  of  cattle  is  made  with  the  following  ingredients : 

Flowers  of  sulphur pounds.  .     24 

Unslaked  lime do ...  .      12 

"Water gallons .  .    100 

Place  the  unslaked  lime  in  a  mortar  box  or  some  suitable  vessel  and  add 
enough  water  to  slake  it  and  form  a  lime  paste  or  lime  putty.  Sift  into 
this  lime  paste  the  flowers  of  sulphur  and  stir  the  mixture  well.  Be  sure 
to  weigh  both  the  lime  and  the  sulphur,  and  do  not  trust  to  measure  them 
in  a  bucket  or  guess  at  the  weight.  Place  the  sulphur  and  lime  paste  in 
a  kettle  or  boiler  with  about  25  or  30  gallons  of  boiling  water,  and  boil  the 
mixture  for  two  hours  at  least,  stirring  the  liquid  and  sediment.  The 
boiling  should  be  continued  until  the  sulphur  disappears,  or  almost  dis- 
appears, from  the  surface.  The  solution  is  then  of  a  chocolate  or  liver 
color.  The  longer  the  solution  boils  the  more  the  sulphur  is  dissolved, 
and  the  less  caustic  the  ooze  becomes.  Some  writers  advise  boiling  from 
thirty  to  forty  minutes,  but  this  is  not  sufficient ;  a  good  ooze  can  be  ob- 
tained only  by  boiling  from  two  to  three  hours,  adding  water  when  neces- 
sary. Pour  the  mixture  and  sediment  into  a  large  tub  or  barrel,  placed 
near  the  dipping  vat  and  provided  with  a  bunghole  about  4  inches  from 
the  bottom,  and  allow  it  ample  time  (from  two  to  three  hours  or  more  if 
necessary)  to  settle. 

The  use  of  some  kind  of  a  settling  tank  provided  with  a  bunghole  is 
an  absolute  necessity,  unless  the  boiler  is  so  arranged  that  it  may  be  used 
for  both  boiling  and  settling.  An  ordinary  kerosene  oil  barrel  will  answer 
very  well  as  a  small  settling  tank.  To  insert  a  spigot  about  3  to  4  inches 
from  the  bottom  is  an  easy  matter.  Draining  off  the  liquid  through  a 
spigot  has  a  great  advantage  over  dipping  it  out  because  less  commotion 
occurs  in  the  liquid,  which  therefore  remains  freer  from  sediment.  When 
fully  settled,  draw  off  the  clear  liquid  into  the  dipping  vat  and  add  enough 
warm  water  to  make  lOO  gallons.  But  under  no  circumstances  should 
the  sediment  in  the  barrel  be  used  for  dipping  purposes.  A  double  pre- 
caution against  allowing  the  sediment  to  enter  the  vat  is  to  strain  the  liquid 
through  ordinary  bagging  as  it  is  drawn  from  the  barrel  or  settling  tank. 

The  above  directions  are  for  the  quantity  of  dip  given  in  the  preceding 
formula.     Any  multiple  of  the  constituents  may  be  used,  depending  upon 


SCABIES  OF  CATTLE,  OR  MANGE.  919 

the  capacity  of  the  boiler,  vessels,  and  tank  to  be  filled,  but  let  it  be  repeated 
that  there  should  be  no  guessing  about  the  proportions ;  that  the  directions 
for  the  preparation  of  the  dip  as  here  given  should  be  closely  followed, 
care  being  taken  that  boiling  be  continued  for  the  full  time  recommended. 

Another  good  method  for  making  this  dip,  highly  recommended  by 
experienced  inspectors,  is  to  mix  the  lime  and  sulphur  in  a  mortar  box, 
then  slake  the  lime  thoroughly  and  put  the  mixture  in  the  cooking  tank 
(which  should  contain  one-fifth  the  total  quantity  of  water  required  for 
the  dip),  after  the  water  in  the  cooking  tank  is  nearly  boiling.  If  the 
mortar  box  is  not  at  hand  the  lime  and  sulphur  may  be  mixed  and  slaked 
in  the  cooking  vat  and  the  water  then  added  for  cooking.  The  mixture 
must  be  boiled  for  at  least  two  hours,  stirring  often.  Then  add  enough 
water  to  replace  that  which  has  boiled  away,  so  as  to  have  the  original 
proportion  of  water.  Allow  to  settle  two  hours,  or  longer  if  possible,  and 
draw  off  the  clear  liquid  for  use  in  dipping. 

The  liquid  obtained  by  these  processes  contains  calcium  sulphides  in 
solution  and  now  only  requires  the  addition,  of  sufficient  clear  water  to 
reduce  to  the  proper  strength  for  dipping.  Flowers  of  sulphur  must  be 
used'and  the  lime  must  be  of  good  quality. 

VI.  General  Directions. 

Soft  water  is  better  than  hard  water  for  dipping,  but  if  it  can  not  be 
obtained  the  hard  water  may  be  softened  by  adding  potash  or  lye,  but  no 
more  should  be  added  than  sufficient  to  cut  the  water. 

The  average  depth  of  the  liquid  used  in  a  dipping  vat  is  from  5Mj  to  6 
feet,  and  the  amount  of  dip  necessary  to  obtain  that  depth  should  be  ascer- 
tained before  preparing  the  dip,  in  order  that  the  requisite  amount  of  the 
liquid  may  be  prepared. 

In  1  gallon  there  are  231  cubic  inches.  In  order  to  find  the  number 
of  gallons  contained  in  a  dipping  vat  multiply  together,  in  inches,  the 
average  length,  the  average  breadth,  and  the  depth,  and  divide  by  231, 
and  the  result  will  be  the  number  of  gallons.  To  obtain  the  average  length 
of  vat,  add  the  length  at  the  bottom  to  the  length  at  the  top  of  dip — or 
water  line — and  divide  by  2 ;  obtain  the  average  width  in  the  same  manner. 
The  depth  should  be  taken  at  the  center  of  vat,  and  should  be  from  the 
bottom  to  water  or  dip  line. 

Be  sure  to  measure  only  the  space  filled  by  the  dip,  and  not  above  that 
line.  The  cooking  vat  should  also  be  measured.  It  is  convenient  to  have 
rods  marked,  showing  the  number  of  gallons  at  various  depths. 

Mix  the  dip  thoroiio;hly  in  the  dipping  vat  by  stirring  lengthwise  in  the 
vat,  also  from  top  to  bottom.  A  large  hoe  is  a  good  instrument  to  use  in 
stirring.  After  the  dip  is  thoroughly  mixed,  take  the  temperature  at 
different  parts  of  the  vat ;  see  that  it  is  uniform,  and,  if  too  hot  or  too  cold, 


920         CYCLOPEDIA   OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND   COMPLETE   STOCK   DOCTOR. 

add  hot  or  cold  water  with  proper  proportion  of  dip  until  the  right  tem- 
perature is  obtained ;  be  careful  to  have  all  well  mixed.  The  temperature 
of  the  dip  when  used  should  be  from  102°  to  110'  F. 

To  ascertain  the  temperature,  take  some  of  the  dip  out  of  the  vat  in  a 
bucket,  hold  the  thermometer  in  it,  and  read  the  temperature  while  it  is 
in  the  fluid.  The  dip  nmst  be  changed  as  soon  as  it  becomes  filthy,  re- 
gardless of  the  number  of  cattle  dipped  in  it,  and  in  no  case  should  it  be 
used  when  more  than  ten  days  old.  "When  there  is  any  doubt  as  to  the 
good  quality  and  proper  strength  of  the  dip,  or  if  it  seems  to  have  deter- 
iorated by  standing,  by  freezing,  or  by  being  fouled  by  use,  do  not  depend 
upon  it,  but  throw  it  away,  clean  out  the  dipping  vat,  and  make  new  dip. 
In  emptying  the  vat  the  entire  contents  must  be  removed,  including  all 
sediment  and  droppings  and  other  foreign  matter. 

In  order  to  attain  success  in  the  treatment  of  mange,  care  and  thorough- 
ness of  method  must  be  observed.  Animals  that  have  been  exposed  should 
be  dipped  as  well  as  those  that  show  distinct  evidences  of  the  disease. 
After  the  lapse  of  ten  days  or  two  weeks  following  the  first  dipping,  the 
animals  should  be  subjected  to  a  second  dipping,  in  order  that  parasites 
which  may  have  survived  the  first  treatment,  or  which  may  have  gotten 
on  the  animals  from  corrals,  sheds,  buildings,  or  elsewhere,  may  be 
destroyed.  Careful  examinations  of  thousands  of  cattle,  thirty  to  forty 
days  after  being  put  through  the  dip  for  the  second  time,  have  failed  to 
reveal  evidence  of  scabies  on  any  of  them. 

The  dip  liquid  in  the  tanks  during  the  whole  dipping  process  should 
be  kept  at  the  temperature  before  stated — from  102°  to  110°  F.  Each 
animal  should  be  kept  two  minutes  in  the  dip,  and  be  put  completely 
under  twice  during  that  time.  All  bad  cases  should  be  hand-rubbed  and 
kept  in  the  dip  four  minutes. 

Pregnant  cows  have  been  treated,  as  well  as  cattle  of  all  ages,  from 
calves  to  full-grown  steers,  with  the  loss  of  but  one  animal  in  one  of  the 
-swimming  tanks.  This  was  a  steer  which  for  some  unknown  reason 
seemed  to  be  unable  to  swim  and  was  drowned.  It  would  appear  that  the 
dipping  of  cows,  when  proper  care  is  taken — especially  to  prevent  crowding 
in  the  chutes — has  no  appreciable  effect  upon  abortions,  as  a  comparison 
with  previous  years  showed  that  the  dipping  had  not  increased  the  average 
number  of  abortions  regularly  occurring  among  these  herds  before  dips 
were  used. 


CHAPTER  XV 


DISEASES  OF  THE  EYE. 


I.    OPHTHALMIA  OR  CONJUNCTIVITIS. II.     FUNGUS  H^MATOD«:S,  OR  BLEEDING  CAN- 
CER.  III.      TORN  EYELIDS. IV.     INVERSION  AND  EVERS1->N  OF  THE  EYELIDS 

V.      FOREIGN  SUBSTANCES   IN  THE  EYE. 

I.    Ophthalmia  or  Conjunctivitis. 

As  a  rule,  cattle  are  subject  to  but  few  diseases  of  the  eye,  the  most 
common  being  simple  soreness  or  inflammation  of  the  conjunctiva  (lining 
of  the  lids),  from  the  introduction  of  foreign  bodies,  exposure  to  cold 
winds,  scratching  of  thorns,  or  blows  from  horns  of  other  cattle,  or  else 
from  kicks  or  some  similar  violence  on  the  part  of  the  attendants. 

How  to  know  it. — There  is  swelling  and  congestion  of  the  lids  ;  weep- 
ing, the  tears  running  down  over  the  cheek ;  shaking  and  hanging  of  the 
head  ;  refusal  of  food  ;  suspension  of  rumination,  etc.  On  examination,  it 
will  be  found  that  the  eye  is  kept  closed  or  nearly  so,  and  is  very  red  ;  and 
the  small  blood-vessels  of  the  eye-ball  are  enlarged  and  injected.  The  in- 
flammation may  extend  to  the  iTiternal  parts  of  the  eye,  and  pus  may  gather 
and  fall  to  the  bottom  of  the  anterior  chamber,  forming  a  whitish  yellow 
spot.  Cataract  may  result  from  this,  or,  at  least,  opacity  from  the  for- 
mation of  a  Avhite  film  over  the  surface  of  the  eyeball  (cornea). 

What  to  do. — Give  a  mild  purgative,  No.  8.  Bathe  the  eye  with  warm 
milk  and  water,  half  and  half,  several  times  a  day,  and  apply  the  follow- 
ing lotion  with  a  camel's  hair  brush  directly  to  the  eyeball  and  all  other 
parts,  several  times  a  day. 

No  58.  2  Grains  sulphate  ot  atropla, 

1  Ounce  water, 
Mix. 

After  the  active  inflammation  is  subdued,  apply  the  following  lotion  in 
addition  to  the  other  treatment,  which  should  still  be  continued : 

No,  59.  10  Grains  nitrate  of  silver, 

1  Ounce  water, 
Mix. 

Apply  directly  to  the  eyeball,  morning  and  night,  with  a  camel's  hair 
brush.  Continue  this  till  all  opacity  is  gone,  that  is,  till  the  white  half- 
moon  spot  at  the  bottom  of  the  anterior  chamber  is  absorbed 

921 


922  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

n.    Fungus  Heematodes,  or  Bleeding  Cancer. 

This  is  a  cancerous  growth  that  may  develop  on  any  part  of  the  body 
but  is  especially  apt  to  come  in  the  eye,  destroying  that  organ,  and  form- 
ijig  a  large,  spongy,  fungus-like  excres-- 
ence  that  bleeds  upon  the  slightest  in-  ^ 
jury,  in  fact  almost  upon  a  mere  touch. 

What  to  do. — When  the  exact  nature 
of  the  disease  is  recognized,  the  eye 
should  be  dissected  out,  and  the  animal 
fitted  for  the  butcher  as  speedily  as  pos- 
sible. The  operation  is  the  same  as 
that   described    under    "  Extirpation    of  fungus  h^matodes. 

the  Eye"  in  the  Horse  department. 

m.  Torn  Eyelids. 
As  in  everything  of  the  nature  of  a  "  blemish,"  an  injury  to  the  eye  is 
of  less  consequence  in  cattle  than  in  the  horse.  Still,  both  humanity  and 
self-interest  dictate  that  it  should  not  be  neglected.  In  a  case  of  torn 
eyelids, — an  accident  that  may  happen  in  various  ways, — bring  the  edges 
neatly  together,  and  sev/  them  with  fine  silk.  Dress  them  afterwards 
'with  a  weak  carbolic  or  other  healing  lotion,  applying  the  same  two  or 
three  times  a  day  as  long  as  necessary. 

rv.  Inversion  and  Eversion  of  the  Eyelids. 
These  are  more  of  an  annoj'ance  than  a  serious  ailment,  and  are  not  of 
very  frequent  occurrence  in  cattle.  Their  technical  names  are  entropium 
and  ectropium,  respectively,  under  which  they  have  been  described  in  the 
Horse  department,  on  page  524,  to  w^hich  the  reader  is  referred.  They 
are  identical  wita  what  oculists  are  often  called  on  to  treat  in  the  human 
subject. 

V.  Foreign  Substances  in  the  Eye. 
Hayseed,  hair,  or  other  foreign  particles  in  the  eye  always  occasion 
great  annoyance,  and  often  real  suffering,  which  the  animal  will  manifest 
by  keeping  the  eye  partly  closed,  and  perhaps  by  turning  the  head  slightly 
awry.  Anything  of  this  kind  should  be  removed  at  once,  the  head  being 
well  secured,  so  that  the  operator  will  run  no  risk  of  injury  from  the 
horns.  The  method  of  procedure,  as  also  the  subsequent  treatment,  will 
be  similar  to  that  described  on  page  520  for  the  horse. 

Pink  eye  in  cattle: — This  disease  resembles  epizootic  catarrh  in 
that  the  eyes  become  red  and  tears  stream  down  the  cheeks.  Those  af- 
fected usually  become  blind  by  a  film  growing  over  the  ball.  If  an  abscess 
form,  mix  powdered  calomel  and  starch  in  equal  parts  and  blow  into  the 
eye.  Otherwise,  dissolve  20  gr.  of  boracic  acid  in  an  oz.  of  water  and 
apply  to  the  eye  once  or  twice  per  day.  Isolate  the  animal  affected  and 
put  in  a  dark  stable  in  the  dav  time. 


CHAPTER  XVI. 
ACCIDENTS,  ETC. 


I.   CHOKING. II.  FRACTURES. III.  WOUNDS. IV.  DISLOCATIONS. — 1= — V. 

SPRAINS. VI.    WENS. VII.     BLOAT    IN    CATTLE. 

In  this  chapter  we  shall  treat  of  the  more  common  accidents,  such  as 
every  stock-man  is  called  on  to  face  more  or  less  frequently  every  year. 
They  often  require  immediate  attention,  and  even  if  a  veterinary  sur- 
geon is  Avithin  reach  it  will  in  many  cases  be  very  desirable  to  take  a  half 
dozen  stitches  or  so,  while  waiting  for  him. 

I.    Choking. 

This  is  a  common  accident  where  roots  are  fed,  and  it  may  happen  on 
any  farm  in  the  fall,  if  the  cattle  have  access  to  apples,  etc.  The  im- 
perfectly chewed  turnip  or  apple  sticks  in  the  gullet,  (which  in  cattle  is 
small),  and  resists  all  the  animal's  efforts  to  dislodge  it. 

How  to  know  it. — There  is  always  tympanitis  ;  the  head  is  extended 
and  neck  stretched  out ;  saliva  drools  from  the  mouth  ;  the  animal  mani- 
fests restlessness  and  pain ;  she  keeps  chewing  and  making  frequent 
efforts  to  swallow  ;  and  an  anxious  expression  is  seen  on  the  countenance. 
Death  may  follow,  either  from  suffocation  or  from  rupture  of  the  dia- 
phragm . 

What  to  do. — Ascertain  if  the  object  is  in  the  throat  or  neck,  and  if 
it  is,  place  a  balling  iron  in  the  mouth,  (or  a  plow  clevis  may  be  used,  pro- 
vided it  will  open  the  mouth  wide  enough  to  allow  the  hand  to  be  inserted  )  ; 
have  the  head  steadied,  and  insert  your  hand  and  take  it  out.  An  assist- 
ant to  manipulate  the  obstruction  on  the  outside,  and  push  it  up  against 
you,  will  facilitate  its  removal  wonderfully.  If  it  cannot  be  reached,  tap 
the  paunch  with  the  trochar  and  cannula,  to  evacuate  the  gas  ;  (see  cuts 
on  pages  861  and  862) ;  then  pass  down  the  probang,  and  with  steady, 
gentle  force  push  it  through  into  the  stomach.  In  the  absence  of  a  pro- 
bang,  a  strong,  three-quarter  inch  rope  may  be  used.  Dip  it  in  hot  water 
and  oil  it ;  then  pass  it  down,  twisting  occasionally  with  the  twist  of  the 
rope.  Even,  gentle  pressure  on  the  probang  will  make  the  obstruction 
yield  in  a  few  minutes. 

n.    Fractures. 

As  a  rule,  a  broken  bone  is  more  easily  repaired  in  the  case  of  cattle 
than  in  horses,  owing  to  their  being  more  auiet.     Fractures  are  classified 

923 


924  CYCLOPEDIA  or  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

9B  transverse,  oblique,  "green-stick,"  simple,  compound,  comminuted  and 
complex.  In  transverse  fracture,  the  bone  is  broken  square  off;  in  oblique, 
it  is  broken  obliquely  across;  in  "green-stick,"  it  is  bent  and  split,  but  not 
broken  clear  off.  In  simple  fractures,  only  the  bone  is  broken  without  any 
complications;  in  compound,  the  endo  ol  the  broken  bones  punch  through 
the  flesh,  and  protrude;  in  conuninuted,  the  bone  is  shattered  into  many 
small  pieces;  in  complex,  the  bone  is  not  only  ])roken,  ])ut  there  is  serious 
damage  also  done  to  important  soft  tissues,  such  as  lacerations  of  blood 
vessels,  nerves,  ligaments  and  other  tissues  of  joints. 

How  to  know  It. — ^The  only  reliable  tests,  when  there  is  displacement, 
is  the  unnatural  position  of  the  parts  and  the  crepitation  (grating  of  one 
bone  upon  another)  that  may  be  heard  when  the  parts  are  moved. 


TRANSVERSE  AND  OBLIQUE  FRACTURES  OF  BONE. 

What  to  do. — In  case  of  a  broken  leg  (by  far  the  most  common  frac- 
ture in  cattle),  phice  the  bones  in  position  as  nearly  as  possible,  and  put 
on  a  plaster  of  Paris  bandage,  to  enclose  the  leg  and  maintain  the  parts 
in  place.  In  the  absence  of  plaster  of  Paris,  sole  leather,  softened  with 
water  and  fitted  to  the  leg  may  be  used  ;  bind  it  on  with  a  bandage.  Keep 
the  animal  as  quiet  as  possible.  Compound  and  complex  fractures  are 
generally  fatal,  on  account  of  the  inflammation  that  follows. 

III.    Wounds. 

Wounds  on  the  body  may  be  sewed  up  with  any  of  the  different  su- 
tures described  in  the  Horse  department,  on  page  556.     Wounds  on  the 


MANY-TAILED  BANDAGE  FOR  LARGE  LACERATED  AND  OPEN  WOr>n)S. 

legs  are  best  held  together  with  bandages.     The  many-tailed  bandage  Is 
oarticularly  haudy  to  draw  the  edges  together  and  bold  them  io  place 


ACCIDENTS,   ETC. 


925 


Bandages  should  be  kept  scrupulously  clean,  by  vvashnig  them  once  or 
twice  a  day  and  bathing  them  with  recipe  No.  9.  When  the  wound  is 
well  filled  up,  apply  No  1,  with  No.  2  occasionally. 
IV.  Dislocations. 
Cattle  are  peculiarly  liable  to  dislocation  of  the  patella.  It  slips  off  on 
the  outside  when  the  leg  is  back  of  a  perpendicular  position,  and  the  ani- 
mal IS  unable  to  bring  it  forward.     This  is  well  shown  ni  the  accompany- 


DISLOCATION   Or  THE  PA.TELLA 


ing  illustration. 


It  IS  best  reduced  by  pulling  the  foot  forward  Mnth  a 
rope  passed  around  the  pastern,  and  pushmg  inwards  on  the  stifle  bone 
(patella),  when  it  will  snap  in,  and  locomotion  can  be  resumed  at  once. 


SIMPLE  METHOU  OF  PREVEKTING  A  RECURRENCE  OF  DISLOCATION  OF  THE  PATELLA. 

In  the  first  few  instances,  the  joint  is  injured,  so  that  considerable 
swelling  takes  place  and  causes  great  lameness,  but  after  a  few  disloca- 
tions it  slips  in  and  out  easily. 

What  to  do. — Fasten  the  leg  forward  with  the  rcpe  passed  around  the 
neck  as  seen  in  the  annexed  cut.     Foment  the  joint  with  hot  water 


926  CYCLOPEDIA   OF  LIVE   STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK   DOCTOR. 

several  times  a  day,  and  when  the  inflammation  is  gone,  blister  thoroughly 
with  the  following  blister : 

No.  60.  1  Ounce  powdered  cantharides, 

4  Ounces  lard. 
Mix. 
Rub  well  in. 

V.  Sprains. 

The  best  treatment  for  sprains  is  to  foment  them  with  hot  water  or 
hot  vinegar  three  times  a  day,  and  apply  the  following  liniment,  rubbing 
it  in  thoroughly : 

No.  61.  2  Ounces  tincture  arnica, 

1  Ounce  alcohol, 
1  Ounce  turpentine, 
1  Ounce  laudanum, 
1  Ounce  liquor  ammonia. 

Water  to  make  one  pint. 

Mix. 

If  practicable,  bandage  tolerably  tight.  Give  rest  till  the  lameness  is 
all  gone. 

VI.  Wens. 

These  are  hard,  fibrous  tumors  resulting,  usually,  from  a  blow  or  other 
external  violence.  They  are  frequently  seen  on  the  ribs,  legs  and  jaws  of 
oxen. 

What  to  do.— If  noticed  when  first  started,  when  they  are  sore,  foment 
them  with  hot  water  several  times  a  day;  after  a  few  days,  the  soreness 
being  partially  gone,  paint  them  Avith  tincture  of  iodine  once  a  day.  If, 
however,  they  become  large  and  hard,  nothing  will  be  of  any  use  short  of 
dissecting  them  out.  This  may  be  done  without  any  danger.  Afterwards 
dress  the  wound  with  recipe  No.  9,  two  or  three  times  a  day. 

VII.    Bloat  in  Cattle. 

Internal  treatment  for  Bloat  in  Cattle:— Cattle  bloat  when  turned  into 
luxurious,  succulent  feed,  when  not  accustomed  to  it,  or  are  fed  too  many 
roots,  apples  or  potatoes  at  a  time,  especially  if  not  accustomed  to  them. 
They  also  bloat  when  choked.  If  it  is  severe,  with  great  distress  in  breath- 
ing, they  must  be  tapped  with  a  trocar  and  eanula.  After  tapping,  or  in 
cases  not  requiring  it,  give  a  purgative  of  Epsom  Salts  one  pound,  ginger 
one  ounce,  oil  of  turpentine  two  ounces,  warm  water  to  make  two  quarts, 
mix  and  give  as  one  dose. 


CHAPTER  XVII. 


OPERA.TIONS. 


£.    TAPPING  THE  CHEST,  AND  TAPPING  THE  BELLY. II,   TRACHEOTOMY. III.   TAP- 
PING THE  KUMEN  (PAUNCH)  FOU  HOVEN. IV.    KUMENOTOMY. V.   CASTRATION. 

•       VI.     SPAYING. VII.     TAPPING  THE   BLADDER  OF  THE  OX  OR  BULL. VIII. 

SUTURES  AND  BANDAGES. IX.    C^SARIAN  OPERATION. X.    BLEEDING. 

I.    Tapping  the  Chest,  and  Tapping  the  Belly. 
The  first  of  these  operations  (^paracentesis  thoracis^  lias  for  its  object 
the  removal  of  Avater  f  I'om   tlie   chest  ia  hydrothorax.     Clip  off  the  hair 

from  a  spot  about  three  inches  back 
of  the  joint  of  the  elbow,  and  on  a 
level  with  it.  Make  an  incision 
through  the  skin  and  muscles  to  a 
depth  of  about  two  inches,  being 
careful  to  locate  it  so  that  it  shall 
pass  between  two  ribs,  and  not  too 
close  to  the  posterior  aspect  of  the 
anterior  one  of  the  two — about  midway  if  possible.  Then  pass  in  the 
trochar  and  cannula,  withdraw  the  trochar,  and  leave  the  cannula  to 
act  as  a  spout  for  the  water.    If  lymph  or  other  substance  clogs  the  hole. 


MAKING  THE  INCISION  VTITH  THE  KNIFE 


THE  FLUID  FLOWING  FROM  THE   CHEST  THROUGH  THE   CANNULA. 

push  it  away  with  a  whalebone  probe.  The  other  side  may  l)c  tapped  in 
the  same  way.  The  trochar  for  this  operation  should  be  about  a  quarter 
of  an  inch  m  diameter. 

927 


928  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

Paracentesis  Abdomenis  is  the  same  operation,  to  empty  the  belly  in 
peritonitis.  Make  the  incision  in  the  center  line  of  the  belly  just  back  of 
the  navel.  Use  the  same  trochar,  but  do  not  insert  it  deeper  than  two 
inches.  In  either  of  these  operations,  when  the  instrument  is  withdrawn 
the  hole  will  close  without  any  aid, 

n.    Tracheotomy. 

This  is  the  insertion  of  a  tube  in  the  windpipe,  in  case  of  threatened 
suffocation.  It  is  identical  with  the  same  operation  on  the  horse,  de- 
scribed on  page  558. 

m.    Tapping  the  Rmnen  (Patmch)  for  Hoven. 

Insert  the  trochar,  which  may  be  a  large  one  (f  of  an  inch  in  diame- 
ter), in  the  center  of  a  triangle  made  by  the  last  rib,  the  anterior  point 
of  the  hip  and  the  ends  of  the  transverse  processes  of  the  lumbar  spines 
on  the  left  side.  Point  it  downward  and  inward  obliquely,  and  it  will 
pass  directly  into  the  paunch,  which  grows  to  the  left  side  only,  and  only 
in  this  vicinity.  Pull  out  the  trochar,  and  the  gas  will  escape  through 
the  cannula.  (See  the  article,  with  cuts,  on  Hoven.) 
IV.    Rumenotomy. 

This  is  an  operation  to  empty  the  paunch  in  case  of  engorgement,  when 
a  passage  cannot  be  effected  m  the  regular  way.  Clip  off  the  hair  from 
the  triangle  described  in  the  last  article,  on  the  left  side,  (see  cuts  on 
pages  862  and  863)  ;  and  make  an  opening,  running  up  and  down,  large 
enough  to  insert  the  hand  ;  open  first  the  skin,  next  the  muscles,  then  the 
wall  of  the  paunch.  Insert  a  towel,  and  arrange  it  to  cover  the  lower 
edge  of  the  wound,  to  keep  the  latter  clean.  Then  empty  the  paunch 
with  the  hand.  When  nearly  empty,  pour  in  recipe  No.  26,  wash  the 
wound,  and  sew  it  up  with  cat-gut  sutures.  First  sew  the  paunch,  leav- 
ing the  ends  hanging  inside  ;  then  draw  the  muscles  together,  the  ends  of 
the  ligatures  hanging  outside  ;  then  sew  up  the  skin.  Dress  the  whole 
with  lotion  No.  9,  keeping  the  parts  wet  with  it  nearly  all  the  time. 

V.  Castration. 
This  may  be  done  to  calves  by  laying  them  down  on  their  backs,  open- 
ing the  scrotum  and  cutting  through  the  tunics  to  the  testicle,  letting  it 
out,  when  the  tunics  may  be  cut  from  their  attachment  at  the  end  of  the 
testicle,  and  the  testicle  pulled  out,  tearing  away  the  spermatic  cord. 
Pour  a  little  cold  water  into  the  scrotum,  and  let  the  calf  u}).  Old  bulls 
may  be  castrated  standing.  Make  a  separate  opening  for  each  testicle, 
and  let  the  testicle  out  of  the  tunics  ;  cut  off  the  cord  with  the  ecraseur 
well  up  towards  the  body ;  if  no  ecraseur  is  procurable,  apply  clamps, 
•«bich  may  be  removed  after  two  days. 


OPERATIONS.  929 

VT.    Spaying. 

This  is  an  operation  on  the  female  to  remove  the  ovaries,  and  corres- 
ponds to  castraiion  of  the  male.  In  young,  small  heifers  it  is  best  done 
in  the  flank.  Lay  the  heifer  on  her  left  side  with  the  legs  stretched  back. 
Clip  off  the  hair  from  the  angle  between  the  point  of  the  hip  and  last  rib  ; 
make  an  incision,  running  up  and  down,  large  enough  to  admit  the  hand  ; 
pass  the  hand  into  the  abdominal  cavity  and  find  the  womb  ;  follow  up 
a  horn  of  the  womb  till  the  ovary  is  reached,  pull  the  ovary  out,  and 
either  cut  or  twist  it  off, — preferably  the  latter,  to  avoid  bleeding.  If 
cut  off,  the  artery  should  bo  twisted,  to  arrest  the  hemorrhiige.  The 
parts  arc  put  back,  and  the  other  ovary  is  brought  up  and  operated  on 
similarly.  This  one  may  bo  more  difficult  to  bring  out,  but  gentle  trac- 
tion will  accomplish  it.  Select  warm  pleasant  weather  for  this  operation, 
to  avoid  chilling  the  intestines.  Great  care  should  be  taken  to  keep 
everything  as  clean  as  possible,  as  hair  or  other  foreign  particles,  intro- 
duced into  the  belly,  might  cause  fatal  peritonitis.  Stitch  up  the  walls  of 
the  belly  first ;  then  the  skin  with  cat-gut,  interrupted  sutures.  Dress 
the  wound  with  lotion  No.  9. 

Cov.-s  are  best  operated  on  standing.  Make  the  incision  throuo-h  the 
upper  wall  of  the  vagina  close  to  the  os  uteri,  large  enough  to  introduce  two 
fingers,  by  which  the  ovaries  are  pulled  out  and  excised  with  an  ecra- 
seur.  No  stitches  are  needed  in  this  wound.  Dress  it  afterwards  with 
lotion  No.  47,  twice  a  day.  Feed  lightly  for  a  day  or  two  before  the  oper- 
ation, and  give  bran  mashes  for  a  few  days  after.  If  peritonitis  sets  in, 
(which,  however,  it  is  not  very  likely  to  do),  treat  it  according  to  the 
directions  for  that  disease. 

Vn.    Tapping  the  Bladder  of  the  Ox  or  Bull. 

When  it  is  necessary  to  draw  off  the  urine  of  the  male,  an  opening 
must  be  made  at  the  point  where  the  penis  turns  over  the  angle  of  the 
pelvis,  and  the  catheter  introduced  as  seen  in  the  annexed  cut.  The  in- 
cision should  be  made  very  carefully,  and  no  larger  than  really  neces- 
sary to  introduce  ^he  instrument.  Dress  the  wound  with  No.  9,  twice  a 
day.  It  will  oe  advisable  to  take  a  stitch  in  it,  of  course.  The  curve  in 
the  urethral  canal  (see  cut  on  page  872)  is  what  makes  this  operation 
necessary,  as  it  renders  the  introduction  of  a  catheter  by  the  penis 
impossible. 

Vni.    Sutures  and  Bandages. 

Sutures  are  used  in  sewing  wounds,  whenever  they  are  longer  than  half 
an  inch.  The  material  generally  used  is  silk,  doubled  once  or  twice,  to 
make  the  cord  large  enough  to  prevent  it  from  jiulling  out.     Silver  wire 


930 


CYCI,OPEDIA   OF  LIVE   STOCK    AND   COMPT,r:TE   STOCK   DOCTOR. 


may  be  used,  l)ut  has  no  special  advantages  over  the  silk.  Pass  the  needle 
through  the  skin  al)out  half  an  inch  hack  from  the  edge  and  tie  loosely, 
leavin":  the  ends  about  half  an  inch  lonij^. 


i*^?!^^*^^^^^ 

^"^^"•y^. 


OPKKATION    KOR   HEMOVIN(}    URINE   FROM   THE   OX. 

Bandages  arc  particularly  useful  in  cases  of  wounds  on  the  legs,  since 
there  the  stitches  will  almost  invariably  pull  out,  unless  thus  reinforced. 
The  many-tailed  l)andage  shown  on  page  924  is  verj^  useful.    For  further 
details  see  the  corresponding  article  iu  the  Horse  department. 
IX.    The  Caesarian  Operation. 
This  is  resorted  to  for  tlic  delivery  of  the  calf,  in  the  extremity  men- 
tioned on  page    887.     The  belly  is  opened  high  up   in  the  flank  on  the 
right  side,  and  an  incision  made  in  the  uterus,  and  the  calf  taken  out.    It 
is  seldom  resorted  to,  for  obvious  reasons. 
X.    Bleeding. 
A  cord  is  passed    around    the   neck,   and 
tied  tight   enough  to    raise    the    vein,    over 
which  a  fleam   is  held  and  struck  with  the 
blood-stick.     AVhen  sufficient  blood  has  been 
taken,  remove  the  cord  and  close  the  wound 
with  a  twisted  ("figure  8"  )  suture. 

The  article  on  Bleeding,  in  the  Horse  de- 
partment, should  be  read  in  connection  with 
the  foregoing  directioiis. 

Dehorning  cattle:  — The  best  way  to  do  this  is  to  breed  them  off.  To 
get  rid  of  the  horn,<  from  those  passed  beyond  the  "button"  stage  use  a 
saw  or  a  pair  of  clippers.  Under  this  age,  moisten  a  small  piece  of  caustic 
l)ota&h  and  apply  gently  over  the  coming  horn  until  the  skin  Alps  from 
the  tip  and  the  job  is  done. 

Bloody  Milk:—  Mix  a  pound  of  epsom  salts  and  a  teaspoonful  of  salt- 
peter in  a  quart  of  warm  water  and  give  as  a  drench.  Give  a  teaspoon- 
fi;!  of  .=altpeter  in  a  'bran  mash  every  night,  bathe  the  bag  with  warm 
ual!  r  md  rub  in  lard  and  camphor. 


ox  I'KEPAREl)  FOR  15LEl,l>ING. 


CHAPTER  XVIIl. 


RECIPES  FOR  CATTLE. 


As  a  matter  of  convenience  to  the  render,  to  whom  time  will  often  be 
precious  in  treating  his  sick  stock,  we  add  this  chapter,  rccapitulatiug  all 
our  prescriptions  for  cattle. 


No.  1. 


No. 


HEALING   LOTION. 

Sugar  of  lead,  1  ounce, 
Carbolic  acid,  2  drachmS; 
Laudaimni,  1  ounce. 
Water  to  make  1  pint, 

Mix. 
Apply  three  limes  a  day. 


ANTISEPTIC   LOTION. 

Carbolic  acid,  1  part, 
Olive  oil,  8  parts, 

Mix. 
Apply  three  times  a  day 


ANTISEPTIC  DRENCH. 

Nitro-muriatic  acid,  1  drachm, 
Bi-chroniate  potash,  3  grains. 
Chlorate  potash,  2  drachms. 
Water,  y^  pint. 

Mix. 
Give  as  one  dose  two  or  three  times 
a  dav. 


No.  G. 


No. 


No. 


NO.  4.      TONIC    POWDER. 

Copperas,  %  ounce. 
Oil-cake,  a  handful, 

Powder  and  mix. 
Give  as  one  dose,  and  repeat  morn- 
ing and  night. 


No.  5. 


POWDER   FOR  RHEUMATISM. 

Colchicum,  2  drachms. 
Nitrate  of  potash,  2  drachms, 

Mix. 
Give  as  one  dose,  and  repeat  night 
and  morniug  for  a  week. 

931 


No   9. 


LINIMENT  FOR  RHEUMATISM. 

Laudanum,  1  ounce. 
Spirits  camphor,  1  ounce. 
Turpentine,  1  ounce. 
Water  to  make  1  pint, 

Mix. 
Apply  tln-ee  times  a  day  with  fric= 
tion,  and  bandage. 


TONIC   DRENCH. 

Gentian  root,  1  ounce. 
Ginger,  %  ounce. 
Oatmeal  gruel,  1  quart. 

Mix. 
Give  as  one  dose,  and  repeat  three 
times  a  day  for  two  weeks. 


MILD   PURGATIVE. 

Epsom  salts,  12  ounces. 
Ginger,  1  ounce. 
Gentian,  1  ounce. 
Syrup,  4  ounces. 
Water  to  make  2  quarts, 

Mix. 
Give  as  one  dose. 


CARBOLIC   LOTION. 

Carbolic  acid,  ^^  ounce, 

Water,  1  pint. 
Mix. 

Apply  two  or  three  times  a  day;  in 
case  of  a  surface  sore,  bind  on  a 
sponge  wet  with  the  lotion. 


932 


CYCLOrEDIA   OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE   STOCK   DOCTOR. 


No.  10.      ALTERATIVE    AND    STIMULATING 
DRENCH. 

Iodide  potash,  2  drachms, 
AVTiiskey,  2  ounces. 
Powdered  cinchona,  1  ounce, 
Gruel,  1  pint. 

Mix. 
Give  as  one  dose,  and  repeat  three 
times  a  day. 


No.  11.      TONIC  POWDER. 

Saccliarized  carbonate  of  iron,  2(lis. 
Powdered  cinchona  bark,  2  (hs.. 

Mix. 
Give  as  one  dose;  repeat  nioriiin^- 
and  iiisht. 


No.  12.      TURPENTINE    DRENCH. 

Oil  turpentine,  1  ounce, 
Linseed  oil,  >^  pint, 

Mix. 
Give   as  one  dose,    repeat    three 
times  a  day. 


iVo.  l:{.      .ONIC   DRENCH. 

Tincture  nniriate  of  iron,  )^  ounce, 
'J'incture  cinchona,  1  ounce, 
Water,  2  ounces, 

Mix. 
Give  as  one  dose;    repeat    three 

times  a  day,  between  the  doses 

of  No.  12. 


No.  14.      AMMONIA    LINIMENT. 

T/iqnor  of  ammonia,  1  ounce. 
Oil  of  turpentine,  1  ounce, 
Ijinseed  oil,  1  ounce. 

Mix. 
Rub  well  in  to  the  face  and  head 
once  a  day. 


No.  16.      A   GARGLE. 

Chlorate  of  potasYi,  1  ounce, 
Water,  1  pint, 

Mix. 
Inject  a  little  into  the  throat  as  a 
gargle  several  times  a  day. 


No. 


MIXTURE   FOR  DIAKKIIOCA. 

Infusion  of  quassia.  1  pint. 
Laudanum,  1  ounce, 
Sulphuric  ether,  )^  ounce, 
Cold,  thin  gruel,  1  pint, 

Mix. 
Give  as  one  dose.    Repeat,  if  nec- 
essary. 


No.  18.      FEVER  MIXTURE. 

Spirits  nitre,  3  ounces. 
Tincture  aconite  root,  2  drachms. 
Fluid  extract  belladonna,  }.i  oz., 
Nitrate  potash,  2  ounces. 
Muriate  of  ammonia,  2  orinces. 
Water  to  make  1  quart. 

Mix. 
Give  half  a  teacupful  every  two  or 
three  hours  till  better. 


No.  15.      SILVER  LOTION. 

Nitrate  of  silver,  10  grains, 
Water,  1  ounce. 

Mix. 
Apply  twice  a  day  with  a  camel's 
hair  brush. 


No.  19.    TONIC  AND  ALTERATIVE  POWDER. 

Nitrate  of  potash,  2  drachms. 
Gentian  root  (powdered),  2  drs.. 
Ginger,  1  drachm. 

Mix. 
Give  as  one  dose;  repeat  morning 
and  night  for  a  week. 

XO.  20.      STIMULATING  DRENCH. 

Infusion  of  gentian,  >2  pint. 

Ginger,  1  drachm, 

Carbonate  of  ammonia,  1  draclun. 

Syrup,  2  ounces, 

Watei ,  Yi  pint, 

Mix. 
Give  as  one  dose,  and  repeat  three 
times  a  day. 


No.  21.      TONIC   POWDER. 

Sulphate  of  ii'on  (copperas),  3  drs., 
Gentian,  2  drachms. 
Ginger,  1  drachm, 
Foenugreek  seed,  1  drachjti. 

Powder  and  mix. 
Give  as  one  dose,  and  repeat  morn- 
ing and  night  for  a  week  or  two. 


RECIPES  FOR  CATTLE. 


933 


No.  22. 


A  GARGLE. 

Chlorate  of  potash,  2  ounces. 
Water,  1  quart, 

Mix.    • 
Shoot  back  into  the  throat,  as  a 

gargle,  several  times  a  day  with 

a  syringe. 


No.  23.      FEVER  MIXTURE. 

Mindererus'  spirit  (acetate  of  am- 
monia) ,  2  ounces, 

Tincture  aconite  root,  20  drops, 

Water,  >^  pint. 
Mix. 

Give  as  one  dose,  and  repeat  every 
two  hours  till  better. 


No.  28.      ANTACID   ?OWDER. 

Bi-carbonate  of  soda,  3  drachms 
Gentian,  2  drachms, 
Ginger,  2  drachms. 

Mix. 
Give  as  one  dose,  and  repeat  morn' 
ing  and  night. 


No.  29. 


No.  24.      COUGH   MIXTURE. 

<ium  camphor,  2  drachms. 
Saltpetre,  4  drachms. 
Spirits  of  nitre,  1  ounce. 
Water  (or  gruel),  1  pint, 

Mix  as  directed  below. 
Dissolve  the  camphor  in  tlie  nitre, 
and  add  the  water  (or  gruel)  and 
saltpetre,  and  give  as  one  doso, 
Eepeat  eveiy  four  or  six  hours. 


ASTRINGENT  DRENCH. 

Prepared  chalk,  1  ounce. 
Powdered  catechu,  }4  ounce 
Powdered  ginger,  2  drachms. 
Powdered  opium,  }4  drachai. 
Peppermint  water,  >^  pin  ,, 

Mix. 
Give  from  two  to  four  tablespoon- 
fuls,  according  to  tlie  size  of  the 
calf,  morninj!:  and  nijjht. 


No.  30. 


No.  2;").      HEALING    LOTION. 

Vinegar,  1  ounce. 
Honey,  2  ounces, 
Water,  3^  pint. 

Mix. 
Apply  three  or  four  times  a  day. 


No.  26.      POWERFUL  PURGATIVE. 

Epsom  salts,  1)^  pounds. 
Ginger,  2  ounces, 
Gentian,  2  ounces, 
Calomel,  2  drachms, 
Croton  oil,  20  drops, 
Syruji,  I  pint. 
Warm  water,  2  quarts, 

Mix. 
Give  as  one  dose. 


No.  27. 


STIMULATING  DRENCH, 

Liquor  ammonia,  1  ounce. 
Warm  ale,  1  quart. 
Essence  of  ginger,  3^  ounce, 

Mix. 
Give  as  one  dose. 


ASTRINGENT  DRENCH. 

Tincture  of  catechu,  2  ounces. 
Tincture  of  cardamoms,  2  ounces, 
Carbonate  of  soda,  2  drachms. 

Mix. 
Divide  into  two  to  four  doses,  ac- 
cording to  age  of  animal,  and  give 
one  of  them  morning  and  night- 


No.  31. 


ASTRINGENT  DRENCH. 

Powdered  opium,  y^  drachm, 
Tincture  of  cardamoms,  1  ounce. 
Sulphuric  ether,  3  drachms. 
Linseed  tea  (or  starch  gruel)  1  pint 

Mix. 
Divide  into  six  doses;    give   one 
niffht  and  morninsr. 


No.  32.      ALTERATIVE    DRENCH. 

Tincture  of  rluibarb,  4  ounces, 
Powdered  ginger,  2  drachms. 
Warm  gruel,  4  ounces, 

Mix. 
Give  as  one  dose,  and  follow  it  with 
some  doses  of  No.  30  or  31. 


No.  33.      ASTRINGENT  DRENCH. 

Prepared  chalk,  \%  ounces. 
Powdered  catechu,  2  drachms, 
Powdered  opium,  %  drachm, 
Powdered  gentian,  2  drachms. 
Starch  gruel,  1  pint. 

Mix. 
Give  as  one  dose ;  repeat  in  twenty? 
four  hours,  if  necessary. 


934 


CYCLOrEDIA   OF   LIVE  STOCK   AXD   CO>[PLETE  STOCK   DOCTOR. 


No.  34.      ASTRINGENT   DRENCH. 

Powdered  opium,  2  drachms, 
Powdered  starch,  4  ounces, 
Sulphuric  ether,  1  ounce 
Cold  ale,  1  pint, 

Mix. 
Give  as  one  dose.    B)>  substituting 
tepid  water  for  the  ale.  it  may  be 
advantageously  used  as  an  injec- 
tion. 


No,  35       ASTRINGENT    DRENCH. 

Tannic  acid,  %  drachm, 
Powdered  opium,  1  drachm, 
Powdered  gentian,  1  ounce, 
Warm  ale,  1  pint, 

Mix. 
Giv?  :.;  one  dose. 


No.  36.      ALTERATIVE    DRENCH. 

Calomel,  1  drachm. 
Powdered  opium,  2  drachms, 
, Gruel,  1  quart, 

Mix. 
Give  as  one  dose. 


No.  37.      ALTERATIVE   DRENCH. 

Epsom  salts,  7  ounces, 
Powdered  opium,  2  drachms, 
Powdered  gentian,  2  drachms. 
Gruel,  1  pint. 

Mix. 
Give  as  one  dose. 

No.  38.      ANTISEPTIC    MIXTURE. 

Chloride  of  lime,  %  ounce, 
Tincture  of  arnica,  ^  ounce. 
Sulphuric  ether,  1  ounce, 
Starch  gruel,  2  quarts, 

Mix. 
Give  half  by  the  mouth  and  half 
by  injection. 


No.  39. 


STRONG    INJECTION. 

Linseed  oil,  1  pint. 

Oil  turpentine,  4  ounces, 

Croton  oil,  30  drops, 

Warm  water,  1  quart. 

Soft  soap,  1  ounce, 
Mix. 

Repeat  three  times  a  day  as  an  in- 
jection, till  a  full  purgative  ac- 
tion is  got. 


No.  40.      STIMULATING    SUBCUTANEOUS 
INJECTION. 

Strychnine,  4  grains. 
Spirits  of  wine,  1  ounce. 
Sulphuric  acid,  6  drops. 

Mix. 
When  dissolved,  inject  from  ten  to 
twenty  drops  under  the  skin. 


No.  41.      ANODYNE   FEVER  MIXTURE, 

Camphor,  2  drachms. 
Sulphuric  ether,  %  ounce, 
Acetate  of  ammonia,  4  ounces,  (a.- 
directed  below). 
Mix. 
Dissolve  the  camphor  in  the  su;- 
phurie  ether,  and  then  add  %hv. 
acetate  of   ammonia.     Give   at- 
one dose  in  ale  or  gruel. 


No.  42.      FEVER  MIXTURE. 

Mindererus'  spirit,  3  ounces, 
Tincture  aconite  root,  20  drops 
Linseed  tea,  1  pint. 

Mix. 
Give  as  one  dose,  and  repeat  ever^' 
two  hours  till  better. 


No.  43.      STIMULATING   DRENCH. 

Sulphuric  acid,  2  drachms, 
Tincture  of  cardamoms,  1  ounce 
Water,  1  pint. 

Mix. 
Give  as  one  dose. 


No.  44.      ANTILITIIIC   INJECTION. 

Hydrochloric  acid,  1  drachm, 
Water,  ^o  pint. 

Mix," 
Inject  into  the  bladder. 


No.  45.      ACID  DRENCH. 

Hydrochloric  acid,  20  drops, 
Gentian,  3  drachms. 
Oat  meal  gruel,  1  pint. 

Mix. 
Give  as  one  dose,  and  repeat  it 
moruingand  niebt  for  a  few  days 


RECIPES  FOR  CATTLE. 


935 


No.  46.      ANTACID  POWDER. 

Bi-carbonate  soda,  ^  pound, 
Gentian,  4  ounces, 
Linseed  meal,  2  pounds, 

Mix. 
Give  two  tablespoonfuls  morning 
and  night  for  two  or  three  weeks. 


No.  47.      ANTISEPTIC   INJECTION. 

Carbolic  acid,  %  ounce, 
Water,  >^  gallon, 

Mix. 
Use  as  injection  twice  a  day 


No.  48.      ANODYNE   DRENCH. 

Chloral  hydrate,  1  ounce, 
Water,  1  pint, 

Mix. 
Give  as  one  dose ;  repeat,  if  neces- 
sary, in  half  an  hour. 


No.  49.      HEALING  LOTION. 

Spirits  of  camphor,  4  ounces, 
Sugar  of  lead,  1  ounce. 
Sulphate  of  zinc,  2  drachms. 
Soft  water,  1  quart. 

Mix. 
Bathe  the  parts  once  a  day. 


No.  50.      SOKTENINO   LOTION. 

Gum  cau)phor,  4  ounces, 
Olive  oil,  1  pint. 

Mix. 
Rub  well  in  three  times  a  day. 


No.  51.      ANTISEPTIC   POWDER. 

Sulphite  soda,  1  ounce, 
Nitrate  potash,  2  drachms. 

Mix. 
Give  as  one  dose  in  a  bran  mash; 

repeat  morning  and  night  for  a 

week. 


No.  53.      ASTRINGENT  OINTMENT. 

Tannic  acid,  >^ounce, 
Carbolic  acid,  1  drachm, 
Lard,  4  ounces. 

Mix. 
Apply  twice  a  day. 


No.  54.      NERVINE  AND  ALTERATIVE. 

Nux  vomica,  2  drachms. 
Saltpetre,  %  ounce, 

Mix. 
Give  as  one  dose,  repeating  it  mor-a. 
ina:  and  night  for  a  month. 


No. 


LOTION   FOR  LICE. 

Tobacco,  %  Pound, 
Water,  1  gallon, 

Steep  for  two  hours. 
Apply  warm. 


No. 


No. 


5(5.      MIXTURE   FOR   RINGWORM, 

Tincture  of  iodine,  2  ounces, 
Oil  of  tar,  1  ounce, 
Glycerine,  2  ounces. 

Mix. 
Kub  well  in  once  a  day. 


57.      MIXTURE   FOR  RINGWORM, 

Solution  iodo-bromide  of  calci«-m 

compound,  1  ounce. 
Water,  3  ounces, 

Mix. 
Kub  well  in  once  a  day. 


No.  52.      ASTRINGENT   OINTMENT. 

Alum,  1  ounce. 
Carbolic  acid,  1  drachm. 
Lard,  4  ounces, 

Powder  the  alum  and  mix. 
Apply  twice  a  day. 


No.  58.      EYE   WASH. 

Sulphate  of  atropia,  2  grains. 
Water,  1  ounce. 

Mix. 
Apply  several  times  a  day  with  c 
camel's  hair  brush. 


No.  59.      EYE  WASH. 

Nitrate  of  silver,  10  grains, 
Water,  1  ounce. 

Mix. 
Apply  directly  to  the  eyeball,  morn- 
ing  and  night,  with  a  came)'^ 
hair  brush. 


936 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


No.  60.      FLT  BLISTER. 

Powdered  cantharides,  1  ounce, 
Lard,  4  ounces, 

Mix. 
Rub  well  in. 


XO.  61.      LINIMENT  FOR  SPRAINS. 

Tincture  arnica,  2  ounces, 
Ak'uiiul,  i  ounce, 


Turpentine,  1  ounce, 
Laudanum,  1  ounce. 
Liquor  ammonia,  1  ounce, 
Water  to  make  one  pint, 

Mix. 
If  practicable,  bandage  tolerably 

tight.     Give  rest  till  the  lameness 

is  all  gone. 


■ 

^m 

^ 

\i.ijid 

1 

^-^ -                       -'-'•■■■■' 

^^* 
..^ 

A  DUTCH  COW. 
This  cow  belongs  by  nature  to  lowlands  of  a  moist  and  marshy  character  where 
there  is  much  green  vegetation.     They  are  not  beautiful,  but  produce  large  quantities 
of  milk,  and  are  greatly  esteemed  for  their  excellent  beef. 


THE  LIMBUKGER  COW  OF  GERMANY. 

This  race  is  found  in  the  Belgian  province  of  Limbourg,  and  a  part  of  Wurtemberg, 
The  color  is  silvery-yellow,  with  now  and  then  a  white  spot  In  the  forehead.  Tbef 
arH  8m:ill.  but  very  fine  milkers, 


O   I 
-J  a; 


BOOK  III 

PART  I 


SWINE 


HISTORY,  MANAGEMENT  AND  CHARACTERISTIC; 
OF  THE  VARIOUS  BREEDS 


938         CYCLOPEDIA  OP  LIVE  STOCK  AND  Co\n-T  ptf  •<Tn("K   DOCTOT^. 


SWINE. 


CHAPTER  I, 
HISTORY  AND  STATISTICS  OP  SWINE. 


1.     ORIGIN    AND    ANTIQUITY    OF    THE    HOG. II.      THE    NATIVE    AMERICAN    SPECIES 

III.     SWINE     OF     EUROPE,     ASIA     ANU     AFRICA. IV.      THE     WILD     HOGS     OF 

EUROPE. V.      TEETH    OF    THE    HOG. VI.     BROUGHT  TO  AMERICA   BY  COLUM- 
BUS.  VII.    LOCATION    OF    PRINCIPAL    MARKETS. 

I.    Origin  and  Antiquity  ol  the  Hog. 

The  original  country  of  the  hog,  like  that  of  the  other  domesticated 
tinimals  of  the  farm,  is  lost  in  the  obscurity  of  the  past.  Yet,  ever  since 
history  began,  the  hog  has  bo^n  known  in  a  wild  state  in  Asia,  Africa  and 
in  Europe.  That  the  hogs  <  f  all  these  countries  have  a  common  origin  is 
shown  by  the  fact  that  they  all  belong  to  the  same  scientific  classification, 
nus  scrofa,  and  also  by  the  more  important  fact  that  they  are  all  fertile 
tcgether,  and  continue  to  produce  fertile  offspring,  from  generation  to 
ofeneration. 

The  great  antiquity  of  swine  is  shown  by  the  fact  that  fossil  remains 
have  been  found  in  the  tertiary  and  diluvial  deposits  of  Europe  ;  and  fos- 
sils of  a  species  closely  allied  to  them  have  been  found  in  as  ancient  de- 
posits in  India.  Whatever  their  oiigin  may  have  been,  their  aptitude  for 
taking  care  of  themselves  in  a  wild  state — for  they  are  both  fiesh  and 
vegetable  feeders — and  their  great  fecundity  would  soon  have  enabled 
ibem  to  overrun  large  territories. 

XL   The  Native  American  Species. 

While  the  original  of  the  domesticated  hog  was  only  found  in  Asia, 
Africa  and  Europe,  yet  allied  native  species  are  found  m  America-  In 
Australia,  the  Polynesian  groups,  and  the  other  Pacific  islands,  swine  wwe 
unknown  until  introduced  there  by  civilized  people.  The  same  is  true  of 
America.  The  allied  species  here  are  not,  we  believe,  continuouoly  fertU* 
with  the  domesticat>ed  bo^ 

939 


940 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


m.    SwineofEiirope,  Asia  and  Africa. 

While  it  is  a  fact,  as  i)reviously  stated,  that  the  swine  of  Europe,  Asia 
and  Africa  have  a  conimoii  origin,  there  is  no  means  of  knowing  how  or 
when  they  were  first  introduced.  The  probability,  however,  is  that  they 
spread  si)ontaneously  over  these  countries  ;  for  the  original  forest  cover- 
nig  rendered  the  means  of  migration  easy  to  them,  since  thiclv  timber  and 
all  the  lands  along  streams  furnish  their  natural  feeding  grounds. 
IV.    The  Wild  Hogs  of  Europe. 

It  matters  little,  practically,  how  any  of  the  farm  animals  originated, 
or  how  they  were  naturally  disseminated  over  the  earth  ;  though  to 
savants,  of  course,  the  question  is  curious  and  interesting.  It  is  worthy 
of  remark,  that  of  all  domestic  animals  used  as  food  by  man,  the  hog  is 
the  only  one  that  has  preserved  his  native  characteristics  unmoditied  in  a 
wild  state. 


GROUP  OV  CHESTER  WHITES. 


The  hunting  of  wild  hogs  has  formed  an  exciting  chase  in  ail  ages  of 
Lhe  world,  both  on  account  of  their  fleetness  and  their  savage  courage 
when  brought  to  bay.  In  the  southern  portions  of  the  United  States,  in 
sparsely  settled  districts,  swine  are  found  escaped  from  domestication,  and 
showing  all  their  natural  savage  traits,  including  dangerous  fiercenesa 
when  brought  to  bay.  Forty  years  ago  the  writer  hunted  wild  hogs, — 
the  descendants  of  Indian  breeds, — in  the  swamps  and  morasses  of  north- 
ern Indiana  and  the  timbered  river  bottoms  of  the  Calumet.  The  hai-d 
winter  of  1844,  howev(;r,  destroyed  the  last  remnant  of  these  wild  hogs, 
they  having  all  died  in  their  lairs,  from  exposure  and  want  of  food.  Wild 
hogs  are  now  rarely  found  in  Europe,  and  this  when  preserved  in  royal 
forests  as  in  Denmark,  Italy  and  Greece.  In  France  and  Germany  they 
have  become  extremely  rare,  and  in  Great.  Britain  the  wild  species  has 
long  been  extinct 


CO 

CO    ?1 

■|    ^ 

p  td 


HISTORY    AND   STATISTICS   OF  SWIXE.  941 

V,    Teeth  of  the  Hog. 

The  teeth  of  swine  are  44  in  number,  as  follows:  Incisors,  six  upper 
and  six  lower,  (12);  canines  or  tusks,  two  upper  and  two  lower,  (4); 
molars,  or  grinding  teeth,  fourteen  upper  and  fourteen  lower,  (28) ;  mak- 
ing 44,  inrlnding  what  were  formerly  called  wolf  teeth,  but  are  now. 
classed  with  the  molars.  They  are  represented  scientiticilly  by  the  den- 
ial formula :  |  —  |  —  ||  — 44.  Furstenburg,  a  careful  German  author- 
ity, gives  the  manner  of  determining  the  age  of  swine  as  follows  : 

Born  with  eight  teeth,  four  corner  incisors  and  four  tusks,  on  the 
eighth  or  tenth  day  the  second  or  third  temporary  molars  appear.  The 
four  ni})pers,  two  on  the  upper  and  two  on  the  under  jaw,  appear  at  four 
weeks  old. 

At  the  fifth  or  sixth  week  the  first  temporary  molars  appear  in  the 
upper  and  lower  jaw. 

At  the  age  of  three  months  the  intermediary  incisors  aj)pear. 

At  the  sixth,  the  so-called  wolf  teeth  arc  seen,  and  also  the  third  per- 
manent molars. 

At  the  ninth  month  the  permanent  corner  incisors,  the  permanent 
tusks,  and  the  second  permanent  molars  will  be  seen. 

At  twelve  months  the  permanent  nippers  will  have  appeared,  and  by 
the  thirteenth  month,  the  three  temporary  molars  will  have  been  shed, 
and  the  permanent  ones  will  be  seen  ;  at  fifteen  months  these  will  be 
fully  up. 

At  the  age  of  eighteen  months  the  permanent  intermediary  incisors  and 
the  permanent  rear  molars  will  show,  and  at  the  twenty-first  month  these 
will  be  fully  developed,  thus  completely  finishing  the  permanent  denti* 
tion. 

From  this  time  on,  the  means  for  determining  the  age  is  by  the  wear 
of  the  permanent  teeth,  and  also  by  the  increasing  length  of  the  tushes, 
which  at  from  four  to  ten  years,  attain  such  size  and  become  such  formid- 
able weapons  that  it  is  said  that  hogs  have  been  known  to  cope  success- 
fully  with  the  lion.  Certain  it  is  that  no  beast  dares  attack  tiiem  when 
herded  together,  and  it  is  only  by  the  strategy  of  man  that  they  may  be 
successfully  hunted  and  killed.  And  so  dangerous  has  this  pastime  always 
been  considered,  that  a  hoar's  head  has  been  counted  as  one  of  the  most 
valuable  trophies  of  the  chase. 

VI.    Brought  to  America  by  Columbus. 

The  history  of  the  introduction  of  swine  into  America  is  that  they  were 

brought  by  Columbus  to  Hispaniola  in  1493,  and  to  Florida  in  1538  by 

De  Soto  ;  they  were  brought  to   Nova  Scotia,  and  Newfoundland  in  1553 

by  the  French,  and  into  Canada  in  J ^08,    In  1609  they  were  brought 


y42  CYCLOPEDIA   OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND   COMPLETE  STOCK   DOCTOR. 

into  Virginia  by  the  English  adventurers,  and  eighteen  years  thereafter  it 
is  recorded  that  their  numbers  had  so  increased  that  the  settlement  at 
Jamest-own  had  to  be  surrounded  with  palisades  to  keep  them  away. 

VII.  Location  of  Principal  Markets. 

The  ten  leading  hog  producing  states  are  a.s  follows : 

Iowa,  Illinois,  Nebraska,  Missouri,  Indiana,  Texas,  Ohio,  Kansas, 
Georgia,  Oklahoma — in  the  order  named. 

Markets  naturally  are  located  in  places  that  are  best  suited  for  the  pur- 
pose— places  where  the  largest  number  of  hogs  can  be  bought  at  the  lowest 
prices,  and  where  the  means  of  distributing  the  output  of  the  i)acking- 
houses  are  the  best.  The  two  factors  are  not  of  equal  weight.  The  dressed 
carcass  can  be  transported  with  less  expense  than  can  the  live  animal ; 
therefore  the  principal  markets  are  located  in  proximity  to  the  country 
where  most  hogs  are  produced.  This  is  in  the  corn  belt.  The  following 
are  the  principal  hog-raising  states,  with  the  round  number  of  hogs  pro- 
duced annually:  Iowa,  7,000,000;  Illinois,  4,000,000;  Missouri,  3,000,- 
000;  Indiana,  3,000,000;  Nebraska,  3,000,000;  Ohio,  3,000,000;  Texas, 
2,000,000;  Wisconsin,  2,000,000,  and  Kansas,  2,000,000. 

The  principal  hog  markets  in  the  United  States,  with  the  approximate 
number  of  hogs  slaughtered  annually,  are  as  follows:  Chicago,  7,000,000; 
Kansas  City,  4,000,000;  Omaha.  2,000,000;  St.  Joseph,  2,000,000;  St. 
Louis,  2,000,000;  Indianapolis,  1.000,000;  Buffalo,  1,000,000;  Sioux  City, 
1,000,000,  and  Cleveland,  500,000.  New  York  takes  about  500,000,  and 
Boston  1,500,000,  annually,  but  these  can  hardly  be  considered  markets 
from  the  farmers'  standpoint,  as  this  supply  is  principally  bought  in  other 
markets  and  shipped  to  these  places.  This  takes  some  of  the  hogs  shipped 
from  the  Western  markets  of  the  United  States.  In  the  above  figures,  only 
the  hogs  that  are  slaughtered  are  taken  into  consideration,  not  those  that 
are  shipped  out  alive.  Chicago  annually  ships  out  one  million  live  hogs, 
making  the  total  handled  at  that  place  annually  about  eight  million. 


"HISTORY  AND  ST  \ 


944         CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK 

AND 

COMPLETE 

STOCK   DOCTOR. 

■  ^^^^:» 

1 

|L 

' 

1 

^flBCSI 

1 

^B^ 

-: 

1 

^F^I^^'V^ 

1 

Hoj 

1 

1 

1 

? 

»i 

^i^^a^l 

1 

1 

*% 

1. 

■     ^^1 

1 

1 

s. 

,' 

H 

^^^^BOX^^ 

1 

'        fejj 

k 

fl| 

Tf' 

'  ' 

■c 

f 

f 

^ 
^'^ 

1 

^-HH 

ta 

M 

1 

IS"  cj 


CHAPTER  11. 
BREEDS  OF  SWINE. 


SIRES     OF      IMPKUVKI)      UKKLDf. II.      CHINESE     SWINE. III.      NEAPOiaXAN 

SVVINE IV.     THE    HOG    OF    INDIA. V.    ENGLISH    BREEDS— THE    BERKSHIRE. 

VI       THE    ESSEX. VII.      THE    BLACK    DORSET. VIII.      THE    SUFFOLK. 

IX       THE    YORKSHIRE. X.      LANCASHIRE    BREEDS. X  r.      AMERICAN    BREEDS. 

XII        THE     CHESTER     WHITE. XIII.       THE     POLAND-CHIN.\. XIV.       THE 

CHESHIRES. XV.     JERSEY    RED    SWINE. XVI.     DUROC    SWINE.— —XVII.    THIN 

RIND,    OR    HAMPSHIRE    HOG. XVIII.    SUMMARY    OF    BREEDS. 


I.     Sires  of  Improved  Breeds. 

The  swine  used  iu  the  iini)roveineiit  of  the  breeds  (tf  Enghmd  and  the 
United  States,  are:  First,  the  China  hog;  second,  the  Neapolitan  hog, 
and  third,  the  hog  of  India.  The  first  has  given  remarkable  aptitude  in 
fattening,  while  the  second  and  third  have  imparted  style,  beauty  of  form 
and  excellence  of  flesh. 

II.     Chinese  Swine. 

The  first  iiiii)rovement  in  modern  swine  is  undoubtedly  due  to  import?, 
tions  of  lious  from  China.     They  are  remarkable  for  prepotency  of  blood, 


DUROC— JERSEY  BOAR. 


duo  to  their  careful  breeding  for  centuries  in  China  with  special  refer- 
ence to  early  maturity  and  aptitude  for  fattening;  and  these  hogs  were 
the  basis  upon  which  all  English  and  American  breeds  were  originally 

945 


946  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

built.  The  infusion  of  tliis  Chinese  hlood  long  since  converted  the  orig- 
inal raw-boned,  hard-feeding,  long-nosed  and  long-legged  hogs  of  England 
of  100  years  ago,  into  compact,  deep-bodied,  broad-backed,  short-nosed 
and  early  maturing  hogs  of  fifty  years  ago,  known  in  the  earlier  crosses 


YORKSHIRE    BOAR. 

as  Grass-breed,  Irish  Graziers,  etc.  Then  came  in  the  India  hog,  reducing 
the  l)one,  hair,  and  coarseness  of  flesh  still  more  ;  and  afterwards  the 
improved  form  of  the  India  hog — the  Neapolitan — still  further  refined 
them,  giving  us  the  splendid  Berkshire,  the  Essex,  and  various  other  black 
and  spotted  breeds. 

m.    Neapolitan  Swine. 

Neapolitan  swine  are  marked  for  the  excellence  of  their  flesh,  their  el- 
egant style,  little  hair  and  fine  bone.  In  relation  to  them  Sidney  says  it  is 
Droba])le  that  the  Neapolitans  are  the  descendants  of  the  dark  Eastern 
swine  imported  by  early  Italian  voyagers  and  cultivated  to  perfection  by 
the  favorable  climate  and  welcome  food.  Martin  is  of  the  opinion  that 
to  this  breed  and  to  the  Chinese  is  duo  the  improvement  of  all  English 
swine,  and,  in  this  connection  mentions  particularly  the  Berkshire,  Essex, 
Hampshire  and  Yorkshire.  Youatt,  while  accepting  the  authority  of 
Martin,  adds  also  the  swine  of  Wiltshire.  Of  these  breeds  only  the 
Berkshire,  Essex  and  Yorkshire  have  held  their  ground  with  the  other 
improved  breeds  of  to-day,  and  these  are  among  the  finest  and  most  gen^ 
erally  liked  of  any  of  the  now  fashionable  breeds.     The  first  importation 


BREEDS    OF    SWINE. 


947 


of  Neapolitan  swine  into  the  United  States,  is  said  to  have  been  made 
about  1840 ;  but  in  1850  fine  specimens  were  imported  into  New  York  by 
a  Mr.  Chamberlain.  They  are  described  as  having  been  of  a  dark  slate 
color,  and  as  having  brought  their  pigs  true  to  color  and  characteristics. 


ESSEX    SOW. 


CHESTER  WHITE  SOW. 

The  Neapolitans  are  well  described  by  a  committee  of  the  American 
Swine  Breeders  Association  as  follows:  ITead  small;  forehead  bony  and 
flat;  face  slightly  dishing;  snout  rather  long  and  very  slender;  ears 
small,  thin,  standing  forward  nearly  horizontally,  and  quite  lively;  jowls 
very  full;  neck  short,  broad  and  heavy  above;  trunk  long,  cylmdrical 
and  well  ribbed  back;  back  flat,  and  ribs  arching,  even  in  low  flesh; 


948        CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

belly  horizontal  on  the  lower  line;  hind-quarters  higher  than  the  fore, 
but  not  very  much  so;  legs  very  fine,  the  bones  and  joints  being  smaller 
than  those  of  any  other  breed;  hams  and  shoulders  well  developed  and 


GROUP   BERKSHIRE   SWINE. 

meaty;  tail  fine,  eurled,  flat  at  the  extremity,  and  fringed  with  hair  on 
each  side  ;  general  color  slaty,  or  bluish  plum  color,  with  a  cast  of  cop- 
pery red ;  skin  soft  and  fine,  nearly  free  from  hair,  which,  when  found 
upon  the  sides  of  the  head  and  behind  the  forelegs,  is  black  and  soft,  and 
rather  long  ;  flesh  firm  and  elastic  to  the  touch. 

IV.    The  Hog  of  India. 

These  swine  hold  the  same  relation  to  the  Neapolitan  that  the  Chinese 
do  to  the  improved  breeds  of  white  swine.  They  are  undoubtedly  an- 
cestors of  the  Neapolitan  breed.  The  hog  of  India,  of  which  the  Sia- 
mese hog  may  be  said  to  have  been  a  representative,  Avas  in  color  from  a 
jet  black  to  a  dark  slate,  or  rich  plum  color,  of  medium  size,  quick  to  ma- 
ture ;  very  fine  in  all  points,  with  short,  small  legs  and  head  ;  thin  jowls,  a 
dished  face,  slender,  erect  ears;  broad,  deep,  compact  body,  well  rib 
bed,  heavy  hams  and  shoulders  ;  slender  tail,  skin  thin,  but  firm  and 
elastic  to  the  touch. 

V.    English  Breeds—The  Berkshire. 

The  Berkshire  is  among  swine  what  the  thoroughbred  is  among  horses — a 
type  of  perfect  breeding.  The  Berkshircs  are  noted  for  their  fine  bone, 
great  muscularity,  firm  flesh,  and  excellent  hams  and  shoulders.  Their 
conutitutions  are  most  excellent,  and  they  are  among  the  best  of  the  im- 
proved breeds  as  gleaners  after  fattening  cattle.  They  require  some- 
what more  feed  in  proportion  to  their  weight  than  some  of  the  breeds 
abounding  in  lard  and  other  fat ;  but  this  is  compensated  for  in  the  greater 
proportion  of  lean  meat  and  its  excellent  distribution. 


BREEDS    OF    SWINE. 


949 


The  fashionable  color  now  is,  black  all  over  except  the  dish  of  the  face, 
the  feet  and  the  end  of  the  tail,  which  are  white.     If  there  is  white,  no 


CHAMPION    BERKSHIRE    SOW. 


TOLA  NT)   CHINA 


matter  how  small,  on  the  body,  discard  such  animas;  a  bluish  spot  or 
tinge  is  not  objectionable,  but  rather  shows  a  strengthening  of  the  blood 
by  revei-sion  to  the  original  cross.     The  points  of  the  pure  Berkshire 


950 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR, 


are ;  Face  short,  fine  and  well  dished ;  generally  broad  between  the  eyes ; 
ears  almost  erect,  sometimes  inclined  forward  with  advancing  age,  always 
smaP.,  thin,  soft  and  showing  veins;  jowl  full;  neck  short  and  thick; 
shoulder  short  from  neck,  but  moderately  deep  from  back  down ;  back 
broad  and  straight,  or  very  little  arched;  ribs  long  and  well   sprung, 


TAMWORTH  BOAR. 


giving  rotundity  of  body;  short  ribs  of  good  length,  giving  breadth  and 
levelness  of  loin ;  hips  good  length  from  joint  of  hips  to  rump ;  hams 
thick,  round  and  deep,  holding  their  thickness  well  back  and  down  to  the 
hocks  ;  tail  fine  and  small,  set  on  high  up ;  legs  short  and  fine,  but  straight 
and  very  strong,  with  hoofs  erect  and  legs  set  wide  apart ;  size  medium ; 
length  medium,  since  extremes  are  to  be  avoided;  bone  fine  and  compact; 
offal  very  light;  hair  fine  and  soft;  no  bristles;  skin  pliable. 


BREEDS  OF   SWINE. 


951 


VI.  The  Essex. 

Thi^  ineainm  to  light  weight  English  hreod  is,  to  our  nnnd,  ono  of  the 
^rv  hcst  of  the  hreeds  ever  introduced  into  the  United  States.    They  com- 


bine great  stamina  and  vigor  of  constitntion.  They  make  excellent  pork, 
not  too  fat.  The  sows  are  prolific  and  are  good  nui-ses;  and  the  barrows 
fatten  easily  and  kindly  at  any  age.  When  mature  they  weigh  about  300 
pounds.  They  make  excellent  crosses  on  coarse  swine,  the  pro- 
duce being  fine-boned,  quiet,   and  easily  fattened  hog-s.    The  Essex,  in 


952  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  bTOCK  DOCTOR. 

shape  and  color,  is  not  unlike  the  Berkshire,  but  larger  proportionally. 
The  color  is  a  pure,  deep  black  ;  face  short  and  dished  ;  ears  small,  soft 
and  erect  while  young,  but  falling  over  somewhat  with  age  ;   the  bone  is 


KSSEX   SOW. 


3ne,  hair  thin  ;  the  carcass  long,  broad,  straight  and  deep,  with  excellent 
tjams,  carrying  meat  fully  down  ne:ir  the  hock.  Their  great  delicacy  of 
Torm  is  due  to  their  crossing  with  the  Neapolitan  ;  and  except  that  (hey 
ire  better  haired  the  cuts  we  give  would  not  be  bad  rep'-esentations  of 
j&e  breed. 


BLACK   DORSET  SOW. 

Vn.    The  Black  Dorset. 
The  black  swine  of  Dorsetshire,  England,  are  a  breed  in  high  repute, 
locally.     They  are  represented  na  being  strons-constitutioned,  attaiaJD^ 


BREEDS    OF   SWINE.  953 

heavy  weights  and  fattening  kindly.  If  the  illi  stration,  reproduced  from 
an  English  cut,  showing  the  hog  in  breeding  f^esh  is  a  good  representation 
of  the  breed,  they  ought  to  be  valuable  in  the  West.  The  great  trouble 
with  our  breeders  is  that  they  are  working  tfteir  stock  too  fine.  Many  of 
them  have  not  head  and  jaw  enough  to  perfectly  grind  corn.  They  have 
too  little  hair,  and  their  constitutions  have  suffered  from  too  close  breed- 
ing, rendering  them  liable  to  disease.  We  believe  the  coming  hog  will  be 
the  reverse  of  this. 

Vm.    The  Suffolks. 

The  Suffolk  is  now  regarded  as  only  a  variety  of  the  Yorkshire,  one  of 
the  best  of  the  English  white  breeds.  The  Manchesters,  the  Middlesex, 
the  Suffolk,  the  so-called  Windsor,  the  Calehill  and  the  Cheshire  of  New 
York  State  have  all  been  formed  on  the  Yorkshire-Cumberland  stock, 
and  the  differences  in  all  these  breeds  are  trifling. 

The  characteristics  of  the  Suffolks  are  given  in  the  Swine  Register  as 
follows:  Head  small,  very  short;  cheeks  prominent  and  f  uL ;  faco 
dished  ;  snout  small  and  very  short ;  jowl  fine  ;  ears  small,  thin,  upright, 
soft  and  silky  ;  neck  very  short  and  thick,  the  head  appearing  almost  a'^ 
if  set  on  front  of  shoulders  ;  no  arching  of  crest ;  crest  wide  and  deep  ; 
elbows  standing  out ;  brisket  wide,  but  not  deep  ;  shoulders  and  crop- 
shoulders  thick,  rather  upright,  rounding  outward  from  top  to  elbows; 
crops  wide  and  full.  Sides  and  flanks — ribs  well  arched  out  from  back, 
good  length  between  shoulder  and  ham  ;  flank  well  filled  out  and  coming 
well  down  at  ham.  Back  broad,  level  and  straight  from  crest  to  tail,  not 
falling  off  or  down  at  tail ;  hams  wide  and  full,  well  rounded  out ;  twist 
very  wide  and  full  all  the  way  down.  Legs  and  feet — legs  small  and  very 
short,  standing  wide  apart,  in  sows  just  keeping  the  belly  from  the  ground  • 
bone  fine;  feet  small,  hoofs  rather  spreading;  tail  small,  long  and 
tapering.  Skin,  hair,  and  color — skin  thin,  of  a  pinkish  shade,  free  from 
color ;  hair  fine  and  silky,  not  too  thick ;  color  of  hair  pale  yellowish 
white,  perfectly  free  from  any  spots  or  other  color.  Size  small  to 
medium. 

The  principal  objections  to  the  Suffolk  are ;  They  have  too  nmch  fat ; 
they  are  bad  nurses  ;  the  i)igs  arc  weak-,  and  they  are  subject  to  scrofula. 

rx.    The  Yorkshire. 

The  Yorkshire  is,  to  our  mind,  one  of  the  very  best  of  the  English  white 
breeds.  They  are  hardy,  vigorous,  and  well-haired ;  they  arc  prolific 
and  good  nurses  ;  they  are  uniform  in  shape  and  color,  and  of  any  size 
requisite,  from  200  pound  hogs  up  to  heavy  weights,  according  as  you 
select  the  small,  the  middle,  or  the  large  breed.     The  middle  br^ed  ie 


y54  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

produced  between  the  small  York  and  the  Cumberland.  The  large  York- 
shire attains  heavy  weights,  while  the  middle  breed  is  about  the  size  and 
weight  of  the  Berkshire. 

X.    Lancashire  Breeds. 
This  remarkable  English  breed  is  divided  into  three  sub-families :    The 
short-faced,  the  middle  breed  and  the  large  Lancashire ;  the  character- 


GKUl  P  1^(JLAND-CHIXA  S\Vii\E 


GROUP  DLKOC-JEKSEY  SWINE 


istics  and  color  (pure  white)  of  each  being  constant.  Over  one  hundred 
years  ago  the  large  breed  were  cultivated  in  England,  and  are  represented 
as  being  of  immense  size,  large-limbed  and  coarse-boned. 

Short  Faced  Lancashire.— This  breed  is  remarkable  for  the  shortness 
of  the  face  from  the  eyes  to  the  end  of  the  snout ;  prick  ears ;  small 
bones  ;  a  good  coat  of  white  hair ;   cubic  in  form,  with  broad  back  and 


BREEDS    OF   SWINE.  955 

broad  hams,  well  let  down.  The  skin,  as  well  as  the  hair,  is  white,  al- 
though !iu  occasional  one  may  De  found  having  a  few  dark-blae  spots  on 
the  skin,  but  never  dark  or  black  hairs. 

Lancashire  Middle-Breed. — This  breed  is  one  which  partakes  of  the 
quality  of  the  small  breed  and  the  size  of  the  large  breed.  Middle  bred 
hogs  are  got  by  crossing  large  bred  sows  with  small  bred  boars,  but  all 
attempts  to  attain  the  same  results  by  reversing  this  operation,  and  putting 
large  bred  boars  to  small  bred  sows  have  proved  failures.  The  largest  of 
the  middle  bred  sows  are  used  to  improve  the  large  breed.  Their  char- 
acteristics are  :  The  small  bred  hog  must  have  small  bones  ;  a  short  face  ; 
silky  hair  ;  fine,  small,  upright  ears  ;  a  comparatively  square  form  ;  must 
have  good  square  hams,  the  most  valuable  part  of  the  hog;  must  carry 
the  meat  near  tlic  ground  ;  flat  on  the  back  ;  straight  and  cubic  in  form. 

Lancasllire  Large  Breed. — These  hogs  have  large  bones,  are  of  great 
height  and  length,  and  are  the  largest  breed  of  swine  known.  They  are 
a  true  breed,  and  breed  constant  to  color  and  characteristics.  These  are  : 
Large  size,  great  length  ;  flat  back,  with  large  square  hams  when  fattened  ; 
must  carry  tlicir  width  of  back  along  over  the  hams  ;  must  have  deep  and 
tolerably  straight  sides,  large  feet  and  leg  bones  ;  hair  short ;  may  have 
a  long  face,  but  it  had  better  be  short,  as  tliey  fatten  better ;  may  have 
a  large,  drooping  ear,  but,  other  qualities  and  size  being  eciual,  an 
upright,  smaller  ear  preferred.  They  usually  have  a  long,  thick,  strong 
tail ;  must  be  of  great  weight  when  fattened,  and  above  all  must  be  des- 
cended from  a  hog  having  the  foregoing  qualities,  and,  if  a  breeder,  must 
ptoduce  them.  They  are  short  of  hair,  but  still  are  hearty.  A  middle 
bred  hog  must  have  a  short  face,  and  all  other  good  (jualities  of  the  small 
breed,  except  tiiat  they  may  be  longer  in  proportion  to  their  width  ;  must 
have  thicker  legs  and  longer  bones  to  carry  the  greater  size ;  should  be 

well  haired. 

XI.    American  Breeds. 

The  American  breeds  in  best  repute  are:  The  Chester  White,  which 
originated  in  rcnnsylvania ;  the  Poland-China,  which  originated  in  Ohio; 
Jersey  Reds,  originated  in  New  Jersey ;  the  Duroc, originated  in  New 
York ;  and  Cheshire,  originated  in  New  York.  These,  however,  as 
previously  stated,  are  only  modified  Yorkshires.  Of  those  breeds  the 
Chester- VYhite  and  Poland-China  have  been  most  widely  disseminated. 

XH.    The  Chester  White. 

This  breed  originated  in  Chester  County,  Pa.,  and  is  recorded  to  have 
been  brought  about  as  follows ;  The  first  impulse  to  the  improvement 
of  swine  in  that  county  vras  given  by  the  mtroduction  of  a  pair  of  fine 
pigs;,  brought  from  Bedfordshire,  England,  by  Capt.  James  Jeffries,  and 


956 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTORc 


placed  upon  nis  farm  near  the  county  seat,  in  1818.  Some  of  the  enter- 
prising farmers  of  the  neighborhood  were  encouraged  to  commence  the 
improvement  of  their  swine  ;  and  by  crossing  tliese  pigs  upon  the  native 
white  hog  of  the  county,  their  progeny  with  the  best  specimens  attainable, 
and  by  a  course  of  careful  and  judicious  crossing  and  selection  for  many 


years,  the  present  valuable  breed  of  well  formed,  good  sized,  easily  fat- 
tened hogs,  known  as  Chester  Whites,  was  produced  and  made  an  estab- 
lished breed. 

The  following  are  the  characteristics  of  these  hogs  :  Head,  short  and 
broad  between  the  eyes  ;  ears  thin,  projecting  forward  and  k)i)ping  at  the 
point ;  neck  short  and  thick ;  jowl  large ;  body  lengthy  and  deep ;  back 


BREEDS   OF   SWINE.  957 

^Toad  ;  hams  full  and  deep  ;  legs  short,  and  well  set  under  the  body  for 
bearing  the  weight ;  coat  thin,  white,  and  straight ;  (if  a  little  wavy  it  is 
no  objection)  ;  small  tail  and  no  bristles. 

XIII.    The  Poland  China. 

There  has  been  much  controversy  over  the  origin  and  improvement  of 
this  breed  of  swine,  and  in  some  instances  much  acrimony.  They  have 
nevertheless  held  their  own  among  the  reputable  breeds  of  the  West, 
have  been  largely  improved  within  the  last  fifteen  years  by  infusion  of 
Berkshire  blood,  and  are  now  probably  more  widely  disseminated  west 
of  the  AUeghanies  than  any  other  breed  except  the  Berkshires.  The 
American  Swine  Breeders'  Association  give  their  history  and  character- 
istics as  follows  : 

In  181G,  the  Shakers  of  Union  Village,  Warren  county,  O.,  purchased 
at  Philadelphia  one  boar  and  three  sows,  of  what  was,  at  the  time,  be- 
lieved to  be  pure  China.  They  were  called  Big  China  hogs.  Subse- 
quently other  China  hogs  were  introduced  and  extensively  used.  The 
Shakers  and  other  judicious  breeders  in  Warren  and  Butler  counties  con- 
tiimed  to  cross  them  with  the  Russian  and  Byfield  blood,  that  had  long 
been  in  use  there,  and  produced,  by  repeated  crosses,  a  hog  of  exceedingly 
fine  qualities  for  that  period,  which  was  generally  known  as  the  Warren 
county  hog. 

This  condition  of  the  breed  continued  until  about  the  year  1835  or  1836, 
when  the  Berkshires  were  introduced.  Other  lots  of  Berkshires  contin- 
ued to  come  into  the  Miami  Valley  until  about  1841.  The  Berkshire 
blood  was  liberally  infused  into  the  stock  existing  not  only  in  Southwest- 
ern Ohio,  but  in  Kentucky  also. 

Crossing  with  the  Berkshires  was  ahnost  exclusively  done  until  about 
1838  or  1839,  when  Mr.  William  Neff,  of  Cincinnati,  imported  some 
choice  specimens  of  the  Irish  Grazier.  This  breed  soon  grew  into  high 
favor,  and,  as  a  consequence,  was  liberally  used  in  making  crosses  with  the 
best  specimens  of  the  crosses  previously  made.  This  crossing  of  breeds 
continued  for  some  time.  In  a  few  years,  however,  the  use  of  the  pure 
l)looded  Berkshire  was  entirely  discontinued,  and  there  were  no  further 
importations  made  of  the  Irish  Grazier. 

For  more  than  thirty  years  no  new  blood  has  been  introduced  into  this 
broed,  and  no  effort  made  to  obtain  a  new  supply  of  the  blood  of  either 
breed  previously  used.  While  this  is  true,  the  breeders  have  net  been  in- 
different to  the  further  improvement  of  the  breed. 

The  best  specimens  have  good  length  ;  short  legs  ;  broad,  straight  backs : 
deep  sides,  flanking  well  down  on  the  leg ;  very  broad,  full,  square  hams 
ind  shoulders ;  drooping  ears ;  short  heads,  wide  between  the  eyes,  of 


958 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


spotted  or  dark  color;  are  hardy,  vigorous,  and  prolific,  and  when  fat 
are  models,  combining  the  excellences  of  both  large  and  small  breeds. 


DUROC  JERSEY  SOW. 


It  should  be  added,  that  the  representation  we  give  is  that  of  a  Poland- 
China,  combining  the  characteristics  of  both  the  white  and  black  crosses. 
The  more  fashionable  color  now  is  pure  black,  with  minute  white  spots 


BREEDS    OF    SWINE. 


959 


scattered  more  or  less  over  the  body, 
with  white  fetlocks  and  hoofs. 


The  best  strains  now  are  pure  black 


XIV.    The  Cheshire. 

This  variety,  undoubtedly  only  a  modified  Yorkshire,  is  said  to  have 
originuted  in  Jefferson  county,  N.  Y.  They  are  pure  white  in  color,  with 
little  hair  and  a  pink  skin,  thin  and  pliable,  but  not  quite  uniform,  marked 
distinctions  sometimes  being  noticed  ;  and,  like  the  Suffolks,  the  tails  of 
the  3  oung  pigs  often  drop  off.  The  snout  is  often  long,  but  very  slender 
and  fine.     The  jowls  are  plump,  and  the  ear  erect,  fine,  and  thin.     The 


POLAND  CHINA  BOAR. 

shoulders  are  wide  and  the  hams  full.  The  flesh  of  these  hogs  is  fine- 
grained, and  they  are  commended  on  account  of  the  extra  amount  of 
mess-pork  in  proportion  to  the  amount  of  offal.  The  probability  is  they 
will  never  be  very  popular  among  the  breeders  in  the  West  and  South. 
Yet,  for  fattening  exclusively  in  the  pen,  there  are  few  of  the  white 
breeds  that  excel  them. 

XV.    Jersey  Red  Swine. 

The  origin  of  this  breed  is  not  positively  known.  In  some  portions  of 
New  Jersey  they  have  been  bred  for  over  fifty  years,  and  are  there  con^ 
sidered  valuable.  Their  size  is  immense,  a  weight  of  500  or  600  pounds 
being  not  unusual.  They  are  also  hardy,  strong  in  constitution,  and 
free  from  disease  :  and  they  are  said  not  to  be  subject  to  mange.     They 


960 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


rary  in  color,  in  some  neighborhoods  being  of  a  dark  red,  and  in  others 
:^uite  sandy  patched  with  white.  A  good  specimen  of  a  Jersey  Red 
should  be  red  in  color  with  a  snout  of  moderate  length,  large  Jop-ears, 
small  head  in  proportion  to  the  size  and  length  of  the  body.  They  should 
be  long  in  the  body,  standing  high  and  rangy  on  their  legs  ;  bones  coarse, 
hairy  tail  and  brush,  and  hair  coarse,  inclining  to  bristle  on  the  back. 


XVI    Duroc  Swine. 

There  is  another  breed  of  Red  Swine  named  Durocs,  which  have  been 
bred  rather  extensively  in  Saratoga  county,  K.  Y.,  and  have  been  known 
there  for  twenty-five  years.  They  are  finer  in  every  respect  than  thft 
Jersey  Reds,  and  when  mature  attain  great  weights.  They  have  been 
hred  in  some  sections  of  the  West  with  satisfaction,  are  more  uniform  in 
their  make  up,  quite   as  good  in  their  constitutir)ns.  and  much  finer  in 


BREEDS   OF   SWINE.  961 

their  substance  than  the  Jersey  Reds.  The  origin  of  both  the  Jersey- 
Reds  and  the  Diirocs  was  undoubtedly  in  the  old-fashioned  Berkshire,  a 
sandy  hog  with  more  or  less  black.  This  was  not  unusual  with  the  Berk- 
shires  as  we  knew  them  and  bred  them  over  fifty  years  ago — a  hog  in 
every  respect  different  from  the  elegant  and  finished  swine  of  the  last 
quarter  of  a  century. 

XVII.    Thin  Rind  or  Hampshire  Hog. 

The  propriety  of  this  name,  "Thin  Rind,"  is  due  to  the  fact  that  the 
hog  has  a  mellow,  thin  skin  and  soft,  silky  hair.  In  this  respect  it  differs 
materially  from  the  Jersey  Red,  the  Tamworth,  and  other  popular  breeds. 
The  name  ''Hampshire"  is  due  to  the  fact  that  the  hog  was  a  native  of 
Hampshire,  England,  early  in  the  last  century.  Their  first  importation 
to  this  country  dates  back  to  about  1825,  when  a  sea  captain  living  near 
Boston,  Mass.,  brought  some  of  the  pigs  from  England  to  Massachusetts 
where  they  became  popularly  known  as  "Thin  Rinds."  By  this  name 
it  has  long  been  known  in  Kentucky  and  it  has  been  assumed  that  it 
came  from  the  same  source  as  the  McKay  pigs  imported  to  M^issachusetts. 
Major  Joel  Garnett,  a  wealthy  and  highly  intelligent  farmer  in  Kentucky, 
in  1835  purchased  in  the  East  and  carried  tc^  Kentucky  a  small  herd 
which  increased,  and  it  became  popular  in  that  agricultural  state.  It  is 
a  fact  that  authorities  differ  in  reference  to  the  ancestry  of  this  pig — 
some  claiming  that  the  original  importation  was  from  Tonquin,  China, 
and  that  this  importation  was  made  by  a  noted  New  Orleans  merchant. 
It  is  a  singular  fact  that  the  early  English  writings  make  no  mention  of 
this  breed, 

Descriptionally,  the  head  of  the  Thin  Rind  is  of  the  straight  faced 
type  of  medium  size  and  with  light  jowl.  The  ears  are  erect  but  inclined 
slightly  forward.  The  back  is  of  only  medium  width — not  thick  but 
fairly  well  supported.  The  shoulders  are  light  and  well  set  in,  and  have 
fair  width.  The  body  has  only  moderate  depth  and  length  as  a  whole, 
but  produces  a  fair  side  for  bacon.  The  hams  do  not  possess  the  thick- 
ness and  depth  of  the  more  popular  Ainerican  breeds,  as  they  are  lacking 
in  fullness.  They  are  somewhat  long  of  leg,  but  the  bone  is  of  good 
quality  and  the  pasterns  and  toes  are  usually  well  placed.  The  color  of 
the  Thin  Rind  is  usually  black  with  always  the  white  belt  about  the  body. 
The  width  of  this  white  band  is  from  4  to  12  inches  wide,  encircling  the 
body  just  back  of  the  fore  legs  and  front  of  the  hind  legs. 

While  the  list  will  long  be  retained  by  many  of  the  breeders  as  the  most 
fashionable  color,  there  are  also  those  who  try  to  run  their  herds  pure 
black.  The  breeding  of  the  blacks  is  thought  to  be  a  necessity.  Other- 
wise, a  list  of  hogs  would  begin  to  show  too  much  white,  and  the  breeding 
of  the  blacks  is  to  avoid  narrowing  the  belt.     The  Thin  Rind  pig  is  only 


962  CYCLOPEDIA  OP  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

about  medium  size  and,  hence,  cannot  be  placed  among  the  largest  breeds. 
A  weight  of  500  pounds  is  sometimes  attained  by  the  boars,  though  they 
are  usually  smaller.  In  ordinary  condition,  the  full-grown  sow  will 
weigh  about  300  pounds.  Barrows  often  weigh  300  to  400  pounds  in 
high  flesh.  In  a  recent  International  Live  Stock  Exposition  in  Chicago, 
the  first  prize,  five  Thin  Rinds,  averaged  493  pounds  each  at  18  months 
of  age,  and  one  of  these  won  the  championship  in  the  slaughter  test. 

A  superior  characteristic  of  the  Thin  Rind  pig,  is  its  fecundity.  The 
sows  under  favorable  conditions,  will  usually  farrow  litters  of  ten  or 
twelve  pigs,  and  they  make  excellent  mothers  and  nurses.  In  this  respect 
they  rank  well  up  with  the  most  prolific  breeds  of  American  ancestry. 
The  use  of  the  pure-bred  boar  on  good  sows  will  result  in  a  most  prolific 
stock,  with  a  decided  leaning  toward  the  bacon  type.  Thin  Rind  boars 
of  superior  quality  should  add  vigor  and  killing  quality  to  the  off-spring 
of  a  certain  class  of  high-classed  sows  of  pronounced  chunky  type. 

In  Kentucky  and  elsewhere,  the  Thin  Rind  as  a  grazer  ranks  high, 
where  pigs  range  more  or  less  for  mast,  and  seek  for  feed  in  field  and 
forest.  It  is  this  quality,  together  with  that  of  fecundity,  which  add 
to  the  popularity  of  the  breed  where  known. 

It  is  an  admitted  fact  that  the  quality  of  the  Thin  Rind  meat  is  dis- 
tinctively superior.  The.  breed  belongs  to  the  bacon  cldss.  When  per- 
sistently fed  corn  for  generations  it,  however,  loses  some  of  its  bacon- 
producing  character.  Still,  in  the  slaughter  test,  these  pigs  have  made  a 
good  showing.  At  a  recent  International  Live  Stock  Exhibit  in  Chicago, 
the  second  prize,  for  both  pens  of  five  barrows  of  bacon  type,  and  for 
carcass,  weighing  300  pounds  or  over,  was  awarded  Thin  Rind  Barrows, 
exhibited  by  Mr.  Goodwine  of  Illinois.  Two  years  later,  Mr.  E.  C.  Stone 
won  the  Championship  in  barrow  class,  over  all  breeds. 

The  Thin  Rind  meat  is  of  most  excellent  grain,  and  has  a  desirable 
proportion  of  lean  to  fat. 

In  Boon  county,  Kentucky,  six  farmers  organized  a  farming  organiza- 
tion to  promote  the  Thin  Rind  interest,  under  the  name  of  "The  Ameri- 
can Thin  Rind  Record  Association."  They  have  produced  about  twelve 
herds  of  this  breed  that  are  eligible  for  registration,  and  these  are  located 
mainly  in  Kentucky  and  Indiana.  The  distribution  of  the  Thin  Rind 
breed  is  not  extensive.  The  popularity  of  the  breed  has  gained  percepti- 
bly in  recent  years. 

XVIII.  Summary  of  Breeds. 

The  English  breeds  of  to-day  that  have  been  received  with  the  most 
general  favor  in  the  United  States  are:  First,  the  Berkshire,  next  the 
Essex,  and  third  the  Yorkshire.  The  Berkshire  will  weigh  at  full  matu- 
rity 500  pounds,  and  the  Essex  400  pounds.     In  exceptional  cases  they 


BREEDS    OF    SWINE.  963 

will  average  these  weights.  350  pounds  for  Berkshire  and  250  for  Essex 
may  be  taken  as  good  weights. 

The  Yorkshires  in  their  three  classes — small,  medium  and  large — will 
weigh  250  pounds  for  the  small,  350  pounds  for  the  medium  and  up  to  450 
pounds  for  the  large  breed.  They  may,  of  course,  be  made  to  weigh  much 
heavier  at  maturity  if  fully  fat,  and  so  may  the  other  breeds  mentioned. 
The  so-called  Prince  Albert  Suffolks  are  simply  modified  small  Yorkshires, 
and  the  same  may  be  said  of  the  other  sub-families  called  Suffolks.  All 
these  sub-breeds,  including  the  Yorkshires,  are  pure  white,  and  dark  hair 
is  not  allowable,  but  bluish  flesh  marks  or  spots  are  not  objectionable ;  on 
the  contrary,  they  are  an  indication  of  purity  of  blood. 

The  most  widely  distributed  of  American  breeds  are:  First,  the  Poland- 
China,  and  second  the  Chester  county  hogs.  Well  to  the  North  the  latter 
have  been  more  widely  disseminated  than  the  former.  In  all  the  great 
corn  growing  region  of  the  West,  it  may  be  safely  said  the  Polands  are 
the  favorite  of  American  breeds.  The  Jefferson  county,  the  Jersey  Reds 
and  the  Durocs,  have  never  become  widely  known.  We  do  not  think  the 
first  has  anything  to  recommend  it  over  the  small  Yorkshire.  They  seem 
to  have  been  too  closely  interbred,  like  particular  families  of  Suffolks,  a 
thing  that  should  be  especially  guarded  against  in  swine,  since  they  are 
inclined  more  or  less  to  scrofula  and  other  cutaneous  and  sub-cutaneous 
diseases.  For  this  reason,  the  Jersey  Reds  and  Durocs,  as  being  especially 
free  from  those  taints,  have  been  received  with  favor,  growing  year  by 
year,  and  stand  to-day  the  peer  of  any  of  the  superior  breeds  of  swine. 


CHAPTER  m. 
THE  BREEDING  AND  CARE  OF  HOQ8. 


I.     PRACTICAL  VALUE  OP  IMPROVED  BREEDS. II.     CARE  IN  SELECTION. III.     AGE 

OF    BREEDING   SWINE. IV.      HOW   TO   SELECT   BREEDING  ANIMALS. V.      FORM 

AND  FEEDING   QUALITIES. VI.     THE   CARE  OP    BREEDING    STOCK. VII.      FAR- 
ROWING.  VIII.     WEANING    THE   PIGS. IX.       CASTRATION. X.     GESTATION 

OF  SOWS. XI.     NECESSITY  OF  GOOD  CARE. XII.     RINGING  A   HOG. 

I.  Practical  Value  of  Improved  Breeds. 
In  no  department  of  stock  breeding  has  the  value  of  superior  breeds 
been  more  fully  asserted  than  in  the  breeding  of  swine.  Cheap  food  and 
the  improvement  of  breeds  have  already  made  the  West  and  Southwest  the 
great  s\vine-breeding  and  swine-feeding  regions  of  the  world,  and  eventually 
the  Northwest  and  the  South  will  share  equalW  in  the  profits  of  these  great 
industries.  In  all  the  West  and  Northwest,  it  is  now  difficult  to  find  a  f  armei 
who  has  not  swine  of  some  one  of  the  improved  breeds.  When  the  South, 
also,  shall  have  taken  hold  of  the  business,  in  the  extension  of  a  di- 
versified agriculture,  millions  of  dollars  will  have  been  added  to  the  wealth 
of  that  section.  From  what  Ave  have  said  in  the  preceding  chapter,  it 
should  not  be  difficult  for  the  young  breeder  to  work  undcrstandingl}'  and 
profitably.  Nor  can  success  be  achieved  by  selecting  a  good  breed, 
and  starving  the  hogs,  or  allowing  them  to  shift  for  themselves. 
Hogs  of  the  improved  breeds  are  not  so  well  able  to  take  care  of 
themselves  as  those  of  a  half-wild  breed,  but  well  cared  for  they 
will  pay  fifty  per  cent,  in  profit  over  the  other  breed,  for  the  grain 
fed.  Why  ?  They  are  more  quiet,  and  assimilate  their  food  more 
perfectly.  This  is  all  there  is  to  any  superior  breed  of  any  farm 
stock,  if  we  add  that  the  flesh  is  better  laid  on  in  the  prime  parts. 
n.    Care  in  Selection. 

However  good  the  breed,  if  care  is  not  taken  in  the  selection,  or  coup- 
ling of  animals,  degeneration  of  the  offspring  will  inevitably  result. 
This  is  true  of  all  animals.  But  care  in  .selection  is  even  more  clearly 
shown  to  be  necessary  in  planting  grains  and  vegetables,  for  the  reason 
that  weeds,  poverty  of  soil,  and  the  sowing  of  imperfect  seed,  react  at 
once  on  the  product.     Hence  the  reason  why  seedsmen  make  fortunes  io 

964 


2.0 


THE  BREEDmO  AND  CARE   OF  HOGS. 


gelling  improved  seed  that  have  been  grown  on  rich  soil,  carefully  selected, 
aud  all  undersized  seed  screened  out.  Exactly  the  same  care  is  necessary 
with  breeding  stock.  .  Keep  this  up  to  the  mark  at  any  cost;  those  ani- 
mals that  do  not  come  up  to  the  standard  can  be  used  for  food.  Never 
sell  the  best  seeds,  nor  the  best  animals,  whatever  may  be  offered  ;  they 
are  worth  as  much  to  you  as  any  one  else. 

m.    Age  of  Breeding  Swine. 

The  boar  is  capable  of  coupling  at  from  six  to  eight  months  old,  but  it 
IS  better  that  he  be  at  least  ten  months  of  age  before  being  allowed  to 
serve.     The  sow  is  capable  of  breeding  at  seven  or  eight  months  old,  but 


TAMWORTH  SOW. 

it  Is  better  that  she  shall  not  drop  her  first  litter  until  she  is  thirteen  to 
fifteen  months  old. 

Two  litters  of  pigs  each  year  is  till  the  sow  should  be  allowed  to  raise, 
and  the  best  breeders  are  content  with  one  litter  a  year.  If  the  sow  has 
a  warm  place  for  farrowing,  the  earlier  in  the  season  the  pigs  are  pro- 
duced, the  greater  is  the  profit  from  them.  If  they  come  the  first  of 
March,  and  are  well  fed  until  the  new  year,  there  is  little  difficulty  in 
making  them  average  250  pounds  each,  and  such  pigs  should  bring  fully 
one  cent  a  pound  more  than  hogs  wintered  once  and  weighing  perhaps 
fifty  pounds  more.  The  profitable  plan  with  swine  of  any  breed  is  to  push 
their  fattening  from  the  time  they  are  born  until  they  are  killed,  fcr  with 
swine,  as  with  other  farm  stock,  the  daily  increase  in  flesh  becomes  less 
and  less  as  the  animal  increases  in  age. 


966         CYCLOPEDIA   OF  LIVE   STOCK  AXD  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

IV.     How  to  Select  Breeding  Animals. 

In  the  selection  of  stock  for  breeding,  look  first  to  constitutional  vigor. 
Without  this,  no  matter  what  the  beauty  of  form  may  be,  disaster  will  be 
brought  to  the  herd.  Next  examine  the  form  with  reference  to  what  you 
require.  Then  the  question  of  early  maturity  and  aptitude  to  fatten  will 
be  important.  Then  constancy  of  characteristics  as  shown  in  the  pro- 
geny must  be  attended  to,  since  this  shows  a  perfect  line  of  superior  breed- 
ing, most  valuable  in  any  kind  of  farm  animals.  In  all  farm  animals 
tractability  and  quietness  of  disposition  are  essential.  In  swine  this  is 
especially  so.  The  subject  of  uniformity  in  the  progeny  is  referred  to 
in  cattle  under  the  title  "heredity."  It  is  worth  reading  again  in  con- 
nection with  swine. 

V.  Form  and  Feeding  Qualities. 

Once  you  have  secured  an  improved  breed,  or  if  you  have  made  one  by 
judicious  crossing  and  selection,  not  only  hold  it  so,  but  continue  to  im- 
prove it.  Careful  selection  of  animals  that  show  the  best  points,  is  the 
important  integer  here,  and  the  fixing  them  by  breeding  such  animals 


A  GROUP  OF  CHESTER  WHITE  BOARS. 


together  in  connection  with  good  shelter  and  feeding  is  another.  The 
best  breed  that  ever  existed,  if  they  do  not  die  in  the  degenerating  pro- 
cess, will,  if  they  must  shift  for  themselves  half  the  year,  with  barely 
enough  to  keep  life  in  them  the  other  half,  soon  come  to  look  like  the 
picture  of  "a  back-Avoods  hog,"  or  that  of  the  "prairie  ranger."   We  see 


THE    BREEDING    AND    CARE    OF   HOQS. 


967 


them  every  aay  even  in  the  best  farming  regions,  among  that  class  -"vho 
have  "no  luck"  in  raising  "critters."  Why  should  they?  They  are  de- 
generating, themselves,  every  day  in  the  effort  to  get  "something  for 
nothing,"  or  else  for  less  than  its  value. 

VI.    The  Care  of  Breeding  Stock. 

In  a  general  way  the  same  principles  laid  down  for  the  care  of  other 

farm  stock  will  apply  to  swine.     There  is  one  thing  of  special  importance, 

however,  in  l)rccding  swine,  that  must  not  he  overlooked.     That  is  the 

care  that  must  be  taken  in  not  breeding  too  closely  in-and-in.     We  have 


lUOKKSIilKK 


shown  in  another  part  of  this  work  that  the  tendency  of  this  close  breed- 
ing is  to  render  the  constitution  delicate,  and  hence  the  vigor  of  the  ani- 
mal must  suffer.  Swine  are  especially  susceptible  to  scrofula  and  other 
blood  diseases,  and  also  to  inflammatory  diseases.  In-and-in  breeding  is 
apt  to  exaggerate  these  constitutional  disabilities.  For  this  reason  special 
care  must  be  taken,  not  only  in  the  breeding,  but  in  selecting  for  breed- 
ing purposes  only  those  that  show  superior  constitutional  vigor.  If  you 
see  a  pig  in  a  litter  free  from  cough,  that  is  superior  in  growth,  and  shows 
great  constitutional  vigor,  save  him  or  her  by  all  means,  for  further 
examination.  Save  all  such,  and  you  will  soon  have  stock  superior  to  that 
oiigiuaily  bought ;  for  the  breeder  of  pure  stock  sells  all  indiscriminately, 


968  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

except  such  as  are  actually?  deformed,  or  so  far  from  the  type  that  even 
the  ignoraot  wiJl  notice  the  fault.  They  must  do  so,  or  else  sell  at  such 
prices  as  to  place  stock  out  of  the  reacb  of  all  but  the  most  wealthy. 
Once  a  breeder  finds  an  animal  right  in  every  respect,  some  hundreds,  or 
even  a  thousand,  dollars  over  the  usual  price  of  a/erage  specimens  of  a 
breed  is  readily  paid.  Hence,  in  starting  out,  if  your  stock  is  not  perfect 
you  can  easily  improve  it  by  selection  ar^d  care  in  breeding.  It  is  the 
object  of  this  book  to  give  the  mass  of  fani:ers  definite  information  on 
these  points.  The  best  breeders  are  already  informed,  and  fully  alive  to 
their  value. 

Vn.   Parrowing. 

In  regard  to  farrowing,  the  farmer  must  be  guided  by  circumstances.  If 
the  sows  are  expected  to  produce  two  litters  of  pigs  a  year,  the  tirst  Lit- 
ter must  come  as  early  as  March,  so  that  the  ner.*  I'Kver  may  come  early 
enough  in  the  autumn  for  the  pigs  to  be  wear  d  aiid  feeding  before  cold 
weather  sets  in. 

When  farrowing  is  expected  in  cold  v.  eat  her,  a  place  warmed  by  tire 
heat  must  Ue.  provided,  and  the  sow,  espv'-^.iily  if  it  be  a  yczif/.  or^e,  I'L'jM 
be  allowed  perfect  quiet.  A  temperature  of  not  less  than  fzisty-^ve  de- 
grees  is  necessaiy  unil?.  the  pigs  are  properly  dried  and  take  the  teats. 
After  that,  they  \Till  do  we?l  under  a  temperature  at  night  of  s'^out  fifty 
degrees,  yet  sixty  .vill  be  found  better,  for  there  is  nothing  more  tender, 
or  more  susceptible  to  cold  than  a  i;8wly  bom  pig,  unless  it  be  a  young 
lamb.  The  sow  having  farrowed  all  right,  she  will  generally  take 
the  boar  again  when  the  pigs  are  three  or  four  days  old.  if  aou 
she  will  not  come  in  heat  until  after  the  pigs  are  ?reaned. 

VUL   Weaning  the  Pigsi 

The  pig  is  bom  with  teeth  that  will  be  ready  to  grind  its  food  by  the  time 
It  is  two  months  old.  We  have  always  weaned  at  sis  weeks  old,  so  far  as 
spring  pigs  were  concerned,  allowing  plenty  of  skimmed  milk  and  butter 
milk,  mixing,  at  seven  or  eight  weeks  old,  a  fair  proportion  of  corn  meal 
mush,  or,  better,  light  wheat  and  rye  screenings  ground  together.  Give 
them  grass,  also,  as  soon  as  they  will  eat  it,  and  at  three  months  old  they 
may  be  put  on  clover  and  whole,  or,  better,  soaked  com. 

IX.  Castration. 

Pigs  should  be  castrated  at  from  two  to  three  weeks  old  j  never  delay 
it  longer  than  the  age  of  four  weeks  ;  since  they  require  fully  three  weelis 
to  recover  from  its  effects  before  being  weaned. 


THE  BREEDING  AND  CASE  OP  HOfSS.  969 

Castration  h  a  simple  operation.  Let  an  a^stant  hold  the  pig  on  its 
back,  with  its  head  and  shoulders  between  his  knees  and  with  tiio  legs 
spread  apart.  With  a  sharp  knife,  cut  down  into  the  scrotum  and  tiiroagh 
th:;  tesJcle,  press  it  out  from  the  integuments,  separate  this  from  the  tcs- 
ticl  and  with  a  jerk  break  the  ooi"d  j  or  the  cord  may  be  cut  with  a  dull 
p.lr  of  shears  to  prevent  bleeding.  The  pigs  will  generally  do  well  enough, 
t^iough  there  is  no  objection  to  introducing  a  little  melted  h:rd  and  salt 
into  the  wound.  If  there  is  a-welUng  the  second  day,  inject  into  the  cavity 
tt  Jiale  tincture  of  myrrh. 

7L  Gestation  of  Sows. 

Gestation  in  the  sow  is  accomplished  in  three  months,  three  weeks  and 
three  days,  as  the  average  time.  There  is  a  vanation  sometin  co  ai  twenty 
and  even  thirty  days.  Young  or  weak  sows  carry  their  young  i^  shorter 
period  than  older  and  stronger  ones.  Once  you  get  a  good  breeding  sow, 
keep  her  as  long  as  possible,  since  young  sows  are  often  bad  mothers.  A 
sow  will  remain  prolific  for  about  eight  years,  unless  she  becomes  over- 
ioaded  with  fat,  and  this  must  be  guarded  against. 

XI.   Necessity  of  Qood  Care. 

Swine  have  naturally  but  little  hair,  aiid  artificial  breeding  has  nearly 
destroyed  what  little  they  originally  had.  To  supply  this  lack,  nature  has 
given  them  a  thick  layer  of  fat  next  the  skin,  when  in  good  condition. 
Hence  the  necessity,  not  only  of  good  feeding,  but  also  of  warm  quarters 
and  a  good  bed  to  lie  in.  Mature  has  also  given  them  the  instinct  to 
curry  together  plenty  of  material  for  maidng  their  own  beds,  and  also 
to  lie  together  in  families  for  mutual  warmth.  Knowing  these  facts,  it 
should  not  be  difficult  for  the  sagacious  farmer  so  to  provide  them  with 
food  and  quarters,  that  they  may  be  comfortable.  If  this  is  not  done, 
and  considerable  numbers  are  kept  together,  they  will  *'pne  up"  in  cold 
nights  so  that  in  the  morning  the  owner  may  have  a  chance  to  dx&g  out 
some  hogs  dead  from  smothering.  For  when  swine  are  piled  up  two  or 
three  thick,  the  under  layer  have  no  longer  the  power  to  move  if  they 
should  try. 

Xn.  BiGging  a  Hog. 

We  do  not  believe  in  ringing  swine,  except  fattening  stock  and  those 
fed  in  the  fields  with  a  view  to  fattening.  We  believe  it  one  of  the  most 
prolitic  causes  of  disease  and  contagion,  especially  in  preventing  them  from 
getting  their  natural  food.  Breeding  stock  should  never  have  rings  in  their 
noses,  at  least  until  tbey  are  ready  to  be  turned  out  for  fattening. 


970         CYCLOrEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND   COMPLETE  STOCK   DOCTOR. 

Nevertheless,  we  suppose  many  will  not  think  so.  We  have  reference  to 
the  old  fashioned  way  of  hampering  a  hog  for  ringing,  and  also  the  ring; 
now-a-(lays  jiatcnt  I'ings  and  riiiLi,iii,u-  [>incers  render  the  process  more  easy. 


¥^MJ^/M 

n 

HH 

^f    .W^^^^^^v 

t^-^     — 

*s,..V-  .-.:_- 

■  -i 

)i;i:OC  JERSEY  sow^- 


The  old  method  wa.s  both  clumsy  and  cruel;  and  excc})t  when  necessary 
rings  of  every  kind  should  be  discarded. 


('UKSTKU    wniTK    noATl. 

A  hog  that  is  turned  out  to  fora.ge  in  the  woods  on  mast  and  roots 
should  not,  of  course,  be  ringed;  for  he  then  needs  free  use  of  his  snout 
which  is  the  means  nature  provides  him  with  for  getting  food.  The  reason 
why  breeding  swine  should  not  be  ringed  is,  that  the  natural  exercise  of 
rooting,  and  the  food  they  get  in  this  way,  are  necessary  to  develop  consti- 
tutional vigor  and  perfect  health,  so  important  in  all  breeding  stock.  This 
point  is  touched  upon  more  fully  elsewhere. 


CHAPTER  IV. 
THE  FEEDING  AND  SHELTERING  OF  SWINE. 


I.      FEED   THE   BREEDERS   FOR    HEALTH.- — — II.    THE    PROPER    FOOD    FOR    SWINE. 

III.    SUMMER    FEEDING    FOR    PORK. IV.    GRASSES    AND    CLOVERS. V.    ROOTS. 

VI.    GRAIN    THE    MAIN    RELIANCE. VII.    FEEDING    IN    THE    FIELDS. VIII. 

GLEANING    IN    THE    FIELDS    AND    AFTER    CATTLE. IX.    VALUE    OF    MAST    FOR 

HOGS. X.    HOG-FEEDING    IN   THE   SOUTH. XL    FEEDING   IN   CLOSE   PENS. 

XIL    HOG-  BARNS. XIIL   THE  BEST  FORM  OF  HOG  BARN. XIV.   COMPARATIVE 

VALUE   OF   LIGHT  AND   HEAVY   HOGS. XV.    ECONOMY   OF   FULL   FEEDING   FROM 

BIRTH. XVL   MIXED  RATIONS  FOR  HOGS. XVII.   GRAIN  SHOULD  BE   GROUND. 

XVIIL  WET  FEED  BETTER  THAN  DRY. XIX.   COOKING  FOOD. XX.    FEED- 
ING POTATOES. XXL   PUMPKINS  FOR  HOGS. XXIL   CONCLUSION. 

I.    Peed  the  Breeders  for  Health. 

The  only  profit  that  can  accrue  from  the  care  and  management  of  swine 
lies  in  the  vahie  of  their  flesh  as  food,  and  in  the  offal  for  grease  and  in 
the  arts.  Hence  the  greatest  profit — except  in  rare  cases,  where  they 
have  an  unlimited  forest  range — lies  in  forcing  their  feeding  to  fatness, 
from  birth  until  they  are  slaughtered.  True  economy  will  dictate  that 
they  have  the  warmest  possible  shelter  in  winter,  and  that  they  be 
kept  cool  in  summer,  with  some  place  where  they  may  escape  from  in- 
sect enemies,  and  with  range  suflScient  for  them  to  exercise  their  instinct 
of  rooting  for  such  underground  vegetation  as  their  natures  may  require. 
This  promotes  health  and  strengthens  their  constitutions. 

The  above  applies  especially  to  the  breeding  stock.  Those  animals 
which  are  intended  for  fattening — and  whose  lives  should  not  extend  be- 
yond fifteen  months  at  most — do  not  require  all  this.  If  the  breeding 
stock  have  been  kept  healthy  they  will  transmit  health  to  their  offspring. 
I  lielieve  that  the  purely  artificial  breeding  and  feeding  of  breeding  stock, 
the  indiscriminate  ringing,  the  absence  of  roots,  and  the  feeding  of  breedino- 
animals  almost  exclusively  on  corn,  have,  in  many  cases,  so  enfeebled  the 
constitution  of  swine  that  they  have  Ijecome  an  easy  pre}'-  to  the  various  epi- 
demic and  contagious  diseases  that,  of  late  years,  have  carried  off  so 
many.  And  I  believe,  also,  that  the  utmost  care  will  be  necessary  in  the  fu- 
ture to  guard  against  this  disability.  And  any  common-sense  man  may  see 
that  the  breeding  animals  are  so  few  in  proportion  to  the  slaughtering 
swine,  that  it  is  true  economy  for  every  breeder  to  spare  no  pains  in  pro- 
viding for  this  class  of  stock  diversified  food  Avhich  they  crave,  and  which, 
is  necessary  to  make  sound  and  vigorous  constitutions. 

Remember  that  swine — like  man — are  universal  feeders,  and  that  if 
allowed  to  be  so,  few  animals  are  more  cleanly  in  their  habits.    They  wal- 

971 


972  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  IIVE  STOCK  AND  COMFjLETE  STOCK  DOCTOB. 

low  ill  the  mud,  at  times,  it  is  true,  but  a  mud  bath  is  nature's  specifio 
for  scurvy  and  other  skin  diseases.     Svvmc,  also,  take   a  mud  bath  as 
refui!:e  fi-oni  insects ;  nevertheless  they  are  cai-eful,  if   allowed,  to  thor- 
oughly (!lean  themselves,  when  drj- ,  against  the  rubbing  post. 

II,    The  Proper  Pood  for  Swine. 

Swine  eat  fewer  varieties  of  ncrbs  and  grass  than  any  other  animal.  Pig- 
weed (^amaranth),  pursley  [portulacca  )  and  various  other  succulent  plants, 
with  the  common  pasture  grasses,  and  red  and  white  clover  are  about 
the  only  ones  swine  Avill  feed  on.  Artichokes  and  various  tuberous  and 
bulbous  roots,  many  insects — especially  the  larvoa  of  the  May  beetle,  and 
the  white  grub  of  our  pastures — frogs,  and  such  small  animals  as  they  i  an 
kill,  together  with  all  the  edible  grains,  and  culinary  vegetables,  consti- 
tute their  natural  food.  In  fact,  they  eat  few  substances  that  would  be 
injurious  to  man.  Such,  then,  is  their  proper  food — so  far  as  it  may  be 
obtained — if  the  highest  constitutional  vigor  is  to  be  preserved  in  the 
breeding  stock.  If  they  are  allowed  a  fair  range  on  clover,  including  the 
gleaning  of  grain  fields  in  summer;  and  if  a  good  supply  of  pumpkins, 
and  the  refuse  fruit  of  the  farm  be  allowed  them  in  autumn  ;  and  if  in 
the  winter  they  be  allowed  daily  rations  of  artichokes,  small  potatoes, 
parsnips  or  carrots,  they  may  have,  in  addition,  what  grain  they  need  to 
keep  them  in  full  flesh — not  fat.  If  this  course  of  feeding  were  gener- 
ally adopted  for  the  breeding  stock,  we  should  in  a  few  ^^ears  hear  but 
little  of  the  epidemics  which  periodically  sweep  the  s^ine  away  by  thous- 
ands. But  as  long  as  there  are  so  many  breeders  who  never  look  beyond 
present  profits,  these  epidemics  will  probably  continue  to  be  bred  among 
the  herds  of  this  class  to  scatter  the  germs  far  and  wide. 

m.    Smmner  Feeding  for  Pork. 

We  now  come  to  the  care  of  fattening  stock.  The  pigs  having  been 
weaned,  as  already  directed,  give  them  the  run  of  a  clover  pasture  ;  and, 
while  we  object  to  the  ringing  of  breeding  stock,  with  those  intended  for 
fattening  it  is,  perhaps,  less  objectionable  than  the  tearing  up  of  the  graz- 
ing fields.  But  if  the  grazing  fields  are  infested  with  the  larvse  of  the 
May  beetle  or  similar  insects,  the  fattening  hogs  may  as  well  be  allowed  to 
root  as  much  as  they  want  to.  There  is  no  cheaper  way  of  ridding  the 
land  of  these  pests. 

In  addition  to  clover,  give  the  young  pigs  all  the  milk  and  other  slops 
of  the  house,  and  also  give  what  corn  they  will  eat ;  older  pigs  will  do 
well  enough  on  clover  and  corn,  without  the  slops.  Whether  the  grain 
shall  be  ground,  or  ground  and  cooked,  will  depend  entirely  on  the  price, 
We  have  always  found  whole  grain  the  cheapest,  except  for  finishing  off. 


THE  FEEDING  AND  SHELTERING  OF  SWINE.  973 

when  the  price  of  corn  was  fifty  cents  per  bushel  or  less  ;  and  here  again 
economy  will  depend  more  or  less  upon  the  facilities  for  grinding  and  for 
cooking. 

rv.    Grasses  and  Clovers. 

The  main  aependence  for  grazing  will  be  blue  grass,  orchard  grass, 
and  red  and  white  clover.  Alfalfa — wherever  it  will  grow — cut 
green,  makes  an  excellent  supplementary  food,  when  swine  get  used  to 
it ;  and  field  peas  cut  just  before  they  shell  are  excellent  for  hogs. 

V.    Roots. 

Artichokes,  potatoes,  ruta-bagas,  parsnips,  carrots,  and  beets,  are 
readily  eaten  by  swine,  and  are  preferred  in  the  order  named.  We  have 
successfully  wintered  store  hogs  entirely  on  ruta-bagas  with  the  addition 
of  a  little  meal.  Artichokes  are  a  cheap  and  excellent  root  food,  if  the 
swine  are  allowed  to  gather  them  themselves  in  the  autumn  and  spring. 

VI.    Grain  the  Main  Reliance. 

Grain,  however,  is,  in  the  West,  the  cheapest  food  and  the  main  de- 
pendence of  the  farmer.  The  other  foods  are  useful  mainly  for  keeping 
the  animal  in  good  health  and  digestion  ;  for,  without  sound  health  and  good 
digestion,  no  animal  can  be  made  fully  fat.  In  the  fall  there  is  no  better 
food  than  pumpkins  and  grain  boiled  together  ;  and  if  the  pumpkins  are 
protected  from  frost,  swine  may  be  carried  in  this  way  until  Christmas 
and  made  fully  fat. 

VII.    Feeding  in  th.e  Fields. 

In  all  the  great  com  region  of  the  West  and  South,  field-feeding  wil^ 
lon«- continue  to  be  the  favorite  way  of  fattening  hogs.  It  is  cleanly,  and, 
where  grain  is  cheap,  economical.  It  is  only  necessary  to  see  that  the 
ho^-s  are  made  comfortable  by  shelter  from  storms  and  cold  weather,  and 
that  they  have  plenty  of  pure  water.  This  is  so  easy  to  do  that  the  mere 
mention  of  it  will  suffice. 

vm.    Gleaning  in  the  Fields  and  after  Cattle. 

Swine  should  always  have  the  run  of  the  grain  fields  after  harvest,  if 
possible.  In  this  way  they  save  all  the  grain  dropped  in  harvesting,  and, 
most  important,  they  get  a  variety  of  herbage,  which  they  could  not  other- 
wise obtain.  It  should,  of  course,  not  interfere  with  their  getting  full 
rations  of  grain,  and  plenty  of  pure  water  for  drinking  must  be  provided, 
for  swine  are  thirsty  animals ;  and  attention  to  providing  a  dark  place 
where  they  may  escape  msects  must  not  be  forgotten. 


974  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  8TOCK  DOCTOR. 

So,  in  feeding  cattle,  swine  should  glean  what  is  left.  One  or  two 
hogs  should  follow  each  steer  or  cow,  according  to  how  much  grain  is  fed 
to  the  hogs  in  addition.  Our  plan  always  was,  to  allow  two  hogs  to  each 
steer,  and  then  at  night  to  give  the  hogs  what  extra  corn  they  would  eat. 

rX.    Value  of  Mast  for  Hogs. 

This  will  depend  upon  the  range  and  the  number  of  nut^producing  trees. 
When  a  suitable  range  is  to  be  had  it  should  always  be  used,  especially  for 
breeding  hogs,  and  young  swine.  For  fattening,  it  will  only  be  available 
in  extensive  forest  districts,  and  for  half-wild  swine.  In  any  event,  hogs 
fed  on  mast  should  be  allowed  full  feeds  of  grain  for  at  least  three  weeks 
before  slaughtering. 

X.    Hog  Feeding  in  the  South. 

Swine-feeding  can  be  prohtably  conducted  on  a  large  scale  at  the  South, 
only  in  the  more  temperate  regions  where  corn  may  be  economically 
grown.  There  is,  however,  still  so  much  forest  area  there,  that  it  should 
be  made  use  of  to  the  fullest  extent  for  hog  pasture,  on  account  of  the 
natural  roots,  the  wild  fruit  and  the  mast.  The  supplementary  food 
must  depend,  as  it  does  everywhere  else,  on  the  cost.  If  it  has  to  be 
bought,  corn  and  mill  feed  will  be  found  the  cheapest.  Every  planter 
should  raise  and  cure  enough  hogs  to  furnish  pork,  bacon  ard  hams 
for  his  home  use.  I.  will  be  found,  in  nearly  every  instance,  cheaper  than 
to  buy  the  bacon  and  pork  already  prepared. 

XI.    Feeding  in  Close  Pens. 

In  all  cases,  where  few  pigs  are  kept,  or  where  only  the  family  supplies 
of  pork  are  fattened — especially  when  the  fattening  pigs  are  bought  in  the 
spring — it  is  cheapest  to  feed  in  close  pens.  These  should  always  be  in 
two  apartments,  one  closed  in  for  sleeping,  and  the  other  an  open  plat- 
form for  feeding.  A  pen  twelve  by  sixteen  Avill  accommodate  six  large 
hogs  ;  and  this  will  allow  the  sleeping  room  to  be  8  by  12,  and  the  feed 
room  the  same  size.  In  every  case  where  hogs  are  to  be  kept  and  fattened 
in  cold  weather,  warm  sleeping  places  must  be  provided  ;  and  evei  where 
large  numbers  of  hogs  were  kept  to  be  fed  fully  fat,  we  have  found  the 
plan  of  close  pens  to  be  most  economical  in  the  end. 
XII.    Hog  Bams. 

When  many  hogs  are  kept,  a  permanent  structure  should  be  built  for 
fattening  and  wintering  them.  The  simplest  form  of  a  hog  barn  is  alow 
buildino",  with  ranges  of  pens  on  each  side  of  a  four-foot  passage  way, 
the  sides  being  divided  into  pens  eight  feet  square.  This  would  give 
twenty  feet  for  the  width  of  the  building.  In  the  middle,  a  twenty-foot 
room  should  be  left  for  the  boiler,  and  for  the  storage  of  feed.     The 


THE   FEEDING   AND    SHELTERING   OF   SWINE.  975 

sleeping  apartments  may  be  lean-to  structures,  back  of  the  feeding  rooms, 
and  with  a  door  to  each,  hung  on  hinges  at  the  top,  so  it  may  easily 
swing  either  way  when  a  hog  pushes  it.  The  pens  must  be  cleaned  into 
a  wheelbarrow,  rolled  along  the  passage  on  a  running  way  laid  for  dump- 
ing directly  upon  the  compost  heap. 

Xm.    The  Best  Form  of  Hog  Bam. 

The  best  form  of  hog  burn  we  have  ever  used  was  a  central  building, 
twenty-four  feet  square  and  two  stories  high  ;  the  upper  stories  arranged 
with  bins  for  meal,  and  a  corn  crib,  with  chutes  running  below.  The 
twelve-foot  square  in  the  center  of  the  lower  story  is  used  exclusively  for 
the  cooking  apparatus,  the  first  range  of  pens  adjonnng  being  for  breeding 
sows  and  the  younger  pigs,  since  it  is  the  warmest  part  of  the  building. 
Thence  wings  extend  on  each  of  the  four  sides,  as  in  the  plan  of  a  hog 
barn  first  described,  except  that  this  being  intended  for  both  winter  and 
summer  feeding,  a  door  communicating  from  the  sleeping  pens  to  a 
yard  beyond  should  be  added. 

In  this  way  we  have  kept  five  hundred  hogs,  and,  by  proper  attention 
to  their  feeding  and  sanitary  condition,  alwavs  breeding  our  own  stock 
with  but  slight  loss  from  epidemics.  The  water  supply  was  ample  and 
pure.  The  pens  were  kept  regularly  washed;  the  offal  was  carried, to 
the  compost  heap  and  covered  regularly  with  earth ;  and  the  hogs  had 
always  by  them  ashes  and  salt,  and  also  a  supply  of  bituminous  coal 
slack.      For  cut  of  hog  barn,  see  page 980. 

XIV.    Comparative  Value  of.  Light  and  Heavy  Hogs. 

We  have  heretofore  shown  that  an  animal,  if  allowed  to  lose  flesh  when 
growing,  does  so  at  the  ex}3ense  of  ultimate  profits.  This  is  especially 
true  of  swine.  No  feeder  can  afford  to  winter  pigs  with  a  view  of  gettincr 
heavy  weights,  unless  under  exceptional  circumstances.  It  costs  too 
much.  Hogs  weighing  from  400  to  600  pounds  will  not  bring  so  much 
per  pound  as  lighter  fat  hogs,  and  with  hogs  as  with  other  stock,  every 
year  they  are  kept  their  daily  gain  becomes  less  and  less. 

Hogs  weighing  200  pounds,  or  theresbout,  will  bring  more  money  in  any 
market  than  those  of  any  other  weight ;  for  hogs  of  this  weight  cut  up 
better  into  hams,  bacon,  and  family  side  pork,  than  heavier  ones.  No 
one  wants  a  ham,  for  instance,  tliat  will  weigh  twenty-five  to  thirty 
pounds  ;  there  is  too  much  fat  on  it  for  the  lean.  Thick  bacon  does  not 
sell  well,  for  very  fat  bacon  is  not  liked.  Hogs  if  properly  fed  may  be 
turned  off  weighing  200  to  250  pounds  at  nine  months  old;  and  under 
ordinary  good    feeding,   at    ten    or    eleven    months    old.       We  have 


976  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

raised  pigs,  farrowed  in  March,  that  in  the  succeeding  January  killed  to 
dress  up  to  380  pounds,  and  have  turned  them  off  several  times,  that,  at 
ten  months  old,  would  average  300  pounds  alive. 

To  put  the  thing  in  a  nut-shell,  it  is  altogether  cheaper  to  feed  three 
pigs  to  200  pounds  each  at  nine  months  old,  than  it  is  to  feed  a  hogthree 
years  to  make  him  weigh  600  pounds  ;  and  again,  if  the  pigs  are  worth 
six  cents  a  pound  alive,  it  is  $3(5  ;  the  600  pound  hog  will  not  then  bring 
more  than  five  cents,  or  $30,   and  has  eaten  more  corn  than  the  three 


lighter  hogs. 


XV.    Economy  of   Pull  Feeding  from  Birth. 


It  should  be  remembered  that  it  takes  a  certain  percentage  of  the 
food  to  supply  daily  animal  waste.  The  young  animal  converts  into  flesh 
more  of  the  food  given  than  a  full  grown  one  ;  no  matter  how  long  the 
animal  is  kept  the  daily  waste  goes  on  constantly.  Hence,  it  should  re- 
quire no  argument  to  show  that. the  true  economy  is  to  feed  stroLg  from 
birth,  if  the  object  be  simply  to  sell  the  animal  when  fat.  When 
fat,  sell  at  once,  unless  the  state  of  the  market  is  such  that  it  wil'j  pay  to 
hold  for  a  time.  Above  all,  do  not  allow  the  animal  to  fall  away  at  any 
stage  of  growth,  since  it  must  be  brought  '.vi,ck  at  an  increased  cost  of 
food  over  that  originally  given,  to  bring  it  '.o  tLfc  condition  at  which  it  be- 
gan to  fail. 

XVI.   Mixed  Rations  for  Hogs. 

To  determine  the  feeding  value  of  a  mixed  grain  ration  as  comj.  ired 
with  one  of  a  single  kind  of  grain,  numerous  experiments  have  been  con- 
ducted, and  in  every  case  the  results  favor  a  mixed  ration.  This  is  one 
strong  reason  why  a  superior  quality  of  pork  can  be  produced  in  the 
Northwest,  where  such  a  large  variety  of  grains  and  forage  plants  can  be 
grown. 

In  corn-growing  sections  there  is  a  disposition  to  feed  corn  almost  ex- 
chisively  on  account  of  its  cheapness,  its  fattening  qualities,  and  the  relish 
with  which  it  is  eaten.  While  in  many  sections  we  can  not  grow  corn 
successfully  as  a  grain  crop,  we  can  grow  a  long  list  of  other  cereals,  such 
as  oats,  barley,  wheat,  millet  and  rye;  and  we  can  grow  them  cheaply 
with  very  little  danger  of  failure.  As  no  artificial  fertilizer  is  needed  to 
grow  these  crops  in  the  Northwest,  the  cost  of  production  is  low  enough 
to  make  them  cheap  stock  foods.  A  mixture  of  chopped  wheat,  oats,  and 
shorts  will  give  better  results  than  a  single  grain  of  any  sort,  not  excepting 
corn.  A  mixture  of  this  kind  is  usually  cheaper  than  wheat  alone,  and 
will  produce  better  gains.  Chopped  oats  should  not  be  fed  alone.  The 
hulls  interfere  verv^  materially  with  its  value  as  food  for  hogs.  They  do 
not  enjoy  the  hulls,  and  will  refuse  to  eat  the  oats  quicker  than  any  other 


THE  FEEDING  AND  SHELTERING  OF  SWINE.  97(7 

grain  except  bran,  which  they  do  not  relish,  principally  for  the  same 
reason.  Chopped  bai'ley  and  shorts  make  a  good  combination  for  feeding. 
A  small  amount  of  bran  can  be  used  to  good  advantage  when  mixed  with 
other  grains.  Shorts  alone  will  not  furnish  mineral  matter  enough  for 
growing  pigs. 

XVII.  Grain  Should  be  Ground. 

Small  grain  should  be  crushed  or  ground  for  hogs.  When  fed  whole 
there  is  less  gain  to  amount  of  food  consumed,  and  the  total  gain  in  a 
given  time  will  be  less.  It  is  a  too  common  practice  among  farmers  in 
this  section  to  follow  slovenly  methods  in  feeding  stock.  Instead  of 
getting  a  few  feet  of  cheap  lumber  for  a  floor  on  which  to  feed,  or  making 
a  few  troughs,  whole  grain  is  strewn  on  the  ground  for  the  hogs  to  gather 
up  as  best  they  may.  Often  the  rainy  season  begins  before  the  hogs  are 
sold ;  then  the  feed  yard  becomes  a  slough  of  mud,  out  of  which  the  ani- 
mals work  very  assiduously  to  gather  their  daily  food.  This  may  be  an 
extreme  picture,  but  who  has  not  seen  it  many  times  in  this  Western 
country  ? 

In  feeding  experiments  it  was  found  that  it  required  1.2  pounds  more 
of  whole  wheat  and  oats  to  produce  a  pound  of  gain  in  live  weight  than 
it  did  with  ground  grain  fed  under  the  same  conditions.  In  many  cases 
the  excreta  were  examined  to  determine  the  amount  of  undigested  whole 
wheat  present,  and  it  was  found  that  as  much  as  50  per  cent  passed  off 
unmasticated.  This  condition  was  more  marked  when  the  grain  was  fed 
dry,  but  at  all  times  there  was  a  very  great  loss. 

XVIIT.  Wet  Feed  Better  than  Dry. 

Hogs  relish  a  moist  diet  better  than  a  dry  one,  and  will  give  better 
returns  for  the  same  food  ted  after  soyking  a  few  hours  than  when  fed 
dry.  Soaking  grain  from  twelve  to  twenty-four  hours  pays  well  for  the 
extra  trouble  in  preparing  the  food.  The  old  practice  of  permitting  the 
feed  to  ferment  and  become  a  source  of  great  annoyance,  on  account  of 
the  offensive  odor  it  gives  off,  is  no  longer  followed  by  the  intelligent 
feeder. 

XIX.   Cooking  Food. 

The  practice  of  cooking  grain  for  hogs  has  long  since  been  discouraged 
as  of  doubtful  economical  value.  Pound  for  pound,  the  raw  grain  will 
give  the  best  results,  and  when  the  extra  cost  of  cooking  is  taken  into 
account,  the  results  are  very  much  in  favor  of  feeding  the  grain  raw.  In 
case  of  vegetables  it  is  quite  different ;  for  the  feeding  value  as  well  as  the 
palatability  of  most  vegetables  is  improved  by  cooking. 


978  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK   AND  COMPLETE   STOCK  DOCTOR. 

XX.   Feeding  Potatoes. 

Very  often  potatoes  become  so  cheap,  on  account  of  an  increased  supply, 
that  it  would  pay  better  to  feed  them  to  hogs  than  to  sell  them  on  the 
market.  Hogs  can  be  made  to  gain  rapidly  on  a  ration  of  cooked  potatoes 
to  which  is  added  shorts,  chopped  wheat,  oats  or  barley.  In  experiments 
conducted  at  the  Oregon  station,  pigs  made  a  daily  gain  of  1.3  pounds 
on  an  average  ration  of  12.4  pounds  of  potatoes,  and  2.8  poimds 
of  chopped  oats  and  shorts  mixed  half  and  half.  The  results  of  experi- 
ments indicate  that  the  value  of  potatoes  for  feeding  to  hogs  is  about  10 
cents  per  bushel.  This  value  will  vary,  however,  under  varying  condi- 
tions of  market  and  methods  of  feeding. 

XXI.    Pumpkins  for  Hogs. 

Not  much  has  been  done  in  an  experimental  way  in  feeding  pumpkins 
to  hogs,  but  in  practice  many  farmers  in  the  West  feed  pumpkins  very 
successfully.  Experiments  were  carried  on  at  the  government  station 
to  determine  the  value  of  pumpkins  as  a  part  ration  for  hogs,  with  the 
following  results:  They  were  fed  from  October  10  to  December  25. 
The  pumpkins  were  cooked  and  shorts  were  added  to  make  the  food 
palatable.  The  hogs  gained  499  pounds,  and  consumed  7,523  pounds 
of  pumpkins  and  924  pounds  of  shorts.  Placing  the  pumpkins  at  $2.50 
per  ton,  and  the  shorts  at  $12  per  ton,  the  total  cost  would  be  $14.94. 
This  makes  the  cost  of  100  pounds  of  gain  in  live  weight  $2.  This  is  the 
cheapest  pork  produced  from  any  combination  of  food  materials  tested 
at  the  Oregon  station.  The  pumpkins  were  valued  at  the  estimated  cost 
of  production.  The  pork  produced  by  this  feed  was  pronounced  first- 
class  for  bacon  purposes.  The  hogs  were  healthy  and  were  never  off 
their  feed  throughout  the  feeding  period. 

XXII.    Conclusion. 

Hogs  free  from  disease. — Hogs  in  the  Northwest  are  generally  very 
free  from  disease.  Hog  cholera  is  practically  unknown  in  Oregon,  Wash- 
ington, and  Idaho.  No  well-defined  cases  have,  so  far  as  we  are  aware, 
developed  within  this  region,  although  cases  have  been  reported  where 
hogs  were  imported  from  cholera-infected  districts  in  the  Eastern  States. 
Our  methods  of  feeding,  together  with  a  greater  variety  of  food  material, 
is  conducive  to  the  health  of  the  animals.  The  comparatively  small 
proportion  of  com  fed  is  an  advantage  to  health.  Corn,  being  a  highly 
carbonaceous  food,  induces  more  animal  heat,  and  should  be  mixed  with 
some  food  rich  in  protein  to  give  the  best  results,  both  as  affecting  the 
health  of  the  animals  and  the  quality  of  the  product.     Where  wheat, 


THE  FEEDING  AND  SHELTERING  OF  SWINE. 


979 


oats,  barley,  peas,  alfalfa,  and  clover,  constitute  the  chief  food  supply, 
there  is  little  danger  of  disease. 

ProspGCt  of  the  industry. — In  conclusion  it  may  be  said  that  there  is  a 
broad  field  for  the  farmers  of  the  Pacific  Northwest  to  occupy  in  pro- 
ducing a  superior  article  of  bacon  and  other  pork  products.  The  climatic 
and  feed  conditions  are  the  very  best  that  can  be  found  for  producing  a 
grade  of  pork  which  can  not  be  excelled  in  the  world. 


VICTORIA  BOAR. 


There  is  not  a  day  in  the  year,  over  large  areas  in  this  section,  when 
hogs  can  not  have  some  form  of  green  succulent  food.  Pastures  of  clover, 
grasses,  and  annual  plants  can  be  provided  that  furnish  a  large  amount 
of  food  which,  supplemented  with  a  small  ration  of  grain,  will  produce  a 
superior  article  of  meat  products.  The  foreign  as  well  as  the  domestic 
market  demands  a  better  pork  product,  especially  in  the  hams  and  bacon. 

With  good  blood  in  the  herd  as  the  first  essential,  and  then  a  proper 
food  supply,  the  results  will  be  wholly  satisfactory. 


980 


CYCLOPEDIA   OF   LIVE   STOCK   AND   COMPLETE   STOCK   DOCTOR. 


Paralysis  behind,  "downers":  —  Pour  a  tablespoonful  of  turpentine 
across  the  loins  once  a  day  for  several  days.  Give  coperas  and  sulphur,  a 
tea^poonful  of  each  for  three  successive  days  and  repeat  in  a  few  days  if 
necessary.  Prevention :  Give  all  of  the  soft  coal,  charcoal,  etc.,  that  they 
A^ant  to  eat. 

Sows  Eating  their  Pigs:— This  is  due  to  a  depraved  appetite  while  in  a 
delirious  condition  brought  on  by  parturition.  All  sows  are  apt  to  do  it 
during  the  first  few  hours  following  delivery.  The  only  remedy  is  to 
watch  her  during  delivery  and  remove  them  as  fast  as  they  come,  and  put 
them  in  to  her  to  nurse  at  intervals  of  two  hours,  watching  them  closely, 
then  remove  them.  Conthuie  this  for  three  or  four  days,  when  the  danger 
of  eating  them  will  have  passed. 


21   . 

L 

22  _ 

23     . 

24 

® 

A 

25 

26 

17 

28 

12 


10 


T      35 
J6 


i   34 

f J  f-- 

i   33 

29 

1 

30 

31 

32 

4 

3   1 

r 

2 

;•    1 

Hon    HOUSE. 

For  description  see  page  975 


Thumps  in  Pigs:—  Separate  from  the  rest,  feed  liquid  food  and  give 
about  five  gr.  of  tinct.  of  digitalis  twice  a  day. 

Black  Teeth:— These  are  found  upon  the  inside  of  the  pig's  mouth, 
often  cutting  the  tongue  so  as  to  interfere  with  eating.     Pull  them  out. 


BOOK  III 

PART  II 


Diseases  of  Swine 

HOW  TO  KNOW  THEM;  THEIR  CAUSES,  PRE- 
VENTION AND  CURE 


982       cYCLorEbiA  oi-'  live  stock  axd  complete  stock  doctor. 


Diseases  of  Swine. 


CHAPTER  I. 

MALIGNANT  AND  EPIDEMIC  DISEASES. 


'.      THE    PREVENTION    OK     DISEASE. II.      MALIGNANT     EPIZOOTIC     CATARRH. III 

CONTAGIOUS     FEVEH     OP     SWINE. IV.      CONTAGIOUS    PNEUMO-ENTERITIS. V. 

SPLENIC   FEVER,   OR  MALIGNANT  ANTHRAX. VI.      SUMMARY  OF  TREATMENT  FOR 

MALIGNANT    DISEASES. VII.      RULES    FOR    DISINFECTION. VIII.      DIFFICULTY 

IN     GIVING     MEDICINE     TO     SWINE. IX.      WATCH    SYMPTOMS     EARLY,    AND    USE 

PREVENTIVES. 

I.    The  Prevention  of  Diseases. 

In  the  care  of  swine  the  prevention  of  disease  is  of  the  ntraost  impoi-t- 
ance.  They  are,  indeed,  subject  to  comparatively  few  aihnents  ;  but 
these  few  are,  generally,  in  the  shape  of  malignant,  epidemic  or  contcV 
gious  diseases  of  the  most  serious  kind.  In  such  cases  the  difficulty  iij 
administering  medicine  (they  being  too  sick  to  take  it  with  food)  is  very 
great.  To  prevent  disease  in  swine,  the  most  important  thing  is  so  to 
care  for  the  animals  that  they  shall  be  kept  in  general  good  health.  The 
admission  of  other  swine  among  the  herd  should,  also,  be  prohibited  until 
you  are  well  assured  that  the  new  comers  are  free  from  disease.  The 
herd  should  be  perfectly  isolated  during  the  prevalence  of  epidemic  or 
contagious  diseases,  and  disinfectants  should  be  freely  used  ;  when  once 
serious  disease  makes  its  appearance  in  the  herd,  the  sick  animals  should 
be  carefully  separated  from  the  well  o;.es.  There  is  only  one  economical 
way  to  treat  so-called  hog  cholera,  which  may  appear  in  any  of  the  follow- 
ing forms,  viz  :  malignant  epizootic  catarrh  ;  intestinal  "hog  cholera,"  a 
specific  contagious  fever,  attended  by  congestion,  exudation,  blood  ex- 
travasation, ulceration  of  the  membranes  of  the  stomach  and  bowels,  and 
foetid  discharges  ;  contagious  pneumo-enteritis  or  purples,  a  contagious 
inflammation  of  the  stomach  and  bowels,  with  red  or  purple  blotches  of  tbe 
skin  ;  or  the  erysipelatous  form  of  pneumo-enteritis,  or  that  attended 
with  malignant  sore  throat.  When  either  of  these  forms  of  disease  at- 
tacks swine,  the  cheapest  way  to  treat  it  is  to  send  the  animals  at  once  to 
the  rendering  tanks,  and  convert  them  into  "grease,"  or  kill  and  burv 
them  at  once,  and  thoroughly  disinfect  every  possible  place  where  con- 
tagion may  lurk.     If  a  competent  veterinarian  be  near,  apply  to  him  at 


984  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

once  ;  but  beware  of  quacks  who  go  about  doctoring  hogs  with  so-called 
specifics  ;  they  are  a  dehision  and  a  snare  for  the  unwary. 

II.    Malignant  Epizootic  Catarrh. 

Causes. — This  disease,  if  not  actually  generated  in  filthy  yards  and 
pens,  is  quickly  and  fatally  developed  in  such  places,  and  the  poison 
germs  quickly  find  their  way  to  the  mucous  membranes  of  the  animals. 
Anything  that  suddenly  checks  the  insensible  perspiration,  as  a  cold,  will 
quickly  predispose  to  the  disease  „ 

How  to  know  it.— There  will  be  difficulty  in  breathing  ;  panting  ;  lift- 
ing of  the  flanks,  and  a  short  hoarse  cough.  There  is  fever;  the  head 
will  be  stretched  out  and  drooping ;  sometimes  running  at  the  nose  ; 
efforts  to  vomit;  generally  constipation,  but  sometimes  diarrhoea;  and 
the  annual  will  show  a  stiff  tottering  gait.  After  death,  if  the  animal  is 
opened,  there  will  be  found  inflammation  of  the  nasal  passages  of  the 
upper  part  of  the  throat,  and  of  the  windpipe  and  lungs,  which  latter 
will  be  found  more  or  less  solidified. 

A  second  form  of  the  disease  shows  less  cough  ;  less  difficulty  in 
b:  eathing,  but  decided  paralysis,  and  tottering  in  the  gait ;  there  is  con- 
ivtipation,  followed  by  profuse  and  foetid  diarrhoea ;  the  back  arched ; 
partial  or  total  blmdness  ;  enlarged  glands  and  scrofulous  ulcers.  After 
death  the  lining  membrane  of  the  intestines  will  be  enlarged  and  degen- 
erated ;  the  spleen  enlarged,  soft  and  dark  ;  the  liver  is  also  affected,  and 
there  may  be  water  exudations  in  the  chest  and  belly.  The  duration  of 
either  form  will  be  about  fifteen  days. 

What  to  do. — If  the  disease  shows  clearly  the  symptoms  described,  kill 
the  animal  and  bury  it  deep.  Separate  all  animals  showing  the  slightest 
ailment,  and  give  the  following  emetic  : 

No.  1.  15  to  20  Grains,  powdered  white  hellebore 

}4  Pint  milV' 

Mix  and  let  the  animal  drink  it, if  it  will;  if  not,  turn  it  down  with  a 
horn,  as  described  under  Article  VIII,  in  this  chapter.  When  the  dose 
has  vomited  the  animal,  if  the  symptoms  are  as  first  described  or  in  the 
lungs,  give 

No.  2.  2  or  3  Grains  tartar  emetic. 

If  the  symptoms  are  as  described  in  one  second  form  of  the  disease,  or 
if  the  bowels  are  implicated  rather  than  the  lungs,  give,  instead,  the 
following  : 

No.  3.  2  or  3  Grains  calomel. 

Either  dose  may  be  administered  in  the  half  of  a  roasted  potato  if  the 
animal  will  eat.      If  not,  envelop  the  dose  in  lard  and  place  it  well  back 


MALIGNANT   AND   EPIDEanC   DISEASES.  985 

mthe  mouth  on  the  root  of  the  tongue.     Apply  over  the  sore  spot,  lungs 
or  bowels,  as  the  case  may  be,  the  following  blistering  ointment : 

No.  4.  1  Ounce  powdered  cantharides, 

4  Ounces  olive  oil. 

Efeat  the  two  over  a  moderate  fire  for  half  an  hour,  stirring  constantly, 
?nd  rub  it  in  well,  repeating  if  it  does  not  blister  on  the  first  application. 

So  soon  as  the  animal  gets  relief,  if  the  disease  is  in  the  lungs,  p-ivethc 
following,  every  day  for  a  few  days ;  but  if  the  trouble  is  in  the  bowels, 
omit  the  carbonate  of  potash  : 

No.  5.  20  Grains  sulphate  of  iron, 

30  Grains  carbonate  of  potash. 

If  there  are  copious,  dark  discharges  from  the  bowels,  give 

No.  G.  20  Grains  podophyllin, 

2  Drachms  bi-carbonate  of  soda, 
Mix  in  a  pint  of  milk. 

But,  if  there  be  constipation,  give  the  following  instead  of  No.  6 : 

No.  7.  1  Ounce  castor  oil. 

1  Drachm  oil  of  turpentine. 
Mix  in  a  pint  of  milk. 

III.    Contagious  Fever  of  Swine. 

This  is  sometimes  called  intestinal  hog  cholera. 

Causes. — It  is  contagious  and  the  infection  is  virulent,  so  much  so  that 
tiie  germs  arc  carried  to  considerable  distances,  supposablyin  the  air.  If 
not  generated  in  foul  pens  and  yards,  they,  together  witi:  bad  care  and 
management,  cause  it  to  develop  quickly  when  the  germs  are  once  intro- 
duced. 

How  to  know  it. — Succeeding  the  incubation,  which  lasts  from  three 
days  to  two  weeks,  according  to  the  season  and  temperature,  there  will 
be  shivering ;  prostration  ;  the  nose  hot  and  dry ;  the  animal  mhU  not 
feed,  but  will  lie  under  the  litter  ;  the  eyes  will  be  sunken  ;  the  gait  weak 
and  unsteady.  There  will  be  great  thirst,  and  a  clinical  thermometer  in- 
s:'erted  into  the  rectum  will  show  a  temperature  of  103  ^  to  105  <^  F. 
There  will  be  heat  and  soreness  of  the  skin,  with  red  patches  and  black 
spots,  the  redness  disappearing  under  pressure.  The  pulse  will  be  weak 
but  rapid  ;  the  tongue  much  furred  ;  a  hard  dry  cough,  and  quick  breath- 
ing ;  the  belly  is  sore  and  the  animal  will  flinch  and  scream  if  it  is 
handled  ;  the  l)owels  are  costive  sometimes  throughout  the  disease,  but 
generally  as  the  disease  progresses,  or  about  the  third  day,  diarrhoea, 
foetid  and  exhausting,  will  supervene,  and  slime  and  blood  may  be  passed, 
showing  ulceration  of  the  bowels.  The  last  stage  occasions  stupor,  par- 
alysis of  the  hind  limbs,  with  tremblings,  jerking  of  the  limbs  and  invol- 
untary motions  of  the  bowels. 


986  CYCLOPEDIA  OP  LIVE  STOCK  Aim  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTORo 

What  to  do.— Bdll  and  bury  deeply  all  infected  animals,  unless  they 

can  be  treated  in  a  place  where  the  atmosphere  is  constantly  disinfected. 
Disinfect,  also,  all  animals  that  may  be  near.  Separate  all  animals  in 
which  the  clinical  thermometer,  inserted  into  the  rectum,  shows  a  tem- 
perature of  100  "^  F.  or  more.  Give  them  charcoal,  bi-sulphate  of  soda,  20 
grains  at  a  dose,  mixed  with  the  same  quantity  of  nitrate  of  pot-assa  ;  give 
also  sulphate  of  iron  (copperas),  or  the  following: 

No.  8.  2  Pounds  flowers  of  sulphur, 

2  Pounds  sulphate  of  iron, 
J^  Pound  nitrate  of  potash, 
14  Pound  black  antimony. 

This  mixed  in  twelve  gallons  of  slop  will  be  enough  for  100  hogs ;  or 
give  each  hog  1  pint  at  a  dose,  repeating  every  day. 

Be  sure  the  water  used  has  not  run  through  the  premises  of  a  diseased 
herd  ;  use  only  pure  well  water,  and  be  sure,  also,  that  the  food  has  not 
been  contaminated ;  and  if  you  have  lately  bought  strange  hogs,  isolate 
them  in  a  safe  quarantine  until  assured  they  are  all  right. 

Treatment  of  the  sick. — Give  cool  pure  well  water,  just  acidulated  with 
sulphuric  acid,  to  drink.  If  there  is  constipation,  give  a  mild  dose  of 
castor  oil,  say  two  ounces,  and  also  give  injections  of  warm  water  to 
assist  the  operation.  Then  give  the  following  dose,  repeat-ed  two  or  three 
times  a  day. 

N'o.  9.  20  Grains  nitrate  of  potassa. 

20  Grains  bi-sulphate  of  soda. 

Mix  ID  a  pint  of  gruel,  and  ^ve  as  one  dose. 

If  the  belly  becomes  tender,  and  bloody  dung  is  passed,  showing  ulcer- 
ation of  the  bowels,  give  tifteen  or  twenty  drops  of  oil  of  turpentine,  in  a 
little  gruel,  night  and  morning.  When  the  worst  cases  show  signs  of 
improving,  give  tonics,  say  5-grain  doses  of  quinine  twice  a  day;  or 
4  drachm  doses  of  sulphate  of  iron  (copperas).  This  with  nourishing, 
soft  food,  such  as  boiled  or  scalded  oats  ai.d  bran  in  eqiuil  parts,  no  corn, 
good  nursing,  and  a  most  thorough  disinfection  (see  Article  VII),  may 
bring  them  out. 

IV,    Contagious  Pneumo-Enteritis. 

This  is  a  form  of  so-called  "hog  cholera,"  or  purples.  It  is  a  conta- 
gious inflammation  of  the  lungs  and  bowels  with  red  or  purple  blotches 
on  the  skin,  according  to  the  relative  form  of  the  disease. 

Causes. — Bad  water,  and  malaria  from  filthy  pens  or  swampy  grounds, 
are  prolific  causes  in  hot  or  warm,  wet  seasons.  A  minute  organism 
(bacillus)  is  found  in  the  serous  fluids  and  tissues  of  the  body. 

How  to  know  it. — Charbon  or  malignant  anthrax,  also  called  hog 
cholera  by  those  who  want  a  better  name,  is  sometimes  confounded  with 


MALIGNANT   AND    EPIDEMIC   DISEASES.  987 

this  disease.  In  some  respects,  indeed,  the  ignorant  may  easily  confound 
them.  Hence  we  give  the  symptomatic  distinction  of  each,  side  by  side, 
as  stated  by  Dr.  Klein : 

CONTAGIOUS   PNEUMO-ENTERITIR.  TRUE   CHARBON. — Period    of   in- 

—Period  of  incubation  from  two  cubation,  or  latency,  from  a  few 

to  five  days  and  more,  hours  to  three  days. 

Rarely  and  with  difficulty  trans-  Easily   transmissible    to    other 

mitted  to  other  species.  species  of  animals. 

Spleen  rarely  enlarged  or  other-  Spleen    always    enlarged,    and 

wise  changed.  often  broken  down. 

Blood  after  death  of  ordinary  Blood  after  death  dark  and  fluid, 
appearance. 

No    bacillus  anlhracis    in    the  Bacillus  anthrads  in  the  blood, 
blood,  but  numberless bacilly  m  the 
serum  of  the  thorax  and  abdomen. 

Lungs  and  bowels  always  both 

mflamed.     Cough  always  present.  Lungs  and  bowels  frequently  not 

The  red  or  purple  color  diffused  implicated.  Cough  may  be  present, 

over  the  surface,  and  of  an  ery.  The  discoloration  local,  and  of 

sipelatous  appearance.  a  true  carbuncular  appearance. 

There  are  two  forms  of  pneumo-enteritis,  one  the  erysipelatous  form, 
the  other  with  malignant  sore  throat. 

The  Erysipelatous  Form. — The  animal  is  dull;  will  not  eat;  is  un- 
\\illing  to  move  ;  tries  to  vomit ;  there  is  cough  ;  difficulty  in  urination  -, 
the  bowels  are  constipated  ;  the  dung  hard  and  black.  Then  dark  red  or 
l^urple  blotches  passing  into  bluish -black  will  appear  about  the  ears, 
throat,  neck,  breast  and  between  the  fore-legs.  There  may  be  a  dis- 
charge of  dark  or  purple  fluid  from  the  nose  ;  the  breathing  becomes 
labored,  even  to  panting ;  there  is  pai-alysis  of  the  hind  Limbs  ;  if  the 
animal  is  forced  up,  his  head  will  drop  to  the  ground,  and  he  walks  with 
a  reeling  gait  behind,  Fcetid  diarrhoea  sets  in,  and  the  animal  dies  in 
from  one  to  three  days. 

With  Malignant  Sore  Throat. — The  symptoms  in  the  commence- 
ment are  the  same  as  in  the  erysipelatous  form,  Avith  a  red  and  purple 
line  about  the  throat ;  there  are  attempts  to  vomit ;  difficulty  in  swallow- 
ing ;  and  the  sensation  of  choking  in  breathmg  is  so  intense  that  the 
animal  will  sic  on  his  haunches,  gasping  for  breath  with  livid,  protruded 
and  swollen  tongue.  The  symptoms  so  increase,  sometimes,  that  the 
swelling  of  the  larynx  will  kill,  by  choking,  in  an  hour. 

What  to  do. — Foment  the  swoileh  parts  with  hot  water,  saturated  with 
sulphate  of  iron  (copperas).    If  there  are  signs  of  gangrene,  saturate  the 


988         CYCLOPEDIA  OP  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

surrounding  parts  with  equal  parts  of  turpentine  and  sweet  oil.  Give  at 
once  two  ounces  of  castor  oil,  and  when  it  operates,  give  the  following 
two  or  three  times  a  day  : 

No.  10.  20  Grains  nitrate  of  soda, 

20  Grains  nitrate  of  potash. 
Mix  in  a  little  gruel. 

If  the  bowels  are  swollen  and  tender,  give  twenty  drops  of  turpentine 
in  a  little  gruel,  as  may  be  needed,  and  let  the  ammal  have  pjwdered 
charcoal  in  the  water  it  drinks. 

Another  valuable  remedy  is  that  of  M.  Lubin,  to  be  given  in  gruel  three 
times  a  day,  omitting  the  calomel  after  the  third  dose.     It  is  as  follows  : 

No.  11.  5  Grains  calomel, 

1  Drachm  nitrate  of  potash, 
10  Grains  powdered  camphor. 

This  is  a  good  dose  for  the  swine  not  yet  affected,  and  it  may  be  used 
in  any  of  the  preceding  diseases,  as  a  preventive.  The  following  has 
been  found  useful  by  Prof.  J.  B.  Turner  of  Illinois.  It  will  bo  sufficient 
for  100  hogs,  the  dose  being  one  pint  for  each  hog  i 

No.  12.  2  Pounds  flowers  of  sulphur, 

2  Pounds  sulphate  of  iron, 
2  Pounds  madder. 

^  Pound  black  antimony, 
}/^  Pound  nitrate  of  potash, 
2  Ounces  arsenic. 

Mix  the  whole  in  twelve  gallons  of  gruel  for  100  swine,  or  give  one- 
pint  doses  to  each. 

V.    Splenic  Fever  or  Malignant  Antlirax. 

This  disease  is  rare,  and  has  even  been  asserted  as  not  occurring  in  the 
United  States.  Yet,  since  charbon  or  malignant  anthrax  of  cattle  may 
be  easily  communicated  to  other  animals  and  man,  there  is  no  reason  why 
swine  should  not  become  victims. 

The  common  form  of  Anthrax. — In  pigs  the  most  common  form  is  a 
carbuncular  swelling  of  the  throat,  extending  inwards  to  the  windpipe  and 
gullet,  causing  difficulty  in  breathing  and  swallowing,  and  terminating  in 
convulsions  and  death  by  strangling.  It  has  been  popularly  known  as 
white-bristle,  from  the  peculiar  appearance  of  the  bristles  about  the  parts. 
The  treatment  should  be  similar  to  that  advised  for  pneumo-enteritis 
with  malignant  sore  throat.     (See  article  IV. ) 

The  apoplectic  or  splenic  form. — If  this  form  of  the  disease  should 
appear,  it  will  be  known  by  malignant  inflammation  of  the  internal  organs, 
such  as  are  noticed  in  bloody  murrain  in  cattle.  It  is  malignant  blood 
poisoning,  and  so  virulent  is  the  infection  that  every  tissue  of  the  animal 


IGNANT    AND    EPIDEMIC    DISEASES.  989 

is  affected,  and  is  poisonous  to  both  man  and  beast,  producing  what  is 
iinown  as  malignant  pustule,  if  serum  or  blood  or  the  flesh  of  the  in- 
fected animal  comes  in  contact  with  any  abrasion  of  the  skin. 

Prevention. — Perhaps  as  good  a  preventive  as  any  is  prescription  No. 
12.  But  every  animal  infected  had  better  be  killed  at  once  and  buried 
deeply,  and  covered  with  quick  lime. 

VI.    Summary  of  Treatment  for  Malignant  Diseases. 

As  a  last  word,  however,  we  repeat:  Do  not  waste  time  in  doctoring 
any  but  blooded  hogs  that  are  valuable  enough  to  warrant  perfect  isola- 
Nion  and  the  necessary  care  in  curing.  The  best  precaution  to  take  in  all 
the  diseases  named,  and  which  go  under  the  general  name  "hog  cholera," 
is  disinfection,  and  the  most  thorough  isolation  of  the  sick  from  the 
well.  If  the  sanitary  conditions  of  the  hospital  are  not  strictly  attended 
to,  all  other  treatment  is  thrown  awjiy ;  and  the  attendants  must 
thoroughly  disinfect  themselves  before  going  about  other  swine.  In  fact, 
it  is  better  that  the  attendants  keep  away  from  the  well  hogs  altogether. 
Hence  our  advice  :  Thoroughly  isolate  all  swine  upon  the  first  indicatioui 
of  disease,  and  if  it  does  not  give  way  quickly  to  treatment,  kill  and  bury 
deeply  at  once. 

VTI.    Rules  for  Disinfection. 

The  rules  we  give  for  disinfection,  will  apply  to  any  structure,  includ- 
ing barns,  stables,  sheds,  and  outhouses  of  every  kind.  Fumigants  are 
not  always  disinfectants,  and  simply  deodorizing  or  destroying  odors,  is 
not  disinfection  in  any  sense  of  the  word. 

The  disinfection  of  all  barns,  stables,  sheds,  or  other  places  where  ani- 
mals having  malignant  or  contagious  diseases  have  been  kept,  should  re- 
ceive strict  attention.  Every  part  should  be  stopped  tight,  and  flowers 
of  sulphur  and  wood  tar,  in  the  proportion  of  one  pound  of  the  former 
to  two  quarts  of  the  latter,  mixed  with  tow,  should  be  burned  and  allowed 
to  smoke  thoroughh',  until  the  whole  building  is  thick  with  smoke.  So 
the  hospital  should  be  fumigated  with  the  same,  two  or  three  times  a 
week,  but  not  sufficiently  to  set  the  animals  coughing.  Every  part  of  the 
building  should  also  be  thoroughly  washed  with  dilute  carbolic  acid,  and 
the  clothing  also  wet  with  it.  If  pure  carbolic  acid  is  used  for  sprinkling 
floors  or  washing  walls,  100  parts  of  soft  water  may  be  added  to  one  pint 
of  acid.  The  impure  carbolic  acid  of  gas  works  may  be  used  undiluted. 
All  discharges  should  be  treated  with  chloride  of  -^inc,  dissolved  in  water, 
in  the  proportion  of  one  ounce  to  one  or  two  gallons  of  water.  The  at- 
tendants taking  care  of  animals  with  malignant  diseases  should  never 
approach  or  handle  the  well  ones. 


990  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

A  disinfectant  that  has  no  smell  and  is  not  poisonous,  Known  as 
chloralum,  is  made  by  dissolving  three  pounds  of  chloride  of  aluminum 
in  two  gallons  of  water,  or  in  like  proportions*.  Another  oheap  and  pow- 
erful disinfectant,  but  poisonous,  if  taken,  is  made  of  eight  ounces  of 
chloride  of  zinc,  sixteen  ounces  of  sulphate  of  iron,  and  one  gallon  of 
water.  Dissolve,  and  to  each  pint  used  add  one  gallon  of  water.  Among 
disinfecting  substances  may  be  named  chlorine.  This  is  set  free  by  add- 
ing oil  of  vitriol  and  a  little  black  manganese  to  common  salt,  as  a  disin- 
fectant of  the  air,  but  must  be  used  in  vacated  buildings,  and  is  better  if 
used  in  the  full  light  of  day.  So  flowers  of  sulphur,  burned  by  a  heat 
only  suflScient  to  produce  smoke,  will  accomplish  the  same  purpose,  and 
if  used  carefully,  it  will  not  injure  stock.  A  disinfectant  that  may  be 
used  in  occupied  buildings  is  formed  by  adding  a  little  chlorate  of 
potassa,  at  short  intervals,  to  half  a  pint  of  strong  jnuriatic  acid,  in  a 
strong  V3ssel  of  glass,  or  heavily  glazed  stoneware. 

VIII.    Difficulty  in  giving  Medicine  to  Swina 

The  diiiiculty  in  administering  medicine  to  swine  is  well  known.  The 
usual  way  is  to  fix  a  slip  noose  about  the  upper  jaw  and  draw  up  the 
head,  the  obstinacy  of  ^he  hog  prompting  him  to  pull  steadily  back, 
bringing  the  hinder  parts  to  the  floor.  In  this  position  liquids  may  be 
administered  from  a  horn.  The  diflBculty  is  the  struggles  of  the  animal 
frequently  do  injury.  In  most  cases  if  the  hog  is  placed  in  a  chute  whete 
he  cannot  turn  around  and  he  be  given  an  old  shoe  to  bite  on,  having  a 
hole  in  the  end,  the  medicine  may  be  poured  in  the  shoe  and  it  will  be 
taken  in  champing  the  end.  Another  device  lately  recommended  is  to 
take  a  pine  board  three  and  one-half  inches  wide  and  ten  or  twelve  inches 
long,  including  a  handle  whittled  down  at  one  end.  At  about  three 
inches  from  the  end  cut  a  notch  one  and  three-fourths  inches  deep  and 
three  inches  wide.  On  the  other  edge  of  the  board,  about  opposite  the 
middle  of  the  first  notch,  cut  another  notch  about  one  inch  square,  then 
cut  down  the  end  of  the  board  for  a  handle.  Let  one  hold  the  hog  while 
the  other  drenches  him.  Catch  the  hog  by  the  ears  and  set  him  back  on 
his  hind  parts.  Place  the  board  in  the  front  part  of  the  mouth,  small 
notch  down;  pour  the  medicine  in  the  front  part  of  the. mouth,  on  the 
end  of  the  tongue,  from  a  strong  bottle.  Pour  slowly,  and  give  time  to 
swallow.  Be  careful  not  to  strangle  him.  The  size  of  the  stick  must 
vary  according  to  the  size  of  the  hog.  In  case  doses  in  the  form  of  pills 
or  paste  are  to  be  given,  place  them  well  back  on  the  root  of  the  tongue. 
IX.    Watch  Symptoms  early  and  use  Preventives. 

The  «*ounce  of  prevention"  in  the  case  of  swine,  is  worth  many  times 
more  than  the  "pound  of  cure."  Good  nursing,  isolation  and  thorough 
disinfection  are  really  thechief,  as  they  are  the  comnion-sense  treatment. 
This  has  always  been  our  practice,  in  connection  with  prompt  killing  and 
deep  burial  of  those  which  did  not  yield  to  simple  treatment.  Any  per- 
son by  carefully  studying  what  we  have  written,  may  pretty  accurately 
Oidge  when  killing  becomes  necessary*^  ^ 


CHAPTER  n. 
THE  COMMON  DISEASES  OP  SWINE. 


1.      CNFLAMMATORY  DISEASES. II.      PNEUMONIA  OR  INFLAMMATION  OF  THE  LUNGS. 

III.      QUINSY    OU    INFLAMMATION  OF  THE    TONSILS. IV.      APOPLEXY,   STAG- 

JKRS,    OR   CONGESTION    OF  THE  BRAIN. V.      COLDS   OR  RISING  OF   THE    LIGHTS. 

ri,      CATARRH  OR  SNUFFLES. VII.      MEASLES   AND  TRICHINA. VIII.      TRI- 

CHIVA  SPIRALIS. IX.      OTHER  INTESTINAL  PARASITES. X.     PARASITES  OP  THE 

SKIX—  MANGE  OR  SCAB. XI      LICE. XII.      DIARRHOEA. XIII.      LEPROSY. 

XIV.      SKELETON   OF   THE   HOG. 

I.  Inflammatory  Diseases. 
Svine  arc,  from  their  nature  and  the  manner  in  which  they  are  kept, 
more  subject  to  congestive  and  inflammatory  diseases  than  any  othei 
farm  animal.  The  results  of  this  tendency  are  conspicuously  seen  in 
quinsy,  coughs  and  colds,  sometimes  ending  in  consumption,  and  especi- 
ally in  inflammation  of  the  lungs. 

II.    Pneumonia,  or  Inflammation  of  the  Lungs. 
How  to  know  it. — By  the  rapid  and  laborious  breathing,  and  shivering 
of  the  body  and  limbs.     There  will  be  a  more  or  less  severe  cough,  and 
the  hog  loses  appetite. 

What  to  do. — Put  the  animal  in  a  comfortable,  quiet  and  well  venti- 
lated place.  Keep  a  preparation  of  mustard  and  tepid  water  on  the  chest 
and  side,  and  give  the  following  mixture  : 

No.  13.  2  Drachms  bi-sulphate  of  soda, 

2  Drachms  nitrate  of  potash. 

Mix  in  a  pint  of  gruel  and  feed  it  to  the  patient,  or  turn  it  down  from 
a  horn.  This  may  be  repeated  as  necessity  requires,  and,  if  necessary, 
a  blister  may  be  applied  to  the  chest ;  but  good  nursing,  and  such  nour- 
ishing food  as  the  hog  will  eat,  should  effect  a  cure. 

III.    Quinsy  or  Inflammation  of  the  Tonsils. 

This  is  a  common  and  often  fatal  disease,  if  relief  is  not  promptly 
given.     It  is  an  inflammation  of  the  glands  of  the  throat. 

How  to  know  it.— If  you  find  that  the  hog  has  difficulty  in  swallowing ; 
if  slavering  and  protrusion  of  the  tongue  are  seen,  and  especially  if  there 
be  a  swelling  under  the  lower  jaw  and  neck,  you  may  be  sure  the  animal 
has  the  quinsy. 

What  to  do. — Cast  the  hog  or  pig,  and  with  a  thin,  keen-bladed  knife 
ecarify  the  parts  until  the  blood  flows  freely.     Then  foment  the  parte 

991 


992  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOE. 

with  cloths  ^vrung  out  of  very  hot  water,  applying  them  repeatedly  tc 
induce  bleeding  and  reduce  the  inflammation.  In  the  mean  time  the  fol- 
lowing should  be  prepared,  to  be  used  as  soon  as  possible,  as  an 
injection  : 

No.  14.  4  Ounces  sulphate  of  magnesia, 

2  Drachms  oil  ol  turpentine, 
}^  Pint  soap  suds. 

Mix,  ani  inject  into  the  rectum  with  a  syringe.     If  the  animal  wiU 
eat,  give  the  following,  mixed  in  a  little  gruel : 

No.  15.  2  Teaspoonfuls  turpentine, 

2  Teaspoonfuls  lard  oil. 

If  he  will  not  eat,  swab  the  tonsils  often  with  the  mixture  by  Uicans 
of  a  swab  fastened  to  a  small  rod,  the  mouth  being  held  open,  as  previ- 
ously described. 

rv.    Apoplexy,  Staggers  or  Congeafcion  of  the  Brain. 

This  disease  is  not  unusual  in  fat  hogs. 

How  to  know  it. — The  animal  will  be  stupid  ;  the  eyes  red  j  the  pulse 
hard  and  rapid  ;  the  bowels  constipated.  As  the  disease  progresses,  the 
animal  becomes  partially  or  wholly  blind,  going  in  a  circle  or  striking 
against  objects  ;  and  at  last  he  falls  unconscious.  Sometimes  the  attack 
is  attended  with  effusion  on  the  brain,  without  other  symptoms  being 
especially  noticeable;  the  animal  falls  suddenly  ;  the  limbs  stiffen  ;  f rotb 
flows  from  ths  mouth,  and  the  breathing  is  hard,  with  a  snorting  sound. 

What  to  do. — If  cold  water  is  not  at  hand,  bleed  freely  from  the  jugu- 
lar vein.  The  proper  application  is  cold  water  allowed  to  fall  upon  the 
head  from  a  considerable  height.  At  the  same  time  let  an  injection  be 
quickly  prepared  and  administered  at  once  ;  use  No.  14. 

v.    Colds,  or  Rising  of  the  Lights. 

Rising  oi  the  lights  is  what  is  generally  called  a  cold.  Keep  the  ani- 
mal  warm  and  quiet ;  feed  well  with  easily  digested  food,  and  rub  vinegar 
and  mustard  on  the  chest.  If  it  does  not  yield  to  treatment,  give  a  table- 
spoonful  of  tar  every  day,  placing  it  well  back  on  the  tongue  with  a 
paddle.  If  the  disease  resolves  itself  into  inflammation  of  the  lungs,  see 
treatment  therefor  in  Article  II,  of  this  chapter. 

VI.    Catarrh  or  Smiffles. 

This  is  a  common  disease  that  usually  disappears  with  warmth  and  good 
care,  and  light,  digestible  food.  It  sometimes  assumes  c  chrsric  fcx^fiJ, 
as  nasal  gleet,  just  as  it  does  in  man.  When  this  is  the  case,  the  animai 
had  better  be  killed  at  once  and  burled. 


THE   COMMON   DISEASES    OF   SWINE. 


'Q3 


VII.    Measles  and  Trichina. 

Causes. — ^In  swine  measles  is  caused  by  a  parasite  (the  bladier 
worm)  from  eating  the  eggs  of  the  tape  worm  of  man  (taenia  solium) 
in  its  food,  just  as  trichina  is  caused  by  eating  rats  and  mice  or  garbage 
containing  the  germs  of  this  parasite  ;  dogs,  also,  are  well  known  to  carry 
and  void  the  eggs  of  the  tape-worm,  and  hence  care  should  be  taken  that 
swine  do  not  eat  their  excrement.  If  the  flesh  of  measly  pork  is  eaten 
by  man,  without  its  being  most  thoroughly  cooked,  he  will  be  just  as 
surely  infected  with  tape-worm  as  he  would  be  with  trichina  if  he  ate 
trichina-infected  pork.  Hence,  it  is  never  safe  to  eat  measly  pork,  since 
there  is  always  danger  that  some  of  the  cysts  may  escape  death  in 
cooking. 

The  tape-worm  is  a  flat-bodied  worm,  made  up  of  small  segments  or 
joints  from  a  quarter  to  a  half  inch  in  length,  joined  end  to  end,  with  a 
depression  between  them.  When  full  grown,  the  worm  is  from  one  inch 
to  one  hundred  feet  long.  One  end  is  narrow,  being  the  head,  which*  is 
globular  and  furnished  with  circular,  sucking  discs  and  a  proboscis  or 
snout,  encircled  by  a  row  of  booklets.  From  the  broad  end  the  segments 
become  detached  and  are  expelled  when  ripe.  These  little  segments  may 
be  seen  wriggling  along  over  the  grass,  vegetables  and  grounfl ,  and,  as 
they  go,  they  deposit  innumerable  quantities  of  eggs,  which  are  taken  up 
by  grazing  animals,  especially  the  hog.  It  is  estimated  that  a  single  tap© 
worm  lays  upwards  of  25,000,000  eggs.  An  egg  taken  into  the  stomach 
of  a  hog  opens  and  hatches  an  ovoid,  six-hooked  embryo,  which  bores 
its  way  through  the  tissues  till  it  finds  a  tissue  congenial  to  its  nature  ; 
and  there  it  encysts  itself  and  lies  an 
indefinite  length  of  time  till,  perhaps, 
it  is  eaten  by  a  person,  who  becomes 
a  host  for  the  tape- worm,  which  is 
developed  very  soon  and  causes  intes- 
tinal pain,  emaciation,  nervous  irrita- 
bility, convulsions  and,  often,  death. 

The  cysticercus  cellulosa  is  the  hydatid  or  bladder  worm,  that  forms 
the  measles  in  pigs  ;  it  becomes  encysted  in  the  mus- 
cles, liver,  brain,  mucous  and  serous membr^ines,  etc. 

How  to  know  it. — Measly  pork  is  known  by  the 
tysts,  some  of  which  are  nearly  the  size  of  a  grain 
of  barley,  distributed  through  the  muscular  and 
ftther  tissues.  In  the  living  hog,  when  infected, 
there  will  be  found  small,  watery  pimples  of  a  pink  or  red  color,  just 
under  the  skin.  There  will  also  be  weakness  of  the  hind  parts  and  gen- 
eral lack  of  health. 


HEAD  OF  T^NIA  SOLIUM. 
Magnified,  (Cobbold.) 


CYSTICERCUS      CEtLU' 

LOSA. — Magnified. 


994 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


sixth 


What  to  do. — Treatment  is  of  little  avail.  If  the  difficulty  could  be 
known  in  time,  daily  small  doses  of  sulphur  and  saltpetre,  given  for  some 
weeks,  might  pass  the  eggs  from  the  bowels  ;  yet  this  is  not  certain. 
Keep  the  dogs  about  the  place  free  from  tape  worms  by  occasional 
vermifuges,  and  burn  all  their  dung  when  found. 

Vm.    Trichina  Spiralis. 
Trichinae  are  found  in  all  animals,  but  usually  in  man,  the  hog  and  the 
l^t.     They  are  almost  microscopic,  varjing  from  one-eighteenth  to  one- 
of  an  inch  in  length,  and  are  among  the  most  fatal  of  parasites. 
The  mature  and  fertile  worm  lives  in  the  intestines 
of  animals,   while  the  immature  lives  in  cysts  in 
the  muscles.    When  the  eggs  first  hatch,  the  young 
ones  migrate  through  the  intestines,  and  find  their 
way  into  the  voluntary  muscles,  that  is,  the  mus- 
cles of  motion  ;  and  in  the  course  of  six  weeks 
they  become  encysted,  and  do  no  farther  harm  to  the 
man  or  animal  containing  them  ;  but  during  those 
six  weeks  the  life  or  death  of  the  victim  is  merely 
a  question  of  strength  to  withstand  the  pain,  ex- 
haustioM  and  emaciation,  and  many  people  die  from  it. 

How  to  know  it. — The  symptoms  are  swelling  and  great  soreness  of 
the  muscles  affected  ;  pain  ;  emaciation  and  exhaustion  ;  it  is  often  mis. 

taken  for  rheumatism.  In  the 
lower  animals,  the  same  S3aiip- 
toms  are  seen  as  in  man,  but 
to  a  less  marked  degree  ;  there 
is  loss  of  appetite  ;  stiffness  in 
the  hind  parts  ;  the  muscles  are 
sore,  and  the  animal  is  loth  to 
move.     Tf   those  affected  live 


«ldult  intestinal  tri 

china  spiralis. 

magnified. 


MUSCLE  TRICHINA  ENCYSTED.     MAGNIFIED. 


through  the  six  weeks,  they  will  recover. 

What  to  do. — During  the  six  weeks  give  alcohol  in  half-ounce  doses, 
three  times  a  day  in  gruel,  and  a  teaspoonful  of  sulphur  in  the  food 
morning  and  night. 

Prevention.— For  people — never  eat  underdone  pork,  for  trichinaj  sur-. 
vive  140  ^  F.     Hams  thoroughly  smoked  and  boiled  are  safe. 

For  hogs keep  them  remote  from  slaughter  houses,  and  never  feed 

them  on  Uie  offal  from  slaughter  houses.  Keep  their  pens  free  from 
rats  and  mice.  Pork  fed  on  slaughter  refuse,  or  kept  near  a  slaughter 
house,   ou^rht  to  be  examined   with  a  microscope  before   being   eaten. 


THE   COMMON   DISEASES   OF   SWINE. 


995 


IX.    Other  Intestinal  Parasites. 

These  are  numerous.  The  lard  worm  ( IStephanurus  Dentatus)  and  the 
kidney  worm  {Eustrongylus  Gigas)  are  the  most  common,  except  those 
tvhich  produce  the  measles.  Once  they  have  found  lodg- 
ment, there  is  little  to  be  done,  and  the  swine  had 
better  be  killed  immediately  and  converted  into  grease 
to  avoid  danger.  The  lard  worm  is  from  one  to  one 
and  three-fourths  inches  long,  by  one-thirteenth  inch 
broad,  and  is  found  in  almost  ail  parts  of  the  body.  It  is 
often  found  in  the  liver,  and  the  fat  about  the  rib,  heart 
the  air  passages,  etc. 

The  Eustrongylus  Gigas  is  found  in  the  kidneys,  which 
it  lives  on  till  the  whole  is  eaten,  and  then  it  attacks  the 
capsule  enclosing  the  kidney  and  eats  its  way  through 
into  the  intestinal  cavity,  and  causes  death  from  nervous 
prostration  or  inflammation.  The  kidney  worm  grows  to 
enormous  size — the  gigas  means  the  giant — it  being  found 
from  one  to  three  feet  long  and  from  a  quarter  to  a  half  ""^^.^^Ati^imtl 
inch  in  diameter.     It  is  sometimes  found  in  the  intestiuee.      -('^«*^'"-> 

Worms  in  Hogs:— Worms  in  hogs  are  best  treated,  in  ordinary  eases,  by- 
giving  a  teaspoonful  of  copperas  to  each  one  once  a  day  in  the  feed. 
X.    Parasites  of  the  Skin— Mange  or  Scab. 

Scab  is  produced  by  a  small  itch  insect    {Sarcoptis  /iSm's),  and  the 
disease  may  be  communicated  to  man.     If  the  animals  appear  uneasy 


STEPHANURUS 

DENTATUS 

OR  LARD 

WORM. 


EUSTRONGYLUS  GIGAS   (Cuvier.) 


examine  them  with  a  glass.    Mange  should  be  no  more  \;leiated  than  the 
itch  in  children. 

What  to  do. — Give  the  animal,  immediately,  and  thereafter  once  p  day 
for  a  fortnight,  the  following  as  a  dose  : 

No.  16.  )^  Ounce  flowers  of  sulphur, 

1  Drachm  nitrate  of  -jotaaiLw 


996  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

Mix  as  a  powder,  and  give  in  the  food.  Kub  the  animal  thoroughl^^ 
with  soft  soap,  and  at  the  end  of  an  hour  clean  well  with  warm  rain 
water.     AVhen  dry,  prepare  the  following; 

No.  17.  1  Pint  train  oil, 

2  Drachms  oil  of  tar, 

1  Draclim  petroleum, 

Flowers  of  sulphur  to  form  a  thick  paste. 

Rub  this  thoroughly  in,  and  let  it  remain  three  days.  Then  wash 
thoroughly  Avith  strong  soap  suds,  and  if  the  difficulty  is  not  removed, 
repeat  the  application  of  the  ointment.  The  animals  must  be  changed  to 
perfectly  clean  quarters,  with  clean  bedding.  Burn  all  old  bedding,  and 
paint  the  floor  cracks,  and  every  surface  outside  and  in,  with  quick-lime, 
slaked  with  carbolic  acid,  one  part  to  one  hundred  of  water  ;  or  get  the 
carbolic  li(juor  from  the  nearest  gas-works,  and  slake  with  that. 

XI.    Lice. 

There  would  seem  no  reason  why  swine  should  l)c  infested  with  lice. 
If  they  be  suspected,  examine  the  hogs,  and  when 
dry,  after  washing  with  soft  soap  and  water, 
sponge  freely  v/ith  crude  petroleum,  and  give 
daily,  for  some  days,  ^  drachm  of  copperas  in  the 
food.  If  any  lice  remain,  apply  an  ointment  of 
Scotch  snuff  and  lard  to  the  infested  parts. 

XII.     Diarrhoea. 

Young  i^igs  are  often  taken  with  diarrhoea,  gen- 
erally during  the  first  ten  days  after  birth.  The 
difficulty  lies  in  the  milk  of  the  sow,  either  from  bad 
food  or   other   disability. 

What  to  do. — Give  good,  nourishing  food,  of 
which  sound  grain  is  the  basis  ;  place  a  mixture  of  powdered  charcoal  and 
salt  where  the  pigs  and  sow  may  freely  take  it.     Prepare  the  following  : 

No.  18.  2  Pounds  powdered  fcenugreek  seed, 

2  Pounds  powdered  anise  seed, 
2  Pounds  powdered  chalk, 

1  Pound  powdered  gentian, 

2  Ounces  cai-bonate  of  soda. 

Mix,  and  give  a  tablespoonful  to  the  sow  every  time  she  is  fed. 
Xm.    Leprosy. 

We  have  received  accounts  of  hogs  affected  with  "hog  cholera" — every 
disease  for  which  no  better  name  is  known  is  now  so  called — in  which 
pimples  and  blisters  appear  about  tke  mouth  and  eyes,  prostration  ensues 


HiKMATOPINDS. 


Blood-sucking'  louse  of  the 


THE   COMMON    DISEASES   OF   SWINE. 


997 


the  anima^  staggers  when  moving,  and  death  follows  sometimes  with  great 
emaciation.  In  Europe  this  disease  is  called  Leprocy — a  misnomer  as 
much  as  to  call  it  ' '  hog  cholera, "     It  is  a  form  of  malignant  eczema. 

What  to  do. — Allow  the  hog  a  clean,  cool,  well  ventilated  place  with 
cool  water  to  drink,  and,  if  possible,  pure  water  for  a  bath.  Cleanse  the 
skin  with  soft  soap  and  water,  and  dress  the  sores  with  the  following  lotion 
ohree  times  daily: 

1  Ounce  powdered  borax, 
1  Pint  of  soft  water. 

Give,  twice  a  day,  the  following,  in  gruel  or  ajiythmg  the  unin)ul  will 
best  eat  : 

No.  19.  >^  Ounce  Uowers  of  sulphur, 

1    Drachm  nitrate  of  potash. 

The  disease  is  contagious,  and  want  of  care,  dirty  pens,  and  foul  feed- 
ing are  superinducing  causes. 

XIV.     Skeleton  of  the  Hog. 

For  a  better  understanding  of  the  anatomy  of  the  liog,  the  lettered  and 
fignretl  illustration  of  the  skeleton  will  be  found  instructive.  The  first 
series  of  figures,  following  the  capitals,  refer  to  the  bones  of  the  fetlock 
and  feet.  The  figures  following  Phalanges  ],  2,  S,  refer  to  the  hinder 
parts.  The  last  series  of  figures  following  Z — Head,  indicate  the  bones 
of  the  head.  The  reader  will  have  no  difficulty  in  recognizing  and  learn- 
ing the  names. 


SKELETON  OF  THE  HOG. 


Names  of  the  Bones. — A — Cervical  vertebrie.  B,  B — Dorsal  verte- 
bra?. C — Lumbar  vcrtcbrse.  D — Sacrum.  E,  E — Coccygeal  bones. 
Fi  F — Ribs.  G — Costal  cartilages.  H — Scapula.  / — Humerus.  K, 
K — Radius.  L — Ulna.  M — Carpus,  or  knee.  1.  Scaphoid.  2.  Semi- 
lunar. 3.  Cuneiform.  4.  Trapezium.  5.  Trapezoid.  b.  Os  mag- 
num.      7.    Unciform.      8.    Pisiform.      iV,    N — Lar^^e  metacarpal,   or 


998  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTORc 

cannoD.  O — Small  metacarpal.  P,  P — Sesamoid  bones.  Q^  Q — 
Phalanges.  1.  Os  suffraginis,  or  pastern  bone.  2.  Os  coronse.  3.  Oa 
pedis.     R — Pelvis.     (Fore-leg  of  pig.     Phalanges  1,2,3).     1.    Ilium. 

2.  Pubis.  3.  Ischium.  /S'— Femur.  T— Patella.  C7— Tibia.  F— 
Fibula.  W — Hock.  1.  Os  calcis,  2.  Astragalus.  3.  Cuneiform 
magimm.     4.  Cuneiform  medium.     5.  Cuneiform  parvum.     6.  Cuboid. 

3,  6.  Cubo  cuneiform.  X— Large  metatarsal.  (Hind-leg  of  pig.  Phal- 
anges 1,  2,  3).  T — Small  metatarsal.  Z — Head.  1.  Inferior  maxilla. 
2.  Superior  maxilla.  3.  Anterior  maxilla.  4.  Nasal  bone.  5.  Molar. 
6.  Frontal.  7.  Parietal.  8.  Occipital.  9.  Lachrymal.  10.  Squamous- 
tempoid.     11.   Petrous-tempoid. 

Delivering  Pigs* — If  conditions  are  right  there  should  be  little  oc- 
casion for  trouble  in  this  regard.  The  sow  should  not  be  too  fat  and  from 
twelve  to  thirteen  months  old.  She  should  have  plenty  of  room  to  exer- 
cise— a  run  to  clover,  alfalfa  or  other  grass  is  excellent  and  give  a  little 
extra  laxative  food  for  two  or  three  weeks  before  farrowing  if  she  is  the 
least  bit  constipated.     Do  not  ring  a  brood  sow. 

With  all  this  care,  trouble  should  yet  occur,  proceed  quietly  with  a  pair 
of  forceps  or  a  wire  hook  to  assist  in  the  delivery,  taking  care  that  the 
instruments  a^  well  as  your  hands  are  well  oiled  and  that  you  do  not  use 
undue  violence  in  the  work. 

To  Castrate  a  Ruptured  Pig:—  Elevate  behind  and  work  the  intes- 
tine back.  Make  an  incision  at  the  usual  place  but  do  not  cut  through 
the  covering  next  to  the  testicle.  Tie  the  cord  and  its  covering  with 
a  strong  linen  thread  as  close  to  the  body  as  possible,  taking  care  that 
the  intestine  is  not  caught,  and  sever  within  an  inch  of  tie. 

Tumor  On  the  Cord: — This  is  an  evil  result  of  castration.  The 
tumor  usually  grows  rapidly  and  attains  great  size.  Peel  it  out  and 
disinfect  with  carbolic  acid  and  water.  A  few  stitches  may  be  taken 
leaving  a  drainage  at  the  bottom. 

Milk  Fever  in  Sows: — It  occurs  at  time  of  delivery  and  is  serious  in 
that  milk  is  not  secreted  and  the  sow  is  very  sick. 

Drench  her  with  about  a  quarter  of  a  pound  of  epsom  salts,  a  table- 
spoonful  of  sweet  sp.  of  nitre  and  a  little  ginger.  Follow  this  with  a  mix- 
ture of  saltpeter  and  sulphur,  using  a  teaspoonful  for  a  dose  once  or  twice 
a  day.   Let  the  pigs  tug  at  the  teats  and  bathe  with  hot  water. 

Spaying  Sows: — Right  time,  four  to  eight  weeks  old.  Lay  the  pig 
onitsrio-ht  side  with  hind  legs  stretched  back.  Remove  hair  from  a  spot 
midway  between  hip  joint  and  edge  of  flank  and  make  a  cut  one  inch  long 
and  through  the  muscle.  Insert  a  finger  and  make  an  opening  in  membrane 
covering  fat.  Press  intestines  forward  and  bring  out  upper  ovary  with 
points  of  fingers.  Work  out  folds  of  the  bag  to  the  fork,  then  the  other 
ovary  in  same  way.  Cut  off  the  bag  at  or  near  the  fork.  Insert  a  finger 
and  push  back  the  intestine  and  let  the  left  leg  loose.  Withdraw  finger, 
disinfect  wound  and  take  a  couple  of  stitches  with  coarse  cotton  thread. 
To  Castrate  a  Ridgling: — Make  the  incision  as  for  spaying, 
only  large  enough  to  insert  the  hand  when  the  testicle  may  be  found 
and  easily  pnlled  out  and  severed.     Disinfect  and  sew  up  the  wound. 


xr 
^  >> 


3i 

d  o 

a 
o 


BOOK  IV 

PART  I 


Sheep  and  Sheep  Husbandr> 

EMBRACING 

ORIGIN,  BREEDS,  BREEDING  AND  MANAGEMENT; 

WITH  FACTS  CONCERNING  GOATS 


1000       CYCLOPEDIA   OF  LIVE  STOCK   AND  COMPLETE   STOCK  DOCTOR, 


SHEEP  AND    SHEEP  HUSBANDRY. 


CHAPTER  I. 
ORIGIN,  ANATOMY  AND  POINTS. 


V      NATIVE     COUNTRY     OP     SHEEP. II.       THEIR     DIVERSIFIED    CHARACTER. III. 

A.N  ATOMY  OF  THE  SHEEP. IV.     TOP  AND  VERTICAL  VIEWS  OF  SKULL. V.      DEN- 
TITION OF    SHEEP. VI.      POINTS    OP    SHEEP    EXPLAINED. VII.      DIVISIONS  OF 

FINE    WOOL. VIII.      COMPARATIVE    VALUE    OF  FINE   AND   COARSE  WOOL. IX. 

RANGING    AND    FLOCKING   OF   DIFFERENT    BREEDS. X.       REGIONS    ADAPTED    TO 

SHEEP. XI.        POINTS     OF     EXCELLENCE     OF     THE     PRINCIPAL    BREEDS. XII. 

STANDARD   FOR   AMERICAN     MERINOS. XIII.       STANDARD    FOR   MIDDLE-WOOLED 

SHEEP. XIV.      STANDARD  FOR  COTSWOLD  SHEEP. 

I.    Native  Country  of  Sheep. 

The  native  country  of  sheep  is  not  known,  and  has  not  been  since  the 
earliest  historical  times.  There  are  no  wild  sheep  known,  if  we  except 
the  Ovis  Montana,  or  wild  sheep  of  Montana,  in  the  United  States, 
though  at  the  Paris  exhibition  of  1865,  several  wild  (so-called)  sheep 
were  exhibited,  although  bred  in  confinement.  Among  these  were  the 
Vild  sheep  of  Barbary,  Ovis  TragelapuSy  more  resembling  a  goat  than 
our  wild  species,  which  is  really  a  sheep  ;  and  also  thePunjaub  wild  sheep, 
Ovis  Cycloceras,  a  native  of  Northern  India,  and  the  Europeon  moufflon, 
Ovis  Musimon,  belonging  to  Corsica  and  Sardinia. 

n.    Their  Diversified  Character. 

That  sheep  were  the  earliest  domesticated  of  any  of  the  wild  animals, 
there  is  no  doubt.  Abel  was  a  keeper  of  sheep,  the  first  recorded  shep- 
herd or  herdsman  of  any  kind.  The  gi-eat  length  of  time  since  their 
domestication,  is  also  shown  by  their  widely  diversified  character.  The 
classification  of  Jiinnssus  shows :  The  Hornless,  Horned,  Black-faced, 
Spanish,  Many  aomed,  African,  Guinea,  Broad-tailed,  Fat-rumped, 
Bucharian,  Long-tailed,  Cap-bearded,  and  Bovant.  To  these  may  be 
added  the  Siberian  sheep  of  Asia,  found  also  in  Corsica  and  Barbary,  and 

1001 


1002        CYCLOPEDIA  OP  Live  SfOCK  AND  COMPLETfi  6T0CK  DOCTOK. 

the  Cretan  sheep  of  the  Grecian  Islands,  Hangary,  and  some  portions  of 
Austria,  making  about  all  the  principal  sub-species. 

m.    Anatomy  of  the  Sheep. 


SKELETON  OF  LEICESTER  SHEEP. 


Explanation. — ^Begmning  with  the  head,  the  leferences  to  cut  of  skele- 
ton show:  1 — The  intermaxillary  bone.  2 — The  nasal  bones.  3 — The 
upper  jaw.  4 — The  union  of  the  nasal  and  upper  jaw  bone.  5 — The 
union  of  the  molar  and  lachrymal  bones.  6 — The  orbits  of  the  eye.  7 
— ^The  frontal  bone.  9 — The  lower  jaw.  10 — The  incisor  teeth  or  nip- 
pers.    11 — The  molars  or  grinders. 

The  Neck  and  Body. — 1,  1 — The  ligament  of  the  neck,  supporting  the 
head,  1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7 — The  seven  vertebrse,  or  bones  of  the  neck.  1 
— 13 — The  thirteen  vertebrae,  or  bones  of  the  back.  1 — 6 — The  sixver- 
tebr:i3  of  the  loins.  7 — The  sacral  bone.  8 — The  bones  of  the  tail,  va- 
rying in  different  breeds  from  twelve  to  twenty-one.  9 — The  haunch  and 
pelvis.  1 — 8 — ^The  eight  true  ribs  with  their  cartilages.  9 — 13 — The 
five  false  ribs,  or  those  that  are  not  attached  to  the  breast  bone,  14 — 
The  breast  bone. 

The  Fore  Leg. — 1 — ^The  scapula  or  shoulder-blade.  2 — The  hu- 
merus, bone  of  the  arm,  or  lower  part  of  the  shoulder.  3 — The  radius^ 
or  bone  of  the  forearm.  4 — The  ulna,  or  elbow,  5 — The  knee,  with 
its  different  bones.  6 — ^The  metacarpal  or  shank-bones ;  the  larger 
bones  of  the  leg.  7 — A  rudiment  of  the  smaller  metacarpal,  8 — One 
of  the  sessamoid  bones.  9 — The  two  first  bones  of  the  foot;  the  pas- 
tern.-     10 — The  proper  bones  of  the  foot. 


ORIGIN,   ANATOMY   AND   POINTS  OF   SHEEP. 


1003 


2— The 
id   also  out  of  danofer. 


The  Hind  Leg.— 1 — The  thigh  bone.  2 — The  stifle  joint  and  its  bone, 
the  patella.  3^The  tibia,  or  bone  of  the  upper  part  of  the  leg.  4 — 
The  point  of  the  hock.  5 — The  other  bones  of  the  hock.  6 — The 
metatarsal  bone,  or  bone  of  the  hind  leg.  7 — Rudiment  of  the  small 
metatarsal.  8 — A  sessamoid  bone.  9 — The  two  nrst  nones  of  the  foot, 
the  pasterns.     10 — The  proper  bone  of  the  foot. 

It  will  be  seen  that  the  general  anatomy  of  the  sheep  corresponds  to 
that  of  the  ox.  In  the  limbs  we  find  the  number  of  jonits  the  same  in 
the  horse,  ox  and  sheep.  Beneath  the  fetlock,  however,  the  four  bones 
are  doubled  in  the  sheep. 

IV.    Top  and  Vertical   Views  of  Skull. 

The  first  illustration  shows  the  skull  of  a  polled  sheep  as  seen  from 
the  top. 

Explanation. — 1 — Occipital  bone,  depressed  out  of  danger, 
parietal  bones,  the  suture  having  disappeared, 
3 — The  squamous  portions  of  the  temporal 
bone — the  buttress  of  the  arch  of  the  skull. 
4 — The  meatus  auditorius,  or  bony  opening 
into  the  ear.  5 — The  frontal  bones.  6 — The 
openings  through  which  blood-vessels  pass,  to 
supply  the  forehead.  7 — The  bony  orbits  of 
the  eye.  8 — The  zygomatic  or  mokr  bones, 
very  much  developed.     9,   10 — The  bones  of 

the  nose.  1 1 — The  upper  jaw  bone.  1 2 — The  foramen,  through  which  the 
'-erve  and  blood-vessels  pass,  to  supply  the  lower  part  of  the  face.  13 — 
The  nasal  processes  of  the  intermaxillary  bones.  14  —  The  palatine 
processes.  15 — The  intermaxillary  bone,  supporting  the  cartilaginous 
pad,  instead  of  containing  teeth. 

Next  we  give  a  vertical  section  of  the  head  with  its  appropriate  expla- 
nation. 

Explanation.— 1— Nasal  bone.  2— Upper  jaw  boi  3 — Intermaxil- 
lary bone  supporting  the  pad,  supplies  the  place  of  upper  front  teeth.  4, 
4 — The  frontal  sinus.  5 — Cavity  or 
sinus  of  the  horn,  communicating 
with  the  frontai  sinus.  It  is  here 
shown  by  removal  of  a  section  of 
the  base  of  the  horn.  7 — The  fron- 
tal bone.  8 — Vertical  section  of  the 
brain.  9  —  Vertical  section  of  the 
cerebellum,  a — The  cineritious  por- 
tion of  *he  brain,  b — The  medul- 
lary portion  of  the  brain.     10 — ^The  ethmoid  bone.     11 — The  cribif oral 


SKULL  OV    A  POLLED  SHEEP. 


HEAD  OF  SHEEP— VERTICAL  SECTION. 


1004 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


or  perforated  plate  of  the  ethmoid  bone.  12 — ^The  lower  cell  of  tbe 
ethmoid  bone.  13 — ^The  superior  turbinated  bone.  14 — ^The  inferior 
turbinated  bone.     17 — The  sphenoid  bone. 

V.  Dentition  of  Sheep. 
Youatt  gives  as  follows  the  dentition  of  sheep,  oy  which  it 
will  be  easy  to  tell  the  age  correctly:  The  sheep  has  eight 
incisors  in  the  lower  jaw,  and  twelve  grinders  —  six  on  a  side 
in  each  jaw, — making  in  all  thirty-two  teeth.  At  birth  the 
lamb  should  have  the  two  central  incisors  just  pushing  through.  At  a 
month  old  all  the  incisors  should  be  up.  At  one  year,  sometimes  not 
uitil  fifteen  months  old,  the  two  first  milk  incisors  will  be  shed,  and  two 
new  or  permanent  ones  will  appear.  At  two  years  old  past,  it  will  have 
two  more  permanent  teeth,  or  four  in  all.  At  three  years  old  past,  it 
will  have  six  permanent  incisors,  and  at  four  years  old  past,  the  eight 
permanent  teeth,  or  a  full  mouth,  as  it  is  called,  will  be  shown.  This 
will  be  an  accurate  test  as  to  the  age  of  sheep,  up  to  four  years,  varied  of 
course,  by  care  and  keep ;  highly  fed  sheep  developing  faster  than  ill 
kept  ones.  At  six  the  incisors  begin  to  decrease  in  breadth,  and  lose 
their  fan  shape,  as  seen  at  four  years  old.  At  seven  they  become  longer 
and  narrower,  and  each  year  this  shrinkage  continues,  until  at  last  they 
become  quite  slender,  the  middle  ones  long,  and  at  ten  years  they  loosen 
and  begin  to  drop  out. 

VI.    Points  ot  Sheep  Explained. 
To  locate  the  different  exterior  portions  of  the  sheep,  we  give  a  cut  of 
one  of  the  half-wild  breeds  of  the  animal,  which  seems  goat-like,  but  the 
vvool  of  which  shows  it  to  be  a  sheep. 


EX  l-ERIOR  POINTS  OP  SHEEP. 


Explanation.— <i--I'^-^.    ^—Muzzle.    C— Neck.    />— Shoulder.   Ji 
Shooider.     i?'— Breast.     65— Girth-place.    ^— Bact.    i 
ilZ-sHin.     iT— Boot  of  Tail. 


ORIGIN,   ANATOMY  AND   POINTS  OF  SHEEP.  1005 

Vn.    Divisions  of  Pine  WooL 

To  illustrate  the  divisions  of  the  wool  we  ^dve  a  figured  cut  of  a  fine 
wooled  sheep.     The  divisions  are  numbered  to  coiTespond  to  pure  Saxon 
and  Merino  sheej),  which  when  pure-bred,   show  only  four  qualities  of 
wool.  However,  the  cross-breds  and  especially  gi'ades  sometimes  show 
seven  or  eioht. 


DrVISION   OF  WOOL. 

Explanation.— The  refina^  or  pick  wool,  (1)  begins  at  the  withers,  and 
extxnids  along  the  back,  to  the  setting  on  of  the  tail.  It  reaches  only  a 
little  way  down  on  the  quarters,  bu  dipping  down  at  the  flanks,  takes  in 
all  the  superior  part  of  the  chest,  and  the  middle  of  the  side  of  the  neck 
to  the  angle  of  the  lower  jaw.  The  nna,  (2)  a  valuable  wool,  but 
not  so  deeply  secreted,  or  possessing  so  many  curves  as  the  refina,  occu- 
pies the  belly,  and  the  quarters  and  th'ghs,  down  to  the  stifle  joint; 
(3)  is  found  on  the  head,  the  throat,  the  lower  part  of  the  neck,  and 
the  shoulders,  terminatmg  at  the  elbow,  (fore  legs,)  and  reaching  from  the 
stifle  to  a  little  below  the  hock;  (4)  is  procured  from  the  tuft  that 
grows  on  the  forehead  and  cheeks,  from  the  tail,  and  from  the  legs  below 
the  hock. 

vm.    Comparative  Value  of  Pine  and  Coarse  Wool. 

Up  to  twenty  years  ago,  fine  wool  was  the  most  valuable,  and  the  fine- 
ness  of  the  fiber  increased  the  price  per  pound  in  corresponding  ratio. 
Then  the  exceeding  fineness  of  broadcloth  was  the  limit  and  standard  of 


highest  excellence. 


Of  late  years  the  demand  for  long  and  worsted  wools 


1006       CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCltX 

has  steadily  increased,  with  the  change  in  fashion  for  gentlemen's,  >vea,T; 
and  the  demand  for  worsted,  combing,  and  other  long  wools  is  steaaify 
growing,  and  ai,  prices  altogether  in  advance  of  the  fine  wools.  Hence 
the  larger  breeds  of  sheep,  once  principally  valuable  for  their  mutton, 
sprung  suddenly  into  favor  for  their  wool.  In  England,  the  value  of  a 
sheep  is  rated  fully  as  mucli  for  the  carcass  as  for  the  wool.  In  the 
United  States  and  in  Canada,  to  a  considerable  degree,  the  wool  is  still 
the  principal  object ;  so  the  saying  that,  an  Englishman  in  examining  a 
flock,  would  ask,  "  how  much  will  they  dress,"  while  the  question  of  an 
American  would  be,  "  how  much  will  they  shear,"  still  holds  good. 

Nevertheless,  this  is  gradually  changing ;  and  the  increased  consump- 
tion of  prime  mutton  in  our  laige  cities,  and  the  increased  facilities  for 
ocean  transportation  of  live  animals,  have  stimulated  more  and  more  the 
breeding  of  mutton  sbeep.  The  probability  is,  that  the  fashionable  fab- 
rics made  of  the  wools  mentioned  will  not  soon  go  out  of  use  for  sum- 
mer wear,  since  they  are  altogether  superior  to  cotton  and  linen,  both  in 
coolness  and  the  ease  with  which  they  may  be  kept  clean. 

Fine  wools,  on  the  other  hand,  will  never  be  superseded  for  wintei 
wear,  for  blankets,  for  underclothing,  and  the  endless  variety  of  uses  fot 
which  they  are  adapted. 

rX.    Ranging  and  Flocking  of  Different  Breeds. 

It  is  not  generally  known  that  there  are  peculiarities  in  sheep  husband- 
ry, especially  in  the  flocking  of  herds,  which  cannot  be  overcome.  The 
most  important  of  these  is,  that  the  mutton  and  long-wooled  breeds  can- 
not be  carried  in  large  flocks.  Merino  and  other  fine-wooled  breeds  may 
easily  be  carried  in  flocks  of  even  1000  and  upwards,  on  suitable  soils  ; 
but  the  large  breeds  cannot  successfully  be  carried  in  flocks  of  more  than 
200  together.  Hence  the  adaptability  of  the  Western  plains  and  of  Texas 
and  New  Mexico  to  the  fine-wooled  breeds,  individual  owners  numbering 
their  flocks  by  many  thousands  each.  On  the  other  hand,  the  large  breeas 
are  the  favorites  among  farmers  in  the  thickly  settled  portions  of  the 
United  States,  where  they  are  kept  in  flocks  of  from  twenty  up  to  several 
hundreds. 

X.    Regions  Adapted  to  Sheep. 

It  has  generally  been  thought  that  only  rocky,  hilly  regions  are  well 
adapted  to  the  keeping  of  sheep.  This  is  a  mistake.  Such  regions  are 
suited  to  sheep,  no  doubt,  for  sheep  require  a  firm  soil ;  sheep,  aL;o, 
can  subsist  in  rocky,  barren  regions  where  other  animals  would  starve. 
Yet  any  dry  situation  adapted  to  grass  possesses  all  the  necessary  essen- 
tials. The  Western  prairies,  which,  except  for  a  short  time  in  the 
spring,  are  firm  and  dry,  are  most  admirably  adapted  to  sheep.    All  the  hUl 


ORIGIN,  ANATOMY  AND  POINTS  OF  SHEEP. 


1007 


1008 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK   DOCTOR. 


§1 


ORIGIX,  ANATOMY  AND  POINTS  OF   SHEEP.  1009 

'•egions  of  the  South  are  eminently  suited  for  sheep  husbandry,  espe- 
cially for  the  mutton  and  long-wooled  breeds.  There  are  found  the  es- 
sentials of  a  genial  climate,  plenty  of  range,  pure  water,  sweet  grasses, 
and  a  soil  natural  to  sheep.  There  is  only  a  single  drawback — the  num- 
ber of  dogs  that  are  allowed  to  wander  at  will  to  decimate  flocks.  If 
the  dogs  were  abated,  the  hill  regions  of  the  South  would  soon  prove  as 
valuable  for  sheep  as  for  fruit  and  for  general  agriculture. 

XI.    Points  of  Excellence  of  the  Principal  Breeds. 

The  standards  of  excellence,  now  generally  adopted  at  the  St.  Louis 
fair,  at  the  Illinois  State  fair,  and  at  many  other  prominent  Western  fairs, 
and  also  at  the  great  exhibition  of  live  stock  at  the  Chicago  fair  for  1881, 
may  be  taken  as  being  as  near  perfect  as  possible,  and  will  rule  in  all 
points  except,  perhaps,  in  the  weight  of  the  carcass.  In  the  East,  and 
in  some  portions  of  the  hill  region  South,  the  weight  of  carcass  may  be 
reduced  some  twenty  pounds.  Thus  the  standard  of  165  pounds  gross 
weight  for  a  Merino  ram,  and  120  pounds  for  gross  weight  of  Merino 
ewe,  was  reduced  to  140  and  100  jicands  respectively  at  the  Centennial 
Exhibition,  while  in  other  respects  the  standards  were  identical.  At  St. 
Louis,  the  heavy  standard  known  as  the  Illinois  standard  is,  without  modi- 
fication ,  used  for  judging  sheep ,  This  standard ,  in  fact,  was  really  arranged 
by  i)roniinent  breeders  of  Illinois,  and  of  the  country  contiguous  to  St. 
Louis,  we  believe.  The  standards  for  the  several  grades  will  be  found 
adapted  to  any  breed  ;  that  for  Cotswolds,  applying  to  any  long-wooled 
breed  with  very  simple  modifications.     The  standards  are  as  follows  : 

XH.    Standard  for  American  Merinos. 

Points. 

Blood. — Thoroughbred,  i.  e,  purely  bred  from  one  or  more  of  the 
direct  importations  of  Merino  sheep  from  Spain  prior  to  the 
year  1812,  without  the  admixture  of  any  other  blood.         -       -       1 

Constitution. — Indicated  by  form  of  body  ;  deep  and  large  breast 
cavity  ;  broad  back,  heavy  quarters,  with  muscular  development 
forming  capacious  abdomen  ;  skin  thick,  but  soft,  of  fine  tex- 
ture, and  pink  color;  expansive  nostril,  brilliant  eyes,  healthful 
countenance,  and  good  size,  age  considered.       -         -         -       -     15 

8iZE. — In  fair  condition,  with  fleece  of  twelve  months'  growth,  full- 
grown  rams  should  weigh  not  less  than  165  pounds,  and  ewes 
not  less  than  120  pounds.         ------.       7 

General  Appearance. — Good  carriage,  bold  style,  elastic  move- 
ment, showing  in  particular  parts,  as  well  as  general  outline  and 
symmetry  of  form.         -  *         -         -  ,         .         .       | 


1010       CrCIiOPEDIA  OP  LITE  8TOGK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOa. 

Points. 

Body. — Throughout,  heavy  bones,  well  proportioned  in  length ; 
smooth  joints  ;  ribs  starting  horizontally  from  back-bone,  and 
well  rounded  to  the  breast-bone,  which  should  be  wide,  strong, 
and  prominent  in  front ;  strong  back-bone,  straight  and  well 
proi)ortioned  as  to  length ;  heavy,  muscular  quarters,  deep 
through,  and  squarely  formed  behind  and  before,  with  shoulders 
well  set  on,  neither  projecting  sharply  above  the  back-bone,  nor 
standing  so  wide  and  flat  as  to  incur  lial)ility  to  slip-shoulders.  -       8 

Folds  and  Wrinkles. — Folds  on  the  ram  should  ))c  larger  than  on 
the  ewe.  Large  and  pendulous  folds  from  the  chin  or  jaws, 
succeeding  each  other  down  the  neck  to  the  brisket,  ending 
with  large  fold  or  "  apron,"  and  extending  up  the  sides  of  the 
aeck,  but  lighter  if  at  all  extending  over  top  of  neck  ;  two  or 
three  behind  the  fore  leg  or  shoulder ;  one  on  front  of  hind  leg, 
hanging  well  down  across  the  flank  ;  two  or  more  on  rear  of 
hind  legs  or  quarters,  extending  up  tow^ards  the  tall,  with  one 
or  two  on  and  around  the  tail,  giving  the  animal  a  square  appear- 
ance on  the  hindquarters,  and  straight  down  as  may  be  from  end 
of  tail  to  hock  joints  and  hind  feet.  In  addition  to  folds,  small 
wrinkles  over  the  body  and  belly  are  desirable,  as  forming  com- 
pactness of  fleece,  but  not  large  enough  to  be  apparent  on  the 
surface  of  grown  fleece,  or  to  cause  a  jar  in  its  quality,  thus 
leaving  the  body  of  the  fleece  even  in  quality,  and  free  from  the 
jar  of  large  folds  over  the  body.  -         -         -         -         --.'"! 

Head. — Wide  between  the  eyes  and  behind  the  ears  and  across  thb 
nose  ;  short  from  top  of  head  to  tip  of  nose  ;  face  straight,  eyes 
clear  and  prominent;  ears  thick,  medium  size,  and,  together 
with  the  face,  nose  and  lips,  white,  covered  with  soft  fur  or 
downy  wool.  Ewes  should  give  no  appearance  of  horns,  while 
upon  the  rams  the  horns  should  be  clear  in  color,  symmetri- 
cally curved,  without  tendency  to  press  upon  the  sides  of  the 
head  or  to  extreme  expansion.         -         -  -  -         _         _       6 

Neck. — Medium  length,  good  bone  and  muscular  development, 
and,  especially  with  the  rams,  heavier,  toward  the  shoulders, 
well  set  high  up,  and  rising  from  that  point  to  the  back  of  the 
head.         --  -  -  -  -  --__5 

Legs  and  Feet. — Legs  medium  or  short  in  length,  straight  and  set 
well  apart  forward  and  V)ack  ;  heavy  bone,  smooth  joints,  with 
large  muscular  development  of  the  fore-arm  ;  thick,  heavy 
thighs,  wide  down  to  hock  joints,  and  from  knee  joints  down- 
ward covered  with  short  wool,  or  the  soft  furry  covering  pecu- 
liar to  the  ears  and  face  ;  hoofs  well  shaped  and  of  clear  color.     -       5 


ORIGIN,  ANATOMY  AND   POINTS  OF  SHEEP.  1011 

Points. 

Do'OiRiNG  — ^Tendency  to  hair  and  gare  upon  any  part  of  the  sheep 
is  to  he  avoided.  Evenness  of  fleece  in  length,  quality,  density, 
lustre,  crimp,  trueness,  strength  and  elasticity,  covering  the  en- 
tire body,  belly  and  legs  to  the  knees  ;  head  well  covered 
forward,  squarely  to  a  line  in  front  of  the  eyes  ;  well  filled  be- 
tween the  eyes  and  the  ears  or  horns,  and  well  u[)  on  the 
cheeks  ;  muzzle  clear,  with  small  opening  up  to  and  around  the 
eyes.  Scrotum  of  rams  covered  with  wool,  free  from  tendency 
to   hair.  .  =  „  _  .  .     1^ 

Quality. ^ — Medium,  but  such  as  is  known  in  our  markets  as  fine  de- 
laine and  fine  clothing  wool,  distmctly  better  in  quality,  lustre, 
crimp  and  elasticity,  than  the  wools  of  same  length  grown  upon 
the  common  grade  sheep.  -  -  -  »  _       •) 

Density. — Shown  by  the  compactness  of  the  fleece  throughout, 
which  should  open  free  but  close,  showing  very  little  of  the  skin 
at  any  pomt,  even  at  the  extremities  of  the  fleece.  -  -     10 

Length. — At  one  year's  growth  not  less  than  two  and  one-half 
inches,  and  as  nearly  as  may  be  uniform  in  length  to  the  extrem- 
ity of  the  fleece.  -  -  -  -*=.  -5 

Oil. — Evenly  distributed  *,  soft  and  flowing  freely  from  skin  to  sur- 
face ;   medium  in  quantity.  .  -  -  -  >       5 

100 
Xnr.    standard  for  Middle-Wooled  Sheep. 

Points 

Blood. — Purely  bred  from  one  or  more  of  direct  miportations  from 

Great  Britain.  =  =  -.=.„„!() 

Constitution  and  Quality.— Indicated  by  the  form  of  body  ;  deep 
and  large  in  breast  and  through  the  heart ;  back  wide,  straight, 
and  well  covered  with  lean  meat  or  muscle  ;  wide  and  full  in 
thigu,  deep  m  flank  ;  skin  soft  and  pink  color ;  prominent  eyes 
and  healthful  countenance,  -•  -  -  -  -     25 

Size. — In  fair  condition,  when  fully  matured  ;   rams  should  weigh 

not  less  than  200  pounds,  and  ewes  not  less  than  175  pounds.         10 

General  Appearance  and  Character.  —Good  carriage  ;  head  well 
up ;  elastic  movement,  showing  symmetry  of  form  and  uni- 
formity of   character  throughout.  -  -  =         .         .     10 

Body. — Well  proportioned  ;  small  bones  ;  great  scale  and  length  ; 
well  finished  hind  quarters ;  thick  back  and  loins ;  standing 
with  legs  well  placed  outside  ;  breast  wide,  and  prominent  in 
front  -         -  -         --.--10 


1012     CrOT-crraaDiA  or  «.rr«  STOCK  Ain>  cxmiflete  stock  doctor. 

Points. 

Head. — Short  and  broad  :  wide  between  ears,  and  well  covered 
with  wool ;  color  dark  ^rey ;  light  muzzle  not  objectionable  ; 
ears  short.  -  -  -  -  -  --10 

Neck. — Short  and  heavy,  especially  toward  shoulders.         -  -       5 

Legs  and  Feet. — Short  and  well  set  apart :  color  dark  grey,  and 

wooled  to  the  hoof,  which  must  be  well  shaped.       -        -  -       5 

CovEKiNO. — Body,  belly,  head  and  legs  well  covered  with  fleece 
of  even  length  and  quality  ;  scrotum  of  rams  also  well  cov- 
ered. -  -  -  -  -  -  --10 

Quality  of  Wool. — Medium,  such  as  is  known  in  market  as  half- 
combing  wool.         -____----5 

100 
XIV.    standard  for  Cotswold  Sheep. 

Points  . 
Head. — Not  too  fine,  moderately   small,  and  ))road  between  the  eyes 
and  nostrils,  but  without  a  short,  thick  appearance,  and  inj^oung 
animals  covered  on  crown  with  long  lustrous  wool.         -  -       8 

Face. — Either  white  or  slightly  mixed  ^^^th  gre}^  or  white  dappled 

with  browTi. '-  --  -  -         ---_4 

Nostrils. — Wide  and  expanded  ;  nose  dark.         -  _  _  .       i 

Eyes. — Promineni,  ])ut  mild  looking.         -         -         -         -         -      -       2 

Ears. — Broad,  long,  moderately  thin,  and  covered  with  short  hair       4 
Collar. — Full  from  breast  a;  d  shoulders,  tapering  gradually  all  the 
way  to  where  the  head  and  neck  join.     The  neck  of  ram  should 
be   short,    thick   and   strong,    indicating   constitutional   vigor^ 
(neck  of  ewe  should  be  fine  and  graceful)  and  free  from  coai-se 
and  loose  skin.      [Collar  5  points  with  ewe.]  .  -  _       6 

Shoulders. — Broad  and  full,  and  at  the  same  time  join  so  gracefully 
to  the  collar  forward  and  the  chine  backward  as  not  to  kv^ve  the 
least  hollow  in  either  place.         --____       g 

Fore-legs. — The  mutton  on  the  arm  or  fore-thigh  should  come  qu\ie 
to  the  knee.  Leg  upright  with  heavy  bone,  being  clear  from 
superfluous  skin,  ^vith  wool  to  fetlock,  and  may  be  mixed  with 

g^^y-        -       - -     4 

Breast. — Broad  and   well  forward,  keeping  the   legs  wide   apart ; 

girth  or  chest  full  and  deep.         _         -         _  _  _  -     10 

Fore  flank. — Quite  full,  not  showing  hollow  Oehind  the  shoulder. 

[4  points  with  ewe.]  ____  _  _  -5 

Back  and  loin. — Broad,  flat  and  straiglit,  from  which  the  ribs  must 

spring  with  a  fine  circ  ilar  arch.  -  -  -  -  -     12 

Belly. — Straight  on  underlme.     [5  points  with  ewe.]  -  3 


p 
o 

a  K 

(D   _; 
I    M 


ORIGIN.  ANATOM  V    \  .  ]  >  i  .  .(NTS  OF  SHEEP. 


1013 


QuAKTEits. — Luu^^  and  full,  wuli  multoii  i^uite  down  to  the  hock. 
Hock. — Should  stand  neither  in  nor  out.  .  .  .  - 

Twist. — Or  junction  inside  the  thighs,  deep,  wide  and  full,  which, 

with  a  broad  breast,  will  keep  the  legs  open  and  upright.      - 
Fleece.. — The  whole  body  should  be  covered  with  long,  lustrous 

wool.  .-..•••••• 


Points. 


18 


100 


CHAPTER  TT. 
VARIETIES  OF  SHEEP  AND  THEIR  CHARACTERISTICS. 


I.       LONG-WOOLED  ENGLISH  SHEEP. II.     LINCOLN  SHEEP. III.     ROMNEY  MARSH 

SHEEP. IV.      LEICESTER  SHEEP. V.      THE  COTSWOLDS. VL      NEW  OXFORD- 
SHIRE SHEEI'. VII.  THE  OXFORD-DOWNS. VIII.   MIDDLE  .\ND  SHORT- WOOLED 

BRITISH   BREEDS. IX.     WHITE-FACED  MOUNTAIN  SHEEP. X.     BLACK  PACED 

HIGHLAND,     OR     SCOTCH     SHEEP. XI.        HAMPSHIRE-DOWNS. XIL        SHROP- 
SHIRE-DOWNS.  Xin.        SOUTH-DOWNS. XIV.        OTHER     BREEDS     OF      GREAT 

BRITAIN. XV.     DORSET  SHEEP. XVI.     FINE-WOOLED  SHEEP. XVIL    AMER- 
ICAN MERINOS. XVIIl.      THE  ATWOOD  AND  HAMMOND   MERINOS. XIX.      THE 

RICH    MERINOS. XX.       ABOUT    SHEEP    IN    GENERAL. XXI.       THE    AVERAGE 

WOOL     PER    SHEEP. XXII.       SUMMARY     OF    BRITISH     BREEDS. XXIII.       THE 

SHEEP    IN    AUSTRALIA. XXIV.       THE    WOOL    HARVEST. XXV.       WHERE    THE 

WORLD'S     SHEEP     ARE     LOCATED. XXVL       THE     WORLD'S     GREATEST     WOOL 

SUPPLY. 

Long-Wooled  English  Sheep. 
Long-wooled  sheep  may  l)e  divided  into  two  classes — those  reared  iu 
rich  alluvial  and  mar.shy  districts  that  have  been  drained,  as  the  Lincoln 
and  Konino}^  marshes  ?  and  those  reared  in  the  rich  agricultural  districts 
of  arable  land  devoted  to  mixed  farming.  The  latter  includes  the  Cots- 
wolds,  the  Lcicesters,  and  the  Oxford-Downs.  In  discussing  long-wooled 
sheep,  we  shall  simply  give  characteristics,  supplemented  with  accurate 
illustrations  of  the  more  valuable  breeds,  since  this  will  be  all  that  will  be 
necessary  to  enable  the  reader  to  easily  recognise  them  and  estimate  theii 

value. 

n.    Lincoln  Sheep. 

The  Lincoln  sheep  are  the  largest  sheep  known,     tfnder  fairly  good 

feeding  they  dress  up  to  120  to  160  pounds  at  two  years  old  past,  while 

under  exceptional  circumstances  they  dress  up  to  90  pounds  per  quarter  at 

thatage.  Their  long,  lustrous  fleeces,  at  the  second  shearing,  will  weigh  from 

10  to  15  pounds  of  washed  wool,  the  fibre  measuring  nine  inches  in  length. 

They  have  been  known  in  the  United  States  since  1835,  are  hardy  and 

prolific,  but  large  feeders.     Notwithstanding  their  good  qualities,  they 

have  not  become  widely  disseminated  in  this  country,  the   Cotswolds 

being  generally  preferred.     They  require  the  best  and  most  succulent 

grasses  and  the  most  skillful  care,  and  this,  probably,  is  the  reason  why 

they  have  not  succeeded  so  well  in  the  West,  where  high  farming  is  not 

the  rul& 

HE.   Komney  Marsh  Sheep. 

These  sheep  are  natives  of  the  Southeastern  part  of  England,especially 
the  drained  marsh  districts  of  Kent,  where  they  have  been  bred  from  the 

1014 


VARIETIES  OF  SHEEP  AND   THEIR   CHARACTERISTICS. 


1015 


earliest  times.  They  are  hardier  than  the  Lincolns,  and,  like  most  Brit- 
ish breeds  of  long-wooled  sheep,  have  been  improved  by  a  cross  of  the 
Leicester.  They  have  a  peculiar  tuft  of  wool  on  the  forehead  ;  a  thick, 
broad  head  and  neck  ;  are  long  in  the  body,  with  flat  sides  ;  a  broad  loin  ; 
full,  broad  thighs  ;  the  fore  quarters  are  not  so  well  developed.  The 
limbs  are  strong  ;  the  hoofs  broad  ;  the  wool  long,  somewhat  coarse,  but 
sound,  bright  and  glossy.  The  wethers  at  three  years  old  will  dress  from 
100  to  120  pounds  for  the  butcher  ;  the  ewes  dress  from  70  to  90  pounds, 
and  have  much  inside  fat.  There  seems  to  be  no  reason  why  they  should 
not  prove  valuable  on  rich,  succulent  pastures  in  the  West,  though  it  is 
not  to  be  denied  that  all  the  English  breeds  deteriorate  in  America,  es- 
,pecially  in  the  West,  probably  both  from  the  dry  climate  and  the  want  of 
succulent  food  (roots)  in  winter, 

IV.    Leicester  Sheep. 
Leicester  sheep  are  considered  as  among  the  most  valuable  of  British 
breeds,  and  justly  so.     Since  their  improvement  by  Bakewell,  during  the 
last  centuiy,  they  have  been  successfully  used  for  the  general  improve- 
ment of  the  long-wooled  breeds  of  England,  giving  better  feeding  quali- 


GROUP  OF  SHROPSHIRE   RAMS. 

ties,  fineness  and  early  maturity.  Tlieyare  divided  into  Leicesters  proper 
and  Border  Leicesters.  The  modern  improved  Leicester  is  hornless  ;  the 
head  small  and  clean  ;  eyes  bright,  prominent  and  animated  ;  limbs  clean 
and  fine-boned ;  the  neck  and  shoulders  full  and  deep  ;  the  body  full ; 
back  straight,  with  hind  quarters  tapering  to  the  tail,  and  less  square  than 


1016       CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOE. 

the  Cots^olds;  the  flesh  is  good,  but  not  the  best,  being  too  fat;  the 
ears  thin,  long  and  directed  back.     The  fleeces  are   especially  valuable 


for  combing  wool,  being  white,  long  and  lustrous,  and  will  average  seven 
or  eight  pounds  per  fleece;  the  skin  is  thin,  but  soft  and  elastic.     They 


VABIETIES  OF  SHEEP  AND   THEIR  CHARACTERISTICS.  1017 

fatten  to  weigh,  at  twelve  months  old  past,  up  to  twenty-five  pounds  each 
quarter,  and  at  two  years  old  up  to  about  forty  pounds  per  quarter.  The 
breed  is  popular  in  some  parts  of  the  United  States,  especially  in  the 
West,  but  to  succeed  they  must  have  the  very  best  of  care  and  attention. 
Border  Leicesters. — The  breeding  of  the  New  Leicesters,  or  Dishley 
as  they  were  sometimes  called,  upon  the  "Border  Sheep"  of  England, 
produced  what  became  known  as  the  Border  Leicester,  a  sub-family  that 
attained  a  distinct  and  well  marked  position  in  England,  and  which,  under 
good  management,  at  about  one  year  and  a  half  old,  would  dress  from 
eighteen  to  twenty  pounds  per  quarter  of  tender  and  succulent  flesh. 
Older  than  this  che  accumulation  of  fat  was  great,  and  the  meat  not  fine. 
The  principal  characteristics  are  an  exceedingly  small  head,  and  small 
but  fine  bone  In  proportion  to  the  weight  of  carcass.  They  have  clean 
jaws;  thin  ears;  full,  placid  eyes;  straight,  broad,  flat  back;  arched 
ribs — a  peculiarity  of  all  Leicesters,  giving  the  body  often  the  appear- 
ance, when  fully  clothed  with  wool,  of  being  broader  than  it  is  deep. 
The  belly  is,  also,  carried  very  evenly  below,  giving  a  straight  or  nearly 
straight  line  below.  The  skin  is  thin,  but  mellow,  and  the  fleece  long 
and  soft,  averaging  nearly  as  much  as  the  improved  Leicester — six  to 
seven  pounds.  Their  heavy  accumulation  of  fat  has  not  made  them  fa- 
vorites in  the  United  States. 

V.    The  Cotswolds. 

There  ai-e  none  of  the  English  breeds  of  sheep  that  have  become  so 
universally  disseminated  in  the  United  States — not  excepting  the  South- 
Downs — as  have  the  Cotswolds.  The  improved  Cots  wold  is  one  of  the 
largest  of  English  breeds,  even  since  its  refinement  through  the  Leicester 
crosses.  It  is  hardy  and  moderately  early  in  maturing;  strong  in  con- 
stitution ;  broad-chested  ;  round-barreled  ;  straight-lxicked  ;  and  fattens 
kindly  at  thirteen  to  fifteen  months  old  to  yield  fifteen  pounds  of  mut- 
ton per  quarter,  and  at  two  years  old,  from  twenty  to  thirty  pounds  per 
quarter.  The  wool  of  the  Cotswold  is  strong  and  rather  coarse,  but 
white  and  mellow,  six  to  eight  inches  in  length,  and  averaging  seven  to 
eight  pounds  per  fleece  ;  some  American  fleeces  have  been  sheared  weigh- 
ing eighteen  pounds.  The  two  illustrations  of  Cotswold  ewes  will  show 
the  appearance  of  this  favorite  long-wooled  breed  as  they  appear  under 
good  keeping,  before  shearing  time. 

Cotswolds  in  the  West  and  South.— Their  many  good  qualities,  especi- 
ally their  hardiness,  adaptation  to  the  rolling  prairies  of  the  West  and 
the  hill  regions  of  the  South,  have  made  them  general  favorites  with 
long- wool  breeders.  They  also  cross  kindly  with  other  breeds,  including 
the  South-Downs ;  the  ewes  are  prolific,  and  the  flesh  of  the  lambs  and 


1018 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


yearlings  most  excellent.  Like  all  the  long-wonled  breeds,  they  accumu- 
late much  fat  with  age.  Another  point  in  their  favor  is  that  the  fleeces 
are  not  gummy,  and  do  not  shrink,  as  do  the  Merinos.  A  pound  of  Cots- 
Mold  wool,  as  it  is  taken  from  the  sheep,  will  produce  as  much  clean 
scoured  wool  as  two  and  a  half  pounds  of  gummy  Merino  wool.    South 


of  the  Ohio  river,  Coiswolds  are  often  reported  as  wintering  with  little  or 
no  feeding,  except  grazing,  unless  during  more  than  ordinarily  severe 
winters.  East  and  AVest  of  the  Mississippi,  in  the  latitude  of  St.  Louis 
and  south  of  it,  the  same  is  true,  and  the  statement  will  hold  good  with 
all  the  more  hardy  breeds.  Yet,  even  in  these  genial  climates,  all 
sheep  must  be  sheltered  from  storms,  and  it  is  by  no  means  good  policy 


VARIETIES  OF  SHEEP  AND  THEIR  CHARACTERISTICS.  1019 

to  allow  them  to  shift  entirely  for  themselves  in  the  matter  of  food.  To 
show  accurately  the  form  of  this  admirable  breed,  we  give  an  il- 
lustration of  an  ewe,  and  also  of  a  buck,  showing  their  appearance  after 
shearing. 

In  the  hill  region  of  Virginia,  and  other  parts  of  the  South  and  West, 
the  Cotswolds  are  yearly  increasing  in  favor.  The  testimony  of  many 
Southern  planters  and  farmers  is  decidedly  in  their  favor.  One  statement, 
that  of  a  prominent  farmer  of  Clark  county,  Va.,  must  suffice.  His 
testimony  is  as  follows:  It  is  far  more  profitable  to  keep  the  different 
varieties  of  mutton  breeds,  than  the  fine  wools,  or  Merino  breed  in  this 


5EST    IiMPuKTKD    KAiM    1  Gt'imani.     Age    2    Yeara 
The  property  of  J.  C.  van  Rooyen,  Esq.,  Bornman's  Drift. — Photographed  expressly  for  this  work. 


portion  of  Virginia.  I  say  this  from  my  own  experience,  and  that  of 
many  intelligent  gentlemen  with  whom  I  have  conversed.  The  Cotswold 
sheep,  and  its  crosses  with  the  South-Down,  are  less  liable  to  diseases  of 
all  kinds;  they  are  more  prolific,  better  nurses,  and  less  liable  to  lose  their 
lambs  than  the  Merino.  The  lambs  are  more  vigorous  and  hardy;  then 
add  their  early  maturity,  their  fitness  for  market  at  eighteen  months  old, 
and  their  almost  double  value  when  in  market,  and  you  have  advantages 
which  far  outweigh  the  additional  amount  of  food  which  the  mutton 
sheep  may  consume  in  proportion  to  his  size. 


1020       CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

This  is  high  praise  not  only  for  the  Cotswolds,  but  for  the  South- 
Downs,  which  were  always  a  favorite  breed  in  the  hill  region  of  the 
South.  It  must  be  remembered,  however,  that  none  of  the  long-wooled  or 


1    ,,.   _^o;^|,\-        ^   ,,,^-^ 

'f:'$'     -Jf  -mm 

Jt-     ''    '  -'■■«■  ' 

1  :p " 

1  |:; 

t;.  -  ^                                   " 

m^^  ^ 

— i^Z5E- 

m¥''  ''tM 

■■i.- 

^  ;f             ^li!^  Ill 

"WflH 

^     —  .^ 

the  mutton  breeds  do  well  in  large  flocks.  As  before  stated,  100  of  these 
sheep  is  the  largest  number  that  should  be  flocked  together.  The  illus- 
tration of  yearling  Cotswold  will  serve  as  a  good  representation  of  the 


VARIETIES  OF  SHEEP  AND  THEIR  CHARACTERISTICS. 


1021 


fully  wooled  animal  at  this  age.     It  also  shows  the  foretop  of  wool  on 
the  pate,  which  is  characteristic  of  this  breed. 


VI.    New  Oxfordshire  Sheep. 

Another  breed  that  has  been  introduced  into  the  United  States,  but  has 

not  met  with  general  favor,  is  the  New  Oxfordshire,  one  of  the  breeds 

arising  from  crosses  of  the  New  Leicester  upon  the  Cotswold.     They 

should  not  be  confounded  with  the  Oxford-Down,  whichis  a  cross  between 


1022       Gf  Cl/OPBDIA  or  UTB  S1O0K  Ain>  CKWPLBTB  STOCK  DOCTOB. 

the  Cotswold  and  Hampshire-Down,  and  belongs  to  the  middle-wools,  as 
well  as  to  the  special  mutton  breeds.  In  England  they  are  regarded  in 
their  own  locality  ^Yith  favor.  They  are  less  hardy  than  the  Cotswolds, 
and  in  the  United  States  have  not  been  received  with  special  favor.  The 
illustration  of  New-Oxfordshire  ewe  will  show  the  general  appearance  of 
the  breed. 

VTL    The  Oxford-Downs. 

This  excellent  breed  of  Enghsh  sheep  is  said  to  have  originated  about 
the  year  1830,  by  crossing  a  Cotswold  ram  on  a  Hampshire-Down  ewe, 
producing  a  sheep  heavier  than  the  Hampshire,  resembling  the  Cotswold 
in  size  and  fleece,  but  finer  and  firmer  in  the  fibre.  The  produce  of  these 
parents  were  bred  together,  and  careful  selection  ^produced  sheep  that  in 


p-- BIJP    ^v:;.. 

^^PT^ 

1    f  ■:: 

1  ■,  J 

k^^ 

m> 

*■"*       ,; 

f 

•■■-'■,.■■♦'    ■'"■'' 

.^*^'' 

^'W 

■^t'-*    *"'   "■ 

.  -  ■  5l^S^"- - 

M  A-'M 

bhb^^ 

ii 

A 

-■^■>iitJHP '" '^ 

1^^ 

k 

1862  were  awarded  a  separate  class  at  the  English  fairs.  They  are  com- 
paratively rare  in  the  United  States.  It  is  said  of  them  that,  in  a  district 
at  the  foot  of  the  Cotswold  hills,  abounding  in  springy  places,  and  re- 
quiring extensive  drainage,  they  have  succeeded  and  thriven  where 
neither  the  Cotswolds  nor  the  South-Downs  would.  A  pen  of  these 
sheep,  shown  at  the  Smithfield  cattle  show,  in  1873,  are  repoiied  to  have 
averaged,  at  22  months  old,  298  pounds  each,  or  885  pounds  for  the  pen 
of  fchree.  The  average  fleece  is  given  as  weighing  8  or  9  pounds,  and  of 
the  best  quality  for  worsted  manufactures ;  and  rams  are  reported  af 
having  sheared  20  pounds  of  wool.  The  ewes  are  prolific,  producing  150 
lambs  to  the  100  ewes.    The  Oxford-Downs  mature  early,  dressing  80 


VARIETIES  OF  SHEEP  AND  THEIR  CHARACTERISTICS. 


1023 


to  90  pounds  of  superior  mutton  at  fourteen  months  of  age.  They  are 
hardy,  herd  well,  and  are  good  feeders.  They  have  a  head  much  like 
the  Cotswold,  with  the  tuft  on  the  forehead,  but  with  dark  gray  face  and 
legs  like  the  Hampshires,  but  the  grey  is  lighter  than  that  of  the  South- 
Downs.    The  fleece  is  thick  and  somewhat  curled,  giving  8  to  10  pounds 


each,  yearly,  for  the  ewes,  and  twelve  to  fifteen  pounds  for  the  rams. 
The  wool  is  six  to  seven  inches  long,  lustrous,  neither  hairy  nor  harsh, 
but  even  in  quality.  This  breed  has  as  yet  been  but  sparsely  introduced 
into  tjie  United  States,  but  wherever  it  has  fallen  into  good  hands,  has 
been  much  liked,  and  is  fully  worthy  of  more  extended  trial,  especially  on 


1024       CYCLOPEDIA   OF  LIVE  STOCK   AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

soft  and  spongy  lands,  where  its  constitutional  vigor  should  stand  it  in 
good  stead. 

VIII.  Middle  and  Shcrt-wooled  British  Sheep. 

The  middle  and  ^hort-wooled  sheep  of  Great  Britain  are  comprised 
principally  in  the  following  breeds:  The  Black-faced  and  the  White- 
faced  Highland  sheep;  the  Hampshire-Downs;  the  Oxford-Downs;  the 
Shropshire-Downs; 'the  Cheviots;  the  Dorsets;  the  Welsh  Mountain  sheep, 
and  the  mixed  Mountain  sheep  of  Ireland. 

IX.  White-faced  Mountain  Sheep. 

Wales  has  long  been  noted  for  one  of  the  indigenous  breeds  of  British 
sheep,  as  it  also  has  been  as  possessing  one  of  the  indigenous  breeds  of 
British  cattle.  This  breed  seems  clearly  allied  to  the  Highland  sheep  of 
Scotland,  and  long  occupied  much  of  the  low  lands  and  hill  region  adjoin- 
ing Wales.     Its  principal  recommendation  is  the  superior  quality  of  the 


B 

^ 

B 

L 

"^^ '  iHH^^^^^H 

LINCOLN  EWE,  GIBSON'S  16  2,  BY  ROYAL  DUKE. 
Grand  Champion  Ewe  of  her  Breed. 

mutton,  which,  however,  seldom  weighs  more  than  eight  to  ten  pounds 
per  quarter.  These  sheep  are  hardy,  good  nui-ses,  with  faces  white,  rusty-" 
brown,  or  speckled  with  grey.  The  fleeces  weigh  only  about  two  pounds 
each,  but  the  wool  is  famous  for  its  quality  of  not  shrinking  in  wash- 
ing, a  quality  probably  due,  mainly,  to  the  fact  of  its  being  home- 
spun, since  the  same  quality  is  allowed  to  all  home-spun  flannel  ia  « 
greater  or  less  degree. 


C  CO 

IS 


m 


VARIETIES  OF  SHEEP  AND  THEIR  CHARACTERISTICS, 


1025 


X.  Black-faced  Highland  or  Scotch  Sheep. 

This  breed  is  celebrated  for  its  great  hardiness  and  for  its  power  of 
withstanding  cold  and  living  on  scanty  food  even  when  the  ground  is  cov- 
ered with  snow,  as  well  as  for  its  superior  mutton.  It  is  the  oldest  breed 
known  in  Scotland.  The  face  is  black;  the  muzzle  thick;  the  horns  of 
the  rams  massive  and  spirally  curved;  eyes  bright  and  wild;  the  body 
square  and  compact.  They  herd  well  together,  are  docile  and  easily 
handled.  When  fat,  the  carcass  will  weigh  from  sixty  to  seventy  pounds, 
and  yields  mutton  of  exceedingly  fine  flavor.  The  ewes  are  excellent  and 
careful  mothers,  and  for  these  reasons  we  have  given  them  a  place  in  this 


LINCOUX     K.\M.     CIBSONS 

Grand      Champion      Rar 


.     BY     liuYAL     DUKE, 
of     his     Breed. 


work;  in  some  mountain  regions  of  America,  this  and  the  Welsh  Moun- 
tain breed  may  come  to  be  of  value.  The  fleece  of  the  White-faced  breed 
will  weigh  about  three  pounds,  but  is  adapted  only  to  the  manufacture  of 
coarser  fabrics,  as  caipets,  blankets  and  rugs. 


XI.  Hampshire-Downs. 

The  Hampshire-Downs  are  a  mixed  breed,  originating  by  crossing  the 
South-Down  on  the  native  breed  of  Hampshire,  followed  later  by  the 
Cotswold.  During  this  infusion  of  improved  blood,  they  have  retained 
ilieir  original  hardy  constitutions  in  a  remarkable  degree.  Before  the 
-7ar  thev  were  much  esteemed  in  the  South,  as  being  larger  and  fully  as 


1026 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


good  in  their  mutton  as  the  South-Downs, 
der  good  keep,  will  weigh  100  pounds  ei 
seven  pounds  of  excellent  combing  wool. 


The  lambs  at  a  year  old,  tin- 
3h,  and  the  fleeces  give  six  to 
The  mutton  is  not  overloaded 


with  fat,  and  is  Juicy  and  excellent  in  flavor.  The  Hampshire-Downs 
are  a  hornless  breed  with  black  face ;  roman  nose ;  large  head  ;  the 
whole  frame  massive  niid  compact;  the  barrel  round  and  the  limbs 
strong  and  short. 

XII.    Shropshire-Downs. 

The  original  of  the  Shropshire-Downs  is  an  old  English  breed  which 
were  kept  on  what  was  known  as  Marfe  common,  a  tract  of  some  600,- 
OCO  acres.  They  were  horned  ;  black  or  brown  faced  ;  hardy,  and  con- 
stitutionally excellent;  yielding  a  medium  fine  fleece,  of  about  two 
pounds  weight ;  and  about  fifty  pounds  of  excellent  mutton  when  ma- 
ture. Crossed  with  the  Cotswold  in  the  latter  part  of  the  last  century, 
and  later  with  the  Leicester  and  South-Down,  careful  selection  has  pro- 
duced a  sheep  without  horns  ;  faces  and  legs  of  a  peculiar  spotted  gray 
or  darker  color  ;  small,  firm  head  ;  handsome  ears  ;  thick  but  handsome 
neck  ;  broad  deep  breast — a  round-barreled,  broad-backed,  fine-horned 
sheep,  that  at  two  years  old,  will  dress  100  pounds,  and  under  extra  feed 
120  pounds,  of  excellent  mutton.  The  fleece  is  long,  glossy  and  will 
yield  about  seven  pounds  of  washed  wool.  The  ewes  are  prolific  and 
good  mothers,  and  wherever  known  iu  the  United  States  and  Canada, 
Are  highly  urized . 


VARIETIES  OF  SHEEP  AND    THEIR    CHARACTERISTICS  1027 


^ 


il-SL 


■^^H^^^^HIkv ' 

■fl^^^^^^p^^^^^^^^ 

1028       CYCLOPEDIA   OF  LIVE   STOCK   AND   COMPLETE   STOCK   DOCTOR. 

Xm.  South-Downs. 
The  South-Downs,  ouce  the  most  celebrated  of  the  mutton  breeds, 
both  in  England  and  the  United  States,  ought  probably  still  to  be  the 
favorites  wherever  the  production  of  mutton  is  the  chief  aim  of  the 
breeder.  But  in  the  United  States,  wool  is  the  most  valua))le  product  of 
sheep  husbandry,  and  in  England  the  South-Downs  have,  of  late  years, 
^jven  place  in  many  districts  to  the  broods  heretofore  mentioned,  Avhich 
eon)bine  good  mutton  with  superior  wool.  This  is  veiy  generally  ihe 
case  in  the  United  States,  and  especially  in  the  West,  except  in  the 
vicinity  of  large  cities  where  superior  mutton  commands  high  prices. 
Still,  the  South-Downs  have  been  bred  for  many  years  in  the  United 
Stiites,  and  are  found  in  all  sections  of  the  country.     The  ewes  are  very 


HAMPSHIRE   EWES. 

prolific.  The  staple  of  the  wool  is  fine  and  curled,  with  spiral  ends,  weA 
adapted  to  carding.  They  are  models  of  what  a  mutton  and  hill  sheep 
should  be  ;  in  shape  and  character  they  have  altered  very  much  from  the 
old-time  South-Downs,  being  smaller  in  the  bone,  equally  hardy,  and 
with  a  greater  disposition  to  fatten  is  combined  a  heavier  carcass  when 
fat.  The  head  of  the  modern  South-Down  should  be  of  a  medium 
length,  and  the  lips  thin  ;  the  under-jaw,  or  chap,  fine  and  thin  ;  the  ears 
tolerably  wide  apart,  well  covered  with  wool,  full  and  thin  ;  the  forehead 
well  covered  with  wool,  especially  between  the  ears,  and  the  eye  full  and 
bright,  but  not  prominent. 

The  neck  should  be  of  proportionate  length,  thin  next  the  head,  and 
enlarging  towards  the  shoulders,  where  it  should  be  broad  and  straighten 
ihe  top,  and  not  what  is  generally  called  ewe-necked.  The  breast  should 
be  wide  and  deep,  projecting  well  forward  between  the  fore-legs.  This 
is  considered  an  essential  point  with  gi-aziers,  as  the  breast  gives  the 
sheep  a  greater  degree  of  weight,  and  also  Indicates  a  good  coustitutioir 
and  disposition  to  thriVki. 


VARIETIES  OF  SHEEP   AND  THEIR  CHARACTERISTICS.  1029 


1030        CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


The  shoulders  should  be  on  a  level  with  the  Kack,  and  not  too  wide 
above.  If  the  shoulder-plates  are  very  wide  on  the  top,  it  is  generally  found 
that  the  annnal  drops  beliind  them.  The  back  should  be  flat,  from  the 
shoulders  to  the  setting  on  of  the  tail.  The  ribs  should  project  horizon- 
tali}'  from  the  spine,  extending  far  backward,  and  the  last  rib  projecting 
more  than  the  others.  The  rump  should  be  long  and  broad,  the  tail  set 
on  high,  and  nearly  on  a  level  with  the  spine  ;  the  hips  wide,  and  the 
space  between  them  and  the  last  rib  on  cither  side  as  narrow  as  possible, 
thus  preventing  the  dropping  of  the  belly  ;  the  ribs  generally  presenting 
a  circular  form.  The  legs  should  be  of  proportionate  length  ;  the  hind 
legs  full  in  the  inside  at  the  point  called  the  twist ;  the  hock,  or  hough, 
rather  turning  out.  The  fore-legs  should  be  straight  from  the  breast  to 
the  foot ;  the  face  and  legs  of  a  dark  brown  color. 

XIV.    Other  Breeds  of  Great  Britain. 

The  breeds  of  sheep  in  Great  Britain  are  as  varied  as  the  neighborhoods, 
very  few  of  them,  except  those  already  mentioned,  having  more  than 
a  local  reputation.  In  the  summary  of  breeds,  a  few  pages  further  on, 
Ihese  will  be  mentioned  in  connection  with  some  of  those  described  in 
the  preceding  pages.  The  only  additional  English  breed  necessary  to 
illustrate  here  is  the  Dorset  sheep. 

XV.    Dorset  Sheep. 
The  Dorset  sheep,  while   pro])ably  of  the   same  origin  as  the  Welsh 
Mountain,  and  the   Scotch  Highland  sheep,  are  peculiar,  we  believe,  to 


GROUP  LEICESTER  SHEEP. 

Dorsetshire.     They  are  a  hardy,    active,    strong,  heavily  horned  race, 
that  would  seem  to  be  well  able  to  take  care  of  themselves  in  inhospitable 


VARIETIES  OF  SHEEP  AND  THEIR  CHARACTERISTICS. 


1031 


regions.  Thej  are  larger  in  every  way  than  the  Highlanders,  prolific, 
and  both  rams  and  ewes  are  horned.  They  are  said  to  produce  young 
twice  in  the  season,  and  this  is  turned  to  account,  since  tlie  mutton  of 
the  lambs  is  excellent,  and  sells  for  good  prices.  At  two  years  old  they 
are  said  to  dress  100  pounds  each,  and  the  fleeces  are  close,  soft  and 
white,  and  comb  well,  and  weigh  about  six  pounds  each.  It  is  probable 
that  they  might  have  some  value  in  the  mountain  regions,  where  the 
lambs  might  be  made  available  in  some  near  market. 

XVI.      Fine  Wooled  Sheep. 

The  principal  breeds  of  fine  wooled  sheep  that  have  attained  a  good 
reputation,  are  :  The  Spanish,  the  Saxony,  the  Silesian,  the  French  Meri- 
nos, and  the  American  Merinos.  The  latter  breed,  years  since  famous 
all  over  the  United  States,  is  the  result  of  careful  breeding  from  Span- 


SHROPSHIRE  YEARLING  EWES. 


ish  stock.  All  the  other  breeds  have  been  carefully  tried  in  the  United 
States  but  not  with  satisfaction.  Both  the  Saxony  and  the  Silesians  have 
exceedingly  fine  wool.  In  Australia  many  of  the  flocks  have  received  an 
infusion  of  Saxon  blood ;  but  at  the  Centennial  Exhibition  at  Philadel- 
phia, there  was  nothing  in  the  vast  variety  of  these  fleeces  to  induce 


1032         CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

American  breeders  to  make  a  change  in  their  own  fine-wooled  sheep. 
A  cross  of  the  French  Merino  on  American  Merinos,  and  a  second  cross, 
making  the  strain  three-quarters  American  and  one-quarter  French,  re- 
sulted in  increased  size,  but  the  animals  were  tender  and  bad  feeders. 
This  might  have  been  expected,  since  the  French  Merinos  are  at  best  a 
mongrel  race.  It  is  doubtful  if  now  a  flock  of  French  Merinos  can  be 
found  in  the  United  States. 

XVII.  American  Merinos. 

So  widely  disseminated  are  this  most  valuable  breed  in  every  portion  of 
the  United  States,  and  so  well  known  are  they,  that  it  is  not  necessary  to 
go  into  a  description  of  their  origin  further  than  what  has  been  given. 


Suffice  it  to  say  they  are  now  divided  into  three  families,  known  as  the 
Atwood,  the  Rich,  and  the  Hammond  Merinos,  from  the  names  of  the 
three  original  breedei*s  of  these  strains.  They  have  been  improved  by 
long  continued  and  careful  selections. 

XVIII.  The  Atwood  and  Hammond  Merinos. 

The  Atwood  Merinos  were  originated  in  1813  by  Mr.  Atwood,  from 
what  were  known  as  the  Humphrey  stock.  About  1844  Mr.  Hammond, 
from  selections  from  the  Atwood  flock,  produced  the  larger  breed  of 
American  Merinos,  perfect  in  the  length  and  thickness  of  fleece  and 
thickness  of  staple,  and  characterized  by  great  looseness  of  the  skin,  which 
lies  in  soft,  low,  rounded  ridges  over  the  body,  but  offering  no  obstruction 
to  the  shears.  These  were  originally  of  Infantado  and  Paular  blood,  the 
Paiilars,  it  'is  said,  prevailing. 


VAEIETIES    OF    SHEEP    AND    THEIR    CHARACTERISTICS.  1033 

XIX.    The  Rich  Merinos. 

These  were  originally  descended  from  the  pure  Paulai*s  of  Spain,  and 
by  careful  breeding  and  selection  were  much  improved  by  Mr.  Silas  Rich, 
of  Vermont,  and  by  his  son.  Thus  the  American  Merinos  originated 
from  the  choicest  families  from  the  herds  of  Spanish  grandees,  at  the 
time  of  their  confiscation  and  sale  by  the  Spanish  government,  about 
1809.  Hon.  Wm.  Jarvis,  at  that  time  United  States  Consul  at  Lisbon, 
bought  3,500  sheep  from  the  flocks  of  the  Paulars,  Negrettis,  Agueirres 
and  Montarcos.  The  flocks  of  these  grandees  are  said  to  have  amounted 
to  an  aggregate  of  50,000  sheep.  The  animals  bought  by  Mr.  Jarvis 
were  the  cream  of  Spanish  flocks,  and  with  the  Infantados,  make  up  the 
five  families  which  constitute  the  ground-work  of  the  American  Merinos, 
now  acknowledged  to  be  the  most  valuable  fine-wooled  sheep  in  the 
world. 

Thus  we  possess  the  descendants  of  the  Infantados,  large,  compact, 
rather  long  bodied,  and  the  descendants  of  the  Paulars,  smaller  but  exceed- 
ingly rich  in  all  that  constitutes  fine  wool — two  well  marked  families  that 
would  be  injured  by  the  infusion  of  foreign  blood,  from  whatever  source 
it  might  come. 

XX.     About  Sheep  in  General. 

In  Great  Britain  the  breeding  and  feeding  of  sheep  has  been  second  in 
importance  only  to  that  of  cattle.  Since  the  settlement  of  Australia  and 
the  other  British  dependencies,  the  breeding  of  fine-wooled  sheep  in 
England  has  been  almost  entirely  abandoned,  and  long,  medium  and 
short-wooled  sheep — valuable  as  well  for  mutton  as  for  their  fleeces — 
have  taken  their  place,  leaving  to  the  United  States,  and  to  the  British 
colonies,  the  almost  exclusive  breeding  of  fine-wooled  sheep — Saxony, 
Silesian,  and  French  and  Spanish  Merinos.  This  production  has  grown 
into  great  magnitude,  owing  to  the  fact  before  stated,  that  these  Merinos 
may  be  kept  in  immense  flocks,  and  to  the  added  reason,  that,  in  Aus- 
tralasia and  in  Texas,  New  Mexico,  and  the  great  American  plains  east  of 
the  Rocky  mountains,  there  are  vast  ranges  of  country  where  stock  of  all 
kinds  may  be  herded  at  a  minimum  cost. 

The  sheep  of  the  world  are  estimated  at  600,000,000  head,  yielding 
2,000,000,000  pounds  of  wool  annually.  Of  this  number  Great 
Britain  has  35,000,000  sheep,  shearing  annually  218,000,000  pounds  of 
wool.  This  wool  is  principally  of  long,  middle  and  short  staple,  but  is 
not  what  is  known  as  fine  wool.  The  rough  wool,  medium  fine  to  coarse, 
but  not  uniform  in  its  texture,  is  produced  in  South  America  and  Mexico 
from  58,000,000  sheep,  yielding  annually  174,000,000  pounds  of  wool; 
in  North  Africa,  with  20"!oOO,000  sheep  yielding  45,000,000  pounds;  and 


1034         CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

In  Asia  with  175,000,000  sheep,  yielding  annually  350,000,000  pounds  ot 
wool.  Now  if  we  add  25,000,000  sheep  to  these  numbers  for  tlie  moun- 
tain regions  and  northern  portions  of  Europe,  Greece,  and  Turkey,  and 
50,000,000  for  Russia,  producing  in  all  164,000,000  pounds  of  wool,  the 
entire  balance  of  the  world  may  be  sot  down  as  the  home  of  iine-Avooled 
sheep.  Of  these  Australia  has  60,000,000;  the  United  States  36,000,- 
000;  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope  12,000,000;  Germany  29,000,000;  Aus- 
tro-Hungary  21,000,000;  France  26,000,000;  Spain  22,000,000;  Italy 
11,000,000;  Portugal  2,750,000  sheep.  Of  all  these  countries,  Austra^ 
lia  produces  the  finest  wool,  while  the  United  States  and  Canada  come 
next,  although  Canada  is  essentially  a  mutton  producing  countiy,  which 
the  United  States  is  not,  for  the  number  of  sheep  kept. 

Notwithstanding  the  immense  area  in  the  United  States  adapted  to 
sheep  husbandry,  the  industry  has  not  kept  pace  with  the  demand,  and 
until  ten  years  ago  our  wool  imports  were  constantly  on  the  increase  in 
spite  of  the  yearly  increase  of  our  flocks.  From  1870  to  1875,  only 
two-thirds  of  our  manufactured  wool  product  was  home  growm.  Since 
that  time  our  annual  imports  have  not  increased.  The  bulk  of  imported 
wool  is  of  low  grade  carpet  wools,  and  unwashed  Merino,  and  nonstitutr 
ing  only  one-fourth  of  the  product  manufactured. 

XXI.    The  Average  Wool  per  Sheep. 

In  the  United  States  the  average  M-eight  of  wool  per  fleece  is  over  five 
pounds  ;  in  Australia  it  is  over  four  pounds  ;  in  Great  Britian  four  and 
three-quarters  pounds ;  in  the  German  Empire  three  and  two-thirds 
pounds ;  in  France  four  and  five-sixths  pounds ;  in  Austro-Hungary 
three  pounds.  South  American  fleeces  are  variable  in  weight,  but  much 
lighter  than  those  of  Australia,  and  probably  will  not  average  more  than 
three  pounds  of  wool  each. 

XXII.    Summary  of  British  Breeds. 

The  report  to  the  Government  of  the  United  States,  following  the 
Vienna  Exhibition,  states  the  characteristics  of  prominent  English  breeds 
as  follows  :  The  British  breeds  are  most  naturally  divided  according  to  al- 
titudes and  fertility  of  their  habitat.  The  large  breeds,  white,  hornless, 
and  bearing  long  wool  with  small  felting  property,  occupy  the  rich  allu- 
vial districts,  the  land?  reclaimed  from  the  sea,  and  the  highly  cultivated 
and  very  productive  farm-areas.  These  are  the  Leicester,  Lincoln,  Rom- 
ney-Marsh,  Cotswold,  the  few  remaining  of  the  Devonshire  Notts,  the 
Roscommon,  and  similar  Irish  sheep.  Next  should  be  classed  the  sheep 
of  the  chalk-downs,  the  commons  and  forests,  suited  to  a  dry  and  tern* 
porate  climate.     These  are  the  Downs  of  several  families,  perhaps  now  to 


VARIETIES   OF   SHEEP  AND  THEIA   CHARACTERISTICS. 


1035 


be  taken  as  breeds,  the  Dorsets  and  their  congeners — the  pink-nosed 
Somersets.  They  produce  a  short,  felting-wool,  suited  to  inferior  grades 
of  goods.  The  Ryeland,  formerly  found  in  the  western  counties,  and  es- 
teemed for  producing  the  finest  clotli-wool  of  England,  is  now  almost  ex- 
tinct. The  third  general  division  comprises  the  mountain  breeds,  first 
the  Cheviots  of  the  hills  of  the  North  of  England  and  borders  of  Scot- 
land ;  the  Black-face  of  the  central  chain  of  mountains  and  moors  north- 
ward from  Derbyshire  to  the  mountains  of  Scotland ;  and  two  varieties 
of  Welsh  mountain- sheep,  and  the  Kerry  and  other  mountain  breeds  of 
Ireland.  There  are  many  local  remnants  of  the  ancient  stock  allied  to 
the  above,  but  there  are  none  worthy  of  special  mention.  The  weight  ol 
fleece  of  British  sheep  averages  about  five  pounds.  The  Lincolns  may  be 
placed  at  eight  pounds,  the  Cotswolds  nearly  the  same,  the  Leicesters  at 
tseven,  the  Downs  at  four,  the  Cheviots  at  three,  the  Black-faces  at  two 
and  one-half,  and  the  Welsh  at  two.^  The  Leicesters  are  most  numerous, 
exceeding  one-third  of  all ;  the  Downs  one-sixth,  the  Black-faces  nearlj 
as  many.  Cheviots  one-eighth,  leaving  about  one-fifth  for  other  breeds. 
The  heavy  breeds  of  eighty  years  ago,  modified  mainly  by  the  Leicestert 
now  furnish  lighter  fleeces. 


BUNCH  OF  YEARLING  CHEVIOT  LAMBS. 


1036         CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

XXIII.     The  Sheep  in  Australia.* 

Spain  rendered  a  great  service  to  the  world  in  preserving  the  purity  of 
the  ancient  'blood  in  sheep.  It  remained  for  other  countries  to  improve 
the  stock  by  means  of  the  modern  art  of  breeding.  While  some  of  the  early 
Australian  breeders  gave  attention  to  improvement  by  selection ;  stocking 
up  the  "runs"  was  in  general  the  first  consideration  and  when  at  length  the 
time  for  considering  the  quality  of  the  sheep  arrived,  the  flocks  presented 
wide  opportunities  for  improvement.  The  wool  wtus  fine;  but  the  fleece 
\yi\s  small  and  the  staple  short.  The  frame  was  small,  and  the  ill-shaped 
body  bore  wool  only  on  the  back,  while  there  was  much  to  be  desired  in  the 
way  of  evenness  of  quality  throughout  the  fleece.  What  had  to  be  accom- 
plished in  order  to  produce  the  Australian  merino  of  to-day  is  shown  by 


-rfC7'5HKsSiJC;7T^ 


T3.'PE  OF  SPANISH  MERINO  EWE   IMPORTED  TO  AUSTRALIA  IN  1828. 

the  representation  of  a  merino  of  the  time  from  the  Royal  Spanish  flocks. 
Not  content  with  securing  the  best  breed  of  sheep  in  the  world,  the  Austra- 
lian breeder  set  about  bringing  it  to  the  highest  point  of  perfection.  The 
wool  must  not  only  be  fine,  but  it  must  also  be  long,  and  of  brilliant  white- 
ness, and  it  must  cover  the  entire  surface  of  the  animal,  the  legs,  head  and 
under-parts  all  taking  part  in  producing  the  wool  crop.  The  tip  of  the 
nose  and  the  hoofs  are  the  only  parts  that  do  not  bear  wool,  as  may  be  seen 
by  the  illustration  of  a  typical  Australian  merino.  There  had  to  be  an 
enlargem.ent  of  the  body,  and  the  area  of  wool-bearing  skin  was  farther 
extended  by  a  skillful  arrangement  of  folds  and  pleats.  This  enlarged 
area  was  also  subjected  to  a  kind  of  intensive  cultivation.  Two  piles  of 
wool  had  to  be  made  to  grow  where  only  one  grew  before;  the  crop  had  to 
grow  thicker  on  the  ground,  ''density"  being  carried  to  its  extreme  limit. 

•  For  this  article  on  "The  Sheep  In  Australia"  we  are  Indebted  to  the  December  l^sue  of  the 
admirable  magazine  "LIFE"  issued  monthly  at  Melbourne,  Australia,  for  which  courtesy  on  the 
part  of  Its  publishers  due  acknowledgment  1«  here  mnde. 


VARIETIES  OF  SHEEP  AND  THEIR  CHARACTERISTICS. 


1037 


Meanwhile,  attention  was  also  being  paid  to  the  "evenness"  of  the  crop, 
for  Nature  had  no  use  for  wool  of  equal  fineness  on  every  part  of  the  sheep. 
The  skill  of  the  breeder,  however,  managed  to  coax  Nature  into  producing 
an  even  fleece,  and  the  development  of  the  most  perfect  fine-wool  sheep  in 
the  world  was  complete. 

XXIV.     The  Wool  Harvest. 

It  would  have  been  possible  to  develop  a  few  ideal  sheep  in  special  stud 
flocks,  without  having  brought  the  general  flocks  of  the  country  up  to  a 
high  standard,  but  there  has  been  a  remarkable  all-round  improvement. 
Before  sheep-classing,  selection,  and  culling  became  general,  the  average 


TYPE  OF  SPANISH  MERINO  P.AM  IMPORTED  TO  AUSTRALIA  IN  1823. 


yield  of  wool  was  not  more  than  three  pounds  or  three  and  a  half  pounds 
per  head,  but  the  return  has  been  gradually  increased  to  a  general  average 
of  about  seven  pounds  per  sheep.  Last  year  the  clip  of  Australia  and  Nevv 
Zealand,  according  to  Dalgety's  review  of  wool,  averaged  seven  pounds  four 
ounces  per  head,  and  its  average  value  per  head  of  sheep  and  lambs  was  5.s. 
lOc?.  ($1.40).  Another  indication  of  the  increasing  size  of  the  fleeces  is  the 
average  number  of  fleeces  per  bale  of  wool.  The  returns  bearing  upon  this 
point  show  a  marked  enlargement  of  the  fleece  even  within  the  last  ten 
years.  The  number  of  fleeces  of  sheep's  and  lamb's  wool  averaged  59.65, 
60.08,  and  59.62  for  the  years  1897,  1898,  and  1899,  as  compared  with 
51.72,  47.79,  and  46.49  for  the  years  1908, 1909,  and  1910 ;  while  improve- 
ment in  the  same  direction  is  indicated  by  the  increased  number  of  bales 
required  on  the  average  to  contain  the  fleeces  of  1000  sheep.     For  the 


1038 


CYCLOrEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


three  years  ending  in  1899,  the  average  number  was  16.68 ;  while  for  the 
three  years  ending  in  1910  the  average  was  20.70.  That  the  increase  in 
the  quantity  or  weight  of  fleece  per  sheep  has  not  been  secured  by  any 
sacrifice  of  the  high  quality  of  the  wool  is  sufficiently  proved  by  the  un- 
rivalled market-value  of  the  clip.  According  to  "Dalgety's  Review"  the 
average  value  of  all  wool  sold  in  Australasian  markets  this  season. has  been 
9}id.  (19y2  cents)  per  pound,  as  compared  with  Sy2d.  (17  cents)  last 
year,  and  9j/<cZ.  (19  cents)  the  year  before.  The  bales  averaged  a  weight 
of  335.3  pounds,  and  the  average  price  per  bale  was  £13  12s.  2d.  ($63.58). 
Pastoralists  have  not  allowed  their  efforts  in  improving  their  sheep,  and 
producing  wool  of  the  highest  excellence,  to  divert  their  attention  from  the 


A  CHAMPION  AUSTRALIAN  MERINO   EWE  OF   1911. 

best  methods  of  preparing  the  product  for  market,  for  their  methods  have 
long  been  held  up  by  brokers  and  buyere  as  an  example  to  the  producers  of 
other  countries. 


XXV.  Where  the  World's  Sheep  are  Located. 

All  these  remarkable  advances  in  the  quality  of  wool,  weight  of  fleece, 
and  excellence  of  marketing  arrangements,  have  been  achieved  concur- 
rently with  an  active  increase  in  the  number  of  sheep.  As  compared  with 
other  wool-producing  countries  Australia  is  only  an  infant  in  years ;  but  it 
has  already  outgrown  all  competitors.  The  sheep  of  the  Commonwealth 
now  number  92,000,000;  New  Zealand  flocks  bringing  the  Australasian 


VARIETIES  OF   SHEEP  AND  THEIR   CHARACTERISTICS. 


1039 


total  up  to  115,525,000.  Half  of  Australia's  sheep  are  in  New  South 
Wales,  or,  precisely,  46,194,178;  while  there  are  19,593,791  in  Queens- 
land; 12,937,983  in  Victoria;  6,898,450  in  South  AustraHa;  4,692,419  in 
Western  Australia;  and  1,928,053  in  Tasmania.  In  recent  years  there  has 
been  a  rapid  increase,  and  it  promises  well  for  the  future  of  the  world. 
The  Argentine  comes  next  to  Australia,  with  a  total  of  62,000,000  sheep, 
these  figures  showing  a  decrease  of  no  less  than  7,000,000  in  five  years.  As 
vnW  be  seen  by  the  diagram,  Australia's  lead  is  a  long  one.  Russia  follows 
the  Argentine  with  61,500,000 ;  then  comes  the  United  States  with  56,000,- 
000,  and  a  long  way  in  the  rear  are  South  Africa  with  32,800,000,  the 


V    P- 


DOMALD  DIXXIE,     A  CHAMPION  AUSTRALIAN  MERINO  RAM. 

United  Kingdom  with  31,800,000,  British  India  with  18,000,000,  France 
with  17,000,000,  Spain  with  16,000,000,  Italy  with  10,800,000;  while 
among  the  countries  possessing  less  than  ten  million  sheep,  Canada  appears 
with  2,800,000.  When  the  figures  are  considered  in  relation  to  population, 
Australia's  twenty  sheep  per  capita  must  be  taken  as  convincing  evidence 
of  the  exceptionally  favorable  climatic  and  other  natural  conditions  under 
which  the  keeping  of  sheep  is  carried  on. 


XXVI.     The  World's  Greatest  Wool-Supply. 

The  magnitude  of  the  wool-j)roducing  industry  and  its  condition  of 
rapid  expansion  are  shown  by  the  table  of  exports.  Taking  the  last  twelve 
years,  it  is  seen  that  there  has  been,  not  only  a  continuous  increase,  but 
also  the  maintenance  of  an  increasing  proportion  to  the  general  total  of 


1040        CYCLOrEDIA   OF  LIVE   STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


Other  exports.  There  has  been  an  increase  in  the  value  of  Australasian 
wool  exports  from  £16,136,082  in  1881,  to  £33,128,496  in  1909,  and  the 
percentage  of  wool  to  the  total  exports  in  the  same  period  increased 
from  33.11  to  38,97;  or,  taking  the  average,  the  total  annual  exports 
amounted    to    £71,809,832,    and 

those  of  wool   to  £23,897,836,  the  •  Australia. 

average  percentage  of  wool  to 
the  whole  being  33.28.  For  the 
year  ended  June  30,  1910,  the  ex- 
ports of  wool  from  Australia  and 
New  Zealand  were  1,921,507  bales 
and  513,136  bales  respectively. 

That  Australia  is  the  greatest 
wool  exporting  country  in  the 
world,  and  as  a  wool-producer 
among  the  continents  nearly 
equals  Europe  in  quantity,  may 
be  seen  from  the  following  table 
of  the  world's  wool-production 
published  in  ''Dalgety's  Review:" 

Lbs. 

North  America  ....  347,320,749 

South  America  ....  545,119,560 

Europe   804,905,074 

Asia 210,399,000 

Africa 139,702,000 

Australasia 756,690,16? 

Oceania 100,000 


Spain 


Canada 


THE  SHEEP  OF  ELEVEN  COUNTRIES. 
(Each    vertical    section    represents    five 
million  sheep,  Australia  leading  with  nine- 
ty-two millions.) 


Total 2,804,236,546 

The  total  is  equal  to  about 
8,497,384  bales,  and  the  Austral- 
asian contribution  is  equal  to 
26.98  per  cent  of  the  whole,  while 

about  75  per  cent  of  the  Australasian  clip  consists  of  fine  merino  wool.  As 
the  sheep  of  the  world  are  decreasing,  there  are  prospects  of  a  growing 
demand  for  Australasia's  golden  fleece. 


CHAPTER  III. 

Breeding  and  Care  of  Sheep. 


L     CONSTANT    WATCHFULNESS    NECESSARY. II.     THE    BREEDING    AGE    OF 

SHEEP. III.       CROSSING. IV.       COUPLING. V.       THE      PROPER     TIME 

FOR     COUPLING. VL        GESTATION. VII.        KEEP    A    RECORD    OF    THE 

BREEDING. VIII.      MANAGEMENT  AND  TRAINING   OF  RAMS. IX.      PAS- 
TURAGE  FOR   SHEEP. ^X.     WATER. XI.      PROTECTION    FROM   INSECTS. 

XII.       EARLY    AND    LATE    PASTURE    AND    FEEDING. XIII.       WINTER 

FEEDING. XIV.     SHEEP    BARNS. ^XV.     GRADING    THE    SHEEP. XVI. 

FEEDING  TROUGHS  AND  RACKS. XVII.      CASTRATION  AND  DOCKING. ■ 

XVIII.       WEANING      THE      LAMBS. XIX.       LAMBING      TIME. XX.       THE 

NURSERY. XXI.     TAGGING   SHEEP. XXII.      WASHING   AND    SHEARING- 

XXIIL     TYING  THE  WOOL. XXFV.     DIPPING  AND  ANOINTING   SHEEP. 

XXV.      A    WORD    ABOUT    GOATS. XXVI.      A    PROFITABLE    INDUSTRY. 

XXVII.      HABITS   OF   THE   ANGORA. XXVIIL      AN   ASSISTANT   TO   THE 

FARMER. XXIX.      ANGORAS     IN     THE    UNITED     STATES. XXX.     CAPA- 
BILITIES OF  THE  MILCH  GOAT. 

I.     Constant  Watchfulness  Necessary. 

Constant  care  and  attention  are  necessary  in  the  management  of  sheep. 
They  are  timid,  without  self-reliance,  a  prey  to  dogs;  and  even  foxes 
will  destroy  the  lambs.  The  necessity  of  keeping  large  flocks  together 
causes  them  to  be  especially  liable  to  contagious  and  epidemic  diseases. 
In  any  district  where  many  sheep  are  kept,  wandering  curs  must  be  de- 
stroyed. They  are  worse  than  wolves  and  foxes;  for  the  latter  may  be 
guarded  against  at  night,  while  dogs  scare  and  destroy  sheep  in  the  day 
time  as  well.  Care  must,  also,  be  taken  to  secure  them  against  conta- 
gious and  epidemic  diseases.  The  shepherd  must  be  watchful,  vigilant 
and  attentive,  summer  and  winter;  it  is  worth  his  while  to  be  so,  for 
there  is  money  in  sheep,  once  in  the  fleece  and  once  in  the  carcass. 

II.     The  Breeding  Age  of  Sheep. 

The  proper  age  for  sheep  to  breed  is  two  years.  The  ewe  may  be 
placed  with  the  buck  in  the  autumn  after  she  is  one  year  old,  and  there- 
after she  may  continue  to  breed  until  the  age  of  ten  years.  But  unless 
there  is  something  in  a  buck  or  ewe  more  than  ordinarily  valuable,  it  is 
hardly  economy  to  continue  them  breeding  beyond  seven  or  eight  years 
old.  From  the  age  of  three  to  eight  years  the  best  lambs  will  be  pro- 
duced. Under  exceptional  circumstances  a  strong  ram  will  cover  100 
ewes  if  allowed  only  one  service  each;  but  as  a  rule  it  is  better  to  keep 
a  ram  for  each  fifty  ewes. 

1041 


1042        CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LHTB  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOB, 


BBEEDING  AND  CARE  OF  SHEEP.  1043 

III.  Crossing, 
Unless  the  breeder  be  thoroughly  informed,  and  is  breeding  with  a 
view  to  the  establishment  of  a  new  breed,  in  which  distinct  characteristics 
are  to  be  perpetuated,  nothing  is  gained  by  crossing  two  distinct  breeds. 
The  breeding  of  grades  is  different.  If  the  farmer  cannot  afford  to 
breed  pure  stock,  the  American  Merino  may  ])e  crossed  upon  any  of  the 
ordinary  fine-wooled  sheep  of  a  district.  In  like  manner  the  Downs  will 
improve  the  quality  of  the  mutton  and  wool  ;  the  Leicester  will  give 
increased  size  and  early  maturity,  and  length  of  the  wool  staple  ;  so  will 
the  Cotswold,  and  the  latter  will  certainly  get  good  constitutioned  sheep. 
The  breeding  of  Merinos  upon  long-wooled  sheep  should  never  be 
thought  of. 

rv.    Coupling. 

In  breeding  in  flock,  when  more  than  one  ram  is  kept,  select  the  ewes 
most  fitted  to  each  ram.  At  the  coupling  season,  drive  a  flock  to  the 
yard  and  let  the  proper  ram  in  to  them  ;  never  allow  more  than  one  ser- 
vice, and,  as  soon  as  performed,  separate  the  ewe,  and  so  proceed  until 
all  the  ewes  in  proper  condition  are  served.  Never  allow  a  teaser,  thai 
is,  an  aproned  ram,  to  run  with  the  flock.  Make  a  record  of  the  ewes 
served,  and  if  from  the  fourteenth  to  the  seventeenth  day  they  do  not 
again  come  into  heat,  they  may  be  considered  to  be  with  lamb  ;  but  to 
make  sure,  they  may  be  returned  to  the  ram  upon  the  thirteenth  day 
after  service. 

V.    The  Proper  Time  for  Coupling. 

November  is  the  season  for  coupling ;  but  if  the  object  be  to  raise  the 
sheep  for  mutton  and  wool,  the  lambs  should  not  be  dropped  until  after 
the  time  of  grass,  unless  a  place  artificially  warmed  be  provided  for 
weaning.  If  the  object  be  to  sell  young  lambs,  the  earlier  in  the  season 
they  are  produced  the  more  money  they  will  bring. 

VI.    Gestation. 

Ewes  cany  their  young  on  an  average  of  152  days  from  the  time  of 
successful  service.  Twenty-two  weeks  is  usuall}'^  allowed,  but  the  time 
may  vary  a  week  or  ten  days  either  way  ;  146  days  is  the  shortest  period 
and  161  days  the  longest. 

VII.    Keep  a  Record  of  Breeding. 

There  is  nothing  more  important  in  breeding  animals — especially  pure- 
bred animals  and  grades — than  to  keep  a  careful  record  of  the  breeding. 
If  you  buy  or  breed  an  animal  intended  for  breeding,  enter  its  age  and 
pedigree,  unless  the  entry  is  already  made  in  a  public  record  (herd  book), 


1044        CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

in  which  case  refer  to  it  by  page  and  number.  "Write  down,  also,  every 
trait  and  characteristic,  even  to  the  minutest,  inchiding  feeding  and 
thriving  qualities ;  it  will  save  you  much  care  and  vexation  in  future.  If 
you  are  breeding  sheep,  preserve  samples  of  the  wool  from  year  to  year, 
and  attach  to  the  samples  a  record  of  weights,  with  comparison  of  quality 
from  year  to  year,  and  one  fleece  with  another.  Thus,  on  all  occasions, 
you  may  satisfy  not  only  yourself,  but  any  buyer  as  to  the  quality  of 
your  herd.  Even  with  ordinary  flocks,  a  carefully  kept  register  of  name, 
age,  characteristics,  and  quality  will  be  found  useful. 

VIII.     Management  and  Training  of  Rams. 

Rams  should  be  trained  to  docility  and  obedience,  and  this  is  not  diffi- 
cult to  do.  They  should  never  be  allowed  to  run  with  the  flock  of  ewes, 
but  should  have  separate  pastures  and  enclosures,  clean  and  comfortable, 
and  entirely  disconnected  from  the  flocks.  They  should  be  trained  to 
lead  and  to  be  handled;  and  if  more  than  twenty  ewes  are  to  be  served 
during  the  season,  the  ram  should  have  extra  feed  and  care  for  at  least 
six  weeks  before  tupping  time.  One  hundred  and  fifty  ewes  have  been 
served  by  a  single  ram  during  an  extended  season,  but  under  the  best  of 
keeping  less  than  100  is  better  than  over  that  number.  Do  not  let  a  ram 
serve  more  than  two  or  three  ewes  in  the  beginning  of  the  season,  in- 
creasing the  number  to  five,  and  even  ten,  if  necessity  demands.  As  the 
season  approaches  the  close,  restrict  him  again  to  a  small  number,  for  an 
exhausted  male  cannot  get  strong  progeny.  To  keep  the  reproductive 
powers  in  full  vigor,  daily  exercise  must  be  kept  up.  There  is  more  in 
this  than  many  persons  imagine. 

IX.     Pasturage  for  Sheep. 

Sheep  eat  a  variety  of  vegetation  other  than  the  true  grasses.  They 
are  fond  of  many  weeds,  and  if  allowed  they  will  soon  reduce  the  weeds 
that  spring  up  after  harvest.  All  the  pasture  grasses  are  natural  to  sheep, 
except  those,  like  Timothy,  which  close  feeding  is  apt  to  kill.  Blue 
grass,  orchard  grass,  the  fescues,  red- top,  rye  grass,  etc.,  may  be  the 
main  dependence  for  sheep;  clovers  they  do  not  like  so  well.  In  pastur- 
ing ewes  with  lambs  it  is  well  to  have  spaces  through  which  the  lambs 
can  pass,  and  yet  which  will  not  permit  the  egress  of  the  ewes.  In  Eng- 
land these  are  called  iamb  creeps;  this  arrangement  often  enables  the 
lambs  to  get  much  succulent  food  outside,  and  they  do  no  damage  to 
crops.  In  fact,  sheep  are  often  turned  into  corn-fields,  and  other  hoed 
crops,  late  in  the  season,  to  eat  the  weeds,  of  which  they  are  fond. 
They  will  soon  clean  a  crop  if  it  be  such  as  they  will  not  damage. 


BREEDING  AND  CARE  OF  SHEEP. 


1045 


1046       CYCLOPEDIA   OP  LIVE 


STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


BREEDING  AND  CARE  OF  SHEEP. 

X.  Water. 


1047 


It  has  been  said  that  sheep  require  no  water  when  pasturing.  Do  not 
listen  to  such  folly.  On  very  succulent  grass  they  will  live  without  it, 
and  as  a  rule,  take  but  little.     They  should  always  have  it  to  take  when 


SUFFOLK  SHEEP. 


they  desire.  Like  any  other  animal,  sometimes  their  systems  requires 
more  than  at  others.  This  is  especially  true  during  suckling  time.  See 
that  they  have  it,  and  of  pure  quality.  Sheep,  above  all  other  animals, 
should  never  drink  from  stagnant  pools. 

XI.  Protection  from  Insects. 

In  summer,  sheep  should  have  shelter  where  they  may  escape  from  the 
many  insects  that  torment  them,  especially  the  sheep  gad  fly,  and  others 
producing  internal  parasites;  also,  during  July  and  August,  provide  a 
plowed  surface  of  mellow  soil,  and  smear  their  noses,  if  necessary,  daily 
with  tar. 

XII.  Early  and  Late  Pasture  and  Feeding. 

The  better  your  early  and  late  pastures  are,  the  easiei"  you  can  winter 
your  sheep,  especially  in  the  West  Avhere  few  roots  are  raised.  Attend  to 
this,  and  supplement  the  pastures  by  sowing  rye  and  other  hardy  cereal 
grains,  which  may  be  done  on  corn  land  of  the  same  season,  at  the  last 


1048        CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOE. 

plowing,  and  upon  grain  land  intended  for  hoed  crops  next  season  Light 
grain,  of  Httle  other  value,  will  prove  a  mine  of  wealth  ni  this  way  if  sown 
as  directed. 

Never  allow  your  sheep  to  fall  away  in  flesh  before  they  are  put  into 
the  feeding  yards  and  barns  for  the  winter.  The  time  to  feed  is  before 
they  begin  to  lose  flesh.  They  will,  indeed,  shrink  in  weight  somewhat, 
as  the  feed  becomes  dry,  but  it  will  be  principally  moisture  that  they  lose, 
if  proper  feeding  be  kept  up.  When  the  full  succulence  of  the  flesh  is 
to  be  kept  up,  there  is  nothing  better  than  roots — Swedish  turnips,  car- 
rots and  beets  being  the  most  profitable  in  the  West.  At  all  events,  as 
the  pastures  become  dry  let  the  sheep  have  one  feed  a  day  of  something 
better  than  they  can  pick  up  in  the  fields. 

Xm.    Winter  Feeding. 

You  cannot  have  an  even  texture  of  wool,  if  sheep  are  allowed  to 
fall  away  greatly  in  flesh,  or  even  receive  a  decided  check.  Every  time 
this  occurs,  a  weak  place  will  be  found  in  the  wool.  Nor  can  you  raise 
heavy  fleeces  on  hay.  If  you  do  not  intend  to  take  the  best  of  care  of 
sheep,  and  keep  them  thriving,  you  had  better  not  keep  any  but  the  com- 
monest kinds.  It  is  true,  you  will  lose  money  on  these,  but  then  you 
will  have  the  satisfaction  of  knowing  that  you  have  lost  less  money  than 
you  w^ould  have  lost  on  better  ones. 


ALLOWED  TO  SHIFT  FOR  ITSELF.  WINTERED  WITH   GOOD  SHELTER  AND   FEED 

The  feeding  of  roots  is  essential  to  the  best  care  of  sheep,  especially 
when  the  succulence  of  the  flesh  is  to  be  retained  ;  but  roots  are  not  abso- 
lutely necessary.  The  question  of  cost  must  be  considered  in  connection 
with  grain.  Carrots  and  parsnips  may  be  raised  with  proper  implements 
and  put  in  pits  for  five  dollars  per  ton  ;  and  Swedish  turnips  and  man»ei 
wurzels,  for  about  three  dollars  or  less.  Carrots  are  excellent  for  ewes 
before  lambing  time,  and  parsnips  for  those  giving  milk  ;  the  latter  may 
be  left  all  winter  in  the  ground  and  be  fed  up  to  the  time  grass  be- 
comes flush.     Beets  should  not  be  fed  until  after  January  on  account  of 


BREEDING  AND  CARE  OF  SHEEP. 


1049 


an  acrid  principle  they  contain  when  first  pitted.     They  are  best  when 
used  after  the  Swedes  are  exhausted. 

XIV.  Sheep  Barns. 
These  need  not  be  expensive  structures,  since  it  is  only  necessary  to 
provide  shelter  that  v^^W  keep  out  wind  and  water,  and  at  the  same  tune 
admit  of  proper  ventilation.  Ventilators  for  the  escape  of  foul  air  must 
be  provided  at  the  peak  of  the  roof,  and  sliding  doors  and  windows  are 
needed  to  allow  the  ingress  of  air,  according  to  the  wind  and  temperature. 


BLACK-FACED     RAM. 
Champion  and  First  Prize  Black-Faced  Ram,   Glasgow.   Scotland. 

Let  there  be  a  passage-way  through  the  center,  if  many  sheep  be  kept 
wide  enough  to  admit  a  wagon-say  nine  feet-for  ease  in  feeding  and 
cleaning  On  each  side  of  this  pa.ssage  should  be  the  racks  and  troughs 
for  feeding,  the  pens  being  arranged  so  as  to  accommodate  about  twenty- 
five  sheep  each.  In  very  severe  weather  this  passage  may  be  used  lor 
sheltering  sheep  kept  in  open  sheds,  if  necessary.  The  illustration  shows 
one  of  the  simplest  forms  of  shelter,  a  structure  of  poles  covered 
with  hay. 


1050       CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

XV.    Grading  the  Sheep. 

Sheep  in  winter  should  be  carefully  graded,  according  to  size,  strength 
and  condition.  Strong  lambs  should  not  be  put  with  weak  ones  j  the 
same  rule  applies  with  ewes  and  wethers.  Rams  should  never  be  kept 
with  any  other  sheep  ;  nor  should  ewes  be  kept  with  wethers.  Fat- 
tening sheep  will,  of  course,  always  be  kept  by  themselves.  The  larger 
the  flock  the  more  closely  can  sheep  and  lambs  be  graded,  according  to 
age,  size,  strength  and  other  conditions. 

XVI.    Feeding  Troughs  and  Racks. 

Sheep  should  never  be  fed  on  the  ground,  but  from  suitable  troughs  and 
racks.  The  arrangement  of  these  will  depend  upon  whether  the  sheep  are 
to  be  fed  under  shelter  or  not.     The  racks  should  be  low  enough  for  the 


COMBINATION   TROUGH. 


tsheep  readily  to  get  the  fodder  without  reaching  too  high,  and  below 
should  be  a  receptacle  for  catching  the  waste.  The  illustration  given 
shows  a  good  form  of  feeding  trough  ;  if  intended  for  hay,  let  the  slant- 
ing board  be  of  slats  oi  it  may  economically  be  made  double,  so  as  to 


BREEDING  AND  CARE  OF  SHEEP. 


1051 


allow  feeding  on  both  sides.     Again,  it  may  be  used  alternately  for  both 
hay  and  grain ;  the  hinged  doors  allow  easy  cleaning.     The  back  is  up- 


RACKS  WITH  TROUGHS  FOR  FEEDING  SHEEP. 


right;  the  center  boards  are  movable  to  work  up  or  down,  so  that  when 
feeding  from  both  sides  they  rest  together  on  the  center  beam. 

XVII.     Castration   and    Docking. 

Lambs  should  be  castrated  at  from  two  to  four  days  old.  A  lamb  is 
held  by  an  assistant,  who  turns  him  upon  his  back,  holding  the  rump  be- 
tween the  knees — the  head  towards  himself — takings  the  fore  and  hind 
legs  ui  each  hand,  puttmg  the  fore  legs  outside  of  the  hind,  and  holding 
them  firmly  just  al)ove  the  knee  joints.  The  operator  takes  hold  of  the 
pouch  and  pulls  it  gently,  so  as  to  get  as  much  as  possible  of  it,  and  then 
with  a  sharp  knife  at  a  single  stroke,  or  better,  a  pair  of  strong  shears, 
takes  off  the  pouch  pretty  close  to  the  testicle.  Then  take  a  firm  hold  of 
each  testicle  separately  between  the  fore  finger  and  thumb  of  the  right 
hand,  and  pull  it  out  with  all  the  cord  that  adheres  to  it.  This  com- 
pletes the  operation.  The  reason  for  cutting  off  all  the  pouch  that  can 
be  easily  pulled  beyond  the  testicle  is,  that  it  leaves  a  much  evener  sur- 
face for  shearing  than  if  only  a  little  is  taken  off.  This  operation  should 
be  performed  in  the  morning,  and  the  lambs  then  turned  out  to  move 
al)out,  which  will,  in  a  great  measure,  prevent  any  disposition  to  swelling 
or  stiffening  of  the  parts,  which  is  frequently  the  case  if  they  are  allowed 
to  lie  still  foi  a  time  afterward. 

Docking  should  be  performed  as  soon  as  they  recover  from  the  gelding, 
generally  about  three  days  afterward.  This  operation  should  be  per- 
formed with  a  single  stroke  of  a  sharp  knife,  and  in  the  evening,  being 
careful  to  sever  the  tail  at  a  joint,  the  assistant  drawing  the  skin  of  the 
tail  to  the  body,  so  that  the   end  will  well  cover  the  stub.     Then  allow 


1052         CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

the  flock  to  lie  down  and  keep  quiet  and  still,  so  that  they  maj'  lose  the 
least  possible  amount  of  blood.  By  morning  the  wound  will  be  sufficiently 
dried  that  no  fear  of  bleeding  need  be  entertained,  unless  by  accident. 
In  no  case  should  they  be  driven  or  put  to  any  extra  exertion  immediately 
after  being  docked,  for  sometimes  they  will  bleed  to  death.  If  much 
bleeding  ensues,  touch  the  part  lightly  with  a  red-hot  iron. 

XVIII.  Weaning  the  Lambs. 

Spring  lambs  should  be  weaned  only  in  the  fall,  so  the  dams  may  have 
the  advantage  of  grass  to  recuperate  before  winter.  Lambs,  in  fact, 
should  do  well  enough  if  weaned  at  three  months  old,  and  four  months' 
suckling  is  ample;  nothing  is  gained  by  allowing  them  to  run  longer 
with  the  dams.  When  once  taken  away,  they  should  be  placed  entirely 
out  of  sight  and  hearing  of  the  dams,  and  if  several  are  together  they 
will  sooner  become  contented. 

XIX.    Lambing  Time. 

Especial  care  must  be  taken  of  the  ewes  at  and  near  lambing  time. 
If  the  weather  is  not  warm  enough  to  fully  prevent  chilling,  fire  heat  and 
a  secure  place  must  be  provided  until  the  lamb  is  dried  and  has  taken  the 


AMERICAN     DORSET     RAM. 


teat.  A  young  lamb  is  the  tenderest  of  all  farm  animals,  and  a  ewe  is 
very  apt  to  become  indifferent  to  a  weak  lamb.  Hence  the  necessity  of 
that  constant  care  and  watchfulness,  which  will  suggest  itself  to  every 
intelligent  person. 


BREEDING   AlfD   CARE   OF   SHEEP.  1053 

XX.    The  Nursery. 

Every  shepherd  should  provide  a  nursery  for  sheep  that  are  ailing,  es- 
pecially in  winter.     This  may  even   be   made   available  as  a  plac^  for 
lambing.     It  is  better,  however,  that  both  a  lambing  place  and  a  nursery 
be  provided,  since  fire  is  essential  for  new-born  lambs  early  in  the  season. 
XXI    Tagging  Sheep. 

This  is  important  and  should  be  performed  as  soon  in  the  spring  as 
possible,  certainly  before  the  sheep  are  turned  to  grass.  Secure^'the 
sheep  and  cut  away  all  the  wool  about  the  buttocks  liable  to  gather  dirt 
and  dung  which  accumulates  in  balls.  It  will  improve  the  sheep  and 
save  much  trouble  at  shearing  time. 

XXn.    Washing  and  Shearing. 

We  do  not  believe  in  washing  sheep.  It  is  distressing  and  dangerous 
to  the  sheep,  and  the  wool  often  becomes  dirty  again  before  shearing. 
But  if  the  sheep  are  to  be  washed,  it  should  be  done  in  clear,  running 
water,  on  a  gravelly  bottom,  or  under  a  stream  of  water.  Do  not  shear 
for  three  days  or  more  after  washing,  according  to  the  weather. 

It  is  important  that  the  shearing  be  properly  done,  and  no  unskilful 
p3rson  should  be  allowed  to  handle  the  shears.  It  is  better  to  pay  an  ex- 
tra price  than  to  allow  the  skin  of  the  sheep  to  be  clipped  and  torn  in 
shearing.  If  the  sheep  have  been  washed,  shearing  should  take  place 
when  the  oily-feeling  matter,  termed  yolk,  has  so  far  reappeared  in  the 
wool  as  to  give  it  its  natural  brilliant  appearance  and  silky  feeling.  The 
wool  should  be  cut  off  evenly  and  smoothly,  reasonal  ly  close,  but  not 
leaving  the  skin  naked  and  red,  which  renders  the  sheep  very  liable  to  re- 
ceive injury  from  cold.  Stubble  shearing  and  trimming,  leaving  the  wool 
long,  so  as  to  give  the  next  fleece  the  appearance  of  extraordinary  length, 
or  leaving  it  long  in  places,  in  order  to  affect  the  apparent  sha^e  of  the  an- 
imal, are  both  frauds,  but  are  sometimes  jDracticed  by  unscrupulous  per- 
sons, on  sheep  intended  for  show  or  for  sale. 

XXm.    Tying  the  WooL 

The  fleece  should  be  as  little  broken  as  possible  in  shearing.  It  should 
be  gathered  up  carefully,  placed  on  a  smooth  table,  with  the  inside  ends 
down,  put  into  the  exact  shape  in  which  it  came  from  the  sheep,  and 
pressed  close  together.  If  there  are  dung-balls,  they  should  be  re- 
moved. Fold  in  each  side  one-quarter,  next  the  neck  and  breech  one- 
quarter,  and  the  fleece  will  then  be  in  an   oblong  square  form,  some 


1054        CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


twenty  inches  wide,  and  twenty-five  or  tliirty  inches  long.  Then  fold  it 
once  Hicre  lengthwise  and  it  is  ready  to  be  rolled  up  and  tied,  or  placed 
in  the  press. 

XXIV.    Dipping  and  Anointing  Sheep. 


For    freeing  sheep  of    vermin, 
them  from  mansre  and  other  itch 


as    lice    and  ticks,  and  also  to  free 
insects,  recourse   must  be  had  to  dip- 


as  it  is  termed.     When  lari^e  flocks  are  kept,  this  is  the  only  course 


to  pursue.  When  but  few  sheep  are  kept,  the  cure  is  accomplished  gen- 
erally by  anointing  them  with  any  of  ihe  preparations  in  common  use  for 
this  purpose.  For  those  who  prefer  ointments,  the  following  will  be 
found  good  :  One  pound  mercurial  ointment,  one-half  pint  oil  of  tur- 
pentine, one  pound  resin,  and  six  pounds  of  lard.  Dissolve  the  resin  in 
the  turpentine  ;  dissolve  the  lard  by  gentle  heat,  mix  the  mercurial  oint- 
ment thoroughly  Avith  it,  and  when  cold  rub  both  i)roparations  well  to- 
gether. In  applying  this,  the  wool  nmst  be  parted  well  down  to  the  skin 
from  between  the  ears  to  the  tail.  From  this  similar  partings  should  be 
made  along  the  shoulders  and  thighs  to  the  legs  and  also  parallel  ones 


BREEDING  AND  CARE  OF  SHEEP. 


1055 


along  the  sides.     These  furrows  must  have  the  ointment  lightly  rubbed 
into  the  skin  as  they  are  formed. 

For  dipping  sheep,  suitable  yards,  a  dipping  trough,  and  pripping  plat- 
form must  be  provided;  also  means  for  heating  and  keeping  the  liquor 
hot.  The  following  is  one  of  the  best  mixtures,  having  met  with  favor 
in  England,  Australia  and  America :  Three  pounds  arsenic,  three  pounds 
pearl  ash,  three  pounds  sulphur,  three  pounds  soft  soap.  Mix  in  ten 
gallons  of  boiling  water,  stir,  but  avoid  the  fumes,  and  add  ninety  gallons 


o    :^ 


c 

v^  "^^^1 

te^. 

L^«i 

^*i 

BSL      .^ 

;C|^H 

B      "WW 

nyP 

Ijdk 

'  ''^^1 

H      mti 

Hi 

f*9 

,%."           ^^^^^^1 

w^^  i    3 

^^ 

^^^''  \^ 

'^ 

^-\           -^^^Hr^ 

^^^H|9Bk^BH^BBi| 

^^..-.vvCI^Bi 

^.■^:/_            ™ 

,.  ...^ 

of  cold  water.  Prepare  a  tank  that  will  easily  allow  a  sheep  to  be  dipped, 
having  a  slanted,  slatted  drain  at  the  side,  tight  bottom  underneath,  to 
allow  the  drip  to  run  back.  Dip  the  sheep,  back  down,  being  careful  not 
to  allow  the  head  to  enter  the  poisonous  mixture,  letting  the  animal  re- 
main one  minute.  Lift  on  to  the  slats  and  rub  and  squeeze  the  wool, 
until  pretty  w^ll  drained,  and  place  in  a  yard  until  dry.  When  partly 
dry,  go  over  the  heads  with  the  ointment  as  recommended  in  case  the 
flock  is  too  small  to  allow  the  expense  of  preparing  for  dipping. 


X056       CYCLOPEDIA  OF    LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR, 

XXV.     A  Word  About  Goats. 
Mr.  R.  A.  Haste  in  Farm  Life  gives  th^  following  practical  informa- 
tion on  the  subject  of  goats: 

The  Angora  Goat — A  Coming  Money-Maker. 

In  the  minds  of  most  people  a  goat  is  a  goat ;  and  the  mental  image 
conjured  up  by  that  name  is  an  impudent  tramp  who  haunts  back  alleys 
and  revels  in  a  diet  of  tin  cans,  or  feasts  upon  unprotected  dry  goods 


IMPORTED     ANGORA    BUCK — GRAND     CHAMPION     PRIZE    WINNER. 


swinging  from  low-hanging  clothes  lines — a  four-footed  Ishmaelite  out- 
side the  pale  of  the  law — a  hairy,  horned  personification  of  lawless  im- 
pudence and  worthless  vagabondage.  This  is  also  the  picture  conveyed 
by  the  parable  of  Holy  Writ,  wherein  the  shepherd  divideth  his  flock, 
placing  the  sheep  upon  his  right  hand,  the  goats  upon  his  left.  To  be  a 
goat,  then,  is  to  be  an  irredeemable  outcast  consigned  to  everlasting 
darkness.  So  it  was  in  the  days  of  parables,  and  so  it  is  now  in  more 
liberal  times.     In  the  classic  language  of  the  street  to  **butt  in"  is  to 


I 


OS! 

^    > 

>s 

2  t?j 

oC 
P  O 

I  ^ 
n 


^■" 


BREEDING  AND  CARE  OP  SH3SP.  1057 

make  a  nuisance  of  one's  self  after  the  manner  of  Beara-^A  3illy,  the 
goat.  What  wonder,  then,  that  it  is  hard  for  the  goat  famil)'  to  shake 
off  the  reputation  of  2,000  years,  especially  when  that  reputation  is 
sanctioned  by  the  Holy  Word. 

But  there  are  goats  and  goats.  The  Angora  is  not  a  worthless  vaga- 
bond like  his  bearded  cousin,  who  loafs  about  the  streets,  a  cheap  clown 
making  fun  for  small  boys,  an  unspeakable  "butter  in,"  whose  chief 
delight  is  to  "chew  the  rag;"  on  the  contrary,  he  is  an  aristocrat,  dig- 
nified and  decorous,  a  thing  of  beauty  and  a  source  of  profit  to  his 
owner.     Moreover,  he  has  an  interesting  history. 

Although  born  and  reared  in  the  mountainous  regions  about  Angora, 
a  province  200  miles  southeast  of  Constantinople,  he  is  thoroughly  at 
home  in  any  part  of  the  world  where  fortune  takes  him. 

It  was  in  1846  that  Dr.  James  B.  Davis  of  Columbia,  S.  C,  at  the 
request  of  the  Sultan,  was  sent  to  Turkey  by  President  Polk  to  make 
experiments  in  the  culture  of  cotton.  So  well  pleased  was  the  Sultan 
with  Mr.  Davis  and  his  work  that,  as  an  expression  of  his  appreciation, 
he  presented  him  on  his  return  to  the  United  States  with  nine  Royal 
Angora  goats.  These  were  the  progenitors  of  the  present  Angora  goats 
in  this  country. 

Uncle  Sam,  however,  did  not  make  much  of  the  Sultan's  hint,  for 
after  the  lapse  of  sixty  years  the  total  number  of  goats  within  the  United 
States  does  not  exceed  500,000.  This  seems  insignificant  when  com- 
pared with  75,000,000,  the  estimated  goat  population  of  the  world. 

XXVI.     A  Profitable  Industry. 

No  domestic  animal,  not  even  the  reindeer,  is  more  thoroughly  adapted 
CO  man's  use  than  the  Angora  goat;  and  yet  for  some  reason  the  goat 
industry  has  not  taken  root  in  this  country.  Everything  seems  favor- 
able, the  climate  is  admirable,  and  the  food  supply  is  abundant.  The 
slow  progress  made  in  the  development  of  this  industry  is  more  than 
likely  due  to  a  lack  of  information  regarding  the  profits  that  can  be  de- 
rived from  the  business. 

I  have  little  doubt  that  the  Golden  Fleece  that  Jason  went  forth  to 
find  was  the  fleece  of  the  first  Angora.  For  the  fleece  of  the  pure  Angora 
is  neither  wool  nor  hair,  but  a  fibre  with  qualities  distinctly  its  own — it 
is  the  mohair  of  commerce.  From  it  are  made  not  only  the  plushes  but 
the  finer  fabrics  of  ladies'  wear,  such  as  crepons  and  brilliantines.  The 
fibre  is  from  three  to  six  inches  long,  and  the  annual  clip  averages  about 
six  pounds.  The  market  price  for  mohair  runs  from  twenty  to  forty 
cents  per  pound,  the  average   in  the  United  States  being  about  thirty 


1058     CYCLorEDiA  or  live  stock  and  complete  stock  doctor. 

cents.  Here  is  an  annual  profit  of  at  least  $1.50  per  head,  not  counting 
the  increase,  which  is  rapid. 

A  large  percentage  of  the  Angoras  in  this  country  are  not  pure  brea, 
'but  are  the  results  of  crosses  with  the  common  goat.  This  impairs  the 
value  of  the  fleece  by  introducing  the  hair  of  the  common  goat,  called 
kemp.  This  kemp  will  not  take  dyes,  and  therefore  must  be  removed 
before  the  mohair  can  be  used. 

The  fleece,  however,  is  but  one  of  five  sources  of  profit — and  not  al- 
ways the  greatest.  The  United  States  at  present  imports  annually  about 
$35,000,000  worth  of  goat  skins.    For  what  purpose?  For  .gloves,  shoes 


A^.^rc..>..   .vlD — PRIZE   WINNER   OREGON   ANGORA   GOAT  SHOW. 

and  for  a  hundred  small  toilet  articles.  Many  a  chamois  skin  did  its  first 
•service  on  the  V)ack  of  some  luckless  kid. 

The  value  of  a  goat  skin  depends  largely  upon  its  commercial  reputa- 
tion, i.  e.,  the  locality  from  which  it  comes.  For  instance,  the  Curacao 
kid  has  a  special  value,  although  not  one  specimen  in  a  hundred  is  pro- 
duced on  the  i.sland ;  the  vast  bulk  of  this  particular  brand  is  imported 
from  the  mainland  of  Venezuela  and  Colombia. 

Another  and  a  most  important  source  of  revenue  are  the  untanned 
pelts.  There,  seems  to  be  no  limit  to  their  usefulness  and  their  popu- 
larity. Taken  when  the  hair  is  about  four  inches  long  they  make  the 
finest  kind  of  rugs.  The  readiness  with  which  they  take  and  retain  dyes 
rendei-s  them  i)articularly  valuable  as  carriage  robes.    Indeed,  they  have 


BREEDING  AND  CARE  OP  SHEEP.  1059 

about  displaced  the  disappearing  buffalo  robe.  Undyed,  the  hair  retains 
its  brilliant  luster.  In  its  original  white,  nothing  compares  with  the  An- 
gora as  a  robe  for  the  baby  carriage. 

These  skins  with  the  fleece  on  are  also  used  extensively  in  making  chil- 
dren's muffs  and— tell  it  not — the  beautiful  white  fur  on  My  Lady's 
opera  cloak  is  the  skin  of  the  little  Angora  kid.  Yes,  it  is  known  by 
another  name,  or  My  Lady  would  not  wear  it— "but  a  rose  by  any  other 
name  is  still  a  rose.  And  it  is  not  My  Lady  alone  who  is  deceived. 
Many  a  fine  gentleman  wears  the  coat  of  an  old  Angora  wether  thinking 
he  is  decked  in  genuine  astrakan. 

The  profit  in  goat  keeping  is  not  confined  to  the  skin  and  the  fleece. 
The  flesh  is  sold  readily  at  market  prices  ranging  above  those  of  mutton. 
It  is  a  well-known  fact  that  when  goats  are  fed  on  grass,  their  flesh  has 
the  flavor  of  mutton,  but  when  kept  exclusively  on  browse,  it  takes  the 
flavor  of  venison,  and  sells  for  that  in  the  market — in  the  proper  sea- 
son, of  course. 

XXVII.     Habits  of  the  Angora. 

As  I  have  remarked,  the  Angora  is  not  dainty  ;  he  is  adapted  to  a  very 
wide  range  of  climate  and  j^hysical  conditions.  He  seems  to  thrive 
ecjually  well  in  the  climate  of  Mexico  and  in  that  of  Canada.  Naturally 
the  better  and  heavier  fleece  is  produced  in  the  colder  climates.  In 
southern  latitudes  it  is  necessary  to  clip  the  fleece  twice  a  year  to  pre- 
vent shedding.  Then,  again,  a  dry  climate  is  preferable  to  a  humid  one, 
and  a  rough  and  semi-mountainous  country  to  a  level  plain.  The  goat  is 
by  nature  a  climber— an  inheritance  of  his  ancestors  in  the  rugged  moun- 
tains and  tablelands  of  Asia  Minor. 

The  most  interesting  thing  about  the  goat  is  his  diet.  In  this  respect 
he  differs  from  all  his  farm  associates — and  radically.  He  is  a  browser, 
and  prefers  leaves,  twigs  and  weeds  to  the  best  white  clover  or  blue- 
grass  that  ever  grew.  This  is  one  of  his  strong  points.  He  does  not 
interfere  with  the  feed  of  the  other  stock.  Sheep  have  been  called 
four-footed  locusts ;  they  will  utterly  destroy  the  most  carefully  pre- 
pared pasture  in  one  season.  In  a  single  summer  a  flock  of  goats  will 
create  a  pasture  out  of  a  brush-covered  common. 

Turn  fifty  goats  into  a  forty-acre  pasture  covered  with  brush,  weeds 
and  all  manner  of  foul  growths,  and  in  two  years  the  work  of  reclama- 
tion will  be  done;  the  brush  will  be  dead,  the  weeds  exterminated,  and 
the  native  grasses,  whatever  they  are,  will  be  in  complete  possession. 


1060       CYCLOPEDIA    OF   LIVE   STOCK   AND   raMPT^ETE   STOCK   DOCTOR. 

XXVIII.  An  Assistant  to  the  Farmer. 

Like  the  honey-bee,  the  Angora  goat  works  for  his  owner  and  boards 
himself.  He  will  eat  what  the  other  members  of  the  farm  animals 
spurn.  At  the  same  time  he  will  do  as  much  as  a  gang  of  men  toward 
clearing  the  farm  of  bnish  and  weeds.  In  this  respect  a  herd  of  goats 
is  of  especial  value  to  farmers  living  on  the  cut-over  lands  in  the  tim- 
bered regions  of  this  country.  These  cut-over  lands  have  grown  up  with 
brush  which  is  often  about  as  difficult  to  clear  as  the  original  timber. 
Goats  eat  the  leaves  and  small  twigs,  and  the  brush,  thus  deprived  of 
its  breathing  apparatus,  dies,  root  and  branch.    The  best  time  for  goating 


AMERICAN    MILK    flOAT. 


a  field  of  brush  is  in  early  summer,  when  the  sun  is  hot.  It  does  not 
take  long  to  reduce  a  field  of  vigorous  second  growth  to  the  condition 
of  bare  and  dry  whip  stalks.  When  the  goat  cannot  get  leaves  he  takes 
the  bark  of  small  saplings;  in  this  way  he  does  the  work  of  the  ax.  It 
is  best  in  goating  a  field  to  cut  all  small  saplings,  that  the  goats  may  get 
at  the  branches.  You  may  depend  on  him  to  keep  down  all  sprouts. 
Dr.  Santley,  of  Iowa,  who  has  had  much  experience  with  Angoras  as 
land  clearers,  says :  "Land  can  be  cleared  of  the  worst  brush  known  in  this 
country  for  a  little  less  than  nothing  by  employing  Angora  goats.  They 
will  pay  you  a  profit  and  live  on  leaves  and  weeds,  leaving  the  land 
cleaner   than    you    oan    get   it  by    any    other  process.     At  the    present 


BREEDIN©  A:ND  CARE  «F  SHEEP 


1081 


time  I  have  over  600  acres  that  have  been  reclaimed  by  Angoras,  and  a 
conservative  estimate  would  be  that  the  value  of  the  land  had  thereby 
been  enhanced  at  least  $10  per  acre." 

XXIX.  Angoras  in  the  United  States. 

Of  the  500,000  Angora  goats  in  the  Ujiited  States,  four-fifths  are  in 
the  Southwest,  especially  in  California,  New  Mexico  and  Texas.  Yet 
there  is  not  a  state  in  the  Union  where  they  will  not  do  well,  as  well  as 
sheep,  and  when  we  consider  their  vast  superiority  as  money-makers  over 


AMERICAN    MILK    GOAT. 
Specially  photoKraplied  for  this  work. 


the  sheep,  it  seems  strange  that  shrewd  live-stock  men  have  not  seen  the 
handwriting  on  the  wall  and  gone  more  extensively  into  goat  raising. 
The  problem  of  pasturage  in  the  West  will  have  to  be  solved  by  the 
sheep  men  if  they  intend  to  remain  in  business,  but  the  goat  pasturage 
of  the  United  States  has  not  yet  been  touched. 

In  the  timbered  regions  of  the  South  and  the  Southwest,  and  in  the 
cut-over  sections  of  the  North,  there  are  millions  of  acres  of  the  finest 


1062       CYCLOPEDIA    OF   LIVE   STOCK  AND   COMPLETE   STOCK   DOCTOR. 

goat  pasture,  not  only  free,  but  for  which  the  goatman  could  get  a  price 
for  clearing  with  his  herds.  All  unimproved  land  is  goat  pasture.  And 
this  at  present  amounts  to  265,000,000  acres,  enough  to  support  as  many 
goats. 

The  stat€  of  Maine,  for  instance,  according  to  the  last  census,  had 
6.000,000  acres  in  farms,  one-half  of  which  was  unimproved  land.  Most 
of  the  Southern  states  have  less  than  one-third  of  the  land  under  cultiva- 
tion ;  the  balance  is  goat  pasture. 

"We  have  a  duty  of  12  centw  a  pound  on  mohair.  With  this  protection, 
foreign  competition  cannot  be  given  as  an  excuse  by  the  average  fanner 


YOUNG     MILK     GOAT. 
Specially  Photographed  for  this  work. 


for  not  going  into  goat  raising.  If  there  is  such  a  demand  for  goat  skin^v 
Angora  robes  and  mohair,  as  the  returns  from  our  custom  houses  show, 
the  market  here  must  be  good. 

In  recent  years  the  United  States  department  of  agriculture  has  been 
making  efforts  to  interest  the  public  in  the  Angora  goat  industry.  Ex- 
haustive bulletins  have  been  issued  giving  information  for  the  benefit  of 
the  general  pul)lic.  Yet,  wdth  the  facts  before  them,  the  growth  of  the 
industry  has  been  slow. 

If  I  were  asked  what  field  of  animal  industry  gave  promise  of  the 
largest  and  most  reliable  returns  on  the  investment  of  both  labor  and 


BREEDING  AND  CARE  OF  SHEEP. 


1063 


capital,  I  should  unhesitatingly  reply,  the  raising  of  Angora  goats.  If 
I  were  asked  to  designate  a  locality  in  which  to  locate  on  Angora  ranch, 
I  should  say  any  place  in  the  United  States  where  the  climate  is  reason- 
ably dry  and  an  unlimited  goat  range  is  available.  To  be  more  partic- 
ular, the  states  of  Michigan,  Wisconsin  and  northern  Minnesota  offer 
exceptional  facilities,  while  Missouri,  especially  the  Ozark  region,  the 
states  of  Texas  and  Arkansas,  and  the  entire  Allegheny  region,  are 
perfectly  adapted  to  raising  Angoras.  I  need  not  mention  the  extreme 
Southwest,  for  the  goat  is  already  there. 

There  appears  to  be,  therefore,  no  adequate  reason  why  the  people 


AMERICAN    MIT.K    GOAT 


of  the  United  States  should  be  paying  tribute  of  $50,000,000  annually 
to  the  goat  herders  of  Asia,  Europe  and  Africa,  and  another  $10,000,000 
to  the  importers  of  goat  skins  and  Angora  robes  from  Mexico  and  South 
America. 

XXX.    Capabilities  of  the  Milch  Goat. 

The  two  subjects  uppermost  in  dairy  circles  just  now  are  the  milch 
goat  and  a  milking  machine.  The  suggestion  that  goat's  milk  is  pre- 
i'3rred  for  hospital  patients  in  cities  and  for  children  everywhere,  has 
set  Home  enterprising  men  and  women  to    speculating  on  the  probable 


1064        CYCLOPEDIA  O].'  LIVE  STOCK  ANT>  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


Figs.  1,  2,  4— Imported  Toggenburg  Goats.    Fig.  3 — Schwarzwald  Goat. 


BREEDING    AND    CARE    OF    SHEEP. 


1065 


profits  to  be  derived  from  dairy  farms  made  up  exclusively  of  goats. 
There  is  no  doubt  about  the  superiority  of  goat's  milk  over  that  of  the 
cow  for  some  purposes,  and  it  is  known  that  there  is  considerable  de- 
mand for  this  product,  but  to  what  extent,  of  course,  is  not  so  easy  to 
ascertain.  The  discussion  naturally  brings  out  inquiry  as  to  the  best 
breeds  for  dairy  purposes,  and  our  counsels  abroad  are  being  urged  by 
the  doj)artin(Mit  to  look  up  information  in  those  countries  where  goat 
breeding  has  long  been  a  recognized  industry.     The  Swiss  are,  perhaps, 


AMERICAN    MILK     GOAT, 
jecially  photographed  for  this  work. 


the  most  skilled  of  all  goat-herds,  their  mountain  slopes  and  elevated 
valleys  being  i)eculiarly  adapted  to  goat  culture.  There,  naturally, 
inquiries  have  been  set  on  foot  and  some  information  of  interest  has 
been  sent  over  from  our  counsel-general  at  St.  Gall.  It  relates  to  the 
Toggenburg  goat,  a  variety  which  seems  entirely  unknown  in  this  coun- 
try, but  one  that  has  long  been  a  favorite  in  the  land  of  William  Tell. 
The  milk  of  this  goat  is  rich  in  quality,  and  keeps  quite  as  well  as  cow's 
milk.  It  sells  for  three  and  a  half  to  about  four  cents  a  quart.  These 
goats  breed  at  a  year  old,  the  time  of  gestation  being  five  months.     The 


10()H        CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE   STOCK  AND   COMPLETE    STOCK  DOCTOR. 

food  in  summer  consists  of  grass  and  shrubs,  but  in  winter,  if  the  milk 
is  to  continue  rich  in  quality,  a  small  quantity  of  grain  and  hay  must  be 
given,  and  the  temperature  of  the  stall  should  be  kept  at  from  57  to  60 
degrees  Fahrenheit. 

In  regard  to  the  amount  of  pasture  land  required  for  the  support  of 
this  animal,  it  is  computed  that  six  to  eight  goats  will  need  as  much  as 
one  cow,  and  that  one  man  can  manage  from  forty  to  fifty  goats.  Gen- 
erally speaking  the  milk  of  the  cow  is  more  popular,  but  for  children 
the  goat's  milk  is  in  greater  demand,  as  tuberculosis  is  hardly  ever 
found  in  these  hardy  animals.  The  milk  of  the  goat  makes  an  excellent 
cheese  and  fairly  good  butter,  but  as  to  the  latter  the  milk  of  the  cow 
retains  its  pre-eminence.  The  meat  of  the  young  goats,  from  five  to 
twelve  weeks  old,  is  considered  a  great  luxury.  Indeed,  it  is  often 
mistaken  for  venison,  and  sells  for  from  29  cents  to  39  cents  for  2.1 
pounds.  This  compares  very  favorably  with  the  average  price  received 
in  Switzerland  for  beef,  which  is  33  cents  to  37  cents  for  2.2  pounds. 

The  average  clip  on  long-haired  goats  is  about  4.4  pounds.  The  hair 
is  not  very  marketable,  but  is  used  in  some  instances  for  ropes,  which 
are  very  strong  and  defy  the  action  of  water.  The  skins  are  worth 
from  29  cents  to  58  cents  each,  but  the  finest  and  best  bring  as  much  as 
$1.35  each. 

If  well  cared  for,  these  animals  will  give  milk  from  their  first  to  their 
tenth  year,  when  they  decrease  in  flow  and  finally  dry  up.  Ordinarily 
they  will  produce  milk  for  eight  months  in  a  year.  The  price  of  these 
animals  is  higher  in  the  spring  than  in  the  fall,  but  average  for  a  good 
one,  from  one  to  three  years  old  (male)  in  the  fall,  is  $9.65  to  $19.30. 
Females  of  the  same  age  bring  $7.72  to  $9.65;  four-year-olds  bring  as 
high  as  $13.51. 


BOOK  IV 

PART  II 


Diseases  of  Sheep 

HOW  TO  KNOW  THEM;  THEIR  CAUSES,  PRE 
VENTION  AND  CURE 


1068       CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


COMMON  SCAB. 
First  Pronounced  Manifestation. 


COMMON   SCAB,  ADVANCED   CASE. 


Diseases  of  Sheep. 


CHAPTER  1. 


GENERAL  DISEASES. 


I.      REFERRING  TO  SCIENTIFIC  TERMS. II.      INFLAMMATORY  DISEASES. III.     DIS- 
TEMPER OR  EPIZOOTIC  CATARRH. IV.  GRUBS  IN  THE  HEAD. V.     HYDATIDS  ON 

THE   BRAIN. VI.      APOPLEXY. VII.      INFLAMMATION  OF  THE  BRAIN. VIII. 

INFLAMMATION  OF  THE  EYES. IX.  SWELLED  HEAD. X.  VEGETABLE  POISON- 
ING.  XI.  TETANUS  OR  LOCK-JAW. XII.  PARALYSIS  OR  PALSY. XIII.  RA- 
BIES OR  CANINE  MADNESS. 

I.  Referring  to  Scientific  Terms. 
The  anatomy  and  explanation  of  the  terms  used  to  designate  the  several 
parts  of  a  sheep  have  been  treated  of  in  Chapter  1  of  Part  VII.  A  care- 
ful study  of  these  is  necessary  to  enable  the  flock-owner  intelligently  to 
undertake  the  cure  of  disease,  as  well  as  to  enable  him  to  become  nicely 
conversant  with  all  that  goes  to  make  up  physical  perfection  in  the  ani- 
mal. The  knowledge  of  these  things  is  an  im[)()rtant  integer  in  consti- 
tuting the  difference  between  haphazard  and  practically  intelligent 
breeding,  management,  and  cure  of  diseases,  and  may  save  the  intelli- 
gent man  valuable  animals  and  much  money  yearly.  In  the  United 
States  and  Canada,  the  fatal  diseases  to  which  sheep  are  subject  are 
comparatively  few ;  and  this  is  especially  true  in  the  West  and  South- 
west, owing,  probably,  to  the  fact  that  the  summer  and  autumn  are  com- 
paratively dry  and  equable,  and  the  winters  not  characterized  by  excessive 
dampness. 

II.    Inflammatory  Diseases. 

Diseases  of  an  inflammatory  nature  are  prolific  causes  of  death  among 
sheep  in  Great  Britain.  In  America,  our  sheep  are  comparatively  exempt 
from  these  diseases.  Mr.  Spooner  remarked  this  fact,  in  comparing 
English  and  American  sheep,  and  attributed  the  cause  to  the  more  arti- 
ficial care  of  sheep  in  England.  Whatever  the  cause  may  have  been  in 
his  day,  this  will  not  now  apply  ;  for  in  no  country  is  all  farm  stock  more 
highly  fed  than  in  the  United  States  and  Canada.  The  real  cause  un- 
doubtedly lies,  first,  in  the  climate,  and  second,  in  the  greater  intelligence 
of  our  flock  masters.     They  neither  intrust  sheep  nor  other  farm  stock 

1069 


1070       CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

to  ignorant  servants,  who,  perhaps,  can  neither  read  nor  write,  and  who 
add  superstition  to  ignorance.  The  intelligcMice  of  the  master  keeps  puce 
fully  with  all  that  is  new  in  the  art  of  farming,  and  this  intelligence  is 
quickly  caught  by  the  workmen  and  shepherds. 

m.    Distemper  or  Epizootic  Catarrh. 

Sheep  distemper  or  Malignant  Epizoiitic  Catarrh,  is  an  epizooty  that  is 
sometimes  fatal  in  sheep,  both  East  and  West.  The  disease  in  its  malig- 
nant form  is  a  severe  congestion  and  inflammation  of  the  lining  mem- 
branes of  the  nasal  cavities,  sometimes  extending  to  the  stomach  and 
bowels. 

How  to  know  it. — There  is  a  slight  watery  discharge  from  the  nostrils 
and  eyes  ;  there  is  depression  and  more  or  less  loss  of  appetite  ;  the  pulse 
is  slightly  increased  in  frequency  and  is  weak  ;  the  breathing  is  not 
changed  unless  the  bronchial  tubes  are  affected  ;  there  is  no  cough.  At 
the  end  of  a  week,  miless  the  animal  gets  relief,  the  nasal  discharge  is 
thick  and  glutinous,  and  sometimes  tinged  with  blood  ;  the  eyes  are  halt 
dosed  and  the  lids  are  gummed  with  a  yellow  secretion  ;  there  is  great 
prostration  and  emaciation  ;  the  pulse  is  very  weak  ;  respiration  is  diffi- 
mlt ;  the  appetite  is  lost,  and  the  animal  soon  after  dies. 

What  to  do. — There  should  be  no  bleeding  or  purging.  Remove  the 
sheep  to  warm,  well-ventilated  quarters,  and  if  the  bowels  are  costive, 
prepare  the  following  : 

No.  1.  1  Ounce  carbonate  of  ammouia, 

1  Ounce  rhubarb, 

2  Ounces  ginger, 
2  Ounces  gentian. 

Simmer  the  rhubarb,  ginger  and  gentian  for  fifteen  minutes  in  a  quart 
of  water,  and,  when  cold,  add  the  ammonia  and  cork  the  bottle.     Give  two 
tablespoonfuls  four  times  a  day.     Keep   up  the  strength  of  the  sheep 
with  good  food  and  nourishing  drinks.     Good  nursing  is  of  equal  import- 
ance with  the  other  treatment,  for  if  the  sheep  are  neglected  they  will 
either  die  or  become  so  enfeebled  as  to  be  of  little  value. 
IV.    Grubs  in  the  Head. 
Causes. — This  is  caused  by  the  eggs  of  the  sheep  gadfly  (  (Estrus  Ovis,) 
being  deposited  in  the  nostrils  of  the  sheep  in  July 
^               and  August.     The  eggs  being  deposited,  the  mag- 
^B^^         gots  hatch  and  find  their  way  through  the  sinuses, 
W^^        causing   much  pain.     When  the  gadflies  arc  seek- 
■^               ing  the    sheep,    the   animals  will  crowd  together, 
SHEEP  GAD-  with  their  noses  to  the  ground,  stamping  violently    ^„ ^„ 

*-  i        o  ./        GKUB   OF 

at  times,  and  will  run  from  one  place  in  the  pas-  gadfly. 
ture  to  another.  When  the  maggots  reach  their  resting  place  they  attach 
tliemselves  by  their  hooks,  and  are  not  easily  dislodged. 


GENERAL   DISEASES.  1071 

What  to  do. — The  grubs  may  often  be  extracted  by  a  competent  sur- 
geon, but  it  is  a  nice  operation,  and  scarcely  pays  except  in  the  case  of  a 
very  valuable  animal.  Burning  leather  under  the  noses  of  the  sheep  in  a 
close  place,  to  cause  violent  sneezing,  used  to  be  practiced,  but  it  is  un- 
safe. Injecting  up  the  nostrils  equal  parts  of  sweet  oil  and  turpentine 
will  often  dislodge  the  grubs  when  they  are  not  firmly  fixed,  but  care 
must  l)c  taken  not  to  strangle  the  sheep. 

Prevention. — Prevention  is  ia  tiiis  case  far  the  best  remedy.  Keep  a 
portion  of  the  field  plowed  so  the  soil  is  loose  and  dry.  Smear  the 
sheep's  noses  once  a  day  with  tar  during  the  season  of  the  fly,  and  catch 
as  many  of  the  flies  as  possible,  by  means  of  a  light  bag-net.  The  most 
convenient  way  to  apply  the  pine  tar,  in  case  of  large  flacks,  is  to  smear 
the  inside  of  the  salt  troughs  with  it;  then  they  will  smear  their  own  nores 
while  eating  the  salt. 

V.     Hydatids  on  the  Brain. 

Causes. — The  bladder  worm,  causing  this  dangerous  disease,  is  one  of 
the  forms  of  the  tape  worm  of  the  dog,  the  tenia  serrata,  preceding  the  true 
or  sexually  i)erfect  worm.  It  is  rare  in  America,  probably  from  the  fact 
that  there  are  fewer  dogs  in  proportion  to  the  population  than  in  England. 

What  to  do. — Once  fixed,  nothing  practically  can  be  done,  though, 
when  located,  surgeons  have  pierced  the  cysts  with  a  strong  hypodermic 
syringe,  injecting  therein  half  a  teaspoonful  of  the  following: 

No.  2.  1  Grain  iodine, 

5  Grains  iodide  of  potash, 
1  Ounce  water. 
Mix. 

Prevention. — Never  allow  dogs  to  feed  on  sheeps'  heads,  or  other  gar- 
bage, unless  cooked  in  the  most  thorough  manner,  remove  the  excre- 
ments of  dogs  wherever  found  in  the  pastures,  and  kill  all  dogs  that 
make  a  habit  of  prowling  about,  away  from  home. 

VT.    Apoplexy. 

This  disease  is  mostly  confined  to  sheep  that  are  plethoric  and  fat. 

What  to  do. — The  sheep  will  leap  suddenly  in  the  air,  fall,  and  unless 
promptly  relieved,  will  die  in  a  few  minutes.  Then  the  only  remedy  is 
sudden  and  copious  bleeding  from  the  jugular  vein. 

Prevention. — Fat  sheep  should  be  carefully  watched  for  the  earlier 
symptoms.  If  a  sheep  appears  dull  and  partially  unconcious  of  what  is 
going  on  ;  if  the  nostrils  and  pupils  of  the  eyes  are  dilated,  and  the 
membranes  of  the  nose  deep  red  or  violet ;  the  pulse  hard  and  the  breath- 
ing stertorous,  bleed  immediately  and  give  afterwards  two  ounces  of 
epsom  salts,  to  be  followed  by  an  ounce  every  six  hours,  until  a  full 
evacuation  takes  place  from  the  bowels. 


1072       CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

Vn.    Inflammation  of  the  Brain. 

This  is  produced  by  the  same  causes  that  produce  apoplexy,  and  is 
often  a  secondary  effect  of  apoplexy.  The  animal  is  dull  and  inactive  ; 
the  eyes  red  and  protruding,  and,  as  the  symptoms  intensify,  the  animal 
rushes  about  in  the  wildest  delirium.  The  general  treatment  is  the  same 
as  for  apoplexy. 

VIII.    Inflammation  of  the  Eyes. 

What  to  do. — If  there  is  serious  inflammation,  take  a  little  blood  from 
the  facial  vein,  the  vein  running  down  obliquely  from  the  eye.  Bathe 
the  eyes  with  the  following  wash  : 

No.  3.  5  Grains  nitrate  of  silver, 

1  Ounce  soft  water, 
15  Drops  laudanum. 

Dissolve  the  nitrate  of  silver  in  the  water  and  add  the  laudanum  ;  mix. 
Batlie  the  eyes  well  three  times  a  day  and  apply  the  lotion  t\vice  a  day 
with  a  camel's  hair  brush. 

IX.    Swelled  Head. 

Causes. — This  is  produced  by  a  variety  of  causes,  the  bites  of  venom- 
ous serpents  and  malignant  insects,  etc.  Snake  bites  usually  produce 
death  before  the  animal  is  found. 

What  to  do. — In  case  of  the  bites  of  venomous  insects,  cut  the  wool 
from  around  the  parts,  and  bathe  with  strong  sala^ratus  water  and  give 
internally,  if  necessary,  each  hour  until  relief  is  obtained,  the  following: 

No.  4.  %  Drachm  chloral  hydrate, 

1    Ounce  soft  water. 
Mix. 

X.  Vegetable  Poisoning. 

What  to  do. — 111  ^'^se  of  trouble  from  vegetable  poisoning,  bathe  the 
affected  parts  thoroughly  Avith  warm  water,  and  keep  moist  with  the  fol- 
lowing lotion  : 

No.  5.  1  Ounce  sugai  of  lead, 

1  Pint  soft  water. 
Mix. 

XI.  Tetanus  or  Lock-Jaw. 

Causes. — There  are  various  causes  producing  this  difficulty,  as  inflam- 
mation of  the  membranes  after  gelding,  injury  to  the  horns  and  hoofs, 
or  a  wound  on  any  part  of  the  body. 

How  to  know  it. — The  animal,  if  able  to  walk  at  all,  does  so  with  great 
distiess  ;  the  jaws  are  set,  and  death  generally  takes  place  qui-'ikly.  It 
is  an  excited  condition  of  the  nervous  system.      See  lock-jaw  of  the  norse. 


GENERAL    DISEASES.  1073 

What  to  do. — Treatment  is  of  little  use,  the  malady  being  usually  fatal. 
Put  the  sheep  into  a  dark  place  alone,  and  put  a  piece  of  Solid  Extract  of 
Belladonna,  the  size  of  a  pea,  on  the  tongue  twice  a  day ;  put  oatmeal 
water  in  the  pen  for  him  to  drink.  Warmth  and  quiet  are  essential. 
Bleeding  used  to  be  considered  a  specific  by  many,  l)ut  it  should  not  be 
practiced.  Move  the  bowels  as  soon  as  possible,  and  follow  tiiis  up  with 
belladonna.  Give  four  ounces  of  castor  oil  as  the  laxative.  When  the 
worst  symptoms  are  overcome,  give  gruels  and  other  soft  nourishing  food 
unal  recovery. 

XII.    Paralysis  or  Palsy. 

Lock-jaw  and  epilepsy  are  often  mistaken  for  palsy  ;  yet,  it  is  the 
direct  opposite  of  them.  Like  the  two  first  it  is  somewhat  rare  in 
America. 

What  to  do. — The  first  thing  to  do  is  to  make  the  lamb  warm  and  com- 
fortable. Give  warm  gruel,  with  a  little  ginger  as  a  stimulant.  If  the 
bowels  are  costive  give  four  ounces  of  linseed  oil.  Give  twenty  grains  of 
powdered  Nux  Vomica  in  soft  mashes  three  times  a  day  ;  continue  this  two 
or  three  weeks.  If  the  paralysis  is  severe,  clip  off  the  wool  and  apply 
a  blister  of  Spanish  flies  to  the  spine,  from  the  points  of  the  hips  to  the 
shoulders. 

Xni.    Kabies  or  Canine  Madness. 

Sheep  are  particularly  liable  to  be  bitten  by  rabid  dogs  in  their  first 
stages  of  madness.  It  is  usually  considered  that  flock-masters  have  a  right 
to  destroy  any  dog  worrying  their  sheep,  but  by  a  decision  not  long  ago, 
l)y  the  supreme  court  of  Massachusetts,  dogs  are  property;  consequently, 
the  owner  of  a  dog  is  liable  for  all  the  damage  done  by  him,  and  anyone 
that  kills  the  dog  is  liable  for  his  value.  When  a  sheep  develops  rabies 
he  might  as  well  be  destroyed  at  once  to  save  suffering.  See  rabies  in 
horses,  page  452. 

Tympanitis  in  Sheep: — Give  internally  a  tea.spoonful  of  turpentine 
in  a  little  water  or  pa.s.s  a  rubber  tube  down  the  throat,  A.-i  a  last  resort 
puncture  the  stomach  with  a  trochar  as  you  would  cattle. 

Inversion  of  the  Womb  in  Sheep: — ^\Vash  it  with  tepid  water  con- 
taining a  little  laudinuni.  Replace  it  carefully  and  take  a  few  stitches 
in  the  lifw  of  the  vulva.  Elevate  the  ewe  behind.  Usually  the  danger  is 
pa^ssed  at  the  end  of  thirty-six  hours. 


CHAPTER  TI. 
PARASITIC  AND  OTHER  DISEASES. 


I.    SCAB,   TICKS   AND    LICE. II.      FOOT-nOT. III.      FOUL   IN   THE   FOOT. 

IV.    SWOLLEN  FOOT  AND  GRAVEL. V.    MAGGOTS  FROM  BLOW  FLIES. 

VL       INTESTINAL    WORMS. VIL      THE    ROT    OR    LIVER    FLUKE. VIII. 

LUNG  WORMS. IX.    SHEEP  WORRIED  BY  DOGS. X.    SPRAINS,  STRAINS 

AND     BRUISES. XL      CARE     WHEN     LAMBING. XII.      NAVEL     ILL. 

XIII.     BARE-LOT  METHOD  OF  RAISING  LAMBS  TO  AVOID  NODULE  DISEASE. 

I.    Scab,  Ticks  and  Lice. 

Causes. — Scab  is  produced  by  a  minute  microscopic,  parasitic  insect, 
which  burrowing  just  beneath  the  cuticle,  produces  extreme  irritation,  and 
causes  the  exudation  of  a  watery  fluid,  serum.  This,  in  drying,  forms  the 
scab  which  brings  away  with  it  the  wool  in  larger  or  smaller  patches. 

The  disease  is  very  contagious,  and  the  insect  is  so 

tenacious  of  life  that  it  has  been  said  to  have  remained 

in  a  pasture  three  years  andthcn  spread  the  infection. 

A  careful  flock  master  should  examine  every  sheep 

uhMvuiLx.  purchased  minutely,  and  take  every  means  to  keep 

*oi°"he  s"heep^and"^(k)g"  u  tlic  infectiou  f rom  his  flock.     The  illustration  shows 

causes     skin    irritation    and  p/.       ,      i       • ,  i  i     •       -j  j  ^ 

eruption.  shccp  affectcd  With  scab  in  its  extreme  lorm. 

How  to  know  it. — The  sheep  will  be  restless  and  irritable  ;  will  rub 
against  anything  near  ;  will  bite  its  fleece,  and  scratch  with  its  hoofs.  At 
length  the  fleece  becomes  ragged,  and  drops  off,  to  permanently  infect 
tne  pasture. 

What  to  do. — It  is  not  diflicult  to  cure,  but  the  means  must  be  thor- 
ough.    A  good  effective  remedy,  though  poisonous,  is  the  following : 

No.  6.  6  Pounds  arsenic, 

G  Pounds  pearl  ash, 
6  Pounds  stdphur, 
6  Pounds  soft  soap, 
20  Gallons  boilings  water. 

Mix,  but  avoid  the  fumes,  and  when  cold,  add  180  gallons  of  cold  water, 
and  stir  until  well  mixed.  Prepare  a  tank  that  will  readily  allow  a  sheep 
to  be  dipped  in  it.  From  this  a  slanting,  slotted  drain,  having  a  watcr- 
tit'ht  bottom  underneath,  and  extending  just  over  the  edge  of  the  tank, 
should  be  laid.  Dip  the  sheep,  back  foremost,  into  the  tank,  allowing  him 
to  remain  submerged  in  the  liquid,  except  the  head,  for  one  minute.    Then 

1074 


PARASITIC    AND    OTHER    DISEASES. 


1075 


place  him  on  the  slats  and  squeeze  the  wool  thoroughly,  and  when  well 
drained  turn  into  a  clean  yard  until  dry.  Then  go  over  the  heads  of  the 
Hock  with  the  following: 

No.  7.  2  Pounds  mercurial  ointment, 

6  Pounds  lard, 
2  Pounds  rosin, 
1  Pound  oil  of  turpentine. 

Place  the  lard  and  mercurial  ointment  in  a  suitable  iron  pot,  and  im- 
mei*se  in  a  vessel  of  hot  water,  say  about  180  degrees,  and  stir  until  well 
mixed.  Then  dissolve  the  rosin  and  turpentine,  and  when  the  lard  is 
cold,  nib  it  all  well  together.  Apply  it  by  parting  the  wool  on  the  head 
between  the  ears,  on  the  forehead,  and  under  the  jaws,  the  idea  being  to 
reach  every  part  not  touched  by  the  dip. 


A    COMPARATIVELY    FJARLY    CASE    OF    COMMON    SCAB, 
Showing  a  Bare  Spot  and  a  Tagging-  of  the  Wool. 

In  preparing  No.  6,  for  ordinary  cases,  twenty  pounds  of  strong  tobacco 
may  be  simmered  in  the  water,  instead  of  the  arsenic,  and  the  other  in- 
gredients miay  be  stirred  in  while  the  liquid  is  boiling  hot,  having  first 
removed  the  tobacco  leaves  and  stems.  When  this  dip  is  used,  the  head 
may  also  be  dipped,  from  time  to  time,  being  careful  that  the  liquor  does 
not  get  in  the  nose  and  eyes.  The  sheep  may  remain  in  the  liquor,  as 
hot  as  can  be  borne,  four  or  five  minutes,  dipping  the  head  occa.'jionally, 
and  No.  7  need  not  be  used  though  it  would  be  better.  The  wool  must 
be  pressed  and  dried,  as  before  stated;  so  proceed  until  the  flock  is  all 
gone  over,  using  some  means  to  keep  the  liquor  hot. 


1076        CYCLOPEDIA  OF  UVB  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

A  dip  in  great  repute  in  Australia,  where  immense  tiocks  are  kept,  is 
the  following^ 

No.  8.  10  Pounds  tobacco  leaves, 

10  rounds  sulphur. 
50  Gallons  water. 

Boil  the  tobacco  in  the  water,  .-indadd  the  sulphur  while  hot.  Dip  the 
sheep  in  the  liquor,  as  hot  as  can  be  borne,  for  five  minutes. 

Tjck. — The  sheep  tick  is  a  dipterous  insect,  but  with  no  wings  devel- 
oped. The  ticks  are  large  and  live  on  the  surface  of  the 
skin  and  suck  blood.  They  are  plainly  seen  when  the 
wool  is  divided,  or  when  the  sheep  are  shorn  ;  then  the 
ticks  will  go  off  to  the  lambs,  where  there  is  more 
wool.  The  treatment  for  them  may  be  the  same 
as  for  scab. 

SHEEP  TICK  Lice. — Lice   are    sometimes    found    on   sheep  ;    they 

WITH  EGGS.  are  of  the  variety  of  bird  lice,  (Trichodectes),  with  large, 
broad  head,  with  biting  jaws,  but  no  sucking  tube.  Bird  lice  are  usu- 
ally very  irritating.  The  treatment  given  above  will  apply  for  lice  as  well 
as  for  scab  and  tick. 

II.    Foot  Rot. 

How  to  know  it. — The  skin  at  the  top  of  the  clefts  of 
the  hoofs  and  over  the  heels,  which  is  naturally  smooth, 
dry  and  pale,  becomes  red,  moist,  warm  and  rough,  as 
though  chafed.  Next,  there  is  a  discharge  ;  and  ulcers 
form,  extending  down  to  the  upper  portion  of  the  inner  trichodectes 
wall  of  the  hoof.  Then  the  walls  become  disorganized,  and  o*"  ^"^  sheep. 
the  disease  penetrative,  between  the  fleshy  sole  and  the  bottom  of 
the  hoof,  an  offensive  and  purulent  matter  is  thrown  out,  and  the 
whole  foot  becomes  a  mass  of  corruption,  often  filled  with  magg-'tts. 
The  animal  early  becomes  lame  and  loses  appetite,  and  at  length  dies 
from  exhaustion.  If  the  attack  is  violent,  and  in  the  first  cases  it  gene- 
rally is,  it  may  reappear  the  second  and  third  years,  but  in  a  milder  form, 
if  proper  measures  be  taken,  and  this  should  be  done  at  the  first  symp- 
toms of  lameness. 

What  to  do. — Cut  away  all  the  diseased  parts,  cleaning  the  knife  from 
time  to  time  in  weak  carbolic  acid.  Prepare  a  tank  and  fill  it  to  a  depth 
of  four  inches  with  a  saturated  solution  of  blue  vitriol  (sulphate  of 
copper).  Keep  this  as  hot  as  the  sheep  can  bear  to  stand  in,  by  occa- 
sionally introducing  a  piece  of  hot  iron.  Let  each  sheej)  stand  in  this  for 
ten  minutes  or  more.     Then  cover  the  hoof  with  chloride  of  lime,  and 


PARASITIC   AND    OTHER    DISEASES  1077 

fill  the  cleft  of  the  hoof  with  a  fillet  of  tow,  long  enough  for  the  ends  to 
he  twisted  into  a  string  to  tie  ahout  the  fetlock.  Keep  the  sheep  in  a 
dry,  well-littered  yard  on  dry,  short  pasture,  and  examine  the  hoofs  daily 
for  some  time.  Renew  the  chloride  of  lime,  if  necessary,  and  feed  plenty 
of  nourishing  food.  It  is  probahle  that  a  tonic  may  be  needed  ;  if  so, 
l)repare  the  following: 

No.  9.  2  Drachms  common  salt, 

}4  Drachm  sulpliato  of  iron, 
la  Drachm  nitrate  of  potash. 

Mix  as  a  powder,  and  give  once  a  day,  as  circumstances  may  dictate. 
III.    Foul  in  the  Foot. 

This  is  a  common  disability,  especially  in  sheep  that  have  been  driven 
on  the  road. 

What  to  do. — When  it  is  only  the  effect  of  travel,  the  remedy  is  simple. 
Wash  the  cleft  and  other  parts  of  the  hoof  with  warm,  soapy  water,  and 
then  touch  the  tender  or  thin  parts  with  a  feather  dipped  in  oil  of  vitriol 
(sulphuric  acid),  and  cover  them  with  tar.  Apply  a  strong  solution  of 
blue  vitriol  (sulphate  of  copper),  to  the  cleft  if  any  signs  of  foul  are  ap- 
parent. In  driving  sheep,  these  three  things,  viz.,  soap,  sulphuric  acid 
and  blue  vitriol  should  be  kept  on  hand  ;  or  in  place  of  sulphuric  acid  the 
following : 

No.  10.  1  Part  solution  chloride  of  antimony, 

1  Part  compound  tincture  of  myrrh. 

Mix  and  keep  ready  for  use  in  incipient  foul  or  travel  sore.  If  it  is  a 
bad  case  the  foot  should  be  bandaged. 

IV.  Swollen  Foot  and  Gravel. 

How  to  know  it. — The  issue  (biplex  canal  in  the  front  and  upper  part 
of  the  hoof)  becomes  swollen  and  inflamed. 

What  to  do. — Kxamine  it  to  find  if  any  substance  is  imbedded  therein  ; 
if  so,  extract  it ;  if  swollen  and  inflamed,  treat  as  advised  for  other  swell- 
ings ;  if  ulcerated  lance  it  lightly  to  let  out  the  matter,  and  dress  with  the 
compound  tincture  of  myrrh.  If  the  hoof  becomes  graveled,  extract  the 
gravel  at  any  cost ;  dress  as  above,  and  cover  with  a  small  plug  of  tow 
dipped  in  tar. 

V.  Maggots  from  Blow  Flies. 

There  should  be  no  excuse  for  maggots  accumulating  in  wounds,  much 
less  from  the  collection  of  filth  about  the  thighs.     If  found,  cleanse  the 


1 078       CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

parts  thoroughly,  extract  the  maggots  and  touch  the  wounds  with  the 
following : 

No.  11.  1  Part  creosote, 

4  Parts  alcohol. 
Mix. 

Bathe  dally  with  tincture  of  myrrh. 

Prevention. — Keej)  the  sheep  well  tagged  by  shearing  from  under  the 
tail  and  thence  diagonally  down  the  thighs. 

VI.    Intestinal  "Worms. 

The  presence  of  intestinal  worms  is  seldom  known  to  the  ordinary  ob- 
server until  after  the  death  of  the  sheep,  when  they  may  be  found  by 
dissection.  If  the  worms  are  thus  found,  the  presumption  is  good  that 
other  sheep  are  seriously  infected,  for,  as  a  rule,  unless  they  are  abund- 
ant, they  do  little  or  no  harm. 

What  to  do. — As  a  simple  vermifuge,  when  their  presence  is  suspected, 
ordinary  wood  soot,  mixed  with  the  salt  the  sheep  naturally  take  will  do 
good.  In  fact,  if  sheep  are  allowed  plenty  of  salt,  with  the  soot  mix- 
ture once  a  week,  when  worms  are  suspected  they  will  do  well  enough  ; 
or  give  every  two  weeks,  in  ground  feed,  the  following,  which  is  enough 
for  80  to  100  sheep: 

No.  12.  2  Pounds  common  salt, 

1  Pound  sulphate  ot  magnesia, 
^  Pound  sulphate  of  iron, 
%  Pound  powdered  gentian. 
Mix. 

For  good  simple  vermifuge  for  round  and  thread  worms,  to  be  given 
as  a  drench,  take 

No.  13.  4  Ounces  linseed  oil, 

J^  Ounce  oil  of  turpentine, 
Mix. 

If  the  sheep  are  known  to  have  tape  worm,  give  in  molasses  and  water 
the  following : 

No.  14.  2  to  4  Drachms  po\vder»?d  areca  nut, 

10  to  20  Drops  oil  of  male-fern. 
Mix 

The  first  quantities  for  small,  and  the  latter  for  large  sheep. 
In  the  case  of  a  large  sheep,  administer  half  a  pint  of  linseed  oil  on  the 
following  day. 

Vn.    The  Kot  or  Liver  Fluke. 

CauseSr — Small  flat  worms  {Fasciola  Ilepatica  and  Distomum  Lan- 
ceolalum)    in  the  liver,  called  the  liver  fluke,  are  the  cause  of  rot. 


PARASITIC    AND    OTHER   DISEASES. 


1079 


How  to  know  it. — There  will   l)e  tenderness  and  weakness   about  the 
ioins  ;  the  bellv  will  be  swollen  and  enlarged  ;  the  eyes  yel- 
low as  in  jaundice  ;  and  if  the  skin  be  rubbed  back  and  forth, 
when  taken  up  between  the  thumb  and  fingers,  it  is  soft 
and  flabby,  with  a  crackling  sensation. 

What  to  do. — If  there  is  diarrhcea,  a  weak  heart  beat,  and 
general  stui)or,  remove  the  shoop  to  a  high  dry  pasture,  or 
to  well  ventilated  airy  })laces,  as  the  case  may  be.  Prepare 
the  following : 

No.  15.  }£  Pound  sulphate  of  magnesia. 

6  Dracluns  oil  of  turpentine. 

Mix  the  magnesia  sulphate  with  three  half  joints  of  water, 
add  the  turpentine  and  give  one-third  of  it  every  two  days, 
shaking  the  bottle  before  using. 

Follow  the  above  with  the  tonic : 

No.  16.  40  Pounds  oat  meal, 

4  Pounds  powdered  gentian  or  anise  seed, 
4  Pounds  common  salt, 
1  Pound  sulphate  of  iron, 
Mix. 

Give  half  a  pint  to  each  sheei)  once  a  day  for  a  week  :  then  wait  three 

weeks    and  repeat.      Remove    the 

sheep  to  high  dry  pasture  or  salt 

marsh,  both  being  poisonous  to  the 

fluke.     Do  not  put  the   sheep  in  a 

wet   iDasture,  for   there   they  only 

sow   the    seed    to    perpetuate    the 

trouble. 

VIII.    Lung  Worms. 

Causes. — This  disease  is  caused  by  the  presence  of  worms  (Stronffi/lus 
Fila7'ia),  which  are  usually  found  in  the  wind-pipe,  and  hionchial  tubes 
and  sometimes  in  the  lungs. 

How  to  know  it. — There  will  be  a 
husky  cough  ;  quickened  breathing  ; 
loss  of  appetite  and  flesh  ;  and  the 
sheep  will  rub  its  nose  on  the  ground  ; 
there  may  be   dysentery  with    foetid 

evacuations.     Examine  the  mouth  and  throat,  and  also  the  stools,  for  in- 
dications of  the  worms.     Prepare  the  following: 

No.  17.  6  Ounces  sulphate  of  magnesia, 

4  Ounces  nitrate  of  potash, 
4  Ounces  sulphur, 
4  Ounces  sulphate  of  iron, 
Mix. 


DISTOMUM   LANCEOLATUM. 


STRONGYLUS  FILARIA,  MALE  ENLARGED. 


1080       CYCIX)PEDTA  or  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

Give  a  single  handful  to  each  sheep  in  oat  or  corn  meal  once  a  day  for 
a  week  ;  then  wait  three  weeks  and  repeat.  Burn  turpentine  on  pine 
shavings  under  their  noses  so  as  to  make  them  l)reathe  the  fumes. 

IX.    Sheep  worried  by  Dogs. 

Sheep  that  have  been  torn  by  dogs,  are  apt  to  die,  owing  to  the  lacer- 
ated nature  of  the  wound,  especially  if  the  skin  has  been  stripped  from 
considerable  surface  in  hot  weather. 

What  to  do. — The  lacerated  surfaces  must  be  brought  together,  in  such 
a  way  that  they  may  unite  ;  and,  if  necessary,  stitched.  In  hot  weather 
flies  must  be  guarded  against,  and  the  wounds  should  be  treated  as 
advised  in  the  case  of  horses  when  wounded. 

X.    Sprains,  Strains  and  Bniises. 

What  to  do. — These  also  are  to  be  treated  precisely  as  advised  in  the 
case  of  horses.  In  simple  cises  hot  fomentations  and  the  subsequent 
application  of  camphor  is  the  rule  usually  followed.  For  a  sprain,  to 
immerse  the  liml)  in  water  as  hot  as  can  l)e  borne,  for  half  an  hour  at  a 
time,  and  repeated  several  times  a  day,  usually  effects  a  rapid  cure. 

XI.    Care  when  Lambing. 

What  to  do. — The  ewes  should  be  well  fed  for  several  weeks  previous 
to  lambing,  so  as  to  be  strong  and  have  the  lambs  strong  and  well  devel- 
oi)ea  when  dropped  ;  but  avoid  having  ths  ewes  fat.  Have  a  dry,  com- 
fortable place  for  them  to  run  in,  not  too  warm  ;  they  should  be  put  in  a 


SWELLING   OF   THE  UMBILICUS   IN   CHARBON    (NAVEL   ILL.) 

warmer  place  when  lambing  than  they  have  been  accustomed  to,  in  order 
to  avoid  chilling  the  lamb.  Allow  no  spectators  around  the  sheep  while 
lambing,  except  the  man  they  are  accustomed  to ;  let  him  watch  the 
progress  of  events  to  see  that  help  is  given  if  needed. 


PARASITIC    AND    OTIILII    UlSLASES.  1081 

Sometimes  wrong  presentations  are  made,  and  then  the  shepherd  should 
be  ready  with  his  hand  oiled  and  warmed  in  warm  water  to  render 
assistance  ;  let  him  insert  his  hand  and  change  the  position  of  the  fcetus 
as  the  ease  requires,  being  very  careful  indeed  not  to  wound  or  torture 
the  ewe. 

If  the  lamb  is  dropped  at  night  and  gets  chilled,  put  it  into  a  warm 
water  bath  and  dry  it  thoroughly  when  taken  out,  and  give  it  a  few 
spoonfuls  of  milk,  diluted  a  little  and  sweetened,  and  with  a  dusting  of 
red  pepper  in  it.  Keep  the  ewe  separate  from  the  others  for  a  week  or 
ten  days,  and  feed  on  soft  food  and  roots  if  it  is  too  early  for  grass. 

XII.  Navel  111. 
Charbonous  fever,  or  carbuncular  erysipelas  in  lambs,  in  addition  to 
the  other  symptoms,  usually  manifests  itself 
in  swelling  of  the  umbilicus.  The  swellings 
are  not  confined  to  the  umbilical  region,  but 
are  often  found  in  other  parts  of  the  body.  It 
is  sometimes  seen  as  a  symptom  or  complica- 
tion of  rheumatic  disease  of  the  joints  of  lambs, 
foals  and  calves.  It  was  considered  by  shep- 
herds, not  many  years  ago,  to  be  a  distinct 
THE  ROT.  disease,  known  as  Navel  111.     See  illustration 

on  preceding  page. 

Xlll.  Bare-LrOt  Method  of  Raising  Lambs  to  Avoid  Nodule  Disease. 

A  panisitic  worm  known  to  scientists  as  Oesophagostoma  colum-biananh 
causes  the  appearance  of  nodules  in  the  intestines  of  sheep.  This  worm 
is  generally  distributed  throughout  the  United  States,  and  becomes  a 
serious  scourge  in  the  sheep  business,  especially  when  conditions  are 
favorable  for  the  infestation  of  young  lambs.  It  has  been  shown  by  the 
Louisiana  Experiment  Station  that  when  sheep  infested  by  this  parasite 
are  placed  on  clean  pasture  and  allowed  to  remain  for  some  time  the 
pasture  becomes  contaminated  and  will  cause  an  infestation  of  healthy 
sheep  which  may  subsequently  graze  upon  it.  It  was  also  found  that 
when  an  infested  pasture  was  plowed  up  and  cultivated  for  one  season 
danger  of  infestation  with  the  parasitic  worm  which  causes  nodule  disease 
was  entirely  removed. 

This  indicates  a  successful  method  of  treating  infested  land.  On  ac- 
count of  the  wide  distribution  of  this  parasite,  however,  and  the  general 
infestation  of  breeding  ewes,  it  was  desirable  to  find  a  method  by  which 
lambs  could  be  raised  from  these  ewes  without  becoming  seriously  infested 
with  the  parasite. 


1082       CYCLOPEDIA   OF   LIVE  STOCK  AND   COMPLETE   STOCK   DOCTOR. 

What  to  do. — In  order  to  accomplish  this  purpose  a  bare-lot  system 
was  adopted.  This  consists  simply  in  keeping  the  ewes  with  their  lambs 
on  a  plat  of  ground  from  which  all  grass  or  other  green  vegetation  has 
been  removed.  The  lambs,  therefore,  have  no  temptation  to  pick  up  any- 
thing from  the  ground  and  do  not  run  the  risk  of  infesting  themselves 
with  the  nodule-producing  parasites  which  may  be  upon  the  ground.  In 
the  experiments  carried  on  at  the  Louisiana  Station  the  ewes  were  fed 
grain  once  a  day,  and  a  rack  was  provided  for  feeding  green  forage  of 
different  kinds.  All  green  forage  which  was  pulled  out  of  the  rack  by  the 
sheep  was  carefully  removed  from  the  feed  lot  each  day.  Fresh  water  was 
always  present  in  a  wooden  trough,  and  the  feed  lot  was  leveled  so  as  to 
prevent  the  accumulation  of  water  in  pools  from  which  lambs  might 
drink.  In  this  feed  lot  nine  ewes  were  placed  with  six  lambs,  the  lambs 
being  born  in  February  and  March.  At  the  end  of  June,  all  lambs  being 
weaned,  the  ewes  were  slaughtered  and  all  found  to  be  infested  with  the 
parasitic  worms.  The  lambs  were  slaughtered  and  carefully  examined  at 
ages  varA'ing  from  88  to  155  days.  In  three  of  these  lambs  two  or  three 
nodules  of  minute  size  were  found  in  the  intestines.  The  others  were 
entirely  free  from  nodules,  but  all  six  of  the  lambs  were  infested  to  a 
greater  or  less  extent  with  stomach  worms.  The  infestation  of  stomach 
worms,  however,  was  not  sufficient  to  influence  perceptibly  the  develop- 
ment and  fattening  of  the  lambs.  It  is  difficult  to  understand  how  infesta- 
tion with  stomach  worms  took  place.  The  bare-lot  method  appears,  from 
these  experiments,  to  give  promise  as  a  means  of  raising  lambs  for  market 
at  an  early  age  from  mothers  infested  with  the  nodule-producing  parasite 
without  danger  of  serious  infestation  of  the  lambs.  It  is  recommended 
that  in  addition  to  maintaining  the  infested  ewes  with  their  lambs  in  a 
bare  lot  the  lambs  should  be  given  some  vermifuge  with  their  food,  or  at 
least  common  salt,  to  assist  in  the  removal  of  possible  stomach  worms. 


TROUGH    FOR    DIPPING    LAMBS    FOR    SHEEP    SCAB. 


BOOK  V 

PART  I 


POULTRY 


BISTORY.  MANAC^jEMENT  AND  CHARACTERISTICS 
OF  THE  VARIOUS  BREEDS     • 


[084        CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


BL(qCK  (qND  WHITE  L(qNGSHflNS 


POULTRY 


CHAPTER  I. 

ORIGIN  AND  VARIETIES  OP  FAUM  BIRDS 


;     ORIGIN  OF  THE  WOUD  I'OULTRV. II.     TYPES  AND  NATIVE  COUNTRY  OP  BARN-YARD 

FOWLS. III.      CHANGES   DUE    TO     BREEDING. IV.      DIVISION    OF     FOWLS. 

V.      THE  WILD  TURKEY. VI.      DUCKS. VII.      GEESE. VIII.      THE   SWAN. 

IX.      PHEASANTS. X.      GUINEA     FOWLS. XT.       PEAFOWLS. XII.       ANATOMY 

OF  THE  HEN. 

I.  Origin  of  the  Word  Poultry. 
The  word  poultry  comes  from  the  Latin  word  ^JwZZws,  a  chicken,  or  the 
young  of  any  animal.  In  its  broad  sense  it  is  now  used  to  designate  any 
domestic  fowl  bred  or  fed  for  human  food,  and  for  the  eggs  and  feath- 
ers. Hence,  the  peacock  may  reasonably  be  included,  since  its  feathers 
are  an  important  article  of  commerce.  The  modern  word  poultry,  how- 
ever, more  pj'operly  comes  from  the  French  word  poule,  hen,  just  as  our 
word  pullet  comes  from  the  French  poulet,  a  chick.  The  cut  of  the 
French  Creve  Cceur  will  illustrate  a  singular  departure  from  the  wild 
type  given  on  the  next  page.  In  a  more  modern  sense  the  word  poul- 
try is  generally  applied  to  barn-yard  fowls  or  the  genus  gallus — the  Avord 
fowl  being  used  with  a  prefix,  as  water-fowl,  which  includes  ducks  and 
geese,  Guinea-fowl,  etc.,  while  turkeys,  peacocks,  pheasants  and  other 
later  or  only  partially  domesticated  birds  are  designated  by  their  proper 
or  common  names, 

II.  Tjrpes  and  Native  Country  of  Bam- Yard  Fowls. 
The  originals  of  all  the  varieties  of  barn-yard  fowls  were  inhabitants  of 
thickets,  and  other  openings  of  the  forests,  rather  than  of  the  dense 
forest  itself ;  there  are  a  number  of  species.  A  variety  closely  resem- 
bling our  common  barn  yard  fowl,  is  the  Sonnerat  fowl,  (  Gallus  Son- 
neratii)  a  native  of  the  Ghautes,  separating  Malabar  from  Coromandel. 
Damphier,  previous  to  the  discovery  of  Sonnerat,  found  wild  fowls 
closely  resembling  our  old  barn-yard  fowls  in  the  islands  of  the  Indian 
Archipelago.  So  it  may  safely  be  said,  that  our  fowls  with  long  flowing 
tails,  are  natives  of  India. 

1085 


1086        CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOP, 

m.    Changes  Due  to  Breeding. 

The  great  wild  species  of  Southern  Asia,  and  the  wild  Malay  and  Chit- 
tagong,  were  probably  influential  in  modifying  the  large  Asiatic  breeds  of 
to-day;  and  our  bantams  undoubtedly  spring  from  the  Bankiva  jungle 
fowl,  although  careful  and  systematic  l)reeding  and  selection  have  given 
us  bantams  of  all  the  principal  breeds  of  barn-yard  fowls,  including  the 
games.     Again,  as  showing  a  marked  departure  from  the  wild  form,  we 


BEARDED  SILVER  POLISH  HEN. 


«nve  cuts  of  two  heads,  one  tne  Breda,  or  Gueldre,  retaining  the  wattles, 
but  not  the  marked  comb,  and  a  variety  of  Brahma,  with  no  wattles,  and 
with  only  the  rudiments  of  a  comb. 


rv.    Division  of  Fowls. 


Our  barn-yard  fowls  may  therefore  be  divided  into  the  common  or 
mixed  breeds,  Asiatic  fowls,  European  and  American  varieties,  and  Ban- 
tams.    Each  of  these  will  be  treated  in  their  proper  places. 


ORIGIN   AND   VARIETIES   OF    FARM    BIRDS. 


10S7 


V.  The  Wild  Turkey. 
The  wild  turkey  is  a  native  only  of  America ;  there  are  several  so- 
called  species,  but  they  are,  however,  only  varieties  that  have  bred  con- 
stant lo  type,  perhaps  having  escaped  from  some  ancient  domestication. 
They  are  all  fertile  one  with  another.  The  turkey  is  native  to  all  that 
region  from  Central  America,  north,  up  to  45  degrees,  wherever  suitable 
timber  covert  can  be  found  ;  but  in  all  the  more  thickly  settled  regions 
they  have  long  since  been  exterminated.  The  illustrations  show  the 
common  wild  turkey  hen,  and  the  Mexican  wild  turkey  cock. 


GALLUS  SONNERATIl. 

VI.  Ducks. 
None  of  the  wild  fowl  seem  to  have  been  more  eaViVy  domesticated 
than  the  duck,  though  the  domestication  of  birds  of  any  species  seems 
easy,  whenever  they  prove  valuable  enough  to  pay  their  keepmg.  Only 
the  hirger  varieties  have,  as  a  rule,  been  thought  worth  domestication, 
though^of  late  years  some  of  the  smaller  and  beautifully  plumaged  birds 
have^been  bred  in  a  tame  state.  They  make  very  handsome  adjuncts  to 
water  scenery,  in  connection  with  swans  and  t.he  rarer  species  of  geese. 


1088 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR, 


The  common  white  duck  and  the  Rouen  are  two  of  the  oldest  domesti- 
cated varieties  of  ducks  ;  while  the  Cayuga,  or  black  duck,  an  American 
variety  is  among  the  latest. 


iTF.ATi  OF  SINGLE  WATTLED  BKAHMA   FOWL.  HEAD  OF   BREDA,   OR  GUKLDRE. 

VII.   Geese. 
Geese,  as  well  as  ducks,  being  birds  of  passage,  are  found  in  all  cli- 
mates, from  sub-tropical  latitudes  up  to  the  Arctic  Circle.     "R'ollowinfc  the 


BUFF  LEGHORN  COCKEREL. 


season  of  spring  into   the  North,  they  breed  in  summer  from  latitude 
forty-five  no  to  sixty,  and  return  in  the  autumn  to  their  winter  quarters 


ORIGIN  AND  VARIETIES   OF  FARM   BIRDS.  1089 

in  the  sub-tropical  regions.     The  common  gray  goose  is  the  nearest  ap- 


SINGLE    COMB    RHODE    ISLAND    REDS. 


A  PAIR  OF  SINGLE  COMB  BROWN  LEGHORNS. 


proach  to  the  wild  type,  and  these  are  becoming  scarcer  and  scarcer  each 


1090       CYCLOPEDIA   OF   LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE   STOCK   DOCTOR. 

year,  gradually  giving  way  to  improved  breeds.  Of  these,  the  Embden, 
or  Breme\::^  combine  a  pure  white  color,  softness  of  color,  and  heavy 
weight.     The  origin  of  the  gray  and  the  white  geese  is  generally  sup- 


A     PAIR     OF    SILVER-LACED     WYANDOTTES. 

posed  to  be  the  gray-lag  goose  (Anser  Ferus),  of  the  North  of  Europe. 
The  American  wald  goose  (Anser  Canadensis),  is  a  distinct  species; 
this  variety  breeds  freely,  and  is  tolerably  contented  under  domestication, 


ORIGIN    AND    VARIETIES   OF   FARM    BIRDS. 


1091 


even  in  the  first  generation.     It  is  but  a  few  years,  compurativelj'-,  since 
they  were  first  domesticated.     Asia  and  Africa  have  furnished  tin  with 


TRIO  OF  BLACK  COCHINS. 


four  sub-families  of  geese,  three  of  which  enme  from  China,  and  the 
fourth  from  Africa — the  African  goose. 


1092       CYCI/5PEDIA  OP  UVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOiU 

vm.    The  Swan. 

The  swan  has  long  been  known  in  history,  but  is  not  a  useful  bird 
except  as  an  ornamental  appendage  to  the  ponds  and  Irkes  of  parks. 
The  most  common  is  the  white  swan  ;  there  are,  besides,  a  number  of  rare 
and  ornamental  varieties,  among  them  the  black  swan  from  Australia,  and 
the  black-necked  Chili  swan.  The  head  and  neck  of  the  latter  are  jet 
black  ;  the  body,  wings,  and  tail,  pur^  white,  the  bill  having  a  red  knob 
or  protuborance. 

IX.   Pheasantf, 

None  of  the  pheasants  {Phasianus)  are  natives  of  tlie  United  States, 
the  so-called  pheasant  of  the  South  and  some  other  sections  of  the  United 
States  being  really  the  ruffed  grouse  (  Tetrao  umheUus),  The  convmon 
half-domesticated  pheasant  of  Europe  and  America  {Phasiaims  Qolchi* 
cus)  is  found  wild  in  the  Caucasus,  and  about  the  Caspian  Sea.  In  the 
United  States  we  have  five  varieties  which  breed  in  confinement,  but  none 
of  them  are  more  capable  of  domestication  than  the  peacock.  Theso 
varieties  are :  The  ring-necked,  originally  from  China ;  the  ash-colored, 
the  white;  and  the  parti-colored. 

The  ring-necked  pheasant  is  said  to  be  originally  from  China.  The 
male  of  the  silver  pheasant  {Phasianus  nycthemerus)  originally  from  the 
north  of  China,  is  a  most  beautiful  bird,  of  a  silver  white  color,  with. 
regular,  slender,  lace-like  black  markings  on  the  feathers  of  the  back, 
while  the  under  parts  are  of  a  black  color  ;  the  long,  drooping  tail  is  also 
silver  white,  barred  with  black.  The  female  is  of  a  dull  reddish  color, 
and  of  a  smaller  size.  The  golden  pheasant  (Phasianus  thaumalea  pic- 
tus)  is  one  of  the  most  beautiful  of  birds,  bred  in  a  state  of  balf-domes- 
tication,  and  is  much  smaller  than  either  of  the  pheasants  before  men- 
tioned. The  under  part  of  the  male  is  of  a  red  color,  the  head  is  orna- 
mented with  a  splendid  golden  yellow  crest,  the  neck  i»  hidden  or  over- 
hung by  a  somewhat  projecting  ruff  of  feathers  of  a  bright  yellow  color, 
striped  or  barred  with  black.  The  wings  are  of  a  dull  blue,  the  hind 
parts  of  the  body  are  of  a  golden  color,  set  off  with  red,  and  the  tail  is 
long  and  brown,  barred  with  black  The  female  of  this  species  is  also 
inconspicuous  in  color. 

These  birds  have  bred  well  in  some  forests  in  Europe,  and  in  a  state 
of  domestication  have  produced  three  varieties,  viz :  the  ordinary  golden 
and  red  color,  the  black,  and  the  Isabella  or  fawn.  They  all,  like  the 
Guinea-fowl  and  peafowl,  roost  on  high  trees  and  elevated  points,  and 
wander  considerably ;  but  in  close  confiueioeut  they  will  permit  handling. 


ORIGIN  AND  VARIETIES  OF  FARM  BIRDS. 


1093 


X.  Guinea-Fowls. ' 

Guinea  fowls  are  of  two  varieties  and  are  now  quite  widely  dissemi- 
nated The  varieties  are,  the  pearl  and  the  white,  the  latter  yet  rather 
rare   '  They  have  been  grouped  by  naturalists  into  a  number  of  varieties, 


A    TRIO    OF    GUINEAS. 


but  the  distinction  «as  more  fanciful  than  real,  since  all  ^e  varieties 
readily  mate  one  with  the  other,  and  the  progeny  arc  contmuously  fertile 

'"xhtir' original  home  may  be  inferred  from  their  generic  name   Nnm- 
ida;  they  come  from  Numidia  and  other  portions  of  Africa  from  Gam- 


WHITE     GUINEA-FOWL. 


Ha  to  the  Gaboon.  The  so  called  Cape  Verde  and  J^"''-;-  Gm";''" 
fowls  are  undoubtedly  descendants  of  these,  become  wild  after  having 
been  carried  there.    The  cuts  of  the  white  and  speckled  species  will  give  a 


1094       CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

good  idea  of  the  whole  tribe.  A  very  rare  species  is  the  Vulturine 
Guinea-fowl,  so  called  for  its  vulture-like  head  and  neck.  The  whole 
species  are  among  the  most  watchful  and  wary  of  birds,  giving  instant 
alarm  with  their  shrill  note  of  danger.  When  bred,  they  should  be 
allowed  full  liberty,  since  they  do  not  stand  confinement  well. 

XI.    Peafowls. 

This  magnificent  bird,  quite  useless  except  for  the  splendor  of  its  plum- 
age and  the  value  of  its  tail  feathers,  is  rare  in  farmyards,  from  its  sup- 
posed want  of  adaptation  to  northern  climates.  This,  however,  is  a  mis- 
take ;  they  are  as  hardy  as  most  of  the  breeds  of  barn-yard  fowls.  The 
male  is  cruel  and  cowardly,  and  is  given  to  destroying  the  eggs  of  the 


female.  Hence  the  hens  are  very  secret  as  to  their  nests.  They  do  not 
lay  their  eggs  until  late  in  the  season,  and  keep  their  broods  away  from 
the  yard;?  until  driven  thither  in  the  autumn  for  want  of  food.  They 
have  considerable  powers  of  flight,  and  the  males,  especially,  wander  .ong 
distances  from  home  ;  they  should  be  allowed  their  full  liberty. 

Xn.    Anatomy  of  the  Hen. 

The  anatomy  of  the  hen  will  answer  for  all  the  land  birds,  and,  in  a 
"Pleasure  (for  all  but  th  j  scientific  breeder)  for  water-fowls  as  well,  since 
the  frame  of  the  latter  is  only  so  modified  as  to  permit  their  swimming 
an1  diving  in  water.     Both  ir  land  and  water-fowls  the  more  valuable 


ORIGIN   AND    VARIETIES   OF    FARM    BIRDS. 


10. 


portions  for  food  are  the  breast,  the  thigh,  the  leg,  the  neck  and  the 
wing.     The  back  and  rump  give  but  little  flesh,  very  choice  in  flavor. 

Fig.  1  represents  the  skeleton  of  a  hen  of  average  size  and  in  the  pro- 
portions as  ordinarily  met  with. 

Explanation. — ^ — ^The  head,  length  2  3-4  inches.  B — The  neck, 
length  5  1-3  inches.  G — The  back  or  spine.  D — ^The  hips  or  hip 
bones,  (the  back  and  hips  comprise 
from  the  shoulder  to  the  tail,)  length 
5  9-10  inches.  E — Rump  or  coccygis, 
length,  1  1-2  inches.  F — Shoulder- 
blade  or  shoulder.  G — Collar  bone  or 
*merry-thought.'  H — Chest  or  thorax, 
composed  of  the  sides  and  breast-bone 
(bone  of  the  throat);  it  contains  the 
heart,  liver,  etc.  1 — The  breast-bone, 
length  a  little  over  3  1-2  mches.  J — 
The  wing  bones,  as  will  be  seen,  are 
composed  of  the  humerus  or  shoulder- 
bone  of  the  wmg,  length  3  1-7  inches  ; 
also  the  radius  and  the  cubitus,  the  fore- 
arm or  pinion,  length  2  3-4  inches  ;  the 
tip  of  the  wing,  or  that  which  takes  the 
place  of  the  hand  and  fingers,  length  2  1-3  inches.  K — 
The  leg,  composed  of  c? —  (Fig.  2.)  the  thigh  bone, 
length  3  1-7  inches ;  e — the  shin  bone,  length  4  1-3 
inches ;  / — ^the  bone  of  the  foot,  the  tarsus,  length 
3  1-7  inches  ;  g — the  claws,  that  of  the  middle,  length 
2  1-3  inches ;  the  two  to  the  right  and  left,  length 
1  6-10  inches  ;  that  of  the  back,  length  8-10  inches  ;  h 
— the  patella  or  knee  ;  i — the  os  calcis  or  heel. 

The  foot  as  shown  in  Fig.  2,  is  all  that  part  (/) 
from  (g)  to  {i).  The  hen — like  nearly  all  four-footed 
animals,  and  unlike  man — walks  on  the  toes.  If  the 
hen  walked  on  the  foot,  all  that  portion  from  the  toe 
aails  up  to  e,  would  'rest  on  the  ground,  and  hence  the  position  of  the 
irear  toe  would  be  different.  As  it  is  placed,  it  supi)orts  the  other  toes  m 
iv^alking  and  especially  when  on  the  perch,  at  night ;  for  all  land  breeds 
are  peculiar  in  this,  that  when  they  are  at  rest,  they  retain  their  position 
securely  by  the  simple  weight  of  the  body,  which  causes  the  sinews  and 
muscles  to  contract  and  thus  draw  the  toes  firmly  around  the  object 
grasped.  Some  fowls  have  five,  and  even  six  toes,  but  fouronh'  sire  used 
to  advantage — thiee  before  and  one  behind.  The  rest  are  really  super- 
uumerary — as  much  so  as  two  timmbsi  on  h  luan^  band 


ANATOMY  OF   THE   HEN.      (Fig  1). 


:Fig.   2). 


CHAPTER  n. 


BAHN-YARD  FOWLS. 


I.     ENGLISH  BREEDS— DORKING  FOWLS. II.     SILVER  GRAY  DORKINGS.^— HI.    OSAT 

DORKINGS. IV.      FAWN-COLORED    DORKINGS. V.       BLACK    DORKINGS. VI. 

BOLTON    GRAYS,    OR  CREOLES. VII.      FRENCH      FOWLS — HOUDANS. VIH.      LA 

FLECHE  FOWLS. IX.      CREVE    CCEURS. X.      BREDA  OR   GUELDER    FOWLS. 

XI.       SPANISH     FOWLS. XII.        HAMBURG      FOWLS— BLACK      HAMBURG. XIII. 

PENCILED      HAMBURGS. XIV.      LEGHORN     FOWLS. XV.      AVHITE      LEGHORNS. 

XVI.     AMERICAN    BREEDS. XVII.     DOMINIQUE     FOWLS. XVIII,     OSTRICH 

FOWLS. XIX.      PLYMOUTH   ROCK    FOWLS.. 

I.    English  Breeds— Dorking  Fowls. 

Of  the  distinct  English  breeds  of  bam  yard  fowls,  the  Dorking«,  in 
their  varieties,  confessedly  stand  first.  The  old  White  or  Surrey  Dork- 
nig  is  the  original  type  from  which  the  others  have  sprung.  The  Dork- 
ings all  have  five  toes,  are  full  wattled,  with  long  sickle-shaped  tail  feath- 
ers and  generally  single  serrated  combs.  The  White  Dorkings  are 
plump,  compact  birds  with  strong  head  and  bill.  The  plumage  is  pure 
white  without  spot,  and  the  legs,  also,  are  white.  The  mature  cock  will 
weigh  fully  ten  pounds,  the  hen  eight  or  nine  pounds,  and  year-old  birds 
eight  or  nine  pounds  when  fat.  They  are  fairly  hardy,  good  layers,  care- 
ful and  watchful  of  the  brood  ;  and  the  flesh  is  most  excellent.  None  of 
the  Dorkings  can  stand  cold  storms  ;  but  they  are  altogether  the  best  of 
the  distinct  English  breeds. 

n.    Silver-Gray  Dorkings. 

The  Silver-gray  Dorking  is  undoubtedly  a  chance  variety  of  the  White 
Dorking,  which  has  been  continued  by  careful  breeding  and  selection. 
They  vary  much  in  their  markings,  unless  the  greatest  care  is  used,  and 
even  then  many  chicks  must  be  discarded  from  the  breeding  yards. 
Their  mixed  origin  is  fully  shown  in  the  fact  that  dark  colored  birds 
often  produce  handsome  silver-gray  chicks. 

m.    Gray  Dorking. 

The  distinguishing  colors  of  this  variety  are :  Breast,  tail  and  larger 
tail  feathers  perfectly  black ;  the  head,  neck,  hackle,  back,  saddle,  and 
wing  bow  a  olear,  pure,  silvery  white  ;  and  across  the  wings  a  well  de- 
fined black  bar,  in  striking  contrast  with  the  white  outside  web  of  the 

1096 


BARN-YARD  FOWLS. 


1097 


quill  feathers  and  the  white  hackle  of  the  neck  and  saddle.  The  neck  of 
the  hen  is  silvery  white;  the  breast  salmon  red,  changing  to  gray  near  the 
thighs;  the  wings  silvery  or  slaty  gray,  without  any  tinge  of  red;  the 
tail  dark  red,  the  inside  nearly  l)lack.  The  chicks  grow  rapidly,  if  well 
fed,  so  that  they  may  be  mude  ready  for  broiling  before  they  are  fully 
fattened. 


i 

A  PAIR  OF  BUFF  LEGHORNS. 


A  PAIR  OF  ROSE  COMB  RHODE  ISLAND  REDS. 


IV.     Fawn-Colored  Dorkings. 
Birds  of  this  variety  are  handsome,  but  with  tails  shorter  than  the 
others ;  they  have  black  legs  and  a  high  carriage.    The  hens  lay  large  eggs. 
The  matured  cocks  will  weigh  up  to  nine  pounds  and  the  hens  seven 


1098        CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

pounds  of  excellent  flesh.     They  are  said  to  have  been  produced  by  a 
cross  between  the  White  Dorkings  and  the  f awn-colored  Turkish  fowl. 

V.    Black  Dorkings. 

The  black  Dorkings  differ  but  little  from  the  other  varieties.  They  are, 
however,  thought  to  '^e  more  hardy  than  the  other  sub-families  ;  the  hens 
are  good  layers  and  careful  nurses,  and  the  eggs  are  large.  According 
to  Wright,  the  pui-e-breds  are  jet  black;  the  neck  of  some  cocks  tmged 


PAIR  OF  WHITE  INDIAN  GAMES. 

with  gold,  and  the  hens  silver  tmged  ;  the  comb  usually  double,  short, 
sometimes  cupped,  but  sometimes  single;  the  wattles  small;  the  tail 
feathers  shorter  and  broader  than  those  of  the  "White  Dorking ;  the  legs 
black,  short,  and  with  the  two  under  toes  separate  and  distinct. 

VI.    Bolton  Grays  or  Creoles. 

This  breed,  once  famous  in  England,  was  said  to  have  been  bred  with 
such  nicety  that  individual  fowls  could  scarcely  be  distinguished  one  from 
another.  They  are  great  layers  ;  not  inclined  to  set ;  short-legged  ;  plump  j 
medium-sized  ;  the  eggs,  however,  rather  small  ;  the  color  is  white,  thick- 
ly spotted  with  black  as  to  the  neck  and  body,  with  black  bars  at  the  ex- 
tremity of  the  tail. 


BAEN-YAKD   FOWLS. 


1099 


Vn.    French  Fowls— Houdans. 

The  four  varieties  of  French  fowls  that  have  been  more  or  less  dissemi- 
nated in  the  United  States  are  the  Houdans,  the  Creve  Cceur,  La  Fleche, 
and  the  Breda. 

The  Houdans  rank  in  France  with  the  Dorkings  in  England,  and  in 
the  United  States  they  are  regarded  with  favor.  They  are  said  to  have 
been  originated  from  a  cross  ])etween  the  Dorking  and  the  silver  Padoue, 
and  have  the  fifth  toe  as  do  the  Dorkings.     In  color  they  should  be  white 


BLACK  JAVAS. 

and  black,  evenly  distributed,  making  them  distinctly  speckled.  Red 
feathers  are  not  admissible,  but  an  occasional  stained  feather  is  sometimes 
seen  in  the  best  fowls.  They  love  to  wander,  but  bear  confinement  well. 
The  comb  is  double  leafed,  and  they  have  whiskers  and  beard  growing 
well  up  on  the  face  which,  with  the  crest  or  top-knot,  gives  them  a  curious 
appearance.  The  crest  of  the  hen  is  quite  thick,  rounded  and  full.  They 
are  hardy,  fatten  kindly,  lay  good-sized  eggs,  and  the  flesh  is  of  the  first 
quality. 


1109       CTCLOPEDIA  OF  LTO:  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCEL  DOCXOB. 


Vm.    Iia  Pleche  Fowls. 

These  are  hard}' ;  tall ,  rather  angular,  but  compact-bodied  ;  jet  black ; 
sirong-limbed,  with  dense,  firm  plumage.  They  lay  excellent  eggs,  and 
the  flesh  is  superior  to  that  of  an}^  other  French  breed,  and  excelled 
probably  by  none.     They  are  <i  full  wattled  fowl,  and  the  protuberant 


feathers  behind  the  serrate  comb  give  them  the"  appearance  of  being 
double  homed.  Their  ears  are  large  and  opaque.  The  beak  moderately 
curved,  neck  hackles  long  and  fine,  reflecting  violet  and  green-black 
colors,  as  do  the  breast,  wings  aud  upper  tail  feathers.     The  legs  are 


BABN-TARD   FOWM. 


1101 


BL6CK  BREASTED  RED  GflMES. 


1102       CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


PARTRIDGE   COCHINS. 


BARN-YARD  FOWLS.  1103 

long,  slate-blue  in  young  fowls,  and  a  lead- gray  when  old.  The  hen  is 
colored  like  the  cock.  The  cocks  are  fully  mature  at  a  year  and  a  half 
old  and  the  hens  at  twelve  months. 

IX.    Crave  Coeurs. 

The  Creve  Coeurs  are  among  the  most  elegant  and  stately  of  French 
fowls.     Their  color  is  black,  reflected  with  a  glistening  greenish  hue ; 


PAIR  OF  WHITE-CRESTED  BLACK  POLISH  FOWLS. 

their  antler-like,  deep  crimson  combs  and  crested  heads  give  them  a 
bold,  striking  and  dignified  appearance.  They  are,  also,  probably  the 
most  useful  of  the  French  breeds,  when  we  take  into  consideration  then- 
good  feeding  qualities,  their  great  merit  as  steady  producers  of  large 


1104      CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

eggs,  their  easy  fattening  qualities,  and  their  constitutional  hardiness. 
Their  color  should  be  jet  black,  though  as  age  approaches  an  occasional 
white  feather  may  appear  in  the  crest.  They  are  short-legged,  compact 
fowls,  with  little  offal,  and  of  the  non-sitting  order — so  much  so  that  the 
eggs  should  be  placed  under  other  hens,  or  those  more  apt  to  be  reliable 
as  sitters  and  nurses.  In  England  they  are  reputed  somewhat  tender,  but 
in  the  United  States  we  have  heard  no  complaints  of  this  kind,  after  they 
were  once  acclimated.  The  heads  of  the  cocks  are  topped  with  handsome 
crests,  before  which  are  seen  large,  toothed,  two-horned  combs.  Their 
wattles  are  handsome  and  pendent,  and  they  have  dense  cravats  of 
feathers  on  the  fore  part  of  the  neck.  The  illustration  admirably  shows 
their  chief  characteristics. 

X.  Breda  or  Gueldre  Fowls, 

These  fowls  are  called  after  the  French  province  of  the  same  name, 
where  the  breed  originated;  but  though  they  are  classed  as  French  fowls 
they  evidently  show  an  infusion  of  Asiatic  blood,  while  they  are  Polish 


PAIR    OF    BT.ACK    T.ANGSHANS. 


in  shape  and  undoubtedly  closely  allied  to  that  breed.  There  are  sev- 
eral such  varieties  distinguished  by  color — the  cuckoo-marked  being 
called  Gueldres,  and  the  black,  Bredas,  though  the  latter  term  seems  to 
be  applied  to  all  that  are  not  cuckoo  or  dominique  marked. 


BARN-YAED  FOWLS. 


1105 


They  have  just  a  perceptible  crest,  pendent  wattles,  and  very  little 
comb.  Whatever  the  color,  they  have  but  few  feathers  on  the  leo-s, 
which  are  slaty  blue,  and  the  thighs  vulture  hocked.  The  plumao-e  is 
close  and  compact,  the  ear  lobes  and  wattles  bright  red  and  peculiar  in 
shape.  The  chicks  are  hardy  and  feather  quickly,  and  the  eggs  are  large, 
smooth  and  excellent  in  flavor.  Two  peculiarities  of  this  breed  are  the 
almost  total  absence  of  comb,  causing  a  depression  in  that  part,  and  their 
cavernous  and  conspicuous  nostrils.  The  accompanying  illustration,  to- 
gether with  the  cut  of  head  on  a  previous  page,  will  sufliciently  portray 
their  distinguishmg  characteristics. 

XI.    Spanish  Pcrwls. 

There  are  a  number  of  Spanish  varieties  besides  the  Pure  Black  and 
the  Pure  White,  as  the  Minorca  or  Red-faced  Black,  the  Ancona,  the 
Gray  or  mottled,  and  the  Andalusian  or  Blue  Spanish.  They  have  lono- 
been  yalued  in  the  United  States  for  their  great  laying  and  non-sitting 


PAIR  OF  SILVER-SPANGLED  HAMBURGS. 


qualities,  but  are  too  tender  to  stand  a  northern  climate,  without  extra 
protection,  and  they  do  not  do  well  anyw^here,  when  exj^osed  to  wet.  With 
proper  attention,  the  fancier  may  get  good  returns  in  large,  meaty,  well- 
flavored  eggs,  and  plenty  of  them.  To  the  average  farmer  they  are  not 
a  valuable  breed. 


1106 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


The  characteristics  of  the  two  principal  varieties  are  sufficiently  well 
portrayed  by  the  illustration  in  connection  with  the  following  description: 
The  weight  of  a  full-grown  Spanish  cock  should  not  be  less  than  seven 


A  PAIR  OF  BUFF  WYANDOTTES. 


pounds,  nor  its  height,  when  erect,  less  than  twenty-two  inches.  The 
color  should  be  pure  black,  or  pure  white,  according  to  the  variety,  without 
white  in  the  black  or  black  feathers  in  the  white  variety.  The  eye 
should  be  full,  bright  and  of  a  dark  brown  color.     The  ear  lobes  and 


BARN-YARD  FOWI^,  1107 

white  face  are  important  characteristics ;  the  comb  of  the  cocks  high, 
firm,  single  and  deeply  serrated,  while  in  the  hens  it  will  often  fall  over 
on  one  side ;  the  wattles  large,  long,  and  of  the  deepest  vermilion  color, 
as  is  also  the  comb. 

Xn.    Hamburg  Fowls— Black  Hamburg. 

All  the  Hamburg  fowls  have  these  constant  characteristics  :  Bright, 
double  combs,  firmly  fixed,  and  ending  in  a  long  point  behind  and  some- 
what turned  up  ;  medium  size  ;  upright  carriage  ;  long  upright  tails,  and 
long  flowing  plume  feathers.  They  are  hardy  and  robust,  great  layers 
of  excellent  flavored  eggs,  but  seldom  sit,  even  when  they  have  a  free 
range,  and  almost  never  when  kept  confined. 

The  black  Hamburg  is  one  of  the  best  of  fowls  for  farms  where  free 
range  can  be  had  and  plenty  of  eggs  are  desired.  They  will  lay  even  in 
the  coldest  weather  if  given  warm  quarters  and  warm  food.  The  eggs 
are  not  large,  but  they  make  up  in  quality  what  they  lack  in  size.  The 
plumage  should  be  deep  black,  relieved  with  a  metallic  lustre, 
xni.    Penciled  Hamburgs. 

There  are  two  varieties, — viz..  Golden  and  Silver  penciled,  as  there  are 
two  varieties  of  Spangled  Hamburgs,  the  Golden  and  the  Silver.     In  fact. 


-7>  ^^  -  - 

60LDEN  PENCILED  HAMBmtGS. 


the  Silver  penciled  variety  are  probably  but  little  different  from  the  okf 
BoltoD  Gray,  previously  descnbed*-flTi(^  descendwJ  probably  direct  Umi 


1108       CYCLOPEDIA   01<'   LIVE  STOCK  AND   COMPLETE   STOCK  DOCTOR. 

the  Turkish  fowl  described  long  ago  by  Aldrovandiis.  Tegetmeier  says 
of  them,  that  perhaps  no  variety  of  fowl  ever  rejoiced  in  more  synonyms 
than  this  very  pretty,  and,  in  suitable  situations,  profitable  breed;  they 
have  been  long  termed  Bolton  Grays,  from  being  extensively  and  success- 
fully cultivated  in  and  about  Bolton,  in  Lancashire;  Creoles,  from  the 
intermixture  of  the  black  and  white  in  their  plumage ;  Creels,  which  is  a 
provincial  mode  of  pronouncing  Creoles;  Corals,  because  the  numerous 
j)oints  of  their  polished,  bright  scarlet  rose  combs  bear  no  distant  resem- 
blance to  red  coral;  Penciled  Dutch,  because  many  are  imported  from 
Holland;  Dutch  Every-day  Layers  and  Everlasting^^,  for  the  same  rea- 


CORNISH     INDIAN    GAME     HEN. 


BLACK     HAMBURG     HEN. 


son,  and  their  great  productiveness  as  layers;  and  Chitteprats,  the  deri- 
vation of  which  is  not  so  obvious.  Chitteface,  according  to  Bailey,  the 
lexicographer,  means  a  meagre  child;  and  Chitteprat,  if  intended  to  de- 
scribe a  diminutive  hen,  would  not  be  misapplied  to  one  of  this  variety. 
The  general  characters  of  Penciled  Hamburgs  may  be  thus  stated: 
They  are  birds  of  small  size,  compact  and  neat  in  form,  sprightly  and 
cheerful  in  carriage:  In  the  plumage  on  the  body  of  the  hens,  each 
feather  (with  the  exception  of  those  of  the  neck-hackle,  which  should  be 
perfectly  free  from  dark  marks)  is  penciled  with  several  transverse  bars 
of  black  on  a  clear  ground,  which  is  white  in  the  silver,  and  a  rich  bay  in 
the  golden  birds.     These  pencilings  have  given  rise  to  the  name  of  the 


BABH'-TABD  FOWLS.  1109 

variety.  In  the  cocks,  however,  there  is  a  general  absence  of  these  mark- 
ings, the  birds  being  either  white  or  bay.  In  both  sexes  the  legs  are  blue, 
with  fine  bone.  The  comb  is  a  rose,  square  in  front  and  well  peaRed  be- 
hind ;  the  ear-lobe  a  well-defined  white  ;  the  face  scarlet. 

in  weight  and  size,  Silver-penciled  Hamburgs  are  considerably  below 
the  general  standard ;  the  carriage  of  the  cock  is  very  erect ;  the  tail  is 
well  borne  up,  and  the  head  occasionally  thrown  back  so  far  that  the  neck 
often  touches  the  tail ;  the  general  form  is  exceedingly  neat  and  elegant. 
In  the  hen  the  carriage  is  sprightly  and  active,  but  not  so  impudent  as  that 
of  the  cock ;  both  sexes  are  alike  noisy  and  restless  in  their  habits,  neat 
and  very  pretty  in  their  form.  The  neck-hackle  in  both  should  be  pure 
white ;  penciling  with  black,  a  very  frequent  fault  in  the  hackle  of  the 
hens,  being  very  objectionable.  The  saddle  of  the  cock  must  be  pure 
mealy  white.  The  cock's  tail  is  black,  the  sickle  and  side  sickle-feathers 
beiug  glossed  with  green,  and  having  a  narrow  white  edging.  In  the  heae 
the  tail  must  be  distinctly  barred  or  penciled  with  black. 

The  breast  and  thighs  of  the  cock  are  white,  as  are  the  upper  wing-cov 
erts  or  shoulder,  but  the  lower  wing-coverts  are  marked  with  black  on  the 
inner  web,  showing  a  line  of  dots  across  the  wing,  forming  a  bar.  The 
secondary  quills,  or  those  flight-feathers  which  are  alone  visible  when  the 
wing  is  closed,  are  white  on  the  outer  web  and  blackish  on  the  inner  web, 
and  have  a  rich  green-glossed  black  spot  at  the  end  of  each  feather.  In 
the  hens  the  entire  plumage  of  the  body,  namely,  that  of  the  breast, 
back,  wings,  and  thighs,  should  have  each  feather  distinctly  penciled  oi 
marked  across  with  transverse  bars  of  black  ;  the  more  defined  these  are 
the  better,  as  there  should  be  a  perfect  freedom  from  a  mossy  appearance, 
which  is  caused  by  the  two  colors  running  into  one  another.  The  legs 
and  feet  in  both  sexes  should  be  of  a  clear  leaden  or  slaty  blue.  The 
comb  in  the  cock  is  evenly  set  on  the  head,  square  in  front,  well  sprigged 
al)ove  with  small, even  points,  not  hollowed  on  the  upper  surface,  andter- 
mhiating  in  a  single  flattened  pike  behind,  which  inclines  slightly  upwards. 
In  the  hen  the  comb  is  the  same  in  form  but  very  much  smaller.  The 
ear-lobe  in  both  sexes  must  be  a  dead  opaque  white,  free  from  red  on 
the  edge. 

The  hens  of  either  variety  must  have  the  body  distinctly  and  definitely; 
penciled,  and  the  hackles  of  either  sex  mu£t  be  entirely  free  from  dar^ 
markings.  In  the  spangled  varieties  the  markings  must  be  distinct,  like 
spangles,  or  speckled.  The  other  characteristics  range  uniform  with 
those  of  the  other  varieties.  Whatever  the  variety,  they  are  most  valu- 
able either  to  the  farmer  or  fancier,  but  with  the  fanner,  unless  he  be  a 
fancier  as  well,  if  a  little  off  color  in  breeding  it  is  no  '*''*nmeuU  so  far 
as  egg-lapng  is  conoeroed. 


1110       CYCLOPEDIA   OF  LIVE   STOCK   AND  COMPLETE   STOCK   DOCTOR. 


XIV.    Leghorn  Fowls. 

The  Leghorn  fowls  are  of  the  Spanish  type,  except  in  color. 
White  Leghorn  is  regarded  witli  most  favor,  although  the  Brown 


The 

Leg- 


horn has  its  fanciers.    There  are  also  other  grades  of  colors  except  black. 


SINGLE-COMB     BROWN     LEGHORN     COCK. 


Whatever  the  color,  they  have  all  the  good  laying  qualities  of  the  Span- 
ish, without  their  tender  qualities,  and  indeed  dispute  the  palm  with  the 
Hamburgs  in  every  good  point.  The  illustration  shows  what  are  ac- 
cepted among  breeders  a.s  standard  White  Leghorns. 

XV.  White  Leghorns. 

These  birds  are  among  the  most  elegant  of  barn-yard  fowls,  either  in 
the  yard  of  the  farmer  or  amateur.  They  are  similar  to  the  Spanish  in  ap- 
pearance, except  that  the  plumage  is  white,  with  hackle  or  neck,  and  the 
saddle  or  rump  feathers  tinged  golden.  Unlike  the  Spanish,  they  are 
hardy,  standing  even  our  western  winters  excellently.  They  are  good 
winter  layers,  and  seldom  desire  to  sit;  the  young  early  take  care  of 


BAKK-YAUD    FOWLS. 


\nt 


themselves,  and  feather  so  early  that  they  look  to  be  miniature  fowls 
when  six  weeks  or  two  months  old.  They  are  quiet  and  docile.  The 
eggs  are  superior  in  flavor,  and  as  a  table  fowl  they  have  few  superiorib 
among  the  gallinaceous  tribe. 


LLACK  MINORCA  COLX.-ILIIL. 


XV 1.    Ajnerican  Breeds. 

The  distmctive  American  breeds  of  barn-yard  fowls  that  have  attained 

wide  celebrity  are  the  Dominique,  the  Ostrich  fowl,  and  the  Plymouth 

Hock.     The   Dominique  have  often  been  confounded  with  the  Scotch 

Grays,  and  also  with  the  Cuckoo  Dorkmgs  and  oth^^  fowls  bred  to  the 


1112       CYCLOPEDIA  OF  UVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETB  STOCK  DOCTOB. 

cuckoo  feather  of  England  and  France ;  they  are,  however,  an  old  and 
entirely  distinct  American  race.  The  Georgian  Game  is  also  a  distinct 
American  breed,  but  this  will  be  treated  of  under  the  head  of  Games. 

XV  Jl.    Dominique  Fowls. 

For  the  farm-yard,  when  both  eggs  and  chickens  are  desired,  this  breed 
when  pure,  (unfortunately  now  rather  rare),  is  one  of  the  most  valuable 
of  the  known  breeds,  for  it  combines  hardiness  of  constitution  with  goodfor- 
aging  qualities  ;  is  prolific  of  eggs,  and  when  killed  shows  plenty  of  good 
flesh.  The  true  color  is  a  soft  and  undulating  shading  of  slaty  blue, 
t^on  a  light  ground  all  over  the  body,  thus  forming  bands  of  variouA 


DOMINIQUE  FOWL. 


narrow  widths,  and  finely  penciled  among  the  smaller  feathers.  The 
cocks  have  heavy  hackle  and  saddle  feathers.  The  feet  and  legs  must  be 
bright  yellow  or  buft",  and  the  bill  of  the  same  color.  The  combs  of  the 
cocks,  however,  are  variable,  some  cocks  having  a  single  and  others  a 
doubls  comb. 


BARN-YARD   FOWLS. 


1113 


BLACK  SPANISH. 


1114       CYCLOPEDIA  OP  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


BABN-YABD  FOWLS. 


1115 


XV  ill.    Ostrich  Fowls. 

This  breed  is  not  widely  disseminated,  but  in  their  native  region- 
Bucks  County,  Pa.— they  are  highly  esteemed  for  their  weight,  valuable 
laying  qualities,  excellent  flesh,  and  hardy  constitutions.  The  cocks  will 
weio-h  nine  pounds  at  maturity  and  the  hens  seven  to  eight,  and  will 
*^  ~  often  lay  forty  to  fifty  eggs  before 

wanting  to  sit.      The  color  of   the 
cock   is    blue-black,     the    ends    of 
the    feathers    tipped     with    white. 
The     wings     a    golden    or    yellow 
tinge,  the  hackle  dark  glossy  blue. 
The  cocks  have   a  double  rose-col- 
ored comb,  and  large  wattles.     The 
leo-s   are   short  and   strong,  and  the 
body  thick  and   plump.      The   hens 
are    marked  similarly  to   the   cock, 
but   more   soberly,    and   the    comb 
is  single,  high  and  serrated. 
XrX.    Pl3rmouth  Rock  Fowls. 
This  is  one  of  the  latest-formed  of  American  breeds,  first  shown  at 


OSTRICH  FOWLS. 


'-    ^i^ 


A   PAIR    OF   COLUMBIAN    WYANDOTTES. 

Boston  in  1840.     It  is  evidently  a  breed  made  up  of  various  crosses,  and 


^^^^      '''^'''^TSiliMW^^^^  '""   --^— DOCTOR. 


BARN-YARD    FOWLS. 


1117 


unfortunately  was  disseminated  before  its  characteristics  became  uniform 
or  well  fixed  in  any  respect.  It  gave  rise  to  much  bitter  controversy, 
in  which  even  the  common  dunghill  was  stated  to  have  had  a  large  share 
in  the  origin.  Of  late  years,  what  is  called  the  Improved  Plymouth  Rock 
has  appeared  and  shows  care  and  uniform  breeding.  They  are  said  to 
grow  fast,  fledge  early,  take  on  flesh  rapidly,  and  to  combine  excellent 
qualities  as  egg  producers  and  as  table  fowls.  They  have  not  yet  be- 
come popular,  except  with  a  comparatively  few  fanciers,  and  for  the 
reason,  perhaps,  that  their  really  good  qualities  are  not  yet  known  among 
farmers. 


A.     PAIR     OF     SINGLE-COMB     WHITE     LEGHORNS. 


1118       CYCLOPEDIA   OF  LIVE   STOCK   AND   COMPLETE   STOCK   DOCTOR. 


3 
< 

g 

O 

o 

K 

P 

o 

Oh 


caAPTEnni. 

GAME  FOWLS  AND  OTHER  RARE  BREEDS. 


I.     GAME  FOWLS  AND  THEIR  VARIETH.S. II.     EARL  DERBY  GAMES. IH.     BROWN* 

BREASTED    RED   GAMES. IV.     DUCK-WING £D    GAMES. V.      WHITE  GEORGIAN 

GAMES. VI.     GAME    BANTAMS. VII.       OTHER     BANTAMS. VIII.      THE     SEA- 
BRIGHT     BANTAM. IX.      JAPANESE    BANTAMS. K,     FBIZZL£D    FOWLS. Xl. 

EUMPLESS  FOWLS. XII.     SILKY  FOWLS. 

I.   Game  Fowls  and  their  Varieties. 

The  Games  are  the  most  elegant  as  they  are  the  noblest  of  the  gal- 
linaceous tribe.  Watchful,  without  fear,  attacking  an  enemy— even  in- 
truding dogs— with  boldness,  and  tightingto  the  death,  they  at  the  same  time 
are  hardy,  good  foragers,  and  the  hens  produce  eggs  of  the  finest  flavor. 
In  fact,  many  fanciers  breed  them  simply  for  the  excellenceof  their  eggs  and 
the  delicacy  of  cheir  flesh  Pubhc  sentiment  is  justly  against  the  barbarous 
practices  of  the  cock-pit,  in  which  birds  are  pitted  against  each  other 
until  one  or  both  are  killed.  The  varieties  are  numerous,  and  the  sub- 
varieties  are  many,  each  having  a  local  celebrity.  As  mere  fighting  birds, 
the  English,  Irish,  Cubans,  Mexicans,  Spanish  and  Malays  all  have  theii 
favorites,  while  in  many  sections  of  the  South  the  (xeorgian  Games  ape 
held  to  be  superior  in  point  of  shape,  carriage,  plumage,  hardiness  and 
courage,  as  they  undoubtedly  are  superior  in  point  of  flesh,  and  thft 
quality  ot  the  eggs.  Among  sub-varieties  that  have  acquired  more  o> 
less  celebrity,  the  Salmon-pile  Games,  and  the  Dominique  or  Cuckoo 
Games  may  be  noticed  as  combining  many  excellent  qualities.  What- 
ever breed  is  selected,  but  one  variety  can  be  kept  in  a  run,  since  it  would 
give  rise  to  endless  battles  and  killing  of  birds ;  besides,  of  all  gallina- 
ceous birds,  the  breeder  of  games  should  carefolly  keep  tbem  from  inter* 
mixture. 

n.   Earl  Derby  Game. 

This  most  excellent  strain  of  game  fowls  is  really  the  Blaok-Breastod 
red  Game,  but  bred  with  the  greatest  care  and  attention  for  over  a  cen- 
tury in  England.  They  are  unsurpassed  in  style,  beauty  and  courage, 
and  for  the  table  are  among  the  best.  As  bred  in  England  and  If.  this 
country  they  are  identical ;  tliey  are  described  as  having  a  round,  well 
knit  body,  on  long,  strong  legs,  with  white  feet  and  claws  i  the  head 
long,  the  bill  laaoe-«haped  and  elegant ;  the  face  brigjbt  red,  with  traall 

1119 


1120        CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AfJJ>  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

comb  and  wattles  red  ;  they  are  daw-eyed,  that  is,  the  eye  is  gray  like 
that  of  the  Jackdaw;  back  intense  brown-red;  lesser  wing  coverts 
marc-on  colored  ;  greater  wing  coverts  marked  at  the  extremity  with 
steel-blue,  forming  a  bar  across  the  wings  ;  primary  wing  feathers  bay; 
tail  irridescent  black;  hackle  well  feathered,  touching  the  shoulders; 
wings  large  and  well  quilled  ;  back  short ;  breast  round  and  black  ;  tail 
long  and  sickled,  being  well  tufted  at  the  root ;  the  carriage  is  upright  «ui4 
elegant. 


EAKL  DERBY  GAME. 

Beeton,  an  English  author  describes  them  as  follows  :  Head  fine  and 
taperinir  ;  face,  wattles  and  comb  bright  red  ;  extremities  of  upper  man- 
dible and  the  greater  portion  of  the  lower  one  white,  but  dusky  at  its 
base  and  around  its  nostrils  ;  chestnut  brown  around  the  eyes,  continued 
beneath  the  throat ;  shaft  of  neck  hackles  light  buff ;  web  pale  brown 
edf^ed  with  black ;  breast  shaded  with  roan  and  fawn  color ;  belly  and 
vent  of  an  ash  tint ;  primary  wing  feathers  and  tail  black,  the  latter 
carried  vertically  and  widely  expanded;  legs,  feet  and  nails  perfectly 
white. 


aAME   FOWLS,    AND  OTHER  RARE   BREEDS. 

m.    Brown-Breasted  Red  Games. 


1121 


Not  mferio?*  perhaps  to  the  foregoing  in  point  of  elegant  carriage  and 
wurage  are  the  Browu-breasted  reds.  Tegetmeier  justly  says  that  since 
J-J^y  have  long  been  sought  for  the  pit,  by  men  who  rear  them  s>^^  zkv  to  this 


end,  variation  in  shades  of  color  is  cared  nothing  about.  Hence  undei 
the  name  of  Browu-breasted  red  are  included  streaky-breasted,  marble- 
oreasted,  and  ginger -breasted  reds,  and  various  other  shades  of  color. 
There  is  no  l^reed  of  Game  having  so  many  variations  in  color,  caused  b} 


1122 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMI'LETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


mating  together  blues,  piles,  duns,  and  brown  and  black-breasted  reds; 
so  that  there  is  little  uniformity  of  color  in  the  strain.  In  the  purest 
strain  is  a  light  streaky  breasted  cock,  with  back  and  shoulder  coverts 
dark  crimson ;  saddle  red  maroon  on  centre,  pn.ssing  off  to*  a  dark  lemon 
and  straw;  hackle  red,  with  the  middle  of  each  feather  dark.  The  hen 
should  have  a  nearly  black  body,  but  intermixed  with  gray  on  the  wing; 
the  hackle  bright,  brassy  or  golden. 

IV.  Duck-Winged  Games. 
Like  the  Brown-breasted  reds,  there  are  several  varieties  of  the 
Duck-wings.  The  Silver  Grays  are  considered  to  be,  perhaps,  the  pure.-;t 
in  type;  but  each  fancier  has  his  own  peculiar  strain.  Tegetmeier  des- 
cril)es  the  best  cocks,  correct  in  color,  as  having  the  hackle  nearly  clear 
white,  with  a  very  slight  tinge  of  straw  color,  without  any  decided  yel- 
low tinge  or  dark  streak  on  the  feather.  The  saddle  should  be  as  nearly 
as  possible  the  color  of  the  hackle;  the  Ijrenst  of  a  maroon  straw;  the 


PAIK  OF  WHITE-FACED  BLACK  SPANISH  FOWLS. 


shoulder  coverts  a  rich  brass  or  coi)per  maroon ;  the  breast  and  tail  pure 
black.  The  hens  to  match  these  cocks  should  have  their  necks  of  a  clear 
silver,  striped  with  black,  the  silver  to  go  right  up  to  the  comb,  but  being 
a  little  darker  above  the  eyes;  the  back  and  shoulder  coverts  a  bluish- 
gray,  shaft  of  feather  scarcely  showing  any  difference  from  the  rest  of 
the  feather,  any  approach  to  red  or  penciling  being  decidedly  objection- 
able ;  the  breast  salmon  color,  of  a  rich  shade. 


GAME  FOWLS  AND  OTHER  RARE  BREEDS. 


1123 


V.     White  Georgian  Games. 
This  magnificent  breed  of  Southern  games  makes  one  of  the  prettiest 
sights  we  have  ever  seen  on   the  lawn.     Their  elegant  carriage,   pure 
white  color,  great  courage  and  intelligence,  make  them  decided  favorites 


wherever  known.  They  are  of  European  origin,  like  all  other  Games,  but 
have  been  bred  pure  in  the  South,  and  are  now,  we  believe,  unknown  in 
Europe  except  by  specimens  carried  there.  They  are  as  good  farm  fowls 
— the  eggs  being  delicate,  the  flesh  excellent — as  they  are  game  in  the 


1124       CrCLOFEDlA  OF  LfVE  8TOCE  AND  COMrLETE  STOCK  DOCTOB. 

pit.  Their  characteristics  are :  In  color  they  must  be  pure  white  all 
over,  with  no  shade  whatever  on  neck,  breast,  hock  or  tail.  The  legs 
may  be  white  or  yellow  ;  and  the  beak  should  harmonize  with  the  legs  ; 
the  comb,  ear  lobes  and  wattles  must  be  of  the  deepest  vermilion  color. 
The  yellow  beak  and  legs  arc  generally  preferred,  since  they  a^a  sup- 
posed to  indicate  greater  hardiness  ;  but  we  have  never  seen  any  differ- 
snce  in  this  respect  between  the  white  and  yellow  legged  birds.  Still, 
the  latter  will  continue  to  be  preferred  for  cooking,  in  response  to  a 
somewhat  popular,  but  probably  erroneous  taste. 


LIGHT  BRAHMA. 
VI.    Game  Bantams. 

Many  of  the  varieties  of  the  large  games  have  their  representatives  in 
the  bantams  ;  specimens  of  the  game  bantams  are  often  but  little  larger 
than  pigeons,  but  they  all  possess  the  erect  carriage,  wonderful  courage, 
and  brilliant  plumage  of  their  larger  relations.  To  our  mind,  the  Black- 
breasted  reds  combine  more  good  qualities  than  any  other.  They  may 
be  kept  in  the  yards  with  the  large  Asiatic  breeds  without  any  danger  of 
intermixture,  but  they  will  nevertheless  be  found  fully  masters  of  the'yard. 
and  will  always  give  due  warning  of  danger  to  the  flock,  and  assist  ma- 
terially in  its  protection  from  intruders.  Fall  broods  of  any  of  the  ban- 
tams make  the  handsomest  and  smallest  specimens,  and  show  birds  are 
usually  thus  brod 


GAME    iJ'OWLS,    AND   OTIIKIC    llAlilJ    UKEEDS.  1125 

Vn.    Other  Bantams. 

The  principal  varieties  bred  are  the  Black,  the  Cochin,  the  Feather- 
legged,  the  Nankin,  the  Pekin,  the  White,  the  Soubright  and  the  Japan- 
ese. The  two  hitter  will  be  sufficient  for  notice  here  as  being  the  two 
most  distinct  and  elegant  of  all  the  varieties. 

Vin.    The  Seabiigbt  Bantam. 

These  are  of  two  varieties,  the  Golden-penciled,  and  the  Silver-penciled, 
identical,  except  in  the  color  of  their  plumage.  A  peculiarity  of  these 
is,  that  occasionally  an  old  hen,  or  a  barren  one,  will  assume  the  plumage 
of  the  cock,  a  remarkable  reversion.  It  is  worthy 
of  note,  however,  that  the  mules  of  the  Seabrights 
are  all  what  are  called  hen-tailed  breeds. 

The  standard  for  the  Seabrights  whether  Gold 
or  Silver-penciled,  is :  The  weight  of  the  cock 
should  not  exceed  twenty  ounces  at  most ;  the 
hen  not  more  than  sixteen.  Hens  have  been 
shown  weighing  not  more  than  twelve  ounces. 
The  plumage  of  the  Silver  bantam  is  of  a  silver- 
white  color  with  a  jet  black  margin.  The  Golden 
variety  is  identical  except  that  the  ground  color  of 
sEABRKjur  BANTAM.  tho  plumagc  is  golden.  The  legs  are  smooth,  the 
heads  are  clean,  the  comb  double  and  pointed  at  the  back,  and  the  tail 
straight  and  without  the  long  sickle  feathers.  Whether  they  be  golden 
or  silver  spangled,  the  value  of  the  birds  consists  in  the  delicacy  and  pen* 
cilings  of  the  markings. 

IX.    Japanese  Bantams. 

These  are  without  doubt  the  most  striking  of  any  of  the  varieties  of 
bantams.  Their  carriage  and  general  contour  remind  one  of  the  best 
specimens  of  the  white  Leghorn,  except  that  the  comb  of  the  hen  is  fully 
upright.  This  rare  breed  has  a  pure  white  body,  the  tail  long,  and  the 
shafts  of  the  sickle  feathers  white,  long,  upright,  with  the  ends  slightly 
curved,  but  carried  over  the  back.  The  comb  should  be  very  long,  broad, 
and  moderately  serrated,  extending  well  back  ;  the  wattles  long,  pendant, 
and  bright  red.  The  legs  are  short  and  yellow  ;  the  body  of  the  wings  is 
white,  but  the  quill  feathers  black.  The  hens  are  fan-tailed  and  the  comb 
somewhat  crinkled.  These  fowls  cannot  stand  hard  weather,  and  the 
chicks  are  quite  tender.  Hence  they  should  not  be  hatched  until  warm 
weather  sets  in.  The  illustrations  show  perfect  representations  of  these 
elegant  fowls. 


1126        CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

X.    Frizzled  Fowls. 

Among  the  most  curious  of  the  gallinaceous  tribe  are  the  frizzled  fowls, 
originally  said  to  have  been  brought  from  Java,  and  occasionally  fouiKl 
in  the  collections  of  amateur  fanciers.  The  color  should  be  pure  white, 
though  there  are  varieties  bred  brown  and  also  black.  Their  peculiarity 
consfsts  in  their  feathers  being  frizzled  or  rolled  back.  They  are  not 
useful,  and  their  only  value  consists  in  their  curious  appearance. 


JPAIK  or  SILKY  FOWLS. 


XI.    Rumpless  Fowls. 


Rumpless  fowls  have  been  known  for  centuries  at  least.  They  were 
known  in  Virginia  in  the  last  century,  and  Buffon  would  have  had  the 
generation  for  whom  he  wrote  believe,  that  short  tails,  or  the  want  of 
tails  was  a  characteristic  of  American  animated  creation  ;  and  he  gravely 
accepted  as  truth  that  Englisa  fowls  gradually  lost  their  tails  when  trans- 
planted to  America.  If  he  nad  been  better  informed  he  would  have 
known  that  Aldrovandus  described  the  rumpless  fowls  more  than  a  hun- 
dred years  before  his  time.  It  is  the  Persian  or  rumpless  cock  of 
Latham.  They  have  been  bred  of  various  colors,  including  black.  The 
most  fashionable  variety  now  is  pure  white,  with  a  small  single  comb  as 
shown  in  the  illustration.     Rumpless  bantams  have  also  been  bred.     I' 


GAME  FOWLS,  AND  OTHER  RARE  BREEDS. 


1127 


fact,  it  would  seem  not  difficult  to  breed  off  the  tail  feathers  of  any 
fowls.  None  of  the  rumpless  breeds,  however,  have  particular  value 
except  as  curiosities. 


RUMPLESS  FOWLS. 
XII.     Silky  Fowls. 

This  is  also  a  breed  more  curious  than  useful.  Its  chief  peculiarity 
is,  that  the  feathers  are  filamentous  and  lack  cohesion,  giving  the 
plumage  a  silky  appearance.  They  are  sometimes  called  negro-fowls, 
from  the  fact  that  the  skin  is  of  a  dark  violet  color,  or  almost  black,  and 
the  wattles  and  low,  flat  comb  often  dark  purple,  and  covered  with  wart- 
like excrescences.  The  bones  are  also  covered  with  a  dark  membrane,  so 
that  taken  altogether  they  may  be  regarded  as  the  most  singular  of  the 


1128         CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


whole  galliuaceous  tribe.  The  silk  fowl  is  a  native  of  Asia,  and  *hemost 
fashionable  specimens  are  now  bred  pure  white.  The  young  chickens  are 
covered  with  a  yellow,  silky  down  and  are  most  interesting.  Aside  from 
their  ota-ious  appearance,  they  Jiave  littie  value. 


RED   PYLE  GAME    COCK 


SILVER  DUCKWING  GAME  COCKEKEi. 


LONG-TAILED  JAPANESE  GAME   COCK. 


GAME  FOWLS,  AND  OTHER  RARE  BREEDS, 


1129 


AMERICAN    DOMINIQUE.     MALE. 
From   "Perfected   Poultry  of  America,"   used  by  courtesy   Hon.    F.    D.   Coburn, 
Secretary    Kansas    State    Board    of    Agrrioultvire. 


1130       CYCLOPEDIA  OP  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


AMERICAN    DOMINIQUE.     FEMALE 

From   "Perfected   Poultry  of  America."   used    by   courtesy   Hon.    F.   D    Coburn 

Secretary    Kansas   State   Board    of   Agriculture. 


CHAPTER  IV, 
ASIATIC  FOWLS. 


r       IHE  VAKIOUS  ASIATIC!  BREEPS. II.     DAKK    BRAHMAS. HI.     LIGHT  BRAHMAS. 

IV.      CC^OHIN    FOWLS. V.      GENERAL  CHARACTERISTICS    OF  COCHINS. VI. 

WUITE  COCHINS. VII.     BUFF  COCHINS. VIII.      PARTRIDGE  COCHINS. 

I.    The  Vaxious  Asiatic  Breeds. 

Of  all  the  varieties  of  the  large  Asiatic  breeds  introduced  into  the 
United  States,  first  and  last,  the  Brahmas  and  the  Cochin  Chinas  alone 
have  held  their  own  with  other  popular  breeds,  and  have  been  generally 
disseminated.  The  so  called  Shanghai  and  the  Chittagong — the  latter 
confessedly  the  giants  of  the  larger  breeds  of  fowls— have  not  fulfilled 
expectations.  Wo  shall,  therefore,  give  the  Chittagong  only  a  passing  no- 
tice, and  simply  delineate  the  principal  varieties  of  the  Brahmas  and  the 
Cochins.  Of  the  Shanghais  it  may  be  remarked,  that,  when  first  intro- 
duced, they  were  the  largest  of  the  fowls  imported  up  to  that  time,  and 
were  of  various  colors,  gray,  buff,  cinnamon-colored,  partridge  and 
black  ;  and  it  is  more  than  prr/bable  that  some  varieties  of  the  Cochins 
owe  their  parentage  to  a  union  /f  the  Shanghai  and  Chittagong,  if  indeed 
the  so  called  Shanghai  be  not  a  Cochin  and  nothing  else.  However  this 
may  be,  neither  the  Cochins  nor  Brahmas'  were  originally  from  the 
Brahma-Pootra  river,  in  India,  since  this  region  having  been  in  the  pos- 
session of  the  English  so  long,  these  remarkable  fowls,  if  they  had 
existed  there,  could  not  have  remained  unnoticed. 

n.    Dark  Brahmas. 

As  bred  both  in  England  and  America  the  characteristics  of  the  dark 
Brahmas  are  as  follows  :  The  head  of  the  cock  should  be  surmounted 
with  what  is  termed  a  "pea-comb."  This  resembles  three  small  combs 
running  parallel  the  length  of  the  head,  the  centre  one  the  highest; 
beak  strong,  well  curved ;  wattles  full ;  oar-lobes  red,  well  rounded  and 
falling  below  the  wattles.  The  neck  should  be  short,  well  curved; 
hackle  full,  silvery  white  striped  with  black,  flowing  well  over  the  back 
and  sides  of  the  breast;  feathers  at  the  head  should  be  white.  Back 
very  short,  wide  and  flat,  rising  into  a  nice,  soft,  small  tail,  carried  up- 
right ;  back  almost  white  ;  the  saddle  feathers  white,  striped  with  black, 

1131 


1132        CYCLOPEDIA  OF  UVK  STOCK  AHD  COMPLETE  8TOCK  DOCTOR. 

and  the  longer  the  better.  The  rise  from  the  saddle  to  the  tail,  and  the 
side  feathers  of  the  tail  to  be  pure  lustrous  green- black  (except  a  few 
next  the  saddle),  slightly  tipped  with  white,  the  tiiil  feathers  pure  black. 
The  breast  should  be  full  and  broad,  and  carried  well  forward  ;  feathers 
black,  tipped  with  white  :  wings  small,  and  well  tucked  up  under  the 
saddle-feathers  and  thigh  fluff.  A  good  black  bar  across  the  wing  is 
Important.  The  fluff  on  the  hinder  pails  and  thighs  should  be  black  or 
dark  gray;  lower  part  of  the  thighs  covered  with  soft  feathers,  nearly 
black.  The  markings  of  the  hen  tire  nearly  similar  to  those  of  the  cock. 
Both  sexes  should  have  rather  short  yellow  legs  and  profusely  feathered 


A    PAIR    OF    SILVER-LACED    WYANDOTTES. 


oo  the  outside.     The  carriage  of  the  hen  is  full,  but  not  so  upright  as 
that  of  the  cock.     The  markings  of  the  hen,  except  the  neck  and  tail,  are 
the  same  all  over,  each  feather  having  a  dingy  white  ground,  closely  pen 
ciled  with  dark  steel  gray,  nearly  up  to  the  throat  on  the  breast. 

III.    Light  Brahmas. 

The  best  of  these  fowls  should  be  mostly  white  in  color,  but  if  the 
feathers  are  parted,  the  bottom  of  the  plumage  will  appear  of  a  bluish 
gray.     The  neck*backles  should  be  distinctly  striped  with  black  downthu 


ASIATIC    FOWLS. 


1133 


LIGHT     BRAHMA      MALE      AND      FEATHERS. 

'rcim    "p^rfftcted  Poultry  of  America,"  used   by  courtesy  Hon.    F.   D.   Coburn, 

Secretary    Kansas   State    Board   of   Agrlcalture. 


1134       CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK   DOCTOR. 


LIGHT     BRAHMA     FEMALE     AND     FEATHERS. 

■^rom   "Perfected   Poultry  of  America,"   used   by   courtesy   Hon.    F.    P,    Coburn, 

Secretary    Kansas    State    Board    of   Agriculture, 


ASIATIC  FOWLS. 


1135 


center  of  each  feather.  The  plume  of  the  cock  is  often  lighter  than  that 
of  the  hen;  the  back  should  be  quite  white  in  both  sexes.  The  wings 
should  appear  white  when  folded,  but  the  flight  feathers  are  black ;  the 
tail  black  in  both  cock  and  hen ;  in  the  cock,  however,  it  is  well  developed, 
and  the  covert^s  show  splendid  green  reflections  in  the  light;  it  should 
stand  tolerably  upright,  and  open  well  out  laterally,  like  a  fan;  the 
legs  should  be  yellow,  and  well  covered  with  white  feathers,  which  may 
or  may  not  be  very  slightly  mottled  with  black;  ear-lobes  must  be  pure 
red,  and  every  bird  should  have  a  perfect  pea-comb.  The  illustration 
shows  both  the  penciled  or  dark  and  also  the  light  Brahma. 


SINGLE-COMB     WHITE     LEGHORN     COCK. 

IV.  Cochin  Fov^^ls. 


As  an  indication  of  the  steady  and  increasing  popularity  of  this,  the 
largest  of  valuable  barn-yard  fowls,  it  is  only  necessary  to  enumerate 
some  of  the  principal  varieties  into  which  they  have  been  broken  up, 
according  to  the  taste  or  fancy  of  breeders.     These  are,  White,  Buff, 


1136      CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LFVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


Cinnamon,  Grouse  or  Partridge  Cocliin,  Lemon,  Silver  Buff,  Silver  Cin- 
namon, Black  Cochin,  Cuckoo,  and  Silky-feathered  Cochin,  We  illus- 
trate three  of  the  best  known  breeds,  the  White,  the  Partridge  and  the 
Buff  Cochin.  Although  amjong  the  largest  of  barn-yard  fowls,  they 
endure  confined  quarters  well;  but  it  must  be  remembered  that  even  the 


BARRED   PLYMOUTH   ROCK   FEMALE    AND    FEATHERS. 

From  "Perfected  Poultry  of  America,"  used  by  courtesy  Hon.  F.  D.  Coburn, 

Secretary  of  Kansas  State  Board  of  Agriculture. 

most  domestic  of  fowls  cannot  remain  healthy  unless  they  are  allowed  a 
fair  amount  of  exercise.  Among  the  best  of  the  breeds  for  farmers  are 
the  White  Cochins,  the  Buff  Cochins,  and  the  Partridge  or  penciled  Coch- 
ins, It  may  also  be  remarked  that  the  principal  objection  to  the  Brah- 
mas,  and  especially  the  Cochins,  is  that  they  accumulate  fat  so  rapidly  at 


4SlAriC    FOWLS. 


1137 


maturity  that  they  are  subject  to  apoplexy  and  kindred  disorders.  This 
may,  however,  be  avoided  by  plenty  of  exercise,  and  a  rather  low  diet. 
The  engravings  of  Buff  Cochin  cock  and  hen  show  the  general  shape  and 
carriage  of  the  several  sub-familes. 

V.    Gteneral  Characteristics  of  Cochins. 

The  characteristics  which  will  apply  to  the  several  varieties  are  now 
generally   accepted  to  be  as   follows :     In  the  cock  the   comb   single, 


A  FAIR  OF  PARTRIDGE  COCHINS. 


fine,  rather  small,  upright  and  straight,  with  well  defined  serrations,  stout 
at  the  base  and  tapering  to  a  point ;  head  small  and  carried  rather  for- 
ward ;  eye  bright  and  clear  ;  deaf  ears  pendant  and  large  ;  wattles  large 
and  well  rounded  on  the  lower  edge  ;  the  hackles  of  the  neck  full  and 
abundant,  reaching  well  to  the  back  ;  back  broad,  with  a  gentle  rise  from 
the  middle  to  the  tail,  and  with  abundant  saddle  feathers  ••  wings  small, 
the  primaries  well  doubled  under  the  secondaries,  so  as  to  be  out  of  sight 
yyiien  the  wings  are  closed ;  tail  small,  curved  feathers  numerous,  th« 


1138       CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLITE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

whole  tail  carried  rather  horizontally  than  upright ;  breast  deep,  broad 
and  full ;  thighs  large  and  strong,  well  covered  with  soft  feathers  ;  vul- 
ture hocks,  those  with  long,  stiff  feathers,  are  objectionable  ;  the  fluff 
soft  and  abundant,  well  covering  the  thighs  and  standing  well  out  behind  ; 
legs  rather  short,  thick  and  bony,  wide  apart,  and  well  feathered  on  the 
outside  to  the  toes  ;  toes  stout  and  strong,  the  anterior  and  middle  toes 
well  feathered  ;  the  carriage  not  so  upright  as  in  other  breeds.  The  hen 
should  coiTcspond  with  these  points,  but  be  more  feminine  in  appearance  ; 
for  instance,  the  comb  should  be  single,  very  small,  fine,  low  in  front, 
perfectly  straight  with  well  defined  serrations,  and  the  tail,  of  course, 
lacking  the  sickle  feathers. 

VI.    White  Cochins. 

These  are  sturdy,  heavy  birds,  and  among  the  best  foragers  of  any  of 
the  Asiatic  varieties.  The  standard  for  color,  the  other  characteristics 
being  as  given  under  the  general  head,  is :  Comb,  face,  deaf-ear  and 
wattles,  brilliant  red ;  plumage  pure  white  throughout,  the  cock  as  free 
from  yellow  tinge  as  possible,  the  hens  entirely  free  from  any  tinge 
whatever ;  legs  bright  yellow. 

Vn.    Buff  Cochin. 

The  points  for  cocks  of  this  breed  are  as  follows .  Comb,  face,  deaf- 
ear  and  wattles,  brilliant  red  ;  head,  rich  clear  buff ;  hackie,  back,  wings, 
and  saddle,  rich,  deep  golden  buff,  the  more  uniform  and  even  the  bet- 
ter ;  quite  free  from  mealiness  on  the  wings  ;  breast,  thighs  and  fluff,  uni- 
form, clear,  deep  buff,  as  free  from  mottling  and  shading  as  possible ; 
tail,  rich  dark  chestnut,  or  bronze  chestnut  mixed  \\'ith  black,  dark  chest- 
nut preferable  ;  legs,  bright  yellow  ;  leg  feathers,  clear  deep  buff. 

The  color  of  the  hen  should  be  as  follows  ;  Comb,  face,  deaf-ear  and 
wattles,  same  as  cock ;  hackle,  back,  wings  and  saddle,  same  as  cock, 
but  slight  marking  at  ends  of  feathers  of  the  neck  not  a  disqualification ; 
legs,  bright  yellow,  with  feathers  same  color  as  those  of  the  body. 

VUL    Partridge  Cochins. 

The  illustration  will  give  a  good  idea  of  this  magnificent  breed  of  fowls. 
The  points  of  color  are  r 

Color  of  CocK.-'Comb,  face,  deaf-ear  and  wattles,  rich  brilliant 
red  i  head,  rich  red ;  hackle,  rich  bright  red,  with  a  rich  black  stripe 
down  the  middle  of  ea  ;h  feather ;  back  and  shoulder  coverts,  rich  dark 
red ;  wing  bow,  rich  dark  red  ;  greater  and  lesser  wing  coverts,  metallic 
greenish  black,  forming  a  wide  bar  across  the  wings;  primary  wing 
quills,  bay  on  outside  web,  dark  on  inside  web ;  secondary  wing  quills, 
rich  bay  on  the  outside  web,  black  oo  tbe  inner  web,  with  a  metaUio 


ASIATIC   FOWLS. 


1139 


black  end  to  each  feather;  saddle,  rich  bright  red,  with  a  black  stripe 
down  the  middle  of  each  feather;  breast,  upper  part  of  body,  and  thighs, 
rich  deep  black;  tail,  glossy  black  (white  at  the  base  of  the  feathers  ob- 
jectionable, but  not  a  disqualification.) 


■fNm^A:.^ ^ 


A  PAIR  OF  SINGLE  COAIB  WHITE  ORPINGTONS. 


-^51^$ 


A  PAIR  OF  GOLDEN  WYANDOTTES. 


Color  of  Hen.— Comb,  face,  deaf-eax,  and  wattles,  brilliant  red; 
neck,  bright  gold  color  on  the  edge  of  the  feathers,  with  a  broad  black 
stripe  down  the  middle;  remainder  of  the  plumage,  light  brown,  dis- 
tinctly penciled  with  dark  brown ;  the  penciling  to  reach  well  up  the  front 


1140       CYCLOPEDIA  OF  lAYE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

of  the  breast.  The  shaft  of  the  feathers  on  the  back,  shoulder  coverts, 
bow  of  the  wing,  and  sides,  creamy  white  ;  remainder  of  the  plumage,  rich 
brown,  disticotly  penciled  with  darker  brown  ;  the  penciling  reaching 
well  up  the  front  of  the  breast,  and  following  the  outline  of  the  feathers  ; 
legs,  dusky  yellow,  with  brown  feathers. 


PARTRIDGE  COCHIN  HEN. 


ASIATIC  FOWLS. 


1141 


■f 


114?  CYCLOPEDIA    OF    LIVE    STOCK    AND    COMPLETE    STOCK    DOCTOK. 


CROUP  OF  YOUNG   LIGHT  BRAHMA  HALF  BREEDS. 


CHAPTEE  V. 
NEW.  POPULAR  BREEDS  OF  POULTRY. 


WYANDOTTES. II.      WHITE      WYANDOTTES. III.      WYANDOTTE      BANTAI 

IV.      LANGSHANS. V.      AMERICAN  JAVAS. VI.      THE  ORPINGTONS. 


I.    Wyandottes. 

The  Wyandottes  are  one  of  the  strictly  American  breeds,  and  were 
originally  known  as  American  Seabrights  from  their  peculiarity  of 
marking.  When  admitted  to  the  American  standard  in  1883,  they  were 
given  the  name  Wyandotte.  Their  origin,  so  far  as  known,  was  a  cross 
between  the  Brahma  and  Hamburg.  As  now  carefully  bred,  their  char- 
acteristic markings  are  distinct  and  constant.  The  plumage  is  white 
and  black,  each  feather  having  a  white  ground  heavily  laeed  with  black, 
the  tail  being  entirely  black  ;  the  plumage  is  in  fact  the  white  and  black 
speckled  of  the  Hamburg  with  the  black  tail  of  the  Brahma.  The  legs 
are  yellow  as  are  those  of  the  Brahma,  but  bare  like  those  of  the  Ham- 
burg. They  have  the  rose  comb  of  the  Hamburg,  but  not  so  large,  and 
in  size  they  approach  the  Brahma. 

^The  birds  feather  early,  are  plump  broilers  when  young,  and  retain 
plumpness  with  age.  They  are  yellow  skinned,  thrift}^,  hardy,  and  reach 
a  capacity  for  broiling  early.  In  the  adult  birds  the  feathers  are  white, 
bordered  red  with  black,  giving  them  a  bright,  even,  speckled  appearance. 
The  hackle  is  penciled  white  and  black,  and  the  tail  is  quite  black.  The 
eggs  are  medium  in  size,  of  a  dark  buff  color,  and  the  laying  qualities  of 
the  fow.s  are  generally  good,  but  as  in  the  case  of  any  variety,  the  de- 
scendants of  cross-bred  fowls  will  depend  somewhat  on  care  in  selection. 
The  illustration  represents  highly  bred  fow^s  of  this  variety. 
II.    White  "Wyandottes. 

Early  in  the  breeding  of  the  Wyandottes  (1872)  some  pure  white 
chicks  were  observed  in  a  clutch  of  the  laced  Wyandottes  of  Mr.  Geo. 
H.  Towle,  of  New  York  State,  as  having  the  same  characteristics  of  the 
dark  variety.  They  were  bred  together  until  1886,  when  they  were  ex- 
hibited in  Boston,  Mass.  This  variety  are  reported  to  be  prolific  layers 
and  hardy  ;  are  pure  white  with  yellow  legs  and  skin,  but  yet  (1911) 
they  are  not  generally  disseminated. 

III.    "Wyandotte  Bantams. 

Whenevei  a  r.ew  and  well  received  breed  is  brought  out,  there  are 
aWays  some  who  seek  to  get  money  out  of  alleged  variations.     There 

1143 


1144 


CLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOB. 


are  Bantams  of  many  of  the  older  breeds  of  fowls.     These  are  produced 

by  in-and-in  breeding,  and  the  production  of  clutches  of  chickens  hatched 
m  the  autumn,  the  growth  carefully  subdued  by  light  feeding,  and  strict 
selection,  and  this  continued  for  generations  until  the  peculiarities  are 
fixed.  Lately  Wyandotte  Bantams  have  been  advertized.  Do  not  be 
ied  astray  just  yet  by  these  alleged  small  Wyandottes.  They  are  half 
starved  fall  chicks,  bred  by  a  smart  boy  near  Chicago,  and  Bantams  only 


.     WYANDOTTES. 

im  name,  so  we  are  informed  by  one  of  the  best  authorities  on  poultry  in 

the  United  States. 

rv.    Langshans. 

This  new  breed  of  poultry,  at  least  in  the  United  States,  is  distinct  in 
its  characteristics,  and  originating  as  it  did  in  the  provinces  of  Langshan, 
Northern  China,  is  one  of  the  most  hardy  of  Asiatic  fowls.  In  China  iis 
name  is  "Yop"  (sacred  bird),  from  the  fact  that  it  is  offered  in  sacri- 
fice to  the  Gods  of  the  Chinese.  These  birds  were  first  introduced  into 
England  about  1872,  and  immediately  attracted  the  attention  of  fanciers, 
and  also  caused  a  controversy  as  to  whether  it  was  a  pure  breed.     T^as 


NEW,    rOl-LLAU    bUEKLS    OF  POULTRY. 


1146 


question  settled,  it  was  admitted  to  the  English  standard.  Birds  were 
broujiht  to  the  United  States  in  1878,  and  admitted  to  the  standard  here 
in  1883.  The  excellence  of  the  fowls  soon  attracted  general  attention. 
They  are  showy,  handsome,  have  the  power  of  resisting  disease  remark- 
ably, and  are  noted  for  their  quietude  and  ability  to  stand  confinement. 


SULTAN  COCK. 


BLACK-TAILED  JAPANESE  BANTAM  COCK. 


ROSE-COMB  WHITE  LEGHORN  COCKEREL.       SILVER  GRAY  DORKING  COCK, 

They  are  great  winter  layers,  a  characteristic  of  Asiatic  fowls,  and  with 
special  care  are  also  good  all  the  year  layers.  The  hens  are  good  sitters 
and  good  mothers  ;  the  flesh  is  considered  superior.  The  chicks  when 
hatched  are  black  with  shades  of  canary  color  on  the  head  ai-.d  breast, 


1146        CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

but  carrying  a  few  white  nest  feathers  when  assuming  their  first  plu- 
mage.    They  are  of  two  breeds,  white  and  black. 

The  flesh  is  white,  resembling  somewhat  that  of  the  turkey.  The 
plumage  is  dense  black  throughout,  with  a  beetle  green  gloss  on  back, 
wing  and  sickles,  the  feathers  in  the  sun's  rays  showing  vivid  scintillations- 
The  tail  of  the  cock  is  largo,  wide  spread  and  carried  well  up  with  glossy 
side  hanging,  and  long  sickle  feathers;  hackles  full,  flowing  and  quite 
glossy;  head  small  for  the  size  of  the  fowl  ;  comb  single,  straight,  and 
evenly  serrated  ;  wattles  and  ear  lobes  deep  rich  red  ;  legs  da.;k  slate 
color  and  lightly  .feathered  on  the  outer  toe;  bottom  of  feet  and  web 
between  the  toes  pink. 

There  is  no  dou])t  but  the  Langshans  are  among  the  most  practically 
useful  of  the  Asiatic  breeds,  but  they  nmst  not  be  confounded  with  the 
Black  Cochin,  a  most  excellent  fowl,  and  which  have  been  sold  by  some 
unscrupulous  breeders  for  Langshans.  The  home  of  the  Langshan  is  a 
1,000  miles  from  Cochin,  China.  The  Langshans  are  more  erect,  and 
have  larger  and  better  feathered  tails,  than  the  Black  Cochins,  and  are 
considered  more  vigorous,  active  and  hardy.  The  Langshans  are  of 
great  size,  cockrels  weighing,  at  seven  months  of  age,  if  fat,  ten  to  twelve 
pounds,  and  pullets,  of  the  same  age,  eight  to  nine  pounds. 

The  chicks  are  noted  for  rapid  growth,  small  dense  bone  in  propor- 
tion to  weight  of  the  fowl,  white  fleyh  and  skin,  full  breast,  and  finely 
flavored  flesh,  not  having  the  dryness  so  often  found  in  the  large  breeds. 
The  illustration  o-ives  excellant  portraits  of  this  now  famous  fowl. 
V.    American  Javas. 

This  breed  is  attracting  some  attention  of  late  years.  They  are  not 
generally  disseminated,  but  are  described  upon  the  authority  of  Mr. 
Bicknell,  as  large,  long  bodied  fowls,  with  deep,  full  breasts,  handsome 
and  hardy.  There  are  two  yarieties  bred,  one  black,  the  other  mottled. 
The  difference  is  only  in  color.  The  combs  of  both  vareties  are  single; 
legs  yellow;  shanks  free  from  feathers ;  skin  yellow.  The  flesh  when 
cooked  is  said  not  to  present  the  ol)jectlonable  dark  color  of  some  of  the 
breeds  of  fov ' 


HEAD  OF  SINGLE-COMB  BROWN  LEGHORN  HEN. 
HTCAD  OF  SINGLE-COMB  BROWN  LEGHORN  COCK. 


NEW  AND  POPULAR  BREEDS  OF  POULTRY.  1147 

VI.  The  Orpingtons. 

To  a  Mr.  Wm.  Cook  is  credited  the  honor  of  having  originated  the 
Orpingtons,  which  were  named  after  his  own  home.  It  is  admitted  also 
that  he  originated  all  the  varieties,  we  believe,  except  possibly  the  Buffs, 
but  there  was  some  little  dispute  about  this,  some  claiming  that  what  he 
called  Buff  Orpingtons  were  the  fowls  originally  known  a.s  the  Lincoln- 
shire Buffs.  In  any  event  they  are  all  Oi-pingtons  and  to  IMr.  Cook  be- 
longs the  honor  of  their  propagation. 

The  Bujf  Orpington. — The  Buff  Oipington  is  a  compact  fowl,  created 
through  the  Golden-spangled  Hamburg,  Buff-Cochin,  and  Colored-Dork- 
ings. The  Orpingtons  are  a  large-sized,  compactly-built,  general-purpose 
fowl,  broad,  deep,  with  a  fairly  good  length  of  back  and  body,  built  a  little 
more  after  the  Cochin  type  than  any  other  of  the  general-puiiDOse  fowls. 
They  have  wonderful  vitality,  are  good  egg  producers,  and  highly  valued 
as  table  poultry.  They  have  good  length  and  fulness  of  the  breast  and 
plumpness  of  the  carcass.  They  are  very  attractive  fowls  in  all  their 
varieties,  and  have  gained  great  reputation  throughout  the  world  in  a 
very  few  years. 

The  Black  Orpingtons. — The  Black  Orpington  was  produced  from 
Black  Minorca  male  birds,  black  sports  from  Plymouth  Rocks  and  Black 
Langshan  males,  only  clean-legged  specimens  being  selected.  This  united 
the  blood  of  the  Minorca,  the  Plymouth  Rock  and  the  Langshan,  after 
carefully  selecting  their  offspring  to  produce  the  present-day  Black 
Orpingtons,  both  single  and  rose-combed. 

This  variety  has  the  same  general  breed  characteristics  demanded  of 
all  of  the  varieties  of  the  breed. 

The  shape  of  the  Black  Oqjington  conforms  to  the  Buffs,  except  that 
they  lean  more  toward  the  Langshan  than  the  Cochin.  They  arc  larger 
than  the  Buff  variety,  but  are  not  so  much  like  the  Cochin  as  the  Buff 
and  the  Jubilee  varieties.  In  color  of  plumage  they  are  a  rich,  glossy 
black,  some  of  them  beautiful  in  finish;  bottom  of  the  feet  showing  the 
pinkish  white;  eyes,  dark;  face,  wattles  and  ear-lobes,  bright  red;  skin, 
pinkish  white.  The  only  difference  between  the  single  and  rose-combed 
specimens  of  this  variety  lies  in  the  combs. 

The  White  Orpington. — The  White  Orpingtons  are  believed  to  have 
been  produced  from  White  Leghorns,  White  Dorkings  and  Black  Ham- 
burgs. 

The  same  general  type  of  breed  conformation  pertains  to  all  the  Orping- 
tons. It  varies,  however,  an  appreciable  difference  in  the  type  of  the  sev- 
eral varieties.  The  Buffs  and  Jubilee  varieties  lean  toward  the  Cochin 
type,  while  the  Blacks  and  White  favor  the  Langshans. 

The  Jubilee  Orpington. — This  variety  is  produced  by  crossing  Ham- 
burgs,  Cochins  and  Speckled  Dorkings.  These  crosses  produced  birds  of 
fine  size,  possessing  prolific  egg-producing  qualities.  They  have  four  toes 
on  each  foot,  white  legs,  light  horn  or  white  beaks.  They  are  bred  in  both 
the  single  and  rose-combed  varieties.  They  have  a  deep  body,  long,  promi- 
nent breast,  skin  and  flesh  very  white,  with  round,  bulky  formation, 
typical  of  all  the  Orpington  family. 


CHAPTER  VI. 

INCUBATORS  AND  BROODERS. 


ARTIFICIAL  INCUBATION 


I.      THE  ANTIQUITY  OF  ARTIFICIAL  INCUBATION. II.      INCUBATORS  VS.  HEN. III. 

WHEN  CHICKS  BRING  MONEY. IV.      KEEP  UP  WITH  THE  TIMES. V.      CARE 

WHILE    IN    THE    BKOOUER. VI.      FEEDING    YOUNG    CHICKS. VII.      HOW   TO 

MAKE    AN    INCUBATOR. VIII.      HOW  TO   OPERATE  THE   INCUBATOR. IX.      A 

CHEAP  HOME-MADE  INCUBATOR. X.      HOW  TO  MAKE  THE  BROODER. 

I.    The  Antiquity  of  Artificial  Hatching. 

How  long  artificial  incubation  has  been  practiced  is  not  definitely 
known.  Tiiis  principle  was  known  in  Egj'pt  many  centuries  asro.  It  has 
long  been  practiced  in  China.  In  Egypt  ovens  were  used.  In  China  the 
same  general  plan  was  in  operation.  In  warm  climates  the  use  of  brood- 
ers are  not  so  essential  as  in  cold  climates.  Efforts  were  made  from  time 
to  time  in  France  and  in  the  United  States  in  the  direction  of  artificial  in- 
cubation, but  little  progress  was  made  until  a  perfect  brooder  became  an 
accomplished  fact.  It  is  only  within  the  last  few  years  that  real  progress 
has  been  made  in  rendering  incubators  and  brooders  pratically  succesful, 
and  only  within  the  last  three  years  is  it  the  fact  that  eggs  have  been 
hatched  and  reared  more  succes.sfully  than  by  the  natural  process. 
II.    Incubators  vs.  the  Hen. 

The  incubators  will  not  hatch  every  fertile  egg,  neither  will  the  hea. 
In  intelligent  hands,  however,  the  incubator  will  hatch  more  eggs  in  cold 
weather  than  the  hen,  and  in  warm  weather  about  as  many.  The  brooder 
will  take  care  of  chickens  better  than  the  hen  if  the  temperature  is 
properly  controlled.  The  incubator  does  not,  like  the  hen,  drag  the 
chicks  throngh  the  dew  and  dirt.  It  does  not  cover  the  chicks  with  lice, 
like  too  many  hens.  The  food  can  be  just  what  is  required.  The  water 
is  pure,  and  the  weak  chick  is  not  without  food,  since  there  is  always 
enough  for  all. 

One  reason  why  the  incubator  should  hatch  more  eggs  than  the  hen, 
is,  the  eggs  if  gathered  properly  are  known  to  be  fresh.  They  can  bt 
tested  readily  from  time  to  time,  and  infertile  eggs  removed.  The  prin- 
cipal thing  to  attend  to  is  to  know  that  the  incubator  retains  its  heal 
without  requiring  too  nmch  attention.  The  operator  must  learn  how  to 
manage  the  machine,  and  this  any  intelligent  man  or  woman  may  easily 
do.  In  fact,  women  take  most  kindly  to  the  work,  and  become  enthusi- 
asts in  the  care  of  the  fluffy  chicks. 

1148 


INCUBATORS   AND    BROODERS.  1149 

III.    When  Chicks  Bring  Money. 

*'  The  early  bird  catches  the  worm."  The  early  hatched  chick  brings 
the  money.  You  can  hatch  eggs  in  the  incubator  as  soon  as  the  hen  can 
bo  made  to  lay.  You  cannot  hatch  eggs  by  the  natural  process  in  cold 
weather  unless  you  have  special  facilities  for  so  doing.  By  means  of 
the  incubator  and  brooder,  you  can  get  little  broilers  into  market  by  the 
time  it  is  s.ife  to  set  a  hen  out  of  doors.  To  raise  broilers  by  means  of 
the  incubator  and  brooder  requires  comparatively  little  room.  Villagers 
can  do  this  even  if  they  keep  no  hens,  by  contracting  for  eggs  from  such 
i^armers'  wives  as  raise  good  poultry. 

As  fast  as  one  clutch  is  hatched  you  can  put  another  lot  into  the  incu- 
bator You  can  hatch  the  eggs  of  any  birds,  including  those  of  turkeys, 
ducks  and  geese.  The  time  required  for  hatching  the  eggs  of  the  various 
species  of  barnyard  fowls  will  be  found  on  page  1164.  The  money,  how- 
ever, is  in  chickens. 

IV.    Keep  up  with  the  Times, 

What  you  want  to  do  to  be  successful,  is  to  study  your  incubatoi-  and 
brooder  until  you  are  sure  you  understand  the  working  perfectly.  Prac- 
tice with  it  without  eggs  until  you  are  sure  as  to  the  regulation  of  the 
temperature.  Among  other  things,  you  must  know  how  much  water  to 
use,  and  the  colder  the  weather,  the  more  hot  water.  Water  nmst  be 
kept  in  the  ventilator.  It  must  be  fresh  when  put  in,  and  be  changed 
every  day. 

You  must  have  a  correct  thermometer,  and  learn  to  use  it.  The  heat 
should  be  as  near  103  degrees  Fahrenheit  as  possible  until  the  last  three 
days,  then,  not  over  102  degrees.  The  extremes  of  temperature  are 
between  95  and  105  degrees.  A  temperature  of  108  degrees  for  a  short 
time  will  not  kill  the  life  of  the  egg,  nevertheless  it  should  never  be 
allowed  to  get  so  high. 

Keep  the  incubator  where  there  are  no  odors,  and  when  the  chickens 
are  hatched,  let  them  remain  in  the  incubator  until  they  are  dry  before 
removing  them  to  the  brooder.  The  heat  of  the  brooder  should  never  go 
below  90  degrees. 

V.    Care  While  in  the  Brooder. 

The  brooder  must  have  sufficient  heat  and  plenty  of  fresh  air,  and  the 
air  must  be  warm.  There  are  several  good  brooders  as  well  as  incuba- 
tors for  sale  in  the  market.  We  illustrate  an  incubator — by  a  series  of 
cuts — simple  in  its  construction,  perfect  in  its  working,  and  that  with  the 
aid  of  the  carpenter  and  tinman,  can  be  made  on  the  farm.  Also  a 
brooder. 


1150         CYCLOPEDIA  OP  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE!  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


VI.  Feeding  Young  Chicks. 
Chicks  require  no  food  for  the  first  twenty-four  hours  after  hatching 
The  second  day  the  food  should  be  haid  boiled  eggs.  Then  bread  and  milk 
may  be  allowed.  The  fourth  day,  and  thereafter,  feed  equal  parts  of 
oatmeal  and  coriimeal  cooked  together  with  milk.  Feed  five  times  a  day 
until  the  chickens  begin  to  feather.  Thereafter  four  times  a  day.  When 
the  chicks  are  ten  or  twelve  days  old  they  may  have  screenings  of  wheat, 
cracked  corn,  gravel,  finely  powdered  oyster  shell,  bone  meal,  and  clean 
water  where  they  can  always  take  it.  The  food  must  be  varied;  mashed 
potatoes,  chopped  onions,  cabbage,  or  lettioe  should  form  part  of  the 
food,  and  in  lieu  of  insects  give  them  finely  minced  meat.  Do  not  crowd 
them.  Keep  them  in  small  lots.  Feed  in  vessels  that  may  be  kept  clean, 
.-.nd  let  the  water  always  be  pure. 

VH.  How  to  Make  an  Incubator. 
We  have  been  at  some  considerable  trouble  to  lay  before  our  readers 
some  practicable  plan  by  which  a  common  sense  incubator  could  be  made 
on  the  farm,  by  means  of  the  village  carpenter  and  tinman.  In  corres- 
pondence with  Mr.  P.  H.  Jacobs,  a  gentleman  who  is  an  acknowledged 
authority  on  poultry,  we  learned  that  his  facile  pencil  had  contributed 
to  the  Farm  and  Garden^  of  Philadelphia,  drawings,  of  not  only  incu- 
bators, but  of  brooders  as  well.  A  letter  from  Mr.  Jacobs  to  the  editor 
of  the  Farm  and  Garden^  brought  the  response  back,  we  were  welcome 
to  the  cuts  and  descriptive  matter  to  make  the  whole  intelligible.  Tiie 
offer  was  accepted  with  thanks  for  the  courtesy,  and  thus  we  are  enabled 
to  lay  before  our  readers  the  latest  im[)rovement  in  practical  artificial 
incubation  and  brooding  of  chickens.  Of  course  there  are  many  good 
incubators  and  brooders  patented  and  otherwise.  The  reader  can  avail 
himself  of  these  upon  investigation,  but  the  following  will  fill  the  bill  in 
a  common  sense  way.  It  is  so  fully  illustrated,  that  the  description  an- 
nexed will  be  all  that  is  required  to  make  the  whole  quite  intelligible,  and 
is  as  follows : 

First,  get  good  boards,  1  inch  thick  and  1  foot 
wide.  Cut  them  46  inches  long  for  your  floor,  and 
have  the  floor  42  inches  wide.  Place  four  posts, 
which  are  24  inches  high,  at  each  corner  (figure  1) 
marked  A  A  A  Ay  and  two  posts  {B  B)  in  front, 
the  two  front  posts  to  be  18  inches  high.  Make 
posts  of  2x3  strips  and  nail  them  securely  to  the 
floor.  Fasten  the  floor  boards  together  by  strips 
underneath,  using  as  many  as  preferred.  The 
PIG.  1.  INNER  BOX.  four  comcr  posts  are  for  your  outcr  box.  This  box, 
when  finished,  is  4  feet  long:  and  44  inches  wide,  outside,  provided  it  is 


rNClTBATORS    ANV    BKOODERS. 


1151 


made  of  boards  one  inch  thick.  Iiiduding  its  top  and  floor,  it  is  26 
inches  high.  Nail  on  your  side  boards.  Let  rear  and  front  end  boards 
cover  ends  of  side  boards.  After  the  tank  is  in,  and  the  top  of  the  inner 
box  is  on,  cover  inner  box  with  sawdust,  and  nail  down  the  top  of  outer 
box.  Tongued  and  grooved  boards  should  bo  used  for  every  part  of  the 
incubator  except  the  floor,  which  should  be  of  heavy  boards.  All  the 
measurements  given  here,  however,  are  for  boards  one  inch  thich,  but 
three-quarter  stuff  may  be  used  if  desired. 

Inner  box.  This  holds,  or  rather  comprises,  ventilator,  egg-drawer, 
and  tank.  It  is  40  inches  long  and  32  inches  wide,  outside  measurement, 
and  must  hold  a  tank  30x36,  The  side  boards  are  nailed  to  the  posts 
B  B  (figure  1)  and  front  boards  of  outer  box,  and  fastened  at  the  rear 


FIGURE  2.      INTERIOR  OF  INCUBATOR. 


end  by  the  rear  oards  being  nailed  to  the  ends  of  the  side  boards. 
Cleats  are  put  on  end  and  sides  (on  the  floor),  to  fasten  the  inner  box  to 
the  floor.  Nail  the  bottoms  of  the  side  and  rear  end  boards  to  the  cleats. 
To  make  the  inner  box,  refer  to  figuere  2,  which  has  portions  of  the 
outer  and  inner  boxes  torn  away,  to  show  interior.  A  is  the  large  or 
outer  box  ;  B  is  the  inner  box ;  C  C  are  strips  1  inch  wide  and  1  inch 
thick,  nailed  to  sides  of  inner  box;  D  2>  are  strips  1  inch  wide  and  1 
inch  thick  nailed  to  sides  of  inner  box.  The  strips  G  C,  with  iron  rods, 
half  an  inch  thick  (F F  F F),  hold  and  support  the  tank.  Let  ends  of 
iron  rods  extend  a  little  into  sides  of  inner  box,  to  assist  in  supporting 
the  weight  of  water.     The  strips  D  D  are  to  hold  the  egg  drawer.    E  is 


1152 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  UVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


FIG.  3.     EGG  DRAWER. 


a  tin  tube,  1 J  inches  in  diameter  and  2  feet  long,  placej  in  the  front  part 
of  the  ventihitor  to  admit  air.  Observe,  however,  that  figure  2  does  not 
show  the  sawdust  in  front,  as  will  be  explained.  We  will  now  take  up 
the  separate  parts.  First  is  the  ventilator.  This  is  simply  the  bottom 
of  the  inner  box,  being  under  the  egg-drawer,  5  inches  deep  and  30  inches 
wide,  (the  side  boards  of  the  inner  box  being  its  sides).     The  front  end 

is  boxed  off,  which  includes  the  front 
boards  and  also  the  sawdust,  thus 
making  ventilator,  inside  measure- 
ment, 36  inches  long.  E  is  the  tin 
tube,  for  the  admission  of  air,  before 
mentioned.  Use  no  sawdust  in  the 
ventilator,  but  paper  the  bottom  well 
and  close,  so  as  to  have  no  air  enter 
except  through  the  tin  tube.  The 
tin  tube  is  open  at  the  front  on  out- 
side of  incubator,  and  enters  into  ventilator. 

Egg"  drawer.     The  egg  drawer  goes  under  the  tank,  and  rests  on  the 
strips  D  D  (figure  2).     The  egg  drawer  is  4  inches  deep,  outside  mea- 
surement.    It  is  39  inches  long,  outside  measurement  (which  includes 
the    boxed-off    portion    in   front   of 
drawer),  and  is  30  inches  wide.  Three 
movable  trays,  each  1^  inches  deep, 
are  fitted  in  egg  drawer.     Nail  strips 
1  inch  wide  and  f  of  an  inch  thick, 
1  inch  apart,  the  length  of  the  egg 
drawer  (but  not  under  boxed-off  por- 
tion) for  the  bottom.     Mortice  ends 
of  strips  in  egg  drawer,  so.:as  to  have 

the  bottom  smooth.  Tack  a  piece  of  muslin  on  these  strips  (thin  muslin 
is  best),  and  tack  it  on  the  inside  of  the  drawer.  Now  nail  strips  to 
bottoms  of  trays  (use  lath,  if  desired,  cut  to  1  inch  width),  but  you 
need  not  mortice  them.  Simply  nail  them  on  the  bottom,  1  inch  apart, 
running  lengthwise,  and  tack  muslin  on  the  bottom  of  the  trays,  inside^ 
in  the  same  way  as  for  egg  drawer.  The  inside  of  your  drawer  will  be 
3  inches  deep.  The  sawdust  in  front  of  egg  drawer  (the  boxed  portion) 
fits  in  boxed  front  of  incubator  (see  figure  5).  Put  a  broad  cap  on  out- 
side of  egg  drawer,  at  front  end,  to  exclude  air. 

The  tank.  This  is  30x36  inches,  and  is  7  inches  deep.  It  is  supported 
by  the  stiips  G  C.  and  rods  FFFF(^gure  2).  Being  36  inches  long, 
it  goes  close  up  t(/  the  back  boards  of  the  inner  box,  the  front  being 
enclosed  by  a  sliding  board,  secured  with  upright  strips  at  each  end  ot 


FIG.  4.     TANK. 


tNCUBATORS    AND    BROODEES. 


1153 


board,  1  inch  in  diameter  (so  as  to  remove  tank  when  necessary )j  which 
leaves  a  small  space  in  front  of  the  sliding  board  to  be  filled  with  saw- 
dust. Have  the  tank  tube  in  front 
only  long  enough  to  extend  through 
the  sawdust  in  front,  and  have  your 
faucet  to  screw  into  this  tube,  the 
tube  being  threaded.  The  tube  on 
top  of  tank  should  be  long  enough  to 
extend  through  the  tops  of  hotli  boxes 
(outer  and  inner,  through  the  saw- 
dust"), and  should,  therefore,  be  7 
inches  high  from  top  of  tank,  as  is 
seen  at  figure  5.  When  the  incuba- 
tor is  ready,  we  have  figure  5,  which  shows  the  sawdust  packing  in  front, 
by  looking  into  the  opening  into  which  the  Qg^  drawer  enters  when  filled 
with  eggs. 

Figure  6  shows  the  incubator  as  if  cut  in  half  lengthwise,  and  displays 
all  the  positions.    What 

ZIZZHZl 


INCUBATOR  READY  FOR  THE 
EGG  DRAWER. 


TANK 


%:, 


EGG  DRAWER 


3C 


FIG.  G.      SECTIONAL  VIEW  OF  INCUBATOR. 


is  meant  by  the  "boxed- 

off"  portion  in  front,  is 

that  portion  filled  with 

sawdust  in  front.     The 

side  boards  of  the  inner 

box  are  joined,  on  their 

front  ends,  to  the  front 

boards  of  the  outer  box, 

being  also  nailed  to  the 

two  short  middle  posts. 

Fill  in  between  the  boxes 

with  sawdust,  and  if  saw- 
dust is  scarce,  use  chaff,  oats,  finely-cut  hay  (rammed  down),  or  any- 
thing that  will  answer,  but  sawdust 
or  chaff  is  best.  In  figure  6  ^  is  the 
tube  on  top,  B  the  faucet  in  front, 
C  the  opening  for  the  egg  drawer, 
and  Z>  the  tube  to  admit  air  into  the 
ventilator.  This  tin  tube  should  bo 
as  close  to  the  bottom  of  the  ven- 
tilator as  possible.  When  making 
incubator,  do  not  forget  to  cut  holes 

for  tubes  oi  tank  and  also  for  air  tubes  to  come  through,  and  then  putty 

around  them. 


FIG.  7.     INCUBATOR  COMPLETE. 


1154         CYCLOPEDIA  OF  UVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

Vni.    How  to  Operate  the  Incubator. 

Each  tray  holds  about  80  eggs,  laid  in  promiscuously,  the  same  as  in  a 
nest,  making  total  number  for  incubator  240  eggs.  First  fill  the  tank 
with  boiling  water,  but  never  allow  it  to  remain  in  the  tube  on  top,  as  it 
thus  increases  pressure  ;  hence,  when  tank  is  full  to  top  of  the  tube, 
draw  off  a  gallon  of  water.  Fill  it  48  hours  before  putting  eggs  in,  and 
have  heat  up  to  115  degrees  before  they  are  put  in.  As  the  eggs  will 
cool  down  the  heat,  do  not  open  the  drawer  for  6  hours,  when  the  heat 
should  be  103  degrees,  and  kept  as  near  to  that  degree  as  possible,  until 
the  end  of  the  hatch.  It  is  best  to  run  it  a  few  days  without  eggs,  to 
learn  it  thoroughly.  Place  incubator  in  a  place  where  the  temperature 
does  not  fall  I)elow  00  degrees.  As  the  heat  will  come  up  slowly,  it  will 
also  cool  off  slowly.  Should  the  heat  be  difficult  to  bring  up,  or  the  eggs 
be  too  cool,  you  can  raise  or  lower  the  trays,  using  small  strips  under 
them.  You  can  also  stop  up  or  open  the  air  tube  in  the  front  openings 
of  the  ventilator  whenever  you  desire.  When  the  eggs  are  put  in,  the 
di-awer  will  cool  down  some.  All  that  is  required  then  is  to  add  about  a 
bucket  or  so  of  water  once  or  twice  a  day,  in  the  morning  and  at  night, 
but  be  careful  about  endeavoring  to  get  up  heat  suddenly,  as  the  heat 
does  not  rise  for  five  hours  after  the  additional  bucket  of  water  is  added. 
The  cool  air  comes  from  the  ventilator  pipe,  passing  through  the  muslin 
bottom  of  the  egg  drawer  to  the  eggs.  Avoid  opening  the  egg  drawer 
frequently,  as  it  allows  too  much  escape  of  heat,  and  be  careful  not  to 
open  when  chicks  are  hatching,  unless  compelled,  as  it  causes  loss  of  heat 
and  moisture  at  a  critical  time.  Cold  draughts  on  the  chicks  at  that 
time  are  fatal.  Do  not  oblige  visitors.  Be  sure  your  thermometer  records 
correctly,  as  half  the  failures  are  due  to  incorrect  thermometers,  and  not 
one  in  twenty  is  correct.  Place  the  bulb  of  the  thermometer  even  with  the 
top  of  the  eggs,  that  is,  when  the  thermometer  is  lying  down  in  the  drawer, 
with  the  upper  end  slightly  raised,  so  as  to  allow  the  mercury  to  rise, 
but  the  bulb  and  eggs  should  be  of  the  same  heat,  as  the  figures  record 
the  heat  in  the  bulb,  and  not  in  the  tube.  Turn  the  eggs  twice  a  day 
at  regular  intervals — six  o'clock  in  the  morning  and  six  o'clock  at  night. 
Do  not  let  them  cool  lower  than  70  degrees.  Turn  them  by  taking  a  row 
of  eggs  fi-om  the  end  of  the  tray  and  placing  them  at  the  other  end, 
turning  the  eggs  by  rolling  them  over  with  your  hand.  By  removing 
only  one  row  you  can  roll  all  the  rest  easily.  Give  no  moisture  the  first 
week,  very  little  the  second,  and  plenty  the  third  week.  Do  not  sprinkle 
the  '^&2®.  For  moisture,  put  a  wet  sponge,  the  size  of  an  egg  (placed 
In  a  fiat  cup),  in  each  tray,  the  second  week,  and  two  spongos  in  each 
tray  the  third  week.     Do  not  put  in  sponges  until  you  are  about  to  shur. 


INCUBATORS  AND  BROODERS. 


1155 


FIG.  1.      THE  BUOODEU  IN  POSITION. 


up  the  drawer,  after  turning.  Wet  the  sponges  by  dipping  in  hot  water. 
After  the  first  ten  days  the  animal  heat  of  the  chicks  will  partially  assist 
in  keeping  the  temperature.  Be  careful,  as  heat  always  drops  when 
chicks  are  taken  out.  You  can  have  a  small  glass  door  in  front  of  egg 
drawer,  to  observe  thermometer,  if  desired.  Always  change  position  of 
trays  when  eggs  are  turned,  putting  the  front  one  at  the  rear. 
IX.  A  Cheap  Home-made  Brojder. 
We  give  an  illustration  of  a  brooder  in  use,  figure  1,  and  select  it  be- 
cause it  is  one  of  the  best,  being  easily  made,  and  at  a  low  cost,  and 
because  it  has  been  tried  and  found  to  answer  all  purposes.     By  refering 

to  figure  1  it  will  be  seen  that  the 
top  is  detachable,  being  lifted  off 
by  the  handle  when  desirable.  Al- 
though the  lower  part  of  the 
brooder  is  above  ground,  yet,  if 
preferred,  it  can  be  sunk  in  the 
ground,  provided  the  holes  (to 
admit  cold  air  to  brooder,  and 
smoke  from  lamp  to  escape)  are 
left  above  the  surface  of  the 
ground.  Space  must  be  left  to 
admit  of  getting  at  the  lamp  if  brooder  is  in  the  ground.  Eithei  a  No. 
2  burner  lamp  or  a  small  kerosene  oil  stove  may  be  used  for  heating  the 
brooder.  Be  careful  to  leave  air  holes  at  the  bottom  of  the  door,  or  the 
lamp  will  smoke.     Keep  the  brooder  at  a  temperature  of  90  degrees. 

Figure  2  shows  the  lamp  (or  kerosene  oil  s?tove,  if  preferred)  under  a 
sheet-iron  tank.  It  heats  the 
tank,  the  smoke  of  the  lamp  pass- 
ing out  at  four  holes,  placed  at 
each  corner  of  the  brooder,  which 
distributes  the  heat.  The  cold 
air  enters  around  the  tank,  and 
is  drawn  right  over  it  above  the 
lamp,  as  the  cold  air  rushes  in  as 
fast  as  the  warm  air  rises.  The 
hot  air  rises  through  a  tube  in 
the  floor.  It  will  be  seen  that 
the  sracke  of  the  lamp  does  not 

go  into  the  brooder,  and  that  the  tube  in  the  brooder  extends  through 
the  wooden  floor  only.  The  brooder  is  a  yard  square,  but  the  tank  may 
be  smaller;  the  box  containing  lamp  is  ten  inches  deep,  and  the  space 


SECTIONAL   VIEW. 


1156 


CYCLOPEDIA  OP  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


FIG.  3. 


TANK,  SHOWING  HOW  TO 
CONSTRUCT   IT. 


hetween  the  top  of  the  tank  and  wooden  floor  is  half  an  inch.     The  cur- 
tain in  front  of  brooder  is  simply  a  piece  of  cloth  cut  into  strips.     The 

smoke  holes  of  the  lamp  should 
be  at  each  corner^  but  only  two 
cold  air  holes  are  necessary,  and 
they  should  be  near  the  centre  of 
the  sides  of  the  brooder.  Bear 
in  mind  the  cold  air  goes  between 
the  tank  and  the  wooden  floor, 
and  gets  heated. 
X.  How  to  Make  the  Brooder, 
To  make  this  brooder,  cut  six  boards,  1  inch  thick,  6  inches  wide,  and 

3  feet  long,  tongued  andgrooved,so  that  no  air  can  come  through  except 

by  way  of  the  tube  on  top,  which  tube  is  1  inch  in  diameter,  and  2^ 

inches  high  from  the  floor.    These 

boards   are    your  floor.      On   the 

under  side   of    this   floor,   at   the 

edges,  nail  strips  all  around  (on 

ends  and  sides),  the  strips  being  I 

inch   thick    and    1^    inches    wide. 

Then   set  your  tank  as  shown  in 

cut.      You  will  then  have  an  air 

space  between  the  floor  and  tank 

of  half  an  inch.      Be  sure  and  cut 

air  holes  to   admit  the  coid   air. 

You  may  simply  have  open  holes 

The  holes  need  only  be  a  half  inch 


-RAP   ^ 

f^ 

;"-,-  .- 

D60R_ 

% 

'  -^-. 

--r-T.=*i; 

-  1         -.T-' 

-j:. 

^m 

N^L 

.   , 

FIG.  4.   LOWER  PART  UNDER  GROUND. 


or  may  use  tin  tubes,  if  preferred, 
n  diameter.     You  can  now  easily  fit 

on  the  lower  box,  and  also  make  the  covering  on  top,  as  may  be  seen  by 

the  illustration. 

This  brooder  is  an  English  method,  and  shows  that  upward  currents  of 

warm  air  have  been  in  use  for 
many  years  for  both  hatching  and 
brooding.  Figure  1  shows  the 
brooder  with  lamp  and  tank  above 
ground.  Figure  2  shows  a  sec- 
tional view  of  the  same.  Figure 
4  shows  the  lower  part  of  brooder 
under  ground,  with  trap  door,  for 

getting  at  the  lamp.     Figure  5  shows  the  mother,  which  covers  the  chicks, 

with  adjustable  pegs  or  legs.     The  tank  is  from  Lewis,  the  top  from 

Rankin,  while  the  mother  is  from  Bell  and  others. 


FIG.  5.      THE   MOTHER. 


CHAPTER    VII. 


BREEDINa  AND  MANAGEMENT  OP  POULTRY. 


U     A   STtTDY  OF   POINTS  NECESSART. II.     EXPLANATION  OP  POINTS. in.     POINTS 

OF  THE  HEAD. IV.      THE  PLUMAGE  ILLUSTRATED  AND  EXPLAINED. V.     IDEAL 

SHAPE  OF  FOWLS. VI.      BREED  TO    A  FIXED  TYPE. VII.      NUMBER  OF  HENS  TO 

EACH   COCK. VIII.      HOW  TO   MATE. IX.      BREEDING   UPON  A   MIXED    FLOCK. 

X.        INCUBATION    OF    VARIOUS     FOWLS. XI.       GENERAL     MANAGEMENT     OF 

FOWLS. XII.      PROPER  FOOD  FOR  FOWLS. XIII.      POULTRY  HOUSES  AND  COOPS. 

XIV.      FEED    BOXES   AND  DRINKING   FOUNTAINS. XV.      BREEDS  FOR  MARKET. 

XVI.      BREEDS  FOR  EGGS. XVII.      HOW  TO  FATTEN.^— XVIII.      KILLING   AND 

DRESSING   FOWLS. XIX.      PACKING  AND  SHIPPING  TO  MARKET. XX.     GLOSS- 
ARY OF  TERMS  USED  BY  POULTRY  FANCIERS. 

I.    A  Study  of  Points  Necessary. 

Careful  study  of  the  points  and  characteristics  is  fully  as  necessary  to 
'Success  in  the  breeding  of  poultry  as  in  any  other  department  of  breeding. 
!t  is  not  enough  that  you  have  a  general  idea  of  how  fowls  are  to  be  fed 
and  cared  for  ;  but  to  succeed — especially  as  a  breeder  of  pure  fowls— 


POINTS  OF  POULTRY,   ILLUSTRATED. 


one  raust  understand  the  probable  results  in  mating  fowls  for  a  particular 
purpose,  rsjt  only  must  the  contour  and  physical  make-up  be  under- 
stood, but  the  breeder  must  have  a  knowledge  of,  and  nice  discrimination 
for,  the  various  feathers,  markings  and  characteristics,  else  he  cannot  hope 

1157 


1158        CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

for  the  best  success.  He  should  also  understand  the  technical  terms  used, 
so  that  he  may  school  his  mmd  to  their  exact  meaning  in  applyig  them  to 
the  fowl.  The  preceding  illustration  and  references  will  fully  explain  all 
the  points.  They  have  been  compiled  from  the  best  authorities  extant, 
such  as  the  writings  of  Tegetmeier,  Wright  and  others. 

n.    Explanation  of  Points. 

The  first  illustration,  with  lettered  references,  is  all  that  will  be  re- 
quired in  learning  the  technical  terms  relating  to  the  exterior  of  fowls. 

Explanation— ^— Neck  hackle.  ^—Saddle  hackle.  (7— Tail.  D— 
Breast.  E — Upper  Wing  coverts.  F.  Lower  Wing  coverts.  G — 
Primary  quill.  H — Thighs.  I — Legs.  K — Comb.  L — Wattles.  M 
— Ear-lobe. 

m.    Points  of  the  Head. 

For  the  following  analysis  of  the  points  of  the  head,  and  of  the  plum- 
age, we  are  indebted  to  Moore' s  Rural  New  Yorker.  The  cut  will  explain 
the  precise  situation  of  the  several  parts  of  the  head. 


POINTS  OF  THE  HEAD  OF  COCK. 


Explanation. — 1 — The  como,  which  surmounts  the  skull.  2 — The  wat- 
tles which  hang  underneath  and  on  each  side  of  the  beak.  3 — The  ear 
wattles,  which  hang  under,  the  cheek.  4 — The  tufts  of  little  feathers 
which  cover  and  protect  the  auditory  organ.  5 — The  cheeks  which  com- 
mence at  the  beginning  near  the  nostrils,  cover  all  the  face  and  re-unite 
hehjnd  the  head  by  a  continuation  of  the  flesh  of  the  same  nature,   but 


BREEDING  AND  MANAGEMENT  OF  POULTRY. 


1159 


covered  with  feathers.  6 — The  nostrils  which  are  at  the  beginning  of  the 
beak..  7 The  beak,  of  which  the  two  parts,  the  upper  and  lower  man- 
dible, are  horny. 

The  head  of  the  cock,  as  of  the  hen,  is  composed  of  two  principal  parts  ; 
1st,  the  skull  is  a  firm  union  of  bones,  which  include  the  upper  part,  or 
mandible,  of  the  beak  ;  2nd,  the  lower  part  or  mandible  of  the  bep,k,  be- 
ino-  the  lower  jaw-bone,  formed  by  a  single  piece.  In  the  skull  are  the 
sockets  or  cavities  which  contain  the  eye  ;  the  nostrils  are  in  front  of  the 
eye  ;  the  auditory  organ,  or  ear,  is  behind  the  eye.  The  head,  excepting 
the  beak,  is  entirely  covered  by  a  fleshy  covering,  round  which  may  be 
seen  several  appendages  or  caruncles,  which  are  the  crest,  the  two  ear- 


OUTER  AND  INNER  WING  PLUMAGE.    (See  Article  IV  0 


lobes,  and  the  two  ear-wattles.  This  covering  forms  the  checks  The 
color,  the  size,  the  form  of  each  of  these  parts  is  v.ncd  according  to 
the  variety,  and  often  serves  to  characterize  each.  A  tuft  of  short  feath- 
ers called  "the  tuft"  covers  the  ear. 

The  comb  is  straight  or  drooping ;  it  is  single  when  it  is  composed  of 
only  one  piece,  double  when  there  are  two  alike  united  or  near  together, 
it  is  triple  when  it  is  formed  of  two  alike  and  one  in  the  middle  ;  it  is 
frizzled  when  full  of  granulations  more  or  less  deep,  and  erect  excres^ 
cences  •  it  is  a  crown  when  it  is  circular,  hollow,  and  indented  ;  it  is  goblet 
shaped'when  hollow,  vascular,  and  not  indented.  There  are  other  forms 
hvi  they  are  composed  of  parts  or  unions  of  those  particularized. 


1160 


i-jrCLOPEDIA  OF  UVB  STOCK  AWD  CXJMTLETB  8T0CK  DOCTOB 


IV.    The  Pliunage  lUustxated  and  Explained. 

With  the  hen  there  may  be  three  kinds  of  feathers  distinguished  :  1. 
The  large  feathers  on  the  wings  for  flying,  and  on  the  rump  to  form  the 
tail ;  2.  the  middle-sized  feathers  which  cover  the  large  feathers,  and  are 
also  found  on  the  wing  and  rump  ;  3.  the  neck,  the  back,  the  sides,  the 
throat,  the  shoulders,  and  a  part  of  the  wings.  They  are  always  in  lay- 
ers compactly  covering  those  beneath  them  like  tiles.  We  shall  des- 
ignate them  by  the  name  of  the  places  they  occupy,  and  refer  to  the 
engravings  to  render  them  easy  to  recognize : 


POINTS  OF  THE  FOWL. 


Explanation — A — The  upper  featkers  oi  the  head  are  small  in  those  fowls  not  tufted. 
They  suiTOund  the  skull. 

JB— The  under  feathers  of  the  head  are  almost  like  bristles.  They  cover  the  cheeks  ia 
die  space  which  separates  on  the  wattles. 

C — The  upper  feathers  of  those  at  the  back  of  the  neck  are  short,  and  leagtheniBg 
lower  dcwn,  forming  what  is  called  the  hackle.  ITiey  become  longer  between  the 
liouiders  when  they  cover  the  beginning  of  those  on  the  back  and  the  commeucemeol 
»f  the  wings. 


BREEDING   AND   MANAGEMENT   OF   POULTRY. 


1161 


7)— The  feathers  of  the  back,  forming  a  layer  about  10.  These  feathers  are  of  the  same 
nature  as  those  of  the  ueck,  but  a  little  larger,  and  form  the  saddle. 

ji'_The  feathers  of  the  breast  cover  the  entire  length  of  the  two  breast  muscles  extend- 
ing beyond  the  breast-bone  at  each  side  and  uniting  at  its  end.  The  whole  forms  what  is 
termed  the  breast.  These  feathers,  with  the  feathers  of  the  loins,  overlap  those  of  the 
sides. 

G^— The  feathers  on  the  sides  cover  the  loins,  taking  in  the  back  as  far  as  the  rump, 
which  they  go  beyond  and  cover  the  lower  part  of  the  feathers  of  the  tail.  They  also 
cover  the  commencement  of  the  feathers  of  the  flanks,  thighs  and  abdomen. 

^— The  feathers  of  the  flanks  are  light  and  fluffy.  They  cover  the  upper  part  of  tllO 
thigh  feathers  and  slip  under  those  of  the  breast. 


SHOWING    POINTS. 


/—The  feathers  of  rh'j  abdomen  cover  and  envelop  all  this  part  from  the  end  of  the 
breast  to  the  rump.  These  feathers  are  generally  fluffy,  of  a  silky  nature  and  spread  out 
in  a  tuft. 

J— The  outside  feathers  of  the  thigh  cover  those  of  the  abdomen  and  leg. 

i— The  outside  and  inidde  feathers  of  the  leg  stop  at  the  heel,  or  in  some  varieties  they 
proceed  lower  and  form  what  are  called  ruffles  or  vulture  hocks. 

Jf— The  feathers  of  the  feet  or  sole  are  long,  short,  or  entirely  absent,  in  the  different 
Yarieties.  These  feathers'  are  along  the  shank  either  in  one  or  several  rows.  They  are 
always  on  the  outside  par* . 


1162       CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

JV— The  feathers  of  the  toes  appear  on  the  outsides. 

O— The  middle  tail  feathers  envelop  the  rump  and  cover  the  bases  of  the  large  feather* 
l>f  the  tail. 

P— The  larger  tail  feathers  are  in  a  regular  line  of  seven  on  each  side  of  the  rump,  ana 
form  the  tail. 

Q—The  outside  feathers  of  the  shoulders  cover  a  part  of  the  other  feathers  of  the  wing. 
They  form  the  shoulder. 

^— The  inside  feathers  of  the  shoulders  are  small,  thin,  and  slender. 

S—The  larger  feathers  of  the  pinion  form,  when  the  wing  is  opened,  a  large,  arched 
surface,  and  are  of  different  sizes.  These  feathers  grow  out  of  the  under  side  of  the 
pinion. 

T— The  small  outside  feathers  of  the  pinion  are  of  dilierent  sizes.  They  come  on  all 
the  outside  sm-faces  from  tlie  shoulder  to  the  pinion.  They  begin  quite  small  on  the  out- 
Bide  edge,  and  finish  a  medium  size  on  the  inside  edge. 

IT— The  inside  feathers  of  tlie  pinion  are  close,  middle-sized,  and  small,  covering  the 
bases  of  the  large  feathers  of  the  pinion. 

F— The  large  flight -feathers,  or  feathers  of  the  hand,  are  large  and  strong,  and  are  of 
most  use  to  the  bird  in  locomotion.  They  begin  at  the  under  edge  of  that  which  is  called 
the  top  of  the  wing. 

X^The  outside  flight-feathers  cover  the  large  ones ;  thev  are  stiff  and  well  flattened  on 
the  others. 

T— The  inside  flight-feathers  are,  some  tsmall  and  others  medium-sized;  cover  th- 
bases  of  the  flight-feathers. 

Z — An  appendix  called  the  pommel  of  the  wing,  which  represents  the  fingered  part.  It 
Is  at  the  joint  of  the  pinion  and  has  some  middle-sized  featliers  ot  the  same  description  as 
the  large  pinion  feathers,  and  have  some  small  ones  to  cover  tljem.  These  feathers  assist 
the  flight. 

V.    Ideal  Shape  of  Fowls. 

The  Dorking  fowl  may  be  taken  as  the  embodiment  of  as  much  ex- 
cellence in  the  same  compass  as  can  be  found  in  any  other  breed.    Hence 


IDEAL  KHAPE   OF   FOWL. 


we  give  an  illustration  of  the  Dorking,  figured  to  represent   ^he  ideaj 
'shape  of  the  barn-yard  fowl. 


BREEDING    AND    MANAGEMENT    OF    POULTRY. 


1163 


VI.  Breed  to  a  Fixed  Type. 
In  breeding  fowls,  always  avoid  violent  crosses.  Disparity  of  form  in 
mating  birds  can  only  end  in  disaster  through  the  cropping  out  of  undue 
form,  and  especially  by  bad  effects  in  the  feathering,  even  after  the  lapse 
of  many  years.  The  same  general  rule  should  be  borne  in  mind  that  we 
have  stated  in  previous  chapters  on  breeding  live  stock;  avoid  crosses  as 
much  as  possible,  and  breed  pure  when  it  is  possible  to  do  so. 

VII.     Number  of  Hens  to  Each  Cock. 

The  number  of  cocks  to  be  kept  according  to  the  hens  will  vary  with 
different  breeds.  One  cock  to  eight  or  ten  hens  is  sufficient  in  any  l)reed. 
This  will  be  the  right  number  for  Games,  Dorkings,  and  French  fowls; 
with  Spanish  Brahmas  or  Cocbins  two  more  hens  may  be  allowed  One 
Hamburg  cock  will  generally  serve  for  twelve  to  fourteen  hens.  When 
several  males  are  kept,  it  is  better  to  keep  all  but  one  or  two  of  them  con- 
fined, allowing  them  to  take  turns  with  the  flock,  since  this  prevents 
worrying  the  hens  and  ensures  better  service.  When  the  raising  of 
chickens  is  alone  concerned,  it  is  better  to  have  plenty  of  males,  to  ensure 
fertility.  When  only  eggs  are  wanted  for  market,  as  many  will  be  laid 
whether  properly  fertilized  or  not. 

Vm.     How  to  Mate  Fowls. 

From  the  age  of  one  to  four  years  is  the  best  time  for  laying.  Hens 
two  years  old  and  over  make  the  best  setting  hens.  Avoid  vulture  hocks 
(feathers  running  down  at  the  hocks  as  in  vultures)   in   all   fowls,  and 


PAIR  OF  HOUDANS. 


especially  in  the  Asiatic  breeds.  In  breeding  Asiatic  fowls,  let  the  males 
be  as  full-colored  as  possible,  since  the  tendency  of  these  fowls  is  to 
breed  to  lighter  colors;  but  judgment  must  be  used  not  to  get  too  violent 


1164        CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

contrast  in  the  sexes.  So,  if  the  hen  is  long-backed  select  a  short^backed 
cock,  but  if  the  hen  is  short-backed,  never  breed  to  a  long-backed  cock  ; 
you  cannot  well  have  the  back  too  short.  In  breeding  to  color,  all  self-colors 
should  be  as  solid  as  possible,  and  in  parti-colored  fowls  study  the  birds 
for  mating  carefully,  so  that  you  may  breed  as  near  to  a  feather  as  pos- 
sible, according  to  the  characteristics  of  the  breed.  As  a  rule,  heavily 
penciled  males  will  get  heavily  penciled  chicks,  but  if  the  saddle  is  very 
heavily  striped,  or  the  neck  hackle  very  dark,  the  chicks  will  incline  to 
be  spotted  ;  but  cocks  with  dark  hackles,  and  hens  with  hackles  lightly 
penciled  will  produce  chickens  delicately  penciled. 

IX.    Breeding  upon  a  Mixed  Flock. 

if  you  cannot  afford  pure-bred  stock,  buy  a  sufficient  number  of  cock? 
for  your  hens,  or  select  a  dozen  hens  and  mate  them  w^ith  a  good  cock, 
from  which  to  raise  chickens.  Once  you  Ijegin,  stick  always  to  the  same 
strain,  and  in  three  years  you  will  have  a  strain  of  fowls — if  you  have 
carefully  selected  the  chicks,  alsvays  using  pure  males — good  enough  for 
market  purposes  and  eggs.  In  the  meantime,  get  a  clutch  of  eggs  from 
pure  fowls  and  breed  them  separate  from  the  others,  and  soon  you  will 
have  the  pure  breed  also.  There  is  no  farm  stock  that  it  pays  better  to 
breed  pure  than  poultry,  whether  they  be  land  or  water  fowl. 

X.    Incubation  of  Various  Fowls. 

The  following  table  will  show  at  a  glance  all  necessary  information  m 
relation  to  the  incubation  of  various  fowls. 


NAME   OF   BrRD. 


Turkey,  sitting  on  ^  Hen . . . 

the  eggs  of  V  Duck  • . 

the j  Turkey 

Hen  sitting  on  the  \Duck.  • 
eggs  of  the . . .  j  Hen . . . 

Duck 

Goose 

Pigeon 


PERIOD   OF   INCUBATION. 


SHORTEST 
PERIOD. 


MEAN 
PERIOD. 


LONGEST 
PERIOD. 


XI.    General  Management  of  Fowls. 

In  order  to  raise  poultry  successfully,  proper  buildings  and  plenty  of 
range  must  be  provided.     The  buildings  need  not  be  exi^ensive,  and  on  the 


BBBEDINQ    AND    MANAGEMENT    OF    POULTRY.  1165 

farm  any  warm  out  house  will  afford  comfortable  quarters,  and  range 
enough  is  provided  in  the  out  fields.  On  the 
farm  in  summer  fowls  will  pick  up  a  good 
share  of  their  living,  insects  chiefly,  and 
thus,  while  partly  supporting  themselves, 
they  are  at  the  same  time  profiting  their 
owner  by  the  destruction  of  insect  pests.  In 
fact,  fowls,  if  allowed,  will  wander  consider- 
able distances  in  search  of  food,  as  illustrated 
-n    the    cut    "Foraging    for   themselves." 

Those  who  keep  fowls  i.i  villages  and  subur-       ^^^^^^^^  ^,^^  themselves. 
ban  places,  must  provide  animal  food  and 

also  green  vegetable  food  in  addition  to  the  grain  fed.  This,  with  com 
fortable  quarters,  care  in  feeding,  and  due  attention  to  the  health  of  the 
birds,  constitute  about  all  there  is  practically  in  poultry  raising,  except 
that  pure  breeds  are  kept  with  a  view  to  the  rearing  of  very  superior 
birds.  In  the  latter  case  a  more  careful  study  of  the  anatomy,  physiology, 
and  points  of  fowls  must  be  made  as  in  breeding  any  other  animals. 

Xn.  Proper  Food  of  Fowls. 
Fowls  need  a  variety  of  food  ;  they  are  nearly  omniverous  feeders. 
Animal  food  is  essential,  but  the  bulk  of  the  feeding  may  be  grain,  either 
raw  or  ground.  If  mixed  feed  (ground  grain)  is  used,  have  the  dough  so 
stiff  that  it  will  not  run  ;  never  feed  sloppy  food.  Indian  meal  and  pota- 
toes boiled  and  mashed  together,  so  stiff  that  the  dough  clings  when 
squeezed  in  the  hand,  is  one  of  the  best  of  foods.    Feed  on  clean  ground 

never  in  a  trough  in  summer,  since  moist  food   so  fed  will  inevitably 

become  sour,  and  the  troughs  are  seldom  properly  cleaned.  In  winter, 
ground  feed  should  be  fed  as  hot  as  the  hens  can  eat  it,  and  a  little  chop- 
ped onion  mixed  m  is  excellent;  provide  other  green  food  also,  as  cab- 
bage leaves.  For  animal  food,  a  sheep's  pluck,  hung  so  high  that  the 
fowls  can  just  reach  it,  is  excellent ;  so  are  the  greaves  from  trying 
establishments.  To  keep  the  hens  in  good  laying  condition,  they  must 
have  animal  food,  and  also  bones  broken  so  fine  that  they  may  be  easily 
swallowed.  Very  little  meat,  however,  is  necessary,  for  if  too  much  is  fed 
the  fowls  may  lose  their  feathers.  Whole  grain,  and  the  drinking  water 
should  be  kept  in  some  receptacle,  so  the  fowls  may  take  it  at  pleasure. 
The  grain  fed  may  be  screenings  from  wheat,  rye,  buckwheat  and  oats. 

Xm.    Poultry  Houses  and  Coops. 
Poultry  houses,  however  simple,   should   be  both  warm  in  winter  and 
well  ligbtec?'.     The  sjcje  containing  the  glass  should  face  the  South  for  the 


1166       CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

advantage  of  the  sun's  warmth  in  winter.  The  windows  should  also  be 
provided  with  iron  netting,  so  the  sash  may  be  raised  to  admit  air  in 
summer,  and  also  in  mild  weather  in  winter.  One  portion  should  be  half- 
dark,  for  the  laying  and  sitting  hens,  and  a  proper  dust  bath  must  also  be 
provided.  Have  the  perches  not  more  than  two  feet  from  the  floor  in  the 
roosting  place,  and  all  on  one  level ;  let  them  be  large.  A  two  by  four 
scantling,  well  rounded  and  set  on  edge,  is  not  too  large  for  heavy  birds. 
The  whole  house  should  be  whif  ewashed  once  a  month  in  summer,  and  kept 
scrupulously  clean  at  all  times.  If  lice  make  their  appearance,  fumigate 
thoroughly,  and  after  cleansing,  whitewash  with  lime  to  which  a  little  car- 
bolic acid  is  added.  Sprinkle  Scotch  snuff  among  the  feathers  on  the 
backs  of  the  fowls,  and  give  fresh  materials  for  dust  bath. 

The  proper  coops  for  hens  with  young  chickens  will  readily  suggest 
themselves.  A  barrel  with  one  head  out,  laid  on  its  side,  and  with  stakes 
driven  along  one  end  to  admit  the  passage  of  the  chicks  is  a  good  make- 
shift. The  ordinary  triangular  coop  is  well  known.  The  best  coop  is  a 
square  box  18  by  24  inches,  and  roofed  to  shed  rain  ;  from  the  open  end  of 
this  a  runway  is  thrown  nine  inches  high  and  as  wide  as  the  coop,  so 
closely  slatted  at  the  top  that  old  fowls  cannot  get  their  heads  through 
to  feed.  At  the  end  arc  orifices  to  give  egress  and  ingress  to  the 
chicks.  In  this  way  they  may  be  fed  without  interference  from  the 
mother  hen  or  other  fowls,  and  it  also  furnishes  a  safe  place  of  refuge 
from  danger. 

XrV.    Peed  Boxes  and  Drinking  Fountains. 

Both  the  feed  boxes  and  drinking  fountains  should  be  self-feeding.  A 
three-gallon  jug  filled  with  water,  and  turned  mouth  down  in  a  suitable 

dish,  and  properly  supported,  makes  a  toler- 
able drinking  fountain,  and  will  suffice  to 
convey  the  idea.  For  a  larger  number  of 
fowls,  a  five  or  six  gallon  keg,  with  a  faucet 
with  a  long  spout  to  rest  near  the  bottom  of 
the  drinking  trough  is  good.  If  filled, 
bunged  tight,  and  the  faucet  opened,  just 
enough  water  will  be  given  up  to  keep  the 
supply  in  the  trough  at  a  uniform  height. 
A  GOOD  FORM  OF  FOUNTAIN.  ^eed  boxcs  are  made  on  the  same  general 

principle,  a  box  narrowing  to  the  bottom,  and  with  an  orifice  large 
enough  to  allow  a  free  flow  of  grain,  and  resting  near  enough  the  bottom 
of  the  feeding  box  so  that  but  little  will  be  given  down  at  a  time.  Slats 
sufficiently  wide  apart  so  the  fowls  can  feed  through  them,  also 
the  poultry  from  wasting  the  grain. 


BREETESiH  MiD   liiANAGEMENT  OF    POULTRY. 


1167 


A  Perfect  Hopper.-The  best  form  of  feeding  hopper  is  shown  in  tht 
annexed  cut ;  it  can  readily  be  constructed  by  any  person  by  aid  of  the 
follorring  description  with  references  :  A 
—An  end  view,  eight  inches  wide  and 
two  feet  six  inches  high.  ^—The  roof, 
three  feet  long,   projecting    over  the 


perch  on  which  the  fowls  stand  while 

feeding.     (7— The  lid  of  receiving  man- 
ger raised,  exhibiting  the  grain.     E,U 

—Cords  attached  to  the  perch  and  lid 

of  manger  or  feeding  trough,     i— End 

bar  of  perch,  with  a  weight  attached  to 

the  end  to  balance  the  lid,  otherwise  it 

would  not  close  when  the  fowls  leave 

the  perch.     ^-Pulley.    (^-Fulcrum.  ^  ,,,,,,,  ,^^,«a  hopper. 

The  hinges  at  the  ridge  are  for  raisuig 

the  top  when  the  hopper  is  to  be  replenished.     When  a  fowl  desires  food , 

it  hops  upon  the  bars  of  the  perch  and  the  weight  of  the  fowl  raises  the 

lid  of  the  feed  box,  exposing  the  grain  to  view,  and  after  satisfymg  it« 
hunger  jumps  off  and  the  lid  closes.  Of  course  the  dimensions  can  be 
increased  as  desired. 

A  Rat-Proof  Hopper.— A  stool  hopper— as  shown  in  the  annexed  cut- 
inaccessible  to  rats  may  be  built  by  the  following  directions :     Make  a 
platform  two  or  three  feet  square,  as 
the  case  may  be ;  then  make  a  square 
box,  three  inches  high  and  sixteen  inches 
square  ;  nail  it  in  the  center  of  the  plat^ 
form ;  saw   strips    one   and   a   quarter 
inch  square  and  eighteen  inches  high 
for  the  posts  ;  nail  strips  of  boards,  two 
inches  wide,  to  the  posts  at  the  top  to 
secure   and   steady   them;    then    take 
common  lath  or   any    thin    stuff,  one 
and   a   half   or   two  inches   wide,  and 
nail  them  to  the  top  and  bottom,  up  and 
down,  leaving  spaces  of  two  inches  be- 
tween the  slats,  so  that  the  fowls  can  get  at  the  feed.     The  roof  may  be 
four-square,  as  shown  in  the  cut,  and  detached  so  that  it  can  be  raise 
for  the  hopper  to  bo  replenished  with  grain.     Elevate  the  hopper  on  a 
post  about  three  feet  from  the  ground,  as  shown  in  the  cut,  which  makes 
it  rat  and  mice  proof.     The  fowls  will  soon  learn  to  leap  upon  the  pla/- 
form  and  feed  from  the  gram  box  between  the  slats. 


A  STOOL  FEEDING  HOPPEK. 


1168       CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLEX?:  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

XV.    Breeds  for  Market. 

The  Dorkings  are  superior  table  fowls  ;  they  are,  however,  rather  ten- 
der and  hard  to  rear,  and  have  not  gained  special  favor  in  the  United 
States.  The  Dominiques  are  hardy,  good  layers,  and  good  table  fowls  ; 
the  Plymouth  Rocks  are  larger,  and  perhaps  better  if  you  have  the  stock. 
A  Dominique  cross  on  Brahmas  or  Cochin  Chinas,  will  give  chicks  that 
grow  fast,  feather  well,  and  make  plump  fowls.  A  Dorking  cross  on  the 
large  Asiatic  breeds,  is  regarded  in  England  as  excellent.  All  things  con- 
sidered, we  think  the  Brahmas  and  the  Cochins  will  give  the  best  results, 
and  the  Brahmas  especially  are  good  winter  layers.  In  this,  however, 
every  breeder  will  have  his  own  fanc}'.  The  Houdans  and  La  Fleche  are 
in  good  repute  among  breeders,  but  the  price  of  the  original  stock  must, 
of  course,  be  taken  into  consideration. 

XVI.    Breeds  for  Eggs. 

As  laying  fowls  simply,  we  have  found  the  Polands  all  that  could  be 

desired.     The   Leghorns,  Houdans,  Hamburgs  and   Black   Spanish  are 

fully  as  good  layers,  and  all  of  them  are  non-sitters  ;  but  the  Leghorns 

and  the  Hamburgs  have  the  reputation  of  being  tender,  and  the  Spanish 

are  decidedly  so.     The  Houdan  and  La  Fleche  have  hardly  been  tried 

sufficiently  in  this  country  to  warrant  a  decided  opinion  as  to  their  true 

value. 

XVII.    How  to  Fatten. 

The  fattening  of  poultry,  if  they  are  in  good  flesh  to  start  with,  does 
not  take  long.  In  fact  the  bulk  of  the  chickens  marketed  are  taken  direct 
from  the  yards  without  extra  feeding.  This  is  bad  econom3^  Fifteen  to 
twenty  days'  feeding,  if  they  are  confined  in  a  dark  place,  will  render  them 
fat.  When  fat,  market  immediately,  since  they  wdll  soon  begin  to  shrink. 
Market  when  they  cease  to  teed  full.  Corn  meal,  made  into  a  thick 
mush,  with  as  much  additional  meal  as  can  be  worked  in  while  boiling 
hot,  and  allowed  to  cool,  is  the  best  feed.  Put  the  fowls  in  coops  so 
small  that  they  cannot  turn  round,  and  feed  three  times  a  day,  allowing 
to  take  what  water — skimmed  milk  is  better — and  clean  gravel  they  will. 
The  last  week  omit  the  gravel,  and  keep  the  pens  clean  and  well  littered 
with  straw  all  the  time. 

XVni.    Killing  and  Dressing. 

Let  the  fowl  fast  at  least  twelve  hours  before  killing.  No  man  ever 
made  money  by  selling  a  fowl  with  half  a  pint  of  raw  corn  stuffed  in  the 
crop.  Tie  the  legs  of  the  fowl  together,  hang  it  up,  open  the  beak, 
pass  a  sharp  thin-bladed  knife,  into  the  mouth  and  up  into  the  roof, 


BREEDING  AND   MANAGEMENT   OF  POULTRY.  1169 

dividing  the  meirfbrane  ;  tiius  the  bird  is  killed  instantly.  Then  deftly 
cut  the  throat  and  let  it  bleed.  The  nicest  way  to  pick,  is  without  scald- 
ing and  while  the  bird  is  quite  warm.  It  may  be  easily  done  and  the 
bird  not  torn ;  thus  dressed  it  will  bring  enough  more  in  a  city  market  to 
pay  the  extra  trouble. 

To  Scald  a  Fowl.— A  well  known  buyer  and  dresser  for  the  Chicago 
market,  in  answer  to  the  question,  how  to  ciress  and  pack,  gave  the  writer 
the  following  information  which  is  here  reproduced : 

Have  the  water  just  scalding  hot — not  hoiling — 190  degrees  is  just 
right.  Immerse  the  fowl,  holding  it  by  the  legs,  taking  it  out  and  in, 
until  the  feathers  slip  easily.  Persons  become  very  expert  at  this,  the 
feathers  coming  away  by  brushing  them  with  the  hand,  apparently.  At 
all  events,  they  must  be  picked  clean.  Hang  turkeys  and  chickens  by 
the  feet,  and  ducks  and  geese  by  the  head  to  cool.  Under  no  circum- 
stances whatever,  should  ducks  and  geese  be  scalded  ;  they  must  invaria- 
bly be  picked  dry.  Take  off  the  heads  of  the  chickens  as  soon  as  picked, 
tie  the  skin  neatly  over  the  stump,  draw  out  the  insides  carefully,  and 
hang  up  to  cool.  Never  sell  fowls  undrawn.  They  will  bring  enough 
more  drawn  and  nicely  packed,  with  the  heart,  gizzard  and  liver  placed 

inside  each  fowl,  to  pay  for  the  trouble.     Let  them  get  thoroughly  cool 

as  cold  as  possible— but  never,  under  any  circumstances,  frozen.  There 
is  always  money  in  properly  prepared  poultry  ;  the  money  is  lost  in  half 
fitting  them  for  market,  the  fowls  often  being  forwarded  in  a  most  dis- 
gusting state.  There  is  money  in  the  production  of  eggs ;  there  is 
money  in  raising  poultry  for  the  market.  The  money  is  lost  in  improper 
packing,  and  in  a  foolish  attempt,  occasionallv  made,  to  maLe  the  buyer 
pay  for  a  crop  full  of  musty  corn,  at  the  price  of  first-class  meat. 

XIX.  Packing  and  Shipping  to  Market. 
The  poultry,  having  been  killed  as  directed,  carefully  picked,  the  heads 
cut  off,  and  the  skin  drawn  over  the  stump  and  neatly  tied — or  if  pre_ 
f erred,  leave  the  head  on,  the  fowl  will  not  bring  less  for  it — and  the 
birds  chilled  down  to  as  near  the  freezing  point  as  possible,  provide  clean 
boxes  and  place  a  layer  of  clean  hay  or  straw  quite  free  from  dust,  in  the 
bottom.  Pick  up  a  fowl,  bend  the  head  under  and  to  one  side  of  the 
breast  bone,  and  lay  it  down  flat  on  its  breast,  back  up,  the  legs  extena^ 
ing  litraight  out  behind.  The  first  fowl  to  be  laid  in  the  left  hand  corner. 
So  placed,  lay  a  row  across  the  box  to  the  right,  and  pack  close,  row  by 
row,  until  only  one  row  is  left,  then  reverse  the  heads,  laying  them  next 
the  other  end  of  the  box,  the  feet  under  the  previous  row  of  heads.  If 
tliere  is  a  space  left  between  the  two  last  rows,  put  in  what  birds  will  fit 
sideways.     If  not,  pack  in  clean.  Icng  straw,  and  also  pack  in  straw  at  the 


1170       CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AN.T>  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOE. 

sides  and  between  the  birds,  so  they  cannot  move.  Pack  straw  enough 
over  one  layer  of  fowls,  so  that  the  others  cannot  touch,  and  so  proceed 
until  the  box  is  full.  Fill  the  box  full.  There  must  never  be  any  shak- 
ing, or  else  the  birds  will  become  bruised,  and  loss  will  ensue.  Many 
packers  of  extra  poultry  place  paper  over  and  under  each  layer  before 
filling  in  the  straw.  There  is  no  doubt  but  that  it  pays.  Nail  the  box 
tight ;  mark  the  initials  of  the  j^acker,  the  number  of  fowls  and  variety, 
and  mark  plainly  the  full  name  of  the  person  or  firm  to  whom  it  is  con- 
signed, with  street  and  number  on  the  Ijox.  Thus  the  receiver  will  know 
at  a  glance  what  the  box  contains,  and  does  not  have  to  unpack  to  find 
out. 

XX.    Glossary  of  Terms  Used  by  Poultry  Fanciers. 

Beard. — A  bunch  of  feathers  under  the  throat  of  some  breeds,  asHou- 
dans  or  Polish. 

Breed. — Any  variety  of  fowl  presenting  distinct  characteristics. 

Brood. — Family  of  young  chickens. 

Broody. — Desiring  to  sit. 

Carriage. — The  attitude  or  bearing  of  a  bird. 

Carunculated. — Covered  with  fleshy  protuberances,  as  on  the  neck  of 
a  turkey-cock. 

Chick. — A  newly-hatched  fowl,  until  a  few  weeks  old. 

Chicken. — Applied  to  indefinite  ages  until  twelve  months  old. 

Clutch. — Given  to  the  batch  of  eggs  under  a  sitting  hen,  also  to  brood 
of  chickens  hatched  therefrom. 

Cockerel. — A  young  cock. 

Comb. — The  red  protuberance  on  top  of  the  fowl's  head. 

Condition. — The  state  of  the  fowl  as  regards  health,  beauty  of  plumage 
^-the  latter  especially. 

Crest. — A  tuft  of  feathers  on  the  head  ;  the  top-knot. 

Crop. — The  receptacle  for  food  before  digestion. 

CiLshion. — The  mass  of  feathers  over  the  tail  and  end  of  the  hen's 
back,  covering  the  tail ;  chiefly  developed  in  Cochins. 

Deaf-ears. — Folds  of  skin  hanging  from  the  true  ears,  varying  io 
color,  being  blue,  white,  cream-colored,  or  red. 

Dubbing. — Cutting  off  the  comb,  wattles,  &c.,  leaving  the  head 
smooth. 

.Ear-lobes. — Same  as  deaf-ears. 

Face. — The  bare  skin  around  the  eye. 

Flights. — The  primary  wing  feathers,  used  in  flying,  but  unseen  when 
at  rest. 

Fluffs. — Soft,  downy  feathers  about  the  thighs. 


BREEDING   AND  MANAGEMENT   OF   POIILTRY.  1171 

Furnished. — Assumed  full  character.     When  a  cockerel  obtains    his 
tail,  comb,  &c. 

Gills. — A  term  applied  to  the  wattles,  sometimes  more  indefinitely  to 
the  whole  region  of  the  throat. 

Hackles. — The  peculiar  narrow  feathers  on  the  fowl's  neck. 

Hen-feathered^    or   Henny. — Kesembling  a  hen,    in    the  absence    of 
sickles. 

Hock. — The  elbow-joint  of  the  leg. 

Keel. — A  word  sometimes  used  to  denote  the  breast  bone. 

Leg. — The  scaly  part,  or  shank. 

Leg-feathers. — The  feathers  on  the  outside  of  the  shank. 

Mossy. — Confused  in  marking. 

Pea-comb. — A  triple  comb. 

Penciling. — Small  stripes  over  a  feather. 

Poult. — A  young  turkey. 

Primaries. — The  flight-feathers  of  the  wings,  hidden  when  the  wing  if 
closed . 

Pullet. — A  young  hen. 

Rooster. — The  common  term  for  the  male  bird. 

Saddle. — The  posterior  of  the  back,  reaching  to   the  tail  in  a  cock, 
answering  to  the  cushion  in  a  hen. 

Secondaries. — The  wing  quill-feathers,  which  show  when  the  bird  is  at 
rest. 

Self-color. — A  uniform  tint  over  the  feathers. 

Shaft. — The  stem  of  a  feather. 

Shank. — The  scaly  part  of  the  leg. 

Sickles. — The  top  curved  feathers  of  a  cock's  tail. 

Spangling. — The  marking  produced  by  each  feather  having  one  large 
spot  of  some  color  different  to  the  ground. 

Spur. — The  sharp  weapon  on  the  heel  of  a  cock. 

Stag. — Another  term  for  a  young  cock. 

Strain. — A  race  of  fowls,  having  acquired  an  individual  character  of 
its  own,  by  being  bred  for  years  by  one  breeder  or  his  successors. 

Symmetry. — Perfection  of  proportion. 

Tail-coverts. — The  soft,  glossy,  curved  feathers  at  the  sides  of  the 
bottom  of  the  tail. 

Tail-feathers. — Applied  to  the  straight,  stiff  feathers  of  the  tail  only. 

Thighs. — The  joint  above  the  shanks. 

Top-knot. — Same  as  crest. 

jTn'o. — A  cock  and  two  hens. 

Under-color. — The  color  of  the  plumage  as  seen  when  the  surface  is 
lifted. 


1172 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOB. 


Vulture-hock. — Stiir  projecting  feathers  at  the  hock-joint. 

Wattles. — The  red  depending  structures  at  each  side  of  the  base  of  the 
beak. 

Weh. — Expressing  a  flat  and  thin  structure.  The  web  of  a  feather  is 
the  flat  or  plume  portion  ;  the  web  of  the  foot,  the  flat  skm  between  the 
toes  ;  of  the  wing,  the  triangular  skin,  seen  when  the  member  is  extended. 

Wing-bar. — Any  line  of  dark  color  across  the  middle  of  the  wing. 

Wing-how. — The  upper  or  shoulder  part  of  the  wing. 

Wing-butts — The  corners  or  ends  of  the  wing.  Game  fanciers  denote 
the  upper  ends  as  sliouldcr-butts  ;  the  lower  as  lower-butts. 

Wing-coverts. — The  broad  feathers  covering  the  roots  of  the  seconda- 
ry quills. 


TTTF.   NARRAOANSETT   TTTRKEY— MALE. 


CHAPTER  VIII. 
THE    TUEKEY,  AND  ITS  VARIETIES. 


r.      VARIETIES  OF   THE    DOMESTIC  TURKEY. II.      THE    BRONZED-BLACK  TURKEY. 

III.       THE     COMMON    TURKEY. IV.      THE    OCELLATED    TURKEY. V.       ENGLISH 

TURKEYS. VI.      RARE  VARIETIES. VII.      THE  CARE  OF  TURKEYS. 

I.    Varieties  of  the  Domestic  Turkey. 

Notwithstanding  the  length  of  time  that  the  wild  turkey  has  been  do- 
mesticated— over  300  years — it  still  retains  some  of  its  wild  habits,  even 
under  the  most  artificial  conditions.  This  is  undoubtedly  due  to  the  fac. 
that  the  turkey  endures  close  confinement  to  a  less  extent  than  any  of  the 
domestic  land  birds,  and  hence  these  traits  of  wildness,  Avandering  and 
the  hiding  of  nests  and  youngs  have  not  been  entirely  bred  out.  The 
same  is  true  of  the  pheasants,  still  less  domesticated,  although  they  have 
been  in  more  or  less  subjection  to  man  since  ancient  times. 

All  turkeys,  whether  of  the  wild  or  domestic  varieties,  breed  freely, 
one  with  the  other,  and  continue  fertile,  thus  proving  conclusively  that 
they  came  originally  from  one  species.  They  are  now  broken  up  into 
every  color,  black-bronzed  and  white-mottled  being  the  original  wild 
color.  Among  the  sub-species,  are  :  The  Common  turkey  ;  Black-and- 
white-mottled  ;  Black-bronzed  ;  the  Mexican  ;  the  Ocellated  or  Hondu- 
ras ;  the  White  ;  the  Buff ;  the  Fawn-colored  ;  the  Copper-colored,  and 
the  Paili-colored .  Temminck,  in  1813  described  Isabelle  yellow  turkeys, 
with  fine  full  crests  of  pure  white.  Lieutenant  Byam  described  crested 
wild  turkeys  as  seen  by  him  in  Mexico  ;  it  is  probable  that  this  observer 
mistook  curassows  for  turkeys,  since  this  bird  is  domesticated  there 
and  nobody  else  has  found  crested  turkeys  in  Mexico. 

II.    The  Bronzed-Black  Turkey. 

This  variety  is  said  to  have  been  produced  by  a  cross  of  the  Wild  tur- 
key upon  the  Common  turkey  hen,  the  produce  fixed  and  improved  by 
careful  selection  and  breeding.  They  are  the  largest,  as  they  are  un- 
doubtedly the  best,  of  the  domestic  varieties.  The  average  for  mature 
birds,  well  fattened,  is  about  thirty  pounds,  while  forty  pounds  is  not 
uncommon  for  extra  male  birds.  The  hens  will  weigh  from  twenty  to 
twenty-five  pounds  each,   when  mature.     They  are  as  hardy  as  they  are 

beautiful  in  plumage. 

^  1173 


1174 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


The  best  specimens  are  described  as  follows :  In  the  cock,  the  face,  ear- 
lobes,  wattles  and  jaws  are  deep  rich  red,  the  wattles  warted  and  some- 
times edged  white,  the  bill  curv^ed,  strong,  of  a  light  horn  color  at  the  tip 
and  dark  at  the  base.  The  neck,  breast  and  back  black,  shaded  with 
bronze,  which  in  the  sunlight  glistens  golden,  each  feather  ending  in  a 
narro\y  glossy  black  band  extending  clear  across.  The  under  part  of  the 
body  is  similarly  marked,  but  more  subdued.     The  wing-bow  is  black 


A  PAIR  OP  WHITE  WYANDOTTES 


A  SILVER-LACED  WYANDOTTE  PULLET 


showing  a  bnlliant  greenish  or  brown  lustre,  the  flight-feathers  black, 
barred  across  with  white  or  gray,  even  and  regular;  the  wing-coverts  rich 
bronze,  the  end  of  each  feather  terminating  in  a  wade  black  band,  giving 
the  wings,  when  folded,  a  broad  bronze  band  across  each ;  tail  black,  each 
feather  irregulariy  penciled  with  a  narrow  brown  band,  and  ending  in  a 
grayish-bronze  band.  Fluff  abundant  and  soft;  legs  long,  strong,  dark  or 
nearly  black.     The  hen  is  similariy  colored,  but  more  subdued.  ' 


THE    TURKEY    AND    ITS    VARIETIES. 


1175 


BUFF   TURKEYS 


1*76       CYCLOPEDIA   OF   LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE   STOCK  DOCTOR. 


WHITE  TURKEYS 


ADULT  BRONZF  TURKEY—MALE. 


E    TURKEY,    AND    ITS    VARIETIES. 

in.    The  Common  Titrkey. 


1177 


The  common  turkey  is  white  and  black  mottled,  having  the  head  and 
wattle  of  the  wild  turkey.  They  are  of  medium  size,  and,  probably 
from  the  fact  that  they  have  been  more  generally  disseminated  and  longer 
domesticated  than  the  other  varieties,  they  are  less  inclined  to  wander* 


SLATE  TURKEY  HEN. 

When  simply  dollars  and  cents  are  concerned,  they  are  the  most  profit- 
able to  breed,  since  they  are  hardy,  of  medium  size,  and  mature  early. 
They  will  weigh,  fat,  at  eight  months  old,  from  eleven  to  twelve  pounds, 
and,  when  fully  grown,  sixteen  pounds. 

IV.    The  Ocellated  Turkey. 

This  is  one  of  the  most  elegant  of  the  whole  genus  ;  it  is  a  native  of 
Central  America,  and  is  found  wild  all  over  that  region.  It  breeds  kindly 
with  our  domestic  turkey,  and  the  progeny  remains  quite  fertile,  but 
both  the  true  and  cross  breed  are  too  tender  for  the  North.  Our  bronzed 
green  and  gold  turkeys  undoubtedly  owe  their  markings  to  this  variety. 
The  ground  color  of  the  plumage  of  the  Honduras,  or  Ocellated  turkey, 
is  bronzed-green,  banded  with  gold-bronze  and  shining  black  ;  lower  down 
the  back  the  color  is  deep  blue  and  red  ;  upon  the  tail  the  bands  become 
fully  defined  and  sharp,  producing  the  peculiar  oceliated  or  eye-like  ap- 


11' 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


pearancc,  whence  their  name.  The  wattle  is  also  peculiar,  and  the  top 
of  the  head  is  covered  with  wart^like  protuberances,  as  shown  in  the  cut 
of  a  vounjic  Ocellated  hen. 


rOUNG  OCELLATED  TURKEY   HEN. 


V.    English  Turkeys. 

The  so-called  English  turkey  is  simply  a  su])-variety  of  the  common 
American  domesticated  turkey  already  described.  Careful  breeding  and 
selection  have  increased  the  size  and  rendered  them  quite  uniform  in 
color.  One  sub-variety  is  the  Norfolk  turkey,  black  with  a  few  white 
spots  on  the  wings.  Another  sub-variety,  valued  in  Cambridgeshire,  is 
bronze-gray,  and  longer-legged  than  the  Norfolk  ;  these,  however,  vary 
from  a  light  copper  color  to  dark,  the  latter  being  preferred. 


THE    TURKEY    AND    ITS    VARIETIES. 


VI.   Rare  Varieties. 


1179 


There  are  a  number  of  more  or  less  rare  varieties  of  turkeys,  the  Buff, 
the  Fawn,  and  the  Pure-white  being  the  principal  ones.  They  are  all 
considered  more  tender  than  the  varieties  heretofore  named.  Turkeys  of 
the  white  variety  are  especially  handsome,  the  color  being  relieved  by  the 
tuft  on  the  breast,  which  remains  jet  black,  which,  with  the  blue-white 
and  red  caruncles  of  the  head  and  neck,  present  a  most  elegant  appear- 


VII.    Caring  for  the  Turkey. 

There  are  almost  as  many  w^ays  and  methods  of  feeding  as  there  are 
localities  where  turkeys  are  grown.     A  considerable  number  who  allow 


A    PAIR    OF    BRONZE    TURKEYS. 


their  turkeys  a  good  deal  of  freedom  will  succeed ;  others  do  equally  well 
who  follow  methods  quite  the  reverse.  Some  never  house  the  mother 
hen  or  the  young,  while  others  house  them  both. 

While  our  present-day  turkeys  are  classed  as  ''domestic  fowls,"  they 
are  rather  semi-domestic  when  compared  with  other  poultry.  For  this 
reason  the  treatment  given  them  must  differ  from  that  given  to  hens 
and  chickens,  and  houses  or  coops  that  will  serve  for  the  latter  will  be 
clean  and  dry  for  the  poults ;  it  may  not  meet  the  wants  of  the  turkey  hen. 
She  must  have  a  house  or  box  in  which  she  can  stand  erect  and  stretch 


1180  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

her  neck  and  look  about.  The  floor  of  this  must  be  of  boards,  but  dry, 
clean  earth  is  best  for  both  the  hen  and  the  poults.  This  natural  environ- 
ment has  a  beneficial  influence  upon  the  mother  and  the  young  turkeys. 
It  adds  to  both  health  and  spirits,  and  helps  to  develop  constitutional 
vigor. 

Satisfactory  results  can  never  be  secured  by  handling  turkeys  like  cage 
birds  or  hothouse  plants.  Avoid  overdoing  the  care  and  attention.  Treat 
them  like  turkeys,  and  use  common  sense  in  looking  after  them.  Their 
native  home  was  in  the  woods  and  fields;  in  their  present  semi-domestic 
condition  they  need  more  shelter  and  care,  but  they  should  never  be  shut 
in  so  close  as  to  deprive  them  of  plenty  of  light,  room,  and  air.  They 
should  not  be  pampered  and  fed  upon  unnatural  foods;  neither  should 
they  be  over-fed  at  any  time.  In  their  wild  state  they  ran  about  here 
and  there,  seeking  small  grains,  seeds,  and  bugs,  getting  plenty  of  exercise 
as  well  as  food.  Their  domestic  condition  deprives  them  of  the  necessity 
of  hunting  for  their  food,  and  consequently  of  the  exercise  that  comes 
from  so  doing. 

When  quite  young,  the  poults  are  apt  to  receive  more  attention  than 
they  need.  Then,  as  they  grow  older  and  the  novelty  of  attending  to 
them  wears  off,  they  are  too  often  neglected  just  at  the  time  when  more 
care  should  be  given  to  them.  For  instance,  when  their  feathers  are 
growing  and  the  unusual  heat  overcomes  them,  special  care  may  profitably 
be  bestowed;  again,  the  same  is  true  when  the  frost  destroys  their  natural 
food  supply  in  the  fall.  Thousands  are  lost  at  these  critical  periods  from 
lack  of  a  full  food  supply. 

An  open  coop,  made  of  slats  or  lath,  may  be  placed  over  the  mother 
turkey  just  prior  to  the  hatching  of  her  eggs,  as  this  will  prevent  her 
wandering  away  with  her  young  when  they  are  hatched.  It  may  be. 
covered  on  top  with  tar  paper  as  protection  from  rain  or  sun.  Such  open 
coops  are  frequently  used  in  turkey-growing  districts,  and  those  who  use 
them  could  not  be  induced  to  change.  They  should  be  large  enough  to 
provide  plenty  of  space  for  the  mother  turkey.  Quite  often  a  box  too 
small  for  the  hen  to  turn  about  or  to  stand  erect  in  is  used  for  a  coop  for 
the  hen  and  poults.  This  annoys  her  and  she  becomes  restless,  tramps 
about,  kills  her  young,  and  is  blamed  for  taking  bad  or  indifferent  care 
of  her  offspring,  when  more  than  likely,  if  she  had  room  to  move  about, 
she  would  be  a  model  mother  for  the  poults. 

In  a  suitable  coop,  the  brood  of  young  turkeys  can  stay  for  a  day  or 
more  in  comfort,  sheltered  from  wet  and  storm  or  cold,  with  space  enough 
to  move  about.  In  such  a  coop  the  very  young  poults  can  stay  while  the 
mother  goes  about  on  the  outside  for  exercise.  To  have  this  use  the  coop 
when  the  hen  is  out,  set  up  in  slides  inside  the  door  a  piece  of  board  a  foot 
wide;  this  will  keep  the  poults  safe  from  the  hot  sun  or  the  wet  much 
better  than  will  the  triangular  pen  so  often  made  of  three  boards. 


THE    TURKEY    AND    ITS    VARIETIES.  1181 

Almost  any  kind  of  pen,  coop,  or  house  will  do  for  the  turkey  hen  and 
poults  if  it  will  protect  them  from  rain  and  storms,  if  it  is  large  enough, 
is  clean,  not  too  close  or  warm,  and  absolutely  free  from  parasitic  enemies. 
These  are  the  important  requisites  of  the  structure  in  which  they  are  to 
be  kept  until  the  poults  are  well  started.  They  should  be  allowed  their 
freedom  a  part  of  every  day  when  the  grass  is  dry,  and  should  be  made 
to  stay  within  at  nights  and  during  wet  days,  till  old  enough  to  wander 
with  the  mother  hen  and  roost  out  on  the  fences  or  trees. 

Either  fresh  coops  should  be  provided  each  year  or  the  old  ones  should 
be  thoroughly  cleansed  within  and  without.     Prior  to  using  old  coops. 


A    PAIR    OF    WHITE    HOLLAND    TURKEYS. 

paint  them  thoroughly  with  crude  petroleum,  in  which  have  been  dis- 
solved some  naphthalene  balls,  filling  everj^  crack  and  crevice  with  this 
at  least  a  week  before  they  are  needed,  and  be  sure  that  the  odor  of  the 
preparation  has  disappeared  before  using  the  coops,  as  it  is  not  beneficial 
to  the  young.  The  features  of  most  importance  in  cooping  the  mother 
and  young  are  plenty  of  light  and  room,  and  freedom  from  dampness  and 
insect  parasites. 

When  the  poults  are  ready  to  leave  the  nest,  move  the  mother  hen  and 
her  young  into  the  coop  provided  for  them ;  supply  a  little  food  now  and 
then  as  they  need  it,  and  see  that  the  mother  has  plenty  of  food  and  water. 
Let  them  alone  in  the  coop  till  they  begin  to  move  about.  As  soon  as 
they  will,  let  the  poults  run  out  on  the  grass  when  it  is  dry,  but  keep  them 
from  the  wet  grass,  as  nothing  is  more  detrimental  to  their  growth,  unless 


1182       CYCLOPEDIA   OF   LIVE  STOCK   AND   COMPLETE   STOCK   DOCTOR. 

it  be  insect  parasites.  As  they  advance  give  them  a  more  plentiful  food 
supply,  and  guard  against  any  possibility  of  lice  infesting  them. 

While  they  are  young  special  attention  must  be  given  to  protection 
from  the  direct  rays  of  the  sun,  exposure  to  which  wilts  them  completely. 
At  times  they  will  reel  under  its  influence  as  though  suffering  from  sun- 
stroke, or  move  about  with  slow  steps,  weakly  dragging  one  foot  after  the 
other,  while  giving  forth  a  feeble  peep  that  sounds  the  warning  of  their 
approaching  end.  The  blood-sucking  parawite  has  much  the  same  effect 
upon  them  when  present.  When  under  the  influence  of  both  at  the 
same  time,  the  chance  of  survival  is  small  indeed. 

Have  a  dry  spot  where  the  young  poults  may  run  and  exercise.  This 
may  be  provided  by  spreading  a  load  or  two  of  coaree  sand  near  the  coops, 
which  will  furnish  a  dry  foothold,  no  matter  how  wet  or  damp  the  grass 
may  be.  To  keep  this  in  sanitary  condition  go  over  it  once  a  day  with 
a  fine-toothed  rake,  in  order  that  the  sun  may  dry  it  thoroughly.  When 
the  young  turkeys  are  suitably  housed,  properly  fed,  and  kept  free  from 
lice,  they  are  quite  as  easy  to  grow  as  young  chickens. 

A  thorough  investigation  of  the  methods  of  feeding  young  turkeys 
shows  to  what  extent  general  rules  already  cited  are  followed.  While  all 
who  succeed  seem  to  adopt  nearly  the  same  methods,  there  are  a  few  dif- 
ferences worthy  of  consideration.  Some  feed  bread  and  milk  in  a  saucer 
as  soon  as  the  poults  will  eat,  while  others  soak  bread  and  milk  and  squeeze 
it  dry  before  feeding;  some  adhere  closely  to  an  absolute  grain  diet,  while 
others  feed  everything  they  imagine  the  poults  will  eat. 

It  should  never  be  forgotten  that  in  the  wild  state  their  foods  were  the 
bugs,  worms,  seeds,  etc.,  which  they  could  find  for  themselves,  and  which 
were  hunted  for  and  scrambled  after  continually.  There  was  then  no 
overfeeding  upon  rich,  unnatural  foods  that  impaired  health  and  produced 
bowel  troubles  or  other  ailments  that  naturally  follow  unwholesome  food. 
They  subsisted  by  their  own  efforts  in  the  wild  state,  while  now  they  are 
quite  too  often  forced  to  eat  unnatural  foods  that  are  furnished  in  hope 
of  forcing  them  to  an  unnatural  growth.  If  the  grower  wishes  to  copy 
nature  as  nearly  as  possible,  the  young  poults  may  be  given  for  their 
first  meal  very  fine  oatmeal  or  finely  cracked  wheat  or  corn,  with  a  little 
fine  grit  of  some  kind  and  a  very  little  granulated  meat  scrap.  Some  of 
the  commercial  brands  of  ''poultry  food"  are  also  good.  They  should 
have  clean  water  convenient  where  they  can  help  themselves  at  will. 

As  a  general  rule,  do  not  feed  them  wet  food  or  slops.  Poults  are  seed- 
eating  chicks,  not  slop  eaters.  Bread  and  milk,  however,  contains  ele- 
ments most  valuable  in  the  growing  of  all  kinds  of  fowls.  This  food 
should  be  considered,  when  properly  given,  as  one  of  the  best  kinds  of 
food  for  the  first  day  or  two.  Soak  stale  bread  in  sweet  milk,  press  out 
the  milk  as  completely  as  possible,  and  feed  the  bread  to  the  young  poults. 
Be  careful  never  to  use  sour  milk,  nor  should  the  bread  thus  prepared 


THE    TTTRKEY    AND    ITS    VARIETIES.  1183 

ever  be  fed  after  it  has  become  sour.  Feed  this,  a  little  at  a  time,  every 
hour  or  two  for  two  days  or  more ;  then  add  a  little  hard-boiled  egg,  shell 
and  all  broken  fine,  to  the  soaked  bread. 

After  a  day  or  two  on  this  ration,  follow  with  the  ration  of  finely  broken 
grain  already  described,  and  include  a  little  finely  cut  meat.  Make  sure 
that  the  meat  scrap  is  pure  and  sweet.  Nothing  is  more  injurious  to  the 
poults  than  tainted  or  infected  meat  of  any  kind,  as  it  will  disturb  their 
bowels  in  a  very  few  hours  and  cause  great  trouble.  Lean  beef,  well 
cooked  and  cut  into  very  small  fragments,  is  good.  Be  very  cautious 
about  feeding  green  meat  or  bone.  If  any  of  this  is  fed,  have  it  cut  quite 
fine,  giving  but  little  at  first,  and  be  absolutely  certain  that  it  is  fresh  and 
sweet.     Cooked  meat  is  better  for  them  while  young. 

Coarse  sand  is  excellent  for  grit,  and  if  sufficient  of  this  is  at  hand  no 
other  grit  will  be  needed;  but  plenty  of  grit  of  some  kind  is  a  necessity, 
for  without  it  the  poults  cannot  grind  their  food. 

Food  should  be  given  them  quite  early  in  the  morning,  and  at  frequent 
intervals  during  the  day.  Never  overfeed  them,  but  use  discretion  in 
providing  plentifully  for  their  necessities.  Give  them  all  they  will  eat 
willingly,  and  no  more.  Avoid  the  use  of  rich  foods,  grains  in  hulls, 
and  millet  seed,  which  is  not  good  for  them  while  they  are  young ;  a  little 
of  this  seed,  however,  may  be  fed  as  they  grow  older.  Too  much  hard- 
boiled  egg  is  bad  for  them,  while  a  reasonable  amount  with  bread  is  bene- 
ficial. An  excess  has  a  tendency  to  clog  and  congest  the  bowels,  and  the 
writer  has  seen  poults  die  from  the  effects  of  a  diet  exclusively  of  egg  and 
millet  seed.  The  same  injurious  effect  may  be  produced  by  feeding 
entirely  with  milk  curds. 

Bowel  trouble  must  be  considered  as  an  assured  result  of  improper 
feeding,  and  may  be  aggravated  by  exposure  to  cold  and  dampness. 
Indigestion  is  a  prime  factor  in  the  development  of  this  ailment  that  kills 
so  many  turkeys  while  young.  This  should  be  prevented  as  far  as  possi- 
ble by  the  feeding  of  finely  broken  charcoal,  which  is  a  safeguard  against 
fermentation  in  the  crop  or  gizzard,  thus  aiding  digestion.  This  looseness 
of  the  bowels  should  not  be  mistaken  for  cholera.  It  may  usually  be 
relieved  by  feeding  rice  that  has  been  boiled  almost  dry  in  milk. 

Too  much  stress  cannot  be  laid  upon  the  practice  of  hand  feeding. 
The  turkey  hens  are  not  so  attentive  to  their  young  as  chicken  hens.  If 
all  who  grow  turkeys  w^ould  pay  special  attention  to  hand  feeding  of  the 
poults  as  soon  as  they  are  hatched,  much  benefit  might  be  gained.  To 
be  successful  with  hand  feeding,  one  must  take  the  food  between  the 
fingers  and  thumb,  patiently  hold  it  to  the  ueak  of  the  young  turkey,  and 
try  to  induce  it  to  eat.  This  method  of  feeding  tames  and  quiets  the 
young  poults,  gives  them  a  good  start,  and  prevents  the  possible  con- 
tamination of  the  food  by  being  thrown  upon  the  ground.     Although 


1184      CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

feeding  in  this  manner  may  appear  to  involve  considerable  labor,  the 
resulting  benefits  are  often  far  in  excess  of  the  time  and  effort  expended. 

After  three  weeks  the  poults  may  have  whole  wheat,  hulled  oats,  cracked 
corn,  and  a  little  millet  seed,  in  addition  to  their  other  food.  Many 
young  turkeys  are  lost  when  partly  grown,  particularly  during  wet 
weather  after  they  have  been  given  liberty  to  roam  at  will.  Much  loss 
may  be  avoided  by  going  after  them  wherever  they  may  be  and  feeding 
them  a  little  once  or  twice  a  day.  This  plan  should  be  followed  during 
continued  wet  weather,  no  matter  how  far  advanced  they  may  be.  A 
continuous  wet  spell  deprives  them  of  the  greater  part  of  the  bugs  and 
worms  they  feed  upon,  and  the  wet  grass,  by  retarding  their  motion,  tends 
to  reduce  vitality.  Go  after  them  during  such  weather  and  feed  them, 
so  as  to  prevent  the  bad  results  that  must  follow  a  scarcity  of  food  at  such 
times.  Flocks  of  young  turkeys  that  wander  continually  should  be  fed 
at  least  once  a  day,  if  only  a  little,  to  keep  them  quiet  or  tame.  If  fed  at 
least  once  a  day  on  grain,  they  will  grow  faster,  mature  earlier,  and  make 
better  size  than  if  not  fed  at  all.  Those  who  make  use  of  these  methods 
secure  the  best  results. 

One  of  the  most  successful  growers  in  the  country  feeds  the  young 
poults  at  the  start  oatmeal,  broken  wheat,  and  finally  cracked  corn;  as 
they  grow  older  whole  wheat,  hulled  oats,  and  coarser  cracked  corn,  and 
still  later,  whole  grains  of  corn.  When  running  at  large  they  are  taught 
to  come  close  to  the  barns  twice  a  day  for  food.  Following  these  and 
similar  methods  enabled  him  to  bring  to  maturity,  during  the  unfavorable 
season  of  1903,  over  300  white  turkeys  out  of  about  335  that  were  hatched. 

Hulled  oats  are  used  to  avoid  the  injurious  effects  that  arise  from  feed- 
ing oats  in  the  hull,  the  sharp  portions  of  which  are  apt  to  prick  and 
irritate  the  crop.  No  more  nutritious  grain  can  be  fed  to  growing  poults 
than  hulled  oats.  Wheat  and  whole  or  broken  corn  will  do  as  they  grow 
older,  but  oats  should  be  added  whenever  practical.  If  hulled  oats  cannot 
be  had,  use  clipped  oats,  boiled;  drain  them  thoroughly,  and  feed  w^hen 
cold.     Always  select  plump,  heavy  oats,  with  a  large  percentage  of  kernel. 

Nothing  equals  good,  sound  grain  of  all  kinds  for  feeding  the  growing 
turkeys.  Do  not  use  poor,  shriveled,  or  musty  grain  of  any  kind.  It  is 
a  mistaken  notion  that  it  will  pay  to  feed  inferior  grain  to  any  kind  of 
growing  fowl.  It  is  a  loss  of  both  time  and  money  to  do  so,  as  nothing 
but  disappointment  can  result  from  its  use.  The  best  results  always  come 
from  having  the  best  quality  of  stock  and  giving  it  the  best  food  and  care. 


WATER  FOWL. 


1185 


WATER    FOWL. 


CHAPTER  IX.. 


GEESE  ANB  THEIR  VARIETIES. 


».      THE    MANAGEMENT    OF    GEESE. II.      EMBDEN    OR   BREMEN  GEESE. III.     TDTT- 

LOUSE    GEESE. IV.      WHITE   CHINESE   GEESE. V.      HONG  KONG    GEESE. VI. 

THE  AFRICAN  GOOSE. V£I.      THE   CANADA  OR  WILD  GOOSE. VIII.     EGYPTIAN 

GEESE. 

I.  The  Management  of  Greese. 

The  management  of  geese  is  very  simple.  A  good  dry  spot  for  their 
resting  place,  plenty  of  range,  with  young  grass,  and  a  pond,  or  running 
water,  if  possible,  will  enable  any  one  to  raise  geese  successfully,  if  plenty 
of  grain,  corn  and  wheat  screenings  are  given  to  make  up  what  they  fail 
to  get  in  their  rambles.  The  grain  fed  should  always  be  given  in  a  deep 
vessel  of  water  in  summer,  if  deep  natural  water  is  not  near,  since  geese 
are  often  annoyed  by  insects  getting  in  the  ears  and  nostrils,  which  they 
rid  themselves  of  by  thrusting  their  heads  well  down  into  water. 

In  fattening  for  market,  corn-meal  and  potatoes  boiled  together  to  a 
thick  mush,  is  as  good  as  anything.  They  should  be  sold  as  soon  as  fat, 
trhich  should  be  in  about  two  weeks  of  feeding.  If  the  mush  is  made 
with  skimmed  milk  the  geese  will  become  very  fat,  if  given  as  much  as 
they  will  eat  three  times  a  day. 

Geese  are  subject  to  but  few  diseases.  For  diarrhoea,  give  one  or  two 
drops  of  laudanum  in  a  little  water,  and  repeat  if  necessary  For  giddi- 
ness bleed  them  in  the  prominent  vein  which  separates  the  claw.  Geese 
live  to  a  great  age,  and  old  geese  are  the  best  mothers.  Ganders,  how- 
ever, are  best  at  from  one  to  three  years  old,  since  as  they  get  age  they 
are  apt  to  become  cross,  and  sometimes  injure  small  children. 

II.  Embden  or  Bremen  Geese. 

There  is  no  doubt  but  the  Embden  is  the  most  valuable  of  the  domesti- 
cated varieties  of  geese.  They  should  be  pure  white,  with  prominent 
blue  eyes  ;  strong,  medium-length  neck  ;  heavy  bodies,  with  the  featbew 

1186 


GEESE,    AND    THEIR    VARIETIES. 


1187 


rather  more  inclined  to  curl  from  the  shoulder  to  the  head,  than  in  other 
varieties  ;  the  bill  rs  dark  flesh  color  and  the  legs  orange.  Young  birds 
of  the  year  have  been  made  to  weigh  over  forty  poiuuls,  and  mature  birds 


PAIR  OF  GRAY  AFRICAN  GEESE, 
near  sixty  pounds.  The  average  for  breeding  birds  may  be  put  at  about 
twenty  pounds.   They  are  early  layers  and  may  be  made  to  rear  two 
broods  in  a  season. 


1188        CYCLOPEDIA  OF  UVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

III.    Toiilouse  Geese. 

These  magnificent  birds,  next  in  merit  to  the  Embden,  and  by  many 
fanciers  preferred  to  them,  have  compact  bodies,  rather  short  legs,  and 
will  often  outweigh  the  Embdens.  Their  bodies  and  breasts  are  light 
gray ;  the  neck  dark  gray,  the  color  deepening  as  the  head  is  approached  : 
the  wings  are  colored  like  the  neck,  but  getting  lighter  towards  the  belly, 


PAIR  OF  YOUNG  BROWN  CHINESE  GEESE 


which,  together  with  the  rump,  is  white.  The  legs  and  feet  are  a  deep 
reddish  orange,  and  the  bill  the  same  color,  but  inclining  to  brown.  In 
quality  of  flesh  there  is  little  if  any  difference  between  the  Embden  and 
the  Toulouse. 

IV.    White  Chinese  Geese. 

The  White  Chinese  geese,  from  their  immense  size,  pure  white  color, 
and  swan-like  appearance  are  much  admired  by  fanciers  who  have  ponds 
of  water.     Whether  swimming  or  on  land,  they  are  pleasing  and  graceful 


GEESE,    AND    THEIR    VARIETIES. 


118^^ 


fn  movement.  The  color  is  pure  white ;  the  bill  and  the  knob  on  the 
head  oniiigc  colored,  and  the  color  of  the  legs  the  same.  A  peculiarity 
of  this  breed  is  the  great  disparity  in  si/e  between  the  males  and  females, 


MMMiMk 


PAIR  OF  GRAY  TOULOUSE  GEESE. 


EMBDEN  AND  AFRICAN  CROSS. 


ctie  former  bemg  one-third  larger  than  the  latter.  They  are  prolific  of 
eggs,  which  are  rather  small-sized  for  the  size  of  the  birds,  and  the  gos- 
lings are  tender  and  delicate  in  flesh.  They  are  hardy  and  prolific,  some- 
times reanng  three  breeds  in  a  season. 


1190        CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


V     Hong  Kong  Gteese. 

The  Hong  Kong,  or  gray  China  goose,  is  supposed  to  be  the  variety 
from  which  the  White  Chinese  goose  sprung.  Certainly,  there  are  not 
greater  differences  between  the  two  than  between  the  Embden  and 
Toulouse.  The  Hong  Kong  is  distinctly  knobbed,  and  in  size  is  between 
a  goose  and  swan.  Their  distinguishing  marks  are  the  knob  on  he  top 
of  the  head,  the  feathered  dewlaps  or  wattle  under  the  throat,  and  dis- 
tinct dark  stripe  do^vll  the  neck.     They  vary  in  color,  but  the  true  color 


GROUP  OF  WHITE  PEKIN  DUCKS. 

is  a  grayish  brown  on  the  back  and  upper  parts  of  the  body,  changing  to 
white  or  whitish  gray  under  the  al)donien ;  the  neck  and  breast  yeUowish 
gray,  with  a  distinguishing  stripe  of  dark  brown  running  down  the 
back  of  the  neck  from  the  head  to  the  body ;  the  bill  and  legs  are 
orange,  and  the  protuberances  at  the  base  of  the  lower  bill  very  dark, 
approaching  to  black.  They  are  nocturnal  in  habit,  very  prolific  in  eggs, 
and  the  flesh  of  the  young  birds  is  superior  in  quality. 


GEESE,    AND    THEIR    VARIETIES. 


1191 


VI.    The  African  Goose. 

This  is  one  of  the  largest  of  any  of  the  varieties  of  geese,  and  is  re- 
markable for  its  upright  carriage,  carrying  the  neck  straight  and  the  head 
level  in  walking.  It  is  rather  a  rare  bird  in  the  United  States,  and  has 
sometimes  been  called  the  Siberian  Goose,  but  the  name  African  goose  is 
undoubtedly  the  true  one.     The  bill  is  hooked  or  armed  with  small  inden- 


RMBDEN    TOULOUSE    CROSS, 


tations  along  the  sides  ;  at  the  base  of  the  bill  on  top  is  a  bright  vermil- 
ion colored  fleshy  tubercle,  and  a  hard,  firm,  fleshy  membrane  under  the 
throat.  The  head  and  upper  part  of  the  neck  are  brown,  deeper  on  the 
upper  side  and  lighter  on  the  underside.  The  cut  will  give  a  good  idea 
of  the  principal  characteristics  of  this  variety. 

VH.    The  Canada  or  Wild  Goose. 

This  goose  is  well  known  all  over  the  United  States  and  Canada, 
breeding  in  the  far  North,  spending  the  spring  and  autumn  in  the  more 
tempe-^ate  regions,  and  going  South,  even  to  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  in  the 
winter.     It  is  the  most  sagacious  of  any  of  the  goose  tribe,  and  when 


1192       CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

hatched  from  wild  eggs,  often  becomes  thoroughly  domesticated  in  tuo 
first  generation,  and  breeds  freely  with  the  other  varieties  of  geese. 
When  bred  on  the  farm,  the  flesh  retains  much  of  the  game  flavor  of 
the  wild  birds.     It  is  certainly  one  of  the  handsomest  of  water  fowls. 

VIII.    Egyptian  Geese, 

This  is  a  rare  variety  in  the  United  States,  but  is  prized  for  its  beautiful 
plumage  and  stately  carriage.  It  is  a  small  bird,  weighing  about  eight 
pounds,  but  elegant  and  striking  in  its  plumage.  The  color  is  dark  red 
around  the  eyes  ;  the  bill  white  ;  a  red  ring  about  the  neck ;  the  neck 
and  breast  light  fawn  gray,  with  a  maroon  star  on  the  breast ;  the  belly 
red  and  gray;  the  wing  feathers  one-half  deep  rich  black,  and  the  rest 
pure  white,  with  a  black  bar  running  across  the  centre  ;  the  back  light 
red,  changing  to  dark  red  near  the  tail ;  the  tail  jet  black. 


STANDARD  TOULOUSE  GOOSE. 


WATER    FOWL. 
CliAPTERi  X. 

VARIETIES  OP  DOMESTIC  DUCKS. 


I.     DUCKS    ON    THE    FARM. II.      VARIETIES     BEST    ADAPTED   TO    THE    FARM. Til. 

AYLESBURY     DUCKS. IV.      ROUEN    DUCKS. V.      THE    COMMON    WHITE    DUCK. 

VI.      CAYU(}A   BLACK  DUCKS. VII.      MUSCOVY  DUCKS. VIII.     BLACK  EAST 

I'NDIA  DUCKS. IX.      CALL  DUCKS. X.      PEKIN   DUCKS. OTHER   AND  RARE 

DUCKS. 

I.    Ducks  on  the  Farm. 

Year  by  year  both  ducks  and  geese  are  becoming  more  popular  as  an 
addition  to  the  reguhir  farm  stock.  Ducks,  especially,  are  yearly  receiv- 
ing more  and  more  attention.  First,  from  the  fact  that  the  ducklings  are 
the  most  active  and  indefatigable  insect  hunters  known ;  second,  they 
are  more  easily  reared  than  any  other  farm  birds;  third,  their  feathers 
are  valuable,  and  fourth,  the  eggs  and  young  ducks  find  ready  sale  in 
the  markets.  In  the  fields  of  the  market  gardener  they  are  especially 
vakiable,  and  all  those  who  know  their  value  in  this  respect  Avould  raise 
,  if  only  for  their  aid  in  summer  as  insect  destroyers. 

II.    Varieties  Best  Adapted  to  the  Farm. 

When  the  flesh  and  feathers  are  the  principal  objects,  the  white  breed 
are  best ;  but  when  flesh  is  the  prime  object,  and  handsome,  ornamenta 
qualities  are  desired,  the  Black  Cayuga  and  the  Rouen  duck  will  give  sat- 
isfaction. We  think  the  young  of  the  Rouen  duck  the  best  insect  de- 
stroyers  of  any  of  the  large  breeds,  and  the  young  of  the  common  gray 
duck,  the  best  of  the  smaller  breeds.  The  Muscovy,  one  of  the  largest 
of  ducks,  has  really  little  to  recommend  it,  except  size,  and  even  here, 
the  Cayuga,  the  Rouen  and  the  Aylesbury'  will  nearly  compete  with 
them,  and  are  far  superior  in  quality  of  flesh.  One  reason,  probably, 
why  ducks  have  received  so  little  attention  in  the  West,  is  that  wild 
ducks  have  been  so  numerous  in  tne  spring  and  fall  that  a  mess  might  at 
any  time  be  had  for  the  shooting.     They  are,  however,  becoming  scarcer 

1193 


1194        CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  ANT>  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOB. 

and  higher  year  by  year,  and  hence,  except  in  new  settlements  near 
water,  more  and  more  attention  is  yearly  l)eing  paid  to  the  raising  of 
tame  ducks. 


TRTO  OF  COLORED  ROUEN  DUCKS. 


The  raising  of  ducks  is  exceedingly  simple.  They  are  little  liable  to 
disease  and  are  able  to  take  care  of  themselves  soon  after  being  hatched. 
The  mean  period  of  incubation  is  thirty  days.  The  eggs  should  be 
placed  under  a  large  hen,   light   Brahma   preferably,   and   vv-n.-^n  hatched 


VARIETIES    OF    DOMESTIC    DUCKS. 


1195 


they  should  have  a  pool  of  clear  water  to  play  in,  however  small  it  may 
be.  Their  food  may  be  the  same  as  that  of  young  chicks,  and  if  placed 
where  insects  abound,  they  will  soon  rid  the  squash,  melon,  cucumber,  or 
other  patches  of  these  enemies  of  the  oardener. 

III.    Aylesbury  Ducks. 

Of  all  the  English  breeds,  the  Aylesbury  is  undoubtedly  the  best,  and, 
taking  into  consideration  the  color  of  the  feathers,  it  is  one  of  the  most 
useful  of  the  species  introduced  into  the  United  States.  They  are 
scarcely  so  heavy  as  the  Rouen,  but  eighteen  pounds  per  pair  is  not  unu- 
sual.    They  are  prolific  in  eggs  of  pure  white  color,  and   quite   thin   in 


WHITE  PEKIN   DUCK. 

the  shell.  The  Aylesbury  is  rather  inclined  to  fall  down  behind  from 
the  stretching  of  the  abdominal  muscles.  In  breeding,  always  avoid  such 
birds,  and  as  soon  as  it  is  noticed,  kill  and  dress  them  for  market,  since 
as  soon  as  this  becomes  the  case  they  are  generally  sterile.  This  will 
apply  to  all  ducks,  and  hence,  in  the  selection  of  the  male,  take  those 
that  are  especially  free  from  this  disability. 

rv.    Rouen  Ducks. 

This  name  is  probably  a  corruption  of  Roan  duck  ;  at  all  events  there 
is  no  evidence  that  the  breed  originated  at  the  French  town  of  this  name. 


1196         CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

It  is  undoubtedly  a  variety  of  the  Mallard  or  Gray  duck,  and  bred  together 
the  young  come  uniform  in  their  markings.     The  color  should  closely 


PAIR  OF  CRESTED  WHITE  DUCKS. 


PAIR  OF  COLORED  EGYPTIAN  GEESE. 


approximate  that  of  the  wild  Mallard  duck.  In  fact,  the  marlrings  of  the 
wild  duck  will  perfectly  describe  the  lame,  enlarged  and  improved  va- 
riety.    The  eyes,  nowever,  are  more  deeply  sunken,  and  they  have  the 


VARIETIES   OF   DOMESTIC   DUCKS. 


1197 


disability  of  soon  falling  behind,  the  abdominal  protuberance  being  devel- 
oped at  an  early  age. 

Thev  are  the  largest  as  they  are  the  most  quiet  of  ducks,  and  seidom 
wander.  When  fat,  they  have  been  made  to  weigh  nearly  twenty  pounds 
the  pair,  and  drakes  of  nine  or  ten  weeks  old  have  been  known  to  weigh 
more  than  twelve  pounds  the  pair.  The  llesh  is  most  excellent 
and  they  are  prolific  layers  of  large,  rather  thick-shelled,  bluish-green 


V.    The  Common  Wliite  Duck. 

This  duck  is  too  well  known  to  need  description.  They  are  not  unlike 
the  Aylesbury,  except  in  size.  Since  the  introduction  of  the  larger 
breeds,  they  have  fallen  into  disrepute  and  are  now  seldom  found  pure. 


PAIR  OF  WHITE  MUSCOVY  DUCKS. 


VI.    Cayuga  Black  Duck. 


Of  the  origin  of  this  famous  American  duck,  nothing  positive  is  known. 
They  have  been  bred  about  Cayuga  lake,  New  York,  for  many  years. 
They  are  essentially  a  water  duck,  rarely  rising  from  the  water,  and  so 
clumsy  on  land  that  they  seldom  wander  far.  In  color  they  are  black,  or 
rather  deep  brown  black,  with  a  white  collar  about  the  neck,  and  white 
flicks  on  the  breast ;  the  drakes  usually  show  more  white  than  the  ducks, 
and  the  green  tint  on  the  head  and  neck  being  far  more  pronounced  ;  in 
fact  the  duck  should  have  but  a  faint  strip  of  green  on  the  head,  neck  and 
wings.  In  breeding,  the  darkest  males  should  be  selected,  since  they  in- 
cline to  breed  to  white.     They  are  good  layers,  producing  about  eififhty 


1198        CYCLOPEDIC   OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOi 

to  ninety  eggs  in  a  season  when  well  fed.  The  flesh  is  excellent,  dark 
and  high  flavored,  and  the  birds  hardy.  The  weight  of  the  birds  at  six 
to  eight  months  old,  if  well  fattened,  is  from  twelve  to  fourteen  pounds 


YOUNG  GOOSE  CROSSES— EMBDEN  AND  TOULOUSE. 


per  pair,  and  sixteen  pounds  has  been  reached.  For  rearing  entirely  on 
land,  we  have  not  found  them  so  good  as  the  Kouen  or  Roan,  but  near 
lakes,  ponds  and  streams  there  are  no  better  or  more  profitable  ducks. 

Vn.    Muscovy  Duck. 

The  Musk,  or  Brazilian  duck  was  once  regarded  with  great  favor,  and 
certainly  they  are  both  handsome  and  large,  the  drakes  often  weighing 
ten  pounds  The  color  is  a  very  dark,  rich,  blue-black,  prismatic  with 
every  color  of  which  blue  is  a  component ;  there  is  a  white  bar  on  each 


the  back  of  the  drake  are  fine  and  plume-like  ;  the  legs  and  feet  are  dark. 
In  warm  climates  they  are  said  to  be  prolific,  but  our  experience  with 
them,  years  ago,  was  that  they  are  neither  hardy  nor  good  layers. 
They  are  readily  distinguished  by  the  red  membrane  surrounding  the  eyes 
and  covering  the  cheeks. 


VARIETIES   OF   DOMESTIC    DUCES. 


1199 


Vm.    Black  East  Indian  Ducks. 
These  are  really  black,  and  are  among  the  most  beautiful  of  ducks. 
From  time  to  time  tbey  have  appeared   under  various  names,  as  East 
Indian,  Labrador,  Buenos  Ayres,  and  Brazillian  ducks.     They  are  quite 


YOUNG  GOOSE  CROSSES— EMBDEN  AND  AFRICAN. 

Hardy,  and  their  color  would  suggest  that  they  are  closely  related  to  the 
Mallards.  Their  beauty  and  hardiness,  together  with  their  small  size 
will  recoE  mend  them  to  amateurs  ;  but  for  profit  they  cannot  compare 
with  the  b?st  of  the  huge  breeds. 


PAIR  OF  WHITE  CALL  DUCKS. 
rX.    Call  Ducks. 
There  are  two  «^arieties  of  ducks  which  bear  the  same  relation  in  size 
ttj  the  large  breeds  that  Bantams  do  to  other  barn-yard  fowls.     These 


1200        CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

are  the  Gray  and  the  AVhite  Call  duck.  The  Gray  is  the  miniature 
counterpart  of  the  Eoan  or  Rouen  duck,  and  the  White  resembles  the 
Aylesbury  except  in  size  and  color  of  the  bill,  which  in  the  AYhite  Call 
duck  is  a  clear  yellow,  while  in  the  Aylesbury  it  is  a  flesh  color.     They 


GROUP  OF  WHITE   AYLESBURY  DUCKS. 


are  pretty  things  on  a  lake  or  piece  of  water  m  ornamental  grounds, 
a,  d  the  colored  variety  is  used  by  sportsmen  as  decoys  for  other  ducks, 
they  being  noted  for  their  loud,  shrill,  aud  oft  repeated  call ;  hence  the 


VARIETIES   OF   DOMESTIC   DUCKS.  1201 


X.     Pekin  Ducks. 


These  valuable  waterfowls  were  originally  introduced  into  the  United 
States  in  1873.  Their  weights  come  fully  up  to  that  ot  the  Aylesbury 
duck,  but  they  look  larger,  being  exceedingly  heavily  feathered.  The 
color  is  i)ure  white,  with  a  creamy  tinge  underneath.  The  flesh  is  not  con- 
sidered fully  equal  to  the  Aylesbury,  but  the  feathers  are  s'-ipcnor.  The 
beak  of  the  bird  is  yellow;  neck  long;  legs  short  and  red.  Pet  Pokins  are 
hardy,  and  can  be  made  to  weigh,  at  four  months  old,  about  twelve  pounds 
the  pair.  The  following  are  the  qualifications  and  points  required  for  ex- 
hibition birds  by  the  American  Association: 

Head,  long,  finely  formed;  color  of  plumage,  white;  eyes,  deep  leaden- 
blue;  bill  of  medium  size,  deep  yellow  and  perfectly  free  from  marks  of 
any  other  color;  neck  rather  long  and  large  in  the  drake — in  the  duck,  of 
medium  lenghth;  color  of  plumage  white,  or  creamy  white  breast  and  body. 
Breast,  round  and  full;  body,  very  long  and  deep,  and  in  adult  birds,  ap- 
proaching the  outlines  of  a  parallelogram;  color  of  plumage,  white  or 
creamy  white  throughout;  wings,  short  and  carried  compactly  and  smoothly 
against  the  sides;  color  of  plumage,  white;  tail,  rather  erect,  the  curled 
feathers  of  the  drake  being  hard  and  stiflf;  plumage,  white;  legs,  thighs 
short  and  large;  color  of  plumage,  white;  shanks,  short  and  strong,  and  of 
a  reddish  orange  color;  plumage  downy,  and  of  a  faint  creamy  white. 

XI.     Other  and  Bare  Ducks. 

Among  the  ducks  of  elegant  plumage  lately  domesticated  is  the  Wood 
duck,  known  all  over  the  West,  and  now  disseminated  as  the  Carolina 
duck.  It  is  one  of  the  most  beautiful  of  any  of  the  varieties  in  the  bril- 
liancy of  its  plumage  and  varied  elegance  of  the  markings,  one  of  the  most 
striking  in  the  graceful  plume  of  feathers  falling  back  from  the  head 
They  are  so  easily  domesticated  that  they  will  allow  themselves  to  be 
handled,  if  always  treated  with  gentleness. 

The  Mandarin  duck,  a  Chinese  variety,  is  also  a  bird  of  splendid  plum- 
age, but  rare. 

Of  the  crested  ducks,  the  White  and  the  Black  Poland  are  best  known. 
Both  are  crested,  the  crest  varying  in  size,  but  always  bearing  a  ball  of 
feathers,  quite  round. 

Another  very  rare  duck,  the  Crested  duck,  said  to  be  native  to  America, 
is  described  by  Mr.  Latham  as  being  "  the  size  of  the  wild  duck,"  (an 
indefinite  description),  "but  much  larger,  for  it  mensures  twenty-five 
inches  in  length ;  a  tuft  adorns  its  head  ;  a  straw  yellow,  mixed  with 
rusty-colored  spots  is  spread  over  the  throat  and  front  of  the  neck  ;  the 
wings,  speculum  blue  beneath,  edged  with  white  ;  the  bill,  wings  and  U*^\ 
are  black ;  irides  red,  and  all  the  rest  of  the  body  ashy-gray. 


1202  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


PAIR  OF  BLACK  CAYUGA  DUCKS. 


WILD  AND  AFRICAN  CROSS. 


GRAY  WILD  GOOSE. 


BOOK  V 

PART  II 


Diseases  of  Poultry 

HOW  TO  KNOW  THEM;  THEIR  CAUSES,  PRE. 
VENTION  AND  CURE 


1204         CYCLOl'EDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMl-LETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

r 


TOULOUSE  GEESE  AND  FEATHERS 

From  -Perfected  Poultry  of  America."  used  by  courtesy  Hon.' P.   D.   Coburn.   Secretar 

Kansas  State  Board  of  Agriculture. 


Diseases  of  Poultry. 


CHAPTER  I. 


THE  CAKE  AND  TREATMENT  OP  SICK  FOWLS. 


\       DIVISION   OF  DISEASES   INTO   GROUPS. II.     APOPLEXY. III,      VERTIGO. IV 

PARALYSIS. V.      CROP-BOUND. VI.       DIARRHOEA. VII.      CATARRH. VIH, 

BRONCHITIS. IX.       ROUP. X.       GAPES. XI.       PIP. XII.       CONSUMPTION. 

XIII.       INFLAMMATION    OF    THE    EGG    PASSAGE. XIV.        LEG    WEAKNESS. XV 

RHEUMATISM. XVI.   POULTRY   LOUSINESS. XVII.   CHICKEN  CHOLERA. 

I.    Division  of  Diseases  into  Groups. 

The  diseases  to  which  poultry  are  subject,  are  comparatively  few. 
Poultry  lousiness ;  roup,  a  contagious  disease  ;  gapes  ;  crop-bound  , 
diarrhoea ;  catarrh  ;  inflammation  of  the  egg  passage,  and  rheumatism, 
are  the  principal  ones.  These  and  a  few  others,  only,  will  l)e  noticed. 
They  may  be  divided  as  follows  :  Diseases  of  the  brain  and  nervous  sys- 
tem ;  diseases  of  the  digestive  organs  ;  diseases  of  the  lungs  and  air  pas- 
sages ;  diseases  of  the  egg  organs  ;  and  diseases  of  the  skin. 

II.    Apoplexy. 

Causes. — The  cause  of  this  disease  is  usually  overfeeding  and  confined 
quarters.  The  bird  may  be  moping  for  some  days,  but  usually  the 
trouble  is  not  noticed  until  the  fowl  falls,  and  dies  with  hardly  a  struggle. 

What  to  do. — The  remedy  is  to  open  the  largest  of  the  veins  under  the 
wing.  By  pressing  on  the  vein  between  the  opening  and  the  body,  the 
blood  will  continue  to  flow  until  the  pressure  is  released. 

Prevention  — The  prevention  is  i)lenty  of  exercise,  and  abstinence  from 
over-stimulating  food. 

m.    Vertigo. 
This  is  caused  usually  by  strong  feeding  and  lack  of  exercise.     The 
fowl  runs  in  a  circle  with  but  partial  control  of  the  limbs,  and  sometimes 
falls  and  dies. 

What  to  do. — When  observed,  hold  the  head  of  the  bird  under  a  stream 
of  cold  water  which  will  soon  give  relief.  Ten  grains  of  jalap  may  be 
administered  afterwards,  and  the  bird  be  kept  on  a  rather  low  diet. 

12U0 


1206        CYCLOPKDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

IV.    Paralysis, 

This  is  also  induced  by  the  sumo  causes  as  the  two  last  mentioned  dis 
oases,  and  is  the  direct  effect  of  some  disorder  oi  the  spinal  cord.  But 
little  can  be  done,  when  once  a  bird  is  thus  attaciijd. 

Prevention. — Plenty  of  exercise,  a  mixed  diet,  and  well  ventilated  but 
dry  quarters. 

V.    Crop-Bound. 

Causes. — This  is  caused  by  irregular  feeding.  A  hungry  bird  stuffs 
his  crop  to  such  a  degree,  that  the  whole,  when  moistened,  becomes  a 
dense  impacted  mass.  Sometimes  any  large  hard  substance  will  serve  as 
a  nucleus  for  the  gradual  gathering  of  other  substances  around  it. 

What  to  do. — The  treatment  is  to  puncture  the  upper  part  of  the  crop, 
■  loosen  the  mass  by  degrees  with  a  blunt  instrument,  and  gradually  re- 
move the  lump.  If  the  incision  is  large,  the  slit  may  be  sewed  up,  and 
the  bird  kept  for  ten  days  on  soft  food.  If  in  good  condition,  the 
cheapest  way  is  to  kill  the  bird  unless  it  be  a  valual)le  one. 

\rL.    Diarrhoea. 

The  symptoms  are  obvious. 

What  to  do. — The  remedy  is  to  give  something  to  check  the  purging. 

Try  the  following : 

No.  1.  5  Grains  powdered  chalk, 

5  Grains  Tui-key  rhubarb, 
2  Grains  Cayenne  pepper. 

If  this  does  not  check  the  discharge,  give  the  following,  until  the  bird 
Id  relieved : 

No.  2.  1  Grain  opium, 

1  Grain  powdered  ipecac. 

Give  every  5  hours,  until  relief  is  had. 

VII.    Catarrh. 

Causes. — Damp  quarters,  and  roosting  in  exposed  situations. 
How  to  Know. — In  simple  cold  or  catarrh  there  will  be  swelling  of  tho 
eyelids,   a  watery  or  other  discharge  from   the  nostrils,    and  the  face 
may  be  more  or  less  swollen  at  the  sides. 

What  to  do. — Remove  to  comfortable  quarters,  and  give  warm  food, 
liberally  dusted  with  pepper.     This  will  usually  effect  a  cure. 

VTII.    Bronchitis. 

Causes. — Bronchitis  results  when  the  effects  of  a  cold  expend  them 
selves  in  the  lungs  and  ail'  passages 


THE    CARE    AND    TREATMENT    OF    SlCK    FOWLS.  1207 

how  to  know  it. — There  will  be  cough,  a  raismg  of  the  head  to  breathe, 
and  a  more  or  less  offensive  smell. 

What  to  do. — In  severe  cases,  give  the  following: 

No.  3.  1  Grain  calomel, 

}^  Grain  tartar  emetic. 

Strip  a  feather,  also,  to  within  one-half  inch  of  the  end,  and  swab  the 
throat  thoroughly  with  powdered  borax  ;  also,  let  the  fowls  drink  of  the 
following : 

No.  4.  ^  Ounce  cliloride  of  potassium, 

2  Quarts  soft  water. 

This  disease  is  sometimes  called  croup. 

Preventives. — Good  ventilation,  cleanliness,  and  jiroper  care. 

IX.    Roup. 

When  this  disease  is  once  found,  the  affected  fowls  should  be  either 
.Jlled  and  l)urned,  or  else  removed  out  of  the  way  of  the  well  ones.  Or, 
better,  remove  the  well  ones  to  other  quarters.  Separation  must  be 
complete  ;  otherwise  the  entire  flock  will  be  subjected  to  the  disease.  It 
is  one  of  the  most  fatal  pertaining  to  fowls,  and  action  should  be  decisive 
and  promptly  taken. 

How  to  know  it. — The  symptoms,  at  tirst,  are  like  those  of  severe 
catarrh  ;  but  the  discharge  from  the  nostrils  is  thick,  opaque,  and  of  a 
peculiar  and  offensive  odor.  Froth  appears  at  the  inner  corners  of  the 
eyes  ;  the  lids  swell,  and  often  the  eyes  are  entirely  closed  ;  the  sides  of 
the  face  become  much  swollen,  and  the  bird  rapidly  losea  strength  and 
dies. 

What  to  do. — The  fowls  must  have  dry,  warm  quarters,  and  soft  and 
stiumlating  food.  Give,  as  soon  as  po8sil)k',  for  a  small  fowl,  a  tea- 
spoonful,  or  for  a  large  fowl,  a  tablespoonful  of  castor  oil.  The  nostrils 
should  be  syringed,  by  inserting  a  small  syringe  in  the  slit  of  the  roof  of 
the  mouth,  with  one  part  of  chloride  of  soda  to  two  parts  of  water. 
Three  or  four  hours  after  the  oil  has  been  given,  having  divided  the  fol- 
lowing into  thirty  doses,  give  one,  two  or  three  times  a  day  ; 
No.  5.  1^  Ounce  balsam  copaiba, 

}^  Ounce  liquorice  powder, 
}4  Drachm  piperiue. 

This  is  enough  for  thirty  doses  ;  enclose  each  dose  in  a  little  gelatine, 
and  administer  as  directed.  If  the  fowls  continue  to  get  worse,  kill  at 
once  and  them. 


1208      CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOB- 


X.    Gapes. 

This  is  caused  l)y  parasitic  worms  ( Sclerostoma  syngamus)  in  the 
wind-pipe,  and  occurs  usually  in  chickens  from 
two  to  four  months  of  age.  It  has  been  said  to 
be  produced  from  a  small,  tick-like  parasite,  lodged 
on  the  heads  of  the  chickens.  If  a  case  occurs, 
examine  the  chickens  Avith  a  pocket  lens,  and  if 
the  parasites  are  found,  destroy  them  with  the  fol- 
lowing, which  is  good,  also,  for  hen  lice: 

No.  6.  1  Ounce  morcmial  ointment, 

1  Ounce  lard  oil, 

^'2  Ounce  llowers  of  sulphur, 

)2  Ounce  crude  petroleum. 

batl 


m    a    warm 


and  apply 


(JAIMC    WORM, 
natural  size  ,   i.  enlarged. 


Mix,    by    melting 
when  just  warm. 

To  cure  the  gapes,  strip  a  small  quill  feather  to 
within  half  an  inch  of  the  end ;  dip  it  in  spirits  of  turpentine,  and  insert 
it  into  the  opening  to  the  wind-pipe  at  the  base  of  the  tongue  ;  turn  it 
around  once  or  twice,  and  withdraw  it.  If  relief  is  not  had,  repeat  tht 
operati(m  again  the  next  day.  Give  warm  shelter,  good,  soft  food,  well 
mixed  with  a  little  black  pepper,  and  skim-milk  to  drink. 

XI.    Pip. 

This  is  not  a  disease  but  the  result  of  another  disease.  It  is  the  forma- 
tion of  a  scale  or  crust  at  the  tip  of  the  tongue. 

What  to  do. — Remove  the  incrustation  ,  wash  with  chloride  of  soda, 
and  if  the  nostrils  are  stopped,  inject  as  advised  for  roup  ;  if  the  fowl  is 
very  much  ailing,  give  a  teaspoonful  of  castor  oil. 

XIIc    Consumption. 

This  is  a  rare  disease  among  fowls  that  are  kept  on  the  farm.  It  is  a 
gradual  wasting  away,  with  cough  and  the  throwing  out  of  matter,  and 
is  the  result  of  too  close  confinement  in  damp,  unhealthy  (quarters.  It 
often  becomes  hereditary  in  fowls  so  kept,  and  if  you  are  unfortunate 
enouo-h  to  have  got  such  fowls  from  some  breeder  of  pure-bred  fowls, 
who  was  not  attentive  to  his  stock,  kill  them,  since  it  is  worse  than  use- 
less to  breed  from  them. 

XIII.    Inflammation  of  the  Egg  Passage. 

How  to  know  it. — The  indications  of  this  disease,  rare  in  fowls  kept  on 
the  farm,  are  as  follows  :  If  the  inflammation  is  at  the  lower  end  of  the 
passage,  the  egg  is  without  shell;  if  the  inflammation  is  iu  the  middle 


TUE    CAllE    AND    TREATMENT    OF    SICK    FOWLS.  I'iOU 

portion,  the  membrane  is  misshapen,  or  incomplete;  if  the  H^hole  pas- 
sage is  inflamed,  the  yolk  is  passed  out  without  any  covering. 

The  laying  of  soft  shelled  eggs  is  not  evidence  of  inflammation.  It 
may  be  the  effects  of  being  driven  about,  or  of  a  want  of  lime  material  m 
the  system  to  form  the  shell.  In  inflammation  there  will  be  fever,  and 
the  feathers,  especially  over  the  back,  will  be  rufiled.  The  hen  will  be 
moping,  and  at  times  will  strain  to  discharge  the  contents  of  the  passage. 

What  to  do. — The  proper  remedy  is  to  give  the  following ; 

No.  7.  1  Grain  calomel, 

1-12  Grain  tartar  emetic. 

To  be  given  in  a  little  gelatine. 

Keep  the  hen  afterwards,  for  some  time,  on  nourishing  but  not  stimula- 
ting food.  As  a  rule  the  cheapest  way,  unless  in  the  case  of  a  valuable 
fowl,  is,  if  the  difficulty  returns,  to  kill  the  fowl. 

XIV.    Leg  Weakness. 

This  is  a  disease  of  young  fowls  and  more  generally  of  young  males, 
rather  than  of  pullets.  The  bird  seems  unable  to  support  its  weight,  and 
constantly  sinks  down.  The  large  Asiatic  fowls  are  most  suoject  to  it. 
The  remedy  is  nourishing  diet,  with  a  due  proportion  of  insect  or  animal 
food.  The  grain  should  be  cracked  wheat,  coarse  oat-meal  or  barley 
meal,  and  if  from  three  to  eight  grains  of  citrate  of  iron  be  daily  given, 
it  will  greatly  assist  as  a  tonic. 

XV.    Rheumatism. 

Causes. — This  is  a  disease  arising  from  cold,  damp  quarters,  or  those 
badly  ventilated.  Another  cause  is  the  chickens  running  in  the  dew  or 
wet  in  the  early  season.  Cramp  is  produced  by  the  same  causes.  Little 
can  be  done,  once  they  are  affected. 

Prevention. — The  prevention  is  obvious.  Good,  clean,  well  ventilated 
quarters,  and  plenty  of  nutritious  and  varied  food. 

XVI.    Poultry  Lousiness. 

There  would  seem  to  be  little  need  for  the  appearance  of  this  nuisance, 
if  care  were  taken,  and  if  new  fowls  introduced  were  first  examined  with 
a  lens  ;  for  the  jiarasites  are  very  minute.  The  common  hen  louse,  is 
larger  than  the  "hen  spider"  so  called,  which  is  almost  microscpic. 

What  to  do. — The  first  may  be  destroyed  by  sprinkling  the  breeders 
and  nests  with  Scotch  snuff  or  flowers  of  sulphur,  at  intervals  of  two  or 
three  days. 

Tlie  hen  spider  is  more  difficult  to  exterminate.  When  hens  have  been 
al  3wed  to  roost  in  a  horse  stable,  we  have  known  the  horses  and  every 


1210       CYrx.OPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR, 

crevice  to  fc  .^o  infested  that  only  the  most  rigid  means  could  extermi- 
nate themo  This  was  by  the  application  of  flowers  of  sulphur,  moistened 
with  kerosene,  applied  to  the  roots  of  the  manes  and  tails  of  the  horses, 
and  a  thorough  application  to  the  fowls  themselves.  In  addition,  every 
part  of  the  building  must  be  thoroughly  cleansed  and  washed,  and  every 
surface,  crack  and  crevice  filled  with  lime,  slacked  with  ammoniacal 
liquor  from  the  gas  works  ;  or  in  place  of  this  use  a  little  carbolic  acid 
with  ordinary  lime  wash.  "Wash,  also,  all  the  furniture,  perches,  nests, 
etc.,  with  a  solution  of  one  pound  of  potash,  to  a  quart  of  water,  or  the 
ammoniacal  water  of  a  gas  factory.  Then  put  in  plenty  of  dust  baths, 
and  the  difficulty  will  probably  be  ended. 

XVTI.    Chicken  Cholera. 

First  ren\vate  the  coops  thoroughly;  then  saturate  the  roosts,  floor 
and  sides  of  the  coop  with  kerosene  oil.  Then  use  Recipe  No.  6  for  lice. 
Grease  your  chickens  thoroughly  with  it,  every  one  of  them,  under  the 
wings,  and  wherever  the  feathers  are  off.  Repeat  the  greasing  pro- 
cess in  ten  days,  then  once  a  month  from  the  first  of  May  until  Novem- 
ber, and  use  the  following  internally: 

No.  8.  Hyposulphite  of  soda,  4  oz., 

Water,  1  gallon. 
Mix. 

Dissolve  the  soda  in  the  water;  then  make  cornmeal  dough  with 
the  water,  and  feed  it  to  your  chickens  twice  a  day  for  a  week  (just  an 
ordinary  feed),  and  then  once  a  week  through  the  summer  months  as  a 
preventative.  If,  however,  any  are  sick,  give  one  teaspoonful  of  the 
water  (without  the  meal)  four  times  a  day  until  out  of  danger.  In  the 
very  great  majority  of  cases,  the  above  will  be  found  effectual. 

Bumble  Foot  in  Poultry:— If  the  foot  is  swollen  and  contains  mat- 
ter, open  it  and  press  the  puss  out.  Wa.<h  with  warm  water  and  apply 
tincture  of  iodine  daily  until  cured.  Burn  off  warty  excressences  with 
luniar  caustic  or  cut  off  with  a  sharp  knife. 

Feather  Eating:  —  Feed  chickens  an  all-around  ration,  give  plenty 
of  space  for  a  run  and  you  will  have  no  trouble  in  thi^  line. 

ScalyLegs  in  Chickens:— "Wash  legs  in  warm  water,  apply  kero- 
sepe  and  anoint  with  lard." 

Mites :  -  -  Treat  the  roosts,  nests,  etc.,  with  either  of  the  following, 
boiling  hot:  Salt  brine  or  alum  water. 

Gaponizing: — Instruments  with  directions  for  using  them  can  be  had 
by  those  especially  iuiterested. 


CHAPTER    II. 

A  SUMMARY  OF  DISEASES  OF  POULTRY  AND  THEIR 
REMEDIES. 


I.     DISEASES,   BAD  HABITS.   AND   INSECT   PESTS. II.   IMPORTANCE  OF  CLEANLINESS 

III.    DISEASES. IV.    BAD   HABITS. V.    INSECT   PESTS. 

I.    Diseases,   Bad   Habits,   and   Insect   Pests. 

It  is  not  the  purpose  of  this  article  to  go  into  the  details  of  the  various 
diseases  of  poultry,  but  simply  to  consider  briefly  some  of  the  common 
ailments  and  to  give  some  of  the  simple  remedies.  Prevention  is  better 
than  cure,  so  it  will  be  well  to  consider  some  of  the  more  frequent  causes 
of  diseases  in  general.  Filth,  dampness,  improper  ventilation,  improper 
feeding,  and  the  introduction  of  infected  birds  into  the  yard  may  be 
mentioned  as  some  of  the  most  common  causes. 

II.  Importance  of  Cleanliness. 

Everything  about  a  poultry  house  should  be  kept  reasonably  clean. 
As  a  rule  droppings  should  be  removed  daily,  for  the  accumulation  of 
excrement  harbors  parasites,  contaminates  the  air,  and  breeds  contagion. 
After  the  dropping  boards  have  been  cleaned,  they  should  be  sprinkled 
^^^th  road  dust,  coal  ashes,  land  plaster,  or  air-slaked  lime  to  absorb  the 
liquid  excrement.  Nests  in  which  straw  or  other  similar  material  is  used 
should  be  cleaned  out  and  new  straw  put  in  about  once  every  three  or  four 
weeks,  or  oftener  if  it  becomes  damp  or  dirty. 

The  quarters  should  be  thoroughly  w'hitewashed  at  least  once  a  year, 
late  in  summer  or  early  in  the  fall.  The  whitewash  can  be  made  by 
slaking  lime  in  boiling  water  and  then  thinning  to  the  proper  consistency 
for  applying.  The  addition  of  4  ounces  of  carbolic  acid  to  eadh  gallon  of 
whitewash  will  increase  its  disinfecting  power.  The  runs  should  be 
plowed  occasionally  in  order  to  bury  the  accumulated  droppings  and  also 
to  turn  up  fresh  soil. 

III.    Diseases. 

When  a  disease  has  become  firmly  established  in  a  flock  or  a  single  bird 
is  badly  affected,  the  free  use  of  the  hatchet  is  usually  the  most  practical 
method,  as  it  does  not  pay  to  spend  two  dollars'  worth  of  time  in  curing 
a  one-dollar  bird.  Slight  cases,  however,  can  often  be  cured  with  but  little 
trouble.    In  nearly  every  instance  it  is  better  to  remove  the  well  fowls  anr^ 

1211 


1212  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

put  them  by  themselves,  and  in  the  case  of  infectious  disease  the  premises 
should  be  thoroughly  disinfected. 

Apoplexy. — This  is  a  disease  of  the  brain  caused  by  the  rupture  of  one 
of  the  blood  vessels.  The  bird  is  attacked  suddenly  and  falls  down,  ap- 
parently dead  or  nearly  so.  The  usual  cause  is  too  high  feeding,  but  it 
may  also  be  due  to  some  other  provocation,  such  as  sudden  fright,  violent 
exertion,  or  straining  in  laying  eggs.  Fowls  are  sometimes  found  dead 
on  the  nest  or  under  the  perches.  There  is  usually  no  previous  warning, 
and  so  in  most  cases  treatment  is  impossible,  as  the  bird  usually  dies 
almost  immediately.  When,  however,  the  sufferer  is  still  alive  pierce  a 
vein  on  the  underside  of  the  wing  and  let  it  bleed  freely.  This  will 
reduce  the  pressure  on  the  brain  and  often  result  in  a  cure.  The  bird 
should  then  be  kept  on  a  limited  diet  for  some  time  in  order  to  reduce  the 
sui-jilus  fat.  As  preventive  measures,  regulate  the  diet  and  give  plenty 
of  exercise. 

Vertigo. — This  is  also  a  disease  of  the  brain  and  may  be  regarded  as 
a  minor  kind  of  apoplexy.  The  bird  shows  giddiness,  throA\dng  its  head 
upward,  backward,  or  to  one  side.  The  gait  is  uncertain  and  staggering, 
the  sufferer  often  running  around  in  a  circle.  Sometimes  the  bird  falls 
to  the  ground,  fluttering  and  making  convulsive  movements  with  the  legs. 
The  bird  can  often  be  revived  by  holding  its  head  under  a  stream  of  cold 
water.  After  this  keep  the  bird  in  a  cool  and  shady  place  for  some  time 
and  regulate  the  diet. 

Bronchitis. — Bronchitis  is  a  cold  accompanied  by  a  rattle  in  the  throat 
or  by  a  cough,  and  may  be  caused  by  exposure  to  dampness  or  cold  tem- 
perature or  by  drafts  of  air.  In  the  majority  of  cases  the  removal  of  the 
cause  and  good  care  will  result  in  a  cure.  Inhalation  of  steam  or  vapor 
from  boiling  water  has  been  found  beneficial.  Giving  a  teaspoonful  of 
equal  parts  of  cider  vinegar  and  water  has  proven  successful  in  some  cases. 

Catarrh. — Catarrh  is  a  form  of  cold  that  is  quite  common  among  fowls, 
and  may  be  caused  by  dampness,  drafts  of  air,  or  exposure  to  cold.  It  is 
indicated  by  a  watery  discharge  at'the  nostrils,  which  later  becomes  more 
viscid.  Remove  the  cause,  keep  the  birds  fairly  warm,  and  give  them 
plenty  of  easily  digested  feed.  The  injection  of  kerosene  into  the  nostrils 
is  also  beneficial.  This  may  be  done  with  a  small  syringe,  a  medicine 
dropper,  or  a  small  oil  can.  If  catarrh  has  become  confirmed,  the  nostrils 
and  throat  should  be  cleansed  with  hydrogen  peroxide  and  equal  parts  of 
water  several  times  daily,  and  the  nostrils  grea.scd  wdth  va.seline. 

Diphtheria. — The  marked  symptom  is  the  appearance  of  a  diseased 
growth  in  the  throat  and  inside  of  the  mouth,  resembling  raised  patches 
of  whitish  or  pale-yellowish  skin,  which  may  invade  the  entire  throat 
and  mouth,  often  aiso  appearing  like  ulcers  or  sores  on  the  face,  comb, 
and  about  the  eyes.  Make  a  swab  of  cotton  tied  on  the  end  of  a  stick 
and  swab  out  the  mouth  with  hydrogen  peroxide.     Remove  any  of  the 


SUMMARY   OF  DISEASES   OF  POULTRY.  1213 

growths  that  come  away  easily.  This  disease  is  very  contagious,  and  any 
birds  suffering  from  it  should  be  removed  from  the  tlock  and  the  premises 
disinfected. 

Roup,  or  contagious  catarrh. — The  first  symptoms  of  this  disease  are 
similar  to  those  of  simple  catarrh,  but  as  the  disease  advances  there  is 
often  swelling  of  the  sides  of  the  head  and  the  nostrils  become  closed  with 
thick  mucus,  causing  the  bird  to  breathe  through  the  mouth.  If  the 
swellings  contain  pus,  they  should  be  opened  \\iih.  a  sharp  instrument,  the 
contents  removed,  and  the  wound  treated  with  a  mild  antiseptic,  such  as  a 
2  per  cent  solution  of  carbolic  acid.  The  application  of  kerosene  mixed 
with  an  equal  part  of  olive  oil  has  given  good  results  in  many  cases. 
When  a  fowl  has  a  bad  case  of  roup,  it  is  usually  better  to  kill  it,  unless 
especially  valuable. 

Pi'p, — This  is  a  condition  of  the  tongue  caused  by  some  such  ailment 
as  a  cold,  which  compels  the  bird  to  breathe  through  the  mouth.  The 
continual  passing  of  air  over  the  tongue  causes  it  to  become  dry,  hard,  and 
scaly,  especially  about  the  tip.  The  best  remedy  is  to  remove  the  cause, 
also  wet  the  tongue  two  or  three  times  a  day  with  a  mixture  of  glycerin 
and  water,  equal  parts. 

Bumble  foot. — This  is  caused  by  bruises  on  the  bottom  of  the  foot,  and 
is  often  due  to  the  fowls  having  to  fly  from  rather  high  perches  and  alight- 
ing on  hard  and  uneven  surfaces.  Remove  the  cause  by  lowering  the 
perches.  If  the  foot  is  swollen  and  the  swelling  is  filled  with  pus,  it  should 
be  lanced  and  the  pus  permitted  to  escape.  The  wound  should  then  be 
washed  out  with  a  2  per  cent  carbolic-acid  solution,  greased  with  vaseline, 
and  wrapped  with  a  piece  of  cloth. 

Cholera. — This  is  a  contagious  disease  caused  by  bacteria,  and  is  usu- 
ally brought  in  by  the  introduction  of  infected  birds  or  by  water  or  feed 
contaminated  by  the  excrement  of  sick  birds.  It  is  also  possible  for  fowls 
to  be  infected  through  wounds  or  even  by  the  inhalation  of  germs  in  the 
form  of  dust.  The  symptoms  include  great  thii-st  and  the  voiding  of 
feces  of  which  the  part  normally  white  is  yellow.  This  is  not  a  sure  indi- 
cation of  the  disease,  for  the  same  thing  may  occur  as  the  result  of  other 
disorders.  Diarrhea  is  generally  a  prominent  symptom,  the  droppings 
being  thin  and  voided  frequently,  and  in  the  later  stages  the  yellow  por- 
tion may  change  to  green;  the  fowl  becomes  depressed,  the  feathers  be- 
come ruffled,  the  comb  becomes  pale  or  very  dark,  and  the  bird  has  a  poor 
appetite.  Sometimes  the  disease  runs  rapidly  through  a  flock,  destroying 
the  greater  part  of  the  birds  in  a  week,  or  it  may  assume  a  more  chronic 
form,  extend  slowly,  and  remain  on  the  premises  for  several  weeks  or 
months.  Fowls  affected  with  this  disease  usually  die  within  thirty-six 
hours.    Most  so-called  cases  of  cholera  are  simply  diarrhea. 

In  most  cases  medical  treatment  for  cholera  has  proved  unsatisfactory. 
The  best  method  of  combating  this  disease  is  to  carry  out  strict  sanitary 


1214  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

precautions  as  regards  cleanliness  and  disinfection,  and  to  totally  destroy 
the  carcasses  of  dead  birds.  Droppings  should  be  burned  or  thoroughly 
disinfected  by  mixing  with  a  10  per  cent  solution  of  carbolic  acid.  Disin- 
fect the  building  l)y  spraying  thoroughly  with  a  5  per  cent  solution  of 
carbolic  acid,  and  then  whitewash. 

Crop  hound. — The  crop  sometimes  becomes  overloaded  with  feed,  and 
its  thin  muscular  walls  become  distended  and  partially  paralyzed,  so  that 
the  organ,  can  not  be  emptied,  or  the  opening  into  the  lower  esophagus 
may  become  clogged  with  a  feather,  a  straw,  or  some  other  substance 
which  the  bird  has  swallowed.  The  crop  is  greatly  distended  and  the 
mass  of  feed  is  rather  hard  and  firm.  In  both  cases  the  symptoms  are 
the  same  and  treatment  should  be  conducted  on  the  same  principles.  For 
treatment  pour  one-fourth  to  one-half  ounce  of  melted  lard  or  sweet  oil 
down  the  throat  and  manipulate  the  contents  of  the  crop  with  the  hand  in 
such  a  way  as  to  tend  to  break  up  the  mass.  Unless  the  passage  is  closed 
the  contents  of  the  crop  will  usually  pass  away  within  a  few  hours.  For 
a  few  days  feed  should  be  limited  in  quantity.  If  the  foregoing  method 
is  ineffectual  and  an  operation  becomes  necessary,  clip  away  the  feathers 
from  a  portion  of  the  crop  and  with  a  very  sharp  knife,  lancet,  or  razor 
make  an  incision  about  one  and  one-half  inches  long  through  the  skin 
and  the  wall  of  the  crop.  Then  carefully  remove  the  contents  of  the  crop 
with  the  finger,  the  handle  of  a  spoon,  or  some  other  convenient  object, 
and  wash  out  the  crop  with  warm  water.  Pass  the  finger,  well  oiled,  into 
the  esophagus  to  see  there  is  no  obstruction.  Sew  up  the  wall  of  the  crop 
fii-st  and  then  the  outer  skin,  using  white  silk  or  linen  thread,  being  care- 
ful not  to  sew  the  two  membranes  together,  and  in  a  few  days  the  wound 
will  be  healed.  Feed  sparingly  on  whole  grains  until  the  wound  heals, 
and  do  not  give  any  water  for  twenty-four  hours. 

Diarrhea. — This  is  caused  by  some  irritation  of  the  digestive  system, 
and  may  be  due  to  the  quantity  of  the  feed,  the  quality  of  the  feed  or 
drinking  water,  or  to  climatic  conditions  to  which  the  fowl  •  has  been 
exposed.  There  is  a  general  depression,  roughness  of  plumage,  and  a  loss 
of  appetite,  and  usually  frequent  expulsion  of  soft,  whitish,  yellowish,  or 
greenish  excrement,  the  droppings  become  more  liquid  until  severe  diar- 
rhea is  present.  When  the  affection  is  at  all  serious,  the  excrement  may 
become  mixed  with  mucus  or  blood.  It  is  important  that  the  cause  be 
sought  out  and  removed.  See  that  the  birds  have  comfortable  quarters 
and  that  they  are  not  exposed  to  drafts,  cold  or  dampness.  If  taken  early, 
diarrhea  can  often  be  checked  by  reducing  the  amount  of  green  and  ani- 
mal feed  and  feeding  largely  on  dry  feed,  eliminating  the  moist  mash. 
Give  a  tablespoon ful  of  sweet  (olive)  oil  as  a  laxative  to  carry  off  any 
irritating  matters  that  may  be  in  the  intestine.  In  severe  cases  give  5 
to  10  drops  of  laudanum  to  each  bird. 


SUMMARY   OF  DISEASES  OF   POULTRY,  1215 

Gapes. — Gapes  is  caused  by  the  presence  of  small  worms,  which  are 
attached  to  the  lining  of  the  trachea  or  A\'indpipe,  where  tbey  cause  much 
irritation  and  often  death  to  young  chickens.  Gapes  usually  occur  when 
the  chicks  are  from  2  to  6  weeks  old.  Separate  the  well  from  the  sick 
birds  and  clean  the  coops,  pens,  and  feed  and  water  dishes  by  disinfecting 
with  a  5  per  cent  solution  of  carbolic  acid.  Sometimes  the  worms  can 
be  removed  from  the  trachea  by  inserting  a  feather  moistened  with  tur- 
pentine or  kerosene.  The  oil  will  cause  the  dislodgment  of  the  worms, 
and  some  will  be  drawn  out  with  the  feather,  while  othere  will  be  expelled 
by  coughing  or  sneezing.  Place  the  chicks  on  a  piece  of  paper,  so  that  the 
worms  may  be  caught  and  burned. 

Freezing  (frostbite). — If  the  comb  or  wattles  of  fowls  become  frozen, 
and  it  is  discovered  before  they  thaw  out,  apply  snow  or  cold  water  to 
remove  the  frost,  for  this  gradual  thawing  will  often  save  them.  Then 
apply  vaseline  to  the  affected  parts  twice  a  day. 

Scaly  legs. — This  is  caused  by  a  mite  which  burrows  under  the  scales 
of  the  feet  and  shanks,  and  is  considered  to  be  infectious,  but  does  not 
spread  rapidly.  It  is  noticed  most  frequently  in  old  fowls.  The  scales 
can  be  removed  by  soaking  the  feet  and  shanks  in  warm,  soapy  water, 
and  by  rubbing  or  brushing  them  off  with  a  toothbrush  or  nailbrush. 
After  the  scales  have  been  removed  apply  sulphur  ointment  or  equal  parts 
of  melted  lard  and  kerosene.  The  frequent  application  of  kerosene  has 
also  been  found  effectual  without  the  previous  soaking  in  water. 

Chicken  pox,  or  sore  head. — This  is  a  contagious  disease  caused  by  a 
fungus,  and  occurs  in  chickens,  turkeys,  pigeons,  and  sometimes  in  geese. 
It  is  quite  prevalent  and'  very  destructive  among  young  chicks  in  the 
Southern  States.  This  disease  appears  as  an  eruption  of  yellow  nodules 
about  the  beak,  nostrils,  eyes,  and  other  parts  of  the  head.  These  nodules 
reach  their  full  development  in  five  to  ten  days,  when  they  emit  a  watery 
discharge,  which  later  changes  to  a  thick  yellowish  matter.  As  the  dis- 
ease progresses  the  birds  grow  thin  and  weak,  and  death  results.  In 
cases  of  spontaneous  recovery,  the  nodules  dry  up  and  form  crust,  which 
later  crumble  away.  The  parasite  causing  it  penetrates  the  skin  of  a 
healthy  individual  either  through  an  abrasion,  through  punctures  caused 
by  bites  of  lice,  etc.,  or  less  frequently  through  the  normal  skin.  The 
disease  is  most  prevalent  during  warm,  damp  weather,  and  consequently 
is  most  fatal  to  late-hatched  chicks. 

The  following  preventive  measures  should  be  employed:  Keep  affected 
birds  from  the  premises;  keep  the  houses  clean  and  dry,  and  hatch  the 
chicks  early.  Sick  birds  may  be  treated  by  applying  carbolic  ointment,  or 
glycerin  containing  2  per  cent  carbolic  acid,  to  the  affected  parts  twice  a 
day.  The  sores  may  also  be  bathed  with  soap  and  water  to  loosen  the 
crusts  and  subsequently  sponged  with  a  solution  of  copper  sulphate  (one- 


1216  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

half  ounce  to  1  quart  of  water) .  When  other  treatments  are  unavaihng, 
tincture  of  iodine  may  be  sparingly  used. 

Egg-bound. — Irritation  of  the  oviduct,  causing  the  membrane  to  be- 
come dry  and  deficient  in  its  normal  lubrication,  an  abnormally  large  egg, 
or  a,  too  fat  condition  of  the  hen  may  cause  difficulty  in  expelling  an  egg 
from  the  body  and  produce  the  condition  known  as  egg-bound.  If  the 
egg  remains  in  the  oviduct  for  a  considerable  length  of  time  inflamma- 
tion is  produced,  which  finally  develops  into  decomposition  of  the  tissues 
and  results  in  death.  Fowls  when  egg-bound  are  restless,  going  frequently 
on  the  nest,  showing  a  desire  to  lay  and,  in  general,  giving  evidence  of 
being  in  distress.  Later  they  become  dull  and  listless,  remaining  in  this 
condition  until  death  if  not  relieved.  The  egg  can  usually  be  felt  in  the 
posterior  portion  of  the  abdomen.  If  the  trouble  is  early  discovered,  inject 
a  small  quantity  of  oil  into  the  vent,  and  gently  try  to  work  the  egg  out. 
If  this  treatment  is  unsuccessful,  hold  the  lower  part  of  the  body  in  warm 
water  for  half  an  hour,  or  until  the  parts  are  relaxed ;  then  treat  as  above. 
It  may  be  necessary  to  break  the  egg,  allow  the  contents  to  escape,  and 
remove  the  shell  in  pieces.  After  removal  of  the  egg  give  soft  cooling 
feed. 

Occasionally  difficulty  in  laying  an  egg  causes  prolapsus  or  eversion 
of  the  oviduct.  When  this  occurs  the  oviduct  is  partially  turned  inside 
out  and  protnides  from  the  vent.  If  the  egg  causing  the  trouble  has  not 
been  expelled,  remove  it,  wash  the  exposed  portion  of  the  oviduct  with 
warm  water,  apply  carbolated  vaseline  or  lard,  and  return  to  its  normal 
position  by  gentle  pressure.  In  addition  it  is  well  to  give  the  fowl  3  to  5 
drops  of  fluid  extract  of  ergot. 

Intestinal  worms. — Worms  are  frequently  present  in  the  intestines  and 
ceca  of  chickens,  particularly  young  chicks,  often  causing  considerable 
loss.  Practically  the  only  w^ay  to  determine  that  worms  are  present  is  to 
examine  the  ceca  and  intestines  of  dead  chicks.  The  worms  are  small  and 
hairlike.  Occasionally  flat  tape  worms  are  found,  but  these  are  not  very 
common.  Chicks  infested  vdth  worms  go  off  feed  and  become  thin  and 
sickly  looking. 

In  combating  worms  care  should  be  taken  to  keep  clean  the  soil  over 
which  the  chicks  run,  and  to  move  the  runs  each  year  or  two  if  possible. 
Cleanliness  in  the  house  must  also  be  observed.  In  treating  affected  birds, 
powdered  areca  nut  (20  to  40  grains  per  fowl),  administered  either  in 
mash  or  mixed  Avith  butter  and  made  into  pills,  is  an  effective  remedy. 
Powdered  male  fern  (30  grains  to  1  dtam),  or  oil  of  turpentine  (1  to  3 
teaspoonfuls) ,  alone  or  diluted  with  an  equal  bulk  of  olive  oil,  is  also 
very  good.  It  is  well  to  follow  any  of  these  remedies  with  a  dose  of  castor 
oil  (1  to  3  teaspoonfuls). 

Limber  Neck. — This  disease,  as  its  name  indicates,  is  characterized  by 
the  limp  condition  of  the  neck,  the  fowl  practically  losing  all  control  of 


SUMMARY  OF  DISEASES  OF  POULTRY.  1217 

the  neck  muscles,  so  that  the  head  rests  on  the  ground.  This  condition 
occurs  in  warm  weather,  and  is  caused  by  the  fowls  eating  decomposed 
flesh  in  which  a  ptomaine  has  developed.  This  poison  causes  partial  paraly- 
sis of  the  neck  muscles  and  often  results  in  the  death  of  the  birds.  Mag- 
gots eaten  by  fowls  do  not  cause  the  disease,  except  iis  they  may  contain 
the  poison  which  they  have  obtained  from  the  decaying  flesh. 

The  best  and  most  effective  treatment  is,  of  course,  never  to  leave  any 
dead  fowls  or  other  dead  animals  around,  but  to  bury  or  burn  all  carcasses. 
Treatment  of  sick  birds  is  not  usually  very  successful,  but  a  teaspoon ful 
of  cjustor  oil  is  sometimes  effective. 

IV.  Bad  Habits. 

Egg  eating. — This  habit  sometimes  becomes  a  serious  vice,  fowls  be- 
coming very  fond  of  eggs  when  they  have  learned  to  eat  them,  and  it 
often  spreads  from  fowl  to  fowl.  It  usually  begins  through  accident  by 
eggs  being  broken  or  frozen.  Be  careful  to  see  that  this  does  not  happen. 
See  that  the  nests  are  properly  supplied  with  straw  or  other  nesting  mate- 
rial and  have  them  darkened,  so  that  if  an  egg  is  accidentally  broken  the 
fowls  will  not  be  likely  to  discover  it.  Supply  plenty  of  lime  in  the  form 
of  oyster  shells,  bone,  or  similar  substances  to  insure  a  firm  shell.  As 
soon  as  it  is  discovered  that  a  fowl  htis  formed  the  habit,  the  fowl  should 
be  removed,  in  order  to  prevent  the  spread  of  the  vice.  Once  formed,  it  is 
difficult  to  eradicate,  and  the  safest  remedy  is  the  death  penalty. 

Feather  eating. — Fowls  sometimes  pluck  feathers  from  themselves  and 
from  each  other,  which  is  often  caused  by  too  close  confinement,  by  the 
presence  of  insect  pests,  or  by  improper  feeding.  When  some  of  the  fowls 
of  a  flock  have  formed  the  habit  slightly,  a  wide  range  with  a  change  of 
diet,  including  a  plentiful  supply  of  animal  feed,  and  freedom  from  insect 
pests,  will  usually  correct  the  evil.  Above  all,  see  that  the  fowls  have 
plenty  of  inducement  to  exercise.  If  the  habit  becomes  well  formed  it  is 
very  troublesome  and  may  necessitate  the  killing  of  some  of  the  fowls  in 
order  to  stop  it. 

V.  Insect  Pests. 

Two  classes  of  external  parasites,  popularly  known  as  lice  and  mites, 
will  be  considered  here.  There  are  several  varieties  of  lice  which  attack 
poultry.  They  subsist  mainly  on  the  feathei-s  and  perhaps  on  the  epider- 
mic scales.  They  are  found  largely  on  the  head  and  neck,  under  the 
wings  and  about  the  vent,  and  when  present  in  large  number  they  cause 
the  fowls  much  discomfort.  Persian  insect  powder  (pyrethrum),  pow- 
dered sulphur,  and  some  of  the  various  preparations  on  the  market,  such 
as  tKe  louse  powders,  are  good  in  combating  these  pests.  The  hens  can  be 
dusted  with  one  of  these  powdei-s  after  they  have  gone  to  roost.    Have  the 


1218  CYCLOPEDIA  Ol-    LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMI'LETE  STOCK  DOCTOH. 

powder  in  a  box  with  a  perforated  cover,  grasp  the  fowl  by  the  legs,  and 
shake  the  powder  well  among  the  feathei-s.  Dust  at  le.-ist  three  times  at 
intervals  of  about  a  week  in  order  to  catch  the  lice  which  hatch  out  after 
the  first  dusting. 

The  mites  subsist  on  the  blood  of  the  fowls  and  are  not  usually  found 
on  the  bodies  of  the  bird  except  when  at  roost  or  on  the  nest.  During  the 
day  they  inhabit  cracks  and  crevices  of  the  walls,  roosts,  and  nasts.  Sitting 
hens  are  often  so  annoyed  that  they  are  compelled  to  leave  the  nests  in 
order  to  relieve  themselves  of  these  pai-asites.  The  free  use  of  kerosene 
about  the  nests  and  perches  is  useful  in  fighting  mites.  The  walls  of  the 
house  may  be  sprayed  with  kerosene,  the  operation  being  repeated  every 
three  or  four  days  for  two  weeks.    Insect  powdere  are  of  little  avail. 

The  following  method  has  proved  excellent  in  ridding  houses  of  mites 
and  lice  when  the  weather  conditions  are  such  as  to  perniit  the  birds  being 
kept  outside  the  house  for  five  or  six  houi"s.  Close  all  the  dooi*s  and  win- 
dows and  see  that  there  are  no  cracks  or  any  other  openings  to  admit  air. 
Get  an  iron  vessel  and  set  it  on  gravel  or  sand  near  the  center  of  the  house; 
place  in  the  vessel  a  handful  of  shavings  or  straw  saturated  with  kerosene, 
and  on  these  sprinkle  sulphur  at  the  rate  of  about  1  pound  to  every  90 
or  100  square  feet  of  floor  space.  Instead  of  wyug  tht^  shavings  and  kero- 
sene the  sulphur  can  be  saturated  wth  wood  alcohol.  When  everything 
else  is  in  readiness  light  the  material  and  hastily  leavv:,  the  house.  In  case 
any  anxiety  is  felt  about  firo,  a  glance  through  a  window  will  show 
whether  everything  is  all  right.  There  is  vei*y  little  danger  of  fire  when 
proper  precautions  have  been  taken  to  have  plenty  of  soil  beneath  the 
vessel.  Allow  the  house  to  remain  closed  for  three  or  four  houi*s,  at  the 
end  of  which  time  one  can  safely  conclude  that  there  are  no  living  beings 
inside.  Now  throw  all  the  dooi-s  and  windows  wide  open  so  as  to  drive 
out  the  sulphur  fumes  thoroughly,  and  then  the  fowls  may  be  allowed  to 
enter.  Let  them  in  one  by  one,  and  iis  each  cntei*s  catch  it  and  dust  it 
well  with  insect  powder,  which  will  destroy  the  lice  on  the  birds.  Tobacco 
dust  is  also  good  to  use  instead  of  insect  powder.  The  birds  and  house 
have  now  been  freed  fi-om  vermin  for  the  present,  but  the  eggs  of  the  in- 
sects have  not  been  de-troy cd,  and  in  a  week  another  swarm  will  be 
hatched  out.  Therefore  it  will  be  necessary  to  repeat  the  operation  once 
or  twice  before  the  pests  are  exterminated.  After  this  care  should  be 
used  to  see  that  no  strange  fowl  is  admitted  to  the  house  or  yard  without 
having  been  thoroughly  rid  of  lice,  for  ono  lousy  hen  will  contaminate  all 
the  rest 


CHAPTER  III. 

DISEASES  OF  THE  TURKEY.    CAUSES,  PREVENTION 
AND  CURE. 


I.   PARASITES  AND  DISEASES. II.  INSECT  PARASITES. III.  GAPES. IV.  BLACK- 
HEAD.  V.    TAPEWORM. -VI.    DIARRHEA. VII.    CHOLERA. 

I.   Parasites  and  Diseases. 

No  kind  of  young  poultry  is  so  susceptible  to-  the  effects  of  unfavorable 
conditions  as  young  turkeys.  They  must  be  carefully  protected  from  at- 
tacks of  parasites  and  from  excessive  heat  and  dampness  until  they  have 
gained  sufficient  strength  and  size  to  wander  away  with  the  parent  turkeys 
and  care  for  themselves  upon  the  range. 

II.   Insect  Parasites. 

The  chief  danger  from  lice  and  mite  attacks  to  the  poults  is  directly 
after  the  poults  are  hatched ;  but  the  best  remedy  is  to  deal  with  the  hen 
before  the  young  are  hatched.  The  plumage  of  the  hen  should  be  dusted 
with  insect  powder  close  down  to  the  skin  from  head  to  hock  joint,  being 
careful  not  to  get  it  into  the  eyes.  This  should  be  done  at  least  twice  a 
week  until  within  two  or  three  days  before  hatching.  The  most  careful 
attention  should  be  given  to  this.  Never  use  lime  or  sulphur  for  this  pur- 
pose. Nothing  is  better  than  Persian  insect  powder,  but  any  good  insect 
powder  will  answer  the  purpose  if  it  does  not  contain  ingredients  that  are 
injurious  to  the  eyes. 

It  may  often  occur,  however,  that  the  hen  will  not  have  been  properly 
treated,  and  so  lice  and  mites  will  be  found  on  the  young;  and,  in  order 
that  the  poults  may  live  and  thrive,  they  must  be  freed  of  these  enemies. 
As  soon  as  the  young  are  ready  to  leave  the  nest  they  must  be  examined 
carefully  for  lice,  which  may  be  on  top  of  the  head,  under  the  throat,  or 
about  the  wings  or  vent.  Some  of  them  are  gray  in  color  and  difficult  to 
see.  They  may  be  destroyed  by  the  use  of  sweet  oil,  rubbing  a  very  small 
amount  upon  the  head  and  throat;  insect  powder  is  sufficient  for  the  other 
parts  of  the  body.  It  is  very  important  that  only  a  small  amount  of  the 
sweet  oil  be  used,  as  too  much  is  injurious.  Kerosene  should  never  be  used 
to  destroy  parasites. 

III.  Gapes. 

After  extenial  paiasitee,  the  most  destructive  ailment  of  young  turkeys 
id  the  ffqn}&. 

1219 


1220     rvrLOPEDTA  of  live  stock  and  complete  stock  doctor. 

Cait.se  of  the  trouble. — This  comes  from  certain  small  worms  that  are 
picked  up  by  the  young  turkeys  in  places  that  have  become  infested  with 
them.  Some  believe  that  the  angleworm  is  the  cause  of  the  spreading  of 
gapes,  and  it  probably  is  one  of  the  causes.  It  is  possible  for  the  angle- 
worm or  other  worms  to  be  infested  by  gape  worms,  and  thus,  when  eaten, 
to  cause  the  gapes  in  young  chickens  and  turkeys.  Whenever  the  ground 
is  infested  with  the  gapeworm  eggs  they  may  readily  infest  all  the  angle- 
worms in  the  same  soil,  and  the  eating  of  these  may  cause  the  infestation 
of  the  young  poults. 

Treatmeiit. — Many  remedies  are  recommended  for  this  ailment,  few  of 
which  have  ever  proven  of  much  advantage.  A  feather  or  a  twisted  horse 
hair  may  be  introduced  into  the  windpipe  for  the  removal  of  the  gape- 
worms.  Some  recommend  the  feeding  of  finely  chopped  garlic  and  of 
turpentine  in  the  mash,  while  others  suggest  the  uiixing  of  a  teaspoonful 
of  naphtha  or  benzine  in  enough  mixed  food  for  a  dozen  poults.  The 
theory  of  the  use  of  these  remedies  is  that  the  fumes  from  the  turpentine 
or  the  benzine  will  pass  through  the  entire  body  and  into  the  wind])i])e 
and  destroy  the  gapeworm. 

These  remedies  are  known  to  have  destroyed  as  well  as  to  have  cured, 
and  great  precaution  must  be  observed  in  their  administration ;  try  them 
on  a  few  at  a  time  and  do  not  risk  the  destruction  of  the  whole  flock.  An- 
other remedy  is  to  place  the  ailing  chicks  in  a  box  over  which  has  been 
stretched  some  cheese  cloth;  take  some  very  dry  air-slaked  lime  and  sift  it 
down  onto  the  poults  or  chicks  through  the  cheese  cloth ;  this  fine  dust 
will  penetrate  the  nostrils  and  throat  and  cause  a  violent  coughing  and 
sneezing,  which  tends  to  dislodge  the  gapeworms  and  give  relief.  It  is, 
however,  a  dangerous  remedy  which  should  l)e  cautiously  used  rather  as 
an  experiment  than  as  an  absolute  cure. 

Prevention. — No  saying  could  be  more  truly  applied  to  this  ailment 
than  "a  pound  of  prevention  is  worth  a  ton  of  cure,"  and  cleanliness  is  the 
only  sure  preventive  of  gapes.  Where  the  ground  has  become  infested,  a 
very  thin  coating  of  slake  lime  should  be  scattered  all  over  it  early  in  the 
spring  before  the  frost  is  out  of  the  ground  and  allowed  to  lie  there  until 
the  frost  disappears,  leaving  the  ground  almost  dry ;  then  take  a  hoe  and 
scrape  off  all  the  lime  and  one-half  inch  of  the  soil,  cart  it  away,  and  bury 
it  at  least  four  feet  under  ground. 

Another  plan  is  to  sprinkle  the  soil  with  water  into  which  has  been 
mixed  some  sulphuric  acid;  after  twenty-four  horn's  cover  the  surface  with 
lime  and  turn  the  soil  under  with  a  plow.  A  surer  and  better  way  than 
this  is  to  remove  your  poultry  plant  to  an  entirely  new  part  of  the  farm 
where  there  is  no  danger  of  infestation,  then  spread  a  coating  of  lime  over 
the  infested  land  and  plow  it  under  and  cultivate  it  for  a  year  or  two. 

Examinations  made  by  opening  the  windpipes  of  dressed  turkeys  during 
thf  winter  have  frequently  revealed  the  presence  of  two,  three,  or  four 


DISEASES  OF  THE  TUKKEY.  1221 

gapeworiiis  aitaclicd  to  the  lining  membrane  of  the  windpipe;  thus  is 
shown  the  possibility  of  cai'rying  the  infection  over  in  grown  birds,  which 
nmst  likewise  be  provided  against.  The  grown  turkey  might  be  carefully 
subjected  to  the  lime-dust  treatment  ixs  above,  to  produce  coughing  or 
*sncezing,  and  some  of  the  nm(;us  may  be  tidvcn  from  the  throat  with  a  fine 
platinum  loop  and  examined  under  the  microscope  for  worm  eggs.  Those 
showing  evidence  of  the  presence  of  the  worms  should  be  kept  isolated  and 
treated  until  they  arc  known  to  be  free  of  the  worms. 

IV.  Blackhead. 

In  many  localities  turkey  growing  ha.s  become  almost  extinct  its  the 
result  of  the  scourge  known  as  blackhead.  This  disease  wiis  first  noticed 
in  New  England,  but  quickly  spread  throughout  the  entire  country. 

Nature  of  the  disease. — It  first  attacks  the  cecum — the  blind  gut  situated 
betw^ecn  the  large  and  small  intestines.  It  also  attacks  the  liver,  this  organ 
becoming  very  nmch  enlarged,  often  to  twice  its  normal  size,  and  showing 
over  its  surface  discolored  spots  varying  from  one-eighth  to  two-thirds  of 
an  inch  in  diameter,  shading  in  color  from  whitish  lemon  to  dark  yellow. 

While  this  disetuse  is  attributed  to  microbes,  it  is  thought  to  be  very 
much  aggravated  or  increased  through  inbreeding.  In  other  words,  many 
attribute  the  prevalence  of  wdiat  is  known  as  blackhead  to  the  depleted 
vitality  of  the  stock  of  breeding  turkeys,  making  it  possible  for  the  germs 
to  grow  and  gain  destructive  foothold. 

Symptoms. — Diarrhea  is  the  most  marked  and  constant  symptom,  and 
may  be  expected  sooner  or  later  in  the  course  of  the  disease ;  it  results  from 
inflammation  and  internal  weakness.  A  peculiar  discoloration  of  the  head 
occurs  when  the  disease  is  at  its  height,  which  has  led  to  the  popular 
designation  of  blackhead.  This  disease  attacks  very  young  turkeys  and 
oft«n  lasts  for  several  months  before  causing  death.  The  fact  that  the 
propagation  of  this  aff'ection  is  more  active  during  midsunnner  has  led  to 
the  belief  that  it  is  exclusively  a  summer  disease. 

Treatment. — The  use  of  medicine  has  not  proven  very  successful. 
Among  the  remedies  most  recommended  are  sulphur,  sulphate  of  iron, 
quinine,  and  salicylic  acid.  Sulphur  may  be  given,  5  to  10  grains  being 
combined  with  1  grain  of  sulphate  of  iron  ;  or  sulphur,  10  grains,  sulphate 
of  iron,  1  grain,  and  sulphate  of  quinine,  1  grain.  It  is  necessary  that 
such  treatment  be  repeated  two  or  three  times  a  day  and  continued  for 
considerable  time  to  obtain  results. 

Some  people  who  have  had  experience  with  this  ailment  in  recent 
years  believe  that  it  results  largely  from  inbreeding,  the  infection  being 
transmitted  from  one  flock  to  another  by  afi'ected  birds  or  eggs.  The 
remedies  applied  proving  of  little  benefit,  the  only  alternative  is  the  intro- 
duction of  new,  strong,  and  healthy  stock.     Some  have  gone  so  far  as  to 


1222       CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK   AND  COMPLETE  STOCK   DOCTOR. 

destroy  their  entire  flocks,  and,  after  having  thoroughly  disinfected  the 
premises,  started  with  new,  healthy  stock,  while  others  have  introduced 
wild  blood  into  their  flocks. 

In  all  bowel  troubles  in  turkeys,  feeding  boiled  rice  has  proven  of  ben- 
efit, and  it  has  been  largely  practiced  by  experienced  growers.  Many  feed 
the  boiled  rice  to  the  young  poults  to  prevent  the  coming  of  the  destructive 
diarrhea.  The  most  successful  way  to  obviate  a  dangerous  looseness  of 
the  bowels  is  to  avoid  feeding  wet  or  sloppy  food  and  guard  the  young 
from  taking  cold.  The  feeding  of  small  particles  of  charcoal  is  beneficial 
to  the  young  from  the  fact  that  it  sweetens  the  crop  and  gizzard  and 
prevents  fermentation,  which  is  very  injurious  and  destructive.  Above 
all  things,  never  make  use  of  infected  turkeys  for  breeding  stock. 

V.  Tapeworm. 

Tapeworm  and  worms  of  all  kinds  are  very  injurious  to  turkeys. 

Syrrhptoms. — The  presence  of  the  tapeworm  may  be  recognized  through 
the  indolent,  drowsy  spirits  of  those  infested  with  it;  a  careful  examina- 
tion of  the  voidings  will  also  reveal  its  presence,  as  those  infesiod  will  pass 
small  portions  of  the  worm. 

Treatment. — Powdered  male  fern  is  an  effective  remedy,  and  may  be 
administered  in  doses  of  from  30  grains  to  1  dram  of  the  powder;  or  of  the 
liquid  extract,  15  to  30  drops.  This  should  be  administered  morning  and 
evening  before  feeding,  the  minimum  dose  to  the  younger,  increasing  the 
dose  as  they  grow  older.  Oil  of  tuipcntine  is  an  excellent  remedy  against 
worms  of  all  kinds  which  inhabit  the  digestive  organs  of  poultry.  A  com- 
mon remedy  made  use  of  by  some  for  the  removal  of  worms  from  fowls  is 
one  drop  of  kerosene  oil  night  and  morning.  This  should  not  be  adminis- 
tered to  the  very  young,  but  may  be  used  with  impunity  after  they  are  a 
few  weeks  old. 

VI.  Diarrhea. 

Looseness  of  the  bowels  or  diarrhea  is  quite  too  often  mistaken  for 
cholera;  but  such  looseness  may  come  from  any  of  the  several  causes,  such 
as  bad  feeding,  dampness,  filth,  or  infestation  with  lice.  The  removal  of 
the  cause  is  the  very  best  cure.  Feeding  boiled  rice  and  a  little  charcoal, 
as  already  stated,  will  prove  of  great  benefit.  The  remedy  most  often 
used  is  a  mixture  of  equal  parts  of  ground  ginger,  cinnamon,  cloves,  and 
cayenne  pepper.  This  is  mixed  into  the  mash  food,  about  a  stroked  tea- 
spoonful  to  a  dozen  very  young  pouUs.  Double  the  amount  after  they  are 
four  or  five  weeks  old.  What  is  known  as  Sun  cholera  mixture  is  very 
beneficial,  either  when  mixed  in  the  drinking  water  or  the  mash  food. 
This  may  be  given  so  that  each  would  have  from  5  to  20  drops  at  a  time, 
according  to  age. 


DISEASES  OF  THE  TURKEY. 


1223 


VII.    Cholera. 

Cholera,  when  present  in  its  tnie  form,  is  a  most  uncompromising  dis- 
eno-c.  The  only  thing  that  can  be  done  to  save  a  flock  of  turkeys  attacked 
with  true  cholera  is  to  remove  all  the  ailing  ones  immediately  and  destroy 
them.  Transfer  those  not  attacked  to  some  other  part  of  the  farm  and 
thoroughly  disinfect  and  clean  up  the  locality  where  they  have  been, 
feeding  nothing  but  a  slight  grain  diet  for  a  short  time.  Medical  treat- 
ment has  been  of  very  little  service  in  this  ailment.  The  drugs  that  have 
been  used  are  sulphur,  copperas,  capsicum,  alcohol,  and  resin,  either 
administered  separately,  or  equal  parts  thoroughly  mixed  together  and 
administered  in  the  mash  food. 

Diarrhea  and  blackhead  are  often  mistaken  for  cholera.  If  it  is  always 
remembered  that  the  carcass,  no  matter  from  what  cause  the  fowl  may 
have  died,  should  be  either  burned  up  or  buried  at  least  4  feet  under- 
ground, no  infection  to  other  fowls  is  likely  to  result.  No  other  known 
cause  of  the  spreading  of  the  disease  equals  the  permitting  of  dead  bodies 
of  infected  fowls  to  lie  about. 

Turkeys,  like  poultry  of  all  other  kinds,  are  subject  to  the  other  diseases 
and  ailments  which  affect  fowls,  most  of  which  may  be  prevented  or 
avoided  if  proper  care  and  attention  are  given  to  the  sanitary  conditions 
and  to  the  proper  feeding  of  the  stock. 


OF  BARRED  PLYMOUTH  ROCK.  MALE.     HEAD  OF  BARRED  PLYMOUTH  ROCK.  FEMALE, 


1224 


CVCLOrEDlA  VF  LIVE  STOCK  A^D  COMl-LKTE  8TOCK  DOCTOR. 


A  PAIR  OF  DARK  BRAHMAS. 


A  PAIR  OP  LIGHT  BRAHMAS. 


BOOK   VI 


BEES 


HISTORY  AND  CHARACTERISTICS, 

WITH  DIRECTIONS  FOR  THEIR 

SUCCESSFUL  MANA(]EMENT 


l''!      <v<[.(ii'i;i>rA  n\-  (  1 


■ONfl'LETK   ^'irir'K   riOPTOR. 


THL  GENDERS  OF  BEES.     BE£-Ke'^^'=::#  AND  SWARM. 


BEES. 

CHAPTER  I. 
VARIETIES  AND  PECULIARITIES  OP  BEES. 


2.      NATURAL   IIISTORV  OF   BEES. II.      THE  TIIUEE   GENDERS  OF  THE  HONEY  BEE. 

III.      VARIETIES   OF   THE   HONEY    BEE. —IV.      THE   SO-CAl.l.EI)   ^lEEN    OR   MOTHEB 

BEE. V.      THE  NUMBER  OF  EOGS    LAID. VI.      DRONES    OR    JIALE    BEES. VII 

NEUTER    OR    WORKER    BEES. VIII.      VARIETIES    OF   HONEY. IX.      WAX     AND 

HOW  IT  IS  FORMED. X.      PLANTS  ADAPTED  TO  THE  PRODUCTION  OF  HONEY. 

I.    Natural  History  of  Bees. 

Ill  all  liuips,  and  among  all  nations  and  tril)es,  however  savage,  the 
honey  bee  has  been  held  in  high  esteem.  Among  savages  and  barbarians 
bees  have  always  been  prized  for  the  stores  of  sweets  they  produce,  and 
among  more  civilized  people,  for  the  interest  attached  to  the  study  of 
their  peculiarities  and  habits,  as  well  as  for  the  value  of  the  honey  as  an 
article  of  food  or  luxury. 

The  honey  bee  belongs  to  the  ord^r  Hexapods,  that  is  true  insects  :  and 
to  the  sub-order  IJyrnenoptera.  This  sub-order  includes  wasps,  ants, 
sand-flies  and  ichneumon  flies.  The  group  com})rises  insects  havin:?  ^ 
tongue  for  taking  liquid  food,  as  well  as  strong  jaws  for  gnawing  and 
biting.  The  family  to  which  the  honey  bee  belongs  (Ap/'dm),  includeg 
all  in.sects  which  feed  their  young  or  larvoe  on  pollen  and  honey. 

Insects  of  this  family  have  broad  heads  ;  also  antennne  or  feelers,  usu- 
ally thirtecn-jointed  in  the  male,  and  only  twelve-jointed  in  the  female; 
the  jaws  (77iandibles)x(iry  strong,  often  toothed  ;  the  tongue  (h'gidc)  long  ; 
the  second  jaws  [maxilla')  one  on  each  side  of  the  tongue,  also  long ;  and 
the  tongue,  when  not  in  use,  generally  folded  back  once  or  twice 
under  the  head.  The  Jarv<f,  .are  footless,  maggot-like  grubs,  which  are 
fed  on  honey  and  jJoUcn  ;  and  a  ])eculiarity  of  the  honey  bee  is,  that  the 
neuter  egg  may  be  changed  during  its  growth,  by  the  workers,  when 
necessary,  so  that  the  fertile  or  mother  form  (queen)  is  produced. 

The  mother  bee  is  impregnated  but  once,  and  lives  several  3'ears  laying 
eggs,  producing  neuter  bees  or  males,  apparently  at  will,  though  probably 
according  to  a  natural  law  not  yet  fully  understood.  The  worker  bees 
live  vr*-  over  one  vear,  and  the  males  are  destroyed  at  the  end  of  the  first 

1227 


1228        CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

summer's  growth.  This  much  must  suffice,  since  the  ol)ject  is  not  to 
write  a  dissertation  on  the  natural  history  of  the  honey  bee,  but  simply  to 
give  such  information  as  will  assist  the  practical  farmer  in  keeping  such 
a  number  of  swarms  as 'his  range  will  support,  without  seriously  interfer- 
ing with  the  ordinary  labor  of  the  farm. 

There  is  a  poetry  lingering  about  tlie  sui)je(!t  of  bees  and  bee-keepings 
that  prol)ably  will  never  be  eradicated  from  the  human  mind,  a  feeling 
that  lias  come  down  from  the  earliest  anti(juity,  and  fostered  from  gen- 
eration to  generation,  among  all  peoples,  especially  so  until  the  produc- 
tion of  other  sweet  substances  became  i)ossible  to  man.  Another  reason, 
and  perhaps  the  key  note  to  the  poetry  of  the  subject,  is  the  curiouM  as 
well  as  perfect  economy  of  this  interesting  species,  in  all  its  details. 

II.    The  Three  Genders  of  the  Honey  Bee. 

We  tind  these  interesting  insects  living  in  colonies  of  many  thousands, 
apparently  under  an  intelligent  system  of  government,  composed  of  three 
distinct  classes.  These  are  the  female,  or  mother  bee,  the  neuters,  or 
workers,  and  the  males.  The  single  female  in  a  swarm  has,  for  her  sole 
province,  to  lay  the  eggs  fi-om  wliich  the  young  are   hatched  ;  the  males 


QUEKN  BEE. 


WORKER. 


or  drones  have  no  other  duty  save  that  of  impregnating  the  single  female 
once,  thus  rcMidering  her  fertile  for  life  ;  the  worker  bees,  whose  gender 
is  neuter,  gather  all  the  food,  prepare  the  wax,  build  the  cells,  store  the 
honey,  feed  the  young  larviw  bees,  clean  the  hive,  and  perform  all  the 
labor.  These  three  classes  of  bees  are  re})resented  by  the  cuts  ;  the  out'- 
lines  are  all  enlarged,  but  n^tain  the  relative  proportions  each  to  the 
others.  Thus,  the  young  bee-keeper  may  readily  distinguish  each  variety 
of  bee  at  sight.  For  the  want  of  such  object  lessons  wc  have  known  old 
men  who  had,  as  farmers,  kept  bees  all  their  lives,  unable  to  distinguish 
one  from  the  other,  and,  in  fact,  who  had  never  seen  the  mother  bee  at 
all 


VARIETIES    AND    PECULIARITIES    OF    BEES. 


III.    Varieties  of  the  Honey  Bee. 


1229 


Our  domestic  hoc  belongs  to  the  Apis  MelUfica,  and  is  a  native  of  the 
Eastern  nomisphore,  none  having  ])een  known  in  the  westci-n  half  of  the 
globe,  until  brought  here  from  beyond  the  Atlantic  ;  but  once  introtiuced, 
they  have  taken  kindly  to  our  climate,  and  arc  now  spread  over  the 
whole  of  North  America  where  the  winters  are  not  too  severe,  since  their 
natural  instinct  of  swarming  enables  them  easily  to  escape  from  domestic 
catio'.i.  The  varieties  of  the  honey  bee  best  known  are  the  Black,  or 
Gernuin  bee,  and  the  Italian,  or  Ligurian  bee,  both  of  which  varieties 
were  known  as  long  ago  as  the  time  of  Aristotle,  400 years  before  Christ. 
The  so-called  Black  bees  are  not  really  black,  bi'.t  a  gray-black.  The 
specitic  distinction  between  the  two  varieties  al)ove  mentioned  was  tirsi 
made  by  Spinola,  in  1805,  who  called  one  the  German,  and  the  other  the 
Ligurian,  the  name  Italian  being  a  synonym,  adopted  lately  for  the 
reason  that  the  tirst  well-known  importation  of  them  to  the  United 
States  was  from  Italy.  In  1850,  these  "  Italians  "  were  imported  sim- 
ultaneously into  England  and  the  United  States  from  (iermany,  and  the 
next  ycvir  an  im[)oi1ation  was  made  direct  to  the  United  States  from 
Italy,  where  they  were  systematically  ke[)t, ;  and  now  they  aie  generally 
disseminated  throughout  the  United  States  and  Canada. 

The  German  Ix'cs  are  pretty  much  self-colored.  The  Italians  are 
easily  distinguished  by  the  l)right  yellow  rings — three  in  number  when 
the  breed  is  pure — at  the  ))aseof  tlie  abdomen. 

The  Egvptian  bees  {fasciafa  or  banded)  ai'c  broadly  banded  with  y el- 
low.  They  are  smaller,  more  slender  and  yellower  than  the  Italians,  anci 
are  supi)osed  to  be  the  bees  mentioned  in  scripture.  Vogel  states  that 
they  gather  no  propolis  ;  they  are  also  reported  to  be  active,  to  stand  the 
cold  well,  and  to  be  cross  and  more  liable  to  sting  than  either  the  Ger- 
man or  Italian.  Italian  bees  are  credited  with  being  the  best  natureci 
of  any,  a  matter  not  difficult  to  account  for  under  the  laws  of  heredity, 
since  they  are  the  oldest  of  thoroughly  domesticated  bees. 

Another  variety  of  bees  that  has  received  attention  is  the  Cyprian 
bee,  which  is  yellow,  and  undoubtedly  a  variety  of  the  Italian.  A  vari- 
ety of  Italians  has  recently  been  sold,  called  Albinos,  from  their  white 
hairs ;  the  probability  is  that  all  Italian  bees  have  these  white-haired 
individuals  naturally  among  them.  The  Carnolian,  the  Heath,  the  Her- 
zeo-ovinian,  and  the  Krainer  l)ees  are  also  described  by  fanciers.  In 
these  days  of  sharp  practice  there  are  yearly  candidates  for  the  farm- 
er's money  on  every  hand.  Our  advice  is  that  farmers  stick  to  the  Ger- 
man and  Italian  ;  they  are  good  enough  for  every  day  use. 


1230        CYCLOPEDIA  or   LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

IV.    The  So-Called  Queen  or  Mother  Bee. 

The  mother  bee  has  no  sovereign  attributes,  though  the  ancients  called 
her  the  King,  and  hence  our  name  Queen,  adopted  since  her  true  gender 
became  known.  She  is  simply  a  perfectly  developed  female  with  ova- 
ries occupying  nearly  the  whole  of  her  abdomen,  which,  as  shown  in  the 
cut,  is  of  great  length  ;  and  the  spermatheca,  capable  of  being  compressed 
at  will,  is  capable,  according  to  Lenckart,  of  containing  25,()()0,()()0  sper- 
matozoa.  Hence,  the  mother  bee  may  lay  fertile  or  infertile  eggs  at  pleas- 
ure. She  is  longer  than  cither  the  drones  or  workers  ;  her  wings  are 
shorter;  and  although  armed  with  a  [)owerful  .sting,  .slic  seldom  uses  it. 
It  has  been  a  mooted  question,  whether  it  be  possible  for  the  mother  ])ee 
to  be  impregnated  except  while  on  the;  wing;  the  i)robal)ility  is  that  she 
can  only  be  thus  rendered  fertile,  the  male  losing  his  life  with  the 
accomplishment  of  the  act. 

V.  The  Number  of  Eggs  Laid. 
The  energy  Avith  which  the  mother  bee  lays  eggs  is  startling.  It  is  her 
sole  province  to  keep  the  colony  populous,  and  since  the  life  of  the  worker 
is  short,  her  activity  nmst  be  fully  employed,  during  mild  weather.  She  is 
capable  of  laying  from  2,000  to  3,000  eggs  a  day  when  necessary,  and  has 
been  known  to  lay  six  eggs  in  one  minute.  That  most  careful  observer, 
Berlej^sch,  says  he  had  a  queen  that  laid  3,021  eggs  in  twenty-four  hours, 
by  actual  count,  and  57,000  eggs  in  twenty  days  ;  that  this  queen  con- 
tinued prolific  for  five  years,  and  must  have  laid  more  than  1,300,000 
eggs  at  a  low  average  during  this  time.  Other  careful  observers,  notably 
Dzierzon,  say  queens  may  lay  over  1,000,000  eggs. 

VI.    Drones  or  Male  Bees. 

The  drones  are  the  male  bees,  and  their  presence  or  absence  often 
seems  to  be  determined  by  the  necessities  of  the  colony.  It  is  probable 
that,  if  allowed,  the  drones  would  live  as  long  as  the  worker  bees  ;  but 
from  May  to  November  is  the  time  when  they  are  usually  found  in  the 
hives.  The  usual  number  in  a  hive  is  from  two  hundred  to  three  hun- 
dred, but  less  than  half  this  number  may  safely  be  left  by  the  bee  keeper 
to  ensure  the  impregnation  of  the  young  queens  at  swarming  time.  The 
worker  bees  kill  all  remaining  drones  in  the  autunm,  usually  before  hard 
frosts  occur.  An  unimpregnatcd  queen  will  lay  eggs  producing  drones 
only,  but  after  fertilization  can  lay  either  worker  eggs  or  those  producing 
male  bees,  apparently  at  will. 

VII.    Neuter  or  Worker  Bees. 

The  worker  bees  are  undeveloped  females,  that  is  with  abortive  ovaries  ; 
sometimes,  though  rarely,  they  become  so  far  developed  as  to  lay  drone 


VARIETIES    AND    PECULIARITIES    OF    BEES,  1231 

eggs.  How  this  happens  is  not  certainly  known,  but  the  probability  is 
that  they  may  hcwc  been  partially  fed  with  the  food  used  ia  producing 
queens.  This  is  the  opinion  of  Burlepsch,  and  Langstroth,  but  the  opin- 
ion of  Huber  is,  that,  reared  near  royal  cells,  they  received  the  same  food 
accidentally.  They  do  not  differ  from  the  ordinary  worker  except  in  the 
power  of  laying  eggs  as  stated.  The  number  of  workers  in  a  hive  will 
range  from  1,500  to  4,000,  and  even  more  ;  about  3,500  should  be  con- 
tained in  every  strong  colony  of  bees. 

The  worker  bees  are  peculiarly  constituted  for  the  work  ;  the  tongue, 
labial  jj(7ij9?'  and  jaws  are  long,  and  the  tongue  hairy,  enabling  them  easily 
to  lap  up  their  li(juid  food.  When  filled,  the  tongue  is  doubled  back,  and 
disengaged  of  its  load  by  the  inclosing  paljji  and  jaws,  and  the  load  is 
sucked  into  the  honey  bag.  The  bees  have,  also,  the  power  of  injecting 
the  contents  of  the  honey  bag  for  feeding  bees,  or  for  fiUing  the  honey 
cells.  The  jaws  are  strong,  with  semi-conical  cutting  edges,  so  they 
may  cut  comb,  knead  wax,  and  perform  the  other  work  intended  by 
nature.  Their  eyes  are  like  those  of  the  queen,  but  the  wings  are  longer 
and,  like  those  of  the  drones,  reach  the  end  of  the  body  whan  at  rest. 
The  three  cuts  on  pagel228will  show  the  differences  perfectly. 

On  the  outside  of  the  posterior  limbs  next  the  body,  is  a  rim  of  hairs, 
forming  what  is  called  the  pollen  basket.  The  pollen  is  gathered  by  the 
organs  of  the  mouth,  and  carried  back  by  the  four  anterior  legs.  On  the 
anterior  legs  is  a  notch  covered  by  a  spur  ;  its  use  is  not  well  known.  The 
sting  of  the  worker  is  strong,  sharp  and  straight,  unlike  that  of  the  queen, 
which  is  curved.  The  gland  which  secretes  the  poison  is  double,  and  the 
poison  sack  is  the  size  of  a  flax  seed.  The  sting  is  triple,  and  armed  with 
barbs.  Hence  the  sting  is  not  easily  withdrawn  when  once  fully  inserted, 
and  hence  the  bee  so  stinging  loses  its  life,  since  the  sting  and  a  portion 
of  the  alimentary  canal  are  left  in  any  tenacious  substance  it  may  pene- 
trate, as  t^e  skin  of  the  hand  for  instance, 

vm.    Varieties  of  Honey. 

Natural  honey  is  the  fluid  nectar  of  f.owers.  It  undergoes  slight  modi- 
fications in  the  honey  bag  of  the  bees,  and  is  somewhat  changed  chemically, 
but  retains  the  flavor,  and  to  a  certain  extent,  the  aroma  of  the  flowers 
from  which  it  is  gathered.  Hence,  certain  districts  noted  for  special 
plants,  and  aromatic  flowers,  produce  highly  prized  honey,  while  other 
districts  produce  unwholesome  honey  from  the  noxious  or  poisonous  flow- 
ers. Thus  in  ancient  times,  the  honey  gathered  in  the  district  of  Mount 
Ida  was  famous  for  its  excellence,  while  that  of  Trebizond  w;is  abhorred. 

Honey  contains  grape  sugar,  manna,  gum,  mucilage,  extractive  matter, 
the  odor  of  the  flowers  from  which  it  was  taken,  and  a  little  wax,  pollen 


1232        CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLKTE  STOCK  DOCTO'  ^. 

and  acid.  In  fact,  it  is  said  that  under  the  microscope,  me  ipoflen  con- 
tained has  deteiinined  some  of  the  flowers  from  which  tne  noney  was 
taken.  When  tiist  drawn  from  the  comb  the  honey  is  quite  fluid,  but  in 
time  candies,  as  it  is  termed,  that  is,  the  solid  ;^lucose  separates  from  the 
fluid  parts,  and  is  identical,  chemically, with  grape  sugar  ;  nevertheless  the 
solid  and  fluid  parts  are  not  essentially  different.  All  honey  tends  to 
crystalize  with  age,  and  become  ycHow. 

The  adulterations  of  honey  arc  various.  That  from  glucose  ("  corn 
sugar")  is  the  most  diflicult  of  detection  ;  starch,  chalk  and  ether  solids, 
may  be  detected  b}'  hwiting  the  honey,  whereupon  these  impurities  will 
settle  to  the  bottom.  Of  late  years  the  tilling  of  old  comb  with  glucose 
has  been  so  largely  i)racticed,  that  it  is  not  safe  to  buy  any  but  white 
comb,  capped  over.  Hence  pure  comb,  capped  by  the  bees,  commands 
two  or  three  times  the  price  of  strained  honey. 

rx.    Wax  and  How  It  is  Formed. 

The  wax  used  by  bees  in  the  formation  of  the  cells  is  a  solid,  unc- 
tuous substance,  secreted  by  the  bees  in  pellets  of  an  irregular  pentagon 
shape,  on  the  under  side  of  the  abdomen  ;  it  is  in  very  thin  scales, 
secreted  by  and  moulded  upon  the  membrane  towards  the  body  from  the 
wax-pockets.  There  are  four  wax-pockets  on  a  side,  and  thus  eight 
scales  may  be  secreted  at  a  time. 

Wax  is  a  costly  product  for  tiie  bees,  the  production  of  one  ounce  of 
wax  requiring  the  consumption  of  about  twenty  ounces  of  honey. 
Hence,  modern  ingenuity  has  invented  a  machine  for  pressing  out  thin 
scales  of  wax  of  the  true  hexagonal  shape,  although  the  natural  combs 
are  not  true  hexagons.  The  formation  of  the  comb  by  bees  is  one  of  the 
most  interesting  and  wonderful  things  in  nature.  The  walls  of  anew  cell 
are  only  1-1 80th  of  an  inch  in  thickness,  and  so  formed  as  to  combine 
the  greatest  possible  strength  with  the  least  material,  and  the  least  cost 
of  space.  The  drone  cells  are  about  one-fifth  larger  than  those  of  the 
workers,  the  diameter  of  the  worker  cells  averaging  little  more  than  one- 
fifth  of  an  inch,  while  drone  cells  are  a  little  more  than  one-fourth  of  an 
inch,  or,  according  to  Reamur,  respectively  two  and  three-fifths  lines, 
and  three  and  one-third  lines. 

Comb,  when  first  formed,  is  always  transparent;  when  dark,  it  has 
become  so  from  being  used  as  brood  comb,  the  color  being  due  to  the 
cocoons  left  in  the  cells.  When  used  solely  for  honey,  they  are  often 
drawn  out  even  to  an  inch  in  length.  The  capping  of  the  brood-cells  is 
dark,  porous,  and  convex,  while  the  capping  of  those  in  which  honey  is 
etored,  is  white  and  concave. 


VARIETIES    AND   PECULIARITIES    OF    BEES.  1233 

X.    Plants  Adapted  to  the  Production  of  Honey. 

Aside  from  aititic'«.l  feeding,  the  practice  of  which  will  hardly  be 
adopted  and  cannot  be  advised  among  fanners,  or  those  who  do  not  make 
bee-keeping  a  special  business,  the  prevalence  of  honey-l)earing  plants- 
must  be  specially  considered,  in  deciding  upon  the  number  of  hives 
vvhich  may  be  profitably  kept.  It  is  generally  supposed  that  garden 
flowers  are  a  prolific  source  from  which  bees  get  their  stores  ;  such,  howv 
ever,  is  not  the  case.  In  the  West  those  annuals  or  perennials  prolific  in 
honey  are,  many  <»f  them,  spicous,  and  of  great  vahie  aside  from  this  use. 
Of  the  clovers,  the  Alsike,  the  White,  and  the  Sweet  clover  are  eminenl 
for  their  bee-feeding  qualities.  The  last  named  is  of  no  value  except 
as  bee  i)asturage. 

Bee-keepers  have  l)eeii  accused  of  purposely  sowing  this  fragi'ant  weed 
for  this  purpose,  much  to  the  annoyance  of  farmers,  and  it  cannot  1)6 
deni(Kl  that  it  has  l)ecome  largely  prevalent  wh(  re  bee-keeping  is  estab- 
lished as  a  distinct  industry.  These  plants  bloom  in  June  and  »Iuly. 
while  red  clover  is  not  available  as  bee  food  until  the  second  groAjfth  is 
in  blossom,  after  harvesting  the  first  crop  for  hay.  The  earliest  bU)om 
will  come  from  dandelion,  the  strawberry,  and  other  wild  and  cultivated 
plants,  and  the  observing  bee-keeper  must  be  governed  by  the  prevalence 
of  bloom,  in  estimating  how  many  swarms  may  find  forage  during  April! 
and  May — a  most  trying  time  for  bees.  In  May  and  June  the  sumac 
and  the  white  sage  are  valuable  i-i  California,  while  in  the  South  the 
cotton  plant  is  a  prolific  source  of  hoi'.ey  from  June  until  frost ;  and 
during  this  time,  in  various  parts  of  the  country,  mustard,  rape,  the 
milk  weeds,  and  St.  John's  wort;  yield  abundant  stores  of  honey.  In 
July,  corn  is  the  great  honey-producing  plant  all  over  the  West ;  in 
August,  and  thence  until  frost,  buckwheat  is  the  great  honey  producer ; 
and  during  the  later  season,  the  vast  array  of  wild  flowers  will  be  avail- 
able, among  them  asters,  golden-rod,  the  wild  sunflowers,  beggar-ticks, 
Spanish  needles,  tick  seed,  etc. 

In  all  forest  regions  the  bees  feed  upon  the  bloom  of  shrubs  and  trees, 
and  in  every  locality  upon  orchard  trees  and  bushes.  The  latter  furnish 
abundance  of  blooms,  the  apple  especially,  and  the  best  time  to  change 
swarms,  or  divide  them,  is  when  orchard  trees  are  in  full  bloom. 

The  first  trees  to  give  bloom  in  the  spring,  are  the  red  and  white  ma,* 
pies,  the  aspens  and  willows.  South  of  40  degrees  the  red  bud  (Judas 
tree)  is  prolific  in  its  bloom.  May  gives  us  alder,  sugar  maple,  haws, 
crab-apple,  and  nearly  all  fruit  trees  and  bushes.  Late  in  May  and  early  in 
June  we  have  the  barberry,  grape,  white  wood  (tulip  tree),  sumac,  and 
during  June  the  wild  plum,  raspberry  and  blackberry;  July   will  give 


1234 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


bass  wood,  Virginia  creeper  and  button  bush.  In  the  South,  all  these 
trees  thrive  in  the  hill  region  ;  many  of  them  we  do  not  have  in  the  West, 
among  them  the  sour  wood.  In  California  the  pepper  tree  and 
red  gum,  are  noted  for  late  bloom.  When  there  is  plenty  of  the 
plants  we  have  named,  the  bee-keeper  need  not  fear  but  there  will  be 
an  al)undance  of  bloom  of  many  species  indigenous,  but  not  mentioned 


here. 


CHAPTER  II. 


THE  GENERAL  MANAGEMENT  OF  BEES. 


I.        HIVES. II.       NKMBKR     OF     SWARMS     PUOKITAHKY     KKIT      ON     A     FARM  IH. 

SWARMlNfi. IV.      llIVINd      NKW     SWARMS.— — V.      TAKIN(;     TlIK     HONEY. VI. 

WINTERIN(}  HEFS. VM.      IMPLEMENTS  OF    USE. VIII.      A  MOTHERLESS  SWARM. 

IX.        FASTENIN(J     EMPTY     COMBS     IN     FRAMES. X.       FEEDING     BEES. XL 

ENEMIES  OF  BEES. —XII.      FOUL  BROOD. XIII.      CONCLUSION. 

I.    Hivos. 


Whatever  the  hive  used — the  old  fashioned  close  box  hive  is  novv-a- 
days  obsolete — si!n[)licity  is  the  main  feature  to  be  considered  by  the 
farmer.  Have  nothing  to  do  with  a  hive  that  is  full  of  doors,  drawers, 
traps,  or  any  of  these  devices  to  catch  the  unwary.  Leave  these  to 
experimental  bee-keepers.  If  comb-honey  in  frames  is  desired,  about 
4,000  cubic  inches  should  be  the  contents  of  the  hive.  If  the  surplus 
honey  is  to  be  contained  in  caps,  2,000  cubic  inches  and  even  less  will  be 
ample  for  the  hive.  In  any  event,  the 
hive  should  be  closely  jo-'ited,  and  care- 
fully put  together. 

In  oiu"  opinion  the  Langstioth  hive,  or 
some  moditication  of  this  form  is  best,  all 
things  considered,  for  the  farmer.  Its 
patent  has  now  expired,  and  the  cut  we 
give  shows  a  hive  that  any  carpenter  can 
make,  or  the  several  parts  vau  now  be 
bought  ready  to  be  put  together  of  any 
one  dealing  in  bee-keepers,  supplies, 
packed  for  shipment.  Its  working  parts 
are  easily  adjusted;  it  is  as  near  moth 
proof  and  vermin  proof  as  any  hive — 
none  are  really  so.  To  the  talent  of  Mr,  Langstroth,  who  during  his  life 
labored  continuously  in  simplifying  the  "mysteries  of  bee-keeping,"  is 
due,  more  than  to  an}'  other  one  individual,  the  bringing  of  this  interest- 
ing art  within  the  grasp  of  all. 

On  the  next  page  are  given  two  illustrations,  showing  different  forms 
of  movable  frames,  the  larger  one  filled  with  comb,  while  the  smaller  one 
has  only  a  few  cells.   The  smaller  frame  is  only  about  sis  or  eight  inches 

1235 


MOVABLE  FRAME  HIVE. 


1236     cycLOT*a)i^  of  ViJVB  stock  and  complete  stock  doctor. 


square,  and,  \  'he.:  filled  with  comb,  will  contain  about  a  pound  of  honey. 
A  number  of  then  Miaced  sMe  by  side,  and  joined  together, 
will  oc(aipy  the  same  space  in  the  hive  as  the  larger  frame. 
The  .small  frames  a^e  far  more  convenient  ff)r  handling 
t.han  the  larger  ones,  ai^d  by  their  use  the  honey  can  be  sold 
in  the  frames  i;i  q?.ii..ntidcs  to  suit  retail  buyers.  Most  of 
the  California  honey  shipped  eastward,  comes  in  these  snii.-!   ^'^mall  frame. 

frames  just  as  the  bees  made  it. 

As  bcfon;  said,  whatever  the  hive  let 
it  be  sim-jle  ;  and  since  none  of  the 
standard  hives  are  now  covered  by 
patents,  a  practical  man  ought  to  be 
able  easily  to  judge  what  suits  his  idea 
lest.  The  cut  will  show  one  of  the 
jiovablc  frames  filled  with  a  wired 
f^.i  taken  as   show  li -^  a  movable  frame 


MOVABLE  FRAME  FILLED  AVITH  COMP 

comb  foundation,  and  may  also 
filled  with  coml). 


II.  Number  of  Swarmt  Pi'ofltably  kept,  on  a  b  arm. 
The  great  mistake  made  by  farmers  in  bee  keeping  is,  t^iat  they  are  too 
eager  to  increase  the  number  of  their  swarms.  When  a  few  swanns  are 
kept  the  bees  remain  healthy  and  give  plenty  of  sur[)lus  honey,  because 
they  find  plenty  of  natural  forage.  Swarms,  on  the  other  hand,  are  ex- 
tended until  ten,  tAventy,  fifty,  and  even  more,  are  working;  then  come 
light  crops  of  honey,  disease,  moth  and  other  pests,  and,  at  last,  starva- 
licr  puts  an  end  to  the  experiment.  Artificial  feeding  and  precise  care 
may,  indeed;  prevent  this  ;  but  the  fanner  cannot  spare  the  time  from 
his  other  duties,  though  the  specialist  may.  We  have  never  been  able  to 
keep  more  than  twenty  swarms,  even  on  one  of  the  best  of  feeding 
grounds,  without  special  care  and  feedhig ;  and  the  greatest  profit  for 
the  least  outlay  has  been  from  ten  or  twelve  swarms  ;  seme  locations 
will  not  support  more  than  half  this  number.  Every  farm  r  nge  should 
keep  five  or  six  sAvarms  nicely.  Our  advice,  therefore,  is,  understock 
rather  than  overstock. 

m.    Swarming. 

The  proper  time  for  bees  to  sAvarm  is  as  early  in  the  season  ii  pos- 
sible. If  they  have  been  properly  wintered,  that  is,  if  they  are  strong, 
swarming  will  begin  about  the  time  apple  trees  are  in  full  bloom.  The 
old  adage  says, 


A  swarm  in  May,  is  worth  a  load  of  hay ; 
A  swarm  in  .June,  is  Avorth  a  silver  spoon; 
A  swarm  la  Julyt  is  no*'  worth  a  fly." 


THE  GENERAL  MANAGEMENT  OF  BEES. 


12^ 


This  it  will  be  well  for  every  farmer  to  remember.  The  eariy  swarms 
become  populous,  and  have  plenty  of  honey  before  the  dry  season 
and  heat  cut  off  the  honey  supply,  and  can  carry  themselves  through. 
The  late  swarm  is  weak,  gets  weakei-,  and  finally  succumbs  to  the 
inevitable. 

IV.    Hiving  New  Swarms. 

Jn  working  about  bees,  at  any  time,  and  for  whatsoever  purpose,  there 
must  be  no  haste,  sudden  movements,  or  excitement  of  any  kind.  This 
is  what  causes  stinging.  If  you  crush  a  bee,  or  if  it  gets  pinched  in  any 
part  of  your  dress,  you  will  be  stung;  if  not,  there  is  little  danger, 
unless  you  go  about  your  work  in  an  excitable  manner.  If  you  are  so 
unfortunate  as  to  be  stung,  get  out  of  the  way  as  quietly  and  quickly  as 
possible  ;  the  odor  of  the  sting  will  excite  the  whole  colony.  It  is  well  to 
protect  yourself  against  stingingin  the  most  perfect  manner  ;  apair  of  buck- 
skin gauntlets  tied  securely  over  the  cuffs  of  the  coat, 
the  bottom  of  the  pantaloons  tied  firmly  about  the  boot 
tops,  thick,  loose  clothing,  and  a  bee  veil  afford  per- 
fect security  to  even  those  whom  bees  dislike  (hasty 
persons),  and  to  those  who  fear  bees  (timid  })ersons). 
A  bee  veil  is  sinq)ly  a  piece  of  bobinct,  huge  enough 
to  tie  over  the  head,  as  shown  in  the  (uit ,  and  whicli 
may  be  fastened  by  being  tucked  under  the  to})  of  the 
coat,  or  tied  about  the  collar. 

Have  your  hives  ready,  and  all  prepared  beforehand. 
If  the  bees  are  settled  upon  a  handy  bush,  simply 
shake  them  carefully  into  the  hive,  as  many  as  you 
can  ;  cover  and  place  it  near  where  the  other  bees  may 
enter.  If  the  greater  pait  of  the  swarm  fall  on  the 
ground,  drive  them  to  the  entrance,  by  gently  and  carefully  sweeping 
them  with  something  soft.  When  they  begin  to  enter,  leave  them  alone 
until  evening,  when  they  must  be  set  where  they  are  to  remain.  If  the 
swarm  has  settled  ui)on  a  limb  so  high  that  it  cannot  be  reached  by  a 
ladder,  climb  to  it,  tie  a  rope  securely  to  the  limb  l)(•^()IHl  wIkmc  you 
wish  to  saw,  let  the  end  pass  over  a  limb  still  higher,  and  thence  to  the 
ground.  An  assistant  holds  the  end  of  the  rope  anil  eases  the  limb  as  it 
begins  to  be  severed,  so  it  comes  down  gently,  and  often  without  seri- 
ously disturbing  the  ])ees  ;  pass  it  gently  to  the  ground,  i)ut  the  bees 
into  the  hive,  as  before  dii'ected,  and  it  will  be  found  that  this  is  about 
all  the  "  mystery  "  in  hiving  bees.  Watch  for  indications  of  swarming, 
and  be  ready,  and  you  will  seldom  lose  a  swarm. 


I'.KK   VKIL. 


i'l'AH         CYCLOPEDIC  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR 

We  never  knew  a  swarm  to  go  directly  away  without  clustering,  the 
Krst  time  they  came  out.  Hence  the  beating  of  tin  pans,  and  throwing 
water,  or  sand  among  an  issuing  swarm  is  all  nonsense.  But  if  they  rise 
directly  up  and  seem  inclined  to  make  off,  a  good  dash  of  M^ater  or  sand 
will  often  bring  them  down,  probably  on  the  principle  that  they  think  it 
a  bad  day  for  swarming.  Wire  swarm-catchers  are  sometitnes  used.  A 
bushel  l)asket  on  a  suital)lo  handle  is  excellent,  when  a  swarm  is  to  be 
shaken  down  from  a  limb. 

V.    Taking  the  Honey. 

Never  undertake  to  work  iibout  a  colony  of  bees  unless  you  are  sure 
they  are  tilled  with  honey.  At  the  first  alarm  of  any  kind,  tapping  on 
the  hive,  or  smoking,  their  first  impulse  is  to 
fill  themselves  with  honey,  to  be  ready  for 
any  emergency.  Once  filled,  which  need  not 
take  nu)i-e  fhan  five  minutes,  they  are  quiet, 
and  will  not  sting  unless  they  are  hurt ;  pro- 

BELLOWS  AN1>  SMOKING  TUBK.         ^.^.^.^j  ^^^j^^,^  ^^^^^^  ^^^   ^.^^^^^^^^    ^j^^    j^^^^^^^    ^^^j 

pay  no  attention  to  the  flying  bec^s — if  you  do  you  will  get  stung.     A  good 
form  of  smoker — very  little  smoking  will  do — is  given  in  the  cut.     A  few 

whiffs  from   a  smoker's  pipe  answers 
very  well.     If  any  honey  wished  to  be 
removed,  sticks,  loosen  it  or  cut  through 
jjoNEY  KNIFE.  it  with  a  thin  knife.     The  cut  shows  the 

best  form  of  honey  knife. 

VI.    Wintering  Bees. 

A  gooa  siaiid  for  bees  is  a  simple  shed,  tight  on  the  sides  and  facing 
the  cast ;  the  roof  should  be  water-proof  ;  if  then  you  have  shutters  for 
the  front  to  l)e  put  up  in  winter,  to  keep  out  drifting  snow,  you  have  a 
good  place  both  for  summering  and  for  wintering  bees.  Bees,  of  course, 
may  be  most  economically  wintered  in  a  cold,  dry,  light,  well-ventilated 
cellar  ;  but  this  again  belongs  to  the  professional  Ai)iarist,  and  wants  nice 
manao-ement.  The  healthiest  and  best  place  for  the  farmer  to  winter 
bees  is  in  such  a  house  as  we  have  mentioned,  further  protected  with 
cornstalks,  or  straw  mats.  The  hives  should  be  placed  within  twelve 
inches  of  the  ground  ;  this  is,  also,  the  pi-oper  distance  for  summer.  The 
main  thing  in  summer  is  to  guard  against  extreme  heat,  and  in  winter 
against  driving  storms,  especially  snow.  Bees  will  stand  extreme  cold,  if 
they  are  healthy,  and  the  hive  contains  thirty  pounds  of  honey  in  the 
autumn.  They  cannot  stand  wet,  nor  snow  drifted  among  them  in  the 
hives.  ; 


GENERAL  MANAGEMENT  OF  BEES. 


1289 


Vn.    Implements  of  Use. 

In  bee-keeping,  as  in  every  other  art,  certain  implements  and  labor- 
saving  appliances  are  needed.  For  tailing  honey  from  the  hives,  the 
bee  veil,  the  smoker  and  the  honey  knife  are  all  that  is  necessary; 
and  where  the  honey  is  made  in  the  small  movable  frames,  already 
described,  the  knife  is  discarded.  Indeed,  the  implements  of  use 
are  but  very  few,  so  fnr  as  successful  bee-keeping  is  practiced  by 
the  farmer.  We  have  figured  the  smoker  and  the  honey  knife.  A  pipe  of 
tobacco  and  any  well  tempered,  thin  knife  will 
answer.  There  are  centrifugal  machines  in  use  for 
extracting  honey  from  tl-e  comb,  when  it  is  wanted  to 
be  again  returned  to  the  hive.  A  cut  of  a  good  form 
is  given.  This  again  belongs  more  to  the  i)rofessional 
bee  keeper   than  to  the  farmer. 

VIII.  A  Motherless  Swarm. 
Sometimes,  from  one  cause  or  another,  a  colony  of 
bees  loses  the  (pieen  or  mother  bee,  and  has  no  hirvie 
from  which  to  rear  another  ;  or,  the  bee  keeper  may 
choose  to  divide  swarms,  giving  a  nucleus  of  Ihrco 
frames.  These  are  taken  from  the  center  frames  of 
other  hives  ;  take  bees  and  all,  but  be  sure  the  queen 
is  left  in  the  old  hive,  and  shake  among  those  in  the 
nucleus  hive  the  bees  from  two  or  t  hi'ee  more  frames, 
so  that  after  the  departure  of  those  that  will  naturally 
leave  and  return  to  their  old  homes,  enough  will  be  left  to  keep  up  the 
requisite  warmth  in  the  hive.  First,  however,  you  must  tind  a  frame 
containing  one  or  more  capped  queen  cells  ;  cut  a  triangular  piece  out  of 

one  of  the  fi'anies  to  be  inserted  in  the 
nucleus  swarm,  cutting  away  the  bot- 
tom as  shown  in  the  illustration,  so 
there  shall  be  no  danger  of  conipies- 
sion  of  the  queen  cell.  Then  cut  a 
})iece  containing  a  queePi  cell  from  the 
other  frame,  and  fasten  it  to  tli<^  frame 
— see  the  illustration,  also  showing 
other  queen  cells — and  after  putting 
this  in  the  nucleus  hive,  i)ut  in  the 
other  two  fi-anies  and  l)ees  as  directed. 
We  could  hardly  advise  the  farmer  Dee- 
FURNisHiNG  A  QiiEKN  CELL.  kccpcr  to   adopt  this  plan,   but  it  is 

well  to  know  how,  in  case  it  becomes  necessary  to  furnish  a  queen  cell  tc 
an  unfortunate  swarm 


CMCNTKIKITGAL  EX- 
niACTOK. 


1240        CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


UTTLIZTNO  PIECES  OF  OOMB. 


IX.   Fastening  Empty  Comb  in  Frames. 

On  pn.goll02i£  a  cut  of  a  wired  coinb  foundation;  any  com b  even 
^        ^  in  pioces  may  be  utilized  hy  a  little  cut- 

ling  and  fitting,  and  temporarily  fastened 
with  wire  or  thin  narrow  strips  tied  top 
and  bottom  as  shown  v.\  the  annexed  cut, 
until  the  bees  secure  it,  which  they  will  do 
::'  a  day  or  two. 

X.    Feeding  Bees. 

If  a  swarm,  from  lack  of  forage, 
becomes  insnfticiently  supplied  with  honey  to  carry  them  through  the 
winter,  or  if  it  be  found  that  they  lack  food  in  the  early  spring,  they  must 
be  fed.  The  best  thing  is  strained  honey,  of  course  ;  the  only  other 
admissible  thing  is  granulated  sugar  made  into  a  syrup  of  the  consist- 
ency of  honey.  If  the  object  be  to  stimulate  bees  to  commence  rearing 
brood  early,  a  half  pound  to  a  pound  of  sugar  a  day,  early  in  the  spring 
and  continued  until  bloom  is  plenty  will  be  sufficnent.  If  they  are  starv- 
ing, enough  must  be  given  to  fully  supply  their  wants  and  some  to  spare. 
If  the  bees  require  feeding  in  the  fall,  it  should  be  given  in  such  quanti- 
ties that  they  may  begin  the  winter  with  fully  thirty  pounds  of  capped 
honey  per  swarm.  It  is  best  not  to  guess  at  the  weight ;  mark  the  weigh"' 
of  every  empty  hive  plainly  on  it  before  the  bees  are  put  in,  and  then 
you  may  know  pretty  nearly  how  much  honey  the  swarm  has  by  the  siire 
test  of  weighing. 

We  give  two  cuts,  one  of  the  feeding  hox  invented  by  Mr,  Shuck,  the 


C^) 


^1^ 


9 


other   Professor  Cook's  couibined   division 

board  and  feeding  box.     Any  suitable  ves- 

vel  that  will  hold  honey,   with   a  float  on 

top,  pierced  with  holes,  that  the  bees   can 

feed  through,  will  answer  well  enough,  and 

this  may  be  placed  in  the  upper  chamber  of  the   hive,  secure  from  other 

bees. 


COOK'S  DIVISION  BOAKl>  AND 
KEEDEIJ. 


GENERAL  MANAGEMENT  OF  BEES. 

XI.    Enemies  of  Bees. 


211 


There  are  many  enemies  of  bees,  among  them  the  mosquito  hawk,  or 


WOKK  OF  THE  LARV^:  IN  COMB. 


BEK  MOTH. 

(.levil's  darning-needle,  as  it  is  some- 
times called.  The  bee-killer  (Asil- 
us)  is  a  two  winged  fly,  which  seizes 
the  bee  and  sucks  its  fluids.  A  Ta- 
china  fly  has  the  reputation  of  laying 
its  eggs  ill  the  l)odies  of  bees  occasionally.  Large  spiders  rarely  entangle 
bees  in  their  nets.  Ants  sometimes  depredate  on  bees.  These,  how- 
ever, may  be  provided  against,  as  may  mice,  toads,  and  the  king  bird. 
The  worst  enemy  to  bees  is  the  moth,  which,  if  a  swarm  is  not  strong, 
will  soon  ruin  it  entirely  with  the  webs  and  larva.  The  moth  lays  its 
eggs  in  the  miimtest  crack,  and  the  young  find  their  way  into  the  hive, 
where  they  soon  destroy  the  swarm  by  filling  everything  with  their  webs, 
as  they  progress.  Tiieir  manner  of  working  is  shown  in  the  cut  en- 
titled "work  of  the  larvie  in  comb." 

XII.  Foul  Brood. 
This  fungous  disease  of  bees,  once  it  gets  a  foothold  in  an  apiary,  gen- 
erally carries  destruction  with  it.  It  is  quite  contagious  ;  Schonfeld,  of 
Germany,  not  only  infected  the  healthy  larvje  of  bees  Avith  the  germ,  but 
other  insects  also.  The  symptoms  are  a  steady  decline  in  the  colony  ; 
llie  brood  becomes  brown  and  salv}^  and  gives  off  a  l)ad  smell  like  that 
of  putrefaction.  The  spores  arc  in  the  honey  and  the  bees  eating  this  and 
feeding  it  to  the  young  brood,  infect  them.  A  remedy  said  to  be  suc- 
cessful in  eradicating  the  disease  is  as  follows: 

8  Grains  salicylic  acid, 
8  Grains  soda  borax, 
1  Ounce  rain  watei-. 


Uncap  all  the  brood 
<r  machine. 


Or  in  this  proportion  for  the  quantity  needed, 
and  throw  the  solution  over  thecomb  with  a  sprayin 

XIII.    Conclusion. 
Those  who  wish  to  go  into  bee-keeping  extensively   must  educate  1  hem- 
selves  by  means  of  books  written  particularly  on  the  subject  of  bees  in  all 


1242        CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVK  «TOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

the  minutiffi  of  their  care.     What  we  have  given  is  a  guide  to  those  whoj 
like  the  writer,  may  wish  to  keep  a  few  swarms  of  bees. 

The  trying  time  for  bees  in  the  West  is  the  extreme  cold  of  our  wm- 
ters,  and  the  droughts  of  summer.  These  must  be  guarded  against. 
The  same  care  must  be  exercised  with  bees  as  with  any  other  farm  stock. 
No  farmer  of  sense  would  overstock  his  pasture  ;  do  not,  therefore,  imag- 
ine l)ccausc  ])ees  have  the  power  of  fliirht  that  the}^  can  forage  indefinitely. 
They  cannot.  Their  extreme  power  of  flight  is  about  three  miles.  Their 
most  economical  working  range  is,  according  to  our  observation  when  the 
country  was  new,  only  about  one-half  mile.  They  must  first  find  flowers 
before  they  can  get  honey.  Hence  our  advice,  before  increasing  your 
swarms  largely,  be  sure  those  you  ah'eady  have  are  somewhat  lazy. 

It  is  not  hard  to  tell  if  your  neighbor's  bees  and  your  own  are  overlap 
ping  on  the  feeding  grounds.  Dust  a  Httlc  flour  on  a  bee,  after  it  has  filled 
itself  from  a  saucer  of  honey  offered  to  it.  Sec  which  way  it  flics,  and 
if  it  flies  away  from  home,  be  sure  that  either  your  neighi)or  is  over- 
stocked, or  else  that  j^ou  have  not  enough.  Remember,  however,  that  a 
few  heavy  swarms  are  better  than  many  weak  ones.  It  is  the  honey  you 
are  after,  and  not  numbers  of  swarms.  In  handling  bees,  do  so  deliber- 
ately and  sagaciously,  and  you  will  not  be  stung.  Do  not  make  experi- 
ments largely  in  new  hives,  or  in  bee  foods.  Stick  to  a  simple  form  of 
hive,  and  puic  sugar  syrup  as  food.  Keep  no  more  swarms  than  can 
easily  forage  to  the  full  capacity  of  the  hives.  Take  surplus  honey  as 
soon  as  it  is  ready,  and  keep  plenty  of  empty  boxes  on  hand  for  the  honey 
harvest.  But  be  very  careful  how  you  allow  your  cupidity  to  rob  the 
hives  in  the  fall,  lest  bees  may  not  have  enough  to  amply  carry  them 
through  the  winter,  and  fully  up  to  the  time  when  flowers  are  plenty 


GLOSSAHY  OP  SCIENTIFIC  AND  OTHER  TERMS,  IN  GENERAL  USE, 
WITH    THEIR  DEFINITIONS. 


Ablactation — A  weaning  or  cessation  from  sucklins:. 
Abomasum — The  last  or  fourth  stomach  of  riuninating  animals. 
Abdomen — The  portion  of  the  body  containing- the  stomach  and  intestines  ; 

the  belly. 
Abnormal — That  which  is  not  natural  or  regular. 
Abortion — The  casting  of  the  young  in  an  unnatural  manner,  and  before 

the  proper  time. 
Abrade,  Abrasion — To  rub  off,  to  wear  away  by  contact,  as  rubbing  off 

the  surface  of  the  skin,  j)roducing  galls. 
Abrupt — Quick,   sudden  ;  an  abrui)t  turn  or  twist  in  the  intestine  maj- 

produce  strangulation  of  the  parts. 
Abscess — A  swelling  and  its  cavity  containing  pus  or  matter.     A  cavity 

containing  i)us. 
Abscission — The  cutting  away  or  removal  of  a  part. 
Absorb — Swallowing  up,  drinking  in. 
Absorbent — In   anatomy,  those  vessels  which  imbibe  or  suck  up,  as  the 

lacteals  or  lymphatics.      Jn  medicine,  any  substance,  as  chalk,  mag- 
nesia, etc.,  used  to  absorb  acidity  in  the  stomach. 
Absorption — The  taking  up  by  the  vessels  of  the  body  of  any  substance 

either  natural  or  unnatural,  as  the  serum  of  dropsical  swellings. 
Acardiatrophia — Atrophy  or  wasting  of  the  heart. 
Aaphalhremia — Anaemia,  or  lack  of  blood,  in  the  brain. 
Accelerate — Growing  quicker  or  faster,  as  an  accelerated  pulse. 
Acid — Sour.     The  last  fermentation  before  the  putrid. 
Acidulate — To  make  slightly  sour,  as  with  lemon,  vinegar,  or  the  UAin 

eral  acids. 
Accretion — Increase,  or  growing  as  an  exostosis  or  umiatural  growth  of 

bone. 
Aceni — Stony  growths  of  the  liver,  resembling  berries. 
Acrid — Sharp,  pungent,  biting,  irritating,  as  the.  strong  acids. 
Acute — Severe,  sharp.     In  diseases,  those  which  soon  come  to  an  end  in 

contradistinction  to  chronic. 
Action — The  paces  of  a  horse,  either  natural  or  acquired. 
Actual — The  production  of  an  immediate  effect,  as  by  the  use  of  a  hot 

iron  (actual  cautery)  in  contradistinction  to  the  effect  of  cscharotics, 

as  a  caustic  application. 

1243 


1244         CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  aKD  COMPLETE  8T0C;K  DOCTOR. 

Acupresmre — Arresting  hemorrhage,   as   by  means  of  a  needle  passed 

twice  through  a  wounded  substance  at  the  side  next  the  heart 
Adamantine  Substance — The  enamel  of  the  teeth. 
Adenitis — Inflammation  of  a  gland  or  glands. 
Adermatrophia — Atrophy  (wasting)  of  the  skin. 
Adhesion — A  joining  together,  as  the  union  of  parts  in  healing. 
Adhesive — That  which  adheres,  as  certain  plasters. 
Adij)ose — Fatty  matter  ;  belonging  to  fat. 
Adolescence — The  period  between  puberty  (the  age  of  procreation)  and 

the  full  development  of  the  physical  system. 
Adult — The  age  succeeding  adolescence,  and  preceding  old  age. 
Aerate — Mixing  with  air,  as  the  blood  in  the  lungs,  by  which  it  absorbs 

oxygen. 
^doea — Genital  organs. 

Etiology — Relating  to  the  doctrine  or  probable  cause  of  a  disease. 
Affection — Disease,  or  disease  of  some  particular  part. 
Affinity — 'i'he  attraction  which  causes  particles  of  l)odies  to  adhere  and 

form  compounds.     That  which  causes  substances  to  cohere. 
Affluence — Determination  of  the  blood  or  of  humors  to  a  i)art. 
Albuminuria — That  condition  in  which  the  urine  contains  albumen  and 

an  excess  of  urea,  coagulablc  by  means  of  nitric  acid  and  heat. 
Albumen — Substances,    animal    and    vegetable,  resembling  the  white  of 

an  egg. 
Aliment — Solid  or  liquid  substance  tiiken  as  food. 
Alimentary  Canal — The  bowels. 
Alkali — Any  substance  which  will  neutralize  an  acid,  as  magnesia,  soda, 

potash,  etc. 
Alkaloid — A  saliflal)le  base  existing  in  some  vegetaljles,  differing  from 

alkali  in   composition  and  general  properties,  and  having  nothing  in 

connnon    except  their  basic    properties.       Brucia,    emetia,    morphia, 

strychnia,  etc.,  are  alkaloids. 
Alter — A  term  in  common  use  for  castration. 
Alterative — A   medicine    chanii:in<r    the   functions   and  condition  of  the 

organs  of  the  body. 
Alum — Sulphate  of  alumina  and  potassa. 

Alveoli — The  sockets  in  the  jaw  bone  in  which  the  teeth  are  situated. 
Amaurosis — Partial  or  total  loss  of  vision  from  paralysis  of  the  retina. 
Amputation — The  operation  in  surgery  of  cutting  off  a  limb. 
Anoimia — Poverty  of  the  blood  as  opposed  to  plethora.     Too  few  red 

corpuscles  and  two  nniny  white  corpuscles  in  the  bh^od. 
Anasarca — Dropsical  swellings  as  of  the  limbs,  abdomen,  chest,  etc. 
Anbury — A  soft  spongy  tumor. 


GLOSSARY   OF   SCIENTIFIC   TERMS.  124.") 

Aneurism — Dilatation    of  an    artery    producing  a  tumor ;    lesion   of  an 

artery  ;  dilatation  of  the  heart. 
Analysis — Separation  into  parts;  resolving  into  the  original  elements. 
Anatomy — The  art  of  dissecting,   or  separating  the  different  parts  of 

the  body.     The  science  of  the  structure  of  the  body,  as  learned  by 

dissection. 
Anchylosis — The  stiffening  or  rendering  rigid  a  joint. 
Anvesthetics — Agents  which  deprive  of  sensation  and  suffering,  as  chloro- 

form,  ether,  etc. 
Anodyne — A  medicine  to  allay  or  diminish  pain. 
Anomalous — Deviating  from  the  general  character  or  rule. 
Antacid — Opposed  to  or  an  antidote  to  acids. 
Antagonism — Opposed  in  action  ;  one  contradicting  another. 
Anterior — Before  ;  in  front  of  another  part. 
Anthelmintic — Medicine  to  kill  or  expel  worms. 
Antidote — That  which  counteracts  hurtful  or    noxious    substances.      A 

remedy  to  counteract  the  effects  of  i)oison. 
Antiperiodic — Medicine  to  arrest  or  retard  the  return  of  a  paroxysm  in 

periodic  disease. 
Antiseptic — Agents  for  preventing,  arresting  or  retarding  putrefaction. 
Anus — The  fundament,  or  lower  i)ortion  of  the  bowel  at  the  tail. 
Aperient — Laxative  medicine  ;  that  which  gently  ojjerates  on  the  bowels 
Aphtha — Ulceration  of  the  mouth,  beginning  with   minute  vesicles  and 

ending  in  white  sloughs. 
Apoplexy — Sudden   effusion    of   blood  into  the  substance  of  the  brain. 

Sometimes  used  for  effusion   into  the  substance  of  other  organs  or 

tissues. 
Ap)proximate — Coming  near  to.     An  aiii)roximate  cure  is  by  inoculating 

for  another  disease. 
Aqueous — Watery ;    having  the  property  of    water,  as    watery    matter, 

aqueous  j^us. 
Aromatic — Strong  smelling  stimulants,  given  to  dispel  wind  and  relieve 

pain. 
Artery — Blood  vessels  which  caiTy  the  red  blood  from  the  heart. 
Articulate — Joinina:,    working    together    or    u))on   one    another,    as   the 

bones. 
Asthma — A  disease  attended  with  difficulty  of  breathing,  and  a  sensation 

producing  wheezing,  coughing  and  other  distressing  svmptoms. 
Asphyxia — Death  from  strangulation  of  the  lungs,  from  want  of  air. 
Asthenopia — Weakness  of  the  sight  or  vision. 
Assimilate — To  make  like  another;  assimilation  of  food  in  the  nutrition 

of  the  body. 


1240         CrCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVR  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DO       OR. 

Astragalus — The  largest  bono  of  the  hock-joint,  lying  below  the  os 
calcis. 

Astringent — That  which  causes  contraction  of  the  bowels  or  vital  struc« 
tures.  Astringents  are  medicines  which  suppress  discharges,  as  from 
the  bowels,  blood,  mucus. 

Attenuate — To  draw  out,  to  make  thin,  reduce  in  size. 

Atrophy — Wasting  of  a  part,  as  the  muscles. 

Atlas — The  first  bone  of  the  neck  or  first  cervical  vertebra. 

Atony — General  weakness,  want  of  tone. 

Augment — To  increase. 

Auricle — The  external  part  of  the  ear  ;  also  parts  of  the  heart,  one  on 
each  side  resembling  ears. 

Auscultation — -The  act  of  listening  to  sounds  given  b}'  different  parts  of 
the  body  when  struck,  especially  to  the  sounds  produced  by  the  func- 
tional motions  of  the  lungs  and  heart  by  percussion. 

Balk — To  refuse  to  pull,  or  to  refuse  to  go  forward  at  command. 

Bars — (Of  the  hoof.)  The  two  ridges  of  horn,  passing  from  the  heels 
of  the  hoof  toward  the  toe  of  the  frog.  (Of  the  mouth.)  The  trans- 
verse ridges  on  the  roof  of  the  mouth  of  the  horse. 

Base — The  lower  part,  as  the  base  of  the  brain  ;  the  foundation. 

Beneath — Under  a  certain  part. 

Bicipital — Two  headed,  as  bicips  muscles,  bicipital  groove,  etc. 

Biliary — Belonging  to  or  pertaining  to  bile.  Biliary  du(!t,  a  canal  con- 
taining bile. 

Biology — The  doctrine  of  life,  or  of  living  bodies. 

Bioplasm — The  so  called  living  or  germinal  self -propagating  matter  of 
living  beings. 

Biped — Two  footed. 

Bolt — To  swallow  the  food  hurriedly  without  proper  chewing. 

Bolus — Medicines  formed  into  a  round  or  conduicical  mass,  for  ease  in 
administering,  often  termed  a  ball.  The  cylindrical  shape  is  the 
proper  one. 

Boot — Buffer,  a  leather  l)and,  worn  to  prevent  one  foot  outtmg  the  other 
in  traveling. 

Bots — The  grub  of  the  fly  equus  equi,  when  in  the  stomach  of  the 
horse. 

Bougie — ^An  instrument  for  opening  the  urethra,  or  urinary,  or  other 
passages. 

Bounded — Parts  lying  about  another,  surrounded  by. 

Breeding -in-and-in — Breeding  to  close  relations,  in  the  same  sub-family, 
as  the  produce  of  the  same  sire  but  of  different  dams,  or  of  the  tjame 
sire  and  dam. 


GLOSSARY  OF  SCIENTIFIC   TERMS.  1247 

Broxy-^A.  term  often  applied  to  a  number  of  fatal  diseases  of  sheep, 

especially  to  a  form  of  anthrar  or  carbuncular  fever. 
Bronchia — The  first  two  branches  of  the  wind-pipe.    Bronchitis  is  an  in- 
flammation of  the  bronchia. 
Bronchotomy — The  operation  of  cutting  into  the  wind-pipe. 
Cadaverous — Having  the  appearance  of  a  dead  body. 
CcBsarian  operation — To  cut  into  the  womb  by  way  of  the  abdomen, 

when  natural  delivery  cannot  be  accomplished. 
Calcareous — Containing  lime,  lime-like. 
CalculuH — Any  hard,  solid  concretion  found  in  any  part  of  the  body,  ab 

stone  in  the  bladder,  gall-stones,  etc. 
Calefacient — Anything  producing  warmth. 
Calks,  or  Calkins — The  heel  of  the  horse-shoe  when  turned  down  to  pre* 

vent  slipping. 
Callous — Induration  ;  a  hard  deposit;  excess  of  bony  matter. 
Ca?ntl-backed — Hump-backed. 
Canal — A  tu})e  or  passage — as  the  alimentary  canal,  (throat),  tjTnpanic 

canal,  etc. 
Cancer — A  hard,  unequal,  ulcerating  tumor,  which  usually  proves  fatal. 
Canine  Teeth — The  teeth  between  the    lateral    incisors   and   the   small 

molars  of  the  jaw. 
Canker — Eroding  ulcers  of  the  mouth  ;  virulent,  corroding  ulcers.     Any 

sore  which  eats  or  corrodes. 
Cannon-bone — The  shank,  or  I>one  below  the  knee  or  hock.     The  met 

acarpal  or  metatarsal  bone  of  the  horse, 
Cantharis — A  coleopterous  insecst.    The  cantharis  vesicatoria  ;  powdered, 

it  is  the  active  principle  in  ordinary  blistering  plasters. 
Canula — A  hollow  tube  of  metal  or  other  substance,  variously  used  ii 

surgery. 
Capillary — Hair-like  ;  applied  to  the  minute  ramifications  of  the  bloot 

vessels. 
Gapped  Hock — A  swelling  on  the  points  of  the  hock  of  the  horse. 
C ipsicmn — Cayenne  i)ei)per.     The  small,  long  red  pepper. 
Capsular  Ligaments — Ligaments  surrounding  the  joints. 
Capsule — A  membranous  bag  or  sac. 

Carbon — Woody  matter.     Charcoal  is  impure  carbon  ;  the  diamond  is 
pure   carbon.     Carbonic  acid  is  expelled  from  the  lungs  in  the  act  of 
breathing.     Carbonic  oxyde  in  the  blood  or  lungs  is  fatal  to  life. 
Cardia — The  superior  or  ossophagal  orifice  of  the  stomach ;  and  of  the 

heart. 
Caries — -Ulceration  of  the  substau^' 3  of  the  bones. 


1248        CYCLOPKDTA  OF  T.TVF  STOCK  AND  COMPLFTE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

Cai'mmatives — Warming,  stimulant,  aromatic  medicines,  used   in  colic 

ana  wind. 
Carotid  Canal — A  canal  in  the  temporal  l)one,  through  which  the  carotid 

artery,  and  also  some  nervous  tilaments  pass. 
Cartilage — Gristle  ;  the  substance  covering  the  ends  of  l)ones,  moving  and 

working  upon  each  other, 
Caseine — The  nitrogenized  constituent  of  milk.     Blood  fibrin  and  all)u- 

men  is  identical  in  composition. 
Castrate — To  geld,  emasculate,  deprive  of  the  testicles. 
Cataplasm — A  poultice,  either  medicated  or  not.     Tt  sometimes  takes 

name   from   the   special    agent   employed,    as   si/iapism,    a   mustard 

poultice. 
Catafrh — A  co/d  attended  with  running  of  the  nose. 
Cataract — An  opacity  of  the  crystaline  lens  of  the  eye,  causing  partial  or 

total  blindness. 
Cathartic — Purgative  medicine,  used  for  freely  opening  the  bowels. 
Catheter — An  instrument  used  for  drawnig  the  water  from  the  bladder, 

and  for  other  purposes. 
Caustic — Any  l)urn;ng  agent,  as  potash,  nitrate  of  silver.     To  cauterize 

is  to  burn,  generally  applied  to  the  use  of  the  hot  n-on  in  diseases. 
Cavity — A  depression,  as  the  cavity  of  a- wound. 
Cellular  tissue — The  membrane  or  tissue  which  invests  every  fiber  of  the 

body,  composed  of  minute  cells  communicating  with  each  other,  and 

which  serve  as  reservoirs  of  fat. 
Cephalic — Pertaining  to  the  head. 
Cerebral — ^Peitaining  to  the  brain. 
Cervical — The  neck  ;  belonging  to  the  neck. 

Characteristic — A  symptom  of  character.     Characterize,  to  distinguish. 
Chalybeate — Containing  iron.     Any  medicine  of  which  iron  forms  a  part. 
Chemical — Relating  to  chemistry. 
Chemistry — The  science  which  investigatesthe  composition  of  substances, 

and  the  changes  of  constitution  produced  by  thdr  mutual  action. 
Chii-urgical — Belonging  to  surgical  art. 
Cholagogue — Medicines  tr)  Increase  the  secretion  of  the  bile. 
Cholechloride — A  medicine  which  increases  the  evacuation  of  the  bile. 

Chole,  the  bile. 
Chondritis — Inflammation  of  cartilage. 
Choroiditis — Inflammation  of  the  choroid  coat  of  the  eye. 
Chronic — A  lingering,  long-standing  disease,  succeeding  the  acute  stage. 

A  seated,  permi  nent  disease. 
Chyle — The  milky  liquid,  as  taken  from  the  food  during  digestion,  and 

prepared  from  the  chyme,  and  ready  to  be  absorbed  by  the  lacteal 

vessels  before  being  poured  fortU  into  the  blood. 


OIXMSSABT  OF  SCIENTIFIC  TERMS. 


1249 


Chyme-^-^ThQ  food  modified  and  prepared  by  the  action  of  the  stomach. 
Cicatrice — The  scar  left  after  the  healing  of  a  wound  or  ulcer. 
Circumscrihed — Limited.     In   pathology   applied   to  tumors  distinct  at 

their  base  from  the  surrounding  part. 
Circulation — The  vital  action  which  sends  the  blood  through  the  aiteries, 

and  back  again  through  the  veins  to  the  heart. 
Cleft — A  mark  ;  division  ;  furrow. 

Clyster — Liquid  medicine  injected  into  the  lower  intestine. 
Coagulate — To  clot,  as  the  blood  when  drawn. 
C oh    ion — Connected  ;  adhering  together  ;  sticking  together. 
Colic — Acute  pain  in  the  abdomen,  intensified  at  intervals. 
Collapse — A  falling  together.     A  closmg  of  the  vessels.     Extreme  de- 
pression of  the  vital  powers. 
Colon — ^The  largest  of  the  intestines,  or  more  properly,  the  largest  divis* 

Ion  of  the  intestinal  canal. 
Cmtiorh — ^The  act  of  copulation  ;  union  of  the  sexes. 
Coma — Lethargy.     Drowsiness  produced  by  depression  of  the  brain  and 

other  causes. 
Comatose — Constant  propensity  to  sleep. 
Conception — Fecundation  by  action  of  the  male. 
ConeUHon — A  healthy,  sei-viceable  state  of  the  system.     A  firm  state  of 

the  muscular  tissue. 
Congenital—Born  with  another ;  of  the  same  birth.     Belonging  to  the 

individual  from  birth. 
Congestion — An  accumulation  of  clogged  blood  in  the  vessels,  or  in  the 

parts,  as  the  lungs,  brain,  etc. 
Constrict — Drawing  or  binding  together,  as  constriction  of  the  muscles 

of  a  part. 
Contagions — A  disease  that  may  be  communicated  by  contact,  or  the 

matter  communicated,   or  proceeding  from  the  breath,  or  emanations 

of  the  body. 
Contorted — Twisted,  twisting,  writhing,  as  the  body  in  pain,  or  from  the 

result  of  disease. 
Contusion — A  bruise  ;  a  wound  made  by  a  blow  or  bruise. 
Convex — Having  a  rounded  surface.     The  opposite  of  concave. 
Concretion — Adherence  of  parts  naturally  separate.     In  chemistry,  coB* 

densation  of  fluids  or  other  substances  into  more  solid  matter. 
Condiment — Substances  used  to  improve  or  heighten  the  flavor  of  food. 
Confiuent — Running  together,   as   in   pimples   or  pustules  when  they 

become  confluent. 
V-nstipation — ^A  state  of  the  bowels  in  which  the  evacuations  are  unmat" 

'jjrally  hai'd.    A  stoppage  of  the  evacuation  of  the  bowels. 


1250       CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

Continuity — ^Parts  united  so  completely  that  they  cannot  be  separated 

without  laceration  or  fracture. 
Convalescent — Returning  to  health  after  sickness. 
Convoluted — Rolled  together  or  upon  itself.    The  cerebrum  is  convoluted. 

The  irregular  foldings  of  the  intestines  are  convolutions. 
Copious — Plentiful,  abundant,  as  a  copious  discharge. 
Core — The  hard  portion  of  purulent  matter,  as  in  boils. 
Corn — A  diseased  portion  of  the  foot, — in  the  horse,  between  the  bar 

and  the  quarter,  usually  on  the  inside. 
Coronet — The  upper  part  of  the  hoof,  just  where  it  joins  the  skin. 
Corrosive — ^That  which  eats  away,  destroying  the  texture  of  the  living 

body. 
Corrugation — ^Contracting  the  skin  into  wrinkles. 
Costa — A  rib.     Costal :  belonging  to  the  ribs. 
Counter  Irritation — An  application  to  irritate  one  pai-t  to  relieve  pain  in 

another.     A  blister  or  mustard  poultice  produces  counter  irritation. 
Cow-pox — Peculiar  pustules  upon  the  teats  of  cows,  from  which  the  vac- 
cine matter  is  obtained,  used  to  prevent  contagion  from  small-pox,  or 

to  mitigate  the  intensity  of  the  disease. 
Cranium — The  skull.     Cranial :  pertaining  to  the  skull. 
Crest — The  back  or  upper  j^art  of  the  neck  of  the  horse. 
Crepitation — Applied  to  the  noise  made  by  the  ends  of  fractured  bones, 

when  they  grate  together.     The  sound  produced  by  pressing  together 

cellular  tissue  in  which  air  is  contained. 
Cribbing  {of  horses) — The  act  of  seizing  any  hard  substance,  or  pressing 

thereon  witn  the  teeth,  and  gulping;  sometimes  called  wind  sucking, 

though  the  latter  is  not  necessarily  cribbing. 
Crisis — In  disease,  that  pomt  or  period  which  determines  a  favorable  oi 

unfavorable  termination. 
Crop — The  craw  or  first  stomach  of  a  fowl. 
Cruor — The  red  colored  portion  of  the  blood. 
Crupper — The  buttocks  of  a  horse. 

Crural — Pertaining  to  the  legs,  as  the  crural  arteries  and  veins. 
Crust — The  hoof,  so-called.     The  outside  luminal  of  the  hoof. 
Crusta — A  scab. 

Cul-de-sac — A  passage  closed  at  one  end. 
Cuneiform — Formed  like  a  wedge. 
Curb — A  soft  swelling,  becoming  hard,  situated  on  the  back  part  of  the 

hind  leg,  just  below  the  point  of  the  hock. 
Cuticle — The  epidermis  or  scurf  skin.     The  skin  is  composed  of  the  cutis 

vera,  reta  muscasum  and  cuticula. 
Cutaneous — Of  the  skin,  as  ^  cutaneous  affection. 


GLOSSARY  OF   SCIENTIFIC   TERMS.  1251 

Cyst,  Cystis — A  small  bladder  or  sac  ;  applied  to  those  containing  mor- 
bid matter  or  parasites,  which  become  encysted,  or  inclosed  in  an 
envelop. 

Cystic  Duct — The  duct  which  proceeds  from  the  gall  bladder,  uniting 
with  the  hepatic  duct. 

Cystitis — Inflammation  of  the  bladder.  Cystoplegia  is  paralysis  of  the 
bladder. 

Debility — The  condition  of  weakness  or  feebleness. 

Decoction — Extraction  of  the  soluble  parts  of  substances  by  boiling. 

Decompose — To  decay.     To  separate  into  component  parts. 

Defecation — Purifying  from  impurities  of  foreign  matter.  Voidnig  the 
excrement  from  the  body. 

Degenerate — To  become  worse  or  inferior. 

Deleterious — Injurious,  poisonous  or  destructive. 

Delirium — Insanity  ;  a  wandering  of  mind  in  disease. 

Deliquescent — Any  salt  which  becomes  liquid  by  attracting  moisture  from 
the  air. 

Demulcent — That  which  sheaths  and  protects  irritated  surfaces. 

Dens — A  tooth.  Dental :  pertaining  to  the  teeth.  Dentition  :  the  de- 
velopment of  the  teeth, 

Depilitory — Any  agent  or  thing  which  causes  the  loss  of  the  hair. 

Dermal — Belonging  to  the  skin. 

Desiccate — To  make  dry  by  heat. 

Detergents — Medicines  having  the  power  of  cleansing  the  vessels  or  skin. 

Develop — To  increase.  A  disease  develops  its  intensity.  To  show 
increasing  muscular  form.     Bringing  to  perfection. 

Diabetes — An  excessive  flow  of  urine  containing  saccharine  matter. 

Diagnosis — The  distinguishing  of  one  disease  from  another. 

Diaphoretic — A  medicine  which  causes  perspiration  or  sweating. 

Diaphragm — The  midriff.  The  membrane,  or  broad  muscle,  which  divides 
the  thorax  or  chest  from  the  abdomen  or  belly. 

Diarrhae,a — A  continued  and  profuse  discharge  from  the  bowels. 

Diet — Any  kind  of  food  or  drink.    Dietary  :  a  regulated  allowance  of  food. 

Diffuse — To  extend  or  drive  out.  That  which  may  flow  or  si)read,  as  a 
diffusible  stimulant. 

Digestion — The  separation  and  dissolving  of  the  food  in  the  stomach. 
Digestive  ointment  has  the  power  of  resolving  tumors. 

Dilate — To  open  wide,  as  dikition  of  the  eye. 

Dilatation — The  expanding  of  a  body,  as  of  the  heart,  arteries,  the  blad- 
der, etc  ,  from  over-fullness. 

Dilute — To  make  thin,  as  a  medicine  with  water,  with  oil,  etc. 

Diminution — A  lessening,  or  decreasing,  as  of  pain,  etc. 


1252        CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

Diploma — A  document  granted  by  a  legally  chartered  college,  showing 
that  the  person  named  is  entitled  to  practice  his  or  her  profession. 

Disinfectant — An  agent  capable  of  neutralizing  morbific  effluvia,  or  the 
cause  of  infection. 

Dislocation — Putting  out  of  joint. 

Disorganization — A  complete  morbid  change  in,  or  even  total  destruction 
of,  the  structure  or  texture  of  an  organ. 

Dissection — Exposing  the  different  parts  of  a  dead  body,  that  their  ar- 
rangement and  structure  may  be  studied. 

Distorted — Deformed,  crooked,  out  of  the  natural  shape. 

Distend — To  stretch  out,  or  swell. 

Diuresis — An  extraordinary  or  abundant  excretion  of  urine. 

Diuretic — A  medicine  to  increase  the  flow  of  urine. 

Doctor — In  a  common  sense,  applied  to  a  person  legally  qualified  to  prac- 
tice medicine.  In  its  real  sense,  applying  to  various  titles,  as  Ph,  D., 
Doctor  of  Philosophy;  D.  D.,  Doctor  of  Divinity;  LL.  D,,  Doctor 
of  Laws. 

Domestic — Relating  or  belonging  to  the  home  or  farm. 

Dorsal — Pertaining  to  the  back.     The  dorsal  column  :  the  back-bone. 

Drachm — The  eighth  part  of  an  ounce. 

Drastic — Powerfully  acting  medicines  or  poisons. 

Drench — Liquid  medicine  given  by  the  mouth. 

Drug — Originally,  a  medicine  in  its  simple  form,  but  now  applied  to 
medicines  generally. 

Duct — A  tube  for  conveying  a  fluid  or  the  secretions  of  the  glands. 

Duodenum — The  first  portion  of  the  small  intestine,  through  which  the 
bile  is  poured. 

Dura  Mater — ^A  fibrous,  semi-transparent  membrane,  lining  the  cavity  of 
the  cranium,  and  containing  the  brain,  (of  which  it  may  be  considered 
the  outer  membrane),  and  protecting  the  same  by  its  thickness  and 
great  resisting  power. 

Dysentery — Inflammation  of  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  large  intes- 
tines, producing  mucous  or  bloody  evacuations. 

Dyspepsia — Serious  derangement  of  the  digestive  functions. 

Dysphagia — Difficulty  of  swallowing. 

Dyspnoea — ^Difficulty  of  breathing. 

Dysuria — Painful  and  incomplete  passage  of  urine. 

EcbolicSf  Parturients — Agents  causing  the  contraction  of  the  womb. 

Ectozoon — Parasites,  as  lice,  infesting  the  surface  of  the  body.  Entozoa : 
parasites  within  the  body. 

Eczema — Small  pustules  crowded  together,  not  contagious,  but  producing 
a  smarting  pain. 


GLOSSARY  OF  SCIENTIFIC  TSRMS.  1253 

Effluvia — Morbid  exhalations  of  the  body ;  sometimes  applied  to  animal 

and  vegetable  odors. 
Effusion^=-'A  flowing  out,  as  of  the  blood,  water  or  lymph,  into  the 


Ejection — Casting  out,  as  ejecting  improper  matters  from  the  stomach. 

Elastio-^ThQ  property  of  springing  or  stretching. 

Elephantiasis — Chronic  lymphangitis,  by  which  the  limb  is  enlarged, 

resembling  the  leg  of  an  elephant. 
Emasculation — Removal  of  the  male  generative  organs  ;  castration. 
Embryo— ThQ  impregnated  ovum  in  the  womb,  after  growth  has  com* 

meoced. 
Emetic— A  medicine  given  to  produce  vomiting. 
EmoUients — Agents  which  have  the  power  of  softening  or  relaxing. 
Empiric — One  whose  skill  is  experimental,  or  the  result  of  mere  ex- 
perience. 
Ena7nd~—ThQ  hard  outer  covering  of  the  teeth. 
Encysted — ^Enclosed  in  a  sac. 

Enema — Medicines  given  by  injection  into  the  bowels. 
Engorgement — In  animals,  vascular  congestion,  the  result  of  over-feeding. 
Enteric — Belonging  to  the  bowels. 
Enteritis — Inflammation  of  the  bowels. 

Enterorapliy — The  sewmg  together  of  the  divided  edges  of  the  intestines. 
£[p^t?e»^^o— Disease  that  affects  a  large  number,  as  though  carried  in  the 

air 
Epiglottis — The  covering  of  the  glottis „      A  tongue-shaped  projection,  to 

prevent  food  or  liquids  from  entering  the  wind-pipe. 
Epizootic — Contagious  disease,  attacking  large  numbers  of  horses  at  one 

time.     Applied  to  catarrhal  fever  in  influenza,  which  spreads  rapidly. 
Equine — Belonging  to  the  horse. 
Equitation — The  art  of  riding  on  horseback. 
Eruption — ^Pimples,  blisters,  rash,  etc.,  breaking  out  on  the  skin. 
Esopkagtts — The  gullet,  or  tube  of  the  throat  which  conveys  food  to  the 

stomach. 
Essence — The  properties  or  virtues  extracted  from  any  substance. 
Evacuate — To  empty  or  pass  out,  as  to  evacuate  the  bowels. 
Ewe-necked — In  the  horse,  having  a  neck  like  a  shorn  sheep. 
Exanthema — Eruption  of  the  skin,  with  fever. 
Excision — Cutting  out,  or  cutting  off,  any  part. 
Excoriate — To  tear  or  strip  off  the  skin  ;  to  wear  away  or  abrade ;  to 

break  the  skin  in  any  manner,  as  in  galling,  or  with  acrid  substancea* 
J:ixcremenz — Hefuse  matter.     The  dung, 
^iujreecence— Unnatural  or  superfluous  growth. 


1254       CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

Excreting — Throwing  out  from  the  body. 

Excretion — ^The  act  of  throwing  off  effete  matter  from  the  animal  sys- 
tem ;  that  which  is  thus  thrown  off. 

Exfoliation — Separation  or  scaling  off  of  dead  from  living  bone.  Sepa- 
ration of  scales  (laminaj)  from  any  substance. 

Exhale — Breathing  out,  evaporating. 

Exostosis — Unnatural  growth  or  })r()jection  of  bone. 

Exotic — Foreign.  Tbat  which  belongs  naturally  to  another  district  than 
our  own. 

Extensor-tendon- 'Tha  tendons  which  stretch  out  the  limbs. 

Extirpation — The  complete  removal  of  a  part  by  means  of  the  knife. 

Extravasate — To  let  out  of  the  proper  vessels,  as  blood,  after  the  rui)ture 
of  a  blood-vessel. 

Extremities — The  limbs. 

Exudation — A  sweating,  or  passing  out  of  a  liquid  through  the  walls  or 
membranes  containing  it. 

Exude — To  discharge  through  the  pores. 

Facial — Pertaining  to  the  face. 

Foices — The  excrement. 

Farcy — A  disease  of  the  lymphatics  of  the  skin  of  the  horse.  Also,  a 
disease  allied  to  glanders. 

Fat — The  well  known  animal  substance,  whose  natural  function  it  is  to 
protect  the  organs,  maintain  the  temperature,  and  nourish  in  case  of 
need. 

Febrifuge — A  medicine  to  lower  the  temperature  of  the  body,  and  counter- 
act fever. 

Feculent — Foul  or  impure  matter,  formed  by  the  breaking  down  of  the 
tissues ;  excrementitious  matter. 

Femur — The  thigh  bone  proper. 

Fermentation — ^Incipient  decomposition  of  vegetable  substances,  from 
souring. 

Fester — To  suppurate,  and  discharge  corrupt  matter. 

Fetid — Having  an  offensive  odor. 

Fibrin — An  organic  substance  found  in  the  blood,  and  composing  a  large 
part  of  the  tissues  of  the  body.  Fibrous  membrane  :  a  membrane 
composed  of  fibres. 

Fibula — The  small  or  splinter  bone  of  the  leg.  The  outer  bone  of  the 
hind  leg  of  the  horse,  etc., — much  smaller  than  the  tibia. 

Filtration — Straining  a  liquid  to  clarify  it. 

Fissure — An  opening,  a  crack. 

Fistula — ^A  deep,  narrow  ulcer,  having  a  passage  leading  to  it. 

FietubMS — Resembling  a  fistula,  either  in  form  or  nature. 


GLOSSARY    OF    SCIENTIFIC    TERMS.  1255 

Flanks — That  part  of  the  horse  between  the  false  ribs,  hips  and  stifle. 
Flatulent — Affected  with,  or  caused  by,  the  generation  of  gas  or  wind  in 

the  stomach  and  intestines,  as  tiatulent  colic. 
Fleam — An  instrument  used  for  bleeding  the  larger  domestic  animals. 
Flex — To  bend,  as  the  head,  neck  or  limb  ;  as,  a  muscle  flexing  the  arm. 
Flexor — A  muscle  whose   office   it  is  to  bend  a  part ;  in  opposition  to 

extensor. 
Florid — Red  or  scarlet  like,  from  excess  of  blood  in  a  part. 
Foetus — The  young,  yet  unborn. 
Fomentation — The  application  of  warmth  and  moisture,  as  with  a  liquid 

or  poultice. 
Foramen.     A  cavity  pierced  through  and  through. 
Forceps — Long  pointed  pincers  or  nippers. 
Fracture — The  breaking  of  a  bone. 
Friction — Exciting  circulation  by  rubbing. 
Fumigate — The  application  of  smoke  or  vapor. 
Function — The  ofiice  or  duty  of  any  part  of  the  body. 
Fundament — The  anus  or  extremity  of  the  bowel.     The  end  of  the  gut. 
Fungus — An  unnatural  growth  resembling  mushrooms. 
Qall — The  fluid  contained  in  the  gall-bladder,  consisting,  principally,  of 

the  bile  secreted  by  the  liver. 
Ganglion — A  collection  or  bunch  of  nerve  fibers,  causing  the  enlargement 

of  a  nerve,  and  resembling  a  knot. 
Gangrene — The  mortification  or  death  of  any  part  of  the  body,  or  of  any 

of  its  tissues. 
Gas — An  emanation,  or  invisible  fluid,  generated  in  the  body. 
Gastric — Pertaining  to  the  stomach. 
Gastritis — Inflammation  of  the  stomach. 
Gelatine — Animal  jelly. 

Generate — To  beget  offspring  ;  begetting  or  producing  young  ;  breeding. 
Genital — Relating  to  reproduction  of  young,  or  to  the  generative  parts. 
Gland — A  structure  for  secreting  certain  fluids  of  the  body,  and  contain- 
ing a  tube. 
Gestation — The  condition  of  pregnancy,  or  being  with  young. 
Glanders — An  exceedingly  contagious    disease,  which  is    incurable  and 

fatal . 
Gleet — Thin  matter  issuing  from  an  ulcer.     In  horses,  applied  to  nasal 

gleet  exclusively. 
Glottis — The  narrow  opening  at  the  top  of  the  windpipe. 
Graminivorous — Feeding  on  grass  and  other  vegetable  food. 
Granivorous — Feeding  on  grain  or  seeds. 


1256       CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

Granulate — To  grow  or  develop  in  the  form  of  grains,  as  new  flesh  in 

the  healing  of  wounds. 
Gravel — Calculous  matter  found  in  the  kidneys. 
Gravid — The  state  of  being  with  young. 
Gullet — The  oesophagus,  or  food  pipe  leading  to  the  stomach. 
Haggard — Worn  down  ;  thin  ;  ghastly  ;  deathlike. 
Haunch — That  part  of  the  body  which  lies  between  the  last  ribs  and  the 

thigh.     In  the  horse,  the  bony  region  of  the  hips. 
Haw — The  process  of  the  eye-socket,  which  is  thrown  over  the  eye  to 

clear  it  of  foreign  substances. 
Haemal — Relating  to  the  blood. 
Hcematin — The  coloring  matter  of  the  blood. 
Hectic — A  constitutional  and  remitting  fever  exhibited  in  consumption ; 

produced  also  by  ulcers,  sores,  etc. 
Helix — The  outer  circumference  or  ring  of  the  external  ear. 
Hemorrhage — A  discharge  of  blood  from  the  vessels  containing  it. 
Hepatic — Belonging  to  the  liver. 
Hepatitis — Influnmiation  of  the  liver. 
Hepatized — Converted  into  a  liver-like  substance. 
Herbivorous — Feeding  on  herbs. 
Hereditary — Inbred  from  the  parents,  as  disease,  color,  vices,  and  other 

peculiarities. 
Hermaphrodite — Possessing  the  attributes  of  both  sexes,  in  a  greater  or 
lesser  degree  ;  being  of,   or  including,  both  sexes.      Said   of  animals, 
plants  or  flowers. 
Hernia — Rupture,  or  soft  tumor  formed  by  the  protrusion  of  any  of  the 

viscera  of  the  abdomen. 
Hippopathology — The  science  which  treats  of  the  diseases  of  horses  ;  the 

leading  branch  of  veterinary  science. 
Homogeneous — Being  of  the  same  kind  or  quality  throughout. 
Hue — Color. 

Humor — Any  fluid  of  the  body,  excepting  the  blood. 
Humerus — The  upper  arm-bone  ;  upper  bone  of  the  fore-leg. 
Hybrid — The  offspring  of  two  different  species  of  animals,  as  of  the  horse 

and  ass  (the  mule). 
Hydragogue — A  medicine  which  removes  effused  fluids  from  the  systi^m. 
Hydrocephalus — Water  in  (dropsy  of)  the  head. 
Hygiene — The  preservation  of  health  and  prevention  of  disease. 
Hypertrophy — Excessive  growth. 

Hypodermic — Beneath  the  skin .    Used  principally  of  medicines — as  mor- 
phia, etc., — applied  by  injection  under  the  skin. 
Hysterics — A  nervous  disability,  mostly  among  females. 


GLOSSARY    OF    SCIENTIFIC   TERMS.  1257 

Ileum — The  lower  part  of  the  small  intestine. 

Impotence — Inability  to  iserforni  the  sexual  function. 

Impregnation — The  act  of  rendering,  or  state  of  being,  pregnant. 

Incision — Cutting  into  ;  a  clean  cut ;  cutting,  as  in  any  operation  per- 
formed. 

Incontinence — Inability  to  retain  the  natural  evacuations. 

Induration — The  hardening  of  a  part  from  the  effects  of  disease. 

Incisors — The  front  teeth  of  the  jaws. 

Infection — Communicating  disease  by  miasma  or  emanations  from  a  dis- 
eased body. 

Influenza — An  epidemic  disease,  causing  general  depression,  with  fever. 

Infusion — Liquid  produced  by  steeping  an  insoluble  substance  in  water, 
without  boiling. 

Ingesta — Food  taken  into  the  stomach. 

Inhalation — A  drawing  into  tl  3  lungs  ;  the  inbreathing  of  medicated  or 
poisonous  fumes. 

Inject — To  throw  in  artificially,  as  from  a  syringe. 

Injection — Liquid  medicine  thrown  into  a  natural  or  artificial  cavity. 

Inoculation — The  production  of  disease  by  virus  or  matter  from  a  sore, 
communicated  from  one  animal  to  another. 

Instinct — Sense,  as  applied  to  animals. 

Integument — The  covering  which  invests  the  body  (the  skin),  or  a  mem- 
brane covering  any  particular  part  of  it. 

Intercostal — Between  the  ribs. 

Interfering — The  cutting  of  one  foot  or  leg  with  the  other. 

Intermittent — In  fevers,  a  characteristic  by  which  the  paroxysms  intermit 
or  cease,  returning  at  regular,  or  nearly  regular,  intervals. 

Interstices — The  minute  spaces  between  the  particles  of  a  body. 

Intestines — The  bowels.  The  alimentary  canal,  leading  from  the  stomach 
to  the  anus. 

Invert — To  turn  about  or  upside  down. 

Invigorators — Strengthening  medicines,  or  agents. 

Iris — The  circular  membrane  of  the  eye  floating  in  the  aqueous  humor, 
and  perforated  to  form  the  pupil. 

Isomeric — Composed  of  the  same  elements  in  the  same  proportions,  but 
chemically  and  physically  different. 

Ifisue — A  running  sore,  artificially  produced,  and  kept  open  to  relieve 
irritation  or  morbid  action  in  a  neighl)oiing  i)art. 

Jaundice — A  diseased  condition  resulting  from  derangement  of  the 
liver,  and  characterized  by  great  lassitude,  and  by  yellowness  of  the 
eyes,  skin  and  urine. 


1258        CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  8TOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

Jejunum — That  part  of  the  small  intestines  comprised  between  the  duo^ 

denum  and  ileum. 
Jet— The  peculiar  flow  of  blood  from  the  arteries,  in  a  spurting  motion. 
Jugal  region — The  region  of  the  cheek-bone. 
Jugular — The  large  vein  of  the  neck. 
Labial — Belonging  or  relating  to  the  lips. 
Lacerate — To  tear.     A  lacerated  wound  is  a  torn  wound. 
Lachrymal — Pertaining  to  the  tears.     The  lachrymal  duct  is  the  duct 

leading  from  the  eye  to  the  membrane  of  the  nose. 
Lactation — The  act  of  giving  suck,  or  time  of  suckling. 
Lactiferous — Bearing  or  conveying  milk  ;  as,  a  lactiferous  duct. 
Lamella— K  thin  plate  or  scale  of  anything  ;  pertaining  to  the  anatomy 

of  the  hoof. 
Laminitis — Founder ;  a  disease  consisting  of  inflammation  of  the  parts 

between  the  pedal  or  coffin  l)one  and  the  sensitive  laminaj. 
Lancinating— ^hai'i^,  acute,  shooting ,  in  a  manner  as  if  tearing ;  thus, 

a  lancinating  pain. 
Languor — Weakness,  faintness,  debility. 
Laryngitis — Inflammation  of  the  larynx. 
Larynx — The  swell  at  the  upper  part  of  the  wind-pipe,  and  extending 

into  the  throat. 
Lateral — At  or  to  one  side. 

Laxative — A  medicine  which  gently  opens  the  bowels. 
Lens — In  oculary  anatomy,  a  portion  of  the  eye  situated  immediately 

back  of  the  cornea. 
Lesion — Disease  of  a  structure  ;  any  hurt  or  injury. 
Levator — A  general  name  for  a  muscle  whose  office  it  is  to  raise  some 

part,  as  the  lip  or  eyelid. 
Ligaments — The  bands  of  the  joints  binding  them  strongly  together. 
Ligature — Silk  or  flax  thread,  or  any  material  suitable  for  tying  arteries. 

A  bandage  used  in  the  operation  of  bleeding. 
Liniment — A  fluid  medicine  employed  externally  and  with  friction. 
Liquefaction — The  act  or  process  of   reducing  a  solid   substance  to  a 

liquid  form. 
Lithotomy — The  operation   of   extracting  stone   from    the   bladder,   by 

cutting. 
Liver — The  largest  gland  of  the  body,  its  office  being  to  secrete  the  bile. 
Lobe — A  round  projecting  part  of  an  organ. 
Local — Confined  to  a  certain  part  or  district. 
Lotion — A  fluid  applied  externally,   usually  by  means  of  a  cloth  kept 

constantly  wet  therewith. 


GLOSSARY    OF    SCIENTIFIC    TERMS.  1259 

Lubricate — To  moisten,  as  the  lubrication  of  the  joints  and  moving  parts 

by  their  appropriate  fluids. 
Lumbago — Rheumatism  of  the  lumbar  region. 
Lymph — A  transparent  and  nearly  colorless  fluid.     The  fluid   contamed 

in,  and  poured  out  by,  the  lymphatics. 
Lymphatics — The  vessels  of  animal  bodies  ^\hich  contain  the  lymph. 
Macerate — Steeped  almost  to  solution.     Thorough  soaking  of  a  part  in 

water  previous  to  dissection. 
Malady — Disease  or  ailment. 
Malar — Pertaining  to  the  cheek-bone. 

Malanders — An  ulcerous  condition  on  the  inside  of  a  horse's  legs. 
Malaria — Infectious  and  noxious  eflluvia,  from   decomposing  animal  or 

vegetable  matter. 
Malformation — Badly  or  unnaturally  shaped  or  formed. 
Malignant — Severe  ;  long  ;  dangerous  disease. 
Mammal — Having  an  udder  or  teats  for  suckling  the  young. 
Mammary  glands — The  glands  which  secrete  the  milk. 
Mange — A  contagious  disease  caused  by  the  presence  of  acari  in  the  skin 
Mai-row — The  fatty  substance  in  the  hollow  of  cylindrical  bones. 
Mastication — The  act  of  chewing  the  food. 
Materia  medica — A  term  including  all  medicines  or  substances  used  in 

the  cure  of  diseases. 
Maxilla — The  upper  or  lower  jaw. 

Mediastinum — The  partition  formed  by  the  meeting  of  the  pleura,  divid- 
ing the  chest  into  tw'o  lateral  parts,  and  separating  the  lungs. 
Medidlary — Consisting  of,  resembling,  or  pertaining  to,  marrow. 
Membrane — A  thin  animal  tissue.     The  thin  covering  of  the  brain,  bones 

and  other  organs. 
Mental — Relating  to  the  mind,  or  to  the  reasoning  faculty. 
Mesentery — The  membrane  which  attaches  the  intestines  to  the  spine. 
Mesacolon — A  process  of   the  peritoneum  to  which  the  colon  is  attached. 
Metastasis — The  transference  or  removal  of  disease  from  one  part  to 

another,  or  such  change  as  is  succeeded  by  a  solution. 
Miasma — Impalpable   germs,    the   product   of   putrefaction   (animal  wr 

vegetable),  producing  disease. 
Midrif — Th  e  di  aph  ragm . 

Milk  fever — A  fever  preceding  or  accompanying  the  secretion   of   railk. 
Morbid — A  state  of  disease  ;  the  product  or  result  of  an  uimatural  state, 

as  morbid  humors  ;  a  failing,  sinking  state. 
Mortification — The  death  of  a  part  from  gangrene. 
Motor — That  which  causes,  or   is  the  instrument  of,  movemeiit;  as,  the 

motor  muscles. 


t260       OYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

Mucilage — A  jelly-like  fluid  ;  one  of  the  proximate  eleiLcnts  of  vege- 
tables, al)undtint  in  slippery  elm  ;  the  agent  which  lubricates  the  joints. 

Mucus — The  substance  secreted  by  the  mucous  membranes,  and  effused! 
upon  the  surfaces  of  the  membranes,  as  the  running  of  the  nose  in  a 
cold. 

Muscles — The  organs  of  motion.  The  voluntary  muscles  constitute  the 
lean  meat,  or  flesh  of  animals. 

Muscular  fiber — Fibers  composing  the  body  of  a  muscle,  disposed  in  dis- 
tinct bundles 

Myeline — The  fatty  substance  in  nerve  tissues. 

Myitis  myosotis — Inflammation  of  a  muscle. 

Myology — The  branch  of  anatomy  treating  of  the  muscles. 

Myotomy — Dissection  of  the  muscles. 

2^(2vus — A  natural  mark  or  blemish  ;  a  birth-mark. 

Narcoma — Stupor  from  the  influence  of  opium  or  other  narcotic. 

Narcotics — Drugs  which  allay  pain  and  produce  sleep. 

Nasal — Pertaining  to  the  nose. 

Naturalia — The  parts  of  generation. 

Nauseants — Medicines  that  sicken  the  stomach. 

Navel — The  umbilicus. 

Necrosis — Death  of  a  bone,  or  of  a  portion  of  bone. 

Nephritis — Inflammation  of  the  kidneys. 

Nerves — The  fibrous  system  which  conveys  sensations  to  the  brain  and 
through  the  body. 

Nervous — Having  weak  nerves. 

Neuralgia — A  painful  disease,  or  affection  of,  one  or  some  of  the  nerves. 

Neurotomy — The  cutting  or  division  of  a  nerve. 

Neutralize — To  destroy  the  force  or  effect  of  anything. 

Nictitation — A  quick  and  frequent  winking  of  the  eyelids. 

Nitrate  of  silver — Lunar  caustic. 

Nutritive — Tending  to  nourish  or  build  up  ;  strong,  healthy  food. 

Nutrition — The  process  by  which  the  food  taken  is  assimilated  ;  to  repair 
waste  and  promote  growth. 

Obesity — Exceeding  fatness^ 

Oblique — Slanting. 

Obliteration — Alteration  in  the  appearance  or  function  of  a  part  prevent- 
ing its  action. 

Occult — Hidden.  Applied  to  diseases  whose  causes  or  successful  treat- 
ment are  not  understood. 

Ocular,  oculary — Relating  to  the  eyes. 

Odontalgia — Violent  toothache,  usually  from  decay. 


GLOSSAEY   OF   SCIENTIFIC  TERMS.  1261 

Oedema — Effusion  of  serous  fluid  into  the  cellular  tissues,  producing 

svvelliug. 
Oil — Fluid  fatty  or  unctuous  substances,   either  animal  or  vegetable. 

Oils  are  either  fixed  or  volatile  ;  the  former  leave  a  greasy  stain  on 

paper. 
Omentum. — The  caul.     A  fold  of  the  peritoneal  membrane,  covering  the 

intestines  in  front,  and  attached  to  the  stomach. 
Omnivorous — Animals  which  cat  all  kinds  of  food.     Swine   are  omniv- 
orous, in  the  general  acceptation  of  the  term. 
Opacity — Want  of  transparency ;    that  quality  of  bodies  by  virtue  of 

which  they  cannot  transmit  rays  of  light. 
Optic — Relating  to  the  sight,  as  the  optic  nerve  ;  relating  to  the   laws  of 

vision. 
Or'bit — In  ocular  anatomy,  the  bony  cavity  in  whicli  the  eye  is  situated. 
Organ — The    natural    instrument    by    which    a   process    or   function   is 

carried  on. 
Organic — Composed  of,  or  pertaining  to,  an  organ  or  its  functions;  de. 

pendent  on,  or  resulting  from,  organism. 
Orifice — The  mouth  or  entrance  to  any  cavity  of  the  body. 
Origin — The  beginning  or  starting  point  of  a  thing. 
Os — The  technical  name  for  bone. 
Os  calcis — The  tip  of  the  back. 
Osseous — Bony,  or  resembling  bone, 
Os  cheocele — Scrotal  hernia.     Any  tumor  of  the  hernia. 
Ossification — Changing  to  bone.     Bony  formation. 
Ostalgia — Pain  in  one  or  some  of  the  bones. 
Osteo  sarcoma — A  fleshy,    cartilaginous    mass,  growing  within  a  bone, 

enlarging  and  sometimes  fracturing  it. 
Ovariotomy — The  art  or  operation  of  removing  the  ovaries  from   the 

female  animal ;  spaying — analogous  to  the  gelding  of  the  male. 
Ovaries — The  organs  connected  with  the  uterus  that  mature  and  give  off 

the  ova  (eggs)  which,  when  impregnated,  produce  the  foetus. 
Ovule — The  impregnated  germ  or  egg. 
Oxidize — The  change  formed  by  the  action  of  oxygen,  or  air  containing 

oxygen,  on  any  substance.    The  changing  of  the  black  or  venous  blood 

into  red  or  arterial  blood,  in  the  lungs. 
Ozcena — Gleet,  catarrh. 
Pabulum — That  which  is  proper  for  food. 
Palate — The  roof  of  the  mouth. 
Palpitation — A  rapid,  thumping  movement  of  the  heart,  from  mental 

excitement  or  from  disease. 


1262        CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

Panacea — A  supposed  universal  cure.     A  medicine  applicable  to  manv 

cases. 
Pancreas — The  narrow,  flat  gland  extending  across  the  abdomen,  some- 
times called  the  sweet-bread. 
Paralysis — An  affection  impairing  or  destroying  the  natural  function,  and 

especially  the  voluntary  movement,  of  a  i)art ;  in  popular  usage,  the 

palsy. 
Parotid— ^anv  the  car.   Parotid  gland  :  the  largest  of  the  salivary  glands. 
Paroxysyn — In   disease,   a  recurrence  coming  on  after  an  intermission. 

Chills  and  fever,  for  example,  are  paroxysmal. 
Parturition — The  act  of  bringing  forth  young. 
Patella — The  knee-pan. 
Pathology — The  science   which  treats  of  the  causes,  nature,  symptoms 

and  cure  of  diseases. 
Paunch — The  rtrst  stomach  of  ruminating  aninuils. 
Pectoral — Pertaining  to  the  breast,  as  the  pectoral  nuiscles.     A  medicine 

adapted  to  relieve  affections  of  the  chest  and  lungs. 
Pectin — Tiie  gchitinizing  principle  of  certain  fruits  and  vegetables. 
Pelvis — That  i)art  of  the  trunk  bounding  the  abdomen,  containing  a  pan 

of  the  intestines,  and  the  internal  urinary  and  genital  organs. 
Penis — The  exterior  male  organ  of  urination,  and  of  the  passage  of  the 

semen. 
Pepsin — A  substance  assisting  digestion. 
Peptic — Promoting  digestion  ;  relating  to  digestion. 
Pericarditis — Inflammation  of  the  pericardium. 
Pericardium — The  serous  membrane  enclosing  the  heart. 
Perichondrium — The  membrane  covering  the  cartilages. 
Pericranium — The  membrane  lining  the  bones  of  the  skull. 
Perinoeum — The  space  between  the  anus  and  the  genital  organs. 
Periosteum — The  fibrous  membrane  investing  a  bone. 
Peritoneum — The  serous  membrane  lining  the  cavity  of  the  abdomen 
Peritonitis — Inflammation  of  the  peritoneum. 
Permeate — To  penetrate  every  part  of,  and  pass  through  without  rupture 

or  sensible  displacement.    Water  permeates  sand  ;  light  permeates  glass. 
Pharynx — The  opening  or  tube  at  the  back  part  of  the  mouth  which 

leads  to  the  stomach. 
Phlebitis — Inflammation  of  a  vein. 
Phlebotomy — The  operation  or  act  of  bleeding. 
PhthiAs — Consumption . 
Physiology — The  science  which  treats  of  the  functions  of    the  varioui? 

organs  of  a  living  body. 


GLOSSARY    OF    SCIENTIFIC    TERMS.  1263 

Piles — A  disease  consisting  of  chronic  dilatation  or  small  tumors  of  the 
blood-vessels  immediately  about  the  anus,  and  attended  with  more  or 
less  pain. 

Placenta — The  membrane  covering  the  young  in  the  womb ;  the  after- 
birth. 

Plethora — A  full  habit  of  body  ;  full  of  blood. 

Pleura — The  serous  membrane  lining  the  interior  of  the  chest,  and 
covering  the  lungs,  which  it  lubricates  with  its  secretions. 

Plexus — Any  union  of  vessels,  nerves  or  fibers  in  the  form  of  net  work. 

Pneumonia — Inflanmiation  of  the  lungs. 

Poison — Any  substance,  animal,  vegetable  or  mineral,  which  appHed  ex- 
ternally or  taken  internally,  causes  either  death  or  serious  hurtful 
changes.  Poisons  are  classified  as  irritant,  narcotic,  sedative,  acro-nar- 
cotic,  and  acro-sedative. 

Poll-evil — A  chronic,  suppurating  abscess,  on  the  summit  of  a.  horse's 
head,  around  the  attachments  of  the  cervical  ligaments. 

Polypus — A  tumor  with  narrow  base,  in  the  nostrils,  uterus,  vagina,  etc. 

Post-mortem — Literally,  after  death.     The  examination  of   a  dead  body. 

Predisposed — Prepared  or  fitted  for  beforehand  ;  inclined  to  ;  as,  being 
predisposed  to  disease. 

Prepuce — The  cutaneous  fold  covering  the  glans  penis. 

Prohang —  A  flexible,  knobbed  instrument,  for  pressing  into  the  stom- 
ach food  or  other  substance  which  may  have  lodged  in  the  throat. 

Process — Prominence;  a  projecting  part;  any  i)rotuberance,  eminence 
or  projecting  bone. 

Profuse — Abundant,  plentiful ;  as,  a  profuse  discharge. 

Prognosis — The  act  or  art  of  judging  by  the  symptoms  the  probable 
course  of  a. disease. 

Prolapsus  uteri — Falling  of  the  womb. 

Prolapsus  recti — Falling  of  the  rectum. 

Proud  fiesh — A  fungous  growth  on  an  ulcer,  or  an  excrescence  of  flesh 
in  a  wound  from  excessive  granulation. 

Pulmonary — Pertaining  to,  or  affecting,  the  lungs. 

Pulsation — A  beating  or  throbbing  of  the  heart  or  arteries. 

Pulse — The  action  or  beat  of  the  arteries. 

Pumices — The  letting  down  or  falling  of  the  coffin  bone  on  the  sole. 

Puncture — Any  orifice  made  with  a  pointed  instrument. 

Pupil — The  ball  or  apple  of  the  eye,  through  which  the  rays  of  light 
pass  to  the  crystalline  humors. 

Purgative — ^Any  medicine  having  the  power  of  operating  strongly  on  the 
bowels. 


126-'^       CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

Pus — The  matter  discharged  from  a  tumor  when  hmced,  or  from  sores. 

Healthy  pus  is  yellowish  white  in  color,  and  is  always  secreted  in  the 

process  of  healing. 
Pulref action — The    process    of    decomposition ;    state    of    corruption ; 

rottenness. 
Pylorus — The  lower  orifice  of   the   stomach   on   its   right  side,   through 

which  the  food  passes  to  the  intestines. 
Quack — A  pretender  in  medicine.     A  charlatan. 
Qualmisii — Sick  at  the  stomach  ;   suifering  from  nausea. 
Quiescent^-At  rest.     Showing  no  pain.     Making  no  sounc* 
Quitlor — An  ulcerous  formation,  rescml),ing  fistula,  inside  a  horse's  foot. 
Rabies — Madness  ;   hydrophobia. 
Rachitis — Inflammation  of  the  spine  ;  rickets.      The  latter  word  is  i)rob- 

ably  a  corruption  of  rachitis. 
Ramify — Branched  ;  running  in  various  directions. 

Rancid — Having  a  rank,  strong  smell ;  in  a  state  of  incipient  putrefac- 
tion. 
Raphe — A  seam  or  suture. 
Rash — An  eruption  of  the  skin. 

Receptacle — That  which  receives  or  contains  something  else. 
Rectum — The  last  intestine.     The  anal  gut. 
Reflux — In  medicine,  the  return  of  the  blood  from  the   head,  or  f::D.- 

towards  the  extremities  to  the  heart. 
Refrigerants — Medicines  or  lotions  to  diminish  heat. 
Regurgitate — To  throw  or  pour  back  ;  to  swallow  again. 
Relax — To  abate  ;  to  become  more  mild,  or  less  rigorous. 
Remittent — Ceasing  for  a  time,  as  a  fever  or  a  pain. 
Reproduction — The  act  or  process  of  reproducing  the  young  ;  breeding. 
Resolvent — A  substance  or  medicine  that  will  scatter  inflammatory  or 

other  tumors,  and  prevent  their  suppuration. 
Respiration — The  act  of  breathing. 
Respiratory  murmur — The  nmrmur  which,  when  the  ear  or  stethoscope 

is  applied  to  the  chest,  is  heard  in  the  lungs,  and  attending  the  act  of 

breathing. 
Retention — A  stopping  or  withholding,  as  retention  of  the  urine. 
Retina — The  expansion  of  the  optic  nerve  in  the  back  part  of   the  eye, 

on  which  the  image  is  produced,  in  the  act  of  seeing,  or  vision. 
Repulsion — In  physics,  that  power  by  which  particles  or  bodies  are  made 

to  recede  from  each  other. 
Reunion — The  union  of  parts  separated  by  a  wound  or  accident. 
Rickets — A  certain  diseased  state  of  the  bones  in  children. 
itigidity — Stiffness  ;  inflexibility. 


GLOSSARY   OF   SCIENTIFIC   TERMS.  1265 

Ringbone — ^Exostosis,  or  formation  of  bony  matter,  on  the  coronet  bone 
and  pastern  bone  of  a  horse's  foot. 

Roaring — A  disease  or  constriction  of  the  wind-pipe,  producing  a  roar- 
ing noise  in  the  expulsion  of  the  breath. 

Rumination — The  act  or  habit  of  chewing  the  cud. 

Rupture — ^The  act  of  breaking  or  bursting,  or  the  state  resulting  there- 
from.    The  common  name  for  hernia. 

Saccharine — Containing,  or  having  the  qualities  of,  sugar. 

Sacral — Belonging  to  the  os  sacrum. 

Saline — Containing  salt  in  solution  ;  tasting  saltish. 

Saliva — The  secretion  of  the  salivary  glands,  which  moistens  the  food 
in  chewing,  and  also  keeps  the  mouth  and  tongue  moist. 

Salivation — An  excessive  secretion  of  saliva.  White  clover  will  some- 
times produce  it  in  horses,  or  it  may  be  produced  by  certain  medicines, 
especially  calomel. 

Sanguine — Full  of  blood.     Abounding  with  blood. 

Sanguinification — The  process  of  producing  blood  from  chyle. 

Sanitary — Relating  to  the  preservation  of  health  ;  tending  to  health. 

Sarcoma — A  fleshy  tumor. 

Saturate — ^To  soak  so  full  of  liquid  or  fumes  that  no  more  can  be  held. 

Scab — The  incrustation  on  a  sore.     A  verminous  disease  of  sheep. 

Scaphoid — Shaped  like  a  boat,  as  the  navicular  bone. 

Scapula — The  shoulder-blade. 

Sclerotic — The  thick,  hard,  white  outer  coat  of  the  eye. 

Sciatica — A  rheumatic  or  neuralgic  affection  of  the  hip. 

Sear — To  burn  Avith  a  hot  iron  ;  actual  cautery. 

Secretion — The  separation  of  various  substances  from  the  blood. 

Sedatives — Soothing  medicines  ;  remedies  to  depress  nervous  power,  or 
lower  circulation. 

Semen — The  male  generative  product  :ecreted  in  the  testicles. 

Senile — Old,  or  belonging  to  old  age. 

Sensorium — The  seat  of  sensation.    An  organ  which  receives  impressions. 

Sensitive — Having  feeling.    Sensitive  lamellae  :  lamellae  of  the  coffin-bone. 

Septic — Causing  or  hastening  putrefaction.  Antiseptic :  arresting  putre- 
faction. 

Serum — T^e  yellowish,  watery  portion  of  the  blood  remaining  after 
coagulation. 

Seton — An  artificial  passage  made  under  the  skin,  by  means  of  a  seton 
needle,  and  kept  open  with  tape,  silk  or  the  like,  which  is  thereby 
drawn  in,  and  is  moved  backward  and  forward  daily,  to  keep  up  irri- 
tation, with  a  view  to  reducing  inflammation  elsewhere. 

Shank — ^The  bone  of  the  leg  from  the  knee  to  the  ankle. 


1266       CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

Sialogogue — A  medicine  to  promote  the  flow  of  saliva. 
Sinus — An  orifice  or  canal  containing  pus  or  matter. 
Skin — The  covering  of  the  body,  and  the  organ  of  touch.     It  is  com- 
posed of  the  scarf  skin  {cuticle),  the  middle  {reta  inucosum),  and  the 
inner  or  true  skin  {derma). 
Slink — To  abort;  to  produce  young  before  the  natural  time. 
Slough  (pronounced  sluff). — To  fall  away,  separate  from,  as  in  disease, 

or  in  mortified  parts. 
Socket — The  depression  or  process  in  which  one  organ  works  on  another. 
Soj)oriJic — A  medicine  to  induce  sleei). 

Spasm — A  sudden  involuntary  contraction  of  the  muscles  ;  a  convulsion. 
Spafunodic—Chiivactenzod  by  spasms,  as  cramping,  fits,  etc.  ;  recurring 

at  intervals,  as  colic  pains,  etc. 
Spavin — A  swelling  in  or  near  some  of  the  joints  of  a  horse's  leg.     It 
is  of  two  kinds.     Bone  spavin  is  a  bony  growth  (exostosis)  in  the 
region  of  the  hock.     Bog  spavin,  incorrectly  called  blood  spavin,  is 
situated  between  the  tibia  and  astragulus. 
Spinal — Relating  to  the  spine,  or  back-bone. 
Splint — An  excrescence  in  the  shank-bone  of  a  horse.     Splint-bone  :  one 

of  the  bones  of  a  horse's  leg. 
Spleen — A  livid  colored  organ,  the  office  of  which  is  not  yet  well  known. 
Spontaneous — Occurring  without  any  apparent  cause  from  without. 
Sporadic — Separated,  scattered ;  occurring  here  and  there,  as  sporadic 

cases  of  disease. 
Sterile — Barren.     Not  capable  of  producing  young. 
Sternum — The  breast-bone,  situated  in  the  fore  part  of  the  thorax. 
Stimulants — Medicines  to  temporarily  excite  the  nervous  or  circulatory 

systems. 
Stomachics — Agents  to  promote  digestion. 

Strangles — An  eruptive  fever  attended  with  inflammation  and  suppura- 
tion of  the  tissue  of  the  upper  part  of  the  throat ;  called  in  the  United 
States,  distemper. 
Strangulated — Choked  ;  having  the  circulation  stopped  in  any  part. 
Strangury — Stopping  of  a  passage. 
Stricture — Stoppage  or  obstruction  of  a  passage  of  the  body,  by  morbid 

or  spasmodic  action. 
Stupor — A  dull,  sleepy,  stupid  condition.     Loss  of  sensation. 
Styptic — A  powerful  astringent  for  restrainmg  or  stoppmg  bleeding. 
Sudorific — That  which  ^vill  cause  perspiration  or  sweating 
Suppuration — The  process  of  forming  pus  or  matter  ;   the  result  of  in- 
flammation in  an  abscess  or  wound. 


GLOSSARY  OF   SCIENTiriC   TERMS.  1267. 

Suture — A  stitch  or  fastening  on  joining  together.     The  seam  or  joint 

which  unites  the  bones  of  the  skull. 
Symmetry — As  applied  to  animals,  signifies  that  they  are  well  propor- 

tioi.ed,  handsomely  and  stoutly  formed. 
Sympathy — The  connection  existing  ])etween  two  or   more  oigans,   by 

which  the  diseased  condition  or  abnormal  action  of  one  is  transmitted. 

secondarily,  to  the  others. 
Symptom — Any  circumstance  observed  to  occur  (jonstantly  in  the  smimc 

form  of  disease,  and  serving  to  point  out  its  true   nature  and  seats  • 

any  change  occurring  in  the  progress  of  a  disease,  indicative  of  its 

course  and  probable  determination. 
Synovia — A  fluid  resembling  the  white  of  an  egg,  secreted  at  the  joints 

and  articulations,  which  it  lubricates  and  keeps  in  healthful  condition 

Jomt-oil,  so  called. 
Tmnia — Literally,  fillet  or  band.     The  scientific  name  of  the  tape-worm 
Tarsus— The  cartilage  towards  the  edge  of  each  eyelid,  giving  it  shape 

and  firmness.     That  part  of  the  human  foot  with  which  the  leg  joiiAS, 

and  whose  front  is  called  the  instep.     The  hock-joint  of  the  horse. 
Tendon— T\\Q  dense,  fibrous  structure  in  which  a  muscle  ends,  and  b}' 

which  it  is  joined  to  a  bone. 
Tent — A  pledget  or  plug  introduced  into  a  wound. 
Tenuity — The  property  of  being  thin,  as  rarefied  air. 
Testicle— 'T\\Q.  male  gland  containing  the  seminal  fluid. 
Tetanus — A  disease  in  which  the  muscles  of  voluntary  motion  are  spas- 
modically but  persistently  contracted,  causing  rigidity  of   the  parts 

affected.     When  in  the  face  it  is  called  lock-jaw  or  trismus. 
Therapeutics— T\ii\t  part  of  medicme  which  relates  to  the  discovery  and 

application  of  remedies  for  diseases.     The  use  of  diet  and  medicines. 
Thorax— ThQ  chest,  or  that  part  of   the  body  between  the  Heck  and 

abdomen. 
Thorough-pin — A  bursal  enlargement  of  the  upper  and  back  part  of  the 

hock  of  a  horse. 
7%  rwsA— Ulceration  of  the  cleft  of   the  frog,  and  extending  over  the 

whole  of  it,  with  a  discharge  of  fetid  matter. 
Tibia— ThQ  large  bone  of  the  hind  leg  of  the  horse,  etc. 
Tonics — Agents  which  gradually  and  permanently  improve  the  system. 
Tonsil — An  oblong  gland  situated  on  each  side  of  the  fauces,  terminated 
by  the  larynx  and  pharynx,  at  the  rear  of  the  mouth  and  having  ex- 
cretory ducts  opening  into  the  mouth. 
Torsion — The  act  of  turning  or  twisting,  as  in  drawing  a  tooth  with  the 

turnkey. 
Trachea — The  windpipe. 


1268       CYCLOPEDIA  OP  UVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

Tractile — That  which  may  be  drawn  out. 

Transfusion — The   introducing   of   blood   from    one   living   being   into 

another. 
Tread — Tramping  upon,  as  the  tread  of  one  hoof  upon  the  other.     The 

part  of  the  hoof  resting  on  the  ground. 
Trichina  spiralis — A  minute  entozoon    (parasitic  mite),   which  burrows 

in  the  muscles,  and  which,  before  becoming  encysted,  sometimes  causes 

the  death  of  the  animal.     They  are  principally  generated  in  swine, 

fowls,  rats  and  other  omnivorous  feeders. 
Tuber — A  rounded  projection,  especially  of  a  bone. 
Tuhercle — A  small  tumor,  as  tubercles  in  the  lungs. 
Tumor — A  swelling  or  enlargement,  generally  applied  to  those  which  are 

permanent. 
Tympanum — The  drum  of  the  ear. 
Ulcer — A  r  inning  sore. 

JJlna — The  larger  of  the  two  bones  of  the  arm. 
Ulterior — Remoter  ;  yet  to  come  ;  last  or  final. 
Umbilicus — The  navel. 

Ungulata — Animals  having  the  toes  (digits)  enclosed  in  hoofs. 
Unciform — Curved  or  crooked,  as  a  clam  or  the  finger  nail. 
Ureter — One  of  the  two  canals  or  ducts  which  convey  the  urine  from  the 

kidneys  to  the  bladder. 
Urea — ^The  principal  characteristic  constituent  of   urine.     It  is  white, 

transparent  and  crystallizable. 
Urinary — Pertaining  to  the  urine. 
Urine — The  saline  secretion  of  the  kidneys. 
Uterus — The  womb. 

Vagina — The  canal,  in  female  animals,  from  the  vulva  to  the  uterus. 
Varicose  veins — Veins,  most  commonly  in  the  legs,  which  are  permaneLtl}/ 

dilated,  knotted  and  irregular. 
Vascular — Pertaining  to  the  vessels  or  animal  and  vegetable  bodies,  as 

the  vascular  functions.      The  arteries,   veins,  lacteals,   and  the  liKe, 

compose  the  vascular  system.     Animal  flesh  is  vascular. 
Venesection — Letting  blood  by  opening  a  vein, 
Fewows— Pertaining  to  the  veins,  or  contained  in  the  vein. 
Ventral — Pertaining  to  the  abdomen  or  belly. 
Ventricose — A  swelled  appearance,  making  the  object  look  bellied. 
Vermicular — Worm-like  in  shape  or  appearance. 
Vermifuge — A  medicine  or  agent  to  kill  or  expel  worms. 
Vertebra — A  division  or  separate  bone  of  the  spinal  column. 
Vertex — The  top  of  the  head 


GLOSSAKY  OF  SCIENTIFIC  TERMS.  1269 

^  eriigo — ^Dizziness.   An  indication  of  plethora,  or,  frequently,  a  symptom 

of  some  disease. 
Vesicle — A  small  blister.     Any  membranous  cavity. 
Veterinarian — One  skilled  in  (and,  usually,  legally  qualified  for)  the 

treatment  of  the  diseases  of  the  horse,  cattle  and  other  domestic 

animals. 
Veterinary — ^Pertaining  to  the  diseases  of  domestic  animals,  and  treats 

ment  of  the  same ;  connected  with  the  duties  or  art  of  the  veterinarian. 
ViUi-^¥me,  small  fibres.    Villous :  abounding  with  minute  fibres,  as  the 

inner  mucous  membrane  of  the  stomach  and  intestines,  'ailed  the  vil- 
lous coat,  from  its  abounding  with  villi  or  minute  hairs. 
Virutent—DangQYou.^  or  malignant ;  as,  a  virulent  tj^Q  of  *  disease. 
Virus — Contagious  or  infectious  matter^ 
Fisce* (x-=The  organs  contained  in.  any  cavity  of  the  body,  particularly 

of  the  head,  thorax  and  abdomen, 
P^sc^c/-=-Sticky  or  tenacious,  with  a  glutinous  consistency. 
Fmow™- The  act  or  faculty  of  seeing ;  that  which  is  seen. 
F2Ya^— Having  or  containing  life.     Necessary  to  life, 
Vivify-^To  bring  to  a  vital  state o 

Vivisection — The  dissection  of,  or  cutting  into,  living  animals. 
Volatile — Giving  off  v^apor,  or  flying  off  in  vapor. 
Vulnerary — Plants,  lotions,  ointments,  drugs  or  other  substances  useful 

in  the  healing  of  wounds - 
Vulva — The  outer  opening  in  female  acimalSy  of  the  generative  parts. 
Wane-^To  decrease,  as  in  a  fever, 
Warbka—SuidW,  hard  tumors  on  the  back  of  a  horse,  from  irritation  of 

the  saddle      Tumors  occasioned  by  the  depositing  of  the  eggs  of  t^ 

gadfly  In  the  backs  of  horses  and  cattle » 
PFarte— Spongy  excrescences  on  various  parts  of  the  body, 
W'in-^A.  distinctly  defined  tumor  under  the  skin,  seldom  hur*tf  ul.     An 

encysted  tumor. 
Wfiinny---^£o  utter  the  call  of  the  horse-     To  neigh, 
WindgaUs-^A.  distension  of  the  synovial  membranes  of  a  horse's  fetlock 

joints. 
WitJiers-^Tfxe  bony  crest  of  the  shoulders,  in  a  horse. 
WoTub—ThQ  uterus,  or  bag  in  which  the  young  are  carried  before  birthe 
Wound — A  breach  of  the  skin  or  flesh.      Surgery  classifies  wounds  as 

contused,  incised,  punctured  or  poisoned. 
Wry  neck — ^An  involuntary  fixed  position  of  the  head  towards  one  of  the 

shoulders. 
Xiphoid — Sword-like.   A  small  cartilage  at  the  bottom  of  the  breast-bone* 
Yeasty — Frothy,  foamy,  spumy ;  as,  yeasty  pus  or  matter. 


1-270 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR, 


ZeiiK'—The  gluten  of  maize. 

Zootogf/— That  part  of  natural  history  which  treats  of  the  structure, 
habits,  classification  and  habitations  of  animals. 

Zod7i — An  animal  ;  having  animal  life„ 

Zootomy — Dissection  of  the  lower  animal 

Zygoma-'T\\(i  cheek-bone„ 

Zygomatic — Pertaining  to  the  cheek-bone,  or  to  the  bony  arch  under 
which  the  temporal  muscle  passes. 

Zymotic— Caused  by,  or  pcrraming  to,  fermentation  ;  as,  a  zymotic  dis- 
ease, being  one  in  which  some  morbific  principle  acts  on  the  system 
like  a  ferment. 


BOOK  VII 


SUPPLEMENTARY 

INCLUDING  CANADIAN,  AFRICAN, 

AUSTRALIAN  AND  OTHER 

MATTER 


1272       CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

Stomach. — The  stomach  is  the  large  white  poiich-hke  organ  which  is 
situated  in  the  upper  part  of  the  abdominal  cavity  next  to  the  lungs  and 
by  the  side  of  and  partly  underneath  the  liver.  Usually  the  external 
surface  of  the  stomach  shows  no  change  from  normal,  though  occasionally 
there  may  be  observed  small  red  spots  similar  to  those  which  have  been 
described  as  appearing  in  the  lungs,  heart,  and  kidneys.  The  stomach 
should  be  opened  by  cutting  the  front  wall  from  one  end  to  the  other. 


HOG  SICK   OF  HOG   CHOLERA,   CHRONIC   TYPE. 


INTKSTINKS  OF  A  HOG. 
Notice  the  small   tubercles. 


Small  intestine. — In  some  acute 
and  virulent  types  of  hog  cholera  the 
outer  surface  of  the  small  intestine 
may  be  literally  covered  with  bloody 
spots,  giving  one  the  impression  that 
blood  had  been  spattered  over  these 
organs,  but  upon  washing  them  with 
water  it  will  be  found  that  these 
bloody  areas  can  not  be  removed. 
There  is  no  other  characteristic  lesion 
of  the  outer  surface  of  the  small  in- 
testine. The  inner  lining,  however, 
may  at  times,  in  cases  of  hog  cholera, 
be  congested  and  inflamed,  so  that  the 
normal  wrinkled  inner  surface  is 
greatly  thickened  and  covered  with  a 
yellowish  exudate  or  coating,  or  it 
may  be  dotted  with  small  bloody  spots 
like  those  seen  on  the  outer  surface. 


"HOG  CHOLERA. 


PROM  THE  LATEST  EXPERIMENTS  AND  INVESTIGATIONS. 


t       THE    VARIOUS    FORMS    ASSUMED. II.      INVESTIGATIONS    IN    SWINE    PLAGUE. 

III       CONTAGIOUS,    OR    INFECTIOUS    PRINCIPLE,    ETC. IV.      FROST    AND    THE 

VIRUS  —-v.      MEASURES  OF   PREVENTIVE. VI.      THE  DISEASE    AS    OBSERVED 

IN  SWINE. VII.      GLOSSARY  OF  PRECEDING  SCIENTIFIC  TERMS. VIII.     CON- 
CLUSION. 

In  the  body  of  this  work  the  various  contagious  diseases  of  swine  are 
treated  of.  Malignant  diarrhoea  often  carries  away  large  numbers  of 
swine.  It  is  sometimes  called  hog  cholera.  In  a  general  way  corn  burned 
nearly  to  a  charcoal  is  a  good  corrective  of  diarrhoea.  So  is  wood  char- 
coal, and  also  the  slack  of  bituminous  coal,  or  the  soft  coal  itself.  Fatal 
diarrhoea  is  often  the  result  of  disorganization  of  the  functions  of  the 
liver,  the  flux  not  being  the  disease,  but  the  result.  To  excite  the  liver 
to  action  where  this  is  suspected,  for  a  hog  weighing  from  a  hundred  to 
a  hundred  and  fifty  pounds  in  ordinary  stock  condition,  give  20  grains 
powdered  mandrake,  or  from  10  to  20  grains  of  calomel,  and  repeat  if 
necessary.     This  will  excite  the  liver  to  action. 

In  the  first  stages  of  diarrhoea,  where  the  discharges  are  copious  and 
dark,  give  1  to  2  drachms  of  bi-carbonate  of  soda  dissolved  in  milk,  or  if 
the  hog  will  eat,  incorporate  it  in  a  warm  bran  mash.  The  liver  remedy 
may  also  be  given  in  the  same  way. 

In  cases  of  cholera,  if  subsequent  to  the  flux  constipation  ensues,  it 
may  be  met  with  doses  of  1  ounce  of  castor  oil  and  1  drachm  of  turpen- 
tine.    Or  give  one-half  ounce  doses  of  sulphate  of  soda  in  one-half  pint 

©f  water. 

If  there  is  difficult  breathing  and  cough,  give  1  to  2  grains  of  tartai 
emetic  and  one-half  drachm  of  saltpetre,  two  or  three  times  a  day,  in 
one-half  pint  of  water,  and  rub  the  sides  of  the  chest  and  throat  with 
turpentine. 

In  giving  these  formulae  the  farmer  must  use  his  judgment.     J^ollow 
up  the  dos"es  as  may  be  required  to  produce  the  effect  desired.     These 
remedies  will  also  be  indicated  in  cases  of  malignant  hog  cholera. 
I.    The  Various  Forms  Assumed. 

When  the  later  symptoms  are  pronounced,  the  disease  will  assume  the 
form  of  malignant  epizootic  catarrh,  (see  page  984),  and  the  prescrip- 
tions there  given  are  to  meet  the  symptoms  as  stated. 

1273 


1274        CYCLOPEDIA  OP  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOB. 

On  page  1)8")  a  form  of  intestinal  hog  cholera  is  treated  of  under  the 
name  of  "Contagious  Fever  of  Swine."  Symptoms  as  there  stated  should 
be  closely  observed,  that  they  may  be  met  by  the  remedies  as  stated. 

Still  another  form  of  hog  cholera,  and  one  of  the  most  malignant  and 
fatal,  is  a  peculiar  inflammation  of  the  lungs  and  bowels,  known  as  conta- 
gious pneumo-enteritis.  This  is  the  disease  that  has  caused  such  wide 
destruction  of  swine,  and  which  the  government  of  the  United  Slates  has 
spent  long  time  of  the  best  veterinary  talent  of  the  country  and  money 
to  investigate.  The  result  of  all  this  is,  that  hogs  once  fairly  down  with 
any  of  the  fatal  forms  of  contagious  diseases  we  have  mentioned,  had 
better  be  killed  at  once,  and  sent  to  the  grease  rendering  tank  if  near,  or 
deeply  buried.  When  a  hog  is  too  sick  to  take  medicine  in  food,  the 
diflSculty  of  administering  is  one  of  the  chief  obstacles  to  produce  the 
proper  effect. 

Disinfection. — The  rules  for  disinfection  must  be  carefully  observed, 
as  given  on  pnges  O.SO  and  990,  for  where  the  virus  germs  are  present  or 
capable  of  being  brought,  there  can  be  no  hope  of  permanent  help. 
There  is  no  specific  for  these  malignant  diseases,  as  already  stated  in 
this  book.  The  cures  claimed  from  the  use  of  so-called  specifics  are  of 
swine  not  affected  with  malignant  diseases;  as  preventives  they  may  be 
valuable.  Fully  as  much  or  more  so,  will  be  No.  8  and  No.  12.  The 
receipts  given  in  the  descriptions  of  the  several  forms  of  hog  cholei-a 
are  the  best  known  to  veterinary  science. 

II.    Investigations  in  Swine  Plague, 

Recognizing  the  importance  of  combatting  the  virulent  contagious  di- 
seases affecting  swine,  the  Department  of  Agriculture,  at  Washington, 
has  had  comi)etent  veterinarians  investigating  the  disease  for  years.  A 
large  portion  of  the  work,  and  especially  the  microscopical  examinations, 
were  placed  under  the  direction  of  PI.  J.  Detmers,  V.  S.,  now  professor 
of  veterinary  science.  University  of  Ohio.  This  gentleman  adds  to  his 
accurate  knowledge  as  practitioner  the  habit  of  careful  investigation  in 
various  departments  of  science.  His  examinations  into  swine  plague 
(hog  cholera)  covers  a  number  of  years,  and  we  give  his  general  state- 
ment of  symptoms,  and,  also,  general  conclusions  gathered  from  the 
hundreds  of  pages  he  has  written  on  the  subject. 

m.    Contagious,  or  Infectious  Principle,  Etc. 

If  an  animal  infected  with  swine  plague  receives  a  wound  or  an  exter- 
nal lesion  suflScient  to  cause  congestion  and  inflammation,  the  morbid 
process  is  almost  sure  to  localize  in  the  congested  or  inflamed  parts 
Further,  if  the  infectious  principle  is  introducea  into  the  wound  or  a 


HOG   CHOLERA.  1275 

lesion  with  inflamed,  swelled,  or  congested  borders — for  instance,  in  a 
wound  caused  by  ringing  or  castration,  etc. — the  morbid  process  is  sure 
to  develop  in  the  inflamed  or  congested  borders  of  that  wound.  All  this 
is  easily  accounted  for  if  the  bacilli  and  their  germs  constitute  the  infec- 
tious principle,  and  if  the  mode  and  manner  in  which  they  obstruct  and 
<^log  the  capillary  vessels  is  taken  into  consideration;  but  it  is  utterly 
irreconcilable  with  the  non-appearance  of  any  local  reaction  after  an 
inoculation  by  means  of  a  wound  too  slight  to  cause  congestion,  if  the 
infectious  principle  possesses  the  nature  of  a  virus,  or  of  a  chemical 

agency. 

rv.    Frost  and  the  Virus. 

Swine  plague,  until  the  last  days  of  December,  or  until  the  ground 
becomes  covered  with  snow,  and  the  weather  exceedingly  cold,  was 
s[)reading  from  farm  to  farm  and  from  place  to  place,  in  the  locality  vis- 
ited, but  as  soon  as  the  temperature  began  to  remain  below  tlie  freezing 
point  at  noon  as  well  as  at  night,  it  at  once  ceased  to  spread  from  one 
farm  or  locality  to  another.  At  the  same  time,  however,  it  was  observed 
that  the  very  cold  weather  of  the  last  days  of  December  and  the  first 
days  of  January  did  not  materially  interfere  Avith  the  spreading  of  the 
swine  plague  from  one  animal  to  another  in  all  pens  and  hog  lots  in 
which  the  disease  had  previously  made  its  appearance,  and  in  Avhich  the 
way  of  feeding  and  watering  the  animals  was  such  as  to  allow  a  contam- 
ination of  the  food  and  the  water  for  drinking  with  the  excreta  of  the 
diseased  hog,  or  in  which  the  pigs  and  hogs  still  healthy  had  open 
wounds,  sores,  or  scratches,  and  had  to  sleep  together  with  the  diseased 
hog  in  the  same  place  and  on  the  same  litter.  Afterwards,  when  milder 
weather  had  set  in,  the  spreading  from  one  place  to  another  very  slowly 
commenced  as^ain.  (The  cold  indicated  20  degrees  below  zero.) 
V.    Measures  of  Preventive. 

In  relation  to  the  spread  of  the  disease  and  measures  for  prevention, 
Dr.  Detmers  advises  as  follows: 

The  most  effective  means  of  prevention  that  can  be  applied  by  the  in- 
dividual owners  of  swine  consists,  first,  iii  promi)tly  destroying  and  bury- 
ing sufficiently  deep  and  out  of  the  way  the  first  animal  or  animals  that 
show  symptoms  of  swine  plague,  if  the  disease  is  just  making  its  appear- 
ance, and  in  aismfecting  the  premises,  or  if  that  is  difficult,  in  removing 
the  herd  at  once  to  a  non-infected  place,  or  out  of  the  reach  of  the  infec« 
tious  principle.  If  possible  the  herd  should  be  taken  to  a  piece  of  high 
and  dry  ground,  free  from  any  straw  and  rubbish — if  recently  plowed,  still 
l)etter — and  should  there  receive  clean  food  and  no  water  excei)t  such  as 
is  freshly  drawn  from  a  well.     If  this  is  complied  with,  and  if  all  com- 


127(5     CYCLOPwpiA  or  live  stock  ant  complete  stock  doctor. 

munication  whatever  with  any  diseased  hogs  or  pigs  is  cut  off  in  every 
respect,  which  is  absolutely  necessary,  and  still  danger  should  be  antici- 
pated, for  instance,  if  one  or  more  animals  should  have  become  infected 
l)efore  the  herd  was  removed,  or  a  po.si5i))ility  of  either  food  or  water  for 
drinking  being  or  becoming  tainted  with  the  infectious  principle  should 
exist,  the  danger  may  be  averted,  or  at  least  be  very  much  diminished  by 
administering  three  times  a  day  to  the  water  for  drinking  either  some 
carbolic  acid  (about  10  drops  each  time  for  every  150  pounds  of  live 
weight)  or  some  hyposulphite  of  soda  (a  teaspoonful  for  every  100 
pounds  of  live-weight),  till  all  danger  has  disappeared.  Second,  where 
swine  plague  has  been  allowed  to  make  some  {)rogress  in  the  herd,  or 
where  the  presence  of  the  disease  is  not  discovered  until  several  animals 
have  been  taken  sick  or  have  died,  and  others  have  become  infected,  the 
best  that  can  be  done  is  to  separate  at  once  the  healthy  animals  from  the 
diseased  and  suspected  ones  ;  to  place  the  healthy  animals  by  themselves 
and  the  doubtful  ones  by  themselves;  to  separate,  disinfect  and  treat 
the  animals  in  the  way  just  stated.  Special  care  must  be  taken  to  pre- 
vent any  communication,  direct  or  indirect,  between  the  three  different 
parts  of  the  herd.  If  one  person  has  to  do  the  feeding,  etc.,  he  must 
make  it  a  strict  rule  to  attend  always  first,  to  the  healthy  animals,  then  to 
those  considered  as  doubtful,  and  last  to  the  sick  ones,  and  must  never 
reverse  that  rule,  or  go  among  the  healthy  hogs  or  pigs  after  he  has  been 
in  the  yard  or  pen  occupied  by  the  others.  If  possible  each  portion  of 
the  herd  should  have  its  own  attendant,  who  should  not  come  in  contact 
with  any  of  the  others.  The  separation  must  be  a  strict  one  in  every  re- 
spect; even  dogs  and  other  annuals  may  carry  the  infectious  principle 
from  the  diseased  animals  or  from  the  yard  occupied  by  them  to  the 
healthy  hogs  and  pigs.  Buckets,  pails,  etc.,  which  are  used  in  feeding 
the  sick  hogs  should  not  be  used  for  the  healthy  ones,  because  the  infec- 
tious principle  may  be  conveyed  by  them  from  one  place  to  another. 
Last,  but  not  least,  it  is  very  essential  that  the  hog-lot  occupied  by  the 
healthy  portion  of  the  herd  be  higher  than  that  occupied  by  the  others. 
If  it  is  lower,  and  especially  if  it  is  so  situated  that  water  and  other  liquids 
from  the  other  hog-lots  can  flow  into  it  or  over  it,  the  separation  is 
worse  than  useless,  for  then  the  healthy  portion  of  the  herd  will  surely 
become  infected,  unless  the  ground  is  exceedingly  dry.  Third,  whenever 
swine  plague  is  prevailing  in  the  neighborhood,  any  operation,  such  as 
ringing,  marking  by  wounding,  or  cutting  ears  or  tail,  and  castration  and 
spaying  particularly,  must  not  be  performed,  but  should  be  delayed  until 
the  disease  has  disappeared,  or  does  not  exist  anywhere  within  a  radius 
of  two  miles.     If  such  operation  should  become  absolutely  necessary,  the 


HOG   CHOLERA.  1277 

wounds  must  be  dressed  at  least  once  a  day  with  an  effective  disinfect- 
ant, for  instance,  with  a  sohition  of  carbolic  acid  or  thymol,  till  a  heal- 
ing has  been  effected*     (See  disinfectants,  page  990.) 

Swine  plague  Is  very  often  communicated  from  herd  to  herd  and  from 
place  to  place  by  a  careless,  and,  in  some  cases,  even  criminal  contamina- 
tion of  running  streamlets,  creeks  and  rivers  with  the  excrements  and 
other  excretions  of  diseased  hogs  and  pigs,  and  with  the  carcasses  and 
parts  of  the  carcasses  of  the  dead  animals.  This  source  of  the  spreading 
of  the  disease  can  be  stopi)ed  only  by  declaring  such  contamination  of 
streamlets  a  nuisaii'3e  and  making  the  offense  punishable  by  law.  Allow- 
ing swine  affected  with  the  plague  to  have  access  to  such  streamlets 
should  be  considered  as  constituting  good  evidence  of  such  a  contamina- 
tion, as  also  the  throwing  of  dead  hogs,  or  parts  of  a  carcass,  into  such 
streamlets,  creeks,  or  rivers. 

VI.    The  Disease  as  Observed  in  Swine. 

Symptoms  during  life. — "The  disease  may  last  from  a  few  hours  to 
four  weeks  in  fatal  cases.  Quite  frequently  animals  will  die  very  sud- 
denly and  without  warning.  Some  of  these  cases  present  the  hemorrhagic 
type  of  the  disease  very  distinctly.  In  the  majority  of  cases  which  came 
under  our  observation  recently,  the  disease  lasted  from  one  to  two  weeks. 
The  most  prominent  symptoms  are  those  of  great  debility  and  capricious 
appetite.  In  about  one-half  of  the  cases,  diarrhoea  set  in  afler  three  or 
four  days.  The  feces  are  usually  liquid,  at  times  blood-stained.  In 
^hose  cases  where  ulceration  is  extensive,  diarrhcea  is  always  present.  The 
vectal  temperature  is  usually  high  but  variable,  and  not  at  all  reliable  as 
?.  means  of  determining  the  intensity  of  the  disease. 

Lesions  observed  after  death. — Discoloration  or  reddening  of  the  skin 
is  quite  rare.  When  present,  it  is  usually  found  about  the  genitals  in 
both  sexes.  The  subcutaneous  fatty  tissue  is  frequently  of  a  diffuse  red- 
ness and  rarely  studded  with  small  extravasations. 

The  peritoneal  cavity  usually  contains  more  or  less  straw  colored  serum 
in  advanced  cases.  In  those  which  die  quite  suddenly  serous  effusions 
are  absent.  The  coils  of  the  intestine  are  now  and  then  covered  with  a 
few  fibrinous,  stringy  coagula,  indicating  slight  peritonitis.  Beneath 
the  serous  covering  of  the  intestines  extravasations  of  blood  are  quite 
common  in  very  acute  cases.  They  are  most  frequently  encountered  on 
the  large  intestine  throughout  its  entire  lens'th  or  limited  to  the  csecum. 
Occasionally  a  few  coils  of  the  ilium  are  covered  with  punctiform  ecchy- 
moses.  They  are  found  now  and  then  on  the  stomach.  Only  once  did 
we  see  large  ecchymoses  in  the  fatty  tissue  sorrounding  the  kidney. 

The  spleen  is  usually  considerably  swollen,  dark,  gorged  with  blood. 


1278        CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

and  very  friable.  On  its  surface  and  borders,  in  acute  cases,  raised 
blood-red  points  are  frequently  encountered.  The  liver  is  sometimes 
enlarged,  sometimes  liighly  congested,  and  is  found  quite  pale  at  other 
times.  Occasionally  its  surface  is  mottled  with  pale  greenish  patches. 
The  kidneys  are  more  or  less  changed.  Frequently  the  surface  is  dotted 
with  a  variable  number  of  dark-rod  points,  is  commonly  much  congested  ; 
even  the  tips  of  the  papilUe  may  assume  a  dusky  hue.  The  cortical 
portion  in  some  cases  is  the  seat  of  a  hemorrhagic  intlammation.  On 
section  it  is  dotted  with  closely  set,  dark-red  points,  probably  the  glome- 
ruli in  a  state  of  extreme  engorgement. 

The  heart  is  but  slightly  affected.  The  pericardium  is  always  more 
or  less  distended  with  fluid.  In  acute  cases  a  variable  number  of  puno- 
tiform  and  larger  extravasations  are  present  beneath  the  pericardium  of 
the  auricular  appendages.  More  rarely  a  few  are  found  beneath  the 
endocardium  of  the  ventricles.  The  right  side  is,  as  a  rule,  distended 
with  a  dark  coagulum  and  left  nearly  empty. 

The  lungs  are  in  many  cases  normal,  both  in  cases  of  rapid  death  and 
protracted  disease.  We  have  seen  many  cases  in  which  perfectly  sound 
lungs  accompanied  extensively  ulcerated  intestines.  In  a  moderate 
number  of  acute,  virulent  cases,  the  luiigs  are,  in  general,  collapsed  and 
pale.  Under  the  pleura,  however,  there  are  seen  small  patches  of  a 
dark-red  color,  which  correspond  to  limited  regions  of  dark  hepatized 
tissue  not  much  more  than  one-quarter  inch  in  diameter.  These  foci 
are  always  found  throughout  the  lung  tissue  in  greater  or  less  abun- 
dance. In  the  advanced  stages  of  chronic  swine  plague,  the  major  part 
of  the  lungs  may  be  completely  hopatizod.  This  condition  we  have 
found  but  rarely,  and  may  depend  on  circumstances  not  yet  clearly  un- 
derstood. 

The  lymphatic  glands  are  always  more  or  less  affected,  those  of  the 
thorax  as  well  as  those  of  the  abdomen.  The  glands  at  the  root  of  the 
mescntary  are  very  nmch  thickened  and  confluent,  mottled,  red,  and 
whitish;  the  medullary  portion  is  commonly  reddened,  the  cortex  more 
frequently  gorged  with  blood.  The  glands  imbedded  between  the  coils 
of  the  large  intestine  are  usually  of  a  very  dark-red.  When  these  coils 
are  torn  apart,  the  glands  are  brought  to  view  as  isolated,  bean-shaped 
bodies,  their  dark,  blood-red  color  contrasting  markedly  with  the  adja- 
cent paler,  flesh-coloix'd  serosa.  This  congestion  prevails  throughout  the 
gland-tissue.  On  section  the  knife  becomes  covered  with  blood.  This 
description  applies  equally  well  to  the  glands  in  the  region  of  the 
stomach,  the  paler  inguinals,  the  bronchial,  and  mediastinal  glands.  In 
chronic  cases,  which  have  lasted  from  three  to  fours  weeks,  the  lym- 
phatics are  usually  large,  but  very  pale  and  tough  od  section. 


HOG    CHOLERA.  1279 

The  intestinal  tract  is  ordinarily  the  seat  of  the  most  severe  lesions. 
In  the  stomach  the  fundus  or  most  dependent  portion  is  deeply  reddened, 
often  blackish  in  color,  depending  on  the  amount  of  extravasated  blood. 
Occasionally  clots  of  blood  are  found  forming  a  coating  around  the  food. 
In  older  cases  the  inflammation  may  be  absent  or  replaced  by  isolated 
ulcers.  The  duodenum  is  rarely  affected.  The  jejunum  seems  to  enjoy 
a  still  greater  imnmnity.  The  ileum  is  less  exempt  from  pathological 
changes  which  seem  to  be  proportioned  to  the  extent  and  severity  of  the 
lesions  found  in  the  adjoining  large  intestine,  which  will  be  first  de- 
scribed." 

VII.    Glossary  of  Preceding  Scientific  Terms. 

The  scientific  terms  used  in  the  foregoing  in  diseases  as  observed  in 
swine,  are  as  follows  : — 

Auricular — Pertaining  to  the  ear. 

Caecum — The  commencement  of  the  large  intestine. 

Ecchymoses — Livid,  black  or  yellow  spots  from  extravasation  or  effu- 
sion of  blood. 

Feces — The  natural  discharges  of  an  animal. 

Glomeruli — Heads.     Places  of  gatherings. 

Hemorrhagic — Pertaining  to  flux  or  discharge  of  blood. 

Hepatized — Gorged  with  effused  matter,  producing  a  peculiar  livery 
appearance. 

Ilium — The  third  or  longest  division  of  the  lesser  intestines. 

Lymphatic  Glands — A  reddish  colored  gland  connected  with  the  lym- 
phatics {lymphatic^  a  vein-like  valved  vessel  containing  a  transparent 
fluid). 

Lesion — An  injury  or  morbid  change, 

Mesentary — The  membrane  which  retains  the  intestines  and  their  ap> 
pendages  in  their  proper  position. 

Peritoneal — Region  of  the  thin,  smooth  serous  membrane  investing 
the  whole  internal  surface  of  the  abdomen,  and  more  or  less  all  the 
viscra  contained  in  it,  and  of  which  it  forms  the  surface. 

Pericardium — The  membranous  sac  inclosing  the  heart. 

Pleura — The  membrane  of  the  inner  portion  of  the  thorax  and  invest- 
ingr  the  lungs. 

Rectal — The  last  portion  of  the  intestines. 

Sub-cutaneous — Under  the  skin. 

VIII.    Conclusions. 

The  preceding  investigations  definitely  settle  certain  controverted 
points  concerning  the  causes  of  swine  plague,  which  may  be  briefly  sum- 
marized : 


1 280        CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPI.ETE  STOCK  IKKTrOR. 

Swine  plague  Is  caused  by  a  specific  microbe  (an  invisible  germ)  mal- 
tiplying  in  the  body  of  the  diseased  animal.  The  microbe  probably  be- 
longs  to  the  genus  bacterium  (a  filamentous  organism  not  yet  defimtely 
known  as  belonging  to  the  vegetable  or  animal  kingdom,  but  apparently 
having  distinct  power  of  motion). 

When  introduced  beneath  the  skin  this  bacterium  is  fatal  to  pigs,  rab- 
bits,  guinea-pigs,  mico,  and  a  certain  percentage  of  pigeons,  it  is  more 
than  piohahle  that  cattle  inoculated  with  the  virus  of  swine  plague  will 
come  down  with  a  disease  that  has  been  mistaken  for  contagious  pleuro- 
pneumonia, but  it  is  not  communicated  to  other  animals.  It  is  also  fa- 
tal to  pigs  when  introduced  with  the  food,  or  when  they  feed  on  the  in- 
ternal organs  of  swine  which  have  died  of  the  disease. 

It  is  worthy  to  be  remembered  that  the  disease  described  in  France  as 
Rouget,  and  in  Germany  as  Rothlauf,  and  for  which  Pasteur  has  pre- 
pared a  vaccine,  is  caused  l)y  an  entirely  different  microhe.  The  vaccine 
for  this  disease  does  not  protect  against  swine  plague.  The  introduc- 
tion of .  Pasteur's  vaccine  is  not  only  useless  but  may  contribute  to  the 
introduction  and  spread  of  a  disease,  the  existence  of  which  in  this 
country  has  not  yet  been  demonstrated. 

During  the  last  two  years,  1897-98,  the  Bureau  of  Animal  Industry  has 
been  experimenting  with  the  serum  treatment,  both  as  a  cure  and  preven- 
tive, in  Pope  County,  Iowa,  with  the  result  that  about  23.16  per  cent,  of 
infected  hogs  died,  showing  a  recovery  of  76. 84  per  cent.  In  a  correspond- 
ing number  of  hogs  in  other  herds  not  treated  the  loss  was  84. 24  per  cent. 
This  is  a  remarkably  strong  showing  in  favor  of  the  serum  treatment. 
This  serum  can  be  got  from  the  Department  of  Agrichlture  at  Washington, 
D.  C.     It  can  be  applied  by  any  up-to-date  veterinarian. 

The  value  of  this  treatment  can  be  figured  from  the  loss  in  Iowa  alone 
lastyear  of  $15,000,000. 

Full  particulars  of  the  experiments  with  this  serum  are  found  in  Bulletin 
No.  23,  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture,  Bureau  of  Animal  In- 
dustry, 1899. 

Jlog  Cholera  (1911): — It  is  yet  the  great  question  among  breedei's 
of  hogs.  It  is  well  established  that  he  who  provides  comfortable  quarters 
for  his  hogs,  keeps  their  surroundings  clean  by  a  regular  program  of  re- 
moval of  filth  and  disinfecting  where  they  eat,  sleep  and  wallo^v,  with  a 
cHDnstant  lookout  for  lice  and  providin.s;  for  such  food  as  the  system'  re- 
quires, need  have  little  fear  of  that  droad  disease. 

Experts  are  in  hot  pursuit  of  the  cholera  bacillus  and  as  a  result  are 
rapidly  perfecting  a  serum  that  is  an  anti-toxine  against  hog  cholera  and 
will  no  doubt  control  that  disease  as  effectually  as  they  do  black  le^  in 
cattle. 


SWINE, 


By  Prof.  G.  E.  Pay,  K.  S.  A.,  Professor  of  Agriculture  and  Farm  Superintendent.  Ontario  Agricultural 
College,  Guelph,  Ontario. 


I.    Judging  Hogs  of   Bacon  Type— II.    The   Fat   Hog.— III.    Large  Yorkshires.— IV.    Tamworths. 
V.    Berkshires. 


In  dealing  with  this  subject  it  will  be  necessary  to  pay  special  atten- 
tion to  the  type  of  hog  for  which  Canada  is  noted,  and  this  calls  for 
some  e.<planations  regarding  our  trade  in  pork  products. 

American  vs.  Canadian  Trade. — In  the  United  States  there  is  an  im- 
mense home  market  for  lard  and  oleomargarine  (a  substitute  for  butter). 
In  Canada  we  have  no  trade  in  oleomargarine,  and  a  very  much  smaller 
home  market  for  lard.  The  American  packer,  therefore,  can  utilize 
very  fat  hogs,  manufacturing  lard  and  oleomargarine  from  the  fat,  and 
placing  only  the  leaner  carcases  and  the  lean  parts  of  the  fat  carcases 
upon  the  market  to  be  consumed  as  meat.  On  the  other  hand,  practi- 
cally all  the  Canadian  hogs  must  be  consumed  as  meat,  and  as  there  is 
a  very  limited  and  decreasing  demand  for  fat  pork,  the  production  of  a 
leaner  type  of  hog  has  become  a  necessity.  Great  Britain  is  the  home 
of  the  export  trade  in  pork  products  of  both  Canada  and  the  United 
States,  the  latter  country  exporting  vastly  larger  quantities  than  Canada; 
and  in  order  to  keep  out  of  a  hopeless  competition  with  the  Americans, 
our  packers  have  been  forced  to  cater  to  an  entirely  different  class  of 
customers.  Thus  it  comes  that  the  lean  and  carefully  prepared  bacon 
of  Canada  is  taken  by  the  large  cities  of  Great  Britain,  while  the  Ameri- 
can product  goes  to  a  less  fastidious  class  of  customers  at  a  considerably 
lower  price.  Canadian  bacon,  therefore,  does  not  realh-^  come  into 
competition  with  the  American  product  in  Great  Britain,  and  a  very 
little  consideration  of  the  facts  brieliy  outlined  above  should  convince 
any  thoughtful  person  of  the  importance  of  kee})ing  out  of  the  way  of 
American  competition.  Our  chief  competitors  are  Denmark  and  Ireland, 
and  the  whole  future  of  our  swine  industry  is  dependent  upon  the  intel- 
ligent attention  our  Canadian  breeders  and  feeders  pay  to  quality. 
Superior  quality  must  be  our  motto,  if  we  would  hold  and  extend  our 
trade. 

The  kind  of  bacon  of  which  Canadian  packers  make  a  specialty  is 
what  is  known  as  the  "Wiltshire  side."  To  make  this  bacon,  a  hog  is 
required  weighing  from  one  hundred  and  sixty  pounds  to  two  hundred 
and  twenty  pounds,  live  weight,  though  hogs  are  preferred  not  over  two 

1281 


1282        CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMrLP:TE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

hundred  pounds  live  weight.  The  description  and  scale  of  points  which 
are  offered  give  a  prettj  clear  idea  of  the  type  of  animal  required,  but  it 
may  be  added  that  the  layer  of  fat  along  the  back  should  be  only  about 
one  and  a  quarter  inches  thick,  and  that  it  should  be  uniform  in 
thickness  over  loin,  back,  and  shoulder  top.  A  hog  suitable  for  making 
Wiitsbire  sides  is  known  in  Canada  as  a  "bacon  hog." 

I.  Judging  Hogs  of  Bacon  Type. 
We  now  come  to  a  very  important  matter,  that  of  judging  swine  of 
bacon  type.  It  is  perhaps  too  much  to  expect  that  there  will  ever  be 
entire  unanimity  of  opinion  among  judges,  yet  it  is  something  greatly  to 
be  desired,  and  an  effort  should  be  made  to  come  as  near  to  this  desired 
end  as  possible,  The  main  difficulty  in  judging  seems  to  arise  from  the 
fact  that  judges  differ  regarding  the  relative  importance  of  the  various 


Fig.  1. 


-Light  jowl  and  good  neck;  shoulders  well  proportioned;  belly  sags  a  little 
towards  the  rear,  good  length  of  side. 


parts  of  an  animal.  They  may  be  in  entire  accord  as  to  what  consti- 
tutes a  perfect  bacon  hog,  but,  unfortunately,  perfect  animals  are  scarce, 
and  it  is  in  the  attempt  to  balance  one  defect  against  another  that  dif- 
ferences in  judgment  frequently  occur.  It  would  seem  reasonable, 
therefore,  to  assume  that  some  authoritative  standard  of  excellence  and 
scale  of  points  would  be  helpful  in  bringing  about  greater  uniformity  in 
judging. 

In  the  scale  of  points  given  herewith,  an  attempt  has  been  made  to 
distinguish  between  a  breeding  animal  and  one  intended  for  slaughter- 
ing. It  is  quite  apparent  that  in  breeding  animals,  weight  limits  should 
not  be  used.  On  the  other  hand,  an  animal  that  is  to  be  slaughtered 
need  not  be  criticized  as  to  eyes,  ears,  hair,  style,  or  the  strength  of  its 
pasterns,  while  weight  becomes  very  important. 


SWINE. 


1283 


In  connection  with  the  scale  of  points,  it  will  be  well  to  study  the 
diagram  (Fig.  3)  given  below.  It  has  been  copied  from  an  article  by 
Loudon  M.  Douglas,  in  the  Eoyal  Agricultural  Society's  Report  for 
1898.     Unfortunately,  later  figures  are  not  available;  but  the  diagram 


Fig.  2.— Well  proportioned  shoulder,  good  top  line  and  good  trim  belly,  but  lacts 

length. 

mpy  be  regarded  as  showing,  at  least  approximately,  the  relative  values 

of  the  various  cuts.     Attention  is  also  called  to  Figures  1  and  2,  which 

are  modified  sketches  made  from  photographs  of  two  hogs  from  the 

experimental  department  of  the  Ontario  Agricultural  College. 

PRIMl  PART 
rnnsoJUICK  BACK  BACK  R/BS.  PRIME  CUT 


"TOP or  THICK       PRIME        THIN  STREAKY 
FORE  HOCK  ''"''"' '"'^'^'''''' 


FLANK 


GAMMON  HOCK 


Fio.  3.— Diagram  showing  various  cuts  of  a  side  of  bacon,  and  the  average  prices  realized  for 
each  during  1897.    (Copied  from  R.  A.  S.  Report  for  189S.) 

Scale  of  Points  for  Hogs  of  Bacon  Type. 

description. 
Head  AND  Neck— 8  points:  points 

Snout,  moderately  fine 1 

Eyes,  good  size,  full  and  bright L 

Jowl,  light  and  neat 3 

Neck,  medium  length,  muscular,  but  possessing  no  tendency  to  arch 

on  top 3 


1284        CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

Fork  Quarters— 17  points: 

Shoulders,  light,  smooth,  rounded  from  side  to  side  over  top  and 

very  compact,  no  wider  than  back y 

Breast,  good  width  and  full - 4 

Fore  Legs,  set  well  apart,  medium  length,  aud  straight;  pasterns, 

upright;  bone  clean  and  moderately  fine 4 

Body— 40  points: 

Back,  medium  width,  rising  slightly  above  the  straight  line,  and 

forming  a  very  slight  arch  from  neck  to  tail 9 

Loin,  strong  and  full  but  not  unduly  arched,  wide  as  rest  of  back....        5 

Ribs,  good  length  and  moderately  arched S 

Side,  fairly  deep;  long,  smooth,  and  straight  between  shoulder 
and  ham;  a  straight-edge  laid  over  shoulder  point  and  ham 
should  touch  the  side  throughout 12 

Heart  Girth,  full  but  not  flabby  at  fore  flanks,  filled  out  even  with 
side  of  shoulder;  there  should  be  no  tucked-up  appearance 
back  of  fore  legs,  nor  droop  back  of  shoulder  top 5 

Flank,  full  and  low ^ 1 

Underline,  straight ;  the  belly  should  be  markedly  trim  and  neat 5 

Hind  Quarters— 15  points: 

Rump,  same  width  as  back,  long  and  slightly  rounded  from  a  point 

above  hips  to  tail,  and  rounded  from  side  to  side  over  top...       5 

Ham,  full  without  flabbiness;  thigh,  tapering  towards  hock  without 
wrinkles  or  folds,  and  carrying  flesh  well  down  towards 
hock 6 

Hind  Legs,  medium  length;  hocks,  set  well  apart  but  not  bowed  out- 
ward; bone  clean,  and  moderately  fine;  pasterns,  strong 4 

Quality— 15  points : 

.£"ar,  rather  thin,  (1);  hair,  fine  and  abundant,  (2);  skin,  smooth, 
showing  no  tendency  to  wrinkle,  (2);  bone,  moderately  fine 
and  clean  in  legs,  moderately  fine  in  snout  and  head,  and 
showing  no  prominence  on  side  and  top  of  shoulder,  (5) ; 
flesh,  firm  and  smooth,  with  no  flabbiness  at  jowl,  fore  flank, 

belly,  or  ham,  (5) 15 

Style— 5  points : 

Active  and  sprightly  in  movement,  walking  without  a  swaying  mo- 
tion, and  standing  well  up  on  toes 5 

Perfection 100 

N.  B. — For  hogs  intended  for  killing,  the  same  scale  of  points  may  be 
used  with  the  following  modifications:  Strike  out  score  for  eyes,  ears,  hair 
and  style;  deduct  two  points  fiom  points  allowed  fore  legs  and  also  hind 
legs  and  add  following  score: 

Weight,  175  to  200  pounds,  live  weight.    Being  under  160  pounds  or 

over  220  pounds  will  disqualify 13 

Regarding  the  scale  of  points,  the  following  may  be  noted: 
Head  and  Neck. — These  parts  have  very  little  market  value  and  con- 
sequently should  be  comparatively  light.  A  great  deal  of  the  weight 
of  the  head  is  in  the  jowl,  which  should  therefore  be  light.  A  long, 
scrawny  neck  is  very  objectionable,  indicating  poor  feeding  qualities. 
A  short  neck  is  a  good  thing  in  itself,  but  where  the  neck  is  very  short 
it  is  apt  to  be  heavy  on  top,  a  formation  associated  with  heavy  shoulders 


sv/iNE.  1285 

carrying  a  great  thickness  of  fat  over  theto-p.  Fig.  1  shows  a  very  light 
jowl  and  a  good  neck. 

Fore  Quarters. — The  diagram  shows  that  the  values  are  low  in  the 
fore  quarters,  particularly  the  fore  hock,  or  shoulder.  Consequently, 
we  want  as  little  shoulder  as  is  consistent  with  constitution,  smoothness 
of  shoulder  being  especially  desirable.  Figures  1  and  2  show  very  well- 
proportioned  shoulders,  together  with  a  very  good  representation  of  the 
style  of  legs  required. 

Body. — A  glance  at  the  diagram  will  show  the  importance  of  the  body 
and  the  desirability  of  great  length.  The  desired  top-line  is  well  illus- 
trated in  Fig.  2,  though  the  hog  has  scarcely  enough  length.  While  a 
"razor  back"  is  not  desirable,  yet  a  broad  back  invariably  gives  too 
great  a  thickness  of  fat.  A  flabby,  heavy  belly,  with  heavy  fore  flanks, 
must  not  be  mistaken  for  a  long  rib.  A  fair  depth  of  side  is  very  de- 
sirable; but  when  it  goes  beyond  a  certain  point  it  becomes  objection- 
able, because  it  gives  too  much  belly  meat.  Notice  in  the  diagram  the 
prices  of  "flank"  and  "thin  streaky"  as  compared  with  the  cuts  above 
them.  Fig.  2  shows  a  good  trim  belly,  but  in  Fig.  1  it  sags  a  little  too 
much  towards  the  rear,  owing  to  the  somewhat  crouching  position  of 
the  animal,  which  the  artist  has  failed  to  entirely  eliminate.  Fig.  1, 
however,  shows  an  excellent  length  of  side. 

Hind  Quarters. — Some  surprise  may  be  occasioned  by  the  compara- 
tively low  value  attached  to  the  ham  in  the  diagram.  A  large,  blocky 
ham  is  not  desirable,  but  the  ham  should  taper  gradually  towards  the 
hock,  and  be  very  smooth. 

Quality. — Special  attention  should  be  paid  to  general  smoothness  and 
absence  of  flabbiness. 

iStyle. — This  would,  of  course,  be  disregarded  by  the  packer,  but  is 
deserving  of  some  prominence  in  breeding  stock,. 

Before  leaving  the  question  of  the  bacon  hog,  it  is  worthy  of  note  that 
carefully  conducted  experiments  at  the  Ontario  Agricultural  College, 
Guelph,  go  to  show  that  it  does  not  necessarily  cost  any  more  to  pro- 
duce a  pound  of  gain  in  a  good  type  of  bacon  hog  than  in  any  other  type. 
Hogs  of  excellent  bacon  type  proved  very  economical  feeders,  and 
ranked  very  high  in  this  respect  when  compared  with  fat  types 

II.    The  Fat  Hog. 

The  fat  hog,  so  popular  in  the  United  States,  is  practically  the  oppo- 
site of  the  bacon  hog  in  general  character.  Its  weight  may  be  anywhere 
from  200  to  400  pounds,  the  common  run  being  from  200  to  300  pounds* 
live  weight.  In  this  animal,  thickness  and  depth  are  emphasized  rather 
than    length.      The  heavy  jowl;    short,  thick  neck;  broad  shoulders. 


1286       CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

back  and  rump;  heavy  and  frequently  bulging  hams;  deep,  rather  than 
long,  side;  short  legs,  and  the  fine  bone  which  is  an  indication  of  obes- 
ity rather  than  muscular  development,  all  combine  to  make  up  an  ani- 
mal very  different  indeed  from  the  bacon  type.  There  is  a  popular  be- 
lief that  this  type  of  hog  can  be  more  cheaply  produced  than  the  bacon 
type.  This  may  be  true  for  certain  conditions;  but  for  the  conditions 
which  commonly  prevail  in  Canada,  the  belief  is  ill-founded,  as  has 
been  previously  stated. 

Scale  of  Points  for  Fat  Hogs. 

description. 
Head  AND  Neck— 5  points:  points. 

Snout,  moderately  fine 1 

Jowl,  full,  broad,  deep,  smooth,  and  firm,  carrying  fullness  back  near 

to  point  of  shoulder 2 

Neck,  short,  thick,  and  deep;  rounding  and  full  from  poll  to  shoul- 
der top 2 

Fore  Quarters— 12  points: 

Shoulders,  broad  and  compact  on  top,  deep,  well  fleshed,  blending 

smoothly  with  neck  and  body 7 

Breast,  wide,  deep,  and  full 3 

Fore  Legs,  set  well  apart,  short,  tapering  and   straight;  pasterns, 

upright;  bone,  clean  and  fine 2 

Body— 35  points: 

Back,  broad,  straight  or  very  slightly  arched,  medium  length,  uni- 
form width  from  shoulder  to  ham,  thickly  fleshed,  even  and 
smootli  without  creases  or  projections 10 

Loin,  broad,  strong,  full,  and  thickly  and  smoothly  fleshed 8 

Ribs,  long  and  well  sprung  at  top  and  bottom 3 

Sides,  medium  length,  deep,  smooth,  even  between  shoulder  and 

ham 6 

Heart  Girth,  large,  full  back  of  shoulder,  and  deep  and  full  at  fore 

flanks '. _ 4 

Flank,  deep  and  full 1 

Undo  line,  straight,  with  no  sagging  nor  flabbiness  of  belly 3 

Hind  Quarters — 19  points: 

Rump,  same  width  as  back,  long,  slightly  rounded  from  loin  to  base 

of  tail,  smooth 5 

Ham,  broad,  deep,  heavily  fleshed,  plump  and  reasonably  smooth; 

flesh  carried  well  down  to  hock  on  inside  as  well  as  at  rear 12 

Hind  Legs,  short,  straight,  set  well  apart  and  squarely  under  body; 

bone,  fine  and  clean;  pasterns,  strong 2 

Quality— 16  points: 

Ear,  fine  and  soft,  (1);  hair,  fine  and  abundant,  (1);  skin,  smooth, 
showing  no  tendency  to  wrinkle,  (3) ;  bone,  fine  and  smooth  in 
legs,  fine  in  snout  and  head,  and  showing  no  prominence  at 
side  or  top  of  shoulder,  (5);  flesh,  firm  and  smoothly  distrib- 
uted over  all  parts,  no  flabbiness  at  jowl,  fore  flank,  belly  and 

ham,(6) 16 

Symmetry— 5  points: 

All  parts  should  be  proportionately  developed,  so  that  in  general  ap- 
pearance the  animal  is  smooth,  compact,  and  well  balanced 5 

Weight:  heavy  for  age 8 

Perfection 100 


SWINE. 
BREEDS  OF  SWINE. 


1287 


III.  Large  Yorkshires. 
Yorkshire  swine  are  of  English  origin,  and  in  that  country  three 
types  are  recognized,  viz.:  Large  Whites,  Middle  Whites,  and  Small 
Whites.  In  this  country,  practically  only  one  type  is  known,  the  Large 
Whites,  which  are  variously  called  Large  Yorkshires,  Improved  York- 
shires, and  Improved  Large  Yorkshires.     The  term  "improved"  is  used 


Improved  Tamwortli  Sow,  bred  by  J.  K.  P.uthour,  Buoford,  Ontario,  and  property 
of  Ontario  Agricultural  College,  Guelph,  Ontario. 

because  the  modern  Large  Yorkshire  is  a  modification  of  the  original 
large  white  English  pig,  which  was  extremely  coarse  and  hard  to  fatten. 

Yorkshires  are  now  one  of  the  most  popular  breeds  in  Ontario,  and 
they  are  rapidly  gaining  a  footing  in  the  other  provinces  of  the  Dominion 
as  well  as  in  the  United  States. 

Characteristics. — Yorkshires  are  one  of  our  largest  breeds  of  swine. 
They  vary  considerably  in  type,  and  it  requires  skill  in  selection  to  breed 
them  of  uniform  character.  When  intelligently  selected,  they  are 
profitable  feeders,  growing  rapidly,  and  becoming  ready  for  the  packer 
at  an  early  age.     They  are  well  adapted  to  the  production  of  bacon  for 


1 2«S 


rVCLOPEDlA  OF  ],1VK  STOCK   AND  COMIM^KTE  STOCK  DO 


SWINE.  ]2.S9 

our  export  trade,  as  thej  produce  a  long  side  and  a  large  proportion  of 
lean  to  fat.  They  are  reasonably  hardy  and  very  prolific.  They  are 
exceptionally  valuable  for  crossing  on  the  fatter  types  of  hogs,  giving 
to  the  progeny  greater  length  and  less  tendency  to  excessive  fatness. 
They  are,  perhaps,  better  adapted  to  pen  feeding  than  to  grazing,  and 
they  will  stand  forcing  without  becoming  overfat. 

Judging  Yorkshires. — Yorkshires  vary  considerably  in  type  and  gen- 
eral qualities,  and  some  of  these  types  are  very  objectionable.  The 
more  old-fashioned  strains  frequently  possessed  extremely  short, 
turned-up  snouts,  with  the  lower  jaw  often  extending  beyond  the  upper. 
While  many  good  hogs  possess  this  peculiarity,  it  is  too  commonly 
associated  with  very  undesirable  qualities  to  deserve  popularity.  Ani- 
mals with  this  formation  of  snout  often  have  a  heavy  jowl,  neck,  and 
shoulder,  a  short  side,  and  a  general  lack  of  quality.  Even  though  the 
animal  may  not  possess  these  undesirable  qualities  in  itself,  there  is  a 
strong  probability  of  their  cropping  out  in  many  of  the  progeny.  Then 
there  is  another  extreme:  the  long,  scrawny  neck;  narrow  back;  rough, 
bony  shoulder;  long,  coarse-boned,  puffy  legs,  and  bristly  coat.  This 
type  should  be  avoided  as  one  would  avoid  the  plague.  It  may  have 
length,  but  is  not  a  bacon  hog.  It  lacks  quality,  which  is  essential  to 
the  bacon  hog;  and  it  is  a  hard  feeder,  which  the  bacon  hog  is  not. 

In  the  description  which  accompanies  the  scale  of  points,  an  attempt 
has  been  made  to  give  an  idea  of  what  the  Large  Yorkshire  should  be. 
In  judging,  however,  due  allowance  must  be  made  for  masculinity  in 
the  boar;  and,  provided  he  is  right  in  other  respects,  a  slight  promi- 
nence of  the  side  of  the  shoulder  may  be  overlooked.  The  neck,  also, 
is  more  heavily  muscled  than  would  be  desired  in  a  barrow,  and  it  is 
possible  to  have  the  boar  too  fine  in  bone.  It  is  a  great  mistake,  how- 
ever, to  go  to  the  other  extreme  and  imagine  that  general  coarseness 
and  lack  of  quality,  or  a  frame  loaded  with  fat,  indicates  constitution. 
There  should  be  activity,  strength,  and  vigor  without  coarseness; 
smoothness  and  quality  without  overrefinement;  length  without  weak- 
ness; substance  and  apparent  thrift  without  obesity. 

In  judging  of  the  length  of  the  hog,  it  is  not  enough  that  it  should 
be  long  from  snout  to  tail.  The  most  valuable  part  of  the  carcase  lies 
back  of  the  shoulder,  and  care  must  be  exercised  in  noting  the  length 
between  shoulder  and  ham.  What  appears  at  first  sight  to  be  a  long 
animal  will  sometimes  be  found  wanting  in  length  of  side,  the  shoulder 
extending  far  back  and  encroaching  upon  the  side.  This  formation 
gives  a  carcase  which  is  heavy  at  the  cheap  end.  It  is  possible,  how- 
ever, to  run  to  extremes  in  this  connection  also,  for  there  is  a  limit  to 
the  lenfijth  of  middle  which  an  animal  may  safely  carry,  and  it  is  possible 


1290      CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

to  have  an  animal  out  of  proportion  in   this  respect.     Strength  must 
accompany  length. 

Sows  should  show  no  indications  of  coarseness,  and  should  possess 
at  least  twelve  sound  teats. 

Scale  of  Points  for  Large  Yorkshire  Swin'" 

description. 

Color— 2  points :  points. 

White,  free  from  black  hairs,  and  as  far  as  possible  from  blue  spots 

on  the  skin 2 

Head  and  Neck— 8  points: 

Snout,  medium  length,  straight,  or  nearly  so,  moderately  fine 1 

Face,  slightly  dished,  broad  between  eyes 1 

Eyes,  good  size,  full  and  bright 1 

Jowl,  light  and  neat 2 

Ears,  long,  good  width,  moderately  thin,  slightly  incliHed  forward, 

and  fringed  with  fine  hair 1 

Neck,  medium  length,  muscular,  but  possessing  no  tendency  to  arch 

on  top 2 

Fore  Quarters— 15  points: 

Shoulders,  smooth,  somewhat  rounded  from  side  to  side  over  top  and 
very  compact;  no  wider  than  back,  and   not  running  back  on 

side  so  as  to  shorten  distance  between  shoulder  and  ham 8 

Breast,  good  width,  and  full 3 

Fore  Legs,  set  well  apart,  medium  length,  and   straight;  pasterns, 

strong;  bone,  clean  and  strong;  feet,  compact 4 

Body— 37  points: 

Back,  medium  width,  rising  slightly  above  the  straight  line,  and 

forming  a  very  slight  arch  from  neck  to  tail 8 

Loin,  wide  as  rest  of  back,  strong  and  futl,  but  not  unduly  arched—        5 

Ribs,  good  length  and  moderately  arched 3 

Side,  fairly  deep;  long,  smooth,  and  straight  between  shoulder  and 
ham;  a  straight-edge  laid  over  shoulder  point  and  ham  should 

touch  the  side  throughout 10 

Heart  Girth,  i\A\,  but  not  flabby  at  fore  flanks,  filled  out  even  with  side 
of  shoulder;  there  should  be  no  tucked-up  appearance  back  of 

fore  legs,  nor  droop  back  of  shoulder 5 

Flank,  full  and  low 2 

Underline,  straight;  the  belly  should  be  markedly  trim  and  neat 4 

Hind  Quarters— 17  points: 

Rump,  same  width  as  back,  long  and  slightly  rounded  from  a  point 
above  hips  to  tail,  and  somewhat  rounded  from  side  to  side 

over  top 5 

Ham,  full  without  flabbiness;  thigh,  tapering  towards  hock  without 

wrinkles  or  folds,  and  carrying  flesh  well  down  towards  hock        8 
Hind  Legs,  medium  length;  hocks,  set  well  apart,  but  not  bowed 
outward;  bone,  clean  and  strong;  pasterns,  strong;  feet,  com- 
pact        4 

Quality— 13  points : 

Hair,  fine  and  abundant,  (2) ;  skin,  smooth,  showing  no  tendency  to 
wrinkle,  (2) ;  bone,  clean  in  legs,  and  showing  no  prominence 
on  side  and  top  of  shoulder,  (4);  flesh,  firm  and  smooth,  -with 
no  flabbiness  at  jowl,  fore  flank,  belly,  or  ham,  (5) 13 


SWINE.  1291 

Style— 3  points: 

Active  and  sprightly  in  mojment,  walking  without  a  swaying  mo- 
tion, and  standing  well  up  on  toes 3 

Symmetry— 5  points : 

All  parts  proportionately  developed,  so  that  the  general  appearance 

gives  the  impression  of  a  well-balanced,  strongly-built  animal        5 

Perfection 100 

Objections. 

Snout. — Unduly  short  and  turned  up. 

Jowl. — Heavy. 

Ears. — Small,  similar  to  Berkshire,  or  unduly  coarse  and  droopino-. 

Neck. — Either  long  and  scrawny,  or  extremely  short  and  heavy. 

Shoulders. — Extremely  heavy,  open  on  top,  or  extending  far  back  on 
side  so  as  to  shorten  distance  between  shoulder  and  ham. 

Girth. — Light  around  heart,  tucked  up  at  fore  flank,  depressed  back  of 
shoulder  top,  narrow  across  floor  of  chest. 

Back. — Either  extremely  narrow  or  extremely  wide ;  either  sagt^ed  or 
unduly  arched. 

Loin. — Narrow  and  weak. 

Side. — Short;  falling  away  at  lower  part,  owing  to  short-curved  rib. 

Belly. — Either  tucked  up  or  sagging. 

Ham. — Either  bare  or  wrinkled  and  flabby. 

Legs. — Long,  coarse,  crooked,  deformed ;  bone  puffy ;  pasterns  wenk ; 
feet  spreading. 

Qualitij. — Hair  scanty  or  coarse  and  wiry;  skin  wrinkled;  flesh  soft 
and  flabby,  or  unevenly  laid  on. 

Symmetry. — Undue  development  of  certain  parts  in  proportion  to 
others. 

IV.    Tam  worths. 

Tamworth  swine  are  also  of  English  origin,  and  were  quite  extensively 
bred  in  England  as  early  as  the  beginning  of  the  past  century.  Thev 
have  been  greatly  improved  and  modified  of  late  years,  and  are  to  be 
found  in  large  numbers  at  the  leading  shows  in  this  country.  They 
have  also  spread  into  the  United  States,  though  it  is  impossible  to  fore- 
tell their  success  in  that  country. 

Characteristics. — They  are  admirably  adapted  to  the  production  of 
export  bacon,  being  lengthy,  smooth-shouldered,  light-boned,  and  pro- 
ducing a  large  proportion  of  lean  to  fat.  They  are  reasonably  hardy, 
and  the  better  class  of  them  are  economical  producers  of  bacon.  The 
sows  are  prolific  and  good  mothers,  though  in  experiments  at  the 
Ontario  Agricultural  College,  the  young  pigs  scarcely  grew  so  rapidly  as 


1292       CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

the  Yorkshires.     They  are  quite  extensively  used  for  crossing  on  other 
breeds. 

Judging  Tamivor I hs.— The  Tamworth  is  essentially  a  bacon  hog, 
and  must  be  judged  as  such.  Fancy  points  must  give  way  to  utility, 
although  heavy,  drooping  ears,  and  black  spots  are  seriously  objected 
to.  Leaving  the  remarks  on  breed  tyi)e  out  of  consideration,  what  has 
been  said  in  connection  with  judging  Yorkshires  applies  with  equal 
force  to  this  breed. 


Yorksliire  Boar,  bred  and  owned  by  the  Ontario  Agricultural  College,  Guelpb,  Ontario. 
Scale  of  Points  for  Tamworth  Swine. 

description. 

Color— 2  points:                                                                                            points. 
Golden  red  without  black  spots  in  hair  or  skin 2 

Head  and  Neck— 8  points: 

Snoul,  rather  long,  straight,  and  fine 1 

Face,  slightly  dished,  good  width  between  eyes 1 

Eyes,  good  size,  full,  and  bright 1 

Jozul,  very  light  and  neat 2 

Ears,  rather  long,  pointed,  thin,  erect,  and  fringed  with  fine  hair... .        1 
Neck,  medium  length,  muscular,  but  possessing  no  tendency  to  arch 

on  top " 2 

Fore  Quarters — Same  as  for  large  Yorkshire. 

Body— Same  as  for  large  Yorkshire. 

Hind  Quarters— Same  as  for  large  Yorkshire. 

Quality — Same  as  for  large  Yorkshire. 

Stvlk— Same  as  for  large  Yorkshire. 

Symmetry — Same  as  for  large  Yorkshire. 

Objections— Same  as  for  large  Yorkshire. 


8WINE.  1293 

V.   Berkshires. 

In  the  Berkshire  we  have  another  English  breed,  and  one  that  is  very 
extensively  spread  over  Canada  and  the  United  States.  Some  years  ago 
the  utility  of  this  breed  was  greatly  injured  by  its  breeders  aiming  to 
secure  fancy  points  rather  than  to  develop  useful  qualities.  Color  was 
regarded  as  of  great  importance,  and,  in  addition,  they  bred  for  an  ex- 
tremely short  snout,  heavy  jowl  and  neck,  a  broad,  fat  back,  and  very  fine 
bone.  Of  late  years  Canadian  breeders  at  least  have  been  trying  to  get 
as  far  away  as  possible  from  the  type  mencioned  above,  and  to  bring  the 
breed  nearer  the  bacon  type.  Tj^eir  efforts  have  met  with  a  consider- 
able degree  of  success,  though  there  is  still  much  to  accomplish  before 
the  breed  as  a  whole  can  be  classed  as  an  ideal  bacon  hog. 

Characteristics. — There  is  a  marked  difference  in  the  general  type  of 
Canadian  and  American  Berkshires,  for  while  Canadian  breeders  have 
been  striving  to  lengthen  the  side  and  modify  the  type  generally  to  meet 
the  requirements  of  our  market,  Americans,  on  the  other  hand,  have 
been  breeding  them  solely  for  the  production  of  the  fat  hog.  Berk- 
shires, as  a  breed,  are  very  easy  feeders,  and  mature  early.  They  are 
hardy  and  fairly  prolific.  Perhaps  their  greatest  faults  from  a  market 
standpoint  are  their  tendencies  to  shortness  of  side  between  shoulder 
and  ham,  and  to  undue  weight  of  jowl,  neck,  and  shoulder.  They  form 
poi)ular  crosses  with  Yorkshires  and  Tamworths,  and  the  result  of  these 
crosses  is  usually  a  very  good  bacon  hog. 

Judging  Berkshires. — Owing  to  the  confusion  of  types,  it  becomes  a 
diflScult  matter  to  judge  Berkshires  satisfactorily  in  Canadian  show- 
ings. However,  since  the  bacon  hog  is  the  leading  hog  in  Canada,  and 
since  Berkshire  breeders  claim  their  favorites  to  be  well  adapted  to  the 
production  of  Wiltshire  sides,  it  seems  only  reasonable  to  assume  that 
they  should  be  judged  mainly  from  the  bacon  standpoint.  It  is  true, 
that  a  very  important  use  of  Berkshires  is  to  cross  with  such  breeds  as 
the  Yorkshire  and  Tamworth,  but  even  for  this  purpose  they  are  all  the 
better  for  approaching  the  bacon  type  very  closely.  There  is,  there- 
fore, good  ground  for  discounting  the  heavy  jowl,  neck,  and  shoulder, 
and  the  extremely  broad  back,  and  for  insisting  upon  only  a  moderate 
development  of  these  parts.  Length,  particularly  between  shoulder  and 
ham,  becomes  of  greater  importance  than  depth  and  thickness.  What 
has  been  said  under  Yorkshires  regarding  the  danger  of  going  to 
extremes,  applies  with  equal  force  here,  and  the  judge  must  not  fail  to 
emphasize  constitution,  quality,  and  symmetry. 

Scales  of  Points. — Since  there  are  two  distinct  standards  for  judg- 
mg  Berkshires,  it  has  been  thought  advisable  to  give  two  descriptions. 
The  first  one  assumes  that  the  Berkshire  is  to  be  judged  as  a  bacon  hog, 


1294      CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

and  is  recommended  as  a  standard  for  Canadian  l)reeders.  The  second 
description  gives  a  very  clear  idea  of  the  ideal  Berkshire  of  the  United 
States. 

Scale  op  Points  for  Berkshire  Swine  as  Bred  for  Bacon  Production. 

description. 

Color— 2  points:  points. 

Black,  with  white  on  face,  feet,  tip  of  tail,  and  an  occasional  splash 

on  arm 2 

Head  and  Neck— 8  points: 

Snout,  medium  length  and  rather  fine 1 

Face,  dished,  {?ood  width  between  eyes 1 

£yes,  good  size,  full,  and  bright 1 

Jowl,  light  and  neat 2 

Ears,  medium  size,  thin,  and  soft,  almost  erect,  but  sometimes  in- 
clining slightly  forward  in  aged  animals 1 

Neck,  medium  length,  muscular,  but  possessing  little  or  no  tendency 

to  arch  on  top 2 

Fore  Quarters— Same  as  for  large  Yorkshire. 
Body — Same  as  for  large  Yorkshire. 
Hind  Quarters — Same  as  for  large  Yorkshire. 
Quality — Same  as  for  large  Yorkshire. 
Style — Same  as  for  large  Yorkshire. 
Symmetry — Same  as  for  large  Yorkshire. 

Objections — Same  as  for  large  Yorkshire  with  exception  of  ears,  which 
should  read:  Very  large,  coarse,  or  flabby. 

BERKSHIRE  SWINE. 

Description  Adopted  by  the  American  National  Association  of  Expert  Judges. 

disqualifications. 

Form. — Very  large  and  heavy  or  drooping  ears ;  small,  cramped  chest, 
crease  back  of  shoulders  and  over  the  back  so  as  to  cause  a  depression 
in  back  easily  noticed,  deformed  or  crooked  legs,  feet  broken  down,  so 
that  the  animal  walks  on  pastern  joints. 

Size.— Overgrown,  gangling,  narrow  contracted  or  not  two-thirds 
large  enough  for  age. 

Condition. — Barrenness,  deformed,  seriously  diseased,  total  blind- 
ness from  any  cause. 

Score. — Less  than  sixty  points. 

Pedigree. — Not  eligible  to  record. 

detailed  description. 

1. — Head  and  Face. — Head  short,  broad,  coming  well  forward  at 
poll,  face  short  and  fine  and  well  dished,  broad  between  the  eyes, 
tapering  from  eyes  to  point  of  nose,  surface  even  and  regular. 

Objections. — Head  long,  narrow  and  coarse,  forehead  low  and  nar- 
row, jaws  narrow  or  contracted,  lower  jaws  extending  beyond  upper, 


SWINE.  1295 

face  long,  straight  between  eyes,  nose  coarse,  thick,  or  crooked,  or 
ridgy. 

2. — Eyes.  -Very  clear,  rather  large,  dark,  hazel  or  gray. 

Objections. — Small,  dull,  blood-shot,  deep  set  or  obscure,  vision  im- 
paired by  wrinkles,  fat  or  other  cause. 

3. — Ears. — Generally  almost  erect,  but  sometimes  inclined  forward 
with  advancing  age,  medium  size,  thin  and  soft. 

Objections.  -  Large,  coarse,  thick,  round  or  drooping,  long  or  large 
knuck,  difference  in  form,  size  or  position  one  with  the  othir,  animal 
unable  to  control  their  position. 

A.  — Neck. — Full,  deep,  short  and  slightly  arched,  broad  on  top,  well 
connected  with  shoulder. 

Objections. — Long,  flat,  lacking  in  fullness  and  depth. 

5. — Jowl. — Full,  firm  and  neat,  carrying  fullness  back  to  shoulder 
and  brisket. 

Objections. — Light,  flabby,  thin,  tucked  up  or  wrinkled. 

6. — Shoulder. — Broad,  deep  and  full,  not  extended  above  line  of  bacfe 
and  being  as  wide  on  top  as  back,  carrying  size  down  to  line  of  belly 
and  having  lateral  width. 

Objections. — Lacking  in  depth  or  width,  thick  beyond  the  line  of 
sides  and  hams  or  extending  above  line  of  back,  heavy  shields  on  hogs 
under  eighteen  months  of  age. 

7. — Chest. — Large,  wide,  deep  and  roomy,  full  girth,  breast  bone 
curving  well  forward,  extending  back  on  level,  not  tucked  up,  broad 
between  fore  legs. 

Objection's. — Flat,  narrow  at  top  or  bottom,  small  girth,  lacking 
lepth  or  fullness,  breast  bone  crooked  or  tucked  up. 

8. — Back — Broad  and  straight,  carrying  same  width  from  shoulder 
to  ham,  surface  even  and  smooth  without  creases  or  projections  and  not 
too  long. 

Objections.  —  Narrow,  swayed  or  hollow,  dropping  below  a  straight  line. 

9. — Sides  and  Ribs. — Sides  full,  smooth,  firm  and  deep,  carrying 
size  down  to  belly  and  evenly  from  ham  to  shoulder.  Ribs  long,  strong, 
well  sprung  at  top  and  bottom. 

Objections. — Flat,  thin,  flabby,  not  as  full  at  bottom  as  top.  Ribs 
weak,  not  well  sprung  at  top  or  bottom. 

10. — Belly  and  Flank. — Wide,  full  and  straight  on  bottom  line. 

Objections. — Belly  narrow  and  sagging.     Flank  thin  and  tucked  up. 

11. — Ham  and  Rump. — Haras  broad,  full  and  long;  the  lower  front 
part  of  ham  should  be  full  and  stifle  well  covered  with  flesh,  coming  well 
down  on  hock.  Rump  should  have  a  rounding  slope  from  loin  to  root  of 
tail,  same  width  as  back  and  filling  out  on  each  side  and  above  the  tail. 


1296      CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLKPE  STOCK   DOCTOPv. 

Objectious. — Ham  narrow,  short,  thin,  not  projectin^r  beyond  and 
coming  down  on  hock,  cut  up  too  high  in  crotch.  Rump  flat,  narrow 
and  too  steep. 

12. — Legs  and  Feet. — Legs  short,  straight  and  strong,  set  wide  ai)art, 
with  hoofs  erect  and  capable  of  holding  good  weight. 

Objections.  -  Legs  long,  slim,  coarse,  crooked,  muscles  light,  pastern 
long,  slim  or  flat,  feet  long  or  sprawling. 

13. —  Tail. — Set  well  up,  fine,  tapering  and  neatly  curled. 

Objections. — Coarse  and  straight,  too  low. 

14. —  Coat. — Fine,  straight,  smooth,  lying  close  to  and  covering  the 
body  well,  not  clipped,  evenly  distributed  over  body. 

Objections. — Hair  coarse,  harsh,  wavy  or  curly,  not  evenly  distributed 
over  body,  swirls  or  clipped. 

15. —  Color. — Black,  with  white  on  feet,  face,  tip  of  tail  and  an  occa- 
sional splash  on  arm. 

Objections. — Solid  black  or  black  points,  or  white  spots  on  body. 

16. — Size. — Large  for  age.  Boar  two  years  and  over  not  less  than 
450  pounds,  sow  same  age  400  pounds.  Boar  eighteen  months  350 
pounds,  sow  same  age  325  pounds.  Boar  twelve  months  300  pounds, 
sow  same  age  275  pounds.     Boar  and  sow  six  months  150  pounds. 

Objections. — Under  weight,  coarse,  not  in  good  form  to  fatten. 

17. — Action  and  Style. — Action,  vigorous.  Style,  graceful  and  at- 
tractive, k 

Objections. — Dull,  sluggish  and  clumsy. 

Id). —  Condition. — Healthy,  skin  clear  of  scurf,  scales  or  sores,  soft 
and  mellow  to  the  touch,  flesh  fine,  evenly  laid  on  and  free  from  lumps, 
hair  soft  and  lying  close  to  body,  good  feeding  qualities. 

Objections.  — Unhealthy,  skin  scaly,  scabby  or  harsh,  flabbiness  or 
lumpy  flesh,  too  much  fat  for  breeding.  Hair  harsh,  dry  and  standing 
up  from  body,  poor  feeders,  deafness,  partial  or  total. 

11). — Disposition. — Quiet  and  gentle  and  easy  to  handle. 

Objections. — Cross,  restless,  vicious  and  wild. 


HORSE   BREEDING. 

By  Prof.  J.  Hugo  Reed,  V.  S.,  Guelph,  Ontaria 


THE    LAW    OF    HEREDITY    OK    SIMILARITY. II.      THE    LAW     OF    VARIATION.— 

III.      LAW    OP    HABIT. IV.      THE     LAW    OF    ATAVISM    OR    STRIKING    BACK. V. 

THE  LAW  OF  CORRELATION. VI.  THE  LAW  OF  FECUNDITY  OR  POWER  TO  REPRO- 
DUCE.  Vil.  IN-BREEDING  AND  IN-AND-IN-BREEDING. VIII.  CROSS-BREED- 
ING.  IX.       THE     RELATIVE     INFLUENCE     OF     PARENTS. X.        INFLUENCE      OF 

A     PREVIOUS     IMPREGNATION. XI.       INTRA-UTERINE     INFLUENCE. XII.       SEX 

AT    WILL. XIII.      CARRIAGE    HORSES. XIV.      SADDLE   HORSES    AND    HUNTERS. 

XV.      COBS. XVI.      ROADSTERS. XVII.      POINTS  OF  THE    HORSE. XVIII. 

THE  EXTERNAL  CONFORMATION  OF  THE  HORSE. XIX.      CONFORMATION  OF  TFB 

HEAVY    DRAFT    STALLION. XX.       CONFORMATION     OF     MARE    OR    GELDING. 

XXI.  CONFORMATION  OF  COACH  STALLION. XXII.  CONFORMATION  OF  CAR- 
RIAGE MARE  OR  GELDING XXIII.  CONFORMATION  OF  THE  HACKNEY  STALL- 
ION.  XXIV.        CONFORMATION      OF     THE     STANDARD-BRED     STALLION. XXV. 

CONFORMATION  OF  THE  THOROUGH-BRED  STALLION. — —XXVI.  CONFORMATION 
OF  THE  THOROUGH-BRED    GELDING    OR    MARE. 


Present  conditions  point  clearly  to  the  fact  that  horse  breeding  can 
be  carried  on  with  a  reasonable  prospect  of  fair  profit.  I  do  not  mean 
to  advise  farmers  to  go  exclusively,  or  even  extensively,  into  horse 
breeding,  but  to  have  one  or  more  mares  breeding  every  year,  as  I  think 
any  person  following  mixed  farming  should.  While  to-day  even  the 
horse  of  no  particular  breeding  or  characteristics  to  particularly  recom- 
mend him  (the  mongrel,  we  might  say)  will  command  a  fair  price,  I  do 
not  recommend  his  production.  The  time  for  the  patronage  of  the  im- 
pure bred  sire  at  a  low  stud  fee  is  past.  In  order  that  a  man  may  suc- 
cessfully and  profitably  breed  horses,  a  few  things  are  essential.  In  the 
first  place,  he  must  be  a  fair  judge  of  a  horse,  he  must  understand  the 
desirable  conformation,  action  and  characteristics  of  the  horse  he  is  try- 
ing to  produce,  and  the  greater  his  knowledge  of  the  internal  economy 
— as  bones,  muscles,  ligaments,  nervous,  thoracic  and  abdominal  organs 
— the  better.  He  must,  provided  he  intends  breeding  for  the  market, 
carefully  study  the  horse  markets  and  ascertain  which  classes  of  horses 
are  in  demand  at  fair  prices.  Then  he  must  decide  which  of  those 
classes  his  particular  tastes  or  fancies,  conditions  or  environments  war- 
rant him  in  endeavoring  to  produce.  He  must  fix  in  his  mind  a  definite 
standard  and  then  work  up  to  that  standard. 

He  must  not  expect  to  reach  his  ideal  all  at  once :  he  must  have  pa 
tience  and  perseverance,  must  not  become  discouraged  if  he  be  disap- 
pointed in  his  first  attempt.  Success  in  breeding  horses,  as  in  all  other 
departments   of    farm    management,  must   be   measured  by  the  actual 

1297 


1298       CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


HORSE    BREEDING.  1299 

value  cf  the  products  and  the  profits  that  may  be  derived  from  them. 
The  relative  value  of  animals  depends  upon  their  adaptation  to  a  partic- 
ular purpose,  and  the  returns  they  make  for  expense  incurred  and  food 
consumed.  The  man  who  contemplates  breeding  horses  for  profit  should 
carefully  study  the  "Laws  of  Breeding."  He  must  recognize  that  re- 
production is  governed  by  certain  laws.  There  is  no  such  thing  as 
chance  in  breeding.  AH  occurrences  that  appear  as  such  can  be  ex- 
plained if  we  are  acquainted  with  the  history  of  the  sires  and  dams  for 
generations  back.  We  will  now  mention  a  few  of  the  principal  laws  of 
breeding,  some  of  which  the  breeder  can  control,  others  he  cannot. 

I.  The  Law  of  Heredity  or  Similarity. 
The  greatest  and  strongest  law  of  breeding  is  the  law  of  heredity  ol 
similarity,  or,  in  other  words,  "like  begets  like."  But  we  have  devia« 
tions  from  this  law  which  are  often  hard  or  impossible  to  explain. 
The  law  is  not  absolute.  It  is  necessary  for  the  maintenance  oi 
species.  In  this  respect  it  is  absolute ;  the  law  of  variation  is  neces* 
sary  for  the  improvement  thereof.  Breeds  have  been  improved  and 
new  breeds  developed  by  crossing.  The  law  of  heredity  is  so  strong 
that  it  teaches  us  to  be  careful  in  the  selection  of  both  sires  and 
dams  for  breeding  purposes.  It  is  claimed  by  many  that  the  in- 
tellectual and  nervous  points  of  the  offspring  are  imparted  to  a  greater 
extent  by  the  dam,  and  the  external  conformation  and  constitution 
more  by  the  sire.  (This  is  a  disputed  point.)  Not  only  are  desir- 
able qualities,  as  conformation,  constitution,  disposition,  etc.,  trans- 
mitted from  the  parent  to  the  offspring,  but  also  undesirable  qualities, 
and  also  diseases,  or  at  least  a  tendency  or  hereditary  predisposition  to 
diseases,  such  as  ophthalmia,  spavm,  ringbone,  and  other  bone  diseases, 
roars,  heaves,  chronic  cough,  etc.  Youatt  says  there  is  scarcely  a  dis- 
ease but  is  to  a  certain  extent  hereditary.  If  we  accept  these  as  facts,  we 
will  readily  perceive  the  importance  of  exercising  great  care  in  the  selec- 
tion of  animals  for  breeding  purposes — both  sires  and  dams.  Don't  un- 
dervalue the  dam.  One  of  the  greatest  mistakes  often  made  is  to  breed 
a  mare  that  is  worthless,  or  nearly  so,  expecting  her  to  produce  a  good 
foal.  We  often  hear  the  expression,  "That  mare  is  not  of  much  ac- 
count, but  she  will  do  to  breed."  If  the  dam  be  inferior  it  is  quite 
unreasonable  to  expect  the  progeny  to  be  a  high-class  animal,  even 
though  the  sire  be  a  superior  one.  It  goes  without  saying  that  a  parent 
cannot  impart  to  her  progeny  qualities  that  she  does  not  herself  possess. 
Another  mistake  often  made  is,  a  man  has  rather  an  inferior  mare,  and 
he  does  not  consider  he  is  warranted  in  paying  the  necessary  fee  to 
secure  the  services  of  a  first-class  stallion  for  her,  and  hence  breeds  her 


1300      CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK   DOCTOR. 

to  a  low-priced  and  inferior  animal.  If  a  mare  be  worth  breeding  at  all, 
she  should  be  bred  to  the  very  best  stallion  of  her  class  whose  services 
can  be  secured  for  a  reasonable  stud  fee.  Even  a  rather  inferior  raare, 
if  mated  with  a  first-class  sire,  will  in  all  probability  produce  a  fair  foal, 
a  better  animal  than  herself,  but  usually  inferior  to  the  sire.  Deform- 
ities and  diseases  are  not  always  transmitted  to  the  progeny,  but  fre- 
(juently  they  are  affected  for  three  or  four  generations  by  such  things. 
When  accidents  happen  to  mares  during  pregnancy,  the  offspring  is 
liable  to  be  affected  thereby.  If  the  law  of  heredity  were  absolute  or 
invariable,  all  breeding  operations  would  be  of  a  very  monotonous  char- 
acter, but  inferior  animals  or  plants  can  be  improved  by  careful  breed- 
ing, and  this  is  called 

II.    The  Law  of  Variation. 

On  this  law  the  breeder  places  most  of  his  expectations  in  breed- 
ing. For  instance,  grain  or  corn  will  adapt  itself  gradually  to  what- 
ever climate  you  continue  to  grow  it  in.  The  coarse  corn  of  the 
South,  sown  in  this  country,  will  grow  tall  and  rank,  and  but  few 
grains  will  ripen  before  the  early  frosts.  Each  time  it  is  grown  it 
becomes  better  and  better  until  it  becomes  adapted  to  the  climate,  unless 
there  comes  a  very  early  frost,  when  the  whole  will  be  destroyed.  Most 
vegetables  can  be  traced  to  some  worthless  little  plants  found  on  some 
of  the  hills  of  Great  Britain  or  France.  The  various  races  of  human 
beings  are  accounted  for  by  the  law  of  variation.  The  same  law  applies 
to  domesticated  animals.  Whatwas  the  original  of  each  species  we  can 
form  only  our  own  opinions.  As  an  instance,  we  may  take  the  turkey, 
unknown  in  the  old  world  until  about  two  hundred  years  ago,  and  now 
the  varieties  are  numerous,  and  differ  greatly  in  size,  form,  color,  etc. 
All  these  varieties  have  been  developed  gradually  by  careful  breeding 
from  the  wild  turkey.  These  changes  can  be  traced  to  three  causes, 
viz. :  climate,  supply  and  nature  of  food,  and  habit.  Climate  has  great 
influence  on  the  constitution  and  organization.  Animals  of  hot  climates 
are  very  different,  especially  in  regard  to  the  skin  and  its  coverings,  to 
those  of  cold  climates.  In  warm  climates  the  covering  is  thin  and  light, 
while  in  cold,  wet  climates  there  is  a  flne  wool  next  the  skin,  and  grow- 
ing through  that  there  is  a  coarse  variety  of  hair  to  throw  off  the  wet, 
etc.  The  great  work  of  Nature  is  to  protect  the  true  skin  from  wet  and 
cold,  which  affect  the  internal  organization. 

The  supply  of  food  has  a  great  influence  on  the  form  and  habits  of 
animals.  In  the  low,  natural  pastures  of  England,  where  food  is 
plentiful  and  of  good  quality,  the  stock  is  large,  heavy  and  indolent, 
mature  and    fatten  quickly,  while  on  the  mountains  of  Wales  or  the 


BORSE    BREEDING.  1301 

Highlands  of  Scotland  the  stock  is  the  opposite,  being  small,  lively  and 
very  hardy,  capable  of  living  ou  little  food  and  thriving,  and  standing 
exposure  to  cold  sufficient  to  cause  the  death  of  animals  not  accustomed 
to  such  usage. 

III.    The  Law  of  Habit. 

The  habits  and  characteristics  of  animals  that  have  been  devel- 
oped by  the  conditions  in  which  they  are  placed,  or  the  peculiar 
training  they  have  received  at  the  hands  of  n:an,  appears  to  be 
transmitted  from  generation  to  generation  with  nearly  as  much  cer- 
tainty and  uniformity  as  those  that  characterize  the  original  type  or 
species  from  which  they  descended.  Some  of  the  most  strilving  charac- 
teristics of  this  form  of  heredity  are  to  be  found  in  the  transmission  of 
the  highly  artificial  peculiarities  that  characterize  the  various  improved 
breeds  of  animals.  The  tendency  to  lay  on  fat  rapidly  and  mature  early 
is  inherited  in  the  best  strains  of  Shorthorns,  Devons,  Herefords  and 
other  meat-producing  breeds  of  cattle,  while  the  ability  to  secrete  an 
abundant  supply  of  milk  is,  in  a  like  manner,  perpetuated  in  the  Ayr- 
shire, Jersey  and  other  dairy  breeds.  The  certainty  with  which  these 
acquired  qualities  are  transmitted  constitutes  one  of  the  most  valuable 
peculiarities  of  the  breed.  The  American  trotting  horse  furnishes  a 
well-marked  illustration  of  the  inheritance  of  acquired  characteristics. 
The  various  breeds  of  dogs  have  peculiarities  that  have  been  developed 
by  a  long  course  of  training,  which  are  transmitted  with  a  uniformity 
that  is  surprising.  Young  setters,  pointers  and  retrievers  that  have 
never  been  in  the  field  will  often  "work"  with  nearly  as  much  steadiness 
and  ability  as  thoi?e  that  have  had  a  long  experience  in  hunting  and 
sporting.  In  such  cases,  however,  it  will  be  found  that  their  ancestors, 
immediate  or  remote,  have  been  well  trained  to  their  special  method  of 
hunting. 

The  shepherd  dog  is  remarkable  for  its  sagacity  and  the  perma- 
nence with  Avhich  it  carries  out  the  will  of  its  master,  and  it  would  be 
difficult,  if  not  impossible,  to  train  dogs  of  any  other  breed  to  equal 
them  in  their  special  duties.  The  greyhound  hunts  by  sight  and  the 
bloodhound  by  scent,  and  their  offsprings  all  inherit  the  same  peculiar- 
ities. Habits  not  peculiar  to  any  particular  breed  of  animals  are  often 
inherited,  for  instance,  tricks  taught  to  dogs,  as  sitting  up,  begging, 
etc.,  are  sometimes  performed  by  their  puppies  without  their  having 
been  taught.  The  handwriting  of  members  of  the  same  family  fre- 
quently have  a  marked  resemblance.  There  are  families  in  which  the 
special  use  of  the  left  hand  is  hereditary.  It  must  be  admitted,  how- 
ever, that  acquired  habits  are  not  in  all  cases  hereditary,  but  it  would  be 
difficult  to  fix  a  limit  of  their  inheritance.     Acquired   habits  and  the 


1302      CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

original  traits  of  animals  appear  to  be  conflicting  elements  in  their  con- 
stitution,  either  of  which  may,  from  its  intensity,  predominate  in  hered- 
itary transmission.  Pigs  have  been  taught  to  point  game,  play  cards, 
and  perform  various  tricks,  but  in  the  hereditary  transmission  of  these 
characters  Nature  has  had  a  stronger  influence  than  culture.  There 
seems  to  be  reason  to  believe  that  such  hereditary  transmission  is  limited 
to  acquired  peculiarities  which  are  simply  modifications  of  the  natural 
constitution  of  the  race,  and  would  not  extend  to  such  as  may  be  alto- 
gether foreign  to  it.  From  a  practical  point  of  view,  however,  the  in- 
heritance of  acquired  characteristics,  so  far  as  they  are  of  any  value,  is 
fortunately  without  apparent  limit.  Abnormal  characteristics  are  fre- 
quently hereditary,  but  they  are  not  so  likely  to  be  transmitted  as  ac- 
quired habits  that  are  in  harmony  with  the  original  peculiarities  of  the 
animal.  It  is  stated  on  good  authority  that  animals  that  have  been 
branded  in  the  same  place  for  several  successive  generations  transmit 
the  same  mark  to  their  offspring.  Dr.  Brown-Sequard,  in  experiment- 
ing with  guinea-pigs,  observed  that  in  those  subjected  to  a  peculiar  op- 
eration, involving  a  portion  of  the  spinal  cord  or  sciatic  nerve,  a  slight 
pinching  of  the  skin  of  the  face  would  throw  the  animal  into  a  kind  of 
epileptic  convulsions.  When  these  epileptic  pigs  were  bred  together 
their  offspring  showed  the  same  predisposition  without  having  been  op- 
erated upon,  while  no  such  tendency  showed  itself  in  a  large  number  of 
pigs  bred  from  parents  that  had  not  been  subjected  to  the  operation. 

IV.  The  Law  of  Atavism  or  Striking  Back. 
Any  peculiarity  of  an  ancestor,  more  or  less  remote,  whether  of  color, 
form,  habits,  mental  traits  or  predisposition  to  disease,  may  make  its  ap- 
pearance in  the  offspring  without  having  been  observed  in  the  parenti. 
Numerous  cases  illustrative  of  this  law  are 'reported,  and  I  have  no  doubt 
many  readers  of  this  article  can  call  to  mind  cases  in  their  own  experience. 
Mr.  Dawson  reports  the  case  of  a  pointer  bitch  having  given  birth  to  a 
litter  of  seven  puppies.  Four  were  marked  with  blue  and  white,  which  is 
so  unusual  a  color  with  pointers  that  she  was  thought  to  have  played  false 
with  a  greyhound,  and  the  whole  litter  was  condemned,  but  the  gar.ie- 
keeper  was  allowed  to  keep  one  as  a  curiosity.  Two  years  later  a  friend 
of  the  owner  saw  the  young  dog  and  declared  that  he  was  the  image  of 
his  old  pointer  bitch,  Sappho,  the  only  blue  and  white  pointer  of  pure 
descent  which  he  had  ever  seen.  This  led  to  a  close  inquiry,  and  it  was 
proved  that  he  was  the  gi^eat-great-grandson  of  Sappho,  so  that  he  had 
only  one-sixteenth  of  her  blood  in  his  veins.  Goodale  states  that  many 
years  ago  there  were  a  few  polled  cattle  in  the  Kennebec  Valley,  but 
t.hov  finally  became  extinct.     For  thirty-five  vAwra  after  the  last  of  these 


HORSE    BREEDING.  1303 

polled  cattle  were  killed,  the  cattle  on  the  farm  of  Mr.  "Wingate  all  had 
horns,  Dut  at  the  end  of  that  time  a  polled  animal  made  its  appearance 
in  the  herd.  In  the  well-known  case  of  George  III.  of  England,  the  in- 
sanity was  transmitted  by  atavic  descent  from  a  male  ancestor  eight 
generations  back — not  only  the  insanity,  but  other  of  the  well-known 
characteristics  of  the  unfortunate  monarch  were  exactly  repeated.  In 
the  Shorthorn  herd  book  may  be  found  numerous  instances  of  the  atavic 
inheritance  of  color,  and  almost  every  breeder  can  furnish  from  his  own 
experience  instances  of  a  similar  nature.  Occasionally  a  black  lamb 
appears  in  a  flock  in  which  black  sheep  have  not  been  present  for  several 
generations.  In  a  large  family  we  seldom  find  all  the  children  resem- 
bling either  parent,  and  in  many  j^f.tances  the  resemblance  to  a  grand- 
parent or  some  more  remote  ancesi^t*  prevails  to  so  great  an  extent  that 
the  obvious  peculiarities  of  the  immediate  parents  are  obscured. 

V.  The  Law  of  Correlation. 
Any  peculiarity  in  the  development  of  one  organ  or  set  of  organs 
is  usually  accompanied  by  a  corresponding  modification  or  suppres- 
sion of  the  organs  of  some  other  part  of  the  system.  The  correlated 
structure  of  animals  enables  the  comparative  anatomist,  from  the 
examination  of  a  tooth,  to  determine  not  only  the  class  and  order  to 
which  the  animal  belonged,  but  its  habits  and  mode  of  life  and  char- 
acter of  food  required  for  its  support.  It  is  claimed  that  when  any 
particular  part  of  the  body  acquires  a  very  high  degree  of  development 
certain  other  parts  stop  short  of  their  ordinary  state  of  evolutiop,  as  if 
the  former  obtained  its  unusual  increment  at  the  expense  of  the  latter. 
The  law  of  correlation  is  thus  illustrated  in  herbivorous  mammals.  A 
limb  terminating  in  a  hoof  serves  for  locomotion,  and  it  cannot  be  used 
as  an  organ  of  prehension,  to  grasp,  seize  or  tear,  and  the  teeth  of  these 
mammals  have  flat,  roughened  grinding  surfaces,  while  in  carnivora  the 
feet  are  supplied  with  nails  and  claws  which  enables  the  animals  to  use 
them  for  prehension  and  holding  flesh,  etc.,  while  the  teeth  are  fine  and 
pointed  and  the  muscles  of  mastication  strongly  developed.  In  blind 
people  the  sense  of  touch  attains  a  delicacy  that  is  surprising.  Cases 
are  on  record  of  blind  people  who  could  not  only  distinguish  colors  but 
shades  of  the  same  color  by  the  sense  of  touch. 

VI.    The  Law  of  Fecundity  or  Power  to  Reproduce. 
The  fertility   of    animals    is   frequently   influenced   by  changes   in 
their    surroundings    and   habits   that   cannot    of    themselves   be   con- 
sidered  unfavorable    to   the    healthy   action   of  the   system.     It   has 
been    observed   that  the   procreative    powers   are   impaired,    or  even 


1804         CYCLOrEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

entirely  wantin<T,  in  muny  wild  species  when , placed  in  close  confine- 
ment. Domesticated  animals  are,  as  a  rule,  more  prolific  than  the 
wild;  no  doubt  due  in  a  great  measure  to  a  better  supply  of  food 
throughout  the  year,  and  the  more  uniform  condition  in  which 
they  are  placed.  The  activity  of  the  reproductive  organs  is  necessarily 
dependent  upon  the  functions  of  nutrition  which  supplies  the  material 
concerned  in  the  operation.  There  is  a  certain  degree  of  antagonism 
between  the  nutritive  and  the  generative  functions,  the  one  being  exe- 
cuted at  the  expense  of  the  other.  When  the  function  of  nutrition  is 
impaired  by  disease,  or  when  the  supply  of  food  is  not  sufficient  for  the 
wants  of  the  system,  the  reproductive  powers  suffer  a  corresponding  de- 
crease in  their  activity.  Sheep  bred  on  rich  pastures  more  frequently 
produce  twins  than  those  pastured  on  poorer  lands.  While  full  feeding 
seems  to  increase  the  fecundity,  any  excess  in  the  nutritive  activity  of  the 
system  will  as  readily  im})air  the  powers  of  reproduction.  It  is  hard  to 
say  whether  underfeeding  or  overfeeding  has  the  greater  effect  on 
fecundity.  To  be  prolific  an  animal  requires  to  be  kept  in  moderate 
condition.  There  seems  to  be  a  marked  relation  between  the  size  of 
animals  and  their  fecundity.  Throughout  the  entire  animal  kingdom 
the  small  species  of  animals  appear  to  be  more  prolific,  and,  as  a  rule, 
breed  at  an  earlier  age  and  at  shorter  intervals  and  produce  a  greater 
number  of  young  at  a  birth.  It  is  a  well-known  fact  that  members  of 
certain  families  of  any  species  are  more  prolific  than  members  of  other 
families.  Among  cattle  it  is  said  that  when  twins  are  produced,  a  male 
and  a  female,  the  latter,  called  a  free  martin,  is,  as  a  rule,  barren ;  when 
twins  are  of  the  same  sex  the  reproductive  powers  are  normal.  In  free 
martins  the  internal  generative  organs  are  said  to  be  imperfect,  partak- 
ing of  the  character  of  both  sexes.  In  appearance  these  imperfect 
animals  often  resemble  males. 

VII.  In-Breeding  and  In-and-in-Breeding. 
In-breeding  indicates  the  breeding  together  of  distant  members  of  the 
same  family.  In-and-in-breeding  the  breeding  together  of  very  near  rela- 
tives. The  line  of  distinction  between  the  terms  is  very  hard  to  define. 
Various  opinions  exist  in  regard  to  this  line  of  breeding,  many  claiming 
that  in-and-in-breeding  produces  a  delicacy  of  constitution,  others  dis- 
claiming this  fact.  My  experience  is  that  it  is  not  well  to  breed  too  close, 
but  that  judicious  in-breeding  is  generally  successful.  We  can  thereby 
intensify  any  desirable  qualities  the  family  may  possess.  Many  cases  of 
in-and-in-breeding  in  fowls  and  sheep  with  favorable  results  are  reported. 
In  wild  animals,  where  it  is  carried  on  without  restraint,  we  notice  the 
species  do  not  deteriorate,  due  to  the  fact  that  the  best  and  strongest 


HORSE    BREEDING.  1305 

males  drive  the  weaker  ones  awaj;   hence  the  offspring  is  the  produce 
of  the  best  specimen  of  the  male. 

VIII.  Cross-Breeding. 
Strictly  speaking,  cross-breeding  is  the  pairing  of  animals  of  dis- 
tinct breeds,  and  in  this  limited  sense  it  may  be  considered  the 
opposite  of  in-and-in-breeding.  But  the  term  cross-breeding  or  out- 
breeding is  frequently  used  to  indicate  the  mixture  of  the  blood  of  dif- 
ferent families  of  the  same  breed.  Cross-breeding  has,  probably,  been 
carried  on  more  in  sheep  than  in  any  other  animals,  frequently  with 
good  results,  but  often  the  reverse.  Some  animals,  the  mountain  breeds 
of  sheep,  for  instance,  that  have  been  bred  on  the  mountains  for  years 
and  3'ears,  have  acquired  such  individuality  of  form,  constitution,  etc., 
that  the  introduction  of  improved  rams  gives  very  poor  results.  Cross- 
breeding can  have  but  two  objects:  either  the  improvement  of  existing 
breeds  or  the  production  of  a  new  breed.  To  cross-breed  with  the  idea 
of  obtaining  a  new  breed  requires  a  great  deal  of  knowledge,  patience 
and  wealth,  and  can  be  successfully  carried  out  by  very  few.  To  im- 
prove for  the  purpose  of  slaughter  or  for  the  improvement  of  other 
qualities  is  a  different  thing,  and  for  these  purposes  judicious  cross- 
breeding (not  too  violent  crosses)  is  likely  to  be  successful.  Crossing 
must  be  done  by  degrees ;  extreme  or  violent  crosses  are  not  to  be  tol- 
erated. In  breeding  horses  a  farmer  breeds  either  for  his  own  use  or 
for  the  market.  If  for  his  own  use,  he  must  make  up  his  rcind  what 
class  of  horses  is  best  suited  to  his  purpose,  and  then  be  careful  in  the 
selection  of  both  sire  and  dam.  If  for  the  market,  he  naturally  consid- 
ers what  class  is  in  the  greatest  demand  at  the  best  prices,  and,  having 
decided  that  question,  goes  intelligently  to  work  to  produce  it. 

IX.  The  Relative  Influence  of  Parents. 
Many  diverse  opinions  are  given  by  writers  as  to  the  relative 
influence  of  parents  upon  the  progeny,  some  of  which,  without  suf- 
ficient reasons,  have  been  quite  generally  accepted  as  established 
facts.  My  opinion  is,  that  the  condition  and  general  constitution 
of  animals  during  the  time  of  copulation  has  great  influence  upon  the 
offspring,  and,  provided  both  sire  and  dam  be  in  good  health,  the 
one  of  the  better  breeding,  that  is  the  animal  that  is  the  produce  of 
ancestors  that  have  been  bred  in  a  certain  line  for  generations,  and 
has  the  characteristics  of  that  special  family  intensified  in  him  or  her, 
which  evidently  gives  him  or  her  greater  prepotency,  will  have  the 
greater  influence  upon  the  progeny.  The  importance  of  securing  males 
of  the  best  quality — males  that  from  their  superior  breeding  will  be  likely 


130G  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

to  be  prepotent — to  mate  with  the  mares  at  our  disposal,  cannot  be  too 
strongly  urged  as  one  of  the  readiest  means  of  improvement.  It  is 
generally  admitted  that  the  straighter  or  less  mixed  the  breed  is,  the 
greater  the  probability  of  its  transmitting  to  the  offspring  the  qualities 
it  possesses,  whether  these  be  good  or  bad.  Economy  has  made  the 
male  ancestor  the  most  important,  simply  because  he  sires  a  great  many 
foals  while  the  mare  i)roduces  only  one  each  year. 

X.    Influence  of  a  Previous  Impregnation. 
The  influence  of  the  male  in  the  process  of  breeding  is  not  limited 
to  his  immediate  offspring,  but  extends  through  the  female  that  he 
has   impregnated  to   her  offspring   by  another  male.     Paradoxical  as 
this  statement  may  appear,  there   are   many  well-authenticated   cases 
on   record  that  cannot  be  explained  in  any  other  way.     It  is  authen 
tically  stated  that  in  1815  a   chestnut  mare,    seven-eighths   Arabian 
was   covered  by  a   Qiiagga   (a  species   of   Zebra).     The  hybrid    pro 
duced  resembled  the  sire  in  color  and  many   characteristics  of  form 
etc.     In  1817,   1818   and   1821   the   same   mare  was  bred  to  a  pure 
bred  Arabian  stallion  and  produced  three  foals,  all  of  which  bore  the 
curious  markings   of   the   Quagga.     Instances  of   this  kind  in   a   less 
marked  degree  have  been  noticed  by  many  breeders.     Although  any 
impregnation  may  have  influence  upon  successive  ones,  the  first  is  of 
the   most  importance.     It   is  probable  that  the  female  has  received, 
through  the  fatal  circulation,   some  of    the  attributes  the  foetus  has 
derived  from  the  male,  and  that  these  are  communicated  along  with 
those  proper  to  herself  to  the  offspring  of  a  different  male.    It  is  claimed 
that  when  a  pure-bred  female  of  any  breed  has  been  impregnated  by  a 
male  of  another  breed  she  becomes  a  cross — loses  her  purity  of  blood  in 
consequence  of  her  connection  with  the  foreign  animal.     It  maybe  said 
that  the  act  of  fecundation  is  not  an  act  that  is  limited  in  its  effect,  but 
that  it  affects  the  whole  system,  the  sexual  organs  especially,  and  in  the 
sexual  system  the  ovums  to  be  impregnated  hereafter  are  so  modified  by 
the  first  act  that  later  impregnations  do  not  efface  the  first  impression. 

XI.  Intra-Uterine  Influence. 
The  abnormal  peculiarities  sometimes  observed  in  animals  at  the 
lime  of  birth,  that  are  not  recognized  as  family  characteristics,  have 
been  popularly  attributed  to  some  mysterious  influences  of  the  im- 
agination of  the  mother  in  the  process  of  intra-uterine  development. 
Some  claim  that  this  law  is  noticed  even  in  fowls.  It  is  stated 
that  the  ambition,  courage  and  military  skill  of  Napoleon  Bonaparte 
had   their   foundation   in   the   fact   that  the  Emperor's    mother   fol- 


HORSE    BREEDING.  1307 

lowed  hei-  husband  in  his  campaigns,  and  was  subjected  to  all  the 
dangers  of  a  military  life,  while,  on  the  other  hand,  the  murder  of 
David  Rizzio  in  the  presence  of  Queen  Mary  was  the  death-blow  to  the 
personal  courage  of  James  I.,  and  occasioned  that  strong  dislike  of 
edged  weapons  for  which  that  monarch  was  said  to  be  remarkable. 
Various  instances  can  be  cited  of  deformities,  monstrosities  and  birth- 
marks in  the  human  family  traceable  to  frights,  etc.,  received  by  the 
mother  during  pregnancy.  The  same  law  acts,  but  not  to  so  marked  an 
extent,  in  the  lower  animals.  I  call  to  mind  one  well-marked  case  of 
the  effect  of  a  fright  received  by  a  mare  during  the  act  of  copulation. 
A  farmer  bred  a  half-bred  Clydesdale  mare  to  a  pure-bred  Clydesdale 
stallion.  Both  sire  and  dam  were  good  individuals,  with  full  manes  and 
tails.  This  farmer  owned  a  dog  with  a  very  short  tail,  and  he  had  the 
habit  of  interfering  with  any  of  the  stock  that  were  fighting.  The  stall- 
ion came  to  the  farm  to  serve  the  mare,  and  during  the  act  of  copula- 
tion the  dog,  evidently  thinking  his  services  as  a  peace-maker  were  in 
demand,  caught  the  stallion  by  the  tail  and  growled  and  swung  from 
side  to  side.  The  groom  ran  back  and  gave  the  dog  a  kick,  and  he 
ran  towards  the  barn,  passing  directly  in  front  of  the  mare.  This  mare 
produced  to  this  cover,  and  the  foal,  while  perfect  in  form,  had  only  a 
few  hairs  and  no  dock  where  the  tail  should  be.  This  animal  is  still 
owned  by  the  breeder.  I  saw  her  a  few  months  ago,  and  she  is  a  fair 
representative  of  her  class,  being  well  developed  in  all  points  except  the 
above.  I  cannot  explain  this  phenomena  in  any  way  except  that  the 
mare  was  startled  by  the  sudden  appearance  of  the  tailless  dog,  and  it 
caused  such  a  nervous  impression  as  to  cause  the  development  of  a  foetus 
with  the  same  peculiarity. 

XII.    Sex  at  Will. 

Various  theories  have  been  advanced  to  produce  sex  at  will,  but,  as  far 
as  I  can  learn,  all  have  failed  in  actual  practice. 

If  we  recognize  the  foregoing  laws  as  governing  factors  in  the  repro- 
duction of  horses,  it  teaches  us  that  too  great  care  cannot  be  exercised 
in  the  selection  of  animals  for  breeding  purposes,  and  also  that  great 
care  of  the  dam  during  pregnancy  is  demanded.  As  to  the  hygiene  of 
pregnant  mares,  it  does  not  differ  in  many  respects  from  that  of  other 
animals.  The  mare  should  be  kept  in  moderate  condition  and  be  given 
regular  exercise  during  pregnancy,  or  else  regularly  used  at  ordinary 
work.  She  should  not  be  subjected  to  excessive  muscular  exertion,  and 
should  not  be  worked  much  under  saddle,  and,  if  ridden  at  all,  spurs 
should  not  be  used ;  the  excessive  muscular  contraction  often  caused  by 
the  application  of  the  spur  is  liable  to  cause  abortion.     If  we  are  breed- 


1308       CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  ANP  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

ing  with  the  hopes  of  producing  speea,  I  think  it  well  to  speed  the  mare 
for  short  distances  at  whatever  gait  we  expect  to  produce,  as  I  think 
the  offspring  inherits  to  a  certain  extent  the  habits  of  the  dam,  espe- 
cially those  exercised  during  the  period  of  gestation,  but  she  should  on 
no  account  be  speeded  for  sufficient  distances  to  produce  fatigue.  The 
food  and  water  should  be  of  the  very  best  quality,  the  food  easily 
digested  and  given  in  reasonable  quantities.  The  premises  in  which 
she  is  kept  during  cold  weather  should  be  roomy,  thoroughly  clean  and 
well  ventilated.  All  undue  nervous  excitement  should  be  avoided,  also 
the  absence  of  all  nauseous  odors,  and  all  operations  that  necessitate 
the  casting  of  the  animal  or  the  letting  of  blood.  The  administration 
of  drastic  purgatives  should  also  be  avoided,  if  possible,  for  these 
have  a  tendency  to  produce  abortion.  When  the  time  of  parturition 
approaches  she  should  be  carefully  watched  and,  if  necessary,  skilled 
assistance  called  in.  As  before  mentioned,  the  prospective  breeder 
should  carefully  consider  the  class  of  animal  he  will  endeavor  to  repro- 
duce, and,  having  decided  that  point,  he  should  provide  himself  with 
one  or  more  mares  of  that  class,  of  the  best  quality  his  means  ^'M 
allow.  Unless  he  can  provide  a  mare  or  mares  of  at  least  fair  qK^ility 
he  had  better  not  breed  at  all,  as  the  results  will  surely  be  disappomtijiig 
from  the  reasons  already  stated.  I  do  not  consider  it  necessary  to  secure 
pure-bred  mares ;  of  course  it  vnll  be  all  the  better  if  such  can  be  got, 
but  the  price  of  good  pure-breds  of  any  class  is  beyond  the  means  of 
the  ordinary  breeder.  Having  secured  the  dams  for  our  prospective 
stock,  the  next  point  is  to  select  a  sire.  Unfortunately,  there  are  many 
owners  of  stallions  who  think  it  is  the  duty  of  their  friends  to  patronize 
them.  This  is  altogether  a  mistake.  The  breeding  of  horses  is  a  busi- 
ness matter,  and  must  be  considered  purely  from  a  business  standpoint 
in  order  to  make  it  a  success;  and  the  man  who  breeds  his  mare  to  an 
unsuitable  stallion  simply  because  he  is  owned  by  a  friend,  not  only  is 
doing  himself  an  injustice,  but  his  friend  an  injury.  The  result  will, 
with  very  few  exceptions,  be  the  production  of  a  nondescript,  and  as  a 
stallion's  value  in  a  community  is  determined  largely  by  the  quality  of 
his  stock,  the  production  of  a  colt  of  this  kind  will  injure  his  reputation 
to  a  much  greater  extent  than  can  be  compensated  by  the  stud  fee 
received.  A  breeder  must  carefully  study  his  mare  in  regard  to  con- 
formation, temper  and  general  peculiarities,  and,  remembering  the  law 
that  "like  begets  like,"  select  a  sire  that  should  be  suitable.  If  the 
mare  be  deficient  in  some  particular  point,  select  a  stallion  that  is  well 
developed  in  that  point;  if  she  have  hyper-development  of  any  point, 
see,  if  possible,  that  the  sire  is  rather  deficient  there.  If  she  be  of 
iiyoer-nervous  disposition,  select  n  phlegmonous  sire,  and  vice  versa.   la 


HORSE    BREEDING.  1309 

all  cases  be  careful  to  ascertain  that  both  parents  are  not  affected  with 
any  disease  the  predisposition  to  which  will  probablj  be  transmitted  to 
the  progeny.  Diseases  or  malformations  that  can  be  traced  directly  to 
injuries,  of  course  are  not  transmissible.  Undesirable  traits  of  disposi- 
tion, as  viciousness,  stubbornness,  etc.,  are  as  much  to  be  avoided  in 
breeding  animals  as  disease.  The  classes  of  horses  that  at  the  present 
time  are  in  demand  at  fair  prices  are:  heavy  draft,  carriage,  saddle 
horses  and  hunters,  and  good,  strong,  clever  roadsters.  Other  classes 
that  cannot  be  produced  by  any  special  line  of  breeding  are  good 
chunks  of  1300  to  1100  pounds,  and  cobs  with  extreme  action. 

In  selecting  stallions  to  sire  any  of  these  classes  out  of  the  mares  at 
our  disposal  we  should  insist  upon  both  individuality  and  pedigree.  The 
time  when  pedigree  alone  was  considered  is  fortunately  past.  A  horse 
with  a  good  pedigree  but  poor  individuality,  a  poor  or  inferior  animal 
of  his  class,  is  of  course  not  a  suitable  animal  for  a  sire.  Get  both  if 
we  can,  but  I  would  sooner  sacrifice  pedigree  than  individuality.  In 
mentioning  the  classes  of  horses  that  the  farmer  can  produce  I  have 
purposely  omitted  race  horses.  I  do  not  consider  it  is  the  province  of 
the  ordinary  farmer  to  try  to  produce  horses  to  race  at  any  gait.  The 
percentage  of  horses  produced  that  are  fast  enough  to  win  money  at  any 
gait  on  the  race  track  is  very  low,  and  if  a  farmer  of  ordinary  means 
should  produce  one  it  will  cost  him  a  great  deal  to  develop  his  speed. 
My  observation  has  been  that  the  farmer  who  has  attempted  this  has 
generally  ruined  himself  financially  unless  he  has  sense  enough  to  see 
how  things  were  going  and  given  it  up  before  he  has  spent  his  all  in 
trying  to  produce  a  world-beater.  Therefore,  I  say,  leave  tlie  produc- 
tion of  race  horses  in  the  hands  of  the  millionaire,  and  endeazor  to  pro- 
duce an  animal  that  has  a  fair  value  at  four  or  five  years  old  without 
much  development  or  handling.  Let  the  dealer  educate  the  horse  for 
the  city  market.  Of  course  this  applies  to  the  lighter  classes  of  horses 
that  require  a  considerable  amount  of  education  to  fetch  the  fancy 
prices  occasionally  paid.  If  the  farmer  has  time  and  experience  in  such 
matters  it  will  probably  pay  him  to  put  the  finished  article  on  the 
market;  but  as  a  rule  it  pays  him  to  sell  the  young  horse  in  the  green 
state  to  the  dealer  for  a  reasonable  price,  and  let  him  take  the  trouble 
and  chances  of  giving  him  manners  and  action  and  selling  him  for  a 
fancy  price,  provided,  of  course,  he  develops  into  a  superior  animal. 
The  light  classes  of  horses,  as  carriage  horses,  cobs,  saddlers  and  hunt- 
ers require  good  manners  and  willingness  and  ability  to  perform  cleveriy 
the  functions  peculiar  to  the  class  before  they  can  be  put  Lpon  t^« 
market  as  a  finished  product.  The  education  of  such  horses  is,  we  may 
say,  a  business  by  itself,  and  the  faruier  who  attempts  it,  even  though 


1310        CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

he  may  be  very  capable  and  competent,  must  of  necessity  neglect  hi» 
general  farm  operations,  therefore  we  contend  that  he  should,  as  a  rule, 
sell  his  horses  partially  green.  Of  course  it  pays  to  have  the  horse  tol- 
erably handy  in  harness  or  saddle  in  order  to  be  able  to  show  the  pros- 
pective purchaser  that  he  is  capable  of  developing,  with  proper  handling, 
into  a  good  specimen  of  his  class.  It  is  a  mistake  to  let  a  colt  remain 
entirely  unhandled  until  four  or  five  years  old,  and  then  offer  him  for 
sale  in  that  condition.  The  average  dealer  will  not  buy  a  perfectly 
green  one,  as  it  is  generally  a  hard  and  dangerous  task  to  handle  a 
big  four  or  five-year-old  colt  that  has  never  been  accustomed  to 
restraint  of  any  kind,  and  a  horse  that  will  drive  in  single  or  double 
harness  or  carry  a  man  on  his  back,  what  we  might  call  a  partially  edu- 
cated fellow,  is  worth  a  great  deal  more  money  than  the  same  animal 
perfectly  green.  Draft  horses,  weighing  from  1400  to  1700  pounds, 
are  produced  by  breeding  good  mares  of  this  class  to  a  sire  of  any  of 
the  recognized  breeds  of  draft  horses,  and  especially  to  the  Clvdesdale 
or  Shire.  Percherons  and  Suffolk  Punches  have  not  proved  producible 
sires  in  this  country,  but  the  two  former  classes  have  proved  very  suc- 
cessful, *and  they  are  so  much  alike  it  is  not  necessary  to  go  minutely 
into  the  distinguishing  characteristics.  The  Clydesdale  is  probablj^  the 
most  popular,  and  certainly  the  most  plentiful,  but  it  is  rather  hard  to 
say  why  it  is  so.  Many  claim  that  the  draft  colt  can  be  reared  with 
much  less  risk  and  with  less  liability  to  accident  and  disease  than  the 
lighter  classes.  This  can  probably  be  explained  from  the  fact  that  the 
colt  of  this  breeding  is  naturally  a  quieter  and  more  settled  animal  than 
those  of  lighter  breeds  and  hotter  blood,  and  consequently  less  liable  to 
injure  himself  from  exuberance  of  spirit  while  in  the  pasture  field  or 
paddock.  And  then  again,  small  bunches,  or  blemishes,  are  not  consid- 
ered of  as  much  couse(|uence,  nor  can  they  be  as  easily  seen,  especially 
on  the  limbs,  on  account  of  the  amount  of  coarse  hair,  on  a  heavy  colt 
as  on  a  light  animal.  If  we  decide  to  breed  heavy  horses  we  should 
decide  what  particular  breed  we  will  produce,  and  then  stick  to  that 
breed.  If  disappointed  in  the  first  production,  do  not  get  discouraged 
and  try  another  breed ;  probably  it  will  be  well  to  try  another  sire  of 
the  same  breed,  as  there  may  be  some  reason  why  the  first  sire  did  not 
nick  well  with  our  mare;  but  stick  to  the  original  selection  of  breeds, 
and  if  we  use  ordinary  intelligence  success  is  bound  to  attend  us. 

In  the  selection  of  a  sire  for  any  class  of  horses  it  is  well,  if  possible, 
to  drive  around  in  the  section  in  which  he  has  stood  in  previous  years 
and  view  his  stock.  It  is  sometimes  the  case  that  a  stallion  whose 
appearance  and  pedigree  lead  us  to  the  conclusion  that  he  should  be  a 
good  sire  is  disappointing,  and  on  the  other  hand  an  animal  apparently 


HORSE     BREEDING.  1311 

not  SO  good  will  prove  valuable  in  the  stud.  In  viewing  the  product  of 
a  stallion  we  must,  of  course,  note  carefully  the  mares  out  of  which  the 
colts  have  been  produced. 

XIII.  Carriage  Horses. 
Carriage  horses,  as  a  rule,  are  not  pure-breds.  We  have  in  this 
class  pure-bred  Hackneys,  Cleveland  Bays  and  French  and  German 
coach  horses,  which  are  pure-bred,  but  as  there  are  few  pure-bred 
mares  of  any  of  these  classes  in  this  country,  the  farmer  who  attempts 
to  produce  carriage  horses  must  use  as  sires  the  above  mentioned 
sires  or  the  standard-bred  or  thoroughbred.  The  selection  of  a  sire 
for  carriage  horses  must  be  largely  governed  by  the  mare  to  whom 
he  is  to  be  bred.  In  my  opinion  the  Hackney  is  the  only  horse  that 
truly  comes  up  to  the  standard  at  present  demanded  in  this  class  of 
horses.  He  hsis  fair  size,  beauty,  a  fair  amount  of  quality  and  the 
extreme  action,  both  fore  and  aft,  that  is  required.  The  carriage  horse  of 
the  present  day  must  have  free,  easy,  high  and  attractive  action  of  both 
knees  and  hocks;  he  must  be  of  fair  size  and  quality  with  attractive 
appearance,  both  when  standing  and  in  motion.  His  action  must  not 
only  be  high  bub  in  a  straight  line,  neither  paddling  nor  rooling  his  fore 
feet;  he  must  not  go  wide  behind,  nor  yet  so  close  as  to  interfere. 
While  we  try  to  get  symmetry,  quality  and  style  along  with  the  required 
action,  we  must  have  action  even  though  we  sacrifice  some  of  the  other 
qualities.  I  have  stated  that  in  my  opinion  the  Hackney  is  the  true 
carriage  horse,  and  we  would  therefore  think  that  he  should  be  used  in 
all  cases  to  sire  such.  But  a  great  deal  depends  upon  the  mare.  My 
experience  has  been  that  the  produce  of  the  Hackney  out  of  a  cold- 
blooded mare  is  not  a  satisfactory  animal  for  any  purpose ;  he  will  in 
most  cases  be  coarse,  lack  quality  and  ambition,  and  while  he  may  be 
possessed  of  a  fair  amount  of  action,  his  very  noticeable  lack  of  other 
desirable  characteristics  and  ambition  render  him  almost  worthless  for 
the  purpose  for  which  he  is  intended.  Therefore,  unless  the  mare  has 
considerable  hot  blood  (by  hot  blood  I  mean  the  blood  of  a  thorough- 
bred), it  will  not  be  wise  to  mate  her  with  the  Hackney.  If  we  have  a 
half-bred  or  even  a  quarter-bred  mare  of  the  desirable  size,  she  should 
produce  well  if  crossed  with  the  Hacknej'.  The  dam  in  this  case  will, 
in  all  probability,  impart  quality,  and  the  sire  action  and  style,  to  the 
offspring.  Other  sires  for  the  production  of  carriage  horses  are  coach 
stallions.  The  same  remarks  as  to  quality  in  the  mare  apply  here  as  to 
the  Hackney.  These  stallions  are  likely  to  produce  larger  stock,  and 
many  of  them  have  very  good  action,  and  when  large  carriage  horses 
are  desired  they  should  have  the  preference.     Many  first-class  horses 


i.312      CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

of  this  class  hiive  been  sired  by  the  standard-bred  stallion,  and  in  fact 
many  prize-winning  carriage  horses  are  standard-bred.  At  the  same 
time,  I  do  not  think  it  wise  to  breed  standard-breds  with  the  hopes  of 
producing  carriage  horses.  Horses  of  this  class  have  been  bred  for 
many  generations  with  the  sole  idea  of  producing  extreme  speed  at  the 
trotting  or  pacing  gait,  and  as  a  rule  they  lack  the  conformation  and 
style  demanded  in  the  carriage  horse,  and  seldom  have  the  desired 
action,  and  while  we  occasionally  find  one  that  fills  the  bill,  it  is  the 
rare  exception.  And  we  do  not  wonder  at  this,  as  he  has  not  been 
produced  with  this  idea.  At  the  same  time  there  are  many  big,  clever, 
stylish,  high-actionod  standard-bred  stallions  in  the  country  that  are 
well  qualified  to  produce  carriage  stock  if  intelligently  mated.  The 
mares  to  be  bred  to  these  stallions  with  this  idea  must  be  of  fair  size 
and  qualified  with  the  characteristics  of  a  carriage  horse  well  marked. 
If  we  are  breeding  to  the  standard-bred  with  the  hopes  of  producing 
speed,  we  will,  of  course,  select  a  stallion  that  can  trot  or  pace  fast,  not 
paying  so  much  attention  to  size,  quality,  etc.  But  if  breeding  for  car- 
riage purposes,  speed  is  not  at  all  essential.  One  danger  in  this  line  of 
breeding  is  the  fact  that  standard-breds,  even  though  true,  natural  trot- 
ters, are  liable  to  produce  pacers,  and  of  course  this  is  a  gait  that 
cannot  be  allowed  in  a  carriage  horse.  Many  good  carriage  horses  have 
been  sired  to  the  thoroughbred.  We  can  breed  a  coarse  mare  with 
good  action  to  this  horse  with  greater  prospects  of  success  than  to  any 
other  sire.  He  will  impart  to  the  progeny  the  necessary  quality  and 
ambition,  and  the  dam  will  impart  the  necessary  action;  but.  in  order 
that  we  may  get  the  desired  action  for  carriage  purposes  in  this  line  of 
breeding,  we  must  have  the  action  in  the  dam.  As  the  action  of  the 
thoroughbred,  while  very  elastic,  is  naturally  rather  close  to  the  ground, 
and,  as  he  has  such  great  prepotency,  it  requires  extreme  action  in  the 
dam  to  overcome  this  characteristic. 

XIV.  Saddle  Horses  and  Hunters. 
Suitable  horses  of  this  class  are,  with  few  exceptions,  the  progeny 
of  the  thoroughbred.  I  might  here  make  a  few  remarks  about  the 
term  "thoroughbred."  There  is  but  one  animal  in  the  world  that 
is  entitled  to  the  term,  and  that  is  the  English  runninof  horse  and 
his  pure  descendants.  The  term  is  often  misapplied,  both  in  print 
and  conversation.  We  read  of  thoroughbred  cattle,  thoroughbred 
sheep,  pigs,  fowls,  dogs,  etc.,  etc.  It  should  not  be;  we  should  use 
terra  "pure-bred."  We  have  pure- bred  cattle,  pure-bred  sheep,  etc., 
etc.,  and  in  horses  we  have  pure-bred  Clydesdales,  pure-bred  Shires, 
standard-bred  horses,    etc.,    but  the  term    "thoroughbred"    needs   no 


HORSE     BRF.KDING.  1313 

qualifications  whatever.     It  applies  to  the  one  animal  and  to  him  alone. 
The  thoroughbred,  we  may  say,  without  danger  of  successful  contra- 
diction, is  the  purest  domesticated  animal  produced.     He  has  been  care- 
fully bred  in  certain  lines  for  centuries  and  careful  records  have  been 
kept.     Doubtless  he  originated  by   intelligent  crossing;    but  crossing 
ceased  so  long  ago  that  he  may  truly  be  called  thoroughbred.     On  account 
of  his  careful  breeding  and  strong  individuality  he  has  greater  pre- 
potency than  any  other  sire.     (By  prepotency  we  mean  the  power  or 
ability  to  transmit  to  his  progeny  his  own  characteristics.)     On  this 
account  we  need  to  be  even  more  careful  in  selecting  a  sire  from  this 
class  than  from  others — as  if  there  be  any  undesirable  points  or  charac- 
teristics, whether  of  conformation  or  disposition,  in  the  sire,  they  are 
liable  to  be  even  more  marked  in  the  progeny.     Therefore,  we  must  not 
breed  to  a  thoroughbred   simply  because  he  is  thoroughbred,  but  be 
careful  to  select  a  sire  that  is  of  the  required  size,  sound,  of  o-ood  con- 
formation and  disposition.     We  can,  as  already  stated,  breed  a  coarser 
mare  to  this  horse  than  to  others.     His  progeny,  except  from  very 
coarse  mares,  seldom  lacks  quality  and  ambition.     Of  course  even  with 
this  sire  the  cross  must  not  be  too  violent.     Violent  or  too  well-marked 
crosses  in  any  case  are  seldom  followed  by  satisfactory  results.     The 
produce  of  the  thoroughbred  generally  excels  in  the  saddle  and  makes  a 
fair  harness  horse.     He  is  the  best  all-round  horse.     The  market  for 
the  good  sized  half-breed  is,  always  has  been,  and  I  think  it  probable 
always  will  be,  good.     He,  with  the  carriage  horse,  is  the  rich  man's 
horse,  and  when  we  are  able  to  supply  the  animal   men  of  this  clasf 
want,  price  will  not  prevent  his  sale.     It  is  not  a  hard  matter  to  produce 
snudl  animals  of  this  class,  called  light  weights  and  medium  weio-hts, 
but  the  production  of  a  heavy  weight  hunter,  one  able  to  carry  up  to 
220  pounds  or  over,  is  a  more  dithcult  matter.     For  this  purpose  we 
should  select  a  large  mare  1200  pounds  or  over  with  as  much  quality 
and  ambition  as  possible,  and  breed  her  to  a  good  big  thorouo-hbred, 
one  of  1200  or  1300  pounds.     If  we  have  a  mare  of  reasonable  quality 
to  cross  with  a  stallion  of  this  description  the  results  will  in  most  cases 
be  satisfactory.     While  there  is   a  good  market  for  the  light  weio-ht 
saddler  or  hunter  of  good  action  and  manners,  a  much  lono-er  price  can 
be  obtained  for  the  big  fellow  of  the  same  class.     We  may  say  that  the 
larger  the  animal   of  this  class  is,  provided,   of  course,  that  he  has 
quality,  the  more  money  he  is  worth.     There  are  many  large  men  who 
enjoy  an  hour  or  two  in  the  saddle,  either  on  the  flat  or  in  the  huntin» 
field,  and  especially  for  the  latter  purpose  it  requires  a  laro-e,  strong 
horse  to  carry  a  man  of  say  220  pounds  or  over  safely  across  country, 
and  when  a  man  of  this  weight,  with  money  and  huntino-  Droolivitiea 


1314    CYCLOPEDIA  OK  IJVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

sees  a  horse  that  has  the  necessary  weight,  ambition  and  manners  to 
perform  well  under  such  circumstances,  he  will  pay  a  long  price  lo 
secure  him.  Then  again,  this  horse  can  be  used  also  in  the  carriage 
with  a  fair  amount  of  satisfaction.  Of  course  a  first-class  saddler  or 
hunter  has  not  carriage  action,  but  for  the  man  who  likes  both  riding 
and  driving  this  is  certainly  the  best  horse.  A  horse  with  typical  car- 
riage action  does  not  answer  nearly  as  well  for  saddle  purposes  as  a 
saddle  horse  does  for  harness. 

XV.  Cobs. 

A  salable  cob  is  a  little  chunky  fellow  with  extreme  action  and 
beauty,  lie  cannot  be  produced  with  any  degree  of  certainty,  lie 
is  sired  by  the  various  classes  of  light  horses  out  of  ordinary  mares. 
His  j)roduction  in  most  cases  can  be  explained  by  the  action  of  some  of 
the  aforementioned  laws  of  breeding.  While  a  good  animal  of  this 
class  sells  for  a  good  l)rice  1  do  not  think  it  would  be  well  for  any 
breeder  to  try  to  produce  him. 

XVI.  Roadsters. 

A  good  and  salable  gentleman's  roadster  is  not  necessarily  a  race« 
horse.  In  that  it  is  seldom  that  a  racehorse  makes  a  satisfactory 
roadster.  A  gentleman's  roadster  should  be  of  fair  size,  15  1-2  lo 
16  hands,  of  good  and  graceful  conformation,  good  color,  and  a  stylish 
walking  fellow,  free  driver,  capable  of  traveling  at  the  rate  of  twelve 
miles  an  hour  or  faster  and  keeping  that  clij)  up  for  several  lioui-s.  He 
must  have  good  action,  both  fore  and  aft.  Must  not  require  boots  or 
scalpers  to  prevent  him  injuring  himself,  and  may  cither  trot  or  pace. 
He  is,  with  rare  exceptions,  sired  by  the  standard-bred,  but  can  be  sired 
out  of  a  road  mare  by  any  of  the  lighter  breeds  of  sires.  In  order  to 
produce  him  with  any  degree  of  certainty  we  require  a  good  sized  mare 
with  trotting  blood  and  good  individuality  to  mate  with  the  big,  clever- 
looking,  trotting-bred  stallion,  with  good  action  and  at  least  a  fair 
amount  of  speed.  Small  animals  of  this  class  may  be  able  to  go  the 
distance  on  a  good  road  hitched  to  a  light  rig  at  the  required  speed  but 
my  idea  of  a  gentleman's  roadster  is  an  animal  that  has  sufficient  size 
and  strength,  combined  with  speed,  to  enable  him  to  draw  two  in  a 
buggy  over  heavy  roads.  Unfortunately  there  are  too  many  roadster-bred 
horses  in  the  country  that  are  so  small  that  even  though  they  may  bo 
tolerably  speedy,  if  not  fast  enough  for  racing  purposes,  have  really  no 
market  value.  Therefore,  in  breeding  roadsters  for  the  market  we 
should  be  careful  to  produce  animals  of  fair  size  as  well  as  speed.  Such 
animals  can  be  produced  if  we  are  careful  in  the  selection  of  the  parents. 


HORSE     BREEDING 


1?>V 


Any  of  the  lighter  breeds  of  horses  mentioned  are  very  serviceable  on 
the  ordinary  farm,  and  can  be  made  to  earn  their  own  living  from  three 
years  old  until  marketable,  say  at  four  or  live  years. 

A/ 


XVII. 

Points  of  the  Horse. 

Hea.l. 

L'-J.    Back. 

1.  Muzzzle. 

2;i,  2:5.  Jlibs  (forniinfr  tojj<'tIicr  the 

2.  Nostril. 

or  chest). 

.'{.  Forelipad. 

24.  The  circumference  of  the  chest 

4.  Jaw. 

point,  called  tlie  girth. 

r..  Poll. 

2;').  The  loins. 

Neck. 

2f5.  The  croup. 

G,  <;.  Civst. 

27.  The  hip. 

7.  ThioppU^  or  wind-pipe. 

28.  The  flank. 

29.  The  sheath. 

Fore  quai-ter. 

;{0.  Tlie  root  of  the  dock  or  tail. 

8,  8.  Shoulder-blade. 

The  hind  quarter. 

9.  Point  of  shoulder. 

.'Jl .  The  hip-joint,  whirlboue  or  roui 

]0.  Bosom  or  breast. 

;{2.  The  .stifle  joint. 

]1,11.  True  arm. 

31},  'SA.  Lower  thigh  or  gaskin. 

12.  Elbow. 

34.  The  quarters,  haunch  or  upp(!r 

YA.  Forearm  (arm). 

35.  The  hock. 

]4.  Knee. 

3fi.  The  point  of  the  hock. 

If).  Cannon-bone. 

37.  Tlie  curb-place. 

10.  Back  sinew. 

38.  The  cannon-bone. 

17.  Fetlock  or  pastern  joint. 

39.  The  back  sinew. 

18.  Coronet. 

40.  Pastern  or  fetl-)ck  joint. 

19.  Hoof  or  foot. 

41.  Coronet. 

20.  Heel. 

42.  Foot  or  hoof. 

Body  or  Middlepiece. 

43.  Heel. 

21.  Withers. 

44.  Spaviu-place. 

it  this 


thigh 


lolO       CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

XVIII.  The  External  Conformation  of  the  Horse. 

We  will  now  give  t:i])les  of  what  we  consider  the  desirable  points  in 
the  different  classes  of  horses,  making  use  of  as  few  words  as  possible, 
in  order  to  make  our  meaning  clear.  The  plate  and  table  on  the  fore- 
going page  explains  the  position  of  the  different  points. 

XIX.  Gouformation  of  the  Heavy  Draft  Stallion. 
Jltad.—EiiY  somewhat  short,  but  pointed;   forehead  broad  and  rather 

flat;  nasal  bone  straight ;  eye  full,  prominent  and  mild;  muzzle  small ; 
muscle  of  cheek  well  developed;  lips  firm;  mouth  of  medium  size. 

]\J'eck. — Of  medium  length,  deep  where  it  joins  the  body,  being  con- 
tinuous with  withers  without  any  line  of  demarcation;  crest  well  arched, 
broad  and  strong,  but  not  so  heavy  as  to  turn  to  either  side;  whole  neck 
well  and  prominently  muscled,  and  surmounted  by  a  good  full  mane. 

Wit/iers. — In  line  with  posterior  part  of  the  upper  border  of  neck; 
rather  broad  and  well  muscled;  back  straight,  not  too  long;  loins  broad 
and  well  muscled. 

Croup. — Well  and  prominently  muscled,  not  too  drooping;  tail  well 
carried  and  full  haired. 

Chest. — Ribs  long  and  well  sprung;  breast  l)roa(l,  full  and  prominently 
muscled. 

/Shoulder. — ^Moderately  upright  and  well  muscled,  the  muscles  cover- 
ing the  blade  thoroughly  developed. 

Elbow.  —Strong  and  muscular,  turning  neither  in  nor  out,  but  fitting 
closely  to  the  chest. 

Forearm. — Large  and  well  covered  with  prominent  muscles. 

Knee. — Well  developed,  broad  from  side  to  side  and  deep  from  before 
backwards;  straight,  neither  bending  forwards  (called  kneespring)  nor 
backwards  (called  calf  knee). 

Knee  to  Foot. — Cannon-bone,  broad  and  flat  with  an  absence  of  beefi- 
ness ;  in  Clydesdales  and  Shires,  should  be  well  feathered  with  straight  and 
not  too  coarse  hair  on  the  posterior  border,  especially  in  the  region  of  the 
fetlock;  in  other  breeds  of  draft  horses  the  same  amount  of  long  hair  is 
not  present;  back  tendons  hard  and  prominent  and  not  too  much  tied 
in  below  knee;  pasterns  short,  strong  and  tolerably  upright. 

Foot. — Of  medium  size,  rather  round,  with  good  strong  wall,  not  flat ; 
heels  full  and  round  and  not  too  deep;  frog  well  developed;  must  not 
turn  toes  either  in  or  out;   must  stand  straight. 

Haunch. — Heavily  muscled;  thick  through  ham;  hind  quarters  broad 
and  well  muscled. 

Stijle. —  Strong  and  well  muscled. 

Oaskin. — Muscles  strong  and  prominent;   bone  large  and  substantia* 


HORSE    BREEDING.  1317 

Hock. — Large  and  strong  and  well  developed  in  all  directions;  point 
well  developed,  posterior  border  straight,  and  the  joint  free  from  pufli- 
ness. 

Hock  to  Foot. — Cannon-bone  and  feathering  same  as  the  fore,  ten- 
dons Avell  marked  and  must  not  have  a  pinched  or  tied  in  appearance 
below  joint,  skin  lying  close  to  bone  and  tendons;  an  absence  of  beefi- 
ness;  pasterns  short,  strong  and  tolerably  upright. 

Foot. — Smaller,  narrower  and  more  concave  sole  than  in  front  foot; 
frog  well  developed. 

Color. — Bay,  chestnut,  black,  brown,  roan,  with  reasonable  modifica- 
tions. 

Skin. — Soft,  mellow,  loose,  not  like  parchment. 

'Iempera7ne)it. — Energetic,  docile,  not  nervous. 

Style  and  Action. — General  appearance  attractive,  movement  firm, 
smart  and  elastic,  especially  to  walk. 

Weight. — 1600  pounds  upwards. 

Height. — 16  to  17  hands. 

XX.    Conformation  of  Draft  Mare  or  Gelding. 

Head. — Not  so  masculine-looking  as  the  stallion,  ear  rather  short 
but  pointed,  forehead  broad,  nasal  bones  straight,  eye  prominent  and 
mild,  muscles  of  cheek  well  developed,  lips  firm,  mouth  of  medium  size. 

jVeck. — Of  medium  length,  deep  where  it  joins  the  body,  well  muscled : 
crest  high  and  hard,  but  not  as  much  developed  as  in  the  stallion ;  good 
mane. 

Wiihe7's. — In  line  with  superior  border  of  neck,  thick  and  strong,  back 
short  and  straight;  loins  broad. 

Croup. — Well  muscled,  not  too  drooping;  tail  well  carried  and  full 
haired. 

Chest. — Ribs  long  and  well  sprung;  barrel  tolerably  round  and  close 
to  the  ground;  breast  broad,  full  and  well  and  prominently  muscled. 

Shoidder. — Moderately  upright ;  well  covered  with  well  developed, 
hard  muscles,  the  part  against  which  the  collar  presses  well  defined, 
muscles  covering  the  blade  well  developed. 

Elbow.  — Well  developed  and  fitting  close  to  body. 

Forearm. — Large  and  well  muscled. 

Knee.  —  Large  and  strong  in  every  direction,  straight. 

Knee  to  Foot. — Not  too  much  tied  in  below  knee;  cannon-bone  flat 
and  clean;  tendons  well  marked  and  strong,  may  be  well  feathered,  an 
absence  of  beefiness;  pasterns  short,  strong  and  tolerably  upright. 

Foot. — Strong,  tolerably  round,  sole  not  flat,  frog  pron^inent  and  full, 
heels  full  and  ronnfj  and  not  too  deep. 


1P)18       CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

Haunch. — Well  muscled,  thick  throujrh  ham,  (jiiarters  broad  and 
strong. 

Stifle. — Large  and  well  developed. 

Gask-in. — Muscles  strong  and  bone  substantial. 

Hock. — Strong  and  well  developed  in  all  directions,  point  well  de- 
veloped, posterior  border  straight,  free  from  puffiness. 

Hock  to  Foot. — Hind  cannon  broad  and  flat,  not  tied  in  below  joint, 
tendons  well  developed,  an  absence  of  beefiness,  skin  lying  close  to  bone 
and  tendon,  may  be  well  feathered  by  straight  and  rather  tine  hair,  pas- 
terns, short,  strong  and  tolerably  upright. 

Foot. — Smaller  and  narrower  with  more  concave  sole  than  in  front, 
frog  i)rominont  and  well  developed. 

Color. — Bay,  black,  brown,  chestnut,  roan,  with  reasonable  modirica- 
tions. 

Skin. — Soft,  mellow,  loose,  not  like  parchment. 

Temperament. — Docile  but  energetic,  not  nervous. 

Style  and  Action. — General  appearance  attractive,  action  free,  firm 
and  easy,  all  feet  being  brought  forward  in  a  straight  line  and  firmly 
planted;  walking  action  especially  must  be  good,  not  slow  or  clumsy. 

Weif/ht. — 1500  pounds  upwards. 

Height. — 15f  to  17  hands. 

XXI.    Conformation  of  Coach  Stallion. 

Head. — Ear  of  medium  size,  tine  and  approaching  each  other  at  tips 
when  pointed  forward,  forehead  broad  and  flat,  bones  of  nose  straight 
in  front  and  slightly  dished  on  the  lateral  surfaces,  muscles  of  cheek 
well  developed,  eye  prominent,  nostrils  large  and  flexible,  mouth  of 
medium  depth. 

jSfeck. — Rath'^^'  long,  head  gracefully  attached  and  carried  well  up, 
crest  well  developed  and  nicely  arched. 

Withers. — Well  developed,  not  too  thick,  back  straight  and  rather 
short,  loins  broad  and  strong. 

Croup. — Only  moderately  sloping,  dock  coming  out  high  uj),  tail  full 
haired  and  carried  straight  and  well  out  from  the  body. 

Chest. — Ribs  long  and  well  sprung,  deep  from  above  downwards ; 
breast  full  and  well  muscled. 

Shoulder. — Rather  oblique  and  well  muscled. 

Elbow. — Well  developed  and  fitting  closely  to  ribs. 

Forearm. — Strong,  muscles  well  developed  and  standing  out  boldly, 

Knee. — Broad  from  side  to  side  in  front,  deep  from  before  backwards, 
upright. 

lines  to  Foot. — Cannon-bone  broad  and  flat,  tendons  well  developer 


HORSE    BREEDING.  lolU 

and  prominent,  skin  lying  close  to  bone  and  tendons ;  an  absence  of  beefi- 
ness,  not  too  much  tied  in  below  knee,  an  absence  of  long  hair ;  pas- 
terns strong,  of  medium  length  and  obliquity ;  all  joints  strong  and 
well  developed. 

Ji'oot. — Wall  moderately  deep  and  strong,  of  medium  size  and  toler- 
ably round,  sole  concave,  frog  well  developed,  heels  broad  and  strong 
and  not  too  deep;   must  not  turn  toes  either  in  or  out. 

Haunch. — Muscles  well  developed  and  standing  out  boldly,  hind 
quarters  broad  and  strong. 

Stifle. — Well  developed  and  strong. 

Gaskin.—Sivong  and  well  developed,  muscles  standing  out  boldly  and 

well  defined. 

Hoch. Large  and  strong  in  all  directions,  point  well  developed,  pos- 
terior border  straight;   an  absence  of  coarseness  and  puffiness. 

Ilock  to  Foot. Hind  cannons  clean,  broader  and  flatter  than  the  fore 

ones,  tendons  standing  boldly  out  and  well  defined,  an  absence  from 
beefiness,  skin  lying  close  to  bone  and  tendon ;  must  not  have  a  tied  in 
or  pinched  appearance  below  hock,  an  absence  of  long  hair,  pasterns 
strong,  of  medium  length  and  obliquity. 

}i'oot. Smaller  and  narrower,  with  more  concavity  in  sole  than  the 

fore  one,  frog  well  developed,  heels  round  and  strong  and  not  too  dee}). 

Color.— Biiy,  brown,  black,  chestnut,  roan,  gray,  with  reasonable 
modifications.     (In  this  class  a  good  horse  may  be  a  bad  color.) 

Skin.—Soii,  mellow,  loose,  not  like  parchment, 

Temperament.— ^n&v^eWc,  docile,  not  sluggish,  free  from  nerv- 
ousness. 

Style  and  Action.— Free  and  elastic,  attractive,  knee  well  bent,  fore 
feet  lifted  well  off  ground  when  in  motion  and  being  brought  straight 
forward,  neither  paddling  orrooling,  stride  long,  with  an  absenc-e  of  the 
tarrying  action  sometimes  seen,  hocks  well  bent  and  hind  feet  lifted 
well  up,  not  going  wide  or  yet  close  enough  to  strike  opposite  ankle. 

Weight. —l\()^  to  1400  pounds. 

Height,— lh%  to  Wi  hands. 

XXII.    Conformation  of  Carriage  Mare  or  Gelding. 

Head. The   same   general    outline   as    the    coach    stallion,  with  an 

absence  of  the  masculine  appearance. 

^ec•^^— Clean  cut,  an  absence  of  masculine  appearance,  rather  long, 
head  nicely  attached  and  carried  well  up,  crest  well  developed  and  wiry 
and  nicely  arched,  windpipe  standing  in  relief  from  the  muscles,  the 
lugular  gutter  well  defined. 


1320       CYCLOPEDIA   OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE   STOCK   DOCTOR. 

Withers. — More  prominent  and  not  so  thick  as  the  stallion;  back 
straight  and  rather  short,  loins  broad  and  strong. 

Croup. — Not  too  sloi)ing,  dock  coming  out  well  up,  tail  well  haired, 
carried  straight  and  well  out  from  the  body. 

Chest. — Ribs  long  and  well  sprung,  deep  from  above  downwards. 

Shoulders. — Moderately  sloping,  well  nmsclcd  over  shoulder-blade. 

Elbow. — Well  developed  and  lying  close  to  chest. 

Forearm. — Strong,  muscles  well  developed,  well  defined  and  standing 
boldly  out. 

Knee. — Large  and  strong  in  all  directions,  upright;  should  be  crit- 
ically examined  for  malformations. 

Knee  to  Foot. — Cannon-bone  strong,  broad  and  flat,  tendons  well 
defined  and  standing  boldly  out,  and  not  apparently  too  much  tied  in 
below  the  knee,  and  absence  of  bcefincss  and  long  hair,  skin  lying  close  to 
bone  and  tendon,  pastern  strong,  of  medium  length  and  obliquity. 

Foot. — Of  medium  size  and  tolerably  round,  horn  thick,  strong  and 
with  smooth  surface,  sole  rather  concave,  frog  full  and  well  developed, 
heels  broad  and  strong  and  not  too  high,  must  not  turn  toes  either  in 
or  out. 

Haunch. — Muscles  strong  and  standing  boldly  out,  well  defined,  hind 
quarters  broad  and  strong. 

Stifle. — Strong  and  well  muscled. 

Gaskin. — Strong,  muscles  well  defined,  large  and  standing  boldly  out. 

Hock. — Strong  and  well  developed  in  all  directons,  an  absence  of 
coarseness  and  pufiiness,  point  of  hock  well  developed  and  posterior  border 
straight. 

Ilock  to  Foot. — Kind  cannons  broad,  strong  and  clean,  tendons  strong, 
well  defined  and  standing  boldly  out,  not  tied  in  below  joint,  an  absence 
of  bccfincss,  skin  lying  close  to  bone  and  tendon,  limb  flatter  than  the 
front  one;  pasterns  strong,  of  medium  length  and  obliquity. 

Foot. — Smaller  and  narrower  than  in  front,  sole  more  concave,  frog 
large  and  strong,  heels  strong  and  not  too  deep. 

Color. — Bay  brown,  black,  chestnut,  roan,  gray,  with  reasonable 
modifications.     (A  good  horse  of  this  class  may  be  a  bad  color.) 

Skin. — Soft,  mellow,  not  like  parchment. 

Temperament. — Docile,  lively,  energetic,  not  sluggish,  free  from 
nervousness. 

Style  and  Action. — General  appearance  attractive  and  stylish,  knees 
well  bent  and  fore  feet  lifted  high  from  the  ground  when  in  motion, 
being  brought  forward  in  a  straight  line,  with  neither  a  paddling  nor 
rolling  motion,  and  not  allowing  the  foot  to  tarry  in  the  air,  but  extend- 
ing it  promptly  and  boldly  forward  with  a  long  stride,  hocks  well  bent 


HORSE    BREEDING.  1R21 

and  hind  feet  lifted  gracefully  and  quickly  from  the  ground,  not  going 
wide,  nor  yet  close  enough  to  interfere;   must  not  forge. 

Weight.— 1000  to  1300  pounds. 

Height.- -15^  to  16^  hands. 

XXIII.    Conformation  of  the  Hackney  Stallion. 

Head. — Of  medium  size,  slightly  dished  laterally,  wide  between  the 
eyes,  eyes  full,  prominent  and  mild,  but  lively  in  appearance,  ears  small, 
fine,  turned  inwards  at  tips  when  pointed  forward,  set  wide  apart,  nos- 
trils of  medium  size  but  very  flexible,  mouth  small,  muzzle  tine,  jaws  not 
heavy  but  wide  apart,  cheeks  flat  with  well  developed  nmscles,  but  not 
too  fleshy,  head  carried  fairly  high,  nose  drawn  slightly  inwards 
towards  breast. 

Neck. — Of  medium  length,  crest  well  developed,  hard  and  whipcordy, 
well  arched,  clean,  but  not  too  fine  at  throat,  wide  and  muscular  at 
shoulder. 

Withers. — High  but  not  sharp,  back  short  with  rise  at  loin,  which 
should  be  broad,  full  and  muscular. 

Croup. — Slightly  drooping,  long,  not  steep,  tail  set  on  rather  high, 
well  haired  and  carried  straight  and  well  out  from  the  body. 

Chest. — Ribs  long  and  well  sprung. 

Breast. — Tolerably  wide  and  well  nmscled. 

/Shoulder. — Oblique,  dee})  and  well  musclec". 

Elbow. — Well  muscled  and  strong,  fitting  close  to  chest 

Forearm. — Long,  well  and  prominently  muscled. 

Knee. — Broad  and  deep  in  all  directions,  straight,  with  an  absence  of 
malformations. 

Knee  to  Foot. — Cannon-bone  short,  strong  and  flat,  with  an  absence 
of  beefiness,  back  tendons  standing  out  prominently,  no  coarse  hair  on 
posterior  border,  tendons  not  too  much  tied  in  below  knee,  pasterns 
strong  and  of  medium  length  and  obliquity. 

Foot. — Of  medium  size,  round  and  strong,  tolerably  concave  sole, 
well  developed  frog,  strong  and  broad  heels,  not  too  high,  must  not  turn 
toes  either  in  or  out. 

HauncJi. — Heavy  muscled,  thick  through  ham,  hindcpiarters  bro;id 
•md  strong. 

Stifle. — Strong  and  well  muscled. 

Gaskin. — Well  and  i)rominently  muscled  and  strong,  hamstring 
standing  boldly  out  and  well  let  down  at  hock. 

Hock. — Strong,  clean,  rather  short,  an  absence  of  coarseness,  well 
developed  in  all  points,  no  pufiiness,  point  well  marked,  posterior  border 
straight. 


1322       CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

Hock  to  Foot. — Cannon  rather  short,  strong  and  flat,  an  absence  of 
beefiness,  back  tendons  standing  out  prominently  and  not  tied  in  below 
joint,  skin  lying  closely  to  bone  and  tendon,  without  long  hairs  on  pos- 
terior border,  pastern  strong,  of  medium  length  and  rather  oblique. 

Foot. — Smaller  than  fore  foot,  sole  more  concave,  frog  w^ll  developed, 
heels  broad,  strong  and  not  too  high. 

/Skin. — Soft,  mellow,  loose,  not  like  parchment. 

Color. — Bay,  brown,  black,  chestnut,  roan,  gray,  with  reasonable 
modifications.  (A  good  horse  of  this  class  may  be  an  undesirable 
color.) 

Action. — Knee  and  hock  action  high,  with  considerable  extension, 
stride,  grace  and  speed,  must  not  paddle  or  rool  fore  feet  nor  allow  them 
to  tarry  in  the  air,  but  fetch  them  up  and  forward  in  a  straight  line, 
with  grace,  promptness  and  style;  hind  feet  must  be  lifted  promptly 
and  high,  not  with  a  sprawling  action  nor  yet  going  close  enough  to 
interfere,  but  being  brought  forward  in  a  straight  line,  with  a  good  long 
stride  and  firmly  planted. 

Temperament. — Docile  but  veiy  energetic,  free  from  nervousness, 
general  appearance  attractive  and  symmetrical. 

Weight.— \)bO  to  1200  pounds. 

Height. — 15  to  16  hands. 

The  conformation  of  the  Hockney  mare  or  gelding  the  same  as  above, 
with  the  absence  of  the  masculine  appearance  of  head,  crest  and  genera] 
physiognomy. 

XXIV.    Conformation  of  the  Standard-Bred  Stallion. 

Head. — Ear  of  medium  size  and  pointed,  eye  large,  prominent  and  of 
docile  expression,  bones  of  the  nose  straight  in  front  and  slightly  dished 
laterally,  bones  of  cranium  nicely  rounded,  nostrils  firm,  large  and 
readily  dilated,  muscles  of  cheek  well  developed,  but  not  too  heavy, 
mouth  of  medium  size,  lips  firm,  muzzle  fine  and  tapering,  branches  of 
lower  jaw  well  spread  apart  at  their  angles. 

Neck. — Rangy  with  well  developed  crest  and  attached  to  the  head  in 
an  angular  sort  of  wa}^  rather  of  the  obtuse  order. 

Withers. — May  be  continuous  with  the  su})erior  border  of  the  neck, 
well  developed  and  not  too  broad,  back  straight  and  rather  short,  loins 
broad. 

Croup. — Somewhat  sloping  with  dock  coming  out  high  up,  tail  well 
haired  and  carried  in  a  graceful  manner. 

Chest. — Deep  through  the  girth,  ribs  long  and  well  sprung  with  well 
marked  angles,  breast  broad  and  well  muscled. 

Shoulder. — Oblique  from  above  downwards  and  forwards,  blade  bon% 
well  covered  with  muscles. 


HORSE    BREEDING.  1323 

Elbow. — Well  muscled  and  lying  close  to  chest. 

Forearm. — Well  developed  and  strong,  with  muscles  well  defined  and 
standing  boldly  out. 

Knee. — Straight,  strong  in  all  directions,  free  from  malformations. 

Knee  to  Foot. — Cannon-bone  rather  short,  broad,  flat  and  clean,  not 
feathered,  tendons  well  defined  and  prominent,  skin  lying  close  to  bone 
and  tendon,  tendons  not  too  much  tied  in  below  knee,  an  absence  of 
beefiness,  pasterns  strong,  of  medium  length  and  obliquity. 

Foot. — Of  medium  size,  rather  round  with  strong  wall,  sole  rather 
concave,  frog  large  and  well  developed,  heels  broad,  strong  and  not  too 
deep,  must  not  toe  either  in  or  out. 

JTaunrh. — Muscles  well  developed,  deep  through  ham,  quarters  broad 
end  strong. 

Stifle. — Strong  and  well  muscled,  compact. 

Gaskin. — Muscles  prominent  and  hard,  hamstring  prominent. 

Hock. — Large  and  strong  in  all  directions,  all  parts  well  developed,  an 
absence  of  malformations  and  puffiness,  point  well  developed  and  pos- 
terior border  straight. 

Hock  to  Foot. — Cannon-bone  rather  short,  broader  and  flatter  than  in 
front,  little  or  no  feathering,  an  absence  of  })eetiness,  tendons  standing 
out  prominently  and  well  defined  and  not  tied  in  below  joint,  skin  lying- 
close  to  bone  and  tendon,  fetlock  joint  large  and  strong,  pasterns  strong, 
of  medium  length  and  obliquity. 

Foot. — Smaller  and  not  so  round  as  in  front,  sole  more  concave,  frog 
well  developed,  heels  strong  and  not  too  deep. 

Color. — Bay,  brown,  black,  chestnut,  roan,  gray,  with  reasonable 
modifications. 

8kin. — Soft,  mellow,  loose,  not  like  parchment. 

Temperament. — Docile,  kind,  prompt,  energetic,  not  nervous. 

Style  and  Action. — Free  and  elastic,  perfect  in  trotting  gait,  a  good 
walker,  must  not  paddle  or  rool  in  front,  may  go  wide  behind,  may 
either  trot  or  pace,  and  must  go  level  without  hitting  himself  any  phice, 
and  be  able  to  go  fast. 

Weight. — 9r)0  to  1200  pounds,  or  even  more. 

Height. — 15  to  IG^  hands. 

The  mare  and  gelding  of  this  class  may  be  of  the  same  general  type 
as  the  stallion,  but  not  so  masculine  looking;  the  neck,  withers  and  gen- 
eral physiognomy  being  the  points  which  contribute  most  to  the  more 
tffeminate  appearance  of  these  animals.  The  neck  should  be  more  del- 
icate and  cleaner  cut,  the  crest  not  so  well  developed,  the  withers  more 
pronounced,  not  so  thick  through  and  through  at  the  upper  part,  and 


1324  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AXD  C0:MPLETE  STOCK   DOCTOR. 

there  should  be  a  line  of  a  demarcation  between  withers  and  neck,  the 
general  physiognomy  milder  and  gentler  and  less  impetuous. 

XXV.    Conformation  of  the  Thoroughbred  Stallion. 

Jfead. — Ears  tine,  not  too  long,  ai)i)roaching  each  other  at  the  tips 
when  thrown  forward;  cranium  broad  and  nicely  rounded,  forehead  tlat 
and  broad,  eyes  wide  apart,  prominent,  large  and  bold  in  expression, 
nasal  bones  straight  in  front  but  slightly  dished  on  lateral  surfaces, 
nostrils  firm,  large  and  flexible,  of  large  capacity  when  the  animal  is  ex- 
cited, lips  firm,  mouth  of  medium  size,  muzzle  small  and  tapering, 
cheeks  well  but  not  too  heavily  clothed  with  hard,  well  developed  mus- 
cles, branches  of  lower  jaw  well  spread  apart  at  their  angles. 

J^eck. — Clean  cut  and  rangy,  crest  well  developed  and  whipcordy  but 
not  so  heavy  as  in  other  classes,  head  attached  to  neck  in  graceful, 
angular  manner,  rather  of  the  obtuse  order,  jugular  gutter  well  marked. 
Withers. — Well  developed,  high  and  not  too  wide,  unless  animal  bo 
fat  there  should  be  a  line  of  demarcation  where  the  neck  leaves  off  and 
the  withers  commence,  back  straight  and  rather  short,  loins  broad  and 
strong. 

Croup. — Rather  long  and  slightly  sloping  with  dock  coming  out  high 
up,  tail  carried  straight,  well  out  from  the  body  in  an  arched  and  graceful 
manner. 

Chest. — Somewhat  cone-shaped  with  good,  broad  base  behind,  apex 
between  forelegs,  where  the  animal  may  be  narrower  in  proportion  than 
other  breeds,  the  cavity  should  be  deep  from  above  downwards  espe- 
cially at  the  girth,  ribs  long,  well  sprung,  with  well  marked  angles, 
breast  muscles  well  defined  and  prominent,  but  not  too  wide. 

Shoulder. — Oblique  from  above  downward  and  forward,  the  blade 
bone  being  well  covered  with  hard,  well  developed  muscles. 

Elbow. — Well  muscled  and  lying  close  to  chest. 

Forearm. — Long,  well  developed  and  strong,  well  clothed  with  hard, 
well  developed  muscles,  having  grooves  of  demarcation  between  them, 
showing  the  outlines  of  each  individual  muscle. 

Knee. — Clean,  straight,  large  and  strong  in  all  directions,  the  bone 
forming  the  back  part  somewhat  prominent,  an  absence  of  malforma- 
tions. 

Knee  to  Foot. — Cannons  short,  broad,  flat  and  clean,  tendons  standing 
out  plainly,  hard  and  whipcordy,  lines  of  demarkation  between  tendons 
and  ligament  and  between  ligament  and  bone,  an  absence  of  beefiness  and 
long  hair,  skin  lying  close  to  bone  and  tendon,  tendons  not  toe  jsuci. 
pinched  below  knee,  fetlock  joint  well  developed  and  strong,  pasterua 
somewhat  lengthy  and  of  medium  obliquity. 


HORSE     BREEDING.  1325 

Foot. — Rather  smaller  ia  proportion  than  in  other  breeds,  round, 
strong  and  tolerably  deep  wall,  sole  concave,  frog  well  developed,  heels 
full  and  not  too  deep,  must  not  turn  toes  in  or  out  when  standing. 

Haunch. — Well  clothed  with  hard,  well  developed  muscles,  showing 
grooves  of  demarcation  between  them,  thick  through  ham,  (juarters 
broad  and  strong. 

Stijie. — Strong  and  well  muscled,  not  bulky, 

Gaskin. — Clothed  with  hard  muscles  standing  individually  boldly  out, 
hamstring  strong,  prominent  and  whipcordy. 

Hock. — Deep  and  strong  in  all  directions,  all  points  well  developed 
but  not  rough,  an  absence  of  malformations  or  puffiness,  point  very 
well  developed,  straight  on  posterior  border,  the  whole  joint  clean  and 
hard  and  of  an  angular  order. 

Hock  to  Foot. — Cannons  short,  wider  and  flatter  than  fore  ones,  clean, 
no  beefiness,  no  feathering,  tendons  well  marked  individually  and  must 
not  have  a  pinched  appearance  below  joint,  but  very  gradually  taper  in 
width  from  hock  to  fetlock,  skin  lying  close  to  bone  and  tendon,  fetlock 
joints  large,  clean  and  strong,  pasterns  rather  lengthy,  strong  and  of 
medium  obliquity. 

Foot. — Smaller,  not  so  round  as  the  front  ones,  sole  more  concave, 
frog  well  developed,  heels  strong  and  not  too  deep. 

Color. — Bay,  brown,  chestnut,  gray,  black  with  reasonable  modifica- 
tions. 

Skin. — Soft,  mellow,  loose,  not  like  parchment,  hair  forming  coat 
fine,  silky  and  straight,  hairs  of  mane  and  tail,  although  coarse,  must  be 
straight  and  soft  in  comparison  with  other  breeds. 

Temperament. — Mild,  not  vicious,  energetic,  inclined  to  be  impetuous, 
not  too  nervous. 

Action. — Prompt,  free  and  elastic,  not  too  much  knee  and  hock 
action,  but  going  rather  close  to  the  ground,  esi)ecially  in  the  canter  or 
gallop,  must  not  paddle  or  rool  fore  feet,  nor  go  close  enough  behind 
to  interfere,  good  walker. 

Weight.—S-Ay  1050  to  1300  pounds. 

Height. — Say  Ib^  to  16|^  hands. 

XXVI.    Conformation  of  the  Thoroughbred  Gelding  or  Mare. 

Head. — Rather  small,  ear  fine  and  pointed,  not  too  long,  cranium 
nicely  rounded,  forehead  flat  and  broad,  eye  large  and  prominent  and 
gentle  in  expression,  nasal  bones  straight  in  front  and  slightly  dished 
laterally,  nostrils  large,  firm  and  flexible,  lips  firm,  mouth  of  medium 
depth,    muzzle   tapering    and    small,    cheek    clothed    with    hard,   well 


1326      CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

developed  muscles,  branches  of  lower  jaw  well  spread  apart  at  their 
angles. 

Neck. — Clean  cut  and  rangy,  crest  well  developed  and  whipcordy, 
but  not  so  full  as  in  the  stallion,  the  point  where  the  neck  leaves  off  to 
be  well  marked  in  frontof  the  withers,  jugular  gutter  well  marked,  wind- 
pipe standing  out  independently  of  the  rest  of  the  neck,  attachments  of 
head  to  neck  well  marked  and  to  be  rather  angular,  of  the  obtuse  order. 
Withers. — Well  developed  and  high,  forming  a  well  marked  promi- 
nence over  the  shoulder,  the  top  of  which  should  not  be  thick;  the 
back,  springing  from  the  posterior  aspect  of  the  withers,  should  be 
straight  and  short,  loins  broad  and  well  muscled. 

Croup. — Rather  long  and  somewhat  sloping,  with  dock  coming  out 
well  up,  tail  carried  straight,  well  out  from  the  body  and  in  a  gracefully 
arched  manner. 

■  Chest. — Somewhat  cone-shaped  with  good  broad  base  behind,  apex 
between  shoulders  rather  narrow,  but  deep  through  the  girth,  ribs  long 
and  well  sprung  with  well-marked  angles. 

Shoulder. — Coming  from  high,  sharp  withers,  should  be  obliciue  from 
above  downward,  blade  clothed  with  hard  muscles,  well  formed  but 
not  bulky. 

Ulboio. — Well  muscled  and  lying  close  to  chest. 

Forearm. — Well  developed  and  strong,  with  muscles  standing  boldly 
out  and  well  defined,  marked  from  each  other  by  grooves. 

Knee,  knee  to  foot,  foot,  haunch,  stifle,  gaskin,  hock,  hock  to  foot, 
foot,  color  and  skin,  same  as  stallion. 

Temperament. — More  docile  than  the  stallion,  l)ut  still  very  energetic. 

Action. — Rather  lighter  on  foot  than  the  stallion;  in  other  respects 
the  same. 

Weight.— ^ixy  850  to  1250  pounds. 

Height.— Sixy  15  to  16^  hands. 

The  saddle  horse  may  be  of  the  same  general  type  as  the  thorough- 
bred (mare  or  gelding),  but  if  not  Ihoroughljred  will  not  have  as  much 
(|uality.  Must  have  good  manners,  a  mouth  that  responds  readily  to 
the  hand  of  his  rider.  Graceful  and  elastic  actions  in  all  paces  being 
essential. 

We  will  now  give  a  'sw  illustrations  showing  some  of  the  desirable 
and  undesirable  points  of  conformation  of  the  horse.  From  these  ilhis- 
trations  the  breeder  will  be  able  to  inform  himself  as  to  the  various 
features  and  traits  of  disposition;  also  the  correct  and  incorrect  posi- 
tion of  the  limbs,  feet,  etc. 


HORSE     BREEDING. 


IS'il 


Fig.  A. — Shows  a  very  good  head  of  a  thoroughbred.  The  general 
expression  and  attitude  denote  intelligence,  ambition  and  docility.  The 
crest  is  nicely  arched,  but  not  bulky;  head  gracefully  attached  and  well 
carri<   1;   all  muscles  and  the  jugular  gutter  well  marked. 

Ft     B. — Shows  a  good  head  and  neck  of  a  trotting  or  road  horse. 

Fig.  C. — Shows  a  good  head,  but  the  neck  is  very  deficient,  being 
too  long  and  thin,  and  much  too  fine  where  attached  to  head.  Necks  of 
this  description  are  usually  accompanied  by  a  small  head,  with  little 
space  between  the  angles  of  the  lower  jaw.  Consequently,  the  space 
occupied  by  the  larynx  (that  catilaginous  box  at  the  commencement  ol 
the  windpipe)  is  limited,  not  allowing  suflicient  room  for  expansion  when 
large  quantities  of  air  are  taken  into  the  lungs  during  violent  exercise, 
and  as  a  consequence  the  animal  is  very  liable  to  become  a  roarer. 


F\6  6 


Pig,  7). — Represents  an  ill-formed  head  and  neck.  The  neck  is  at- 
tached to  the  head  in  an  ill-manner.  The  mouth  or  nose  is  turned  in  too 
much  towards  the  breast,  which  renders  the  animal  practically  uncon- 
trollable unless  a  check  rein  be  used  to  keep  his  nose  out.  The  eye, 
ear  and  general  expression  denote  stubbornness  and  ill-temper.  For 
purposes  of  draft,  the  neck  should  be  very  much  thicker  and  more 
heavily  muscled  than  in  light  horses,  but  nevertheless  the  head  should 
be  properly  attached. 

Fig.  ^.— Shows  a  shapely,  muscular  neck  for  draft,  rather  thick  at 
the  attachment  to  the  head,  but  at  the  same  time  well  proportiored. 


1328      CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


The  head  is  broad,  strong,  and  rather  large  at  the  muzzle,  not  a  serious 
fault  even  with  drivinir  horses,  althouj^h  a  line  muzzle  looks  more  attract- 


FIGE 


FIG  F 


ive,  and  with  large  flexible  x  :^strils  this  conformation  may  be  vei  well 
marke.l. 

Fig.  F. — Shows  a  badly  I'ormed  neck  and  shoulder,  and  an  ill-propor- 
tioned, badly  formed  head. 

Fig.  G. — Shows  an  ewe-necked  vicious  brute,  the  head  set  on  too 
high,  the  dished  face,  shape  and  position  of  ears,  wild  expression  of  the 


eyes  and  position  of  lips  denote  a  vicious  and  dangerous  disposition. 
The  Roman  nose  also  denotes  stubbornness. 

Fig.  II. — Shows  a  strong,  muscular  neck  and  head,  but  at  the  same 
time  the  position  of  the  ear,  the  eyes  high  in  the  head  with  a  surly  ex- 
pression, the  Roman  nose,  thick  neck  and  jaw  denote  a  treacherous  and 
unsafe  horse.  Such  a  horse,  if  kept  properly  under  control  by  a  com- 
petent driver,  may  l)e  fairly  well  numaged,  but  in  careless  or  incom- 
petent hands  is  liable  to  become  vicious  and  intractable  at  any  time. 

Plate  2. — Shows  different  conformations  of  the  back.  The  back 
should  be  straight  and  of  medium  length;  the  straighter  and  shorter  it 
is  the  more  it  denotes  strength,  while  the  longer  it  is,  and  especially  if 
it  also  be  hollow,  the  more  indicative  it  is  of  weakness.     However,  very 


HORSE  BREEDING. 


1329 


short  backs  arc  not  desirable,  as  a  certain  amount  of  lengtli  is  essential 
in  order  that  the  animal  may  have  action  and  a  certain  amount  of  speed. 


GOOD   AND    BAD   BACK. 

Though  shortness  of  the  back  indicates  strength,  particularly  as  regards 
carrying  weight,  we  must  remember  that  too  much  must  not  be  sacri- 
ficed for  any  one  point,  and  a  horse  with  a  very  short  back  is  apt  to 
overreach  (forge)  unless  his  shoulders  be  very  oblique.  Backs  which 
are  in  their  original  formation  hollow,  invariably  become  more  so  under 
the  influence  of  weight  and  age.  This  is  particularly  noticeable  in  stall- 
ions that  are  used  in  the  stud.  In  fact,  all  backs,  though  originally 
straight,  become  more  or  less  hollow  with  age.     This  effect  is  partly  due 


GOOD    AND    BAD    HINDQUARTERS. 


to  the  ordinary  mechanical  action  of  weight  on  a  given  line,  and  partly 
to  wasting  away  of  the  muscles  in  old  age.     A  horse  with  what  is  called 


1330       CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

a  roach  back  is  usually  rough  and  uneven  in  his  paces  and  inclined  to 
forge.  The  formation  is  favorable  to  strength,  and  unless  the  pecul- 
iarity be  very  marked,  especially  if  the  quarters  are  good,  and  the 
shoulder  strong  and  obli(|ue,  he  will  generally  be  a  serviceable  animal. 

In  the  illustration  the  top  tigure  showf^  a  very  straight  back  and  croup 
— with  the  dock  coming  out  very  high  up.  The  central  tigure  a  hollow 
back  and  drooping  croup,  and  the  lower  figure  a  roach  back, 

Plate  3. — The  hair  of  the  tail  usually  indicates  the  breeding  of  a  horse 
to  a  certain  extent.  That  of  well-bred  horses  is  generally  straight  and 
fine.  A  thick,  coarse  or  curly  quality  of  hair  usually  denotes  want  of 
breeding.  The  tail  should  be  carried  firm,  straight  and  well  away  from 
the  hind  (|iiarters.  It  should  be  set  on  almost  in  a  line  with  the  back 
bone.  In  the  coarsely  bred  animal  the  tail  is  usually  set  on  low  down, 
possesses  little  muscular  power,  clings  to  the  quarters,  and  altogether 
looks  mean.  Fine,  curly  hair  is  occasionally,  though  seldom,  seen  even 
in  the  tails  of  thoroughbreds. 

In  the  illustration  the  figure  on  the  left  shows  a  tail  the  dock  of  which 
comes  out  high  up,  and  the  tail  is  well  and  gracefully  carried.  The  sec- 
ond figure  shows  the  dock  coming  out  lower  down  from  drooping  croup, 
and  tail  not  so  well  carried.  In  the  next  figure  this  is  more  marked,  the 
animal  hugging  the  tail,  while  the  figure  to  the  right  shows  a  tail  with 
coarse,  wavy  hair  coming  out  very  low  down  from  a  very  sloping  croup, 
and  meanly  carried,  the  hams  cut  away  and  weak,  and  altogether  the 
parts  of  a  mean-looking  and  generally  unserviceable  animal. 

Plate  6. — Let  us  now  view  the  position  of  the  hind  legs,  viewed  from 
the  side,  the  horse  standing. 

Fig.  1. — Shows  the  commonly  received  idea  of  the  correct  position, 
but  the  whole  limb  is  placed  rather  too  far  back,  and  it  is  rather  too 
near  the  perpendicular  from  point  of  hock  to  fetlock  pad. 

Fig. «/.— Shows  a  more  correct  position,  the  limb  is  more  under  the 
center  of  gravity  than  Fig.  I,  the  hock  not  quite  so  far  back  and  there 
is  a  slight  deviation  forward  from  hock  to  fetlock. 

Fig.  K. — Shows  a  horse  standing  too  straight,  hamstring  not  well 
developed,  and  rather  a  deviation  backwards  from  point  of  hock  to  fet- 
lock, altogether  a  rather  weak  limb. 

Fig.  L. — Shows  the  limbs  too  much  bent,  sickle  shaped,  giving  the 
horse  a  mean  appearance,  and  at  the  same  time  the  hock  is  not  strong, 
and  disease,  especially  curb,  is  easily  produced. 

Fig.  M. — Shows  the  leg  from  hock  down  placed  too  far  behind;  this 
conformation  indicates  weakness  and  is  usually  associated  with  defective 
action. 


HORSK    BREEDING. 


1331 


Fig.  iV. — Shows  the  point  of  the  hock  poorly  developed,  the  hock  is 
not  "well  let  down,"  always  accompanied  by  poor  hock  action. 

Fig.  O. — Shows  the  opposite  and  desirable  conformation,  the  point 
of  hock  well  developed.  The  hock  is  "well  letdown."  This  confor- 
mation  indicates   good   leverage,  and  is  usually  accompanied  by  good 


1332      CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


riG  R 


no.  5 


FIO, 


FIG  V 


no  vs/ 


FIO  X 


■IG.  DD 


pig.ce:       fig  ft 


FIG  6G     FIG  HH 


action.  In  this  figure  the  hock  alone  must  be  considered,  not  its  posi- 
tion in  respect  to  the  body. 

Coming  now  to  the  rear  view  of  the  hind  legs. 

Fig.  P. — Shows  the  points  of  the  hocks  too  close  together  Ccow 
hocked),  with  a  lateral  deviation  outwards  of  the  limbs  to  the  feet.  lie 
points  the  feet  outwards,  is  splayfooted.     The   points    of   the   hocks 


HORSE    BREEDING. 


l■^'?,^ 


should  not  approach  each  other  in  this  manner,  but  should  stand 
squarely,  turnhig  neither  outwards  nor  inwards,  and  the  limbs  should 
maintain  this  position  down  to  the  foot,  which  also  should  be  planted 
straight  forwards  and  backwards. 

j^lfj,  g._Shows  the  hocks  too  far  apart,  the  points  turned  outwards, 
with  a  lateral  deviation  inwards  from  hock  to  foot,  the  toes  turned 
inwards  (parrot  toed). 

Coming  to  the  fore  quarters  the  illustrations  will  give  a  good  idea  of 
«?hape,  obliquity  of    shoulder,  setting  on  of  the  neck  and    carriage  of 

Jihe  head. 

_Pig^  i?._Shows  good  conformation  of  head,  neck  and  shoulders.^ 
pig^  ^\_Shows  shoulders  too   upright,  neck  too  short   and  thick, 
throat' thick  and  heavy,  ears  and  eyes  badly  placed,  and  general  expres- 
sion bad. 

j^'ig^  T.— Shows  correct  position  of  fore  limb  and  foot. 
ji^ig,  [/-.—Shows  feet  too  close  together;  the  horse  is  bandy-legged. 
jTig^  17._The  feet  are  too  wide  apart;  the  horse  straddles. 
j^ilg]  If  .—Shows  the  toes  turned  out;  when  traveling  he  will  rool  his 
toes   inward,  and  in  all  probability  strike  the  opposite  limb  some  place 
between  the  pastern  and  knee,  or  even  above  the  knee,  according  to  the 
lieicrht  of  action.     This  is  called  speedy  stroke,  and  is  very  undesirable, 
as  i"t  necessitates  the  wearing  of   boots  for  protection,  and  is  liable  to 
cause  him  to  stumble. 

jTig,  A^— Shows  the  contrary  conformation  ;  the  toes  turn  inwards, 
giving  the  animal  a  waddling  action,  which  has  a  very  clumsy  and 
unatti-active  appearance.     There  is  considerable  waste  motion. 

7//^.  Y.—CjUes  a  side  view  of  fore  leg.  The  position  is  correct,  the 
knee  large,  strong  and  straight,  neither  bending  forwards,  "knee 
spring,"  nor  backwards,  "calf-knee." 

jPlg^  Z.— Shows  the  knee  bending  backwards,  "calf  or  buck-kneed." 
This  conformation  is  well  marked,  causes  undue  strain  on  back  liga- 
ments and  tendons. 

Fi(j.  yM.— Shows  a  small,  weak  knee,  with  the  tendons  tied  m  or 
pinched  below  the  joint. 

Fig.  BB.—Sho\\s  the  pastern  too  long  and  weak. 
Fig.  (7(7.— Shows  the  pastern  too  short;   there  is  a  want  of  flexi- 
bility; the  action  will  be  stiff  and  stilty. 

Fig.  DD.— Shows  a  good  limb  in  a  correct  position. 
Fig   EF.— Shows  the  pastern  too  short  and  upright;  the  action  will 
be  stiff  and  stilty,  especially  for  saddle  purposes.     The  concussion  is  so 
^leat  that  parts  are  very  liable  to  disease. 

Fig.  FF.—Shosws  the  opposite  conformation ;  the  pastern  is  too  long 


1334      CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

and  oblique,  the  strain  consequently  undue  upon  the  back  tendons, 
which,  as  a  consequence,  are  liable  to  disease. 

Fig.  GG. — Shows  the  correct  position  of  foot  in  relation  to  the 
breast. 

Fig.  HII.— Shows  the  foot  planted  too  far  back. 

Fig.  If. — Shows  a  weak  knee  and  fetlock.  The  limb  is  straight,  but 
out  of  proper  position  on  account  of  weakness. 

The  reader  who  carefully  examines  these  illustrations  should  be  a 
fairly  good  judge  of  how  a  horse  should  look,  either  from  a  :.>ont,  rear 
or  side  view,  both  as  to  the  body  and  limbs. 


DAIRYING  AND   DAIRY  BUILDINGS. 

By  Prof.  H.  H.  Dean,  B.  S.  A.,  Professor  of  Dairy  Husbandry,  Ontario  Agricnltural 
College,  Guelph,  Ontario. 


THE  DAIRY  COW. II.   FEED. III.   BUTTER  MAKING. IV.    SPECIAL  POINTS  ON 

BUTTER  MAKING. V.   CREAMERIES. VI.    CHEDDAR  C!HEESK. -VII.    SALTINll 

THE    CURD. VIII.    CURIN(+    THE    CHEESE. IX.     FARM    CHKESE. X.     DAIRY 

BUILDINGS. XI.   TOWN  AND  CITY  MILK  AND  CREAM  TRADE. XH.   CONDENSED 

MILK. XIII.   IMITATION  BUTTER. XIV.   THE  TESTING  OF  MILK. XV.   MAR- 
KETING DAIRY  PRODUCE. 


The  dairy  interests  of  the  North  American  people  are  very  large.  No 
branch  of  agriculture  has  been  so  profitable  as  dairying.  The  dairy  cow 
is  the  queen  of  all  animals  kept  on  the  farm,  when  i)roperly  fed  and 
when  cared  for  in  the  best  manner. 

There  are  two  classes  of  dairymen  as  regards  method  of  manufactur- 
ing their  product,  viz. :  private  and  co-operative.  The  former  are  the 
older,  but  the  latter  are  more  extensive  in  their  operations.  Co-oper- 
ative cheese  factory  dairies  began  in  1851,  in  the  State  of  New  York. 
The  chief  advantages  of  co-operation  in  the  dairj'  are  a  more  uniformly 
high  quality  of  cheese  and  butter,  which  sells  for  a  higher  price  than 
average  private  dairy  goods,  and  the  fact  that  it  relieves  the  farmer's 
wife  of  a  great  deal  of  drudgery. 

Co-operative  factories  are  managed  on  one  of  two  plans — joint  stock 
company  or  private  enterprise.  In  the  first,  the  factory,  plant,  etc.,  are 
owned  by  the  farmers  that  manage  the  business,  as  well  as  owning  and 
milking  the  cows.  WTien  properly  managed,  they  are  the  most  success- 
ful factories.  Private  enterprise  factories  are  chiefly  owned  by  one  per- 
son, who  provides  factory  and  plant  and  manufactures  the  product,  as  a 
rule,  for  a  certain  rate  per  pound.  This  plan  usually  insures  good  busi- 
ness management,  and  the  system  is  well  liked  in  muny  sections. 

I.  The  Dairy  Cow. 
A  good  cow  is  the  foundation  ;if  all  successful  dairying.  Good  cows 
are  found  in  all  breeds  and  among  those  of  no  particular  ])reeding;  but 
they  are  more  common  among  what  are  known  as  the  dairy  breeds,  chief 
of  which  in  America  are  Holstein,  jersey,  Ayrshire,  Guernsey,  Cana- 
dian, and  some  strains  of  the  Short-Horn. 

1335 


1336 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  SIOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


DAIRYING    AND    DAIRY    BUILDINGS.  1337 

In  building  up  a  dairy  herd,  select  the  best  cows  of  the  breed,  grade 
or  native  most  suitable  for  the  conditions  under  which  they  are  to  be 
used.  Breed  these  cows  to  pure  bred  males  of  the  same  breed  as  the 
cows  are,  where  pure  breeds  are  kept,  and  breed  the  grades  and  natives 
to  pure  bred  males  of  whatever  breed  is  thought  to  be  best.  Rear  the 
heifer  calves  on  whole  milk  for  about  two  weeks,  then  change  gradually 
>;o  warm,  sweet  skim  milk  to  which  has  been  added  a  small  amount  of 
bran  and  ground  oats  when  young.  Afterwards  feed  the  meal  dry  and 
give  clover  hay,  grass,  and  in  winter  give  pulped  or  sliced  roots. 
Keep  the  calves  warm,  dry  and  clean.  The  heifers  should  commence 
milking  when  between  two  and  three  years  old.  Weigh  the  milk  from 
each  cow,  and  test  for  fat  at  least  once  a  month.  Have  a  standard  of 
not  less  than  6000  pounds  of  milk  or  250  pounds  of  butter  per  year  foj- 
each  cow,  and  sell  all  which  do  not  come  up  to  this  standard  at  the  end 
of  their  second  milking  period.  In  this  way  a  creditable  dairy  herd 
may  be  built  up  in  a  few  years. 

II.    Feed. 

Grass  is  nature's  food  for  milk  production,  and  where  this  is  obtain- 
able in  abundance  no  other  feed  is  necessary.  Give  plenty  of  pure 
water,  and  allow  cows  access  to  salt  at  all  times.  Lucerne  clover  is  an 
excellent  soiling  crop,  as  also  are  green  peas  and  oats  and  corn.  Corn 
silage  is  a  valuable  summer  food  as  well  as  a  good  food  for  winter.  In 
winter  give  the  cow  all  the  mixed  corn  silage  and  cut  clover  hay  which 
she  will  eat,  together  with  mangels,  and  six  to  eight  pounds  of  meal  for 
each  pound  of  fat  produced  in  the  milk,  or  for  every  twenty-five  tc 
thirty-five  pounds  of  milk  which  she  gives.  The  meal  may  consist  of 
one-half  bran  and  the  other  half  peas  and  oats.  Gluten  feed,  cotton- 
seed meal,  oil  cake,  etc.,  are  also  useful  concentrates,  if  they  can  be  pur- 
chased at  reasonable  prices  and  without  adulteration.  The  subject  of 
cow  feeding  and  management  may  be  summed  up  in:  breed  carefully, 
select  wisely,  care  for  kindly,  feed  liberally,  milk  regularly.  This  dc, 
and  prosperity  shall  attend  the  steps  of  the  dairyman. 
Ill,    Butter  Making. 

Butter  may  be  made  in  a  private  dairy  or  in  a  creamery.  In  the  pri- 
vate dairy  the  milk  is  usually  set  for  the  cream  to  rise  in  shallow  pans 
or  deep  cans,  or,  what  is  now  very  common,  it  is  run  through  a  cream 
separator  innnediately  after  being  milked.  To  obtain  the  best  results 
with  shallow  pans,  set  as  soon  as  possible  after  milking  in  pans  about 
four  inches  deep.  Keep  in  a  clean,  cool  place,  such  as  a  cellar  or  milk- 
house,  and  skim  at  the  end  of  twenty-four  or  forty-eight  hours.  Loosen 
the  cream  from  the  edge  of  the  pan  with  a  thin-bladed  knife,  and  allow 


1338      CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND    COMPLETE    S'lOCK    DOCTOR. 


JERSEY   IvILY. 

Ontario  Agricultural  College.     Two  years  old,  solid  color,  black  tongue  and  switch. 

Her  milk  is  excellent  quality  and  she  promises  to  make 

a  fine  cow  for  butter  making. 


the  cream  to  glide  over  the  edge  of  the  pan  into  the  cream  can.  Do  not 
use  a  perforated  skimmer,  as  it  wastes  the  cream.  In  deep  setting,  set 
in  pans  about  eight  inches  in  diameter  and  twenty  inches  deep.  Phice 
the  cans  in  ice  water  for  twelve  to  thirty-six  hours,  and  skim  carefully 
from  the  top  or  bottom.  If  using  a  separator,  run  the  milk  through  as 
soon  as  milked;  but  if  separating  but  once  a  day,  heat  the  milk  to  115'' 
to  100°  and  then  separate.  Cool  the  cream  to  60°  as  soon  as  it  comes 
from  the  separator.  Wash  the  machine  after  each  time  of  using.  The 
cream  from  pans  and  cans  should  be  kept  sweet  until  twenty-four  hours 
before  churning,  when  it  may  be  warmed  to  about  60°  to  65°,  and  a  small 
amount  of  clean  flavored  sour  skim-milk  or  buttermilk  may  be  added 
to  hasten  and  control  the  ripening  or  souring  of  the  cream.  A  better 
way  is  to  heat  some  skim-milk,  to  which  has  been  added  25  per  cent,  of 
clean  water,  to  1(50°  for  twenty  minutes,  then  cool  to  80°  to  1*0°  and  add 
a  commercial  culture.  This  is  a  safer  plan  than  to  use  ordinary  sour 
milk,  buttermilk  or  cream.     The  commercial  culture  may  be  propagated 


DAIRYING    AND    DAIRY    BUILDINGS. 


1339 


for  ail  iudetinite  length  of  time  with  proper  cure,  and  need  not  be  bought 
oftener  than  once  or  twice  a  year.  The  cream  is  ripe  and  ready  to  churn 
when  it  tastes  slightly  sour,  is  thick  and  glossy  in  appearance,  and  has  a 
pleasant,  ripe  smell.  If  tested  with  a  one-tenth  normal  alkaline  solution, 
it  should  show  five-tenths  to  six-tenths  of  one  per  cent,  acidity.  Cream 
may  be  churned  in  a  box  or  barrel  churn  or  in  a  combined  churn,  and 
worked  at  a  temperature  of  50^  to  TC,  depending  upon  conditions. 
Churn  at  such  a  temperature  that  the  butter  will  come  firm  in  twenty  to 
forty-five  minutes.  Stop  the  churn  when  the  butter  is  the  size  of  wheat 
grains,  and  draw  the  buttermilk.  Wash  the  butter  once  in  water  at  50"^ 
to  55",  and  then  salt  in  the  churn  or  on  a  worker.  For  a  farm  dairy  a 
V-shaped  worker  is  very  convenient.  In  the  factory,  rollers  are  used  to 
apply  pressure  to  the  butter.  The  amount  of  salt  will  vary  from  one- 
half  ounce  to  one  ounce  per  pound  of  butter.     Use  fine,  clean  salt. 

Work  the  butter  once  for  local  markets ;  for  export  or  to  pack,  work 
twice,  to  overcome  "mottles"  or  "streaks."  For  local  trade,  put  the 
butter  in  pound  prints  wrapped  in  parchment  paper.     For  export  or 


AYRSHIRE   PATTI. 

No.  10,741  in  Canadian  Ayrshire  Book.    Two  years  old.    Her  dam  was  imported  from 
Scotland  and  was  one  of  the  best  cows  in  the  college  herd. 


1340       CYCLOPEDIA  OF  1,IVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

cold  storage,  pack  in  square  boxes  holding  fifty-six  pounds,  or  in  tubs 
holding  fifty  pounds.  The  best  packages  are  lined  with  paratfine  wax 
and  heavy  parchment  pa})er.  If  the  packages  are  unlined,  soak  in  brine 
for  three  or  four  days,  then  steam  and  sprinkle  the  inside  with  salt  be- 
fore putting  in  the  butter.  Spruce  is  the  best  material  for  wooden 
butter  packages.  Pound  the  butter  firmly  into  the  package,  so  that  it 
will  be  close  and  uniform  when  emptied. 

IV.    Special  Points  on  Butter  Making 

(1)  If  coloring  is  used,  add  it  to  the  cream  before  commencing  to 
churn.  Do  not  overcolor  the  butter.  Commercial  coloring  is  prefer- 
able to  carrot  or  other  home-made  coloring. 

(2)  Pasteurizing  (^.  e.,  heating  to  160°)  the  whole  milk  before  run- 
ning it  through  the  separator  in  winter  will  enable  the  butter  maker  to 
secure  a  more  uniform  quality  of  butter,  and  butter  at  all  times  which 
has  im})roved  keeping  quality.  Sweet  cream  may  also  be  Pasteurized 
after  each  time  of  skimming  by  setting  the  can  of  cream  in  a  tub  or 
tank  of  hot  water  at  180°  and  stirring  until  the  cream  reaches  160°,  then 
cool  to  below  60°  before  adding  to  the  cream  can  or  crock  containing 
cream  from  previous  skimmings.  Add  about  one  cup  of  culture  to  the 
cream  can  in  winter  with  the  llrst  lot  of  cream  to  get  good  •flavor,  and 
hold  at  60°. 

V.  Creameries. 
Creameries  are  of  several  kinds — whole  milk  or  separator,  cream 
gathering,  and  combined  separator  and  cream  gathering — usually  in  con- 
nection with  skimming  stations,  at  which  only  the  cream  is  separated 
and  then  it  is  taken  to  a  central  creamery  to  be  churnod.  In  connection 
with  the  cream-gathering  creamery,  hand  separators  on  the  farm  are  be- 
coming very  common.  This  method  saves  the  expense  of  hauling  the 
whole  milk  to  the  creamery  and  the  skim-milk  back  to  the  farm ;  but 
owing  to  the  fact  that  the  cream  is  often  spoiled  before  it  reaches  the 
creamery,  it  is  doubtful  if  this  is  the  best  plan  to  make  a  fine  quality  of 
butter.  In  sections  where  cows  are  not  plentiful  the  cream-gathering 
pkn  is  to  be  commended,  but  in  thickly  settled  portions  the  whole  milk 
creamery  is  best,  because  the  finest  quality  of  butter  may  be  made  if 
patrons  cool  the  milk  properly  at  the  farm  and  it  reaches  the  creamery 
sweet.  The  butter  maker  then  has  an  opportunity  to  show  his  skill  in 
the  manufacture  of  high-class  butter. 

VL    Cheddar  Cheese. 
In  the  system  of  factory  cheese  making  known  as  cheddar,  the  milk 
is  delivered  at  the  factory  once  a  day — usually  before  9  a.  m.     The 
proper  cariqg  for  ui'iIk  at  the  farm  is  a  very   important  point  in  the 


DAIRYING    AND    DAIRY    BUILDINGS. 


1341 


1342        CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

making  of  fancy  cheese.  The  chief  things  to  observe  in  the  care  of 
milk  are:  Have  good  health  j  cows,  fed  on  clean  food, which  does  not  taint 
the  milk.  (Turnips,  turnip  tops,  rape,  api)les,  apple  pomace,  brewers 
grains,  etc.,  should  not  be  fed  to  cows  producing  milk  for  cheese  mak- 
ing or  any  other  fine  dairy  products.)  As  soon  as  milked  the  milk 
should  be  strained  into  cans.  When  the  cows  are  all  milked,  place  the 
cans  of  milk  in  a  tank  of  cold  water  and  stir  until  the  milk  is  below  70% 
at  which  temperature  it  may  be  left  for  the  night,  except  on  Saturday, 
when  it  should  be  cooled  to  near  50'',  if  it  is  to  be  sent  to  the  factory  on 
Monday  morning.  The  morning's  milk  should  also  be  cooled,  if  possi- 
ble, and  should  not  be  mixed  with  the  evening's  milk  until  it  leaves  for 
the  factory.  Be  sure  that  the  atmosphere  is  pure  in  which  the  milk 
sets  over  night.  The  cows  should  also  be  milked  in  a  clean,  pure  at- 
mosphere. After  the  milk  reaches  the  factory  coloring  is  added,  as 
soon  as  the  weight  of  milk  in  the  vat  is  known,  if  colored  cheese  are 
made,  though  white  or  uncolored  cheese  are  more  wholesome,  and  there 
is  a  growing  demand  for  uncolored  cheese.  The  coloring  commonly 
used  is  made  from  Annato  seed,  though  many  colors  are  now  made  from 
the  by-})roducts  of  gas  manufactories. 

The  milk  is  then  heated  to  86°  by  means  of  steam  turned  under  the 
vats  of  milk.  When  the  milk  is  ripe,  which  is  ascertained  by  means  of 
a  rennet,  or  an  acid  test,  the  milk  is  set  by  adding  from  three  to  five 
ounces  of  rennet  extract  per  1000  pounds  of  milk.  When  the  curd  is 
firm  it  is  cut  once  with  a  horizontal  knife  and  twice  with  a  perpendicular 
knife.  The  curd  will  then  be  in  the  form  of  cubes  from  three-eighths 
to  five-eighths  of  an  inch  in  size.  The  curd  is  then  gently  stirred  and  in 
about  ten  minutes  heat  is  applied  by  means  of  steam.  The  curd  is  kept 
in  motion  by  the  hands,  by  means  of  a  rake,  or  by  machinery  until  the 
whole  mass  of  curd  and  whey  reaches  a  temperature  of  98°,  when  the 
steam  is  shut  off,  but  the  stirring  continues  for  some  time.  When  the 
curd  is  firm  and  the  acid  begins  to  develop,  as  indicated  by  the  hot  iron 
test,  or  the  acid  test,  the  .whey  is  run  from  the  curd,  which  process  is 
known  as  "dipping."  After  dipping,  the  curd  is  stirred  and  then 
allowed  to  "mat"  or  "cheddar."  The  curd  is  afterwards  cut  in  strips 
about  six  inches  wide  and  three  to  six  inches  thick  and  })laced  on  racks 
covered  with  a  cloth  for  the  whey  to  drain.  When  the  curd  becomes 
"meaty"  it  is  put  through  a  knife  mill  and  cut  in  strips  about  the  size 
of  a  finger.  These  strips  of  curd  are  stirred  often  enough  to  keep  them 
from  matting  together,  and  also  to  improve  flavor  and  texture  of  the 
cheese. 


DAIRYING    AND    DAIRY    BUILDINGS. 


1343 


VII.  Salting  the  Curd. 
The  ripening  process  goes  on  until  the  curd  feels  mellow,  and  when  a 
handful  is  squeezed  it  shows  a  mixture  of  butter  and  white  whey.  Tho 
curd  is  then  ready  to  salt.  Salt  is  applied  at  the  rate  of  one  and  one- 
half  to  two  pounds  per  1000  pounds  of  milk  for  rapid  curing  cheese, 
and  two  and  one-half  pounds  to  three  and  one-half  pounds  for  slow  cur- 
ing cheese.  After  the  salt  has  been  thoroughly  stirred  through  the  curd 
and  the  harsh  feeling  leaves,  the  curd  is  then  placed  in  hoops  which  have 


SHORT-HORN   HEIFER,   CONSTANCE  XV.,   OE  MAPLE  LODGE. 

Bred  by  A.  W.  Smith,  Maple  Lodge,  Ontario,  and  the  property  of  the  Ontario  Agri- 
cultural College,  Guelph,  Ontario. 

a  cotton  bandage  placed  inside  by  means  of  a  bandager.  The  curd  is 
then  firmly  packed  into  the  hoops  and  pressure  is  applied  by  means  of  a 
screw.  The  gang  press  in  which  the  cheese  lie  horizontally  is  now  used 
in  preference  to  the  upright  press.  After  the  cheese  have  been  under 
pressure  for  about  three-quarters  of  an  hour  they  are  removed  from  the 
press  and  the  bandage  is  neatly  pulled  up  on  the  cheese  and  cap  cloths 
are  placed  on  the  ends.  This  is  known  as  "dressing"  the  cheese.  The 
cheese  is  now  returned    to    the    press  and    allowed   to   remain    under 


1344       CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

pressure  for  about  twenty  hours,  when  they  are  removed  to  the  curing 
room.  Cheese  should  always  be  neat  and  stylish  before  placing  in  the 
curing  room. 

VIII.    Curing  the  Cheese. 

Cheese  are  about  half  nuidc  when  leaving  the  press.  The  green 
cheese  are  indigestible,  and  the  process  of  curing  is  the  gradual  change 
of  insoluble,  indigestible  curd  to  a  soluble,  digestible  cheese.  Temper- 
ature is  the  chief  factor  in  controlling  the  rate  at  which  the  change  takes 
place,  though  rennet,  salt,  moisture  and  the  character  of  the  gieen 
cheese  are  also  important  factors.  Cheese  cure  best  at  a  temperature 
between  60°  and  65°.  During  hot  weather  most  curing  rooms  get  too 
warm.  To  control  temperature  in  hot  weather  the  room  should  be  well 
insulated  by  means  of  building  paper  and  matched  lumber.  Double 
doors  and  double  windows  are  also  necessary.  To  cool  the  room  use  a 
sub-earth  duct,  ice,  cold  water  in  pipes,  or  compressed  air.  A  sub-earth 
duct  may  be  built  at  a  cost  of  about  $75  by  placing  two  rows  of  ten-inch 
tile  in  a  trench  about  150  feet  long  and  ten  feet  deep,  and  connecting 
these  with  the  curing  room  and  an  in-take  pipe  with  a  hood  or  cowl  on 
it  to  face  the  wind  at  all  times.  This  in-take  pipe  should  be  about  four- 
teen to  sixteen  inches  in  diameter,  and  may  be  made  of  galvanized  iron, 
and  should  be  thirty  to  fifty  feet  high.  As  the  air  passes  through  the 
tile  from  the  pipe  it  is  cooled  to  about  60"  and  enters  the  curing  room  at 
this  temperature.  The  amount  of  air  entering  the  room  is  regulated  by 
means  of  a  slide  door  or  a  register  placed  in  the  floor  or  wall. 

For  heating  a  curing  room  in  spring  or  fall  use  a  coal  furnace  or  steam 
from  the  boiler. 

Cheese  should  remain  in  the  curing  room  from  two  to  four  weeks,  if 
the  temperature  does  not  go  above  65°  to  70°  at  any  time.  If  the  tem- 
perature cannot  be  maintained  below  70"",  they  are  best  placed  in  cold 
storage  at  the  end  of  one  to  two  weeks.  Cheddar  cheese  ai'O  not  fit  for 
consumption  until  they  are  one  to  two  months  old.  A  well-made  ched- 
dar  is  at  its  best  when  six  to  ten  months  old  or  even  older  than  this,  if 
it  does  not  cure  too  rapidly. 

IX.  Farm  Cheese. 
Cheese  for  home  use  or  for  local  trade  may  be  made  b}^  putting  one 
hundred  to  three  hundred  pounds  of  milk  in  a  can,  clean  tub  or  other 
vessel,  adding  rennet,  cutting  with  a  long  knife,  heating  to  94^  to  96*^, 
by  taking  out  some  of  the  whey  and  heating  it  on  the  stove,  then  pouring 
it  back  on  the  curd.  In  about  two  hours  take  off  the  whey  and  allow 
the  curd  to  mat  slightly.  Then  break  or  cut  it,  and  when  it  is  mellow 
apply  the  salt  and  put  in   a  small    hoop.      A  hoop  to  hold  the   cur^ 


DAIRYING  AND  DAIRY  BUILDINGS.  1345 

from  one  hundred  pounds  of  milk  should  be  eight  inches  in  diameter 
and  about  the  same  height.  The  cheese  may  be  pressed  by  placino-  a 
lever  on  the  cheese  and  hanging  a  weight  on  the  farther  end.  Nice 
cheese  are  made  in  this  way  at  small  expense. 

X.    Dairy  Buildings. 

Buildings  for  all  kinds  of  dairy  work  should  be  built  substantially, 
with  good  walls  to  control  temperature,  high  ceiling  (ten  to  fourteen 
feet),  cement  floors,  and  have  a  good  drainage.  Wood,  brick,  stone  or 
cement  may  be  used.  All  buildings  should  have  good  foundations.  The 
cost  of  a  cheese  factory  to  handle  the  milk  from  five  hundred  cows  will 
be  from  $1,000  to  $1,500,  and  the  utensils  will  cost  $500  to  $800.  A 
separator  creamery  for  five  hundred  cows  will  cost  about  $2,000  for 
building,  and  $1,000  to  $1,500  for  machinery.  A  cream-gathering 
creamery  complete  will  cost  $1,500  to  $2,000.  A  combined  factory 
with  skimming  stations  will  cost  $5,000  to  $10,000. 

A  first-class  curing  room  is  a  very  important  part  of  a  cheese  factory, 
and  a  good  refrigerator  is  very  essential  in  a  creamery.  Mechanical  re- 
frigeration is  now  common  in  large  creameries,  though  the  smaller  ones 
continue  to  use  ice;  sometimes  the  ice  is  mixed  with  about  five  per  cent, 
salt,  and  placed  in  galvanized  iron  tubes  in  the  refrigerator  to  secure  a 
greater  degree  of  gold.  Butter  should  be  maintained  at  about  32°  while 
at  the  creamery. 

All  dairy  buildings  should  be  painted  a  light  color  outside  with  suit' 
able  trimmings.     The  surroundings  should  be  neat  and  tidy. 
XI.    Town  and  City  Milk  and  Cream  Trade. 

There  is  an  increasing  demand  for  dairy  products  in  towns  and  cities. 
This  is  the  most  remunerative  branch  of  the  dairy,  but  entails  a  great 
deal  of  labor  where  the  dairyman  delivers  the  milk  or  cream.  It  is  now 
customary  to  ship  to  large  concerns  who  handle  the  business  in  the 
cities.  Some  cities  are  equipped  with  very  excellent  facilities  for  hand- 
ling and  delivering  milk  and  cream  to  customers.  "Clarified," 
"certified"  and  "modified"  milks  are  now  obtainable  in  many  large  cities. 
The  interests  of  city  consumers  are  considered  as  never  before. 

A  pure  and  wholesome  milk  supply  is  as  important  to  any  town  or  city 
as  a  pure  and  wholesome  water  supply.  Company  or  municipal  control 
appears  to  be  the  best  means  of  securing  this,  though  there  is  danger  of 
it  becoming  a  monopoly  when  controlled  by  a  company,  and  danger  of 
mismanagement  and  corruption  if  controlled  by  the  municipality. 

Milk  for  town  trade  should  be  strained  at  once  after  coming  from  the 
cows,  and  then  be  cooled  to  below  SO""  by  stirring  the  milk  placed  in  ice- 
water,  or  by  running  it  over  suitable  coolers.     Milk  should  be  delivered 


1346     CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


SENSATION  OF  DEN  TON  I A — No.  134368. 
Sweepstakes  Jersey  Cow,  Toronto  Industrial  Exhibition. 


DENTONIA'S  ISLAND  QUEEN— No.  t|4t66. 
&  nottd  prize-wiaaev. 


DAIRYING    AND    DAIRY    BUILDIN<J8. 


1347 


in  the  city  at  night  or  early  in  the  morning.  No  preservatives  or  color- 
ino-  of  any  kind  should  be  added  to  the  milk  for  town  trade.  Commerical 
cream  should  test  about  twenty  per  cent.  fat.  Where  dealers  require  richer 
cream,  they  should  pay  accordingly.  With  a  separator  it  is  possible  to 
obtain  cream  of  any  desired  richness  by  adjusting  the  machine.  When 
setting  the  milk  for  cream  to  rise,  this  is  not  easily  done.  Time  is  the 
factor  deciding  richness,  where  the  skimming  is  properly  done.  To  get 
richer  cream  allow  it  to  stand  for  a  longer  time.  Cream  for  whipping 
purposes  should  contain  at  least  twenty  per  cent,  fat,  should  be  partially 


A   GALtOWAY  PRIZE   WINNER   AT  SMITHFIELD,   ENGLAND, 

ripe,  and  be  as  cold  as  possible.  There  is  more  difficulty  in  whipping 
separator  cream  compared  with  cream  raised  by  gravity,  because  the 
albuminous  matter  is  largely  removed  by  separating. 
XII.  Condensed  Milk. 
A  growing  branch  of  dairying  is  the  manufacture  of  condensed  milk. 
This  milk  is  ordinary  milk  from  which  a  large  portion  of  the  water  has 
been  evaporated,  and  to  which  is  usually  added  about  fifteen  per  cent, 
of  cane-sugar.     Milk  intended  for  condensing  purposes  requires  to  be 


1848  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

especially  well  cared  for,  and  dairymen  patronizing  condensing  factories 
are  usually  paid  an  extra  price  for  their  milk  as  compared  with  milk 
sent  to  cheese  factories  and  creameries.  Factories  for  condensed  milk 
are  likely  to  become  more  numerous  as  the  market  for  this  class  of 
dairy  goods  becomes  extended. 

XIII.  Imitation  Butter. 
Goods  made  from  animal  and  vegetable  fats  and  sold  for  pure  butter, 
are  a  great  menace  to  the  legitimate  dairy  trade.  Dairymen  have  no 
particular  objection  to  the  manufacture  and  sale  of  these  articles  so  long 
as  they  are  sold  on  their  merits.  The  majority  of  customers  who  buy 
oleomargarine  and  the  various  other  imitations  of  butter,  do  not  know 
that  they  are  paying  for  spurious  goods,  as  these  are  usually  sold  as 
butter.  In  Canada,  the  manufacture  and  sale  of  "oleo"  in  any  form  is 
strictly  prohibited  by  law.  The  dairymen  of  the  United  States  are 
making  a  gallant  fight  against  butter  made  from  lard,  tallow,  and  oil. 

XIV.    The  Testing  of  Milk. 

A  very  important  part  of  the  duty  of  a  dairyman  is  to  know  how  to 
test  the  percentage  of  fat  in  cream,  skim-milk,  buttermilk  and  whey. 
The  fat  of  milk  and  cream  is  usually  taken  as  a  measure  of  its  value  for 
food.  At  creameries  and  for  butter  making  on  the  farm,  the  value  of 
milk  and  cream  is  almost  entirely  represented  by  the  fat  which  they 
contain.  It  is  customary  to  test  the  fat  with  what  is  known  as  the  Bab- 
cock  test,  which  was  discovered  by  Dr.  S.  M.  Babcock,  of  Wisconsin, 
U.  S.  A.,  in  1890.  The  principle  of  the  test  is  that  commercial  sul- 
phuric acid  (oil  of  vitriol)  is  used  to  dissolve  the  curdy  matters  and  set 
the  fat  free.  Centrifugal  force  is  applied,  and  a  further  separation  of 
the  fat  takes  place.  Hot  water  is  then  added  and  more  centrifugal  force 
is  brought  to  bear  on  the  fat,  when  the  percentage  is  read  on  the  necks 
of  the  bottles.  If  the  solids  other  than  fat  are  calculated,  a  lactome- 
ter is  used  for  the  purpose,  in  connection  with  the  Babcock  test  and  a 
formula. 

For  cheese  making,  the  casein  of  milk  should  also  be  considered. 
This  is  conveniently  estimated  by  adding  the  factor  2  to  the  percentage 
of  the  fat. 

The  testing  of  the  by-products  of  the  dairy  show  the  cheese  and 
butter  maker  wherein  losses  occur  in  manufacture.  No  up-to-date 
maker  of  dairy  goods  neglects  to  test  the  raw  material  (milk),  or  the 
by-products  (skim-milk,  buttermilk  and  whey),  in  order  that  he  may 
know  exactly  what  he  is  doing.  For  testing  cows  on  the  farm,  the  Bab- 
cock test  is  invaluable.  The  tester  and  scales  should  be  applied  to  each 
individual  cow  in  the  herd,  in  order  to  know  whether  »ows  are  profitable 


DAIRYING  AND  DAIRY  BUILDINGS. 


1349 


LORD  OF  DENTONIA — No.  50166. 
The  imported  famous  and  proud  head  of  the  Dentonia  Jersey  Herd. 


BIM  OF  DENTONIA — No.  5201 1. 
'Raised  at  Deutonia.    Sweepstakes  Jersey  Bull.  Toronto  Industrial  Exhibition. 


1350  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

or  unprofitable.     There  is  no  other  way  of  securing  a  money-making 

dairy  herd. 

XV.    Marketing  Dairy  Produce. 

There  is  room  for  business  ability  and  skill  in  the  marketing  of  but- 
ter and  cheese.  Tlie  private  dairyman  secures  private  customers  who 
will  take  a  stated  quantity  weekly,  or  he  may  consign  to  a  reliable  com- 
mission house.  The  practice  of  trading  butter  for  dry  goods  and  gro- 
ceries is  to  be  condemned,  as  such  a  market  is  not  discriminating;  it 
pays  the  same  price  for  all  kinds  of  butter.  Butter  should  be  put  up 
in  a  neat,  attractive  form  for  market;  and  where  butter  is  delivered 
directly  to  customers,  the  person  who  does  the  delivering  should  be  neat 
and  clean  in  appearance,  in  order  to  create  a  favorable  impression. 

Creamery  butter  is  usually  sold  to  dealers,  consigned  to  commission 
men,  or  exported  to  Great  Britain.  Butter  for  export  should  be  lighter 
in  color,  salted  less,  and  be  milder  in  flavor  than  that  made  for  the  home 
trade.  Pasteurized  butter  is  favorably  received  on  the  British  market. 
Cold  storage  at  the  creamery,  on  the  railway  and  steamer,  and  at  the 
ports,  make  it  possible  to  ship  butter  long  distances  without  deteriorat- 
ing in  quality. 

Cheese  is  sold  on  boards  of  trade  to  dealers,  consigned  to  commis- 
sion men,  or  exported  direct  by  factorymen.  Some  English  firms  now 
control  the  output  from  certain  Canadian  factories,  and  have  the  goods 
forwarded  as  soon  as  they  are  ready.  This  plan  saves  the  dealer's  com- 
mission on  this  side  of  the  Atlantic, and  appears  to  be  growing  in  favor. 

The  shrewdest  men  should  be  appointed  as  salesmen  for  factories, 
because  they  have  to  deal  with  shrewd  men,  and  patrons'  interests  will 
not  be  properly  looked  after  unless  the  very  best  men  are  appointed  to 
sell  the  cheese. 

Number  of  Cheese  Factories  and  Creameries  in  Canada. 
Cheese  factories,    -------     2575 

Creameries,       -----...  725 

Combined  cheese  factories  and  croaineries,     -         -       317 

Total,         -         -     3617 


TEXAS  CATTLE  FEVER. 

THE  TEXAS-FEVER  TICK   AND  METHODS  OF  EXTERMINATING  IT. 


T     LIFE   HISTORY   OP   THE   TICK. II.     DEVELOPMENT   ON   THE   GROUND. 

III      HOW    TO    FREE    CATTLE    OF    TICKS. IV.     PICKING    OR    BRUSHING 

TICKS    OFF    CATTLE. V.     SMEARING    OR    SPRAYING    CATTLE    WITH    A 

DISINFECTING    SOLUTION. 

The  more  important  losses  for  which  the  tick  is  responsible  are  as 

follows : 

1.  Deaths  from  tick  fever  among  native  cattle  and  purebred  cattle  im- 
ported irom  the  North  for  breeding  purposes. 

2.  Deaths  of  cattle  north  of  the  quarantine  line  from  fever  followmg 
the  occasional  accidental  introduction  of  the  tick. 

3.  The  temporary  and  permanent  arrest  of  growth  and  development 
resulting  from  attacks  of  the  fever. 

4.  The  decrease  in  weight  and  the  lessened  rate  in  puttnig  on  flesh 
in  the  ca.se  of  beef  cattle,  and  the  decrease  in  the  amount  of  milk  produced 
by  dairy  cattle,  as  the  result  of  the  irritation  and  loss  of  blood  occasioned 
by  great  numbers  of  ticks. 

5.  The  prevention  of  southern  breeders  from  exhibiting  their  stock 

in  the  North. 

6.  The  decreased  price  that  southern  cattle  bring  on  the  market  on 
account  of  the  restrictions  placed  upon  them. 

7.  The  considerable  expense  incurred  each  year  by  the  Federal  Gov- 
ernment and  the  infested  States  in  establishing  quarantine  lines  and  in 
enforcing  regulations  to  prevent  the  spread  of  Texas  fever. 

Various  writers  have  estimated  the  annual  loss  due  to  the  tick  at  from 
$40,000,000  to  $100,000,000.  These  figures  should  be  ample  argument, 
even  to  the  most  conservative,  for  the  eradication  of  the  tick. 

I.  Life  History  of  the  Tick. 

Before  methods  of  eradication  can  be  carried  out  intelligently  and  suc- 
cessfully, it  is  necessary  to  know  the  life  history  of  the  tick,  and  the  in- 
fluence of  temperature,  moisture,  and  other  climatic  conditions  on  the 
various  stages  of  its  existence. 

The  usual  host  for  this  tick  is  the  cow  or  ox.  Frequently,  however, 
horses,  mules,  deer,  and  sometimes  even  sheep  serve  as  hosts.  But  none 
of  these  latter  animals,  with  the  possible  exception  of  deer,  are  susceptible 
to  tick  fever,  consequently  they  suffer  from  the  tick  as  a  simple  parasite 
and  not  as  a  transmitter  of  disease,  although  they  must  be  considered  in 
plans  for  eradication. 

1351 


1352      CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


=fv* 


.? 


r 


\ 


■V,.  '-. 


\9 


*^j\ 


^^ik 


10. 


H,  ^  ^.  ^ 


«ttf 


TEXAS-FEVER     PROTOZOA     AND     THE     TICKS     WHICH     TRANSMIT     THEM. 


TEXAS  CATTLE  FEVER.  1353 

Only  a  part  of  the  development  of  the  tick  takes  place  on  the  host ;  the 
rest  of  the  development  occurs  on  the  pasture  occupied  by  the  host. 

II.  Development  on  the  Ground. 

In  tracing  the  life  history  of  the  cattle  tick  it  will  be  convenient  to  begin 
with  the  large,  plump,  olive-green  female  tick  (fig.  1),  somewhat  more 
than  half  an  inch  in  length,  attached  to  the  skin  of  the  host.  During 
the  few  preceding  days  she  has  increased  enormously  in  size  as  a  con- 
sequence of  drawing  a  Jarge  supply  of  blood. 

When  fully  engorged  she  drops  to  the  ground,  and  at  once,  especially 
if  the  weather  is  warm,  begins  to  search  for  a  hiding  place  on  moist  earth 
beneath  leaves  or  any  other  litter  which  may  serve  as  a  protection  from 
the  sun  and  numerous  enemies.  The  female  tick  may  be  devoured  by  birds 
or  destroyed  by  ants,  or  may  perish  as  the  result  of  unfavorable  conditions, 
such  as  low  temperature,  absence  or  excess  of  moisture,  and  many  other 
conditions ;  so  that  many  which  fall  to  the  ground  are  destroyed  before  they 
lay  eggs. 

Egg  laying  (see  fig.  2)  begins  during  the  spring,  summer,  and  fall 
months  in  from  two  to  twenty  days,  and  during  the  winter  months  in  thir- 
teen to  ninety-eight  days.  The  eggs  are  small,  elliptical-shaped  bodies, 
at  first  of  a  light  amber  color,  later  changing  to  a  dark  brown,  and  are 
about  one-fiftieth  of  an  inch  in  length.  As  the  eggs  are  laid  they  are  coated 
with  a  sticky  secretion  which  causes  them  to  adhere  in  clusters  and  no 
doubt  serves  the  purj^ose  of  keeping  them  from  drying  out.  During  egg 
laying  the  mother  tick  gradually  shrinks  in  size  and  finally  is  reduced 
to  about  one-third  or  one-fourth  her  original  size.  Egg  laying  is  greatly 
influenced  by  temperature,  being  retarded  or  even  arrested  by  low  tem- 
peratures. It  is  completed  in  from  four  days  in  the  summer  to  one  hun- 
dred and  fifty-one  days  beginning  in  the  fall.  During  this  time  the  tick 
may  deposit  from  a  few  hundred  to  more  than  5,000  eggs.  After  egg 
laying  is  completed  the  mother  tick  has  fulfilled  her  purpose  and  dies  in 
the  course  of  a  few  days. 

After  a  time,  ranging  from  nineteen  days  in  the  summer  to  one  hun- 
dred and  eighty-eight  days  during  the  fall  and  winter,  the  eggs  begin  to 
hatch.  From  each  egg  issues  a  small,  oval,  six-legged  larva  or  seed  tick 
(fig.  3),  at  first  amber  colored,  later  changing  to  a  rich  brown.  The  seed 
tick,  after  crawling  slowly  over  and  about  the  shell  from  which  it  has 
emerged,  usually  remains  more  or  less  quiescent  for  several  days,  after 
which  it  shows  great  activity,  especially  if  the  weather  is  warm,,  and  ascends 
the  nearest  vegetation,  such  as  grass,  or  other  herbs,  and  even  shrubs. 

Since  each  female  lays  an  enormous  mass  of  eggs  at  one  spot,  thousands 
of  larvae  will  appear  in  the  course  of  time  at  the  same  place  and  will  ascend 
the  nearby  vegetation  and  collect  on  the  leaves.   This  instinct  of  the  seed 


1354       CYCLOrEDlA   of  LIVK  stock   and   COMl'LETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

ticks  to  climb  upward  is  a  very  important  adaptation  to  increase  their 
chances  of  reaching  a  host.  If  the  vegetation  upon  which  they  rest  is 
disturbed,  they  become  very  active  and  extend  their  long  front  legs  up- 
ward in  a  divergent  position,  waving  them  violently  in  an  attempt  to  seize 
hold  of  a  host. 

The  seed  tick  during  its  life  on  the  pasture  takes  no  food  and  conse- 
quently- does  not  increase  in  size,  and  unless  it  reaches  a  host  to  take  up 
the  parasitic  portion  of  its  development,  it  dies  of  starvation.  The  en- 
durance of  seed  ticks  is  very  great,  however,  as  they  have  been  found  to 
live  nearly  eight  months  during  the  colder  part  of  the  year. 
III.  How  to  Free  Cattle  of  Ticks. 

Among  the  most  important  measures  to  be  adopted  in  eradicating  these 
parasites  from  cattle  in  the  infested  districts  may  be  mentioned:  (1)  Pick- 
ing or  brushing  them  off;  (2)  smearing  or  spraying  the  animals  with  a 
disinfecting  solution,  and  (3)  dipping  the  "ticky"  animals  in  a  vat  con- 
taining a  solution  capable  of  killing  the  ticks  without  injury  to  the  cattle. 

The  systematic  application  of  one  or  more  of  these  methods,  together 
with  appropriate  measures  for  eradicating  or  destroying  the  cattle  ticks 
upon  pastures,  has  been  successfully  adopted  in  certain  sections,  and  has 
thus  diminished  the  area  of  the  infested  district. 

IV.  Picking  or  Brushing  Ticks  off  Cattle. 

Where  the  herd  is  small  a  very  effective  but  laborious  method  is  to  pick 
off  these  parasites  by  hand  or  to  scrape  them  off  with  a  dull  knife  or  a 
currycomb.  This  should  be  done  at  least  three  times  a  week  in  order  to 
find  all  the  adults  before  they  mature  and  fall  off,  as  by  this  system  the 
smaller  ticks  which  at  first  escaped  detection  will  be  found  before  they  are 
fully  developed.  After  removing  the  ticks  they  should  be  destroyed,  pref- 
erably by  burning.  Care  should  be  taken  to  go  over  all  parts  of  the  animal 
frequently  by  the  ticks,  especially  under  the  belly,  around  the  tail  and 
udder,  and  inside  the  legs.  After  the  ticks  are  picked  or  bnished  off,  the 
cattle  should  not  be  neglected,  but  should  be  carefully  examined  later  for 
the  presence  of  ticks  which  have  been  picked  up  in  the  meantime.  If 
this  work  is  thoroughly  performed  and  no  ticks  arc  allowed  to  fall  off  and 
lay  eggs  from  June  1  to  the  end  of  November,  the  cattle  will  be  free  of 
ticks,  and  the  pastures  will  have  had  an  opportunity  of  becoming  cleaned. 

V.  Smearing  or  Spraying  Cattle  w^ith  a  Disinfecting  Solution. 

Grea.sing  the  legs  and  sides  of  cattle  with  cotton-seed  oil,  fish  oil,  or  Beau- 
mont crude  petroleum  will  assist  in  preventing  the  ticks  from  crawling 
up  on  the  body.  In  small  herds,  smearing  the  cattle  with  a  mixture  of  1 
gallon  of  kerosene,  1  gallon  of  cotton-seed  oil,  and  1  pound  of  sulphur, 
or  with  a  mixture  composed  of  equal  parts  of  cotton-seed  oil  and  crude 
petroleum,  or  with  Beaumont  crude  oil  alone,  has  proved  efficacious  when 


TEXAS  CATTLE  FEVER.  1355 

applied  to  the  skin  two  or  three  times  weekly  during  the  tick  season.  For 
this  purpose  sponges,  syringes,  brushes,  mops,  or  brooms  may  be  used. 
This  method  not  only  kills  the  older  ticks  on  the  cattle  by  mechanically 
plugging  up  their  breathing  pores,  but  also  makes  the  legs  so  slippery  that 
the  seed  ticks  are  unable  to  get  a  foothold  in  order  to  crawl  up  on  the  cat- 
tle. Where  a  large  number  of  animals  are  to  be  treated,  but  not  sufficient 
to  make  it  advisable  to  construct  a  dipping  vat,  spraying  the  infested 
animals  has  given  very  favorable  results.  The  animals  should  be  placed 
in  a  chute  or  a  stall,  or  tied  to  a  tree,  and  then  sprayed  with  Beaumont  oil 
or  a  5  per  cent  solution  of  any  of  the  standard  coal-tar  dips.  The  solution 
may  be  applied  by  means  of  a  force  pump,  such  as  is  used  by  orchardists 
to  spray  fruit  trees,  or  by  placing  the  solution  in  a  barrel  upon  a  wagon 
or  on  a  platform  above  the  animals  and  allowing  the  fluid  to  gravitate 
through  a  hose,  to  the  end  of  which  is  attached  an  ordinary  sprinkling 
nozzle.  The  solution  is  then  allowed  to  flow  over  the  skin  of  the  animal, 
especially  upon  the  legs  and  under  portions  of  the  body.  If  the  cattle  are 
on  tick-infested  pavstures,  this  treatment — either  smearing  or  spraying — 
must  be  continued  through  the  whole  season,  and  if  thoroughly  done  it 
will  leave  the  fields  free  from  ticks  the  following  year. 


SORGHUM  POISONING. 

This  disease  has  been  found  to  be  due  to  the  elaboration,  within  the 
tissues,  of  stunted  or  second-growth  sorghum,  a  glucoside,  which  later  de- 
velops into  prussic,  or  hydrocyanic  acid,  and  causes  death  very  rapidly. 
This  was  satisfactorily  determined  at  the  Nebraska  Government  Station 
while  Dr.  Peters  was  the  veterinarian  there. 

Virtually,  it  is  a  case  of  prussic-acid  poisoning,  and  death  being  so  sud- 
den (this  being  one  of  the  most  active  poisons  known),  there  is  not  very 
nuich  to  be  seen  by  way  of  symptoms  previous  to  death.  Being  aware  of 
the  fact  that  sorghum,  in  this  condition,  is  the  cause,  stockowners  usually 
either  do  not  allow  their  animals  to  use  the  sorghum,  or  turn  them  on  to  it 
for  only  a  short  time  at  first,  or  allow  them  to  have  something  else  in  their 
stomachs  before  turning  them  on  to  the  sorghum.  The  remedy  is,  therefore, 
a  question  of  prevention  rather  than  cure,  as  there  is  little  that  can  be  done 
to  counteract  the  effect  of  the  poison  after  it  has  been  absorl^ed  int^)  the 
system.  So  that,  in  a  general  way,  the  cause  may  be  said  to  be  this  ])()is()n 
in  the  stunted,  or  second-growth  sorghum. 

Symptoms :    Sudden  death. 

Treatment:    Prevention,  along  the  lines  here  suggested. 

There  is  a  similar  poison  in  other  forage  i)lants,  and  on  certain  charac- 
ters of  soils,  than  sorghum. 


THE  DEHORNING  OF  CATTLE. 


I.   DEHORNING  BY  SNUBBING  HEAD  TO  STANCHION   RAIL. II.     TREATMENT   AFTER 

DEHORNING. III.       TO     PREVENT     HORNS     GROWING     ON     YOUNG     CALVES. 

IV.     APPLYING   THE   CAUSTIC. V.     AGE   WHEN   CAUSTICS   ARE   NOT    EFFECTIVE. 

I.  Dehorning  by  Snubbing  Head  to  Stanchion  Rail. 

The  dehorn inp;  of  partly  developed  and  adult  cattle  could  be  very 
satisfactorily  performed  without  other  apparatus  or  instrument  than  a 
good  strong  clothes  line  and  a  clean,  sharp,  meat  saw  or  a  miter  saw  with- 


PIG.    4  7. — DEHORNING   WITH   SAW,   COWS   HEAD  SNUBBED   TO   STANCHION  RAIL. 


out  a  rigid  back  —  in  the  hands  of  a  fairly  good  mechanic.  The  same 
simple  means  for  controlling  the  animal  is  just  as  applicable  when  the 
dehorning  knife  is  to  be  used  as  when  the  horns  are  to  be  removed  with  the 
saw.  This  consists  in  securing  the  head  of  the  animal  to  the  horizontal 
rail  or  stringpiece  which  holds  the  upper  ends  of  the  stanchion  boards. 
The  animal  is  put  in  the  stanchion  in  the  usual  manner ;  then  one  end  of 
a  heavy  clothes  line  is  passed  around  the  upper  part  of  the  neck  and  tied 
in  a  knot  that  will  not  slip,  otherwise  it  will  choke  the  animal.  The  free 
end  of  the  rope  is  now  carried  between  the  horns,  through  the  stanchion  to 

1356 


THE  DEHORNING  OV  CATTLE. 


1357 


the  front  up  and  over  the  horizontal  stanchion  rail,  then  down  underneath 
the  neck  and  up  and  through  the  top  of  the  stanchion  rail  to  an  assistant 
who  should  hold  it  firmly.  Now,  release  the  stanchion,  allowing  the  anima 
to  withdraw  its  head,  so  that  the  horns  are  just  inside  of  the  stanchion  rail 
or  stringpiece;  then,  keeping  the  head  tight,  pass  it  once  around  the  muz- 
zle UP  and  over  the  stanchion  rail,  and  through  to  the  front  again  to  the 
hands  of  the  assistant,  who  should  stand  3  or  4  feet  in  front  of  the  animal 
and  hold  the  rope  firmly,  but  prepared  to  release  it  when  told  to  do  so  by 
the  operator.    The  animal  is  now  ready  for  the  dehorning  operation. 

It  is  necessary  that  the  rope  be  held  by  an  assistant,  as  ^  the  event  of 
the  animal  struggling  during  the  operation  so  as  to  throw  itself  off  its  feet, 


-HORNS     SHOWING     (a,     PROPEK     AND 


IMPROPER)     CUTTING. 


or  if  there  appears  to  be  danger  of  its  choking,  the  rope  may  be  slackened 
promptly  at  the  word  of  the  operator  and  the  animal  partly  released.  1  his, 
however,  is  rarely  necessary,  for  as  soon  as  the  head  is  secured  the  operator 
should  be  ready,  standing  at  the  right  shoulder  of  the  animal  ^^ath  his 
saw  and  proceed  to  saw  off  first  the  right  and  then  the  left^horn.  The 
horns  should  be  severed  at  a  point  from  a  quarter  to  a  half  inch  below 
where  the  skin  joins  the  base  of  the  horn,  cutting  from  the  back  toward 
the  front  Figure  47  shows  the  animal  and  the  operator  in  position  for 
the  dehorning  operation  by  this  method.  It  is  a  good  plan  before  com- 
mencing the  real  work  to  e:cperiment  upon  an  animal  in  the  matter  of  con- 
trol by  snubbing  the  head  to  the  stanchion  rail  as  described. 

If  the  stanchion  rail  is  too  wide  to  permit  of  properly  securing  the  lower 
part  as  well  as  the  upper  part  of  the  animal's  head,  the  turn  of  the  rope 


131 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK   AND  COMPLETE   STOCK   DOCTOR. 


KIG.     r,l. — HEAD    OF    STEER    SHOWING    RE 
SULT     OF     PROPER     DEHORNING. 


around  the  muzzle  may  be  omitted  and  the  last  lap  of  the  rope  carried 
around  the  stanchion  rail  to  the  front  and  to  the  hands  of  the  assistant. 
The  rope  should  pass  each  time  over  the  neck  of  the  animal  to  the  stan- 
chion rail  so  that  the  laps  are  be- 
tween the  horns,  in  order  that  the 
rope  may  not  interfere  with  the 
work  of  the  saw. 

II.  Treatment  After  Dehorning. 

It  is  not  usual  to  apply  any 
preparation  after  the  operation  of 
dehorning  to  prevent  bleeding,  as 
the  loss  of  blood  is  not  sufficient, 
as  a  rule,  to  be  of  consequence. 
Care  should  be  taken,  however,  to 
prevent  substances  from  getting 
into  the  openings  left  after  the 
horns  are  removed.  The  horn 
cores  are  elongations  of  the 
frontal  bones  of  the  skull,  and  are 
hollow.  They  communicate  ^\'ith 
the  frontal  sinuses,  or  air  spaces, 
of  the  head ;  therefore  foreign  substances  which  would  act  as  an  irritant  in 
these  cavities  are  apt  to  set  up  an  inflammation,  resulting  in  the  formation 
of  pus  or  an  abscess,  which  may  prove  quite  serious.  Fragments  of  horn 
detached  in  the  process  of  dehorn- 
ing would  serve  as  such  irritant 
and  by  their  presence  in  these 
cavities  cause  inflammation.  This 
trouble,  though,  is  of  infrequent 
occurrence,  but  would  appear 
more  liable  to  happen  when  the 
dehorning  instruments  are  used, 
on  account  of  their 'tendency  to 
crush,  especially  in  the  case  of  old 
animals,  whereas  the  saw  cuts 
clean.  If  proper  care  is  taken, 
however,  such  an  occurrence  fol- 
lowing dehorning  may  in  almost 
every  instance  be  avoided. 

Occasionally   animals  after  be- 
ing dehorned  and  turned  out  of 

the  stable  will  rub  their  heads  against  a  dirt  or  gravel  bank  or  the  rough 
bark  of  a  tree,  and  foreign  material  may  thus  get  into  the  cavities,  though 
usually  the  soreness  of  the  parts  is  sufficient  to  prevent  this. 


5  2. — HEAD    OF   STEER   SHOWING   BAD 
APPEARANCE     CAUSED     BY     IM- 
PROPER   DEHORNING. 


THE  DEHORNING  OF  CATTLE.  1359 

If  the  animals  are  dehorned  when  flies  are  about,  it  is  well  to  apply 
some  pine  tar  with  a  view  to  keeping  flies  from  the  wounds.  Some  oper- 
ators do  this  in  nearly  all  cases,  thinking  that  it  facilitates  healing.  The 
dehorning  operation  should  always,  when  possible,  be  performed  in  cool 
weather,  and  upon  animals  which  have  at  least  attained  the  age  of  two 
years. 

Another  method  of  restraint  is  to  throw  the  animal  and  hold  it  stretched 
flat  on  the  ground  by  means  of  a  rope  around  its  neck,  held  by  a  man  on 
horseback  with  a  turn  around  the  saddle  pommel,  a  second  rope  around 
the  hind  feet,  similarly  held  by  another  man  on  horseback. 

In  the  absence  of  horses  these  ropes  can  be  secured  by  taking  a  turn 
around  a  post.  After  the  animal  is  thus  secured  an  assistant  grasps  the 
nose  and  upper  horn,  turning  the  head  so  that  the  lower  horn  can  be 
removed  first.  This  obviates  the  danger  of  fracturing  the  lower  horn, 
and  allows  the  blood  to  flow  directly  on  the  ground  and  the  head  to  be 
held  flat  for  the  removal  of  the  upper  horn.  Whether  a  saw  or  the  shears 
be  used,  the  cut  must  be  made  uniformly  at  a  line  sufficiently  below  where 
the  skin  joins  the  horn,  in  order  to  get  satisfactory  results  from  the  opera- 
tion. If  the  cut  is  made  too  high  an  irregular,  gnarly  growth  of  horn  is 
very  apt  to  follow.  It  will  be  seen  that  the  point  of  union  of  the  skin  and 
horn  varies  in  different  cattle;  hence  there  can  be  no  rule  of  measure- 
ment, except  as  the  eye  becomes  trained  to  see  the  point  or  line  at  which 
the  cut  should  be  made,  which  can  soon  be  easily  and  accurately  approxi- 
mated by  carefully  noticing  the  variation  referred  to  in  different  animals, 
which  variation  is  largely  influenced  by  breed,  together  with  the  texture, 
quality,  and  setting  of  the  horns.  In  the  beef  breeds  fully  one-half  inch 
of  skin,  all  around,  is  usually  taken  off  with  the  horn. 

Figure  50  illustrates  the  difference  between  a  proper  and  an  improper 
cutting,  and  figures  51  and  52  show  the  appearance  of  animals'  heads 
after  proper  and  improper  dehorning. 

III.  To  Prevent  Horns  Growing  on  Young  Calves. 

When  circumstances  are  favorable,  as  in  the  case  of  farmers  who  build 
up  their  herds  by  raising  the  progeny,  the  horns  may  be  prevented  from 
growing  by  a  simple  and  practically  painless  method,  and  the  custom  of 
preventing  the  growth  of  the  horns  rather  than  deferring  the  rnatter 
with  the  necessity  of  removing  them  from  the  grown  animal  is  becom- 
ing more  popular  and  more  generally  practiced  under  all  conditions  ex- 
cept in  the  case  of  calves  dropped  on  the  open  range.  To  do  this  suc- 
cessfully it  is  necessary  that  the  calf  should  be  treated  not  later  than  one 
week  after  its  birth,  preferably  when  it  is  from  three  to  five  days  old.  The 
agent  to  be  used  may  be  either  caustic  soda  or  caustic  potash,  both  of  which 
may  be  procured  in  the  drug  stores  in  the  form  of  sticks  about  the  thick- 


1360       CYCLOPEDIA   OF  LIVE   STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

ness  of  an  ordinary  lead  pencil  and  5  inches  long.  These  caustics  must 
b«B  handled  with  care,  as  they  dissolve  the  cuticle  and  may  make  the  hands 
or  fingers  sore.  The  preparation  of  the  calf  consists  in  first  clipping  the 
hair  from  the  parts,  washing  clean  with  soap  and  warm  water,  and  thor- 
oughly drying  with  a  cloth  or  towel.  The  stick  of  caustic  should  be 
wrapped  in  a  piece  of  paper  to  protect  the  hands  and  fingers,  leaving  one 
end  of  the  stick  uncovered. 

IV.  Applying  the  Caustics. 

Moisten  the  uncovered  end  slightly  and  rub  it  on  the  horn  buttons  or 
little  points  w^hich  may  be  felt  on  the  calf's  head,  first  on  one  and  then 
the  other,  alternately,  two  or  three  times  on  each,  allowing  the  caustic  to 
dry  after  each  application.  Be  very  careful  to  apply  the  caustic  to  the 
horn  button  only.  If  it  is  brought  in  contact  wdth  the  surrounding  skin 
it  wall  cause  pain.  Be  very  careful  also  not  to  have  too  much  moisture  on 
the  stick  of  caustic,  as  it  will  excoriate  the  skin  and  make  the  parts  sore 
if  allowed  to  run  down  over  the  face.  After  treatment  keep  the  animal 
protected  from  rain,  as  water  on  the  head  after  the  application  of  caustic 
will  cause  it  to  run  down  over  the  face.     This  must  be  carefully  avoided. 

V.  Age  When  Caustics    are  Not  Effective. 

When  a  calf  is  three  or  four  weeks  old  the  caustics  or  caustic  prepara- 
tions are  of  little  or  no  use.  The  horns  on  animals  of  this  age  can  be  re- 
moved by  one  cut  of  a  good  sharp  pocket  knife,  but  when  the  treatment 
is  delayed  to  this  age  there  is  considerable  hemorrhage  as  the  result  of 
cutting  the  starting  horns,  which  would  be  entirely  avoided  if  the  animals 
are  treated  with  one  of  the  caustics  at  the  earlier  age  above  indicated. 


SAND  IN  HORSES. 

This  disease  pertains  to  a  sandy  country  and  is  caused  by  the  horse 
pulling  up  by  the  roots  grass  and  other  plants  in  grazing,  and  thus  swal- 
lowing a  small  amount  of  sand.  The  sand  is  indigestible  and,  being 
heavy,  settles  in  the  lower  portion  of  the  stomach  and  becomes  impacted. 
It  is  also  aggravated  by  drinking  in  shallow  water.  When  the  w^ater  is 
muddy  it  includes  sand,  which  is  precipitated  while  in  the  stomach. 

Prevention:  Do  not  allow  stock  to  drink  in  very  shallow  places  or 
water  that  has  been  disturbed  to  the  extent  of  becoming  muddy.  Use 
troughs  in  the  absence  of  clear  water  of  proper  depth.  Harden  down  the 
pasture  by  using  special  grasses  to  bind  the  sand,  and  pack  it  by  rolling. 

What  to  do:  Pollard  (shorts)  gruel  used  as  feed  is  beneficial  in 
helping  to  remove  sand,  but  not  reliably  effective  because  of  the  weight  of 
the  sand  and  its  compactness  in  the  stomach.  Tn  its  early  stages  turn  the 
animal  on  his  back  and  massage  the  belly.  Another  treatment  consists  of 
giving  frequent  doses  of  very  strong  coffee. 


POISONS   AND   THEIR   ANTIDOTES. 


I.   THE    PURPLE    LOCO    WEED. II.     THE   WHITE      LOCO      WEED. III.       POISONlNa 

BY    LOCO    PLANTS. IV.       SYMPTOMS    OF      LOCO      POISONING      IN      HORSES. V. 

SYMPTOMS    OF    LOCO    POISONING    IN    CATTLE. VI.     SYMPTOMS     OF    LOCO    POI- 
SONING   IN    SHEEP. VII.    TREATMENT  OF  LOCOED  ANIMALS. VIII.     SUMMARY. 

I.   The  Purple  Loco  Weed. 

Astragalus  mollissimus,  popularly  known  as  the  "purple  loco"  or  the 
"woolly  loco,"  sometimes  as  the  "Texas  loco,"  or  the  "true  loco/'  is  the 
plant  that  in  the  past  has  been  considered  as  the  more  probable  cause  of 
loco  poisoning.     This  is  sometimes  known  as  the  "stemmed  loco  plant," 


A   PLANT   OF  THE   PURPLE   LOCO   WEED. 

because  it  has  true  stems,  while  the  white  loco  weed  is  stemless.  The  for- 
mer is  a  perennial  plant  growing  in  patches  on  adobe  soil,  in  depressions 
rather  than  in  elevated  situations.  It  rarely  grows  in  the  abundance  which 
is  characteristic  of  some  of  the  other  so-called  "loco  plants,"  but  it  may 
cover  several  acres.  Under  favorable  circumstances  where  a  plant  grows 
for  several  years  it  may  become,  perhaps,  a  foot  in  height  and  possibly  2 
feet  in  diameter.  The  flowers  are  a  very  deep,  purple  and  the  pods  short, 
black,  and  thick.  The  leaflets  are  ovate  or  elliptical  and  very  densely  cov- 
ered with  hairs,  from  which  the  plant  gets  its  common  name  of  "woolly 

1361 


1362        CYCLOPEDIA   OF  LIVE   STOCK  AND   COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


loco."    The  plant  has  a  decumbent  habit;  that  is,  the  long  branches  are  in- 
clined to  lie  rather  close  to  the  ground. 

The  purple  loco  plant  is  found  as  far  north  as  South  Dakota,  as  far 
south  as  Mexico,  and  as  far  west  as  parts  of  Arizona.  Its  eastern  limit  may 
be  stated  as  central  Kansas  and  Nebraska. 

Treatment:  —  Keep 
animals  away  from  it 
and  feed  nutritious 
food.  Cattle  or  sheej) 
may  be  disposed  of  by 
fattening. 


II. 


The  White  Loco 
Weed. 


The  white  loco  plant 
{Aragallus  Laimbcrti) 
is  distinguished  from 
the  purple  loco  by  its 
long,  lanceolate  leaves 
and  by  the  gen- 
eral habit  of  the 
plant,  which  is  erect 
rather  than  decumbent. 
It  has  no  tiTie  stem, 
and  on  this  account  is 
sometimes  called  the 
''stemless  loco."  The 
flowers  are  ordinarily  on 
long  flower  stems  and 
commonly  are  white  in 
the  Plains  regions,  al- 
though there  is  consid- 
erable      variation       in 

their  color.  Purple  flowers  are  not  unconnnon.  In  the  mountain  regions 
the  white  loco  ordinarily  has  very  deeply  colored  flowers — deep  shades  of 
violet  and  purple.  It  blossoms  earlier  than  the  purple  loco.  Plants  blos- 
som in  Colorado  in  the  latter  part  of  April,  and  early  in  the  summer  the 
flow^ers  disappear  and  the  pods  are  found  upon  the  still  erect  flower  stems. 
The  pods  of  Aragallus  Lamherti  are  slender  and  filled  A\dth  seeds,  which, 
when  the  pods  dry,  rattle  as  a  pei-son  passes  through  a  patch  of  the 
plants,  making  a  sound  which  closely  resembles  the  warning  of  a  rattle- 
snake. In  this  plant,  as  in  the  purple  loco,  there  is  an  extremely  long 
root,  growing  down  from  three  to  six  feet. 


-.^S^lZr- 


LANT  OF  THE  WHITE  LOCO  WEED  IN  FLOWER 


POISONS  AND  THEIR  ANTIDOTES.  1363 

The  white  loco  is  found  much  more  widely  distributed  than  the  purple 
loco,  extending  from  the  northern  to  the  southern  border  of  the  United 
States,  as  far  east  as  central  Minnesota,  and  as  far  west  as  western  Utah 
and  Arizona. 

III.    Poisoning  by  Loco  Plants. 

It  was  found  when  the  loco  investigation  was  undertaken  by  the  Bureau 
of  Plant  Industry  that  there  was  a  very  general  belief  among  stockmen 
that  the  purple  loco  weed  was  a  poisonous  plant  and  a  less  general  belief 
that  the  white  loco  weed  was  injurious. 

The  field  work  which  has  been  carried  on  during  the  past  three  years 
has  demonstrated  that  horses,  cattle,  and  sheep  in  the  field  can  be  poisoned 
by  feeding  upon  these  two  plants.  It  has  also  been  shown  very  clearly 
that  the  purple  loco  weed  is  very  rarely  injurious  to  cattle.  In  those  sec- 
tions where  the  purple  plant  is  the  only  loco  weed  known,  the  losses  from 
poisoned  stock  are  found  to  consist  almost  exclusively  of  horses.  This 
seems  to  be  because  cattle  will  not  readily  eat ,  this  plant.  The 
experiments  show  that  under  ordinary  circumstances  most  cattle  would 
prefer  to  starve  rather  than  to  eat  any  of  the  purple  loco  weed.  The 
majority  of  horses  do  not  take  readily  to  this  plant  except  as  they  are 
induced  in  the  first  place  to  eat  some  of  it  because  of  short  feed.  It  has 
been  demonstrated  that  the  so-called  loco  disease  of  the  Plains  is  not  sim- 
ply a  matter  of  starvation,  as  has  been  supposed  by  many,  and  it  is  also 
clear  that  when  other  food  is  abundant  very  few  horses  will  eat  loco. 
When,  however,  because  of  shortness  of  grass  a  horse  is  induced  to  begin 
the  eating  of  loco,  it  is  very  likely  to  contract  a  habit  which  leads  to  con- 
tinual feeding  upon  the  weed,  with  eventually  fatal  results. 

In  regard  to  the  white  loco  weed  the  experiments  showed  very  clearly 
that  horses,  cattle,  and  sheep  will  eat  this  plant  with  great  readiness,  par- 
ticularly if  they  come  across  it  at  a  time  when  grass  is  somewhat  scarce. 
Both  the  white  and  the  purple  loco  weeds  are  green  during  the  winter, 
when  all  grass  on  the  plains  is  dry  and  brown.  They  are  prominent 
plants,  too,  which  induces  an  animal  to  try  them,  and  because  of  their 
succulent  character  and  somewhat  pleasant  taste,  it  may  continue  to  eat 
them.  Not  only  horses  but  cattle  and  sheep  will  eat  the  white  loco  weed, 
and  sometimes  even  with  great  avidity.  Many  animals  will  eat  this  weed 
even  when  grass  is  abundant,  but  it  is  more  common  for  the  habit  to  be 
contracted  during  the  autumn,  winter,  and  spring,  when  there  is  a  scarcity 
of  green  grass.  Both  horses  and  cattle  will  eat  the  white  loco  weed  read- 
ily, but  perhaps  cattle  take  to  it  more  readily  than  horses.  During  the 
spring  months,  before  the  grass  starts,  where  the  white  loco  weed  is  abun- 
dant, practically  all  animals  eat  more  or  less  of  it.  As  the  grass  becomes 
more  abundant  many  of  these  leave  the  loco  weeds  and  devote  themselves 


1304  CYCLOrEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

entirely  to  grass.  These  animals  as  a  rule  do  not  seem  to  be  injured  by 
the  habit.  Others,  however,  acquire  a  taste  for  the  plant  and  an  appe- 
tite which  is  not  easily  overcome,  and  will  continue  to  eat  the  loco  weed 
even  where  there  is  an  abundance  of  other  feed. Whether  an  animal  will 
become  locoed  or  not  is  then  simply  a  matter  dependent  upon  the  indi- 
vidual. Some  cattle  and  horses  will  eat  loco  weeds  during  a  part  of  the 
year  for  a  period  of  years  and  suffer  no  harm.  Others  acquire  a  habit 
which  leads  them  to  eat  this  plant  almost  exclusively,  and  these  will  die 
within  a  few  months  or,  in  some  cases,  even  within  a  few  weeks. 

Sheep,  also,  are  poisoned  in  much  the  same  way  as  horses  and  cattle. 
The  effect  of  the  poisoning  seems  to  be  peculiarly  noticeable  on  lambs. 
Frequently  lambs  will  die  within  two  weeks  of  the  time  when  they  com- 
mence to  eat  this  weed,  and  without  any  marked  loss  of  flesh. 

IV.    Symptoms  of  Loco  Poisoning  in  Horses. 

The  first  symptom  of  loco  poisoning  in  horses  is  often  a  change  in  the 
general  condition  of  the  animal.  If  high-lived  the  animal  becomes  some- 
what dull.  Following  this,  irregularities  in  its  gait  and  in  its  mode  of 
eating  appear.  The  irregularities  in  the  gait  may  be  due  partly  to  weak- 
ness and  simulate  a  paralytic  affection.  The  horse  drags  its  feet  more  or 
less,  this  being  particularly  noticeable  in  the  hind  legs.  Associated  with 
this  paralytic  condition  is  an  apparent  loss  of  muscular  coordination.  In 
stepping  over  a  slight  obstruction  the  horse  lifts  its  feet  unnecessarily  high, 
or  in  going  over  a  rut  in  a  road  it  may  leap  as  if  jumping  over  a  ditch. 
As  the  disease  progresses  the  animal  becomes  solitary  in  its  habit  and 
seems  to  lose  very  largely  its  nervous  sensibility.  If  one  approaches  a 
badly  locoed  horse  the  horse  does  not  notice  the  pei'son  until  he  is  within 
a  few  feet,  when  it  may  suddenly  rear  and  perhaps  fall  over  baekward. 
When  it  drinks  or  w^hen  it  eats  there  is  a  peculiar  stiff  motion  of  the 
jaws,  showing  a  lack  of  control  of  the  muscles.  If  a  locoed  horse  is  used 
either  in  riding  or  driving,  this  lack  of  muscular  coordination  may  make 
it  extremely  dangerous,  as  such  a  horse  shies  violently  at  imaginary 
objects,  can  not  readily  be  led  or  backed,  and  if  started  in  motion  is  inclined 
to  go  in  an  automatic  fashion  at  the  same  gate  until  stopped  by  some 
obstruction.  In  the  later  stages  of  the  disease  the  animal  loses  flesh,  its 
coat  becomes  rough,  and  eventually  it  ceases  to  eat  and  dies. 

V.     S5miptoms  of  Loco  Poisoning  in  Cattle. 

The  symptoms  of  locoed  cattle  are  very  similar  to  those  of  locoed  horses, 
the  differences  being  only  such  as  would  be  expected  from  the  different 
character  of  the  nervous  organization  of  the  animals.  There  is  the  same 
lack  of  muscular  coordination,  and  while  a  steer  is  not  apt  to  faU  over 


POISONS  AND  THErR  ANTIDOTES.  1365 

backward,  it  will  start  and  tremble  and  perhaps  rear  and  jump  backward 
when  suddenly  alarmed.  A  badly  locoed  steer  shows  a  violently  shaking 
head,  particularly  after  it  has  become  heated.  Ordinarily  a  locoed  steer 
is  dull,  but  under  some  conditions  it  may  become  frantic  and  \Nall  run 
into  obstructions  in  an  utterly  unreasonable  way.  It  is  commonly  said 
by  stockmen  that  it  is  impossible  to  drive  a  locoed  steer,  because  it  is  just 
as  likely  to  run  into  the  driver  as  in  the  opposite  direction. 

Locoed  cattle  gradually  lose  flesh,  have  staring  eyes  and  rough  coats, 
go  to  wattr  less  and  less  frequently,  and  eventually  die  of  starvation. 

VI.    Symptoms  of  Loco  Poisoning  in  Sheep. 

The  symptoms  of  poisoning  in  sheep  are  not  so  marked  as  those  in 
horses  and  cattle.  The  lack  of  muscular  coordination  is  not  so  notice- 
able, but  still  exists.  Locoed  sheep  show,  perhaps,  more  clearly  the  weak- 
ness which  goes  with  the  disease,  as  they  stumble  and  fall,  and  rise  again 
only  with  great  difficulty.  The  symptoms  of  loco  poisoning  in  sheep 
resemble  the  symptoms  caused  by  "grub  in  the  head,"  or  Oestrus  ovis,  and 
it  is  at  times  difficult  to  distinguish  between  sheep  affected  by  this  grub 
and  those  that  are  poisoned  by  loco  weeds. 

VII.      Treatment  of  Locoed  Animals. 

The  first,  and  without  any  doubt  the  most  important,  part  of  the  treat- 
ment is  the  food.  As  a  matter  of  fact  many  locoed  animals,  especially  in 
the  earlier  stages  of  the  disease,  can  be  cured  by  simply  taking  them  away 
from  the  loco  weeds  and  feeding  them  upon  nutritious  food  Hke  alfalfa 
and  grain.  All  chronically  locoed  animals  are  constipated,  and  the  food 
should  be  of  such  a  character  as  to  remove  this  condition.  For  this  pur- 
pose alfalfa  and  oil  meal  have  been  used,  although  any  other  food  having 
laxative  properties  would  be  useful.  Probably  nothing  is  better  for  locoed 
horses  and  cattle  than  to  turn  them,  under  proper  precautions,  into  a  field 
of  alfalfa. 

Where  the  constipation  is  of  an  obstinate  character  it  has  been  found 
desirable  to  give  doses  of  Epsom  salts.  The  dose  used  in  experiments 
with  mature  cattle  was  about  one  pound,  given  in  the  form  of  a  drench. 
For  younger  animals  the  dose  was  smaller,  calves  receiving  not  more 
than  two  ounces.  For  horses  the  dose  should  be  about  eight  ounces,  and 
for  full-grown  sheep  four  ounces.  These  doses  varied  with  the  size  and 
condition  of  the  animal,  but  commonly  rather  small  doses  were  found 
sufficiently  effective.  It  was  not  necessary  to  repeat  the  treatment  many 
times,  provided  care  was  taken  to  give  food  of  a  laxative  character. 

Very  much  can  be  accomplished  in  the  way  of  preventing  loco  poison- 
ing by  the  proper  handling  of  stock.     It  has  already  been  stated  that  it  is 


1366 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 


in  times  of  short  feed  that  the  stock  coininoiily  contract  the  habit  of  loco 
feeding.  Feeding  hay  during  this  period  will  prevent  many  animals 
from  acquiring  the  habit.  On  some  ranges  the  loco  weeds  have  a  rather 
definitely  limited  distribution;  in  such  cases,  if  kept  away  from  the 
infested  areas  until  the  grass  is  started,  few  of  the  stock  become  locoed. 


VIII.      Summary, 

(1)  The  purple  loco  and  the  white  loco  weeds  produce  the  loco  disease. 
The  former  is  the  most  poisonous,  but  it  affects  horses  almost  exclusively, 
because  other  animals  do  not  eat  it.  The  latter  is  eaten  by  cattle  and 
sheep,  as  well  as  by  horses,  and  produces  the  disease  in  all  of  these  animals. 

(2)  Barium  is  found  in  many  loco  plants,  and  its  connection  with  the 
poisonous  effects  is  still  under  investigation. 

(3)  Other  leguminous  plants  in  Arizona,  New  Mexico,  and  California, 
locally  known  as  "rattleweeds,"  produce  the  same  symptoms  as  the  purple 
and  the  white  loco  weeds  and  are  supposed  to  contain  the  same  poisonous 
substance. 

(4)  Locoed  animals  may  recover  under  careful  feeding,  but  the  cure 
is  hastened  by  the  use  of  Fowler's  solution  for  horses  and  strychnine  for 
cattle. 

(5)  The  purple  and  the  white  loco  w^eeds  may  be  eliminated  from 
fenced  pastures,  and  provided  the  crown  of  buds  is  cut  off  they  will  not 
grow  from  the  roots. 

(6)  In  some  localities  much  can  be  accomplished  in  the  way  of  pre- 
venting loco  poisoning  by  feeding  horses,  cattle,  and  sheep  during  periods 
of  short  feed  and  by  keeping  the  stock  away  from  infested  areas. 


HEAD  OF  REDCAP  COCK. 


HEAD  UF  AMICRICAN  DOAUNIQUE,  MALE. 


POULTRY, 


THE  SELECTION  OF  BREEDING  STOCK. 


By  W.  R.  Graham, 


A.,  Manager  ami  Lecturer  Poultry  Department,  Ontario  AKrlcuIniral 
College,  Guelph,  Ontario. 


Like  breeding  other  kinds  of  live  stock,  there  are  certain  conforma- 
tions that  are  desirable,  and  are  sought  after  more  or  less,  and  there  are 
other  shapes  which  are  not  desirable. 

It  is  not  the  purpose  of  this  article  to  go  into  the  detail  of  breeding 

fowls,  but  more  particularly  to 
try  and  show  that  there  are  vast 
differences  in  the  shape  of  differ- 
ent representatives  of  the  same 
breed;  some  of  which  we  con- 
sider desirable,  while  others  are 
not  what  one  would  wish  to  use 
in  a  breeding  pen.      , 

From  observation  and  study  we 
have  learned  that  birds  of  a  cer- 
tain type  or  shape  have  usually  a 
good  constitution,  and  have  the 
ability  to  make  good  use  of  the 
food,  while  other  birds  repre- 
senting other  types  are  more  or 
less  lacking  in  vigor  and  in  feed- 
ing qualifications. 

Take,  for  example,  cut  No.  1. 
This  is  the  cut  of  a  Barred  Kock 
cockerel,  which  has  a  very  desir 
able  conformation.  You  will  no- 
tice that  the  beak  (bill)  is  short 
and  stout,  being  well  curved; 
also  that  the  head  is  moderate  in 
width  and  the  eye  bright.  These 
are  all  indications  of  constitution. 
Now,  compare  this  head  with 
that  in  cut  No.  2.  Here  you  see  a  long,  narrow  head,  a  very  long 
beak,  and  a  sluggish  eye.  These  are  not  desirable  points.  We  natur- 
ally expect  this  bimi  to  be  lacking  in  vigor,  constitution,  etc.,  whi'^'*" 
is  actually  the  case. 

1367 


No.  1. 


1368 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLETE  STOCK  DOCTOK. 


Again,  compare  tne  two  birds  as  to  width  of  breast.  We  like  a  wide 
breast,  so  as  to  get  plenty  of  meat  on  each  side  of  the  breast-bone ;  also 
we  must  have  lung  and  heart  capacity.  This,  of  course,  brings  a  wide 
back.  No.  1  has  a  fine  wide  breast,  which  is  also  full  or  prominent. 
No.  2  is  rather  narrow  in  the  breast.  No.  1  is  also  deeper.  Now,  if 
you  were  so  situated  as  to  be  able  to  examine  these  birds  critically,  you 
would  find  No.  1  had  a  very  long  breast-bone  extending  w^ell  back ;  also 
that  there  was  exceptional  width  between  the  legs,  and,  further,  that  he 
stood  straight   upon    his   legs,  the  feet  being  firmly  placed  upon  the 


No.  2.  No.  3. 

ground.  No.  2  is  very  narrow  between  the  legs;  the  legs  also  bow 
toward  each  other  at  the  joints,  and,  further,  he  does  not  stand  straight 
upon  his  legs;  or,  in  other  words,  he  is  sickle-hocked.  His  breast-bone 
is  medium  in  length.  No.  1  has  a  fair  size  bone.  No.  2  is  a  little 
heavier  in  bone.  In  w^idth  of  back  No.  1  is  far  superior  to  No.  2.  In 
length  of  back  No.  2  has  a  slight  advantage.  Here  is  the  weakest  point 
in  No.  1,  in  that  he  lacks  length  of  back.  A  very  long  back  is  not  all 
desirable.  A  short  back  is  much  better,  but  a  medium  length  of  back 
is  what  is  wanted.     This  is  necessary  to  get  weight.    A  short  bird  must 


POULTRY. 


1369 


be  uncommonly  wide  to  scale  equal  to  a  bird  with  a  medium  length  of 
back.  Iq  size  of  thigh  No.  1  is  much  larger,  and  is  firmer  in  the  flesh. 
While  the  thigh  is  not  the  most  desirable  portion  of  the  bird,  yet  I  like 
to  see  a  bird  with  good  muscle. 

In  Judging  birds  from  a  market  or  utility  standpoint,  one  must  bear 
in  mind  that  the  breast  meat  is  the  most  valuable.  A  bird  possessing 
length,  width  and  depth  is  the  one  the  buyer  is  iookmg  for.  A  wide 
back  is  pleasing  to  the  eyes,  and  is  also  some  indication  as  to  the  under 
line,  and,  further,  as  to  constitution. 


1  may  add  that  cockerel  No.  1  is  the  best  type  of  a  nuirket  bird  in  his 
class  that  I  have  seen  for  some  time,  being  extra  strong  in  breast  points. 

Compare  the  cuts  of  the  hens.  No.  3  is  a  long,  narrow  hen  with 
legs  that  bow  towards  each  other.  She  is  an  indifferent  layer  and 
feeder.  She  has  a  long  neck,  a  narrow  but  a  moderate  beak  and  eye. 
She  is  not  constitutionally  strong,  and  has  always  been  somewhat  lack, 
ing  in  vigor. 

No.  4  is  not  represented  to  advantage.  She  is  a  fine  type  in  every  re- 
spect, having  plenty  of  weight,  is  active,  bright,  and  is  a  fairly  good 


1370        CYCLOPEDIA  OF  LIVE  STOCK  AND  COMPLKTE  STOCK  DOCTOR. 

layer.     This  hen  was  pronounced  by  one  of  the  most  expert  judges  in 
Ontario  to  be  of  exceptional  fine  Rock  shape. 

In  No.  5  we  have  a  rare  bird.  This  hen  as  a  pullet  produced  one  hun- 
dred and  eighty-three  eggs  in  nine  months  (no  record  kept  earlier  in 
the  season),  and  is  further  a  fine  market  bird.  Note  the  stout  beak, 
the  active  eye,  the  prominent  breast,  possessing  plenty  of  width  and 
depth;  also  the  width  between  the  legs.  The  color  of  this  hen  is  also 
very  good  from  a  show  standpoint.  She  lacks  in  bone,  also  is  a  little 
short  in  the  leg  for  a  Plymouth  Kock.  This  is  one  of  the  few  hens  that 
we  can  show  to  advantage  to  the  farmer,  the  market  poultryman,  and  to 
the  fancier,  and  have  all  very  well  pleased. 


No.  5. 


Diseases  Peculiar  to  Soutii  Africa 


South  African  Horse  Sickness 

What  It  ISi  Horse  sickness  is  a  peculiar  epizootic  disease  of  South 
Africa,  affecting  horses,  asses  and  mules,  but  the  two  latter  show  a 
greater  resistance  to  the  disease  than  the  horse.  It  exists  in  all  territories 
and  colonies  south  of  the  Equator,  and  has  been  known  in  Cape  Colony 
since  1780.  In  a  report  of  the  late  Lieut.-Col.  Nunn,  D.  S.  0.  A.  V.  D. 
of  October,  1888,  he  describes  four  kinds  of  Horse  Sickness;  (1)  Acute  or 
Pulmonary,  (2)  Blue  Tongue,  (3)  Dikkop,  and  (4)  Sub-acute  or  Bilious 
form.  It  affects  isolated  horses  as  well  as  those  in  troops,  and  sometimes 
the  old  before  the  young,  appearing  as  often  among  those  in  the  open  air 
as  those  kept  in  sheds. 

The  first  form  is  rapidly  fatal,  while  the  form  known  as  the  Dikkop, 
although  fatal,  has  a  slower  course.  It  prevails  mostly  in  low-lying  dis- 
tricts, in  kloofs  several  thousand  feet  above  sea  level,  while  districts  with- 
out kloofs  or  valleys  only  a  few  feet  above  sea  level  are  free,  if  they  are 
some  distance  from  the  sea,  probably  owing  to  there  being  less  moisture 
in  the  atmosphere. 

The  Horse  Sickness  season  begins  about  November  and  lasts  till  about 
May.  If  rains  come  early  and  the  summer  season  is  wet,  then  this  dis- 
ease is  rife,  but  if  it  is  a  dry  summer  very  few  cases  occur.  February, 
March,  and  April  are  generally  the  w^orst  months  for  Horse  Sickness,  and 
on  moist  days  with  the  air  humid  and  the  temperature  high,  the  disease 
is  most  prevalent. 

CausCi  The  cause  of  Horse  Sickness  is  at  present  undiscovered. 
Probably  the  micro-organism  is  very  minute,  for  under  the  highest  power 
of  the  microscope,  it  is  invisible,  and  passes  through  the  best  made  filters. 
This  is  proved  by  the  fact  that  filtered  blood  when  injected  into  the  horse 
produces  the  disease.  The  following  are  some  of  the  leading  theories  and 
ideas,  as  to  the  possible  modes  of  infection.  The  organism  evidently  re- 
quires heat  and  moisture  for  its  propagation  and  vitality ;  and  it  appears 
to  have  a  miasmatic  origin,  and  to  be  transmitted  by  dews,  fogs,  and 
winged  insects.  The  writer  has  known  cases  to  occur  in  infected  districts 
by  the  animal  eating  dew-laden  grass  before  the  sun  has  had  time  to  drive 
off  the  dew.  Inoculation  by  mosquitoes,  etc.,  is  undoubtedly  a  very  prob- 
able mode  of  infection.  Mosquitoes  and  other  winged  insects  are  likely 
carriers  of  the  disease  when  one  considers  the  vast  numbers  in  which  they 
are  bred  in  stagnant  waters  and  kloofs  saturated  with  dew. 

1371 


1372 


DISEASES    PECULIAR    TO    SOUTH    AFRICA 


How  To  Know  \\,  lu  the  Acute  or  Pulmonary  form  the  symptoms 
are  comparatively  absent  until  just  before  death.  The  animal  seems  to 
be  in  perfect  health  and,  within  an  hour,  characteristic  symptoms  appear, 
viz.,  respiration,  animal  lies  down  and  gets  up  immediately,  followed  by 
violent  heaving  of  the  flanks,  staggers  about  for  a  few  minutes,  falls  down, 
ejects  a  quantity  of  white  froth  from  the  nostrils  and  mouth,  and  probably 
dies  within  a  few  minutes.  Owing  to  the  absence  of  symptoms 
until  just  before  death,  it  was  thought  that  the  disease  was  of  short  dura- 
tion. It  is  proved,  however,  that  the  period  of  incubation  is  seven  or  eight 
days;  and  from  the  period  of  infection  to  the  symptoms  above  described,  it 
will  be  noticed  that  there  has  been  a  gradual  rise  of  temperature,  each  day 
higher  than  the  preceeding  day,  and  the  evening  temperature  higher  than 
the  morning,  till  it  rises  to  the  final  stage,  103  F.  or  107  F.,  when  there 
is  a  sudden  drop  to  below  normal,  and  then  death.  During  the  period  of 
incubation  there  have  been  going  on  other  changes  not  visible  to  the  ordi- 
nary eye,  viz.,  a  dusky  yellow  discoloration  of  the  eye,  spots  are  seen  on 
the  white  parts  accompanied,  perhaps,  by  a  watery  discharge  from  the 
eyes.  By  placing  one's  ear  close  to  the  front  part  of  the  neck,  a  peculiar 
dry,  crackling  sound  might  be  heard;  and  then  is  seen  a  swelling  of  the 
parts  above  the  eye  and  eyelids.  Inside,  the  nostrils  change  color  and 
become  congested,  with  swelling  along  the  line  of  the  jugular  vein.  The 
horse  becomes  easily  tired,  stands  lazily,  resting  its  head  upon  some  sup- 
port and,  finally,  the  symptoms  above  described  soon  put  an  end  to  the 
animal's  suffering. 

The  Dikkop  Fornii  The  symptoms  in  this  form  usually  appear  some 
days  before  death,  gradually  becoming  well  defined  towards  the  end. 
The  head,  neck,  and  lips  become  swollen,  in  some  cases  enormously;  the 
eyes  close  and  lower  lip  drops,  and  death  soon  follows. 

Blue  Tongue  Form  (Biaauw  Tong),  This  is  a  sub-variety,  in  which 
the  swellings  of  the  head  and  neck  are  Jiot  so  marked,  but  the  tongue  be- 
comes very  much  swollen  and  of  a  vivid  blue  colour,  due  to  intense  venous 
congestion. 

The  Bilious  Form  (or  Subacute).  The  .symptoms  come  on  gradually, 
the  animal  being  off  its  feed.  There  is  constipation,  and  the  faeces  are 
coated  with  mucous.  The  urine  is  of  a  deep  amber  color,  temperature 
of  the  body  106  F.  to  108  F.  and  the  pulse  is  quick  and  hard.  Abdom- 
inal pains  are  frequently  noticed,  sometimes  violent,  and  often  accom- 
panied by  a  foul  smelling  diarrhoea.  Jaundice  sets  in.  Sometimes  brain 
symptoms  appear,  in  which  case  it  is  hopeless;  as  also  when  swellings, 
filled  with  a  quantity  of  yellow  fluid,  occur  on  the  limbs  and  body,  the 
owner  may  expect  a  fatal  issue.  The  symptoms  just  described  might 
equally  apply  to  those  of  biliary  fever,  and  indeed  is  many  times  mis- 


DISEASES    PECULIAR    TO    SOUTH    AFRICA  1373 

taken  for  that  disease;  but  each  disease  is  distinct  from  the  other,  and 
although  Edington  claims  that  horse  sickness,  gall  sickness  and  veldt  sick- 
ness are  only  forms  of  one  disease,  the  investigations  of  Kock,  Theiler,  the 
late  Mr.  Hutcheon  and  others,  have  proved  this  to  be  a  fallacy.  Space, 
however,  will  not  permit  giving  the  full  result  of  their  investigations. 

What  To  DOi  Prevent  the  disease  by  careful  attention,  and  by  pro- 
tective inoculation,  and  by  not  allowing  the  horse  to  eat  dew-laden  grass 
until  well  dried  by  the  sun.  If  possible,  remove  horses  to  higher  veldt 
where  frosts  prevail.  If  animals  have  to  remain  in  districts  infected  with 
horse  sickness  use  nose  bags  (as  illustrated  on  page  394)  previously 
steeped  in  some  good  antiseptic  fluid.  Put  on  before  sun  set  and  take 
off  after  sun  rise,  thus  preventing  grazing  and  acting  as  an  antiseptic. 
Inoculation  (protective)  is  by  far  the  best  method.  Kock,  Theiler  and 
others,  have  succeeded  in  giving  immunity  by  inoculation,  using  both 
virulent  blood  and  antitoxic  serum,  and  although  the  final  stage  of  their 
investigations  have  not  yet  been  reached,  they  are  sufficiently  advanced 
to  give  immunity  for  a  short  period. 

Blue  Tongue  (Blaauw  Tong)  (Bekziekte) 

or  Malarial  Catarrhal  Fever  of  Sheep 

What  It  Is.  Blue  Tongue  is  an  inoculable  disease  of  sheep,  character- 
ized usually  by  fever  and  many  definite  symptoms,  comprising,  chiefly, 
lesions  of  the  mouth  and  feet.  It  is  common  in  many  parts  of  the  Cape 
Colony,  Bechuanaland,  British  Protectorate  and  Transvaal. 

Prevaiencet  The  late  Director  of  Agriculture,  Cape  Colony,  long  ago 
pointed  out  that  this  disease  was  met  with  both  on  low  and  high  veldt, 
under  conditions  which  were  recognized  as  being  also  most  favorable  for 
the  production  of  horse  sickness,  but  being  much  more  prevalent  and 
wide  spread  than  the  latter,  and  occurring  regularly  every  day  in  certain 
localities.  Less  frequent  in  high  altitudes  than  in  low  lying  areas.  The 
fever  season  is  well  marked  in  many  districts  and  generally  lasts  from 
January  to  April.  It  is  less  prevalent  in  dry  seasons  and  the  cases  that 
do  occur  are  of  a  much  milder  type ;  and  sheep  that  are  kraaled  high  up 
on  a  hill  side  rarely  become  infected.  Outbreaks  are  said  to  cease  after 
the  first  frost. 

Mode  of  infection.  It  is  generally  believed  that  sheep  suffer  less  from 
Blue  Tongue  when  their  wool  is  long  than  when  newly  shorn,  and  this 
is  proved  to  a  certain  extent  by  the  fact  that  when  sheep  are  dipped  in 
any  of  the  good  dips,  it  has  a  checking  influence  in  the  number  of  cases 
in  an  outbreak.  This  is  probably  due  to  the  fleece  becoming  repellent, 
after  dipping,  to  such  insects  that  carry  the  infection.     Kraals  situated 


1874  DISEASES    PECULIAR   TO    SOUTH    AFEICA 

on  low-lying  spots  are  infected  with  stinging  gnats,  mosquitoes,  etc.,  and 
it  is  almost  certain  that  insects  of  this  nature  carry  the  infection,  for  in 
winter  and  spring  time,  when  these  insects  disappear,  the  disease  also 
disappears. 

Period  of  Incubatioili  When  the  disease  is  produced  under  natural 
conditions,  the  jDcriod  of  incubation  is  not  known,  but  when  experi- 
mentally produced.  Veterinary  Surgeon  Spreule  of  Cape  Colony,  found 
it  to  be  from  two  to  five  days. 

How  To  Know  Iti  In  a  typical  case,  the  onset  is  marked  by  fever; 
the  temperature,  which  may  be  erratic,  ranging  from  104  degrees  F.  to 
106  degrees  F.,  the  morning  temperature  being  much  lower  than  one 
might  expect.  The  fever  period  lasts  from  five  to  seven  days,  a  decided 
drop  being  noticed  when  the  eruption  takes  place.  Prior  to  this  it  may 
be  noticed  that  the  sheep  is  getting  thin  and  does  not  feed  so  well  as 
usual.  The  first  symptoms  that  attract  attention  are  swelling  of  the 
lips  and  frothing  at  the  mouth,  and  a  catarrhal  discharge  from  the 
nostrils,  and  on  examination  of  the  mouth,  it  is  seen  that  the  lining  mem- 
brane is  of  a  blue  color.  In  mild  cases  the  only  indication  may  be  sores 
inside  the  mouth  and  on  the  tip  of  the  tongue.  The  tongue  miiy  be 
gangrenous,  and  in  very  severe  cases  become  badly  infected  and  of  a 
dark  blue  color;  the  organ  swells  until  it  quite  fills  the  mouth,  making 
swallowing  impossible.  There  is  a  copious  discharge  from  the  mouth; 
the  lips  become  greatly  swollen,  while  the  usual  discharge,  growing 
profuse,  dries  on  the  nose,  causing  difficulty  in  breathing.  Some  times 
diarrhoea  sets  in,  blood  being  passed,  which  is  always  a  fatal  sign,  but 
as  a  rule,  the  fseces  are  almost  normal  except  for  some  slimy  mucous 
discharged  along  with  them. 

The  lesions  in  the  mouth  heal  in  five  to  seven  days,  the  appetite 
returns,  the  feet  become  tender,  swollen  and  painful  round  the  coronets; 
sometimes  all  four  feet  become  affected,  but  commonly  the  front  feet 
only.  There  is  much  thirst  during  both  the  febrile  and  eruptive  stages, 
and  sometimes  when  the  sheep  begin  to  feed  well  vomiting  may  super- 
vene, especially  if  they  have  free  access  to  water.  The  contents  of  the 
stomach,  vomited,  passes  down  the  nostrils,  and  in  many  cases  is  inhaled 
into  the  lungs,  thus  setting  up  a  fatal  pneumonia,  i.  e.,-  septic  inflamma- 
tion of  the  lungs.  In  young  animals,  especially  if  in  poor  condition  the 
disease  runs  a  very  rapid  and  fatal  course.  The  sheep  are  very  much 
emaciated,  and  persistently  lie  down,  although  the  feet  may  not  be  af- 
fected. The  nose  is  brought  round  to  the  flank,  the  neck  becomes  twisted 
(Wry  neck)  and  death  soon  takes  place.  In  these  cases  the  wool  can  be 
pulled  out  easily,  but  fortunately,  such  severe  cases  are  exceptional. 

After  severe  attacks  recovery  is  slow,  and  death  often  occurs  from 
debility,  following  upon  an  attac> 


DISEASES    PECULIAR   TO    SOUTH    AFRICA  1-^75 

Mortalityi  In  outbreaks  on  the  veldt,  the  mortality  may  range  from 
five  to  thirty  per  cent,  the  loss  to  the  flock  master  being  very  great  in 
value  of  the  wool,  as  many  fleeces  become  patchy  and  ragged.  But  with 
suitable  treatment  the  losses  will  not  be  so  severe. 

CauseSf  Seeing  that  Blue  Tongue  is  not  contagious,  for  contact  of 
healthy  with  diseased  sheep  fail  to  produce  it,  no  organism  has  yet  been 
found  in  the  blood,  which,  if  injected  into  healthy  sheep  produce  the 
disease,  therefore,  it  must  be  clearly  acknowledged  that  the  sickness  is 
caused  by  insects  biting  or  stinging  the  sheep. 

Immunity.  After  an  attack  of  Blue  Tongue,  sheep  acquire  a  consider- 
able amount  of  immunity,  but  it  has  been  proved  by  Theiler,  Dixon  and 
Spreule,  of  Cape  Colony,  that  protection  and  immunity  is  also  given 
by  a  hypodermic  injection  of  an  antitoxic  serum  which  can  be  obtained 
from  the  various  veterinary  centres  in  the  Colonies  with  full  instructions. 
Much  credit  is  due  the  above  investigators  in  the  experiments  carried 
out  by  them. 

What  To  DOa  Give  the  sick  animals  complete  rest,  cool  shady  surround- 
ings and  succulent  food.  Water  should  be  sparingly  allowed  as  it  in- 
duces vomiting.  Aj^plications  of  chlorate  of  potash  and  water,  or  of 
glycerine  of  tannin  as  described  below  are  very  good,  and  many  farmers 
have  met  with  great  success  by  the  use  of  Stockholm  Tar  and  Sulphur. 
When  the  tongue  and  lips  are  very  much  swollen,  scarification  w4th  a 
small  lancet  or  needle  gives  relief. 

Let  the  sheep  have  plenty  off  salt  to  lick. 

Mode  off  Application!  Chlorate  of  Potash.  Take  one  ounce  of  chlorate 
of  potash  and  dissolve  it  in  two  pints  of  rain  water.  Pour  some  of  this 
solution  into  the  mouth  to  act  as  a  gargle.  If  a  little  is  swallowed  it 
will  do  no  harm  as  it  is  not  poisonous.  Glycerine  of  tannin  (obtainable 
from  any  chemist)  and  also  the  Stockholm  Tar  and  Sulphur,  are  applied 
with  a  stiff  feather,  or  gum  brush,  or  even  a  piece  of  rag  tied  on  the  end 
of  a  stick  to  form  a  swab.    Apply  once  daily. 

The  above  applications  may  be  used  alternatively  in  their  given 
order  to  obtain  the  best  results. 

We  are  not  advocates  of  too  much  interference  with  sick  animals, 
for  some,  such  as  cattle,  sheep  and  pigs,  do  not  like  it.  Unlike  horses 
they  are  not  so  amenable  and  appreciative  of  attention  therefore  we  say, 
lot  the  attendant  do  what  he  has  to  do  once  a  day  and  do  it  well,  and  we 
think  it  will  generally  be  sufficient.  Only  in  very  bad  cases  should  the 
Creasing  be  applied  twice  a  day. 


^37(i  DISEASES    PECULIAR   TO    SOUTH    AFRICA 

Heart-Water  in  Sheep  and  Goats 

What  It  ISi  Heart-water  is  an  inoculable  disease  due  to  a  micro- 
organism so  minute  as  to  defy  the  efforts  of  all  investigators  to  find  it. 
Like  the  organism  of  horse  sickness,  it  passes  through  all  filters,  though 
Theiler  reports  it  did  nut  pass  through  a  Berkefield  or  Chamberlain  filter, 
and  he  hopes  very  soon  to  be  able  to  define  it. 

After  inoculation  of  blood  from  a  sick  animal  into  a  healthy  one, 
it  is  found  that  from  five  to  fifteen  days  elapse  before  any  symptoms  ap- 
pear, and  usually  the  time  is  from  eight  to  ten  days.  After  the  mani- 
festations of  symptoms  the  disease  runs  on  from  two  to  six  days,  or  even 
more.  Heart-water  in  sheep  is  very  similar  to,  if  not  identical  with, 
the  Heart-water  of  cattle,  and  can  be  transmitted  by  blood  inoculation 
from  sheep  to  goats  and  to  cattle,  or  vice  versa.  The  credit  of  these 
investigations  is  due  to  the  late  Dr.  Hutcheon  and  his  assisstants  and  to 
Mr.  Loundsbury,  the  Cape  entomologist  who  has  made  clear  the  mode  of 
spreading  and  dissemination  of  the  disease. 

Heart-water  is  met  with  only  in  the  bush  veldt,  on  which  the  breed- 
ing of  high  bred  sheep  and  goats  is  distinctly  disappointing.  One  happy 
feature  about  this  disease  is,  that  not  all  the  bush  veldt  is  equally  bad. 
The  worst  parts  are  certainly  the  low  lying.  The  season  has  some  in- 
fluence. In  summer  the  disease  is  more  prevalent  and  virulent,  and 
the  wise  farmer  knowing  this,  when  a  outbreak  occurs  among  his  flock, 
if  on  a  low  veldt,  moves  the  sheep  to  a  higher  veldt.  The  disease  soon 
comes  to  a  standstill.  It  is  not  contagious,  for  once  a  flock  was  moved 
out  of  the  Heart-water  veldt  to  a  high  and  noninfected  area,  and  mixed 
among  other  sheep  and  goats,  the  latter  would  not  take  the  disease. 

Mode  of  Infection!  Mr.  Loundsbury,  the  Cape  entomologist,  found 
that  Heart-water  is  carried  by  a  certain  species  of  tick,  viz.,  the  Bout  tick, 
and,  in  his  experiments,  time  after  time,  produced  the  disease  artificially. 
He  reports  that  the  disease  does  not  go  from  the  female  through  the  egg 
as  is  generally  supposed,  but  is  taken  up  either  by  a  larva  or  lymph  from 
a  sick  animal  and  so  communicated,  thus  showing  that  while  the  disease 
is  not  contagious  it  is  infectious. 

The  Bout  tick  breeds  only  in  warm  veldt  where  it  finds  protection 
in  the  bushes. 

Heart-water  is  met  with  in  the  Transvaal  0.  R.  C,  C  C,  and 
Rhodesia,  and  in  fact  any  part  where  the  Bout  tick  is  found. 

How  To  Know  Itt  Fever  accompanied  by  rise  in  temperature,  may  be 
the  only  symptom,  and  the  animal  suddenly  dies,  although  it  might  have 
seemed  quite  healthy  only  a  short  time  before.  Usually,  however,  the 
temperature  continues  to  rise  even  up  to  106  degrees  F,  or  108  degrees  F, 


DISEASES    PECULIAR   TO    SOUTH    AFRICA  1377 

The  animal  may  then  stop  feeding,  become  prostrated,  and  die  without 
any  typical  sign  of  its  suffering  from  Heart-water.  Many  cases  show 
symptoms  of  brain  trouble  before  death,  denoted  by  a  constant  movement 
of  the  jaw,  and  of  the  tongue,  as  if  it  was  chewing,  extending  the  tongue 
and  withdrawing  it,  and,  in  some  cases,  licking  the  ground.  If  tied  to 
a  post,  it  will  turn  round  many  times  and  suddenly  fall.  Fits  set  in,  the 
neck  being  extended  backwards,  and  the  legs  in  regular  motion.  These 
symptoms  pass  away  but  only  to  return  again,  indicating  the  approach 
of  death.  Some  animals  bleed  a  great  deal  before  death,  while  others 
pass  quietly  away.  The  symptoms  of  the  digestive  organs  also 
vary  greatly.  Sometimes  there  is  foam  at  the  mouth  and  the  throat 
may  be  slightly  swollen,  rumination  (chewing  the  cud),  may  stop 
even  before  feeding,  the  bowels  are  usually  normal,  but  sometimes  costive, 
and  again,  diarrhoea  may  be  present.  Thus  it  will  be  seen  that  the 
symptoms  vary  considerably  in  different  cases,  but  the  brain  signs  are 
very  indicative,  and  are  caused  by  the  diseased  condition  of  the  brain. 

Posi-Mortenii  The  principal  lesion  in  Heart-water  in  sheep  and  goats 
is  the  increase  of  liquid  in  the  heart-bag,  hence  the  name  Heart-water. 
This  condition  is  also  found  in  sheep  and  goats  dying  from  other  causes 
such  as  bad  pasture,  internal  parasites,  etc.,  but  there  is  this  difference, 
that  in  these  latter  cases  one  always  has  to  do  with  a  poor  carcass,  whereas 
in  a  good-conditioned  animal  the  water  in  the  heart  sac,  points  to  Heart- 
water  as  a  specific  disease.  The  changes  occurring  in  other  parts  of  the 
body  or  organs  do  not  call  for  special  mention  as,  except  by  the  pro- 
fessional reader,  they  would  be  but  little  understood. 

What  To  DOi  Prevention  by  cautious  methods  and  by  protective 
inoculation. 

At  present  no  tangible  forward  movement  has  been  made.  Some 
investigators  claim  to  have  discovered  a  protective  method  by  inoculation, 
but  experiments  made  by  the  late  Director  of  Agriculture  and  his  very 
capable  staff  found  them  to  fail,  and  so  far,  no  true  protective  power  is 
known.  In  the  meantime  flock  masters  will  do  well  to  watch  their  flocks 
carefully.  Dipping  is  good  during  the  period  of  infection,  using  any  of 
the  authorized  sheep  dips,  so  as  to  destroy  any  larva  or  lymph  ticks  that 
may  be  among  the  wool  or  mohair.  Shift  the  kraals  from  low  veldt  to 
hieh  veldt. 


1878  DISEASES   PECULIAK   TO    SOUTH    AFRICA 

Tape-Worm  in  Ostriches 

Tape-Worm  in  OstriclieSi  'i'his  very  prevalent  and  often  fatal  disease 
is  well-known  to  all  bird  farmers.  It  is  sometimes  confused  with  Froi- 
maag,  or  rotten  stomach,  but  the  latter  generally  occurs  only  after  eating 
lucerne  which  sometimes  ferments  in  the  stomach  and  causes  the  so- 
called  rot.     A  post-mortem  shows  the  actual  cause  of  death. 

Symptoms  of  Tape-Worm.  Ostriches  that  have  worms  soon  show  the 
signs  and  should  be  treated  at  once.  The  birds  get  thin  and  look  dull 
and  flabby,  very  much  like  a  chicken  that  has  gapes.  The  feathers  and 
wings  droop,  and  the  bird  mopes  and  lags  behind  in  a  big  camp,  and  if 
in  a  small  camp,  it  keeps  by  itself  seeming  to  prefer  solitude.  It  has  no 
appetite  and  gradually  pines  and  dies. 

Treatment!  in  the  Oudtshoorn  C.  C.  district  most  farmers  use  airy, 
or  aloes,  as  a  remedy,  also  soot  with  meal.  Some  say  this  is  a  cure,  and 
it  is  a  fact  that  a  certain  specie  of  aloes  is  an  excellent  remedy,  but  this 
specie  is  not  the  common  Cape  aloe,  but  a  small  aloe  with  a  long  trailing 
pointed  stem,  thick  as  a  finger.  The  leaves  are  about  a  foot  long,  one 
inch  broad  at  thickest,  tapering,  serrated  at  edges  with  fine  teeth,  flowers 
on  top  of  stalk  one  inch  long  and  one-sixth  of  an  inch  wide  and  of  a 
light  color.  The  Kafllirs  call  the  plant  Ikalona.  The  leaves  are  cut  off 
and  the  expressed  juice  only  is  used,  in  doses  according  to  circumstances. 
The  different  farmers  have  their  own  mode  of  administering  and  their 
own  ideas  as  to  dose,  etc.,  which  vary  in  different  cases. 


Alphabetical  and  Analytical  Index 


Abdomen,  tapping  the,  horse 555 

Abnormal  presentation  foal,  horse  . .   482 

Abortion  and  miscarriage  ,  cow 888 

—of  cattle,  contagious 831-832-833 

— or  slinking  the  foal,  mare 195 

— mare   513 

Abeesses,   horse    445 

Abscess  on  breast,  horse 273 

— opening  an,  horse    555 

Accidents  and   diseases,  legs  of  the 

horse  314 

—cattle 923 

Actinomycosis     of     the     lower    jaw, 

cattle   829-830 

Acute   and   chronic   founder   or   1am- 

initis,    horse    293-297 

African  goose,  the  1191 

After-birth,  cow,  retention  of  the  ...   887 

— expulsion  of  the,  horse 484 

Age  of  cattle  told  by  the  chart..625-626-627 

— of  hog,  how  to  tell  by  teeth 941 

— or  horse,  chart  illustrating  the..   113 
— of  horse,  how  to  tell  by  teeth...  113 
Alimentary  canal,  diseases  and  acci- 
dents of,  horse   408 

Albuminuria,    or    albuminous    urine, 

cattle    873 

Alderneys,  Guernseys  and  Jerseys  . .  679 

Alfalfa  or  luzerne 788 

Altering    the    character   by    crossing 

cattle    637 

Amaurosis  or  glass  eye,  horse 521 

American  breeds,  fowls  1111 

— breeds  of  hogs 955 

— Javas,  fowls   1146 

—Merinos    1032 

Anaemia,  cattle 834 

— pernicious,  swamp  fever  or  surra, 

horse    470-476 

Anaesthetics  and  how  to  use  them, 

horse    547 

Analyzing  the  skeleton  of  the  horse  .     57 
Anatomy  and  points  of  sheep. .  .1001-1002 

— of  foot  of  horse 282 

—of  the  hen   1094-1095 

—of  the  horse's  foot 295 

— of  man  and  horse,  comparative. .     56 
Ancestors    perpetuated,    peculiarities 

of  639 

Aneurism,  horse  439 

Angora     goats,     a     coming     money 

maker    1056 

— where  he  thrives  1059 

—habits  of  the  1059 

Angoras  in  the  United  States 1061 


Page 

Angus  cattle,  polled   734-735 

— cows  as  milkers   736 

— cattle,  color  of  the,  polled 735 

— cows   compared   with   the   Gallo- 
ways      736 

Ankle  boots  in  common  use  to  pre- 
vent interferring 366 

— cocked  horse   342 

Anthrax,  cattle   821-822 

— in    birds    and    poultry,    how    pro- 
duced       824 

— malignant,  or  charbon,  hogs.  .986-987 
— malignant    or    splenic    fever    in 

hogs    988 

— prevention,  cattle  825 

— prevention,    hogs    989 

— the  common  form  of,  hogs 988 

Antidotes,  poisons  and  their   1361 

—to  poisons,  horse 561-562-563-564- 

565-566-567-568-569-570-571 

Anointing   sheep    1054 

Antiquity  of  the  Devons 708 

Apparatus   and   appliances,    surgical, 

horse  573 

Apoplexy,  cattle   903 

Apoplectic  or  splenic  form     of     an- 
thrax, hogs  988 

Apoplexy,  cow,  parturient 892 

—fowls    1205-1212 

— horse    431 

— how  to  prevent,  horse   431 

— staggers    or    congestion    of    the 

brain,  swine   992 

— sheep    1071 

—splenic,  cattle   822 

Arabian  blood,  horse,  potency  of.  .168-169 

—horse,  the 164-165 

Arabia,  horses  of  46 

Artery,  tying  an,  horse   279 

Artificial  breeding  of  horses   46 

— hatching,  the  antiquity  of 1148 

Asses  and  mules 199 

Asiatic  fowls   1131 

Atavism,  cattle   639 

— or  breeding  back,  horse 188 

Atavism  or  striking  back  in  a  horse.  1302 

Atrophy  of  the  heart,  horse  438 

— of  the  liver,  horse 517 

—of  the  muscles,  horse 273-368 

Atwood     and     Hammond     Merinos, 

sheep 1032 

Australia,  the  sheep  in 1036 

— the  wool  harvest  in  1037 

Average  wool  per  sheep 1034 

Aylesbury  ducks  1195 


1379 


1380 


ALPHABETICAL    AND    ANALYTICAL    INDEX. 


Page 

Ayrshire  ancestry   737-738 

—as  a  milker 739 

— cattle,  points  of   742 

—cattle,  the  antiquity  of 737 

— cow,   importance   of   good   teats, 

color,  style  and  condition.  .745-746 
— cow,  milk   points,  the  head,   the 

neck,  body  and  limbs 744-745 

— cow,  the  body,  the  skin 743 

cow,  the  points  summed  up 743 

— In  America   "-10 

—of  today  740 

— points  80  years  ago    740 

— quality  of  the  flesh  739 

—quality  of  the  milk   739 

Azoturia,  congestion  of  the  kidneys, 

horse  461 

Back,  good  and  bad,  horse 1329-1330 

— sprain  of  the,  horse 375 

Backing  or  gibbing,  horse 262 

Back  sinews,  thickening  of  the,  horse  268 
Bacon  type,  judging  hogs  of ...  .1282-1283 
— type    scale    of    points    of    hogs 

of    1283-1284-1285 

Baker's  brace  for  broken  knee,  horse  340 

Bakewell's  ten  rules,  cattle  644 

Balking,    horse    -    536 

Bandages  and  sutures,  cattle    929 

— horse     548 

— for  lacerated  wounds,  cattle  ....   924 
— for   various   diseases,   7   illustra- 
tions       370 

Bantam  fowls,  other 1125 

Bantams,  game  1124 

— Japanese    1125 

—the   Seabright,   fowls    1125 

Bantam  Wyandottes   1143 

Bare-lot  method  of  raising  lambs  to 

prevent  nodule  disease  ..1081-1082 

Barn   for  hogs    974-975 

Barns  for  sheep  1049 

Barnyard    fowls    1096 

Batavian  cattle,  Friesian  and   747 

Bees,  conclusion   1241-1242 

— drones  or  male  1230 

— enemies  of  1241 

—feeding   1240 

—foul  brood 1241 

— history,  characteristics  and  man- 
agement   1225 

Bee  hives   1235 

— keeping,  implements  of  use  in  ..1239 

Bees,  natural  history  of 1227 

— neuter  or  worker  1230 

Bee,  number  of  eggs  laid   1230 

Bees,  taking  the  honey  1238 

Bee,  the  three  genders  of  the  honey.  .1228 
—the  so  called  queen  or  mother  ..1230 


Page 
Bees,  varieties  ind  peculiarities  of..  1227 

Bee,  varieties  of  the  honey   1229 

Bee's  wax  and  how  it  is  formed 1232 

Bees,    wintering    1238 

Beef   from   the   old   Teeswaters 656 

points  illustrated,  short  horns...   674 

— where  the  choice,  lies 623 

Bedding  for  horses,  economy  of 227 

Belgian  horse,  characteristics  of  the.   149 

—the 148 

Belly,  tapping  the,  cattle 927 

— tapping  the  for  flatulence,  horse  557 
Berkshires,  characteristics,     scale  of 

points   1293-1294 

Berkshire  hogs,  English  breeds    948 

— swine,  detailed  description  of. . . 

1294-1295-1296 

Big  head,  horse 372 

Big  leg,  horse   274 

Biting,  horse    262 

Body  and  limbs  of  the  horse 96 

— of  horse  seen  from  the  front 

98-99-100 

Bog  spavin,  horse 274 

Boil     plague,     Siberian,     in     horses, 

cattle,  sheep,  goats  and  pigs..   822 

Boil,  shoe,  horse   274 

Book  II  Part  I,  cattle 597 

Bolton  grays  or  Creoles,  fowl   1098 

Bone  and  bulk  imparted  to  the  Eng- 
lish horse   161 

Bones  and  articulations  of  the  foot, 

horse  65 

— and     muscles,     front     limbs     of 

horse  62 

Bone,  fractures  or  broken,  cattle   . . .   923 

Bones  of  the  arm,  horse   62-63 

— of  head  and  neck  of  horse 61 

—of  knee,  horse   62-63 

Bone     spavin,     bog     spavin,     blood 

spavin    316-319-323 

— spavin  hocks  with  skin  removed.   315 

— spavin,  horse    274-314 

Bony  tumor,  horse    273 

Border  Leicester  sheep   1017 

Bots,  horse  528 

— in    the    duodenum    or    intestine, 

horse  532 

— in  the  stomach,  horse 532 

Bowel,  impaction  of  large,  horse  . . .   424 

Black  Dorkings  1098 

Black  East  Indian  ducks  1199 

Black-faced      Highland      or      Scotch 

sheep 1025 

Black  head,  turkey   1221 

—Hamburg  fowls  1107 

—leg,  cattle  822 

— quarter,  cattle   822 

—teeth  In  pigs   980 


ALPHABETICAI.    AND     ANALYTICAL     INDEX. 


1381 


Page 
Bladder  and  kidney  disease,  cattle.    .   836 
— calculi  or  stones  in  the,  cattle  .  .   875 
— cystitis,  or  inflammation  of  the, 

cattle    874 

— eversion  of  the,  horse 463 

— extraction       of       stones       from, 

horse    552-553 

— inflammation     of     the,     cystitis, 

horse  462 

— of  the  ox  or  bull,  tapping  the  . . .   929 

— paralysis  of  the,  horse 463 

— rupture  of  .the,  horse 464 

— spasm  of  the  neck  of  the,  horse.   463 
Blankets    and     other     clothing     for 

horse    238-239 

Bleeding,  an  old  time  practice,  horse.  548 
— cancer    or    fungus    haematodes, 

cattle    922 

—cattle    930 

Blind  eye,  horse  272 

Blindness,  moon  or  specific  ophthal- 
mia, horse    518-519 

Blistering,  hor^e  549 

Bloat  in   cattle    926 

Blood  diseases,  contagious,  horse. 448-451 
•     — general  diseases  of  the,  horse  . .   441 

Bloody  milk,  cattle   930 

— murrain,   cattle    822 

Blood   poison,   specific   or    strangles, 

horse     451 

— poison,  treatment  for,  horse....   333 

—spavin,  horse    274-323 

— vessels,  diseases  of  the  heart  and, 

horse  437 

— vessel,  rupture  of  a,  horse 439 

Bloody  urine,  cattle   874 

— urine  or  haematuria,  horse    ....   465 

Blue  disease  or  cynosis,  horse 439 

Blue  tongue,  or  bilious  form,  horse.  .1372 
— tongue,  pei'iod  of  incubation. ..  .1374 
— tongue,  sheep,  mode  of  infection.  1373 

— tongue,   sheep,  mortality  of 1375 

Brace  for  dislocated  elbow,  horse...  369 
— for  dislocated  shoulder,  horse...   369 

Brain,  diseases  of,  horse   429 

— hydatids  on  the,  sheep   1071 

— inflammation  of  the,  cattle   903 

— inflammation  of  the,  horse   378 

— inflammation  of  the,  sheep 1072 

— swine,  congestion  of  the 992 

Brahmas,  Dark  1131 

—light,    fowls    1132 

Breaking  the  halter  and  pulling  back, 

horse  535 

Breast  of  horse,  abscess  on 273 

Breda  or  Gueldre  fowls  1104 

Breeders  for  health,  feed  the,  swine.   971 
Breeder   must  know,  what  the,   cat- 
tle       644 

— of  cattle  must  be  a  good  farmer.   646 


Breeding  age  of  sheep   1041 

— and  care  of  hogs   964 

— and  care  of  sheep   1041 

— ancient  and  modern,  cattle 628 

— animals,  (hogs)  how  to  select...   966 

— and  management  of  poultry 1157 

— cattle,   careful  judgment  necess- 
ary     651 

— cattle,  early  system  of 643 

—cattle  for  beef    646 

— cattle,  special  selection  of  male 

necessary 651 

— fistula  from  improper,  horse 273 

— for  certain  uses,  cattle 634 

— for  .labor,  cattle    647 

—for  TOilk,   cattle    647 

—horse  1297 

— horses,  opinions  relating  to   48 

— in  and  in-breeding,  cattle   635 

—in  line,  cattle  635 

— Jerseys  viewed  from  a  practical 

standpoint 698-699 

— know  what  for,  cattle 649 

—of  cattle,  the   642 

-^of  horses,  know  what  to   breed 

for   183 

— of  horses,  importance  of  accurate 

knowledge  of 183 

— poultry,  changes  due  to 1086 

— swine,  age  of 965 

— stock,  hogs,  the  care  of 967 

—stock,   poultry    1367-1368-1369 

— specimens  of  close,  cattle 651-652 

— to  color  in  horses 189 

— upon  a  mixed  flock,  fowls 1164 

Breeds  and  breeders  of  cattle  599 

— care  in  selection,  hogs  964 

Breed,    cattle,     do    not    attempt    to 

form  a  632 

— cattle,  how  formed   634 

Breeds,    development    and    improve- 
ment of,  cattle 628 

— for  beef  and  milk,  cattle   647 

— fowls,  American   1111 

— from  mature  animals,  horses  . . .   185 

— game  fowls  and  other  rare   1119 

— illustrations     of    noted    English, 

cattle 631 

—of  cattle,  native  districts  of.  .615-616 

—of  fowls  for  eggs   1168 

— of  fowls  for  market 1168 

— of  hogs,  American   955 

— of  hogs,  Lancashire  large 955 

— of  hogs,  Lancashire  middle   955 

— of   hogs,    practical   value   of   im- 
proved       964 

—of  hogs,  the  Chester  White 955 

— of  hogs,  summary  of 962 

— of  horses   and  their  characteris- 
tics       120 

— of  poultry,  new  popular 1143 

— of  sheep,  points  of  excellence  of 

the   principal    1009 


1382 


ALPHABETICAL    AND    ANALYTICAL    INDEX. 


Page 
Breeds  of  sheep,  ranging  and  flocking 

of  different 1006 

— of  Swine   945 

— cf  swine,  sires  of  improved 945 

—Spanish  American 600-601 

— summary  of  British  sheep.  .1034-1035 

— typical  types  of  cattle 599 

Breed,   symmetry  in   cattle   essential 

whatever  the  692 

Breed,  to  a  fixed  type,  fowls 1163 

Bremen  or  Embden  Geese   1186 

British    breeds    of    sheep,    summary 

of    1034-1035 

— sheep,  middle  and  short,  wooled.1024 

Broken  back,  horse   374 

—knees,  horse   265-342 

— ribs,   horse    376 

— tail,  horse  377 

Broken-wind,  horse    265 

Brooder,  a  cheap  home  made 1155 

Brooders  and  Incubators   1148 

Brooder,   how  to   make  the   1156 

Brood-mare,  choosing  the   258 

Bronchitis,    cattle    844 

—fowls    1206-1212 

—horse     397-398 

Bronzed-black  turkey,  the 1173 

Brown-breasted  red  game  fowls 1121 

Bruises  of  the  foot,  stone,  horse 307 

— sprains,   strain   and,   sheep 1080 

Buff    Cochins  1138 

Buildings,  dairy  and  dairying 

795-1335-1345 

Bullocks,  outline  of  fat 622 

Bumble  foot  in  poultry 1210-1213 

Bursal  enlargement  of  fetlock,  horse  274 

Butter,  how  to  color  800 

—how  to  pat  800 

— immitation    1348 

—making    1337-1339 

— making  in  Europe  799 

— making  in  the  west 799 

— making,  special  points  on 1340 

— preparing  a  package  for  use 801 

—salting    800 

Buying  for  blood,  horse 258 

Calculi,  causes,  remedy,  horse 427 

— or  gall-stones,  horse   516 

— or  stones  in  the  bladder,  cattle.  875 

— urinary,  horse   467 

Calks    or    threads    on    the    coronet, 

horse   305 

Call  Ducks   1199 

Calves,  a  good  condiment  feed  784 

— castration  of   928 

— common  sense   feeding    776 

— feed  grass  and  oats  early  to 781 

—feeding  for  beef  and  labor 782 

— feeding  the   young    780 

— good   winter  keeping  for    776 

— outdoor  feeding    where    corn    is 

cheap 783 


Page 

Calves,  to  prevent  horns  growing  on 

young  1353 

— starved  776 

— when  and  how  to  castrate 777 

—when  and  how  to  feed   783 

— where  profit  comes  in 781 

Canada  or  wild  goose,  the 1191 

Cancer,  fungus  haematodes,  or  bleed- 
ing, cattle   922 

Cancerous  ulcers  and  osteo  sarcoma, 

cattle    828 

Canker,  horse    304 

— of  the  frog  and  sole,  horse 304 

Caponizing,    chickens    1210 

Capped  hocks,  horse    265-275 

— hock     and     elbow     or     capulet, 

horse    334-335-336 

Capulet  or  capped  hock  and  elbow. . 

334-335-336 

Care  of  the  feet  in  the  stable,  horse.   312 
Caries   or   ulcerations   of   the   bones 

of  the  horse    371 

Carbuncle  or  furunculus,  horse 358 

Carbuncular   erysipelas   or  braxy   in 

sheep    823 

Carriage  horses    1311 

Castration  and  docking  of  sheep 1051 

—calves    928 

— evU  results  of,  horse 508 

— horse    551 

Castrate,  calves  when  and  how  to...   777 

—a  ridgling,  to  998 

Casting  cattle,  device  for  848 

Casting,  horse  550 

Casting,  Rarey's  plan,  horse   551 

Castration,   pigs 968 

Cataract,  eye,  horse  523 

Catarrh,      distemper      or      epizootic, 

sheep    1070 

—fowls    1206-1212 

—horse    393 

— in  cattle,  malignant 839 

— or  cold  in  cattle,  simple 841-842 

— or  snuffles,  swine 992 

— swine,  malignant  epizootic 984-985 

Cattle,  action  of  remedies  in   810 

—accidents     923 

— anemia  834. 

— and   the    horse   compared,   path- 
ology of  809 

— ascites,   or    dropsy   of   the   belly 

with  natural  presentation 888 

— bloat  in   926 

—bleeding     , 930 

—Book  II    597 

— breeder  must  be  a  good  farmer  .   646 

— bronchitis    844 

— chokins:    923 

—contagious  abortion  of   . .  .831-832-833 

— constipation    865 

— cornstalk  disease  in 840 

—cuts  of  meat  in 808 

— dehorning    930 

— diarrhoea,  or  scours 865-866-867 

—dipping 913 


ALPHABETICAL    AND     ANALYTICAL     INDEX. 


1383 


Page 

Cattle,  diseases  of 807 

— diseases     of     tlie     digestive     or- 
gans     850 

— dislocations  925 

—Dutch    613 

—Dutch  belted    723 

— Durham  or  Teeswater  breed  ....   606 

—dysentery    867-868 

— dyspepsia  in  864 

— economy  of  full  summer  and  win- 
ter feeding   792 

— enteritis  or  inflammation  of  the 

digestive  apparatus   868 

— feeding  in  summer 791 

— five  general  classes  of 777 

—fossil    613-614 

— full   feeding  and   early   maturity 

of   779 

— glamorgan    721-722 

— haematuria  or  red  water  in 838 

— heredity  in   637 

— Herefords,  the  604 

— history,  management  and  charac- 
teristics of  the  various  breeds.    597 

— hook-worm  disease  of 911 

— hoven  or  tympanitis   * 860 

— hydro  thorax  in 847 

— hydrocephalus     with     malpresen- 

tation    886 

— impaction  of  the  rumen  or  maw- 
bound   861 

—Irish    608 

—kidney  and  bladder  disease   836 

—lice    909 

— lithlasis,   or   gravel    in 875 

— long  horns    619 

— malignant  sore  throat 840 

— mange    910 

— non-contagious  blood  diseases  of  834 

—of  the  Campagnas  628-631 

— operations   927 

— original  type    600 

— owners,  only  safe  principles  for.   811 

— paralysis    904 

— parasitic  diseases  of 90S 

— pasturage  and  feeding  for  profit.   786 

— peritonitis    869 

— phenomena  of  health 811 

— pleurisy  in    846 

— pneumonia 845 

—Polled  Durham    717 

— purpura  hemorrhagica,  blood  dis- 
ease        837 

— retention  of  the  urine,  or  dysuria  872 

— rheumatism  in  835 

— rumenotomy    928 

— scabies  of,  or  mange 914 

— septicaemia  and  pyaemia    836 

,  — short  horn    654 

— Spanish-American  breeds   600-601 

— spaying    929 

— special  signs  of  disease  in 812 

— seven  special  classes   778 

— sutures  and  bandages  929 


Page 

Cattle,  Swiss   610 

— Swiss  contrivance  for  slaughter- 
ing     805 

— tapping  the  chest  and  belly 927 

— tapping  the  rumen  for  hoven...   928 

— the  breeding  of 642 

— the  Caesarian  operation    930 

— the  dehorning  of 1356 

— the  Devons  603 

—the   wild  of  England   614-015 

— the   pulse,   respiration   and    tem- 
perature        811 

— torn  eyelids   922 

— tracheotomy   928 

— true  policy  with  young   780 

— tuberculin    test   of,    for    tubercu- 
losis    853 

— typical  breeds   599 

— undomesticated  herds  of  Europe 

and  Asia   600 

— uraemia   836 

— variation  in  type 635 

— watering    791 

— wens   926 

— wounds  924 

— when  to  sell  793 

Caustics  are  not  effective,  age  when.  1360 

— in  dehorning,  applying  the 1360 

Cavalry  horses  for  U.  S.  Army 180 

Cayuga  black  duck    1197 

Cerebro  spinal  n:\eningitis,  horse  .413-431 
Ceroma,  or  fatty  degeneration  of  the 

liver,  horse  515 

Certificate    of    soundness,    conditions 

modifying  the,   horse    5G0 

Changes  in  poultry  due  to  breeding  .1086 
Characteristics      and      varieties      of 

sheep    1014 

— Hblstein-Friesians     728 

—of  the  Devons,  notable 712-713 

Charbon  or  malignant  anthrax,  hogs 

986-987 

— chancre,  lalange,   cattle 822 

— true,  period  of  incubation,  hogs.   987 
Chart,  age  of  cattle  told  by  the. 625-626-627 
— illustrating  ages  of  the  horse,  6 

months  1o  29  years   113 

— plates,  and  figures,  important  fac- 
tors in  modern  education   ....     49 

Cheddar  cheese-making 801-802 

— cheese   1340 

Cheek  of  the  bit  into  the  mouth,  how 

to  remedy  262 

Cheese,  cheddar   1340 

—Cheshire   803 

— curing  the 1344 

—farm    1344 

—making    801-802 

Cheshire  hogs   959 

Chest,  tapping  the,  cattle   927 

— tapping  the,  horse 555 

Chester  white  hogs   955 

Chicken  cholera  1210-1213-1214 

Chicken  pox  or  sore  head  1215 


1384 


ALPHABETICAL    AND    ANALYTICAL    INDEX. 


Page 

Chicks,  care  when  in  brooder  1149 

— feeding  young   1150 

— when  bring  money 1149 

Chinese  swine  945 

Choking,  cattle   923 

—horse    412 

Cholera,  chicken 1210-1213-1214 

—hog    1273-1274-1275-1276-1277- 

1278-1279-1280 

— hog  sick  of,  chronic  type   1272 

—turkey   1223 

Choosing  the  brood-mare 258 

Chordes,   horse    386 

Chronic  founder  or  laminitis,  horse..   297 

Chunk,  a  good  farm,  horse  280 

Circulatory  apparatus  of  the  horse  . .     84 

— horse,  explanation  of   85 

Cirrhosis,  or     fibrous     degeneration, 

horse    516 

Cleanliness,  importance  of,  poultry  .1211 

Cleveland  Bay  horse,  the  136-137 

Clovers  not  generally  valuable   ....   788. 

— the  valuable  787 

Clydesdale  horse,  the  124 

Coach  stallion,  conformation  of.1318-1319 

Cobs 1314 

Cocked  ankle,  horse   342-345-346 

Cochin  fowls    113.5 

Cochins,  Buff  1138 

— general  characteristics  of 1137 

—partridge   1138 

—white    1138 

Colds  or  rising  of  the  lights,  swine  .   992 
Colic  flatulent,  first  stage  and  ruptur- 
ed or  last  stage,  horse 418-419 

— spasmodic,  horse    416 

Color   and   form   in   horses,   the    im- 
press of  189 

Coloring  butter,  how  to 800 

Colt,  handling  a  vicious,   the  Rarey 

method   215 

— how  to  raise  a  196 

— how  to  subdue  a  wild 214 

— the  breeding  and  training  of  ....   183 

— to  make  come  to  you  211 

Comb  in  frames,  fastening  empty  . .  .1240 

Common   turkey,  the    1177 

—white  duck,  the 1197 

Comparative  anatomy    of    the     man 

and  horse   56 

— value  of  fine  and  coarse  wool..  1005 
Conclusions  regarding  the  tuberculin 

test,  cattle  857-858 

Condensed  milk   1347 

Condiment  for  calves,  a  good   784 

Conestoga  horse,  the   130 

Conformation   of   the   carriage   mare 

or  gelding    1319-1320 

—of  coach  stallion   1318-1319 

—of  the  Hackney  stallion 1321-1322 

—of  the  heavy  draft  stallion.  .1316-1317 
— of  the  horse,  external 1316 


Pag-e 
Conformation    of    the    thoroughbred 

gelding  or  mare 1325-1326 

—of  the  thoroughbred  stallion.1324-1325 
—of  the  standard-bred  stallion.1322-1323 
Congestion  of  the  kidneys,  Azoturia, 

horse 461 

— of  the  liver,  horse 514 

—of  the  lungs  403 

— or  inflammation  of  the  testicles, 

horse    477 

Conjunctivitis  or  opthalmia,  cattle..   921 

Constipation,  cattle  865 

— horse    421 

— sufferer  from,  horse 424 

Construction  of  mangers  and  racks..   227 

Contagious  diseases  of  cattle 813 

— fever,  swine   985 

— pleuro-pneumonia,    cattle.  .813-814-815 

— pneumo-enteritis,  swine   986-987 

Contracted   hoof,  horse    274 

Contraction  of  the  foot,  horse 301-302 

— of  hoof,  horse 265 

Consumption,  fowls   1208 

— or  white  plague,  cattle    849 

Coops,  poultry  houses  and 1165 

Cord  of  pig,  tumor  on  the 998 

Corns,  horse   265-281 

Corn  disease,  wormy,  horse 349 

Corn  stalk  disease  in  cattle  840 

Correlation,  the  law  of,  horses   1302 

Cotswold  sheep  1017 

—in  the  west  and  south.. 1017-1018-1019 

—standard  for   1012-1013 

Cough,  chronic,  horse   406-407 

— disease  of  horse   265 

Coupling  sheep   1043 

Cow,  abortion  and  miscarriage 888 

—a  Dutch   936 

—dairy  1335 

— dying  to  save  the  calf 887 

—gestation  of 652-653 

— nymphomania  and   sterility    ....   896 

— of  Germany,  the  Limburger 936 

— pox,  or  variola  vaccinae 825 

— prolonged   after-pains    887 

—retention  of  the  after-birth    887 

—the  man  behind  the 767 

— uterine  hemorrhage  or  flooding..   889 
Cows  and  heifers,  scale  of  points  for 

Jersey   693-694-695-696-697 

Cracked  heel  or  scratches,  horse....   355 
Cramps  of  the  muscles  of  the  neck 

and  loins,  horse 386 

— of    the    muscles    of    the    thighs, 

horse    348 

Cream,  attention  to   1338-1339 

— trade,  town  and  city  milk  and..  1345 
Creamery  and  cheese  factory,  how  to 

build    797' 

— and  factory  vs.  dairy   806 

Creameries,  patent 798 

— the  several  kind  1340 

Creve  Coeur  fowls  1103 

Cribbing,  horse  533 


ALPHABETICAL    AND    ANALYTICAL    INDEX. 


1385 


Page 
Crib-biting  and  wind-sucking,     horse 

263-266 

Crop-bound   fowls    ^^^^'^oH 

Cross-breeding,  horse   1305 

Crossing,  altering  the  character  by, 

cattle    637 

-sheep    1043 

the  Jersey  681-682 

Cruelty  and   improvidence  vs.   thrift 

and  kindness   242 

Cutting  ankles,  horse   263 

—horse    ^^^ 

Cuts  of  meat  in  cattle 808 

Curb,  horse    266-275-325 

Curd,  salting  the 1343 

Curing  the  cheese  1344 

Cyanosis,  or  Blue  diseases,  horse...   439 
Cystitis  or  inflammation  of  the  blad- 
der, cattle   S74 

— horse     462 

Dairying  and  dairy  buildings.795-1335-1345 

a  profitable  industry    ^.  •  795 

Dairy  buildings,  the   "'^^'lal 

— butter  in  the  west '799 

cattle  and  dairying   763 

points  observed  in  judging   767 

cows,  how  to  select 760 

cow,   the    1335 

industry,     a     proper     foundation 

for   763-764 

—products  in  the  United  States...   796 

produce,  marketing   1350 

vs.  creamery  and  factory 806 

room,  temperature  of  the   799 

Dairy    cattle,    housing,    feeding    and 

care    of    755 

— the  Ayrshires 737 

cattle,  the  Dutch  breeds 747 

Dairying,  essentials  for   766 

Danish  cattle,  importation  into  Fries- 
land  748 

Dark  Brahma  fowls    1131 

Definition  of  terms,  cattle 649-650 

Degeneration  of  the  testicles,  horse.   479 

Dehorning  cattle    930-1356 

.—treatment    after    1358 

Delivering  pigs   998 

Dentition  of  sheep  1004 

Derby  game.  Earl  fowls    1119 

Development    and     improvement    of 

breeds  of  cattle    628 

of  cattle  tick  on  the  ground 1353 

Devons,  active,  handy,  first-class  for 

beef  716 

— antiquity  of  the    708 

—cattle    708 

— comparatively  small  cattle  708 

— cow,  color  and  form  714-715 

— essentially  muscular  cattle 711 

— natural  grazing  grounds  of  the..   708 

— notable  characteristics  712-713 

— points  of  the   712 

—the  603 

—the  body  and  tail  of  the 714 


Pag© 

Devons,  the  legs  of  the 713 

— their  deceiving  appearance    ....   711 

—weights  of  the  719 

— working  qualities  of  the 711 

Diabetes,   insipidus,   or  profuse  stal- 
ing, horse   464 

Diagnosis  of  tuberculosis  in  cattle..  853 
Diarrhoea  and  superpurgation,  horse .   422 

—fowls    1206-1214 

— in  hogs    996 

or  scours,  cattle 865-866-867 

— turkey 1222 

Difference  between  the  teeth  of  foal 

and   horse    114-115 

Digestion  and  assimilation,  influence 

of  good,  cattle  686 

Digestive  apparatus  of  the  horse   ...     86 

— apparatus,  explanation  of 87 

organs  of  cattle,  diseases  of  the.  859 

Dikkop  form,  the,  horse  1372 

Dipping  cattle  and  hogs 913 

Diphtheria,  fowls   1212 

Dipping,  general  directions,  cattle. 919-920 

-sheep    1054-1055 

Dirt  sac  of  broken  knee,  manner  of 

opening,   horse    342 

Disabilities  of  the  horse  and  how  to 

know  them 262-263-264-265- 

266-267-268 

Discharge  from  nose,  horse   272 

Diseases  and  accidents  of  the  alimen- 
tary canal,  horse   408 

bad    habits,    and     insect    pests, 

poultry   1211  to  1217 

contagious  blood,  horse   448 

Diseased  hocks,  three 316 

Disease  in  cattle,  corn   stalk   840 

Diseases,     malignant,     summary     of 

treatment  for,  hogs  989 

Disease,  navicular,  horse   299-300 

Diseases  of  cattle   807 

Disease  of  cattle,  special  signs  of  . . .  812 

Diseases  of  cattle,  contagious  813 

non  contagious  blood   834 

of  fowls,  division  into  groups. .  .1205 

of  sheep,  how  to  know,   causes, 

prevention,  cure   1067 

—of  sheep,  inflammatory   1069 

—of  poultry  1205 

of  poultry,  common 1211-1212- 

1213-1214-1215-1216 
—of  poultry  and  their  remedies,  a 

summary  of  1211 

of     stock     peculiar      to     South 

Africa   1371 

of  swine  981-983 

of    swine,    the    common    inflam- 
matory       991 

—of  swine,  malignant  and  epidemic  98c 

of  swine,  the  prevention  of 983 

— svmptoms  of  internal,  horse 275 

—of  the  blood,  general,  horse 441 

—of  the  digestive  organs,  cattle. . .   859 
—of  the  eye,  cattle 921 


— of  the  eye,  horse. 


518 


1386 


ALPHABETICAL    AND    ANALYTICAL    INDEX. 


Page 
Diseases   of    the   generative   organs, 

horse    477-478 

— of  the  heart  and  blood  vessels, 

horse     437 

—of  the  horse  271 

— of  the  horse,  external  accidents. .   371 

— of  the  liver,  horse 514 

— of  the  nervous  system,  cattle...  903 
— of     the     organs     of     generation, 

horse    507 

— of  the  organs  of  generation,  cat- 
tle      876 

— of  the  respiratory  organs,  cattle.  841 
— of  the  respiratory  organs,  horse.  392 

—of  the  skin,  cattle   906 

— of  the  turkey — causes,  prevention 

and  cure    1219 

— of  the  urinary  organs,  cattle 871 

— of  the  urinary  organs,  horse 459 

Disease,    outward    manifestation    of, 

horse    272-273-274-275 

— wormy  corn,  horse 349 

Disinfection,  hogs,  rules  for 989 

— mange,  cattle 917 

Distemper  or  epizootic  catarrh,  sheep.1070 

Dislocations,   cattle    925 

— of  shoulder  and  elbow,  horse 369 

— shoulder,  hip  joints,  etc.,  horse..   359 
Division    of    diseases     into    groups, 

fowls     1205 

—of  fowls  1086 

Divisions  of  the  several  parts  of  the 

horse    55 

Docking  and  castration  of  sheep 1051 

— and  nicking,  horse 554 

Domestic  ducks,  varieties  of 1193 

Dominique    fowls    1112 

Dorkings,   black    1098 

— fawn-colored    1097 

— silver  gray   1096 

Dorset  hog,  the  black  952 

—sheep    1030 

Doses,  graduation  of,  horse 278 

— repeated,   when  and  how   often, 

horse    577 

Dourine,  or  Maladie  du  Colt,  horse..  480 
"Downers"  or  paralysis  behind,  hogs.  980 
Draft  mare  or  gelding,  conformation 

of    1317 

— stallion,    'conformation     of     the 

heavy    1316-1317 

Dressing  fowls  1168 

Drinking  fountains,  feed  boxes  and, 

poultry    1166 

Driving  and  saddle  horses,  highly  bred  175 

Drones  or  male  bees 1230 

Drooping  rump,  horse 273 

Dropsy,  horse   385 

— of    the    belly   with    natural    pre- 
sentation, cattle   886 

— of    the    scrotum,    or    hydrocele, 

horse    507 

Droughts,  provide  against  786 


Page 

Dry  bible  or  dry  murrian,  impaction 
of  the  omasum,  fardle   bound, 

cattle   862-863 

— murrian    or    fardle    bound,  •  cat- 
tle     862-863 

Ducks   1087 

—Aylesbury    1195 

—black  East  Indian 1199 

—Call    1199 

—Cayuga    black 1197 

—Muscovy    1198 

—of  the  farm   1193 

— other  and  rare   1201 

— Pekin    1201 

—Rouen    1195 

— the  common  white 1197 

— varieties    best    adapted    to    the 

farm    1193 

— varieties  of  domestic 1193 

Duck-winged  game  fowls    1122 

Duroc   hogs    958-960-961 

Durham   cattle,   polled 717 

— the  or  Teeswater  breed 606 

Dutch   cattle    613 

— cattle,   antiquity  of  the 747 

— cattle,  an  artificial  breed 754-757 

— cattle  as  a  distinct  race 747 

—belted   cattle    723 

— cattle,  color  and  form 752-753 

— cattle,  early  importations. 757-758-759 

— cattle,  facts  about   751 

— cattle,  feeding  qualities   754 

— cattle  older  than  Holstein 748 

— cattle,  origin   752 

— cattle,     races — Lowland     race — 

Mountain  race — middle  race...  751 

— cattle,  varieties  described  751 

— cattle,  yields  of  milk 754 

— Friesian     cattle,     measurements 

adopted  to   760 

Dysentery,  horse  423 

—in  cattle   867-868 

Dyspepsia,   horse    415 

—in  cattle  864 

Ear,  large,  long  and  drooping,  horse.   273 

— small,  short,  horse 273 

Eating  feathers,  fowls 1210-1217 

Economy  of  comfort,  the 224 

— of  the  muscular  covering  of  the 

horse    68 

Eczema,  contagious,  foot  and  mouth 
disease    or    Epizootic    Aphtha, 

cattle    820-821 

— chronic,  or  psoriasis,  cattle 906 

— horse   391 

Ectropium,  turning  out  of  the  eye- 
lids, horse    524 

Eel  back,  horse   273 

Eclipse,  description  of 252 

Egg-bound,   poultry    1216 

Egg-eating,  fowls    1217 

Eggs,  breeds  for 1168 

Egyptian  geese   1192 

Elephantiasis  or  lymphangitis,  horse  353 


ALPHABETICAL    AND    ANALYTICAL    INDEX. 


1387 


Page 

Elephant  leg,  horse   352-354 

Embden  or  Bremen  geese  1186 

Emphysema  of  the  lungs,  cattle 848 

Endocardium,  sac  around  the  heart, 

horse    437 

Enemies  of  bees  1241 

English  thoroughbreds,  horses 152 

—turkeys    1178 

Engorgement,   horse    349 

Enlarged  glands,  horse    267 

Enlarged  fetlock  joint,  horse 273 

—hock,   horse    267 

— jugular  vein,  horse   273 

Enteritis  or  inflammation  of  the  di- 
gestive apparatus,  cattle 868 

Entropium,  inversion  of  the  eyelids, 

horse    524 

Enteritis  or  inflammation  of  bowels, 

horse   424 

—a  test  for  horse  ."  .425-426 

Epilepsy,   cattle    903 

Epizootic  Aphtha,  eczema  or  foot  and 

mouth  disease,  cattle 820-821 

— catarrh  or  distemper,  sheep. ...  .1070 

— catarrh,   malignant,   swine 984-985 

Epizooty,       pink       eye,       influenza, 

horse    441-442 

Equine  variola  or  horse  pox 454 

Erysipelas,   horse    446-447 

—cattle 906-907 

Erythema  or  mud  fever,  horse 274 

Escutcheons,      illustrated      and      ex- 
plained,  cattle    690-691 

Escutcheon  marks,  the  .Jersey  cattle.   685 
— or  milk  mirror  Ayrshire  cattle..   742 

Essex  hog.  the 951-952 

Eversion  of  the  bladder,  horse 463 

Ewe-neck  horse    273 

Exostosis  of  the  jaw,  horse 373 

Explanation    of   terms    used    in    dis- 
eases of  the  horse 277-278 

— of  points  in  poultry 1158 

External   accidents   and    diseases    of 

the   horse    371 

— conformation  of  the  horse 1316 

— parts  of  the  horse  81 

—parts  of  a  fat  ox 623 

Extirpation  of  the  eye,  horse 552 

Extracasation  of  blood  in  the  penis, 

horse    480 

Eye,  blind  horse  272 

— cancerous  tumors  in  the,  horse. .   524 

— cataract,  horse   523 

—diseases  of  the,  horse 518 

— diseases  of  the,  cattle 921 

— extirpation  of  the,  horse 552 

— firing,  horse  552 

— foreign  substance  in  the,  cattle..  922 

— glaucoma,  horse   522 

—iritis,   horse    522 

— leucoma,  horse   522 

—pink  in  cattle   922 


Pag-e 
Eye,   obstructions   of  the    lachrymal 

duct,  horse   '.   525 

— worm    in    the,    or    filaria    oculi, 

horse    523 

Eyes,  inflammation  of  the,  horse 267 

— sheep,  inflammation  of  the 1072 

Eyelids,    inversion    and    eversion    of 

the,    cattle    922 

— torn,  cattle   922 

— torn,  horse   524 

Farcy  and  glanders,  horse 448-449-450 

— buds,  horse   273-274 

— Japanese,    or    mycotic    lymphan- 
gitis, horse   457 

Fardle    bound   or    dry   murrian,    cat- 
tle      862-863 

Farrowing,  hogs   968 

Fat  hogs,  scale  of  points  for 1286 

Fatty     degeneration     of    the     heart, 

horse    438 

Fawn-colored   Dorkings    1097 

Feather  eating  in  fowls 1210-1217 

Fecundity  or  power  to  reproduce,  the 

power   of,   horse 1302 

Feed   boxes   and   drinking   fountains, 

poultry    1166 

— calves,  when  and  how  to 783 

— cattle,  a  summing  up 792-793 

—dairy   cattle    1337 

— grass  and  oats  early  to  calves. . .   781 
— grass  the  most  valuable  for  cattle  789 

—how  to,  horse    232 

— kinds  to  raise  for  cattle 786 

— the  breeders  for  health,  swine..   971 
— the  quantity  of  grain  to,  horse..   235 

. — wet  better  than  dry  for  hogs 977 

— what  to,  horse    234 

— when  to,  horse    233 

Feeding  and  early  maturity  of  cattle  779 

— and  sheltering  swine 971 

— and  watering  horse    541 

— bees    1240 

—calves  for  beef  and  labor 782 

— calves    outdoors    when    corn    Is 

cheap    783 

— calves  to  reach  results  . . .'. 782 

. — cattle,  economy  in 779 

—cattle  for  profit   786 

— cattle  in  summer  791 

— cattle  in  winter 790 

— hogs  for  pork  in  summer 972 

— hogs  from  birth,  economy  of  full  976 

— in  close  pens,  hogs 974 

— influence  of  shelter  and,  cattle..   637 
— of  cattle,  the  raising  and  econom- 
ical      775 

— potatoes  to  hogs  978 

. — sheep  in  winter   1048 

— sick  animals,  horse  276 

—swine  in  the  fields 973 

— watering  and  grooming,  horse. . .   232 

— young  calves   780 

— young  chicks   1150 


1388 


ALPHABETICAL    AND    ANALYTICAL    INDEX. 


Page 

Feet  in  the  stable,  care  of  the,  horse.   312 

— of  the  horse  and  their  diseases. .   281 

— of  the  horse,  object  lessons  on..   326 

— pumiced,  horse    298 

— sound  and  contracted,  horse 288 

— various     stages     of     foundered, 

horse   296 

Fetlock  joint,  gall  on,  horse 273 

— versal   enlargement  of.  horse...   274 

Fever,  malarial,  horses 470 

— mud,   horse    274-357 

— puerperal,   mare    512 

— puerperal,        or        metro-peritonitis, 

cow   891 

— Rinderpest     or     contagious     en- 
teric     816-817-818 

— splenic     or    malignant    anthrax, 

hogs    988 

— swine,    contagious    985 

—Texas  cattle  1351 

— Texas,    Spanish   or   splenic,   cat- 
tle     818-819 

Fibrous    degeneration    or    cirrhosis, 

horse   516 

Filaria    oculi    or   worm    in   the    eye, 

horse   523 

Fine  wooled  sheep  1031 

Firing,  eye,  horse  552 

Fistulas,  probing  and  opening,  horse.   556 
Fistula  from  improper  breeding,  horse  273 

— of  the  lower  jaw,  horse 272 

— of  the  parotid  duct,  horse 380 

— of  the  upper  jaw,  horse 272 

— salivary,   horse    273 

Fistulous    withers,   horse 273-380 

Flank  or  ventral  hernia,  horse 274 

Flat  foot,  horse 274 

Flatulent  colic,   first  stage  and   rup- 
tured or  last  stage,  horse. .  .418-419 
Flatulence,    tapping    the    belly    for, 

horse    557 

Flexions,  horse,  how  to  teach 212 

Flexor  tendons  of  the  forelegs,  horse  331 

Flies,  maggots  from  blow,  sheep 1077 

Foal,  abnormal  presentations,  horse.   482 

— after-birth  retained,  colt  490 

— attention  to  the  colt  487 

— dorsal  presentation,  colt 491 

—expulsion  of  afterbirth,  colt.  .484-486 

— expulsion  of  foetus,  colt 484-486 

— head    presentation,    colt 485-486 

— left  transverse  position,  colt.  .485-486 
— right  transverse  position,  colt. 485-486 

— tail  presentation,  colt 485-486 

— the        different        presentations, 

colt    484-486 

— umbilical  cord  of,  colt 490 

— various  presentations  illustrated, 

colt    491-492-493-494-495-496-497- 

498-499-500-501-502-503-504-505-506 

— when  is  born  dead,  colt 490 

Foal's  teeth,  horse 113 

Foaling  time,  mare,  how  to  know  the  195 


Page 

Food  for  swine,  the  proper 972 

— of  fowls,  proper 1165 

— quality  of  for  sick  animals,  horse  276 

— the  assimilation  of,  cattle 645 

Foods,  so-called  perfect  for  bone  and 

muscle    784 

Foot  and  gravel,  swollen,  sheep 1077 

— and  mouth  disease  or  eczema  or 

epizootic   aphtha,   cattle 820-821 

— bones   and   articulations    of  the, 

horse    65 

— contraction  of  the,  horse 301 

— flat,  horse   274 

— foul  in  the,  sheep 1077 

— fracture  of  the  bone  of  the,  horse  306 

— horse,  the  analysis 59 

— of  horse,   anatomy   of 282-295 

— of  the  horse,  how  to  prepare  for 

shoe    310 

— of  the  horse,  veins  of  the 312 

— ox,  horse  273 

— names  of  the  bones,  horse 65 

— pumiced,  horse    268 

— rot,  sheep   1076 

— sole  of,  showing  position  of  corn, 

horse   283 

— sound,  horse   322 

—stilt,  horse    274 

Forage  and  feeding  plants,  cattle 788 

Fore-quarters  of  the  horse,  bad 96-97 

— of  the  horse,  good 97 

Forging,  the  habit  of,  horse 367 

Fossil  cattle    613-614 

Foul  in  the  foot,  sheep 1077 

— sheath,  horse  466 

Founder,  chronic  or  laminitis,  horse  297 
Foundered    feet    of    horse,    various 

stages    of    296 

—horse    294 

Founder  or  laminitis,  acute,  horse.. 293-297 

Fowl,  Bolton  grays  or  Creoles 1098 

Fowls,  American  breeds   1111 

—Asiatic    1131 

—barnyard    1096 

— breeding  upon  a  mixed  flock 1164 

— black  Hamburg,  or  Hamburg 1107 

—Breda  or  Gueldre  1104 

—Cochin    1135 

— Creve  Coeurs   1103 

—dark  Brahma  1131 

—division  of   1086 

— Dominique     1112 

—Dorking,  English  breeds   1096 

— duck-winged  games   1122 

—Earl   Derby  game 1119 

—French  Houdans 1099 

—frizzled    1126 

— game  and  other  rare  breeds. ..  .1119 
— general  characteristics  of  Coch- 
ins     1137 

— general  management  of 1164 

— how  to  fatten   1168 

— how  to  mate   1163 

— how  to  scald  a 1169 

—ideal   shape   of    1162 


ALPHABETICAL    AND     ANALYTICAL    INDEX. 


1389 


Page 

Fowls,  killing  and  dressing 1168 

— LaFleche    1100 

—Leghorn    1110 

—light  Brahmas  1132 

—Ostrich    1115 

— packing  and  shipping  to  market.  1169 

—penciled   Hamburgs 1107-1108-1109 

— period  of  incubation  of  various.  .1164 

— proper  food   of    1165 

—Plymouth    Rock    1115 

— rumpless    1126 

—silky    1127 

—Spanish    1105 

— the  care  and  treatment  of  sick..  1205 

— the  various  Asiatic  breeds  of 1131 

—water    1186-1193 

— white  Georgian  game   1123 

Fractured    limbs,    sling    in    use    for, 

horse    338-339 

Fractures  or  broken  bones,  cattle...   923 

—of  limbs,  horse    336-337 

Fracture    of    the    bone    of    the    foot, 

horse    306 

— of  the  skull,  horse 377 

Frames,   fastening  empty  comb   in..  1240 
Framework    of    horse    and    index    of 

value   53 

Freezing  or  frost  bite,  poultry   1215 

French    fowls — Houdans    1099 

Friesian  and  Batavian  cattle 747 

Friesians,  Holstein,  origin  and  devel- 
opment     724-727 

Frizzled   fowls    1126 

Furunculus  or  carbuncle,  horse 358 

Gadfly  and  grub,  the,  cattle 90S 

—horse    528 

Gall  on  fetlock  joint,  horse 273 

— saddle,  horse 273 

Galls,  saddle,  horse  383 

— wind,    horse    274 

Galioways   in  America   734 

— points    of   the,    cattle 732 

Galloway,  limbs  and  head,  skin  and 

color,   cattle 732 

Gall-stones  or  biliary  calculi,  horse..   516 

Game  bantam  fowls    1124 

— fowls,    brown-breasted    red 1121 

— fowls  and  other  rare  breeds. .. .1119 

Gapes,  fowls   1208-1215 

—turkey   1219-1220-1221 

Gastritis,  horse    413-414 

Geese    1088 

— and  their  varieties    1186 

—Egyptian    1192 

— Embden  or  Bremen  1186 

— Hongkong    1190 

— the  management  of 1186 

—Toulouse    1188 

—white  Chinese   1188 

Gelding,        conformation        of        car- 
riage     1319-1320 

— conformation  of  draft  mare  or..  1317 
— or  mare,  conformation  of  the  thor- 
oughbred     , 1325-1326 


Page 

Genders  of  the  honey  bee 1228 

Generation,  diseases  of  the  organs  of, 

cattle    876 

Generative    organs,    diseases    of    the, 

horse     477-478 

— tuberculosis  in  cattle   852 

Gestation  of  cows  652-653 

— mare,    treatment    during 194 

— mare,    the  period  of 194 

— sheep    1043 

— of    sows    969 

Gonorrhea,    bull    894 

Glanders  and  farcy,  horse 448-449-450 

Glands,  enlarged,  horse   267 

— swelling  of  the  lymphatic,  horse  273 
Gland,  swelling  of  the  parotid,  horse  273 

Glamorgan   cattle    721-722 

Glass  eye  or  amaurosis,  gutta  serena, 

horse    521 

Glaucoma,  eye,  horse   522 

Gleet,  or  gonorrhea,  horse 509 

— nasal,  horse   394 

Glossary   of    terms    used    by    poultry 

fanciers    1170-1171-1172 

— of  scientific  and  other  terms. . . . 

1243-1247 

Glossitis     or     inflammation     of     the 

tongue,   cattle    860 

Gonorrhea,  horse  466-509 

Gnawing  the  manger,  etc.,  horse....   534 

Goat,  Angora,  varied  uses 1066 

—Angora,  where  distributed.  .1062-1063 
— Angora,     an     assistant     to     the 

farmer    1060 

— milch,  capabilities  of  the 1063 

— raising  a  profitable  industry   ...1057 

Goats,  a  word  about 1056 

Goitre,    horse    273-379 

Gold  dust  horses  of  Kentucky 124 

Goldsmith  Maid  and  Abdallah 

170-171-172-173 

Good  and  bad  heads,  horse 1327-1328 

Goose,   the  African    1191 

— the  Canada  or  wild  1191 

Grading  the  sheep  1050 

Graduation  of  doses,  horse  278 

Grain,  cheapest  food  for  swine 973 

— should  be  ground  for  hogs 977 

Granary,  an  economical   228 

Grapes,    advanced    stage    of    grease, 

horse    357 

Grass  lots  230 

— the  most  valuable  feed  for  cattle. 789 

Grasses  and  clover  for  swine 973 

— the  coming  for  the  west 790 

— of  special  value   789 

Gravel,  horse    303 

— swollen  foot  and,  sheep 1077 

—in  bladder,  cattle  875 

Gray  Dorkings    1096 

Grease  heel,  horse  274 

—horse    356-357 

Greatest  wool  supply,  the  world's. .  .1039 

Groom,  when  to,  horse  238 

Grooming   and  watering  horses.232-236-238 


1390 


ALPHABETICAL    AND    ANALYTICAL    INDEX. 


Grub  and  gadfly,  the,  cattle 908 

Grubs   in   the   head,  sheep 1070 

Gruel,  how  to  make,  horse 235 

Guernseys,  Jerseys  and  Alderneys..   679 

Guinea  fowls    1093 

Gut  tie  and  intussusception,  horse...   428 

— or  strangulation,  cattle    870 

Gut  twist,  horse  428 

Habits  and  insect  pests,  poultry.  1211-1217 

— of  the  Angora  goat 1059 

Hackney    stallion,     conformation    of 

the    1321-1322 

Haematuria  or  bloody  urine,  cattle..   874 

or  bloody  urine,  horse 465 

or  red  water  in  cattle 838 

Halter,  slipping  the,  horse 264 

Hamburg    fowls    1107 

Hammond     and     Atwood     Merinos, 

sheep    1032 

Hampshire-down,   sheep    1025 

Hampshire  or  thin  rind  hogs 958-961 

Hams  of  horse,  avoid  straight 101 

Harmlessness  of  the  tuberculin  test, 

cattle    856 

Harness  room,  the  230 

— where  to  keep  225 

Hatching,  the  antiquity  of  artificial.  .1148 

Hay  and  straw,  horse    236 

Head,  analyzing  the,  cow   623 

— and  backbones,  the  horse  55 , 

— and  neck   of  horse    60 

Heads,  good  and  bad,  horse 1327-1328 

— horse,  economy  of  the  70 

— horse,  the  analysis   59 

— of  the  horse,  vertical  section  of     68 

Heart,  atrophy  of  the,  horse 438 

— enlargement  of  the,  horse 437 

—fatty  degeneration  of  the,  horse.   438 

— induration  of  the,  horse 438 

— obesity  of  the,  horse 438 

—rupture    of    the,    horse 439 

— spasmodic     action     of     the,     or 

thumps,   horse    440 

— the  diseases  of,  horse 437 

Heart-water  in   sheep   and   goats 1376 

Heaves,    horse    402 

Heel,    grease,    deep-seated    skin    dis- 
ease, horse   274 

Hegelund    method   of   milking. ..  .773-774 
Hemorrhage  of  the  uterine  or  flood- 
ing,  cow    889 

Hemorrhagica,  purpura,  horse   ...443-444 

Hen,  anatomy  of  the  1094-1095 

Hens  to  each  cock,  number  of 1163 

Herd,  how  to  start  a,  cattle 650 

— will  grade,  how  the,  cattle 650 

Hereditary  characteristics  of  horses, 

value    of    49 

— influence  of  parents,  cattle 638 

Heredity  in  cattle   637 

— in  good  milkers,  value  of   686 

—or  similarity,  the  horse   1299 


Page 

Hereford  as  a  work  ox,  the 705 

—color,  the  700 

cow,  discussion  of  qualities 705 

Herefords  as  valued  in  England.  .706-707 

— date   of   importation    702 

— grades  fifty  years  ago 702 

— in    America    701 

— in    Canada    703 

—in  the  West   703 

— of  today  in  England,   the 705 

—points  of  the   705 

—the     604 

— the  middle-horned  cattle   700  ' 

—fifty  years  ago   700-701 

Hernia,  flank  or  ventral,  horse   274 

— inguinal,   horse    274 

— or  rupture,  cattle   870 

— or  rupture,  horse   387 

Hepatitis,    or    inflammation    of    the 

liver,    horse    515 

Hide-bound  horses  389 

High-blowing,    horse    265 

Hindquarters,  good  and  bad,  horse.. 

1329-1330 

Hip  lameness  and  hipped,  horse 351 

Hipped,  hip   lameness  and,  horse...   351 
History,  management  and  character- 
istics of  swine    938 

— of  the  English  horse,  Herbert.. 

152-154-157 

— of  the  Texas  fever  tick 1351 

— the  horse  in  ancient 41 

Hives,   bee    1235 

Hiving  new  swarms   1237 

Hock  and  elbow,  capulet  or  capped, 

horse    334-335-336 

— enlarged,    horse    267 

— horse,  bones  of  the   66-67 

Hocks,  capped,  horse  265-275 

Hog  barns   974-975 

" — cholera  or  purples  986 

—cholera    1273-1274-1275- 

1276-1277-1278-1279-1280 

—feeding  in  the  South 974 

— house    '. 980 

—lice    996 

—location  of  markets  for  942 

— objectionable   points    1291 

—of    India    948 

—origin  and  antiquity  of  the 939 

— ringing   a 969 

—skeleton  of  the   997 

— stomach    of    1272 

—teeth  of  the  941 

—the   Essex    951-952 

—the  fat  1285 

—the  native  American  species  of.   939 

—the    Suffolks    953 

—the  Yorkshire    953 

thin  rind  or  Hampshire   961-962 


ALPHABETICAL    AND    ANALYTICAL    INDEX. 


1391 


Page 
964       Hor 


Hogs,  breeding  and  care  of 

—cooking  feed  for •  •  •  •  •  •  •  •  •  •  •   -  ■  ■ 

—comparative   value   of  light  ana 

heavy    „.  o 

—dipping  cattle  and   »J^ 

—farrowing    q^„ 

—feeding  potatoes  to   ^"^ 

—form  and  feeding  qualities 

general    conclusions    

Hampshire  or  thin  rind  . . 

— leprosy  of    _ 

—malignant  sore  throat  in  . 

—mixed  rations  for 

of  Europe,  the  wild 

-paralysis    behind 

r>f     +hp      ITKILISLI  V       lU 

957 
978 
959 
974 


.  966 
.  978 
.  958 
6-997 
.  987 
.  976 
.  940 

^ .980 

—prospect  of  the  industry  in 979 

—Poland   China    

pumpkins   for    

the  Cheshire   

—value  of  mast  for •  • 

—wet  feed  better  than  dry  for....  ^i' 

worms  in,  how  treated   

Yorkshires    

Holstein  cow,  the  great  milk  mirror 


995 

1287 


-Friesians,   characteristics    

-Friesians,   milk   and   butter   rec- 
ords 


688 
728 


729 
-Friesians,"    origin    and    develop-  _ 

ment    ^24-^27 

—Friesians  types  '/T. 

Home-made  brooder,  a  cheap  •••••••j^^^ 

Honev  bee,  the  three  genders  of  the.  1228 
—plants  adapted  to  the  production_^^^^ 

—taking "  the* ' ^^38 

varieties   of    


1231 

1190 

274 


Hongkong   geese    

Hoof,  contracted,  horse   

—of  horse,  contraction  of ^oo 

—ridge  in  the,  horse  j^'- 

—with  rings,  horse   ■ ^'^ 

Hook-worm,  disease  of  cattle yj-^ 

Hoose  or  husk,  cattle ^^^ 

Hopper,  a  perfect  for  fowls   lib/ 

—for  fowls,  a  rat  proof iJ-«5< 

Horns  growing  on   young  calves,  to 

prevent    ^^^^ 

Horse,  a  choice  express  delivery....   j^o( 

—a  good  farm  chunk  •  •   ^^^ 

—a   choice    heavy    drafter    of    the 

show  ring  order  ^o<J 

a  choice  wagon    ■!} 

—a  clean  strong  neck    J-JJ 

—action  in  general   ^^ 

—action    the    first    requisite    of    a 

good    •••     **^ 

—analysis  of  parts  indicating  dis- 
position        Qfi 

_bad    forequarters    , ■■     f 

—best  method  of  harnessing  . .  .222-_z.i 


-body  and  limbs 


96 


-WUUJ     CA.uy^    • . —     1907 

-breeding    ^'^^' 

-breeding,  the  law  of  avatism  or 
striking  back  1^02 


Pago 

se  breeding,  the  law  of  habit 1301 

-breeding,  the  law  of  variation.  .1300 

-buying    cheap    249 

-choice  coach  or  brougham   91 

-choice   cobs    ^^ 

-circulatory  apparatus  of 84 

-coarse  pointed  hip  273 

-condition  of,  for  hard  work HI 

-difference  between  breaking  and 

training    209 

-digestive  apparatus  of  Sb 

-diseases  of  the— Book  I,  Part  II.   269 

—engorgement ^^^ 

—external  parts  of  the 81 

—flexions,  how  to  teach 2U 

—forequarters  of  the,  good 104 

—forming  a  good  saddle  218 

—foundered    294 

—front  view  of,  showing  bad  fore- 
quarters      ^^^A^ 

— gaited  saddler   ' .III 

—good  and  bad  back  of 1329-1330 

—good  and  bad  heads  of 1327-1328 

—good  and  bad  positions  of  hind 

legs    1330-1331 

—guai^antee  of  soundness  250 

harnessing  and  driving   213 

—hindquarters   of   the,   good 

_.    103-104-107-108 

—his   different  gaits    ^^^'o^S 

—how  to  buy  and  how  to  sell  a  . . .  249 

—how  to  saddle   222 

—how  to  train,  the  old  system  and 

new    • 208 

—illustrated  anatomy  of  ^^ 

—in  Asia  and  Siberia,  wild 4^ 

—internal  economy  of  the Jy 

—know  what  you  buy  for ._ ^&o 

—law   of   heredity   or    similarity.  .129.) 


-learning  to  lead 


210 


—lessons  in  sound  signals   211 

—limbs  of  the,  look  well  to 10& 

—models   for   buying    ^^^ 

—navel  infection  in    ^^^ 

-necessity  of  studying  points  of.  Ill 

not  lying  down,  how  to  remedy.   26d 

—of  ali  work ^20 

—of  high  form,  a ^^^ 

—outward    appearance    of   the,    as 

indicating  value   »» 

—over-reaching   ^^^ 

—paralysis  of  hind  legs ^'4 

-pawing   263 

—Persian    

—points  of  the   -^^ij 

pox  or  equine  variola  454 

—preserving  breeds  in  purity 42 

—quarters  of  the,  medium  good  to 

bad  105-lOb 

—quidding     and     swallowing     the 

food  without  grinding   ^o* 


rear  view  of  legs 


.1332-1333 


-recipes  for  t^^e.^Vo- 59i:592-593-5V4-595 


1392 


ALPHABETICAL    AXD     ANALYTICAL     INDEX. 


Pagre 
Horse    requires    intelligent    manage- 
ment, why  the 243 

— sickness,  peculiar  to  South  Africa.1371 

— slipping  the   halter    264 

— subduing  a  vicious  or  tricky....   216 

— teeth,  how  to  tell  his  age 113 

—the    Belgian     148 

— the  body  of  as  seen  from  front. .   100 
— the    body    of,    its    external    acci- 
dents and   diseases    371 

— the  external  conformation  of  the. 1316 

—the  farm   120 

— the  five-gaited  saddler 140 

— the  French  coach 138 

—the  Hackney    138 

— the  head  illustrated  outwardly..     90 
— the,  his  ancient  and  modern  his- 
tory         41 

— the,   in   civilization    42 

— the,  in  the  times  of  Henry  VIII 

and  James  1 161-162 

— the  law  of  correlation 1302 

— the  proper  age  to  work 213-214 

— the  proportions  of  the 251 

—the  Shire   145-146-147 

—the  Vermont  draft 143 

— time  of  the  exodus  under  Moses.     41 

— to  train  a  racer 221 

— training  for  draft 218 

— training  the,  first  lesson 210 

— training  to  the  wagon 218 

— training  to  trotting  harness.  .220-221 
— unsteadiness  while  being  mounted  263 

— vicious  to  shoe    263 

— what  a  critical  horseman  said...   100 

— what  constitutes  a  good 252 

— wormy  corn  disease  in 349 

Horses,  about  trotting 167 

— artificial  breeding  and  diseases.     46 
— and   mules,   market   classes   and 

grades  of   176-177 

— breed   only  from   pure  sires 190 

— carriage    1311 

— characteristics       influenced      by 

country  and  climate   120 

— coach    135 

— driving  and  saddle,  highly  bred.   175 

— European     44 

—fast  walking   89 

— for  different  kinds  of  work 90 

—fossil    43 

— German  and  Hungarian  44 

— heredity  in   186 

— heredity  of  disease  in 187 

— how  to  have  a  good  plow  team. .   218 

— in-breeding  of   48 

— in    Iceland    46 

— light   driving    135 

— millet  disease  of 469 

— no  profit  in  inferior 185 

— Norway,  Sweden  and  Finland...     46 

—of  Arabia    46 

—of  Asia    44 

—of  China   44 

— peculiar  organic  structure  of. . .  187 


Page 
Horses,   relation  of  size  in  sire  and 

dam 190 

—road    130 

—sand  in   1360 

— sound,  avoid  hereditary  diseases  261 

— testing  as  roadsters    175 

— the  best  are  cheapest  in  the  end  192 
— their  characteristics,  breeds,  etc.  120 

— the  value  of  partly  bred 259 

— the  wild,  of  today  43 

— thoroughbred     152 

— transmission  of  qualities  in 189 

—trotting  and   hunting    131-132-133 

— variation  and  development 188 

— what  the  ancients  knew  of...  109-110 

Houdans-French    fowl     1099 

Hoven,  tapping  the  rumen  for,  cattle  928 

— or   tympanitis,    cattle 860 

Humanity  and  common  sense,  horse.   240 

Hunters  and  saddle  horses    1312 

Hunting  horses    131-133 

Husk  or  hoose,  cattle  908 

Hydatids  on  the  brain,  sheep 1071 

Hydrocele  or  dropsy  of  the  scrotum, 

horse     507 

Hydrothorax  in  cattle 847 

— horse    405 

Hydrophobia  or  rabies,  cattle 905 

— or  rabies,  horse    452 

Hypertrophy    of    the    thyroid    gland, 

horse     379 

— of  the  liver,  horse  516 

Hysteria,  mare    513 

Icterus,  jaundice  or  yellows,  horse..   516 

Imitation  butter   1348 

Impaction  of  large  bowel,  horse 424 

— of  the  omasum,  cattle  862-863 

— of  the  rumen  or  maw-bound,  cattle  861 
Implements  of  use  in  bee-keeping.  .1239 
Importations,  short  horns,  Ohio,  Ken- 
tucky, Bates  660 

Impregnation,  influence  of  a  previous, 

horse     1306 

Incontinence    of   urine    in    cattle,    or 

enuresis    873 

Incubators  and  brooders  1148 

Infection,  navel,  horse   349 

Inguinal  hernia,  horse   274 

Inflamed  parotid  gland,  horse 379 

Inflammation  of  the  bladder  or  cys- 
titis, cattle   874 

— of  the  bladder,  cystitis,  horse..   462 
— of    the    bowels,    movements    in, 

horse    413 

—of  the  brain,  cattle   903 

— of  the  brain,  sheep 1072 

— of  the  brain,  or  phrenitis,  horse.   429 

— of  the  egg  passage,  fowls 1208 

— of  the  endocardium,  horse 437 

— of  the  tongue  or  glossitis,  cattle.  860 

— of  the  eyes,  sheep  1072 

— of     the     kidneys     or     nephritis, 

horse    459 

— of  lung  tissue,  horse  400-401 


ALPHABETICAL    AND     ANALYTICAL    INDEX. 


1393 


Page 
Inflammation  of  the  mammary  glands 

or  udder,  mare 512 

— of  the  ovaries,  horse    511 

— of  a  vein,  or  phlebitis,  horse 440 

— of  the  udder  or  mammitis,  cow. .   894 
In-bieeding     and     in-and-in-breeding, 

horses    1304 

— of  horses    48 

In-and-in-breeding,  cattle   635 

Incubator,  how  to  operate  the 1154 

—how  to  make  an.  .1150-1151-1152-1153 
Incubation   of   various   fowls,   period 

of    1164 

Induration  of  the  heart,  horse 438 

Inflammation      of     the      womb,      or 

netritis,   cow    891 

Inflammatory  diseases  of  sheep 1069 

— diseases  of  swine,  the  common..   991 
Influence  of  shelter  and  feeding,  cat- 
tle       637 

— of  parents,  the  relative,  horse.  .  .1305 
— of      a      previous      impregnation, 

horse    1306 

Influenza,  epizooty,  pink  eye,  horse. 441-442 
Insect  pests,  diseases  and  bad  habits 

of   poultry    1211-1217 

— parasites,   turkey    1219 

Interfering  horse    365 

Intestinal  worms,  chickens  1216 

— worms  in  sheep 1078 

— parasites,    hogs     995 

Intestines   or   diaphragm,   rupture   of 

the,  horse  421 

Internal  diseases  of  the  horse,  symp- 
toms of   275 

— functions  of  the  horse  68 

Instruments,     apparatus     and     medi- 
cines, horse    572 

—obstetric  489 

— what   to   keep    and   how   to   use 

them,  horse    572 

Intra-uterine  influence,  horse 1306 

Intussusception  and  gut  tie,  horse..   428 

Inversion  of  the  womb,  cow 889 

— of  the  womb  in  sheep 1073 

Irish  cattle  608 

Iritis,   eye,   horse    522 

Itchy  tail,  horse   388 

—skin,  horse   389 

Itch  or  mange,  horse 273 

Jack  and  stallion  sores  391 

Jacks,   breeding    200 

Japanese  bantams   1125 

— farcy,   or    mycotic   lymphangitis, 

horse   457 

Jaundice,  icterus  or  yellows,  horse..   516 

Javas,  American,  fowls   1146 

Jaw,  actinomycosis  of  the  lower,  cat- 
tle     829-830 

—exostosis  of  the,  horse  373 

— flstula  of  the  upper,  horse   272 

— flstula  of  the  lower,  horse 272 

—lumpy,  cattle  829 

Jerseys,  Alderneys  and  Guernsevs..  679 


Page 

Jersey  bulls,  scale  of  points  for.695-696-697 

— color  and  size  698 

— crossing  the    681-682 

— milk  mirrors    684 

— not  a  dairy  cow   693 

—of  today,  the   681 

— red  swine   959 

— the,  described    683 

Joint,  enlarged  fetlock,  horse 273 

— in  horse,  open   340-341 

Josephine,  champion  dairy  cow  of  all 

the  world    769 

— Chief,  remarkable  milk  record. 771-772 

Judging  dairy  cattle,  points  observed 

in    767 

Jugular  vein,  enlarged,  horse 273 

— vein,  inflamed,  horse  382 

Kicking,  a  device  to  cure  the  habit  of  229 

—horse    262 

— while  eating  grain,  horse 535 

Kidney  and  bladder  disease,  cattle..  836 

— worm,   hog    995 

Kidneys,  cattle,  nephritis,  or  inflam- 
mation of  the    871 

— congestion  of  the,  azoturia,  horse  461 
— nephritis  or  inflammation  of  the, 

horse     459 

Killing  and  dressing  fowls   1168 

Kinds  of  feed  to  raise  for  cattle 786 

Kind  man  will  have  a  willing  team.  .   245 
Knee,  dirt  sac  of  broken,  manner  of 

opening,    horse    342 

— Baker's  brace  for  broken,  horse.   340 

— sprung,   horse    344 

Knees,  indurated  enlargement  of  the, 

horse    274 

— broken,  horse   265 

— broken,  horse   342 

LaFleche  fowls  1100 

Lambs,  bare-lot  method  of  raising  to 

avoid  nodule  disease   1081-1082 

— weaning  the   1052 

Lambing,  care  when,  sheep 1080 

—time    1052 

Lameness,  horse  267 

— sprain,  kick  or  stifle,  horse 274 

Laminitis,  acute  founder  or,  horse. 293-297 
Lampas,    horse    411 

— burning  for,  horse   411 

Lancashire  hog,  short-faced   954 

— breeds,   hogs    954 

—hogs    954-955 

Langshans,  poultry  1144 

Lard  worm   995 

Laryngitis    or    common    sore    throat, 

cattle    843 

— roaring  and  whistling,  horse.  .395-396 
Law  of  correlation,  the  horse   1302 

— of  fecundity  or  power  to  repro- 
duce, horse   1302 

— of  heredity  or  similarity,  horses.  1299 
Leakage  from  the  navel,  horse  349 


1394 


ALPHABETICAL    AND    ANALYTICAL    INDEX. 


Page 

Leg,  big,  horse  274 

— weakness,  fowls   1209 

Leghorn  fowls   1110 

Legs,  hind,  horse,  good  and  bad  posi- 
tions     1330-1331 

— of  the  horse,  etc 334 

— of  the  horse,  their  accidents  and 

diseases    314 

—rear  view  of,  horse 1332-1333 

Leicester  sheep   1015 

Lessons  in  bandages  for  various  dis- 
eases, horse   370 

Leucoma,  eye,  horse  522 

Leucorrhoea,   mare    511 

— or  whites,  cow    893 

Leprosy  in  hogs    996-997 

Lice,   cattle    909 

—hog    996 

— horse    529 

— ticks,  scab  on  sheep 1074-1075 

Ligaments,    rupture    of    the    suspen- 
sory, horse   333 

Light  Brahma  fowls   1132 

Lights,  rising  of  the,  swine 992 

Limber  neck,  chickens   1216-1217 

Limbs,  horse,  anatomy  of  the  hind. .     66 

— the  hinder  of  the  horse 56-66 

Lincoln  sheep   1014 

Lip,   loose,  flabby,  horse 272 

Lithotomy,  extraction  of  stones  from 

the  bladder,  horse 552-553 

LIthotrity  or  breaking  stone  in  blad- 
der   to    pieces    with    forceps, 

horse   553 

Liver,  atrophy  of  the,  horse 517 

— congestion  of  the,  horse 514 

— diseases  of  the,  horse   514 

fatty    degeneration    of    the,    or 

ceroma,  horse    515 

— fluke  or  rot  in  sheep   1078 

— inflammation  of  the,  or  hepatitis, 

horse    515 

— softening  with  rupture,  horse...   517 

— hypertrophy  of  the,  horse 516 

Long  horn  cattle   619 

Long  wooled  English  sheep  1014 

Lock-jaw  or  tetanus,  cattle 904 

— or  tetanus,  horse  432-433 

— or  tetanus,  sheep  1072 

Locoed  animals,  treatment  of 1365 

Loco  plants,  poisoning  by 1363 

— weed  disease,  the,  horse 567 

— weed,  the  purple 1361 

—weed,  the  white  1362 

— poisoning  in  cattle,  symptoms  of.l364 
— poisoning  in  horses,  symptoms  of.l364 
— poisoning  in  sheep,  symptoms  of.l365 

— poisoning,   summary  of   1366 

Loft,  the  hay  and  straw 228 

Lousiness,  poultry  1209 

Lumphy  jaw,   cattle    829 

Lung,    section    affected   with   pleuro- 
pneumonia,  cattle    814 

— worms  in  sheep   -1079 


Page 

Lungs,  cattle,  emphysema  of  the 848 

— inflammation  of  the,  swine .  991 

of  the  horse,  congestion  of  the..  403 

Lymphatic   glands,    swelling    of   the, 

horse    273 

Lymphangitis,   mycotic   or   Japanese 

farcy,  horse   457 

— or  elephantiasis,  horse  353 

Madness,  rabies  or  canine,  sheep. ..  .1073 

Maggots  from  blow  flies,  sheep 1077 

Making  butter    1337-1339 

Maladie  du  coit,  or  dourine,  horse...   480 

Malarial  fever  in  horses 470 

Malformed  pastern,  horse  273 

Malignant  diseases  of  hogs,  sum- 
mary of  treatment  for 989 

Mallenders,  horse   274 

— or  Sallenders,  treatment  of,  horse  333 

Malpresentations,  cattle 876 

Malpresentation,  cattle — first,  second, 
third,  fourth,  fifth,  sixth,  sev- 
enth,  eighth,   ninth 

880-881-882-883-884-885 

Mammitis  or  inflammation  of  the  ud- 
der, cow    894 

— mare   512 

Management  of  bees   1225-1235 

— of  fowls,  general   1164 

— and  training  of  rams 1044 

Mange,  cattle   910 

—in  cattle,  transmissibility  of ?17 

— disinfection,  cattle  917 

— or  itch,  horse    273 

— horse    530 

— or  scab  in  hogs 995 

— scabies  of  cattle  or 914 

—treatment,  cattle   917-918 

Mangers  and  racks,  construction  of. .  227 

Mare,  attention  to  the  mother 486 

— conformation     of    the    thorough- 
bred gelding  or 1325-1326 

— diseases  peculiar  to  the   510 

— or  gelding,  conformation  of  draft.1317 
— or  gelding,  conformation  of  car- 
riage     1319-1320 

— how  to  know  if  is  in  foal 194 

— treatment  after  foaling 194 

Market,  breed  of  fowls  for 1168 

Marketing  dairy  produce 1350 

Marks  of  the  Sussex  cattle 719 

Mashes,  how  to  make,  horse 235 

Mast  for  hogs,  value  of 974 

Master,  how  to  know  an  intelligent.   243 

Masturbation,   horse    509 

Mate  fowls,  how  to  1163 

Means,  how  to  use  one's  246 

Measles  and  trachlna,  swine   993 

Medicine,  difliculty  of  giving  to  swine  990 


ALPHABETICAL    AND    ANALYTICAL    INDEX. 


1395 


Page 
Medicines,   additional   <iirections   for 

giving,   horse    543-544-545-546 

—forms  of  and  how  to  administer, 

horse     279 

—how  often  to  give,  horse ^76 

—simple    directions    for   preparing 

and  using,  horse    578 

Megrins.  similar  to  apoplexy,  horse..   4d2 

Melanosis,   horse    ^°^ 

Meningitis,   cerebro-spinal,  horse....   4^1 

Merinos,  the  rich,  sheep j^^^ 

American        lUo  ^ 

—American,  standard  for.1009-1010-1011 

—the  Atwobd  and  Hammond 103^ 

Metritis     or     inflammation     of     the 


womb,    mare 


511 

1024 


Middle     and     short-wooled     British 

ShGGD    

—horned  cattle,  the  Herefords . . . .  700 
-horns,  the  valuable  breeds  of .  •  •  •  <00 
—wooled  sheep,  standard  for.  1011-1012 

Milk,  bloody,  cattle   •  •  •  •  •  •  •.•  •  ^"^^ 

—and     butter     records,     Holstem- 

Friesians     ^29 

—the  care  of  i***'^ 

—cows    lesson  in  treatment,  feed- 
ing and  watering... 769-770-771-772 
—cream    and    cheese,    driving    off 

animal  odors   '^^ 

—fever,  apparatus  for  treatment..  897 
—fever,  causes,  how  to  know  what 

to  do  S99.900 

—fever  in  sows   •  •  •   ^^=* 

—fever   its   simple   and   successful 

treatment    HI 

— f^ver,  description  of  the  disease.  SJb 
—fever,  first  stage,  second  stage..  898 
—fever  or  parturient  paresis,  cow.  893 
—fever,  preliminary  statements ...  897 

—fever,  prevention   55^ 

—the  management  of 'J° 

—mirrors,  Guenon's  theory  of....  684 
—mirror    or    escutcheon    Ayrshire 

cattle    If 

—mirrors,  Jersey   ^°* 

—production,  feed   J^^J 

—the  testing  of   i^J° 

-veins,  the   fl 

Milkers,  good  in  all  breeds 68b 

—value  of  heredity   ^^"^ 

Milking,     Hegelund     method     '^^'J 

manipulations    n6-n-i 

Millet  disease  of  horses 469 

Minerals,  etc.,  poisoning  from  drugs, 

horse    561-562-563-564-565 

Miscarriage  and  abortion,  cow 888 

Mites,  chickens  l^^O 

Mixed  rations  for  hogs   9"^ 

Moon  blindness,  horse 518-519 

Morgan   horses,   the    ■^^^I'll! 

Mountain    sheep,    white-faced 10-^4 


Page 
Mouth  and  foot  disease  In  cattle.  .820-821 

sore,  illustrated,  horse 410 

Mud  fever,  horse   357 

— fever,  horse   274 

Mule,  antiquity  of  the 200 

—longevity  of  the   204 

Mules    ■^'^'olr 

—are  not  vicious  ^^^ 

— asses  and   V^z^ 

— the  breeding  of  205 

—market    classes    and    grades    of 

horses  and    ''"^^"oaI 

value  of  for  labor 204 

Muscle,  horse,  the  three-headed 76-77 

Muscles,  atrophy  of  the,  horse 2<3 

—atrophy  of,  horse   •   ^*>^ 

—bones  and,  of  the  front  limbs  of 

the  horse    ^2 

—and     bones,     fore    legs     of    the 

horse    63-64 

—of    the    head    and    neck    of    the 

horse    '^^■H 

—of  the  hinder  parts  of  the  horse..     75 
—of  the  hind  quarters  of  the  horse     75 

—of  the  horse  in  walking -69 

_^f  the  horse  described "5-76 

—of  the  front  of  the  neck  of  the 

horse    71-72-73 

_of  the  horse,  fore  lifnbs,  leg  and     ^ 

foot  ^^-'^ 

—of  the  nose  and  lips  of  the  horse     71 

—rupture  of,  horse   •  •   368 

_of  the  shoulder  and  back  of  the 

horse    '^3-74-75 

Muscovy  duck  ^^^^ 

Muscular  covering  of  the  horse,  econ- 
omy  of    68 

—system  of  the  horse  »» 

Mustang,  the   ^^3 

Mycotic    lymphangitis,    or    Japanese 

farcy,  horse   ^57 

Nails,  pricking  from,  horse 291-292 

Nasal  gleet,  horse   394 

Native    districts   of   some   breeds   of 

cattle  615-616 

Nature  and  application  of  tuberculin, 

cattle    ^54 

Navel   ill,   in   sheep 1081 

infection,  horse  349 

leakage  from,  horse   349 

rupture,  horse   274 

Navicular  disease,  horse 299-300 

—disease  and  ring  bone,  illustrated, 

horse   324 

Neck,   ewe,   horse    273 

Necrosis,  death  of  bone  of  the  horse.   372 

Neapolitan   swine    946-947 

Nephritis,  or  inflammation  of  the  kid- 
neys,  cattle    871 

—or  inflammation  of  the  kidneys, 
horse    ^^^ 


1396 


ALPHABETICAL    AND    ANALYTICAL    INDEX. 


Page 
Nervous   debilitj'  at  parturition,  cat- 
tle       905 

— system  of  the  horse   82 

— system  of  the  horse,  explanation 

of  plate  83 

— system,  diseases  of  the,  cattle..   90S 
— system    and    brain,    diseases    of, 

horse    429 

Netritis,     or     inflammation     of     the 

womb,  cattle    891 

Neurotomj%    destroying   sensation   in 

the  foot,  horse   553 

— horse   267 

New  Oxfordshire  sheep   1021 

Nicking  and  docking,  horse 554 

Nodule     disease     of    sheep,     bare-lot 
method    of    raising    lambs    to 

avoid   1081-1082 

Norman  Percheron  horse,  the 126-127 

Nose,  discharge  from,  horse 272 

Nursery  for  sheep  necessary 1053 

Number  of  hens  to  each  cock 1163 

— of  swarms  profitably  kept  on  a 

farm    1236 

Nursing    and    feeding    sick    animals, 

horse   276 

Object  lessons,  about,  horses 49 

—on  feet,  horse   326 

Objectionable  points,  hog   1291 

Obesity  of  the  heart,  horse 438 

Obstetric  instruments    489 

Ocellated  turkey,  the  1177 

Omasum,    impaction    of    the,    fardle 
bound,    dry  bible   or   dry   mur- 

rian,    cattle    862-863 

Open  joint  in  horse    340 

Operation,  the  Caesarian,  cattle 930 

Operations,    cattle    927 

— horse    547 

Opinion     of     milk     mirrors.     Sharp- 
less'    689-690 

Opinions  relating  to  breeding  48 

Ophthalmia  or  conjunctivitis,  cattle.   921 
— simple  or  conjunctivitis,  horse..   520 
Organs    of    generation,    cattle,    dis- 
eases of  the   876 

— of  generation,  diseases  of,  horse.   507 
Orchitis,  congestion  or  inflammation 

of  the  testicles,  horse 477 

Origin  of  the  hog  939 

— of  the  tuberculin  test,  cattle...   854 

— of  the  word  poultry   1085 

Orpingtons,   buff,   black,   white,   jubi- 
lee     1147 

Osteo  porosis,  big  head,  horse 372 

Osteophytes,    following    sore    shins, 

horse    363 

Ossification  of  th'e  lateral  cartileges, 

horse     267 

Ostrich    fowls    1115 

Ostriches,  tape  worm  in 1378 

Outline  of  fat  bullocks 622 

Outward  manifestations  of  the  horse 

272-273-274-275 


Pag« 
Ovaries,  inflammation  of  the,  mare..   511 

Overreaching,   horse    367 

Ox,  external  parts  of  a  fat 623 

— foot,   horse    273 

— skeleton  of  the   621 

—structure  of  the   620 

—teeth   of   the    625 

Oxford  downs,   sheep    1022 

Oxfordshire  sheep   1021 

Pacer,  the  Narragansett   143 

Packing  and  shipping  fowls  to  mar- 
ket     1169 

Palsy  or  paralysis  of  sheep 1073 

Paralysis  behind  "downers,"  hogs...   980 

—cattle    904 

— horse     434 

— of  the  bladder,  horse  463 

—fowls     1206 

— of    tongue,    cattle 860 

— or  palsy  of  sheep 1073 

— of  hind  leg,  horse 374 

Paraphimosis  and  phimosis,  horse  . .   509 
Parasites  and  other  diseases,  turkey.  12^.9 
— of  the   skin   in   hogs,   mange   or 

scab    995 

— other  intestinal,  hogs   995 

Parasite,  cattle,  form  and  life  history 

of  the   scab    915 

Parasitic  diseases  of  cattle 908 

— and  other  diseases  of  sheep 1074 

— diseases  of  the  horse 526 

Parents,    the    relative    influence    of, 

horse    1305 

— hereditary  influence  of,  cattle...   638 
Parisis    or    milk    fever,    parturient, 

cow   893 

Park  horse,  a  choice 248 

Parotid  gland,  inflamed,  horse 379 

— gland,  swelling  of,  horse 273 

Partridge  Cochins    1138 

Parts  of  the  horse,  names  of  the 79 

Parrot  mouth,  horse   409 

— apoplexy,  cow  892 

Parturient  parisis  or  milk  fever,  cow  893 

Parturition  cattle 876 

— difficulties  due  to  mother,  mare.  489 
— difliculties  due  to  the  foal,  horse  489 
— difficult,    in    the    mare    and    cow 

compared    487-488 

—implements,  cattle   878-879-880 

— mechanism  of,  horse    498 

—natural,    horse    483-510 

— nervous  debility  at,  cattle 905 

— preliminary  stage,  horse   483 

Pastern,  malformed,  horse    273 

Pasturage  for  sheep   1044 

—and  feeding  for  profit,  cattle 786 

Pasture,   time   to    790 

— the   poor  man's  wealth 787 

'—and    feeding    sheep,    early    and 

late    1047 

Paunch  or  rumen,  tapping  for  hoven, 

cattle 928 

Peafowls    1094 


ALPHABETICAL    AND    ANALYTICAL    INDEX. 


1397 


Page 
Peculiarities    of    ancestors    perpetu- 
ated, cattle 639 

Pekin  clucks  1201 

Penciled  Hamburg  fowls  ..1107-1108-1109 

Penis,  wounds  of  the,  horse 508 

— extravasation    of    blood    in    the, 

horse    480 

Perch'eron  horse  of  today,  the 128 

Period  of  incubation  of  various  fowls. 1164 

Peritonitis,   horse    426-427 

—cattle    869 

Pernicious   anemia,   swamp   fever   or 

surra,  horse   470-476 

Perpetuated,    cattle,    peculiarities    of 

ancestors     639 

Persian  sheep   1046 

Pharyngitis,   horse    411-412 

Pheasants    1092 

Phimosis  and  paraphimosis,  horse...   509 
Phlebitis,  or  inflammation  of  a  vein, 

horse    440 

Phrenitis    or     inflammation    of    the 

brain,  horse   429 

— or    inflammation    of    the    brain, 

cattle    903 

Pictures  from  real  life 244 

Pigs,   castration    968 

—black  teeth  in  980 

— delivering    998 

— to   castrate   a  ruptured    998 

— sows  eating  their 980 

—thumps  in  980 

— weaning  the  968 

Pink  eye  in  cattle   922 

— epizooty,  influenza,  horse   ....441-442 

Pioneers  of  improved   cattle 631 

Pip,   fowls    1208-1213 

Plants  adapted  to  the  production  of 

honey    1233 

Plethora,    cattle    834 

Pleurisy  in  cattle   846 

— horse   404 

Pleuro-pneumonia,   cattle,   contagious 

813-814-815 

— in  cattle,  inoculation  for 815 

Plumage,  poultry,  illustrated  and  ex- 
plained     1160-1161-1162 

Plymouth  rock  fowls  1115 

Pneumo-enferitis,  contagious,  swine. 

986-987 

Pneumonia  in  cattle- 845 

— horse    400 

— or  inflammation  of  the  lungs  in 

swine    991 

Points  of  Ayrshire  cattle 742 

— on  buttermaking,  special 1340 

— estimating  the  value  of,  cattle..   697 
— of    excellence    of    the    principal 

breeds  of  sheep   1009 

—of  the  Devons 712 

— of  the  head,  poultry 1158 

—of  the  horse   1315 

— for  short  horn  bulls,  scale  of . . . 

674-675-676-677 


Page 
Points,  necessary  study  of,  poultry.  .1157 

— of  poultry,  explanation  of 1158 

— of  sheep  explained 1004 

Polled  Angus  cattle   734-735 

— cattle  in  general  731 

—cattle,  the  Galloways  731-732 

— Durham  cattle  717 

Poisons  and  their  antidotes,  horse..  561- 
562-563-564-565-566-567-568-569-570-571 

—of  the  skin,  horse 566 

— and    their   antidotes    1361 

Poison,  treatment  for  blood,  horse..   333 

Poisoning  by  loco   plants 1363 

— in  horses,  symptoms  of  loco....  1364 

— from    stings,    horse 566 

— in  sheep,  symptoms  of  loco 1365 

— in  cattle,  symptoms  of  loco 1364 

— from  drugs,  minerals,  etc.,  horse 

561-562-563-564-565 

—sorghum,  cattle    840-1355 

— vegetable,  sheep   1072 

— while  grazing,  horse   565 

Poland  China  hogs  957 

Polish  cow,  the  907 

Poll  evil,  horse 273-381 

Polypus,   horse    393 

Ponies   141 

Porcelaneous  deposits,  horse   363 

Potatoes,  feeding  to  hogs 978 

Poultry,  changes  due  to  breeding. .  .1086 

—Book  v..  Part  1 1083 

— breeding  and  management  of 1157 

—bumble  foot  in  1210-1213 

— common  diseases   

1211-1212-1213-1214-1215-1216 

— diseases  of  1205 

— houses  and  coops  1165 

— importance  of  cleanliness   1211 

— lousiness    1209 

— necessary  study  of  points 1157 

— new  popular  breeds  of 1143 

— origin  and  varieties  of 1085 

— selections  for  breeding  stock 

1367-1368-1369 

— types  and  native  country  of 1085 

Presentation  of  foal,  abnormal   482 

Prevention  of  diseases  of  swine 983 

Pricking  from  nails,  horse 291-292 

— to  straighten  crooked  tails,  horse 

554-556 

Principles  for  cattle  owners 811 

Prizes,  rules  in  awarding.  Jerseys..   695 

Probing  fistulas,  horse   556 

Profit  in  calves,  where  it  conies  in. . .   781 

Profuse  flow  of  saliva,  horse 272 

Psoriasis,  or  chronic  eczema,  cattle.   906 
Puerperal    fever,    or    metro-peritoni- 
tis, cow 891 

— fever,   mare    512 

Pulling  back  and  breaking  the  halter, 

horse    ^35 

—at  the  halter,  horse,  to  prevent. .   223 


1398 


ALPHABETICAL    AND    ANALYTICAL    INDEX. 


Pag-e 
Pulse,    a    proper   method    of   feeling 

the,  horse   434 

— respiration    and    temperature    of 

cattle    811 

Pumiced  feet,  horse 298 

— foot,   horse    268 

Pumpkins  for  hogs    978 

"Purples,"  or  "hog  cholera" 986 

Pyaemia  and  septicaemia,  cattle....   836 

Purpura  hemorrhagica,  horse   ....443-444 

— hemorrhagica,  cattle   837 

Quarter  and  sand  cracks,  horse 286 

— crack  and  remedies,  horse 287 

— crack,  horse  274 

— crack  illustrated,  horse 289 

—ill,  cattle  822 

Queen  or  mother  bee,  the  so-called.  .1230 

Quidding,   horse    268 

— or  dropping  the  food,  horse 409 

— and  swallowing  the  food  without 

grinding,  horse   264 

Quinsy,  horse    397 

— or   inflammation    of    the   tonsils, 

swine    991 

Quittor,  horse    268-274-284 

— horse,  what  to  do 285 

Rabies  or  canine  madness  of  sheep.  .1073 

— or  hydrophobia,  cattle   905 

— or  hydrophobia,  period  of  incuba- 
tion, horse    453 

— or  hydrophobia,  horse 452 

Race-course,  the  first  London 158 

Racing  and  trotting  form  of  horse. .  .   253 
Rams,  management  and  training  of.  1044 

Rations  for  hogs,  mixed 976 

Rat-tail,  horse   273 

— or  loss  of  hair  on  the  tail,  horse.   388 

Rearing,   horse    263 

Recipes  for  the  horse 

589-590-591-592-593-594-595 

— or  prescriptions  for  cattle 

931-932-933-934-935-936 

Red  water  in  cattle 838 

Regions  adapted  to  sheep 1006 

Relative    influence    of    parents,    the 

horse    1305 

Rennets,  how  to  prepare 804-805 

Remedies  and  their  application,  stan- 
dard, horse    579- 

580-581-582-583-584-585-586-587-588 
Respiratory  organs,  diseases  of  the, 

horse     392 

— organs,  diseases  of  the,  cattle...   841 
Restiveness  of  the  horse,  how  to  cure  262 

Rheumatism,  horse   445 

—fowls    1209 

—in  cattle    835 

Ribs,  the  horse  55 

— broken,  horse  376 

Rich  merinos,  the    1033 

xlldge  in  the  hoof,  horse  273 

Rinderpest  or  contagious  enteric  fe- 
ver in  cattle    816-817-818 


Page 

Ridgling,  to  castrate  a 998 

Ringworm,  cattle 910 

— horse     < 531 

Ringbone,   horse    268-322-327 

— and  navicular  disease,  illustrated, 

horse    324 

Rings,  hoof  with,  horse  274 

Ringing  a  hog 969 

Road    horses    130 

Roadster   and   many   times   a   cham- 
pion, horse   191 

Roadster,  the  253 

Roadsters    1314 

Roaring,    wheezing,    whistling,    high- 
blowing  and  gruntin?    horse..   265 
— and  whistling,  laryngitis,  horse.. 

395-396 

Rolling  in  the  stable,  horse 264 

Romney  marsh  sheep   1014 

Roots  for  swine   973 

Rot  or  liver  fluke  in  sheep 1078 

Rouen    ducks 1195 

Roup,    fowls    1207-1213 

Rules  in  awarding  prizes.  Jerseys...   695 

Rules  for  disinfection,  hogs   989 

Rumen  or  hoven,  tapping  the 928 

— or  maw-bound,  impaction  of  the, 

cattle    861 

Rumenotomy,   cattle    928 

Rump,  drooping,  horse   273 

Rumpless   fowls    1126 

Running  away,  horse 263 

Rupture  of  the  bladder,  horse 464 

— of     the     suspensory     ligaments, 

horse  333 

— a  tendency  to,  horse 439 

— or  hernia,  horse   387 

— of    stomach,    intestines     or    dia- 
phragm, horse  421 

— of  muscles,   horse    368 

— of  a  blood  vessel,  horse 439 

— of  the  heart,  horse 439 

— or  hernia,  cattle 870 

— of  the   liver  or  softening  or  ra- 

mollissement  with,  horse 517 

— navel,  horse  274 

Ruptured  pig,  to  castrate  a 998 

Saddler,  a  choice  three-gaited 255 

Saddling  a  horse,  best  method 222 

Saddle  gall,  horse 273-275-383 

— horses    177-255 

--horses  and  hunters 1312 

Salivary  fistula,  horse  273 

Saliva,  profuse  flow  of,  horse 272 

Sallenders,  horse   274 

— or  mallenders,  horse  333 

Salting  butter   800 

—the   curd    1343 

Sand  crack,  horse  268-274 

— cracks,  quarter  and,  horse 286 

— in   horses    1360 

Sarocele,  horse   478 

Seabright  bantams,  the 1125 

Seedy   toe,   horse 290 


ALPHABETICAL    AND     ANALYTICAL     INDEX. 


1399 


Page 

S'eive,  a  good  one,  horse  232 

Sense,  use  common  in  all  things 241 

Septicaemia  and  pj^aemia,  cattle....   836 

Service  of  the  stallion,  when 193 

— of  mare,  treatment  after 193 

Sex  at  will,  horse 1307-1308-1309-1310 

Scabies  of  cattle,  or  mange 914 

Scab,  ticks  and  lice  on  sheep. .  .1074-1075 
— parasite,    cattle,    form    and    life 

history  of  the   915 

Scaly  legs  in  chickeni?   1210-1215 

Scale  of  measurements  of  horse 251 

—of  points,  Berkshires   1293-1294 

— of  points  for  hogs  of  bacon  type 

1283-1284-1285 

—of  points  for  fat  hogs 1286 

— of   points    for   Jersey    cows    and 

heifers    693-694-695-696-697 

— of  points  for  short  horn  bulls.. 

674-675-676-677 

Scotch  and  Highland  cattle 608 

— sheep,  black  faced  Highland,  or.  1025 

Scours  or  diarrhoea,  cattle 865-866-867 

Scientific  terms  applied  to  sheep. ..  .1069 
Scratches  or  cracked  heel,  horse. . . .   355 
Slaughtering     cattle,     Swiss     contri- 
vance for    805 

Sling    in    use    for    fractured    limbs, 

horse    338-339 

Shape  of  fowls,  ideal 1162 

Sharpless'  opinion  of  milk  mirrors. .  .   689 

Sheath,  foul,  horse    466 

Shearing  and  washing  sheep 1053 

Sheep  and  sheep  husbandry 999 

— apoplexy  of    1071 

— and  goats,  heart-water  in 1376 

— and  wool  supply  of  eleven  coun- 
tries     1040 

— barns    1049 

—black  faced  Highland  or  Scotch.  1025 
— blue  tongue  or  malarial  catarrhal 

fever  of  1373 

— breeding  and  care  of 1041 

— care  when  lambing 1080 

— castration   and   docking 1051 

— constant  watchfulness  necessary.1041 

— coupling 1043 

— crossing    1043 

—dentition  of   1004 

—dipping  and  anointing 1054 

^diseases  of  1067 

— distemper  or  epizootic  catarrh  of.l070 

— Dor-et    1030 

— feeding  troughs  and  racks  for.  .  .1050 

—fine   wooled    1031 

—foot  rot    1076 

—foul  in  the  foot 1077 

—gestation   1043 

— grading    1050 

—grubs  in  the  head 1070 

—hydatids  on  the  brain 1071 

— Hampshire-downs     1025 

— in  general,  about 1033 

— inflammatory  diseases  of 1069 

— inflammation  of  the  brain  of.  ..1072 


Page 

Sheep,  inflammation  of  the  ej^es 1072 

— intestinal  worms  in 1078 

— inversion  of  the  womb  in 1073 

— keep  a  record  of  breeding 1043 

— Leicester   1015 

— Lincoln  1014 

— liver  fluke  or  rot  in 1078 

— long  wooled  English 1014 

— lung  worms  in    1079 

—maggots  from  blow  flies 1077 

— middle  and  short-wooled  British.  1024 

— native  country  of 1001 

— navel  ill  1081 

— new   Oxfordshire    1021 

— of  the  world,  where  located 1038 

— origin,   anatomy  and  points.1001-1002 
—other  breeds  of  Great  Britain. .  .1030 

— paralysis  or  palsy  of 1073 

— parasitic  and  other  diseases  of..  1074 

— pasturage  for 1044 

—Persian    ' 1046 

— points  of,  explained  1004 

— provide  a  nursery  for 1053 

— rabies  or  canine  madness  of....  1073 
— ranging  and  flocking  of  different 

breeds   of    1006 

— regions  adapted  to  1006 

— require  protection  from  insects.  1047 
— require  water  when  pasturing. .  .1047 

— romney   marsh    1014 

— scab  ticks  and  lice  on 1074-1075 

— scientific  terms  1069 

— Shropshire-downs    1026 

—South-downs    1026-1028 

— sprains,  strains  and  bruises 1080 

— standard  for  American  merino.. 

1009-1010-1011 

—standard  for  Cotswold 1012-1013 

— standard  for  middle-wooled.. 1011-1012 

—swelled    head    1072 

— symptoms  of  loco  poisoning  in..  1365 

— tagging    1053 

— tetanus  or  lockjaw 1072 

— the  average  wool  per 1034 

— the  breeding  age  of 1041 

—the  Cotswold   1017 

—the,   in  Australia   1036 

—the  Oxford-downs   1022 

— the  proper  time  for  coupling.  ..  .1043 

— their  diversified  character 1001 

— top  and  vertical  views  of  skull..  1003 

— tympanitis  in  1073 

— washing  and   shearing ,...1053 

— white-faced  mountain   1024 

— winter  feeding 1048 

— worried  by  dogs  1080 

— varieties  of,  and  their  character- 
istics   1014 

— vegetable  poisoning 1072 

Shelter  and  feeding,  influence  of,  cat- 
tle       637 

Shins,  sore,  horse  361-362 

Shipping  fowls  to  market 1169 

Shire,  the,  horse 145-146-147 

Shoe  boil,  horse  274 


1400 


ALPHABETICAL    AND    ANALYTICAL    INDEX. 


Pag-e 
Shoeing  and  care  of  the  feet,  horse.   310 
— where   the   bearing   should   rest, 

horse    311 

Shoes,  right  and  wrong  fitting,  horse  309 
— weight  of  and  how  to  fit  them..   311 
Shoulder   and   elbow,   dislocation   of, 

horse     369 

— lameness  and  sweeny,  horse....   347 

Short-horns  as  beef  makers 664 

—Canadian   664 

— cattle  breeds   654 

— critically  described   666 

— during  the  past  50  years 640 

—in  America 656-657-658-659 

— cow   in  outline    632 

— grade  cows  and  steers   665 

— how  they  were  bred  up,  cattle..  640 
— Kentucky  and  other  importations  660 

— origin  of  modern    654 

— ox  in  prime  condition    624 

— ribs  barrel  shaped  670 

— the  back  straight  and  broad 670 

—the  body  669 

—the  bull  hubback  655 

— the  great  Ohio  importations 660 

—the  head   666 

— the  hide,  the  hair,  the  color 673 

— the  legs  short  and  straight 669 

—the   loin  broad    669 

—the  neck   666 

—the  Patton  family  of 665 

—the  touch    670 

— three  strains  of 641 

— westward  march  of  the   664 

— what  made  them  famous 655 

— wide  in  the  crops 670 

Short-wooled    British    sheep,    middle 

and    1024 

Shropshire-down   sheep    1026 

Shying,   horse    263 

Siberian  boil  plague  in  horses,  cattle, 

sheep,  goats  and  pigs 822 

Sick  animals  must  have  rest,  horse. .   277 
— animals,  nursing  and  feeding. . .  276 

Side-bone,  horse   308 

Side  views,   good   and   bad   shoeing, 

horse    313 

Silky  fowls  1127 

Silver  gray  Dorkings 1096 

Signs    of    generalization    of    the    tu- 
bercle, cattle   852 

— of  a  good  milker,  their  practical 

utility    685 

Sinews,  thickening  of  the  back,  horse  268 
Sires,  horse,  breed  only  from  pure. . .   190 
— in  different  herds,  value  of,  cat- 
tle       648 

Sitfasts,  horse    383 

Skeleton,  analyzing  the,  horse  57-58 

—of  the  hog 997 

—of  the  horse,  details  of 53-54 

— the  horse,  hinder  parts 58 

—of  the  ox  621 


Page 

Skin,  diseases  of  the,  cattle 906 

— of  hog,  parasites  of  the 995 

—itchy,  horse    389 

Skull,  fracture  of  the,  horse 377 

— of  sheep,  top  and  vertical  views 

of  1003 

Snuffles  or  catarrh,  swine 992 

Softening    or    ramollissement,    liver 

with  rupture,  horse  517 

Sores,  jack  and  stallion 391 

Sore  head,  or  chicken  pox 1215 

— mouth,  horse   410 

—shins,    horse    361-362 

— teats,  cow   895 

— throat  in  cattle,  malignant 840 

— throat,     laryngitis     or    common, 

cattle    843 

— throat,  malignant,  hogs 987 

Sorghum  poisoning,  cattle   840-1355 

Southern  chunk,  a  choice,  horse 259 

South  African  horse  sickness 1371 

South-down  sheep 1026-1028 

Sound  animals,  avoid  hereditary  dis- 
ease, horse   261 

Soundness,  certificate  of,  horse 559 

— seller's  guarantee,  horse 560 

Sows,  Berkshire  and  Poland  China..   949 

— ^^eating  their  pigs 980 

—gestation  of   969 

—milk  fever  in    998 

Spanish  fowls   1105 

Spasmodic    action    of    the    heart,    or 

thumps,    horse    440 

— colic,   horse    416 

Spasm   of  the   neck   of  the   bladder, 

horse    463 

Spavin,  bog,  horse    274-319 

— bone,  horse   274-314 

—blood,   horse    274-323 

—brace,  for   325 

—horse    268 

—occult   320 

— two  stages  of,  cured  spavin  and 

sound  hock 321 

Spaying   cattle    929 

— horse    556 

Specimen  of  close  breeding,  cattle.651-652 

Spiralis,  trachina,  hog 994 

Splenic  apoplexy,  cattle    822 

— fever  or  malignant  anthrax,  hogs  988 

Splint,  horse    268-273-329 

Sprains,  cattle  926 

— strains  and  bruises,  sheep 1080 

Sprain  of  the  back,  horse 375 

— of  back  tendons  of  the  forelegs 

horse    330 

Spraying     cattle     for     Texas     cattle 

tick    1354-1355 

Sprung  knee,  horse 344 

Stables    and    other    shelter    for    the 

horse     224 

— care,  general,  horse 238 

— cleaning   the    231 

— construction  and  management  of, 
horse    5S7 


ALPHABETICAL    AND    ANALYTICAL    INDEX. 


1401 


Pag-e 

Stables  for  horses,  how  to  build 224 

— hygiene  of,  horse 537 

— necessity   for,   horse 537 

— temperature  and  ventilation  of. .   225 
— the  care  of  stocli  when  in,  horses  543 

— yard  and  outsheds,  the 230 

Staggers  or  congestion  of  the  brain, 

swine    992 

— stomach,  horse   414 

Staling,    diabetes,    insipidus,   or  pro- 
fuse, horse   464 

Stallion  and  mare,  selection  of 193 

— conformation  of  coach 1318-1319 

— conformation    of    the    hackney.. 

1321-1322 

— conformation  of  the  heavy  draft 

1316-1317 

— conformation    of    the    thorough- 
bred     1324-1325 

— conformation    of    the    standard- 
bred    1322-1323 

— selecting  the    261 

— sores,  jack  and   391 

— training  for  service 217 

Stall,  floor  of  the,  horse 312 

Stalls,   the    arrangement   of 226 

Standard-bred   stallion,   conformation 

of  the    1322-1323 

Standard      for      American      merino 

sheep   1009-1010-1011 

Standard  for  Cotswold  sheep. .  .1012-1013 

— for  middle  wooled  sheep 1011-1012 

— remedies    and    their   application, 

horse   579- 

580-581-582-583-584-585-586-587-588 
Sterility,  cow,  and  nymphomania....   896 
Stifled  horse,  device  for  treatment. .   351 
— or    derangement     of     the     stifle 

joint,   horse    350 

Stifle  lameness,  horse 274 

Stilt  foot,  horse 274 

Stings,  poisoning  from,  horse 566 

Stomach,  rupture  of  the,  horse 421 

— staggers,  where  to  tap  for,  horse 

413-414 

Stocking,  swelling  of  the  legs,  horse  353 

Stone  bruises,  horse  307 

Stones  in  the  bladder  or  calculi,  cat- 
tle       875 

Strangulation  or  gut-tie,  cattle 870 

Strangles,  specific  blood  poison,  horse  451 

Stricture  of  the  urethra,  horse   466 

String  halt,  horse    364 

Structure  of  the  ox   620 

•     Study  necessary,  horses 49 

Stumbling  and  tripping,  horse 264 

Suffolk  hogs    953 

Summary  of  British  breeds  of  sheep 

1034-1035 

— of  directions  for  making  the  tu- 
berculin test,  cattle 858 

Sunstroke,   effects  of,   horse.  .434-435-436 
Surfeit,  horse   384 


Page 
Surgical    apparatus    and    appliances, 

horse    573 

— outfit,   a   cheap   and  serviceable, 

horse    575 

Suppression  of  the  urine  or  dysuria, 

horse    465 

Surra,  horse    454-455-456 

— or  swamp  fever,  pernicious  ane- 
mia, horse  ' 470-476 

Sussex  cattle 719-720 

— cattle,    distinguishing    marks    of 

the    719 

—cattle,  the  color 719 

Superpurgation  and  diarrhoea,  horse  422 
Supplementary,     including     Canada, 

Africa   and  Australia    1271 

Sutures,  quilled  and  twisted,  horse. 556-557 

Swan,  the   1092 

Swarm,  a  motherless 1239 

Swarming,   bees    1236 

Swarms,  hiving  new   1237 

— profitably  kept  on  a  farm,  num- 
ber  of    1236 

Swamp  fever  or  surra,  pernicious  ane- 
mia, horse 470-476 

Sway-back,  horse   273 

Sweeny,      shoulder     lameness     and, 

horse     347 

Swelled  head,  sheep   1072 

Swelling    of    the    lymphatic    glands, 

horse     273 

— of  parotid  gland,  horse 273 

Swine,  age  of  breeding 965 

— American  vs.  Canadian  trade 1281 

— apoplexy,  staggers  or  congestion 

of  the  brain  of 992 

—Berkshire    948 

— breeds   of    945 

— catarrh   or  snuffles    992 

—Chinese    945 

— diflScultv  in  giving  medicine  to.   990 

—diseases   of    981-983 

— Essex  and  Chester  white 947 

— gleaning  in  the  fields  and  after 

cattle    973 

— grasses  and  clover  for 973 

— feeding  and  sheltering 971 

— history  and  statistics  of 939 

— history,    management    and    char- 
acteristics of   938 

— inflammation  of  the  lungs  of  . . .   991 

— Jersey  red    959 

—judging  of  bacon  type 1282-1283 

— necessity  of  good  care  of 969 

—Neapolitan   946-947 

— of  Europe,  Asia  and  Africa 940 

— roots  for    973 

— Tamworth    1291 

— the  common  diseases  of 991 

— the  proper  food  for   972 

— trachina  and  measles  993 

— watch   symptoms   early   and   use 

preventatives  of  disease   990 

—various  breeds  of 1287-1289-1290 

Swiss    cattle    610 


1402 


ALPHABETICAL    AND    ANALYTICAL    INDEX. 


Page 

Swollen  foot  and  gravel,  sheep 1077 

Symmetry   in   cattle   essential   what- 
ever the  breed   692 

Symptoms    and    general     treatment, 

diseases  of  the  horse   271 

— of  internal  diseases  of  the  horse  275 

Tail,  broken,  horse   377 

—itchy  and  rat 388 

Tails,  to  straighten  crooked,  horse .  554-556 

Tagging   sheep    1053 

Tamworth   hogs    950 

—swine    1291 

Tarn  worths,  judging    1292 

Tape  worm,  cattle  910 

— worm  hog 993 

— worm  in  ostriches 1378 

— worm  in  turkey 1222 

Tapping  the  abdomen,  horses 555 

—the  bladder  of  the  ox  or  bull 929 

— the  belly  for  flatulence,  horse  . .   557 

—the  chest  and  belly,  cattle  927 

— the  chest,  horse  555 

Teats,  sore,  cow  895 

Teeswaters,  beef  from  the  old 656 

—the  old,  cattle  654 

Teeth-ache,  decay,  filling,  wolf  teeth, 

horse     408 

Teeth,    difference    between    the    foal 

and  horse 114-115 

— of  horse,  true  index  of  age,  how 

to   tell    : 113 

— teeth  of  the  hog,  how  to  tell  age.   941 

—of  the  ox    625 

— size  of  horde  regulating 116 

Tendons,  thickened,  horse  273 

Tenotomy,   horse    557 

Terms,  definition  of,  cattle   649-650 

— used    bv    poultry    fanciers,    glos- 
sary of 1170-1171-1172 

— used  in  diseases  of  the  horse. 277-278 

Tetanus  or  lockjaw,  cattle 904 

—or  lockjaw,  horse   432-433 

— or  lockjaw,  sheep    1072 

Testing  of  milk,  the 1348 

Testicles,  degeneration  of  the,  horse.   479 

— inflammation  of  the,  horse 507 

Texas  cattle  fever  1351 

— fever,    Spanish    or    splenic,    cat- 
tle     818-819 

Thickening  of  the  back  sinews,  horse  268 
Thighs,  cramp  of  the  muscles  of  the, 

horse    348 

Thigh,  weak,   small,  horse 275 

Thin  rind  or  Hampshire  hog 961-962 

Thoroughbred  gelding  or  mare,  con- 
formation of  the 1325-1326 

— horses    152 

—stallion,  conformation  of  the.1324-1325 
Thoroughbreds,    common    American, 

horse    164 

—English   152 

Thoroughpin,  horse   268-275-323 

Thrift  and  unthrift  contrasted 241 

Thrush,  horse   299 


Page 
Thumps,    spasmodic    action    of    the 

heart,  horse   440 

Thyroid  gland,  goitre,  horse 273 

Tick,  development  on  the  ground. . .  .1353 

—life  history  of  the 1351 

—spraying  cattle  for  Texas.  .1354-1355 
— the  Texas  fever,  methods  of  ex- 
terminating it   1351 

Ticks  and  lice,  scab  on  sheep.  .1074-1075 

— how  to  free  cattle  of 1354 

Time  for  coupling  sheep 1043 

— for  lambing    1052 

Toe,  seedy,  horse  290 

Tongue,  blue  form,  horse   1372 

— cattle,  glossitis  or  inflammation 

of  the  860 

— cattle,  paralysis  of  the 860 

— laceration,   horse    409 

Tonsils,   swine,   quinsy  or   inflamma- 
tion of  the  991 

Toulouse  geese   1188 

Tracheotomy,  cattle   928 

— inserting  tube  in  windpipe,  horse  558 

Trachina  and  measles,  swine 993 

— spiralis,  hog  994 

— spiralis,  prevention  for  people. . .  994 
Training  of  rams,  management  and.  1044 

Traits  of  sire  and  foal 261 

Transmissibility  of  mange  in  cattle.  917 
Treating,  know  what  you  are,  horse.  275 
Treatment  of  horse,  the  economy  of 

humane    240 

— of  horse,  importance  of  prompt. .   275 

—of  sick  fowls 1205 

— symptoms  and  general,  horse...   271 

Tripping  and  stumbling,  horse 264 

Trotter,  the  modern   170 

Trotters,  progenitors  of  fast 168 

Trotting  blood,  strains  of 181 

— horses    131 

— horses,  about  167 

— horse,  development  of  the 167 

— horses,    the    breeding   of 167 

— horse,  the  movement  in 173-174 

Troughs  and  feeding  racks  for  sheep.  1050 
True  charbon,   period  of  Incubation, 

hogs  987 

Tubercle,  signs   or  generalization  of 

the    852 

Tuberculin  test,   conclusions  regard- 
ing the   857-858 

—test,  origin  of  the 854 

— test  of  cattle  for  tuberculosis...  853 
— test,   summary  of  directions  for 

making  the    858 

— the  harmlessness  of,  cattle 856 

— the  nature  and  application  of. . .   854 
— test,  the  value  and  reliability  of 

the    854-855-856 

Tuberculous  cattle 826-827-828 

Tuberculosis,   consumption   or   white 

plague,   cattle    849 

— animals  that  are  exempt  from. . .   849 

— in  cattle,  acute  or  chronic 850-851 

— in  cattle,  advanced  stage  of 851 


ALPHABETICAL    AND    ANALYTICAL    INDEX. 


1403 


Pag-e 

Tuberculosis  in  cattle,  generative...  852 

— predisposing  causes  of 850 

— the  diagnosis  of,  cattle 853 

— what  animals  are  susceptible  to.  849 

Tumor,  bony,  horse  273 

— in  the  false  nostril,  horse 392 

— on  the  cord  of  a  pig 998 

Tumors,  horse  378 

— in  the  eye,  cancerous,  horse 524 

Turkey,  black  head   1221 

— caring  for  the 

1179-1180-1181-1182-1183-1184 

-cholera 1223 

—diarrhea 1222 

— diseases   of  the,   causes,  preven- 
tion and  cure 1219 

—gapes    1219-1220-1221 

— tapeworm    1222 

— the,  and  its  varieties 1173 

— the  bronzed-black 1173 

— the  common  1177 

—the  ocellated   1177 

—the  wild  1087 

Turkeys,  English   1178 

— rare  varieties  1179 

Tying  an  arterj%  horse 279 

— the  wool  of  sheep   1053 

Tympanitis  or  hoven,  cattle   860 

— sheep    1073 

Types  of  cattle,  the  three  principal. .   641 

Type  of  fowls,  breed  to  a  fixed 1163 

— variation  in,  cattle   635 

Udder,  inflammation  of  the  mammary 

glands  of,  mare  512 

— inflammation    of    the,     or    mam- 

mitis,  cow  894 

Ulcers  and  osteo  sarcoma,  cattle. . . .  '828 

Unsoundness,  horse,  what  is 264 

Uraemia,   cattle    836 

Urethra,  stricture  of  the,  horse 466 

Urinary  calculi,  horse 467 

— organs,  cattle,  diseases  of  the..  871 
— organs,  diseases  of  the,  horse...  459 
Urine,  cattle,  haematuria,  or  bloody.  .  874 
— cattle,   albuminuria,   or   albumin- 
ous      873 

— dribbling  of  the,,  horse 465 

— haematuria  or  bloody,  horse 465 

— incontinence  of,  or  enuresis,  cat- 
tle      873 

— retention  of  the,  or  dysuria,  cat- 
tle      872 

— suppression    of   the,   or   dysuria, 

horse    465 

Uterine  hemorrhage  or  flooding,  cow  889 

Value   and   reliability    of   the    tuber- 
culin test,  cattle  854-855-856 

— of  sires  in  different  herds,  cattle  648 

Variation  in  type,  cattle 635 

Varieties      and      characteristics      of 

sheep  1014 

—of  domestic  ducks  1193 

—of  honey   1231 


Page 
Varieties  of  the  domestic  turkey. ..  .1173 

—of  the  honey  bee   1229 

— turkey,  rare   1179 

Variola,  equine  or  horse  pox 454 

— vaccinae,  or  cow  pox 825 

Varicocele,  horse   479 

Vegetable  poisoning,  sheep 1072 

Vein,  enlarged  jugular,  horse    273 

— inflamed  jugular,  horse   382 

— inflammation   of   a,   or   phlebitis, 

horse    440 

Veins  of  the  horse's  foot 312 

— the  milk,  the  udder  and  twist...   687 
Ventilation      and      temperature      of 

stables    225 

Vermont  draft  horse,  the 143 

Vertigo,  fowls   1205-1212 

Veterinarian's    certiflcate    of    sound- 
ness, horse   559 

Veterinary     medicines     and     doses, 

horse    . .  .575-576-577-578-579-580-581- 
582-583-584-585-586-587-588 
Vices    and    disabilities    and    how    to 

know  them,  horse 

262-263-264-265-266-267-268 

—in  the  stable,  horse   533-536 

— seller's   guarantee   should   cover, 

horse 560 

Wagon  and-  carriage  floor  the 230 

Warts,   horse 388-479 

Washing  and  shearing  sheep 1053 

Wasting  the  grain,  horse 535 

Water,  a  good   supply  of 230 

—fowls    1186-1193 

— required  for  sheep  1047 

Watering  cattle   791 

— and  feeding  stock,  horse 541 

—and  grooming,  horses 232-236-238 

Wax  and  how  it  is  formed,  bee's 1232 

Weaning  the  lambs  1052 

—the  pigs  968 

Weaving  or  motion  of  head  and  neck 

from  side  to  side,  horse 264 

Weights  and  measures,  horse 579 

Wens,   cattle    926 

Wheezing,     whistling,     high-blowing, 

grunting  and  roaring,  horse..  265 
Where  the  world's  sheep  are  located. 1038 
Whistling,     laryngitis,     roaring    and, 

horse     395-396 

—horse    265 

White  Chinese  geese 1188 

—Cochins    1138 

— faced  mountain  sheep    1024 

— Georgian  game  fowls   1123 

— Leghorns    1110 

— plague,  consumption  or  tubercu- 
losis, cattle   849 

— Wyandottes   1143 

Whites,  or  leucorrhoea,  cow 893 

Wild  cattle  of  England 614-615 

— goose,  Canada  or 1191 

—turkey,  the  1087 

Wind  galls,  horse 274-346-347 


1404 


ALPHABETICAL    AND    ANALYTICAL    INDEX. 


Pag-e 
Wind-sucking  horse  534 

Windpipe,  inserting  tube  in  the,  horse  558 

Winter,  feeding  cattle  in 790 

— feeding,  sheep  1048 

Wintering    bees    1238 

Withers,  fistulous,  horse   273 

Wolf  teeth,  horse  409 

Womb,  cow,  inversion  of  the 889 

— inflammation  of  the,  or  metritis, 

cow    891 

— inversion  of  the,  sheep 1073 

— metritis  or  inflammation  of  the, 

mare   511 

Wool  harvest  in  Australia   1037 

— of  sheep,  division  of  fine 1005 

— of   sheep,    comparative    value    of 

fine  and  coarse 1005 

— per  sheep,  the  average 1034 

— supply  of  eleven  countries 1040 


Page 
Wool  supply,  the  world's  greatest. .  .1039 

—tying  the  1053 

World's  greatest  wool  supply,  the...  1839 

Worm  in  the  eyes,  horse 523 

— lard  and  kidney,  swine 995 

Worms  in  hogs  995 

— intestinal,  chickens   1216 

—intestinal,    horse    526-527 

— intestinal  in  sheep 1078 

— lung,  sheep  1079 

Wormy  corn  disease,  horse 349 

Wounds,  cattle    924 

—horse    360 

— lacerated,  how  to  treat,  horse  . .   468 

— of  the  penis,  horse   508 

Wyandottes    1143 

Wyandotte  bantams   1143 

Yellows,  icterus  or  jaundice,  horse..   516 
Yorkshire  hogs  953-1287 


List  of  Colored  Plates  and  Chart 


GROUP  MORGAN  COLTS  ONE  AND  TWO  YEARS  OLD.  Page 

Fjrs.   Prize  Winners. — Specially  photographed  for  this  work "VIII. 

HACKNEY  MARES 
Prize  Winners. — Specially  photographed  for  this  work XXXII 

PRIZE  WINNING  COACH  HORSES. 
Specially    photographed    for    this    work 48 

REAR  VIEW  THREE  YEAR  OLD  PERCHERON  HORSES. 
Noted   Prize   Winners. — Specially  photographed  for   this   work 64 

FRENCH  DRAFT  HORSES. 
Noted  Prize  Winners. — Specially  photographed  for  this  work 80 

GERMAN  COACH  HORSES. 
Noted  Prize  Winners. — Specially  photographed  for  this  work 96 

FOLDING  CHART  FOR  TELLING  THE  AGE   OF  THE   HORSE  FROM  SIX 

MONTHS  TO  TWENTY-NINE  YEARS.     (60  engravings).     Frontpage     -     112 

FRONT  VIEW  PRIZE  WINNING  PERCHERON  HORSES. 
Specially  photographed  for   this  work 144 

PERCHERON  HORSES. 
Many  Times  Prize  Winners. — Specially  photographed  for  this  work    -    -    -      176 

FRENCH  DRAFT  HORSES. 
Prize  Winners. — Specially  photographed  for  this  work 208 

IMPORTED  GERMAN  COACH  STALLIONS'. 
Many  Times  Prize  Winners. — Specially  photographed  for  this  work    -    -    -      240 

FRENCH  COACH  HORSES. 
Noted  Prize  Winners. — Specially  photographed  for  this  work 256 

THE   EXTERNAL  DISEASES   OF  THE   HORSE   WITH   VARIOUS   DEFECTS 

AND  BLEMISHES. 

Specially  designed  and  drawn  for  this  work 272 

IMPORTED  WEST  HIGHLAND  CATTLE. 
Prize  Winners  in  England  and  America. — Specially  photographed  for  this  work     608 

DOUBLE  STANDARD  POLLED  DURHAMS. 
Noted   Prize  Winners. — Specially  photographed   for   this  work 64t 

JERSEY  BULL. 

Many  Times  a  Prize  Winner  as  indicated.     Sold  for  $10,000. — ^Specially  photo- 
graphed for  this  work 61* 

1405 


1406  LIST    OF    COLORED    PLATES    AXD    CHART. 

STANDARD  BROWN  SWISS  CATTLE.  Page 

Prize  Winning  Group. — Specially   photographed   for  this  work 6S8 

GROUP  OF  YOUNG  HEREFORDS. 
Prize  Winners  in  National  Show. — ^Specially  photographed  for  this  work     -     -       704 

PURE  BRED  DEVON  CATTLE. 
Many  Times  Prize  Winners. — Specially  photographed  for  this  work    -    -    -      712 

AYRSHIRES. 
Many  Times  Prize  Winners. — ^Specially  photographed  for  this  work     -     -     -       728 

DUTCH  BELTED  CATTLE. 
Standard  Type  of  that  Breed. — Specially  photographed  for  this  work    -    -      V60 

GROUP  YORKSHIRES. 

Pure'    Bred    and    Noted    Prize    Winners. — Specially    photographed    for    this 

work Book  III 

YORKSHIRE  BOAR. 
Prize  Winner  at  Many  Expositions. — Specially  photographed  for  this  work     -       940 

TAMWORTH  SOWS. 
Prize  Winners  and  Specially  photographed  for  this  work 945 

HAMPSHIRE  OR  BELTED  HOGS. 
Noted  Prize  Winners. — Specially  photographed  for  this  work      ....       960 

DUROCS. 
Many  Times  Prize  Winners. — Specially  photographed  for  this  work    -    -    -      964 

WHITE    YORKSHIRE    HOGS 
Prize  Winners  International  Show. — Specially  photographed  for  this  work    -      976 

CERVERO,   THE  LARGEST   SPANISH  MERINO  IN  THE  WORLD,  AND  FOUR 
OF  HIS  LAMBS. 

At  two  years  old  sheared  fifty-two  pounds  wool. — Specially  photographed  for 

this   work       -       -       -       - Book  IV 

DORSETS. 
Noted  Prize  Winners. — Specially  photographed  for  this  work 1009 

.    LEICESTERS. 

Noted  Prize  Winners  and  Typical  of  Their  Breed. — ^Specially  photographed  for 

this  work  -..---.....         ioi2 

SHROPSHIRES. 
Best  Type  of  Their  Breed. — Sneciaily  photographed  for  this  work     -       -       -     1024 

DELAINE  RAM,  RAMBOUILLET  AND  TWO  RAMBOUILLET  EWES. 
Many  Times  Prize  Winners. — Specially  photographed  for  this  work       -       -       1040 

HAMPSHIRE  DOWNS. 

Many  Times  Prize  Winners  in  England  and  America. — Specially  photographed 

for  this  work  .  .  .  .  .  ....  1056